May 26, 2016 1

encouraging a creative environment for scholarship, University Graduate School research, teaching, and learning. The University Graduate School is a recognized leader in developing new concepts Administration and best practices for graduate education. It assists departments in recruiting, supporting, retaining, and JAMES C. WIMBUSH, Ph.D., Dean of The University graduating outstanding scholars. Through its connections Graduate School with national higher education organizations, it serves DAVID L. DALEKE, Ph.D., Associate Dean as a resource in forging the future directions of graduate JANICE S. BLUM, Ph.D., Associate Dean education. Overview The University Graduate School administers degree programs on eight campuses of : Bloomington, East, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, Kokomo, Northwest at Gary, South Bend, and Southeast at New Albany. As of fall, 2014, the University Graduate School offers a total of 43 certificate programs, 156 Master’s degrees, and 133 Ph.D. degree programs -wide. At Bloomington there are seventeen graduate certificate programs, ninety-eight Master’s programs in the College of Arts and Sciences, School of Fine Arts, School of Journalism, School of Music, School of Optometry and Kelley School of Business. The University Graduate School offers ninety-six Ph.D. programs and/or Ph.D. minors in the College of Arts and Sciences, Kelley School of Business, School of Education, School of Informatics and Computing, School of Journalism, the Maurer School of Law, School of Optometry, School of Public and Environmental Affairs, and the School of Public Health. At Indianapolis, the programs administered by the Indiana University Graduate School include seventeen certificates in the School of Dentistry, the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, the School of Liberal Arts, the School of Medicine, the School of Public and Environ- mental Affairs, the School of Philanthropy, and the School of Public Health. A total of thirty-nine Master’s programs are available in the School of Liberal Arts, the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, the School of Medicine, the School of Public Health, and the School of Science. The University Graduate School-Indianapolis also administers thirty-seven Ph.D. programs as well as several Ph.D. minor programs in the Schools of Informatics and Computing, Dentistry, Education, Nursing, Public Health, Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, and Social Work. At Fort Wayne, the University Graduate School programs include a graduate certificate, Master of Arts for Teachers, and three Master of Liberal Studies degrees. Kokomo offers a Master of Arts; Northwest offers a Master of Liberal Studies; South Bend offers five Graduate Certificates and nine Master’s; I.U. East offers two Graduate Certificates and two M.A. degrees, and I.U. Southeast offers a Graduate Certificate and two Master of Liberal Studies degrees Mission Statement The mission of The University Graduate School is to promote and support excellence in graduate education for individual students, faculty, departments, and the university as a whole. In accomplishing this mission, The University Graduate School values excellence, integrity, collaboration, efficiency, innovation, and inclusiveness in all that it does. These values are central to the school’s role in 2 May 26, 2016 History and Organization research and development component, was able to focus In 1908, upon the insistence of faculty members of the its attention on the quality of graduate education. College of Arts and Sciences, the university placed its From 1978 until 1987, the historian Leo F. Solt was dean. graduate courses into a newly formed unit, the Graduate Under his leadership, the Graduate School became School, and named biology professor Carl Eigenmann its a university-wide entity, encouraging excellence in first dean (1908-27). Four years later, Indiana University graduate education throughout the state of Indiana by awarded its first Ph.D. degree, although Master of Arts systematically reviewing all existing programs and by degrees had been conferred in cursu upon graduates implementing new graduate programs on the Indianapolis of Indiana University in the nineteenth century. Today, and South Bend campuses, as well as on the Bloomington the Graduate School awards approximately 300 Ph.D.’s campus. Fellowship funds were increased, and more and some 500 master’s degrees annually. In addition minority students were recruited; the Graduate School was to the Ph.D., the Graduate School at Indiana University computerized to improve record keeping and monitoring has sole jurisdiction over the Master of Arts, the Master of students; additional steps were taken to improve of Science, the Master of Arts for Teachers, and the the quality of Ph.D. dissertations; and participation by Master of Fine Arts degrees wherever they are offered graduate students in the administrative and policy making in the university system. The professional schools have activity of the Graduate School was encouraged. jurisdiction over other postbaccalaureate degrees and provide the instruction for Graduate School degrees in Thomas Noblitt, a music historian, was acting dean their disciplines. As a university-wide office, the Graduate from 1987 until 1989. During his tenure, new graduate School grants degrees at five of the university’s eight programs were approved for the Northwest and Fort campuses: Bloomington, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, South Wayne campuses, and offerings at Bloomington and Bend, and Southeast. Indianapolis were expanded. In August 1989, George Walker, a physicist, became associate vice president In the Graduate School’s early years, during the (and later vice president) for research and dean of the presidency of , the university University Graduate School, thus reuniting two offices concentrated on undergraduate instruction. When Herman that had been separated for nearly 20 years. Under his B Wells became president in 1938, graduate education at direction, the University Graduate School was reorganized Indiana began to thrive under the deanship of Fernandes to allow departments and schools to assume a larger Payne, another biologist (1927-47). With the strong part of the responsibility for the monitoring of graduate support of President Wells and under the guidance of students’ progress toward their degrees. Increased Dean Payne’s successors, English professor and folklorist emphasis on financial support for graduate education Stith Thompson (1947-50) and botanist Ralph Cleland led to substantial additions to the fellowship budget, (1950-58), the Graduate School grew rapidly during the new initiatives were undertaken to encourage research post-World War II years. Twenty-five graduate fellowships on all campuses of the university, and the Graduate were created during the war years. Council was significantly expanded. Dean Walker also John W. Ashton, the second English professor to established a Preparing Future Faculty Program to occupy the Graduate School deanship (1958-65), had prepare graduate students to face the full range of served as dean of the College of Arts and Sciences professional responsibilities they might encounter in the before taking over the new Graduate School offices in academy. Kirkwood Hall. During his tenure in the College and in In 2003, the Office of Research and the University the Graduate School, Dean Ashton gave strong support Graduate School were again separated, and John to interdisciplinary programs and emerging disciplines Slattery, a pharmacologist from the University of such as linguistics, comparative literature, East European Washington, was recruited to head the again independent studies, folklore, School of Letters, and Uralic and Altaic University Graduate School. Unfortunately he was lured studies. By 1960, Bernard Berelson’s book Graduate back by the University of Washington, and in the fall Education in the United States ranked Indiana University of 2005, Sherry Queener (who had been associate twelfth of 92 institutions of higher education. Allan Carter’s dean at Indianapolis) and Eugene R. Kintgen (who Assessment of Quality in Graduate Education (1966) also had been associate dean at Bloomington) were named reflected the increased stature of the university’s graduate acting co-deans. James C. Wimbush, a professor of programs. In that work, four Graduate School programs business administration, was appointed dean of the ranked among the top ten of their kind in the , and University Graduate School in September, 2006. Dean twenty programs emerged among the top twenty. Wimbush continues to advocate for the enhancement The appointment of Harrison Shull, a chemist (1965-72), of graduate education and improvement of the overall marked an outstanding increase in the research and quality of graduate student and post-doctoral student life, graduate development activities of the Graduate School. and works to increase funding for programs promoting When Dean Shull left the Graduate School to become the educational equality. In July, 2013, Dean Wimbush also vice chancellor for research and development, he took was appointed Vice President for Diversity, Equity, and many of these activities with him, leaving the Graduate Multicultural Affairs. School to be concerned primarily with graduate education. In 1951, the faculty elected nine of its number to a As the university underwent reorganization under the Graduate Council. Today, the Graduate Council has leadership of President John W. Ryan, two temporary 24 voting members elected by the University Graduate deans, Harry Yamaguchi, a psychologist (1972-77), and School faculty. That faculty of about 2,200 members James Holland, the third biologist to head the Graduate comes from all campuses of the university. Beginning in School (1977-78), presided over an office that, without a 1980, a University Graduate School faculty committee has added new members to the graduate faculty upon May 26, 2016 3 nomination by departmental or school administrators, Contact Information to the approval of the dean of the University University Graduate School Graduate School and, in the case of full members, The University Graduate School - Bloomington Office the Board of Trustees. This process changed in 2005. Currently, all tenured or tenure-eligible faculty are Wells Library automatically appointed as members of the Graduate 1320 E. 10th Street, Room E546 Faculty. An additional endorsement to direct doctoral Bloomington, IN 47405 dissertations may be obtained through nomination by the appropriate doctoral program chair or program faculty, (812) 855-8853 subject to approval of the dean of the University Graduate [email protected] School and the Vice Provost for Faculty and Academic IUPUI Graduate Office Affairs. The names of all IU faculty members who hold appointments as members of the Graduate Faculty are University Library, UL 1170 listed in this bulletin under the names of the program(s) 755 W. Michigan Street with which they are associated. An asterisk (*) denotes Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis membership in the University Graduate School faculty with Indianapolis, IN 46202 the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations. (317) 274-1577 Members of the University Graduate School faculty [email protected] ultimately determine standards of admission, set the general requirements for degrees, pass upon the specific Admission requirements of programs, approve courses for graduate Undergraduate Requirements credit, and certify candidates for degrees. These functions The University Graduate School will consider applications are executed by the Graduate Council and the dean from students holding baccalaureate degrees from Indiana and administrative staff. More specifically, the University University or from other accredited four-year collegiate Graduate School faculty serve on advisory and research institutions. The University Graduate School may admit committees for doctoral students, direct master’s theses students who do not meet stated admission criteria and doctoral dissertations, and elect members of the provided that the deficiencies amount to no more than Graduate Council. one year’s work. The dean will determine the condition The Graduate Council, which represents faculty in all of admission in such cases. If more than a year’s work is graduate units, meets monthly during the academic deficient, students should apply to the University Graduate year. In addition to the functions delegated to it by the School for admission to the Continuing Nondegree faculty of the University Graduate School, it serves as an Program. Students from unaccredited institutions may executive advisory body to the dean and administrative be admitted as special students for one semester; if staff on policy matters. It receives the reports of the their records are then satisfactory and their department, school’s standing faculty committees; it acts upon program, or school recommends them, they will be recommendations for changes in admission, the given full standing. Ordinarily, a B (3.0) average in the curriculum, degree requirements, and procedures for undergraduate major is required for admission to the the administration of student programs; it receives and University Graduate School. acts upon the recommendations of ad hoc committees appointed by the dean; it gives advice on ways to Distance/Distributed Education improve the quality of graduate work; and it seeks ways The University Graduate School recognizes the role to coordinate the programs of the University Graduate in contemporary curricula of modern technologies that School with other graduate programs in the university. enhance learning in both traditional formats featuring primarily face-to-face interaction and in non-traditional In addition, the deans and staff of the University Graduate formats where students and faculty engage each other School monitor indicators of the quality of individual primarily via electronic means. In considering course graduate programs, and (through the recorders) the work for admission purposes or for transfer of credit into a quality of master’s and doctoral degrees granted. degree program, the Graduate School expects programs Mentoring and Preparing Future Faculty programs, both to evaluate course work and to apply the same criteria for within the departments and centralized in the University quality to both traditional and distance formats. Course Graduate School, ensure that students are integrated into work must be from an accredited four-year collegiate their academic programs and prepared for the full range institution to be considered for admission purposes, or of professional responsibilities they will encounter in their must otherwise comply with the requirements for non- careers. accredited institutions (see prior section) The Graduate and Professional Student Organization is Indiana University Baccalaureate Degree Candidates the representative body for graduate students enrolled on Candidates for baccalaureate degrees at Indiana the Bloomington campus. Likewise, the Graduate Student University may apply for conditional admission to the Organization represents graduate students enrolled in University Graduate School and may enroll for graduate programs on the Indianapolis campus. Both organizations credit for that portion of their program not required for work with the University Graduate School to advocate for completion of the baccalaureate degree, provided that: the interests of graduate and professional students. 1. They are within one semester of meeting baccalaureate degree requirements. (If the baccalaureate is not completed within that semester, graduate credit earned may not be counted toward an advanced degree). 4 May 26, 2016

2. The total course load does not exceed that ordinarily additional academic work undertaken during that period taken by a full-time graduate student. are required, and a department may request additional 3. The courses taken for graduate credit are authorized letters of recommendation. Should the updated material to carry such credit. (In certain instances graduate prove unsatisfactory, the admission may be canceled. If credit is allowed for undergraduate courses.) the applicant fails to enroll within two years, a completely new application is required. Application for Admission To assure that course credit will be eligible to count toward Graduate Record Examination an intended graduate degree, prospective graduate Applicants may be required to take the Graduate Record students, including graduates of Indiana University, must Examination General Test, Subject Test, or both (see make formal application and be admitted to a department, departmental requirements). Information concerning these program, or academic school, or must be registered as a examinations may be obtained online at www.ets.org. continuing nondegree student before taking courses for Further information is available in the office of the graduate credit. Most programs of the University Graduate University Graduate School (IUB) or at the Graduate School consider applications for admission and financial Office (IUPUI). aid that are completed by the following dates: January 15 International Students for the fall semester, September 1 for the spring semester, and January 1 for the summer. If a program uses other There are special application procedures for those deadlines, the applicant will be informed by the staff of the who are not citizens of the United States or who have program. Many graduate programs consider applications had their previous schooling outside the United States. submitted after a deadline as long as all available spaces At IU Bloomington, international students can apply for students have not been filled by highly qualified online at www.gradapp.indiana.edu or obtain the applicants. Inquiries about late applications for admission International Paper Packet from the Office of Admissions or financial aid should be addressed to the program of the at Bloomington (300 N. Jordan Ave; [812] 855-0661; e- student’s intended major. mail [email protected]) or the Office of International Affairs at IUPUI (902 W. New York St., ES 2126; [317] Electronic applications are the only form of application 274-7000; e-mail [email protected]; the international at IU Bloomington. IUPUI does accept paper application application may be downloaded from www.iupui.edu/ submissions and forms are available at the IUPUI ~oia/). Because of the extra procedures required in Graduate Office, IUPUI, University Library, UL evaluating foreign credentials, the application fee for 1170, Indianapolis, IN 46202. Paper application forms international students is $60 (IUB and IUPUI). are also available in departmental offices. Once enrolled, international students who wish to change For further information, consult www.gradapp.indiana.edu. their programs of study must first obtain the approval of All applications must be accompanied by one complete the Office of International Services. After such approval transcript of previous college and university work and is granted, application for formal change of status may be should be submitted directly to the department in which made to the University Graduate School according to the the student wishes to apply. same procedures governing United States citizens. By action of the Trustees of Indiana University, a International students must enroll in at least 8 credit nonrefundable application fee of $55 is required of all hours each fall and spring semester in order to meet visa applicants. An application fee of $55 (2015-16) is required requirements. Any exceptions to this regulation must for all applicants applying to Indiana University Graduate be approved in advance by the Office of International School programs on the IUB campus and $60 on the Services. IUPUI campus. All Graduate Nondegree students on the Indianapolis campus must pay a $60 (2015-16) application Since the language of instruction at Indiana University fee as well. At IU Bloomington, Continuing Nondegree is English, proficiency in reading, writing, speaking, and Program students are not assessed an application fee, but understanding English is essential. Applicants whose a $25 processing fee is assessed each semester in which native language is not English should submit proof of they enroll. such proficiency by the time they apply for admission. Normally this is done by taking the Test of English as a Admission (except for Continuing Nondegree students) Foreign Language (TOEFL). Results of this test should is made to a particular department for a specific degree, be submitted as part of the application for admission. The and no student shall be permitted to work toward a degree TOEFL examination is given six times a year in the United without first having been admitted to do so. A flexible entry States and many foreign countries. Further information procedure for basic science programs at Indianapolis may be obtained at American consulates or by writing allows Ph.D. students up to one year to identify a research to TOEFL, Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08541, U.S.A. If it laboratory and degree program. Students desiring to is not possible to take the TOEFL, applicants should change departments should fill out Transfer of Department obtain a statement by a responsible official, ordinarily a Forms, which may be obtained in the offices of individual United States consular official, attesting that they read, departments or schools (e.g., the School of Education, write, speak, and understand the English language well the College of Arts and Sciences). Requests for change of enough to pursue, at an American university, a program degree status must be submitted by the department and leading to an advanced degree in their chosen field. Such approved by the dean. a statement should be submitted with the application for admission. Following the notice of admission to the University Graduate School, an applicant normally has two calendar Prior to registration for classes, all new students whose years in which to enroll. Supplementary transcripts of any native language is not English are required to take an May 26, 2016 5 English Language Proficiency Test administered by Degree Conferral the Indiana University Center for English Language The University Graduate School will recommend the Training (CELT) at Bloomington, and by the ESL program candidate to the Board of Trustees for the degree only and the Office of International Affairs at Indianapolis. upon completion of all the requirements stated in this If the results of this test indicate that a student needs Bulletin. Degrees are awarded on the last day of each additional work in English as a second language, month of the year. appropriate recommendations will be made to the student’s academic advisors. This requirement has For all students seeking a master’s degree, an application been established in recognition of the vital importance for the degree must be filed with the University Graduate of language competency to the student’s academic School at least 30 days before the date anticipated success. Prospective students whose native language for degree conferral. All degree requirements must be is not English and who have been offered positions as completed at least 30 days before the date of expected associate instructors are required to pass additional degree conferral, including submission to the University tests in English, since success as a teacher at Indiana Graduate School of the master’s thesis (if required for University is dependent upon one’s ability to communicate degree). Electronic submissions are preferred. in the English language. Information regarding these examinations may be obtained directly from the individual For doctoral students, submission to the University academic departments at IU Bloomington or from the Graduate School of the copies of the completed Graduate Office at IUPUI. dissertation and abstract as described under Submission of the Dissertation constitutes an application for conferral Nondegree Students of the Ph.D. degree. Doctoral students are reminded Special Students (a) that the 30-day announcement deadline prior to the defense of the dissertation and the 30-day deadline prior Students who have not been admitted to a degree to degree conferral are nonoverlapping time periods; and program but who intend to study primarily in one (b) that research committees frequently require revisions department may be admitted by that department with the and corrections after the defense of the dissertation and approval of the dean as special students. They must apply that these revisions must be made before the dissertation to a department just as degree students do and should is ready for submission to the University Graduate School. indicate their desired status. Commencement Continuing Nondegree Students All graduate students are encouraged to participate in The holder of a baccalaureate degree who wishes to study the Commencement ceremonies. The solemn yet colorful on a nondegree basis without necessarily concentrating academic pageantry can provide a fitting culmination in a single department may be admitted to the University to a period of intense study and work. At IUB, all Graduate School as a continuing nondegree student. Such Ph.D. candidates are now hooded by their professors. students may not accumulate more than 18 credit hours Procedures for participating in Commencement may be in a single subject area, and may enroll only in those obtained from the University Graduate School for IUB courses for which they can obtain specific permission students and from the Graduate Office for IUPUI students. to register, which takes into consideration the academic background of the individual and course enrollment Full-Time Study limitations. In addition to Indiana University tuition and Ordinarily, students shall be considered full time if they are mandatory fees, a program processing fee of $25 is registered for 8 hours of credit (fall, spring, and summer assessed each semester. For details of admission terms) and their programs of study meet with the approval and further information, students should consult The of the departments. Courses taken as an auditor may not University Graduate School at Bloomington (Wells Library be counted in the definition of “full-time study”; however, E546, [812] 856-4503, [email protected], http:// courses taken to remove undergraduate deficiencies for graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/non-degree.shtml), or admission may be counted. the Graduate Nondegree Program at Indianapolis (University Library, UL 1170, [317] 274-1577, http:// Students holding appointments as associate instructors, www.iupui.edu/~gradoff/admissions/non-degree.shtml. graduate assistants, or research assistants must ordinarily A student initially admitted as a continuing nondegree be registered for 6 credit hours during each full semester. student who later wishes to obtain a graduate degree must make formal application and be admitted to a For academic purposes, the University Graduate departmental degree program. The department may then School will consider as full-time certain students who recommend to the dean that credit earned as a continuing are exceptions to the above definitions: M.A. and M.S. nondegree student be applied to degree requirements. candidates whose completed courses and deferred thesis Students should be aware that certain departments and credits total 30 hours; M.F.A. candidates whose completed schools specifically prohibit work taken under continuing courses and deferred thesis credits total 60 hours; and nondegree status from counting toward a degree after a Ph.D. students whose completed courses and deferred student has been admitted to a degree program. dissertation credits total 90 hours, providing they are working on theses or dissertations for the completion of Policies & Procedures the degree. Such students, however, must enroll in at least one hour of graduate thesis (for master’s students) or The following content provides an overview of the dissertation (for doctoral students) credit each semester. academic regulations and procedures of the University For master’s candidates, such enrollment will be limited Graduate School and Indiana University. to the five-year period allowed for completion of the master’s degree; this enrollment for doctoral candidates will be limited to the seven-year period after passing 6 May 26, 2016 the qualifying examination. Students who have already areas on a pass/fail basis under conditions stated in a accumulated 90 or more hours of graduate credit and memorandum available from the University Graduate who hold university-administered student appointments School office. Such courses may not be used to fulfill as associate instructors, graduate assistants, or research departmental language or research-skill requirements. assistants amounting to at least 0.375 FTE (15 hours Enrollment under this option will be made at the beginning per week workload) will be required to enroll for at least of the semester and may not be changed after the date 6 hours of credit during each semester they continue to fixed for dropping and adding of courses. hold an appointment. Such hours will be charged at the allocated fee rate. Incomplete Grades The grade of Incomplete may be given only when the Students may take no more than 16 hours of credit in completed portion of a student’s work is of passing quality. any semester or more than a total of 16 credit hours in all It is the responsibility of the student who has incurred the summer sessions in any one year without permission the grade of Incomplete in any course to satisfy the of their graduate advisor. Students who are employed requirements of that course within one calendar year from are advised to take into account the demands that such the date on which the Incomplete is recorded. The student activities make on their time and to reduce their course is expected to finish all necessary work in time for the loads accordingly. instructor to assign a regular grade before the expiration of this time period. If the student is unable to do so because Grading Policies of circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control, Grades it is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor of Grade points are assigned at Indiana University according the course, the graduate advisor, and the dean within the to the following scale, and grade point averages are year of such circumstances and to request an extension computed taking into account any plus or minus which of time. According to university policy, every overdue accompanies a letter grade. Incomplete will be changed to F after one calendar year. Both the student and the instructor shall be notified of A = 4.0 this change in grade. This change will be made unless A- = 3.7 the dean has received notice of a regular grade duly B+ = 3.3 assigned before that time or has approved a request for B = 3.0 an extension of time. A change of the grade F will be B- = 2.7 considered only if the request for change is accompanied C+ = 2.3 by an explanation of the circumstances involved. Students C = 2.0 may not register in a course in which they have a grade of C- = 1.7 Incomplete. D+ = 1.3 D = 1.0 These regulations do not apply to research and reading D- = 0.7 courses in which completion of the course work is not F = 0 usually required at the end of the semester. Such courses Ordinarily a minimum of a B (3.0) average in graduate are indicated in departmental listings by the sign “*”; work is required for continuance in graduate study, incomplete work in those courses will be denoted by R and for all graduate degrees. Courses completed (deferred grade). with grades below C (2.0) are not counted toward degree requirements, but such grades will be counted Withdrawal from Course Work in calculating a student’s grade point average. Some Withdrawals prior to the “last day to drop a course with departments may require an average grade in graduate an automatic W” (see official calendar for each semester) courses higher than 3.0, while others may count no are automatically marked W. According to university courses completed with grades below 3.0 toward degree regulations, withdrawal after this date is permitted only requirements (see departmental entries). No work may be with the approval of the dean of the student’s school transferred from another institution unless the grade is a B for urgent reasons related to the student’s health or (3.0) or higher. equivalent distress. In all such cases, the student must submit a request for late withdrawal to the advisor or The dean may review a grade record at any time and to the departmental chairperson. This request must be may place a student on academic probation if the record supported by the instructor of the course, the graduate justifies such action. When the grade point average of advisor, and the departmental chairperson and then be a student falls below 3.0 or the student is not making forwarded to the dean with an accompanying statement sufficient progress toward the degree, the dean will notify outlining the reasons for the request. If the dean approves the student that he or she has been placed on probation. the request, the student’s mark in the course shall be Unless the student brings this record up to a 3.0 grade W if the work completed up to the point of withdrawal is point average or begins making satisfactory progress passing; otherwise a grade of F shall be recorded. Failure in the next semester of enrollment, the student will not to complete a course without an authorized withdrawal will ordinarily be allowed to continue in the University Gradu- result in the grade of F. ate School. Residence Requirements Pass/Fail Option All candidates for graduate degrees (with the exceptions Students in good standing (i.e., with a grade point average outlined below) must complete at least 30 credit hours of 3.0 or better) who have completed graduate course of graduate work while enrolled on campuses of Indiana work sufficient for a master’s degree may, with the written University. Of these hours, at least one semester or consent of their graduate advisor or of their advisory two summer sessions of full-time work must be taken committee, enroll in courses outside their major and minor May 26, 2016 7 in University Graduate School degree-granting units in the student’s outside minor. Such approval should be on the Bloomington, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, South requested before the course is taken. Bend, or Southeast campuses. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must spend two consecutive semesters during In many departments there are strict limitations on the one academic year on the Bloomington or Indianapolis number of 300- and 400-level courses that may be campus. counted toward advanced degree requirements; see departmental notices for details. For descriptions of Work Done at More Than One Indiana University 300- and 400-level courses, see the College of Arts and Campus Sciences Bulletin or the School of Liberal Arts Bulletin. Students who plan to earn a degree through a degree- Not all courses listed in this bulletin are offered every year granting unit on one Indiana University campus and who and on every campus. Inquiries concerning the availability plan to take a substantial number of hours on one or or suitability of a particular course should be directed to more of the other Indiana University campuses in partial the appropriate departmental chairperson. fulfillment of degree requirements should have their programs of study approved in advance by the degree- The number of hours of credit given a course is indicated granting unit. The residency requirement must be met on in parentheses following the course title. The abbreviation the campus where the degree-granting unit is located. “P” refers to the course prerequisite or prerequisites. Similarly, the abbreviation “R” indicates recommended Revalidation of Courses prerequisites. Courses eligible for a deferred grade are Normally, a course may not be counted toward degree marked by the sign “**”. requirements if it has been completed more than (a) five years prior to the awarding of the degree for master’s Courses taken while an undergraduate and counted students or, (b) seven years prior to the passing of the toward the requirements of a baccalaureate degree qualifying examination for Ph.D. students. The graduate may not also be counted toward a graduate degree. advisor, after consultation with the advisory committee, With only three exceptions, courses counted toward may, however, recommend to the dean that course work the requirements for one advanced degree may not be taken prior to the above deadlines be revalidated if it counted toward requirements for another degree at the can be demonstrated that the knowledge contained in same level. the course(s) remains current. Currency of knowledge In the case of the M.F.A., course work completed as may be demonstrated by such things as: (a) passing part of an M.A., M.S., or M.A.T. degree may, with the an examination specifically on the material covered approval of the student’s department, be counted toward by the course; (b) passing a more advanced course in the M.F.A., provided it otherwise meets the conditions the same subject area; (c) passing a comprehensive stated in this bulletin. examination in which the student demonstrates substantial knowledge of the content of the course; (d) teaching a In the case of the Dual Master’s Program, certain comparable course; or (e) publishing scholarly research reductions are allowed in the total number of hours demonstrating substantial knowledge of the content and required if the two degrees had been taken separately. fundamental principles of the course. Each course for The Dual Master’s Program involves two degrees at the which consideration for revalidation is being requested master’s level; the degrees may be under the jurisdiction should be justified separately. If the qualifying examination of the University Graduate School or of another Indiana is used for the purpose of revalidation, the number of University school. For further information, see below courses to be revalidated by this method should be limited (under Requirements for Master’s Degrees) and the to two in order to avoid compromising the integrity of the departmental entries for African American and African qualifying examination process. Diaspora Studies, African Studies, Biology, Central Eurasian Studies, Chemistry, Comparative Literature, Graduate Credit East Asian Languages and Cultures, Economics, Graduate Credit—General English, Environmental Programs, Fine Arts, Folklore Only courses listed in this bulletin or specifically allowed and Ethnomusicology, Geography, History, History and by it may be counted toward the requirements for a degree Philosophy of Science and Medicine, Information and offered by the University Graduate School. These courses Library Science, Institute for the Studies of Europe, Jewish are ordinarily numbered at the 500 level or above. In Studies, Journalism, Latin American and Caribbean certain cases, courses at the 300 and 400 level have been Studies, Music, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, specifically approved for graduate credit; all such courses Nursing Science, Philanthropic Studies, Philosophy, are listed in this bulletin. Normally, these courses require , and Russian and East European Institute. a higher level of performance and significantly more work Work counted toward a master’s degree may also be (such as an increased number of readings, additional counted toward the Ph.D. if it has been approved by the papers, extra class sessions, oral class presentations) for student’s advisory committee and if it otherwise meets the graduate students than for the undergraduates. Each the conditions stated in this bulletin, including the rules instructor should identify the graduate students enrolled in governing the transfer of credit from other institutions. the course during the first week of classes and should out- line the nature of the work expected of them at that time. Transfer of Credit In certain other unusual instances the dean may approve, Upon recommendation of the department and with the upon recommendation and justification by the student’s approval of the dean, work taken for graduate credit at advisory committee, other 300- or 400-level courses for other institutions may be transferred in partial fulfillment graduate credit, typically to count toward requirements of degree requirements. No course may be transferred from another institution unless the grade is B or higher 8 May 26, 2016 and unless the course was completed within the time activity that tends to undermine the academic integrity of limit prescribed (see “Graduate Credit—General” section the institution...it may include, but is not limited to human, above). The following restrictions apply: hard-copy, or electronic resources, cheating, fabrication, plagiarism, interference, violation of course rules, and 1. Candidates for the M.A., M.S., LL.M., or M.A.T. facilitating academic misconduct. degree may offer up to 8 hours of graduate credit from other institutions. About the Requirements for 2. Candidates for the M.A.T. degree who are graduates of Indiana University may offer up to 12 hours of Master's Degrees graduate credit from other institutions. 3. Candidates for the M.F.A. degree may offer up to 20 Master's Degrees hours of graduate credit from other institutions. Master of Arts 4. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree may offer up to 30 Thirty (30) credit hours are required for the M.A. (some hours of graduate credit from other institutions. departments require more than 30), all of which may be taken in a single department; at least 20 of these credit It must be emphasized that the transfer of credit is not an hours must be earned in the major field. A minimum of 9 automatic occurrence. Students must obtain the written credit hours of course work or at least three courses in the consent of both their departmental advisor and the dean major field (excluding thesis) must be numbered 500 or before credit earned at other institutions will be added to above. their records. Master of Science Transfer from One Department to General requirements for the M.S. are identical with those Another for the M.A. (see above). There are a few exceptions. M.S. Matriculated students wishing to transfer from one students in computer science are currently exempted from department within the University Graduate School to the regulations requiring that 9 credit hours of course work another should first consult their graduate advisors or or three courses in the major field (exclusive of thesis) advisory committees and the graduate advisor of the new be numbered 500 or above. Students in the combined department about the wisdom of the change. International M.S./M.D. program have seven years in which to complete students desiring to make such a change must also obtain requirements for the M.S. degree; students in the M.S. the approval of the Office of International Services. program in geology at Indianapolis have six years in which to complete the requirement. General Requirements for Master of Fine Arts Advanced Degrees The M.F.A. degree, which is offered in the Departments of English, Fine Arts, and Theatre, Drama, and Guidelines for Requirements Contemporary Dance, requires a minimum of 60 credit The following statements regarding degree requirements hours. outline the minima that are acceptable. The student must meet not only the general requirements of the University Master of Arts for Teachers Graduate School but also the specific requirements of In order to be admitted to this program, students must the individual department(s). Requirements are given in hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited this bulletin only for degrees awarded by the University institution. The degree should include sufficient hours in Graduate School. Professional graduate degrees are each discipline in which students plan to work to enable also available at Indiana University. These professional them to elect courses carrying graduate credit (see degrees are administered by the respective schools; departmental entries for details). information regarding these degrees and the requirements for each may be found in the bulletins of the individual Thirty-six (36) credit hours beyond the baccalaureate schools. degree are required, at least 20 of which must be in the major teaching field, with the remainder allocated either The University Graduate School recommends that those to additional work in the major or to one or more minors. who intend to continue graduate work toward the Ph.D. Certain interdepartmental programs have specific minor degree elect one of the traditional master’s degree requirements (for details, see the individual program programs requiring a thesis or a foreign language or both. statements). Each candidate must possess a teacher’s certificate (from Indiana or another state in the United Academic Integrity States) at the time the degree is conferred, with the Students are expected to adhere to the highest ethical exception of international students, who must be certified standards in all their course work and research. by their departments. Because in some cases licensing Individuals violating that code of conduct are subject to requirements and M.A.T. course requirements may disciplinary action; such breaches could lead to expulsion overlap, the teaching certificate will be issued and the of the student from Indiana University or to recision of a degree will be conferred at the same time. Graduates degree already granted. To acquaint students more fully who do not hold certificates (teaching licenses) should with the range of issues relating to academic integrity, The have their credentials evaluated for teaching certification University Graduate School has prepared a document purposes by the graduate licensing advisor in the School entitled Integrity in Graduate Study which can be obtained of Education. by calling the office at 812-855-8853). Students also can refer to Indiana University’s Code of Student Rights, Upon recommendation of the department and approval by Responsibilities, and Conduct (http://www.iu.edu/~code/ the dean, a maximum of 6 credit hours of undergraduate code/rights/index.shtml). Academic misconduct is any courses taken after completion of the baccalaureate May 26, 2016 9 degree may be applied toward the M.A.T. degree. M.A.T. departmental entries for exceptions). If a thesis is not degrees are available in most areas represented in required, departments are encouraged to substitute some the high school curriculum. Interested students should other type of special project that is creative, exploratory, or consult the chairperson of the department or the division experimental in nature. In lieu of the traditional thesis, for concerned to discuss programs of study. example, the department might require seminar papers, presentations, publishable reports, artistic performances, Dual Master’s Program or exhibitions. The thesis or alternative project should be Students who are concurrently enrolled in two equivalent to no fewer than 3 nor more than 9 hours of departments may qualify for two master’s degrees under graduate credit; such credit should be granted under an a provision that allows credit earned to satisfy the major appropriate departmental course or independent study requirements of one department to count as elective number. Departures from traditional thesis requirements credit in a second department. Dual master’s degrees prescribed by the individual departments must be require a minimum of 50 credits, with at least 21 credits approved by both the department and the dean. If a earned in each of the programs. To be eligible for this thesis is submitted, the student must electronically submit program, a student must be formally admitted by both the thesis through Proquest. If the student prefers to departments and by the University Graduate School. All submit a bound thesis, two copies must be filed with the requirements of both degrees must be met, including University Graduate School. Electronic and bound copies passing any departmental examinations and satisfying of the thesis will be placed with the University Library. foreign-language/research-skill requirements. If both Additionally, departments may require bound copies. departments require a thesis, the student may write a The title page must bear the statement: “Submitted to single thesis that meets the requirements of both fields. the faculty of the University Graduate School in partial The thesis committee will comprise an equal number fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Master of of representatives of both departments, and the thesis ______in the Department of ______, Indiana credit will be split between the two. All course work for the University.” (Note: Students majoring in programs will program must be completed within a period of six years. use "Program of;" students majoring in departments outside of the College of Arts and Sciences will use Preparing Theses and Dissertations "School of.") At least three members of the faculty shall Theses and dissertations must be typed with the body normally participate in the approval of the thesis and of the text double-spaced. For thesis and dissertations must sign an acceptance page which appears after the that will be bound in paper form, margins must be at least title page. The statement, “Accepted by the faculty of one-and-a-half inches on the left and one inch on the top, the University Graduate School, Indiana University, in right, and bottom. Students who submit their publications partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Master in electronic form only may choose to have one-inch of ______,” should precede the signatures on margins on all sides. Page numbers must be consecutive the acceptance page. Each copy of the thesis is to be throughout, with numerals used for the body of the accompanied by the student’s vita sheet inserted at the work and small or lowercase Roman numerals for the front end. For details regarding the typing and duplication of matter. Script fonts (ex. Monotype Corsica) and italicizing theses, see Preparation of Theses and Dissertations. large sections of text are not allowed for the main body of your text, although italics may be used appropriately. Three or more faculty members should participate in certification of the student’s fulfillment of the requirements The paper used for any bound copies must be for a master’s degree. Their participation may take watermarked, 100-percent cotton bond paper of 20 or any of several forms, such as administering a final 24 lbs., measuring 8 1/2 by 11 inches. If photographs or comprehensive examination, or evaluating the or detailed graphics are part of the work, make certain candidate’s thesis or alternative project. In instances they are crisp and clear when printed. It is acceptable to where shortcomings are apparent, the student may use special laser or photo paper for the pages(s) in the be required to complete additional course work or dissertation containing images in order to achieve the best assignments. possible quality. If the master’s degree is used to meet part of the Theses and dissertations must be written in English requirements to convert a provisional or standard teaching unless you and your department/committee have certificate into a professional certificate (which is no longer decided otherwise. For more information, see http:// a life license), the student’s degree program must include www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/theses-dissertations/ at least 18 credit hours of graduate work in the major or index.shtml. minor field or both. About the Requirements for Master's Deficient Progress Degrees The policy of the Graduate Faculty is that students may The number of credit hours required by the University be dismissed for failure to maintain adequate academic Graduate School for master’s degrees varies according progress toward the degree. For candidates, this standard to the individual degree (see below for details). However, is set by the faculty of each program or by the student's with the exception of the Dual Master’s Program, the dissertation committee. requirements for all master’s degrees must be completed within five consecutive years. The student must first be notified of deficient academic progress by being placed on probation for one semester. With the exception of the Master of Arts for Teachers If the deficiency is not rectified then the student may be (M.A.T.), a thesis or reading knowledge of a foreign dismissed. language is normally required for a master’s degree (see 10 May 26, 2016 Ph.D. Degree count the same work toward requirements in both depart- ments (e.g., a specific foreign language acceptable The Ph.D. degree requires completion of at least 90 credit in both programs). The exact courses of study and hours of an advanced course of study. The degree is examinations required are to be determined by members awarded in recognition of a candidate’s command of a of the research committee from each of the majors. Any broad field of knowledge and accomplishment in that field area of substantial overlap in the two courses of study or through an original contribution of meaningful knowledge in the examinations is to be negotiated by the committee and ideas. as a whole and approved by the dean. • Major Subject and Minor Subjects There must be at least four faculty members on both the • Double Majoring advisory and research committees for a double major, with • Combined Degree Programs two from each of the majors. Additionally, the research • Assignment to an Advisory Committee committe must have two chairs (co-chairs), one from • Qualifying Examinations each of the majors. If other minor fields are involved, a • Admission to Candidacy Status representative must also be present from each of these. • Continuing Enrollment A total of 90 credit hours is required for the Ph.D. degree • Dissertation with a double major. While judicious program planning may permit completion of some double majors within the Major Subject and Minor Subjects 90 credit hours, other students may accrue additional Major Subject hours due to the programs of study required for each major. In recognition of such a possibility, students in The student will select a major subject from the the program will be allowed one additional year, for a departments and programs listed in this bulletin. The total of eight years, before they must take the qualifying major department or program is responsible for monitoring examinations. A link to the complete set of rules relating the student’s progress toward the degree and for making to double majors and the appropriate form for applying for recommendations to the University Graduate School a double major can be found on the University Graduate regarding the nomination to candidacy, the appointment of School Forms page or by downloading it here. a research committee, the defense of the dissertation, and the conferring of the degree. Combined Degree Programs Minor Subjects The School of Medicine, the School of Dentistry, the McKinney School of Law, the Maurer School of Law, and The student will select at least one minor subject. A minor the University Graduate School offer selected students provides additional breadth and depth to the individual’s an opportunity to pursue the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees, program. It must be taken outside the major department concurrently or sequentially, with a coordinated and from among those minors offered listed in this bulletin flexible program leading also to the M.D., D.D.S., or or in a specifically approved inter- or intradepartmental J.D. degree. Combined degree programs are available area—see departmental entries. (As an exception to this in anatomy, biochemistry, dental science, medical rule, Indiana University doctoral students may take a biophysics, medical genetics, medical neurobiology, minor in a Purdue University graduate degree program at microbiology and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis [IUPUI].) physiology, and toxicology. At Bloomington, the Courses counted toward a minor cannot also be counted combined degree is available not only in these basic toward the major. The determination of the minimum medical, biological, and physical sciences but also in the requirements and examination procedure (if any) for the humanities and social studies. The combined degree minor is entirely at the discretion of the minor department program is designed to meet the student’s particular or program. objectives and needs and is planned by the student Individualized Minor. In certain cases, special and an advisory committee of faculty representing the individualized minors (12 or more credit hours of work School of Medicine, the McKinney School of Law, the in two or more programs) or minors not specifically Maurer School of Law, or the School of Dentistry and the listed in this bulletin may be approved by the dean upon respective department or program. recommendation of the student’s advisory committee, Entry into a combined degree program requires approval provided such approval is requested prior to pursuit of any of the University Graduate School and the relevant school of the proposed courses of study. Examination procedures (the School of Medicine, the School of Dentistry, the (if any) or other requirements (for example, stipulation of McKinney School of Law, the Maurer School of Law). Two the minimum grades acceptable) should also be specified applications are necessary: one to the Indiana University in the proposal to the dean. School of Medicine, of Dentistry, or of Law, and another to the Indiana University Graduate School via the sponsoring Double Majoring department or program. Students may pursue two majors in two departments simultaneously, if so recommended by each department Indiana University School of Medicine has established and approved by the dean. Two general requirements an Indiana Medical Scientist Program for fellowship and pertain to double majors: (1) there must be a substantive tuition support of students in the combined M.D./Ph.D. relationship between the two major fields, particularly program. A faculty committee nominates students for with respect to the topic of the student’s dissertation; the program based on commitment to a career as a and (2) all degree requirements for each major must be physician scientist, research experience, undergraduate fulfilled, including the passing of two sets of qualifying grade point average, and MCAT scores. A flexible entry examinations. In some instances it may be possible to program allows students up to one year to identify a May 26, 2016 11 research laboratory and degree program. Information can tion). For students in combined M.D./Ph.D. programs, be obtained from the Graduate Division of the School of all course work offered in partial fulfillment of degree Medicine. requirements of the Ph.D. must have been completed within nine consecutive calendar years preceding the Completion of the program entails meeting all passing of the qualifying examination; for students in requirements for both degrees. Many nonclinical courses Ph.D. programs in music, within 10 consecutive years. of the curriculum of the School of Medicine satisfy course Reading proficiency required in one or more foreign lan- requirements for both degrees, and credit given for guages must also have been demonstrated, whether by graduate study may fulfill some of the School of Medicine course work or examination, no more than seven years requirements. The combined degrees may thus be before the passing of the qualifying examination. In the acquired in less time than would be required if both were case of an examination of more than one part, the date taken separately. of passing is regarded as the date of passing the final As well as fulfilling requirements for the M.D. program, a portion of the examination, typically the oral examination. minimum of 30 credit hours of graduate study is required Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally for the combined M.S./M.D. degree. Of these, 10 credit allowed to retake it only once. The qualifying examination hours may be transferred from exclusively School of must be passed at least eight months before the date the Medicine courses with the approval of the student’s degree is awarded. Some programs may have deadlines advisory committee and the University Graduate School. which are earlier than those of the University Graduate Similarly, a minimum of 90 credit hours of graduate School; therefore, students should consult with their study is required for the combined Ph.D./M.D. degree. program office. A maximum of 30 credit hours of exclusively School of Medicine courses may count toward the Ph.D. degree. Admission to Candidacy Status Following the passing of the qualifying examination and On the Bloomington campus there is a combined M.A. the completion of all course work and departmental in Telecommunications and J.D. in Law; see the entry in language or research-skill requirements (if any), the Telecommunications for details. student’s advisory committee will submit a Nomination Within the University Graduate School, combined to Candidacy Form to the University Graduate School. degrees are available in American Studies and Cognitive Upon approval of the dean, the student will be admitted Science. Students in these programs must be accepted to candidacy. By request, students can be provided a both by a Ph.D.-granting department and by either the certificate of candidacy. The date of successful completion American Studies or the Cognitive Science Program, of the qualifying examination (not the date of final approval and must satisfy the requirements for both chosen fields. of candidacy) is the one used in determining the seven- Requirements are the same as those for the Ph.D. degree year periods for currency of courses (see Qualifying with a double major (see above). Examination) and completion of the dissertation (see Submission of the Dissertation). Advisory Committee The policy of the Graduate Faculty is that students may The student’s major department or program shall assign be dismissed for failure to maintain adequate academic the student to an advisory committee no later than one progress toward the degree. For candidates, this standard year after admission to the Ph.D. program. The advisory is set by the faculty of each program or by the student's committee must include at least two members from the dissertation committee. The student must first be notified major area and one from another. At least two members of of deficient academic progress by being placed on the advisory committee must be members of the graduate probation for one semester. If the deficiency is not faculty. The names of faculty members nominated to rectified, the student may be dismissed. serve on the advisory committee shall be forwarded to the student’s school or college for approval no later Continuing Enrollment than one year after the student has been admitted to the Students who have passed the qualifying examination Ph.D. program. The advisory committee shall approve the must enroll each semester (excluding summer sessions) student’s program of study and counsel the student until for any remaining required course work or dissertation the passing of the qualifying examination. credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit hours in completed course work and deferred Qualifying Examinations dissertation credits, they must enroll for a minimum This examination, given at such time and in such manner of 1 hour of graduate credit each semester until the as the major department shall determine, shall be written, degree is completed. Failure to meet this requirement although additional oral examinations may be required. will automatically terminate the student’s enrollment in The qualifying examination shall cover the major subjects the degree program. Students who have completed 90 and may, at the discretion of the minor department(s) or credit hours and all requirements for the Ph.D. are eligible the interdepartmental committee, cover the minor subjects to enroll in G901 for a flat fee of $150 per semester. as well. Enrollment in G901 is limited to a total of six semesters. Normally, the qualifying examination is taken after the These hours do not count toward the required 90 credit student has completed all course work for the Ph.D. hours of course work. (For students not on campus, All such work offered in partial fulfillment of degree enrollment may be completed by mail.) requirements must either have been completed within A candidate who will be graduated in June, July, or August seven consecutive calendar years of the passing of of any year must enroll in a minimum of 1 hour of credit the qualifying examination or be revalidated according during the summer semester as described above. to procedures outlined in this bulletin (see Revalida- 12 May 26, 2016 Dissertation programs may have deadlines which are earlier than those Dissertation of the University Graduate School; therefore, students should consult with their program office. The culmination of the Ph.D. program is the writing of the dissertation, which is required of all doctoral students. The Defense of the Dissertation dissertation must be an original contribution to knowledge When the dissertation has been completed, the student and of high scholarly merit. The candidate’s research should submit an unbound copy to each member of the must reveal critical ability and powers of imagination research committee as the initial step in scheduling the and synthesis. The dissertation is written under the defense of the dissertation. All members of the research supervision of a research director and a research committee should read the dissertation in its entirety committee, as described below. Although work published before attending the defense. At this stage both the by the student may be incorporated into the dissertation, student and the faculty members must extend certain a collection of unrelated published papers, alone, is not courtesies to each other. It is the responsibility of the acceptable. There must be a logical connection between student to give faculty members sufficient time to read all components of the dissertation, and these must be the dissertation without making unreasonable requests integrated in a rational and coherent fashion. It is the of them based upon University Graduate School time responsibility of the student’s research committee to limitations, immediate job possibilities, contract renewal, determine the kind and amount of published materials or some other reason. Similarly, a faculty member should which may be included in a dissertation. not keep a student’s work for inordinate periods of time Research Committee because of the press of other duties. Once a faculty member assumes membership on a research committee, To initiate research for the dissertation, the student it becomes another part of his or her teaching assignment, chooses a professor who will agree to direct the comparable to conducting regularly scheduled classes. dissertation. The department shall then recommend to the dean for approval a research committee composed After the committee members have read the dissertation, of the chosen director (who will also normally serve as there should be direct communication (either in writing chairperson of the committee), two or more additional or orally) between the research committee chairperson faculty members from the major department, and a and the other committee members about its readiness representative of each minor. The committee should for defense. Readiness for defense, however, is not be selected from the members of the graduate faculty tantamount to acceptance of the dissertation; it means that who are best qualified to assist the student in conducting the committee is ready to make a decision. The decision the research for the dissertation. In the event that the to hold a doctoral defense, moreover, is not entirely up dissertation research does not involve the area(s) of to the research committee. If a student insists upon the the minor(s) whether outside or inside the department right to a defense before the committee believes the the major department may request, with the consent of dissertation is ready, that student does have the right to the minor-field representative(s), the substitution of a due process (i.e., to an oral defense) but exercises it at representative or of representatives from some other some risk. field(s) more appropriate to the topic of the dissertation. The committee has the responsibility of supervising the If the decision to proceed with the defense of the research, reading the dissertation, and conducting the final dissertation is made against the judgment of one or examination. more members of the committee, or if one or more members of the committee disapprove of parts of or all All chairpersons of research committees and directors of the dissertation, the committee member(s) should not of research must be members of the graduate faculty resign from the committee in order to avoid frustration with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations. or collegial confrontation. The University Graduate If, however, special expertise in an area is held by a School urges that such committee members, after ample member of the graduate faculty who does not have the communication with both the student and the chairper- endorsement, the departmental chairperson may request son, remain on the committee and thus prevent the that the dean approve such an individual as research nomination of a committee that might eventually accept committee chairperson or director of the dissertation what could be unsatisfactory work. Such a committee research. member could agree that a dissertation is ready for defense but should not be passed (or should not be All members of a research committee must be members passed without substantial modification). There will, of of the graduate faculty. At least half of the members of the course, be situations in which the membership of research committee must be members of the graduate faculty with committees should or must be changed (e.g., turnover the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations; others of faculty), but changes because of modifications in the may be regular members. dissertation topic or some equally plausible reason should After consultation with and approval by the dissertation be made early in the writing of the dissertation. director and research committee, the student will submit Thirty days prior to the scheduled defense of the to the University Graduate School a one- or two-page dissertation, the candidate must submit to the University prospectus of the dissertation research. If the proposed Graduate School a defense announcement via the research involves human subjects, animals, biohazards, electronic document (e-doc) system. (Some programs or radiation, approval from the appropriate university may have requirements which are earlier than those of the committee must also be obtained. The membership of the University Graduate School; therefore, students should research committee and the dissertation prospectus must consult with their program office.) The announcement be approved by the University Graduate School at least contains, among other things, a summary of the six months before the defense of the dissertation. Some dissertation (not less than 150 words) which is informa- May 26, 2016 13 tive and contains a brief statement of the principal results Each dissertation must include a title page bearing the and conclusions. The announcement must be approved by statement: “Submitted to the faculty of the University the research committee chairperson. If the candidate has Graduate School in partial fulfillment of the requirements published any scholarly articles relevant to the topic of the for the degree Doctor of Philosophy in the Department dissertation, bibliographical references should be included of ______, Indiana University.” (Note: Students in the summary. A copy of such announcements will be majoring in programs will use "Program of;" students sent to any member of the graduate faculty upon request. majoring in departments outside of the College of Arts and Sciences will use "School of.") The date of this page Once the final examination has been scheduled, the should be the month and year when all requirements have announced time and place of the defense must not be been satisfied; this is not necessarily the month in which changed without the approval of the dean. Any member you defend. Following the title page is the acceptance of the graduate faculty who wishes to attend the final page with the statement: “Accepted by the faculty of the examination is encouraged to do so; it is requested, University Graduate School, Indiana University, in partial however, that the faculty member notify the chairperson fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Doctor of of the research committee in advance so that space can Philosophy.” The acceptance page must be signed by be arranged. With the approval of the research committee members of the research committee. See the online guide and the consent of the candidate, other graduate students for the complete order for the front matter. may attend the defense of the dissertation; normally such students will act as observers, not as participants. The candidate must also submit an abstract of no more than 350 words for the dissertation that has been At the end of the oral examination, the research committee approved and signed by the research committee. The must vote on the outcome of the examination. Four abstract will appear in ProQuest Dissertations & Thesis options are available to the committee: (1) pass, (2) Database, managed by ProQuest Dissertation Publishing, conditional pass, (3) deferred decision, and (4) failure. Ann Arbor, Michigan. If the original abstract is not in If the decision to pass is unanimous, the dissertation is English and an English translation has been made, submit approved once it is received by the University Graduate both the English and non-English language abstracts. School along with an acceptance page signed by the members of the research committee. If the decision is Any creative work, such as a dissertation, is automatically not unanimous, majority and minority reports should be copyrighted; however, registration with the U.S. Copyright submitted to the dean who, within 10 working days, will Office provides (various/certain) legal benefits. The cost investigate and consult with the research committee. Upon for registering a work through ProQuest is currently $55. completion of the dean’s investigation and consultation, Contact the University Graduate School for details. another meeting of the research committee will be held, and if a majority votes to pass, the dissertation is Many Indiana University departments now allow electronic approved when it is received by the University Graduate submission of the dissertation. Contact the department for School with an acceptance page signed by a majority of more information. the members of the research committee. Electronic Submission: This is the preferred submission The student must have received acceptance of his or method. Once approved and finalized, the dissertation her dissertation and must submit a copy to the University should be submitted electronically in the form of a .pdf Graduate School within seven years after passing the file to ProQuest. A microfilm version will also be made qualifying examination. Failure to meet this requirement available for purchase from ProQuest Dissertation will result in the termination of candidacy and of the Publishing by all those who request it. Effective student’s enrollment in the degree program. Any student September 27, 2010, there is no longer a fee for those whose candidacy lapses will be required to apply to the dissertations submitted electronically and opting for University Graduate School for reinstatement before Traditional Publishing. Open Access publishing has a fee further work toward the degree may be done formally. of $160.00 To be reinstated to candidacy in the University Graduate Traditional Unbound Paper Submission: If the student School, the student must: (1) obtain the permission of wishes to submit via traditional unbound paper method, he the departmental chairperson; (2) fulfill the departmental or she must schedule a dissertation review appointment requirements in effect at the time of the application for with the PhD recorder in the University Graduate School, reinstatement; (3) pass the current Ph.D. qualifying once his/her research committee has approved the examination or its equivalent (A department must define final version of the dissertation. In this appointment, the in advance specifically what is meant if an "equivalent" recorder will review an unbound copy of the dissertation examination is to be used, and that definition must be for necessary formatting revisions. The student will approved by the dean.); and (4) request reinstatement to need to make the requested revisions and submit to candidacy from the dean. Such reinstatement, if granted, the University Graduate School one unbound copy of will be valid for a period of three years, during which time the dissertation for necessary formatting revisions. The the candidate must enroll each semester for a minimum of student will need to make the requested revisions and one credit. submit to the University Graduate School one unbound Submission of the Dissertation copy of the dissertation, in a box suitable for mailing, and one bound copy. The bound copy is sent to the Following acceptance by the research committee, the dis- University Library. Some departments also require an sertation is submitted to the University Graduate School. additional bound copy. Students should contact their For complete guideline information, see the University department regarding departmental policies on bound Graduate School’s website (www.graduate.indiana.edu) copy submission. The unbound copy will be submitted to section related to Thesis & Dissertations. ProQuest where the abstract will be published and the 14 May 26, 2016 dissertation microfilmed for storage in their database. The fourth-year composition and conversation courses. For required fee for publishing the abstract and microfilming information about demonstrating proficiency in depth, the dissertation is currently $65 for traditional publishing or students should consult the graduate examiner in the $160 for Open Access Publishing. foreign language department concerned. Foreign Language and Research Courses taken to fulfill research-skill requirements may, at the discretion of the student’s major department, be Skills counted for graduate credit in a student’s program of study Individual departments determine whether foreign provided such courses are listed in this bulletin as carrying languages or research skills or both will be required. graduate credit. Each course must be passed with a grade Where such requirements exist, students must select of B (3.0) or higher to satisfy the proficiency requirement. the specific language(s) or research skill(s) from those approved by the major department and listed Financial Aid in its statement of departmental requirements. An- other language demonstrably useful in the student’s There are many forms of financial aid for graduate research program may be substituted upon special students awarded or facilitated by the University Graduate recommendation of the major department and approval by School and Indiana University. A number of options are the dean. A student whose native language is not English included in this site. may, with the permission of the major department, either (1) demonstrate the required proficiency in that native Assistantships and Instructorships language, or (2) use English to meet foreign language Associate Instructorships, Graduate Assistantships, requirements. Proficiency in English may be demonstrated and Research Assistantships by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language A large number of associate instructorships, graduate (TOEFL) examination. (For further information regarding assistantships, and research assistantships are available the TOEFL examination, see the section International in departments and schools offering degrees through Students.) the University Graduate School. Some of these positions are accompanied by fee remissions which defray a large Reading proficiency in a foreign language is normally percentage of tuition and fees. Application for such established in one of three ways: positions should be made to the department or school 1. By achieving an appropriate score on an in which the student wishes to work. Early application is examination administered on the Bloomington advisable. campus by the respective language department. Resident Assistantships Students should contact the language department Positions are available on the Bloomington campus for details. and at IUPUI for single graduate students to serve as 2. By completing, with a grade of B (3.0) or better, resident assistants in the residence halls. Selection the reading course _492 (e.g., F492 for French, of graduate students for these positions is based on G492 for German). Students may register for the first the applicant’s academic record, previous background course in the sequence, _491, to prepare for _492; and experience, potential for work with undergraduate those who feel they have sufficient preparation may students, and personal qualifications necessary to relate register for _492, though they should consult the successfully to other people. The resident assistant serves language advisor first. as an advisor to a living unit of 50 students in one of the 3. By receiving, in the cases of Catalan, French, university residence centers. These positions provide German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish, room, board, and a cash stipend; course work is limited a grade of B (3.0) or better in a literature or to a maximum of 12 credit hours each semester. For civilization course at Indiana University numbered further IUB information, contact the director, Department 300 or higher (exclusive of individual readings and of Residence Life, 801 N. Jordan Avenue, Bloomington, correspondence courses) in which the reading is IN 47405, telephone (812) 855-1764. For further IUPUI done in the foreign language. Courses in Russian information, contact the director, Office of Housing and offered to meet this requirement must be approved Residence Life, 1226 W. Michigan Street, Indianapolis, IN by the Department of Slavics and East European 46202-5180, telephone (317) 274-7200. Languages and Cultures. For details, consult the respective language departments. Fellowships A number of fellowships are available to students enrolled In certain departments, reading proficiency may be in the University Graduate School. Among them are demonstrated by presenting an original translation University Graduate School fellowships, fee scholarships, for approval by a faculty examiner designated by the and various privately and federally funded awards. appropriate language department. Students should apply for these fellowships directly to the major department. In all cases, early application is Proficiency in Depth advisable. It should be noted that all such award holders In certain departments, students have the option of are required to devote full time to their studies. substituting proficiency in depth in one language for Indiana University also offers several recruitment reading proficiency in two languages. Proficiency in depth fellowship and support programs for students in a language is defined as the ability to read rapidly underrepresented in graduate education (ethnic without the aid of a dictionary and the ability to speak, minority, first generation and/or low income college understand, and write in a manner comparable to that students and women in the sciences). These include expected of students who have successfully completed the Graduate Scholars Fellowship, Adam W. Herbert May 26, 2016 15

Graduate Fellowship, Women in Science Graduate applications are in January and September for receipt Fellowship, Ronald E. McNair Graduate Fellowship, and by the University Graduate School. Application information the Educational Opportunity Fellowship. In some cases can be found on the University Graduate School website, students must meet certain criteria in order to be eligible http://www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/internal-awards.php. for consideration for these awards. Other Student Financial Assistance To be considered for any of these awards, a student Long-term loans and Federal Graduate Work-Study are should submit an IU application form for admission available to graduate students at IU. More information and and financial aid to the relevant graduate program at application requirements are on the Indiana University IUB by mid-January of the year preceding enrollment. Web site: www.indiana.edu/~sfa/. Information for IUB students can be obtained from the University Graduate School Fellowship Coordinator, Wells IUPUI students should contact the Office of Student Library E546, 1320 E. 10th Street, Bloomington, IN 47405 Financial Services, CE 250A, 420 University Boulevard, (telephone [812] 855-8853; e-mail grdschl [at] indiana Indianapolis, IN 46202 (telephone [317] 274-4162). For [dot] edu; web: http://graduate.indiana.edu/index.shtml. information about other campuses, contact the Office Further information for IUPUI students can be obtained of Financial Aid and Scholarships, Whitewater Hall 112, from the Graduate Office at IUPUI, University Library, 2325 Chester Boulevard, Richmond, IN 47374-1289, Room 1170, 755 W. Michigan St., Indianapolis, IN 46202 (telephone 765-973-8206); contact Financial Aid Services, (telephone [317] 274-1577; web: http://www.iupui.edu/ 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort Wayne, IN 46805-1499 ~gradoff/). (telephone [260] 481-4739); the Office of Scholarships and Financial Aid, KC 230, 2300 S. Washington St., Kokomo, Doctoral Student Grants-in-Aid of IN 46904-9003 (telephone [765] 453-2000); the Office of Research Scholarships and Financial Aid, Administration Building Grant-in-Aid of Doctoral Research 157, P.O. Box 7111, 1700 Mishawaka Avenue, South Bend, IN 46634-7111 (telephone [574] 520-4357); or The grant-in-aid of doctoral research is designed to the Office of Student Financial Aid, University Center assist Bloomington doctoral students in funding unusual South, Room 105, New Albany, IN 47150 (telephone [812] expenses arising from the research required for the 941-2246). dissertation. Examples of such expenses include travel to special libraries or laboratories, payments to consultants, The GradGrants Center— specialized equipment, and duplication of vital materials Bloomington needed for writing the dissertation. Expenses that are not The GradGrants Center—Bloomington (GGC) is a free supported include typing and duplicating of dissertations, service available to all enrolled graduate students on normal living expenses, routine laboratory supplies, and all campuses of Indiana University. The GGC provides computers. A student must have been formally admitted information and training to assist graduate students in to Ph.D. candidacy by the application deadline (the their search for funding to further research and graduate Nomination to Candidacy Form must have been approved study at Indiana University. The GGC’s services include by the Dean of The University Graduate School). Students funding-database searches, workshops, one-on-one pursuing doctoral degrees other than the Ph.D. (i.e., Ed.D. proposal-writing consultation, a library of funding sources or D.M.) may also apply for a Doctoral Student Grant- and proposal-writing books, and an electronic mailing list in-Aid of Research Award. Current students must be used to inform patrons of upcoming workshops, grant enrolled full-time on the Bloomington campus during the deadlines, and relevant news. The center's website also semester in which an application is submitted (6 credit provides students a central location to find available hours is considered full time). The maximum amount of student academic vacancies and gives departments on aid is $1,000 per academic year. Awards are made two any IU campus an additional means to advertise their times a year; the deadlines for completed applications positions. are in January and September for receipt by the Univer- sity Graduate School. Application information can be The GradGrants Center—Bloomington is located in found on the University Graduate School website, http:// the Library, Room 651E (telephone www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/internal-awards.php. [812] 855-5281; e-mail [email protected]; website: www.indiana.edu/~gradgrnt/) . Grant-in-Aid of Master’s of Fine Arts Projects The grant-in-aid of master’s of fine arts projects is Special Opportunities designed to assist in funding Bloomington MFA students This site describes additional opportunities and services for unusual expenses incurred in connection with MFA provided by the University Graduate School and Indiana projects, such as travel to special libraries, payments to University which facilitate the attainment of graduate consultants, photocopies, electronics and specialized student goals. equipment. Expenses that are not supported include normal living expenses, routine supplies, and computers. Certificates A student must have been formally admitted to an MFA Area Certificates program by the application deadline. Current students Certificate programs are available in a number of must be enrolled full-time on the Bloomington campus areas; for further information, students should see the during the semester in which an application is submitted departmental entries in this bulletin. Such certificates can (6 credit hours is considered full time). The maximum be pursued only in with a degree program and amount of aid is $1,000 per academic year. Awards are cannot be awarded independently. made two times a year; the deadlines for completed 16 May 26, 2016

Free-Standing Certificates • Latin Graduate certificates are offered in some fields to allow • Macedonian a focused credential to be earned by a person who has • Manchu already earned an undergraduate degree, whether or not • Manichaean the person is currently enrolled in an Indiana University • Middle High German master's or doctoral program. The courses taken are • Mongolian (and Classical Mongolian) typically the same as those taken for other degrees, • Norwegian but a more limited number of courses is required for the certificate. Graduate certificates typically involve • Old Church Slavonic a predetermined curriculum of 16 to 20 credit hours. • Old English Students enrolled in free-standing certificate programs • Old High German who wish subsequently to pursue an advanced degree • Old Icelandic must make separate application to the University Gradu- • Old Irish ate School and must have specific permission of the • Old Saxon faculty of their degree program to use any credits earned • Old Tibetan as a certificate student for the more advanced degree. • Old Turkic • Pahlavi Foreign Language Courses • Pashto Language Instruction • Persian Indiana University offers instruction in a wide variety of • Polish foreign languages. Formal courses or tutorials have been • Portuguese offered in recent years on the Bloomington campus in the • Quechua following: • Romanian • Russian • Akan • Sakha (Yahut) • American • Sami (Lappish) • Ancient Egyptian • Sanskrit • Arabic • Serbian • Avestan • Sioux (Lakota) • Azerbaijani • Slovak • Bamana • Slovene • Bengali • Sogdian • Buryat • Spanish • Catalan • Swahili • Chaghatay • Syriac • Chechen • Tajik • Chinese (Classical and Mandarin) • Tibetan • Coptic • Turkish (Modern and Ottoman) • Croatian • Turkmen • Czech • Ukrainian • Dari • Urdu • Dutch • Uyghur • English as Second Language • Uzbek • Estonian • Welsh • Evenki • Wolof • Finnish • Yiddish • French • Yucatec Maya • Georgian • Zulu • German • Gothic Preparing Future Faculty • Greek (Classical and Modern) A number of graduate programs have established • Haitian Creole Preparing Future Faculty programs, which are designed • Hebrew (Biblical and modern) to introduce graduate students to the full range of • Hindi professional responsibilities in research, teaching, and • Gujarati service they will encounter in academia. These programs • Hungarian typically include more advanced courses in pedagogy, • Italian the opportunity to work closely with teaching mentors and to construct teaching portfolios, workshops on • Japanese (Classical and Modern) specialized topics, and expanded teaching possibili- • Kazakh ties, often in cooperation with other campuses of Indiana • Korean University or other institutions. For information about these • programs, contact the individual departments. Further • Lakota (Sioux) information for IUB students can be obtained from the May 26, 2016 17

University Graduate School, Wells Library E546, 1320 Get your IU on the go E. 10th Street, Bloomington, IN 47405 (telephone [812] 855-5697; e-mail grdschl [at] indiana [dot] edu; web: Accessible anytime, anywhere, IU Mobile delivers http://graduate.indiana.edu/index.shtml. information and services for all IU campuses. Take it for a spin on your mobile device: m.iu.edu Traveling Scholar Program Brush up on technology Committee on Institutional Cooperation Traveling Scholar Program Take advantage of no-cost training opportunities, such as This program enables Indiana University doctoral- in-person and online computing workshops and self-study level students to take advantage of special resources training resources (ittraining.iu.edu). available at other CIC institutions that do not exist at Sign up for emergency alerts Indiana University. Students in the program register and pay fees at Indiana University but attend one Set up your IU-Notify service to get critical IU alerts by or more of the participating institutions, each for mail, text message, and email. To get started, sign no more than two semesters or three quarters. To in to OneStart (https://onestart.iu.edu) and click the IU- finds eligibility requirements, program details, and Notify link under the Notifications tab. online application information, please visit the Web Get tech help site http://www.cic.net/projects/shared-courses/traveling- Phone: scholar-program/introduction. For further information regarding Indiana University, contact Assistant Dean Jeff Bloomington: (812) 855-6789 Rutherford, the University Graduate School, Wells Library Indianapolis: (317) 274-4357 E546 (812-855-4010; [email protected]). Email: The member institutions of the Committee on Institutional Cooperation (CIC) are the University of Chicago, the [email protected] University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Indiana Chat: University, the University of Iowa, the University of Michigan, Michigan State University, the University of ithelplive.iu.edu Minnesota, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Northwestern Online: University, Ohio State University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue University, Rutgers-The State uits.iu.edu and nu2it.iu.edu University of New Jersey, and the University of Wisconsin- Madison. Knowledge Base: University Information Technology kb.iu.edu Services (UITS) Walk-in: University Information Technology Services (UITS) Bloomington: Wells Library, Information Commons As an IU graduate student, you'll use information Indianapolis: Informatics & Communications Technology technology (IT) every day. UITS (uits.iu.edu), the central Complex, IT 129 technology organization at IU, is here to help you. Stay in the know with news from UITS: With offices on each IU campus, UITS oversees a You're automatically subscribed to a UITS email broad spectrum of services that support academic and newsletter when you sign up for your IU accounts. Be administrative pursuits at IU. These services include high- sure to read it regularly. You can also read news online at speed campus networking, wireless access, central web uits.iu.edu under "News and Events," at uitsnews.iu.edu, hosting, free and low-cost software for personal use, and on IU Mobile. and software and support for teaching, learning, and research. In addition, UITS provides high-performance Follow UITS on Twitter: supercomputers, mass data storage, and visualization twitter.com/uitsnews technology Become a fan of UITS: Get Connected facebook.com/iu.uits Make sure you can connect to the IU Secure wireless network. Register your devices using Get Connected Learn more about UITS: (https://getconnected.iu.edu) or by following the automatic prompts when you open a web browser the first time. UITS consists of six divisions that encompass the range of organizational IT functions and services: Establish your computing accounts • Research Technologies focuses on leading edge To set up your student Network ID, email, and printing research spanning numerous academic fields accounts, visit https://itaccounts.iu.edu. • Learning Technologies supports teaching and Download software learning tools—from digital libraries to classroom technologies Get no-cost software – including Adobe Creative Suite, Microsoft Office, and much more – from IUware • Support coordinates technical support services and (iuware.iu.edu). software distribution for students, faculty, and staff 18 May 26, 2016

• Enterprise Software supports a range of software diverse epistemologies, theories, methodologies, ethical applications—including numerous open-source considerations, and innovative teaching pedagogies, our software solutions—across a broad spectrum of goals are: academic, research, and systems fields 1. to offer students an intense program in the • Networks specializes in network operations, examination of African American and Diasporic architecture, and planning, and serves high African descent issues in and outside the United performance state, national, and international States including their transnational continuities and research and education networking infrastructures discontinuities; such as I-Light, the Internet2 Network, and 2. to encourage students to develop and/or fine-tune TransPAC2 excellent skills in areas such as creative research, writing, oral communication, technology intercultural • Enterprise Infrastructure manages a variety of competence and collaborative research; infrastructure efforts—from university services such as campus telephone and email to centralized 3. to provide students with invaluable intellectual computer operations and informational database training by bridging curriculum content and systems practical experience gained from course content in oral history, survey, and ethnographic field work, museums and library archives, and Programs by Campus internship opportunities with a range of agencies, organizations, and institutions; Bloomington 4. to sustain a learning environment in which students create and refine critical questions, develop problem solving skills, and synthesize intellectual bridges African American and African between the arts, humanities, and social sciences with emphasis on interpretations of African American Diaspora Studies experiences in the United States and abroad; College of Arts and Sciences 5. to give students excellent research foundations Departmental E-mail: [email protected] in the humanities, the social sciences, and other interdisciplinary fields; Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~afroamer/ 6. to prepare students for a broad spectrum of career (Please note that when conferring University Graduate opportunities in areas such as academia, creative School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and performing arts, nonprofit management, public University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements policy, urban studies, conflict resolution, and social contained only in The University Graduate School services. Bulletin.) The purposes of the M.A. degree are: Curriculum 1. to offer students an intense program in the analysis Program Information of African American issues; The multidisciplinary Department of African American and 2. to expose students to both historical and current African Diaspora Studies (AAADS) seeks to: methodological approaches; 3. to expose students to issues throughout the African 1. create and share with academic and nonacademic Diaspora; communities scholarship of the highest quality 4. to refine critical and problem-solving skills in both the dealing with the broad range of the African American humanities and social sciences; and African Diaspora experience; 5. to extend a sound basis for those going into a 2. promote the study and understanding of the doctoral program; and historical and contemporary connections among 6. to prepare students for administrative, teaching, Africans, African Americans, and other New World communication, and social service careers. black communities; and 3. affirm the democratic tradition of equal opportunity In sum, the program provides a theoretical base of for all by combating all forms of discrimination knowledge, methods of research, and a context for based on ethnicity, gender, class, and religious analyzing African American and Diaspora experiences that differences. The department assumes the ongoing can be invaluable either in further graduate studies or in a responsibility of creating materials and conducting specific job or career choice. seminal research that aids in the development and Admission Requirements shaping of African American and African Diaspora Studies as a discipline. The program is open to any eligible student with a bachelor's degree from an accredited college. Applicants Master of Arts Degree in African American and African must have a minimum grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.0. Diaspora Studies Letters of recommendation, a brief personal essay, a high The Department of African American and African Diaspora quality writing sample, and G.R.E. scores are the main Studies at Indiana University is committed to being one sources of information upon which decisions will be made. of the world's leading multi- and interdisciplinary graduate studies programs focused on peoples of African descent Course Requirements in the United States in comparison to African-descent peoples in other globalized contexts. With an emphasis on May 26, 2016 19

All students will complete a minimum of thirty-two (32) may be demonstrated by passing a proficiency exam credit hours with a minimum 3.0 cumulative grade point administered by one of Indiana University’s foreign average. The degree offers graduate students two language departments, or earning a grade of “B” or different tracks or specializations to focus their course better in a graduate reading course offered by a foreign work—“Power, Citizenship, and the State” and “Race, language department. Students eligible to use English Representation, and Knowledge Systems”— which reflect as a second language to fulfill the graduate language the current state of the field and take advantage of the requirement should contact the Center for English traditional strengths of the department, its adjunct faculty, Language Training (C.E.L.T.) for details. See the Director the College of Arts and Sciences, and the Bloomington of Graduate Studies (D.G.S.) regarding any additional campus. information, which may include the following stipulation: Core Curriculum for the M.A. in African American and If a graduate student enrolls in a literature or civilization African Diaspora Studies: course numbered 300 or higher, the reading for the course is done in the foreign language (Catalan, French, German, Students will also complete six (6) required courses (for a Italian, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish), and if the 27 cr. total) composed of the following: student completes the course with a grade of ‘B’ or better, • A500 Intro to AAADS (3 cr.) the University Graduate School will accept the individual readings courses or correspondence courses for this • A556 Race and Culture (4 cr.) or A557 Race and Politics purpose. (4 cr.) Students are required to enroll in 6 hours of any • A605 Race and the Global City I (4 cr.) foreign language certified by the graduate school. M.A. • A606 Race and the Global City II (4 cr.) or candidates may satisfy the foreign language requirement by showing satisfactory completion of course work or • A696 Interdisciplinary Methods (4 cr.) passing a language proficiency exam. • A690 Core Readings (4 cr.) Dual M.A./M.F.A. in African American and African • A698 Field Study (4 cr.) Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and the Creative Writing Program (C.W.) (Master of Fine Arts) Students will choose topically appropriate electives Requirements (26 credit hours minimum) offered in AAADS or by other faculty (5 credits). Students may choose from the following courses in AAADS for their • Required courses in AAADS (10-12) electives. • Electives (12 credits minimum): Students should take • A691 ProSeminar on Historical and Cultural Studies (3 courses organized around a topical concentration, regional cr.) or comparative. These courses are to be selected from the range of AAADS and those cross-listed A.A.A.D.S. • A692 ProSeminar on Writings and Literature (3 cr.) in the College and several professional schools with the approval of the student’s major advisors in C.W. and • A693 ProSeminar on Social and Behavioral Sciences (3 AAADS. cr.) • A698 Field Study Seminar (4-8): research and • A694 ProSeminar on Performing, Visual and Material preparation of thesis essay. Students can take two Arts (3 cr.) semesters of A698 at four hours per semester. (one Choices of electives outside of the department can be semester in thesis research and one semester for thesis taken per discussion with the graduate advisor. Please writing). note all departmental electives must be subject relevant, • Language requirement (two semesters – 6 hours) especially if they are offered outside the College of Arts and Sciences. MFA Requirements (At least 60 credit hours--48 in residence) Each student must complete a thesis, a creative project, an examination (written and including an oral defense), or • 16 hours of workshops (poetry or fiction) two publishable seminar papers.. If the student chooses to write a thesis, an oral defense of their thesis must • Four courses (12-16 hours) in AAADS literature, culture, be convened prior to the granting of the degree. In and history, at least two of which must be at the 600 level the case of a creative project, a public presentation is or above required in addition to the oral defense and analytical • W554 Teaching Creative Writing or creative written component. Students who choose to write publishable papers are also required to give an oral • W664 Topics in Current Literature or W680 Theory and presentation. Craft of Writing Foreign Language • 10 elective graduate hours The College of Arts and Sciences, Graduate Division, • Maximum of 12 hours for thesis credit requires students to satisfy the foreign language requirement by showing satisfactory completion of • Thesis coursework or passing a language proficiency exam in the foreign language of their choice. Students should • Please see director of creative writing for course consult with their advisor regarding an appropriate approval or AAADS director of graduate studies for language for the field. Proficiency in a foreign language courses outside the College of Arts and Sciences. 20 May 26, 2016

Foreign Language Requirements (two semesters) application forms that they are applying for the AAADS/ SPEA dual degree. • MA/MFA students may satisfy the foreign language requirement by showing satisfactory completion of M.A. in African American and African Diaspora course work or passing a language proficiency exam. Studies Requirements (28 credit hours minimum) Language requirements should be met as soon as General Requirement (12 cr.): possible, beginning immediately after matriculation at I.U. A student is expected to be working on fulfilling the • A500 Introduction to African American and African language requirements every semester until they are Diaspora Studies, Part I (3 cr.) completed. • A690 Core Readings in African American and African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Dual M.A./M.L.S. in African American and African Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and the Department Proposed Graduate Internship of Information and Library Science (Master of Library A686 Graduate Internship in African American and African Science) Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) The dual M.A./M.L.S. program requires completion of a Specialization (12 cr. minimum): minimum of 58 credit hours of graduate course work. (The degrees if completed separately would require 68 credit Students should take a minimum of 9 graduate hours in hours.) Students must apply for admission to the master's one of the two tracks in African American and African programs of both African American and African Diaspora Diaspora Studies. An additional 3 graduate hours should Studies and the Department of Information and Library be taken in an elective. Science and meet the admissions criteria established for • M.A. Thesis A698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) each. The two degrees must be awarded at the same time. M.P.A. of Public Affairs Requirements (36 cr. minimum) M.A. in African American and African Diaspora Studies M.P.A. Core (18 cr.) Requirements (28 credit hours minimum) • V502 Public Management (3 cr.) General Requirement (12 cr.) • V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Decision Making (3 • A500 Introduction to African American and African cr.) Diaspora Studies, Part I (3 cr.) • V517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) • A690 Core Readings in African American and African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) • V540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) Proposed Graduate Internship • V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) A686 Graduate Internship in African American and African • V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) cr.) Specialization (12 cr. minimum): Specialized Concentration (18 cr.) Students should take a minimum of 9 graduate hours in Students are required to develop specialized one of the two tracks in African American and African concentrations comprised of courses approved by SPEA Diaspora Studies. An additional 3 graduate hours should faculty advisors. be taken in an elective. Doctor of Philosophy Degree • M.A. Thesis A698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) The interdisciplinary doctoral degree in African American • Master of Library Science Requirements (30 credit and African Diaspora Studies (AAADS) focuses on hours) the experiences of people of African descent in the • Completion of the M.L.S. Foundation courses (18 United States, in the African Diaspora, and in the world. cr.) These shared experiences—among them, slavery, • Either Information and Library Science Z623 emancipation, imperialism, decolonization, and racism— Information in the Humanities or warrant close attention, and mark this field (Black Studies/ • Information and Library Science Z625 Information in Africana Studies) as a discrete unit of study that bears the Social Sciences (3 cr.) directly and powerfully on world history, literature, and • Information and Library Science elective courses (9 politics. The doctoral degree offers graduate students cr.) two different tracks or specializations to focus their course work—“Power, Citizenship, and the State” and Dual M.A./M.P.A. in African American and African “Race, Representation, and Knowledge Systems”— Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and School of which reflect the current state of the field and take Public and Environmental Affairs (Master of Public advantage of the traditional strengths of the department, Affairs) its adjunct faculty, the College of Arts and Sciences, and Students must apply separately to and be accepted into the Bloomington campus. Within each of these tracks, both the African American and African Diaspora Studies the degree emphasizes the importance of transnational, Master of Arts degree program and the School of Public global, and comparative perspectives, with an emphasis and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) Master of Public Affairs on the interdisciplinary analysis of race in the world. To (MPA) degree program. Students must indicate on both provide meaningful support and guidance, this degree May 26, 2016 21 program offers supportive mentoring, a reflection of the prior to the qualifying examination, a student should department’s 40-year commitment to quality teaching. consult his/her advisor/committee about the nature of the examination. Admission Requirements Research Proposal The AAADS Graduate Studies Committee, in consultation with the chair of the department and faculty, will be After passing his or her qualifying examinations, the responsible for the admission of graduate students into the student will submit an approximately 20-page dissertation doctoral program. That committee will consider Graduate proposal to her or his dissertation committee, as well as Record Examination scores, a personal statement, a the director of graduate studies. The proposal defines writing sample of no more than 30 pages, and at least the themes and purpose of the dissertation, discusses three letters of reference from instructors who have the available source material, and relates the topic of the sufficient evidence to write candidly about the student’s dissertation to the existing literature in the field. It should intellectual abilities and potential for success in this also be accompanied by a significant bibliography. When endeavor. Prospective graduate students who hold a the director of the research committee has approved the master’s degree must have a cumulative grade point dissertation proposal, the student will formally present it average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale in their prior program(s). in a meeting with the research committee for comment Incoming graduate students who have recently completed and approval. Once the proposal has been approved, their undergraduate studies must have at least a 3.3 grade the student will begin to research and then to write the point average for their last two years of undergraduate dissertation. studies. Final Examination Course Requirements Public oral defense of dissertation. All students must complete a minimum of 90 hours with a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale in Ph.D. Minor in African American and African Diaspora their prior program(s). Incoming graduate students who Studies have recently completed their undergraduate studies must The department offers the Ph.D. minor in African have at least a 3.3 grade point average for their last two American and African Diaspora Studies for students years of undergraduate studies. enrolled in any doctoral program at Indiana University. The minor requires 15 credit hours: A500, Introduction to 90 hours total, including: African American andAfrican Diaspora Studies, and 12 • 24 core credit hours, taken through 6 core courses: credit hours of a concentration in one of the department's A500, A556, A557, A605, A606 and A696 two tracks: "Power, Citizenship, and the State" and "Race, Representation, and Knowledge Systems." • 21 elective hours, including 3 credits in an overseas studies/study abroad class, with graduate content, Admission approved by the DGS; 6 hours in disciplinary methods courses offered outside the department Doctoral students in good standing are admitted to the and chosen in consultation with the DGS; and 12 African American and African Diaspora Studies minor additional hours in related course work through interview or correspondence with the graduate • 6 hours of a foreign language of the African diaspora advisor. At the time of admission, each student and the graduate advisor together plan an individualized program • 15 hours in an outside minor of study, including the selection of a major concentration • 24 hours of dissertation research area. • Pre-candidacy qualifying examination (The M.A. is automatically granted to students passing the Grades qualifying exam.) A cumulative grade point average of 3.4 is required of • Dissertation work for the Ph.D. minor. • Final examination (defense of the dissertation) Examination Tracks A comprehensive examination usually is not required • Race, Representation, and Knowledge Systems for the Ph.D. minor; however, the decision to waive • Power, Citizenship, and the State the examination rests with the faculty committee of the Core curriculum student's concentration area. • A500 Introduction to African American and African Faculty Diaspora Studies I Professors • A556 Race and Culture in the African Diaspora Carolyn Calloway-Thomas* Iris Rosa*, Director of the African American Dance • A557 Race and Politics in the African Diaspora Company • A605 Race and the Global City I John H. Stanfield II* • A606 Race and the Global City II • A696 Interdisciplinary Research Methods Associate Professors Frederick L. McElroy* Qualifying Examination Maisha Wester* Will consist of 3 parts: a field, subfield, and a track Jakobi Williams* specialization exam. The questions for each area of the Assistant Professors examination will consist of multiple parts. Six months 22 May 26, 2016

Tyron Cooper* both primary and secondary sources in the fields relevant Phoebe Wolfskill* to their particular research topic. Students are expected to perform their own research with the field. Professor of Practice Raymond Wise AAAD-A 500 Introduction to African American and African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Lecturers Through an interdisciplinary approach, students are Maria Hamilton-Abegunde introduced to the major works concerning the historical, Candis Smith cultural, and intellectual experiences of Africans in the Director of Graduate Studies Diaspora, and the research, methodological, and theoreti- Carolyn Calloway-Thomas*, [email protected] cal questions raised about Black experiences in the world. Contact the Department at (812) 855-3875 or [email protected] AAAD-A 554 Comparative Ethnic Studies (4 cr.) This colloquium provides an introduction to Ethnic Studies, Adjunct Faculty focusing on theinterdisciplinary study of race and ethnicity Akinwumi Adesokan*, Associate Professor (Comparative in the U.S. and the Americas, past and present. Emphasis Literature) will be placed on border crossing, visual representation, David N. Baker, Distinguished Professor, Chair (Jacobs literature, , migration, political transformation, School of Music) and mass culture. Kevin D. Brown*, Professor (Maurer School of Law) Mellonee V. Burnim*, Professor (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) AAAD-A 555 Caribbean, African American. and African Carolyn Calloway-Thomas*, Professor (Communication Leadership, 1957-2000 (3 cr.) and Culture) Course will deal with aspects of Caribbean, African- Claude Clegg*, Professor (History) American, and African leadership that influenced Dionne Danns*, Associate Professor (School of the struggles for decolonization and civil rights in the Education) Caribbean, United States, and Africa. The course will Luis E. Fuenter-Rohwer, Professor (Maurer School of also discuss how leaders of the three areas were much Law) more interested in political freedom than economic D. Ted Hall, Assistant Professor (School of Education) emancipation. Robin L. Hughes*, Associate Professor (School of Education-IUPUI) AAAD-A 590 Special Topics in African American and Monroe Little, Associate Professor (African American African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Studies-IUPUI) Intensive study and analysis of selected Afro-American Michael McGerr*, Professor (History) problems and issues of limited scope, approached within Najja Modibo, Associate Professor (African American an interdisciplinary format. Topics will vary, but will Studies, Labor Studies-IUPUI) ordinarily cut across departmental concentration areas. Frank Motley, Assistant Dean (Maurer School of Law) Rasul Aaron Mowatt*, Associate Professpr (School of AAAD-A 591 Black Intellectual Traditions (4 cr.) Public Health) Surveys the evolution of "racial" ideas and ideologies Amrita Myers*, Associate Professor (African American among African Americans. Participants will discuss how Studies, Labor Studies-IUPUI) black intellectuals have engaged in dialogue and debate John Nieto-Phillips*, Associate Professor (History, Latino about strategies for coping with injustice, while formulating Studies) diverse concepts of justice, salvation, artistry, and positive Samuel Obeng*, Professor (Linguistics) black identity. Fernando Orejuela, Senior Lecturer (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) AAAD-A 599 Thesis Research (1-6 cr.) Allows master's Stephanie Power-Carter*, Associate Professor (School of students to work on their research with their thesis advisor Education) and committee. The course will provide the opportunity Fabio Rojas*, Associate Professor (Sociology) for students to become intimately familiar with both Gary Sailes, Associate Professor (School of Public Health) primary and secondary sources in the fields relevant to Marvin D. Sterling*, Associate Professor (Anthropology) their particular research topic. Students are expected to Jacinda Townsend, Assistant Professor (English) perform their own research within the field. Emeritus Faculty Akwasi B. Assensoh*, Professor AAAD-A 686 Grad Internship Afro-Amer Stds (4 cr.) Winona L. Fletcher*, Professor (Theatre, Drama, & Directed readings, work experience, journal, oral Contemporary Dance) presentation. Most research experences will require Phyllis Klotman*, Professor research skills. Audrey McCluskey*, Professor AAAD-A 690 Core Readings in African American and Courses African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Preparation for the comprehensive master's examination. General Colloquium in which students will read and critically AAAD-A 599 M.A. Thesis Research (1-6 Cr.) Allows examine, both in oral presentations and in written master's students to work on their research with their assignments, core texts which reflect the complexity thesis advisor and comittee. The course will provide the opportunity for students to become intimately familiar with May 26, 2016 23 and pluralism of African American and African Diaspora A close critical study of selected works by Richard Studies. Wright, James Baldwin, and Ralph Ellison to assess their relationship with Harlem Renaissance emphases, AAAD-A 696 Interdisciplinary Research Methods contemporary American writing, and the black arts (4 cr.) movement. The relationship of these men and their works This course examines seminal texts and critical issues to relevant sociopolitical issues such as McCarthyism, the in African American and African Diaspora Studies by liberation of African , and the civil rights campaigns utilizing an interdisciplinary approach to understanding of the early 1960s will also be examined. the humanities, literature, social sciences, arts, and performance in such locales like the U.S., the Dominican AAAD-A 561 Afro-American Autobiography (3 cr.) Republic, Guyana, Ghana, France, and Japan. A survey of autobiographies written by black Americans in the last two centuries. The course emphasizes how the AAAD-A 697 Special Topics in AAADS (4 cr.) autobiographers combine the grace of art and the power This course conducts an intensive study and analysis of of argument to urge the creation of genuine freedom in selected historical and contemporary issues relating to the America. experience of Blacks in the Diaspora. Course strategies emphasize critical methodology and analytical writing. AAAD-A 571 Black Literature for Teachers (3 cr.) A survey of black American literature from the Harlem AAAD-A 698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) Renaissance to the present with opportunities for research Development of the final master's project. A critical into teaching materials. This course is designed primarily paper, a thesis-length documentation of a field study, or a for teachers. Credit not given for this course toward Ph.D. substantial record of creative activity is required. minor.

AAAD-A 708 Transnational Method: Historiography, AAAD-A 579 Early Black American Writing (3 cr.) Theory, Practice (4 cr.) Afro-American writing before World War II with emphasis This course will examine transnational academic study on critical reactions and analyses. Includes slave from a theoretical-methodological perspective by narrative, autobiography, rhetoric, fiction, and poetry. reviewing historiographic roots of and also by reflecting on the theoretical imperatives that AAAD-A 580 Contemporary Black American Writing emerge in recent scholarship concerning the African (3 cr.) Diaspora. The black experience in America as it has been reflected since World War II in the works of outstanding Afro- AAAD-A 709 Qualitative and Ethnographic Methods in American writers: fiction, nonfiction, poetry, and drama. AAADS (4 cr.) This course provides a survey of qualitative research AAAD-A 583 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, methods, with an emphasis on using ethnographic and 1767-1945 (3 cr.) theoretical approaches to establish interdisciplinary Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from perspectives. 1767 to 1945. Selected dramas of both white and black playwrights, such as Isaac Bickerstaffe, William Wells AAAD-A 799 Study and Research Abroad in African Brown, Eugene O'Neill, and Richard Wright, who depicted American and African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) blacks on the stage. Introduces students to different peoples, cultures, histories, literary works, political systems and others AAAD-A 584 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, by having them spend time in Diasporic communities 1945-Present (3 cr.) concerning people of African descent. Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from 1945 to the present. Emphasis on the contributions of AAAD-A 899 Ph.D. Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) black playwrights, such as Lorraine Hansberry, Langston Students who are candidates should take this course to Hughes, Imamu Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), Ted Shine, work on their dissertation research. These credits are and Ed Bullins. intended to give the student credit for work done on the dissertation. AAAD-A 585 Seminar in Black Theatre (3 cr.) Literature Contributions of blacks to the theatre in America. Reading AAAD-A 501 Seminar in the Harlem Renaissance and discussion of selected dramas and critiques with (4 cr.) opportunities for involvement in the oral interpretation of Study of the major historical figures of the period one or more of the plays. designated by cultural historians as the Harlem Renaissance (ca. 1919-29), with emphasis on the AAAD-A 678 Early Black American Poetry, 1746-1910 sociopolitical reasons for the proliferation of art, music, (3 cr.) and literature during this significant decade, with A literary and historical survey of general trends and examination of the causes and lasting influences on individual accomplishments in early Afro-American poetry, contemporary black culture. ranging from narrative folk poems, the formalist poetry of Jupiter Hammon and Phillis Wheatley, and the popular AAAD-A 502 Seminar on Wright, Baldwin, and Ellison (4 cr.) 24 May 26, 2016 poetry of Frances E. W. Harper and Paul Laurence process of globalization and examine shared thematic Dunbar to early modern poetry. concerns of transnational migration, the emigre experience, and postcoloniality. AAAD-A 679 Contemporary Black Poetry (3 cr.) An examination of black poetry from Dunbar to the AAAD-A 594 Issues in African American Music (3 cr.) present, emphasizing the emergence, growth, and A chronological overview of the primary genres of African development of black consciousness as a positive ethnic American music, from slavery to present. Emphasis identification. placed on understanding the separate identities of individual genres and examining those processes by AAAD-A 680 The Black Novel (3 cr.) which they are interrelated and are cultural objects for Analysis of the Afro-American novel from the Harlem appropriation. Credit given for only one of AAAD-A594, Renaissance to the present: genesis, development, and FOLK-E694, or FOLK-F694. current trends. Emphasis on traditions arising out of the black experience and on critical perspectives developed AAAD-A 687 African American Popular Music (3 cr.) by black critics and scholars. An examination of African American popular music from 1945-2000. Organized topically, this course will examine AAAD-A 689 Independent Project in Black Literature the production of this tradition as a black cultural product (3 cr.) and its transformation into a mass marketed commodity Designed to meet individual interests of students by for mainstream and global consumption. Credit given for providing opportunities for research on a chosen topic and only one of AAAD-A687 or FOLK-E697. by encouraging nontraditional approaches or settings in the application of concepts developed in formal classes. AAAD-A 694 Pro-Seminar on Performing, Visual, and Material Arts in African American and African AAAD-A 692 Pro-Seminar in Writings and Literature in Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) African American and African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Introduces students to interdisciplinary and globalized Introduces graduate students to interdisciplinary and approaches to Africans in the Americas and the Diaspora globalized approaches to Africans in the Diaspora and as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, methods, and the Americas, as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, seminal-thinker biographies of the field. methods, and seminal-thinker biographies of the field. AAAD-A 699 Independent Project in Black Music Arts (3 cr.) AAAD-A 585 Seminar in Black Theatre (3 cr.) Designed to meet individual interests of students by Contributions of blacks to the theatre in America. Reading providing opportunities for in-depth research on a chosen and discussion of selected dramas and critiques with topic and by providing settings for the creative and opportunities for involvement in the oral interpretation of practical application of concepts developed in formal class one or more of the plays. settings.

AAAD-A 584 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, AAAD-A 583 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, 1945-Present (3 cr.) 1767-1945 (3 cr.) Image of blacks as reflected in Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from American drama from 1767 to 1945. Selected dramas 1945 to the present. Emphasis on the contributions of of both white and black playwrights, such as Isaac black playwrights, such as Lorraine Hansberry, Langston Bickerstaffe, William Wells Brown, Eugene O'Neill, and Hughes, Imamu Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), Ted Shine, Richard Wright, who depicted blacks on the stage. and Ed Bullins. History, Culture, and Social Issues AAAD-A 504 Black Paris: Migration and AAAD-A 541 Third World Cinemas (3 cr.) Cosmopolitanism in the City of Light (3 cr.) Historically contingent, culturally inflected, and formally Independent field study and supervised research on the innovative, Third World films are a major current in world topic of Black Paris—the lived artistic, cultural, intellectual, cinema. This course surveys the cinematic traditions, and social experiences of African-derived groups (i.e., practices, and thematic concerns of Third World cinemas. African Americans, Africans, and Afro-Caribbeans) in Emphasizing the political and cultural significations the City of Light—as it pertains to their specific areas of of cinema, select narrative fiction and documentary interest. Students are also encouraged to attend A304. films are examined. Subjects under study include filmic approaches to colonialism and postcoloniality, cinematic AAAD-A 550 Black Atlantic (4 cr.) An interdisciplinary formations and social processes, and the legitimizing and and comparative study of historical, cultural, and political oppositional practices of film. issues related to Africa and the African Diaspora (the Americas and Europe). AAAD-A 542 Postcolonial Metropolitan Cinemas (3 cr.) AAAD-A 552 History of the Education of Black Study of selected films from the 1980s to the current Americans (3 cr.) Education of black Americans and its period by diasporic "exilic" and European filmmakers, relationship to the Afro-American experience. Trends and constituting an emerging cinematic formation in contrast patterns in the education of black Americans as they relate to Hollywood and mainstream European cinemas. to the notions of education for whom and for what. Emphasizing distinctive styles and cinematic practices, the films under study are framed by the de-territorializing AAAD-A 556 Race and Culture in the African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course provides an introduction to research May 26, 2016 25 on race and culture in the African Diaspora by exploring perspectives using various fields in the humanities, such issues as nationalism, transportationalism, popular literature, and film. culture, material culture, class, masculinity, feminism, hybridity, representation, performance, commodification, AAAD-A 606 Race and the Global City, Part II (4 cr.) and identity. This course will examine the unique demographic, political, and economic characteristics of major cityscapes AAAD-A 557 Race and Politics in the African Diaspora and will discuss the various locations from interdisciplinary (4 cr.) This course introduces students to theories, perspectives using various fields in the humanities, literary methodologies, and scholarship on the relationship and cultural studies, and historical studies. The research between race and politics in the African Diaspora by begun in A605 will continue in A606, with the students examining central themes relating to the state, citizenship, creating a research proposal or a publishable work. public policy, racial ideologies, and de jure and de facto segregation. AAAD-A 620 Transforming Divided Communities and Societies (3 cr.) Investigation of divided societies and of AAAD-A 558 The African Diaspora in Latin America strategies for transforming such communities. Students and the Caribbean (4 cr.) This course examines how will consider societies (both past and present) divided by Brazilians of African descent construct their identities race, ethnicity, gender, class, caste, tribe, or religion, and through cultural and political practices by examining will study responses such as civil rights, affirmative action, similarities and differences between racial identity and reparation policies, and reconciliation tribunals. race relations in Brazil and the U.S. within the context of social mobilization, cultural affirmation, religious practices, AAAD-A 669 Independent Project in Black Social and everyday life. Issues (3 cr.) Designed to meet individual interests of students by providing opportunities for research AAAD-A 591 Black Intellectual Traditions (4 cr.) on a chosen topic and by encouraging nontraditional Surveys the evolution of "racial" ideas and ideologies approaches or settings in the application of concepts among African Americans. Participants will discuss how developed in formal classes. black intellectuals have engaged in dialogue and debate about strategies for coping with injustice, while formulating AAAD-A 691 Pro-Seminar on Cultural and Historical diverse concepts of justice, salvation, artistry, and positive Studies in African American and African Diaspora black identity. Studies (3 cr.) Introduces graduate students to cultural and historical interdisciplinary and globalized approaches to Africans in the Americas and the Diaspora, as well as AAAD-A 555 Caribbean, African American. and African the canons, paradigms, theories, methods, and seminal- Leadership, 1957-2000 (3 cr.) thinker biographies of the field. Course will deal with aspects of Caribbean, African- American, and African leadership that influenced AAAD-A 693 Pro-Seminar on Social and Behavioral the struggles for decolonization and civil rights in the Sciences in African American and African Diaspora Caribbean, United States, and Africa. Studies (3 cr.) This pro-seminar introduces graduate students to social and behavioral interdisciplinary and AAAD-A 554 Comparative Ethnic Studies (4 cr.) globalized approaches to Africans in the Americas and This colloquium provides an introduction to Ethnic Studies, the Diaspora, as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, focusing on the interdisciplinary study of race and ethnicity methods, and seminal-thinker biographies of the field. in the U.S. and the Americas, past and present. Emphasis AAAD-A 702 Comparative Social Movements in the will be placed on border crossing, visual representation, African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course focuses on the literature, nationalism, migration, political transformation, varied diasporic experience, analyzing how struggles of and mass culture. race, identity, and nation in specific time periods, locales, and cultural contexts in the U.S., Latin Americas, Europe, AAAD-A 592 Readings in Black Popular Culture and Africa have contributed to the development of social (3 cr.) Interrogates the historical and social deployment and political movements in the Diaspora. of blackness in the popular imagination and its manifestations in racially coded performances. We take a AAAD-A 703 Black Feminisms (4 cr.) This course historical stance on black expressive culture and proceed examines the interlocking experience of black women using critical and theoretical texts, aiming at culturally in the Diaspora and the foundational issues that saturated forms, including music, oral “texts,” film, and have shaped their sense of womanism and African sport. feminism. Using classical literary and biographical texts and narrative writings of black women, the analysis AAAD-A 602 Variations on Blackness: Part I (4 cr.) emphasizes contemporary issues by also interrogating Intensive reading program. Students will also develop popular culture media through film and music to criticize a research proposal and work to grasp the global the rhetoric of sisterhood. comparative complexities of race-making. AAAD-A 704 African Americans and Continental AAAD-A 603 Variations on Blackness: Part II (4 cr.) Africans: Ties that Bind (4 cr.) In old and modern times Students will develop a research project based on their alike, continental Blacks (or Africans) and Diaspora Blacks proposals from part I of this course. have been considered kith and kin. This course, with its AAAD-A 605 Race and the Global City, Part I (4 cr.) wide range of readings and research sources, is designed This course will examine the unique demographic, to help graduate students understand the nuances of political, and economic characteristics of major cityscapes these histo-political connections. and will discuss the various locations from interdisciplinary 26 May 26, 2016 AAAD-A 710 Rural Blacks in the African Diaspora African Studies (4 cr.) This course examines the experiences of Blacks in rural areas throughout the African Diaspora to investigate School of Global and International Studies how long-term systemic political, social, and economic College of Arts and Sciences struggles have impacted the development of rural African Departmental E-mail: [email protected] peoples and their communities in such places as the Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~afrist/ southern U.S., South Africa, Guyana, and Ireland. AAAD-A 711 Blackface and Blackness in Global Curriculum Context (4 cr.) This course explores blackface and other performances and appropriations of blackness in the African Studies at Indiana University focuses on the African Diaspora, emphasizing the ways in which ideas of African continent and its integration into global networks, minstrelsies have continued by white and black performers past, present, and future. The Program has faculty as seen through media, culture racialidentity formations, affiliates in a wide range of disciplines and professional and racialized agency through entertainment. fields with research experience in different parts of the continent and its diasporas. They offer courses in their AAAD-A 720 Comparative Study of Black Women in areas of expertise and provide individualized mentoring. the Rural African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course examines Graduate students interested in Africa have the option of the social and economic struggles of rural Black women in pursuing a free-standing master's degree; a dual or joint the African Diaspora by focusing on family, life, work rules, master's degree with select professional schools; or a health, leadership, and agency through self-constructed Minor in connection with a disciplinary Ph.D. identity and ideas of womanism. The African Studies Program is part of the new School Cross-Listed Courses of Global and International Studies in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will Anthropology need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of • E450 Folk Religions (3 cr.) the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated • E455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural • E457 Ethnic Identity (3 cr.) competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and • E650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy access to a stellar faculty and unparalleled professional Criminal Justice development opportunities. For further information • P680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice (3 cr.) regarding the mission, structure and resources of the School of Global and International Studies, see http:// English sgis.indiana.edu. • L655 American Literature and Culture 1900-1945 (4 (Please note that when conferring University Graduate cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Folklore University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School • F609 African and Afro-American Folklore/Folk Music Bulletin.) (3 cr.) • F625 North American Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) M.A. in African Studies (30 credit hours) The African Studies master’s degree program is intended History for students who wish to: (1) obtain a graduate degree in African Studies in order to pursue careers in government, • E531 African History from Ancient Times to Empires international relations (e.g., the Diplomatic Corps), and City States (3 cr.) international development, international business, or • E532 African History from Colonial Rule to a professional field; (2) continue graduate work in a Independence (3 cr.) discipline; or (3) combine an M.A. degree in African • E534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) Studies with another master’s degree in the arts, social Music and other sciences, or in one of the professional schools. The program normally takes two years to complete. It • M582 The Bebop Era (3 cr.) gives students the flexibility to tailor course work to their • M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.) needs and interests while requiring them to develop • M584 Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz competence on a particular topic or region as well as in (3 cr.) research methods and at least intermediate proficiency in • M596 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) an African language. Political Science Admissions Requirements • Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution of higher education with evidence of superior ability, completion of Sociology the graduate record exam, a statement of interest, and a • S610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) writing sample. • S631 Intergroup Relations (3 cr.) Course Requirements May 26, 2016 27

Thirty credit hours of course work distributed as follows: length. The plan for this project and paper, as well as the final products, need to be approved by all three committee • AFRI-A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary members. An internship should be at least four weeks Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) in duration and culminate in an essay or portfolio, 25-30 • AFRI-A732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 double-spaced pages long. All three committee members cr.) must agree to the internship in advance and approve the • AFRI-A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 completed essay or portfolio. No oral defense is required. cr.) • AFRI-A651 Independent Research / Directed Dual M.A./M.L.S. in African Studies and Library Readings (up to 6 cr.); and elective courses Science organized around a topical or regional concentration The College of Arts and Sciences African Studies Program to complete a total of 30 credits. and the Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students Elective courses are to be selected from the range of for a dual master’s degree (M.A./M.L.S.). The program cross-listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts responds to the growing need for librarians with Africa- and Sciences and several professional schools, with the specific knowledge and research experience in the approval of the student’s major advisor. Electives may humanities and social sciences. The dual M.A./M.L.S. include three additional credits of AFRI-A731 since the program requires completion of a minimum of 56 credit topic for the African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate hours of graduate coursework and the two degrees must Seminar changes every year and is offered by different be awarded simultaneously. Students will be assigned faculty members on a rotating basis. a mentor/advisor from each unit. The student’s African Language Requirement Studies M.A. thesis/project committee should include a representative of the Information and Library Science At least four semesters of an African language. The faculty or other means of including perspectives of both credits accrued for the four semesters of language study programs. are not counted toward the total credits required for the degree. Students may have the language requirement Admission Requirements waived by demonstrating equivalent competence through Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master of an examination completed under supervision of the Arts in African Studies degree, except that students must African Languages Coordinator. Up to three credits for the also apply to the master’s program of the Department of study of an African language beyond the second year level Information and Library Science and meet its established may count toward the electives. admissions criteria. Students must be accepted by both M.A. Committee and Thesis or Project units in order to be admitted to the program. Students are required to constitute a committee composed African Studies Core Requirements of a disciplinary advisor and two additional members A minimum twenty-six hours of coursework distributed as with relevant regional or topical expertise, approved by follows: the director of the African Studies Program. Committee members must be selected from African Studies affiliate • AFRI-A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary faculty with professional experience on the African Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) continent. The purpose of the committee is to provide • AFRI-A732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 consultation to the student and to read and comment cr.) on the Master’s thesis or Project. There is no M.A. • AFRI-A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 examination option. cr.) Thesis • AFRI-A651 Independent Research/Directed Readings (up to 6 cr.) toward the M.A. thesis/project The thesis option is strongly recommended for students • At least twelve credit hours of elective courses intending to pursue a Ph.D. following completion of organized around a topical or regional concentration the Master’s degree. The thesis should be an in-depth treatment of the chosen topic, interdisciplinary in nature Elective courses are to be selected from the range of and 70 to 100 double-spaced pages in length. It may be cross-listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts an expanded seminar paper or an entirely new project and Sciences and several professional schools, with the based on library, archival, field, or museum research, and approval of the student’s major advisor. should make use of relevant sources in a language other Electives may include three additional credits of than English. All three committee members must approve AFRI-A731, since the topic for the African Studies the thesis but may agree to waive an oral defense. Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every year Project and is offered by different faculty members on a rotating basis. The project option is designed for students wishing to pursue a non-academic career in a variety of fields. A Information and Library Science Course Requirements “project” may be a thematic video or other media product; Thirty credit hours of coursework consisting of: an internship in Africa; or an internship related to African issues in an organization, government agency, museum, 1. 18 credits of M.L.S. foundation courses, with or other institution elsewhere in the world (including the Z552 Academic Library Management to fulfill the United States). A thematic video or other media product management and leadership skills requirement; should be accompanied by an essay of 25-30 pages in 28 May 26, 2016

2. 3 credits of either Z521 Information in the • SPH-B 501 Assessment & Planning in Public Health Humanities or Z522 Social Science Information; and (3 cr.) 3. 9 credits of elective courses chosen in consultation • SPH-B 529 Health and Disease Disparities in with the student’s Information and Library Science Diverse Communities (3 cr.) advisor. An internship related to African Studies is • SPH-B 602 Intervention Design in Public Health (3 strongly advised. cr.) Language Requirement • SPH-B 696 M.P.H. Field Experience in Behavioral, Social, and Community Health (1-7 cr.) (prerequisite: Same as for the M.A. in African Studies. GPA of at least 3.0) • SPH-B 698 M.P.H. Culminating Experience in See also: www.ils.indiana.edu/degrees/joint/africa.html Behavioral, Social, and Community Health (1-2 cr.) Dual M.A./M.P.H. in African Studies and Public Health • SPH-H 562 Health Program Evaluation (3 cr.) The College of Arts and Sciences’ African Studies • SPH-X 505 Foundations of Public Health (3 cr.) Program and the School of Public Health (SPH) jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a Electives (9-12 Credits)* dual master’s degree (M.A./M.P.H). The program is a Either response to the growing need for public health personnel with Africa-specific knowledge and research experience in • African Studies Electives (6-9 Credits) the humanities and social sciences. The dual M.A./M.P.H • SPH Electives With Africa Focus (3-6 Credits) program requires completion of a minimum of 67 credit Or hours of graduate course work and the two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Students will be assigned • African Studies Electives (9-12 Credits Minimum) a mentor or an advisor from each unit. The student’s thesis committee must include a representative from each *African Studies elective courses are to be selected from academic unit who will serve as Co-Chairs of the thesis the range of cross-listed African Studies offerings in the project. College of Arts and Sciences and several professional schools, with the approval of the student’s major Admissions Requirements advisor. Electives may include three additional credits of AFRI A-731 since the topic for the African Studies Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master of Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every year Arts in African Studies degree except that students must and is offered by different faculty members on a rotating also apply to the master’s program of the School of Public basis. SPH elective courses may include any elective Health (SPH) and meet its established M.P.H admissions within the School of Public Health that complements an criteria. Students must be accepted for admission to both area of topical or methodological focus. The combined units in order to be admitted to the program. credits for African Studies core courses and electives Other Stipulations should total 24 credits. Students must pass all routine requirements of the MPH Language Requirement program including satisfactory performance on the C650 Same as for the M.A. in African Studies Culminating Experience in addition to the completion of the master’s thesis. Dual M.A./M.P.A. in African Studies and Public Affairs DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (61 Credits) Academic programs in African Studies continue to grow, with a corresponding need for scholars in Public Affairs Public Health Core Courses (15 Credits) who have knowledge and research experience in the humanities, social sciences, policy, and management • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of aspects of this field. The dual M.A. /M.P.A. program Health (3cr.) requires completion of a minimum of 62 credit hours of • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) graduate course work. Students must apply for admission • SPH-P 510 Organization and Administration of to the master’s programs of both the School of Public and Public Health Programs (3 cr.) Environmental Affairs (Public Affairs) and the College of • SPH-Q 501 Introduction to Statistics in Public Arts and Sciences (African Studies Program), and meet Health (3 cr.) the admissions criteria established for each. Students will • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) be assigned a mentor from each unit until they form an M.A.-M.P.A. thesis committee which should be co-directed African Studies Core Courses (12-15 Credits)* by a faculty member from each unit. The two degrees • AFRI-A 731 African Studies Interdisciplinary must be awarded simultaneously. Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) Admissions Requirements • AFRI-A 732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 cr.) Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master • AFRI-A 650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 of Arts in African Studies degree, except that students cr.) must also apply to the master’s program of the School of • AFRI-A 651 Independent Research/Directed Public and Environmental Affairs and meet its established Readings (3-6 cr.) admissions criteria. Students must be accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the program. The deadline Public Health Required Courses (22 Credits) for receipt of application materials for the African Studies component is January 15. Please contact the School May 26, 2016 29 of Public and Environmental Affairs for deadlines and provide information about courses, and faculty, and ways information on the SPEA master's program requirements to connect with other African Studies students. and deadlines. Course Requirements African Studies Course Requirements (26 credit hour minimum) Students minoring in African Studies must complete AFRI- A732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (to be taken, if A. Required Courses (9 credits) possible, during the first year) and four other graduate- level courses in African studies outside their major field. • A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate The courses should be in at least two different disciplines; Seminar (3 credits) must be taught by an African Studies Program affiliated • A732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 credits) faculty member; and must be approved by the Program • A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 credits) director. B. Electives (12 credits minimum) The African Studies Interdisciplinary Seminar AFRI-A731 • Students should take elective courses organized may be taken twice for a total of six credits but variable around a topical or regional concentration. These credit is only allowed in addition to having taken it once as courses are to be selected from the range of cross- a three-credit seminar. listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts One language course in the third year of study, or higher, and Sciences and several professional schools, may be counted toward the Minor. with the approval of the student’s major advisor. Electives may include up to three additional credits The Program strongly recommends that Ph.D. candidates of A731 because the topic for the African Studies who minor in African Studies take two years of an African Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every language in addition to their course work for the minor. semester and is offered by different faculty members Serious scholars of Africa are proficient in at least one on a rotating basis. African language. Moreover, language proficiency improves opportunities for fieldwork and funding; in fact it C.M.A. Thesis or Project is a requirement for important overseas research grants • A651 Independent Research (up to 6 credits) (e.g., SSRC and Fulbright-Hays awards). Students preparing a minor in African Studies and a minor D. Language Requirement in another field may double-count only one course. • Same as for the M.A. in African Studies Students with special qualifications or previous course work at leading institutions may petition the Graduate SPEA Course Requirements Affairs Committee to give credit for work that is The core requirements for the M.P.A. and a specialized comparable to specific courses at Indiana University. SPEA concentration (36 credit hours) to include: Petitions must include a formal letter of request from the candidate, as well as a syllabus from the course in A. M.P.A Foundation courses (18 credits): question. The materials should be submitted to the Chair • SPEA-V 502 Public Management (3 cr.) of the Graduate Affairs Committee or the Director of the African Studies Program. • SPEA-V 506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Decision Making (3 cr.) The requirements stated above constitute a minimum level • SPEA-V 517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) of expectation. • SPEA-V 540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) Examination • SPEA-V 560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) • SPEA-V 600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Although a 3.7 grade point average in African studies Affairs (3 cr.). courses would normally exempt the student from having to take a written comprehensive examination, the decision in B. Specialized Area this matter rests with the student’s major-field advisor and • Students may design and develop a program of the faculty member representing African Studies as the specialization courses in consultation with SPEA minor-field advisor. Certifying that the student has met the faculty advisors (18 credits). minimum requirements rests with a faculty member in the African Studies Program who is not in the student’s major Ph.D. Minor in African Studies department. The African Studies Program offers the Ph.D. Minor to students in a range of fields including: anthropology, Graduate Faculty archaeology, art history, comparative literature, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University economics, English, education, ethnomusicology, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct folklore, French, geography, history, instructional systems doctoral dissertations. Faculty who do not have this technology, journalism, law, linguistics, political science, endorsement but have University Graduate School faculty public and environmental affairs, public health, sociology, status may direct master's theses.) and Spanish and Portuguese. Director and Graduate Advisor Students selecting African Studies as a minor are encouraged to visit the Program office (Woodburn Hall Professor Samuel Obeng* 221) as soon as possible after arriving on campus to Associate Director and Undergraduate Advisor discuss their interests. The Program director and staff will 30 May 26, 2016

Maria Grosz-Ngate Studies), Henry Wakhungu (Public and Environmental Affairs), Ahmed Youssefagha* (Applied Health Science) Professors Osita Afoaku (Clinical Professor of Public and Emeriti Environmental Affairs), Erna Alant* (Education), Robert Botne* (Linguistics), Kevin Brown (Law), Mellonee Robert Arnove* (Emeritus, Chancellor’s Professor, Burnim* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Claude Clegg* Education), Akwasi B. Assensoh* (Emeritus African (History), Stuart Davis* (Linguistics), Kenneth DeJong* American and African Diaspora Studies), Salih Altoma* (Linguistics), Ann Elsner* (Optometry), Tom Evans* (Emeritus, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), (Geography), Marion Frank-Wilson (Library), Maria Randall Baker* (Public and Environnmental Affairs), E. Grabe* (Education), Kevin Hunt* (Anthropology), George E. Brooks Jr.* (Emeritus, History), Trevor Brown* Eileen Jullen* (Comparitive Literature, French and (Emeritus, Journalism), Gracia Clark* (Anthropology), Italian), Jayanth K. Krishnan,* (Law), Patricia Kubow* Hasan El-Shamy* (Folklore), Paula Girshick* (Emerita, (Education), David Lohrmann* (Applied Health Science), Anthropology), Mary Goetze* (Emerita, Music), John W. Patrick McNaughton* (Fine Arts), Samuel Gyasi Obeng* Johnson* (Emeritus, Folklore), Phyllis Martin* (Emerita, (Linguistics), Christiana Ochoa* (Law), Alwiya Omar Ruth N. Halls Professor, History), Heitor Martins* (Clinical Professor, African Studies), Jamie Prenkert (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese), Portia Maultsby* (Business),Michael Reece* (Applied Health Science), Iris (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Audrey McCluskey Rosa* (African American and African Diaspora Studies), (Emerita, African American and African Diaspora Studies), Darlene Sadlier* (Spanish and Portuguese), Kathy Emilio Moran* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Patrick Munson* Schick* (Anthropology), Jeanne Sept* (Anthropology), (Emeritus, Anthropology), Paul Newman* (Linguistics), John Stanfield II* (African American and African Christine Ogan* (Journalism), Patrick O'Meara* (Emeritus, Diaspora Studies), Rex Stockton (Education), Ruth Political Science, Public and Environmental Affairs), Stone* (Folklore), Mohammad Torabi* (Applied Health Robert F. Port* (Emeritus, Computer Science, Linguistics), Science), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Richard Wilk* Darlene Sadlier* (Spanish and Portuguese), Beverly (Anthropology), David Williams* (Law), Susan Williams* Stoeltje* (Emerita, Anthropology, Communication and (Law) Culture), Richard Stryker* (Emeritus, Political Science), William Wiggins Jr.* (Emeritus, African American and Associate Professors African Diaspora Studies, Folklore) Akinwumi Adesokan* (Comparative Literature and Academic Advising Media School), Heather Akou* (Apparel Merchandising), Bonnie Brownlee* (Journalism), Beth Buggenhagen* Woodburn Hall 221, (812) 855-8284 (Anthropology), Barbara Dennis (Education), Jane Courses Goodman* (Anthropology), Vivian Halloran* (American Studies), John H. Hanson* (History), Douglas Horner* AFRI-A 500 Advanced Topics in African Studies (Optometry), James Kelly* (Journalism), Alex Lichtenstein* (1-4 cr.) Advanced and intensive study of selected topics (History), Don Lyon (Clinical Associate Professor of in African Studies. To include topics not ordinarily covered Optometry), Lauren M. MacLean* (Political Science), by existing African Studies Program courses. May not Murray McGibbon (Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary duplicate a regularly offered course. Dance), Susan Middlestadt* (Applied Health Science), Keithanne Mockaitis (Genomics and Bioinformatics), AFRI-A 650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 cr.) Marissa Moorman* (History), Michelle Moyd* (History), Prepares students to conduct scholarly research and Michael Muehlenbein* (Anthropology), Luciana Namorato* social-impact analysis in Africa as well as design and (Spanish and Portuguese), Martha Nyikos* (Education), implement projects focused on contemporary issues in Cecilia Obeng* (Applied Health Science), Oana Panaite* areas ranging from development and the environment (French and Italian), Todd Peabody (Optometry), to health and politics. Also provides students with the Phillip Powell (Business), Daniel Reed* (Folklore background for assessing the results of already completed and Ethnomusicology), Whitney Schlegel (Biology), studies. Margaret Sutton* (Education), Estela Vieira* (Spanish and Portuguese), Stephen Vinson* (Near Eastern Languages AFRI-A 651 Independent Research / Directed Readings and Cultures), Sarah Young (Recreation, Park and (1-3 cr.) Individually designed course in preparation for Tourism) and writing of M.A. thesis. Must be directed by an African Studies faculty affiliate and approved by the student’s Assistant Professors disciplinary advisor and the African Studies Program director. May include fieldwork in Africa and/or research in Vincent Bouchard (French and Italian), Jennifer Brass museums, archives, and libraries. May be repeated for up (Public and Environmental Affairs), Gregory Fisher to 6 credit hours. (Business), Laura Foster (Gender Studies), Jennifer Goodlander* (Theatre and Drama), Maria Grosz-Ngaté AFRI-A 731 Seminar on contemporary Africa (1-3 cr.) (Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anthropology, Academic Offered by African Studies faculty across the disciplines Specialist in African Studies), Pedro Machado* (History), on variable topics. Beth E. Meyerson* (Applied Health Science), Nader Morkus (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Jackson AFRI-A 732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa Njau (Geology), Sarah Osterhoudt* (Anthropology), Diane (3 cr.) Introduction to the bibliography of Africa south Pelrine (Art History), William Ramos (Public Health), Beth of the Sahara, covering major reference works and Samuelson* (Education), Jessica Steinberg (International bibliographies; regional, trade, and national bibliographies; government publications, social sciences, humanities, May 26, 2016 31 statistics, rare books, manuscripts, and online databases. • H551-H552 Comparative Education I-II (3-3 cr.) Compilation of a comprehensive bibliography required. • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) [with Africa content] AFRI-L 400 Topics in African Studies (3 cr.) • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) AFRI-OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Credit (1-3 cr.) [with Africa content] • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) [with Africa content] GRAD-I 701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues and Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) • K780 Seminar in Special Education (3 cr.) • L601 Theoretical Issues: Study of Language and Cross-Listed Courses Literature (3 cr.) Anthropology • R640 Planning Educational Media Systems: National and International (3 cr.) • A303 Evolution and Prehistory (3 cr.) • B464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.) Fine Arts • B466 The Primates (3 cr.) • A458 Topics in Ethnographic Art (3 cr.) [with Africa • B568 The Evolution of Primate Social Behavior (3 content] cr.) • A552 Art of Eastern and Southern Africa (3 cr.) • B600 Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) [Africa- • A555 Art/Craft/Tec in sub-Saharan Africa (3 cr.) related topics] • A556 Art of Central Africa (3 cr.) • E510 Problems in African Ethnography and Ethnology (3 cr.) • A580 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa I: Arts of Africa's Western Sudan (4 cr.) • E523 Life Histories (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • A650 Problems in African Art (4 cr.) • E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology [African topics] (3 cr.) Folklore and Ethnomusicology • E616 Anthropology of Tourism (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • E698 African American Religious Music (3 cr.) • E617 African Women (3 cr.) • F501 Folklore Colloquium (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • E620 Seminar in Cultural Ecology (3 cr.) [with Africa • F516 Proseminar in Folklore Theory and Method I: content] Materials of Folklore (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • E644 People and Protected Areas (3 cr.) [with Africa • F522 Field Work in Folklore/Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) content] • F574 Seminar in Ethnomusicology: Transcription • E650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) and Analysis (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • E660 Arts in Anthropology (3 cr.) [with Africa • F607 Music in African Life (3 cr.) content] • F608 Music in African Film (3 cr.) • E677 Performing Nationalism (3 cr.) [with Africa • F609 Folklore and African American Foklore/Folk content] Music (3 cr.) • E690 Development and Anthropology (3 cr.) • F617 Middle East Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) • P314 Early Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) • F694 Black Music in America (3 cr.) • P315 Late Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) • F714 Paradigms of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) [with • P380 Prehistoric Diet and Nutrition (3 cr.) Africa content] • P600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) • F722 Music, (Im)migration and Diaspora (3 cr.) • F740 History of Ideas in Folklore/Ethnomusicology (3 Apparel Merchandising cr.) [with Africa content] • F301 Dress Studies: Topics in Cultural Analysis (3 • F750 Performance Studies (3 cr.) [with Africa cr.) [with African topics] content] • F755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (3 cr.) [with Communication and Culture Africa content] • C422 Performance, Culture, and Power in the Middle French East and North Africa (3 cr.) • F467 French Beyond the Hexagon (3 cr.) Comparative Literature • F667 Studies in Francophone Literature (3 cr.) • C537-8 The Twentieth Century I-II (4 cr.) [with Africa Geography Content] • C572 Modern African Letters (4 cr.) • G604 Seminar in Environmental Geography (3 cr.) • C611 Topics in Literary Genres, Modes, and Forms [with Africa content] (African topics] (4 cr.) History Economics • E531 African History from Ancient Times to Empires • E592 Economic Development of Less-Developed and City States (3 cr.) Countries (3 cr.) • E532 African History from Colonial Rule to Independence (3 cr.) Education • E533 Conflict in Southern Africa (3 cr.) • H520 Education and Social Issues (3 cr.) [with Africa • E534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) content] • E536 History of East Africa (3 cr.) 32 May 26, 2016

• E538 History of Muslim West Africa (3 cr.) • P500-501 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking • H695 Colloquium in African History (4 cr.) World I-II (3 cr.) • H795 Seminar in African History (4 cr.) • P515 Women Writing in Portuguese (3 cr.) • P520 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking World Journalism in Translation (3 cr.) • J514 International Communication (3 cr.) [with Africa • P710 Seminar: African Literature in Portuguese (3 content] cr.) • J518 Field Experience in Journalism [] (4 cr.) Courses in African Languages-Linguistics • J614 Communication and National Development (3 cr.) • B101-B102 Elementary Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.)1 • B201-B202 Intermediate Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.) Linguistics • B301-B302 Advanced Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.) • A501 Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) • K501-502 Elementary Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) • A502 Language in Africa (3 cr.) • K601-602 Intermediate Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) • A503 Bantu Linguistics (3 cr.) • K701-702 Advanced Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) • A504 Chadic Linguistics (3 cr.) • S501-S502 Elementary Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.)1 • A747 Seminar in Afican Linguistics (4 cr.) • S601-S602 Intermediate Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.) • L619 Language in Society (3 cr.) • S701-S702 Advanced Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.) • L625 Bilingualism and Language Contact (3 cr.) • X501-S502 Elementary Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) • L636 Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) • X601-X602 Intermediate Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) • L653-L654 Field Methods in Linguistics I-II (3-3 cr.) • X701-Z702 Advanced Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) • L720 Ethnopragmatics (3 cr.) • Y501-Y502 Elementary Yoruba (3-3 cr.) • Y601-Y602 Intermediate Yoruba (3-3 cr.) Near Eastern Languages and Cultures • Y701-Y702 Advanced Yoruba (3-3 cr.) • E501-2 Elementary Middle Egyptian I-II (4 cr.) • Z501-Z502 Elementary Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) • E660 Demotic Egyptian I (3 cr.) • Z601-Z602 Intermediate Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) • N409 Modern Arabic Literature (3 cr.) • Z701-Z702 Advanced Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) • N480 Modern Arabic Poetry (3 cr.) Other African Languages • N541 Arabic Theatre (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • N695 Religions of Ancient (3 cr.) • F501-F502 Elementary African Languages I-II • A500-A550 Elementary Arabic I-II (2-2 cr.) [variable language] (3-3cr.) • A600-A650 Intermediate Arabic I-II (3-3 cr.) • F601-F602 Intermediate African Languages I-II • A660-A670 Advanced Arabic I-II (3-3 cr.) [variable language] (3-3cr.) • F701-F702 Advanced African Languages I-II Political Science [variable language] (3-3cr.) • Y343 Development Problems in the Third World (3 cr.) American Studies • Y657 Comparative Politics [African Politics] (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences • Y673 Empirical Theory and Methodology [African Departmental E-mail: [email protected] topics] (3 cr.) Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~amst Public and Environmental Affairs Curriculum • V524 in Comparative Perspective (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • V534 NGO management in Comparative School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Perspective (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • V550 Topics in Public Affairs (3 cr.) [Afirca-related contained only in The University Graduate School topics] Bulletin.) • V699 Economic Development, Globalization, and Program Information Entrepreneurship (3 cr.) [with Africa content] For additional graduate student information, contact Public Health Ballantine Hall 544, phone (812) 855-7718, fax (812) • C512 Environmental Health Science (3 cr.) 855-0001. • C591 Public Health Statistics (3 cr.) Degrees Offered • E655 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) • H504 Breastfeeding: Practice and Policy (3 cr.) The Department of American Studies provides an • H510 Organization of School Health Programs (3 cr.) opportunity to pursue the interdisciplinary study of American society and culture. Students in the Ph.D. • H514 Health Education in Pre-K - Grade 6 (3 cr.) program acquire specialized training in one particular • H650 Seminar in Health Education (various topics) discipline as well as firm grounding in interdisci- (1-3 cr.) plinary study. They are encouraged to shape portions • TX580 Qualitative Research in Public Health (3 cr.) of their graduate studies to fit individual needs and Spanish and Portuguese interests. Courses in the program are also open to graduate students pursuing a master's degree in another May 26, 2016 33 department, special nondegree graduate students, and start of each year until the student has completed his/her international students. coursework. 1. Doctor of Philosophy in American Studies Qualifying Examination: 2. Combined Doctor of Philosophy, a combined degree Students will take an exam in two parts: a written program in American Studies and another discipline examination and an additional oral examination conducted (including but not limited to: African American and African over the course of their fifth semester. If there are Diaspora Studies, anthropology, art history, comparative extenuating circumstances, this timeline may be pushed literature, criminal justice, education, English, folklore, back one semester. The written exam will cover two gender studies, history, history of education, journalism, distinct fields and will be based on reading lists prepared jurisprudence, law and democracy, philosophy, political by the student and his/her advisor that reflects the science, religious studies, sociology, Spanish and intersection of their interests and the work of American Portuguese, or theatre, drama, and contemporary dance). Studies scholarship. Students will write one 25 page essay per field. The oral exam will take place two weeks after Special Program Requirements completion of the written exams, and last two hours. The See also general University Graduate School exam committee is composed of the student’s Advisory requirements. Committee. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Dissertation Committee: Admission Requirements Students will work with their advisor to form a dissertation Admission is by approval of the program’s Graduate committee of at least four faculty members total, including Affairs Committee (GAC). Applicants must have a a representative from their doctoral minor. A member of bachelor’s degree, a cumulative GPA of 3.2, and a major the core faculty will chair, or co-chair, each dissertation GPA of 3.5 and above. GRE scores are required. An MA committee. Untenured faculty members in AMST are degree is optional. We ask that students submit three allowed to chair dissertation committees. letters of recommendation from faculty members familiar The Prospectus: with their undergraduate work, a writing sample, and a brief personal statement. Furthermore, though we are Upon successful completion of the written and oral especially interested in students who have a demonstrated components of the qualifying examination, the student interest in American Studies, we welcome applications will then assemble a dissertation committee and spend from students with degrees in all fields. semester 6 working on a dissertation prospectus. The prospectus must be completed and receive the Course Requirements: dissertation director's approval the semester following the At least 90 credit hours are required for the doctorate. successful completion of the written and oral parts of the Within these, students must complete AMST G603, qualifying examinations. Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.), AMST G604, The Dissertation: Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.), one section of AMST G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 The the dissertation itself shall be defended orally. All cr.), and at least four courses at the 700 level or higher, dissertation defenses are open to the public. including at least 3 credits of G751, which may include Minor Requirement: cross-listed courses and relevant electives offered through American Studies. PhD. students must complete at Students must complete a minor in another department, least 32 credits in American Studies coursework. With program, or field. The minor should normally be completed the consent of their advisory committee, students can by the end of the student’s third year. No courses may be count one class taken outside AMST towards these cross-counted towards the minor. requirements, though it must be taught by an AMST faculty or affiliate faculty member. No substitutions are Foreign Language Study: allowed for G603 and G604. Before taking the qualifying exams, all Ph.D. students will Advisory Committee: demonstrate advanced proficiency in a foreign language related to their field of study by completing at least one The Director of Graduate Studies (DGS) is the initial 300 level course in their chosen language of study with advisor to each cohort of students. By the end of their a grade of B or higher, or passing the Graduate Student second year, however, all students will select a specific Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE) in French, German or advisor from among the core faculty. A representative Spanish. Students whose dissertation projects demand from the doctoral minor must be included along with two more in-depth knowledge of a particular language should other members, which may include affiliate faculty, and will work with their advisor to determine what higher level of constitute a four person Advisory Committee. proficiency beyond this requirement will be necessary to ensure success. Thematic Plan of Study: Together with his/her advisor, the student will complete a Combined Doctor of Philosophy Degree thematic plan of study, organizing elective coursework— Admission Requirements taken and planned—around a chosen focus, and submit Acceptance into the combined Ph.D. is contingent upon it to the DGS at the beginning of every calendar year. prior admission to a Ph.D. granting department/school in The plan of study will be revised each fall, beginning in their major area of concentration. Students applying to the the second year of coursework, and resubmitted at the department from outside of IU should indicate a desire to 34 May 26, 2016 pursue the combined doctoral degree in their statement Ph.D. Minor in American Studies of purpose, which is to be submitted with the application. Students choosing American Studies as a minor (minimum A copy of the statement of purpose and a letter indicating 12 credit hours) in their doctoral program must complete their interests should be sent to the American Students G603, Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.), G751, Graduate Affairs Committee. Deficiencies in background Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.) and either may be removed by completing specified courses. G604, Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.), G605, Students applying to the program who have already Introduction to Native American and Indigenous Studies been accepted into and/or are already enrolled in a Ph.D. (4 cr.), G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), degree-granting department/school at I.U. must send a G697, Research in Transnational American Studies (4 letter to the Director of Graduate Studies in American cr.), G753, Independent Study (1-4 cr.), or a cross-listed Studies stating their research interests and how these course outside the student's home department. relate to American Studies. Ph.D. Minor in Native American and Indigenous Course Requirements Studies A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which 32 must be in Students who pursue the Ph.D. minor in Native American American Studies. The student must complete 20 hours and Indigenous Studies will focus their interdisciplinary of core courses including G603, Introduction to American study on the histories, cultures, art, folklore, politics, and Studies (4 cr.), G604, Perspectives in American Studies literatures of Native American and Indigenous peoples, (4 cr.), G751, Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.), and chiefly in the Americas, but also, where appropriate, eight additional credit hours, such as G605, Introduction globally. This is one of a very few programs in the United to Native American and Indigenous Studies (4 cr.), States that focuses explicitly on Native American and G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), G697, Indigenous Studies at the graduate level, and that place Research in Transnational American Studies (4 cr.), G753, the study of American Indians within the context of a Independent Study (1-4 cr.), or cross-listed and joint-listed broader, more sweeping and international inquiry into the courses taught by American Studies faculty members nature of political power, colonial settlement, and global outside the student's home department. The 32 credit contact. hours may include 12 credit hours of appropriate courses Program of Study relevant to American Studies inside the student's home department. The remaining 12 credit hours should include Students are required to submit a "Plan of Study" to appropriate courses relevant to American Studies, and a member of the Committee on Native American and may be taken with a student's home department. Strong Indigenous Studies for final approval. After approval, a encouragement is given to interdisciplinary diversification. signed copy should be sent to the Director of Graduate The dissertation (minimum of 15 credit hours) should Studies in American Studies. The Plan of Study will reflect interdisciplinary study and research. provide the rationale for the student’s proposed curriculum and will list the courses, with alternative selections in Advisory and Research Committees the event such courses are not offered on a timely basis The Graduate School requires that students pursuing a that will serve as the student’s minor program. With the combined Ph.D. have at least four faculty members on Director’s approval, the student will become officially their advisory and research committees, with two from enrolled in the Native American and Indigenous Studies each of the major fields (see the General Requirements degree. chapter in the Graduate Bulletin). While AMST-affiliated Requirements faculty in a student’s home department can serve as representatives of American Studies, the program Interested students must first be admitted into a Ph.D. additionally requires that at least one of the AMST program on the Bloomington campus. Requirements for representatives on the committee be from outside of the the Native American and Indigenous Studies Ph.D. minor student’s home department. encourage graduate students to develop a program of academic inquiry that complements their doctoral program Qualifying Examination and takes advantage of the wide range of College of Students in the combined Ph.D. degree program must Arts and Sciences faculty. Students must complete at take a comprehensive written examination in the field of least 12 credits of coursework, including the required American Studies in addition to the qualifying examination course, G605, Introduction to Native American and given in the student's home department. The examination Indigenous Studies. The remaining credits can come is to be taken after completion of the American Studies from any other American Studies course offered by NAIS course requirements. The examination may be repeated faculty, assuming content is appropriate, including G620, only once. Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), with relevant Native or Indigenous content, and a section of G751, The Dissertation Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.), also with relevant Native or Indigenous content, or G753, Independent The dissertation should reflect interdisciplinary study and Study in American Studies (1-4 cr.), also with relevant research. The hours for the dissertation are determined Native or Indigenous content. Students may count up by the major department (minimum of 15 hours). The oral to two graduate-level Native or Indigenous language defense of the dissertation will be conducted jointly with courses (which are usually listed at the 500-level) toward the student's home department. At least one member the minor. For a list of affiliated faculty, students should of the American Studies core faculty must be on the consult: http://www.indiana.edu/~amst/NAIS/faculty.shtml. student's dissertation committee. May 26, 2016 35

Ph.D. Minor in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies supervisor. Courses beyond ENGL-L 648 must come (CRPS) from at least two departments. To complete the minor, Jointly administered by the departments of English and the student must present her/his research in a forum American Studies, this minor requires four courses, (12-16 organized by the CRPS Advisory Committee. credits): the Introduction to Critical Race and Postcolonial Faculty Studies (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic & Postcolonial Studies) and three additional courses drawn from at Core Faculty least two departments, chosen in consultation with the Chairperson CRPS supervisor. To complete the minor, the student must present her/his research in a forum organized by the Director of Graduate Studies CRPS Advisory Committee. Professors This minor introduces students to key debates and Deborah Cohn* (American Studies, Spanish and theories in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies Portuguese) (CRPS). It replaces the minor in Comparative Ethnic and Postcolonial Studies (CEPS), reflecting the changing Associate Professors frames and content of these fields. Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies is the interdisciplinary humanities Paul Anderson (American Studies), Marion Bailey* study of the complex process of racialization. It is (American Studies, Gender Studies), Lessie Jo Frazier* dedicated to parsing power relationships constituted by (American Studies, Gender Studies), Vivian Halloran* webs of social categories (race, ethnicity, nation, gender, (American Studies, English), Micol Seigel* (American sexuality, etc.) at multiple degrees of scale, seeking to Studies, History), Stephen Selka* (American Studies, map the ways power is structured in social relation as Religious Studies), Christina Snyder (American Studies, well as through the range of categories in play in any History) given historical context. Work in this field is attentive to Assistant Professors questions of material production, class, capital, and power, and is oriented transnationally and diasporically to global Cara Caddoo (American Studies), Karen Inouye histories of indigeneity, colonialism and empire. (American Studies) The composite title of this minor reflects the emergent Visiting Assistant Professor nature of the field, known in some fora as Critical Ethnic Myrna García (American Studies, Latino Studies) Studies, elsewhere as Critical Race Studies, and not to be confused with the legal field of Critical Race Studies. Adjunct Professors Deploying critical theory to analyze representation and subject formation, CRPS integrates tools generated under Judith Allen* (History, Gender Studies), David Baker, the aegises of several related fields. It is rooted in Cultural Jr. (Music), John Bodnar* (History), Candy Gunther Studies, particularly the strain of Black British Cultural Brown* (Religious Studies), Mellonee Burnim* (Folklore Studies (Birmingham School) associated with Stuart and Ethnomusicology), Claude Clegg* (History), Hall’s analysis of culture as a site of political struggle, and Stephen Conrad* (Law), Aurelian Craiutu* (Political inflected by Postcolonial Studies toward the transnational Science), Nick Cullather* (History, International Studies), geopolitics that shape the nature and experience of race. Raymond J. DeMallie* (Anthropology), Jonathan Elmer* It is indebted to the model of Ethnic Studies developed in (English), Wendy Gamber* (History), Jeffrey Gould* the U.S. in the1960s and ’70s, and subsequently shaped (History), Valerie Grim* (African American and African by new advances in the discipline of American Studies. Diaspora Studies), Michael Grossberg* (History), Paul CRPS comprises the cutting edges of these fields as they Gutjahr* (English), Russell Hanson* (Political Science), have evolved in conversation with each other and with Raymond Hedin* (English), David Hertz* (Comparative poststructuralist theory, integrating feminist and queer of Literature), Christoph Irmscher* (English), Jeffrey Isaac* color critique at the turn of the millennium. This umbrella (Political Science), Stephanie Kane* (International offers, today, an interdisciplinary field with a distinctive Studies), Stephen Katz* (Jewish Studies Program), historiography, methodology, and expanding canon. As Barbara Klinger* (The Media School), Edward T. analytical framework, CRPS highlights dynamics of social Linenthal* (History), John Lucaites* (Communication categories as they relate to power, dedicated to critiques and Culture), Michael McGerr* (History), Radhika of inequity and exclusion in the U.S. and the world. Parameswaran* (The Media School), Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology), Eric Sandweiss* (History), The CRPS minor seeks to familiarize students with this Gregory Waller* (The Media School), Pamela Walters* complex genealogy and to involve students in the current (Sociology) debates and methods of this growing field. Housed administratively in English and American Studies, it offers Adjunct Associate Professors the opportunity for a wide-ranging interdisciplinarity, Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Portuguese), Purnima including courses from across the College of Arts and Bose* (English, International Studies), James Capshew* Sciences (and perhaps beyond). (History and Philosophy of Science), Judah Cohen* Requirements: (Folklore and Ethnomusicology, Jewish Studies), Serafín M. Coronel-Molina* (Education), Stephanie Students must take four courses (12-16 credits): the DeBoer (The Media School, International Studies), Introductory Course (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic Konstantin Dierks* (History), Judith Failer* (Political and Postcolonial Studies, offered annually) and three Science), Ilana Gershon* (Anthropology), Mary L. Gray* additional courses chosen in consultation with the CRPS (Anthropology), Joan C. Hawkins* (The Media School), 36 May 26, 2016

Terrill (Scott) Herring* (English), LaMonda Horton of American culture. Topics and instructors will change Stallings* (Gender Studies), Jason Jackson* (Folklore each time the course is offered. May be repeated once for and Ethnomusicology), Colin Johnson* (Gender Studies), credit. DeWitt Kilgore* (English), Sarah Knott* (History), Susan Lepselter* (Anthropology), Alex Lichtenstein* (History), AMST-G 697 Research in Transnational American Fred McElroy* (African American and African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Issues and methods in the study of Studies), Rasul Mowatt* (School of Public Health), Walton the United States or the Americas from a hemispheric, Muyumba (English), Amrita Myers* (History), John Nieto- transnational, or global perspective, including directed Phillips* (History), Phaedra Pezzullo* (English), Laura research on relevant topics. May be repeated once for Scheiber* (Anthropology), Susan Seizer* (Anthropology), credit when topic differs for a maximum of 8 credit hours. Pravina Shukla (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Marvin AMST-G 751 Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.) D. Sterling* (Anthropology), Ted Striphas* (The Media Intensive study of specific topics in American culture School), Shane Vogel* (English), Brenda Weber* (Gender and history with emphasis on developing skills in Studies), Maisha Wester (African American and African interdisciplinary research. These seminars will culminate Diaspora Studies), Jakobi Williams (African American and in a 20+-page research paper. Topics and instructors will African Diaspora Studies), Ellen Wu (History) change each time the seminar is offered. May be repeated Adjunct Assistant Professors once for credit. Javier F. León (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Ryan AMST-G 753 Independent Study (1-4 cr.) P: Consent of Powell (The Media School), Alberto Varon (English) theDdirector of Graduate Studies and of instructor, who Other Adjunct Faculty must be a member of the American Studies faculty. Frank Hess (Institute for European Studies), April Sievert* AMST-G 805 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) (Anthropology) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Courses AMST-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) AMST-G 501 Practicum and Teaching in American Ancient Studies Studies (2 cr.) Practical teaching of American studies: current theories and policies. Associate instructors in College of Arts and Sciences A100. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] AMST-G 502 Practicum on Teaching Native American (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Indigenous Studies (2 cr.) Practical teaching of Native School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The American and Indigenous Studies: current theories and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements policies. Associate Instructors in A150. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) AMST-G 503 Practicum on Interdisciplinary Teaching of American Studies (1 cr.) Practical teaching of Curriculum American studies: current theories and policies. Offered as a 1 credit practicum for Associate Instructors in AMST Ph.D. Minor in Ancient Studies teaching a course of their own design. The program in Ancient Studies seeks to encourage the study of antiquity in all its facets—including its history, art, AMST-G 520 Topics in Interdisciplinary American architecture, literature, music, philosophy, religion, and Studies (2 cr.) science—and to promote interdisciplinary approaches to Focusing on a specific topic, reflect on established AMST ancient culture. The program draws on the faculty of 12 disciplinary methodologies and explore possibilities for departments: Anthropology, Central Eurasian Studies, new interdisciplinary syntheses. Consider issues like the Classical Studies, Comparative Literature, Fine Arts, questions historians ask and how they differ from those Geological Sciences, History, History and Philosophy of literary critics or sociologist. May be repeated with a of Science, Jewish Studies, Musicology, Philosophy, different topic for a maximum of six credit hours. and Religious Studies. The minor in Ancient Studies aims to help students expand the depth and scope of AMST-G 603 Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.) their knowledge of ancient cultures and learn about Representative readings in interdisciplinary scholarship; different approaches to them. Toward these ends, it the origins and the development of American Studies and permits students to draw on courses from two or more current trends. departments outside of their home department. A student might choose to group together courses from different AMST-G 604 Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.) departments that focus on a certain period (e.g., late Survey of perspectives that have been and currently are antiquity) or topic (e.g., social history). significant in American Studies. Course Requirements AMST-G 605 Introduction to Native American and Indigenous Studies (4 cr.) This is an introductory course Students must complete 12 graduate credit hours of in the interdisciplinary study of Native peoples, with appropriate courses outside their home department. primary focus on the study of indigenous peoples in the These courses must be in at least two different continental U.S., Alaska, and Canada. departments. No more than 3 credit hours of directed readings can be applied to the minor. No more than 6 AMST-G 620 Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.) credit hours of language study may count toward the Readings, reports, and discussions on different aspects minor, all of which must be above the elementary level. May 26, 2016 37

Because this minor is an individualized minor, the minor C501 Introduction to Graduate Study: Literary and Cultural advisor (Jonathan Ready, [email protected]) must Theory for Classicists (3 cr.) approve the particular courses that are to be counted C503 The Ancient City (4 cr.) toward the minor. C610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels (4 cr.) C623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) Grades G510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.) Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) G511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric (4 cr.) will not count toward the minor. G512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.) G513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.) Faculty G516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.) G517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Director G518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.) Associate Professor Jonathan Ready * (Classical Studies) G536-G537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) G540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.) Graduate Faculty G601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University G603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct G610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) G611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, and Professors Paleography (4 cr.) G620 Seminar in Historical Texts and Historiography (4 James G. Brophy* (Geological Sciences), Jamsheed cr.) Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Matthew Christ* L509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Eleanor W. Leach* (Classical L510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.) Studies), Herbert marks* (Comparative Literature), Betty L511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric (4 cr.) Rose Nagle* (Classical Studies), William Newman* L513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) (History and Philosophy of Science), K. Anne Pyburn* L515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.) (Anthropology), John Walbridge* (Near Eastern L530 Roman Rhetoric and Oratory (4 cr.) Languages and Literatures) L536-L537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Associate Professors L550 Roman Historians (4 cr.) Bridget Balint (Classical Studies), Cynthia Bannon* L600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Sarah Bassett* (History of Art) L602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.) Deborah Deliyannis* (History), Jonathan Ready* L603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Eric Robinson* (History), Laura L610 Seminar in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) Scheiber* (Anthropology), Stephen Vinson* (Near Eastern L620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and Historiography Languages and Cultures), Julie Van Voorhis* (History of (4 cr.) Art) Fine Arts Assistant Professors A410 History and Methodology of Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) Margaretha Kramer-Hajhos (Classical Studies), Jason A411 (Classics C411) The Art and Archaeology of Mokhtarian (Religious Studies), Eva Mroczek (Religious (4 cr.) Studies), Shun-Chang Kevin Tsai (Comparative Literature) A412 (Classics C412) The Art and Archaeology of the Professors Emeriti Prehistoric Aegean (4 cr.) A413 (Classics C413) The Art and Archaeology of Greece Paul Eisenberg* (Philosophy), William Hansen* (Classical (4 cr.) Studies), Timothy Long* (Classical Studies), Michael A414 (Classics C414) The Art and Archaeology of Rome Morgan* (Philosophy), K. D. Vitelli* (Anthropology) (4 cr.) A416 Greek Architecture (4 cr.) Associate Research Scientist A418 Roman Architecture (4 cr.) G. William Monaghan* (Geoarchaeology) A513 Greek Vase Painting (4 cr.) A514 Greek Sculpture: Fifth Century (4 cr.) Courses A516 Greek Sculpture: Hellenistic (4 cr.) Classical Studies A517 Early Italian and Etruscan Art (4 cr.) A518 Roman Sculpture (4 cr.) C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) A519 Roman Painting (4 cr.) C409 Roman Literature and Art (3 cr.) A611 Problems in Prehistoric Aegean Archaeology (4 cr.) C411 (Fine Arts A411) The Art and Archaeology of A612 Problems in Greek Archaeology (4 cr.) Anatolia (4 cr.) A613 Problems in Greek Architecture (4 cr.) C412 (Fine Arts A412) The Art and Archaeology of the A614 Problems in Greek Sculpture (4 cr.) Aegean (4 cr.) A615 Problems in Greek Painting (4 cr.) C413 (Fine Arts A413) The Art and Archaeology of Greece A616 Problems in Roman Art (4 cr.) (4 cr.) C414 (Fine Arts A414) The Art and Archaeology of Rome History (4 cr.) C386 Greek History (3 cr.) C416 Ovidian Mythology and its Tradition (3 cr.) C388 Roman History (3 cr.) C419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii (4 cr.) C580 History of Ancient Medicine (3 cr.) 38 May 26, 2016

H605 Colloquium in Ancient History (4 cr.) (2) TWO courses from the following list. One of these H705 Seminar in Ancient History (4 cr.) courses must be a graduate-level evolution or ecology course (E/E) if such a course is not part of the student’s History and Philosophy of Science major. One of these courses must be a graduate-level X556 Philosophy of Science in Antiquity (3 cr.) neuroscience or physiology (N/P) course if such a course X601 Seminar in Ancient Science (3 cr.) is not part of the student’s major. Other graduate courses Philosophy with significant content in the study of animal behavior P511 Plato (3 cr.) may be substituted with the permission of the CISAB P512 Aristotle (3 cr.) director : P595 Intensive Reading: Ancient Philosophy from the • ANTH B540 Hormones and Human Behavior (N/P) Greek or Latin Texts (cr. arr.) • NEUS N500 Neural Science I (N/P) Religious Studies • NEUS N501 Neural Science II (N/P) R521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) • BIOL L560 Physiological Ecology (N/P) R535 Studies in Greco-Roman Religion (3 cr.) • BIOL Z563 Comparative Neurobiology of Animal R610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion (3 cr.) Behavior (N/P) R620 Ancient and Medieval Christianity (3 cr.) • BIOL Z620 Sensory Ecology (N/P)1 R633 Colloquium in Ancient Religions (4 cr.) • PSY P526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory R713 Historical Studies in Western Religions (3 cr.) (N/P) Animal Behavior • PSY P569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior (N/ P) College of Arts and Sciences • PSY P637 Neurobiology of Addiction (N/P) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • PSY P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (N/P) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~animal • ANTH B527 Human Evolutionary Biology Laboratory (E/E) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • ANTH B568 Evolution of Primate Social Behavior (E/ School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The E) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • BIOL L567 Evolution (E/E) contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) • BIOL L573 Quantitative Genetics and Microevolution (E/E) Curriculum • BIOL L581 Behavioral Ecology (E/E) • BIOL Z540 Genetics (E/E) Admission Requirements Students must be admitted to a Ph.D. program in the • BIOL Z620 Phylogenetics (E/E)2 Department of Biology, the Department of Psychological • BIOL L505 Evolution and Development (E/E) and Brain Sciences, or the program in Neuroscience or • Additional ABEH A501 Seminar in the Integrative other related departments or programs (e.g., program in Study of Animal Behavior Medical Sciences, Anthropology, History and Philosophy • 3 of Science). They must also become a member of the ANTH B500 Proseminar in Bioanthropology program in Animal Behavior. • ANTH B522 Laboratory Methods in Bioanthropology • ANTH B524 Theory and Method in Human Students should select an advisory committee made up Paleontology of at least three members of the graduate faculty. For • ANTH B525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology students whose home department or program is Biology, • ANTH B546 Reproductive Ecology at least one member of the advisory committee from the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences or the • ANTH B600 Seminar in Bioanthropology 3 program in Neuroscience or other related departments • BIOL Z460 Animal Behavior or programs (i.e., Anthropology, History and Philosophy • BIOL Z466 Endocrinology of Sciences) is expected. For students whose home • COGS Q551 Brain and Cognition department or program is the Department of Psychological • 3 and Brain Sciences or the program in Neuroscience, COGS Q700 Theoretical Issues in Animal Cognition at least one member of the advisory committee from • PSY P514 Methods in Biopsychology Biology or other related departments or program (i.e., • PSY P527 Developmental Psychobiology Medical Sciences, Anthopology, History and Philosophy • PSY P564 Psychophysics of Science) is expected. At least two of the student's • MED P561 Comparative Animal Physiology (N/P) committee members must be members of the program in Animal Behavior. 1 Only Sensory Ecology section of BIOL Z620 counts towards this requirement. Other sections require approval Ph.D. Minor in Animal Behavior of the CISAB director. Course Requirements 2 At least THREE courses taken from at least two different Only Phylogenetics section of BIOL Z620 counts departments/graduate programs, as specified below: towards this requirement. Other sections require approval of the CISAB director. (1) ONE ABEH A501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of Animal Behavior May 26, 2016 39

3 Only sections with significant content in the field of Wellman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Meredith J. animal behavior count towards this requirement. Consult West* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) with the CISAB director. Associate Professors Examination John M. Beggs* (Physics), Heather Bradshaw* As required by home department or program. (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Richmond Harbaugh* Graduate Area Certificate in Animal Behavior (Business), Laura Hurley* (Biology), Daniel B. Kearns* (Biology), Armin P. Moczek* (Biology), Michael P. Course Requirements Muehlenbein* (Anthropology), Henry D. Prange* The requirements for the Area Certificate in Animal (Emeritus, Medical Sciences), Laura L. Scheiber* Behavior include all of the requirements of the minor, plus (Anthropology), Whitney M. Schlegel (Human Biology, the following: Biology), P. Thomas Schoenemann* (Anthropology), Sima Setayeshga* (Physics), G. Troy Smith* (Biology), S. Holly 1. One additional ABEH A501 Seminar in the Stocking* (Emeritus, Journalism), Suresh Viswanathan* Integrative Study of Animal Behavior (Optometry) 2. ABEH A502 Professional Ethics for the Bio- Behavioral Sciences or PSY P595 First-Year Senior Scientists Research Seminar Andrew King (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Marcy 3. One additional course from above. A. Kingsbury (Biology) Examination Assistant Scientists As required by home department or program. Farrah Bashey-Visser (Biology), Kimberly Rosvall Statistics Requirement (Biology) As required by home department or program. Academic Advisor Thesis Associate Professor G. Troy Smith, Jordan Hall 270, (812) 856-0119 Required. Assistant Scientist Faculty Kimberly Rosvall (Biology) Director Academic Advisor Associate Professor G. Troy Smith* Associate Professor G. Troy Smith, Jordan Hall 270, (812) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University 856-0119 Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.)< /p> Courses Professors ABEH-A 500 Introduction to Animal Behavior Research (1 cr.) Introduces students to research Jeffrey R. Alberts* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), opportunities in animal behavior. Local researchers will Colin Allen* (History of Philosophy and Science), present their recent research efforts, emphasizing the Randall D. Beer* (Cognitive Science), Peter Cherbas* integrative aspects of their work and its application to (Biology), Jonathon Crystal* (Psychological and Brain functional and mechanistic explanations of behavior. Sciences), Robert de Ruyter van Steveninck* (Physics), Gregory E. Demas* (Biology), Robert DeVoe* (Emeritus, ABEH-A 501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of Optometry), Preston E. Garraghty* (Neuroscience Animal Behavior (2-3 cr.) Investigation of functional Program, Psychological and Brain Sciences), James L. behavior of animals (e.g., migration, parental behavior, Goodson* (Biology), Julia R. Heiman* (, mate choice) using an interdisciplinary approach that Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kevin D. Hunt* attempts to integrate the perspectives of developmental (Anthropology), Ellen D. Ketterson* (Biology), Curtis M. psychology, ecology and evolutionary biology, neural Lively* (Biology), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Philosophy science, and the science of learning and memory. Topic of Science), Kenneth Mackie* (Psychological and Brain will vary. May be repeated for credit. Sciences), Emilia P. Martins* (Biology), Craig E. Nelson* ABEH-A 502 Research and Professional Ethics in Bio- (Emeritus, Biology), Milos Novotny* (Chemistry), Rudolph Behavioral Sciences (1 cr.) Readings and discussion Raff* (Biology), J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus, Public and dealing with general ethical issues in science, with a Environmental Affairs), George V. Rebec* (Neuro- particular focus on animal behavior. Topics include science Program, Psychological and Brain Sciences), treatment and protection of animals; the acquisition, Stephanie Sanders* (Gender Studies), Kathy D. Schick* analysis, and use of data; student-mentor and student- (Anthropology), Dale R. Sengelaub* (Neuroscience teacher relations; credit, authorship, and peer review. Program, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Roderick A. Suthers* (Medical Sciences, Neuroscience Program), Anthropology William D. Timberlake* (Emeritus, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Peter M. Todd* (Cognitive Sciences), College of Arts and Sciences Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Virginia Vitzthum Departmental Contact: [email protected]; (812) (Anthropology), Michael J. Wade* (Biology), Cara L. 855-1041 40 May 26, 2016

Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~anthro or defense of the thesis is required. The thesis must be read and approved by all members of the student's (Please note that when conferring University Graduate committee. A master's thesis may be based on library, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, laboratory, or field research. The department does not The University Graduate School’s staff uses those require, but does recommend, the completion of one requirements contained only in The University Graduate foreign language, particularly if the student contemplates School Bulletin.) continuing for the Ph.D. Curriculum Doctor of Philosophy Degree Degrees Offered The Department of Anthropology offers all four Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy anthropological subfields: Archaeology, Bioanthropology, Linguistic Anthropology, and Social/Cultural Anthropology. Special Departmental Requirements Students elect one of these fields as their major field, and they also must take courses in the other fields as (See also general University Graduate School specified in the major field requirements. Students may requirements.) also select one of four concentrations, Archaeology and Admission Requirements Social Context, Food Studies, Medical Anthropology, and Paleoanthropology. Each of these concentrations 1. Bachelor’s degree from a recognized institution is supplemental to the field. Each field involves its and evidence of academic potential to complete an own breadth requirements within the Department of advanced degree; Anthropology and others that may require further class 2. appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate work. All four fields have the following requirements in Record Examination General Test (does not apply to common. international students); 3. three letters of recommendation; Foreign Language/Research Skills 4. a statement of goals in the field of anthropology; and One of three is required: (1) reading proficiency in 5. a completed application form. two languages, one normally selected from French, German, Russian, Spanish, or Portuguese (consult Recommended undergraduate training in anthropology advisor for additional languages); (2) proficiency in and related fields: depth in one language, normally selected from French, • for students interested primarily in the field of German, Russian, Spanish, or Portuguese; or (3) reading bioanthropology, courses in chemistry and the proficiency in one of the languages cited in (1) plus biological sciences; proficiency in data management and analysis software or • for students specializing in the field of archaeol- statistics. ogy, courses in history and earth sciences and the Qualifying Examination humanities; • for students specializing in the field of social/cultural In order to be recommended to candidacy for the Ph.D. anthropology, courses in the social sciences and the degree in anthropology, the student must pass a qualifying humanities; examination. This examination cannot be administered • for students specializing in the field of linguistic until the foreign language or research skills and other anthropology, courses in general linguistics and requirements have been fulfilled and until at least 60 psycholinguistics. credit hours have been earned. Students are strongly encouraged to complete course work and take the Master of Arts Degree qualifying examination in three years. Requirements The format of the exam shall be decided by the advisory 1. A minimum of 30 credit hours, with a minimum committee in consultation with the student from among the cumulative grade point average of 3.25 and no following options: more than 6 credit hours of thesis credit. At least 20 credit hours must be in anthropology, including three 1. a take-home exam, or courses (excluding thesis) that are numbered 500 or 2. a proctored in-camera exam, or above; 3. an exam combining elements of (1) and (2). 2. at least one course that carries graduate credit in Preparation, administration, and grading of the three of the four fields listed above; examination are the responsibility of the advisory 3. at least one semester or two summer sessions of committee, but other members of the department are free full-time study while in residence on the Bloomington to participate without voting. A passing grade requires the campus; and either affirmative vote of a majority of the anthropologists on the 4. a thesis or examining committee. Grading is as follows: (a) pass with 5. a four-hour written examination. distinction; (b) pass [both (a) and (b) include certification to doctoral candidacy and the M.A. degree if desired and not Examination grading will be (a) pass with distinction, (b) already awarded]; (c) low pass with terminal M.A. degree; pass (both of these include the award of the M.A. degree), (d) failure. The qualifying examination may be retaken or (c) failure. The examination may be taken twice, but two once. failures will result in automatic dismissal of the student. Research Proposal Option (4) or (5) must be selected; no change will be allowed once the selection is made. No oral examination May 26, 2016 41

At least two weeks before the qualifying examination, The following courses are required, and must be the student will circulate his or her Research Proposal to completed with a grade of B or better: B500, B525, a the Advisory Committee. The Research Proposal must course in human evolutionary history, and a course in include a statement of the research problem, a literature human biology. In addition, students must complete 3-4 review related to that problem, the methodology to be courses in at least two of the other fields of Anthropology employed, a tentative timetable of data collection and (Archaeology, Social/Cultural Anthropology, and Linguistic analysis, and (if a grant application has been or will be Anthropology). Expertise will be evaluated as part of submitted) a discussion of funding prospects and the the qualifying exam. Option 3 must be chosen for the budget. All grant applications must be discussed with Foreign Language and Research Skills requirement, the student’s Academic Advisor. Students are normally with students gaining reading proficiency in at least examined on aspects of their research proposal during one scholarly language, as well as in statistics and/or their qualifying examination, both the written and oral other data management and analysis software. Course portions. Nomination to candidacy and appointment of the substitutions and waivers will be allowed with permission Research Committee cannot take place until the Research from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs Committee. Proposal has been accepted by the Advisory Committee. All proposals that include the use of living human subjects 3. Linguistic Anthropology must receive advance clearance by the IUB Institutional The following courses are required, and must be Review Board (Human Subjects) regardless of whether completed with a grade of B or better: L500, H500, a external funding is sought. This clearance is required for course in linguistic field methods, and one graduate use of informants, participant observation, interviews, and course in two of the other fields of Anthropology questionnaires, as well as more invasive research such as (Archaeology, Bioanthropology, or Social/Cultural measurement and testing. Anthropology). Students must also demonstrate competence in at least four of the five basic areas of Dissertation linguistics (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, and historical-comparitive linguistics) plus knowledge Each candidate must prepare a doctoral dissertation of the structure of a particular language. They usually as part of the requirements for the Ph.D. degree. This meet this requirement by completing an outside minor dissertation may be the result of fieldwork or laboratory or in Linguistics, which consists of a minimum of 12 credit library research. The department expects field research as hours that must be passed with a grade of B or better. part of the student's doctoral training in anthropology, but In the qualifying exam, each student must demonstrate the dissertation may be based upon field data, laboratory mastery of Linguistic Anthropology, one chosen area data, museum collections, archives, or other documentary of specialization, and one enthnographic area. Course sources. The topic and general outline of the proposed substitutions and waivers will be allowed with permission dissertation must be approved by the candidate's research from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs Committee. committee. Final Defense 4. Social/Cultural Anthropology An oral examination of the dissertation—which cannot The following courses are required, and must be be waived—will be scheduled and administered by the completed with a grade of B or better: H500, E500, candidate's research committee. E606, one graduate course in two of the other fields of Anthropology (Archaeology, Bioanthropology, or Linguistic Teaching Anthropology). In the qualifying exam, each student must The department considers teaching experience to be a demonstrate mastery of Social/Cultural Anthropology, two critical part of graduate training. Therefore, every effort chosen areas of specialization and one enthnographic will be made to provide teaching opportunities for each area. Course substitutions and waivers will be allowed graduate student. with permission from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs Committee. Subfield Requirements Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology 1. Archaeology Students in other departments may minor in anthropology An inside minor (9 hours of coursework) must be by completing at least 12 credit hours of course work in selected from among the other fields in Anthropology anthropology with a grade of B or better. No more than 6 (Bioanthropology, Linguistic Anthropology, or Social/ credit hours will be accepted by transfer of graduate credit Cultural Anthropology). The following required courses from another university. Each minor student chooses a must be completed with a grade of B or better: Pro- faculty advisor to help in the selection of a set of courses seminar in Archaeology (P500), a course in research that best contributes to the research goals of the student. design (usually P502), a course in ethics (usually P509), a course in the history of Anthropology (usually H500), and Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology of Food a course in osteology (usually B526, P425 or P426), Students must take four courses (3 credits each) one of and an archaeological methods course. In the qualifying which must be the core course, ANTH E621 Food and exam, each student must demonstrate mastery of Culture. The additional graduate courses in anthropology Archeology, one chosen area of specialization, and one must be chosen from at least two different fields of the ethnographic area. Course substitutions and waivers will discipline (Archaeology, Social/Cultural Anthropology, be allowed with permission from the Advisor and Graduate Biological Anthropology, or Linguistic Anthropology). Affairs Committee. Faculty

Chairperson 2. Bioanthropology 42 May 26, 2016

Associate Professor Catherine M. Tucker* Adjunct Associate Professors (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Heather Akou* (Apparel Merchandising and Interior Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Design), Serafín Coronel-Molina* (Education), Jeannette doctoral dissertations.) Dickerson-Putnam* (I), Elizabeth Cullen Dunn* Note: “I” after a faculty member’s name indicates that the (Geography), Michael D. Foster* (Folklore and person teaches at Indiana University–Purdue University Ethnomusicology), Lessie Jo Frazier* (Gender Indianapolis. Studies), Mary Gray*, Susan Brin Hyatt* (I), Jason Baird Jackson* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), David Director of Graduate Studies McDonald* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Valerie Associate Professor Stacie M. King*, Student Building O'Laughlin* (School of Medicine), Philip Parnell* (Criminal 130, (812) 855-3900, [email protected] Justice), Stephen Selka* (American Studies), Pravina Shukla* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Distinguished Professors Adjunct Assistant Professors Richard Bauman* (Emeritus), Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus) Lucia Guerra-Reves (School of Public Health), Jackson Rudy Professor Njau (Geological Sciences), Wendy Vogt (I) Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus) Other Adjunct Faculty Provost Professor Marcia Bezerra Almeida, Charles Beeker (Underwater K. Anne Pyburn*, Richard Wilk* Science), James Golden Carrier, Gary Dunham (IU Press), Millicent Fleming-Moran, Stefano Fiorini, Maria Chancellors' Professors Grosz-Ngate (African Studies), Gilles Harvard, Hilary Elise Kahn (Center for the Study of Global Change), Judith Kirk Raymond J. DeMallie*, Robert Meier* (Emeritus), Anya (Mathers Museum), Charla Marshall, Andrea Dalledone Peterson Royce* Siqueira, Sheli Smith, Jayne-Leigh Thomas Professors Courses Joëlle Bahloul* (Emerita), Eduardo S. Brondizio*, Gracia Clark* (Emerita), Geoffrey W. Conrad* (Emeritus), Bioanthropology Della Collins Cook*, Paul Gebhard* (Emeritus), Brian ANTH-B 301 Laboratory in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) Gilley*, Paula Girshick* (Emerita); Kevin D. Hunt*, ANTH-B 370 Human Variation (3 cr.) Paul L. Jamison* (Emeritus), Douglas R. Parks, Sarah Phillips*, K. Anne Pyburn*, Jeanne M. Sept*, M. Nazif ANTH-B 405 Field Work in Bioanthropology (arr. cr.) Shahrani*, Beverly Stoeltje*(Emerita), Frances Trix*, ANTH-B 464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.) James Vaughan* (Emeritus), Karen D. Vitelli* (Emerita), Virginia Vitzthum*, Andrea Wiley* ANTH-B 466 The Primates (3 cr.) Associate Professors ANTH-B 472 Bioanthropology of Aboriginal America (3 cr.) Susan Alt*, Beth A. Buggenhagen*, Ilana M. Gershon*, Sarah Friedman*, Jane Goodman*, L. Shane Greene*, ANTH-B 480 Human Growth and Development (3 cr.) Frederika Kaestle*, Stacie M. King*, Susan Lepselter*, Philip S. LeSourd*, Patrick Munson* (Emeritus), Laura ANTH-B 500 Pro-Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) Scheiber*, P. Thomas Schoenemann*, Susan Seizer*, Human evolution from the standpoint of an interaction of Marvin D. Sterling*, Daniel Suslak*, Francis Trix*, biological, ecological, and sociocultural factors. Survey of Catherine M. Tucker* bioanthropology from historical, systematic, and applied viewpoints; emphasis on changing content, concepts, Assistant Professors methods, and organization of the science. Kathryn E. Graber*, Ling-yu Hung*, Sarah Osterhoudt* ANTH-B 512 Evolutionary Medicine (3 cr.) This course will incorporate principles from evolutionary theory into our Senior Lecturer understanding of various infectious and chronic diseases April K. Sievert* common to human both past and present. Although proximate mechanisms involving physiology and Professor of Practice behavior will be discussed, the focus will be to determine Jennifer Meta Robinson why such mechanisms have evolved in the first place. Adjunct Professors ANTH-B 521 Bioanthropology Research Methods (3 cr.) P: B200, B301. Designed for advanced students Robert Botne* (Linguistics), David Burr* (I) (Anatomy and of bioanthropology and related biological sciences to Cell Biology), David Hakken* (Informatics), Stephanie familiarize them with the methods and techniques of Kane* (Criminal Justice), Daniel Knudsen*, Bradley collecting, preserving, and analyzing both morphological Levinson* (Education), John McDowell* (Folklore and somatological data. and Ethnomusicology), P. David Polly* (Geological Sciences), Phil Stafford* (Center on Aging and ANTH-B 522 Laboratory Methods in Bioanthropology Community), Susan Sutton* (I), Richard Ward* (I) (2 cr.) P: Concurrent with B521. Laboratory dealing with methods and techniques of assessment and analysis May 26, 2016 43 of morphological and somatological data that forms the ANTH-B 545 Nutritional Anthropology (3 cr.) A subject matter of B521. biocultural approach to diet and nutrition. Basic concepts in nutrition. Methods to assess dietary intake and ANTH-B 523 Anthropometry (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, or nutritional status. Diet in human evolution, human consent of instructor. Designed for advanced students in biological variation, and the adaptive significance of bioanthropology. Basic research techniques applicable to food processing. Contemporary critiques of nutrition and living populations. Research project on volunteer subjects food policies; globalization of diet; and anthropological required. Formation of hypotheses, data collection perspectives on under- and over-nutrition. procedures, testing of hypotheses, and presentation of results in oral and written form will be stressed. ANTH-B 548 Human Demography and Life History (3 cr.) An exploration of the relationships between the ANTH-B 524 Theory and Method in Human human lifecycle and population dynamics. Classic and Paleontology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, or consent of contemporary theories of population dynamics will be instructor. Emphasis on fossil hominid evolution and explored and considered in relation to evolutionary theory, adaptation. Intensive study of human fossil skeletal highlighting life history theory. Demographic methods will anatomy. Reconstruction of hominid diets and positional be presented. Examples of anthropological studies of behavior via skeletal analysis and functional morphology. demography and life history will be utilized. ANTH-B 525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-B 550 Issues in Human Origins: Creation P: B200, B301, or consent of instructor. Specialized and Evolution (3 cr.) Review of the creation/evolution training in laboratory procedures and interpretation of controversy in a seminar setting. Fundamentals of organic genetic markers found in human populations. Major evolution covered, especially pertaining to the origins of systems covered are ABO, Rh, MNSs, Duffy, Kell, our species. Additionally, the major arguments as set forth secretor status, and PTC testing. Emphasis on use of by "scientific creationists" are presented, along with an genetic markers in human evolutionary research. appraisal of the "balanced treatment" notion that has been ANTH-B 526 Human Osteology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, proposed for inclusion in public school curricula. or consent of instructor. Descriptive and functional ANTH-B 568 The Evolution of Primate Social Behavior morphology of the human skeleton with emphasis on the (3 cr.) Major patterns of social organization in the order identification of fragmentary materials. Determination of primates, with closer examination of several important of age, sex, and stature; craniology; and research primate species. Darwinian theories of behavioral methods in skeletal biology. Guided research project in the evolution will be examined. Particular attention will be paid identification of skeletal material required. to the influence of food-getting and diet on social behavior. ANTH-B 527 Human Evolutionary Biology Laboratory ANTH-B 570 Human Adaptation: Biological (3 cr.) This course provides students with experience Approaches (3 cr.) Understanding the concept of conducting actual research in human evolutionary biology. adaptation as it is utilized within bioanthropology, Students work together in small groups to collect data anthropology, and other disciplines. Focus on individual on living humans, perform laboratory/statistical analyses and population responses to heat, cold, solar radiation, and prepare/present manuscripts. Students will gain high altitude, nutritional and disease stress. Participation experience with scientific methodology, human subjects in discussion and presentation of oral and written reports committees, survey design, sample collection, and emphasized throughout the seminar. biomarker assays. ANTH-B 600 Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-B 528 Dental Anthropology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, Subject will vary; students may thus receive credit more or consent of the instructor. Descriptive and functional than once. morphology of primate dentitions, stressing nomenclature of crown features. Human enamel microstructure, ANTH-B 601 Primate Anatomy (3 cr.) P: B200, B301; development, wear, occlusion, pathology, odontometrics, P or concurrent: B466. Comparative anatomy of the and discrete variation as applied to research problems in nonhuman primates with emphasis on the analysis of bioanthropology. A guided research project is required. bone and muscle relationships. Application of comparative techniques to current research in bioanthropology. ANTH-B 540 Hormones and Human Behavior (3 cr.) Dissection of several primate species required. This course will review the roles of hormones in the evolution and expression of human and nonhuman ANTH-B 602 Paleopathology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301. animal behaviors. Emphasis will be placed on behaviors Disease in prehistoric skeletal material and in written and associated with aggression, stress, mating, and parenting. visual representations. Diagnosis and epidemiological This course is particularly relevant for students interested characterization of diseases of bone. A guided research in evolutionary psychology and human health. project on a topic in paleopathology is required. Seminar presentation of two literature reviews and a research ANTH-B 544 The Biology and Culture of Women's project are required. Bodies (3 cr.) Using evolutionary and anthopological approaches (life history theory, biocultural models, ANTH-B 645 Biocultural Medical Anthropology demography), examines the extent and causes of variation (3 cr.) Analysis of health and disease from an integrated among women and across populations in biological form biocultural perspective, which incorporates the and functioning from menarche through menopause. evolutionary, ecological, and socio-cultural context of Covers the biology of women's bodies and an appreciation health and disease, to understand what kinds of diseases for the influence of cultural traditions and practices. to which we as a species are vulnerable and why there is variation in risk of getting sick or staying well. 44 May 26, 2016

General Anthropology Social and Cultural Anthropology ANTH-A 303 Evolution and Prehistory (3 cr.) ANTH-E 303 Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-A 403 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) ANTH-E 305 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) ANTH-A 405 Museum Methods (3 cr.) ANTH-E 310 Introduction to the Cultures of Africa ANTH-A 406 Field Work in Anthropology (1-8 cr.) 8 cr. (3 cr.) max. ANTH-E 311 The Ethnography of Eastern Africa (3 cr.) ANTH-A 408 Museum Practicum (1-4 cr.) 8 cr. max. ANTH-E 320 Indians of North America (3 cr.) ANTH-A 495 Individual Readings in Anthropology (1-4 cr.) ANTH-E 321 Peoples of Mexico (3 cr.) ANTH-A 505 Fields of Anthropology: A Graduate ANTH-E 322 Peoples of Brazil (3 cr.) Survey (3 cr.) Cultural anthropology, linguistics, archaeology, physical anthropology. For graduate ANTH-E 325 North American Indian Music (3 cr.) students of other departments and beginning graduate ANTH-E 329 Indians in the United States in the students in anthropology. Twentieth Century (3 cr.) ANTH-A 506 Anthropological Statistics (3 cr.) ANTH-E 330 Indians of South America (3 cr.) Statistics in all fields of anthropology. Scales, frequency distributions, contingency, correlation, probability, ANTH-E 332 Jewish Women: Anthropological sampling, significance tests, elementary multivariate Perspectives (3 cr.) analysis. ANTH-E 334 in Moslem Society (3 cr.) ANTH-A 521 Internship in Teaching Anthropology ANTH-E 340 Indians of Mexico and Central America (3 cr.) Systematic and supervised internship required (3 cr.) of all first-year associate instructors. Course includes formal class presentations by the departmental associate ANTH-E 370 Peasant Society and Culture (3 cr.) instructor (AI) trainer, formal development of teaching materials, prescribed observations of "master teachers," ANTH-E 371 Modern Jewish Culture and Society (3 cr.) and supervisory visits by the AI trainer. ANTH-E 372 Racism, Anthropology of Prejudice (3 cr.) ANTH-A 525 Community Based Research I (3 cr.) ANTH-E 375 Mental Illness in Cross-Cultural Community based research involves a partnership Perspectives (3 cr.) approach in which responsibility for planning, conducting, and evaluating research is shared with a community. This ANTH-E 380 Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) course provides grounding in community based research ANTH-E 404 Field Methods in Ethnography (3 cr.) methods, examining how they transform social science research. We will explore issues of ethics, power relations, ANTH-E 405 Principles of Social Organization (3 cr.) and field work practices. ANTH-E 406 Anthropological and Documentary Film ANTH-A 526 Community Based Participatory (3 cr.) Research Methods 2 (3 cr.) This is a service-learning course that provides hands-on-training. Students will ANTH-E 407 Visual Anthropology: Filmmaking apply principles taught in ANTH-A525, and work with (3 cr.) P: Junior standing or permission of instructor. communities to conduct a community-based research Experimental filmmaking concerning social behavior, project. Class activities include developing a research institutions, and customs. design, writing a grant proposal to fund the research, and ANTH-E 420 Economic Anthropology (3 cr.) producing community public reports about the project. ANTH-E 425 Ethnozoology: Studies in American ANTH-A 600 Seminar in Anthropology (2-4 cr.) May be Indian Subsistence (3 cr.) taken in successive semesters for credit. ANTH-E 427 Human Adaptation: Cultural Approaches ANTH-A 667 Topics in Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) (3 cr.) In-depth perspectives on central topics in contemporary medical anthropology. Topics vary depending on ANTH-E 430 Kinship Organization (3 cr.) expertise an focus of instructor. Example topics of ANTH-E 440 Political Anthropology (3 cr.) focus include HIV-AIDS in Cross-Cultural Context; Anthropological Perspectives on Disability: Child Health ANTH-E 450 Folk Religions (3 cr.) and Nutrition; Health and Structural Inequalities; and Medical Anthropology of Gender and Reproduction, ANTH-E 451 Myth and Legend: Cultural Meanings and among others. Interpretations (3 cr.) ANTH-A 800 Research (arr. cr.) (1) Archaeology, (2) ANTH-E 453 Revitalization Movements (3 cr.) ethnology, (3) linguistics, and/or (4) physical anthropology. ANTH-E 455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) ANTH-E 457 Ethnic Identity (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 45

ANTH-E 460 The Arts in Anthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology (3 cr.) Subject will vary; students can ANTH-E 462 Anthropological Folklore (3 cr.) receive credit more than once. ANTH-E 463 Anthropology of Dance (3 cr.) ANTH-E 601 Basics of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) ANTH-E 470 Psychological Anthropology (3 cr.) Topics are: (1) introductory lectures on mammalian behavior, anatomy, physiology, reproduction, and sexual ANTH-E 480 Theory of Culture Change (3 cr.) development; (2) solitary sexual behavior: orgasm in ANTH-E 510 Problems in African Ethnography and sleep and masturbation; (3) heterosexual behavior; (4) Ethnology (3 cr.) homosexual behavior; (5) deviance and paraphilias; and (6) social control of sexuality. ANTH-E 511 Ethnography of the Congo (2 cr.) ANTH-E 602 Levi-Strauss: Structuralism in ANTH-E 465 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) A cross- Anthropology (3 cr.) Analysis of structuralist texts and cultural examination of a biocultural systems model of theory. Reading and explicating the writings of Levi- human adaptation in health and disease, including: the Strauss in order to learn how to interpret concepts and interaction of biology, ecology, and culture in health; methods of the author and how to use them for further ethnomedical systems in the cross-cultural conception, research. presentation, diagnosis, and treatment of disease; and sociocultural change and health. ANTH-E 603 Modernities: Time, Space, Identity of the Historical Present (3 cr.) This course examines the ANTH-E 500 Proseminar in Cultural and Social history of social and cultural theory as organized around Anthropology (3 cr.) Broad survey covering economics, the concept of modernity. We examine what, where, and ecology, kinship, life cycle, education, social stratification, who is implied by the term, where it originates, and how it political organization, religion, values, culture change, continues to be contested by contemporary scholars. evolution, methodology, etc. ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural ANTH-E 505 Social Organization and Process (3 cr.) Anthropology (3 cr.) P: Must be a graduate student in Anthropological analysis of sociocultural process from anthropology or obtain consent of instructor. Organization, symbolic interactionist perspective. Topics include design, and execution of anthropological research will critical comparison of relevant theories, cross-cultural be examined in its many contexts; specific research applications, and methodology of field research. techniques will be demonstrated through laboratory exercises and conduct of student projects. ANTH-E 520 Problems in Economic Anthropology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar on problems ANTH-E 608 Thesis Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Social related to the study of technologies and economic systems science and humanities students will learn how to frame of non-Western peoples. research questions in this course. While graduate students will formulate proposals with their doctoral committees, ANTH-E 523 Life Histories (3 cr.) Life histories give this course will provide the necessary background reading ethnographies accessibility, emotional impact, deep and peer review to prepare a serious proposal that will be contextualization, and a deceptively transparent opening competitive in national grant competitions. for authentic voices. This course explores the complex issues of power and knowledge underlying this method, ANTH-E 610 Seminar in Households, Family, and including interviewing strategies, consent, confidentiality, Gender (3 cr.) Asks how basic social units like family editing and publishing choices, and considers its position and households are socially constructed and maintained. within broader research agendas. We discuss classic Current literature on social exchange, bargaining, examples, recent narrative collections and contemporary decision-making, and gender. Pressing current issues experimental texts. such as child welfare, equity in economic development, abusive relationships, and consumer choice. ANTH-E 525 Comparative Ethnology of North America (3 cr.) P: A505 or E500; E320; A506; or consent of ANTH-E 612 Anthropology of and East instructor. Seminar on comparative problems of North Europe (3 cr.) Explores the contradictory effects of American Indian cultures. May be repeated for credit. socialism's "fall" through a study of new ethnographies of postsocialist societies. We will connect our inquiries to ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) broad intellectual questions in anthropology and related Graduate course on theory and method in the study disciplines, including globalization, social suffering, of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on commodification and cultural identity, ethnicity and nation contemporary debates and approaches and on research building, armed conflict, and gender inequalities. design in environmental research. ANTH-E 614 Post-Socialist Gender Formations (3 cr.) ANTH-E 593 World Fiction and Cultural Anthropology An anthropological approach to understanding socialist (3 cr.) This course links literature and anthropology as and post-socialist gender formations in Eastern Europe means of understanding culture. Ethnographic writing and the former . Particular attention will and world fiction—novels, short stories, poems, myths, be paid to changing discourses of femininity, feminism, folktales—are analyzed for what they reveal about the masculinity, and sexuality in post-socialist countries. social, cultural and political lives of peoples around the world. Colonialism, war, socialism, and immigration are ANTH-E 616 The Anthropology of Tourism (3 cr.) This among the issues discussed. course will explore the phenomenon of tourism from an anthropological perspective. It will look at tourism as linked to consumer culture, transnational movements of people 46 May 26, 2016 and goods, post-colonial settings, global capitalism, and ANTH-E 628 Contemporary Latin American Social the politics of ethnic and national identities. Movements (3 cr.) In this course we compare and contrast contemporary activist and grassroots movements ANTH-E 617 African Women (3 cr.) Examines the throughout the Latin American region. We focus on remarkably active roles that African women play in their movements both within the region and within the Latin communities. Follows the themes of autonomy and control American diaspora in the US, organized around the of resources, considering both economic resources (such rubrics of ethnicity, gender, resources, and environment. as land, labor, income, and cattle) and social resources (such as education, religion, and political power). ANTH-E 641 Law as Cultural Practice in the United States (3 cr.) Explores modern life in the U.S. through two ANTH-E 618 Global Consumer Culture (3 cr.) Examines lenses: contemporary ethnography and recent Supreme processes of globalization and economic and cultural Court opinions. Specific topics vary. Examples include the integration, including the origin and spread of mass- nature of moral traditions; civil rights; family; privacy and consumer society. Topics include the theories of choice; the significance of race. consumption, mass media and advertising, and the relationship between modernity and consumerism. Ex- ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories amples from Africa, Latin America, Asia, and the United and Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major States are included. theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress conservation” to community-based and participatory ANTH-E 619 American Indian Religion (3 cr.) Introduces strategies. It considers the implication of protected areas religions of the peoples indigenous to North America. for local human populations and cultural diversity. It Concerns include traditional and contemporary native evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of rituals, mythology, folklore, and symbolism occurring protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to throughout these many cultures, including topics such as protect natural resources. art, architecture, cosmology, sustenance, modes, trade, history, gender, and taboos. ANTH-E 645 Seminar in Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) Focuses on theoretical approaches to understanding the ANTH-E 620 Seminar in Cultural Ecology (3 cr.) body and notions of health, illness, and disease across Rotating topics in cultural ecology: explores cultural cultures. Concentrates on interpretive and critical (political adaptations to specific environments. Emphasis is economy) approaches to issues of health and includes placed on individual research by students, discussion of critical study of Western biomedicine. relevant theoretical and methodological issues, and critical evaluation of research. ANTH-E 648 Power, Subjectivity, and the State (3 cr.) Explores relationships among culture, power, ANTH-E 621 Food and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses subjectivity, and the state through close readings of the political economy of food production, trade, and theoretical and ethnographic texts. Examines how consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross-cultural and different theoretical appreaches have defined and used historical perspective on the development of cooking and these contested terms. Developing insights from social cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic theorists, compares ethnographic efforts to integrate identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration, and theory with anthropological data. forms of cultural mixing and Creolization. ANTH-E 649 Culture, Power, History (3 cr.) Culture, ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory and Methodology: power, and history have been three of the most important International Forest Resources and Institutions (3 cr.) concerns and concepts in social and cultural anthropology. This course trains participants in the International Forestry This course examines how we have understood and used Resources and Institutions (IFRI) research programs, them and how they have defined and continue to define which explores how communities influence local forest the field. conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. ANTH-E 650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, Examines approaches to the analysis of systems of forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an thought and their correlates in social action in African Indiana community. societies. Focuses on structural differences among the various systems of ideas used for interpreting experience ANTH-E 624 Native American Art (3 cr.) Addresses the in different African societies. Attention paid to alterations principles of Native art and its materials, styles, functions, made in cosmological systems in situations of social methods, meanings, and the contexts in which Native art change. is used. In addition to addressing the principles, cultural, anthropological, and indigenoustheories will be explored. ANTH-E 656 The Anthropology of Race (3 cr.) Cultural background information will be interwoven in the This course explores race in cultural anthropological lectures and discussions. perspective. It investigates the history of this idea within the discipline as well as its dissemination in international ANTH-E 626 Coffee Culture, Production, and Markets society. The course explores the play between challenges (3 cr.) This course considers diverse expressions of to race as an intellectual paradigm and the resilient status “coffee culture” in production, markets, and consumption of race-thinking in society at large. patterns. It explores the history of coffee production and trade, coffee’s impact on international relations, and its ANTH-E 660 Arts in Anthropology Seminar (3 cr.) implications for environmental change, social justice, and Anthropology’s concern with the arts; cross-cultural study economic development. We will also study local meanings and comparison; the relationships of the arts to other of coffee and its consumption. aspects of society and culture; problems of the cross- May 26, 2016 47 cultural validity of aesthetics and the interrelationships examines these processes cross-culturally, focusing on of the arts. Subject will vary; students can receive credit symbolic forms (ritual, song, film, novels, discourse). more than once. ANTH-E 678 Ritual, Festival, and Public Culture (3 cr.) ANTH-E 661 Seminar in Ethnomusicology I (3 cr.) Examines the ritual genres with anthropological theories of Techniques of transcription and analysis of the music of ritual and power. Utilizes performance theory and analysis nonliterate peoples. of production, linking ritual to public culture; explores it as a response to contradiction in social political life that may ANTH-E 662 Seminar in Ethnomusicology II (3 cr.) express resistance pr domination. Considers preindustrial Music as it functions in human society. Role of the and modern societies and sacred and secular events. musician, concepts underlying production of musical sound, symbolic and other functions of music. ANTH-E 680 Seminar in Culture Change (3 cr.) P: Three courses in cultural anthropology, including the courses ANTH-E 663 Exhibiting Cultures: Museums, listed under both ethnology and ethnography, and consent Exhibitions, and World’s Fairs (3 cr.) P: E310 or of instructor. Research by students under the instructor’s consent of instructor. Explores the ideas, values and supervision, group discussions, and occasional lectures symbols that pervade and shape the practice of exhibiting on various problems concerning culture change. other cultures. Examines the ways in which museums and other sites of exhibition accord objects particular ANTH-E 681 Seminar in Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) significances, the politics of exhibitions and display P: E580. Practical work required. Seminar in cross-cultural strategies, and the interpretive differences between art, urban social organization, emphasizing recruitment anthropology and other types of museums and institutions manifestation of urbanism in various cultural contexts and which exhibit other cultures. techniques of investigation. ANTH-E 664 Body, Power, and Performance (3 cr.) This ANTH-E 682 Memory and Culture (3 cr.) Students will course explores performance in relation to social power. interrogate the concept of “collective memory,” based Its focus is on the body, and explores the extent to which on Halbwachs’ major contribution in the domain. This several interdisciplinary readings on performance theory social scientific analysis of remembrance as culturally —largely emerging as they have from Western intellectual determined will review diverse contexts in which it unfolds traditions—speak to embodied/performative negotiations (i.e., art, fiction, ritual, architecture, bodily practice, of social power outside “the West.” national identity, and politics). ANTH-E 670 Seminar in Culture and Personality ANTH-E 687 The Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Culture seminar for the investigation of advanced Explores “Europe” as an idea, an identity, and a historical problems in culture and personality. Focus will be primarily consciousness. Students discuss how European on developments since 1960, particularly in such areas ethnography has acquired a valued status in social as the situational determinants of personality, cognitive anthropology, how it has been instituted as a “cultural growth, and adolescent studies. area,” and how the discipline constantly revises social, cultural, political, and nationalist boundaries. ANTH-E 673 Feminist Studies and Ethnographic Practice (3 cr.) Focuses on the impact of feminist theory ANTH-E 690 Development and Anthropology on ethnographic practice in the fields of anthropology and (3 cr.) P: E420 or consent of instructor. The theory of criminology. We will read key works from the 1980s to the development; the way anthropology has been employed present that exemplify various feminist approaches to the in development schemes in Melanesia, Southeast study of culture and society. Asia, India, Africa, and elsewhere; the practical prob- lem of relating to development bodies such as AID and ANTH-E 674 The Anthropology of Human Rights Third World governments; the ethical problem of such (3 cr.) This course investigates anthropology’s theoretical relationships. and practical engagements with global social justice. It examines a number of texts central to the development ANTH-E 692 The United States (3 cr.) Reviews current of the notion of human rights, and explores several ethnographic studies of the United States, emphasizing case studies oriented around a range of historical and themes of cultural diversity, relationships between contemporary human rights issues. individuals and their communities, and the roles of public institutions at local, state, and federal levels. ANTH-E 675 Law and Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to classic anthropological writing on cultural concepts of law, ANTH-G 731 Seminar on Contemporary Africa (arr. cr.) conflict, and social ordering concentrating on ethnographic approaches since the 1960s. Focus is cross-cultural, History of Anthropology following the emphasis of the works themselves on Africa, ANTH-E 635 French Social Thought: Anthropological native North America, and the contemporary United Perspectives (3 cr.) Students will read and explicate the States. Discussions emphasize the historical context of writings of six prominent scholars in twentieth-century individual works and critical readings from the vantage French social thought (i.e., Durkheim, Mauss, Levi- points offered by contemporary anthropological theory. Strauss, Barthes, Foucault, and Bourdieu). They will discuss these thinkers' contributions to contemporary ANTH-E 677 Performing Nationalism (3 cr.) Throughout anthropological theory, and will reflect on the usage of the world, and including the United States, nationalism these works in their respective doctoral projects. movements draw upon symbolic forms to create unity. These movements may express resistance to domination, ANTH-H 500 History of Anthropological Thought or they can be the forces of domination itself. The course in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3 cr.) Development of nineteenth-century and contemporary 48 May 26, 2016 anthropological thought, with special reference to methods include Navajo history, kinship, ritual life, beliefs, and and theory of scientific anthropology. literature, and will be grounded in the appropriate dimensions of Navajo grammar. Provides a case study ANTH-H 501 Cont Prob & Issues in Ethno Thry (3-6 cr.) to review the major issues in the field of language and P: Introductory work in anthropology. Special attention to culture. problems arising from relation of cultural anthropology to other social sciences, such as psychology and history. ANTH-L 520 American Indian Languages (3 cr.) Introductory survey of the native languages of the ANTH-H 505 History of Social Anthropology (3 cr.) R: Americas. Topics include history of the study of American Course in social organization. Seminar on development Indian languages, genetic and typological classifications, of social anthropology, with special attention to various structures of selected languages, the comparative "schools" such as functionalism and to major figures from (historical) study of selected language families, and the Edward Tylor to Alfred Radcliffe-Brown. interplay between language and culture. Emphasizes ANTH-H 506 Modern Development in Social diversity of New World languages. Anthropology (3 cr.) Seminar on development of social ANTH-L 580 Semiotics and Human Ethnology (2 cr.) anthropology since World War II, with special attention to Study of the relationship between the general theory contributions of influential Cambridge, Manchester, and of signs and the biological study of behavior under London "schools." three headings: elaboration of theoretical models, study Anthropological Linguistics of animal communication systems as a natural and ANTH-L 500 Proseminar in Language and Culture behavioral science, and their exploitation for the benefit of (3 cr.) Relationships of language and culture; survey humankind. of ethnolinguistics, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, ANTH-L 600 Topical Seminar in the Ethnography Weltanschauung theory, diglossia, bilingualism, and of Communication (3 cr.) Current issues in linguistic single language society; relevance of linguistic analysis to anthropology designed to acquaint the student with cultural and social anthropology. readings and points of view not covered in the introductory ANTH-L 501-502 Anthropological Linguistics I- courses. Topics such as: (1) languages of the world, (2) II (3-3 cr.) An introduction to grammatical discovery variation in language, (3) problems in linguistic structure, procedure, including phonetic, phonemic, morphemic, and and (4) culture and communication. May be repeated for syntactic analysis, designed to introduce the student to credit with change of topic. techniques for use with an unknown language in the field. ANTH-L 605-606 Fld Meth Anth Ling I-II (3-3 cr.) ANTH-L 507 Language and Prehistory (3 cr.) An ANTH-L 840 Ethnolinguistic Seminar (1-2 cr.) introduction to the areas of linguistic research that are P: Consent of instructor. Structural statements and the most relevant to the work of archaeologists and arrangements of data in anthropology (including folklore students of prehistory. Topics include mechanisms of and musicology) and linguistics. May be repeated for linguistic change, the comparative method, genetic and credit. area relationships among languages, and applications of linguistic reconstruction to the study of ancient cultures Archaeology and populations. ANTH-P 301 Archaeological Methods and Analyses (3 cr.) ANTH-L 510 Elementary Lakota (Sioux) Language I (3 cr.) Introduction to Lakota (Sioux), an American Indian ANTH-P 310 Prehistory of Europe and Asia (3 cr.) language spoken on the northern plains of the United States. Focuses on developing elementary reading and ANTH-P 314 Early Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) writing skills as well as oral fluency in the Lakota language ANTH-P 315 Late Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) within the context of Lakota culture. ANTH-P 360 North American Archaeology (3 cr.) ANTH-L 511 Elementary Lakota (Sioux) Language II (3 cr.) Introduction to Lakota (Sioux), an American Indian ANTH-P 361 Prehistory of Midwestern United States language spoken on the northern plains of the United (3 cr.) States. Focuses on developing elementary reading and ANTH-P 365 Prehistory of Western North America writing skills as well as oral fluency in the Lakota language (3 cr.) within the context of Lakota culture. ANTH-P 370 Ancient Civilizations of the Andes (3 cr.) ANTH-L 512 Intermediate Lakota (Sioux) Language I (3 cr.) Study of more complex Lakota grammatical ANTH-P 371 Prehistory of Lowland South America structures, with emphasis on development of active (3 cr.) reading, writing, and speaking skills. ANTH-P 380 Prehistoric Diet and Nutrition (3 cr.) ANTH-L 513 Intermediate Lakota (Sioux) Language II (3 cr.) Study of more complex Lakota grammatical ANTH-P 405 Field Work in Archaeology (arr. cr.) structures, with emphasis on development of active ANTH-P 425 Zooarchaeology I: Faunal Osteology reading, writing, and speaking skills. (5 cr.) ANTH-L 518 and Culture (3 cr.) ANTH-P 426 Zooarchaeology II: Problems in Introduction to the Navajo language and an exploration Zooarchaeology (5 cr.) of it as an integral dimension of Navajo culture. Topics May 26, 2016 49

ANTH-P 500 Proseminar in Archaeology (3 cr.) explore how studying food and ancient foodways gives us Exposes students to the historical and theoretical a window into economic, symbolic, historic, and political foundations of contemporary anthropological archaeology. realities of past peoples. The class is required for all graduate students in archaeology, and is open to other students in ANTH-P 600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) anthropology and in other departments who are interested Subject will vary; students may thus receive credit more in the modern practice of archaeology. than once. ANTH-P 502 Archaeological Research Design (3 cr.) ANTH-P 601 Research Methods in Archaeology (3 cr.) This seminar addresses the theoretical underpinnings This course introduces the student to the practice of of problem oriented research, how to frame a research archaeology at a professional level. Although of variable question, the selection of appropriate methods to create topics, all courses will involve hands-on experience with data, and how to carry out a research strategy, including analysis and techniques of data collection. finding funding, preparing budgets, negotiating permits, ANTH-P 604 Seminar in Archaeology and Social and writing reports. Context (3 cr.) Required course for students in the ANTH-P 505 History of Theory in Archaeology (3 cr.) archaeology and social context graduate program. The Seminar on the development of theoretical constructs and topic is variable, but will always emphasize the social, "schools" in prehistoric archaeology. Focus on thought political, and economic repercussions of archaeological of major figures such as V. G. Childe, J. G. D. Clark, D. work. Clarke, L. R. Binford, J. C. Gardin, A. C. Renfrew, and W. ANTH-P 645 Pots and People (3 cr.) Pottery has W. Taylor. often been utilized to help understand past societies. ANTH-P 506 Laboratory Methods in Archaeology In this course we take an archaeological approach to (1-6 cr.) P: P405 or consent of instructor. Specialized understanding how people make, use, and think about training in laboratory procedures and analysis of pottery. We make our own pots from wild clays and cook archaeological materials. Major categories of material a meal in traditional ceramic pots. We consider how culture to be studied include lithics, ceramics, faunal experimentation, ethnohistorical data and anthropological and floral remains. Emphasis is on processing, sorting, theory can work together to produce insights into past identifying, and analyzing material recovered from the lifeways. previous Field School in Archaeology (P405). ANTH-P 663 North American Prehistory through ANTH-P 507 Archaeological Curation (3 cr.) An Fiction (3 cr.) Students consider fictionalized examination of the history, methods, legislation, accounts of life in prehistoric North America, written ethics, tools, and technology of archaeological by anthropologists, Native Americans, and novelists, curation. Instruction will include hands-on training in the as a means to think critically and creatively about the curation and conservation of material culture and their past. They explore the role and place of narrative and associated documents (e.g., photographs, digital records). imagination in construction of the past and consider how Special attention will focus on the Native American Graves authors utilize available data. Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990. ANTH-P 666 Women in Civilization (3 cr.) Course ANTH-P 509 Archaeological Ethics (3 cr.) Explores looks at empirical and theoretical issues related to the the professional responsibilities of archaeologists by reconstruction of gender identity, household organization, examining timely issues, such as the differences and, and the division of labor in the development of early sometimes, conflicts between international law and states. professional ethics, and between archaeologists and others (e.g., Native Americans, antiquities collectors) who Apparel Merchandising and affect and are affected by archaeological work. Some Interior Design background in archaeology is helpful. College of Arts and Sciences ANTH-P 541 Archaeology of the Middle East (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] This course is about the prehistoric cultures of the Middle Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~amid East. We will examine evidence for daily life, the rise of complex society, early writing, and agriculture, while (Please note that when conferring University Graduate exploring the impact that archaeology in this region has on School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The our contemporary world. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School ANTH-P 545 Indigenous Archaeology (3 cr.) How do Bulletin.) Indigenous people do archeology? How do they protect their sacred sites and places and build and manage Curriculum knowledge about their pasts? This course takes a global approach to examining such questions. Students examine Degree Offered Indigenous world views and ways that archaeologists and Master of Science Indigenous communities work together in archeology. Special Departmental Requirements ANTH-P 575 Food in the Ancient World (3 cr.) We (See also general University Graduate School will look at the theoretical and methodological tools that requirements). archaeologists use to study food and foodways in ancient societies from a global anthropological perspective. We 50 May 26, 2016

Admission Requirements Associate Professor All Students Heather Marie Akou, C. Thomas Mitchell, T. Kelly Wilson Minimum of 160 on the verbal section and on at least Assistant Professors one other section of the Graduate Record Examination General Test. Minimum undergraduate GPA equivalent to Kevin Lair, Kennon Smith, Jiangmei Wu 3.0 on 4.0 scale. Apparel Merchandising Foreign Students Professor Sharron J. Lennon, Professor Kathleen Rowold, Minimum of 573 (paper) or 230 (electronic) or 88-89 Associate Professor Heather Marie Akou (internet) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language. Interior Design Apparel Studies Associate Professor C. Thomas Mitchell, Assistant Eighteen semester hours of undergraduate credit in Professor Kennon Smith, Assistant Professor Jiangmei apparel studies and/or a related field (e.g., economics), 9 Wu of which must be at the junior or senior level. Courses Design Studies Baccalaureate from a CIDA- (interior design) or NAAB- AMID-H 413 Apparel Merchandise Planning and (architecture) accredited program and a portfolio of Analysis (3 cr.) Essentials of merchandise buying and original work in interior design and/or architecture. planning: consumer trends, market resources and trade practices, seasonal plans, assortment planning and Course Requirements analytic tools for inventory evaluations. Apparel Studies AMID-H 415 Readings in Textiles and Apparel (arr. cr.) A minimum of 34 credit hours, to include H550, a 3-credit AMID-H 504 International Textiles and Apparel Trade seminar or readings course in area of concentration; (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Research and analysis of H598 Research, H599 Thesis, or H597 Project (if project economic issues that affect the development of textiles is selected, a total of 37 credit hours is required); and a and apparel at the global level. Critical analysis of labor graduate course in statistics. and development theories and international relations will Design Studies be included. Global sourcing, production, and import/ export strategies will be addressed. A minimum of 34 credit hours, to include H550, H568, H573, H598 Research, H599 Thesis, a graduate course AMID-H 506 Dress Studies: Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) in statistics, and 12 credits in one or two related area(s). P: Graduate standing. In-depth study and critical analysis H597 Project is not available to graduate students in of classic and modern fashion theories, with emphasis interior design. placed on postmodern fashion theory development. Students are expected to make significant progress Fields of Study toward new theoretical development of fashion theory. Individualized programs are available in two different AMID-H 510 Apparel Entrepreneurship (3 cr.) areas: apparel and textiles; and interior design. P: Graduate standing, AMID H413 or equivalent. R: Final Examination Accounting and research methods. Research and development of individualized plans for decision making, Oral defense of the thesis; for those not electing problem solving, and opening a small apparel-related thesis (apparel merchandising candidates only), a retail business. Developing, implementing, and analyzing comprehensive written examination. entrepreneurial strategies; financial goals; methods of accounting and control; and merchandising, operation, Faculty and management skills. Chairperson AMID-H 511 Dress Studies: Behavioral Analysis (3 cr.) Heather Marie Akou P: Graduate standing, Theories from social psychology will be employed in research examining clothing and Departmental E-mail appearance and their effects on the self and others. [email protected] AMID-H 512 Recent Developments in Textiles (3 cr.) Departmental URL New developments in textiles; analysis of quality control and production standards; evaluation of current problems. www.indiana.edu/~amid AMID-H 519 Special Problems: Textiles and Apparel Graduate Faculty (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Independent work in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University analysis and interpretation of various aspects of textiles Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct and apparel field. Topic may vary. May be repeated for a doctoral dissertations.) maximum of 6 credits. Professor AMID-H 550 Research Methods in Apparel Merchandising and Interior Design (3 cr.) Evaluating Sharron J. Lennon, Kathleen Rowold, Reed Bennhamou and understanding of research; identifying needed (Emeritus) research; planning a research problem. May 26, 2016 51

AMID-H 567 Trends in Interior Design (3 cr.) P: H475 or A minimum of 45 credit hours including Arts Administration H476 or equivalent, or consent of department. Changing Y502, Y504, Y511, Y515, Y525, Y530, Y535, Y550, patterns in interior design. Y650, and Y750; Business L575; and SPEA V558; plus 9 credit hours of electives to be selected in consultation AMID-H 568 Contemporary Issues in Design (3 cr.) with the assistant program director (see listings below for P: Graduate standing. Contrast between traditional and suggested acceptable courses). emerging views in interior design. Grades AMID-H 573 Special Problems: Interior Design (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Independent work in advanced A grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher must be interior design problems. May be repeated for a maximum maintained. of 6 credits. Required Schedule of Study AMID-H 575 Diverse Problems in Design I (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Research and design of Fall Semester I (15 cr.) nonresidential interior environments. • AADM-Y502 Introduction to Arts Administration and AMID-H 576 Diverse Problems in Design II (3 cr.) Organizational Behavior (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Design of interior spaces that • AADM-Y511 Performing Arts Center Management (3 enhance individual needs and lifestyles. cr.) • AADM-Y525 Museum Management (3 cr.) AMID-H 580 Seminar in Consumer Issues (3 cr.) • AADM-Y535 Arts Administration and the Cultural P: Consent of department. Varying topics dealing with Sector (3 cr.) consumer interests and family economics. • Elective (3 cr.) AMID-H 590 Workshop in Apparel Merchandising Spring Semester II (12 cr.) and Interior Design (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Workshop in current issues, trends, programs. Emphasis • AADM-Y504 Arts Organizations in the Public and varies and is announced in workshop title. May be Private Sectors (3 cr.) repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. • AADM-Y530 Audience Development and Marketing the Arts (3 cr.) AMID-H 597 Projects (1-4 cr.) P: H550 and consent of department. Individual application of student's area of • BUS-L575 Legal Issues in the Arts (3 cr.) study to the solution of a problem under supervision of • Elective (3 cr.) an approved advisor; not open to students who select a Fall Semester III (12 cr.) thesis program. • AADM-Y515 Financial Management for the Arts (3 AMID-H 598 Research (1-3 cr.) P: H550, a course cr.) in statistics, and consent of department. Independent • AADM-Y650 Seminar in Arts Administration investigation in area of interest under supervision of (Capstone) (3 cr.) advisor. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. • SPEA-V558 Fund Development for Nonprofits (3 cr.) AMID-H 599 Thesis (1-6 cr.) P: H550 or equivalent; one • Elective (3 cr.) course in statistics. Individual research under supervision of an approved advisor. Summer between semesters II and III OR Spring Semester IV (3 cr.) Arts Administration • AADM-Y750 Internship (3 cr.) School of Public and Environmental Affairs • AADM-Y550 Practicum (3 cr.) Departmental URL: www.artsadmin.indiana.edu Three different 50-hour arts management projects are Curriculum completed throughout the three semesters of coursework. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Students can register for all three credits at once or 1 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the credit per semester, so long as the total number of credits University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements equals three. Students can register for the Y550 Practicum contained only in The University Graduate School at any time, but generally register simultaneously with the Bulletin.) Y750 Internship. Opportunities for Non-Majors Degree Offered Doctoral Minor in Arts Administration Master of Arts (Required 4 courses, 12 credit hours) Designed to train students for leadership roles in the arts and the creative industries, across all genres and sectors. The Ph.D. minor should be negotiated with the School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA), Doctoral Advisor Admission Requirements in Arts Administration, Dr. Michael Rushton. For a more An undergraduate degree with an outstanding academic research-oriented minor, the student should work with record and commitment to the arts. Graduate Record the SPEA Director of Doctoral Programs to construct an Examination General Test (verbal and quantitative independent minor including doctoral research seminars. portions required). Fall enrollment only. Course Requirements 52 May 26, 2016

Students may take any arts administration courses to fulfill Arlen Langvardt (Business), Michael Rushton* (Public and the requirement (substitutions may be arranged with the Environmental Affairs) Doctoral Advisor in Arts Administration): Associate Professors • SPEA-V525 Management for the Nonprofit Sector Jill Nicholson-Crotty (Public and Environmental Affairs), • SPEA-V558 Fund Development for Nonprofits Joanna Woronkowicz (Public and Environmental Affairs) Select one additional course from the following to Lecturers complete the Ph.D. minor requirements: Monika Herzig (Public and Environmental Affairs); ARTS ADMINISTRATION – AADM Frank Lewis (Public and Environmental Affairs); Michael Wilkerson (Public and Environmental Affairs) • Y502 Organizational Behavior and Arts Management • Y505 Programming in the Performing Arts Adjunct Professors • Y511 Performing Arts Center Management Douglas Booher (IU Auditorium); Karen Gahl-Mills • Y515 Financial Management for the Arts (Cuyahoga Arts and Culture); Stephanie Harbison • Y522 IT Applications for the Arts (Northwestern Mutual); Danielle McClelland (Buskirk- • Y530 Audience Development and Marketing the Arts Chumley Theater); Chris Payne (UITS); Corrinne Preston • Y535 Arts Administration and the Cultural Sector (Public and Environmental Affairs) • Y559 Public Policy and the Arts Courses • Y500 Topics courses (topics vary from semester to semester) Current topics include: The Arts and Social Change, Cultural Districts and Local Arts AADM-Y 500 Topics in Arts Administration (1-6 cr.) Policy, Graphic Design, Curating in Galleries and Selected research and discussion topics organized on a Museums semester-by-semester basis. Doctoral Advisor, Arts Administration Faculty AADM-Y 502 Organizational Behavior and Arts Dr. Michael Rushton, [email protected], (812) Management (3 cr.) This course introduces graduate 855-0282 students to the professional world of arts administration, its many disciplines, its dramatically and rapidly changing Assistant Program Director, Arts Administration Staff landscape, and the nature and culture of its organizations. Major concepts of organizational behavior by employees, Megan Starnes, [email protected], (812) 855-0282 managers, and organizations themselves are discussed. Master’s Outside Field of Students practice several roles within organizations. Study AADM-Y 505 Programming the Performing Arts (Required 2 courses, 6 credit hours) (3 cr.) The course examines how programming relates to The Master’s in Outside Field of Study should be marketing and public relations; the role of programming negotiated with the Jacobs School of Music with in the public and professional identity of artists and arts permission from the Arts Administration Department and organizations; the external factors that condition program upon advice from Dr. Michael Rushton. choice; and how programming affects relationships with society and the arts community on local, national, and Jacobs School of Music Graduate Academic Advising international levels. office Merrill Hall 011; (812) 855-1738 AADM-Y 511 Performing Arts Center Management Doctoral Advisor, Arts Administration Faculty (3 cr.) This course focuses on the aspects of managing a performing arts program and facility. Indiana University Dr. Michael Rushton, [email protected], Auditorium and other performing arts facilities will serve 812-855-2947 as laboratories to provide you with a balance between Faculty academic and real-world issues. Staff Program Director AADM-Y 515 Financial Management for the Arts (3 cr.) The course introduces students to the role of financial Associate Professor Michael Rushton* management in the modern not-for-profit organization. This course covers applications of budgeting, financial and Assistant Program Director managerial accounting principles, and procedures and Megan Starnes ([email protected]) financial analysis for nonprofit organizations. Materials covered should be considered required knowledge for the Student Services Coordinator mid-to-senior-level arts administrator. Matthew Wisley ([email protected]) AADM-Y 522 IT Applications for the Arts (3 cr.) ([email protected]) Teaches Arts Administration professionals how to Graduate Faculty use computer applications to create printed, web (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University based and multimedia materials to promote effective Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct communications. Provides instruction and practical doctoral dissertations.) hands-on experience in design theory, page layout, usability, accessibility, digital photo editing, graphics, and Professors May 26, 2016 53 desktop and web publishing to create promotional and AADM-Y 690 Independent Study in Arts informational materials. Administration (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor and department chairperson. AADM-Y 525 Museum Management (3 cr.) Course addresses general management of museums. The AADM-Y 750 Internship in Arts Administration (3 cr.) museum, its legal status, the building, management and A minimum 280 hours of field work or internship in a staff, goals and objectives, fundraising and budgeting, managerial office of a museum, theatrical or musical collection and exhibitions, education and community organization, or community, state, regional, or national outreach. arts council is required. The internship is ordinarily taken after the first academic year in the summer or after the AADM-Y 530 Audience Development and Marketing third semester of coursework during the spring semester. the Arts (3 cr.) Course includes basic marketing principles as well as audience development and marketing BUS-L 575 Legal Issues in the Arts (3 cr.) Examines strategy. In addition to introducing the fundamentals legal interests and rights of composers, writers, performing of marketing, it fosters and encourages the thought artists, visual artists and arts organizations. Explores processes necessary to market the products/services that a broad range of legal considerations pertaining to are creative arts. relationships between parties in arts oriented contexts. Topics addressed include: copyright, trademark and right AADM-Y 535 Arts Administration and the Cultural of publicity law; defamation and invasion of privacy law; Sector (3 cr.) In this course students learn about the advertising law; First Amendment issues for artists and market structure of the cultural sector. Among the arts administrators; contract law as applied to arts-related many questions we try to answer are: What makes agreements; personal property law; and legal issues the arts different from other goods and services in the associated with different forms of arts organizations. marketplace? What do we know about consumers of the arts, and how they become informed about different SPEA-V 558 Fund Development for NonProfits (3 cr.) books, films, or performances? What is the system that Important aspects of the fund raising process in nonprofit determines which works of art are exhibited or published organizations are covered, including: techniques and and which fall by the wayside? Who bears the burden of strategies for assessing potential sources of support; the risk in a new venture? effective use of human resources; process management; theory to underlay practice; analysis of current practice; AADM-Y 550 Practicum in Arts Administration (3 cr.) practice standards; and discussion of ethical problems. Provides hands-on managerial and administration experiences in three different community and campus Elective Courses arts organizations including: Musical Arts Center, Department of Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance, Requirements of at least nine elective credits. Courses IU Auditorium, IU Foundation, IU Art Museum, Mathers must be graduate-level (500+) or equivalent. Elective Museum of World Cultures, IU School of Music, African credit may be obtained from any gradute program on American Arts Institute, Bloomington Area Arts Council, campus. Arts Administration electives are listed below: Bloomington Playwrights Project, School of Fine Arts Gallery, Lotus World Music and Arts Festival, and the AADM: Arts Administration Buskirk-Chumley Theater. Y500 Topics Course (The Arts and Social Change; Curating in Galleries and Museums; Cultural Districts and AADM-Y 559 Public Policy and the Arts (3 cr.) This Local Arts Policy; Graphic Design) course considers the principal aspects of cultural policy Y505 Programming the Performing Arts in the U.S. and elsewhere. Topics include arts education, Y522 IT Applications for the Arts the ends and means of government funding for the arts, Y559 Public Policy and the Arts multiculturalism, freedom of expression, copyright, other Y680/Y690 Readings in Arts Administration/Independent legal rights of artists, international trade in cultural goods, Study and international treatises on cultural diversity. AADM-Y 650 Seminar in Arts Administration (3 cr.) Astronomy The seminar provides a capstone experience for students College of Arts and Sciences finishing the Master’s Degree in Arts Administration. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] The emphasis is on the application of the concepts covered throughout the program with a detailed look Departmental URL: www.astro.indiana.edu at leadership issues facing the arts administrator. The (Please note that when conferring University Graduate seminar/workshop involves the promotion of the arts: School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The planning, management, labor relations, fundraising, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements funding sources, communications, and similar topics in contained only in The University Graduate School relation to arts centers, museums, and performing arts Bulletin.) organizations. Special emphasis is placed on strategic planning. Course includes a few guest speakers from Curriculum major arts organizations. Degrees Offered AADM-Y 680 Readings in Arts Administration (arr. cr.) Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The department P: Consent of instructor and departmental chairperson. also participates in the Ph.D. program in . Supervised readings in arts administration. Members of the Department of Astronomy use the WIYN (Wisconsin-Indiana-Yale-National Optical Astronomy 54 May 26, 2016

Observatories) 3.5m and 0.9m telescopes at Kitt Peak are offered at the rate of three courses per year, and they National Observatory near Tucson, Arizona, to carry out may be taken in any sequence. The remainder of the research in optical astronomy. The advanced-technology graduate program consists of elective courses, seminars 3.5m telescope delivers superb image quality over a wide on advanced topics, research, and dissertation. field and is also optimized for multiobject spectroscopy, including a high-spectral-resolution mode and high- Grades spatial-resolution imaging in the optical and infrared. Grades below B (3.0) in core courses may be counted Indiana University holds a 20 percent share of the WIYN toward degree requirements only at the discretion of the facility. The High-Energy Astrophysics Group carries department. out research with underground, spacecraft, and balloon- borne detectors that are developed within the department. Qualifying Examination Several instrument development labs and machine shops In order to be advanced to candidacy, a student must support the optical and high-energy research programs. pass a written examination covering the core course Research in the Department of Astronomy is supported material plus general astronomy at the A450-452 level. by excellent computational facilities. Students, faculty, The examination may be taken no more than twice. The and research staff have fast desktop machines with 1- examination is usually offered once a year in late May/ Gbps network connectivity within the department and to early June. the outside world. The department maintains several multi- Candidacy Seminar Terabyte file servers and a number of high-performance computer platforms for simulations and data analysis. The candidacy seminar is an oral presentation to the Indiana University operates BigRed II, one of the fastest research committee, usually consisting of a thesis university-owned supercomputers in the world. These proposal and/or a summary of past research activity. It computational research capabilities are supported by must be completed within a year of passing the written massive data processing and storage systems and a qualifying examination (typically by the start of the fourth number of advanced visualization resources. year of residence). (See also general University Graduate School Final Examination requirements.) Oral defense of the dissertation. Good preparation for graduate work in astronomy or astrophysics requires the same training in physics and Ph.D. Minor in Astronomy mathematics needed for a bachelor’s degree in physics, Students from other departments who wish to minor plus a familiarity with the subject matter of introductory in astronomy must complete at least 9 credit hours of astronomy or astrophysics courses, such as A221-A222 graduate courses in astronomy at the 500 level with an or A450-452. An undergraduate major in astronomy, average GPA of B (3.0) or higher. The student should astrophysics, physics, or mathematics that has provided discuss proposed course work for the minor with an such a background is usually required for admission. Any advisor from the Department of Astronomy, usually the necessary undergraduate courses to strengthen students’ Director of Graduate Studies. One astronomy course at backgrounds will not receive graduate credit. the 400 level (listed below) may be substituted for one of the 500 level courses upon approval by the student’s All graduate applicants must submit Graduate Record astronomy advisor. Examination scores on both the General Test and the Subject Test in physics. Scores should be sent directly to Other Minors the department, not to the University Graduate School. Doctoral candidates in astronomy may also minor in physics or scientific computing. Other minors may be Master of Arts Degree permitted at the discretion of the department. Course Requirements Faculty A minimum of 30 credit hours, including any three astronomy graduate core courses (see below). Chairperson Thesis Professor John J. Salzer A thesis may be required, at the discretion of the Graduate Faculty department. Students for whom the thesis requirement (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University is waived must still complete a project that demonstrates Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct research proficiency. doctoral dissertations.) Final Examination Professors An oral examination must be passed covering general Haldan N. Cohn*, Richard H. Durisen* (Emeritus), astronomy at the A450-452 level, the core courses applied Eileen D. Friel*, R. Kent Honeycutt* (Emeritus), Hollis toward the degree, and the thesis research. R. Johnson* (Emeritus), Phyllis M. Lugger*, Stuart L. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Mufson*, Catherine A. Pilachowski*, John J. Salzer* Course Requirements Associate Professors A total of 90 credit hours. Students are required to take six Martin S. Burkhead* (Emeritus), Constantine P. of the following core courses: A505, A520, A 530, A540, Deliyannis*, Katherine L. Rhode*, Liese van Zee* A550, A570, A575, and A580. Normally, these courses May 26, 2016 55

Assistant Professor current cosmological theory. Early universe evolution, cosmic microwave background radiation, formation of Enrico Vesperini* cosmic structure. Senior Scientists AST-A 590 Graduate Reading Course (arr. cr.) Thomas Y. Steiman-Cameron Independent reading in astronomy and astrophysics. Research Scientists AST-A 770 Seminar in Astrophysics (1-4 cr.) Selected topics of current research interest in astrophysics; Samir Salim, Jonathan Thornburg includes topics such as stellar astrophysics, interstellar Graduate Advisor matter, planetary physics, high-energy astrophysics, and extragalactic astrophysics. Professor Eileen D. Friel*, Swain Hall West 319, (812) 855-6911 AST-A 780 Seminar in Astronomy (arr. cr.) S/F grading. Selected topics of current research interest in astronomy, Courses such as observational techniques, instrumentation, stellar, galactic and extragalactic astronomy, and cosmology. May AST-A 451 Stellar Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: Calculus, be repeated. Physics P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent of instructor. Application of basic physical principles to investigation of AST-A 890 Introduction to Research (arr. cr.) Literature the solar system, stars, and the Milky Way galaxy. and methods of astronomical research. AST-A 452 Extragalactic Astrophysics (3 cr.) AST-A 899 Research (arr. cr.) Observational and P: Calculus, Physics P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent theoretical investigations of current problems. of instructor. Application of basic physical principles to investigation of galaxies and cosmology. Astrophysics Courses AST-A 453 Topics in Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: Calculus, AST-G 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451, P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent of instructor. Topics P453-P454, or consent of instructor. R: A550, in astrophysics not covered extensively by other courses. P511. Applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. The topic will vary depending on instructor. Possible topics Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions. include celestial mechanics, astrobiology, stellar interiors, Element synthesis and energy generation in the big bang, stellar atmospheres, stellar populations, galaxy dynamics, stellar interiors, and supernovae. Discussion of current and cosmology. May be repeated once with a different topics: cosmological nucleosynthesis, solar neutrino topic for a maximum of 6 credit hours. flux, explosive nucleosynthesis, high-energy nuclear processes. AST-A 505 Principles and Techniques of Observational Astronomy (3 cr.) P: Consent of AST-G 650 High Energy Astrophysics (3 cr.) Covers instructor. Principles and techniques of astronomical data cosmic rays from the perspective of astrophysics and acquisition and reduction. Practical experience in CCD high-energy . Examples of topics that photometry, spectroscopy, and astronomical applications may be included are the production, propagation, and of electronic detectors. interactions of cosmic rays as well as the experimental detection of cosmic rays. Subtopics include atmospheric AST-A 520 The Interstellar Medium (3 cr.) P: Consent and solar neutrinos, magnetic monopoles, point sources of of instructor. Structure and dynamics of the interstellar cosmic rays, neutrino oscillations, air showers, and stellar medium; review of observations and theory of interstellar collapse detection. gas, dust, and radiation. AST-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) AST-A 530 Galactic Astronomy (3 cr.) P: Consent of A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on instructor. Structure and stellar populations of the Milky subjects involving more than one department. Examples of Way and Local Group. such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, AST-A 540 Stellar Atmospheres (3 cr.) P: Consent of particle physics of the early universe, and atomic instructor. Structure of atmospheres and formation of processes in astrophysical systems. spectra. AST-A 550 Stellar Interiors (3 cr.) P: Consent of Astrophysics instructor. Physical properties of stellar material; structure College of Arts and Sciences and evolution of stars. Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] AST-A 570 Galactic Dynamics (3 cr.) P: Consent of Departmental URL: www.astro.indiana.edu instructor. Principles of stellar dynamics. Analytic and computer methods. Applications to the galaxy and its star (Please note that when conferring University Graduate clusters. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements AST-A 575 Structure and Evolution of Galaxies (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School P: Consent of instructor. Structure and evolution of Bulletin.) galaxies, large-scale clustering of galaxies, active galactic nuclei, and quasars. Curriculum AST-A 580 Physical and Observational Cosmology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Observational basis for 56 May 26, 2016

Degree Offered Minor Doctor of Philosophy By meeting the course requirements for this degree, a student from the Department of Astronomy will The astrophysics program is administered jointly by automatically fulfill the requirements for a minor in the Department of Astronomy and the Department of physics, and a student from the Department of Physics Physics through the interdepartmental committee named. will automatically fulfill the requirements for a minor in Interested students must first gain admission to one of astronomy. these departments and then petition the committee for entrance into the program after establishing departmental Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement residency. Students may qualify for a master’s degree in astronomy or physics while in this program. Doctoral A student in the astrophysics program must meet the dissertations in astrophysics may be directed by any foreign language/research-skill requirements (if any) of the qualified member of the Department of Astronomy or department of residence. Physics graduate faculty. Grades Special Program Requirements Grades below B (3.0) in astronomy and physics courses (See also general University Graduate School may be counted toward degree requirements only with the requirements.) consent of the astrophysics committee. Admission Requirements Qualifying Examination A student should have the combined admission There are three ways a student can pass the astrophysics requirements of doctoral students in astronomy and qualifying examination: physics; i.e., a thorough undergraduate training in physics 1. Pass the full Physics qualifying exam. and mathematics plus familiarity with general astronomy. 2. Pass the full Astronomy qualifying exam. Deficiencies must be removed early, usually without 3. Pass designated parts of the qualifying examinations graduate credit. of both departments – specifically, half of the Course Requirements physics qualifying examination; for the physics qualifier, a student must choose 3 subject areas In addition to the dissertation, a total of 90 credit hours are amongst classical mechanics, first semester of required, including four courses or their equivalents from electromagnetism, first semester of quantum the following Physics courses: Physics P506, P507, P511, mechanics, and statistical physics; for the astronomy P512, P521, P556, P609, and P637; and four courses or qualifier, the student is required to answer one of two their equivalents from the following Astronomy courses: general astronomy questions and 4 of the remaining Astronomy A505, A520, A530, A540, A550, A570, A575, 8 questions. and A580. One additional physics, astronomy core course or astrophysics course is also required. Astrophysics The examination requirements must be satisfied by the courses in the Bulletin listings for the Asrophysics program end of the student’s sixth semester in residence. The can be counted as the additional course if offered. Physics department of residence may also specify its own deadline or astronomy or astrophysics courses not in the above list for passage of the examination it administers. To remain may be approved by the Astrophysics Committee upon in the Astrophysics program, a student must pass the petition by the student. qualifying examination within two attempts. Advising Final Examination Astrophysics students are subject to the advising Oral defense of the dissertation. procedures of their resident departments prior to forming Faculty their research committee. Once the Research Committee is formed, the dissertation director and Research Director Committee will be responsible for advising the student. Professor Stuart L. Mufson* Research Committee Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Students should convene a Research Committee within Astrophysics one year of passing all components of the Qualifying (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Examination. The Research Committee must consist of at Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct least four graduate faculty members. At least one of these doctoral dissertations.) members must be from Astronomy and at least one must be from Physics. Professors Candidacy Seminar Charles J. Horowitz* (Physics), Alan Kostelecky* (Physics), Stuart L. Mufson* (Astronomy), James Musser* The candidacy seminar is an oral presentation to the (Physics), Catherine Pilachowski* (Astronomy), Michael Research Committee, usually consisting of a dissertation Snow* (Physics) proposal and/or a summary of past research activity. It must be completed within one year of passing the Associate Professor Qualifying Examination. Constantine P. Deliyannis* (Astronomy) Assistant Professor May 26, 2016 57

Lisa Kaufman* (Physics), Enrico Vesperini* (Astronomy) reading of specific texts with larger issues of methodology. Prospective students interested in pursuing the M.A. or Academic Advisor Ph.D. degree are urged to apply first to one of the affiliated Professor Stuart L. Mufson, Swain Hall West 322, (812) departments, such as comparative literature (for literary 855-6917 theory) or religious studies (for biblical studies). Courses Ph.D. Minor in Biblical Literature AST-G 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451, The Ph.D. minor in biblical literature is available to all P453-P454, or consent of instructor. R: A550, doctoral students not specializing in biblical studies; four P511. Applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. courses in biblical literature and in the history of biblical Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions. interpretation are required. Courses should be selected in Element synthesis and energy generation in the big bang, consultation with the director of the institute. stellar interiors, and supernovae. Discussion of current Grades topics: cosmological nucleosynthesis, solar neutrino flux, explosive nucleosynthesis, high-energy nuclear Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) processes. will not count toward the minor. AST-G 650 High Energy Astrophysics (3 cr.) Covers Graduate Certificate in Biblical and Literary Criticism cosmic rays from the perspective of astrophysics and The certificate is available to doctoral students in all high-energy particle physics. Examples of topics that departments and to special students from outside Indiana may be included are the production, propagation, and University who wish to do advanced interdisciplinary work interactions of cosmic rays as well as the experimental in biblical and literary studies. detection of cosmic rays. Subtopics include atmospheric and solar neutrinos, magnetic monopoles, point sources of Course Requirements cosmic rays, neutrino oscillations, air showers, and stellar Eight courses in biblical literature, the history of biblical collapse detection. interpretation, and the theory and practice of literary AST-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) criticism, including I600. The selection of courses should A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on be made in consultation with the director of the institute. subjects involving more than one department. Examples of In certain cases, two of the eight courses may be in a such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear biblical language. Courses that study biblical or exegetical cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, sources in a national literature may also be counted. particle physics of the early universe, and atomic Language Requirement processes in astrophysical systems. Proficiency in biblical Hebrew or Greek, to be certified by Institute for Biblical and Literary the completion of N472 or G308 or their equivalent, or by Studies an examination administered by the relevant language department. College of Arts and Sciences Director: Herbert Marks, Ballantine Hall 922, Grades 812-855-9844 Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) Departmental Email: [email protected] will not count toward the certificate. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Faculty School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Director University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Professor Herbert Marks* Bulletin.) Graduate Faculty Curriculum (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Program Information doctoral dissertations.) The Institute for Biblical and Literary Studies is an interdisciplinary consortium that aims to bring together Distinguished Professors the critical study of the Bible, the history of biblical Willis Barnstone* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, interpretation, and the theory and practice of literary Spanish and Portuguese), Linda Dégh* (Emerita, Folklore) criticism. Depending on background and interest, students may concentrate on biblical texts and languages, literary Professors criticism, or the history and theory of interpretation. Study of ancient languages is strongly encouraged. Students James Ackerman* (Emeritus, Near Eastern Languages with previous training in biblical studies will be advised to and Cultures, Religious Studies), Ernest Bernhardt- devote more time to courses in literary theory and Western Kabisch* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, English), literature; those with a stronger background in classical Kenneth R. R. Gros Louis* (Emeritus, Comparative or modern literature will be advised to concentrate on Literature, English), Paul Gutjahr* (English, American the biblical text and its cultural setting. The institute Studies, Religious Studies), Shaul Magid* (Jewish offers a Ph.D. minor and a certificate that may be earned Studies, Religious Studies), Herbert Marks* (Comparative concurrently. Students participate in a regular seminar Literature, English, Religious Studies), Carroll Nelson* (I600) which, like most institute courses, combines close 58 May 26, 2016

(Emeritus, Classical Studies), Eyal Peretz* (Comparative F734 Folklore and Literature (3 cr.) Literature) French and Italian Associate Professors F564 Approaches to Literary Criticism (3 cr.) Jeremy Schott (Religious Studies), Nicholas Williams* F584 Stylistics and Semantics (3 cr.) (English) Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Assistant Professors N416 Comparative Talmudic Literature (3 cr.) N471-N472 Biblical Hebrew I-II (3-3 cr.) Eva Mroczek (Religious Studies), Sonia Velazquez N586 Medieval Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) (Religious Studies) Religious Studies Academic Advisor R511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) Professor Herbert Marks*, Ballantine Hall 914, (812) R521 Studies in the New Testament (3 cr.) 855-7070 R531 Studies in Christian History (3 cr.) Courses R532 Studies of Religion in American Culture (3 cr.) R541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) Biblical and Literary Studies R590 Directed Readings in Religious Studies (cr. arr.) R610 Studies in Biblical Literature (4 cr.) IBLS-I 600 Colloquium in Biblical and Literary Studies R663 History of Biblical Interpretation (3 cr.) Anthropology Semiotic Studies E451 Myth and Legend (3 cr.) S601 Introduction to Semiotic Studies (3 cr.) E455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) Classical Studies Biochemistry, Interdisciplinary C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry, Biology, G301-G302 Classical Greek: Accelerated Courses (3-3 Chemistry, Medical Sciences, Optometry, cr.) Psychological and Brain Sciences G308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences G611 Greek Papyrology (4 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] L505 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~mcbdept/ Comparative Literature (Please note that when conferring University Graduate C501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Studies (4 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The C503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I (4 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements C504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II (4 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School C505 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions to 1500 Bulletin.) (4 cr.) C506 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions after Curriculum 1500 (4 cr.) C545 The Bible and Western Tradition (4 cr.) Degrees Offered C580 History and Theory of Translation (4 cr.) Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in C601 Studies in the History of Theory and Criticism (4 cr.) Biochemistry C602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and Approaches Special Program Requirements (4 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School C641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural Contexts (4 requirements.) cr.) C643 Literary Studies and the Social Sciences (4 cr.) Admission Requirements C644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis (4 cr.) Undergraduate coursework must include two semesters C645 Literary Studies and Religion (4 cr.) of organic chemistry and one semester of biochemistry. C801 Directed Research in Comparative Literature (cr. Though not required, one semester of molecular biology arr.) and two semesters of biology are recommended. One semester of (bio) physical chemistry is strongly English recommended. Deficiencies in required courses must G660 Stylistics (4 cr.) be removed during the first year of graduate study. L605 Critical and Interpretive Theory (4 cr.) Students seeking admission should apply directly to L608 History of Literary Criticism (4 cr.) the Interdisciplinary Biochemistry Graduate Program. L705 Problems in Language, Literature, and Literacy (4 Applications must include a complete entrance form, cr.) letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, L707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism (4 cr.) and scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Test. (While it is not required that applicants also Folklore submit scores on the Subject Test in Biochemistry, it is F527 Folk Poetry and Folksong (3 cr.) recommended that they do so.) F545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 59

Master of Science in Biochemistry Biology: Course Requirements • L585 Molecular Genetics A minimum of 30 credit hours, of which 12 credit hours • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology must be in biochemistry graduate coursework other than B880 and B600. Students are required to rotate (B580) in Medical Sciences: two laboratories in the fall semester and to participate in • B801 Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry the biochemistry research club during their second year • B802 Metabolism and Signal Transduction of the program. The graduate advisor must approve all coursework. (2) Chemical and Structural Biology Thesis Biochemistry: Required. • B507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules • B511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome Final Examination • B603 Advanced Macromolecular Structure and Oral, covering thesis and major. Interactions • B604 Structural Methods Doctor of Philosophy Degree • B605 Structure and Function of Membranes Course Requirements • B680 Special Topics: Drug Design A total of 90 credit hours, of which 22.5-23 are satisfied by • B680 Special Topics: Electron Microscopy the core courses (B501, B502, B506, B530, B531, B540, • B680 Special Topics: NMR B541, and two semesters of B580), Grant Writing (B680 • B680 Special Topics: Structural Bioinformatics or equivalent), Research Ethics (B680, G601, T521 or equivalent), and two semesters of B600 or equivalent. Six Biology: additional elective hours are required in either the major • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology or minor field. Students must also give two departmental seminars, generally in their 4th and 5th years of graduate Chemistry: study. In addition, students must complete an internal minor, or meet the minor requirements of a suitable • C540 Organic Reactions Mechanisms outside program. The sequence of courses comprising • C612 Mass Spectrometry the minor must be approved by the student’s advisory Grades committee. Every student must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.2 in At the end of the first semester, each student selects order to remain in good standing. Courses to be counted a research advisor and laboratory. Together with the toward the Ph.D. degree must be passed with a grade of advisor, the student also selects an advisory committee of B– (2.7) or better. three or four faculty members appropriate to the student’s intended degree including one from the prospective minor Qualifying Examinations field (see below). This advisory committee guides and In the fifth semester, students meet with their examination monitors the student’s subsequent independent work and committee to review past performance and to evaluate guides the student’s selection of advanced courses. The plans for completing the Ph.D. Includes written, oral, and biochemistry graduate program requires that each student research components. All full-time Ph.D. students must meet with the advisory committee at least once per year. take the qualifying examination by the end of the fifth Minor semester. The doctoral student in biochemistry may minor in any Satisfactory Progress toward a Degree appropriate discipline or in a specialized track within the Biochemistry Program. For an internal minor, the minor After passing the preliminary examination, for a student to shall consist of 6 credit hours of the courses listed in either remain in “good standing” requires that sufficient progress track below. be made toward completing a thesis. If the research advisory committee judges progress to be unsatisfactory, (1) Cellular and Medical Biochemistry probation may be recommended. At the end of the Biochemistry: probationary period (usually a semester), probation will be lifted if the advisory committee judges the student’s • B507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules progress to be satisfactory. If the advisory committee • B511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome judges the student’s progress to remain unsatisfactory, • B601 Adv Nucleic Acid and Biochemistry then the student will be required to leave the program. • B602 Advanced Protein Biosynthesis and Final Examination Processing • B605 Structure and Function of Membranes Oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor. The final • B680 Special Topics: Biological Light and Electron requirement is a Ph.D. thesis, which must be defended Microscopy in a public research seminar and in a meeting of the • B680 Special Topics: Structural Bioinformatics research advisory committee. • B680 Special Topics: Molecular Virology and Public Other Provisions Health 60 May 26, 2016

All students enrolled in the Ph.D. program will be required Widlanski* (Chemistry), Malcolm Winkler* (Biology), to serve as associate instructors for at least one semester, Jeffrey Zaleski* (Chemistry), Adam Zlotnick* (MCB) regardless of their source of support; they must complete formal instruction in teaching methods in order to enhance Associate Professors their teaching skills. It is the conviction of the program Brian Calvi* (Biology), Heather Bradshaw* (Psychological that teaching experience is a vital aspect of graduate and Brain Sciences), Lingling Chen* (MCB), David education, whether or not the student intends to pursue a Daleke* (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular teaching career after attainment of the desired degree. Biology, Vice Provost for Graduate Education and Ph.D. Minor in Biochemistry Health Sciences), Charles Dann III* (Chemistry), Jim Drummond* (MCB), John Foley* (Medical Sciences, Students from other programs who wish to minor in Anatomy and Cell Biology), Richard Hardy* (Biology), biochemistry must complete at least 6 credit hours of Scott Michaels* (Biology), Anne Prieto* (Psychological and graduate coursework in biochemistry, excluding B502, Brain Sciences), Dean Rowe-Magnus* (Biology), Sidney B580, and B600, with an average of B (3.0) or above. Shaw* (Biology), Tuli Mukhopadhyay* (Biology), Michael Such students must receive approval from the Director of VanNieuwenhze* (Chemistry) Graduate Studies for Biochemistry for minor courses. Assistant Professors Faculty Mathew Bochman* (MCB), Jared Cochran* (MCB), Pranav Director of Graduate Studies Danthi* (Biology), Peter Hollenhorst (Medical Sciences, Professor Martha Oakley Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Heather Hundley (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Graduate Faculty Melanie Marketon* (Biology), James McKinlay* (Biology), (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Anirban Mitra (Medical Sciences, Medical Genetics), Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Hengyao Niu* (MCB), Heather O'Hagan (Medical doctoral dissertations.) Sciences, Medical and Molecular Genetics), Yan Yu* (Chemistry) Carlos Miller Professor Associate Scientist Craig Pikaard* (MCB/Biology) Christina Dann* (Chemistry) Clyde Culbertson Professor of Biology Assistant Research Scientist Yves Brun* (Biology) Julia van Kessel (MCB), Susanne Ressl (MCB) Joan and Marvin Carmack Chair Graduate Advisor Nicola L. B. Pohl* Associate Professor Jim Drummond*, Simon Hall 305C, Linda and Jack Gill Chairs of Neuroscience (812) 856-4184 Richard DiMarchi* (Biomolecular Sciences), Cary Hsing Chao Lai* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kenneth Courses P. Mackie* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Andrea Hohmann* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) BIOC-B 501 Integrated Biochemistry (3-4.5 cr.) P: Undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 Robert and Marjorie Mann Chair or C484) or consent of instructor. Basic principles David Clemmer* (Chemistry) and methodologies of biochemistry; essentials of macromolecular biosynthesis; mechanism-based Standiford H. Cox Professor examination of biochemical aspects of cell biology; material is presented with an integrative approach Richard DiMarchi* (Chemistry) designed to illustrate the interrelationship of biochemical Distinguished Professors processes. Carl Bauer* (MCB), David Clemmer* (Chemistry), Richard BIOC-B 502 Analysis of Biochemical Literature DiMarchi* (Chemistry) (1.5 cr.) P: Concurrent enrollment in B501 or consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of the biochemical literature, Professors using selected papers as examples; development of Stephen Bell* (MCB/Biology), Yves Brun* (Biology), David written and oral communication skills in the context of Clemmer* (Chemistry), Trevor Douglas (Chemistry), literature analysis. Bogdan Dragnea* (Chemistry), Patricia Foster* (Biology), BIOC-B 506 Integrated Biochemistry II (1.5 cr.) P: B501 Clay Fuqua* (Biology), David Giedroc* (Chemistry), Cheng or permission of the instructor. Mechanism-based Kao* (MCB), Kenneth Nephew* (Medical Sciences and examination of biochemical aspects of control of protein Integrative Physiology and Adjunct Professor of Obstetrics folding and function, signal transduction, and systems and Gynecology), David Kehoe* (Biology), Martha Oakley* biology. (Chemistry), Craig Pikaard* (MCB/Biology), Nicola L. B. Pohl* (Chemistry), James Reilly* (Chemistry), Claire BIOC-B 530 Macromolecular Structure and Function Walczak* (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular (1.5 cr.) P: B 501 or undergraduate biochemistry Biology, Executive Director, IU-LMIC), Theodore (equivalent to C483 or C484), one semester of undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent to C341), or consent of instructor. Undergraduate (bio)physical May 26, 2016 61 chemistry (equivalent to C481 or C361) is strongly X-ray crystallography and EM image reconstruction in recommended. Stabilizing forces in macromolecular detail, solving structures and studying the theoretical structures; protein structure analysis; nucleic acid underpinnings of each technique. Class will be computer structure and probing; structure determination by nmr and and mathematics intensive. X-ray crystallographic analysis. BIOC-B 605 Structure and Function of Biological BIOC-B 531 Biomolecular Analysis and Interaction Membranes (1.5 cr.) P: B501, B503, or consent (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or undergraduate biochemistry of instructor. Biochemistry and biophysics of lipids, (equivalent to C483 or C484), one semester of membranes and membrane proteins; fundamentals of undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent to C341), membrane transport; interfacial catalysis; transmembrane and B530 or consent of instructor. Undergraduate signal transduction. (bio)physical chemistry (equivalent to C481 or C361) is strongly recommended. Principles of inter- and intra- BIOC-B 680 Special Topics in Biochemistry (1.5-3 cr.) molecular interactions; thermodynamic and kinetic P: Consent of instructor. Topics vary yearly and include analysis of complex binding; experimental methods for the following: physico-chemical techniques in the study of analysis of macromolecular structure and binding. macromolecules; experimental methods in enzymology; organic chemistry of enzymatic reactions and enzyme BIOC-B 540 Fundamentals of Biochemical Catalysis models; conformational properties and macromolecules. (1.5 cr.) P: Undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent Can be retaken for credit. to C342), undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 or C484), or consent of instructor. Theory and BIOC-B 880 Research: Biochemistry (arr. cr.) This analysis of biochemical catalysis; enzyme kinetics and course is eligible for a deferred grade. inhibition; intermediate detection; protein modification and BIOC-B 507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules bioorthogonal chemistry. (1.5 cr.) P: B501 and B531 or permission of the BIOC-B 541 Enzyme Mechanisms (1.5 cr.) instructor Theory, application and limitations of available P: Undergraduate organic, chemistry (equivalent to instrumentation commonly used to solve biochemical C342), undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 or problems; hands-on exposure to instruments available in C484), B540 or consent of instructor. Theory and analysis the Physical Biochemistry Instrumentation Facility. of biochemical catalysis; post-translational modifying BIOC-B 511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome enzymes; redox cofactors; natural product biosynthesis; (3 cr.) P: Graduate student status. Attain an advanced P450 mechanisma; proteomics. level of understanding of the molecular basis of DNA BIOC-B 580 Introduction to Biochemical Research replication and its control; comprehend the molecular (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques of basis of gene expression and its control; understand the biochemical research. interplay between chromatin and nuclear structure and replication and transcription; evaluate primary literature in BIOC-B 600 Seminar in Biochemistry (1 cr.) P: B502 this field. or consent of instructor. Advanced critical analysis of the current scientific literature and scientific presentations. Cross-Listed Courses Attendance and participation in the weekly biochemistry program seminar series is required. Biology BIOC-B 601 Advanced Nucleic Acid Biochemistry • L529 Bioinformatics in Molecular Biology and (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or consent of instructor. Mechanistic Genetics: Practical Applications (4 cr.) P: I501, analysis of nucleic acid metabolism; specificity and role of I502, L519, or consent of instructor. Practical DNA polymerases and repair pathways; DNA replication experience in a range of data analysis and software and recombination mechanisms; RNA structural motifs engineering methods applied to molecular biology and physical properties; RNA synthesis and processing in data. gene expression; catalytic RNA molecules; applications of • L585 Molecular Genetics (3 cr.) P: L364 and RNA molecules. C483 or equivalent. The molecular basis of genetic interactions, with emphasis on microbial BIOC-B 602 Advanced Protein Biosynthesis and systems. The course covers the molecular mecha- Processing (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or consent of instructor. nisms of mutation, suppression, recombination, Detailed analysis of protein synthesis, post-translational complementation, etc., as well as mechanisms modification, and macromolecular assembly, including the for gene transfer in bacteria and bacteriophage. role these modifications play in mature protein function, The application of genetic analysis to a variety of biosynthesis, structure, function, and analysis of complex molecular biological topics is emphasized. oligosaccharides. • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology (3 BIOC-B 603 Advanced Macromolecular Structure and cr.) Critical analysis of recent advances in our Interactions (1.5 cr.) P: B503 or consent of instructor. understanding of molecular organization of cellular Supplements and extends B503: emphasis on stability structures and of their mode of function. The primary and folding mechanisms of proteins and nucleic acids and interest of this course concerns the eukaryotic cell. detailed thermodynamic analysis of binding interactions. • M525 Topics in Microbial Biochemistry and Physiology (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and C483 BIOC-B 604 Structural Methods (3 cr.) P: B503 or or M350 or equivalent. The course will consider consent of instructor. In biology, structure and function are topics in physiology and biochemistry of eukaryotic intimately connected. The aim of this class is to demystify and prokaryotic microorganisms. Subjects include macromolecular structure determination. We will examine 62 May 26, 2016

membrane physiology and regulatory networks in University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements metabolism and gene expression. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Chemistry Curriculum • C632 Structure, Function, and Spectroscopy of Metal Ions in Biological Systems (3 cr.) Degrees Offered Introduction to the field of bioinorganic chemistry and spectroscopic methods for determining Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in structure/function relationship of metal ions in evolution, ecology and behavior; Doctor of Philosophy in biology. Emphasis on oxygen carriers, metal ion genetics; Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in transport and storage, as well as oxidoreductases microbiology; Doctor of Philosophy in molecular, cellular, involved in oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen and developmental biology; Master of Science and Doctor metabolism. A discussion of electron transfer of Philosophy in plant sciences; Master of Science and proteins, photosystems, and the role of metals in Doctor of Philosophy in zoology; and Master of Arts for medicine will also be included. Teachers. Medical Sciences Special Departmental Requirements • B801 Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry (See also general University Graduate School (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and consent of requirements.) instructor. Biochemistry for medical students, Admission Requirements emphasizing structure-function relationships of cel- lular components, biosynthesis of nucleic acids and Undergraduate major in one of the biological sciences and proteins, degradation of simple and complex cell course work in the program in which a degree is sought. constituents, and regulation of cell growth. A degree in a related field (e.g., chemistry, physics, or • B802 Metabolism and Signal Transduction (3 mathematics) may suffice if appropriate biology courses cr.) P: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. were included in the student’s degree program. Students Biochemistry for medical students, including seeking admission to biology degree programs may signaling pathways, membrane biochemistry, and apply directly to the Department of Biology or online. the metabolism of macromolecules in health and Applications must include a complete entrance form, disease with emphasis on clinical applications. letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, and scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Physics Test. (While it is not required that applicants also submit • P575 Introductory Biophysics (3 cr.) P: Two scores on the Subject Test in Biology, it is recommended out of three from the following: (1) P221/P222 and that they do so.) The TOEFL score is required if the native P301 or equivalent, (2) C105/C106 or equivalent, language is other than English. and (3) L221 and L312 or equivalent; or consent Special Requirement for the M.S. Degree of instructor. Overview of cellular components; basic structures of proteins, nucleotides, and It is a requirement of the Department of Biology that biological membranes; solution physics of biological the M.S. degrees be completed within five semesters; molecules, mechanics and motions of biopolymers; however, the M.A.T. program allows additional time. physical chemistry of binding affinity and kinetics; Grades physics of transport and signal transduction; biophysical techniques such as microscopy and For all graduate degrees, students must maintain a spectroscopy; mathematical modeling of biological minimum GPA of B (3.0) in order to remain in good systems. standing in the Graduate School. Courses to be counted toward the degree must be passed with a grade of B- Neural Sciences (2.7) or better. To be eligible for financial support, the • N612 Ion Channels and Receptors (3 cr.) Department of Biology requires students to maintain a P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. minimum GPA of 3.2. Molecular, biophysical, and biochemical analysis Ph.D. Qualifying Examination of the major molecules responsible for neural excitability and synaptic transmission: receptor- Includes written, oral, and research components. See coupled ion channels, voltage-dependent ion specifics for each program below. channels, G-protein coupled receptors, transporters, signal transduction pathways, synaptic vesicle- Satisfactory Progress Toward a Degree associated proteins, cytoskeletal proteins, classical After passing the preliminary examination, for a student and novel neurotransmitters and modulators. to remain in “good standing” in the Department of Biology requires that sufficient progress be made toward Biology completing a thesis. If the research advisory committee College of Arts and Sciences judges progress to be unsatisfactory, probation may be Departmental E-mail: [email protected] recommended. At the end of the probationary period (usually a semester), probation will be lifted if the Departmental URL: www.bio.indiana.edu advisory committee judges the student’s progress to be (Please note that when conferring University Graduate satisfactory. If the advisory committee judges the student’s School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The May 26, 2016 63 progress to remain unsatisfactory, then the student will be • B555 Special Topics in Plant Systematics required to leave the program. • I590 (INFO) SNP Discovery and Population Genetics Thesis • L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution • L533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes The final requirement of each Ph.D. program is a Ph.D. • L567 Evolution thesis, which must be defended in a public research • Z540 Genetics of Structured Populations seminar and in a meeting of the research advisory • Z620 Molecular Evolutionary Genetics committee. See specifics for each program below • Z620 Phylogenetics for additional requirements and for Master degree requirements. Behavior/Physiology Other Provisions • L560 Physiological Ecology All students enrolled in a Ph.D. program in the Department • L581 Behavioral Ecology of Biology will be required to serve as associate instructors • P548 Neuroethology for at least one semester, regardless of their source of • Z460 Animal Behavior support; and they must complete formal instruction in • Z466 Endocrinology teaching methods in order to enhance their teaching • Z489Laboratory in Endocrinology skills. It is the conviction of the department that teaching • Z566 Laboratory in Endocrinology experience is a vital aspect of graduate education, • Z620 Sensory Ecology whether or not the student intends to pursue a teaching career after attainment of the desired degree(s). Minor Evolution, Ecology and Behavior The minor may be in a separate department, an Master of Science Degree interdepartmental program, a different graduate Course Requirements program in the Department of Biology, or in biometrics. Requirements are as set by the unit administering the A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours minor. must be taken in approved ecology and evolutionary biology courses. The courses that each student takes Ph.D. Qualifying Examination must have a coherent focus within the general field of Includes written oral and research components. All full- ecology and evolutionary biology. At least one seminar time Ph.D. students must pass part I of the examination should be taken each year. (written and oral breadth of kowledge examination) by Thesis the end of the thirteenth week of their fourth semester and must pass part II of the qualifying examination Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be (dissertation proposal defense) by the end of the sixth approved by the student’s advisory committee. week of their sixth semester. In the event of failure or postponement of part II, students may retake the Final Examination examination once, but no later than the end of their sixth Normally includes a public research seminar and an semester. oral defense of the thesis or defense of an approved Thesis alternative project before the advisory committee. Students write a thesis based on scientific research. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Final Examination A total of 90 credit hours, including two courses from one Public research seminar and oral defense of the concentration area listed below and one course from dissertation before the student’s research committee. a second area, Z620 Biostatistics (or equivalent), and dissertation. A total of 26 graduate course hours in Biology Genetics or the minor (not including Biostatistics). Students must Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology enroll the L570 seminar for both semesters of their first Doctor of Philosophy Degree year; and must give a presentation in the seminar at least Course Requirements once. During the first year, students take a common core Concentration Area Requirements program of courses and conduct research projects in at least three different laboratories prior to selecting Ecology/Population Biology a research advisor and laboratory. Students must • E455 (SPEA) Limnology complete a total of 90 credit hours including the core program, two advanced courses (see below), Grant • L575 Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning Writing (Z620), Journal Club (M850 or Z620), and • L577 Theoretical Ecology Research Ethics and Careers (Z620). Grant Writing and • L578 Advanced Population Biology Journal Club are taken during year two, and a Research • L579 Community Ecology Ethics course during year three. Students must teach for • L591 Plant Population Biology—An Experimental at least one semester. Approach Minor Evolutionary Biology 64 May 26, 2016

Each student must select a minor field distinct from the by the end of the fourth week of their fifth semester. In the chosen degree. Ordinarily, the core program courses meet event of failure or postponement, students may retake the minor requirements. In some cases a student may select examination once, but no later than the end of the twelfth another minor and must meet any additional requirements week of their fifth semester. set by that minor. Thesis Ph.D. Qualifying Examination Students write a thesis based on scientific research. Includes written oral and research components. All full- time Ph.D. students must take the qualifying examination Final Examination by the end of the fourth week of their fifth semester. In the Public research seminar and oral defense of the event of failure or postponement, students may retake the dissertation before the student’s research committee. examination once, but no later than the end of the twelfth week of their fifth semester. Plant Sciences Master of Science Degree Thesis Course Requirements Students write a thesis based on scientific research. A total of 30 credit hours, stressing suitable advanced Final Examination courses in plant sciences and cognate areas. At least 20 of the credit hours must be in the major area. Public research seminar and oral defense of the dissertation before the student’s research committee. Thesis Microbiology Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be Degree programs are available for students with interests approved by the student's advisory committee. in many areas of microbiology. Each student’s curriculum Final Examination is designed by the student in consultation with the graduate program director, the student’s mentor, and an A public research seminar and an oral defense of the appointed advisory committee. thesis or defense of an approved alternative project before the student's advisory committee. Master of Science Degree Course Requirements Doctor of Philosophy Degree Ph.D. students choosing a molecular approach will follow A total of 30 credit hours; 12 of these must be course the procedures of the genetics and molecular, cellular, work not including M500, M800, or M850. Course options and developmental biology graduate programs. Likewise, include B501 (4.5 cr.), L585 (4.5 cr.), C483, C485, M416, students choosing an organismal approach will follow M430, M460, M480, M511, M525, M540, L586, Z620 the procedures of the evolution, ecology and behavior (Special Topics, 1.5-3 cr.). Students are expected to program. rotate (M500) in at least three laboratories during the fall semester. Zoology Each degree program is tailored to the specific interests Thesis and needs of the student. Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be Master of Science Degree approved by the student's advisory committee. Course Requirements Final Examination A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours Normally includes a public research seminar and must be taken in the Department of Biology. oral defense of the thesis; or defense of an approved Thesis alternative project before the advisory committee. Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be Doctor of Philosophy Degree approved by the student's advisory committee. Course Requirements Final Examination A total of 90 credit hours, including the following core courses: L585 (4.5 cr.), B501 (4.5 cr.), M511, L523, and Normally includes a public research seminar and an M500. C483 and C484 may be substituted for the core oral defense of the thesis; or defense of an approved B501. Two advanced topics courses are also required. alternative project before the student's advisory Electives include but are not limited to M430, M525, L572, committee. L586, Z620 (Special Topics). Additional courses from this or other departments with written permission of the Doctor of Philosophy Degree microbiology program director may be substituted for the Ph.D. students choosing a molecular approach will follow electives. Also required are Grant Writing (Z620), and the procedures of the genetics and molecular, cellular, Research Ethics and Careers (Z620). During the first year, and developmental biology graduate programs. Likewise, students are required to complete three rotations (M500). students choosing an organismal approach will follow Students must teach for at least one semester. the procedures of the evolution, ecology and behavior program. Ph.D. Qualifying Examination Course Requirements Includes writtten, oral and research components. All full- time Ph.D. students must take the qualifying examination May 26, 2016 65

A total of 90 credit hours of advanced course work, (Emeritus), Roger Innes*, David M. Kehoe*, Arthur Koch* including dissertation. (Emeritus), Curtis M. Lively*, Paul Mahlberg* (Emeritus), Emilia Martins*, Elizabeth C. Raff*, Albert W. Ruesink* Minor (Emeritus), Milton W. Taylor* (Emeritus), Robert Togasaki* Selected in consultation with research advisor and zoology (Emeritus), Maxine A. Watson*, David White* (Emeritus), program director. Malcolm E. Winkler*, Miriam E. Zolan* Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Associate Professors The Master of Arts for Teachers in biology is offered Alan D. Bender*, Brian R. Calvi*, Spencer R. Hall *, by the University Graduate School (not the School of Matthew Hahn*, Richard Hardy*, George Hudock* Education) to provide training beyond the bachelor’s (Emeritus), Laura M. Hurley*, Justin P. Kumar*, degree for those who intend to teach in junior or senior Scott Michaels*, Armin P. Moczek*, Leonie Moyle*, high school and who wish additional training in biology. Tuli Mukhopadhyay*, Yean Chooi Odle*, Heather L. Each student in the program must possess a teacher’s Reynolds*, Dean Rowe-Magnus*, Sidney L. Shaw*, G. certificate by the time the degree is conferred, with the Troy Smith*, Stefan J. Surzycki*, Michael R. Tansey* exception of international students who intend to return to their native country. Assistant Professors Admission Requirements Pranav Danthi*, Ke Hu*, Daniel B. Kearns*, Soni Lacefield*, Melanie M. Marketon*, Jake McKinlay*, Kristi Bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution Montooth*, Richard P. Phillips*, Joseph R. Pomerening*, with sufficient hours in biology to enable the student to Nicholas Sokol*, Andrew Zelhof* take courses carrying graduate credit. Senior Scientists Course Requirements Lucy Cherbas, Kevin R. Cook, Don Gilbert, Marcy A. A total of 36 credit hours, of which a minimum of 25 credit Kingsbury, Kathy Matthews, John Murray hours must be in courses in the biological sciences that carry graduate credit; the remaining 11 credit hours may Associate Scientists be in education. All programs of study must be approved Eric Knox, Colin Meiklejohn, Keithanne Mockaitis, David by the Master of Arts for Teachers program advisor. Morgan, Gavin Murphy, Annettee Parks Certification Requirements Assistant Scientists For a complete list of courses in education and other Farrah Bashey-Visser, Geetanjali Chawla, Christina Dann, areas that are required for provisional certification, consult Kristin Klueg, Ellen Popodi, James Powers, Kimberly the School of Education Undergraduate Program Bulletin. Rosvall, Peggy Schultz, Barry D. Stein Faculty Adjunct Professors Chairperson Carl Bauer* (Biochemistry), Karen Bush, David Dilcher Professor Roger Innes* (Emeritus, EEB), Richard DiMarchi* (Chemistry), David Giedroc* (Chemistry), James Glazier* (Physics), Elizabeth Graduate Faculty Housworth (Statistics), Cheng C. Kao* (Biochemistry), (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Philosophy of Science), Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Vicki Meretsky* (Publiic and Environmental Affairs), doctoral dissertations.) Anton Neff* (Emeritus, Medical Sciences), J.C. Randolph (Public and Environmental Affairs), Dale Sengelaub* Clyde Culbertson Professor (Psychology), Roderick Suthers* (Psychology), William Yves V. Brun* Timberlake* (Psychology), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropol- ogy), Claire Walczak (Medical Sciences), Meredith West* Carlos Miller Professor (Psychology) Ted Widlanski* (Chemistry), Adam Zlotnick* Craig Pikaard* (Biochemistry) Class of 1968 Chancellor's Professor Adjunct Associate Professors Roger P. Hangarter* Lingling Chen* (Biochemistry), David Daleke* (Medical Sciences), James T. Drummond* (Biochemistry), Martha Distinguished Professors Oakley* (Chemistry), Flynn Picardal* (Public and Environmental Affairs), P. David Polly* (Geological Thomas C. Kaufman*, Ellen D. Ketterson*, Curtis M. Sciences), Henry Prange* (Emeritus, Medical Sciences), Lively*, Michael Lynch*, Jeffrey D. Palmer*, John Preer* Todd Royer (SPEA), Haixu Tang* (Informatics and (Emeritus), Rudolf A. Raff*, Michael Wade* Computing) Professors Adjunct Assistant Professor James Bever*, James José Bonner*, Volker Brendel*, Peter Hollenhorst* (Medical Sciences), Heather Hundley Yves V. Brun*, Peter T. Cherbas*, Keith Clay*, Gregory (Medical Sciences), Anne Prieto* (Psychology) E. Demas*, Lynda F. Delph*, Thomas F. Donahue* (Emeritus), Patricia L. Foster*, Clay Fuqua*, James L. Director of Graduate Studies Goodson*, Roger P. Hangarter*, George Hegeman* 66 May 26, 2016

Professor Roger P. Hangarter*, Myers Hall 352, (812) BIOL-L 465 Advanced Field Biology (3 cr.) 855-5456 BIOL-L 473 Ecology (3 cr.) Courses BIOL-L 474 Field and Laboratory Ecology (2 cr.) BIOL-B 351 Fungi (3 cr.) BIOL-L 479 Evolution and Ecology (4 cr.) This course is BIOL-B 352 Fungi: Laboratory (2 cr.) not currently being offered. BIOL-B 364 Summer Flowering Plants (4-5 cr.) BIOL-L 500 Independent Study (arr. cr.) P: Written consent of faculty member supervising research. BIOL-B 368 Ethnobotany (3 cr.) BIOL-L 501 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) P: Written BIOL-B 371 Ecological Plant Physiology (3 cr.) consent of faculty member supervising work. Supervised BIOL-B 372 Ecological Plant Physiology Laboratory work. S/F grading. (2 cr.) This course is not currently being offered. BIOL-L 504 Genome Biology for Physical Scientists BIOL-B 373 Mechanisms of Plant Development (4 cr.) (3 cr.) An accelerated but introductory treatment of This course is not currently being offered. contemporary issues in molecular biology and genetics including genome structures, gene function and regulation, BIOL-B 415 Phytogeography (2 cr.) This course is not mapping, proteins, and molecular evolution. Intended to currently being offered. meet the needs of graduate students in mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer sciences, and informatics BIOL-B 423 Introduction to Paleobotany (3 cr.) This who are considering working in biological areas or course is not currently being offered. collaborating with biologists. BIOL-B 445 Experimental Molecular and Cellular BIOL-L 505 Evolution of Development (3 cr.) P: Senior Biology of Eukaryotes (4 cr.) or graduate standing and consent of instructor. An BIOL-B 530 Anatomy and Morphology Seminar integrative approach to the link between development (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminars will and the evolution of morphology. Topics: evolution include current research studies in plant anatomy and of developmental mechanisms and of developmental morphology. This course is not currently being offered. regulatory genes, production of evolutionary changes through changes in developmental processes, devel- BIOL-B 555 Special Topics in Plant Systematics (3 cr.) opmental constraints, and origins of major body plans. Topics vary from year to year. Examples of subjects to be treated: phylogeny and families of flowering plants, BIOL-L 509 Field Exercises for Biology Education biology of ferns, biosystematics, molecular markers in (1-5 cr.) L509 is a graduate course for students in populational biology, and systematics. Enrollment of biology and education with an intended career in biology advanced undergraduates encouraged. education. Credits are variable (1-5) and will be arranged. Students will design field exercises based at the Indiana BIOL-B 560 Seminar in Systematics (arr. cr.) University Research and Teaching Preserve on topics P: Consent of instructor. Topics vary each semester. in organismal biology and ecology appropriate for public BIOL-B 570 Seminar in Physiology and Molecular school and other outside groups. Biology of Plants (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This BIOL-L 510 Introduction to the Research Laboratory course is not currently being offered. (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques BIOL-B 572 Photobiology (3 cr.) P: S305 or L367 or of biological research. Completion of a one-semester CHEM C483 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical research problem with a faculty member. relationship between light and biological systems. BIOL-L 519 Bioinformatics: Theory and Application Topics will include photosynthesis, visual processes, (3 cr.) Overview of theory and applications in photorespiration, phototaxis, bioluminescence, and bioinformatics, based on fundamentals of molecular photomorphogenesis, with emphasis on photosynthesis. biology and information sciences. Common problems, BIOL-B 573 Special Topics in Plant Physiology data, and tools in the field are outlined. These include (2-5 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advanced topics in plant biosequence analysis, alignment and assembly, physiology. This course is not currently being offered. With genomics, proteomics and phylogenetics, biological consent of instructor, may be taken more than once for databases and data mining, and Internet bio-information credit. services. BIOL-B 576 Developmental Plant Physiology BIOL-L 520 Seminar in Genetics (arr. cr.) P: L364 or (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Chemically oriented; Z420 or equivalents. This course is not currently being examination of substances uniquely involved in growth offered. and development in higher plants. Application of BIOL-L 521 Problems in Genetics—Higher Organisms information to lower plants only briefly discussed. This (3 cr.) P: L364 or equivalent. Selected topics in the course is not currently being offered. genetics of higher organisms emphasizing studies at the BIOL-B 577 Plant Biochemistry (2 cr.) A comparative molecular level. This course is not currently being offered. treatment of selected biochemical topics, emphasizing BIOL-L 522 Advanced Eukaryotic Molecular Genetics unique or important processes in plant metabolism and (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor; beginning course in development. This course is not currently being offered. genetics. Correlation of genetic data with changes May 26, 2016 67 in chromosome structure and number. Mechanics of Emphasis on current literature, including theoretical chromosome behavior in crossing over and disjunction. and empirical work. Lectures will alternate with class This course is not currently being offered. discussion and debate. BIOL-L 523 Critical Analysis of the Scientific Literature BIOL-L 577 Theoretical Ecology (3 cr.) Empowers (1-6 cr.) Detailed analysis of current research papers students to develop and analyze ecology-based models in biology. Emphasis on experimental design, research and use them as statistical hypotheses. Topics include methods, interpretation of results, and suitability of nonlinear one- and multi-species dynamics; stability controls. Generally taken in the first semester of graduate analysis; bifurcations; maximum likelihood; model residence. Topics may vary to suit specific fields (e.g., competition and information criteria. molecular, cellular, and developmental biology and genetics, or ecological and evolutionary biology). BIOL-L 578 Advanced Population Biology (3 cr.) P: Courses in ecology, genetics, and basic calculus, BIOL-L 529 Bioinformatics in Molecular Biology and and permission of instructor. A detailed assessment of Genetics: Practical Applications (4 cr.) P: I501, I502, population-ecological and population-genetic theory, and L519, or consent of instructor. Practical experience in a the factors determining the size and composition of animal range of data analysis and software engineering methods populations in nature. applied to molecular biology data. BIOL-L 579 Community Ecology (3 cr.) P: Ecology BIOL-L 533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes (3 cr.) and genetics. Survey of ecological and evolutionary Provides a broad conceptual overview of issues in topics between population and ecosystem levels. Review molecular and genomic evolution, with an emphasis on of scientific levels of selection and speciation. Major population-genetic issues. emphasis on interactions among populations (consumer- producer, competition, symbiosis, etc.) and commu- BIOL-L 555 Alternative Approaches to Teaching nity analysis (island biogeography, niche, diversity, and College Biology (2 cr.) Frameworks for teaching community structure). college biology. Addresses different teaching objectives (knowledge, applications, scientific thinking, ethical BIOL-L 580 Introduction to Research (1 cr.) Individual and policy considerations); different teaching methods faculty from the various graduate programs in biology (lectures, readings, recitations, discussions, exercises, present seminars on their research programs. Discussion experiments, projects); student heterogeneity between students and faculty about possible thesis (expectations, abilities, development, learning styles); research projects is encouraged. evaluation and grading; course and curriculum design; and evaluation and improvement of teaching. BIOL-L 581 Behavioral Ecology (3 cr.) Integrated elements of ethology, physiology, ecology, and BIOL-L 560 Physiological Ecology (3 cr.) Influence of evolutionary biology providing a synthetic approach to the abiotic environment on energy and material transfers animal behavior. Emphasis on integrated studies providing in individual organisms, with emphasis on terrestrial new insights into both evolutionary and mechanistic animals. questions. Students are asked to analyze the literature critically and debate controversial issues actively. BIOL-L 567 Evolution (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or biology or consent of the instructor. Topics BIOL-L 585 Genetics and Bioinformatics (3-4.5 cr.) include quantitative genetics, population genetics, and Focuses on genome organization and transmission strategic models of natural selection. Special topics and molecular genetics in a number of prokaryotic include: life history theory, sex and sexual selection, and eukaryotic systems. Topics include molecular kin selection, shifting-balance theory, speciation, mechanisms of mutation, suppression, replication, macroevolution, and comparative methods. meiosis, recombination, complementation, and approaches to identifying and analyzing genes. BIOL-L 570 Seminar in Ecology and Environmental Introduces students to the use of databases, programs Biology (1 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Presentations for computational analysis of DNA and protein sequence and discussions of current research in Evolution, Ecology, data, and high-throughput methods in genomics and and Behavior. May be taken more than once. proteomics. BIOL-L 572 Microbial Ecology (3 cr.) Principles of BIOL-L 586 Cell Biology (3-4.5 cr.) Critical analysis microbial ecology with emphasis on the population, of recent advances in our understanding of molecular community, and ecosystem ecology of bacteria and fungi. organization and function of cellular structures. The BIOL-L 573 Quantitative Genetics and Microevolution emphasis of this course will be on eukaryotic cells. Topics (1.5-3 cr.) Explores the fundamentals of the quantitative include membrane organization, cytoskeleton assembly genetic approach to understanding evolutionary process. and functions, signal transduction, cell-cycle regulation, Topics include the conceptualization and measurement of protein sorting, and vesicle trafficking. selection and the response to selection, the measurement BIOL-L 587 Developmental Biology (3-4.5 cr.) and consequences of genetic architecture, as well Evaluation of classical and current molecular and genetic as application of these ideas to classical and modern approaches to studying development of eukaryotic evolutionary theory. organisms. A significant portion of the course is devoted to BIOL-L 575 Ecosystem Structure and Function (3 cr.) discussing recent findings from molecular genetic studies P: L473 and L474 (or equivalent) or instructor’s consent. in Drosophila and C. elegans. Does biodiversity matter? Analysis of relationships BIOL-L 590 Seminar in Molecular, Cellular, and between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. Developmental Biology (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. 68 May 26, 2016

Presentation and discussion of topics in molecular and how those functions affect pathology and normal cellular cellular biology as seminar by students. Topics from mechanisms. current literature. Concentration on a particular area each semester to be announced before registration. S/F BIOL-M 525 Topics in Microbial Biochemistry and grading. This course is not currently being offered. Physiology (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and C483 or M350 or equivalent. The course will consider topics in BIOL-L 591 Plant Population Biology—An physiology and biochemistry of eukaryotic and prokaryotic Experimental Approach (3 cr.) P: Ecology course and microorganisms. Subjects include membrane physiology evolution course. The mechanisms by which plants, and regulatory networks in metabolism and gene as individuals, contribute to development of population expression. structure. Experimental studies of intra- and inter-specific mechanisms of population regulation, reproduction, BIOL-M 545 Medical Microbiology Laboratory (1 cr.) and vegetative growth. Emphasis on development and P: M540. Laboratory experiments to illustrate material physiological characteristics which determine mode of discussed in M540. interaction. Greenhouse projects designed and conducted BIOL-M 550 Microbiology (3 cr.) P: Two semesters by students. of college chemistry. Application of fundamental BIOL-L 600 Special Topics in Genetics (arr. cr.) principles to the study of microorganisms. Significance of P: L364 or equivalent. Topics not extensively treated in microorganisms to humans and their environment. Critical other courses, e.g., population genetics, human genetics, evaluation of current microbiological literature. immunogenetics, biochemical genetics of clones of BIOL-M 575 Human Parasitology (4 cr.) P: BIOL M310 mammalian cells. Topic presented will not be duplicated and M315. Biology of human parasites focusing on their within three to five years. L600 carries credit in plant etiology, epidemiology, immunology, diagnosis, and sciences, microbiology, and zoology programs. This treatment. Major groups of protozoa, helminths, and course is not currently being offered. medically important arthropods covered. Independent BIOL-L 800 Research (1-15 cr.) research assigned on a special topic. Lab presents both live and fixed materials complementing lecture. BIOL-M 300 Biomedical Sciences Documentation (1 cr.) BIOL-M 610 Recent Advances in Microbiology (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in microbiology or related area. BIOL-M 310 Microbiology (3 cr.) This course is not Course content changes each semester so that over a currently being offered. cycle of several years, major research areas are covered. May be repeated for credit. BIOL-M 315 Microbiology Laboratory (2 cr.) This course is not currently being offered. BIOL-M 612 Microbial Development (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. An analysis of BIOL-M 430 Virology: Lecture (3 cr.) recent publications concerned with the biochemistry of BIOL-M 435 Viral-Tissue-Culture Laboratory (3 cr.) development in viral, prokaryotic, and simple eukaryotic P: or C: M430, or consent of instructor. systems. The topics vary and emphasize the regulatory aspects of development. Cell differentiation and cell-cell BIOL-M 440 Medical Microbiology: Lecture (3 cr.) interactions are discussed. This course is not currently P: BIOL L211. R: BIOL M250, M255. being offered. BIOL-M 460 Biology of the Prokaryotes (3 cr.) BIOL-M 800 Research (1-12 cr.) BIOL-M 465 Biology of the Prokaryotes: Laboratory BIOL-M 850 Seminar (1 cr.) P: Graduate standing in (3 cr.) microbiology or consent of instructor. Reports on assigned BIOL-M 480 Microbial and Molecular Genetics (3 cr.) topics of current interest. S/F grading. May be repeated for credit. BIOL-M 485 Microbial and Molecular Genetics Laboratory (3 cr.) BIOL-Z 373 Entomology (3 cr.) BIOL-M 500 Introduction to Research (Microbiology) BIOL-Z 374 Invertebrate Zoology (3 cr.) (1-6 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques BIOL-Z 406 Vertebrate Zoology (5 cr.) of microbiological research. Assignment to a research problem with a faculty member to be completed in two BIOL-Z 420 Cytology (3 cr.) This course is not currently semesters. being offered. BIOL-M 511 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes BIOL-Z 460 Ethology (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: CHEM C584. The course will first develop an BIOL-Z 466 Endocrinology (3 cr.) understanding of nucleic acid structure and function to a professional level, then use these principles to explore BIOL-Z 476 Biology of Fishes (3 cr.) molecular aspects of gene expression and evolution. Emphasis will be on prokaryotes. BIOL-Z 486 Standards and Techniques of Animal Experimentation (2 cr.) This course is not currently being BIOL-M 512 Molecular Biology of AIDS Virus (3 cr.) offered. P: CHEM C341 and BIOL L311. A detailed consideration of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV, BIOL-Z 508 Advanced Ornithology (4 cr.) P: Z406. agent of AIDS). The functions of the HIV genes and Emphasis on avian ecology, distribution, and behavior; discussion and evaluation of recent literature. Field work May 26, 2016 69 includes investigation of populations of a wintering species Courses and a breeding species. This course is not currently being Curriculum offered. Courses BIOL-Z 540 Genetics of Populations (4 cr.) P: Consent Faculty of instructor. R: Z465, MATH M216, or equivalent. Survey of the theoretical basis of population genetics and a review BIOT-T 500 Project Lab in Biotechnology (1-3 cr.) of current problems and experimental findings. Content Students explore different stages of scientific investigation varies from year to year. by performing research using the techniques of biochemistry, molecular biology, genetics, and cell biology BIOL-Z 566 Laboratory in Endocrinology (2 cr.) on problems related to biotechnology. Students design P: Z466. Development and structure of major endocrine and execute research projects under supervision of the glands; their role in maintaining constancy of internal Instructor in a teaching laboratory setting on problems environment. Limited to 12 students. This course is not chosen in consultation with the Instructor. currently being offered. BIOT-T 501 Biochemical Instrumentation (2 cr.) BIOL-Z 576 Invertebrate Zoology Laboratory This laboratory course is focused on the biotechnology (2 cr.) P: P or C: Z374. Laboratory and field studies of instrumentation used to characterize proteins. Students invertebrates, with an emphasis on experiments with living will learn theory as well as gain hands-on training in mass specimens. spectrometry, spectroscopic analysis of protein-ligand interactions, and capillary electrophoresis. Data generated BIOL-Z 620 Special Topics in Zoology (arr. cr.) will be used to develop lab reports. P: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing. Topics not extensively treated in other courses, e.g., theoretical BIOT-T 502 Mammalian Tissue Culture (2 cr.) This zoology, oceanography, reservoir limnology, human laboratory course is designed to guide students through ecology, biochemistry, viruses and disease, critical culturing and manipulations of different mammalian analysis of the scientific literature, and other fields. Topics cell lines. Students will gain hands-on experience presented will be treated every three to five years. culturing cells, performing cell-based assays, and data interpretation. Faculty Curriculum BIOT-T 508 Theory and Application of Biotechnology Lecture (3 cr.) This course teaches concepts of molecular Courses and cellualar biology and biochemistry to help understand Faculty recent advances made in biotechnology. Director BIOT-T 515 Theory and Application of Biotechnology Cheng Kao Lab (3 cr.) Students will learn advanced laboratory techniques currently used in biotechnology with a focus Director of Graduate Studies on the application of molecular genetics and recombinant Robert Vaughan DNA technology. Professors BIOT-T 521 Research Design in Ethics (2 cr.) This course focuses on proper design and validation of Carl Bauer, Steve Bell, Cheng Kao, Craig Pikaard, Adam experimentation and means of ethical treatment of Zlotnick subjects, materials, and reporting of experimental data. Case studies involving data mismanagement will be Associate Professors covered. Lingling Chen, Jim Drummond BIOT-T 525 Protein Expression, Purification, and Assistant Professors Characterization Lab (3 cr.) This is a laboratory course focused on the expression of proteins in a variety Matthew Bochman, Jared Cochran, Hengyao Niu of systems ranging from E. coli, yeast, and tissue Professor of Practice culture. The students are involved in optimizing protein expression, affinity protein isolation, and biophysical Karen Bush characterization of their isolated proteins. Assistant Scientist BIOT-T 540 Structure and Function of Biomolecules (3 cr.) This applied biochemistry course provides Julia van Kessel mechanistic and applied analysis of proteins, enzymes Senior Lecturer and nucleic acids. Students also critique scientific papers and write ideas, as well as research the mechanism of Nancy Magill action of specific drugs and present their findings. Lecturers BIOT-T 680 Specialized Topics in Biotechnology Rasheda Sultana, Robert Vaughan (1-3 cr.) This is a specialized topics course. The content of which will vary from one semester to the next depending Instructor on the interest of the instructor. The course content is meant to be specialized to offer a wide variety of Daniel Watts topics of interest to Biotechnology graduate students and students minoring in Biotechnology. Instructors will 70 May 26, 2016 include faculty in the Biotechnology program, other faculty Master of Science in Biotechnology Accelerated whose research include Biotechnology, as well as visiting Program researches from Biotechnology industries that will offer The Accelerated Master's Program involves early unique insights to research topics in the Biotechnology admission of undergraduates at IU who plan to pursue field. a 5 year combined BA or BS with an MS degree in Biotechnology. These students should declare their Biotechnology intensions for a combined degree, and apply for admission College of Arts and Sciences to the MS program between their sophomore and junior Department of Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry years. Students will be given preferential admission Departmental E-mail: [email protected] into research laboratories to undertake independent research projects at the beginning of their third year of Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~mcbdept/biotech/ undergraduate studies and are expected to continue their graduate.shtml research program for three years, and at the end of that period, submit an M.S. thesis. Curriculum Curriculum Grades Courses For all graduate degrees, students must maintain a Faculty minimum GPA of B (3.0) in order to remain in good standing in the Graduate School. Courses to be counted Degrees Offered toward the degree must be passed with a grade of B- (2.7) Master of Science in Biotechnology; Master of Science in or better. Biotechnology Accelerated Program; and Ph.D. Minor in Course Requirements Biotechnology A total of 30 credit hours are required including a common Master of Science in Biotechnology core program consisting of the following courses: T500 (8 Special Departmental Requirements cr.), T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2 cr.), T508 (3 cr.), T515 (3 cr.), (See also general University Graduate School B501 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), Z620 Biotechnology Writing requirements.) (1 cr.). The remaining credit hours will encompass T490 Individual Independent Research. Admission Requirements Thesis Undergraduate major in one of the sciences and course work in the program in which a degree is sought. A A thesis is required. degree in a related field (e.g. chemistry, mathematics, Ph.D. Minor biology) may suffice if appropriate courses were included Students from other graduate degree programs can in the student’s degree program. Students seeking receive a graduate minor in Biotechnology with at least 6 admission to the biotechnology degree program may credit hours with an average grade of B or above in the apply to the Biotechnology Degree Program online. following courses: T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2 cr.), T508 (3 cr.), Applications must include a complete entrance form, T515 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), T525 (3 cr.), T540 (3 cr.), T680 letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, (1-3 cr.). and scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Test. The TOEFL score is required if the native language Business is other than English. Kelley School of Business Grades Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Students must maintain a minimum G.P.A. of B (3.0) in Departmental URL: http://www.kelley.iu.edu/doctoral/ order to remain in good standing in the Graduate School. Courses to be counted toward the degree must be passed (Please note that when conferring University Graduate with a grade of B- (2.7) or better. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Course Requirements contained only in The University Graduate School A total of 30 credit hours are required including a common Bulletin.) core program consisting of the following courses: T500 Curriculum (8 cr.), T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2. cr.), T508 (3 cr.), T515 (3 cr.), T540 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), and T680 (1-3 cr.). Degrees Offered The remaining credit hours can be selected from an Doctor of Philosophy approved list of courses in Biotechnology, Biochemistry, In addition, the Kelley School of Business offers the Bioinformatics, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Law, Public Master of Business Administration, Master of Science in and Environmental Affairs, Statistics, or Medical Sciences. Information Systems, Master of Professional Accountancy, and the Doctor of Business Administration. For details, Thesis see the Kelley School of Business Bulletin, Graduate No thesis is required. Programs. Special School Requirements May 26, 2016 71

(See also general University Graduate School Phase I requirements.) The Phase I requirements entail no minimum number of Admission credit hours but focus instead on proficiency in business operations and the basic disciplines. The credit hours To apply for admission to the doctoral programs in required for proficiency may be met either by exemption business, the applicant must do the following: (through the acceptance of previous course work) or 1. For domestic and international applications: apply by taking courses or independent study after entering online at https://app.applyyourself.com/?id=IU-BLA. the program. Individual departments determine the 2. Arrange for at least three letters of recommendation appropriate requirements for their majors. to be sent from persons qualified to judge the Teaching Development Program academic potential of the applicant. 3. Arrange to take (or have already taken within four All candidates for a doctoral degree in business must years of the date of application) either the Graduate complete the 1.5 semester hour teaching development Management Admission Test or the Graduate seminar or its equivalent. This seminar provides a Record Examination General Test. These tests are grounding in learning and teaching styles and methods. prepared by the Educational Testing Service and Phase II are administered at numerous locations throughout the United States approximately four times each The Phase II program of study is the central part of the year and, at less frequent intervals, in many foreign student’s doctoral-level course work. It is therefore critical countries. that the courses be selected to achieve the student’s 4. For domestic applications: submit official transcripts educational objectives while emphasizing high levels of of all college work taken and other support material research and scholarship. directly to the Chairperson of the Doctoral Programs, Major Field Kelley School of Business, 1309 E. Tenth Street, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 47405-1701. The program of study for the major is planned in 5. For international applications: submit official consultation with the student’s major-field advisor and transcripts of all college work taken and other consists of a minimum of 18 credit hours of advanced support material directly to the Office of International graduate work. There is no intention that the entire Admissions, 300 N. Jordan Avenue, Indiana program of study relating to the major must be taken in University, Bloomington, IN 47405. the administrative department or area represented by that major field. On the contrary, students are encouraged to Detailed information on admission and financial aid as incorporate courses from other departments or areas into well as additional program data may be obtained from their major-field curriculum when such courses are closely the doctoral programs office. The application deadline for related to the individual’s interests and help form a logical August admission is the preceding January 15 (December whole. 1 for international students). Minor Field Early applications are urged since all spaces in particular departments may be filled before the deadline. Late Each student selects one minor field, which requires a applications will be honored only if space is available. minimum of 9 credit hours of work beyond that expected as minimal preparation for all doctoral students. Minors Admission to the doctoral program in business is based are available in each of the major fields, as well as on an individual’s qualifications as evidenced by the in the following fields (though not limited to these): application, official transcripts, scores on the Graduate international business, economics, political science, Management Admission Test or the Graduate Record history, mathematics, psychology, sociology, and law. Examination, and, if possible, a personal interview. The doctoral business minor provides the opportunity for Prospective students’ applications for admission and the integration of other disciplines into the major area(s) supporting credentials are reviewed by the doctoral of students majoring in the Kelley School of Business; it program’s administrative committee and by the faculty in requires a minimum of 9 credit hours from a field outside the proposed major department. the student’s major field. The minor requirements for fields While it is unusual, highly qualified students with career outside the Kelley School of Business are determined by objectives clearly in mind may enter the doctoral programs the department in which the minor is offered. An overall in business directly from a baccalaureate program with GPA of at least 3.4 in the three courses is required. the intention of working toward a doctoral degree. Most, Methodology and Analysis (M and A) Requirement however, will begin work toward the doctorate after obtaining the master’s degree. All doctoral candidates must demonstrate competency in the areas of research methodology and statistical analysis. Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Business This is a 9 credit hour requirement. This course work will Program Requirements help provide the foundation and special proficiency in The requirements for the Ph.D. program in business are research design and analysis necessary for candidates to fulfilled in three basic phases of study. Although these conduct their research programs. phases may overlap, the program requires a logical Double Concentration Option sequence of course work, qualifying examinations, and dissertation research. Rather than follow the major, minor, and M and A sequence, a doctoral student may elect to have two 72 May 26, 2016 concentrations. The double concentration candidate Phase III concludes with the defense of the dissertation. has the option of (1) two concentrations, each with The objective of the defense is to provide students with 18 credit hours, or (2) a first concentration with 21 a forum for formal presentation of the results of their credit hours plus a second concentration of at least dissertation research. The purpose of the presentation, 15 credit hours. There are two issues that a student questioning, and discussion is to enable students to electing a double concentration should consider. First, all demonstrate that they have successfully completed what double concentration students must pass the qualifying they set out to do, as stated at the time of the proposal examination in both concentrations. Second, a double defense. The dissertation defense gives the research concentration is unlikely to be approved unless the student committee a final opportunity to bring the candidate’s can demonstrate that a portion of the overall course work research methods, findings, and conclusions under critical provides competency in M and A. Doctoral students may review. The candidate is expected to be able to defend all not unilaterally elect to have a double concentration; aspects of the inquiry satisfactorily. the student’s petition for a double concentration must be approved by both departments as well as by the Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Accounting chairperson of doctoral programs. For each doctoral student in this academic program, a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a Grades minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must complete in the Accounting major. For students with Course grades below C+ (2.3) are not counted toward an emphasis in Accounting, this prescribed coursework degree requirements but will be included in the covers research that addresses research questions in computation of the student’s grade point average. At least financial accounting, auditing, managerial accounting, a 3.4 grade point average with no grade below B– (2.7) is and tax accounting. The accounting curriculum offers required in those courses taken as part of the minor field. tracks based primarily on archival or experimental Students must achieve an overall grade point average research methods. Accounting doctoral students of at least 3.3 and earn no less than a B– (2.7) in those pursuing the archival track normally establish a minor in courses taken as part of the methodology area. finance, and students pursuing the experimental track Examinations normally establish a minor in psychology. The faculty advisory committee helps the student select appropriate Evidence of the student’s competence in a major field coursework for a minor area and a research methods must be demonstrated by examination. Examinations may area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare also be required in some minor fields. The examinations the student to design and conduct research and prepare are designed as exercises in creative and critical thinking, a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of not merely in recollecting facts and familiar analyses. Accounting. Admission to Candidacy Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Business Upon successful completion of all Phase II requirements Economics and Public Policy (including all qualifying examinations), the student will be For each doctoral student in this academic program, nominated to candidacy. a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student Dissertation Proposal must complete in the Business Economics and Public Examination on the dissertation proposal usually comes Policy major. For students with an emphasis in Business at the close of the work in Phase II of the program. A Economics and Public Policy, this prescribed coursework research committee is appointed to supervise and assist is focused on economic modeling, game theory, agency each candidate. A formal oral examination, to which other theory, information economics, and econometrics. doctoral students and faculty members are invited, is In addition, the faculty advisory committee helps the held on the proposal. Upon passing the examination, the student select appropriate coursework for a minor area candidate moves into the third phase of the program. and a research methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare the student to design and Phase III conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Business Economics and Dissertation Public Policy. An important early part of the dissertation experience is integrated with the advanced course work through Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Decision the research seminars. A minimum of 24 credit hours Sciences of dissertation credit is required, but 3 hours of credit in For each doctoral student in this academic program, research seminars within the major area may count toward a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a this requirement. Since the dissertation represents a major minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student research project, a year or more of full-time work in close must complete in the Decision Sciences major. For cooperation with the candidate’s committee is normally students with an emphasis in Decision Sciences, this required to complete Phase III. For this reason, candidates prescribed coursework is focused on preparing students in the Indiana University doctoral programs in business for research careers in management science and/ are strongly urged to remain in residence until all degree or operations management. Emphasizing the use requirements have been met. of mathematical models and analytical reasoning, students analyze problems in such areas as operations Defense of the Dissertation management, information technology, marketing, finance, management, and economics. The mathematical problem-solving techniques used include mathematical May 26, 2016 73

(linear, integer, nonlinear) programming, computer the marketing field: consumer behavior, marketing simulation, decision analysis, statistics, applied probability, strategy, and marketing models. In addition, the faculty game theory and artificial intelligence. In addition, the advisory committee helps the student select appropriate faculty advisory committee helps the student select coursework for a minor area and a research methods appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to the student to design and conduct research and prepare prepare the student to design and conduct research and a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field Marketing. of Decision Sciences. Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Operations and Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Supply Chain Management Entrepreneurship For each doctoral student in this academic program, For each doctoral student in this academic program, a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must must complete in the Operations and Supply Chain complete in the Entrepreneurship major. For students Management major. For students with an emphasis with an emphasis in Entrepreneurship, this prescribed in Operations and Supply Chain Management, this coursework is focused on the discovery and recognition prescribed coursework is focused on ways to address of opportunities to bring into existence future products the strategic and tactical problems faced by practicing and services. In addition, the faculty advisory committee managers overseeing the systems that transform helps the student select appropriate coursework for a resources (labor, capital, energy, and materials) into minor area and a research methods area. The prescribed goods and services, from originating locations to their course plan is selected to prepare the student to design destination in the marketplace. Good operations and and conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding supply chain management improves the use of resources advancements in the field of Entrepreneurship. through the development and implementation of effective operating systems to aid in the design, planning, and Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Finance control of productive activities for both goods and For each doctoral student in this academic program, services (such as Healthcare). In addition, the faculty a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a advisory committee helps the student select appropriate minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student coursework for a minor area and a research methods must complete in the Finance major. For students with area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare an emphasis in Finance, this prescribed coursework the student to design and conduct research and prepare is focused on fundamental research in major areas of a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of finance and analytical methodologies. In addition, the Operations and Supply Chain Management. faculty advisory committee helps the student select appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Organizational methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to Behavior and Human Resource Management prepare the student to design and conduct research and For each doctoral student in this academic program, prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a of Finance. minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must complete in the Organizational Behavior major. For Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Information students with an emphasis in Organizational Behavior, this Systems prescribed coursework is focused on human behavior in For each doctoral student in this academic program, work settings, human capital acquisition, development, a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a and deployment with an emphasis on explaining, minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student predicting and influencing behavior in organizations. must complete in the Information Systems major. For In addition, the faculty advisory committee helps the students with an emphasis in Information Systems, this student select appropriate coursework for a minor area prescribed coursework is focused on topics that include: and a research methods area. The prescribed course Foundations of IS, Team Collaboration, IS Theory plan is selected to prepare the student to design and Building, and Systems Analysis and Design. These conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding courses are augmented with tools courses such as advancements in the field of Organizational Behavior. Statistics and Structural Equation Modeling. In addition, the faculty advisory committee helps the student select Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Strategic appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research Management and Organization Theory methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to For each doctoral student in this academic program, prepare the student to design and conduct research and a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student of Information Systems. must complete in the Strategic Management major. For students with an emphasis in Strategic Management, this Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Marketing prescribed coursework is focused on the management of For each doctoral student in this academic program, the total enterprise at the strategic level, alignment of its a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a unique characteristcs and competencies with its external minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student environment, and contextual variables that influense an must complete in the Marketing major. For students with organization's choice of structure. In addition, the faculty an emphasis in Marketing, this prescribed coursework advisory committee helps the student select appropriate is focused around the three central domains within coursework for a minor area and a research methods 74 May 26, 2016 area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare Central Eurasian Studies the student to design and conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Strategic School of Global and International Studies Management. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Faculty Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~ceus Interim Dean The department offers a comprehensive program on the Idalene F. Kesner, Frank P. Popoff Chair of Strategic study of Central Eurasia, the vast heartland of Europe Management and Asia. Students are introduced to the area as a Graduate Faculty whole and specialize in one of the major regions within Central Eurasia. The degree program consists of two (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University interconnected elements: a language of specialization, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct which gives a student access to the culture of a given doctoral dissertations.) region through the voices of its people; and a region of Professors specialization, which includes courses on various aspects of the region’s culture. The language of specialization Franklin Acito*, S. Christian Albright* (Emeritus), Timothy may be any language offered regularly in the department, T. Baldwin*, Michael R. Baye*, Messod-Daniel Beneish*, including Estonian, Finnish, Hungarian, Mongolian, John A. Boquist*, Kurt Bretthauer*, Raymond R. Burke*, Persian, Tibetan, Turkish, Uyghur, Uzbek, and other two- Philip L. Cochran*, Jeffrey G. Covin*, Anthony D. Cox*, year department languages permitted by the student’s Catherine M. Dalton*, Dan R. Dalton*, Lawrence S. Graduate Advisory Committee. Davidson*, Alan R. Dennis*, Marc J. Dollinger*, George F. Dreher*, Terry M. Dworkin* (Emerita), Jeffrey D. Fisher*, Some regions and languages such as the Siberian Joseph G. Fisher*, S. Michael Groomer* (Emeritus), region (including the Buryat, Evenki, Yakut, and other John Hassell*, Stephen L. Hayford, W. Harvey Hegarty* languages) and the Volga-Kama region (including the (Emeritus), John W. Hill*, Max R. Hewitt*, Peggy A. Hite*, Mari, Mordvin, and other languages) are also available Thomas P. Hustad*, F. Robert Jacobs*, Bruce L. Jaffee*, only as individualized specializations at the Ph.D. level. Robert H. Jennings*, Heejoon Kang* (Emeritus), Idalene The Department of Central Eurasian Studies (CEUS) is Kesner*, H. Shanker Krishnan*, Donald F. Kuratko, affiliated with the new School of Global and International Arlen W. Langvardt, Glen A. Larsen*, R. Thomas Lenz*, Studies (SGIS) of the College of Arts and Sciences, David B. MacKay* (Emeritus, Geography), Scott Bradley dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate MacKenzie*, Laureen Ann Maines*, Jane P. Mallor*, Anne students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, P. Massey*, John W. Maxwell*, Patricia P. McDougall*, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- Michael B. Metzger*, Dennis W. Organ* (Emeritus), first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Robert W. Parry, Jr.*, Jeff Prince*, Philip M. Podsakoff*, emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, James H. Pratt*, Eric B. Rasmusen*, Eric L. Richards, and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative Roger W. Schmenner*, Dean A. Shepherd*, Daniel C. methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Smith*, J. Reed Smith*, Ashok Kumar Soni*, Gilvan access to a stellar faculty and professional development Souza*, Rosann Lee Spiro*, Geoffrey B. Sprinkle*, Jerrold opportunities. For further information regarding the J. Stern*, Charles Trzcinka*, Gregory F. Udell*, M. A. mission, structure, and resources of the School of Global Venkataramanan*, James M. Wahlen*, Rockney Walters*, and International Studies, see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Bradley Charles Wheeler*, James C. Wimbush*, Wayne L. Winston* Curriculum Associate Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Goker Ayden*, Hillol Bala*, Utpal Bhattacharya*, J. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Douglas Blocher*, Thomas Bowers, Kyle Cattani, Andrew University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Ellul, Leslie D. Hodder, Craig W. Holden*, Patrick E. contained only in The University Graduate School Hopkins, Eric N. Johnson*, Steven L. Jones*, Sreenivas Bulletin.) Kamma*, Vijay Khatri*, William Kulsrud*, Richard Degrees Offered Magjuka*, Martin Arthur McCrory, Neil Morgan, Robert Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. CEUS also offers Neal*, Jamie Darin Prenkert, Richard Rogers, Todd a dual M.A./M.P.A. degree with the School of Public and Saxton, Richard L. Shockley Jr.*, Rebecca J. Slotegraaf*, Environmental Affairs, a dual M.A./M.B.A. degree with the Mohan Tatikonda*, Siri Terjesen, Mikel G. Tiller*, Ramesh Kelley School of Business and dual M.A./M.I.S. and M.A./ Venkataraman*, Xiaoyun Yu M.L.S. degrees with the Department of Information and Library Science. Assistant Professors Special Departmental Requirements Nandini Gupta, Rick Harbaugh*, Hans S. Heese*, (See also general University Graduate School ShanShan Hu, Xinxin Hu, Dan Li, Shibo Li*, Marc Peter requirements.) Picconi, Andrey D. Ukhov, Jun Yang Master of Arts Degree Chairperson of the Doctoral Program The degree requirements are subdivided into fields Professor Anne P. Massey*, Kelley School of Business, based on the region of specialization: the Baltic-Finnish BU 742, (812) 855-8189 region (with primarily Estonian or Finnish as language of specialization), the Central Asian region (including May 26, 2016 75

Xinjiang, with primarily Uyghur, but also Kazakh, as the dual degree may be completed in the School of language of specialization), the Hungarian region Public and Environmental Affairs to complete prerequisite (with Hungarian as language of specialization), the courses that are only offered in the fall semester. Iranian region (with Persian or Pashto as language of Under this program, the degrees must be awarded specialization), the Mongolian region (with primarily simultaneously. Mongolian as language of specialization), Post- Communism and Nationalism (with a language of Admission Requirements specialization chosen in consultation with the student’s Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that Graduate Advisory Committee; Russian may be an application must also be made to the School of Public option), the Tibetan region (with Tibetan as language of and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master specialization), and the Turkish region (with Turkish as of Public Affairs degree. Students must be accepted by language of specialization). both units to be admitted to the dual degree program. Admission Requirements Students may apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students may apply first All M.A. applicants must have achieved a minimum of a for the M.A. in Central Eurasian Studies and apply for 3.0 (B) grade point average (GPA) for the B.A. course the School of Public and Environmenal Affair's M.P.A. work. The undergraduate record must show at least two program during their first year of study; they can then years of any single foreign language at the college level enter the dual degree program in their second year of or the equivalent. Three letters of recommendation and a study. statement of purpose are required. GRE scores of a least 148 quantitative or 160 verbal in the new scoring system CEUS Requirements; Course Work, Thesis, and or at least 600 in either verbal of quantitative in the old Research Language scoring system taken within the last 5 years. In addition to A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate the GRE exam, International applicants must have a score (second-year) level of a language of specialization taught of 550 or better for the paper-based TOEFL exam, or 213 in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in the region or better for the computer-based exam, or 79 or higher for of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, at least 3 of the internet-based exam TOEFL scores must be no more which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hours of than 2 years old. R691, CEUS' M.A. thesis course; and demonstration of Course Requirements reading proficiency (no credit hours) in a modern research language such as French, German, or Russian. The 3 A total of 30 credit hours: 3 credit hours of a professional credit hour professional research methodology course research methodology course; 6 credit hours of requirement of a CEUS M.A. shall be satisfied by the intermediate (second-year) level of a language of methodology course required for the School of Public and specialization taught in the department; 12 credit hours Environmental Affairs' M.P.A. The exact program for each of courses in the region of specialization; 6 credit hours student, based on departmental offerings, is established of electives, at least 3 of which must be taken in the by the student's Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. department; and 3 credit hours of CEUS-R691, the M.A. thesis (no credit hours) of not fewer than 50 and not thesis course. The exact program for each student, based more than 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) that on departmental offerings, is established by the student’s reflects the use of materials in the student’s language of Graduate Advisory Committee. specialization or in at least one research language other than English. Research Language Requirement Public and Environmental Affairs Course Reading proficiency in one of the following: French, Requirements German, Russian. Substitutions, when justified by the student’s field of specialization, may be permitted by the Thirty-six credit hours of graduate course work to be student’s Graduate Advisory Committee. distributed as follows: (1) three professional development practicum courses (3 credit hours) V501, V503, and V505; Thesis (2) six courses (18 credit hours) V502, V506, V517, V540, Required. M.A. thesis should be no fewer than 50 and V560, V600; (3) five specialized concentration courses not more than 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) (15 credit hours) that may include SPEA, CEUS, and and reflect the use of materials in the student’s language other courses to be selected in consultation with a SPEA of specialization or in at least one research language advisor. other than English. Thesis requirement can be waived Note on Tuition Costs if an M.A. thesis was written for an earlier M.A. degree. The student shall normally submit the M.A. thesis within Students in this dual-degree program may find variance 90 days after the end of the fifth semester of full-time in their tuition charges. There is no standardized method enrollment. Extensions may be granted only with the of coding students in dual-degree programs. The School written permission of the student’s Graduate Advisory of Public and Environmental Affairs and the College of Committee and the chairperson of the department. Arts and Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The school in which you register each Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and semester may depend on your funding. It is the student's Master of Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) Degree responsibility to consult with both units to determine in The Department of Central Eurasian Studies and the which school they should register eeach semester. School of Public and Environmental Affairs jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual master’s degree. The first semester of course work toward 76 May 26, 2016

Dual Masters of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies School of Business and the College of Arts and Sciences and Master of Business Administration (M.A./M.B.A.) charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The Degree school in which you register each semester may depend The Department of Central Eurasian Studies, in on your funding. It is the student's responsibility to consult cooperation with the Kelley School of Business, offers with both units to determine in which school they should a three-year program that qualifies students for two register each semester. Master’s degrees. Study in the dual degree program Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and allows students to complete the M.A. and M.B.A. with a Master of Information Science (M.A./M.I.S.) Degree total of 66 credit hours rather than the 84 hours that would The Department of Central Eurasian Studies offers a dual be required to take the two degrees separately. Under this degree program in cooperation with the Department of program, the degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Information and Library Science that prepares students Admission for a wide range of careers requiring a combination of technical skills in information science, foreign language Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. proficiency, and area expertise. Study in the dual degree program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.B.A. program allows students to complete the M.A. and M.I.S. program in the School of Business and must be accepted with a total of 60 credit hours rather than the 72 hours that by both units in order to be admitted to the dual degree would be required to take the two degrees separately. program. Students may apply for admission to both Students take at least 24 credit hours in CEUS and at programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students may least 36 graduate credit hours in Information and Library apply first for the M.A. in Central Eurasian Studies and Science. Under this program, the two degrees must be apply for the M.B.A. program during their first year of awarded simultaneously. study; they can then enter the dual degree program in their second year of study, provided that they have Admission completed no more than 24 hours of M.A. credit before Students must apply separately for admission to the starting work on the M.B.A. Either way, students will M.A. program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.I.S. spend one year in the College of Arts and Sciences and program in the Department of Information and Library one year at the School of Business and the final year Science and must be accepted by both units in order to completing the final requirements (including the thesis) of be admitted to the dual degree program. Students may both programs. apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply Research Language for admission to the other anytime before the completion of their degree. A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate (second-year) level of a language of specialization taught CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in the region Research Language of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, at least 3 of A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hours of (second-year) level of a language of specialization R691, CEUS' M.A. thesis course; and demonstration of taught in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in reading proficiency (no credit hours) in a modern research the region of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, language such as French, German, or Russian. The 3 at least 3 of which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hour professional research methodology course credit hours of R691, CEUS' M.A. thesis course; and requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall be satisfied by the demonstration of reading proficiency (no credit hours) in methodology course required for the Kelley School of a modern research language such as French, German, Business' M.B.A. The exact program for each student, or Russian. The 3 credit hour professional research based on departmental offerings, is established by the methodology course requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall student's Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis be satisfied by the methodology course required for (no credit hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than the Department of Information and Library Sciences' 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the M.I.S. The exact program for each student, based on use of materials in the student’s language of specialization departmental offerings, is established by the student's and/or in at least one research language other than Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis (no credit English. hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than 70 double- Business Course Requirements spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the use of materials in the student’s language of specialization and/or Required and elective courses for a total of 42 credit in at least one research language other than English. hours. The possibilities of course combinations are many and will depend on your specific career goals. All students Department of Information and Library Science in the dual degree program are strongly urged to arrange Requirements a course of study that includes courses in international Students must take 21 credit hours of required M.I.S. business. For full details, contact the M.B.A. program courses (Z510, Z511, Z513, S515, Z516, Z556, a office at 812-855-8006. programming course in or outside of ILS) and at least 15 Note on Tuition Costs credit hours of ILS elective courses (36 credit hours). Students in this dual-degree program may find variance Note on Tuition Costs in their tuition charges. There is no standardized method Students in this dual-degree program may find variance in of coding students in dual-degree programs. The Kelley their tuition charges. There is no standardized method of May 26, 2016 77 coding students in dual-degree programs. The Department coding students in dual-degree programs. The Department of Information and Library Science in the School of of Information and Library Science in the School of Informatics and Computing and the College of Arts and Informatics and Computing and the College of Arts and Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The school in which you register each semester may hour. You will initially be coded in one unit or the other. As depend on your funding. It is the student's responsibility to you near the half-way point in your dual-degree program, consult with both units to determine in which school they you should contact either Information and Library Science should register each semester. or the College, so arrangements can be made to change your coding and the second half of your degree can be Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and charged at the other unit's tuition rate. Check with the Master of Library Science (M.A./M.L.S.) Degree Recorder of either school if you have questions. The Department of Central Eurasian Studies offers a dual degree program in cooperation with the Department of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Information and Library Science. Study in the dual degree Admission Requirements program allows students to complete the M.A. and M.L.S. M.A. degree or its equivalent in the Department of Central with a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 hours that Eurasian Studies with a minimum 3.5 grade point average would be required to take the two degrees separately. in departmental course work. If an M.A. degree was Students take at least 24 credit hours in CEUS and at obtained elsewhere and included an M.A. thesis, the least 30 graduate credit hours in Information and Library student must satisfy the Department of Central Eurasian Science. Under this program, the two degrees must be Studies course requirements for the M.A. in one of the awarded simultaneously. fields of specialization described previously, but need not Admission write an M.A. thesis. Students must apply separately for admission to the Course Requirements M.A. program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.L.S. A minimum of 78 credit hours of graduate course work program in the Department of Information and Library (including those earned for the CEUS M.A.), Ph.D. course Science and must be accepted by both units in order to work shall be distributed as follows: four departmental be admitted to the dual degree program. Students may courses relevant to the student’s region of specialization apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. (12 credit hours); three courses in the language of Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply specialization and linguistics (9 credit hours); one for admission to the other anytime before the completion 700-level seminar taught in the department (3 credit of their degree. hours); outside minor (a minimum of 12 credit hours); CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and elective courses (12 credit hours). Students complete the Research Language remainder of the 90 credit hours required by the College of Arts and Sciences by enrolling in R890 or in courses A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate selected in consultation with their department advisor. (second-year) level of a language of specialization taught in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in Outside Minor the region of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, Students must fulfill the requirements for a minor in at least 3 of which must be taken in the department; 3 an outside department or program. The minor should credit hours of R691, CEUS' M.A. thesis course; and support the student’s disciplinary specialization within demonstration of reading proficiency (no credit hours) in the department and be chosen in consultation with the a modern research language such as French, German, student’s Graduate Advisory Committee. or Russian. The 3 credit hour professional research methodology course requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall Minors by Students from Other Departments be satisfied by the methodology course required for the Department of Information and Library Sciences' Ph.D. students majoring in other departments may take a M.L.S. The exact program for each student, based on minor in the Department of Central Eurasian Studies. This departmental offerings, is established by the student's shall consist of 12 credit hours of courses taught in the Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis (no credit department of which no more than 6 credits are language hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than 70 double- credit hours. The specific courses used to complete the spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the use of minor in Central Eurasian Studies shall be approved in materials in the student’s language of specialization and/or writing by the department faculty member who is selected in at least one research language other than English. by the student to serve on the student’s Ph.D. qualifying committee as an outside minor representative. Students Department of Information and Library Science pursuing a minor are encouraged to identify a faculty Requirements advisor in the department as early as possible so that a well-integrated program of study can be established. In addition to the ILS Z401 pre-requisite, students must complete 18 credit hours of ILS M.L.S. Foundation Research Language Requirement courses and at least 12 credit hours of ILS elective courses appropriate to the student's background and Requires one research language in addition to the interests. research language required for the M.A. degree. Note on Tuition Costs Qualifying Examination Students in this dual-degree program may find variance in Written and oral. their tuition charges. There is no standardized method of 78 May 26, 2016

The student will be examined in two fields with a separate Christopher P. Atwood*, Gardner Bovingdon*, Lynn Marie faculty examiner for each field. The written portion of the Hooker*, Paul E. Losensky*, Richard Nance (Adjunct, qualifying examination will be two hours long for each Religious Studies), Ron Sela*, Elliot H. Sperling* of the two fields in which the student is to be examined. Prior to the exam, the student, in consultation with the Assistant Professors faculty examiners, will prepare an examination reading Seema Golestaneh, Kathryn Graber*, Jason Mokhtarian list for each field. These reading lists must include works (Adjunct, Religious Studies), Öner Özcelik, Kaya Sahin in both the language of specialization and the research (Adjunct, History), Jonathan Schlesinger (Adjunct, languages. These reading lists will be kept on file with the History), examinations. Each of the faculty examiners will prepare three or four questions, of which the student will answer Senior Lecturers two, allowing approximately one hour for each question. Shahyar Daneshgar, Tserenchunt Legden, Gulnisa Marks of “high pass,” “pass,” and “failure” will be assigned Nazarova, Gedun Rabsal, Valeria Varga, Roman Zlotin to each field in the written and oral examinations. (Adjunct, Geography) Unsatisfactory performance in one field of the written Lecturers: Sibel Crum, Piibi-Kai Kivik, John D. Soper examination will require repetition of the examination in that field before the orals may be taken. Failing marks Senior Lecturer: Malik Hodjaev received in two fields of the written examination will constitute failure in the written part, and the student will Academic Specialist not be allowed to retake the written examination during the Edward Lazzerini same semester. If the student fails the written examination twice, consent to continue work in the department will be Director of Graduate Studies withdrawn. Associate Professor Gardner Bovingdon*, Goodbody Hall Unsatisfactory performance in one field of the oral 344, (812) 856-0230. examination will require repetition of the examination in All official advising after the second semester of that field. Failing marks received in two fields of the oral enrollment is done by the student’s Graduate Advisory examination will constitute failure in the oral part, and the Committee. student will not be allowed to retake the oral examination during the same semester. If the student fails the oral Courses examination twice, permission to continue work in the department will be withdrawn. History, Civilization, or Other Culture Courses Baltic-Finnish Dissertation CEUS-R 501 The Baltic States Since 1918 (3 cr.) Required. This course introduces the Baltic states at the graduate level. We cover independence during the Russian Final Examination Revolution and three eras: interwar, Soviet rule, and the re-establishment of independence and aftermath. Socio- Defense of dissertation. economic change and culture also receive attention. The Faculty approach is comparative. Weekly meetings are centered on discussion of common readings. Chairperson CEUS-R 502 Finland in the 20th Century (3 cr.) Professor Jamsheed K. Choksy* This course studies modern Finnish history in depth. Graduate Faculty The course stresses the following: Russification; 1905 Revolution; independence; interwar period, the Winter (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University War and the Continuation War; “Finlandization,” economic Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to miracle, and welfare state; changing role of women; direct doctoral dissertations.) Finland as part of Scandinavia; literature, art, and music; Distinguished Professor and membership in the EU. Jamsheed K. Choksy* CEUS-R 504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) This Ottoman and Modern Turkish Studies Professor lecture and discussion course examines the major works of modern Finnish literature in translation. Themes Professor Kemal Silay* include: urbanization, industrialization, independence, the individual and society, alcoholism, the Sixties, position of Professors women, and influence of fine arts, music, performing arts, Ilhan Basgöz* (Emeritus), Gustav Bayerle* (Emeritus), and film. Weekly written homework and class discussion. Christopher I. Beckwith*, Yuri Bregel* (Emeritus), Devin A. CEUS-R 508 Estonian Culture and Civilization (3 cr.) DeWeese*, William Fierman*(Emeritus), Henry Glassie* This course explores Estonian cultural development, (Emeritus, Folklore), György Kara*, Paul Marer* (Emeritus, including folklore and oral tradition, religion, language Business), Anne Pyburn* (Adjunct, Anthropology), Toivo and literature, literacy and education, high culture (music, Raun*, M. Nazif Shahrani*, Kemal Silay*, Mihály Szegedy- art, theatre, film), and the rise of an Estonian press Maszák* (Emeritus), Francis Trix* (Adjunct, Anthropology) and printing in general. Some comparison will be made Associate Professors to neighboring and other European traditions. Media presentations illustrate these developments. May 26, 2016 79

CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) Soviet Union, focusing on the 1980s and beyond. Main Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies is used for new classes topics are politics, society, and economy; others include in Baltic-Finnish studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. demography, , women, and foreign policy. The students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such format is primarily lecture, with three essay exams, classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and graduate students complete a paper or project. discussion. CEUS-R 516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia CEUS-R 600 Advanced Readings in Baltic-Finnish (3 cr.) Anthropology of former Soviet Central Asia and Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in adjacent areas of and Afghanistan. Topics: ecology; advanced topics in Baltic-Finnish studies. Readings may ethnohistory; subsistence traditions; kinship, gender, include work on demanding classical texts or a survey of and identities; religion; transformations under Russia, the secondary literature on a topic or some combination Iran, Afghanistan, and the war on terrorism. No previous thereof. knowledge presumed; background in anthropology helpful. Course consists of lectures, readings, films, slides, and CEUS-R 700 Seminar in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) discussion. Seminar in Baltic-Finnish Studies introduces doctoral students to current areas of research in Baltic-Finnish CEUS-R 527 Post-Soviet Central Asia Politics, studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary Economy and Foreign Policy (3 cr.) P: Student should literature, sounds philological methodology, and/or have some familiarity with Central Asia and/or political, theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will economic, and social issues in other post-Soviet countries. address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty This course will focus on political, economic, and foreign and advanced graduate students. issues since 1991 in the five former Soviet republics that emerged as independent countries in Central Asia. Our Central Asian main focus will be the similarities and differences among CEUS-R 510 Introduction to Central Asian History the newly independent states of Central Asia. (3 cr.) The breakup of the Soviet Union has dramatically increased global interest in Central Asia. This course CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Central Asia; Identity, offers students opportunity to explore Central Asia’s role Language, and Social Issues (3 cr.) P: Some familiarity in world history, in Islam, and as linking East Asia, South with Central Asia and/or political, economic, and social Asia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe. Readings issues in other post-Soviet countries. This course focuses include Central Asian sources in English translation. on the development in a variety of policy areas since 1991 in the five former Soviet republics that emerged CEUS-R 511 Travelers and Explorers in Central as independent countries in Central Asia. Each class Asia (3 cr.) This course charts the exploration of will be a different topic although we will concentrate on Central Asia (from China to Iran) in the eighth through similiarities and differences among newly independent nineteenth centuries as a gateway to this fascinating but states of Central Asia. under-studied region. Using primary sources in English translation, we will evaluate these travelogues as sources, CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) comparing and contrasting medieval and modern, insider Topics in Central Asian Studies is used for new classes and outsider, perspectives. in Central Asian studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such CEUS-R 512 Shrine and Pilgrimage in Central Asian classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and Islam (3 cr.) This course surveys religious beliefs and discussion. activities involving shrines and pilgrimage to holy places in Muslim Central Asia, from beginnings to today. Our aim CEUS-R 610 Advanced Readings in Central Asian will be to understand both how shrines served the religious Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in needs of Central Asian and the relationship advanced topics in Central Asian studies. Readings may between shrine-centered religious life and “normative” include work on demanding classical texts or a survey of religious practices. the secondary literature on a topic or some combination thereof. CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (3 cr.) This course surveys Islam and Muslim communities in CEUS-R 611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) This areas of the former USSR. After basic coverage of Islam, course surveys Central Asia’s ethnic history from ancient Russian expansion, and their interaction, we focus on the times to today. Part of the Islamic world, Central Asia pressures experienced and exerted by Islam, as religion has been a crossroads of cultures. Nomadic migrations, and socio-cultural system, with attention to religious life’s Russia and China’s imperial policies, and Central Asian adaptations to the Soviet and post-Soviet context. nationalism further affected interethnic relations. The course provides background to understand interethnic CEUS-R 514 Islamization in Inner Asia (3 cr.) This relations there today. course seeks to understand the distinctive character of Islam in Inner Asia. Introductory lectures treat religious CEUS-R 612 Central Asia Under Russian Rule (3 cr.) change and “conversion,” and geographic, ethnic, This course surveys Russia and Central Asia’s complex and political contexts. Later lectures explore cases of relations, covering Russian expansion in the 16th century, Islamization, emphasizing indigenous accounts and their Russian conquest in the 19th century, socio-political significance in Islamic and Inner Asian patterns of religious developments, and emergence of modern nations in meaning and ritual. the 1920s. Themes addressed include: mechanisms of Empire, dynamics between Conqueror and Conquered, CEUS-R 515 Politics & Society in Central Asia (3 cr.) and colonial administration of Islamic peoples. This course introduces Central Asia, esp. of the former 80 May 26, 2016

CEUS-R 613 Islamic Central Asia, Sixteenth- literature, sound philological methodology, and/or Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) This course surveys theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will Islamic Central Asia from the 16th century to the Russian address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty conquest: especially Chinggisid Uzbek states and the and advanced graduate students. ‘tribal’ dynasties, but also to 1755, and nomadic Qazaqs, Qirghiz, and Turkmens. Themes include CEUS-R 711 Seminar on Comparative Study of Central political institutions, legitimation, nomads and sedentaries, Asia and Middle East (3 cr.) This seminar explores ethnic developments, religion and culture; sources and various issues in Central Asian and the Middle Eastern historiography. society from an anthropological perspective. Past topics include “Islam and Politics,” “Representations of Islam CEUS-R 614 Yasavi Sufis and Central Asian Islam and Muslims,” and “Family, Gender, and the Crisis of (3 cr.) This course surveys the Yasavi Sufi tradition, Masculinity.” a major religious current in Islamic Central Asia since the 13th century. We explore its historical and religious CEUS-R 713 Sources for the Study of Central Asian background, the life of its founder, Khoja Ahmad Yasavi, History (3 cr.) This seminar is fundamental training for transmission lineages, the coalescence of the Yasavi Sufi graduate students in the field of Central Asian history. “order,” and its legacy in contemporary Central Asia. Lectures cover thoroughly all types of sources used for the study of Central Asian history during the Islamic period CEUS-R 615 The Naqshbandi Sufi Tradition in Central (8th-19th c.), with special emphasis on written sources, Asia (3 cr.) Familiar in India and the Ottoman Middle both in indigenous and European languages. East, the Naqshbandi order is less well known in its Central Asian homeland. This course covers Central Asian-Xinjiang in Central Asia, challenges under Mongol rule, early CEUS-R 530 Politics in Modern Xinjiang (3 cr.) Xinjiang founding figures, doctrinal profile and practices, and the has been a colony of the Manchu empire, a warlord subsequent history of the Naqshbandi communities to the fiefdom, an independent republic, and an “autonomous 20th century. region” in China. This course covers Xinjiang’s politics from 1900 to the present, focusing on Islam, identity CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central politics, immigration, language battles, cultural resistance, Asia (3 cr.) Course explores the role of religious figures the Production and Construction Corps, political economy, and institutions in sanctioning, exercising, and/or and oil. undermining political authority in Islamic Central Asia. The course focuses on the political influence wielded by the CEUS-R 531 Grave Robbers, Missionaries, and Spies: local representatives of Islam’s spiritual ideal, especially Foreign Adventurers in Chinese Turkistan (3 cr.) From Sufi shaykhs and how they used their extraordinary socio- the 19th century to the mid-20th, the mysteries of Xinjiang economical, and political power. (Chinese Turkestan) lured outsiders: missionaries, archeologists, treasure hunters, adventurers, scouts, CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Eurasia, officials, and outright spies. Fortunately, many left 1850-present (3 cr.) Understanding the background to readable accounts of their discoveries. Through them we headlines about Islam today demands serious reading of explore both the region’s attraction to outsiders and their sources, appreciation of Islam’s diversity, and awareness influence on the region. of internal controversies. In recent centuries, Muslims, like other religious believers, have been challenged CEUS-R 532 From Kingdom to Colony to Province: by modernity. How Muslims of Central Eurasia have History of Xinjiang to 1911 (3 cr.) This course introduces responded to modernity is this course’s primary theme. the tumultuous history of Xinjiang, geographically part of Central Asia, but now under China. We will cover cultural, CEUS-R 628 Russia’s Orient 1552-1924 (3 cr.) This ethnic, religious, and geopolitical changes up to 1911. graduate course examines the relationship between Topics include ecology and economy, Uyghur, Chinese, Russia and the Turkic peoples in the Black Sea, Mongol, and Manchu empires, Islamization, the Jadidist Caucasus, and Volga-Ural regions, as well as nomadic movement, and stirrings of nationalism. and sedentary Central and Inner Asia. Themes include: Russian expansion, efforts to situate the “oriental” Other CEUS-R 533 Cultures and Civilization of Xinjiang within the Empire, imperial management, and indigenous (3 cr.) This course surveys Xinjiang (Chinese Turkestan) resistance and accommodation. from prehistory to today: material life, languages, literature, arts, and religion. With texts and audiovisuals, CEUS-R 629 Islamic Hagiography of Central we will consider the “mummy controversy,” Xinjiang on Asia (3 cr.) P: Reading knowledge of Persian or the so-called Silk Road, Islamization, and cultural diversity Chaghatay or Turkic. This course familiarizes students today. Themes include cultural borrowing, “clash of with Central Asia’s Islamic hagiographical from the civilizations,” and the politics of multiculturalism. 12th-19th centuries, introduces them to problems in interpreting it, and provides experience in reading Hungarian examples. After introductory lectures, the course is CEUS-R 540 Introduction to Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) devoted to guided readings in Persian and/or Chaghatay What makes Hungary special? How have Hungarians Turkic hagiographies, mostly drawn from unpublished drawn on surrounding cultures? This course introduces manuscripts. major issues in Hungarian Studies, from the migration to the present. After a geographic survey, we explore issues CEUS-R 710 Seminar in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) of Hungarian identity, with particular reference to issues of Seminar in Central Asian Studies introduces doctoral ethnicity, religion, and culture, both high and low. students to current areas of research in Central Asian studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary May 26, 2016 81

CEUS-R 542 Roma Gypsy History & Culture (3 cr.) Iranian Europe’s largest minority, the so-called “Gypsies,” more CEUS-R 551 Prophets, Poets, and Kings: Iranian properly the Roma, have been killed, hunted, and reviled; Civilization (3 cr.) This course traces the history of yet the exotic flavoring of “Gypsiness” has fascinated Iranians from ancient times through the Arab conquest writers, artists, and composers. This course surveys to today. It focuses on institutions, religions, secular Roma history and representations. No background in East and ecclesiastic hierarchies, minorities, devotional and European studies, music, or film is required; readings are communal change, and Iranian influences on Islam. No in English. previous knowledge or course work required. CEUS-R 547 East Central European Cities in CEUS-R 552 Peoples & Cultures of the Middle East Comparative Perspective (3 cr.) This course is currently (3 cr.) This ethnographic survey examines the social not offered. This course explores East-Central European institutions and cultural forms in contemporary Middle cities through history, sociology, literature, film and the Eastern societies-i.e., the Arab world, Israel, , Iran arts: under Austrian or Russian rule until WWI, newly and Afghanistan. Topics include: ecology; Islam; pastoral independent between the wars, under Soviet hegemony nomadism, agriculture, and cities; colonialism and nation from WWII to 1989, and facing challenges of development states; tribalism, ethnicity, and gender; and modernization, and European integration since then. Main focus on oil wealth, labor migration, and social unrest. Budapest, Warsaw, and Prague. CEUS-R 554 Persian Literature in Translation (3 cr.) CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (1-4 cr.) Study and analysis of selected readings from Persian Topics in Hungarian Studies is used for new classes literature in English translation. May concentrate on a in Hungarian studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. particular theme, period, or author. Special attention students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such paid to the historical and cultural contexts of the works, classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and as well as problems in translation, critical analysis, and discussion. interpretation. Repeatable w/different topic for 6 credits. CEUS-R 640 Advanced Readings in Hungarian Studies CEUS-R 559 Topics in Iranian Studies (3 cr.) Topics in (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced Iranian Studies is used for new classes in Iranian studies, topics in Hungarian studies. Readings may include work aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper on demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary division undergraduates. Such classes are typically taught literature on a topic or some combination thereof. by a mix of lecture and discussion. CEUS-R 641 Art & Music of 19th & 20th Century CEUS-R 650 Advanced Readings in Iranian Studies Hungary (3 cr.) The 19th and 20th centuries saw the (1-6 cr.) birth of Hungary’s greatest artists and musicians, the This course number is for tutorials in advanced topics development of national institutions in the arts, and in Iranian studies. Readings may include work on debates over tradition vs. innovation, Hungarian folk demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary elements vs. integration into Europe’s artistic mainstream. literature on a topic or some combination thereof. This course surveys these major developments in Hungarian visual art and music. CEUS-R 750 Seminar in Iranian Studies (3 cr.) CEUS-R 642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context (3 cr.) Seminar in Iranian Studies introduces doctoral students This course surveys Bela Bartok’s major compositions to current areas of research in Iranian studies, using and writings, exploring how his eclectic and contradictory primary sources, full review of secondary literature, works responded to changing artistic and political climates sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically of east-central Europe in the twentieth century’s first half. sophisticated research designs. Classes will address Finally we will explore Bartok’s legacy on both sides of the particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and Iron Curtain, and since 1989. advanced graduate students.

CEUS-R 649 The Roma Through History, Music, and Mongolian Film (3 cr.) Writers, artists, filmmakers, and composers CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) In 1900 have long exploited the exotic image of “Gypsies,” or Mongolia was run by descendants of Genghis Khan Roma. Roma musicians are also indispensable to folk and Buddhist lamas under China’s last dynasty. In 1950 and popular music practices around Europe. This course it was Soviet Russia’s most loyal satellite, under the will examine both how this “mysterious” group has been dictator Choibalsang. By 2000, Mongolia had become a represented and how its members have responded democracy, with a struggling free-market economy. This creatively to these representations. course explores Mongolia’s wrenching changes since CEUS-R 740 Seminar in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) 1900. Seminar in Hungarian Studies introduces doctoral CEUS-R 561 Mongolia’s Middle Ages (3 cr.) This students to current areas of research in Hungarian class covers the Mongolia’s “middle ages” between the studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary Mongol world empire and the modern era: 1350 to 1850. literature, sound philological methodology, and/or Topics include the nobility, Oirats, Buddhist conversion, theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will Manchu-Chinese rule, and Buriats and Kalmyks in address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty Russia. Readings include modern histories and sources and advanced graduate students. in translation studied in a format combining lecture and discussion. 82 May 26, 2016

CEUS-R 562 Mongolian Civilization and Folk Culture and modern Mongolic peoples, the origins, functions, (3 cr.) Introduction to Mongolian traditional civilization: and classifications of scripts, their relation to religion and material culture (dwelling, clothing, food, warfare, statehood. Introduction is given to the Kitan, Uyghur, hunting, animal husbandry, crafts, agriculture, etc.), ‘Phags-pa, Galik, Oirat, etc. scripts, and to Mongolic in social and spiritual life (kinship, wedding, birth, names, Manchu, Tibetan, Latin, Cyrillic and Arabic alphabets. childhood, races, medicine, death, folk religion, Buddhism, shamanism, values and taboos, omens), folk arts (music, CEUS-R 760 Seminar in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) oral literature, dance, etc.). No knowledge of Mongolian is Seminar in Mongolian Studies introduces doctoral required. students to current areas of research in Mongolian studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary CEUS-R 563 Mongolian Historical Writings (3 cr.) literature, sound philological methodology, and/or P: Intermediate Mongolian or Classical Mongolian. theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will Overview of traditional Mongolian historiography and address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty other Mongolian historical sources: secular and religious and advanced graduate students. chronicles, genealogies, biographies, works, inscriptions, edicts, letters, etc. from Chinggis Khan’s time to the early CEUS-R 761 Ordos Documents (3 cr.) This course twentieth century. A selection of sources of various genres introduces (in original Mongolian with English translation) are read, translated and analyzed, and their interpretation documents collected in the early twentieth century in discussed. southern Ordos (Inner Mongolia), which illustrate both Mongolian life and Mongolian studies methodology. The CEUS-R 564 Shamanism and Folk Religion of the course’s aim is to understand pre-revolutionary Mongolian Mongols (3 cr.) What is shamanism? What is its role in society through the use of native documentary material. Mongol communities? Is it a religion? What is its relation to folk beliefs and world religions? Who becomes a Tibetan shaman or shamaness? What skills, tools, and techniques CEUS-R 570 Introduction to the History of (3 cr.) are necessary? These questions will be discussed in this This course surveys Tibet’s history from beginning to class; knowledge of Mongolian not required. today. Students study facets of Tibet’s history that include: the Tibetan empire of the 7th-9th centuries, the impact of CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) Topics Buddhism, Tibet’s relations with neighboring peoples, the in Mongolian Studies is used for new classes in Mongolian rise of the Dalai Lama, and the current issue of Tibet. studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper division under-graduates. Such classes are typically CEUS-R 571 Tibet and the West (3 cr.) This course taught by a mix of lecture and discussion. examines Western perceptions of Tibet during the past 700 years, comparing Tibetan civilization with CEUS-R 660 Advanced Readings in Mongolian Studies popular conceptions that prevailed in the West during (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced corresponding periods. Tibet as “Shangrila,” reflected in topics in Mongolian studies. Readings may include work such novels and films as Lost Horizon, will be examined on demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary along with Tibetan perceptions of Westerners and literature on a topic or some combination thereof. Western civilization. CEUS-R 661 Mongolian Literature and Folklore (3 cr.) CEUS-R 572 Sino-Tibetan Relations (3 cr.) This Interaction of orality and writing. History of Mongol literary course surveys interaction between Tibet and China studies. Internal and external sources. Broad and narrow from beginnings to today, touching on political, cultural, concepts of literature. Periods and areas. Connections economic, and religious links. Areas explored include the with other arts and the sacred. Authorship and anonymity. rise of Tibet as a dynamic empire competing with Tang Original and translated works. Indo-Tibetan, Chinese, China, religious links between Tibetan hierarchs and Turkic and Western influences. Prose and verse. Narrative Chinese rulers, and conflict over Tibet’s incorporation into and lyric genres. China. CEUS-R 662 Modern Inner Mongolia (3 cr.) This CEUS-R 573 The Religions of Tibet (3 cr.) This course course explores Inner Mongolia’s history from 1850 to surveys the history of Tibetan religions, and their impact today. Themes include Inner Mongolia as a bi-ethnic on Tibetan society and culture. It will consider interactions borderland, demography, the “New Schools Movement,” between religions and politics and how they shaped public pan-Mongolism, land reform, development and the lifestyles, inspire movements, and molded identity through environment. Students will think through issues of the centuries. Coverage will be both chronological and ethnicity, state-building, and globalization in both Inner thematic. Asian and Chinese contexts. CEUS-R 579 Topics in Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) Topics in CEUS-R 666 Mongolian Languages and Dialects Tibetan Studies is used for new classes in Tibetan studies, (3 cr.) The course investigates the following topics in aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper all attested Mongolic languages: language and dialects; division undergraduates. Such classes are typically taught periods, sources, and scripts; vowels & vowel harmony; by a mix of lecture and discussion. consonants; historical morphology; personal ; the n-stems; changes in systems; plurals; fusion, CEUS-R 670 Advanced Readings in Tibetan Studies contraction; syntax change; negation & interrogation; word (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced order; lexicon and loan words. topics in Tibetan studies. Readings may include work on demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary CEUS-R 667 Mongolic Writing Systems (3 cr.) The literature on a topic or some combination thereof. course discusses the writing systems used by medieval May 26, 2016 83

CEUS-R 770 Seminar in Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) General Seminar in Tibetan Studies introduces doctoral students CEUS-R 592 Uralic Peoples & Cultures (3 cr.) This to current areas of research in Tibetan studies, using course surveys the Uralic (Finno-Ugric and Samoyed) primary sources, full review of secondary literature, peoples of northern Europe and Siberia. Topics sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically include their origins and history, traditional and modern sophisticated research designs. Classes will address cultures, ethnic and national identity, development and particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and modernization, and political independence and Russian advanced graduate students. rule. We will also cover inter-relations among Uralic peoples in the modern era. CEUS-R 771 Introduction to Chinese Sources for Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) This course introduces the CEUS-R 593 The Mongol Century (3 cr.) This course voluminous corpus of Chinese-language sources on explores in depth Chinggis Khan’s Mongol empire Tibet: standard histories, unofficial histories, geographies, from its origins in the 13th century to the continent- literary compositions, collectanea, etc. They will learn wide break down of the 1330-1370s. Format alternates how to locate, handle, and navigate these materials. lectures and discussion of primary sources (Mongolian, Students will also learn the major modern works of Chinese, Middle Eastern, and European) in translation, Chinese Tibetology, including journals and Chinese- including many of the medieval era’s greatest histories language translations of Tibetan writings. and travelogues. Turkish CEUS-R 594 Environmental Problems and Social CEUS-R 580 Literature of the Ottoman Court in Constraints in Northern and Central Eurasia (3 cr.) Translation (3 cr.) The course involves reading and This course analyzes for undergraduate and graduate analyzing representative literary texts of the Ottoman students environmental and social conditions in the court, both poetry and prose. It introduces various literary immense region of Northern and Central Eurasia (former forms of Ottoman authors: gazel, kaside, mesnevi, tezkire, Soviet Union). The course covers; 1) general environment etc. We will use both the classical Ottoman canon, as well and political situation; 2) environmental transformation as modern and contemporary theoretical approaches for under Soviet rule; 3) environmental and public health interpretation. problems; 4) conclusions on current trends. CEUS-R 582 Cultural History of the CEUS-R 595 Politics of Identity in China and Inner & Modern Turkey (3 cr.) This course introduces the rich Asia (3 cr.) This course challenges the assumption that and varied cultures of Turkey, from Ottoman times to terms like “Chinese,” “Taiwanese,” or “Kazakh” represent today. It covers issues such as: literary and vernacular straightforward concepts. Via theories of identity, and languages, women, Kemal Ataturk, Turkish ; careful attention to the history of China and Inner Asia, education; Kurdish nationalism; and Turkey and Europe. we will explore - and explode - the association of identity Along with readings, Turkish films and other visual and descent, language and ethnicity, citizenship and materials will be used. nationality. CEUS-R 583 Ten Sultans, One Empire: Ottoman CEUS-R 596 The Rus, Khazars, and Bolgars (3 cr.) Classical Age 1300-1600 (3 cr.) (Currently this course Three kaganates—Rus’ (the precursor of Russia), Khazar, is not offered.) This course traces the Ottoman Empire and Bolgar—vied for power in the early medieval Eurasian from its beginnings to its height under Suleyman steppe. These states, one Slavic and two Turkic-speaking, the Magnificent. Themes include: Turks before the created the first cities in the region; Christian, Judaic, and empire; Asia Minor before the Turks; rival principalities; Islamic conversions followed. Course examines all three centralization; Ottomans as European and Middle Eastern; kaganates equally in their aspects and interrelations. economy, society, religion, law, learning; ethnic/cultural diversity; and the “classical age” as a concept. CEUS-R 599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies (3 cr.) Topics in Central Eurasian Studies is used for new classes CEUS-R 589 Topics in Turkish Studies (3-4 cr.) Topics in Central Eurasian studies, aimed at M.A. and early in Turkish Studies is used for new classes in Turkish Ph.D. students and/or upper division undergraduates. studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or Such classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and upper division undergraduates. Such classes are typically discussion. taught by a mix of lecture and discussion. CEUS-R 690 Advanced Readings in Central Eurasian CEUS-R 680 Advanced Readings in Turkish Studies Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced advanced topics in Central Eurasian studies that cover topics in Turkish studies. Readings may include work on multiple CEUS areas or do not fit comfortably in any demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary specific area. Readings may include work on demanding literature on a topic or some combination thereof. classical texts or a survey of the secondary literature on a topic or some combination thereof. CEUS-R 780 Seminar in Turkish Studies (3 cr.) Seminar in Turkish Studies introduces doctoral students CEUS-R 691 CEUS M.A. Thesis Research (3 cr.) This to current areas of research in Turkish studies, using course is required for all CEUS graduate students seeking primary sources, full review of secondary literature, a master’s degree who have not written a thesis for a sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically previous M.A. degree. It is normally taken during the fourth sophisticated research designs. Classes will address or fifth semester of a student’s enrollment concurrently particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and with writing a thesis. It is not repeatable. advanced graduate students. 84 May 26, 2016

CEUS-R 693 Theorizing Central Eurasia: The Problem situations, such as greetings, asking information, buying of Nationalism (3 cr.) This course introduces students to things, travel, phone calls, writing letters and so on. Every nationalism’s key works and questions. How are nations day at least a portion of class time will be devoted to the and nationalism related? Are nations imagined and cultural aspects of the Azerbaijani society. invented or ancient and enduring? Are nationalism, communism, and religiosity necessarily opposed? Are CEUS-T 584 Introductory Azerbaijani II (3 cr.) P: Grade indigenous more authentic than “official of “B” or higher in CEUS-T583 or equivalent. Introductory nationalisms”? Is Central Eurasian nationalism a Azerbaijani II continues Introductory Azerbaijani I. “derivative discourse,” imported from elsewhere? CEUS-T 683 Intermediate Azerbaijani I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-R 696 Manchu Historical Sources (3 cr.) Reading of “B” or higher in CEUS-T 584 or equivalent. Intermediate and analyzing materials in Standard (Classical) and Azerbaijani (Azeri) will use free discourse, prompted in Pre-Classical Manchu script. Overview of Manchu discussions, interviews, team activities, oral presentations, historiography. Documents, decrees, annals, chronicles written exercises, video-based discussions, and grammar (the Veritable Records), biographies or genealogies (the drills to expand first-year skills. Classes will be in Clear Registers), itineraries (e.g., Tulishen’s Travels), Azerbaijani, with only some grammatical explanations imperial inscriptions, inscriptions on cannons, narratives or spot translations in English. Authentic Azerbaijani (e.g., Song Yun’s talks about Russo-Manchu trade language materials are used throughout the course. relations). CEUS-T 684 Intermediate Azerbaijani II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-R 697 Soviet & Post-Soviet Nationality Policies of B or higher in CEUS T683 or equivalent. Introductory & Problems (3 cr.) Course devoted to nationality Azerbaijani II continues Intermediate Azerbaijani I. problems in the USSR, focusing on the Gorbachev Chaghatay period. Reviews theories of nationalism, history of Soviet CEUS-T 623 Chaghatay (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of one nationality policy, and specifics of individual republics. modern Turkic language or consent of instructor required; Concludes with consideration of issues during glasnost, acquaintance with Persian is desirable. This course gives and their significance in various republics across USSR: a basic knowledge of Chaghatay, the classical version of environmental, history/culture, language, economic Uzbek and the common literary language of all Central development, and migration. Asian Turks from the 15th to the early 20th century. The CEUS-R 698 Empire & Ethnicity in Modern Russia course surveys Chaghatay literature, grammar, and the (3 cr.) Comparative study of the concept of empire and the writing system together with the reading of Chaghatay rise of national movements among the major nationalities texts, chiefly historical. in tsarist Russia and the USSR from the mid-19th century Estonian to the post-Soviet era. Focuses on imperialism, nationality CEUS-T 503 Introductory Estonian I (3 cr.) Assuming policy, and factors shaping the evolution of national no previous knowledge of Estonian, Introductory Estonian identity. I emphasizes oral communications, with attention to CEUS-R 699 Central Eurasian Languages (3 cr.) This reading, writing, speaking and listening. With basic course examines the Central Eurasian languages and vocabulary and structures, students can talk about recent linguistic work on them. The Sprachbund (‘linguistic themselves and immediate surroundings, interact in area’) theory is examined, as are major relationship service encounters, read short texts and write notes. theories, both divergent (‘genetic’) and convergent. Students also learn about Estonian culture. Families covered include Finno-Ugric, Indo-European, CEUS-T 504 Introductory Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade Mongolic, Puyo-Koguryoic, Tibeto-Burman, Tungusic, and of B or higher in T503 or equivalent. Introductory Turkic. No prior knowledge of Central Eurasian languages Estonian II uses a communicative approach to introduce assumed. Estonian pronunciation and basic grammar (morphology CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies and syntax), and teach vocabulary and structures for (3 cr.) Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies introduces everyday conversation. Up-to-date textbooks, audio- doctoral students to current areas of research in Central and videotapes, and authentic materials (newspapers, Eurasian studies, using primary sources, full review of schedules, advertisements, the Internet etc.) will be secondary literature, sound philological methodology, and/ employed to enhance language learning and provide or theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes cultural information. will address particular areas and issues of interest to CEUS-T 603 Intermediate Estonian I (3 cr.) P: Grade faculty and advanced graduate students. of B or higher in T504 or equivalent. This course builds CEUS-R 890 Ph.D. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course serves on skills acquired during Introductory Estonian. First- two purposes: 1) it may be used for credit for advanced year topics are reviewed in more detail and new topics, readings related to doctoral research; 2) it maintains such as seasons, holidays, traditions and customs added. one’s student status as Ph.D. candidate (“ABD”) while Longer reading texts are introduced. Video materials researching and writing the Ph.D. dissertation. In either train listening comprehension. Conversation skills are function, this class is repeatable. developed beyond the structured exchanges learned at the Intro level. Languages Azerbaijani CEUS-T 604 Intermediate Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of CEUS-T 583 Introductory Azerbaijani I (3 cr.) B or higher in T603 or equivalent. Intermediate Estonian Introductory Azerbaijani I stresses a communicative/ II finishes covering Estonian grammatical structures interactive approach. We learn to handle basic everyday (morphology and syntax) and develops skills by reading, May 26, 2016 85 conversation, discussion, oral presentations, a weekly advanced skills desirable for academic life and work. The journal, short essays, and listening. Materials introduce goal is to communicate effectively in demanding oral and Estonian culture, including current press sources (print written situations, and to understand both writing and and Internet), short fiction, poetry, documentaries, feature speech on demanding topics. You will also widen your films, and new news programs. knowledge on Finnish culture and history. CEUS-T 703 Advanced Estonian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of CEUS-T 801 ADLS-Finnish (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or B or higher in T604 or equivalent. This course builds higher in T702 or equivalent. (Currently this course is students’ confidence as language users via class not offered.) In this class, students who have finished discussion of newspaper articles, fiction and poetry, class Advanced Finnish II may continue language learning in presentations, journal entries, summaries of articles, films topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a and news clips, short essays, TV broadcasts, and audio proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and tape recordings. We focus on structures of formal written a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment Estonian and different registers of oral production. is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. CEUS-T 704 Advanced Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T703 or equivalent. Advanced Estonian II Hungarian consolidates students’ knowledge of Estonian structure, CEUS-T 541 Introductory Hungarian I (3 cr.) and adds to vocabulary, especially in students’ areas of Introductory Hungarian enables students to converse interest. While speaking, reading, listening and writing are about basic topics, meet basic communicative needs, and developed, this course has more emphasis on reading and read and write short texts with simple sentence patterns writing. Independent work and student contribution a must; and everyday topics. Students learn to use fundamental class is tailored to individual interests. Hungarian structures with comfort and confidence. Students also learn about Hungarian lifestyle, society and CEUS-T 803 ADLS-Estonian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or culture. higher in T704 or equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this class, students who have finished CEUS-T 542 Introductory Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade Advanced Estonian II may continue language learning in of B or higher in T541 or equivalent. In Introductory topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a Hungarian II, daily classes focus: listening to and proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and conducting conversations, intonation exercises, grammar a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment exercises and writing simple dialogues and essays. is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the Topics include: traveling, work, housing, shopping, post IAUNRC. office and bank, family. Important possessive structures and sentences as well as indefinite and definite verb Finnish conjugations are introduced. CEUS-T 501 Introductory Finnish I (3 cr.) This course introduces Finnish to students with no previous CEUS-T 641 Intermediate Hungarian I (3 cr.) P: Grade knowledge. We emphasize skills for everyday situations in of B or higher in T542 or equivalent. Intermediate Finland. You will also understand simple spoken Finnish Hungarian helps students converse more fluently about for familiar topics and grasp the main points of brief personal and simple academic topics, articulate their messages. You will also learn the basic facts of Finnish feelings and opinions, read short literary and scholarly culture and history. texts, and write for basic personal, business, and academic purposes. Authentic texts and video teach about CEUS-T 502 Introductory Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of the life-style and social-historical facts of Hungary. B or higher in T501 or equivalent. Introductory Finnish II continues Introductory Finnish I. CEUS-T 642 Intermediate Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T641. Intermediate Hungarian helps CEUS-T 601 Intermediate Finnish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of students converse more fluently about personal and B or higher in T502 or equivalent. Intermediate Finnish simple academic topics, articulate their feelings and I helps students who know the basics of Finnish to opinions, read short literary and scholarly texts, and communicate in situations related to study, work and write for basic personal, business, and academic leisure, while learning specific issues of Finnish culture purposes. Authentic texts and video teach about Hungary. and history. Methods are learner centered, communicative Moderately complex grammatical forms are introduced. and often problem-based, involving both instructor and peer learners. CEUS-T 741 Advanced Hungarian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T642 or equivalent. Assuming four semesters CEUS-T 602 Intermediate Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of of Hungarian and substantial knowledge of grammar, B or higher in T601 or equivalent. Intermediate Finnish II syntax, and vocabulary, this course will enable students continues Intermediate Finnish I. to converse about moderately complex personal, social, CEUS-T 701 Advanced Finnish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of and academic topics, to read and understand a full range B or higher in T602 or equivalent. This course teaches of literary genres, and to write and translate to meet most advanced skills desirable for academic life and work. The personal and academic needs. goal is to communicate effectively in demanding oral and CEUS-T 742 Advanced Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of written situations, and to handle both writing and speech B or higher in T741 or equivalent. In this course, students on demanding topics. You will also widen your knowledge continue to learn how to converse about moderately on Finnish culture and history. complex personal, social, and academic topics, read and CEUS-T 702 Advanced Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of understand a range of genres, and write and translate B or higher in T701 or equivalent. This course teaches for personal and academic needs. Based on readings, 86 May 26, 2016 students extend vocabulary and develop a more academic CEUS-T 713 Advanced Kazakh I (3 cr.) P: Grade of style for conversation and writing. B or higher in CEUS T 614 or equivalent. Advanced Kazakh I familiarizes students with key parts of life in CEUS-T 841 ADLS-Hungarian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or contemporary Kazakhstan. While improving speaking, higher in T742 or equivalent. (Currently this course is listening, reading and writing, students will also do not offered.) In this class, students who have finished occasional translations. Building on previous levels with Advanced Hungarian II may continue language learning in stimulating and challenging activities, including listening topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a to narratives, radio interviews, etc., students will forge proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and accurate and fluent communication skills. a methodology for improving language skill. Enrollment is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the CEUS-T 714 Advanced Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B IAUNRC. or higher in T713 or equivalent. In Advanced Kazakh II we will keep introducing contemporary Kazakhstan, so Iranian students will have vocabulary to communicate according CEUS-T 656 Middle (3 cr.) This properly in different situations, purposes, and roles. variable title course introduces one or more of the Listening materials include narratives, radio interviews, following Iranian languages dating from the first to twelfth “Cenasianet” language programs, Kazakh fiction, and centuries: Middle Persian (Pahlavi); Middle Parthian and newspapers. Teaching materials will be distributed in hand Manichaean Middle Persian; Sogdian; Bactrian and Saka. outs and copies. Documents are drawn from manuscripts, manuscript fragments, and/or inscriptions. Repeatable up to four times CEUS-T 813 ADLS-Kazakh (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or with different topic. higher in T714 or equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this class, students who have finished CEUS-T 658 Old Iranian Languages (3 cr.) Course Advanced Kazakh II may continue language learning in covers alphabets, grammar, vocabulary, reading, topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a translation, and analysis of texts in two Old Iranian proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and languages: Avestan and Old Persian. Religious a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment and sociopolitical documents will be examined from is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the eighteenth to first centuries BCE through manuscripts and IAUNRC. inscriptions. Can be taken twice with different topics. Mongolian Kazakh CEUS-T 561 Introductory Mongolian I (3 cr.) CEUS-T 513 Introductory Kazakh I (3 cr.) This class Introductory Mongolian I introduces students to modern introduces basic communication skills in Kazakh. Mongolian in the Cyrillic script, introducing basic Students learn the sounds, alphabet, and basic grammar. Mongolian pronunciation and grammar, along with Upon finishing, students will be able to use Kazakh knowledge of Mongolian culture and traditions. By the in basic communicative contexts. Readings, class end of the semester, students can conduct everyday discussions, listening activities adapted from Kazakh conversations and use Mongolian’s main cases and verb language media programs. Films and extra-curricular tenses in conversation and writing. cultural activities develop awareness of Kazakh culture. CEUS-T 562 Introductory Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 514 Introductory Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of of B or higher in T561 or equivalent. In this course, B or higher in T513 or equivalent. This class offers basic we expand the competencies already mastered in communication skills and basic grammar of Kazakh. You Introductory Mongolian I. By the end of the semester will master simple to moderately complex sentences. students can use the main cases and finite verb tenses, Listening to media programs, film as well as some modals (converbs) and simple compound viewing, and cultural activities will also develop awareness sentences. Students also learn about Mongolian culture by of Kazakh culture. As textbooks are lacking, teaching reading simple folk tales. materials are distributed via handouts and copies. CEUS-T 661 Intermediate Mongolian I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 613 Intermediate Kazakh I (3 cr.) P: Grade of of B or higher in T562 or equivalent. This course expands B or higher in T514 or equivalent. Intermediate Kazakh the basic Mongolian conversation, grammar, reading builds on and extends the foundations established in and writing skills mastered in first year. The most useful Introductory Kazakh to improve basic language skills: kinds of compound and complex sentences of Mongolian speaking, reading, writing, listening. Its primary goal is are introduced and skills developed to use them in to improve communicative competence and to enable conversation and writing. Students also learn more about learners to handle a variety of immediate everyday Mongolian culture and traditions. situations related to academic life. CEUS-T 662 Intermediate Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 614 Intermediate Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of of B or higher in T661. This course expands the basic B or higher in T613 or equivalent. Intermediate Kazakh’s Mongolian conversation, grammar, reading and writing primary goal is to teach students to use Kazakh for skills introduced in the first semester. Students master the everyday situations and purposes related to work and most useful kinds of compound and complex sentences of social life. Lessons are in Kazakh only, except some Mongolian and voice infixes in conversation and writing. grammar analogues. Components include grammar Students also learn more about Mongolian culture and structures, small texts, vocabulary, listening activities, and traditions. writing exercises. CEUS-T 663 Classical Mongolian I (3 cr.) Introduction to Classical Mongolian and its relation to the living spoken May 26, 2016 87 languages and dialects. Topics include the Mongolian CEUS-T 654 Intermediate Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade vertical script, its origin, graphemes and allographs, vowel of B or higher in T653 or equivalent. This class extends and consonantal graphemes, orthography, punctuation, Pashto language skills, introducing materials on social numbers, a skeletal grammar, word formation, syntax. interactions, current daily life, and culture. We build Format is reading, analyzing, and translating texts in grammatical and lexical knowledge of learners with transcription and original script. stimulating and challenging activities. By the end of the semester, students will converse confidently in routine CEUS-T 664 Classical Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Classical tasks and social situations. Mongolian I. Reading and interpreting various old and new Classical Mongolian texts in Uyghur script, grammatical CEUS-T 753 Advanced Pashto I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or analysis and translation into Modern Mongolian and higher in T654 or equivalent. Course materials relate to English. the Pashtunwali, customs, commerce, news channels in Afghanistan and more. Students will be able to participate CEUS-T 761 Advanced Mongolian I (3 cr.) P: Grade in exchanges about work and home, converse on many of B or higher in T662 or equivalent. Students first familiar topics, narrate and describe in all time frames review compound and complex sentences and then (present, future, and past), and read texts of medium develop a sense of Mongolian literary style through the complexity. reading of diverse materials. In-class oral presentations, discussions, and role-plays help students to increase their CEUS-T 754 Advanced Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or fluency. Students are introduced to translation, and their higher in T753 or equivalent Advanced Pashto II continues knowledge of Mongolian culture and history is enhanced. Advanced Pashto I. Students participate in exchanges about work and home, converse on many familiar topics, CEUS-T 762 Advanced Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of narrate and describe in all tenses (past, present, future), B or higher in T761 or equivalent. Class objectives are: and read texts of medium complexity. Course materials 1) develop a sense of Mongolian literary style through related to the Pashtunwali; customs, commerce, news reading diverse materials; 2) improve fluency by oral channels in Afghanistan and more. presentations, class discussions, and role-playing; 3) Practice formal translation using internet and newspaper Persian materials; 4) develop knowledge of Mongolian culture and CEUS-T 551 Introductory Persian I (3 cr.) This class literary history. introduces basic communication skills in Modern Standard Persian and familiarizes students with Persian’s sounds, CEUS-T 861 ADLS-Mongolian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or alphabet, and basic grammar. Students will learn to read, higher in T762 or equivalent. (Currently this course is write, speak, and comprehend simple to moderately not offered.) In this class, students who have finished complex sentences. Readings, class conversations, media Advanced Mongolian II may continue language learning in programs, film viewing, and cultural activities will also topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a introduce Persian culture. proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment CEUS-T 552 Introductory Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the B or higher in T551 or equivalent. This course continues IAUNRC. Introductory Persian 1. While working further on basic sentence structure, we will develop greater fluency in Pashto pronunciation, reading, and writing. Our aim is a working CEUS-T 553 Introductory Pashto I (3 cr.) Introduces the vocabulary of 700 words; we will also begin studying Pashto language of Afghanistan. By practicing listening, compound and other idiomatic expressions. Internet speaking, reading, and writing, students are familiarized resources will be used extensively. with the alphabet and sound system, basic structures and ordinary usage. By the end of the semester, the student CEUS-T 651 Intermediate Persian I (3 cr.) P: Grade will have mastered simple sentences and can ask and of B or higher in CEUS T552 or equivalent. Welcome answer simple questions on familiar topics. to Intermediate Persian! After starting with a grammar review, we will cover a wide range of topics, and CEUS-T 554 Introductory Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B intermediate to advanced grammar. or higher in T553 or equivalent. Strengthens and improves skills gained in the previous semester. Students move into CEUS-T 652 Intermediate Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade new topics such as personal information, daily activities, of B or higher in CEUS T651 or equivalent. This and expanded grammar structures. By the end of the course continues Intermediate Persian I, concentrating course, the student will read simple prose texts, deal with on complex grammatical structures and vocabulary everyday situations, and respond to requests on familiar acquisition. Emphasizing reading and writing skills, we will topics. also work on fluency in modern colloquial pronunciation (Tehran dialect). We will study texts drawn from textbooks, CEUS-T 653 Intermediate Pashto I (3 cr.) P: Grade modern Iranian publications and authentic materials, and of B or higher in CEUS T554 or equivalent. Improves Internet resources. communicative skills to meet ordinary social situations and express interests and personal needs such as inquiring CEUS-T 659 Research in Classical Persian Texts about one’s surroundings, getting directions, buying food, (3 cr.) P: T652, its equivalent, or special permission of going out to eat, etc. By the end, the student should be the instructor. The classical Persian tradition holds a able to communicate and ask of questions about familiar distinguished place in human thought and culture. This topics using learned grammatical structures. course introduces aspects of that rich legacy. Students will learn what distinguishes classical Persian from modern, and master research tools and reference works. Readings 88 May 26, 2016 taken from textbooks to reflect the range of classical is also required. We also have coffee hours to enable Persian texts. students to talk to Tibetan native speakers. CEUS-T 751 Advanced Persian I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 573 Practical Tibetan (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or of B or higher in T652 or equivalent. In this course, higher in T572 or equivalent. This course offers continuing students will examine the classical Persian tradition’s study in Tibetan classical and modern languages. rich legacy of historical, literary, and religious writings. Materials include instructor’s handouts, audio-visual Students will learn the grammatical and lexical differences materials, books and online materials such as from the distinguishing classical from modern Persian, and will be Tibetan and Himalayan Digital Library (www.thdl.org) introduced to basic research tools and reference works. will be used for language teaching purposes. Open to Readings cover the range of classical Persian texts. students who have completed Introductory to Advanced Tibetan language. CEUS-T 752 Advanced Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T751 or equivalent. Advanced Persian II CEUS-T 671 Intermediate Tibetan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of continues Advanced Persian I. B or higher in T572 or equivalent. Intermediate Tibetan further develops the students’ ability to use Tibetan CEUS-T 851 ADLS-Persian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or language for meaningful communication. Speaking, higher in T752 or equivalent. (Currently this course is listening, reading and writing skills are developed not offered.) In this class, students who have finished throughout the course with due attention to grammar. Advanced Persian II may continue language learning in Special attention is devoted to classical Tibetan readings. topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and CEUS-T 672 Intermediate Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment B or higher in T671 or equivalent. Intermediate Tibetan is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the II is mainly aimed at the further development of the IAUNRC. students’ abilities with basic features of Tibetan language. In addition to the textbook, other materials such as short Tajik stories, articles etc., will be used for students’ daily writing CEUS-T 515 Introductory Tajik I (3 cr.) This course and reading assignments. introduces the language and culture of the Tajiks of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan. You will learn enough Tajik to CEUS-T 673 Imperial Old Tibetan:Introduction to the greet people, maintain simple conversations, handle basic Language of the Tibetan Empire (3 cr.) survival needs, read signs, and short narratives, and fill Introduction to the language, including its grammatical out a form or take a message. You will also learn about structure, phonology, and alphabetic writing system. Tajikistan. Students learn to read authentic material from the Tibetan Empire (C. 600-842 AD), including portions of the Old CEUS-T 516 Introductory Tajik II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Tibetan Annals and major inscriptions. B or higher in T515 or equivalent. Introductory Tajik II continues and expands what is learned in Introductory CEUS-T 674 Amdo Dialect Tibetan (3 cr.) This course Tajik I. introduces basic communication skills in the Tibetan CEUS-T 615 Intermediate Tajik I (3 cr.) P: Grade of Amdo Dialect, spoken in Tibet’s Amdo region and parts B or higher in T516 or equivalent. Intermediate Tajik of Kham. Course materials include instructor’s handouts, follows the communicative approach, enabling learners to audio-visual materials, books and online materials such interact successfully in everyday and workplace situations. as those from the Tibetan and Himalayan Digital Library Authentic Tajik language materials used include videos (www.thdl.org). and audio-taped materials, and printed texts. Focused CEUS-T 676 Readings in Modern Tibetan Texts (3 cr.) drills present grammatical structures; explanations and This course allows students interested in the modern paradigms are minimized. Materials also familiarize Tibetan language to improve their skills in handling literary students about life for Tajiks. Tibetan materials and documents produced in Tibetan CEUS-T 616 Intermediate Tajik II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B areas of the PRC and in exile. or higher in CEUS T615 or equivalent. Intermediate Tajik CEUS-T 771 Advanced Tibetan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B II continues and expands what is learned in Intermediate or higher in T672 or equivalent. Advanced Tibetan I helps Tajik I. students acquire advanced skills in an academic and Tibetan professional manner. Students expand their knowledge CEUS-T 571 Introductory Tibetan I (3 cr.) Introductory of grammar with reading and composition exercises, Tibetan I introduces Tibetan language basics to students and translate general texts from Tibetan into English. with no previous background. We will begin speaking, The course will focus on reading in modern and classical listening, reading and writing. We cover the basic Tibetan. grammar, build vocabulary, and develop idiomatic usage CEUS-T 772 Advanced Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade needed in everyday communication. The course will also of B or higher in T771 or equivalent. This course will introduce learners to Tibetan culture and daily life. further develop advanced skills desirable for academic CEUS-T 572 Introductory Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of and professional work. The materials are selected from B or higher in T571 or equivalent. Introductory Tibetan II writings and translations of classical and modern Tibetan. is a further introduction to the basics of Tibetan language. Daily writing and translation assignments. Knowledge of While expanding the competencies developed in the Tibetan culture and history also taught. previous semester, students receive daily written, reading and audio home assignments. Conversation preparation May 26, 2016 89

CEUS-T 871 ADLS-Tibetan (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or introduced to major scholarly figures, theories, secondary, higher in T772 or equivalent. (Currently this course is and especially primary sources. not offered.) In this class, students who have finished Advanced Tibetan II may continue language learning in CEUS-T 688 Advanced Ottoman Turkish II (3 cr.) In topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a addition to deciphering texts, the course will focus on proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and genealogies of the historical Turkish lexicon. Instructor will a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment guide the students throughout the semester in developing is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the these skills by providing them with hundreds of examples, IAUNRC. and the scholarly tools and methodologies that are fundamental in historicizing Turkish words and . Turkish CEUS-T 781 Advanced Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or CEUS-T 581 Introductory Turkish I (3 cr.) Introductory higher in T682 or equivalent. Advanced Turkish is based Turkish I introduces English-speaking students to Turkish. on authentic materials such as watching Turkish TV news Students build basic proficiency in modern Turkish and via Oncourse, and writing a report on it. All language skills communicate at beginner’s level in everyday situations. (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) are improved in Listening, speaking, reading, and writing are covered in class activities. At coffee hours students can interact with classroom activities and at-home practice and a sound native speakers in a friendly environment. linguistic and cultural foundation is laid for future studies of Turkish. CEUS-T 782 Advanced Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T781 or equivalent. Advanced Turkish II CEUS-T 582 Introductory Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of is a fun way to learn Turkish, with new and improved B or higher in T581 or equivalent. Introductory Turkish II materials and an interactive method. Instruction is based continues Introductory Turkish I, expanding at a higher on authentic materials, such as Turkish TV via Oncourse. level basic competencies previously mastered. Students At coffee hours students can interact with native speakers develop communicative skills as they assimilate the in a friendly environment. basics of . In addition to the textbook, we use other media such as short video clips from Turkish CEUS-T 785 Media Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Advanced television, songs, and newspaper articles. Turkish or permission of instructor. It addresses the needs of students of Turkish in coping with the CEUS-T 681 Intermediate Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of linguistic and cognitive difficulties associated with media B or higher in T582 or equivalent. Intermediate . It improves students’ linguistic skills for I expands the communicative skills, grammar and better comprehension of the contemporary language as vocabulary skills mastered in Introductory Turkish. Class manifested in the Turkish media. Up-to-date socio-political activities and homework involve listening, speaking, issues associated with these texts will also be discussed. reading and writing. Special attention paid to building richer vocabulary, developing competence in the CEUS-T 786 Media Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B vernacular, and improving reading. Recordings, films, or better in T785 or equivalent. As opposed to “Media handicrafts, and cartoons used in context. Turkish I” whose focus was reading comprehension, “Media Turkish II” centers around oral comprehension. CEUS-T 682 Intermediate Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Authentic materials from the Turkish media are B or higher in T681 or equivalent. Intermediate Turkish II incorporated into the teaching schedule in an effort to help continues Intermediate Turkish I. students develop their listening comprehension skills. The CEUS-T 685 Introductory Ottoman Turkish I (3 cr.) instructor provides the current TV recordings via satellite. The first semester focuses on the Arabic script as used CEUS-T 881 ADLS-Turkish (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or in Ottoman. Relevant Arabic and will higher in T782 or equivalent. (Currently this course is be incorporated into the lectures and exercises. We will not offered.) In this class, students who have finished read and analyze (morphology and syntax) twentieth- Advanced Turkish II may continue language learning in century printed Ottoman texts. Course structure adjusted topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a according to students’ level as determined by ACTFL proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and assessment. a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment CEUS-T 686 Introductory Ottoman Turkish II (3 cr.) is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the Introductory Ottoman Turkish II continues Introductory IAUNRC. Ottoman Turkish I, and prepares students for a smooth transition toward reading authentic printed Ottoman Turkmen materials. Semester concludes with an introduction to CEUS-T 517 Introductory Turkmen I (3 cr.) Introductory manuscripts. The course emphasizes reading, but writing Turkmen enables learners to interact successfully in not neglected. Relevant Arabic and Persian grammar everyday and workplace situations in the target language incorporated into lectures and exercises. and culture at a proficiency level of 1 (ILR guidelines). Authentic Turkmen language materials - video- and audio- CEUS-T 687 Advanced Ottoman Turkish I (3 cr.) The taped materials, printed texts - are used throughout. course is designed to train students in deciphering and Grammatical structures are presented within focused understanding advanced level Ottoman literary sources. drills. These include poetry collections, biographies of poets, travel literature, and hagiographic manuscripts and CEUS-T 518 Introductory Turkmen II (3 cr.) P: Grade other Ottoman sources of Islam. Students will also be of B or higher in CEUS T517 or equivalent. Introductory Turkmen II continues Introductory Turkmen I. 90 May 26, 2016

CEUS-T 617 Intermediate Turkmen I (3 cr.) P: Grade drive to contribute to the whole class as well as individual of B or higher in CEUS T518 or equivalent. Intermediate meetings. Turkmen follows the communicative approach, enabling learners to interact successfully in everyday and CEUS-T 831 ADLS-Uyghur (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or workplace situations. Authentic Turkmen language higher in T732 or equivalent. (Currently this course is materials used include videos and audio-taped materials, not offered.) In this class, students who have finished and printed texts. Focused drills present grammatical Advanced Uyghur II may continue language learning in structures; explanations and paradigms are minimized. topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a Newspaper materials update project materials on proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and Turkmenistan’s changing life. a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the CEUS-T 618 Intermediate Turkmen II (3 cr.) P: Grade IAUNRC. of B or higher in CEUS T617 or equivalent. Intermediate Turkmen II continues Intermediate Turkmen I. Uzbek CEUS-T 511 Introductory Uzbek I (3 cr.) Introductory Uyghur Uzbek I introduces Uzbekistan’s literary language, using CEUS-T 531 Introductory Uyghur I (3 cr.) Introductory Latin and Cyrillic alphabets. Conversation, reading Uyghur I introduces basic Uyghur language: the Uyghur practice, journal writing, newspapers illustrating modern script, phonetic rules, and basic grammar of the literary Uzbekistan, Uzbek videos, TV programs, and audio tapes Uyghur language. Students also learn about Uyghur will be used. Students will use Oncourse and email to print lifestyle, society and culture. Daily class activities involve: out teaching materials and to turn in their assignments. conversations; pronunciation, vocabulary, and grammar exercises; simple dialogues and texts. Considerable CEUS-T 512 Introductory Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of independent preparation outside of class required. B or higher in T511 or equivalent. Introductory Uzbek II continues Introductory Uzbek I. CEUS-T 532 Introductory Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T531 or equivalent. Introductory Uyghur CEUS-T 611 Intermediate Uzbek I (3 cr.) P: Grade of II continues Introductory Uyghur I. Students will develop B or higher in T512 or equivalent. Intermediate Uzbek their skills in listening, reading, speaking and writing, to increases students’ fluency in speaking and develops begin mastering literary Uyghur language. Uyghur audio listening and reading skills. With extensive conversation and video cassettes and visuals illustrate contemporary and reading practice, students extend their vocabulary Uyghur cultural life. Opportunity for personal expression and grammar fundamentals in the literary language of comes in partner and group work. Uzbekistan. Journals, newspapers and authentic materials supplied via Internet, e-mail and Oncourse illustrate CEUS-T 631 Intermediate Uyghur I (3 cr.) P: Grade modern life and language in Uzbekistan. of B or higher in T532. Intermediate Uyghur will expand the learner’s grammatical, lexical, and functional skills. CEUS-T 612 Intermediate Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Listening activities involve narratives, interviews from RFA B or higher in T611 or equivalent. Intermediate Uzbek II (Uyghur Erkin Asiya Radiosi), Uyghur TV, etc. Partner continues Intermediate Uzbek I. work and discussions are also used. Contemporary CEUS-T 711 Advanced Uzbek I (3 cr.) P: Grade of Eastern Turkestan’s society will be introduced, so B or higher in T612 or equivalent. Advanced Uzbek I students can communicate properly in different situations, increases oral fluency, and develops listening, reading and purposes, and roles. writing, based on literary Uzbek, to enable students to do CEUS-T 632 Intermediate Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of research in history, culture, politics, etc. We do extensive B or higher in T631 or equivalent. Intermediate Uyghur conversation and reading practice, using journals and II is much like Intermediate Uyghur I. While developing newspapers illustrating modern Uzbekistan, Internet skills, we will introduce contemporary Eastern Turkestan, websites, Oncourse, videos, TV programs and audio its culture and mentality, so students may communicate tapes. effectively. Also included: translation skills, partner work CEUS-T 712 Advanced Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or and discussions, authentic listening and video material. higher in T711 or equivalent. Advanced Uzbek II increases Independent work out of class is an essential part. oral fluency, and develops listening, reading and writing, CEUS-T 731 Advanced Uyghur I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or to enable students to do research in history, literature, higher in CEUS T632. In Advanced Uyghur I students will and culture. We do extensive conversation and reading give oral, reading, and writing presentations, participate practice, using newspapers and journals illustrating Uzbek in class discussions, and practice translation. Excerpts history, literature, and modern life, plus Uzbek videos, TV from novels, movies, newspapers, etc., will develop programs, and audio tapes. knowledge of Uyghur culture. Students will need a strong CEUS-T 811 Advanced Directed Language Study- drive to contribute to the whole class as well as individual Uzbek (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T712 or meetings. equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this CEUS-T 732 Advanced Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or class, students who have finished Advanced Uzbek II higher in CEUS T731. In Advanced Uyghur II students will may continue language learning in topic areas of interest. give oral, reading, and writing presentations, participate Students submit to the IAUNRC a proposal specifying in class discussions, and practice translation. Excerpts instructor, materials to be studied, and a methodology for from novels, movies, newspapers, etc., will develop improving language skills. Enrollment is contingent upon knowledge of Uyghur culture. Students will need a strong receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. May 26, 2016 91

General . The main focus is on topics such CEUS-C 596 Intro Central Eurasian Language (0 cr.) as agglutination, vowel harmony, complex locative This is a variable topic course limited to enrollment by case systems. The final topic: sociolinguistics of Uralic off-campus participants in the ANU/IU less commonly languages in Russia. Currently not being offered. taught language course exchange using distance learning CEUS-T 698 Intermediate Central Eurasian Languages technology. Currently not offered. I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in two semesters of CEUS-R 597 Empires of the Silk Road: History of introductory-level of the same language or equivalent. Central Eurasia (3 cr.) This course introduces the history This variable titles class is used for fall semester of of the Central Eurasian heartland of the Old World, which intermediate-level modern language classes which do dominated Eurasia until modern times. It focuses on the not y et have their own number. Such languages will be unique socio-political-religious-economic structure of Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the the major nations and their achievements in intellectual Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use and artistic fields, from the Proto-Indo-Europeans to the more than one such language for departmental degree present. requirements. CEUS-T 598 Introductory Central Eurasian Languages CEUS-T 699 Intermediate Central Eurasian Languages I (3 cr.) This variable titles class is used for fall semester II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in one semester of of introductory-level modern language classes which do intermediate-level of the same language or equivalent. not yet have their own number. Such languages will be This variable titles class is used for spring semester of Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the intermediate-level modern language classes which do not Tibetan Plateau-Himalaya region. Students may not use yet have their own number. Such languages will be Uralic; more than one such language for departmental degree Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the Tibetan requirements. Plateau-Himalaya region. Students may not use more than one such language for departmental degree requirements. CEUS-T 599 Introductory Central Eurasian Languages II (3 cr.) This variable titles class is used for spring CEUS-T 798 Advanced Central Eurasian Languages semester of introductory-level modern language classes I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in two semesters of which do not yet have their own number. Such languages intermediate-level of the same language or equivalent. will be Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman language This variable titles class is used for fall semester of of the Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may advanced-level modern language classes which do not use more than one such language for departmental not yet have their own number. Such languages will be degree requirements. Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use CEUS-T 690 Introduction to Manchu (3 cr.) The aim more than one such language for departmental degree of this course is to provide a comprehensive, basic requirements. knowledge necessary for the understanding of Manchu texts. The course will be divided into two main parts: (1) CEUS-T 799 Advanced Central Eurasian Languages study of Manchu phonology, morphology, and syntax; (2) II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in one semester of translation of selected Manchu readings. advanced-level of the same language or equivalent. This variable titles class is used for spring semester CEUS-T 691 Old Turkic (3 cr.) This introduces Old Turkic of advanced-level modern language classes which do texts (8th to 14th century) in nine scripts: 1) runiform; 2) not yet have their own number. Such languages will be Sogdian; 3) Uyghur; 4) Brahmi; 5) Syriac; 6) Manichean; Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the 7) Chinese characters; 8) Square (‘Phags-pa) Script; Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use and 9) Tibetan script. The course also covers the Turkic more than one such language for departmental degree language of the Karakhanid Empire (also called Middle requirements. Turkic). CEUS-T 891 ADLS-Central Eurasian Languages (3 cr.) CEUS-T 692 Introduction to Evenki (3 cr.) This course P: Grade of B or above in highest regularly offered level introduces Evenki, a historically important but now of language or equivalent. (Currently this course is not endangered language of the Tungusic family, spoken in offered.) For students who have finished the highest Siberia and northeastern inner Mongolia. The linguistic regularly offered level in a CEUS language (except when position of Evenki, the history of its study, phonetics, an ADLS class already exists) may continue language grammar, and writing systems are all introduced and learning in topic areas of interest. Students submit to students will learn how to translate brief texts. the IAUNRC a proposal. Enrollment is contingent upon CEUS-T 693 Introduction to Sakha (Yakut) (3 cr.) receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. Sakha (formerly called Yakut) is a northern Turkic language, with many ancient Mongolian loan words. It Chemical Physics is one of Siberia’s most vigorous indigenous languages. College of Arts and Sciences This course provides a comprehensive, basic knowledge Departmental E-mail: [email protected] necessary for the understanding of Yakut texts in the modern Cyrillic script and in earlier transcriptions. Departmental URL: www.chemphys.indiana.edu CEUS-T 694 Uralic Linguistics (3 cr.) Covers (Please note that when conferring University Graduate linguistics of the Uralic language family (Hungarian, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Finnish, Estonian, and other languages in Russia). We University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements begin with the proto-Uralic and relationships among 92 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School Co-Directors Bulletin.) Professors David Baxter* (Physics), Romualdo de Souza* Curriculum (Chemistry) Degree Offered (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Doctor of Philosophy. A student may also qualify for the Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Master of Science degree in chemistry or physics. doctoral dissertations.) Special Program Requirements Chancellor’s Professor (See also general University Graduate School George Ewing* (Emeritus, Chemistry) requirements.) Distinguished Professors Doctor of Philosophy Degree Admission Requirements Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), Peter Ortoleva* (Chemistry), Charles Parmenter* (Chemistry), Victor Viola* (Emeritus, Undergraduate degree in chemistry, physics, or Chemistry) mathematics. Students who have interests in the physical sciences with undergraduate degrees in other fields, such Robert and Marjorie Mann Chairs as engineering, are also encouraged to apply; they will David Clemmer* (Chemistry), Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), be considered on an individual basis. Admission to the Martin Jarrold* (Chemistry) program requires that the student first be admitted to the graduate program in chemistry or physics. Professors Grades Adam Allerhand* (Emeritus, Chemistry), David Baxter* (Physics), Russell Bonham* (Emeritus, Chemistry), B (3.0) average or higher must be maintained. Romualdo de Souza* (Chemistry), Herb Fertig* Course Requirements (Physics), Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus, Chemistry, Computer Science), Larry Kesmodel* (Physics), These requirements are flexible, and are planned and Lawrence Montgomery* (Emeritus, Chemistry), Gerardo approved by the Chemical Physics Committee and Ortiz* (Physics), Roger Pynn* (Physics), Krishnan the individual student. The guidelines in planning the Raghavachari* (Chemistry), James Reilly* (Chemistry), curriculum are that the student in the program should William Schaich* (Emeritus, Physics), Paul Sokol* acquire knowledge of condensed-matter physics, (Physics), Philip Stevens* (Public and Environmental electricity and magnetism, molecular structure, kinetics, Affairs), James Swihart* (Emeritus, Physics) atomic and molecular spectroscopy, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. The formal requirements Associate Professors are either those of a major in physical chemistry with a Mu-Hyun Baik* (Chemistry), John Carini* (Physics), minor in physics or of a major in physics with a minor in Bogdan Dragnea* (Chemistry), Srinivasan Iyengar* chemistry. (Chemistry), Stephen Jacobson* (Chemistry), C. Chick Minor Jarrold* (Chemistry), Dongwhan Lee* (Chemistry), Daniel Mindiola* (Chemistry) For a minor in physics, 9 credit hours in physics courses at the P501 level or higher are required. For a minor Assistant Professors in chemistry, 6 credit hours are required, chosen from Lane Baker* (Chemistry), Dobrin Bossev* (Physics), the following: C561-C562, C566, C567-C568, C668. Amar Flood* (Chemistry), Liang-Shi Li* (Chemistry), Sara Occasionally, courses other than those listed here may be Skrabalak* (Chemistry), Steven Tait* (Chemistry) accepted, but such substitutions require approval of the Chemical Physics Committee. Graduate Advisors Major Professor David Baxter*, Swain West 128, (812) 855-8337; Professor Romualdo de Souza*, Chemistry See Ph.D. program descriptions listed under chemistry or C230A, (812) 855-3767 physics. Qualifying Examination Chemistry See requirements of the major department, found College of Arts and Sciences elsewhere in this bulletin. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Dissertation Departmental URL: www.chem.indiana.edu Under the direction of a graduate faculty member of the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Department of Chemistry or the Department of Physics. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Final Examination contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Usually oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor(s). Curriculum Faculty May 26, 2016 93

Degrees Offered of chemistry and environmental science: (1) chemistry Master of Science, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Doctor core (9 cr.); (2) environmental science core (9 cr.); (3) of Philosophy in Chemical Biology. The department economics, policy, and law competencies (6-9 cr.); (4) tool also participates in the biochemistry, chemical physics, skills (3-5 cr.); (5) environmental chemistry concentration information science, library science, SPEA, and molecular (15-18 cr.); and (6) an experiential requirement (3 cr.). and cellular biology programs. One of the 3-credit hour courses must involve team participation in an integrative project that addresses a Fields of Study multidisciplinary problem. This course may be in either of Analytical, inorganic, materials, organic, physical the concentrations or in the tool skill courses. chemistry, and chemical biology. Experiential Requirement Special Department Requirements (See also general University Graduate School A minimum of three credits associated with an approved requirements.) experiential assignment, such as an internship or prior employment, is required. Admission Requirements Undergraduate degree in chemistry, physics, Thesis mathematics, or the biological sciences. Students The thesis requirement is waived for the dual M.S. with undergraduate degrees in other areas of the Chemistry/M.S.E.S. degrees. physical sciences or engineering are also encouraged to apply. Students are admitted to the program only with Master of Arts for Teachers Degree the approval of the Chemistry Graduate Admissions The Master of Arts for Teachers (MAT) program is a Committee. two-year, non-thesis masters and certification program that prepares secondary education teachers. The Grades program consists of graduate coursework in chemistry At least a B (3.0) average in work for the advanced in combination with education coursework toward degree. Grades below C (2.0) are not counted toward the certification in the School of Education. Returning completion of degree requirements, but will be counted in teachers with certification usually take only one year determining a student’s grade point average. to complete graduate chemistry coursework. Students Master of Science Degree - Chemistry with B.A. or B.S. degrees in chemistry, but with no education background, may complete requirements for a This degree may be conferred upon the holder of a secondary Indiana teaching certificate and strengthen their bachelor’s degree or master’s degree in another discipline. background in chemistry. Course Requirements Admission Requirements These requirements are flexible and are planned and Eighteen (18) credit hours of chemistry, including one approved by the graduate committee. A minimum of 30 semester each of general, quantitative, and organic credit hours in chemistry are required. At least 9 credit chemistry. Deficiencies must be removed without hours of course work in the major field offered in fulfillment graduate credit. Continuance in the program will depend of the M.S. degree must be in courses numbered 500 or upon the performance in coursework taken during the first above (excluding thesis work). semester in the program, and continued good standing in Thesis the program; alternatively, a qualifying examination may be administered after either one semester or one summer Required. in the program. Master of Science in Chemistry/Master of Science in General Requirements Environmental Science (SPEA) This dual degree may be conferred upon the holder of a A total of 36 credit hours, of which a minimum of 20 credit bachelor's degree or master's degree in another discipline. hours must be in courses in chemistry that carry graduate credit. For students without prior education coursework, Admission Requirements the remaining 16 credits are to be fulfilled through School of Education courses. Consult School of Education, The department of Chemistry and the School of Public Graduate Studies Office (Wright Education Building 4210, and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) offer a two-year, 51 [812] 856-8504) for Education coursework requirements. credit hour program that qualifies students for two master's degrees. A student must apply to and be accepted by A maximum of 6 credit hours of undergraduate courses both the Chemistry Department and by the School of may be applied toward the M.A.T. degree. For a student Public and Environmental Affairs for study toward an having an unusually strong undergraduate background M.S. degree in Chemistry and an M.S. in Environmental in chemistry or biochemistry (e.g., a B.S. degree), Science. The student will receive graduate advising in some of the required 20 credit hours in advanced both the Chemistry Department and SPEA. Both degrees chemistry courses may be in other areas of science and can be conferred upon the holder of a bachelor's degree mathematics, if approved in advance by the graduate or master's degree in another discipline. advisor. Course Requirements Lecture-Course Requirements A minimum of 51 total credit hours with a minimum of Students are advised to select an area of specialization 21 credits required in both chemistry and environmental within chemistry, while developing a broad base of science, to be distributed among the following six areas knowledge in several areas. To that end, students will 94 May 26, 2016 take twelve (12) credit hours in lecture courses, distributed broad knowledge and experience. By the time the degree as follows: 6 credit hours in one of the following six areas: is earned, the student should show promise of becoming analytical, biological, inorganic, materials, organic, or a capable and independent investigator in chemistry. physical chemistry; and 3 credit hours in each of two of the The major emphasis for the Ph.D. is on research while in remaining six fields. residence on the Bloomington campus. Research should be the student’s greatest challenge and the focus of the Lecture courses may be selected from those at the 500- major portion of his or her energy. The student’s attitude level or above, or with departmental approval from any toward and progress in research is a most important factor of the following undergraduate courses: analytical, A314, in graduate committee decisions. C317, C318; biological, C481, C483, C484, C485, B486; inorganic, C430; organic, C342, S342, C443; physical, Course Requirements C360, C361, C362, C460. A total of 90 credit hours, of which at least 24 credit hours Laboratory-Course Requirements must be in course work. Students may major in analytical, chemical biology, inorganic, materials, organic, or Students are required to have had experience in upper physical chemistry. Doctoral students majoring in a field of level laboratories in three of the six areas of chemistry. chemistry are required to complete a minimum of 12 credit If this requirement was not fulfilled prior to admission into hours of course work in that field, following a sequence of the MAT program, graduate level laboratory courses may courses approved by their advisory committee. be taken to augment students’ laboratory experience. Additionally, the following, and comparable courses taken A doctoral student in chemistry can choose to minor within elsewhere, will qualify with departmental approval: A316, the Chemistry department or can elect to minor in some C315, C344, P364, C437, P464, C487. other department. In the latter case, the requirements are specified by the minor department. Students electing to Electives minor within the department must complete a minimum of Additional courses in chemistry may count with 6 credit hours in areas of chemistry other than the major departmental approval at the 400-level or above to give area. The course work comprising an inside minor must be a total of at least 20 credit hours (including course work approved by the advisory committee. in the preceding two categories). Up to 16 credit hours All doctoral students in chemistry are required to enroll in courses may count with departmental approval at the in C500 Introduction to Research during their first year of 300 level or above in mathematics, biological sciences, study. physical sciences, or education carrying graduate credit. Foreign-Language/Tool-Skill Requirement Final Examination The department has no formal foreign language or tool- Either oral or written, or both. skill requirement, but Ph.D. advisory committees may Master of Library Science/Master of Information consider such courses essential for individual students. Science Degree Information Specialist (Chemistry) Qualifying Examinations Offered by the Department of Information and Library Science (ILS). Students in this joint program receive To remain in good standing, each student must the Master of Library Science degree or the Master of successfully complete the Chemistry seminar course in Information Science degree, and a Chemical Information the chosen major (A800, B800, M800, N800, R800, or Specialization. P800) during the third and fourth semester, and present a literature seminar by the end of the second year. In Admission Requirements the fifth semester, students meet with their advisory Bachelor’s degree in chemistry or the equivalent. committees to review past performance in both the major and minor areas and to evaluate plans for completing the Course Requirements: M.I.S. Ph.D. This review includes a seminar, written document, and oral examination. A written exam is included for Foundation course requirements (21 credit hours); and Chemical Biology majors. Current information concerning Specialization courses (9 credit hours: Z523, Z533, probation, termination, and reinstatement policies may be and INFO I571) and additional courses to be chosen obtained from the departmental graduate office. in consultation with advisors in Information and Library Science and Chemistry to bring the total graduate credit Final Examination hours to 42. Usually oral, covering dissertation, major, and minors, and Course Requirements: M.L.S. also a seminar describing the dissertation. Foundation courses (18 credit hours); and Specialization Subplans/Tracks courses (9 credit hours: Z523, Z533, and INFO I571) and additional Information and Library Science courses to be Analytical: CHEM C501 Chemical Instrumentation; chosen in consultation with advisors in Information and CHEM C611 Electroanalytical Chemistry; CHEM C612 Library Science and Chemistry to bring the total graduate Spectrochemical Methods of Analysis; CHEM C613 credit hours to 36. Mass Spectrometry and Stable Isotopes; CHEM C614 Chromatography; CHEM C620 Measurement Science Doctor of Philosophy Degree Chemical Biology: CHEM C581 Macromolecular The program leading to the Ph.D. degree emphasizes the Structure and Function; CHEM C582 Biomolecular attainment of a high level of competency in a specialized Analysis and Interaction; CHEM C583 Analysis of area of chemistry, but also requires the development of May 26, 2016 95

Biochemical Literature; CHEM C584 Integrated Chairperson Biochemistry; CHEM C588 Fundamentals of Biochemical Catalysis; CHEM C589 Enzyme Mechanisms; Professor David P. Giedroc* CHEM C680 Introduction to Quantitative Biology and Graduate Faculty Measurement; CHEM C681 Introduction to Chemical (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Biology I; CHEM C682 Introduction to Chemical Biology II; Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct CHEM C687 Seminar Advanced Topics in Biochemistry; doctoral dissertations.) CHEM C689 Quantitative and Chemical Biology Journal Club Harry G. Day Chair David R. Williams* Inorganic: CHEM C502 Inorganic Spectroscopy; CHEM James F. Jackson Associate Professor C630 Structure and Bonding; CHEM C631 Chemical Lane Baker*, Amar Flood* Crystallogrrahy; CHEM C632 Structure, Function, and Robert and Marjorie Mann Chairs Spectroscopy of Metal Ions in Biological Stystems; CHEM David E. Clemmer*, Gary M. Hieftje*, Martin Jarrold* C633 Inorganic Chemistry of Main Group Elements; Joan and Marvin Carmack Chair CHEM C634 Transition Metal Chemistry; CHEM C636 Organometallic Chemistry and Catalysis CHEM; C639 Nicola L. Pohl* Characterization of Paramagnetic Molecules Earl Blough Professor Materials: CHEM M501 Fundamentals of Materials Trevor Douglas* I: Making, Measuring, and Modeling; CHEM M502 Fundamentals of Materials II: Molecular and Nanoscale Provost Professor Materials; 6 hours from other courses approved by advisor Romualdo T. deSouza* Organic: CHEM C503 Spectrometric Methods of Structure; CHEM C540 Advanced Organic Chemistry; Rudy Professor/Dean's Fellow CHEM C543 Organic Reactions; CHEM C643 Organic Sara Skrabalak* Natural Products; CHEM C648 Seminar Organic Chemistry Distinguished Professors Physical: CHEM C561 Atomic & Molecular Quantum Kenneth G. Caulton*, Ernest Davidson* (Emeritus), Gary Theory; CHEM C562 Computational Quantum Chemistry; M. Hieftje*, Ronald Hites* (Public and Environmental CHEM C566 Molecular Optical Spectroscopy; CHEM Affairs), Milos V. Novotny* (Emeritus), Peter J. Ortoleva*, C567 Chemical Statistical Mechanics; CHEM C668 Charles S. Parmenter* (Emeritus), Victor E. Viola* Seminar Physical Chemistry (Emeritus), David Clemmer*, Krishnan Raghavachari*, Richard DiMarchi* Minors A doctoral student in chemistry can choose to minor within Herman T. Briscoe Professor the Chemistry department or can elect to minor in some Dennis G. Peters* other department. In the latter case, the requirements are specified by the minor department. Students electing to Standiford H. Cox Professor minor within the department must complete a minimum of 6 credit hours in areas of chemistry other than the major Richard D. Di Marchi* area. The course work comprising an inside minor must be Professors approved by the advisory committee. Adam Allerhand* (Emeritus), Russell Bonham* (Emeritus), Ph.D. Minor in Chemistry Ernest Campaigne (Emeritus), Jack Crandall* (Emeritus), Students from other departments who wish to minor Bogdan Dragnea*, Joseph Gajewski* (Emeritus), David in chemistry must complete at least 6 credit hours of P. Giedroc*, Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus, Computer graduate course work in one area of chemistry with an Science), Stephen Jacobson*, Caroline Chick Jarrold*, average of B (3.0) or above. Lawrence K. Montgomery* (Emeritus), James P. Reilly* John Richardson* (Emeritus, Biochemistry), V. Jack Ph.D. Minor in Sustainable Energy Science Shiner Jr.* (Emeritus), Philip S. Stevens* (Public and Students in Chemistry who wish to minor in Sustainable Environmental Affairs), Theodore S. Widlanski*, Jeffery M. Energy Science must complete 12 credit hours of study, 9 Zaleski* of which are in coursework that includes (1) GEOG-G542, (2) a course on a specific energy type, and (3) one course Associate Professors on implications of energy use. Contact the departmental Graduate Office for appropriate courses. Mu-Hyun Baik*, Lane Baker*, Amar Flood*, Srinivasan S. Iyengar*, Liang-shi Li*, Martha Gray Oakley*, Jeremy Ph.D. Minor in Quantitative Biology (Q.B.) Smith*, Michael VanNieuwenhze* Students wanting to minor in Q.B. are required to Senior Scientists complete 4 - 1.5 credit courses offered in Chemistry, Biology, Biochemistry, Physics and Medical Lyudmila Bronstein, John Huffman* (Emeritus), Maren Sciences. Contact the departmental Graduate Office for Pink appropriate courses. Assistant Professors Faculty Michael Kevin Brown*, Silas Cook, Charles Dann III*, Jonathan Raff* (Public and Environmental Affairs), 96 May 26, 2016

Thomas Snaddon*, Steven L. Tait*, Megan Thielges*, Yan problems with chemical applications, approximate Yu* methods, atomic structure, molecular symmetry and normal vibrations, the molecular orbital description of Graduate Advisor molecules. Amar Flood, Chemistry Building C131, (812) 855-2069 CHEM-C 562 Computational Quantum Chemistry Courses (3 cr.) P: C561 or consent of instructor. Electronic structure theory at the Hartree-Fock and semiempirical CHEM-C 500 Introduction to Research (2-6 cr.) levels, computer calculations on elementary systems, Objectives and techniques of chemical research. elements of group theory and linear vector spaces, Assignment to research problem to be completed during electron correlation, structure of potential surfaces. two semesters. CHEM-C 565 Nuclear Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C360 or CHEM-C 501 Chemical Instrumentation (4 cr.) C361. Introduction to nuclear science covering the Electronics as applied to chemical instrumentation; properties, structure, and reactions of nuclei. The design and construction of instruments used in chemical energetics and kinetics of radioactivity are studied. Models research, analysis, recording, and control; maintenance presented include the liquid drop (macroscopic properties) and practice in modification to meet special needs. and the shell (microscopic properties) models. Topics covered include: origin of the elements, nuclear power, CHEM-C 502 Spectroscopic Methods in Inorganic biological effects of radiation, and radiocarbon dating. Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C361. Chemical applications of group theory and the elucidation of structure and bonding CHEM-C 566 Molecular Optical Spectroscopy (3 cr.) in inorganic molecules and complexes by vibrational, P: C561 or consent of instructor. Interaction of radiation nuclear magnetic resonance, Mossbauer and electronic with matter. Spectroscopic probes of the rotational, absorption spectroscopy. vibrational, and electronic structure of molecules. Advanced laser methods. CHEM-C 503 Spectrometric Methods of Structure Determination (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Elucidation CHEM-C 567 Chemical Statistical Mechanics (3 cr.) of molecular structure utilizing IR, UV, and NMR P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Introduction spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and other methods. to equilibrium and nonequilibrium many-body systems using ensemble techniques. Emphasis on molecular CHEM-C 506 Biogeochemistry (3 cr.) The formation and systems and systems undergoing chemical transformation processing of organic material in natural environments. or transport. Both qualitative and rigorous approaches. Microbiology of sediments. The global biogeochemical cycles of carbon, nitrogen, and sulfur. Geochemistry CHEM-C 568 Advanced Statistical Mechanics (3 cr.) of organic materials. Organic geochemical evidence of P: C567 or consent of instructor. Selected topics such evolutionary events. as pair correlation functions in classical liquids, laser and reaction-transport, nonequilibrium phenomena, critical CHEM-C 509 Special Laboratory Problems (1-5 cr.) phenomena, reaction rates, condensed media, NMR, P: 8 credit hours of chemistry toward graduate degree, precipitation and polymer kinetics, Green’s function consent of instructor. P or C: 500-level lecture course in methods, and computational methods. research field. Nonmajors only. Participation in scientific research to gain understanding of its philosophy and CHEM-C 572 Computational Chemistry and Molecular techniques. Modeling (3 cr.) P: C571 or consent of instructor. Molecular modeling: computer models of molecules and CHEM-C 511 Advanced Analytical Methods I their behavior in gas and condensed phases; implicit (4 cr.) Theory and practice of analytical separation and explicit solvation models; quantum and molecular techniques and analytical spectroscopy; chromatographic mechanics; search strategies for conformational analysis, methods of separation, fundamentals of gas and geometry optimization methods; information content liquid chromatography, overview of spectroscopic in- from Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics simulations. strumentation, atomic and molecular spectroscopy for Statistics and chemometrics: multivariate statistics and analysis. experimental design, numerical methods, calibration CHEM-C 512 Advanced Analytical Methods II (4 cr.) and chemical analysis, optimization methods, artificial Theory and practice of electrochemical (potentiometric intelligence. Molecular design: de novo design techniques; and voltammetric) methods of analysis; introduction to quantitative structure activity relationships (QSAR); analytical chemistry of the elements and statistics for comparative molecular field analysis (CoMFA); docking; analytical chemistry. molecular diversity and combinatorial libraries. CHEM-C 540 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHEM-C 581 Macromolecular Structure and Function (3 cr.) P: C362 and C342. Valence and molecule (1.5 cr.) P: BIOC-B501 or consent of instructor. Molecular structure, electronic interpretation of organic reactions, Biology and Physical Chemisry Review; Recombinant stereochemistry. DNA Techniques; Heterologous Protein Expression Systems; Description and Measurement of Stabilizing CHEM-C 543 Organic Reactions (3 cr.) Synthesis of Forces in Macromolecular Structure; Protein Secondary, organic compounds, degradation reactions, selected Tertiary and Quaternary Structures: Circular Dichroism topics in organic reactions. and Analytical Ultracentrifugation; Nucleic and Structure CHEM-C 561 Atomic and Molecular Quantum Theory and Probing; Protein Structure Determination by (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Neclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR); Protein Structure Elements of quantum theory, solution of elementary Determination by X-ray Crystallography; building and May 26, 2016 97 refinement of a Protein Structure from Crystallographic characterization of inorganic and organic systems. (May Data. Credit given for only one of the following: C581, be offered in alternate years.) B530. CHEM-C 612 Spectrochemical Methods of Analysis CHEM-C 582 Biomolecular Analysis and Interaction (1.5-3 cr.) New instrumentation and techniques employed (1.5 cr.) P: BIOC-B501 or consent of instructor. Ligand in spectrochemistry; in-depth treatment of commonly used Binding Models; Single Site Binding and Multiple and spectrochemical methods. (May be offered in alternate Competitive Site Binding; and Determination and years.) Measurement of Binding Interactions and Antibody-based Interaction Methods. Credit given for only one of the CHEM-C 613 Mass Spectrometry and Stable Isotopes following: C582, B531. (1.5-3 cr.) Topics in mass spectroscopic instrumentation and applications and in the natural chemistry of the stable CHEM-C 583 Analysis of Biochemical Literature isotopes of C, H, N, O, S, and rare gases. (May be offered (1.5 cr.) P: Concurrent or previous enrollment in B501/ in alternate years.) C584 or consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of the biochemical literature using selected papers as examples, CHEM-C 614 Chromatography (1.5-3 cr.) Theoretical development of written and oral communication skills in and practical aspects of chromatographic methods the context of literature analysis. Credit given for only one of separation; fundamentals of gas and liquid of the following: C583, C502. chromatography, related instrumentation, and selected applications. (May be offered in alternate years.) CHEM-C 584 Integrated Biochemistry (3-4.5 cr.) P: Undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 CHEM-C 615 Bioanalytical Chemistry (1.5-3 cr.) or C484) or consent of instructor. Basic principles Survey of modern analytical techniques, including and methodologies of biochemistry: essentials of spectrochemical, electrochemical, and separation macromolecular biosynthesis; mechanism-based methods used in biochemical analysis and their examination of biochemical aspects of cell biology; applications. (May be offered in alternate years.) material is presented with an integrative approach design CHEM-C 616 Surface Analysis and Surface Chemistry to illustrate the interrelationship of biochemical processes. (1.5 cr.) An overview of the modern instrumental Credit given for only one of the following: C584, B501. techniques of surface analysis will be presented, CHEM-C 585 Structure and Function of Biological together with a survey of their applications to solve Membranes (3 cr.) Biochemistry and biophysics of lipids, surface chemical problems. Topics include electron and membranes, and membrane proteins; fundamentals of ion spectroscopies, SIMS, LEED, thermal desorption membrane transport; interfacial catalysis; transmembrane spectroscopy, surface electron and ion microscopies, signal transduction. Credit given for only one of the catalysis, microelectronics fabrication, and corrosion. following: C585, B605. CHEM-C 619 Seminar: Analytical Chemistry (1 cr.) CHEM-C 587 Integrated Biochemistry II (1.5 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual student seminars P: C584 or consent of instructor. Mechanism-based covering new methods or applications of chemical analysis examination of biochemical aspects of control protein or characterization. Required of all analytical chemistry folding and function, signal transduction, and systems majors. biology. Credit given for only one of the following: C587, CHEM-C 630 Structure and Bonding (3 cr.) P: C502 B506. and C561. Applications of quantum mechanics to the CHEM-C 588 Fundamentals of Biochemical Catalysis electronic and geometric structure of inorganic molecules. (1.5 cr.) General properties of enzymes and basic Advanced ligand field and molecular orbital theories. principles of enzymatic reactions are discussed. Enzyme The Jahn-Teller effects and orbital symmetry studies kinetics; inhibitor types, their importance and there of stereochemistry. Inorganic photochemistry. (May be effects on enzymatic reaction rates; and specificity of offered in alternate years.) enzymes will be covered. Students will gain facility with CHEM-C 631 Chemical Crystallography (3 cr.) General thermodynamics, catalytic mechanisms, kinetics and understanding and hands-on laboratory experience in binding equilibria as they apply to proteins. Credit given for crystallography as analytical method. Topics will consist only one of the following: C588, B540. of theory on physics and mathematical concepts used CHEM-C 589 Enzyme Mechanisms (1.5 cr.) P: CHEM- in crystallography, the relation of physical and chemical C588 properties to structure data, common databases, utilization Enzyme mechanisms demonstrate how chemical of appropriate software for data work-up, solution, principles are employed by living organisms. The course refinement, and visualization structures. will cover several classes of enzymes, for example, CHEM-C 632 Structure, Function, and Spectroscopy hydrolases, phosphorylases, kinases, carboxylases, and of Metal Ions in Biological Systems (3 cr.) Introduction transferases. Focus will also be placed on the roles of to the field of bioinorganic chemistry and spectroscopic cofactors in catalysis. Credit given for only one of the methods for determining structure/function relationship of following: C589, B541. metal ions in biology. Emphasis on oxygen carriers, metal ion transport and storage, as well as oxidoreductases CHEM-C 611 Electroanalytical Chemistry (1.5-3 cr.) involved in oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen metabolism. Theory and practice of electrochemical techniques A discussion of electron transfer proteins, photosystems, (such as cyclic voltammetry, chronocoulometry, and the role of metals in medicine will also be included. stripping analysis, thin-layer electrochemistry, and spectroelectrochemistry) used for analysis and for the 98 May 26, 2016

CHEM-C 633 Inorganic Chemistry of Main Group CHEM-C 644 Physical Organic Chemistry (1-3 cr.) Elements (3 cr.) The syntheses, structure, and industrial P: C342 and C362. Application of physical-chemical application of compounds and materials in which main techniques to the study of structure and mechanism of group elements play a major role. All elements except reaction of organic compounds. the d-block transition metals are included as main group elements. This includes the f-block lanthanides and CHEM-C 648 Seminar: Organic Chemistry (1-3 cr.) actinides as well. P: Consent of instructor. Recent developments in such areas as sulfur compounds, heterocycles, CHEM-C 634 Transition Metal Chemistry (3 cr.) Survey stereochemistry, polymers, and synthesis. May be of the properties of the transition metals with emphasis repeated. on common oxidation levels, coordination geometries, and compounds with “classical” ligands; “hard” and CHEM-C 668 Seminar: Physical Chemistry (1-3 cr.) “soft” acids and bases; d-orbitals and their energies in P: Consent of instructor. Topics such as chemical different geometries; formation constants and the Chelate applications of matrix algebra and group theory, digital Effect; the Jahn-Teller theorem; low-, intermediate-, and computing techniques, solid state chemistry, high high-spin systems; mixed ; metal-ligand multiple temperature processes, electrochemistry, theory of bonding, metal-metal bonds; coordination clusters and solutions, spectroscopy, and surface chemistry. May be their biological relevance. repeated with different topics. CHEM-C 635 Mechanisms of Inorganic Reactions CHEM-C 681 Introduction to Chemical Biology I (3 cr.) Analysis of the experimental and theoretical basis (1.5 cr.) Basic elements of chemical biology with a for our understanding of the reactions associated with chemistry-centered focus. This course will cover peptide main group and transition metal ions and inorganic synthesis and ligation methods, oligonucleotide synthesis, reagents in solution. Classes of reactions include ligand diversity-oriented synthesis and combinatorial libraries, substitutions, redox reactions, electron transfer reactions, bioorthogonal reactions, high-throughput screening reactions within the coordination sphere of metal ions methods and their use in drug discovery, and secondary including catalysis by photochemical and electrochemical metabolism. Credit given for only one of the following: activation. C681, B680. CHEM-C 636 Organometallic Chemistry and Catalysis CHEM-C 683 Advanced Nucleic Acid Biochemistry (3 cr.) Synthesis and reactivity of organo-main group (1.5 cr.) Mechanistic analysis of nucleic acid metabolism; and transition metal compounds, including application to specificity and role of DNA polymerases and repair organic synthesis. Predictive principles and generic C-C pathways; DNA replication and recombination and C-H bond-forming reactions, including hydrogenation, mechanisms; RNA structural motifs and physical coupling, addition to olefins or alkynes, and metatheses. properties; RNA synthesis and processing in gene These reactions are also extended to reactions on expression; catalytic RNA molecules; applications of RNA surfaces and solid-state processes. molecules. Credit given for only one of the following: C683, B601. CHEM-C 637 Physical Methods in Structural Chemistry (3 cr.) Application of X-ray diffraction, CHEM-C 685 Advanced Macromolecular Structure and dynamic NMR, and mass spectroscopy to structural and Interaction (1.5 cr.) Supplements and extends B503; mechanistic problems throughout the periodic table, with emphasis on stability and folding mechanisms of proteins emphasis on which techniques are optimal for particular and nucleic acids and detailed thermodynamic analysis questions, as well as the potential weaknesses of each. of binding interactions. Credit given for only one of the following: C685, B603. CHEM-C 638 Seminar: Inorganic Chemistry (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics not ordinarily covered by CHEM-C 686 Structural Methods (3 cr.) In biology, regularly scheduled courses, such as boron hydrides, X- structure and function are intimately connected. The aim ray diffraction, metal-metal bonds, bioinorganic chemistry, of this class is to demystify macromolecular structure platinum metals chemistry, inorganic photochemistry, etc. determination. We will examine X-ray crystallography and (May be offered in alternate years.) EM image reconstruction in detail, solving structures and studying the theoretical underpinnings of each technique. CHEM-C 639 Characterization of Paramagnetic Class will be computer and mathematics intensive. Credit Molecules (3 cr.) Definitions of diamagnetism, given for only one of the following: C686, B604. paramagnetism, magnetization and magnetic susceptibility; the Curie Law; orbital angular momentum; CHEM-C 687 Seminar: Advanced Topics in the Van Vleck equation; zero-field splitting; exchange Biochemistry (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics interactions in dinuclear and polynuclear metal clusters. vary yearly and include the following: physio-chemical Basic concepts of paramagnetic NMR; spin delocalization techniques in the study of macromolecules; experimental mechanisms and isotropic shifts; contact and dipolar methods in enzymology; organic chemistry of enzymatic contributions. EPR of transition complexes; g-value reactions and enzyme models; conformational properties anisotropy as a function of coordination geometry. and macromolecules. Credit given for only one of the following: C687, B680. CHEM-C 643 Organic Natural Products (3 cr.) P: C540 and C543; or consent of instructor. Synthesis and CHEM-C 688 Seminar in Biochemistry (1.5-6 cr.) chemical-physical analysis of the structure of alkaloids, P: Consent of instructor. Topic: Introduction to Quantitative antibiotics, bacterial metabolites, plant pigments, steroids, Biology and Measurement. General properties of and terpenes. (May be offered in alternate years.) enzymes and basic principles of enzymatic reactions are discussed. Enzyme kinetics; inhibitor types, their May 26, 2016 99 importance and there effects on enzymatic reaction rates; technology, protein labeling, chemical genetics, small and specificity of enzymes will be covered. Students will molecule interactions with proteins/DNA, modulation of gain facility with thermodynamics, catalytic mechanisms, protein-protein interactions, RNA aptamers and molecular kinetics and binding equilibria as they apply to proteins. evolution. Credit given for only one of the following: C682, B680. CHEM-C 689 Quantitative and Chemical Biology Journal Club (1 cr.) P: Permission from Instructor. CHEM-A 800 Seminar: Analytical Chemistry (1 cr.) This Current literature in chemical biology, biological imaging, course is eligible for a deferred grade. mass spectrometry and structural biology of biomolecules and biomolecular assemblies will be discussed. May be CHEM-B 800 Seminar: Chemical Biology (1 cr.) This repeated for a maximum of 10 credits. course is eligible for a deferred grade. CHEM-M 501 Fundamentals of Materials I: Making, CHEM-M 800 Seminar: Materials Chemistry (1 cr.) This Measuring, and Modeling (3 cr.) P: Consent of course is eligible for a deferred grade. instructor. Introduces techniques for fabrication, CHEM-N 800 Seminar: Inorganic Chemistry (1 cr.) This characterization, and modeling of materials with an course is eligible for a deferred grade. emphasis on nanostructures. Methods (top down) for the creation and characterization of nanostructures; Band CHEM-P 800 Seminar: Physical Chemistry (1 cr.) This structure, conductivity, optical properties, and quantum course is eligible for a deferred grade. confinement; Assembly, liquids, and phase transitions. CHEM-R 800 Seminar: Organic Chemistry (1 cr.) This CHEM-M 502 Fundamentals of Materials II: Nanoscale course is eligible for a deferred grade. and Molecular Materials (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. CHEM-C 810 Research: Analytical Chemistry (arr. cr.) Introduces nanoscale and molecular materials. The first This course is eligible for a deferred grade. part provides an overview of methods for bottom-up synthesis and assembly of nanostructures. The second CHEM-C 820 Research: Materials Chemistry (arr. cr.) part provides case studies from the recent literature; This course is eligible for a deferred grade. including: nanoparticles; biological applications; molecular electronics and machines; self-assembly in artificial and CHEM-C 830 Research: Inorganic Chemistry (arr. cr.) biological systems. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. CHEM-M 503 Supramolecular Chemistry (3 cr.) CHEM-C 840 Research: Organic Chemistry (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A one-semester overview of This course is eligible for a deferred grade. bottom-up fabrication of functional materials. Emphasis CHEM-C 860 Research: Physical Chemistry (arr. cr.) on the chemistry of molecularly defined assemblies This course is eligible for a deferred grade. and physical properties; recognition, catalysis, sensing, switching, transport, and actuation; electron transfer CHEM-C 880 Research: Chemical Biology (arr. cr.) This and energy transfer and energy transfer; interfacial course is eligible for a deferred grade. assemblies; mesoporous materials; polymers, dendrimers CHEM-G 901 Research (6 cr.) This course is eligible for a and liquid crystals. deferred grade. CHEM-M 608 Seminar: Materials Chemistry (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics such as electrochemistry, Classical Studies biomaterials, polymers, solid state chemistry, College of Arts and Sciences computational chemistry, micro/nanofabrication, and Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] environmental chemistry considered from the perspective of materials chemistry. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~classics CHEM-C 620 Measurement Science (1-3 cr.) Topics (Please note that when conferring University Graduate related to measurement in the chemical sciences and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The interdisciplinary fields of science and engineering. Special University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements attention to perspectives on advanced instrumentation contained only in The University Graduate School and application of new hybrid techniques to areas such Bulletin.) as biomedical, environmental, energy, or other areas of Curriculum interest. CHEM-C 680 Introduction to Quantitative Biology Degrees Offered and Measurement (1.5 cr.) Core topics in solution Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of scattering methods, electron microscopy, light microscopy/ Philosophy imaging, and biological mass spectrometry. Course Special Departmental Requirements focuses on the capabilities of each type of measurement: (See also general University Graduate School data analysis, sensitivity, resolution, quantitation, and requirements.) limitations. Introduction to cutting-edge instrumentation available for use in thesis reseach, research findings or Placement Examination new approaches used in (C689). All newly admitted students will be required to take a translation examination in Latin and/or Greek for the CHEM-C 682 Introduction to Chemical Biology II purpose of placement. This examination will be given in (1.5 cr.) Basic elements of chemical biology applications the week preceding initial registration. It is the student’s and uses of technology. This course will cover microarray responsibility to arrive on campus in time to take this 100 May 26, 2016 examination. No student will be permitted to enroll for courses. The remaining credit hours are distributed among courses until the results of this placement examination are the courses in the minor program. delivered to the director of graduate studies. Minor Master of Arts Degree A total of 12 to 15 credit hours of course work, to be Admission Requirements planned in consultation with the director of graduate Undergraduate major in Latin or Greek or the equivalent. studies. Minor programs aim to broaden the student’s Graduate Record Examination General Test required. knowledge in some aspect of classical studies outside the core curriculum. A minor may be taken in a single Course Requirements department (e.g., fine arts, comparative literature, history); A minimum of 30 credit hours of Latin, Greek, or classics in that case, the student should also consult with the courses, of which at least 22 credit hours must be in Latin director of graduate studies in that department. An in- or Greek. One course involving the writing of a term paper. terdepartmental minor (examples include “ancient studies” and “mythology studies”) combines course work in other Final Examination departments with appropriate courses in classical studies.

Sight translation examination (two hours) in Latin or Another possibility is an interdepartmental minor in Greek. Written examination (two hours) on the history of “related fields,” with courses selected from comparative Greek or Latin literature. literature, fine arts, folklore, history, history and philosophy Language Requirement of science, linguistics, medieval studies, philosophy, religious studies, Renaissance studies, or any other Reading proficiency in one language: French, German, appropriate department or school (e.g., law or music); or another approved modern language, or (for students the aim of this “related fields” minor is to introduce the majoring in Latin) classical Greek. The requirement in student to methodologies and approaches other than classical Greek may be satisfied by completing G500- the philological, which may be applied to the study of the G650. (The latter courses may not be taken for credit by cultures of ancient Greece and Rome. doctoral students majoring in the Department of Classical Studies.) A grade of B or better in G650 fulfills the reading- Language Requirements knowledge requirement in classical Greek. Reading proficiency in French and German; substitution Master of Arts for Teachers Degree for French of one other modern language will be Admission Requirements considered on petition. This requirement must be completed before the qualifying examinations may be Undergraduate major in Latin or Greek or the equivalent. taken. Graduate Record Examination General Test required. Qualifying Examinations Course Requirements Translation examinations (three hours each) based on The total for the M.A.T. degree is 60 credit hours, of which reading lists in Greek and in Latin. Students should have 24 are in classes designated by the School of Education passed the reading list translation examinations in both and 10 in Supervised Student Teaching. Of the remaining Latin and Greek by the end of the third year (if they were 26 hours, 20 are in courses involving Greek and/or Latin admitted to the M.A. program) or by the end of the second language and literature, and 6 in classical civilization and year (if they were admitted to the Ph.D. program with an culture. M.A. degree). Qualifying examinations are also required Final Examination on the history of Greek and Latin literature (three hours each) and on a major author (three hours) chosen by the Sight translation examination (two hours) in Latin. Written student. Students should have passed all three of the examination (two hours) on the history of Latin literature. qualifying examinations by the end of the fourth year (if they were admitted to the M.A. program) or by the end Doctor of Philosophy Degree of the second year (if they were admitted to the Ph.D. Admission Requirements program with an M.A. degree). An examination on the As a prerequisite for admission, a student must (1) have outside minor may be required by the department of the completed at least 24 credit hours of graduate work in outside minor. classical studies; (2) show proficiency in one modern Final Examination foreign language; (3) show evidence of scholarly potential as indicated by the submission of a term paper or revised Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. version of a term paper to the Ph.D. admission committee of the department; (4) supply two letters of reference; and Ph.D. Minor in Greek or Latin (5) take the Graduate Record Examination General Test. Prospective minors should obtain a copy of “Graduate Minors in Latin and Greek” from the administrative Course Requirements secretary in Ballantine Hall 547 and plan their course work in advance with the director of graduate studies A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation (maximum (Department of Classical Studies). of 28 credit hours). Fifty-three (53) credit hours must consist of the 20 credit hours of core requirements (C501, Faculty C502, G536, G537, L536, and L537) and 33 additional credit hours of Latin and Greek reading and seminar Chairperson Professor Matthew R. Christ* May 26, 2016 101

Graduate Faculty Alexander Romance. Some attention is also given to (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University current research on the Greek novel. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct CLAS-G 516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) Examines the genres of old and new comedy, as revealed Emeriti in selected comedies of Aristophanes and Menander. Added to extensive reading in Greek, students will study James Lee Franklin* (Emeritus), William F. Hansen* the literary forms of the genres and how comedy acts (Emeritus), Thomas Jacobsen* (Emeritus), Timothy Long* as an expression of the poets’ engagement with their (Emeritus), Betty Rose Nagle* (Emeritus), Carroll Nelson* contemporary social and intellectual climate. (Emeritus), Ian Thomson* (Emeritus) CLAS-G 517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Careful Professors reading of selected Greek tragedies of Aeschylus, Matthew R. Christ*, Eleanor Winsor Leach* Sophocles, and Euripides, with the goal of appreciating tragedy as a complex art form and as an important social Associate Professors phenomenon created in fifth-century Athens. Bridget Kennedy Balint*, Cynthia Bannon*, Jonathan CLAS-G 518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.) Introduction Ready* to Greek epic poetry, including the epic dialect, epic prosody, and oral poetry as a traditional art form. Assistant Professors Readings in Greek include at least three books of Homer’s Margaret Foster, Adam Gitner Iliad or Odyssey. Some attention is also given to current research on the early Greek epic. Director of Graduate Studies CLAS-G 536-537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) Professor Eleanor Winsor Leach*, Ballantine Hall 547, A two-semester introduction to Greek literature from (812) 855-6651 Homer (mid-eighth century B.C.) to Lucian (second Courses century A.D.) through extensive readings in translation supplemented by select Greek passages and modern Greek scholarship. Attention to the emergence and development CLAS-G 302 Classical Greek: Accelerated of diverse genres within their cultural contexts. Course II (3-3 cr.) Five (5) credits each semester for CLAS-G 540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.) undergraduates. CLAS-G 550 Elementary Greek II (2 cr.) CLAS-G 305 Greek Tragedy (3 cr.) CLAS-G 600 Intermediate Greek I (3 cr.) Readings from CLAS-G 306 Greek Oratory (3 cr.) the New Testament and such authors as Aesop and Plato. CLAS-G 307 Selected Works of Plato (3 cr.) Review of syntax and grammar. CLAS-G 308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.) CLAS-G 601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.) Advanced study of selections from Greek poetry. The seminar will CLAS-G 406 Homer (3 cr.) focus on issues relevant to the genre(s) to be studied. CLAS-G 407 Greek Historians (3 cr.) CLAS-G 603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) A survey CLAS-G 410 Greek Prose Authors (3 cr.) of modes of recent scholarship on Greek tragedy. CLAS-G 411 Greek Comedy (3 cr.) CLAS-G 610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.) Consideration in depth of select issues in the current CLAS-G 500 Elementary Greek I (2 cr.) scholarship on the Greek novel. Selected readings of texts in the original Greek are included. The seminar may focus CLAS-G 510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.) upon problems of ancient Greek fiction more generally or Extensive readings in Greek from the major historians upon study of a single novel. —Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, and Polybius —with special attention to the development of Greek CLAS-G 611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, historiography. and Palaeography (4 cr.) Detailed study of the principles of practices of Greek epigraphy, papyrology, CLAS-G 511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric or palaeography, with examination of selected papyrus (4 cr.) Selections in Greek from the canon of the 10 Attic documents, inscriptions, or other Greek texts. orators, within the rubrics of epideictic, forensic, and symbouleutic oratory. Special emphasis on situating these CLAS-G 613 Seminar in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) rhetorical works in their social milieu. CLAS-G 620 Seminar in Historical Texts and CLAS-G 512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.) Historiography (4 cr.) Close study of Greek historical writing as represented both by the surviving works of the CLAS-G 513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.) An major Greek historians and fragments of other writers. introduction to the Greek novel based upon readings in Modern scholarship on historiography will encourage Greek in romantic novels such as Longus’ Daphnis and discussion of the relationship between historical and other Chloe, comic novels such as Pseudo-Lucian’s The Ass, kinds of writing in a Greek setting. and/or historical novels such as Pseudo-Kallisthenes’ CLAS-G 501 Archaic Greek Poetry (4 cr.) Selections from archaic Greek poetry, such as the works of Sappho, 102 May 26, 2016

Bacchylides, and Pindar. Attention will be given to dialect, CLAS-L 510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.) style, and cultural context. Intensive reading of one of the major Roman historians (Caesar, Livy, Tacitus) or a survey of the same CLAS-G 622 Seminar on Topics in Greek Literature with consideration of their places, antecedents, and (4 cr.) Consideration in depth of select topics in ancient successors in Roman literature. Emphasis on reading and Greek literature. Readings are assigned both in original comprehension of the texts. Greek texts and in the secondary literature. CLAS-L 511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric CLAS-G 650 Introduction to Attic Greek Prose and (4 cr.) Through intensive readings in Ciceronian speeches Poetry (3 cr.) P: G600 or permission of instructor. or a selection of readings drawn from Roman rhetorical Readings in Plato, Lysias, and Euripides. Credit not given writers (Cicero, Seneca, Tacitus), this course will examine for both G650 and G302. II Sem. the theory and practice of rhetoric at Rome in the context of philosophical, literary, and historical issues. Latin CLAS-L 300 Intensive Introduction to Classical and CLAS-L 513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) Medieval Latin (3 cr.) Through intensive readings in Roman prose fiction, including but not limited to the works of Petronius and CLAS-L 304 Catullus (3 cr.) Apuleius, this course will examine the genre of prose fiction in its literary and historical contexts. CLAS-L 305 Ovid (3 cr.) CLAS-L 515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.) Readings CLAS-L 307 Cicero (3 cr.) will highlight the development of elegiac verse as a genre CLAS-L 308 Caesar (3 cr.) with attention to issues of current interest: the politics of poetic language; the construction of gender roles; the CLAS-L 309 Introduction to Virgil’s Aeneid (3 cr.) first-person speaker as an extra-societal observer and CLAS-L 400 Intensive Study of Literary Latin (3 cr.) commentator. CLAS-L 407 Roman Lyric and Elegy (3 cr.) P: One CLAS-L 536-537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) of L304, L305, L307, L308, L309, or L310. Introductory Readings in Latin and in translated texts will present study of Roman lyric and elegiac poetry, with selections Latin literature from Livius Andronicus through Juvenal. from Catullus, Horace, Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid. Traditional scholarly questions will be introduced, but Emphasis on interpretation of individual poems and on discussion will emphasize the construction of continuities their place in the ancient traditions of lyric and elegy. in Roman literature by considering literary history as an aspect of cultural history. CLAS-L 408 Roman Comedy (3 cr.) CLAS-L 540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) P: L409 or an CLAS-L 409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.) equivalent course in medieval Latin. Students not offering one of these prerequisites will be required to pass an CLAS-L 423 Roman Satire (3 cr.) examination on medieval texts before consent to enroll will CLAS-L 424 Silver Age Historians (3 cr.) be granted. CLAS-L 426 Rhetoric and Oratory (3 cr.) CLAS-L 545 Rapid Reading and Principles of Grammar (4 cr.) Readings in the major authors of the Republic CLAS-L 427 Virgil’s Eclogues and Georgics (3 cr.) and Golden Age, and organized study of grammar to CLAS-L 428 Advanced Study of Virgil’s Aeneid enable the student to read rapidly for comprehension, not (3 cr.) P: One of L304, L305, L307, L308, L309, or L310. translation. Extensive reading in the Aeneid, with special attention to CLAS-L 600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.) Emphasis the poetic art of Virgil. Detailed study of Latin epic poetry. upon problems involving the interface of poetics and CLAS-L 429 Roman Letters (3 cr.) politics. Either a special topic (e.g., epic divinities) or an individual text may serve as the focus for study involving CLAS-L 430 Lucretius (3 cr.) contemporary approaches to poetry and to culture. May be repeated for credit. CLAS-L 432 Livy (3 cr.) CLAS-L 602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.) CLAS-L 505 , Composition, and Reading (4 cr.) Exercises in Latin composition requiring CLAS-L 603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.) Study of control of principle features of Latin syntax and sight the fragments of Republican tragedy and the evidence reading of previously unseen passages leading to rapid for lost plays will be followed by research into historical, mastery of texts. philosophical, and literary questions posed by Seneca’s Tragedies. CLAS-L 509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.) This rapid readings course will promote the development of CLAS-L 610 Seminar in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) A reading and comprehension skills, which will be actively study of Roman prose fiction through selected readings utilized as a basis for class discussions and papers. in the works of Petronius and Apuleius, and in the current Selections will cluster around a particular moment in scholarship on the Roman novel and modern theoretical Cicero’s career so that the interrelationship between approaches to fiction. The seminar may focus on problems correspondence, orations, and philosophical/oratorical in the study of Roman fiction or on a single novel. writings can be discussed. CLAS-L 611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Palaeography (4 cr.) Advanced study of the May 26, 2016 103 methodologies and concentration on select Latin Normally taught in two-week sessions in the summer. May inscriptions or manuscripts. be repeated for up to 6 hours of credit. CLAS-L 620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and CLAS-C 610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels Historiography (4 cr.) A study of Roman historical (4 cr.) Consideration in depth of select issues in the writing from Republican, Imperial, or late Antique periods. current scholarship on the ancient novels. The emphasis The seminar may focus on literary, legal, documentary, of the seminar is upon the secondary literature and upon or religious texts, or on problems in Roman history or the novels in English translation; a knowledge of Greek or historiography. Discussion will address the methodologies Latin is not required. of current historical and historiographical scholarship. May be repeated for credit. CLAS-C 623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) P: C412 or A412 or consent of instructor. In-depth CLAS-L 803 Supervised Reading Program (1-4 cr.) May analysis and discussion of selected topics in Aegean, be repeated for credit. Greek, Etruscan, or Roman archaeology, including interconnections with other Mediterranean, Anatolian, or Classics Near Eastern cultures. CLAS-C 405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. CLAS-C 875 Research in Greek or Latin (arr. cr.) CLAS-C 411 The Art and Archaeology of Anatolia CLAS-C 880 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. Cognitive Science CLAS-C 412 The Art and Archaeology of the Aegean (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] CLAS-C 413 The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. Departmental URL: www.cogs.indiana.edu CLAS-C 414 The Art and Archaeology of Rome (4 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Three (3) credits for undergraduates. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements CLAS-C 416 Ovidian Mythology and its Tradition contained only in The University Graduate School (3 cr.) Bulletin.) CLAS-C 419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii Curriculum (4 cr.) P: For graduate students: reading knowledge of Italian. Three (3) credits for undergraduates. Degrees Offered Doctor of Philosophy and Joint Doctor of Philosophy in CLAS-C 501 Introduction to Graduate Study: Literary Cognitive Science and another Discipline and Cultural Theory for Classicists (3 cr.) Provides familiarity with influential theories and methodologies of Program Information contemporary interpretive scholarship and evaluates their The Cognitive Science Program comprises an relevance to the interpretive practices of classical studies. interdisciplinary research program and a doctoral degree A brief survey of formative developments in the history of program. Students carry out intensive research projects classical scholarship will be followed by a chronologically in state-of-the-art computer-based laboratories. There ordered study of prominent twentieth-century writings. are two Ph.D. degree options: a standalone Ph.D. in Cognitive Science and a joint Ph.D. in Cognitive Science CLAS-C 502 Bibliography and Research Resources and another discipline, for example, psychology, computer for Classical Studies (1 cr.) Provides practice in using science, philosophy, linguistics, or speech and hearing some of the major electronic and printed sources of sciences. The program is designed to train students in bibliography and historical information available for the theory development and model building (mathematical, study of Greek and Roman antiquity. An introduction to formal, and computer simulation models), in empirical ancillary disciplines such as epigraphy and numismatics research, and in the development of the conceptual will be included. framework and technical skills needed for successful CLAS-C 503 The Ancient City (4 cr.) Survey of the careers in research, teaching, business, and government. topography and monuments of one of the major cities Doctor of Philosophy Degree —Athens, Corinth, Rome, Ostia, for example—of the Admission Requirements classical world. Introduces students to the individual city and its monuments. Provides through the monuments a Admission is by approval of the program’s graduate better understanding of urbanism through the history of admission committee. Applicants should have an the specific city, its statesmen, and authors. undergraduate major in Cognitive Science, Psychology, Computer Science, Philosophy, Linguistics, Biology, CLAS-C 506 Teaching of Classics in College (1 cr.) or Anthropology; basic computer programming skills; Required of all graduate students teaching a departmental and basic knowledge of mathematics for science, course for the first time. May be taken twice for credit. including calculus and statistics. In exceptional cases, the CLAS-C 507 Foreign Language Institute (1-6 cr.) programming or mathematics admission requirements Formal study of Latin and Roman culture for secondary may be waived and satisfied while pursuing graduate teachers and those preparing for secondary teaching. study. Course Requirements 104 May 26, 2016

A minimum of 90 credit hours, including the core courses and Advisory Committee. This form must be completed by COGS Q520 (3 cr.), COGS Q530 (3 cr.), COGS Q540 (3 the end of the student’s second year. cr.), COGS Q550 (3 cr.), COGS Q551 (3 cr.), and COGS Q560 (3 cr.) and selections totaling at least 16 credit Students pursuing joint degrees in Cognitive Science hours from offerings listed in the Program in Cognitive and another discipline may postpone the taking of the Science or cross-listed with other departments, divisions, Qualifying Examination by one year. Any other students or programs. A maximum of 6 of these 16 credit hours who believe they are unable to complete the Qualification may come from pure research courses (COGS Q799, Examination by the normal deadline must petition to have COGS Q899, or the equivalent in another department). the deadline extended; (or) must complete the Deferred On the basis of their undergraduate background, students Qualifying Exam Option on the Qualifying Examination may be exempted from one or more of the core courses Petition Form other than COGS Q540, which all students must take. The examination is expected to have a written and an oral Exemption from any core courses requires approval by the component and to demonstrate (1) in-depth knowledge director of graduate studies of the program. Students must of the student’s Content Specialization, (2) knowledge also register for at least four semesters in the Colloquium of some other area of Cognitive Science, (3) academic Series course COGS Q733. In one of these semesters, writing competence, and (4) the ability to defend a position the only one for which credit is received, each student will in an oral setting. be expected to give a lecture on his or her independent research as a part of the Colloquium Series. In consultation with his or her Advisory Committee, the student will agree on the format of the examination. Within Research Project Requirement these constraints, two broad categories of Qualifying All Cognitive Science stand-alone Ph.D. students are Examinations are possible: (1) Conventional Written required to complete a Research Project. The project Examination or (2) Papers. Details regarding these should constitute significant original research done categories are available from the Director of Graduate while the student is enrolled in the Ph.D. program. Ph.D. Studies, the Graduate Secretary, or the student’s Advisory students must decide on a supervisor and topic for Committee. their projects by the end of their first year and submit Joint Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Cognitive the Research Project Progress Report to the Cognitive Science and another Discipline Science Program office. The project must be completed Admission Requirements by the end of their second year; at this time they should submit the Completion of the Research Project Form. Acceptance into the Joint Cognitive Science Ph.D. program is contingent upon admission into another Content Specialization degree-granting program at Indiana University Each student selects a Content Specialization, an area Bloomington, hereafter referred to as the “originating of study that can be approached from the perspectives of discipline” or “originating department.” Students must the different disciplines within cognitive science. With the apply to the originating department, informing it that they approval of the student’s advisory/research committee, also intend to join the Joint Cognitive Science Ph.D. any relevant area of cognitive science may fulfill the Program. Students are required to make such a request Content Specialization requirement. Some possibilities prior to their qualification exams. There is no separate are Language and Speech, Dynamical Systems, Logic, admission process through the Cognitive Science and Human-Computer Interaction. Students must Program. complete at least five courses in their specialization, Course Requirements and these courses must be taken in at least two differ- ent departments. The Content Specialization should be A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which 32 credit hours selected by the end of the student’s second year in the must be in courses listed or cross-listed in cognitive program, and the courses selected must be approved by science, including COGS Q520 (3 cr.), COGS Q530 (3 the student’s advisory/research committee. cr.), COGS Q540 (3 cr.), COGS Q550 (3 cr.), COGS Q551 (3 cr.), COGS Q733: three semesters at 0 credits and Minor Requirement one semester at 1 credit when the required colloquium is Students must complete a minor in another department given by the student, and at least 6 credit hours of breadth or program. Courses counting toward the minor may coursework not in the originating discipline and not among also count toward the student’s Content Specialization. the Q-courses or pure research courses such as Q799 The minor should be completed by the beginning of the and Q899. A Q-course that is not cross-listed in any other student’s fourth year. unit may satisfy the breadth requirement with the approval of the student’s advisory committee. The 32 credit hours Qualifying Examination may include a maximum of 6 credit hours in pure research Each student is expected to pass a Qualifying courses (COGS Q799, COGS Q899, or the equivalent in Examination by the end of September of the student’s originating departments). Strong encouragement is given third year in the program. If the student fails the exam, to interdisciplinary diversification. Note that courses may it may be retaken once, by the end of the student’s third count toward the requirements of both cognitive science year. and the originating department. Prior to the qualifying examination, each student will be Tool-Skills Requirement expected to turn in a Qualifying Examination Petition Form Statistics PSY K300 or PSY K310 or the equivalent. with the signatures of the Director of Graduate Studies May 26, 2016 105

Qualifying Examination completed successfully. At this time, the University Graduate School will be notified of the certificate There are two options for the qualifying examination: completion. Ideally, requirements and course work (a) an examination in the originating discipline and a for certificates should be completed at the time of separate comprehensive examination in cognitive science nomination to candidacy. (these may be taken at separate times); or (b) a joint 4. The certificate is awarded upon completion of examination covering relevant areas of both the originating requirements 1 through 3 and completion of the joint discipline and cognitive science, as determined by the Ph.D. Achievement of the certificate will be noted on advisory committee and with permission of both the official transcripts. originating discipline and the Cognitive Science Program. The cognitive science examination is normally taken after Graduate Area Certificate in Dynamical Systems in completion of the cognitive science course requirements. Cognitive Science The examination may be repeated only once. Students will develop an understanding of problems Public Colloquium introduced by a dynamical perspective on cognitive phenomena and of the theoretical and methodological The student must give a colloquium as part of the means of addressing those problems as found in COGS Q733 colloquium series advertised at large to the dynamical systems. Each student will apply this university community, and covering some aspect of the understanding and analysis to a content area of their student’s research in cognitive science. The research choice including study of perception, cognition, motor covered may be from any stage of the student’s career, behavior, neural networks, language, and development. including (but not restricted to) the thesis research. Specific Requirements Final Examination 1. Prerequisites. Students should have taken courses The public and oral defense of the dissertation will be in calculus (two to three semesters) at the very least. conducted jointly with the student’s originating discipline. In addition, courses in differential equations, linear algebra, and (point set) typology would be helpful. Ph.D. Minor in Cognitive Science 2. Required course. Students must take COGS Q580 Graduate students obtaining a Ph.D. in another discipline Introduction to Dynamical Systems in Cognitive may find that that discipline gives them the option of taking Science. a minor in cognitive science. To obtain such a minor, students must satisfy the following requirements: (a) 3. Additional advanced electives. Students must obtain approval from the Cognitive Science Program; and complete an additional four courses selected (b) complete COGS Q540; one of the following: COGS from among the following: COGS Q550 Models in Q520, COGS Q530, COGS Q551, COGS Q560, or COGS Cognitive Science; PSY P651 Perception/Action; Q550; at least two semesters of COGS Q733; and at least HPSC X755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of 6 other credit hours in cognitive science and/or cross- Science (when appropriate); LING L541 Introductory listed courses not in the originating discipline. Phonetics; LING L641 Advanced Phonetics; PHIL P561 Philosophy of Mind; CSCI B551 Element Certificates in Cognitive Science of Artificial Intelligence; CSCI B552 Knowledge The Cognitive Science Program is extremely broad, Based Arificial Intelligence; CSCI B553 Neural ranging from psychology to business to anthropology and Genetic Approaches to Artificial Intelligence; to computer science, to name just a few. Students in CSCI B651 Natural Language Processing; CSCI other disciplines may elect to focus on an area or areas B652 Computer Models of Symbolic Learning; within the broad range of cognitive science. Certificates CSCI B657 Computer Vision; CSCI B659 Topics in are open to students upon request; several different Artificial Intelligence (when appropriate); PSY P717 cognitive science certificate programs are described in the Evolutionary Basis of Learning; PSY P615 Develop- following pages. Note that certificates are not required for mental Psychology; COGS Q750 Neural Networks a joint Ph.D. degree. The student will inform the cognitive as Models of Cognition; HPSC-X755 Special Topics science office, the student’s cognitive science advisor, and in the Philosophy of Science (when appropriate). the certificate director of intent to pursue a certificate. 4. Qualifying exams. At least one question on dynamical systems must be included on the General Requirements for Graduate Area Certificates student’s qualifying exams. 1. As soon as the student decides to pursue a 5. Dissertation. The student’s dissertation must include certificate, a written proposal must be submitted to application of dynamical systems to the specific the Certificate Director and Director of Graduate problem under study. Studies giving a detailed course of study. The proposal may be a revised draft of an earlier Graduate Area Certificate in Human-Computer proposal not approved or an alteration of a previ- Interaction ously approved proposal, and may contain a request Students will demonstrate proficiency in a broad range of for a revision of any of the stated requirements. courses involving the applied cognitive analysis of human- 2. The proposal must be approved by the student’s computer interaction (HCI).The program will emphasize Advisory Committee. The student must file a copy the theoretical and methodological issues associated of the approved proposal with the Cognitive Science with designing and evaluating cognitively compatible user Program office. interfaces to interactive technologies. Specific Requirements 3. The student’s advisory/research committee must 1. The student must submit a written proposal to the attest that the approved course of study has been Advisory Committee giving a detailed course of 106 May 26, 2016

study. The proposal may be a revised draft of an PHIL-P 520 Philosophy of Language, and PHIL- earlier proposal, or an alteration of a previously P 720 Seminar: Philosophy of Language. Courses approved proposal, and may contain a request in processing and acquisition include PSY P623 for a revision of any of the stated requirements. Psychology of Language, CSCI B651 Natural The proposal must be approved by the Advisory Language Processing and periodic seminars on Committee. language-related topics in these departments, and 2. Students for the Cognitive Science Certificate periodic seminars on language-related topics in must complete an additional four courses selected these departments. from among the following to ensure courses 4. Students must demonstrate familiarity with are taken from at least two departments other computer modeling of cognitive processes. This than the student’s home department: CSCI requirement can be met through course work A546 User Interface Programming; CSCI B581 (COGS Q580 Introduction to Dynamic Systems in Advanced Computer Graphics; CSCI B582 Image Cognitive Science or various courses in Computer Synthesis; CSCI B665/B666 Software Engineering Science including CSCI B551 Elements of Artifical Management/Implementation; CSCI B669 Topics Intelligence, CSCI B552 Knowledge Based Artificial in Database and Information Systems; CSCI Intelligence, CSCI B553 Neural and Genetic B689 Topics in Graphics and Human Computer Approaches to Artifical Intelligence, CSCI B651 Interaction; INFO I502 Human-centered Research Natural Language Processing, and CSCI B652 Methods in Informatics; INFO I590 Topics in Computer Models of Symbolic Learning, or through Informatics (when appropriate); ILS Z561 User a written report of research that includes a computer Interface Design for Information Systems; ILS program written by the student. This report could be Z637 Information Visualization; ILS Z661 Concepts a master’s or Ph.D. thesis. and Contemporary Issues in Human-Computer 5. The student’s cognitive science qualifying Interaction; ILS Z635 Ontologies; EDUC P544 examination must include at least one section on a Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies; topic in language and speech. CSCI P565-566 Software Engineering I-II; EDUC 6. The student’s dissertation must address issues R685 Human-Computer Interface Design; EDUC related to language and speech. P600 Topical Seminar in Learning Cognition and Instruction (when appropriate); EDUC P544 Graduate Area Certificate in Logic, Language, and Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies; SPHS Computation S522 Digital Signal Processing; BUS S601 MIS The area covered by this certificate is applied logic; Research Topics in Applications Systems Design i.e., logic as applied to information processing. It is an (when appropriate); BUS S602 MIS Research area of research that is of increasing importance in Topics in Administration and Technology (when artificial intelligence and computer science. Students will appropriate); TEL T571 Applied Cognitive and demonstrate their mastery of courses having to do with Emotional Psychology; TEL T602 Topical Seminar in symbolic information processing. Telecommunications Processes and Effects (when appropriate). Specific Requirements 3. The student’s dissertation must address issues The requirements include at least 18 credit hours of related to human-computer interaction. The course work (including research and seminars). At least Cognitive Science Certificate in HCI is awarded two courses must be taken outside the student’s home upon completion of the above requirements and department. Each proposal for certification would need to completion of the requirements for the Ph.D. (either demonstrate both breadth and depth in the general area of as a joint major in Cognitive Science and a home logic, language, and computation. department, or as a Cognitive Science minor and a major in a home department). 1. Prerequisites. Students should demonstrate mathematical maturity by having taken one or Graduate Area Certificate in Language and Speech more courses in the following: set theory, discrete Students will demonstrate proficiency in a broad range mathematics, abstract algebra, linear algebra, of topics that focus on issues related to language topology, and mathematical logic. and speech. The program of study will emphasize 2. Students must take PHIL P505 and PHIL P506 mastery of language structure, language processing, Logical Theory I-II or demonstrate equivalent and computational approaches to linguistic analysis. An knowledge of completeness for first-order logic, independent research project exploring some facet of together with the Gödel incompleteness and language and speech will be required. undecidability results. If students demonstrate knowl- edge of this material, they may take other courses Specific Requirements from the lists of advanced courses given below. 1. Students must complete at least five approved 3. Students must select at least two or more advanced graduate courses in the area of language and courses from a list that includes CSCI B501 Theory speech. of Computing; PHIL P550 Systems of Modal Logic; 2. Courses in language and speech must be taken in at PHIL P551 Philosophy and the Foundations of least two different departments. Mathematics; PHIL P552 Philosophy of Logic; MATH 3. Courses must include at least one dealing with M682 Model Theory; and MATH M583 Set Theory. language structure and at least one dealing with 4. Students must take a research seminar, either one language processing or acquisition. Courses in generally designated as such. Some examples: PHIL language structure include most linguistics courses, P750 Seminar Logical Theory (when appropriate), May 26, 2016 107

PHIL P751 Seminar Logic (when appropriate), or Graduate Faculty MATH M781-782 Selected Topics in Mathematical (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Logic (when appropriate), or another seminar Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct approved by the Logic Certificate Director. doctoral dissertations.) 5. Students will be expected to take active part in the weekly Logic Seminar. Chancellor’s Professors 6. The student’s dissertation must address issues Robert L. Goldstone* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), in the general area of logic, language, and David B. Pisoni* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Elliot computation. R. Smith*(Psychological and Brain Sciences) Graduate Area Certificate in Modeling in Cognitive Chancellor’s Professor and Distinguished Professor Science of Psychological and Brain Sciences Students will demonstrate their mastery with a broad Robert Nosofsky*, Linda Smith * selection of courses involving mathematical and computer College of Arts and Sciences Distinguished simulation approaches to modeling, with a specialization in Professor of Cognitive Science; Adjunct Professor of at least one area of modeling, and with a research project Comparative Literature; Director, Center for Research involving modeling. on Concepts and Cognition The program will emphasize both basic techniques and Douglas R. Hofstadter* applications in particular content areas.

Specific Requirements Distinguished Professor of Biology and Gender Studies 1. Students must fulfill 18 credit hours of courses in the modeling area. Required course: COGS Q550 Ellen D. Ketterson* Models in Cognitive Science, and at least five Distinguished Professor and Luther Dana Waterman additional courses in modeling (15 credits minimum). Professor of Psychological and Brain Sciences 2. These courses must demonstrate both breadth and specialization, and a grasp of both methods Richard M. Shiffrin* and applications. The course options given below provide examples of courses currently appropriate Distinguished Professor and Rudy Professor of to accomplish these goals. The courses should Psychological and Brain Sciences include at least one course in basic techniques James T. Townsend* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) and methods (PSY P605 Introduction to Math- ematical Psychology; COGS Q580 Introduction Distinguished Scholars of Psychological and Brain to Dynamic Systems in Cognitive Science; MATH Sciences M447 Mathematical Models and Applications I- William Estes MATH M448 Mathematical Models and Applications II; PHIL P550 Systems of Modal Logic); and at Elenor Cox Riggs Professor least one course in applications (COGS Q750 Neural Networks as Models of Cognition; CSCI Aina Puce* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, Director of B651 Natural Language Processing; CSCI B652 Imaging Research Facility) Computer Models of Symbolic Learning; LING L611 Oscar R. Ewing Professor of Philosophy Models of Linguistic Structure; PSY P648 Choice Behavior).The selected courses must be taken J. Michael Dunn (Emeritus) from at least two departments, excluding courses Provost's Professor listed only in the Cognitive Science Program. These courses may not include a course whose content Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science) consists almost entirely of a research project (such courses and projects are separately covered below). Barbara B. Jacobs Chair in Education and Technology 3. Students must demonstrate a grasp of modeling Thomas M. Duffy*, Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain in research, either through course work (COGS Sciences, Neuroscience) Q689 Computer Simulation Project; PSY P556 Independent Computer Project), or through a written Rudy Professors report of research involving modeling (includes Bennett Bertenthal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), master’s or Ph.D. projects). Stanley Wasserman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, 4. The Ph.D. qualifying examination in the Cognitive Sociology, Statistics) Science Program must contain at least one section on a modeling-related topic. Professors Faculty Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Studies), Randall Beer* (School of Informatics and Computing), Director Geoffrey Bingham* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Katy Börner* (Information Science), Jerome Busemeyer* Colin Allen*, (History and Philosophy of Science) (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Phil Connell* (Speech and Hearing Sciences, Linguistics), Jonathon Crystal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Steven Franks* (Linguistics, Slavics and East European Languages 108 May 26, 2016 and Cultures), Judith Gierut* (Speech and Hearing John F. Mee Chair of Management Sciences), Andrew Hanson* (School of Informatics and Computing), John Kruschke* (Psychological and Phillip Podsakoff* Brain Sciences), Annie Lang* (Telecommunications), Martha Lea and Bill Armstrong Chair in Teacher David Leake* (School of Informatics and Computing), Education Richard Lesh* (School of Education), Lawrence Moss* (Mathematics), Timothy O’Connor* (Philosophy), Frank K. Lester* (Emeritus) Jonathan Plucker* (Educational Psychology), Robert Robert A. Lucas Chair of Law Port* (Emeritus, Linguistics, School of Informatics and Computing), Yvonne Rogers* (Information and Library Jeffrey Evans Stake* Science, Informatics), Kathy Schick* (Anthropology), Martin Siegel* (School of Education), (Psychological Rudy Professor and Brain Sciences), Erik Stolterman* (School of George von Furstenberg* (Emeritus, Economics) Informatics and Computing), William Timberlake* Alessandro Vespignani* (Informatics and Computing) (Emeritus, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Peter Todd* (Cognitive Science, School of Informatics and Professors Computing), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Michael W. Joyce Alexander* (School of Education), Curtis Bonk* Trosset* (Statistics), Larry Yaeger* (School of Informatics (School of Education), Arthur Bradley* (Optometry), and Computing) Edward Castronova* (Telecommunications), Jordi Cat* (History and Philosophy of Science), J. Clancy Clements* Associate Professors (Linguistics, Spanish and Portuguese), Ivor K. Davies* Johan Bollen (Informatics), Thomas Busey* (Psychological (Emeritus, Instructional Systems Technology), Stuart and Brain Sciences), Rowan Candy* (Optometry), Davis* (Linguistics), Joseph Farley* (Psychological Kenneth de Jong* (Linguistics), Hamid Ekbia (Information and Brain Sciences), Daniel Friedman* (School of and Library Science, Cognitive Science), Julia Fox* Informatics and Computing), Preston Garraghty* (Telecommunications), Michael Gasser* (School of (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Jeffrey Hart* (Political Informatics and Computing, Cognitive Science), Lisa Science), Beverly Hartford* (Emeritus, Linguistics), Gershkoff-Stowe* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Julia Heiman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Jason Gold* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Eric William Hetrick* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Isaacson* (Music), Thomas W. James* (Psychological and Ed Hirt* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Susan Brain Sciences), Jennifer Lentz* (Speech and Hearing Jones* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Mark Kaplan Sciences), Jonathan W. Mills* (School of Informatics (Philosophy), Eugene Kintgen* (Emeritus, English), and Computing), Sharlene Newman* (Psychological Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Philosophy of Science), Kirk and Brain Sciences), John Paolillo* (Information and Ludwig (Philosophy), David MacKay* (Emeritus, Busi- Library Science), Luiz Pessoa* (Psychological and Brain ness, Geography), Daniel Maki* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Sciences), Robert F. Potter* (Telecommunications), Emilia Martins* (Biology), David McCarty* (Philosophy), Luis Rocha* (Informatics), Thomas Schoenemann Eugene McGregor Jr.* (Public and Environmental (Anthropology) Affairs, Political Science), Michael McRobbie* (School of Informatics and ComputingInformatics, Philosophy), Assistant Professors Laura Murray* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), John M. Beggs* (Physics), Joshua W. Brown* Brian O'Donnell( (Psychological and Brain Sciences), (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Nathaniel Brown Christopher Peebles* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Philip (School of Education), Amy Cook* (Theatre History, Podsakoff* (Business), Paul Purdom* (School of Theory and Literature), Isabelle Darcy (Second Language Informatics and Computing), Christopher Raphael* Studies), David Crandall* (Psychological and Brain (Informatics), Charles Reigeluth* ( School of Education), Sciences), Markus Dickinson* (Linguistics), Melissa Robert Sherwood* (School of Education), Maynard Gresalfi (Learning Sciences, School of Education), Amit Thompson* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Larry Thibos* Hagar* (History and Philosophy of Science), Karin Harman (Optometry), Frederick Unverzagt (Medical and Molecular James* (Psychological & Brain Sciences), Kris Hauser Genetics, Medical Neurobiology), Michael J. Wade* (School of Informatics and Computing), Michael Jones* (Biology), James Walker* (Economics), Charles Watson* (Cognitive Sciences, Psychological and Brain Sciences), (Emeritus, Speech and Hearing Sciences, Psychological Sandra Kuebler* (Linguistics), Chien-Jer Charles Lin and Brain Sciences), Arlington Williams II* (Economics), (East Asian Studies), Nicholas Port* (Optometry), Robert Wayne Winston* (Business) Joseph Rydell* (Psychological & Brain Sciences), Selma Associate Professors Sabanovic (School of Informatics and Computing), Chen Yu* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Julie Anderson (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Raquel Anderson* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Eli Blevis* (Informatics), Fritz Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies), Michel Barbara Jacobs Chair in Education Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Tom Evans* (Geography), Donald J. Cunningham* (Emeritus) Theodore Frick* (School of Education), Dennis Groth* (School of Informatics and Computing), Kenneth Hay* Chancellor’s Professors (Learning Sciences, School of Education), Daniel Hickey* James C. Craig* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), (School of Education), Erick Janssen* (The Kinsey Daniel Dinnsen* (Emeritus, Linguistics), Steven Sherman* Institute, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Yoshihisa (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Kitagawa* (Linguistics), Filippo Menczer* (School of Informatics and Computing,School of Informatics and May 26, 2016 109

Computing), Gregory Rawlins* (School of Informatics and COGS-Q 530 Programming Methods in Cognitive Computing), Dennis Senchuk* (Philosophy, Education), Science (3 cr.) P: Some programming experience. Bruce Solomon* (Mathematics), Frances Trix (An- An introduction to computer programming methods for thropology, Linguistics) artificial intelligence and computer simulation of cognitive models. Emphasis on the necessary data structures and Assistant Professors their applications to cognitive science. Programming Yong Yeol Ahn* (Informatics), Shazzen S. Attari (School projects may be related to state-space search for problem of Public and Environmental Affairs), Tessa Bent (Speech solving and game playing, production systems, and and Hearing Sciences), Joshua Danish (School of cognitive modeling tasks including memory models and Education), Ying Ding* (Department of Information and neural simulations. Library Science), Amy Hackenberg (School of Education), COGS-Q 540 Philosophical Foundations of the Rachael Holt (Speech and Hearing Sciences), S. Lee Cognitive and Information Sciences (3 cr.) Causal Hong (Public Health), Laura Hurley* (Biology), Karen issues: cognitive architecture, physical embodiment, Iler Kirk (Otolarynoglogy), Adam Maltese (School of neuroscience, networks, dynamic systems. Semantic Education), Armin P. Moczek* (Biology, Indiana Molecular issues: meaning, interpretation, representation, Biology Institute, Center for the Integrative Study of Animal information flow. The role of both in language, logic, Behavior), Kalpana Shankar* (School of Informatics and reasoning, action, perception, learning, categorization, Computing), David Stringer (Second Language Studies) and consciousness. Emphasis on writing, analysis, and exposition. Associate Scientists COGS-Q 550 Models in Cognitive Science (3 cr.) Gary Kidd* (Speech and Hearing Sciences) P: Q530 and Q560. An introduction to modeling in various Senior Lecturer areas of cognitive science, including computer simulation models of complex cognition, models within artificial Leah Savion (Philosophy) intelligence, models based on neural mechanisms and Senior Research Analyst/Programmer networks, and formal and mathematical models in areas such as psychology, linguistics, and philosophy. Hui Zhang (Advanced Visualization Lab) COGS-Q 551 The Brain and Cognition (3 cr.) An Graduate Advisor introduction to neural mechanisms underlying complex cognition, and a survey of topics in neuroscience related Peter Todd* (Cognitive Sciences, School of Informatics to cognition. It provides a solid background in human and Computing), 812-855-3914 biopsychology. Courses COGS-Q 560 Experimental Methods in Cognitive Science (3 cr.) Specific goals of this course include: a) an understanding of experimental design and the resources COGS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) for future studies; b) an understanding of converging COGS-Q 510 Seminar on Professional Development measures and programmatic research; c) discussion for Cognitive Scientists (2 cr.) P: Pursuing stand- of current controversies in experimental design; and alone or joint major or minor degree in cognitive science. d) hands-on experience in designing, conducting, and Discussions in this course cover a wide range of issues critiquing experiments. facing academic cognitive scientists, including: the ethical COGS-Q 570 Behavior-Based Robotics (3 cr.) This conduct of research, grant proposal writing and review, course will present an overview of behavior-based critical reading of the scientific literature, scientific writing, robotics and its implications for embodied cognitive presentation skills, applying for jobs, teaching, challenges science, incorporating results from artificial intelligence, facing underrepresented groups in science, and issues in robotics, ethology, and psychology. It will give students cross-disciplinary collaboration. an appreciation of the difficulties associated with COGS-Q 511 Introduction to Embodied Cognitive implementing models on robots and allow them to tack Science (3 cr.) This course provides a broad introduction research questions in groups. to the growing importance of the concepts of situatedness, COGS-Q 580 Introduction to Dynamic Systems in embodiment and dynamics in cognitive science. It Cognitive Science (3 cr.) Introduction to linear and covers both the key conceptual content and the historical nonlinear dynamic systems including catastrophe and development of these ideas. In addition, it surveys classic chaos theory. Main aspects include: a) understanding work in this area. Examples will be drawn from philosophy, the basic quantitative theory and techniques of dynamic psychology, neuroscience, robotics, and the social systems, b) illustration of major concepts and systems sciences. Class meetings will consist of a combination behavior with the aid of computer graphics and numerical of lectures by the instructor, guest lectures, and student software, and c) examples from cognitive science. presentation and discussion of readings. COGS-Q 610 Networks of the Brain (3 cr.) This COGS-Q 520 Mathematics and Logic for Cognitive course explores the complexity of the brain and its Science (3 cr.) Covers the mathematical backgrounds network architecture on several different levels, including of contemporary work in cognitive science. Includes neuroanatomy, spontaneous dynamics, neurocognitive basic material on both the symbolic and connectionist networks, development and disease states, and approaches: machines, logics, networks, games, and embodiment. Building on a basic foundation of network probability. 110 May 26, 2016 theory, information theory, and nonlinear dynamics, the Special Departmental Requirements course covers both empirical and computational studies. (See also general University Graduate School requirements and the departmental Graduate Handbook COGS-Q 689 Computer Simulation Project (3 cr.) The for additional information and detailed list of special student will develop and test a computer simulation of requirements for specific degree programs.) some aspect of cognition. The student will produce a working, documented computer program, and a paper Master of Arts Degree describing both the workings of the program and tests of Admission Requirements the program (either theoretical tests, tests of the program against data, or both). Undergraduate major in a communication-related discipline (e.g., communication and culture, rhetoric, COGS-Q 700 Seminar in Cognitive Science (1-3 cr.) film, media studies, etc.) or other liberal arts (e.g., Intensive study of specific topics in cognitive science. English, history, anthropology), with evidence of adequate Topics and instructors will change regularly. May be academic background for graduate study. Admission repeated. decisions are also based upon scores on the Graduate COGS-Q 733 Colloquium Series (0-1 cr.) Three Record Examination General Test, undergraduate courses semesters at zero credits and one semester at one credit taken and grades received, a scholarly writing sample, a when the required colloquium is given by the student. The personal statement, and letters of recommendation. class will meet every week. At some meetings, invited Course Requirements speakers will present colloquia; at others, students will present their own work. Each student will be required to A total of 30 credit hours including: 6 credit hours from make a presentation at least once during the year the among C501, C502, and C503; 3 credit hours from among course is taken for credit. C505, C506, and C507; and 3 credit hours of C700 dedicated to the independent study of the departmental COGS-Q 750 Neural Networks as Models of Cognition M.A. reading list. A minimum of 15 credit hours must be (3 cr.) Topical seminar featuring analysis of models taken in courses numbered 500 and above; a maximum based on neural networks. Will usually feature extensive of 8 hours can be taken outside of the Department of exploration of one or more examples of models of this Communication and Culture. In years when C501 is not type. offered students may substitute C511, C512, or C513. COGS-Q 799 Readings and Research in Cognitive Examination Science (1-6 cr.) Tutorial research and study in specialized topics in Cognitive Science. Written M.A. examination based on departmental reading list is taken during the second year of course work. COGS-Q 899 Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) Dissertation research in specialized topics in cognitive Doctor of Philosophy Degree science. Admission Requirements Communication and Culture M.A. degree in a communication-related discipline (e.g., rhetoric, communication and culture, film, media College of Arts and Sciences studies, etc.) or its equivalent in a related field such as Departmental E-mail: [email protected] anthropology, education, English, folklore, history, political science, psychology, or sociology. Admission decisions Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ are based upon evidence such as scores on the Graduate (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Record Examination General Test, undergraduate and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The graduate courses taken and grades received, a scholarly University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements writing sample, and letters of recommendation. contained only in The University Graduate School Course Requirements Bulletin.) A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which eight (3 or 4 credit Curriculum hour) courses past the M.A. degree must be taken in the Degrees Offered Department of Communication and Culture. Dissertation This legacy program is no longer accepting new not to exceed 15 credit hours in C810. A minimum of 30 applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School credit hours must be in courses numbered 500 and above. entry for new program requirements related to this area of Minor study. Outside minor (typically 12–15 credit hours) required, Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Students which must be approved by the advisory committee. With develop individualized programs of study in consultation approval of the advisory committee, a second minor may with a plan of study committee consistent with the be taken. department’s interpretive focus on the relationship between communication and culture as manifested in and Foreign Language Requirement through the topics of rhetoric, media, performance, and Reading proficiency in a foreign language. Demonstrated ethnographic studies. Graduate students may also earn by course work or examination. a Ph.D. minor that draws upon the department’s focus on communication and culture. Qualifying Examination Written and oral; may be taken twice only. May 26, 2016 111

Ph.D. Minor in Communication and Culture CMCL-C 501 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public Requirements Culture (3 cr.) A first course for students interested in exploring the relationship between rhetoric and public A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work in culture as manifest in modes of practical reasoning, communication and culture, including one course from the constitution and performance of self/society, and C501, C502, and C503. Course work must be completed socio-political critique/judgment. Engages the connection with a grade average no lower than B (3.0). In years between these modalities by focusing on the premodern when C501 is not offered, students may substitute C511, and late or postmodern rhetorical theory as they implicate C512, or C513. Students may transfer a maximum of 3 the problematics of contemporary social and political hours from another university toward this degree with theory, including power, agency, ideology, hegemony, the approval of the director of graduate studies in the mediation, subjectivity, etc. Department of Communication and Culture. CMCL-C 502 Introduction to Performance in To arrange for the minor in communication and culture, Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to students should consult with the director of graduate various theories and methods of research in human studies, who will recommend a member of the faculty to communication studies. Includes theories of discourse serve as an advisor. In consultation with the advisor, a and culture, message production and reception, symbol program of study will be outlined, and a copy of the plan systems, social constructionism, relational communication, filed with the director of graduate studies. conversation analysis, social influence, communication Faculty competence, and other topics. Chairperson CMCL-C 503 Introduction to Media Theory and Aesthetics (3 cr.) Study of classical and contemporary Professor Barbara Klinger* theoretical texts. Graduate Faculty CMCL-C 505 Productive Criticism of Political Rhetoric (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (3 cr.) Conceptualizes rhetoric as a mode of social Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct critique while focusing on the problem of the scapegoat doctoral dissertations.) in public culture. Critically examines constructions of the threatening Other as they foster alienation and Distinguished Professor victimization within and between polities. Draws on Ken- neth Burke’s dramatism as a framework for rhetorical Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore and critique. Ethnomusicology) CMCL-C 506 Methods of Media Research (3 cr.) Chancellor’s Professor Introduction to research methods used in critical studies of James Naremore* (Emeritus) media and culture. Professors CMCL-C 507 Methods of Ethnographic Research in Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Exploration James Andrews* (Emeritus), Patricia Hayes Andrews* of ethnographic research methods in the study of (Emeritus), Carolyn Calloway-Thomas*, Robert L. Ivie*, communication and culture, including the ethnography of Barbara Klinger*, John Louis Lucaites*, Gregory A. performance, media, and public discourse. The emphasis Waller*, William E. Wiethoff* is on qualitative methods; course work includes exercises Associate Professors in participant observation and interviewing. Chris Anderson*, Ilana Gershon, Jane E. Goodman*, CMCL-C 511 Premodern Rhetorical Theory (3 cr.) Mary Louise Gray*, Joan C. Hawkins*, Joshua Malitsky, Survey of key texts, emphasizing rhetorical theory and Michael Martin*, Phaedra C. Pezzullo*, Susan Seizer*, practice, in the Greek and Latin traditions. Focus on Jon Simons*, Ted George Strphas*, Robert E. Terrill* contextualizing these materials within a continually developing intellectual history of rhetorical studies. Of Assistant Professors particular interest is the potential for premodern theory to frame, interpret, and critique contemporary rhetorical Karen Bowdre, Stephanie De Boer, Elizabeth Ellcessor, practice. Susan Lepselter CMCL-C 512 Rhetorical Theories of Cultural Adjunct Professors Production (3 cr.) Examines theories of rhetoric as Peter Bondanella* (Emeritus, French and Italian), Sumie a primary source of cultural production. Features Jones* (Emerita, East Asian Languages and Cultures, Giambattista Vico on eloquence, tropes, and the poetic Comparative Literature), Darlene Sadlier* (Spanish and wisdom of culture; Friedrich Nietzsche on rhetoric, Portuguese), Beverly Stoeltje* (Anthropology) metaphor, and the will to power; Chaim Perelman on the realm of rhetoric and the problem of justice; and Kenneth Director of Graduate Studies Burke on rhetoric, identification, and the drama of human Associate Professor Ted Striphas*, 800 East Third Street, relations. Room 239, (812) 856-7868 CMCL-C 513 Rhetoric and Sociopolitical Judgment Courses (3 cr.) Exploration of the role that rhetoric plays in the production and performance of collective or socio-political judgment. The focus will be on the tension between 112 May 26, 2016 modern and late or postmodern conceptions of judgment CMCL-C 606 Media Criticism (3 cr.) Study of the main as they implicate the problems and possibilities of schools and methods of media criticism. Course may be rhetorical praxis (i.e., negotiating the relationship between repeated once for credit with a different topic. knowledge, understanding, and action) in contemporary democratic policy. CMCL-C 608 Images and Critique in Public Culture (3 cr.) This course examines and assesses some CMCL-C 545 Introduction to Pedagogy in contemporary critical thought about visual and non-visual Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Fundamentals images, especially the role of images in politics. As well of teaching as applied to communication. Focuses on as pursuing various strategies for the ideology critique teaching methods and culture, criticism, communication of images, the course explores the possibility of thinking apprehension, textbook selection, test construction, critically through images. It studies different types of gender in the classroom, and the place of communication images through a variety of theoretical approaches and and culture in the liberal arts and sciences. thematic questions. CMCL-C 552 Media Institutions and the Production of CMCL-C 610 Identity and Difference (3 cr.) Political, Culture (3 cr.) Study of media institutions, work practices, social, and cultural dimensions of identity and difference. products, and their relationships with their sociopolitical Interrogates the production of marginal and dominant environment. identities (e.g., racial, sexual, colonial) and the emergence of new forms of identification. CMCL-C 560 Motion Picture Production (3-4 cr.) Introduction to 16mm film production including CMCL-C 611 Topics in Rhetoric and Public Culture cinematography, editing, and sound. (3 cr.) Systematic review of research related to a specific issue or area in rhetoric and public culture. May be CMCL-C 561 Intermediate Motion Picture Production repeated for credit when topic varies. (4 cr.) P: CMCL C560. Introduces students to the making of 16 mm sound films, including the recording and editing CMCL-C 612 Constituting Democracy in Rhetorical of synch sound. The various stages of production are Discourse (3 cr.) Compares the role of rhetoric in explored in lectures, lab exercises, and discussions. liberal, deliberative democracy to its function in radical, Each student designs, directs, and edits a short synch participatory, and agonistic democracy. Considers sound film and participates as a crew member in the other problematic constructions of democracy in U.S. political students’ productions. culture and their relationship to exaggerated perceptions of national vulnerability. Explores the rhetorical potential of CMCL-C 562 The Screenplay (3 cr.) Terminology of myth and metaphor for reconstituting the image of democ- screenwriting and form of the screenplay. Development racy from a diseased to a healthy political practice. of the screenplay from story outline and treatment to the shooting script. The original screenplay. Techniques of CMCL-C 614 Rhetoric, Ideology, and Hegemony adaptation. Contributions of the screenwriter to the mise- (3 cr.) Examination of the relationship between rhetoric, en-scène. Exercises in screenwriting; culmination in the ideology, and hegemony in contemporary social and writing of a full-length original screenplay or adaptation. political thought. The emphasis will be on conceptions of Department is not currently offering this course. hegemony as a site of praxis for negotiating the tensions between rhetoric and ideology in the production of social CMCL-C 592 Media Genres (3 cr.) Topic varies: and political change (or permanence) in late or post- the evaluation of typical genres; problems of generic modernity. Primary readings will draw from twentieth- description of definition; themes, conventions, and century rhetorical theory, Marxism, critical theory, and iconography peculiar to given genres, etc. May be psychoanalysis. repeated for credit. CMCL-C 615 Rhetoric of Protest in America (3 cr.) CMCL-C 593 History of European and American Films Presents key instances of protest discourse both in their I (3 cr.) Survey of the development of cinema 1895-1926 historical contexts and through the lenses of rhetorical (silent film era). Particular attention on representative work theories of dissent. The focus is on illuminating the of leading filmmakers, emergence of film movements and problematic and constitutive role of protest in the public development of national trends, growth of film industry, culture of the United States, as manifested across a range and impact of television. May be repeated once for credit of electronic and print media. The American Revolution, with a different topic. southern secession, feminisms, black liberation, and gay/ CMCL-C 594 Media History (3 cr.) Media historiography, lesbian rights will receive particular attention. topics in national history, national and international CMCL-C 616 Rhetorical Critiques of War (3 cr.) movements and trends. Topic varies. May be repeated Rhetoric as an heuristic for critically engaging discourses once for credit with different topic. of war and transforming the legitimization of war into a CMCL-C 596 National Cinemas (3 cr.) Topic varies: cultural problematic. Focuses on the problem of war in historical survey of major national cinemas. Topics may U.S. political culture. include Brazilian cinema, French national cinema, German CMCL-C 617 Rhetoric and Visual Culture (3 cr.) film culture, Italian cinema, Indian cinema, and others. Examination of the relationship between rhetoric and May be repeated for credit when topic varies. visual culture. Key topics to be considered include: CMCL-C 604 Topical Seminar in Mass Communication the relationship between visual rhetoric and collective and Culture (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Department memory, social and political controversy and dissent, is not currently offering this course. political style and representation, postmodern media communities, race, gender, identity politics, etc. May 26, 2016 113

CMCL-C 619 Feminism and Rhetorical Theory (3 cr.) supervision of a course director. May be repeated for This seminar explores the relationship between feminism credit. and rhetoric by examining advocacy by/for women, patriarchal patterns of oppression, and the development CMCL-C 650 Ethnography & Social Theory (3 cr.) of critical perspectives that have arisen out of desires Scholars build social theory through the analysis of social to politically reevaluate contemporary gendered norms. life and communicative practices. Ethnography is a key It may be structured as a survey of a wide range of vehicle through which theory can be developed. By pairing intersections between feminisms and rhetorical theory; or theoretical and ethnographic works, the course offers a as an in-depth critical engagement with a specific tension, grounding in contemporary social theory and explores how theme, or trajectory, such as “the body.” ethnography can develop, hone, or complicate theory. May be repeated once for credit with a different topic. CMCL-C 620 Media, Politics, and Power (3 cr.) Examination of media institutions (including new media) CMCL-C 652 Globalization of Media (3 cr.) Explores through various schools of thought. May be repeated once media institutions, practices, and texts across national for credit with a different topic. borders. Topic varies. May examine particular issues such as globalization of media, transnational implications of CMCL-C 622 Advanced Pedagogy (3 cr.) P: C545 media texts, transnational data flows, media and foreign or equivalent. This advanced pedagogy seminar will policy. May be repeated once for credit with a different investigate theories of learning and academic practice. topic. Topics will vary by semester. CMCL-C 660 Advanced Film Production (4 cr.) CMCL-C 626 Studies in Contemporary Communication Designed for students who have taken basic production (3 cr.) Systematic review of research related to classes and who want to embark on a more ambitious film contemporary problems in the study of communication; or video project. Each student will produce one product may be theoretical, methodological, or critical. Topic from script to screen, and assist other students on their varies. May be repeated for credit. projects. Course will address creative, technical, and production management questions. CMCL-C 627 Performance in Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Critical examination of performance as a CMCL-C 661 Environmental Communication and vantage point on communication and culture in specific Public Culture (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on how societies, world areas, or social formations. Topic varies. nature and the environment more broadly understood May be repeated for credit. is articulated, represented, and engaged within public culture. Assuming symbolic and natural systems are CMCL-C 634 Networks, Systems, and Flows (3 cr.) This mutually constituted, this course aims to foster a closer course looks at contemporary theoretical approaches to examination of communication practices that impact how knowledge and objects travel. Readings in current the environment and cultural perceptions of it such as theories of circulation address the categories used tourism, social movement advocacy campaigns, corporate to conceptualize circulation and distribution, such as and government discourses, popular media, and public networks, systems, and flows. participation in decision-making processes. CMCL-C 635 Humor in Use (3 cr.) Beginning from the CMCL-C 662 Media Audiences (3 cr.) This course premise that humor is a good site for the study of culture, studies audiences in the context of film, television, this course looks at a range of cultural contexts for humor, new media, and other media forms. Topic varies, but from staged public performance to private joking, and is may include a focus on theories of spectatorship, primarily concerned with the many and varied social uses methodological approaches to audiences, historical to which humor is put. reception studies, ethnographic and/or empirical audience CMCL-C 636 Reading the Text (3 cr.) This seminar studies, global or transnational audiences, performance hones students’ skills of close reading, explication and theory, fan cultures, and subcultures. commentary, textual analysis and interpretation, in relation CMCL-C 670 Rhetoric in Contemporary Theory (3 cr.) to one or two books central to the academic study of Examines the role of rhetoric in emerging social, political, communication and culture. The books studied will be aesthetic, and cultural theories and on the implications of determined in each iteration of the seminar. such theories for rhetorical inquiry. CMCL-C 637 Publics (3 cr.) How can we understand the CMCL-C 688 Rhetorics of Transgression and/or different ways that publics are composed? This course Resistance (3 cr.) This seminar compares and contrasts looks at how one analyzes texts, events and social groups choices to identify, name, and imagine certain rhetorical when focusing on publics. acts as transgression or resistance. Engaging a range CMCL-C 645 Topics in the Comparative Study of contemporary theories, methods, and vocabularies, it of Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Analysis of explores which approaches are productive depending on communicative forms and practices in comparative the particular situation, practices, and actors involved, as perspective. Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. well as the questions one is studying. CMCL-C 646 Pedagogy Practicum (1 cr.) Taken by CMCL-C 690 Theories of Symbolic Meaning (3 cr.) associate instructors in communication and culture who P: Linguistics L503 or consent of instructor. Intensive are pursuing a three-course sequence leading to the study of referential, behavioral, rule-governed, and Certificate of Pedagogy. Students in C646 will be assigned cognitive theories of symbolic meaning, with attention a faculty mentor who will work with them as they prepare to comprehension of words, utterances/sentences, and to teach a departmental course that is not under the 114 May 26, 2016 extended discourse. Department is not currently offering CMCL-C 638 Experiments with the Film Camera (4 cr.) this course. May be repeated for credit. P: C560. This course is designed to explore techniques and concepts of experimental filmmaking. It builds on CMCL-C 691 Authorship in Media (4 cr.) In-depth the foundations of other CMCL production classes, analysis of individuals in the media who become known as and assumes that you have a solid grounding in basic “authors.” May be repeated for credit when topic varies. cinematography and visual storytelling, as well as in the CMCL-C 700 Research (1-4 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. fundamentals of digital editing. This course is eligible for a deferred grade Students must have ample preparation in some theoretical area Comparative Literature and in one or more research methods. Designed to College of Arts and Sciences allow students to conduct a research study, including Departmental E-mail: [email protected] the collection and examination of data (broadly defined), to answer a question, to prove a thesis, or to test a Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~complit/ hypothesis relating to communication/rhetorical theory. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate May be repeated for credit. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The CMCL-C 701 Practicum in Communication Research University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. contained only in The University Graduate School Students must have ample preparation in some theoretical Bulletin.) area and in one or more research methods. Designed to allow students to conduct a research study, including Degrees Offered the collection and examination of data (broadly defined), Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts/Master of Library to answer a question, to prove a thesis, or to test a Science, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of hypothesis relating to communication/rhetorical theory. Philosophy May be repeated for credit. Special Program Requirements CMCL-C 705 Research Seminar in Rhetoric and Public (See also general University Graduate School Culture (3 cr.) Problems and issues in rhetoric and public requirements.) culture. May be repeated for credit. For details about departmental rules and procedures, CMCL-C 706 Theories of Performance in consult the current Comparative Literature Graduate Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Critical examination Handbook, available upon request from the Graduate of theoretical problems in the study of performance in Studies Office, Ballantine Hall 913A. communication and culture. Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. Admission Requirements Graduate Record Examination General Test required. CMCL-C 710 Research Seminar (1-3 cr.) May be For the Ph.D., fluent reading knowledge of at least two repeated for credit. foreign languages. For the M.A., fluent knowledge of at CMCL-C 727 Seminar in Cross-Cultural least one foreign language. Deficiencies in undergraduate Communications (3 cr.) May be repeated for credit. work and foreign languages must be removed within one year. Only students holding the M.A. or its equivalent will CMCL-C 790 Seminar: Pragmatic Functions of be considered for direct admission to the Ph.D. program. Language (3 cr.) P: C501 and C502, or consent of (Note: Students admitted on a provisional basis must instructor. Study of research dealing with the correlates present proof of completion of the B.A. or M.A. upon their of language variation, including topics such as language arrival at Indiana University.) clarity, intensity, obscenity, style, dialects, interactions of language with perception/cognition and mental health, Master of Arts Degree and the constituents of pragmatic language competence. Course Requirements Department is not currently offering this course. May be A minimum of 30 credit hours, 20 credit hours of which repeated for credit. must be in comparative literature, including C501, C502, CMCL-C 792 Advanced Seminar in Media Theory one course on European literature in the premodern (3 cr.) Topic varies: advanced study in media history and period (C505, C521, C523, or C525), one course on theory; major movements and historical periods and their European literature in the modern period (C506, C529, relationship to the intellectual and cultural climate of the C533, C535, C537, or C538), and one proseminar. time; studies of technology and modes of production; With the consent of the instructor, any full course in advanced work in genre or auteur studies; close reading of Comparative Literature other than C501, C502, and major works of media theory; new developments in theory C507 may be designated a proseminar. Consult the and criticism. May be repeated for credit. Comparative Literature Graduate Handbook for details. M.A. students must complete a proseminar chosen CMCL-C 793 Seminar in Media (3 cr.) Topics in media from the graduate courses in Comparative Literature studies. May be repeated once for credit when topic that students have not used to fulfill the other course changes. requirements. CMCL-C 800 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) Language Requirements CMCL-C 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is Reading proficiency in two foreign languages. Proficiency eligible for a deferred grade. may be certified by: (1) receiving a grade of B or higher in a graduate-level literature course in which the assigned May 26, 2016 115 readings are in the foreign language, or (2) passing an A total of 90 credit hours, including 65 credit hours examination in translation and explication of literary texts of course work, of which 35 credit hours must be in in the foreign language administered by the Department comparative literature, including C501, C502, one course of Comparative Literature in consultation with faculty on European literature in the premodern period (C505, in other departments. Successful completion of the C521, C523, or C525), one course on European literature 491/492 course sequence in a foreign language will not be in the modern period (C506, C529, C533, C535, C537, accepted as certification of reading proficiency. Students or C538), and one proseminar. With the consent of the whose native language is not English and who have instructor, any full course in Comparative Literature passed the proficiency test administered by the Center other than C501, C502, and C507 may be designated a for English Language Training may request certification of proseminar. Consult the Graduate Handbook for details. English as one of their foreign languages. Ph.D. students must complete a proseminar chosen from the graduate courses in Comparative Literature that they Master’s Project have not used to fulfill the other course requirements. The There are three ways to meet the master’s project require- dissertation must not exceed 25 research credit hours. ment: (1) by revising or expanding a suitable term or Language Requirements seminar paper as a master’s essay; (2) by writing an original master’s essay; or (3) by writing a formal master’s Reading proficiency in three foreign languages. thesis. Consult the Comparative Literature Handbook for Proficiency may be certified by: (1) receiving a grade details. The requirement should normally be fulfilled no of B or higher in a graduate-level literature course in later than the end of the fourth semester after beginning which the readings are in the foreign language, or (2) graduate studies in comparative literature at Indiana passing an examination in translation and explication of University. Consult the Comparative Literature Handbook literary texts in the foreign language administered by the for details. department. Successful completion of the 491-492 course sequence in a foreign language will not be accepted Dual Master of Arts Degree as certification of reading proficiency. Students whose Students admitted to the dual Master of Arts program native language is not English and who have passed the may obtain M.A. degrees in comparative literature and proficiency test administered by the Center for English a related field with fewer credits than would be required Language Training may request certification of English if the two degrees were taken separately. Consult the as one of their foreign languages. With the permission of Comparative Literature Graduate Handbook for details. the Director of Graduate Studies, doctoral students may Dual Master’s Degree in Comparative Literature and be allowed to substitute intensive preparation (at least 27 the Department of Information and Library Science credit hours) in a nonliterary discipline for the third foreign language. (M.A./M.L.S.) The joint program consists of a total of at least 50 credit Minor hours: a minimum of 30 credit hours in Information and Library Science, and a minimum of 20 credit hours in A minimum of 12 to 15 credit hours in an outside field Comparative Literature. Consult the Graduate Handbook selected in consultation with the Director of Graduate for details. Studies. Requirements are set by the department or program administering the minor. Students have the Master of Arts for Teachers Degree option of taking a second minor or of completing an Admission Requirement intensive minor with a minimum of 24 credit hours. B.A. degree in comparative literature or an individual Qualifying Examination literature. One written exam on three topics (areas). The Course Requirements examination will take into account work done in the minor field(s). At the student’s request, one part may be written A total of 36 credit hours, 20 of which must be in in a foreign language. Oral examination will follow. comparative literature, including C501, C502, one course on European literature in the premodern period (C505, Final Examination C521, C523, or C525), and one course on European Oral defense of dissertation. literature in the modern period (C506, C529, C533, C535, C537 or C538). Ph.D. Minor in Comparative Literature Language Requirement Four courses in comparative literature, including C501; fluent reading knowledge of at least one foreign language. Certification of reading proficiency in one foreign language. Ph.D. Minor in Literary Theory Jointly administered by the Department of Comparative Examination Literature and the Department of English, the minor requires a minimum of three courses, including at least A 90-minute written examination analyzing two texts one selected from Comparative Literature C503, C504, drawn from an approved reading list. One text may be C601, or C602; and one from English G660, L605, L607, a work of art in a nonliterary medium. If both texts are L608, or L707. Other courses approved for the minor written, one must be in a foreign language. include French and Italian F564 and F584; Germanic Doctor of Philosophy Degree Studies G505; Slavics and East European Languages Course Requirements and Cultures R598; Spanish and Portuguese S473 and S512; and Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance 116 May 26, 2016

T555 and T556. Other courses may also be acceptable Shun-Chang Tsai, Sarah Van der Laan, Jacob Emery toward completion of the requirement; written consent to (Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures) count such courses must be obtained in advance from the graduate advisor in the Department of Comparative Adjunct Professors Literature or the Department of English. Maryellen Bieder* (Spanish and Portuguese), Fritz Ph.D. Minor in Biblical Literature Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies), J. Peter Burkholder* (Music), Karen Hanson* (Philosophy), Dov-Ber Kerler* See this bulletin under Institute for Biblical and Literary (Germanic Studies), Barbara Klinger* (Communication Studies. and Culture), Eleanor W. Leach* (Classical Studies), Eric Graduate Certificate in Literary Translation MacPhail* (French and Italian), William Rasch* (Germanic Course Requirements Studies), Suzanne Stetkevych* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), H. Wayne Storey* (French and Italian, Twenty-one (21) to 24 credit hours, including C580 History Medieval Studies), Marc Weiner* (Germanic Studies) and Theory of Translation; C581 Workshop in Literary Translation; one other workshop in translation; and Adjunct Associate Professors three further courses in Comparative Literature or one of Purnima Bose* (English, Cultural Studies), Michel the foreign language departments, consisting either of Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Deborah Cohn* (Spanish graduate-level literature courses using original-language and Portuguese), Patrick Dove* (Spanish and texts or advanced courses (300 level or above) in the Portuguese), Joan Hawkins* (Communication and language itself. In exceptional cases, the student may Culture), Rebecca Manring* (India Studies, Religious petition the Translation Studies Committee to accept, in Studies), Edith Sarra* (East Asian Languages and lieu of one or more of these courses, other evidence of Cultures), advanced knowledge of the language, such as extensive undergraduate or overseas training or educated native Adjunct Assistant Professor proficiency. Johannes Turk* (Germanic Studies) Language Requirements Professors Emeriti In-depth knowledge of English and one other language. Salih Altoma* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Translation Project Willis Barnstone* (Distinguished Professor, Spanish and Portuguese), Luis Beltrán* (Spanish and Portuguese), Translation of a literary or scholarly work or works Ernest Bernhardt-Kabisch* (English), Peter Boerner* into English, accompanied by an introductory essay. If the (Germanic Studies), Peter Bondanella* (Distinguished translation project is completed in partial fulfillment of the Professor, French and Italian), Gilbert Chaitin* (French M.A. degree, the guidelines for the M.A. degree pertain. and Italian), Claus Clüver*, Bruce Cole* (Distinguished For further details consult the current Comparative Professor, Fine Arts/History), Eugene Eoyang* (East Literature Handbook. Asian Languages and Cultures), Harry M. Geduld* (Film Studies, Comparative Literature and West European Faculty Studies), Kenneth R. R. Gros Louis* (English), Ingeborg Hoesterey* (Germanic Studies), Yoshio Iwamoto* (East Chairperson Asian Languages and Cultures), Sumie A. Jones* (East Professor Bill Johnston* Asian Languages and Cultures), Oscar S. Kenshur* (English, Philosophy), Gerald Larson* (Religious Studies Graduate Faculty and India Studies), Merritt Lawlis* (English), Giancarlo (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Maiorino* (Rudy Professor), Mihály Szegedy-Maszák* Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Central Eurasian Studies), B. Breon Mitchell* (Germanic doctoral dissertations.) Studies), Jack Rollins (Honors), Bronislava Volkova Martha C. Kraft Professor of Humanities (Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures), Ulrich Weisstein* (Germanic Studies), Carl Ziegler Fedwa Malti-Douglas* (Gender Studies) (Associate Professor, Germanic Studies) Chancellor’s Professor Director of Graduate Studies Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology) Paul Losensky*, Ballantine Hall 917, (812) 855-7070 Professors Courses David M. Hertz*, Eileen Julien* (French and Italian), Fedwa Malti-Douglas (Gender Studies), Herbert J. Marks* Courses Required for M.A. and Ph.D. Programs (Religious Studies)*, Rosemarie McGerr*, Anya Peterson- CMLT-C 501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Royce* (Anthropology) Studies (3 cr.) Introduces major questions and ideas about the nature of literature and the principles and Associate Professors methods of its study. Bill Johnston*, Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies), CMLT-C 502 Fields and Methods of Comparative Angela C. Pao*, Eyal Peretz*, Akinwumi Adesokan* Literature (1 cr.) Explores the various disciplines and Assistant Professors approaches that constitute the practice of comparative literature at Indiana University and introduces their May 26, 2016 117 methods and bibliographical resources. Faculty members CMLT-C 693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) will lecture on their specialties. Analysis of the processes and problems involved in turning a literary work (novel, play, or poem) into a Theoretical and Interdisciplinary Courses screenplay and then into a film. Close study of literary and CMLT-C 503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I film techniques and short exercises in adaptation. (4 cr.) Selections from critics, theorists, and critical and theoretical movements before 1750 from an intercultural CMLT-C 790 Studies in Film and Literature (4 cr.) Topic perspective. As topics vary, may be repeated for credit. varies: e.g., cinema and the theory of narrative; literary adaptation in cinema; relation of cinematic and literary CMLT-C 504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II movements (e.g., surrealism, expressionism). May be (4 cr.) Selections from critics, theorists, and critical and repeated for credit. theoretical movements after 1750 from an intercultural perspective. As topics vary, may be repeated for credit. Period Courses CMLT-C 505 Western Literary and Intellectual CMLT-C 545 The Bible and Western Literature (4 cr.) Traditions to 1500 (4 cr.) Classical, biblical, and medieval Questions of authority, unity, canonicity, and interpretive texts. license studied with reference to selected texts from the Western tradition and their biblical source. May be CMLT-C 506 Western Literary and Intellectual repeated for credit when topic differs. Traditions After 1500 (4 cr.) An historical overview, discussing a wide range of texts. CMLT-C 546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) Beginning with a general introduction to methodology, examines CMLT-C 521 Ancient Greek and Roman Literature human sexuality as manifested in various cultures, (4 cr.) literatures, and areas of the arts. CMLT-C 523 Medieval Literature (4 cr.) CMLT-C 555 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies (4 cr.) The interrelations of literature, music, dance, CMLT-C 525 The Renaissance and Seventeenth and the visual arts, with an emphasis on questions Century (4 cr.) of representation, symbolic structure, intersemiotic CMLT-C 529 The Eighteenth Century (4 cr.) transposition, illustration, period, style, hybrid and multi- media forms, and general method. Topics may vary. CMLT-C 533 Romanticism (4 cr.) CMLT-C 601 Studies in the History of Theory and CMLT-C 535 The Later Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Criticism (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. Centuries (4 cr.) CMLT-C 602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and CMLT-C 537 The Twentieth Century I (4 cr.) Early and Approaches (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for middle twentieth century. credit. CMLT-C 538 The Twentieth Century II (4 cr.) Late CMLT-C 641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural twentieth century to the present. Contexts (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 630 Studies in Literary History (4 cr.) May be CMLT-C 643 Literary Studies and the Social Sciences repeated for credit. (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., politics and the novel, new Genre Courses historicism, the theory of ideology. May be repeated for CMLT-C 511 Drama (4 cr.) credit. CMLT-C 513 Narrative (4 cr.) CMLT-C 644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., Freud and literature, Lacan and CMLT-C 515 Lyric (4 cr.) literary theory. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 516 Non-Narrative Prose (4 cr.) CMLT-C 645 Literary Studies and Religion (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 610 Studies in the Theory of Genres (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 647 Literary Studies and Philosophy (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 611 Topics in Literary Genres, Modes, and Forms (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 649 Literary Studies and the Natural Sciences (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., science and the theory of Cross-Cultural Studies interpretation; the aesthetics of evolution. May be CMLT-C 571 Africa in the History of Ideas (4 cr.) repeated for credit. CMLT-C 572 Modern African Letters (4 cr.) CMLT-C 655 Topics in Interarts Studies (4 cr.) Topic CMLT-C 573 Comparative Topics in Middle Eastern varies. May be repeated for credit. and Western Literatures (4 cr.) CMLT-C 692 Comedy in Film and Literature (4 cr.) CMLT-C 575 Topics in East-West Comparative Studies Styles and techniques of film comedy from the beginnings (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. of cinema to the present. Theories of comedy and humor; relationship to comedy in fiction, drama, pantomime, CMLT-C 576 Comparative Approaches to Chinese circus, and vaudeville. Literature (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. 118 May 26, 2016 CMLT-C 670 Topics in Cross-Cultural Studies (4 cr.) Computer Science May be repeated for credit. School of Informatics and Computing Translation Studies Computer Science CMLT-C 580 History and Theory of Translation (4 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] CMLT-C 581 Workshop in Literary Translation (4 cr.) Departmental URL: www.cs.indiana.edu CMLT-C 680 Topics in Translation Studies (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Research, Teaching, and General Topics University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements CMLT-C 507 Teaching Methods in Comparative contained only in The University Graduate School Literature (3 cr.) The presuppositions, methods, Bulletin.) and goals of teaching literature. Topics include literature and composition, cross-cultural approaches, Curriculum translation studies, comparative arts, literary theory, and Degree Offered technological resources. Practice in developing courses, (For Master of Science degrees, see the School of assignments, and classroom strategies. Informatics and Computing Bulletin.) CMLT-C 508 Teaching Literature and Composition Special Program Requirements (1 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School CMLT-C 509 Teaching Internship in Comparative requirements.) Literature (1 cr.) Admission Requirements CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. Admission to all graduate programs is by approval of the school’s graduate admission committees. Requirements CMLT-C 604 Individual Readings in Literature (1-4 cr.) for admission: baccalaureate degree (not necessarily Arranged with an individual member of the department. with a concentration in computer science) and Graduate Faculty authorization is required. Record Examination (subject test also desirable). CMLT-C 801 Research (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for Undergraduate course prerequisites may be satisfied by a deferred grade. equivalent or more advanced courses, and in some cases by professional experience. Prerequisites common to CMLT-C 805 Master’s Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is all graduate requirements are course work in computer eligible for a deferred grade. structures and organization, discrete structures and CMLT-C 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible computing theory, and data structures. for a deferred grade. Course Requirements Cross-Listed Courses A total of 90 credit hours of graduate-level course work is required. These courses are defined as any course listed Curriculum in this bulletin that carries graduate credit. Courses Computer Science Course Requirements Faculty Ph.D. candidates must take at least 24 credit hours of English courses in computer science at or above the 500 level. L607 History of Literary Criticism to the Enlightenment (4 except for the A500-A599 courses. Six courses, from the cr.) list below, must be completed each with a minimum grade L608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to 1960 (4 cr.) of B. At least one course must be taken from each of the areas of Foundations of Computing and of Computer French and Italian systems, and one from either Programming Languages or F564 Issues in Literary Theory (3 cr.) Intelligent Systems: F647 Contemporary French Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) 1. Foundations of computing: Theory of Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures Computing (B501), Computational Complexity (B502), Algorithms Design and Analysis (B503). R505-R506 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature I-II (3-3 2. Computer systems: Distributed Systems (B534), cr.) Advanced Operating Systems (P536), Computer Networks (P538). Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance 3. Programming languages: Programming Language T555-T556 Drama Theory I-II (3-3 cr.) Principles (B521), Programming Language T567 European Drama from Molière to Ibsen (3 cr.) Foundations (B522), Programming Language T571 Studies in Renaissance and Baroque Theatre (3 cr.) Implementional (P523). T662 Comparative Theatre and Drama: Melodrama (3 cr.) 4. Intelligent systems: Elements of Artificial Intelligence (B551), Machine Learning (B555), Advanced Database Concepts (B561), Data Mining (B565) May 26, 2016 119

A grade average of B+ (3.3) is required for the 24 credit Howard Rosenbaum* hours of required computer science courses. This is in addition to the University Graduate School's requirement Executive Associate Dean of a B (3.0) average for all courses taken. David Leake* Minor Area Requirement Chair of Computer Science Program Three options are available: Christopher Raphael* 1. An external minor awarded by another Indiana Director of Graduate Admissions, Computer Science University department or graduate program that is approved by the Computer Science Program. Yuzhen Ye* 2. An internal minor: at least 9 computer science Director of Ph.D. Studies, Computer Science credits, in courses other than reading and research, and in an area other than the student’s Yuqing Wu* specialization. The area and the courses must be Director of Master's Studies, Computer Science approved by the student’s advisory committee. 3. An individualized interdisciplinary minor: at least Amr A. Sabry* 12 credits spanning at least two Indiana University departments/degree programs, to be recommended Director of Graduate Administration by the student’s advisory committee and approved Patricia Reyes-Cooksey by the Computer Science Program in advance of any course work. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Qualifying Examination doctoral dissertations.) The qualifying examination is given by the first semester of Professors the student’s third year in the program. This examination is administered by the advisory committee and is expected Randall Beer*, Randall Bramley*, Volker Brendel*, to have a written and an oral component. A student Geoffrey Brown*, J. Michael Dunn* (Emeritus), Daniel must have completed the 24 credit hours of courses in P. Friedman*, Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus), Andrew computer science as specified in the Computer Science J. Hanson* (Emeritus), Steven D. Johnson*, David B. Course Requirements before taking the qualifying exam. Leake*, Daniel M. Leivant*, Andrew Lumsdaine*, Franklin Prosser* (Emeritus), Beth A. Plale*, Paul W. Purdom*, Thesis Proposal Edward L. Robertson* (Emeritus), Christopher Raphael*, The thesis proposal is submitted and defended after the Amr A. Sabry*, Cenk Sahinalp, George Springer* completion of the qualifying examination. It consists of an (Emeritus), Thomas Sterling*, Dirk Van Gucht*, David E. oral presentation covering a submitted written research Winkel* (Emeritus), David S. Wise* (Emeritus) plan for the dissertation. This examination is given by the Associate Professors research committee. Kay Connelly*, Michael Gasser*, Mehmet Dalkilic*, Funda Dissertation Ergun, Minaxi Gupta*, Esfandiar Haghverdi, Christopher A written elaboration of significant original research, which T. Haynes* (Emeritus), Matthew Hahn*, Raquel Hill*, must be successfully presented to the research committee Jonathan Mills*, Steven Myers*, Predrag Radivojac*, in a defense of dissertation as described in this bulletin. Gregory J. E. Rawlins*, Jeremy Siek, Martin Swany*, Haixu Tang*, Xiaofeng Wang*, Yuqing Wu*, Yuzhen Ye* Ph.D. Minor in Computer Science Assistant Professors Doctoral students in other departments may complete a minor in computer science by satisfying one of the Arun Chauhan*, David Crandall*, Kris Hauser*, Apu following options: Kapadia, Ryan Newton*, Judy Qiu* 1. Three computer science courses totaling not fewer Adjunct Professors than 9 credit hours at the 500 level or above. A500- level courses and 400-level courses are excluded Fred Cate* (Law), Peter T. Cherbas* (Biology), David with these exceptions: A595 (B401), B403, P423, E. Clemmer* (Chemistry), Marc Gyssens, Michael P436, P438, B441, P442, and B443 are approved for Lynch* (Biology), Lawrence S. Moss* (Mathematics), graduate credit toward the Ph.D. minor. Gerardo Ortiz* (Physics), Chung-chieh Shan, Sam Tobin- 2. A593, A594, and any two courses totaling 6 credit Hochstadt, Michael Trosset* (Statistics), Larry Yaeger, Qin hours or more from the list: A595, A596, plus the Zhang computer science courses meeting the requirements Adjunct Associate Professors of the first option. Sandra Claudia Kuebler* (Linguistics), Matthias Scheutz, Faculty Craig Alan Stewart, Chen Yu* (Psychology) Dean Adjunct Assistant Professors Robert Schnabel* Markus Dickinson* (Linguistics), Torsten Hoefler, Marlon Pierce, Eric A. Wernert Associate Dean of Graduate Studies 120 May 26, 2016

Courses several programming paradigms. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given for both A591 and C211. CSCI-A 504 Introductory C++ Programming (2 cr.) P: Programming experience. Topics include aspects of CSCI-A 592 Introduction to Software Systems (3 cr.) C++ that are not -oriented, basic data structures, P: Programming experience. Design of computer software standard libraries, and Unix tools for project management. systems and introduction to programming. Topics include Credit not given for both A504 and either A304, A597, the C++ programming language and its data structure A592, C212, H212, or BUS K201. Program is not currently facilities; building and maintaining large projects; shell offering this course. tools, and system calls. Introduction to object-oriented programming. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given for CSCI-A 506 Object-Oriented Programming in C+ both A592 and C212. + (2 cr.) P: Either A201, A304, A504, or A597. Topics include objects, classes, encapsulation, inheritance, CSCI-A 593 Computer Structures (3 cr.) P: A592. polymorphism, templates, and exceptions. Credit not given Structure and internal operation of computers. The for both A506 and either A306, A202, A592, A598, C212, architecture and assembly language programming of a or H212. Program is not currently offering this course. specific computer are stressed, in addition to general principles of hardware organization and low-level software CSCI-A 521 Computing Tools for Scientific Research systems. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Credit not given (3 cr.) C: Math 118 or higher required; Math M211 for both A593 and C335. May be applied toward the Ph.D. recommended. Introduction to computer-based tools minor. useful for analysis and understanding of scientific data. Basic methods of computation, data processing, CSCI-A 594 Data Structures (3 cr.) P: A592. P or C: and display in systems such as Matlab combined with C241 and A593. Systematic study of data structures elementary practical C/C++ programming. Techniques encountered in computing problems; structure and use of to support customized scientific research tasks, with storage media; methods of representing structured data; particular emphasis on biological, neural, and behavioral and techniques for operating on data structures. Lecture sciences. Lecture and laboratory. and laboratory. Credit not given for both A594 and C343. May be applied toward the Ph.D. minor. CSCI-A 538 Network Technologies and Administration (3 cr.) P: A110, EDUC W200, or equivalent computer CSCI-A 595 Fundamentals of Computing Theory (3 cr.) literacy. Introduction to network principles and current P: C241. P or C: C212. Fundamentals of formal language network technology, both hardware and software. Network theory, computation models and computability, the limits administration tools and techniques. Laboratory provides of computability and feasibility, and program verification. practical experience. Credit not given for both A538 and Credit not given for both A595 and B401. May be applied A338. toward the Ph.D. minor, graduate credit available for CS M.S. candidates with special permission. CSCI-A 546 User-Interface Programming (3 cr.) P: Either A201, A202, A306, C212, A506, A597, A598, CSCI-A 596 Programming Languages (3 cr.) P: A594. or equivalent experience. Learn to prototype and build Systematic approach to programming languages. graphical user interfaces for computer applications. Relationships among languages, properties and features Contemporary software design methodology. Students of languages, and the computer environment necessary design and implement prototype interfaces to applications to use languages. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given provided by the instructor. Extensive use will be made of for both A596 and C311. May be applied toward the Ph.D. both commercial and experimental software tools. Lab fee. minor. Credit not given for both A546 and A346. Program is not CSCI-A 597 Introduction to Programming I (3 cr.) currently offering this course. Fundamental programming constructs, including loops, CSCI-A 548 Mastering the World Wide Web (3 cr.) arrays, classes, and files. General problem-solving P: Two semesters of programming experience or techniques. Emphasis on modular programming, user- equivalent, and some knowledge of operating systems. interface design, and developing good programming style. Project-oriented course leading to ability to maintain a Credit not given for both A597 and A201. Web site with full functionality. Topics include background CSCI-A 598 Introduction to Programming II (1.5-3 cr.) on Internet network protocols and programming, Web P: A597, A201, A504, or A304. Advanced programming server administration, advanced Web design and techniques: user-defined functions and types, recursion vs authoring, Web protocols, interfacing services into the iteration, parameter-passing mechanisms. Classic abstract Web. Lab fee. Credit not given for both A548 and A348. data types and algorithms. Programming style. Object- CSCI-A 590 Topics in Programming (1-2 cr.) Eight-week oriented programming. Web programming. May be taught courses designed to provide foundations for using modern full term or 8 week. Credit not given for both A598 and programming tools for applications and web development. CSCI-A 202. May be repeated for credit up to 3 hrs. Lecture and lab. May be repeated for a maximum of six CSCI-B 403 Introduction to Algorithm Design and credits. Analysis (3 cr.) Credit not given for both B403 and B503. CSCI-A 591 Introduction to Computer Science (3 cr.) CSCI-B 441 Digital Design (4 cr.) Credit not given for A first course in computer science for those intending to both B441 and B541. Not applicable toward a major in take advanced computer science courses. Introduction to computer science. programming and to algorithm design and analysis. Using the Scheme programming language, the course covers CSCI-B 443 Introduction to Computer Architecture (3 cr.) Credit not given for both B443 and B543. May 26, 2016 121

CSCI-B 501 Theory of Computing (3 cr.) P: C241. context of practical implementations by means of reading Deterministic and nondeterministic automata, regular and critical analysis of research papers. expressions, pumping lemmas; context-free languages, parsing, pushdown automata, context-sensitive CSCI-B 541 Hardware System Design I (3 cr.) P: C335 languages, LBA, LR(k) languages, closure and decidability or honors version. Structured approach to hardware of language classes. Turing machines, random access design,, emphasizing hardwired and microprogrammed machines, , general recursive functions, equiva- control. Boolean algebra, hardware building blocks, lence of computation models, universal machines, relative architecture and control, implementation issues. In the computing. Unsolvability, semi-recursive sets, Rice’s laboratory, students build a working computer using Theorem. Space and time complexity, NP completeness. hardware prototyping technologies. Basic training in the use of design and simulation software. Lecture and CSCI-B 502 Computational Complexity (3 cr.) Study laboratory. of computational complexity classes, their intrinsic properties, and relations between them. Topics include CSCI-B 543 Computer Architecture (3 cr.) P: C335 time and space computational complexity, reducibility and C343 or honors versions. Fundamentals of computer and completeness of problems within complexity design, instruction processing and performance analysis. classes, complexity of optimization problems, complexity Architecture of single-processor systems, focusing hierarchies, relativization of the P=?NP conjecture, and on pipelining, memory and memory hierarchies, and parallel computation models and the class NC. interconnect technology. Exploration of architecture classes such as high-performance multiprocessors, CSCI-B 503 Algorithms Design and Analysis massively parallel computers, embedded systems. (3 cr.) P: MATH M216, and C343. Models, algorithms, recurrences, summations, growth rates. Probabilistic tools, CSCI-B 551 Elements of Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.) upper and lower bounds; worst-case and average-case P: C343 or H343, good knowledge of LISP or Scheme. analysis, amortized analysis, dynamization. Comparison- Introduction to major issues and approaches in artificial based algorithms: search, selection, sorting, hashing. intelligence. Principles of reactive, goal-based, and Information extraction algorithms (graphs, databases). utility-based agents. Problem-solving and search. Graphs algorithms: spanning trees, shortest paths, Knowledge representation and design of representa- connectivity, depth—first search, breadth—first search. tional vocabularies. Inference and theorem proving, reasoning under uncertainty, planning. Overview of CSCI-B 510 Introduction to Applied Logic (3 cr.) machine learning. Structures: relations between structures, term structures. Description: notation and meaning, substitution CSCI-B 552 Knowledge Based Artificial Intelligence operations, first order formulas, database languages, (3 cr.) P: B551. Knowledge-based methods for artificial program verification conditions, semantic valuation, intelligence systems: knowledge representation, normal forms, quantifier reduction, axiomatic theo- organization, and application. Typical content includes ries. Proof: resolution, sequential calculi, natural principles of memory organization, indexing and retrieval. deduction, automated theorem proving, semantic Memory-based, analogical, and case-based reasoning. completeness. Limits of formalization: compactness, Applications to understanding, explanation, planning, and undecidability of truth, undecidability of canonical theories, advisory systems. nonformalizability of database theory. CSCI-B 553 Neural and Genetic Approaches to CSCI-B 521 Programming Language Principles Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.) P: CSCI-B 551. Approaches (3 cr.) Systematic approach to programming languages. to the design of intelligent systems inspired by nervous Relationships among languages, properties and features systems, evolution, and animal behavior. Distributed of languages, the computer environment necessary to and perceptually-grounded representations. Temporal support language execution. processing. Perception and action. Genetic search. Unsupervised and reinforcement learning. Comparison CSCI-B 522 Programming Language Foundations of symbolic, subsymbolic, and hybrid approaches to (3 cr.) P: C311 or B521, and B510. Introduction to intelligence. denotational, operational, and axiomatic approaches to programming language semantics. Semantic analysis CSCI-B 555 Machine Learning (3 cr.) Theory and of major programming language features. Logics of practice of constructing algorithms that learn functions programs. and choose optimal decisions from data and knowledge. Topics include: mathematical/probabilistic foundations, CSCI-B 524 Parallelism in Programming Languages MAP classification/regression, linear and logistic and Systems (3 cr.) P: P436 or P536, and either C311, regression, neural networks, support vector machines, H311 or B521, C343 or H343. Fundamentals of parallel Bayesian networks, tree models, committee machines, computation, with an emphasis on parallel programming kernel functions, EM, density estimation, accuracy methodology and programming languages. Topics include: estimation, normalization, model selection. parallel algorithms; major paradigms for parallel software construction; (data parallelism, task/thread parallelism and CSCI-B 561 Advanced Database Concepts (3 cr.) CSP); compiling programs for parallel computers. P: C241, C335, and C343 or honors versions. Database models and systems, especially relational and object- CSCI-B 534 Distributed Systems (3 cr.) A balanced oriented; relational database design theory; structures for treatment of fundamentals and practice of distributed efficient data access; query languages and processing; systems. The foundational models, algorithms, and database applications development; views. Transaction principles upon which distributed systems are based are management: concurrency and recovery. studied in detail. These fundamentals are placed in the 122 May 26, 2016

CSCI-B 565 Data Mining (3 cr.) Algorithmic and practical CSCI-B 622 Programming Language Type Systems aspects of discovering patterns and relationships in large (3 cr.) P: C311 or B521. Theoretical foundations and databases. The course also provides hands-on experience engineering techniques for modern type systems, in data analysis, clustering and prediction. Topics include: focusing on polymorphism and subtyping in typed lambda- data preprocessing and exploration, data warehousing, calculi; applications, including type systems for objects, association rule mining, classification and regression, abstract data types, and modules; issues in type checker clustering, anomaly detection, human factors and social implementation and polymorphic type inference. Program issues in data mining. is not currently offering this course. CSCI-B 581 Advanced Computer Graphics (3 cr.) CSCI-B 629 Topics in Programming Languages P: C343, MATH M301 or M303, or equivalent experience. (1-6 cr.) P: C311 or B521 and instructor’s permission. Introduction to graphics hardware and software. Two- Special topics in programming languages. May be dimensional graphics methods, transformations, and repeated for credit with permission. interactive methods. Three-dimensional graphics, transformations, viewing geometry, object modeling and CSCI-B 639 Topics in Software Systems (1-6 cr.) interactive manipulation methods. Basic lighting and P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in software shading. Video and animation methods. systems. May be repeated for credit with permission. CSCI-B 582 Image Synthesis (3 cr.) P: B581, MATH CSCI-B 644 Very Large Scale Integration (3 cr.) M215. Raster image display: color theory, gamma P: B441 or B541. Basic theory and practice required correction, and filtering. Advanced shading methods: to convert hardware algorithms and architecture to local illumination models, global illumination models. silicon structures. Use of state-of-the-art design tools for Surface display, including ray tracing and Z-buffering. integrated circuits. Lab fee. Solid modeling: spline surfaces, CSG, superquadrics, CSCI-B 649 Topics in Systems (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s and deformations. Scientific visualization: isosurfaces and permission. Special topics in systems. May be repeated volume rendering. Program is not currently offering this for credit with permission. course. CSCI-B 651 Natural Language Processing (3 cr.) CSCI-B 599 Teaching in Computer Science (1 cr.) P: B551. R: B552 or B553. Theory and methods for General principles of teaching and practical experiences natural language processing. Algorithms for sentence that relate to teaching computer science. An important parsing and generation. Context-free and unification feature of the course is the microteaching, in which each grammars. Question-and-answer systems. Analysis of participant prepares and delivers short lectures to the narratives. Finite-state approaches to computational seminar participants. Each presentation is followed by phonology and morphology. Machine translation. Machine critical analysis and discussion. Program is not currently learning of natural language. Speech recognition. offering this course. Neural-network and statistical alternatives to symbolic CSCI-B 603 Advanced Algorithms Analysis (3 cr.) approaches. P: B503. Advanced topics in analysis of algorithms, CSCI-B 652 Computer Models of Symbolic Learning including fast algorithms for classical problems, lower (3 cr.) P: B552. Symbolic artificial intelligence methods for bounds results, and statistical behavior. learning. Inductive and explanation-based generalization. CSCI-B 607 Philosophy of Computation (3 cr.) Failure-driven learning. Case-based learning. Typical P: Consent of the instructor. Critical examination of the content includes operationality of explanations and utility conceptual foundations of computing. Several different of learning. Goal-driven learning. Criteria for when, what, views assessed with respect to conceptual, explanatory, and how to learn. Learning in integrated architectures. and empirical criteria. Primary focus on formal symbol CSCI-B 656 Web Mining (3 cr.) Machine learning manipulation, recursive function theory, effective techniques to mine the Web and other unstructured/ computability, computational complexity, digitality, and semistructured, hypertextual, distributed information information processing. Some nonstandard approaches repositories. Crawling, indexing, ranking and filtering also considered: connectionism, dynamics, and artificial algorithms using text and link analysis. Applications to life. Program is not currently offering this course. search, classification, tracking, monitoring, and Web CSCI-B 609 Topics in Algorithms and Computing intelligence. Group project on one of the topics covered in Theory (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics class. in algorithms and computing theory. May be repeated for CSCI-B 659 Topics in Artificial Intelligence (1-6 cr.) credit with permission. P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in artificial CSCI-B 619 Topics in Applied Logic (1-6 cr.) intelligence. May be repeated for credit with permission. P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in applied logic. CSCI-B 661 Database Theory and Systems Design May be repeated for credit with permission. (3 cr.) P: B461 or B561. Database models: relational, CSCI-B 621 Advanced Concepts in Programming deductive, complex-object, object-oriented. Query Languages (3 cr.) P: Either C311, H311, or B521. P or C: languages: relational algebra and calculus, datalog, P423 or P523. Discussion of current issues in the design fixpoint logics, object-oriented query languages. of programming languages. Modularity, abstraction, and Transaction management theory: concurrency control, static analysis. Applicative and nonapplicative models. recovery, distribution. Post-relational and object-oriented Single and multiple processing. database systems. May 26, 2016 123

CSCI-B 662 Database Systems and Internal Design CSCI-P 515 Specification and Verification (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: CSCI-B 561. This course deals with database P: C311. Tools and techniques for rigorous reasoning management systems and their modern applications. about software and digital hardware. Safety, reliability, We will discuss various issues to be considered and security, and other design-critical applications. Decision design decisions to be made in these systems. Topics algorithms. Projects involving the use of automated include storage management, access methods, query reasoning, such as model checkers, theorem provers, and processing and optimization strategies, concurrently program transformation. Credit not given for both P415 control techniques, data warehousing, data mining, semi- and P515. structured data management, etc. CSCI-P 523 Programming Language Implementation CSCI-B 657 Computer Vision (3 cr.) P: C463 or B551. (3 cr.) P: B521 or C311. Implementation of traditional Concepts and methods of machine vision as a branch of and nontraditional computer programming languages. artificial intelligence. Basics of digital image processing. Compilation, including lexical analysis, parsing, Local and global tools for deriving information from optimization, code generation, and testing. Run-time image data. Model-based object recognition and scene support, including run-time libraries, storage management, understanding. input-output. Comparison of implementation techniques. Extensive laboratory exercises. CSCI-B 665 Software Engineering Management I (3 cr.) P: B561 or BUS S560. Topics include the high CSCI-P 532 Object-Oriented Software Development cost of software, the software life cycle, understanding (3 cr.) P: Proficiency in Java. This course will help turn programming teams, and methodologies for controlling motivated students into superior contributors to any small- development. Presentation of readings and supervision of to mid-sized commercial or open-source software project. programming teams producing software products required. It takes a hands-on, learning-by-doing approach. Students Program is not currently offering this course. are introduced to design patterns, tools, and teamwork strategies from the first assignment to the last project. CSCI-B 666 Software Management Implementation II (1-3 cr.) P: B665. Continuation of projects from B665. CSCI-P 535 Pervasive Computing (3 cr.) P: Object Periodic reports and a final paper required. If taken for two oriented programming. Topics in pervasive computing, or more credits, an additional project or paper is required. such as sensors, mobility, tangibles, ambient displays, Program is not currently offering this course. middleware, location and context-awareness; user- centered design methods, such as requirements CSCI-B 669 Topics in Database and Information gathering, design, prototyping, and evaluation. Labs cover Systems (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special current technologies, such as sensors and mobile devices. topics in database and information systems. May be Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. repeated for credit with permission. CSCI-P 536 Advanced Operating Systems (3 cr.) CSCI-B 673 Advanced Scientific Computing (3 cr.) P: C335 and C343, or honors versions. Advanced topics in P: P573 and MATH M471. Multiprocessor organization: operating systems, such as: multitasking, synchronization vectorization, memory organization, processor topologies mechanisms, distributed system architecture, client-server and architectures. Models of parallelism. Programming models, distributed mutual exclusion and concurrency language and systems for scientific and high-performance control, agreement protocols, load balancing, failure computing. Environments for interactive scientific recovery, fault tolerance, cryptography, multiprocessor experiments and databases. Distributed programming operating systems. tools. Parallelism in scientific problems: parallel algorithmic techniques, parallel algorithms and models, CSCI-P 538 Computer Networks (3 cr.) P: Operating parallel performance analysis and debugging. systems or networking course. Layered TCP/IP architecture. LAN technologies (Ethernet, wireless, token CSCI-B 679 Topics in Scientific Computing (1-6 cr.) rings). Switching. Internet addressing (IPv4, IPv6). Routing P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in scientific protocols. Congestion control (TCP, UDP). Applications computing. May be repeated for credit with permission. (DNS, HTTP, peer-to-peer networks). Selection of topics CSCI-B 689 Topics in Graphics and Human Computer including DHCP, ICMP, VPNs, multicast, security. Credit Interaction (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special given for only one of P438 and P538. topics in graphics and human computer interaction. May CSCI-P 542 Hardware System Design II (3 cr.) P: B541 be repeated for credit with permission. or B441. Depending on instructor, a selection of topics in CSCI-P 423 Compilers (4 cr.) Credit not given for both system-level design, such as simulation, logic synthesis, P423 and P523. high-level synthesis, codesign, embedded software, verification, test, requirements specification, and others. CSCI-P 436 Introduction to Operating Systems (4 cr.) Projects in system-level design. Computer-aided design Credit not given for both P436 and P536. tools. Lecture and laboratory. Program is not currently CSCI-P 438 Fundamentals of Computer Networks offering this course. (3 cr.) Credit not given for both P438 and P538. Not CSCI-P 545 Embedded and Real-Time Systems (3 cr.) applicable toward a major in computer science. P: Any 400-level “systems” course (middle digit 3 or 4). CSCI-P 442 Digital Systems (4 cr.) Credit not given for Design and implementation of purpose-specific, locally both P442 and P542. Not applicable toward a major in distributed software systems. Models and methods for computer science. Program is not currently offering this time-critical applications. Real-time operating systems. course. Testing, validation, and verification. Safety-critical design. 124 May 26, 2016

Related topics, such as resiliency, synchronization, sensor Degrees Offered fusion, etc. Lecture and laboratory. Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy CSCI-P 565-566 Software Engineering I-II (3-3 cr.) Program Information P: C343, B461 previously or B561 concurrently. Analysis, The department offers the opportunity for multidisciplinary design, and implementation of software systems. graduate degrees in criminal justice that are designed for Requirements specification: data and process modeling. students coming from a variety of academic backgrounds. Software design methodologies. Software quality Courses and programs in the department prepare assurance: testing and verification. Software development students for academic teaching and research positions processes. Program is not currently offering this course. or for administrative, research, and management careers in the criminal justice system or the private CSCI-P 573 Scientific Computing (3 cr.) P: MATH M303 sector. The faculty represents a diversity of approaches or M301, M343, and C212 or H212. For students from to criminal justice studies: anthropology, criminal all scientific, engineering, and mathematical disciplines, justice, geography, law, neuroscience, psychology, and this course provides an overview of computer hardware, sociology. Students may also study with faculty from other software, and numerical methods that are useful on departments and schools who make up the university-wide scientific workstations and supercomputers. Topics criminal justice consortium. include high-performance computer architectures, software tools and packages, characteristics of numerical Special Departmental Requirements methods in common use, graphical presentation of results, (See also general University Graduate School and performance analysis and improvement. requirements.) CSCI-P 632 Object-Oriented Software Management Master of Arts Degree (3 cr.) P: Instructor's permission. This course will help turn Admission Requirements motivated students into superior managers of any small- to Applicants must submit the following: (1) all official post- mid-sized commercial or open-source software project. It secondary transcripts; (2) a 300- to 500-word statement takes a hands-on, learning-by-doing approach. Students of academic and professional goals; (3) scores from the are introduced to the main management concerns of verbal, quantitative, and writing sections of the GRE; (4) managing smallish design and development teams. evidence of potential for success in graduate work, as CSCI-Y 790 Graduate Independent Study (1-6 cr.) attested by letters of recommendation from those familiar Independent study under the direction of a faculty with the applicant’s academic performance (two of the member, culminating in a written report. R grade not applicant’s three letters must be from faculty members); allowed. The different options for independent study are: (5) international TOEFL is required of all foreign students. Research and Reading, Software System Development, Course Requirements Master’s Research Project, Master’s Software Project, and a University Master’s Thesis. May be repeated for credit. A total of 36 credit hours, 27 of which must be taken in the Department of Criminal Justice and either an M.A. thesis CSCI-Y 798 Professional Practicum/Internship (non- or two substantial papers. Required are P594 (Research credit) (0 cr.) P: Current enrollment in graduate degree Methods) and S501 (Statistics). program in computer science. Provides for participation in graduate-level professional training and internship Thesis experience. Optional. Students may earn up to 6 credit hours for an CSCI-Y 799 Computer Science Colloquium (1 cr.) A M.A. thesis. series of talks by researchers in computer science and closely related areas presenting their recent research. A Doctor of Philosophy Degree minimum of 75% attendance and course work in the form Admission Requirements of a written report based on the talk by any colloquium Applicants must submit the following: (1) all official post- speaker are required for credit. 3 secondary transcripts; (2) a 300- to 500-word statement CSCI-Y 890 Thesis Readings and Research (1-12 cr.) of academic and professional goals; (3) scores from the Research under the direction of a member of the graduate verbal, quantitative, and writing sections of the GRE; (4) faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. evidence of potential for success in graduate work, as attested by letters of recommendation from those familiar Criminal Justice with the applicant’s academic performance (two of the applicant’s three letters must be from faculty members); College of Arts and Sciences (5) international TOEFL is required of all foreign students. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Course Requirements Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~crimjust/ The Doctor of Philosophy degree will require a total of (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 90 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree, of which School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The 12 hours are required courses. Students are required to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements complete 3 hours in research methods (P594), 3 hours contained only in The University Graduate School in statistics (currently taught in the Statistics Department: Bulletin.) S501), and 3 hours of advanced statistics or 3 hours of Curriculum qualitative methods. In addition, students must satisfy a 3-hour research tool requirement that must be approved by the student's advisory committee and the Director May 26, 2016 125 of Graduate Studies, or by demonstrating reading Mark Berg, Miriam Northcutt Bohmert, Natalie Kroovand proficiency in one of the languages from those approved Hipple, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah by the Department of Criminal Justice or a language demonstrably useful in the student’s research program. A Director of Graduate Studies student must have at least one minor area from outside Kip Schlegel*, Sycamore Hall 302, [email protected], the Department of Criminal Justice. A dissertation for up to (812) 855-0889 30 credit hours is required. Please check with the Director of Graduate Studies for the Foreign Language/Research Tool Requirement current list of faculty endorsed to direct dissertations. One of the following: (1) reading proficiency in one of the Courses languages from those approved by the Department of Criminal Justice or a language demonstrably useful in the CJUS-P 501 Proseminar: Criminal Justice I (3 cr.) A student’s research program; or (2) the 3-hour research proseminar to provide an intensive introduction to the tool requirement that may be satisfied with an advanced basic areas of criminal justice. (qualitative or quantitative) methods course or advanced CJUS-P 502 Proseminar: Criminal Justice II (3 cr.) statistics course approved by the Director of Graduate Theories of crime and delinquency. Studies. CJUS-P 512 Corrections (3 cr.) Reviews historical and Qualifying Examination philosophical bases of correctional system and examines All doctoral students are expected to demonstrate basic components of system (community corrections, jails, and proficiency by passing a qualifying examination following prisons). Focuses on the structure and functions of the completion of required courses. This written examination corrections system with particular attention to the role of may take a variety of forms and must demonstrate the broader social forces on the development and operation of student's ability to successfully engage in dissertation the system. research. An oral defense is required. The written exam CJUS-P 515 Police in Society (3 cr.) Covers the bases and the oral defense are evaluated as a combined effort. and impacts of recent changes in U.S. policing, particularly Dissertation Proposal with respect to community-oriented policing. Changes are analyzed in terms of the organizational and political Dissertation proposals must be submitted only after contexts in which they occur as well as from historical and successfully completing the required qualifying Ph.D. cross-cultural perspectives. examination. An oral defense of the dissertation proposal is required. CJUS-P 517 Juvenile Justice (3 cr.) Examines the historical development of the juvenile justice system, the Final Examination tradition of reform, underlying ideologies, and current Oral defense of the dissertation is required. debates. Ph.D. Minor in Criminal Justice CJUS-P 519 Probation and Parole (3 cr.) Primary Students from other departments or schools who want emphasis on the development and evaluation of probation, to minor in criminal justice should consult with the parole, and other systems of community corrections. Director of Graduate Affairs on the selection of faculty Examines the theoretical underpinnings of community advisors. At least 12 credit hours in criminal justice programs for offenders, and analysis of recent research courses are required. All 12 hours are elective credit in will be undertaken. The policy implications for this area will the Department. A Declaration of Minor form must be also be studied. submitted to the Director of Graduate Studies. CJUS-P 520 Public Control of Deviant Behavior (3 cr.) Faculty Critical review of theoretical and empirical literature on selected topics in deviant behavior, including prostitution, Chairperson child abuse, psychopathy, homosexuality, drug abuse, alcohol abuse, and alcoholism. Michael C. Grossberg*, Professor CJUS-P 594 Introduction to Research Methods (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty Research methodology in criminal justice. Research (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University design, scientific methods, quantitative/qualitative Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct applications, ethical questions, and the role of the criminal doctoral dissertations.) justice researcher. Professors CJUS-P 595 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice I (3 cr.) Ellen Dwyer* (Emerita, History), Roger J. R. Levesque*, Data analysis applied to criminal justice data, including Richard Lippke*, Harold E. Pepinsky* (Emeritus), Leon E. measurement, tables, graphs, probability, nonparametric Pettiway* (Emeritus), Bruce D. Sales*, Kip Schlegel* statics, matrix algebra, correlation and regression, and tests of significance. Associate Professors CJUS-P 596 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice II (3 cr.) Mary Lee Luskin* (Emerita), William Oliver*, Steve P: CJUS P595. Focus on the general linear model and Russell* (Emeritus), Marla Rita Sandys*, Arvind Verma* multivariate statistical techniques such as logit, probit, and structural equation modeling. Assistant Professors 126 May 26, 2016

CJUS-P 599 Research Practicum (1-6 cr.) Required to the nature, extent, causes, and effects of criminal course for Ph.D. students. Designed to provide guided victimization; evaluations of programs for crime victims; experience in conducting research independently. The and political and ideological differences among varying topic and scope of the student’s effort must be approved in views of victim rights. advance by the professor. CJUS-P 633 Dispute Settlement (3 cr.) Examines CJUS-P 600 Theories of Crime Causation (3 cr.) relationships between social and cultural contexts in the Examination of theories of crime and criminal behavior fields of crime and law. Focuses on factors that influence from three major perspectives: biology, psychology, the development and use of dispute settlement processes, and sociology. The goal of the seminar is twofold: (1) to such as mediation and negotiation; and the evolution, understand the strengths and weaknesses of existing development, and disintegration of legal and criminal theories from these diverse perspectives, and (2) to justice systems. suggest that theoretical explanations of crime must of necessity be multidimensional to encompass the CJUS-P 634 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3 cr.) complexity of the problem. Examines the theoretical and practical issues relating to the sentencing of criminals. In particular, focuses on the CJUS-P 602 Courts and Criminal Justice (3 cr.) aims of punishment and the construction of sentencing Addresses the nature and operation of courts with respect models and alternatives designed to achieve these aims. to criminal cases: structure and administration of courts; recruitment and selection of major participants; and CJUS-P 637 Community, Crime, and Criminal Justice specific decisions in the processing of criminal cases, (3 cr.) Examines the role of community structure and including the decision to charge, pretrial release, trials and function in the distribution of crime and the formal and plea bargains, and criminal appeals. informal response to crime. CJUS-P 610 Law and Society (3 cr.) Study of the CJUS-P 639 History of Criminal Justice in the U.S. interaction between social forces and legal processes, (3 cr.) Examination of the development of the American focusing on the question of what shapes the law. criminal justice system, with particular attention to courts, Subareas to be examined include the courts, sentencing, prisons, and the police. Examines how definitions of police, crime, deviance, and community-based justice. deviance and criminality have changed over time and Emphasis on the links between crime-related behavior as the ways class, gender, and race have shaped law and defined by the law, its social and cultural environments, justice. and the individual. CJUS-P 670 Cross-Cultural Studies (3 cr.) Examines CJUS-P 619 Crime and Public Policy (3 cr.) Examines significance of cross-cultural research to criminology/ processes by which societies define crime and develop criminal justice, research practices and problems, with responses to crime. Particular attention is given to case emphasis on analysis of field experiences and findings. studies of how particular policies were developed and CJUS-P 671 Comparative Justice Systems (3 cr.) implemented, and what effects these policies produced. Engages students in comparative issues and research to CJUS-P 622 Criminal Careers (3 cr.) A small number reveal political, historical, and cultural factors that have of career criminals commit the majority of serious crimes. influenced criminal justice and law in the United States. Seminar explores the major personal and typological Develops student abilities to conceptualize crime and law dimensions of such criminals by exposing the student to without using official legal concepts, but for purposes of the commonalities among diverse forms of criminal activity comparative social scientific research. and the implications for crime theory development and CJUS-P 672 Ideas About Justice (3 cr.) Explores crime control policies. a school or related schools of thought and practice CJUS-P 623 Violent Behavior (3 cr.) Critical analysis of about what “justice” means and requires. Special topics current theory and research on violent behavior utilizing a for the course may vary; focusing, for instance, on multidisciplinary framework. Topics include concepts and feminist justice, “just desserts” theory, restorative justice, methods in the study of violence; prediction of violence; retributive justice, or utilitarian justice. family and sexual violence; institutional violence; drugs CJUS-P 674 Law, Crime, and Justice in Post-Soviet and violence; and prevention of violent behavior. Russia (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary course begins by CJUS-P 625 Correlates of Crime (3 cr.) Examines the examining how the executive, legislative, and judicial incidence and correlates (individual, community, and branches of government are being influenced by the cultural) of crime and the varying methods of measuring forces of transition. We then look at Russian crime, crime. Implications for criminological theory and research including corruption, patterns of interpersonal violence, are addressed. human trafficking, and drug use. The last section focuses on the Russian criminal justice system, including juvenile CJUS-P 627 White-Collar Crime (3 cr.) Examines justice, policing, and prisons. the data and research related to white-collar crime in an effort to understand issues of causation and social CJUS-P 675 Women and Crime (3 cr.) Provides a control of this particular form of crime. Places white-collar flexible forum for the discussion of a previously neglected crime within the context of general theories of crime, and topic in criminology/criminal justice: women and crime. compares and contrasts the various legal mechanisms Includes discussion and debate on the nature and extent (civil, administrative, and criminal) available to control it. of women’s criminality, processing of women through each step of the criminal justice system, and women working in CJUS-P 629 Victimization (3 cr.) Covers current criminal justice. theory, research, and measurement issues pertaining May 26, 2016 127

CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice Jonathan Elmer (English), Mary Favret (English), Joshua (3 cr.) Selected topics in criminal justice that will vary from Kates (English), Herbert Marks (Comparative Literature), semester to semester. May be repeated for credit. Andrew Miller (English), Richard Miller (Religious Studies), William Rasch (Germanic Studies). CJUS-P 682 Seminar on Law Enforcement and Minorities (3 cr.) Selected topics dealing with problems involving minorities and criminal justice system operations. Associate Professors CJUS-P 694 Research in Criminal Justice (arr. cr.) Akinwumi Adesokan (Comparative Literature), Hall P: P594. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Bjømstad (French & Italian), Michel Chaouli (Germanic Studies), Patrick Dove (Spanish & Portuguese), Jennifer CJUS-P 751 Topical Research Seminar (3-12 cr.) Fleissner (English), Constance Furey (Religious Studies), Students are expected to demonstrate their skills in Ilana Gershon (Communication & Culture), Edgar research design and data analysis on a topic agreed-upon Illas (Spanish & Portuguese), Patricia Clare Ingham with the instructor. The instructor may encourage team (English), Oana Pana1te (French & Italian), Eyal Peretz research for appropriate designs and topics. Students (Comparative Literature), Benjamin Robinson (Germanic are encouraged to develop topics related to dissertation Studies), Sandra Shapshay (Philosophy), Jon Simons research. (Communication & Culture), Johannes Tiirk (Germanic Studies). CJUS-P 794 M.A. Thesis (6 cr.) P: P594. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Assistant Professors CJUS-P 851 Reading in Criminal Justice (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Individualized Jacob Emery (Comparative Literature), Jeffrey Saletnik readings on topics not covered in regular course offerings. (Fine Arts), Rebekah Sheldon (English), Sonia Velazquez (Theater Studies). CJUS-P 855 Research in Criminal Justice (1-6 cr.) P: Graduate standing in criminal justice or consent of Courses instructor. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. The student is expected to make substantial progress toward Departmental courses that may count towards the minor identification of an eventual dissertation project. (the list is not exhaustive; students should consult the website of the Center for Theoretical Inquiry in the CJUS-P 859 Ph.D. Thesis (arr.-30 cr.) This course is Humanities and/or its director for other relevant courses): eligible for a deferred grade. Communication and Culture CJUS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course C503 Introduction to Media Theory and Aesthetics is eligible for a deferred grade. Students who have completed 90 credit hours and all requirements for Comparative Literature the Ph.D. are eligible to enroll in G901 for a flat fee. 6 CMLT-C 501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary semesters max. Studies Bulletins CMLT-C 503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I CMLT-C 504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II Center for Theoretical Inquiry in the Humanities CMLT-C 602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and College of Arts & Sciences Approaches Director: Michel Chaouli, Ballantine Hall 660, CMLT-C 644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis 812-855-8847, [email protected] CMLT-C 647 Literary Studies and Philosophy Curriculum Cultural Studies CULS-C 601 Introduction to Cultural Studies Ph.D. Minor in Critical Theory CULS-C 701 Special Topics in Cultural Studies The minor in Critical Theory is open to all students. To receive a minor, students must earn a minimum of 12 English credit hours in graduate courses. At least six credit hours ENG-L 605 Critical and Interpretive Theory must be earned by enrolling in Center courses (CTIHT500 ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical Theory or CTIH-T600); credit from independent study ordinarily ENG-L 663 Readings in Feminist, Gender, and Sexuality does not satisfy this requirement. The remaining credit Studies hours may be earned by enrolling in Center courses ENG-L 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and Theory (with a maximum of three credit hours of CTIHT700) or in ENG-L 700 Topics in Feminist Critical Studies departmental courses, which must be approved ad hoc by ENG-L 707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism the director. ENG-L 764 Research in Literature and Critical Theory Grades Fine Arts Courses in which a student receives less than a B will not FINA-A 471 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies count toward the minor. FINA-A 472 Art Theory II Faculty FINA-A 473 Art Theory III FINA-A 474 Art Theory IV FINA-A 671 Problems in Art Theory I Professors FINA-A 672 Problems in Art Theory II 128 May 26, 2016

FINA-A 673 Problems in Art Theory III and gender receive prominent critical attention, as do FINA-A 674 Problems in Art Theory IV conventional divisions between “high culture” and more “popular” forms of expression. Students in this program French and Italian are encouraged to fashion a course of study that meets FRIT-F 647 Contemporary French Theory and Criticism their particular interests and needs. Cultural Studies is especially useful for those seeking to complement Gender Studies studies in an area of disciplinary specialization with a more GNDR-G 603 Feminist Theories interdisciplinary minor. GNDR-G 598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts and Course Requirements Founding Debates GNDR-G 602 Gender Dimensions of Cultural Production Four courses for a minimum of 13 hours of credit in and Criticism courses approved for the Cultural Studies Program, including C601 and either C701 or C790. The remaining Germanic Studies hours are mostly satisfied by taking classes that are GER-G 505 New Literary Theory and the German Text cross-listed with the home department of the designated GER-G 563 New Literary Theory and the German Text instructor. Students must officially declare the minor during the early phase of their Ph.D. studies by consulting with the director of the Cultural Studies Program. Political Science POLS-Y 381 Classical Political Thought Examinations POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought POLS-Y 689 Readings in Political Theory and Satisfactory performance on the qualifying examinations in Methodology the student’s major department required. POLS-Y 775 Political Philosophy Faculty

Slavic Languages and Literatures Director SLAV-R 598 Literary Theory in its Russian and East Shane Vogel* European Context SLA V-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Spanish and Portuguese Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct HISP-S 512 Theory and Criticism doctoral dissertations.) Critical Theory Courses Distinguished Professors CTIH-T 500 Introduction to the Theoretical Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore, Communication and Foundations of the Humanities (3 cr.) Culture), Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus, English), David P. Thelen* (Emeritus, History) CTIH-T 600 Special Topic in Critical Theory (3 cr.) (May be repeated for credit with different content) Chancellor’s Professor CTIH-T 700 Independent Study in Critical Theory (3 cr.) John Bodnar* (History), James Naremore* (Emeritus, (May be repeated for credit with different content) English, Communication and Culture) Cultural Studies Professors College of Arts and Sciences Maria Bucur-Deckard* (History), Joëlle Bahloul* (Anthropology, Jewish Studies), Linda Charnes* Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (English), Nicholas Cullather* (History), Donna Eder* Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~cstudies/ (Sociology), Jonathan Elmer* (English), Mary Favret* (English), Thomas F. Gieryn* (Sociology), Jeffrey (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Gould* (History), Robert Ivie* (Communication and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Culture), Marianne Kielian-Gilbert* (Music), Barbara G. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Klinger* (Communication and Culture), John Lucaites* contained only in The University Graduate School (Communication and Culture), Andrew Miller* (English), Bulletin.) Richard Nash* (English), David Pace* (Emeritus, History), Curriculum William Rasch* (Germanic Studies), Michael Robinson* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Darlene Sadlier* Ph.D. Minor in Cultural Studies (Spanish and Portuguese), Beverly Stoeltje* (Folklore, Cultural Studies is a multidisciplinary program primarily Anthropology), Dror Wahrman* (History), Stephen Watt* applicable to the humanities and social sciences. Drawing (English), Marc A. Weiner* (Germanic Studies), Richard upon recent developments in cultural, social, and literary Wilk* (Anthropology), David R. Zaret* (Sociology) theory, this program emphasizes the investigation of Associate Professors cultural production and the social construction of values, ideas, and belief systems. Focusing on both contemporary Akin Adesokan* (Comparative Literature), Christopher and historical phenomena, courses in this area pay Anderson* (Communication and Culture), Purnima particular attention to the relationship between cultural Bose* (English), Claudia Breger* (Germanic Studies), forms and power relations in society. Issues of class, race, Michael Dodson* (History), Patrick Dove* (Spanish May 26, 2016 129 and Portuguese), Michael Foster* (Folklore and The Department of East Asian Languages and Cultures is Ethnomusicology, East Asian Languages and Cultures), affiliated with the new School of Global and International Lessie Jo Frazier* (American Studies, Gender Studies), Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, Sara L. Friedman* (Anthropology, Gender Studies), Jane dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate E. Goodman* (Communication and Culture), Margaret students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, Gray* (French and Italian), Vivian Halloran* (American work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- Studies, English), Joan Hawkins* (Communication and first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Culture), Scott Herring* (English), LaMonda Horton- emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, Stallings* (American Studies, Gender Studies), Jason and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative Jackson* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Stephanie methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Kane* (Criminal Justice), DeWitt D. Kilgore* (English), access to a stellar faculty and professional development Alejandro Mejias-Lopez* (Spanish and Portuguese), opportunities. For further information regarding the Marissa Moorman* (History), Scott O’Bryan (History, mission, structure and resources of the School of Global East Asian Languages and Cultures), Angela Pao* and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. (Comparative Literature), Radhika Parameswaran* (Journalism), Philip Parnell* (Criminal Justice), Phaedra (Please note that when conferring University Graduate C. Pezzullo* (Communication and Culture), Ranu School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Samantrai* (English), Eric Sandweiss* (History), University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Micol Seigel* (American Studies, History), Jonathan contained only in The University Graduate School Simons* (Communication and Culture), Rakesh H. Bulletin.) Solomon* (Emeritus, Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Curriculum Dance), Marvin Sterling* (Anthropology), Ted Striphas* (Communication and Culture), Michiko Suzuki* (East Degrees Offered Asian Languages and Cultures), Shane Vogel* (English), Master of Arts in Chinese or Japanese, Master of Arts in Brenda Weber* (Gender Studies) Chinese or Japanese with Language Pedagogy Track, Master of Arts in East Asian Studies, Dual Degree: Master Assistant Professors of Arts in East Asian Studies and Master of Business Karen Bowdre (Communication and Culture), Marlon Administration, Joint Master of Arts Program in East Asian Bailey* (American Studies, Gender Studies), Denise Studies and Master of Public Affairs, Doctor of Philosophy Cruz (American Studies, English), Stephanie DeBoer in Chinese or Japanese (Communication and Culture), Phill Ford* (Music), Special Departmental Requirements Karen Inouye (American Studies), Michael Kaplan (See also general University Graduate School (Communication and Culture), Rebecca Lave* (Geology), requirements.) Susan Lepselter (American Studies, communication and Culture), David A. McDonald (Folklore and Admission Requirements Ethnomusicology), Jason McGraw (American Studies, Graduate Record Examination General Test is required. History), Steven Selka (American Studies, Religious International students admitted into departmental Studies) programs must demonstrate a high level of proficiency in Courses English or take additional courses to remove deficiencies. CULS-C 601 Introduction to Cultural Studies (4 cr.) Grade Survey of main issues, theories, and methods in cultural Students must maintain at least a 3.0 (B) grade point studies. Topics may include communications and mass average. culture; gender, race, and the social construction of Master of Arts Degree in Chinese or Japanese identity; historiographic and ethnographic approaches to Admission Requirement modern cultures and societies. An undergraduate major in Chinese, Japanese, or CULS-C 701 Special Topics in Cultural Studies East Asian studies or a strong major in any field in (3-4 cr.) P: C601 or consent of instructor. Advanced the humanities or in the social sciences with general exploration of a specific issue in cultural studies (for knowledge of the culture of China or Japan. Proficiency example, “avant-garde” movements in politics and the arts in Chinese or Japanese through at least second year is in relation to social and cultural modernity). expected. CULS-C 790 Independent Readings in Cultural Studies Course Requirements (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Open only to students completing minors in cultural studies. A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, in approved courses. Ordinarily, at least 20 of these credit East Asian Languages and hours, not counting thesis hours, must be from among the Cultures courses listed under “Chinese” or “Japanese” (depending on the student’s major) on the list that follows, including at School of Global and International Studies least three at the 500 level or above, of which one must be College of Arts and Sciences C511 or J511. Third-year language courses do not count Departmental E-mail: [email protected] toward the requirement that one take at least 3 courses at the 500 level or above, but do count toward the 20 credit Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~ealc/ hours required for the major. The remaining credit hours may be taken from other departments at the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies. Except for overseas 130 May 26, 2016 study credits, normally a maximum of 3 credit hours of Language Requirements E595 may be counted toward the degree. Completion of the fourth year level or equivalent in the Language Requirements student’s major language. Language courses at the first and second year level will not count toward the degree. Completion of the fourth-year level or equivalent in the student’s major language. For some areas of research, M.A. Project proficiency in a classical East Asian language, involving up to one year of coursework, may be necessary. An M.A. project demonstrating the student’s pedagogical Specific program requirements will be determined in skills is required. The project may take a variety of consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the forms, ranging from an essay involving empirical study student’s Advisory Committee, according to departmental of methodological/language acquisition issues to guidelines. Language courses at the third year level development of concrete teaching tools with pedagogical or above in the major language and at the third year analyses. Up to 4 credit hours may be counted toward the level or above in other East Asian languages may be degree. counted toward the degree. Language courses at the first Master of Arts Degree in East Asian Studies and second year level will not count toward the degree. Admission Requirements Students planning to apply to Ph.D. programs in fields that typically require a second East Asian language are An undergraduate major in East Asian studies or a strongly encouraged to begin such language study during strong major in any field in the humanities or in the M.A. coursework. social sciences with general knowledge of the culture of East Asia. Entering students who have not had the first Project two years of an East Asian language must remove this The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. deficiency within the first two years of graduate study. Thesis Course Requirements • Normally 50–80 pages A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of in approved courses. Ordinarily, at least 20 of these primary sources and scholarly research credit hours must be from among the courses listed under “Culture and Area Courses” on the list that follows. • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Students focusing on Japan must complete J511. At least • The thesis option is strongly recommended to three courses must be at the 500 level or above. Third students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. and fourth year language courses do not count towards program. the requirement, but do count toward the 20 credit hours Essay required for the major. Except for overseas study credits, normally a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be • Normally 40–50 pages counted toward the degree • Demonstrating the ability to master, use, and critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the Language Requirement student’s field Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined Master of Arts in Chinese or Japanese: Language by examination. Language courses at the third-year level and above may be counted toward the degree. Language Pedagogy Track courses at the first- and second-year levels will not count Admission Requirements toward the degree. Students planning to apply to a Ph.D. An undergraduate degree with at least two years of the program in fields that typically require a second East Asian student’s proposed language of specialization or the language are strongly encouraged to begin language work equivalent. during the M.A. program. Course Requirements Project A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. in approved courses. At least 20 of these credit hours Thesis must be from among the courses listed under “Chinese” or “Japanese” (depending on the student’s major). Of these, • Normally 50–80 pages students in Chinese language pedagogy must take C520, • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of C535, C525, and C527; students in Japanese language primary sources and scholarly research pedagogy must take J520, J525, and J527. Also required • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours is one semester of Literary Chinese or Literary Japanese. • The thesis option is strongly recommended to The remaining 10 credit hours beyond the 20 required students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. Chinese or Japanese courses may be taken from courses program. in Linguistics (e.g., L503, L542, L543), Second Language Studies (e.g., S532, S536, S600, T550), and East Asian Essay culture courses, in consultation with the advisor. Except • Normally 40–50 pages for overseas study credits, normally a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted toward the degree. • Demonstrating the ability to master, use, and critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the student’s field May 26, 2016 131

• May be taken for up to 4 credit hours • Normally 40–50 pages • Demonstrates the ability to master, use, and Dual Degree: Master of Arts in East Asian Studies critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the and Master of Business Administration student’s field Admission Requirements • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Students must separately apply to and be accepted into • Up to 3 credit hours may be counted toward the both the M.B.A. program in business and the M.A. degree degree program in East Asian studies. The normal criteria for admission to each program apply. Students may apply for Joint Master of Arts in East Asian Studies and Master admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, of Public Affairs students may begin their studies in either school and then Admission Requirements apply to the second program after admission into the Students must separately apply to and be accepted into first program. Either way, students will likely spend one both the M.P.A program in SPEA and the M.A. degree year in the College of Arts and Sciences, one year at the program in East Asian Studies. The normal criteria for School of Business and the final year completing the final admission to each program apply. Students may apply for requirements (including the thesis) of both programs. admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, EALC Course Requirements students may begin their studies in either school and then apply to the second program after admission into the first 30 credit hours, including three social science courses, program. two history courses, and one humanities course. Ordinarily, at least 18 of these credit hours must be EALC Course Requirements from among the courses listed under “Culture and Area 24 credit hours, including three social science courses, Courses” on the list that follows. Students focusing on two history courses, and one humanities course. Japan must complete J511. At least three courses must Ordinarily, at least 18 of these credit hours must be be at the 500 level or above. Third and Fourth year from among the courses listed under “Culture and Area language courses do not count toward the requirement Courses” on the list that follows. Students focusing that one take at least 3 courses at the 500 level or above, on Japan must complete J511. At least three courses but do count toward the 18 credit hours required for must be at the 500 level or above. Third and fourth year the major. Except for overseas study credits, normally language courses do not count towards the requirement a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted that one take at least 3 courses at the 500 level or above, toward the degree. With the approval of the Director of but do count toward the 20 credit hours required for the Graduate Studies, up to 6 of the required 30 credits may major. Except for overseas study credits, normally a be Business classes. maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted Business Course Requirements toward the degree. Required and elective courses to total 42 credit hours SPEA Course Requirements of graduate course work. The possibilities of course 36 credit hours of graduate course work to be distributed combinations are many and will depend on your specific as follows: (1) professional development practicum career path. For details, contact the M.B.A program office, courses; (2) courses in the SPEA core; (3) specialized 812-855-8006. concentration course, which may include SPEA, EALC, Language Requirement and other courses, to be selected in consultation with a SPEA advisor. For details, contact the SPEA graduate Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, student services office, SPEA 260, 812-855-9485. Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined by examination. Language courses at the third- year level Language Requirement and above may be counted toward the degree. Language Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, courses at the first- and second- year level will not count Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined toward the degree. by examination. Language courses at the third year level Project and above may be counted toward the degree. Language courses at the first and second year level will not count Jointly supervised by EALC and Business faculty, toward the degree. the student may choose either a thesis or an essay, combining expertise in East Asian studies and business. Project Thesis The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. • Normally 50–80 pages Thesis • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of • Normally 50–80 pages primary sources and scholarly research • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours primary sources and scholarly research. • The thesis option is strongly recommended to • The thesis option is strongly recommended to students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. program. program. Essay Essay 132 May 26, 2016

• Normally 40–50 pages Upon completion of the dissertation, a final oral • Demonstrates the ability to master, use, and examination on the dissertation and major area. critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the student’s field Ph.D. Minor in Chinese or Japanese Course Requirements • Up to 3 credit hours may be counted toward the degree Doctoral students from other departments may complete a minor in Chinese or Japanese by completing the following: Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Chinese or Japanese Admission Requirement 1. Proficiency in Chinese or Japanese (completion of the third-year level or equivalent). An M.A. in Chinese or Japanese or its equivalent is 2. 12 to 15 credit hours, or at least four courses, in required. courses with a majority of content taught in Chinese Course Requirements or Japanese. These courses will be listed under “Chinese” or “Japanese” in this bulletin. A minimum of 30 credit hours, beyond those taken for the 3. Courses counted toward fulfillment of the language M.A., in departmental courses, as follows: five courses proficiency requirement may not also be counted (15 credit hours) at the 400 and 500 levels, of which a toward the 12 to 15 hours of Chinese or Japanese minimum of two courses must be at the 500 level; one content courses. A maximum of 3 credit hours of course (3 credit hours) in research methods/bibliography E595 may be counted toward the minor. (C511 or J511); and four seminar courses (16 credit hours), including the seminar in East Asian studies Ph.D. Minor in East Asian Studies scholarship (EALC-E604). Please note that third- and Course Requirements fourth- year language courses do not count toward the five required 400–500-level courses. A dissertation is required. Doctoral students from other departments may complete a minor in East Asian Studies by completing the following: Minor 1. A minimum of four culture courses in East Asian A minor is required in an outside department, such Languages and Cultures, two of which must be in as comparative literature, fine arts, folklore and fields outside the student’s major discipline. ethnomusicology, history, political science, religious 2. Proficiency in Chinese, Japanese, or Korean studies, or other approved departments. Examination (completion of the third-year level or equivalent). in the minor if prescribed by the department or program 3. Courses counted toward the fulfillment of the concerned. language proficiency requirement may not also be Language Requirements counted toward the culture class requirement. A maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted Before the qualifying examination, students must toward the minor. demonstrate proficiency, both oral and reading, in the student’s major language, as well as reading proficiency Faculty in French, German, or another European language Chairperson relevant to their research area. For some areas of TBA research, proficiency in a second modern East Asian language or a classical East Asian language is necessary. Graduate Faculty Specific program requirements will be determined in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct student’s Advisory Committee, according to departmental doctoral dissertations.) guidelines. Language courses at the first and second year level will not count toward the degree. Professors Qualifying Examinations Yea-Fen Chen*, Y. J. Chih* (Emeritus), Jurgis Elisonas* (Emeritus), Eugene Eoyang* (Emeritus, Comparative Upon completion of course work, two written examinations Literature), Yoshio Iwamoto* (Emeritus, Comparative in subject fields (one in the major field of specialization, Literature), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative one in a historical period of the major cultural area) and Literature), Gregory J. Kasza* (Emeritus), Paul Kuznets* one oral exam. (Emeritus, Economics), Susan Nelson* (Emerita, Fine Colloquium Arts), Jean Robinson* (Political Science), Michael E. Robinson* (Emeritus), Richard Rubinger*, Lynn Struve* Following approval by the research committee, the (Emerita, History), Natsuko Tsujimura*, Margaret Yan* candidate will orally present a dissertation proposal to (Emerita) the department in the form of a colloquium detailing and discussing the dissertation plan. Associate Professors Dissertation Heather Blair (Religious Studies), Gardner Bovingdon*, Laurel Cornell* (Sociology, Gender Studies) (Emerita), On an approved subject in the major language or culture. Stephanie DeBoer (Communication and Culture), Michael Up to 15 credit hours may be taken for the dissertation. Foster (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Sara Friedman* (Anthropology, Gender Studies), Scott Kennedy*, Hyo- Final Examination Sang Lee, Manling Luo*, Ethan Michelson*, Scott O'Bryan*, Edith Sarra*, Aaron Stalnaker* (Religious May 26, 2016 133

Studies), Marvin Sterling (Anthropology), Michiko Suzuki*, knowledge, skills, and experience in teaching Chinese Yasuko Ito Watt (Emerita) as a foreign language. Taught in a seminar-practicum format, the course examines the contemporary paradigms Assistant Professors of foreign language instruction, identifies critical issues Michael Ing* (Religious Studies), Heon-Joo Jung*, Charles in language pedagogy, and explores various techniques Lin*, Manling Luo, Jonathan Schlesinger, Henghua Su, Tie of teaching the four language skills (speaking, listening, Xiao* reading, and writing). Active participation in the class is mandatory. Senior Lecturer EALC-C 527 Practicum in Chinese Language Misako Matsubara, Sue Tuohy (Folklore and Pedagogy (2-3 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred Ethnomusicology) credit. Supervised application of language pedagogy. Lecturer In an actual classroom students will apply the theories, paradigms, and approaches to language learning they Yasuko Akiyama, Yingling Bao, Yunseong Cheon, have studied. Practicum experience developed in Xiaoying Liles consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. Adjunct Professor EALC-C 535 Chinese Curriculum and Material Design Heidi Ross* (School of Education) (3 cr.) For students interested in exploring the theories, Adjunct Associate Professor issues, and principles of language curriculum design and acquiring practical experience of applying various Rick Harbaugh* (School of Business) syllabus frameworks to design sample Chinese materials. Director of Graduate Studies Emphasis on developing students’ ability to analyze and synthesize factors contributing to an effective language TBA, Goodbody Hall 230, (812) 856-4959 learning program. Courses EALC-C 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred credit. Demonstration of pedagogical Chinese understanding and skills. The project may take either Language and Linguistics Courses of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical issues or significant materials development (e.g., set of course EALC-C 101-102 Elementary Chinese I-II (2-2 cr.) materials, course Web site, multimedia learning modules, EALC-C 201-202 Second-Year Chinese I-II (2-2 cr.) testing instruments). Developed in consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. EALC-C 533-534 Third-Year Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) Literature Courses EALC-C 543-544 Fourth-Year Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) P: A EALC-C 505 Topics in Chinese Studies (1-4 cr.) grade of C or higher in C534 or equivalent proficiency. Graduate colloquium on aspects of Chinese literature, Emphasis on advanced reading skills. thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion EALC-C 451-452 Advanced Classical Chinese I-II of course work and readings will be in Chinese. Graduate (3-3 cr.) Flagship Program sections offered through Nanjing University. With consent of the Director of Graduate EALC-C 506-507 Literary Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) Studies, may be repeated when topic varies. With consent EALC-C 550 Chinese Writing and Rhetoric (3 cr.) of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for P: Grade of C or higher in C544 or consent of the no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. instructor. Practice in reading, writing, and speaking EALC-C 521-522 Readings in Chinese Literature III through analysis of modern prose and literary texts. (3-3 cr.) Readings and discussions of works in Chinese Examination of how the Chinese frame discourse, so literature of different genres: poetry, prose, and drama. students may develop their ability to present ideas with With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be precise diction, in appropriate registers, in extended repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic discourse. varies. EALC-C 506-507 Literary Chinese I-II (3 cr.) EALC-C 557 Chinese in Humanities (3 cr.) P: grade EALC-C 508-509 Chinese Language Practice I-II of B or better in C544 (C402) or equivalent proficiency. (1-1 cr.) Advanced language practice associated with authentic academic tests in humanities disciplines. Emphasis on EALC-C 520 Introduction to Chinese Linguistics interpreting, analyzing, and presenting Chinese cultural (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in C544 or consent of concepts, artifacts, and events from a global perspective the instructor. Survey of issues in Chinese linguistics. for an authentic purpose and within a performance Topics include phonetics/phonology, morphology, syntax, assessment framework. semantics, pragmatics and selected psychological aspects of Chinese. EALC-C 558-559 Readings in Chinese Literary Criticism III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Language Pedagogy Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 EALC-C 525 Teaching Chinese as a Foreign/Second hours of credit when topic varies. Language (3 cr.) Designed for graduate and advanced undergraduate students who have an interest in acquiring 134 May 26, 2016

EALC-C 561-562 Readings in Chinese Social and collectively as bungotai or “literary Japanese.” Initial Political Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of emphasis on reading and close rhetorical and grammatical Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 analysis of genres from the 10th through 15th centuries, hours of credit when topic varies. with later attention to other periods and texts. EALC-C 567 Chinese in Social Sciences (3 cr.) P: grade EALC-J 520 Introduction to Japanese Linguistics of B or better in C544 (C402) or equivalent proficiency. (3 cr.) Linguistic phenomena in Japanese from the Advanced language practice associated with authentic descriptive and comparative points of view. Development academic texts in social science disciplines. Emphasis on of linguistic problem-solving skills, including consideration interpreting, analyzing, and presenting Chinese cultural of sociological issues. concepts, practices, and events, from a global perspective for an authentic purpose and within a performance EALC-J 580 Japanese for Sinologists (3 cr.) P: A assessment framework. grade of B or better in J202 or equivalent proficiency. Introduction to Japanese scholarship on China. Emphasis EALC-C 571-572 Readings in Chinese Philosophical on grammatical structures and stylistic conventions. Can Texts III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate be repeated with different content up to two times for up to Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of nine credits. credit when topic varies. EALC-J 581-582 Modern Academic and Professional EALC-C 581-582 Readings in Chinese Historical Texts Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of Language Pedagogy Courses credit when topic varies. EALC-J 525 Teaching Japanese as a Foreign/Second Language (3 cr.) Designed for graduate and advanced Seminars and Research Methods Courses undergraduate students who have an interest in acquiring EALC-C 511 Basic Reference Works in Chinese knowledge, skills, and experience in teaching Japanese Studies (3 cr.) P: C507 or consent of instructor. as a foreign language. Taught in a seminar-practicum Instruction in reading and using basic general reference format, the course examines the contemporary paradigms tools for all aspects of Chinese studies. of foreign language instruction, identifies critical issues in language pedagogy, and explores various techniques EALC-C 600 Seminar in Chinese Studies (3-4 cr.) of teaching the four language skills (speaking, listening, Graduate seminar on aspects of Chinese literature, reading, and writing). Active participation in the class is thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion mandatory. of course work and readings will be in Chinese. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be EALC-J 527 Practicum in Japanese Language repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic Pedagogy (2-3 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred varies. credit. Supervised application of language pedagogy. In an actual classroom, students will apply the theories, EALC-C 651 Seminar in Traditional Chinese Literature paradigms, and approaches to language learning they (4 cr.) have studied. Practicum experience developed in EALC-C 671 Seminar in Modern Chinese Literature consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director (4 cr.) of Graduate Studies. EALC-C 681 Seminar in Chinese Thought (4 cr.) EALC-J 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred credit. Demonstration of pedagogical Special Research understanding and skills. The project may take either EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) Intended for of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical issues or advanced students. May be repeated with consent of the significant materials development (e.g., set of course Director of Graduate Studies. materials, course Web site, multimedia learning modules, testing instruments). Developed in consultation with the EALC-C 701 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. for a deferred credit. EALC-C 801 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) Literature Courses EALC-J 505 Topics in Japanese Studies (1-4 cr.) EALC-G 901 Advanced Research (arr. cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit Japanese when topic varies. Graduate colloquium on aspects of Language and Linguistics Courses Japanese literature, thought, or society. Topics will vary. A EALC-J 101-102 Elementary Japanese I-II (2-2 cr.) substantial portion of course work and readings will be in EALC-J 201-202 Second-Year Japanese I-II (2-2 cr.) Japanese. EALC-J 533-534 Third-Year Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) EALC-J 521 Readings in Traditional Japanese Literature (3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate EALC-J 543-544 Fourth-Year Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of P: A grade of C or better in J534 or equivalent proficiency. credit when topic varies. Examination of major authors, Emphasis on advanced reading skills. works, genres, and criticism. EALC-J 506-507 Literary Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) P: Grade EALC-J 522 Readings in Modern Japanese Literature of C or better in J534 or equivalent proficiency. A basic (3 cr.) Examination of major authors, works, genres, and outline of the varieties of written Japanese known criticism. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, May 26, 2016 135 may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of topic varies. credit when topic varies. EALC-J 531-532 Readings in Japanese Social and EALC-J 653 Seminar in Traditional Japanese Political Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) Literature (4 cr.) Seminar in pre-modern Japanese literature and criticism. The topic will vary depending on EALC-J 541-542 Readings in Japanese Historical the year the course is offered. With consent of the Director Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. hours of credit when topic varies. EALC-J 681 Seminar in Japanese Thought (4 cr.) EALC-J 551-552 Readings in Japanese Literary Criticism I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Korean Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 EALC-K 101-102 Elementary Korean I-II (2-2 cr.) hours of credit when topic varies. EALC-K 201-202 Second-Year Korean I-II (2-2 cr.) EALC-J 593 Translating Japanese Literature (3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be This course is a workshop that provides practice in repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic producing polished, literary translations from Japanese varies. to English. Secondary goals include developing skills in literary analysis through close-readings of primary texts, EALC-K 431-432 Readings in Modern Korean and reading of secondary materials on translation theory, Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) narrative voice, poetic meter and technique. For students EALC-K 501-502 Fourth-Year Korean I-II (3-3 cr.) beyond third-year proficiency. P: A grade of C or better in EALC K302 or equivalent Special Research proficiency. Emphasis on advanced reading skills, EALC-E 496 Foreign Study (East Asian Exchange featuring authentic writings such as newspaper editorials, Programs) (arr. cr.) essays, movie scenarios, and television news. EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) This course EALC-K 505 Topics in Korean Studies (1-4 cr.) is eligible for deferred credit. Intended for advanced Graduate colloquium on aspects of Korean literature, students. May be repeated with consent of the Director for thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion Graduate Studies. of course work and readings will be in Korean. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be EALC-J 701 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic for deferred credit. varies. EALC-J 801 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible EALC-K 520 Introduction to Korean Linguistics (3 cr.) for deferred credit. This course will survey the linguistic structure of Korean, from a typological and function-oriented perspective. EALC-G 901 Advanced Research (arr. cr.) This course The topics dealt with include: word order, basic sentence is eligible for deferred credit. structure, semantics and pragmatics of noun-particles, Seminars and Research Methods Courses caluse connectors and sentence-final modal suffixes, the EALC-J 511 Research Methods in Japanese Studies temporal system, and passives, conversational (3 cr.) Basic reference works in Japanese and Western styles, speech styles and honorifics. First-year Korean languages, methods, and tools of research. (or its equivalent) is recommended; otherwise, consult the instructor. EALC-J 600 Seminar in Japanese Studies (3-4 cr.) Graduate seminar on aspects of Japanese literature, EALC-K 527 Practicum in Korean Language Pedagogy thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion (2-3 cr.) Supervised application of language pedagogy. of course work and readings will be in Japanese. With In an actual classroom, students will apply the theories, consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be paradigms, and approaches to language learning they repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic have studied. Practicum experience developed in varies. consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. EALC-J 641 Seminar in Premodern Japanese History (4 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, EALC-E 530 Studies in Japanese Film (3 cr.) Study may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when of Japanese film in the context of its history and culture. topic varies. Topics will vary depending on the year the course is offered. Some examples include: one introduction to EALC-J 642 Seminar in Modern Japanese History Japanese film; gender and sexuality in Japanese film. (4 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 6 may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when credit hours. topic varies. EALC-K 534 Third-Year Korean II (3 cr.) P: A grade of EALC-J 651 Seminar in Modern Japanese Literature C or better in K301 or equivalent proficiency. Primarily (4 cr.) Seminar in modern Japanese literature and designed to develop and enhance students’ reading criticism. The topic will vary depending on the year the ability through a variety of written materials; considerable course is offered. With consent of the Director of Graduate emphasis on writing and conversational skills. Some 200 136 May 26, 2016

Chinese characters that are frequently used in Korean EALC-E 555 Visual Culture of Modern Japan (3 cr.) newspapers may be taught. History of visual culture in modern Japan in the context of social and cultural change. Emphasis on print cultures and EALC-K 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) Demonstration painting and on the rise of photography and lithography of pedagogical understanding and skills. The project may during the emergence of modern mass consumerism. take either of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical Considerable focus on the post-WWII era and the issues or significant materials development (e.g., set of globalization of Japanese visual culture. course materials, course Web site, multimedia learning modules, testing instruments). Developed in consultation EALC-E 574 Early Chinese Philosophy (3 cr.) Origins of with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Chinese philosophical tradition in the classical schools of Studies. Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, and Legalism. Explores contrasting agendas of early Chinese and Western EALC-K 600 Seminar in Korean Studies (3-4 cr.) traditions. Graduate seminar on aspects of Korean literature, thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion EALC-E 590 Contemporary Chinese Politics (3 cr.) of course work and readings will be in Korean. With In-depth introduction to the scholarly study of Chinese consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be politics. Important topics include elites, institutions, political repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic culture, ideology, policy making, protest, and center-local varies. relations. Attention paid to issues of research methodology and primary resources. Culture and Area Courses EALC-E 394 Business and Public Policy in Japan EALC-E 592 Political Economy of East Asia (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Examines the relationship between political circumstances and economic development through the experience EALC-E 496 Foreign Study (East Asian Exchange of East Asia since World War II. Particular attention is Programs) (arr. cr.) given to the question of the state’s role in promoting EALC-E 505 Topics in East Asian Studies (1.5-4 cr.) growth. Comparisons of countries throughout East With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be Asia are combined with transnational and international repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic perspectives. varies. EALC-E 593 China’s Political Economy (3 cr.) EALC-E 526 Computer-Enhanced East Asian Examination of China’s development trajectory, the policy Language Learning (3 cr.) P: Basic computer literacy. An process, the political activism of marginalized groups examination of research and findings on the effectiveness and the emerging middle class, and signs that economic of technology in language-skill development, and an change is alternatively promoting democratization, political exploration of the use of computer technology in foreign decay, or the entrenchment of the Communist Party. language learning, to equip students with concepts and Historic and comparative perspectives ranging from case tools to improve language studies. studies to macro analyses will be used. EALC-E 530 Studies in Japanese Film (3 cr.) EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) This course Study of Japanese film in the context of its history and is eligible for deferred credit. Repeatable with consent of culture. Topics will vary depending on the year the course graduate advisor. is offered. Some examples include: an introduction to EALC-E 596 Readings in Pedagogy (1-3 cr.) Japanese film; gender and sexuality in Japanese film. Individualized readings in contemporary paradigms, critical May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 6 issues, and techniques of teaching Asian languages. credit hours. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. EALC-E 533 Studies in Chinese Cinema (3 cr.) Critical and historical perspectives on Chinese cinema from the EALC-E 597 M.A. Essay (1-4 cr.) This course is eligible 1930s to the 1990s, including Taiwan and Hong Kong. for deferred credit. A capstone project recommended Lectures and readings on the silent era, melodrama, only for students pursuing a terminal M.A.; the essay is musical, minority film, adaptation, the fifth generation, intended to strengthen and demonstrate control over the ideology, sexuality, urban cinema, and women’s cinema. variety of scholarly skills learned through graduate course work, rather than to demonstrate potential to undertake EALC-E 553 Hiroshima: History, City, Event (3 cr.) doctoral work. Developed in consultation with the student’s Uses the history of the city of Hiroshima as a lens on advisor with the approval of the Director of Graduate urban history in Japan and globally, with examination Studies. of origin of cities; early modern political and economic arrangements leading to Hiroshima's success; modern EALC-E 600 Seminar in East Asian Studies (4 cr.) change and continued importance; its place in modern Studies in history, social sciences, and culture. Topics war; the atomic bombing and aftermath; memory of the vary by semester depending on student needs and bomb and wider atomic cultures in Japan and the United interests. With consent of the Director of Graduate States. Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. EALC-E 554 Society and Education in Japan (3 cr.) Survey of social change in Japan with a focus on EALC-E 604 Seminar in East Asian Studies educational institutions, patterns of learning, educational Scholarship (4 cr.) thought, and the spread of literacy. May 26, 2016 137 EALC-E 700 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible Economics for deferred credit. College of Arts and Sciences Cross-Listed Courses Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Departmental URL: https://economics.indiana.edu/ Anthropology (Please note that when conferring University Graduate P600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Central Eurasian Studies University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School R595 Politics of Identity in China and Inner Asia (3 cr.) Bulletin.) Comparative Literature Curriculum C546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) Degrees Offered C574 Japanese-Western Studies (4 cr.) Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, Doctor of C575 Chinese-Western Studies I (4 cr.) Philosophy in economics, and Doctor of Philosophy in C576 Comparative Approaches to Chinese Literature(4 economics and business (in cooperation with the Kelley cr.) School of Business) Fine Arts Special Departmental Requirements A560 Special Studies in Chinese Art (4 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School A564 Art and Archaeology of Early China (4 cr.) requirements.) A566 Early Chinese Painting (4 cr.) A567 Later Chinese Painting (4 cr.) Admission Requirements A662 Problems in Chinese Painting (4 cr.) Twenty-five (25) credit hours of social science and business, including intermediate economic analysis. First- Folklore and Ethnomusicology year differential and integral calculus and one semester of linear algebra are required for the Ph.D. and the M.A. F600 Asian Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Deficiencies in economics must be removed without History graduate credit. Graduate Record Examination General Test required. G567 Premodern Japan (3 cr.) G568 Early Modern Japan (3 cr.) Grades G569 Modern Japan (3 cr.) At least a B (3.0) average in work taken for an advanced G580 Early China (3 cr.) degree. G582 Imperial China I (3 cr.) G583 Imperial China II (3 cr.) Master of Arts Degree G585 Modern China (3 cr.) (The department currently is not accepting students in this G587 Contemporary China (3 cr.) program.) H675 Colloquium in East Asian History (4 cr.) Course Requirements H775 Seminar in East Asian History (4 cr.)1 A minimum of 30 credit hours, 24 of which must be taken Political Science in the Department of Economics, including 9 credits of theory and 6 credits of statistics. A minimum of 18 credit Y333 Chinese Politics (3 cr.) hours of course work in economics must be numbered Y334 Japanese Politics (3 cr.) E500 or above. Consult the Director of Graduate Studies Y557 Comparative Politics Approaches and Issues (3 cr.)1 for specific courses. Up to 6 credit hours are allowable for a thesis. In lieu of writing a thesis, a student may Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.)1 complete 6 credit hours of course work (beyond the Religious Studies required 30 credit hours) in one of the following research skills: operations and decision technologies, computer R554 Religions of East Asia (3 cr.) science, mathematics, or econometrics beyond E572. R654 The Taoist Tradition (3 cr.) Courses used to fulfill a research skill requirement do not R655 East Asian Buddhism (3 cr.) carry graduate credit. R657 Religion in Japan (3 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance (The department currently is not accepting students in this program.) T468 Non-Western Drama and Theatre (3 cr.)1 An individual study program of 36 credit hours will be 1 This course will count toward fulfilling departmental developed for each student, normally including only requirements when it deals substantially with East Asian courses that may be taken for graduate credit. materials. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Fields of Study Choices of fields offered for qualifying examinations must be approved by the Graduate Studies Committee. 138 May 26, 2016

Fields of study currently available within the department Ph.D. MINOR IN ECONOMICS are advanced economic theory, development A candidate for a graduate degree in another department economics, development and transition economics, who elects to take Economics as an outside minor econometrics, games and experimental methods, growth must take at least 12 hours of Economics from Indiana theory, industrial organization, international trade, University Bloomington. Within these 12 hours, the macroeconomics, monetary economics, and public candidate must take at least one semester each of Ph.D.- economics. In addition, a field in finance is available in level microeconomic theory and macroeconomic theory. partnership with the Kelley School of Business. Fields of In most cases, ECON-E 521 and ECON-E 522 must study in the Kelley School of Business that are available be taken to meet these respective requirements. In for the joint Ph.D. degree are accounting, finance, exceptional cases approved by the Director of Graduate operations management, marketing, and operations and Studies, based on a student’s prior record, the ECON- decision technologies. Information about other fields may E 521/ECON-E 522 requirement may be waived and the be obtained from the Director of Graduate Studies. higher level ECON-E 621/ECON-E 622 will satisfy the micro/macro theory requirement. Course Requirements Within the 12 hours, the candidate must also take six A total of 90 credit hours, including the theory sequence additional hours of courses which carry credit for graduate E520, E521, E522, E621, E622, and the econometrics- degrees in Economics as listed in the Graduate School statistics sequence E571, E572, E671. All Ph.D. students Bulletin. These courses must be selected in consultation join a workshop after passing their core theory exams. with the Director of Graduate Studies. All courses taken to In addition, starting in their third year, students have to satisfy the requirements for an outside minor in Economics formally enroll in a workshop course for three semesters. must be passed with a grade of B (3.0) or better. A There is a minimum requirement of 60 credit hours of separate written or oral examination will not be required. course work. A minimum of 57 credit hours must be taken in economics. Microeconomic and macroeconomic theory courses which may be used toward the minor: Research-Skill Requirement ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I Proficiency in mathematics, operations and decision (Microeconomic Theory I) technologies, computer science, or econometrics/ applied statistics. Courses used to fulfill a research skill ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets II requirement do not carry graduate credit. (Microeconomic Theory II) Core Theory Examination ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I Core theory examinations in macroeconomics and ECON-E 622 Macroeconomic Theory II microeconomics are taken at the end of the first year in residence. A maximum of two attempts will be permitted Courses on each section. The exams are given in May, and retakes ECON-E 471 Econometric Theory and Practice I (3 cr.) are administered later in the summer. P: E370 or either MATH M119 or M211 or consent of Qualifying Field Examinations instructor. Emphasis is on the probability and statistical theory underpinning the classical linear regression model. The Ph.D. candidate must successfully complete at Special topics include finite and asymptotic properties of least three fields: one primary field and two supporting point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing and model (secondary) fields. With approval of the Director of building. Several software packages are used in computer Graduate Studies, one of the two supporting fields may be lab applications. taken outside the Department of Economics. A qualifying examination must be taken in the primary field; courses ECON-E 472 Econometric Theory and Practice II (3 cr.) in all fields must be passed with grades of B or better. P: E471. Consult the economics department’s Graduate Study Emphasis is on the matrix formulation and computer Guide for further information. estimation methods for single and multiple equation models using economic and business data. Attention Third-Year Paper Requirement is given to the assumptions required for testing sets of Ph.D. students are required to write a substantial research coefficients and model structures. Special topics include paper before the end of the spring semester of their third heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, errors in variables, year. The paper will be presented at a departmental simultaneity, time-series analysis, limited dependent conference at the end of April or the beginning of May variables, sample selection, and alternatives to least- of the third year. The goal should be that this paper is of squares estimation. sufficient quality to be the first essay of the dissertation. ECON-E 501 Seminar in Economics (3 cr.) P: Consent Dissertation Proposal of instructor. Advanced topics in economics ranging The proposed research for the dissertation must be across all fields. approved by the research committee and presented at a ECON-E 502 Teaching Undergraduate Economics department workshop. (3 cr.) Planning, presenting, and evaluating undergraduate Final Examination economics teaching. Content includes learning theory, instructional objectives, course planning, textbook Oral defense of the dissertation. selection, lecturing and discussion techniques, visual aids and simulation, constructing test and homework May 26, 2016 139 problems, grading, student evaluation of instruction, The probability bases for statistical estimation and testing practical classroom teaching problems, and survey of are introduced in the context of issues, theories, and data evaluation literature. found in economics. The classical linear regression model is presented as the starting point for multivariate analyses ECON-E 520 Optimization Theory in Economic in econometrics. Students work with various computer Analysis (3 cr.) P: Calculus and linear algebra. programs in and out of the scheduled class periods. Introduction to concepts and techniques of optimization theory applied in modern micro- and macroeconomics. ECON-E 572 Econometrics 2—Regression and Time Theory and application of Lagrange multipliers, Series (3 cr.) P: E571 or equivalent. Regression and time comparative statics analysis, value functions and envelope series. Departures from classical regression. Generalized theorems. Elements of dynamic programming and other least squares; heteroskedastic models; dynamic methods of economic dynamics. regression. Basic asymptotics. Measurement errors and instrumental variables. Some standard nonlinear models. ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I (3 cr.) Course covers theory and data analysis. Develops the methodology of economic analysis and teaches the tools and language of price theory. ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Control (3 cr.) Fundamental elements of consumer theory, producer P: Consent of instructor (Indianapolis only). Analysis theory, and economics of uncertainty. Emphasis on of interrelated structure, behavior, and performance comparative statics and the duality theory. Topics include in industrial markets and multimarket corporations; welfare analysis, the theory of price indices, quality multidimensional nature of competitive processes. Public of goods, revealed preferences, the theory of derived controls. Topics include patterns of oligopoly, vertical demand, expected utility theory, attitudes toward risk, and integration, entry barriers; “cartelized” coalescence, limit various measures of riskiness. pricing, price discrimination, long-term contracts; capacity expansion and utilization, resource reallocation, and ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I (3 cr.) innovation. Introductory course on macroeconomic dynamics; covers growth models and asset pricing theories, endogenous ECON-E 591 Macro Topics in Economic Development growth theories, optimal growth problems, and competitive (3 cr.) P: E521, E522, or consent of instructor. Analysis dynamic equilibrium models. Dynamic programming tools of new theories of economic growth and various issues introduced as needed. All models are cast in a discrete related to macroeconomic policy in less-developed time setup; presents deterministic and stochastic theories. countries. Topics include fiscal reform, exchange rate policy, financial liberalization, and money vs. exchange ECON-E 529 Economic History (3 cr.) P: E521 or rate–based stabilization programs. consent of instructor. Use of economic analysis and econometric techniques to examine topics in the ECON-E 592 Trade Policy and Economic Development development and institutions of the U.S. and European (3 cr.) Examines the major issues surrounding the conduct economies. of trade policy in less-developed countries. Covers arguments for and against import-substituting vs. export- ECON-E 530 International Trade (3 cr.) P: E521, promoting policies, the nature of optimal commercial E621, or consent of instructor. Introduction to theories policy, alternative strategies for liberalization of the of international trade (including such topics as pattern trade regime, and the pros and cons of direct foreign of trade, gains from trade, testing trade theories) and investment. analysis of trade policies (including such topics as tariffs, quotas, and strategic trade policy). ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets II (3 cr.) P: E521, calculus, and linear algebra. Analysis of ECON-E 541 Labor Market Analysis (3 cr.) P: E520 or equilibrium, first- and second-order conditions; statistical E521, or consent of instructor (Bloomington); P: Consent derivation of demand and cost curves; activity analysis; of instructor (Indianapolis). An analytical approach general equilibrium; welfare economics; microeconomics to the labor market. Theoretical underpinning and of capital theory; pure oligopoly and game theory. statistical testing of issues in demand and supply of labor, household decision making, human capital, contract ECON-E 622 Macroeconomic Theory II (3 cr.) P: E522, theories, unionism, minimum wages, and discrimination. calculus, and linear algebra. Extends general equilibrium models from E522 by introducing nominal variables, ECON-E 550 Monetary Theory and Organization (3 cr.) monetary and fiscal policies; some exposure to alternative Theory and practice of monetary control; supply and dynamic models, nominal and real rigidities, market demand functions for money; instruments of monetary imperfections, dynamically consistent policies. Numerical control; channels through which money exerts an methods introduced to simulate dynamic stochastic influence on the economy. general equilibrium models. Time series methods ECON-E 551 Monetary Economics II (3 cr.) Introduces presented to discuss empirical implications of aggregate alternative models of monetary economies; covers topics models. in monetary economics such as money and growth ECON-E 624 Mathematical Economics I (3 cr.) P: One and optimal money growth. The course takes a unified year of calculus, one semester of linear algebra, or approach to macroeconomic policy, treating monetary consent of instructor. Introduction to stochastic control and fiscal policy as jointly determining macroeconomic theory with applications to economics. Covers Wiener equilibria. May include discussion of empirical work on process, stochastic integration, Ito’s lemma and the money. stochastic Bellman equation. Applications to economics ECON-E 571 Econometrics 1—Statistical Foundations include optimal growth theory, the inverse optimal (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate courses in statistics and calculus. problem, adjustment cost theory of supply, exhaustible 140 May 26, 2016 resources, optimal consumption and portfolio rules, and efficiency and distributional effects of taxation, optimal transactions demand for money. taxation theory, benefit-cost analysis. ECON-E 625 Mathematical Economics II (3 cr.) P: One ECON-E 661 Public Economics II (3 cr.) P: E660. In- year of calculus, one semester of linear algebra, or depth analysis of selected aspects of public expenditures consent of instructor. Mathematical analysis of problems and taxation. Illustrative topics: intertemporal and of motion via Central Principle of Motion; dynamic aggregative effects of tax and expenditure policies, efficiency of centralized and decentralized economic emphasizing saving and investment incentives; taxation of systems; differential games. risky assets; taxation of imperfectly competitive industries; benefit-cost analysis under uncertainty; public choice. ECON-E 626 Game Theory (3 cr.) P: E521, E621. Mathematical analysis of strategic interaction. ECON-E 671 Econometrics 3—Nonlinear and Noncooperative games played once or repeatedly, with Simultaneous Models (3 cr.) P: E572 or equivalent. perfection or imperfect information. Necessary condition Introduction to econometric theory. Parameter estimation for a solution (equilibrium), as well as sufficient conditions for single and multiple equation systems. Inference and (refinements). Cooperative games, such as bargaining hypothesis testing. Monte Carlo studies. and market games. Numerous applications, including experimental games. ECON-E 672 Macroeconometrics (3 cr.) P: E671 or equivalent. Advanced topics in econometrics. Estimation ECON-E 627 Experimental Economics (3 cr.) of dynamic equation systems. Spectrum analysis. P: Intermediate microeconomics and statistics. Focuses Problems of design for large macroeconometric models. on the use of laboratory experimental methods in applied microeconomics. Specific application areas will include ECON-E 673 Microeconometrics (3 cr.) P: E572 or the analysis of resource allocation mechanisms for both equivalent. Microeconometrics with applications to labor, private and public goods and individual choice under health, and public economics. Extensive coverage of uncertainty using both human and nonhuman subjects. limited dependent variable and panel data models. Empirical implementation is an essential component of the ECON-E 628 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory (3 cr.) course. P: E622 or equivalent. The course provides an in-depth treatment of major areas in macroeconomics, advancing ECON-E 685 Advanced Industrial Organization (3 cr.) to the several frontiers at which its theory is currently P: E585. Extends the coverage in E585. Provides greater most tested. These include convergence to rational in-depth coverage of contemporary industrial organization expectations equilibrium, near-rational solutions, non- problems from a theoretical perspective and provides Walrasian equilibrium, and the management of incentives coverage of important industrial organization topics not and macroeconomic disturbances through contractual discussed in E585. Topics include mechanism design, arrangements. signaling and screening, merger theory, incomplete contracting and the firm, and antitrust and regulation. ECON-E 629 Open Economy Macroeconomics (3 cr.) P: E622. Combines international finance and open- ECON-E 698 Comparative Economics and Economics economy macroeconomics with history and current of Transition (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Modern functioning of the international financial system and approaches to analysis of nonmarket economic systems the policy and exchange regime choices of countries and mechanisms. Emphasis on the incentives generated within it. Explorations include determinants of current- by these mechanisms and information flows in the account balances and exchange-rate dynamics as well as system. Since the field of comparative economics is both implications of the international mobility of goods, financial theoretical and institutional, students are required to services, and capital, international portfolio and direct read both analytical pieces containing formal models and investment behavior, and financial derivatives. descriptive papers. ECON-E 630 International Trade II (3 cr.) P: E530. ECON-E 713 Seminar in Economic History (3 cr.) Second part of the graduate sequence in international P: E529 or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in trade. Focuses on analyzing strategic situations in an economic history (U.S. and European) with particular international context. Topics include imperfect competition emphasis on recent debates in the literature of the new in international trade, strategic trade policy, trade policy economic history. Application of economic theory and under incomplete information, and tariff and quota games. econometric techniques to historical problems. ECON-E 641 Quantitative Studies in Labor Economics ECON-E 724 Seminar in Economic Theory (3-6 cr.) (3 cr.) P: E541, E571, and at least concurrent registration Advanced topics in business cycles, general equilibrium, in E572 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on the growth, mathematical economics, and welfare economics. application of statistical and econometric theory and Offered periodically. methods in the analysis of current issues in labor ECON-E 730 Seminar in International Trade (3 cr.) economics. The application of models involving Third part of the graduate sequence in international trade; discrete choice, search, screening, signaling, contracts, intended for those writing theses in the field. Focuses on tournaments, and Markov processes to explain various a deeper understanding of topics such as the political labor market phenomena will be reviewed. economy of protection, cooperation in repeated tariff ECON-E 660 Public Economics I (3 cr.) P: E621 or games, trade negotiations, and multinational enterprises. concurrent registration. Analysis of public expenditures ECON-E 748 Seminar in the Economics of Labor and taxation from a microeconomic viewpoint. Topics and Human Resource Development (3 cr.) P: E541 include externalities, pure and impure public goods, or consent of instructor. Selection from current issues May 26, 2016 141 in labor: labor markets, comparative labor economics, Professor Michael Kaganovich* human capital, workforce planning, and labor relations. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University ECON-E 752 Seminar in Money (3 cr.) Current topics in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct advanced monetary and banking theory. Preparation of a doctoral dissertations.) research paper and oral presentation to a seminar. Distinguished Professors ECON-E 762 Seminar in Public Economics (3 cr.) Advanced topics in public economics. Preparation of a Robert Campbell* (Emeritus), H. Scott Gordon* (Emeritus, research paper and oral presentation to the seminar. History and Philosophy of Science), Pravin Trivedi* (Emeritus) ECON-E 770 Seminar in Econometrics (3 cr.) Advanced topics in econometrics in time series and/or cross- Rudy Professor sectional data analysis. Eric Leeper*, Pravin Trivedi* (Emeritus) ECON-E 785 Seminar in Industrial Organization (3 cr.) Wisnewsky Professor of Human Studies Third course in the graduate industrial organization sequence; intended for those writing in the field. Topics Joon Park* include bargaining, reputation, oligopoly, research Professors and development, vertical restraints, entry deterrence, transaction costs, and international industrial organization. Michael Alexeev*, Robert Becker*, William Becker* (Emeritus), Edward Buffie*, Fwu-Ranq Chang* (Emeritus), ECON-E 792 Workshops in Problems of Development Yoosoon Chang*, Gerhard Glomm*, Michael Kaganovich*, (3 cr.) In-depth study of specific underdeveloped area or Paul Kuznets* (Emeritus), Lloyd Orr* (Emeritus), Frank specific topic in problems of underdevelopment. Page Jr.*, Phillip Saunders* (Emeritus), George von ECON-E 793 Seminar in Planning Strategies and Furstenberg* (Emeritus), James Walker*, Elmus Wicker* Techniques (3 cr.) P: E591. Analysis of strategic choices (Emeritus), Arlington Williams* and planning methods in Western economies and socialist Associate Professors economies in transition. Theory and practice of planning in underdeveloped countries. Juan Carlos Escanciano*, Daniela Puzzello*, Elyce Rotella* (Emeritus), Todd Walker*, Willard Witte* ECON-E 800 Research in Economics (1-6 cr.) This (Emeritus) course is eligible for a deferred grade. Assistant Professors ECON-E 808 Thesis (M.A.) (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Ostafa Beshkar, Filomena Garcia*, Grey Gordon*, Bulent Guler*, Juan Carlos Hatchondo, Yoon-Jin Lee*, Volodymyr ECON-E 809 Thesis (Ph.D.) (1-12 cr.) This course is Lugovskyy*, Amanda Michaud, Gustavo Torrens eligible for a deferred grade. Director of Graduate Studies ECON-E 810 Readings in Economic History (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Professor Todd Walker*, Wylie Hall 229, (812) 855-8453 ECON-E 824 Readings in Economic Theory (1-6 cr.) Education This course is eligible for a deferred grade. School of Education ECON-E 830 Readings in International Trade (1-6 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Departmental URL: www.education.indiana.edu ECON-E 840 Readings in Economics of Labor and Human Resource Development (1-6 cr.) This course is (Please note that when conferring University Graduate eligible for a deferred grade. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements ECON-E 850 Readings in Monetary Economics contained only in The University Graduate School (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Bulletin.) ECON-E 860 Readings in Public Economics (1-6 cr.) Departmental Phone Number: (812) 856-8504 This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Curriculum ECON-E 870 Readings in Advanced Econometrics (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Degree Offered The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree is offered ECON-E 880 Readings in Industrial Organization through the University Graduate School. In addition, the (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. School of Education offers the Master of Science (M.S.) ECON-E 890 Readings in Development and in Education, the Specialist in Education (Ed.S.), and the Economics of Transition (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degrees. For details, see the for a deferred grade. School of Education Graduate Bulletin. Faculty Doctor of Philosophy Degree Fields of Study Chairperson 142 May 26, 2016

Counseling Psychology; Curriculum and Instruction; • G505 Individual Appraisal: Principles and Educational Psychology; Higher Education; History, Procedures (3 cr.) Philosophy and Policy Studies in Education; Inquiry • G522 Counseling Theories (3 cr.) Methodology; Instructional Systems Technology; Learning • Must be taken concurrently with G523. and Developmental Science; Language Education; Literacy, Culture, and Language Education; School • G523 Laboratory in Counseling and Guidance (3 cr.) Psychology; and Special Education. • Must be taken concurrently with G522. Program of Studies • G524 Practicum in Counseling (3 cr.) • Pre-requisite: G522 and G523, or equivalents. The Ph.D. degree with a major in education is pursued under the direction of a committee appointed by the • G532 Introduction to Group Counseling (3 cr.) University Graduate School and the School of Education. • G552 Career Counseling: Theory/Practice (3 cr.) As with other Graduate School doctoral programs, a • G567 Marriage and Family Counseling (3 cr.) minimum of 90 credit hours of course work is required. • G575 Multicultural Counseling (3 cr.) This includes a major (selected from the fields of • G600 Pro-Seminar in Counseling Psychology (3 cr.) study listed previously), a minor, a series of research • This course may be credited toward the courses, and a dissertation. Written and oral qualifying substantive core requirement but cannot examinations are taken following course work; a final double count in computing total credit hours. oral defense of the dissertation completes the program. Up to 30 credit hours of graduate course work may be • G615 Psychopathology and Advanced Diagnosis (3 transferred from other universities, with the approval of the cr.) advisory committee and the Graduate Studies Office. • G622 Advanced Theories of Counseling (3 cr.) Admission • G624 Advanced Practicum in Counseling Psychology (2 cr.) Admission recommendations are made by program area • G625 Advanced Practicum: Individual Supervision (1 and School of Education admission committees and are cr.) based on graduate and undergraduate grades (especially • G650 Topical Seminar in Counseling Psychology: in academic courses), scores on the General Test of Advanced Multicultural Career Counseling and the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and letters of Consultation (3 cr.) recommendation. The TOEFL examination is required • G650 Topical Seminar in Counseling Psychology: for all international applicants. Online applications may Counseling Psychology Early Inquiry Seminar (Early be accessed through the School of Education Office of Inquiry Experience) (3 cr.) Graduate Studies Web site at the above URL. • G685 Seminar in Counseling Research Methods Students earning a Ph.D. degree in education must fulfill (Inquiry Linkage) (3 cr.) all requirements of the University Graduate School (as • G699 Internship in Counseling Psychology (1 cr. found in this bulletin) and of the School of Education (as each fall, spring and summer) (3 cr.) found in the School of Education Graduate Bulletin). • G763 Advanced Practicum in Counseling Supervision (3 cr.) Ph.D. in Counseling Psychology • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) The Ph.D. program in counseling psychology is accredited by the American Psychological Association. Graduates • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 of this program are prepared to work as psychologists cr.) and administrators in mental health centers, in college Psychological Foundations Courses counseling centers, and in business and industry; as college faculty members; as private practitioners; These courses meet APA requirements for foundations in and in other positions where counseling psychology the respective areas. competencies are needed. The doctoral program in History and Systems counseling psychology includes courses in the following areas: (1) psychological measurement, statistics, and • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of research design; (2) biological, cognitive, affective, social, Psychology (3 cr.) and individual bases of behavior; (3) course work leading to competence in an area of specialization; and (4) Biological Aspects of Behavior intervention strategies and service delivery systems. The • Select one course from the following: application deadline is December 1 for matriculation in the • P624 Biology of Behavior (3 cr.) fall semester. • PSY-P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) The intent of the sequence of courses in the major area is to help ground students in counseling psychology Cognitive Aspects of Behavior and prepare them as effective scientist- practitioners. • Select one course from the following: Courses from related areas of study may be added if • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 their relevance to the major can be demonstrated, and if cr.) approval is secured. • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Degree Requirements Strategies (3 cr.) Major Requirements May 26, 2016 143

Social Aspects of Behavior wide variety of student interests (e.g., statistical modeling, measurement, advanced psychometrics, methodological • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) theory, evaluation, ethnography, philosophy of social Human Development science, hermeneutic-reconstructive analysis, discourse and narrative analysis, critical ethnography and feminist • P514 Lifespan Development: Birth - Death (3 cr.) research), but rigorous so as to ensure that its graduates Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) can meaningfully contribute to the study of social and behavioral research. • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological Major Requirements (39 cr. minimum) Measurement (3 cr.) • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational Research Inquiry Requirements (3 cr.) All Inquiry students must take the following 3 courses: • Select two courses from the following: • Y521 Methodological Approaches to • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) • Y515 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Or courses from the approved Inquiry Course • Y600 Methodological Implications of Social & list. (3 cr.) Psychological Theories (3 cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may be Inquiry methodology students can opt for a qualitative, found at https://education.indiana.edu/ a quantitative or an integrated track combining both docs/graduate-program-documents/ qualitative and quantitative courses. For the qualitative approved-inquiry-courses.pdf. and quantitative tracks the students must select a reasonable sequence of courses (30 hours minimum) from among the list below or their equivalent in other Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Indiana University–Bloomington schools or departments. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must At least 18 hours have to be selected from the track of complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate emphasis, and at least two courses must be taken in the wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's opposite track course listing (not to include courses listed overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated as focusing on integrated methodologies – which may within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary be taken as part of the 18 hours in the track of emphasis or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or as electives). For an integrated track, students must or individualized minors require a written description of select at least 12 credit hours in the qualitative track and the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for 12 credit hours in the quantitative track. each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Qualitative Courses (30 cr. minimum) Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • Y510 Action Research I (3 cr.) in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 used in the minor. cr.) Elective Requirements (6 cr. minimum) • Y612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (3 cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. The School of Education requires a minimum of 6 elective credit hours intended to ensure that students have • Y613 Critical Qualitative Inquiry II (3 cr.) flexibility in their programs from stipulating all of the • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. minimum 90 credit hours of the doctoral program. It is • Y630 Narrative Theory and Inquiry (3 expected that most students will have more than six cr.) elective credit hours. It should also be noted that at least 27 hours in the student's program must come from outside • Y631 Discourse Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) the major. • Y671 Knowledge, Reflection & Critique in Methodological Theory (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • Y672 Communicative Action Theory (3 cr.) • G795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Quantitative Courses (30 cr. minimum) • G799 Doctoral Thesis in Counseling Psychology (12 cr.) • Y502 Intermediate Inferential Statistics (3 cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Ph.D. in Inquiry Methodology The Ph.D. Inquiry Methodology Program is dedicated • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological to the advancement of social and behavioral research Measurement (3 cr.) by critically evaluating, improving, and developing • Y603 Statistical Design of Educational Research (3 methodological theory and methodologies so that cr.) phenomena of interest can be more soundly investigated • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. and better understood. Students can choose to focus on a • Y604 Applied Multivariate Statistics (3 cr.) quantitative, qualitative, or an integrated program of study. • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. The program is designed to be flexible enough to handle a 144 May 26, 2016

• Y617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with • Y627 Seminar in Educational and Psychological Specialization in Educational Psychology Measurement I (3 cr.) Educational Psychology students learn to approach • Y637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) decision making and problem solving from a data-based • Y639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) orientation, to apply critical and reflective analysis to all • Y645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) knowledge production, and to work toward the overall • Y655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) intellectual and affective betterment of humankind. Graduates of this program secure positions as university Courses Common to Both Tracks faculty members, as psychological and educational • Y500 Computer Lab for Educational Inquiry (1 cr.) researchers, and as program evaluators in research and • Y650 Topics in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) consulting firms, foundations, public schools, industry, • Y660 Affinity Research Group (3 cr.) state and federal departments of education, and the • Y590 Independent Study or Research in Inquiry military. Methodology (1-3 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y690 Advanced Independent Study in Inquiry Methodology (1-3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • Y750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) All doctoral students are required to take the following Courses Focusing on Integrated Methodologies course: • Y525 Survey Research Methodology (3 cr.) • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Psychology (3 cr.) • Y535 Evaluation Models & Techniques (3 cr.) • Y635 Methodology of Educational Evaluation (3 cr.) Students are expected to acquire basic knowledge in the Core Areas of Learning and Developmental Sciences Minor Requirements (12-18 cr.) listed below by taking at least one 3 credit course from The minor must have integrity in its own right and must each area below. Basic knowledge in these spheres is complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate tested in qualifying examinations. wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Human Development (3 cr. minimum) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Select at least one course from the following: or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or individualized minors require a written description of • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • P514 Life Span Development: Birth to Death (3 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) in the minor courses. • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) Students will select a minor field of study to complement their study of inquiry methodology. Because inquiry • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) methodology interfaces with substantive areas of study • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) it is important for students in inquiry methodology to • P624 Biology of Behavior (3 cr.) develop understandings in at least one such area so that • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) they grasp the complexity of methodology in use. The Learning (3 cr. minimum) minor serves to develop students’ substantive area of interest. Major area courses (those within the Inquiry Select at least one course from the following: Methodology program) may not be used in the minor. • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (6 cr. minimum) • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 Educational research is multidisciplinary in nature, and cr.) students have a broad range of research interests and • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) career plans which requires flexibility for their programs • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) of studies. The program, therefore, enables students to • P590 Independent Study or Research in Educational tailor their electives in consultation with their Advisory Psychology (3 cr.) Committees. • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning, Cognition & Instruction (3 cr.) Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the • P640 Thinking and Learning in Social Contexts (3 School of Education. Students may take electives in any cr.) area of interest to complement their program of study. • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) cr.) • G795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Foundations in Education (9 cr. minimum) • G799 Doctoral Thesis in Counseling Psychology (12 Doctoral students are required to take courses outside cr.) their major and minor areas to obtain alternative theoretical perspectives to their studies. These courses May 26, 2016 145 may be taken in areas such as the history, philosophy or • G795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) sociology of education, curriculum theory and other social • G799 Doctoral Thesis in Counseling Psychology (12 sciences. Students are allowed to take no more than 6 cr.) credits in the same area. Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with Inquiry Core (15 cr. minimum) Specialization in Human Development The Inquiry component emphasizes methodological skills The study of human development has practical which provide a basis for conducting original research. implications for everything from preschool curriculum The following three courses are required: development to geriatric care. Students study human development to understand how individuals develop • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational biologically, cognitively, socially, and emotionally and the Inquiry (3 cr.) impact this has throughout their entire life span. They • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 also conduct independent research, develop teaching cr.) skills, and prepare for a career as a faculty member, • Must be taken concurrently with Y500 institutional researcher, or education consultant. This program includes a strong grounding in all of the concepts • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological and theories of human development, plus the opportunity Assessment (3 cr.) to become an expert in one or more aspects of human • Select two courses from the following: development of specific interest. • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y535 Evaluation Models and Techniques (3 Major Requirements (36 cr.) cr.) • Y603 Statistical Design of Educational Students must take 3 courses in development so that each Research (3 cr.) major period of the lifespan is studied (9 cr. total) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Childhood (3 cr.) • Y604 Applied Multivariate Statistics (3 cr.) Select one course from the following; P623 is • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. recommended: • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) • Y617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) • Y627 Seminar in Educational and Psychological Measurement I (3 cr.) Adolescence (3 cr.): • Y635 Methodology of Educational Evaluation • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • Y750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) Adulthood (3 cr.): Select one course from the following: Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 The minor must have integrity in its own right and must cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Emerging Adulthood (3 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Students also must take: or individualized minors require a written description of • P590 Independent Study in Educational Psychology the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for (3 cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Justification form. This form should be submitted and Psychology (3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. • P624 Biology of Behavior (3 cr.) • P685 Proseminar in Human Development (1 cr. per Students will select a minor field of study to complement semester) (6 cr.) their major in educational psychology. The minor serves to develop students’ substantive area of interest. Major area The remaining credits from the 36 total may be chosen courses may not be used in the minor. from: Elective Requirements • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 cr.) Elective courses are chosen to fill out the major and • If not taken for the Adulthood requirement. to contribute to the integrity of the student’s program. These courses are taken in the student’s area of interest, • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) within or outside the department, in order to fulfill the total • If not taken for the Adulthood requirement. program requirement of 90 credit hours. • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning, Cognition and Instruction: Children’s Thinking (3 cr.) 146 May 26, 2016

• P622 Social Development (3 cr.) science. What unites them is a desire to understand • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) the connection between how people learn and the • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: environments in which they learn, and to make those Developmental Epidemiology (3 cr.) environments more effective. • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: We believe that Learning Sciences problems are solved Emerging Adulthood (3 cr.) through interdisciplinary collaboration. You’ll collaborate • If not taken for Adulthood requirement. with researchers in related fields, such as cognitive • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: science. As a candidate, you will establish and defend Family Transitions (3 cr.) your personal research agenda. Learn to apply relevant social scientific theory, psychological theory, and • PSY-P657 Topical Seminar: Development and educational design theory to your research. In addition, Psychopathology (3 cr.) you will be involved in preparing research grant proposals Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) tailored to the needs and interests of major foundations and government agencies that support advances in • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 Learning Sciences. cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Degree Requirements • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Major Requirements (36 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) All doctoral students are required to take the following • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological courses: Assessment (3 cr.) • Y604 Applied Multivariate Statistics (3 cr.) • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. cr.) • P572 Introduction to the Learning Sciences (or • Y645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) equivalent) (3 cr.) • We also highly recommend: • Y637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Other Learning Sciences courses (12–15 cr.) • Y639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) Courses should include a minimum of 6 credit hours of • Y655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) course work on theory and 3 credit hours of course work on design. These courses and the inquiry linkage course Minor Requirements (12 cr. minimum) taken together must include a minimum of 6 credit hours at the 600-level. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • P507Assessment in Schools (3 cr.) wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary • P571 Proseminar in Learning Science (1 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • P574 Topical Seminar in Learning Science (3 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of • P631 Theorizing Learning in Context (3 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for • P632 Designing for Learning Context (3 cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Justification form. This form should be submitted and • P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be cr.) used in the minor. • P674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning Sciences (1-3 cr.) Elective or Second Minor Requirements • P690 Independent Study in Educational Psychology (1-3 cr.) If you receive a job appointment to be an Associate Early Inquiry Experience Instructor, then you must take (counts as an elective on the program of studies): Apprenticeship may be taken for 1-3 credit hours each semester. In this context, the student must carry out • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: an independent research project as the early inquiry College Teaching (each year of teaching) (2 cr.) experience. The resulting research report must be read Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) and approved by the advisory committee. • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • P573 Learning Sciences Apprenticeship (12–15 cr.) • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 Inquiry Linkage cr.) • P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with Specialization in Learning Sciences Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) Students in our Learning Sciences Ph.D. program come • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational from a variety of academic and professional backgrounds, Inquiry (3 cr.) from math and science to psychology and computer May 26, 2016 147

• Select courses from the approved Inquiry Course list • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) (6 cr.) • P656 Practicum in School Psychology (4 cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may be • P657 Academic Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ • P670 Behavioral Analysis and Consultation for graduate-program-documents/approved- School Psychologists (3 cr.) inquiry-courses.pdf • P680 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in • Inquiry methodology electives (6 cr.) School Psychology (3 cr.) • P681 Psychology of Cultural Diversity (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P682 Developmental Psychopathology of Childhood The minor must have integrity in its own right and must and Adolescence (3 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • P692 Seminar in Therapeutic Interventions with within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Children (3 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • P695 Practicum in Personality and Behavioral or individualized minors require a written description of Assessment (2 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for • P696 Practicum in Therapeutic Interventions with each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Children (2 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and • P697 Advanced Practicum in School Psychology (1 approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling cr.) in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • P699 Internship in School Psychology II (2 cr.) used in the minor. Psychological Foundations Requirements (15 cr.)* Elective Requirements (12 cr.) These courses meet APA requirements for foundations in Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the the respective areas. School of Education. Students may take electives in any area of interest to complement their program of study. Human Development (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • P514 Lifespan Development: Birth to Death (3 cr.) • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 Biological Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) cr.) • P624 Biology of Behavior (3 cr.) Ph.D. in School Psychology Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) Students take coursework in several areas: (a) cognitive, academic, and social/emotional/behavioral assessment, Select one course from the following: (b) academic and emotional/ behavioral interventions and • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) consultation, (c) ethical, legal, and professional issues, (d) inquiry/research methods, (e) cultural diversity, and (f) • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) foundations of psychology. Practicum is required each • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) semester for the first two years, followed by a supervision History and Systems of Psychology (3 cr.) practicum in the third year. All students take elective practica in the third and fourth years in their areas of • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of interest. Students may receive credit for prior graduate Psychology (3 cr.) work, if it is relevant to the curriculum. A one-year, full- Cognitive/Learning Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) time internship is required, which typically is completed in the fifth year. Internships may be 10 months in a school Select one course from the following: setting or 12 months in a clinical or other non-school setting. The majority of students seek APA accredited • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) internships that facilitate obtaining licensure for the • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 independent practice of psychology. A minor is required, cr.) with counseling being the most frequent selection. *Courses in School Psychology, Educational Psychology, Graduates take positions in public or private schools, and Learning and Developmental Sciences are included clinical settings, or academic or research institutions. to bring the total to the minimum of 55 semester hours Many graduates obtain licensure as psychologists to work for the major area. Although not specifically required, we in clinical settings or independent practice. The deadline recommend that students have coursework and practicum for applications is December 1. Matriculation is in the fall in counseling and therapeutic interventions. Many semester only and enrollment is considered full-time. internships sites, psychology licensing boards, and state Degree Requirements departments of education require courses in counseling on an applicant’s transcript. The University Graduate Major Requirements (40 cr.)* School requires at least 90 hours for the Ph.D. degree, but • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: a program is likely to total 100-110 hours, due to student Single Subject Research Methodology in Behavioral interest in specific courses or areas of study. If you are Sciences (3 cr.) planning to complete an internship in a clinical setting, 148 May 26, 2016 it is suggested that a course in psychopharmacology be Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with considered as an elective. Specialization in Art Education Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education Major Requirements (36 cr.) (required) (3 cr.) Specialization (30 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (required) (3 cr.) • Z525 Philosophic and Historical Foundations of Art • Select one course from the following: Education (3 cr.) • Y603 Statistical Design in Educational • Z750 Topical Doctoral Seminar in Art Education (3 Research (3 cr.) cr., taken twice for a total of 6 cr.) • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational • Z760 Art Education Research Seminar (1-3 cr., Research (3 cr.) taken twice for a total of 6 cr.) • Remaining specialization requirements are selected • Select one course from the approved Inquiry Course in consultation with advisory committee. list • A list of approved inquiry courses may be Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ Requirements (6 cr.) graduate-program-documents/approved- • J605 Independent Research Experience in inquiry-courses.pdf Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction Minor Requirements (12 cr.) (3 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must Inquiry Requirements (9-15 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • Selected in consultation with advisory committee overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated from the list of approved inquiry courses which can within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary be found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary graduate-program-documents/approved-inquiry- or individualized minors require a written description of courses.pdf the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Minor Requirements (12 cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Justification form. This form should be submitted and The minor must have integrity in its own right and must approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate in the minor courses. wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Most students select counseling for their minor, which within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary provides a foundation for advanced practica and or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary internships in clinical or school settings. Some students or individualized minors require a written description of complete a second minor, most often in inquiry or special the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for education. The minor should be selected to prepare for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor internship and professional positions upon graduation. Justification form. This form should be submitted and Elective Requirements (0-6 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the School of Education. Students may take electives in any Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) area of interest to complement their program of study. A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside National School Psychology Examination the major and the minor. An additional elective may be Requirement selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any broad field of study. All graduates of the School Psychology doctoral program are required to take and pass the National School Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Psychology Examination (Praxis II) as a condition for • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) graduation. It is recommended that the examination • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) be taken at the end of the second year of study. The examination must be taken and passed as a partial Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with requirement for nomination to candidacy. Specialization in Curriculum Studies Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) This program examines relationships between curriculum and society, particularly around topics of diversity, social • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) equality, and civic participation. Graduates are prepared • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 to make original contributions to academic knowledge cr.) and enhance the world of practice, through experiences in critically analyzing curriculum and society, conducting original research, and preparing future teachers, both in the United States and internationally. May 26, 2016 149

Degree Requirements Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with divided into three areas. Specialization in Elementary Education Specialization (24 cr.) This program examines the nature of teaching, learning, and curriculum at the elementary level, including the • The area of specialization must have a clearly history, philosophy, and research base for teaching school identifiable focus and consist of graduate level subjects, both in the United States and internationally. courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses Students gain experience working with pre-service outside the program specialization area. All courses teachers as preparation for a career in teacher education. are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. Degree Requirements Department Seminar (6 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars Specialization (24 cr.) (600-700 level) offered. • The area of specialization must have a clearly Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage identifiable focus and consist of graduate level Requirements (6 cr.) courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses outside the program specialization area. All courses • J605 Independent Research Experience in are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) advisory committee. • A course with a strong research component (e.g. J638, J650, Q690 or other course approved by the Department Seminar (6 cr.) program committee)(3 cr.) • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) (600-700 level) offered. • Select one course from the following (3 cr.): Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Requirements (6 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to • J605 Independent Research Experience in Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • Although either Y520 or Y521 can • A course with a strong research component (e.g. meet this requirement, Y521 is highly J638, J650, Q690 or other course approved by the recommended because it is intended for program committee)(3 cr.) doctoral students. Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) • An additional minimum of six credits must be • Select one course from the following (3 cr.): selected from those approved as Core Inquiry • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may • Y521 Methodological Approaches to be found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* graduate-program-documents/approved-inquiry- • *Although either Y520 or Y521 can courses.pdf meet this requirement, Y521 is highly Minor Requirements (12 cr.) recommended because it is intended for doctoral students. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • An additional minimum of six credits must be wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's selected from those approved as Core Inquiry overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary be found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary graduate-program-documents/approved-inquiry- or individualized minors require a written description of courses.pdf the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and The minor must have integrity in its own right and must approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate in the minor courses. wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary the major and the minor. An additional elective may be or individualized minors require a written description of selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for broad field of study. each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Justification form. This form should be submitted and 150 May 26, 2016 approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling be found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ in the minor courses. graduate-program-documents/approved-inquiry- courses.pdf Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside the major and the minor. An additional elective may be The minor must have integrity in its own right and must selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate broad field of study. wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Specialization in Mathematics Education Justification form. This form should be submitted and Conduct original research on mathematics-related approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling topics, such as how to assess student performance in in the minor courses. mathematics, experiential studies of how professionals Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) use math compared to the techniques they were taught in middle and high school, or how technology can be used to A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside enhance mathematics learning. the major and the minor. An additional elective may be selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any Program focuses on K-12 mathematics teaching and broad field of study. learning. Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Degree Requirements • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with divided into three areas. Specialization in Science Education The science education Ph.D. program provides breadth Specialization (18 cr.) and depth of knowledge regarding the current status of • The area of specialization must have a clearly science education in the U.S. and globally. Students select identifiable focus and consist of graduate level their own areas of foci and the advisor that best matches courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses their emphasis to support their work. Students receive outside the program specialization area. All courses a minor in a science discipline, further strengthening are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral their degree both from a science education and science advisory committee. perspective. The qualifying exam is comprised of a written portfolio that enables the student to demonstrate Department Seminar (12 cr.) breadth of knowledge of the field and depth of knowledge in the chosen area of emphasis. The dissertation topic • N716 Topical Seminar in Mathematics Education is selected with the advisor who will support the student (2-4 cr., taken for a total of 12 cr.) in writing the dissertation proposal and final dissertation. Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage Students in the Ph.D. science education program are Requirements (6 cr.) encouraged to obtain a variety of teaching and research experience while in the program. • J605 Independent Research Experience in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • A course with a strong research component (e.g. Major Requirements (36 cr.) J638, J650, Q690 or other course approved by the program committee)(3 cr.) Specialization (27 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) • Science Education (12 cr.) • Q612 Topical Seminar in Science Education • Select one course from the following (3 cr.): (2-4 cr., taken for a total of 12 cr.) • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Science Methods (Select two courses from the • Y521 Methodological Approaches to following) Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* • E548 Advanced Study in the Teaching of • Although either Y520 or Y521 can Science in the Elementary Schools (3 cr.) meet this requirement, Y521 is highly • J762 Topical Seminar in Curriculum and recommended because it is intended for Instruction: Teaching Introduction to doctoral students. Scientific Inquiry (3 cr.) • J762 Topical Seminar in Curriculum and • An additional minimum of six credits must be Instruction: Developing as Math/Science selected from those approved as Core Inquiry Teacher Educator (3 cr.) courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may May 26, 2016 151

• Q528 Demonstration and Field Strategies • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) in Science (1-6 cr.) • Q540 Teaching Environmental Education Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with (3 cr.) Specialization in Social Studies Education • Q620 University Science Teaching (3 cr.) This program focuses on the teaching and learning of history, civic education, and other social studies subjects, both in the United States and internationally, including the • Science Education Support Area (9 cr.) social and political contexts of social studies education. • A cohesive set of courses to support the Students gain experience working with pre-service students research interests and professional teachers, conducting empirical research, and analyzing agenda. These courses may be chosen from curriculum. science content departments, philosophy of science, educational psychology, IST, or Degree Requirements another area determined by the student’s Major Requirements (36 cr.) committee. The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with Proseminars (3 cr.) the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and divided into three areas. • Q601 Professional Seminar in Science Education (1 cr., taken three times) Specialization (24 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage • The area of specialization must have a clearly Requirements (6 cr.) identifiable focus and consist of graduate level courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction outside the program specialization area. All courses (3 cr.) are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral • Q690 Advanced Research in Science Education (1-6 advisory committee. cr., taken for 3 cr.) Department Seminar (6 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars Introductory Course (3 cr.) (600-700 level) offered. • (e.g.)Y520: Strategies for Educational Inquiry Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage Statistical Techniques (3-9 cr., minimum 3 credits) Requirements (6 cr.) Qualitative Inquiry Approaches (3-9 cr., minimum 3 • J605 Independent Research Experience in credits) Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • A course with a strong research component (e.g. Measurement, Evaluation, and Design (0-3 cr.) J638, J650, Q690 or other course approved by the program committee)(3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • Select one course from the following (3 cr.): wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • Y521 Methodological Approaches to within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • Although either Y520 or Y521 can or individualized minors require a written description of meet this requirement, Y521 is highly the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for recommended because it is intended for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor doctoral students. Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • An additional minimum of six credits must be in the minor courses. selected from those approved as Core Inquiry The minor for science education needs to be outside courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may the School of Education and taken in a science be found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ content area. graduate-program-documents/approved-inquiry- courses.pdf Elective Requirements (12 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Selected in consultation with advisory committee. Elective courses are chosen to fill out the major and to contribute The minor must have integrity in its own right and must to the integrity of the student’s program. These courses complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate are taken in the student’s area of interest, within or wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's outside the department, in order to fulfill the total program overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated requirement of 90 credit hours. within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for 152 May 26, 2016 each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor graduate-program-documents/approved- Justification form. This form should be submitted and inquiry-courses.pdf approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate the major and the minor. An additional elective may be wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated broad field of study. within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and Ph.D. in Special Education approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling The Special Education Program (SpEd) at Indiana in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be University is based upon an inquiry-driven approach to used in the minor. education. Students are encouraged to explore diverse Elective Requirements (9-12 cr.) theoretical positions regarding approaches to special education practices, research, and theory development. Selected in consultation with advisory committee. Elective In this sense, getting a doctorate in this program should be courses are chosen to fill out the major and to contribute thought of as an ongoing process of discovery, a process to the integrity of the student’s program. These courses that is mentored by a faculty advisor who shares in the are taken in the student’s area of interest, within or development of each student's intellectual growth through outside the department, in order to fulfill the total program ongoing discussions. Graduates of this program secure requirement of 90 credit hours. positions as university faculty members and leaders in the Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) field of special education. • K795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • K799 Doctoral Thesis in Special Education (12 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) Ph.D. in Higher Education • K590 Independent Study or Research in Special The Ph.D. degree is a 90 credit hour program designed for Education (3 cr.) doctoral students who are planning careers as college and • K601 Introduction to Special Education Scholarship university administrators, institutional researchers, policy (1 cr., taken three times for a total of 3 cr.) analysts, and faculty members. • K650 Paradigms and Policies of Special Education The Ph.D. program has relatively few required courses, in the U.S. (3 cr.) allowing students more freedom to specialize in • K681 Evidence-Based Practice in Special Education areas of interest. There is also a strong set of inquiry (3 cr.) (methodology) courses required. A strong background • K780 Seminar in Special Education (1-4 cr., taken at in inquiry is essential for careers in institutional research, least three times for a total of 9 cr.) policy analysis, or as faculty. • K785 Internship in Special Education (1-6 cr., taken for 3 cr.) Students can transfer up to 30 hours into the program • Fundamental Theoretical Constructs (12 cr.) from relevant graduate level course work, especially • Selected in consultation with advisory courses that were taken toward a master’s degree in committee. These courses address higher education or a related field. Although a master’s fundamental theoretical constructs related to degree is not required for entry into the Ph.D. program, it special education. These courses are typically is highly preferred. offered by other departments related to child Prerequisite Course development. Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education or its Inquiry Core Requirements (15 cr., minimum) equivalent may be counted among electives. The Inquiry component emphasizes methodological skills Degree Requirements which provide a basis for conducting original research. Major Requirements (36 cr.) • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 Required Courses (18 cr.) cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational • C620 Pro Seminar in Higher Education (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • C654 Higher Education in the United States (3 cr.) • Select three courses from the following (9 cr.) • C664 Higher Education Organization and • A list of approved inquiry courses may be Administration (3 cr.) found at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/ • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 153

In addition to the inquiry core requirements listed below, Required Course (3 cr.) 6 credit hours of inquiry course work are required within the major: an early inquiry experience and an • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) inquiry linkage course. • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* • C788 Seminar in Research in Higher Education* • Although either Y520 or Y521 can meet this (Inquiry Linkage) (3 cr.) requirement, Y521 is highly recommended • C788 should be taken near the end of program because it is intended for doctoral students. of study. This is a course in which research relevant to the major field of specialization is Other Courses (9 cr.) studied. Three additional inquiry courses approved by the Advisory Early Inquiry Experience Committee are required. Core Inquiry Courses for the School of Education shall include all Y-prefixed In the early inquiry course, a student carries out an actual courses offered in the School of Education EXCEPT research project, including the collection and analysis of Y500, Y510, Y590, Y660, Y690, Y795, and Y799. A list data to answer a research question, and the writing of a of approved inquiry courses may be found at https:// research manuscript. education.indiana.edu/docs/graduate-program-documents/ approved-inquiry-courses.pdf A course that the instructor designates as providing an early inquiry experience must meet the following criteria: Three of the four required inquiry courses above should be taken prior to the qualifying exam. 1. There must be a written product as a result of the early inquiry experience. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) 2. The product should be suitable for presentation and/or Course work should focus on the research and publication. This can include professional conferences or scholarship of an academic discipline that provides a institutional presentations/publications. useful perspective on the study of higher education. This perspective often influences the topic or methodology 3. The syllabus of a Special Topics course will clearly used in the dissertation. The minor may be any state the requirements that must be completed to fulfill the University Graduate School approved minor outside early inquiry experience. of the HESA program. In most cases, the student should (a) take a course with Alternatively, any twelve credits that form a single an assignment the instructor designates as fulfilling the interdisciplinary minor may be approved by the University early inquiry experience (including some Topical Seminars Graduate School. For this alternative a faculty member [C750] or the Capstone in Institutional Research [C678]) from outside the higher education program (e.g., or (b) fulfill the requirement through Independent Study Sociology, Law, Educational Inquiry, Educational Policy, (C690). and Organizational Studies) must be a member of the Other Courses (18 cr.) student’s Advisory Committee. A Minor Justification form must be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies • C655 Higher Education and Public Policy (3 cr.) Office. • C656 American Community Colleges (3 cr.) • C661 Foundations of Institutional Research (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (15 cr.) • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education (3 cr.) Fifteen hours can be used to further study an appropriate • C678 Capstone in Institutional Research (3 cr.) field, complete a second minor (minimum of 12 credit • C680 Philanthropy and Higher Education (3 cr.) hours), or gain other professionally relevant knowledge. • C695 Academic Problems in Higher Education (3 cr.) Students are encouraged to enroll in six credit hours that • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) provide a breadth of understanding of higher education as • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) a field of study. • U544 Introduction to Student Affairs Work in Higher Education (3 cr.) With Advisory Committee approval a student may use • U546 Diverse Students on the College Campus (3 courses from other academic areas appropriate to cr.) research interests and professional objectives. • U548 Student Development Theory and Research (3 Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 cr.) cr.) or its equivalent is required as a pre-requisite for the Ph.D. • U549 Environmental Theory and Assessment in and may be counted among electives. Higher Education (3 cr.) • C675 Supervised College Teaching (1-3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 credits) • C690 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) • C795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation* (3 cr.) • C760 Internship in Administration (1-6 cr.) • C795 should be taken near the end of program • Other courses may be included in the major with the of study, after passing the qualifying exam. approval of the Advisory Committee and approval of the Waiver/Substituition Form by the Graduate • C799 Doctoral Thesis in Higher Education (12 cr.) Studies Office. Students are required to design, conduct, and orally Inquiry Core Requirements (12 cr.) defend an original piece of research. Refer to the 154 May 26, 2016

Graduate Bulletin checklist of doctoral program milestones performance? These are just a few of the challenges that and other program resources for further details. education policymakers face in the 21st century. This 90- hour program will help you respond to these and other Additional Program Requirements: issues. 1. At the end of the first year (or after 18 credit hours Creating and implementing effective education policies of course work for those not enrolled full time), doctoral requires a close examination of the social and historical students must participate in the First-Year Review foundations of education in the United States and beyond. process. Instructions for this review can be found on the It also requires a deep understanding of sociology and HESA web site. The advisor will assess performance economics, history and anthropology, and morality and to date and future program plans. The focus of the culture. review is assessing a student’s ability to: 1) clearly articulate thoughts and ideas in an organized manner Degree Requirements (written and orally), 2) analyze and synthesize research in order to formulate an opinion or argument, and 3) Major Requirements (36 cr.) successfully complete program requirements, including Policy Core (18 cr.) the dissertation. • A630 Economic Dimensions of Education (offered 2. Students should finalize a program of study no only prior to fall 2008) or A631 Microeconomic later than the end of their second year if they are full- Applications to Education (Note: Y502 is a time students, or after completing 36 credit hours of prerequisite) (3 cr.) coursework (excluding courses transferred from other • H620 Seminar in Education Policy Studies (3 cr.) institutions). • H622 Seminar: Issues in Education Policy (3 cr.) 3. Prior to beginning a doctoral dissertation and at • H623 Education Policy Research Seminar (3 or near the time of completion of all course work, all semesters at 1 cr. per semester) doctoral students in the School of Education must pass • Select two courses from the following (6 cr.): a qualifying examination in their major area of study. • A560 Political Perspectives of Education (3 cr.) Following review by the faculty, the student must defend • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) the written examination in a meeting with the Advisory • H510 Methodology of Educational Inquiry (3 Committee. In effect, this examination process is intended cr.) to determine if a student is qualified to begin work on a • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) doctoral dissertation. • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) • Students must have an appointed Advisory • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 Committee, including: cr.) • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and 1. Two (2) faculty members from the student’s major, Education (3 cr.) one being the student’s faculty advisor • H637 Topical Seminar: Appropriate Topic (3 b. One (1) faculty member representing the student’s cr.) minor Policy Context (12 cr.) • Student’s program of study must be approved by the Graduate Studies Office. Students will select one of the following three • Students must have Advisory Committee approval to concentrations (the specific courses are recommended; proceed with the qualifying exam. others may be substituted with the consent of the student's • Students must be in good standing and have no Advisory Committee). more than 6 credit hours of incompletes (in their Higher Education Concentration current semester) to take the qualifying exam. Any incompletes must be removed prior to nomination to • C655 Higher Education and Public Policy (3 cr.) candidacy. • Select three courses from the following: 4. The Ph.D. residency requirement can be satisfied • C654 Higher Education in the U.S. (3 cr.) by taking either two consecutive semesters of nine • C665 Higher Education Administration (3 cr.) credits or three consecutive six-credit hour terms at the • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education Bloomington-Indianapolis core campus. Dissertation (3 cr.) credit hours (C799) or credit hours in Advanced Research • C695 Academic Problems in Higher Education (G901) may not be used to fulfill residency requirements. (3 cr.) • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) 5. Refer to the Graduate Bulletin checklist of doctoral • C750 Topical Seminar (appropriate topic) (1-6 program milestones and other program resources for cr.) further details. • C760 Internship in Administration (1-6 cr.) Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education with Specialization in Education Policy Studies Educational Leadership Concentration Help shape the future of education. What can we do to boost high school graduation rates? How can we help • A653 Organizational Context of Education (3 cr.) individual schools cope with budget shortfalls at local • A672 Moral Dimensions of Leadership (3 cr.) school districts? How do we evaluate student and teacher • A720 Foundations of Research (1-3 cr.) May 26, 2016 155

• Select one course from the following: • Y520 Strategies of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • A560 Political Perspectives (3 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational • A608 Legal Perspectives (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • A615 Advanced School Law (1-3 cr.) Select one course from the following: • A670 Topical Seminar (with advisor approval) (1-3 cr.) • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 • A671 Planning and Change (3 cr.) cr.) • A754 Seminar in Research International & • Other approved beginning/intermediate course in Comparative Concentration (3 cr.) quantitative analysis (e.g., PSY P553, SPEA V507) (3 cr.) International and Comparative Education Concentration Select one course from the following: • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) • Y612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (for students who • Select two courses from the following (6 cr.): plan to take Y613 as their additional inquiry course) • H590 Independent Study in History, (3 cr.) Philosophy, and Comparative Education (1-3 • Other approved beginning/intermediate course in cr.) qualitative analysis (e.g., SOC S659) (3 cr.) • H637 Topical Seminar (appropriate topic) (3 cr.) One approved intermediate/advanced research methods course appropriate to the planned dissertation (e.g., Y604, As part of their policy context concentrations, students Y613, Y635, Y750, H601, PSY P654, BUS K605), with may include one of the following courses even though advisor approval (3 cr.) its originating program is different from their chosen Minor Requirements (12 cr.) concentration: The minor must have integrity in its own right and must • A653 Organizational Context of Education (3 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • C655 Higher Education Policy (3 cr.) wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Inquiry in the Major (6 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Directed Research or individualized minors require a written description of the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Select one course from the following: each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • A590 Independent Study in Educational Leadership Justification form. This form should be submitted and (for pre-dissertation research) (3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • A695 Practicum in School Administration (3 cr.) used in the minor. • C590 Research in Higher Education (for pre- dissertation research) (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (minimum of 6 cr. but normally • C760 Internship in Administration (3 cr.) 15 cr.) • H590 Independent Study in History, Philosophy, Courses in policy-relevant fields inside or outside the and Comparative Education (for pre-dissertation School of Education selected in consultation with the research) (3 cr.) Advisory Committee. May be used for a second minor. Linkage course Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) The course taken to fulfill the linkage course requirement • A/C/H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) may not duplicate any course taken to fulfill other • A/C/H799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Leadership requirements of the major. (A)/Higher Education (C)/History of Philosophy of Select one course from the following: Education (H) (12 cr.) • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education • C788 Seminar in Research in Higher Education (3 with Specialization in History of Education cr.) Explore the history of U.S. education and the external • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) forces that have shaped education policy since the • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) nation’s founding, including race, gender, social class, • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) and international relations. This 90-credit hour degree • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) program is designed to be both comprehensive and • H552 International/Comparative Education II (3 cr.) individualized. You’ll conduct original research into • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) education experiences at the elementary, secondary, and higher educational levels. You’ll also have the opportunity Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) to complete supplementary course work in disciplines Select one course from the following: outside the School of Education, including African American and African Diaspora Studies, American Indian • H510 Methodology of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Studies, American Studies, East Asian Studies, Latino 156 May 26, 2016

Studies, Philanthropy Studies, and Women’s History and of 12 hours. All electives and courses for a second minor Gender Studies. must be approved by the advisory committee. Graduates will be prepared for careers in university Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) teaching and research, as well as in development and consulting for education-centered organizations, and • H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) government agencies. • H799 Doctoral Thesis in History of Philosophy of Education (12 cr.) Degree Requirements Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education Major Requirements (36 cr.) with Specialization in Philosophy of Education Required major courses include: What we teach, how we teach, and why—these questions have their roots in the philosophical underpinnings of • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) education and have important implications for future • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) practice and policy. In this program, students explore • H637 Topical Seminar in History of Education (3 cr.) those issues from various perspectives that may focus • H750 Inquiry Seminars in History of Education (3 cr.) upon ethics, epistemology, aesthetics, social and political philosophy, and the works of historically important At least six (6) credit hours must be in inquiry linkage educational thinkers. In addition to education course courses, including an early inquiry experience. Your work, students are required to take relevant classes from advisory committee must review and approve at least outside disciplines, including philosophy, religious studies, one of your papers produced in the Inquiry Seminar to history, and philosophy of science. The program requires assist in the faculty's assessment of your progress in the 90 semester hours of coursework. research program. The major program allows for tutorial or independent study, which enables you to deepen Graduates typically attain professional roles in university your knowledge in areas of special interest or explore a teaching and research, but you may also pursue a career complementary topic. in development and consulting for governmental and private-sector organizations. The remaining credits in the major are chosen in consultation with the student’s advisor. Degree Requirements Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) The inquiry core includes a survey course in research Core Requirements (6 cr.) methodologies and beginning courses in statistics, • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) measurement, program evaluation, or in ethnographic, • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) qualitative, quantitative, and historical research methods. This requirement is designed to ensure that you acquire Philosophy of Education and Other Foundations (12-15 the general skills of historical inquiry and the specific cr.) skills necessary for inquiry in the history of education. At least three courses must be selected outside the • 12-15 credit hours of education courses with an H- major and approved by your advisory committee. A list , selected in consultation with the advisory of approved inquiry courses may be found at https:// committee education.indiana.edu/docs/graduate-program-documents/ Philosophy (9-12 cr.) approved-inquiry-courses.pdf. • 9-12 credit hours of courses in philosophy, history Minor Requirements (12 cr.) and philosophy of science, political science, religious The minor must have integrity in its own right and must studies, or other relevant departments, selected in complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate consultation with the advisory committee wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • NOTE: The course work for the philosophy of overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated education/foundations and philosophy requirements within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary must total 24 credit hours in order that the completed or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary course work in the major totals the required 36 credit or individualized minors require a written description of hours. the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Inquiry in the Major (6 cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Justification form. This form should be submitted and Directed research approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • H590 Independent study (for pre-dissertation used in the minor. research) (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (18 cr.) Linkage course; one course selected with permission of the advisory committee from: A minimum of six (6) credits hours of electives must be taken, although you may exceed that total up to 18 credits • H590 Independent study (3 credits for final with the approval of the advisory committee. You may dissertation proposal preparation) (3 cr.) choose a second minor field, which requires a minimum • H750 Topical Inquiry Seminar in History of Education (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 157

Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Major Requirements (42 cr.) Inquiry Instructional Systems Technology Core (18 cr.) • Select two courses from the following (in consultation with the advisory committee): • R690 Application of Research Methods to • o H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 Instructional Systems Technology (3 cr.) cr.) • R695 Topical Inquiry Seminar in Instructional • o H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Systems Technology (3 cr., take four times for a total • o P501 Statistical Method Applied to Education of 12 cr.) (3 cr.) • R711 Readings in Instructional Technology (3 cr.) • o P590 Independent Study or Research in Educational Psychology: Logic I (1-3 cr.) Instructional Systems Technology Electives (24 cr.) • o P590 Independent Study or Research in • Options here include all Instructional Systems Educational Psychology: Logic II (1-3 cr.) Technology graduate courses, as approved by the • o Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to student’s doctoral advisory committee. Education (3 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) • o Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) • o Y750 Topical Seminar in Educational Inquiry • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 Methodology (3 cr.) cr.) • o Or in specific cases other courses from • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational the School of Education's approved list of Inquiry (3 cr.) inquiry courses with permission of the advisory • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) committee. A list of approved inquiry courses • Students are allowed to make course substitutions may be found at https://education.indiana.edu/ in accordance with the inquiry policy, as approved docs/graduate-program-documents/approved- by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. A list inquiry-courses.pdf. of approved inquiry courses may be found at https:// education.indiana.edu/docs/graduate-program- Minor Requirements (12 cr.) documents/approved-inquiry-courses.pdf The minor must have integrity in its own right and must Minor Requirements (12 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's The minor must have integrity in its own right and must overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated or individualized minors require a written description of within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor or individualized minors require a written description of Justification form. This form should be submitted and the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be Justification form. This form should be submitted and used in the minor. approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be Elective Requirements (18 cr.) used in the minor. Courses in fields relevant to philosophy of education Foundations Requirements (6 cr.) selected in consultation with the advisory committee. Options here include any School of Education courses Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) outside of IST. These courses typically are in the areas of educational psychology and educational foundations. • H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • H799 Doctoral Thesis in History of Philosophy of Elective Requirements (6 cr.) Education (12 cr.) Options here include any graduate-level courses approved Ph.D. in Instructional Systems Technology by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. The Instructional Systems Technology Doctor of Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Philosophy in Education degree program is designed for individuals seeking to be researchers in the field of • R795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) instructional technology. The IST program prepares • R799 Doctoral Dissertation in Instructional Systems Ph.D. students to discover new knowledge through Technology (12 cr.) basic research and answer specific questions about practical problems through applied research. Ph.D. Ph.D. in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education program graduates typically conduct research and teach The Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (LCLE) in university settings or work as researchers within private Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree program is designed or public research and development centers involved in for individuals seeking to be faculty researchers , teacher instructional technology. educators, and leaders in in the areas of academic literacy, critical literacy, trans-literacy, local literacies, 158 May 26, 2016 children’s and young adult literature, second language Minors learning, ESL/EFL education, world Englishes, and world The minor must have integrity in its own right and must languages. The LCLE program prepares Ph.D. students to complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate bridge the gap between research and practice in the field. wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Degree Requirements within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Major Requirements (36 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or individualized minors require a written description of Required Courses (15 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for • L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Education (3 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and • L601 Theoretical Issues in the Study of Language & approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Literacies (3 cr.) in the minor courses. • L650 Internship in Literacy, Culture, and Language The School of Education offers the following minors: Education (1-4 cr.) Adult Education, College Pedagogy, Counseling • L750 Research Seminar in Literacy, Culture, and Psychology, Curriculum and Instruction, Education Law, Language Education (3-6 cr., taken twice) Education Policy Studies, Educational Psychology, Gerontology, Higher Education, Inquiry Methodology, Required Inquiry Courses (6 cr.) Instructional Systems Technology, International and • L599 Master’s Thesis in Literacy, Culture, and Comparative Education, Language Education, Learning Language Education (3 cr.) and Development Science, Philosophy of Education, • L700 Seminar on Literacy, Culture, and Language School Psychology, Social Foundations of Education, and Education Research (3 cr.) Special Education. Additional courses in Literacy, Culture, and Language Ph.D. Minor in Adult Education Education major (15 cr.) The minor in Adult Education is a 12-credit hour minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. Select one course from the following: Requirements (12 cr. minimum) • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Required Courses (9 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Select three courses from the following: Select three inquiry courses (either qualitative, • D500 Introduction to Adult Education Theory (3 cr.) quantitative, or any combination of the two) from the • D505 Adult Learning through the Lifespan (3 cr.) approved list of inquiry courses, with advisor approval • D506 Adult Education Planning and Development (3 cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may be found • D512 Seminar in Forms and Forces in Adult at https://education.indiana.edu/docs/graduate- Education (3 cr.) program-documents/approved-inquiry-courses.pdf. Additional Required Courses (3 cr. minimum) Minor Requirements (12 credits) Select at least one course from the following: The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • D600 Seminar in Teaching-Learning Transaction in wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Adult Education (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • D625 Topical Seminar in Adult Education (3 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary • One relevant course(s) from other departments or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or programs may be counted as adult education or individualized minors require a written description of courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for though no more than one such course may be each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor counted toward the 12 credit minimum. Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling The doctoral minor in Adult Education does not require a in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be minor qualifying exam. used in the minor. Ph.D. Minor in College Pedagogy Elective or Second Minor Requirements (6-18 credits) Required Courses (9 cr.) Elective courses must be relevant to the student’s • C675 Supervised College Teaching* (1-3 cr.) program of study. • C750 Topical Seminar: Curriculum in Higher Education (1-6 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 credits) • C750 Topical Seminar: Learning and Teaching on • L795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) the College Campus (1-6 cr.) • L799 Doctoral Thesis in Literacy, Culture and *A course on teaching or teaching practicum within the Language Education (12 cr.) student’s department may be substituted to fulfill this May 26, 2016 159 requirement, but if so, an additional elective must be taken • P514 Lifespan Development (3 cr.) so that all 12 credits for the minor are out of department. • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Students using this option would be taking 15 credits for Psychology (3 cr.) the minor, 3 in department and 12 in Higher Education and • P624 Brain Research Applied to Educational and Student Affairs. Clinical Practice (3 cr.) Additional Required Course (3 cr.) • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (3 cr.) • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 Choose one suggested course from the following**: cr.) • D500 Introduction to Adult Education Theory (3 cr.) • Relevant courses from other departments or • D525 Introduction to Distance Education Systems (3 programs may be counted as counseling psychology cr.) courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, although no more than one such course may be • D600 The Teaching-Learning Transaction in Adult counted toward the 12 credit minimum. Education (3 cr.) • L506 Reading and Learning in Postsecondary The doctoral minor in Counseling Psychology does not Education (3 cr.) require a minor qualifying exam. • P530 Instructional Psychology (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Curriculum and Instruction • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) The Ph.D. Minor in Curriculum and Instruction is at • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 this time constituted as an individualized minor. Often cr.) the focus will be one of the specializations within the • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) Curriculum and Instruction Department: Early Childhood • U548 Student Development Theory and Research (3 Education, Mathematics Education, Science Education, cr.) Art Education, Elementary Education, Secondary • Relevant courses from other departments or Education, Social Studies Education, or Curriculum programs may be counted at the discretion of the Studies. Students seek an advisory committee minor minor advisor, though no more than one such course advisor from the relevant program area and work with may be counted toward the 12 credit minimum. him or her to devise a selection of doctoral-level courses. Minors that cross program specializations but reflect a **Students in the departments offering these courses may coherent focus or theme are also possible. A minimum not elect to apply them to the minor. The minor elective of 12 credit hours is required. In addition to approval by must be a course in a different department from the major. the minor advisor, the selection must be approved by the The doctoral minor in College Pedagogy does not require School of Education Associate Dean of Graduate Studies. a minor qualifying exam. The doctoral minor in Curriculum and Instruction does not Ph.D. Minor in Counseling Psychology require a minor qualifying exam. The minor in Counseling Psychology is a 12-credit hour Ph.D. Minor in Education Law minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all The minor in Education Law is a 12-credit hour minor areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees on designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of campus. the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. Requirements (12 cr.) The 12 credit hours of course work required for this minor cannot duplicate those taken in the major field. Students must take 4 courses in counseling psychology (at least one MUST be at the 600 level). Courses that may Requirements (12 cr.) be chosen from: Required Courses (9 cr.) • G505 Individual Appraisal: Principles and • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) Procedures (3 cr.) • A615 Advanced School Law (3 cr.) • G522 Counseling Theories (must be taken concurrently with G523) (3 cr.) • A675 Leadership in Special Education (3 cr.) • G523 Laboratory in Counseling and Guidance (taken Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) concurrently with G522) (3 cr.) • G532 Introduction to Group Counseling (3 cr.) • One relevant course (e.g., H520, H504, U553, C705, A720) from other departments or programs may be • G552 Career Counseling: Theory/Practice (3 cr.) counted as education law courses at the discretion • G567 Introduction to Marriage and Family of the minor advisor, though no more than one Counseling (3 cr.) such course may be counted toward the 12 credit • G575 Multicultural Counseling (3 cr.) minimum. • G615 Psychopathology and Advanced Diagnosis (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Education Law does not require a • G622 Advanced Theories of Counseling (3 cr.) minor qualifying exam. • G650 Advanced Multicultural Career Counseling and Ph.D. Minor in Education Policy Studies Consultation (3 cr.) The Minor in Education Policy Studies permits doctoral • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) students majoring in other education fields or academic • G685 Seminar in Counseling Research Methods (3 fields outside the School of Education to learn basic cr.) concepts, analytic techniques, and issues in the study of 160 May 26, 2016 contemporary education policy at the state, national, and • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of international levels. Psychology (3 cr.) • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) Requirements (12 cr.) Required Courses (6 cr.) • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) • P624 Biology of Behavior (3 cr.) • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) • H622 Seminar: Issues in Education Policy (3 cr.) • P640 Thinking and Learning in Social Contexts (3 Additional Required Course (6 cr.) cr.) • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 Students pursuing this minor select two additional courses cr.) that help to acquaint them with fundamental areas relevant to policy studies: the context of policy, the politics of the The doctoral minor in Educational Psychology does not policy process, the legal and financial aspects of policy, require a minor qualifying exam. and topical issues courses. Ph.D. Minor in Gerontology Select two courses from the following: The Minor in Gerontology is designed for individuals seeking to expand their knowledge of the field of • A560 Political Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) gerontology during their doctoral coursework. This minor • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) consists of 4 courses in gerontology and a paper/proposal. • A631 Microeconomic Applications of Education (3 This interdisciplinary minor in gerontology is offered in cr.) partnership with the Human Development Area within the • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education (3 cr.) Department of Counseling and Educational in the School • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) of Education and the School of Public Health. Please • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) direct any questions about the minor to Dr. Lesa Huber, • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) the minor faculty advisor at [email protected]. • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) Requirements (12 cr.) • H560 Education and Social Change (3 cr.) Select four courses from the following: • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and Education (3 cr.) • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) cr.) • Students in the Educational Psychology or Courses selected for the minor may not be used to meet Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs should sign substantive core requirements, and may not be from the up for SPH H524 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary student’s primary field of specialization. Perspectives. The doctoral minor in Education Policy Studies does not • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) require a minor qualifying exam. • Students in the Educational Psychology or Ph.D. Minor in Educational Psychology Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs may not The Minor in Educational Psychology is a 12 credit hour use this course for the gerontology minor. minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees • Students in the Educational Psychology or on campus. The courses below represent the suggested Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs may not framework for Educational Psychology Minors and use this course for the gerontology minor. Educational Psychology faculty to develop a minor that meets the goals of the student. • SPH B535 Contemporary Issues in Aging and Health Requirements (12 cr.) (3 cr.) • SPH B615 Health, Longevity and Integrative Possible courses are (but not limited to): Therapies for the Later Years (3 cr.) • P513Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 • Relevant courses from other departments or cr.) programs may be counted as gerontology courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, though no more • P514Life Span Development: Birth to Death (3 cr.) than one such course may be counted toward the 12 • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) credit minimum. • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) Procedures for Ph.D. Minor in Gerontology Qualifying • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) Exam • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) In lieu of a written qualifying exam, the student will • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 complete an alternate assignment. The alternate cr.) assignment may be a paper or a funding proposal either • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) real or simulated. Dr. Lesa Huber, the minor advisor, must • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) approve the alternate assignment. • P590 Independent Study or Research in Educational Ph.D. Minor in Higher Education Psychology (3 cr.) Ph.D. students may minor in Higher Education and • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning, Cognition & Student Affairs by completing at least 12 credit hours of Instruction (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 161 coursework in the program. Each minor student works with • H637 Topical Seminar (if not taken in the core) (3 a faculty advisor from the program to help in the selection cr.) of a set of courses that best contributes to the educational goals of the student. No more than 6 credit hours will At least one of the four total courses must be at the 600 be accepted by transfer of graduate credit from another level. university. The doctoral minor in International and Comparative The doctoral minor in Higher Education does not require a Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. minor qualifying exam. Ph.D. Minor in Language Education Ph.D. Minor in Inquiry Methodology The doctoral minor in Language Education (for those The Minor in Learning Sciences is a 12 credit hour minor students whose major is outside of the Literacy, Culture, designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of and Language Education Department) requires a the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. minimum of 15 hours to include L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (3cr), and one section of A minor in Inquiry Methodology engages in students’ L750 Topical Seminar in Language Education (3cr). thinking through methodological advancements and challenges relevant to their major fields of study. The Requirements (15 cr.) minor complements one’s core inquiry hours without Required Courses (6 cr.) duplicating those. In other words, a course cannot count as both a core course and a minor course. The minor is • L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language constituted of 12 credit hours. The specific coursework for Education (3 cr.) the minor is decided and approved by the minor advisor. • L750 Topical Seminar in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Inquiry Methodology does not require a minor qualifying exam. Additional Courses (9 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Instructional Systems Technology • Three additional courses in Literacy, Culture, and The Instructional Systems Technology Doctoral minor Language Education is designed for individuals seeking to expand their The doctoral minor in Language Education does not knowledge of the field of instructional technology during require a minor qualifying exam. their doctoral coursework. Ph.D. Minor in Learning & Developmental Science Requirements (12 cr.) The Minor in Learning Sciences is a 12 credit hour minor • R711 Readings in Instructional Technology (3 cr.) designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of • Three additional courses in Instructional Systems the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. Technology (9 cr.) Requirements (12 cr.) • Options here include all Instructional Systems Technology courses, as approved by the Required Courses (6 cr.) student’s doctoral advisory committee. • Choose one of the following two required courses (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Instructional Systems Technology • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 does not require a minor qualifying exam. cr.) Ph.D. Minor in International and Comparative • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Education Strategies (3 cr.) Requirements (12 cr.) • P572 Introduction to the Learning Sciences (or Equivalent) (3 cr.) Required Courses (6 cr.) • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) Foundations of Learning Sciences (6 • Select one course from the following: cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) • P507 Assessment in Schools (3 cr.) • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) • P573 Learning Sciences Apprenticeship (1-3 cr.) Additional Required Course (6 cr.) • P574 Topical Seminar in the Learning Sciences (3 Select two courses from the following: cr.) • P631 Theorizing Learning in Context (3 cr.) • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) • P632 Designing for Learning Context (3 cr.) • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) • P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (if not taken in the • P674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning core) (3 cr.) Sciences (3 cr.) • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) • Or other electives approved by the Learning Science • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) Faculty Committee Member • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and Education (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Learning & Development Science does not require a minor qualifying exam. 162 May 26, 2016

Ph.D. Minor in Philosophy of Education The doctoral minor in School Psychology does not require Requirements (12 cr.) a minor qualifying exam. Educational Foundations Core (6 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Social Foundations of Education This minor introduces students to the use of sociological • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) and anthropological research in the study of education. It • One other 500-level H-course in the School of encompasses the intellectual foundations of these social Education approved by the advisor for the minor (3 sciences, the educational theories and findings of scholars cr.) in these disciplines, and the research methodologies of For most students, the second foundations core course these disciplines that are relevant to educational research. should be: The twelve (12) credit hours of course work required for • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) this minor cannot duplicate those taken in the major field. Courses may not be counted toward core and elective For students whose Ph.D. major already includes H504, credit requirements. the second foundations core course may be: Requirements (12 cr.) • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) Required Course (6 cr.) • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) Select two courses from the following: • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) approve a substitution for the second foundations core • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) course, such as an additional 600-level H-course in the philosophy of education taught in the School of Education Additional Required Course (6 cr.) beyond what is required for the philosophy of education Select two courses from the following: specialization. • A631 Microeconomic Applications of Education (3 Philosophy of Education Specialization (6 cr.) cr.) In most instances, the specialization will consist of two • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) 600-level H-courses in the philosophy of education taught • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) in the School of Education. • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) approve the substitution for one of the two specialization • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) courses a relevant graduate course in philosophy taught in • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) the Philosophy Department or a 500-level H-course in the • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) philosophy of education taught in the School of Education. • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) In all cases, the student must complete at least one 600- level H-course in the philosophy of education taught in the The doctoral minor in Social Foundations of Education School of Education. does not require a minor qualifying exam. The doctoral minor in Philosophy of Education does not Ph.D. Minor in Special Education require a minor qualifying exam. The Ph.D. Minor in Special Education requires the Ph.D. Minor in School Psychology completion of a minimum of 12 credit hours in Special Education at the doctoral level. Students seek an advisory The Minor in Educational Psychology is a 12 credit hour committee minor advisor from the Special Education minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all faculty and work with him or her to devise a selection areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees on of courses based on interest and need. In addition to campus. approval by the minor advisor, the selection must be Requirements (12 cr.) approved by the School of Education Associate Dean of Graduate Studies. Select four courses from the following: The doctoral minor in Special Education does not require • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: a minor qualifying exam. Single Subject Research Methodology in Behavioral Sciences (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Teacher Education • P670 Behavioral Analysis and Consultation for The Teacher Education Minor (minimum 12 credit hours) School Psychologists (3 cr.) is designed to help students explore four broad areas of • P680 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in scholarship:1) the theories, ideologies, and philosophies School Psychology (3 cr.) of teacher education; 2) the different approaches that • P681 Psychology of Cultural Diversity (3 cr.) have been used to develop teacher education programs • P682 Developmental Psychopathology of Childhood and components of programs; 3) the experience (from and Adolescence (3 cr.) students' and/or teacher educators' perspectives) of being involved in teacher education; 4) the societal factors (e.g., issues of race, class, gender) that have an impact on May 26, 2016 163 teacher education. Each area is examined both historically Robert Sherwood*, Martin Siegel*, Russell Skiba*, Neil and in the present. Theobald*, Vasti Torres*, Susan Whiston* Requirements (12 cr.) Associate Professors Required Courses (9 cr.) Jeffrey Anderson*, Beth Berghoff* (I), Jacqueline Blackwell* (I), Gayle Buck*, Gretchen Digman Butera*, • J700 Teaching in Teacher Education Stephanie Carter*, James Damico*, Dionne Danns, • J710 Paradigms and Programs in Teacher Barbara Dennis*, Suzanne Eckes*, David Estell*, Education Mary Fisher* (I), Enrique Galindo*, Krista Glazewski*, • J720 Teacher Education as Occupational Cassandra Guarino*, Ken Hay*, Robert Helfenbein, Jr.*(I) Socialization Dan Hickey*, Mary Beth Hines*, Robin Hughes*, Robert Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) Kunzman*, Lara Lackey*, Marjorie Cohee Manifold*, Luise Prior McCarty*, Alex McCormick*, Brendan Maxcy* • One relevant course involving teacher education (I), Anastasia Morrone*(I), Khaula H. Murtadha* (I), from other departments or programs may be counted Jomo Mutegi (I), Thomas F. Nelson Laird*, Martha at the discretion of the minor advisor, although no Nyikos*, Theresa Ochoa* Faridah Pawan*, Douglas more than one such course may be counted toward Priest*, Gary Pike*(I), Rebecca Martinez*, Anne Dopkins the 12 credit minimum. Stright*, Margaret Sutton*, Annela Teemant*(I), Chalmer Thompson* (I), Michael Tracy*, Andrea Walton*, Y. Joel The doctoral minor in Teacher Education does not require Wong a minor qualifying exam. Assistant Professors Faculty Donna Adomat*, Scott Bellini, Yonjoo Cho*, Serafin Dean Coronel-Molina*, Dionne Cross, Joshua Danish, Sean Professor Gerardo M. González* Duncan*, Nancy Kathryn Essex (C), Amy Hackenberg*, D. Ted Hall, Ray Haynes, Crystal Hill (I), Allison Howland(C), Associate Dean for Graduate Studies Kathleen King Thorius (I), Anne Leftwich, Adam Maltese*, Sylvia Martinez, Carmen Medina*, Thu Suong Thi Professor Elizabeth Boling* Nguyen* (I), Meredith Park-Rogers, Kylie Peppler, Graduate Faculty Brian J. Plankis (I), David Rutkowski, Leslie Rutkowski, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Beth Samuelson, Hannah Schertz*, Dwight Schuster Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (I), Samantha Parades Scribner (I), Jesse Steinfeldt, doctoral dissertations.) Dubravka Svetina, Erik Tillema* (I), Ellen Vaughan, Crystal Walcott (C), Mary Waldron, Karen Wohlwend* Chancellor’s Professors Full Clinical Faculty Robert Arnove* (Emeritus), Roger Farr* (Emeritus), George D. Kuh* (Emeritus), Frank Lester* (Emeritus), Laura Stachowski Martha McCarthy* (Emerita), Rex A. Stockton* Associate Clinical Faculty Armstrong Chairs Keith Chapin, Mary Jo Dare (I), Barbara Erwin, Carole- Jerome Harste* (Emeritus, 1999–2005), Frank Lester* Anne Hossler, Paula Magee (I), W. Raymond Smith (Emeritus, 2000–2005), Diana Lambdin* (Emeritus, 2005– (Graduate Faculty member) 2010), Peter Kloosterman* (201-2015) Assistant Clinical Faculty Jacobs Chair Kate Baird (C), Jennifer Conner-Zachocki (C) Thomas Duffy* (Emeritus, 1998–2000), Donald (Graduate Faculty member), Danielle DeSawal, Ben Cunningham* (Emeritus, 2000–2005), Thomas Brush* Edmonds, Natasha Flowers (I), Lonni Gill (I), Lynn Gilman (2010-2015) (Graduate Faculty member), Ilknur Kelceoglu (C), Melissa Keller, Anne Ociepka (I), Aija Pocock (C), Jadora Sailes Otting Chair (I), Joy Seybold (I), Sherree Wilson (I), Deborah Winikates Erna Alant*(2009-2014) (C), Gina Yoder (I) Professors Emeriti Valarie Akerson*, Joyce Alexander*, Trudy Banta* (I), Billy L. Abel (I) Anita Aldrich*, Hans Andersen*, Jean Keith Barton*, Barbara Bichelmeyer*, Elizabeth Boling*, Anderson*, Robert Appelman, John Bean*< Christine Curtis Bonk*, Victor M.H. Borden, Catherine Brown, Barry Bennett*, William Best (I), Harbans Bhola*, Marilynne Bull*, Cary Buzzelli*, Phil Carspecken*, Y. Barry Chung*, Boyle-Baise*, Ellen Brantlinger*, Arthur D. Brill (I), Ron Gary Crow*, Jack Cummings*, Ginette Delandshere*, Britton (I), Laurence Brown*, Edward Buffie*, Leonard David Flinders*, Gerardo M. González*, Don Hoss- Burrello*, Ledford Carter, Judith A. Chafel*, Michael ler*, Thomas Huberty*, Christine Leland* (I), Bradley Chiappetta*, Nancy Chism* (I), Gilbert Clark*, Michael Levinson*, Mitzi Lewison*, David Mank*, Terrence Cohen* (I), Ron Dehnke (I), Ivor Davies*, Richard Mason*, Mary McMullen*, D. Keith Morran* (I), Chao- Dever*, Merle Draper*, Earl Dvorak*, J. Marvin Ebbert Ying Joanne Peng*, Charles Reigeluth*, Flip Robison* (I), Lee Ehman*, Susan Eklund*, Meryl Englander*, (I), Patricia Rogan* (I), Heidi Ross*, Thomas Sexton*, Gene Faris*, Albert Fink*, Malcolm Fleming*, Theodore Frick*, Thomas D. Froehle*, Dorothy Gabel*, Robert 164 May 26, 2016

Gibson*, Jesse Goodman*, Richard Gousha*, Thomas in one foreign language, or (b) reading proficiency in Gregory*, Samuel Guskin*, Dale Hall, Robert Harris*, two foreign languages. Students will select their foreign Stuart Hart* (I), Robert Heinich*, Ruth E. Holland (I), language(s) in consultation with the director of graduate Ernest Horn*, Gary Ingersoll*, Edward Jenkinson*, Alice studies. Jwaideh*, Susan Klein*, Dennis Knapczyk*, DeWayne Kurpius*, John LeBlanc*, Richard Arthur Lesh*, George Combined B.A. and M.A. Maccia*, James Mahan*, Golam Mannan (I), Gerald Marker*, Milton Marten*,Wendell F. McBurney (I), Candidates for a combined degree must fulfill all Edward McClellan*, Jerry McIntosh*, John McKinley*, requirements for the M.A. (including the language Howard Mehlinger*, Larry Mikulecky*, Marianne Mitchell*, requirement), as well as general and major requirements Michael Molenda*, Daniel Mueller*, Charlie Nelms, for the B.A. in English. Upon completion of the 116 Anabel Newman*, Anna Ochoa-Becker*, Norman Overly*, credits, including fulfillment of requirements for the English Vernon Pace*, John Patrick*, James Pershing*, Lewis major, students with a minimum GPA of 3.5 overall and Polsgrove*, Joan Prentice*, Gerald Preusz (I), Sharon 3.7 in English may apply for conditional admission to Pugh*, Edward Robbins (I), Jose Rosario* (I), Dale Scan- the graduate program their senior year, which may be nell, Thomas Schwen*, Myrtle Scott*, Robert Shaffer*, counted toward the completion of the M.A. degree in Mendel Sherman, Carmen Simich-Dudgeon, Carl a fifth year of study. (At the discretion of the director Smith*, Frederick Smith*, Gerald Smith*, Vernon Smith*, of graduate studies, an otherwise qualified student Josephine Spear*, Elizabeth Steiner*, Elizabeth Vallance*, who is still completing an honors thesis may apply for James Walden*, Donald Warren*, James Weigand*, conditional admission.) No courses used to satisfy the Barbara Wilcox (I), Barbara Wolf*, Hugh Wolf (I), Leslie B.A. requirements may be applied toward the M.A. The Wood (I), Virginia Woodward*, Enid Zimmerman* Graduate Record Examination, both General Test and Subject Test in English Literature, is required and must (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the be taken before admission is completed following the final person teaches at Indiana University-Purdue University semester of undergraduate study. Indianapolis; (C) at Indiana University-Purdue University Columbus. Grades M.A. students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point English average; M.F.A. and Ph.D. students, a 3.5 grade point College of Arts and Sciences average. Admission to the Ph.D. normally requires a Departmental E-mail: [email protected] 3.7 grade point average and the recommendations of graduate faculty. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~engweb/ Master’s Degrees (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Literature University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Course Requirements contained only in The University Graduate School A minimum of 30 credit hours, including: Bulletin.) 1. One 700-level seminar Curriculum 2. At least two courses in fields of literature and culture Degrees Offered before 1800 Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts, and Doctor of 3. At least two courses in fields of literature and culture Philosophy after 1800 Special Departmental Requirements Up to 8 credit hours in graduate courses outside the department may, with the prior approval of the director of (See also general University Graduate School graduate studies, be counted toward the degree. requirements.) Foreign Language: One, reading proficiency. Language Admission Requirements competency will be verified by the relevant foreign The application deadline for the M.A./Ph.D. and M.A. language department or program. programs in English is January 1 of each year for the following fall. Undergraduate major or its equivalent. Thesis: Optional; if elected, 4 hours of credit. Graduate Record Examination, both the General Test and the Subject Test in English Literature. A potentially Final Examination: None. superior student who has not majored in English may Master of Arts Degree with Special Field be admitted conditionally, but must remove deficiencies Concentration without graduate credit. Students who wish to be admitted Course Requirements for the M.A./Ph.D., M.A., or M.F.A. in Creative Writing must submit samples of their work. The application A minimum of 30 credit hours, including deadline for the M.A. or M.F.A. in Creative Writing is January 1 for the following fall. 1. One 700 level seminar 2. At least three courses in a single area of Foreign Language Requirements concentration to be chosen in consultation with the director of graduate studies (for example, a genre For the M.A., students will demonstrate reading such as the novel, a period such as the Middle proficiency in one foreign language. For the Ph.D., Ages, a specialty such as postcolonial studies, students will demonstrate either (a) proficiency in depth May 26, 2016 165

American literature and culture, feminist theory, or Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing composition, literacy, and culture). Course Requirements Up to 8 credit hours in graduate courses in a related field A total of 60 credit hours, including 16 credit hours outside the department may, with the prior approval of of writing workshops (W611–W612 or W613–W614); the director of graduate studies, be counted toward the four courses in literature, culture and language (12– degree. 16 hours), at least two of which are on the 600 level or above, from offerings from English, African American Foreign Language: One, reading proficiency. Language and African Diaspora Studies, Comparative Literature, competency will be verified by the relevant foreign and/or Communication and Culture (courses from other language department or program. departments to be approved on an individual case basis

by the director of creative writing in consultation with the Thesis: Optional; if elected, (4 hours of credit). director of graduate studies); and W554; and W664, or Final Examination: None. W680. Those teaching in W103 Introductory Creative Writing are required to take W554 in their first semester of Note: Students wishing to enter the doctoral teaching. Students can take up to 12 credit hours in W699 program on completion of this M.A. must apply for M.F.A. Thesis. The remaining credit hours are elective. At admission. For admission to the Ph.D. program with least 48 credit hours of the degree requirements must be concentration in literature, candidates must satisfy completed in residence. the distribution requirements for the M.A. in literature. Thesis Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Writing Course Requirements Required; the student must submit, for 4–12 hours of credit, a book-length manuscript. W611–W612 or W613–W614; five departmental courses in literature, literary criticism, or English language. Poets Dual Master of Arts in English and Master of Library may substitute Comparative Literature C570 Theory Science Degree and Practice of Translation for one of the five required Admission Requirements departmental courses; writers of fiction may substitute Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance T453 or T454 Undergraduate major or its equivalent. Graduate Record Playwriting. Examination, both General Test and Subject Test in English Literature. A superior student who has not Thesis: Required; the candidate must submit, for 4 hours majored in English may be admitted conditionally, of credit, a body of creative writing of high literary merit but must remove deficiencies without graduate credit. and genuine promise. Admission to each of the two master’s programs is approved separately on the same basis as for other Final Examination: None. applicants not in the dual program. Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Language Course Requirements Course Requirements A minimum of 30 credit hours, including Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required 1. G500, G780. for the two degrees taken separately. Students take 24 2. At least 12 further credit hours in English language credit hours in English. All students must fulfill the core courses, of which at least one course must be requirements as outlined in the English department’s selected from G601, G602, G651, and G655. Master of Arts with Concentration in Literature or Special Thesis: Optional; if elected, 4 hours of credit. Field Master of Arts degree requirements. No thesis or examination is required for the M.A. degree in English. Final Examination: A four-hour written examination. See Students take 30 credit hours in library science, including director of graduate studies for details. 18 credit hours of M.L.S. Foundation coursework, 3 credit hours of Z521, and the remaining 9 credit hours of Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Iinformation and Library Science (ILS) electives selected Prerequisite in consultation with the ILS advisor. Public school certification in English. Applicants lacking no Foreign Language Requirements: For the M.A., more than 6 credit hours for certification may be permitted students will demonstrate reading proficiency in one to complete the certification requirements as part of the foreign language. For the Ph.D., students will demonstrate degree program. either (a) proficiency in depth in one foreign language, or (b) reading proficiency in two foreign languages. Students Course Requirements will select their foreign language(s) in consultation with the director of graduate studies A total of 30 credit hours, in graduate English courses (at least 24 of these 30 credit hours must be taken Prerequisites: None. on the Bloomington campus); if a minor is to be professionalized, at least 12 credit hours in the subject Dual Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing and area. No undergraduate courses will be counted toward Master of Arts in African American and African the degree. Diaspora Studies M.F.A. Requirements Thesis and Final Examination: None. 166 May 26, 2016

(At least 60 credit hours--48 in residence) may be allowed. Such substitutions may include but are not limited to the use of one transferred seminar, • 16 hours of workshops (poetry or fiction) one seminar-level equivalent course from a relevant • Four courses (12-16 hours) in AAADS literature, Indiana University Department, OR a 600-level English culture, and history, at least two of which must be at department course with verified seminar-level work. the 600 level or above Students must also satisfy course requirements for a graduate minor (see below). Students transferring into • W554 Teaching Creative Writing the department with M.A. degrees from other universities may be required to take several more courses than the • W664 Topics in Current Literature or W680 Theory minimum. and Craft of Writing Foreign Language: Two languages, reading proficiency, • 10 elective graduate hours or one language at the level of in-depth proficiency. Language competency will be verified by the relevant • Maximum of 12 hours for thesis credit foreign language department or program. • Thesis Doctor of Philosophy Degree with Concentration in Composition, Literacy, and Culture M.A. in African American and African Diaspora Course Requirements Studies A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 16 credit Requirements (26 credit hours minimum) hours beyond the 30 credit hours required for the M.A. • Required courses in AAADS (10-12) degree, to include at least three 700-level departmental • Electives (12 credits minimum): Students seminars. The total must include a course in language/ should take courses organized around a topical discourse analysis, and a course that brings a strong concentration, whether specifically regional or historical dimension to the study of writing. Information comparative. These courses are to be selected from about relevant courses, including those offered by the range of AAADS and those cross-listed AAADS other departments, is available from the chair of the in the College and several professional schools with Composition Committee and the student’s advisory the approval of the student’s major advisors in CW committee. and AAADS. • A698 Field Study Seminar (4-8): research and Periodic Review preparation of thesis essay. Students can take two Each year the graduate faculty will examine the grades semesters of A698 at four hours per semester. (one and instructors’ reports on all students and will discourage semester in thesis research and one semester for from further work those whose achievements and potential thesis writing). are below standard. Students who fail to maintain a • Language requirement (two semesters – 6 hours) 3.7 GPA or who accumulate three or more grades of Foreign Language Requirements (two semesters) Incomplete will be placed on departmental probation. • MfA/MA students may satisfy the foreign language Minors requirement by showing satisfactory completion Ph.D. students in English may take minors in the following of course work or passing a language proficiency departments and programs: American studies, African exam. Language requirements should be met as American and African Diaspora studies, art history, soon as possible, beginning immediately after comparative literature, cultural studies, English and graduate studies have begun. A student is expected German philology, film studies, folklore, French, gender to be working on fulfilling the requirement every studies, German, Greek, history, Italian, journalism, semester until it is completed. Latin, linguistics, medieval studies, performance studies, philosophy, religion, Renaissance studies, Slavics, Please see director of creative writing for course approval Spanish, theatre, drama and contemporary dance, or AAADS director of graduate studies for courses outside Victorian studies, and European studies. Minors in the College of Arts and Sciences. additional departments may also be accepted at the Doctor of Philosophy Degrees discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies. Internal minors in a field outside the student’s major field Admission concentration may also be considered. Requirements for Requirements: Students are eligible for admission to the outside minors are set by the minor department. Ph.D. programs upon successful completion of the M.A. Among the specific minors the English Department offers requirements. are the following: American Literature, British Literature, Doctor of Philosophy Degree with Concentration in Creative Writing, English and Germanic Philology, Literature Feminist Critical Studies, History of the Book, Literary Course Requirements Theory, and Pedagogy. Minors within the department must be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. A total of 90 credit hours; students will be required to take For candidates earning double degrees (e.g. MFA & PhD; 16 credit hours in English beyond the 30 credit hours MA & MLIS), coursework toward the second degree (the required for the M.A. At least four 700-level seminars in degree that is not the English PhD) replaces the minor. English are required for the Ph.D. At the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies, one seminar substitution Qualifying Examination May 26, 2016 167

Upon completion of doctoral course work, students will Ph.D. Minor in British Literature prepare and take a doctoral qualifying examination. The Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in examination consists of two parts: an oral examination English Department coursework concentrated in British based upon a reading list and the defense of a written Literature and related topics. Consultation with the dissertation prospectus. Assuming the student enters Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the the program without an M.A., the exams are taken in his minor. or her fourth year in the program. The oral examination tests a student’s qualifications as a specialist in his or Ph.D. Minor in Creative Writing her chosen field; the prospectus and defense test a Three courses, to be chosen from W511 (Writing Fiction), student’s qualifications and readiness for undertaking the W513 (Writing Poetry), W550 (Teaching Creative Writing dissertation. Part one of the exam is taken in September; in the Community), W615 (Writing Creative Nonfiction), the prospectus should be completed the following spring W664 (Topics in Current Literature), and W680 (Theory and defended by the second week of May. Students and Craft of Writing). Students who want to pursue this pursuing a dual-degree PhD are allowed some flexibility minor must submit to the Creative Writing Director a brief in the timing of the qualifying exam. Further details of personal statement outlining your wish to pursue this the procedure are available from the director of graduate minor and a writing sample (10 poems for poets and 25 studies (director of graduate studies). pages for fiction writers). Dissertation Prospectus/Research Proposal Ph.D. Minor in English Language Three courses in English Language, to be chosen from Following the successful completion of the first part of the G601 [Medieval Languages] (may be taken more than qualifying examination, the student names his dissertation once for credit), G602 [Readings in Language, History, committee and registers for W795, the dissertation and Culture], G655 [History of the English Language], prospectus writing workshop taught each spring by L701 [Descriptive Bibliography and Textual Problems}, the director of graduate studies. The prospectus and and L742 [Research in Structure, History and Use of bibliography are written in consultation with supervisory English and Related Languages]. Relevant offerings of faculty and with the instructor of W795. When the L680 [Special Topics in Literary Study and Theory], L695 prospectus is ready to be approved, the student submits [Individual Readings in English], and L790 [Independent it to his committee and arranges a time for the defense Study] may also count. of the prospectus (which constitutes the final part of the Qualifying Exam). In this two-hour oral exam, members Ph.D. Minor in English and Germanic Philology of the dissertation committee examine the claims of the Four courses, to include G601 Old English and at prospectus as well as the dissertation research proposed, least one of the other older ; i.e., and assess the student’s preparedness to undertake a German G632 Gothic, G635 Old Icelandic, G638 Old long-term independent research project. The committee High German, G639 Old Saxon, and G640 Middle High may ask for further revisions of the prospectus. The German. The remaining courses may be chosen from student must revise the prospectus as needed and submit English G602 Middle English, G655 History of the English it to the director of graduate studies no later than the Language, L710 Beowulf, L711 Old English Literature; end of May. The prospectus may be re-submitted and German G532 History of the German Language, and the defense repeated once within 6 months of the first G625 Colloquium in Germanic Linguistics (when the topic attempt. is appropriate), G640 Reading Middle High German, G636 Old Icelandic Literature, G835 Seminar in Germanic Research Proposal Linguistics (when the topic is appropriate), and any of the After the dissertation proposal has been approved, the remaining older Germanic languages listed above. student will nominate a research committee consisting of Ph.D. Minor in Feminist Critical Studies no fewer than three members of the English department The Minor in Feminist Critical Studies emphasizes feminist faculty and a representative of the minor. criticism and theory. It requires four courses (at least Final Examination: Oral dissertation defense, at the 15 hours of credit), including English L663 Introduction completion of the dissertation project. to Feminist Critical Studies and at least one course outside the Department of English; each course must Ph. D. Minor in English be passed with a grade of B+ (3.3) or higher. Relevant Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in courses include English L605, L700, L707, and L773; English Department coursework in a chosen field within Fine Arts A474 and A674; Cultural Studies C601 and English Literature (examples may include, but are C602; Communication and Culture C551 and C604; and not limited to, English Language, 20t Century Fiction, Telecommunications T651. Students should consult with Transatlantic literature, Digital English, the Novel, the minor advisor in the English department about specific Literature and the Environment, etc.). Consultation with courses of study. the Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the Ph.D. Minor in Literacy Studies minor and determine field of study. Jointly administered by the Department of English and the Ph.D. Minor in American Literature School of Education, the minor requires a minimum of four Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in courses, including English L502, Education L630, and two English Department coursework concentrated in American courses selected from an approved list, at least one of Literature and related topics. Consultation with the which must be outside the English department. For School Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the of Education students, three of the four courses must be minor. outside the student’s major area. Students should confer with one of the advisors of the Literacy Studies minor; 168 May 26, 2016 their names can be obtained from the director of graduate the aegises of several related fields. It is rooted in Cultural studies. Studies, particularly the strain of Black British Cultural Studies (Birmingham School) associated with Stuart Ph.D. Minor in Literary Theory Hall’s analysis of culture as a site of political struggle, and Jointly administered by the Departments of English and inflected by Postcolonial Studies toward the transnational Comparative Literature, the minor requires a minimum geopolitics that shape the nature and experience of race. of three courses, including at least one selected from It is indebted to the model of Ethnic Studies developed in Comparative Literature C503, C504, C601, or C602; and the U.S. in the1960s and ’70s, and subsequently shaped one from English G660, L605, L607, L608, or L707. Other by new advances in the discipline of American Studies. courses approved for the minor are French and Italian CRPS comprises the cutting edges of these fields as they F584 and G560; Germanic Studies G800; Slavics and have evolved in conversation with each other and with East European Languages and Cultures R521; Spanish poststructuralist theory, integrating feminist and queer of and Portuguese S473 and S512; and Theatre, Drama color critique at the turn of the millennium. This umbrella and Contemporary Dance T555 and T556. Courses other offers, today, an interdisciplinary field with a distinctive than those listed previously may also be acceptable historiography, methodology, and expanding canon. As toward completion of the requirement; written consent to analytical framework, CRPS highlights dynamics of social count such courses must be obtained in advance from categories as they relate to power, dedicated to critiques the graduate advisor in the Department of English or of inequity and exclusion in the U.S. and the world. Comparative Literature. The CRPS minor seeks to familiarize students with this Ph.D. Minor in Literature and Science complex genealogy and to involve students in the current The literature and science minor consists of four courses. debates and methods of this growing field. Housed Two of the four will be Department of English courses administratively in English and American Studies, it offers from the area of literature and science. One of those the opportunity for a wide-ranging interdisciplinarity, English courses will be L769 Literature and Science, the including courses from across the College of Arts and “core” course for the minor. The non-English department Sciences (and perhaps beyond). courses will come from a relevant science, from the Department of History and Philosophy of Science, or from Students must take four courses (12-16 credits): the some other relevant (nonliterary) discipline. The minor Introductory Course (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic will be administered by the director of graduate studies and Postcolonial Studies, offered annually) and three in English, in consultation with the literature and science additional courses chosen in consultation with the CRPS faculty as necessary. supervisor. Courses beyond ENGL-L 648 must come from at least two departments. To complete the minor, Ph.D. Minor in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies the student must present her/his research in a forum (CRPS) organized by the CRPS Advisory Committee. Jointly administered by the departments of English and American Studies, this minor requires four courses, (12-16 Performance Studies credits): the Introduction to Critical Race and Postcolonial Four courses to include Introduction to Performance Studies (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic & Postcolonial Studies (Folklore F750 or its cognate in another Studies) and three additional courses drawn from at department) and three others from such departments least two departments, chosen in consultation with the and programs as English, Anthropology, Film Studies, CRPS supervisor. To complete the minor, the student Fine Arts, Comparative Literature, Ethnomusicology, and must present her/his research in a forum organized by the Folklore. CRPS Advisory Committee. Pedagogy This minor introduces students to key debates and Twelve hours (three courses) in pedagogy, which theories in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies may include W500 [Teaching Composition: Issues & (CRPS). It replaces the minor in Comparative Ethnic and Approaches], W602 [Contemporary Theories of Rhetoric Postcolonial Studies (CEPS), reflecting the changing and Composition], L503 Teaching of Literature in College, frames and content of these fields. Critical Race and L508 [Practicum on Teaching Literature in College] and/ Postcolonial Studies is the interdisciplinary humanities or a seminar in Composition, Rhetoric, or Literacy [L707, study of the complex process of racialization. It is L762, L790], though substitutions are possible depending dedicated to parsing power relationships constituted by on the background and interests of the student. webs of social categories (race, ethnicity, nation, gender, History of the Book / Critical Bibliography sexuality, etc.) at multiple degrees of scale, seeking to Three courses on subjects such as (but not limited to) the map the ways power is structured in social relation as history of print, manuscript studies, digital textuality, and well as through the range of categories in play in any critical bibliography, to be taken from any of the following given historical context. Work in this field is attentive to departments: English, History, Informatics and Library questions of material production, class, capital, and power, Science, Comparative Literature, the foreign languages. and is oriented transnationally and diasporically to global Consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies is histories of indigeneity, colonialism and empire. required. The composite title of this minor reflects the emergent nature of the field, known in some fora as Critical Ethnic Eighteenth-Century Studies Studies, elsewhere as Critical Race Studies, and not to (From the Center for Eighteenth-Century Studies website) be confused with the legal field of Critical Race Studies. Eighteenth-Century Studies offers a Ph.D. minor open Deploying critical theory to analyze representation and to graduate students from any field. To enter the minor, subject formation, CRPS integrates tools generated under students must first have been accepted for admission to May 26, 2016 169 a departmental graduate program. The minor requires: (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Raymond W. Hedin*, successful completion of the interdisciplinary gateway George Bain Hutchinson*, Kenneth Johnston* (Emeritus), course, “Introduction to Eighteenth Century Studies”; Eugene R. Kintgen* (Emeritus), M. Eugene Lawlis* 12 additional credit hours in at least two departments, (Emeritus), Peter Lindenbaum* (Emeritus), Karma D. including at least one approved seminar (usually, 700 Lochrie*, Christoph Lohmann* (Emeritus), Alyce L. Miller*, level). Andrew Horton Miller*, Lewis Miller* (Emeritus), Roger Mitchell* (Emeritus), Richard Nash*, David J. Nordloh* Graduate Area Certificate in English and Germanic (Emeritus), Alvin H. Rosenfeld* (Jewish Studies), John Philology Lincoln Schilb*, Murray Sperber* (Emeritus), Maura Also offered is a certificate in English and Germanic Frances Stanton*, Shane Vogel*, Stephen Myers Watt*, philology, requiring four courses in addition to the four William Wiatt* (Emeritus), Paul Zietlow* (Emeritus), Malvin required for the minor. These may include any of the Zirker* (Emeritus) courses listed previously, as well as courses in other departments (e.g., linguistics, folklore, classical studies, Associate Professors and anthropology) that are relevant to the history and Michael P. Adams*, Dana Larson Anderson*, Penelope prehistory of the Germanic languages, and to early Anderson*, Purnima Bose*, Judith Christine Brown*, Germanic literature and culture. For information about William Burgan* (Emeritus), Edward Paul Comentale*, relevant courses, see the graduate advisor in the Jennifer Fleissner*, Ross Gay, Shannon Gayk*, D. Department of English. Rae Greiner, Paul Charles Gutjahr*, T. Scott Herring*, Faculty Jeffrey F. Huntsman* (Emeritus), Patricia Clare Ingham*, Joshua Kates*, DeWitt Douglas Kilgore*, Ivan Kreilkamp*, Chairperson Sheila Lindenbaum (Emerita), Joan Pong Linton*, Maurice Manning*, Joss Marsh*, Ellen Mackay*, Michael Professor Jonathan Elmer* Rosenblum* (Emeritus), Ranu Samantrai*, Lee W. Associate Chairperson Sterrenburg (Emeritus), Samrat Upadhyay, Nicholas Mark Williams*, John Woodcock* (Emeritus) Kathy O. Smith Assistant Professors Graduate Faculty Scot Barnett, Justin Hodgson, Adrian Matejka, Jesse (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Molesworth, Nikki Skillman, Jacinda Townsend, Alberto Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Varon* doctoral dissertations.) Adjunct Professors Distinguished Professors Oscar Kenshur* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Philip Appleman* (Emeritus), Susan D. Gubar* (Emerita), Barbara Klinger* (Communication and Culture), John James Justus* (Emeritus), Terence Martin* (Emeritus), McCluskey Jr.* (Emeritus, African American and African Scott R. Sanders* (Emeritus) Diaspora Studies), Dror Wahrman* (History) Chancellor’s Professors Adjunct Associate Professors Judith H. Anderson*, Anthony Ardizzone*, Robert Fulk*, Herbert Marks* (Comparative Literature), Melvin Plotinsky* James Naremore* (Emeritus) (Emeritus) Rudy Professor/COAS Distinguished Professor Director of Graduate Studies Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus) Associate Professor Patricia Ingham*, Ballantine Hall 442D, (812) 855-1543 Tarkington Chair of American Literature Courses George Hutchinson* 500 Level Culbertson Chair of Writing ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language John Schilb* (4 cr.) An introduction to the English language: its nature, structure, and development. Ruth N. Halls Professors ENG-L 500 Introduction to Graduate Study for Paul John Eakin* (Emeritus), Karma Lochrie* International Students (4 cr.) The methods and assumptions of graduate study in English and American Professors literature, with special emphasis on classroom Anthony V. Ardizzone*, George Barnett (Emeritus), participation, the preparation and delivery of reports, and Frederick Beaty* (Emeritus), Ernest Bernhardt-Kabisch* the writing of critical essays based on individual research. (Emeritus), Catherine Bowman*, Patrick Brantlinger* Admission must be approved by the departmental advisor (Emeritus), Mary Burgan (Emerita), Linda Anne Charnes*, for international students. Lawrence Clopper* (Emeritus), Don Cook* (Emeritus), ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature Alfred David* (Emeritus), Jonathan E. Elmer*, Christine (4 cr.) Materials, tools, and methods of research. Rhoda Farris*, Mary Agnes Favret*, Charles Forker* (Emeritus), Robert Dennis Fulk*, Mary Gaither* (Emerita), ENG-L 502 Contexts for the Study of Writing (2-4 cr.) Donald Gray* (Emeritus), Kenneth R. R. Gros Louis* Historical and cognitive effects of writing, reading, and 170 May 26, 2016 language use, and the implication of these effects for the composition; current theories and policies. May be offered teaching and study of literature and writing. as a practicum for new instructors of regular and basic sections of W131 or as a practicum for those teaching the ENG-L 503 Teaching of Literature in College (2-4 cr.) non-native sections. Classroom teaching of literature in the light of current approaches. ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) Either W511 or W513 may count once for the M.A. or M.F.A., but not toward ENG-L 504 Practicum on Research Techniques specified course requirements for the Ph.D. (2-4 cr.) Introduction to a range of general and specialized methods for advanced research in literary and cultural ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) Either W511 or W513 studies. Topics include methods for research in the History may count once for the M.A. or M.F.A., but not toward of the Book, codicology, research in popular cultural specified course requirements for the Ph.D. archives, digital research environments, etc. ENG-W 550 Practicum in Teaching Creative Writing ENG-L 505 Teaching Children’s Literature at the Post- in the Community (3 cr.) P: Permission of Instructor Secondary Level (2 cr.) Classroom teaching of children’s required. Practicum in community-based pedagogies, literature in the light of current approaches. community literacy and arts collaboration. ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and ENG-W 553 Theory and Practice of Exposition (1-3 cr.) Research (4 cr.) The conditions and assumptions of Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers studying English, with emphasis on criticism and research of English. on a culturally and historically diverse range of texts. ENG-W 554 Practicum on the Teaching Creative ENG-L 507 English Outside the Academy (4 cr.) Writing (2 cr.) Theory and practice of teaching the writing Primarily for Special Field M.A. candidates. Explores of poetry and fiction at the college level, with attention discourses and domains of thought and language use to matters of curricular design and classroom technique. that link the academy with areas of expertise outside it, Required of those teaching W103 for the first time. Open including law, publishing, the media, advertising, health, also to graduate students not in the creative writing and counseling. program. ENG-L 508 Practicum on Teaching Literature in 600 Level College (2-4 cr.) Topics include syllabus construction, ENG-G 601 Medieval Languages (4 cr.) Introductory lecture and discussion techniques, use and evaluation of language instruction in the vernacular medieval languages written work. of the British Isles. Course may cover Old English, Middle English, Old Irish, or Middle Welsh. ENG-L 509 Practicum on Critical Writing (2-4 cr.) A practice-based course on the historical and current ENG-G 602 Readings in Language, History, and grounds and techniques of critical writing in the academy. Culture (4 cr.) Consideration of the structure, use, Topics include issues of rhetoric and idiom, the problem of and attitudes toward English in relationship to relevant voice in scholarly writing, the genres of academic prose, historical or cultural contexts. Course topics may include and the publication of academic work. the structural development of English, social or regional varieties of English, stylistics, usage controversies, ENG-L 512 Practicum on Theoretical Bases for language in history, lexicography. Advanced Research in Literary and Cultural Studies (2-4 cr.) A practice-based class in the identification ENG-G 603 and Literature (4 cr.) and manipulation of the theoretical assumptions and P: G500 or its equivalent. Introduction to such languages motivations of contemporary criticism. as Old Irish and Welsh, or literatures in these languages. Topic varies. ENG-L 553 Studies in Literature (1-3 cr.) Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers of English. ENG-G 651 American English (4 cr.) Growth and Emphasis on thematic, analytic, and generic study. With development of the English language in America from consent of instructor, may be repeated once for credit. the first settlements to the present; dialectal diversity of American English. ENG-L 599 Internship in English (1-4 cr.) Primarily for Special Field M.A. candidates. Students will define a ENG-G 655 History of the English Language (4 cr.) A project and secure both a faculty and an external sponsor. survey of the evolution of the English language from its Likely external sponsors will include the IU Foundation, earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external the IU Press, advertising agencies, charities, legal or history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and political offices, health agencies, and writing centers. vocabulary. Number of credit hours depends on length of commitment. ENG-G 660 Stylistics (3-4 cr.) Survey of traditional and ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues style. Attention will center on the description of the verbal in the teaching of writing and the major approaches to characteristics of texts, what those characteristics reflect composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching about the author, and how they affect the reader. invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style and organization, making assignments, and evaluating ENG-L 605 Critical and Interpretive Theory (4 cr.) student writing. Introduction to one or more major modes of contemporary criticism or critical theory. ENG-W 501 Practicum on the Teaching of Composition in College (1-3 cr.) Practical teaching of May 26, 2016 171

ENG-L 607 Hist of Lit Crit to Enlightenment (4 cr.) A ENG-L 628 Readings in Narrative Literature to 1800 survey of the history of literary criticism and theory from (4 cr.) Selected readings of narrative texts composed Plato and Aristotle to the Enlightenment, including works before 1800, with an emphasis on prose fiction. by Greco-Roman, medieval, and Renaissance figures. ENG-L 629 Readings in Narrative Literature, from 1800 ENG-L 608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to (4 cr.) Selected readings of narrative texts composed 1960 (4 cr.) A survey of the history of literary criticism since 1800, with an emphasis on prose fiction. and theory from the late Enlightenment or early Romantic periods to 1960, including a variety of modern literary ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) critics and theorists. Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. ENG-L 609 Readings in Early Medieval Literature ENG-L 632 Readings in 19th century American and Culture (4 cr.) Variable topics in the cultures and Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of American literatures of post-conquest Britain (11th through the 13th Literature and culture from 1800–1900. centuries) including Anglo-Norman, Latin, early Middle ENG-L 634 Readings in 20th- and 21st-century English, and related writings. American Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of ENG-L 610 Readings in Late Medieval Literature American Literature and Culture from 1900 to the present. and Culture (4 cr.) Variable topics in the cultures and ENG-L 635 Readings in American Ethnic Literature literatures of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. May and Culture (4 cr.) In-depth comparative study of African- include poetry, drama, prose, performance and non- American, Asian American, Latino/a, Chicano/a, Native literary texts. American, and/or other American ethnic literature and ENG-L 611 Readings in Early Modern English culture. Literature and Culture, 1500–1660 (4 cr.) Variable ENG-L 636 Readings in Drama and Performance, topics in the cultures and literatures of the sixteenth and to 1800 (4 cr.) Historical and critical study of dramatic seventeenth centuries. May include poetry, drama, prose, literature and performance through 1800. performance, and non-literary texts. ENG-L 637 Readings in Drama and Performance, ENG-L 612 Chaucer (4 cr.) Critical analysis of The 1800 to the present (4 cr.) Historical and critical study of Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and selected modern dramatic literature and performance (British, Irish, shorter poems. American, and/or other English language drama). ENG-L 613 Middle English Literature (4 cr.) P: L612 or ENG-L 638 Readings in Contemporary Literature G602 or equivalent. (4 cr.) Readings in late-20th and early 21st-century ENG-L 615 Readings in Poetry and Poetics, to 1800 literature and its historical, cultural, and theoretical (4 cr.) Extensive reading in the theories and practices contexts. of early English poetry. May survey the development of ENG-L 639 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) poetics or study a singular mode, genre, or school. ENG-L 640 Readings in Transatlantic Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 616 English Drama to the 1590s, Exclusive of Study of Literature on both sides of the Atlantic. Shakespeare (4 cr.) ENG-L 641 English Literature 1790–1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 617 Readings in Poetry and Poetics, from 1790 Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. to the Present (4 cr.) A study of styles, techniques, forms, and conceptions of poetry. ENG-L 643 Readings in Colonial and Postcolonial Literatures (4 cr.) Study of literatures within the historical, ENG-L 621 English Literature 1500–1660 (4 cr.) cultural, and political context of European colonialism and Extensive reading in non-dramatic literature. anti- or post-colonial resistance. ENG-L 622 Spenser and Milton (4 cr.) Critical analysis of ENG-L 644 Readings in Performance Studies (4 cr.) the major texts. Introduction to major works, methods, issues, and ENG-L 623 Eng Drama 1590-1800 Exc Shakespr (4 cr.) developments in performance theory and criticism. P: Familiarity with half a dozen plays of Shakespeare. ENG-L 645 English Fiction 1800–1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 625 Readings in Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical ENG-L 646 Readings in Media, Literature, and Culture analysis of selected texts. (4 cr.) Introductory study of issues in literary editing, ENG-L 626 British Lit & Cltr, 1660-1790 (4 cr.) Selected textual cultures, or digital humanities. readings of text written in English from the Restoration to ENG-L 648 Readings in Comparative Ethnic and the U.S. Constitution. May include all genres and relevant Postcolonial Studies (4 cr.) Introduction to the major secondary works. works, methods, issues, and developments in comparative ENG-L 627 Readings in Nineteenth-century British ethnic and postcolonial cultural studies. Literature and Culture, 1790-1900 (4 cr.) Selected ENG-L 649 British Literature since 1900 (4 cr.) readings of nineteenth-century British texts both literary Extensive reading in all genres. and non-literary. ENG-L 651 American Literature 1609–1800 (4 cr.) Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from John Smith through Charles Brockden Brown. 172 May 26, 2016

ENG-L 652 Readings in 20th and 21st century British ENG-W 613-614 Writing Poetry I-II (4-4 cr.) May be Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of British Literature repeated once for credit. from 1900 to the Present. ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800–1900 (4 cr.) Writing workshop in such modes as personal essay, Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from autobiography, and documentary. Open also to graduate Washington Irving through Frank Norris. students not in the creative writing program. ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture 1900–1945 ENG-W 664 Topics in Current Literature (4 cr.) The (4 cr.) Study of American literature and culture from the study of recent poetry and prose, emphasizing special turn of the century to 1945. formal, technical, and intellectual concerns of author and work. Open also to graduate students not in the creative ENG-L 656 American Literature and Culture 1945 to writing program. the Present (4 cr.) Studies in American literature and culture from 1945 to the present. ENG-W 680 Theory and Craft of Writing (4 cr.) Elements of poetic prosody or the major fictive techniques ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical Theory or both: nature of stress, concepts of meter, nature of (4 cr.) Study of major movements, figures, or topics in rhythm, prosodic use of syntax, theories of fictive realism, literary and/or critical theory. nature of fictive romance, point of view, etc. Students will ENG-L 663 Readings in Feminist, Gender, and do some writing. Open also to graduate students not in the Sexuality Studies (4 cr.) An introduction to and creative writing program. examination of major works, methods, issues, and ENG-W 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-4 cr.) developments. P: two semesters of W611, W612, W613 or W614. ENG-L 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (4 cr.) ENG-W 699 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) Survey of literature written for children and adolescents from the medieval period to the present. 700 Level ENG-G 780 Special Studies in English Language (4 cr.) ENG-L 671 Modern British and Irish Drama (4 cr.) P: G500 or equivalent. ENG-L 672 Modern American Drama (4 cr.) ENG-L 700 Topics in Feminist Critical Studies (4 cr.) ENG-L 673 Studies in Women and Literature (4 cr.) Readings in feminist theories of representation, gender, Women’s literary accomplishments and representations sexuality, the institution, or other areas of feminist critical of women in English from the sixteenth century to the endeavor. present. ENG-L 701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual ENG-L 674 Studies in International English Literature Problems (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Literatures from Africa, the Caribbean, , ENG-L 705 Problems in Composition, Literacy, and New Zealand, the Pacific islands, the Indian subcontinent, Culture (4 cr.) or Canada. ENG-L 707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism ENG-L 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and (4 cr.) Theory (4 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, psychological, and other approaches to literature. ENG-L 710 Beowulf (4 cr.) P: G601. Critical reading of the text of the poem, with consideration of its relationship ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English (1-4 cr.) to other writings in Old English and the heroic tradition in ENG-L 699 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) literature. ENG-W 601 Development of Rhetoric and Composition ENG-L 711 Old English Literature (4 cr.) P: G601 or (4 cr.) Traces the development of rhetorical theory from equivalent. Plato through the Renaissance and up to the present; ENG-L 712 Chaucer (4 cr.) P: L612 or L613 or puts special emphasis on exploring how present-day equivalent. composition programs and practices reflect the past. ENG-L 713 Middle English Literature (4 cr.) P: L612 or ENG-W 602 Contemporary Theories in Rhetoric and L613 or equivalent. Composition (4 cr.) An introduction to current research in rhetoric and composition. Draws on insights from linguistic ENG-L 715 English and Scottish Popular Ballads theory, cognitive theory, and rhetorical theory to develop (4 cr.) Student investigation of principal problems greater understanding of the writing process and build met in ballad scholarship. Special attention to textual pedagogical applications. relationships, dissemination, and unique qualities of genre. ENG-W 610 Indiana Writing Workshop (2 cr.) ENG-L 721 Spenser (4 cr.) P: Acceptance to the Indiana Writers’ Conference held in June of each year. Intensive training in various forms of ENG-L 723 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (4 cr.) writing at the conference; submission of significant body of ENG-L 725 Shakespeare (4 cr.) writing before the end of the last summer session. ENG-L 730 Renaissance Poetry and Prose (4 cr.) ENG-W 611-612 Writing Fiction I-II (4-4 cr.) May be repeated once for credit. ENG-L 731 Milton (4 cr.) May 26, 2016 173

ENG-L 733 Restoration and Augustan Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 756 Research in Rhetorical Studies (4 cr.) Advanced research in rhetoric. Draws on insights from ENG-L 736 Age of Johnson (4 cr.) linguistic, cognitive, and rhetorical theories. ENG-L 738 Research in Literary Histories and ENG-L 758 Research in Interdisciplinary Studies (4 cr.) Theories of History (4 cr.) Issues and methods in literary Social, political, and psychological studies in literature histories and historiography. Direct research can include a written in English. range of specific topics and historical periods. ENG-L 760 Research in Specific Author(s) or Work(s) ENG-L 739 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Critical reading and research into a single text or ENG-L 740 Research in Aesthetics, Genre, and Form author, or a closely related group of texts or authors. (4 cr.) Analysis of literary and cultural aesthetics, literary ENG-L 761 American Poetry (4 cr.) form, and /or genre. Includes directed research on relevant issues across a range of historical periods. ENG-L 762 Research in Composition, Literacy, and Culture (4 cr.) Advanced study of selected topics in the ENG-L 741 Romantic Literature (4 cr.) history of writing practices, with attention to how culture ENG-L 742 Research in Structure, History and Use influences theories of rhetoric and literacy. of English and Related Languages (4 cr.) Research ENG-L 764 Research in Literature and Critical Theory in all aspects of English Language Studies, including (4 cr.) comparative philology of early Germanic languages, literary stylistics, lexicography, social and regional ENG-L 766 Children’s Literature (4 cr.) Issues in the variation, usage and language attributes. critical and historical study of literature for children or young adults. ENG-L 743 Victorian Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 769 Research in Literature and Science (4 cr.) ENG-L 744 Research in Drama and Performance (4 cr.) Major developments in modern science, the philosophical Selected topics in the study of dramatic literature, theater issues they raise, and their influence on modern thought studies, and performance studies. and literature. ENG-L 745 English Fiction 1800-1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 773 Topics in Feminist Literary History (4 cr.) ENG-L 746 Research in Textual and Media Studies Feminist critical research on literary texts in cultural (4 cr.) Training and research in descriptive and analytical contexts; or focusing on a particular historical period, bibliography, textual theory and criticism, textual editing, or theme, genre, or author. text technology and media theory/media studies. ENG-L 774 Topics in International English Literature ENG-L 748 Research in Colonial and Postcolonial (4 cr.) Topics in English literature from Africa, the Studies (4 cr.) Issues and methods in colonial and Caribbean, Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, postcolonial literary and cultural studies, including directed the Indian subcontinent, or Canada. research on relevant topics from a range of historical ENG-L 775 Studies in Modern Drama (4 cr.) periods. ENG-L 776 Comparative Drama (4 cr.) Selected topics in ENG-L 749 Twentieth-Century British Literature (4 cr.) comedy or tragedy. ENG-L 750 Research in Race and Ethnicities (4 cr.) ENG-L 779 Literature and Society (4 cr.) Analysis of Issues and methods in research on race and ethnicities representative works of different periods to illustrate the and literary and critical studies, including directed research study of literature in relation to its age, or as a social on relevant topics from a range of historical periods. product. Consideration of economic, political, class, and ENG-L 751 Major American Writers 1700–1855 other cultural influences. (4 cr.) Two or three writers. Techniques and thematic ENG-L 780 Special Studies in English and American comparisons. Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 752 Research in Gender and Sexuality (4 cr.) ENG-L 790 Independent Study (arr. cr.) Consent of the Issues and methods in gender and sexuality and literary instructor required. Open to Ph.D. candidates in English and cultural studies, including directed research on only. relevant topics from a range of historical periods. ENG-L 799 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) ENG-L 753 Major American Writers 1855 to the Present (4 cr.) Two or three writers. Techniques and ENG-W 780 Special Studies in Composition (4 cr.) thematic comparisons. ENG-W 795 Dissertation Prospectus Workshop (2 cr.) ENG-L 754 Research in Literary Geographies (4 cr.) Provides models of successful prospectuses and guidance Intensive study of literature in relation to space and in the actual writing of prospectuses. geography. Topics might include relations between political and aesthetic conceptions of space, literary Environmental Change forms across space and time, or notions of national, Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and transnational, transatlantic, hemispheric, and global space Environmental Change as they impact cultural expression. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] 174 May 26, 2016

Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~cipec/hdgc/ Associated Graduate Faculty index.php Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychology), Chris Craft* (Public School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, and Environmental Affairs), Michael Hendryx* (School of The University Graduate School’s staff uses those Public Health), Dan Knudsen* (Geography), J. Scott Long* requirements contained only in The University Graduate (Sociology), Michael McGinnis* (Political Science), David School Bulletin.) Parkhurst* (Emeritus,, Public and Environmental Affairs), Barry Rubin* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Jeanne Curriculum Sept* (Anthropology), James Walker* (Economics), Ph.D. Minor in the Human Dimensions of Global Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) Environmental Change Associate Professor The graduate minor will instruct students in theories and methods that combine the physical and social Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Michael Muehlenbein* sciences on human dimensions of global environmental (Anthropology) change (HDGEC). The curriculum, as described below, Assistant Professors will familiarize students with (1) understand the history and concerns of human dimensions of global change James Farmer (School of Public Health), Darren Ficklin* research; (2) core theoretical dimensions of the study of (Geography), Justin Maxwell* (Geography), Rich Phillips* coupled natural-human systems; and (3) fundamental (Biology) methodological tools for human-environment research. Students will be expected to become familiar with GIS Clinical Professor and/or remote sensing as tools in the analysis of global Burnell C. Fischer* (Public and Environmental Affairs) environmental change through both formal courses and hands-on apprenticeship as part of team research Academic Advisors projects. Professor Tom Evans* (812) 856-4587, Email Course Requirements [email protected] The Minor in Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Courses Change requires 12 credit hours of approved courses. The core course GEOG-G561 is required. Three credit Core Course hours of methods courses are required. To complete GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global the HDGEC Ph.D. minor, students must (1) complete the Environmental Change (3 cr.) Introduction of global required credit hours in good standing and (2) have at environmental change (GEC), focusing on the human least one member of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor core faculty causes and consequences of biophysical transformations serve on the student's Ph.D. advisory committee. The of land systems. Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, director of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor can approve course institutional and environmental dimensions of land substitutions for the core skiils or elective reqirements. change; tropical forests, grasslands and urbanizing areas; international environmental regimes; spatial Faculty methodologies in GEC research, and integrated approaches. Director Methods Elective Courses Professor Tom Evans* ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural Core Graduate Faculty Anthropology (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory & Methodology: Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct International Forest Resources & Initiatives (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) This course trains participants in the International Professors Forestry Resources and Institutions Research Program (IFRI), which explores how communities influence forest Eduardo Brondízio* (Anthropology), Dan Cole (Public conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human and Environmental Affairs, Maurer School of Law), Tom dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. Evans* (Geography), Scott Robeson* (Geography) Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an Associate Professors Indiana community. Vicky Meretsky* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Todd GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing Royer (Public and Environmental Affairs), Catherine (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its Tucker* (Anthropology) atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, Assistant Professor and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Rinku Roy Chowdhury* (Geography), Rebecca Lave* analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. (Geography), Majed Akhter* (Geography), Shahzeen Attari (Public and Environmental Affairs) GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Image Processing (3 cr.) Advanced remote sensing theory and digital image processing techniques with an emphasis on environmental science applications. Hands- May 26, 2016 175 on computer exercises provide significant experience change is contextualized by attention to biophysical and in digital image processing techniques for extraction of ecosystematic relationships. qualitative and quantitative information about Earth's terrestrial and aquatic environments. GRAD-G 517 Seminar in Cultural Ecology: The Amazon in Crisis: Ecology and Development (3 cr.) GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Provides an introduction to the ecology of the Amazon Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic Basin of South America, focusing on its habitats, the Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database use and conservation of the environment by its native design, introductory and intermediate GIS operations, and inhabitants, and examining the forces of development that case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory threaten its very existence. exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. Lecture and laboratory. GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Applications (3 cr.) P: An undergraduate course in GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information statistics. This is a course about methods of measuring Systems (3 cr.) Intermediate and advanced topics in and projecting population dynamics. We focus on geographic information science and spatial analysis describing the three basic demographic processes techniques using GIS software. This advanced course is (mortality, fertility, and migration) and showing how each for graduates who seek a greater understanding of this one affects population size and age structure. An under- rapidly developing field and to learn how to construct, standing of these basic processes is fundamental for manage and analyze their own GIS data and models. studying behavioral aspects of population change. GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis & GRAD-G 593 International Perspectives on Population Applications (3 cr.) Techniques of measuring and Problems (3 cr.) International trends in population analyzing population size and trends, fertility and mortality growth, characteristics, and structure with attention to patterns, migration flows. Population estimates and major social, environmental, economic, and political projections. Major models of formal demography. implications. Comparisons between industrially advanced economies and less developed countries in Latin America, POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) Africa, and Asia. Special emphasis will be placed on local POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) and national circumstances affecting fertility, mortality, migration, and emerging roles of population policies in SPEA-E 518 Vector-based Geographic Information development planning. Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. Anthropology Data structure and file management of spatial data. ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) Laboratory exercises using vector-based GIS software Graduate course on theory and method in the study such as ARC/INFO. of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on contemporary debates and approaches and on research SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) Ecosystem design in environmental research. concepts in natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem analysis. Principles and practices of ecological ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Land-Use and Land- natural resource management. Cover Change (3 cr.) This course focuses on the relationship between land-use systems, human settlement SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology & Management (3 cr.) patterns, and their impact on land cover and landscape Field and laboratory exercises in quantitative analysis structure. It aims to link the theoretical and methodological of forest ecosystems. Sampling and data collection approaches that human ecology and landscape ecology methodologies, data analysis and interpretation. Concepts bring to land use and production system analysis. The in forest ecology and forest management. links between production system, land use, land cover, Minor Elective Courses and landscape structure will be discussed in the context University Graduate School of contemporary problems, such as deforestation, agriculture intensification, and human dimensions of global GRAD-G 513 Topics Seminar in Human Dimensions environmental change. of Environmental Change (3 cr.) Topical courses related to the study of institutions, population, and ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Remote Sensing for environmental change will be arranged in light of recent Social Scientists (3 cr.) This course combines a scientific developments and student and faculty interests. historical review on the use of remote sensing in the Analysis of human roles in environmental change is social sciences, conceptual discussions on applications contextualized by attention to biophysical and ecosys- of remote sensing to social science problems, and a tematic relationships. formal introduction to remote sensing techniques based on hands-on laboratory sessions. The course will consist of a GRAD-G 514 Fieldwork Practicum in Human conceptual and a laboratory session each week. Dimensions of Environmental Change (12 cr.) P: Approval from director of the Center for the Study ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: People and Forest: of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change. Contemporary Issues on Deforestation, Forest Topical courses related to the study of institutions, Management, and Agroforestry (3 cr.) The main population, and environmental change will be arranged goal of this seminar is to provide a semester-long in light of recent scientific developments and student and “environment” in which the student’s individual research faculty interests. Analysis of human roles in environmental interest (research paper, proposal, etc. related to “people and forest”) can be “nurtured” and discussed with an interdisciplinary group of graduate colleagues. The goal 176 May 26, 2016 is to work on a single research paper or dissertation information systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database proposal or dissertation chapter during the whole design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and semester while interacting with colleagues in class. case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. ANTH-E 621 Foo and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses Lecture and laboratory. the political economy of food production, trade and consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross cultural and GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information historical perspective on the development of cooking and Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration and forms information science and spatial analysis techniques using of cultural mixing and Creolizaiton. GIS software. This advanced course is for students who seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze & Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major their own GIS data and models. theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress conservation” to community-based and participatory GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, strategies. It considers the implications of protected G341, G343 or consent of instructor. This seminar areas for local human populations and cultural diversity. introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses It evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of on the political-economic context of natural resource protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, justice protect natural resources. and power. This course covers the theoretical lineage of political ecology, its development over the last twenty Geography years, and current hot topics in the field. GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) P: One notion of sustainable development and its meaning and introductory physical science course and at least one implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, 300-level physical/biological science course or consent of water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers instructor. Introduction to hydrological processes occurring how such systems can be implemented in developed at multiple spatial and temporal scales. Principles of countries. water resources such as infiltration, runoff, surface- and groundwater flow will be explored. Topics covered GEOG-G 517 Geography and Development: Critical also include the environmental, economic, and social Perspectives (3 cr.) Critical analysis of development implications of floods, droughts, dams, and water usage theory, development practice, and the discourse of as well as current and future issues in water quality, water development, particularly within the context of the Third pollution, and water-resource regulation. World. Geographic approach to the study of neoliberalism and globalization, commodity chains, transnational GRAD-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming corporations, multi-lateral organizations, labor relations, Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. NGOs, consumption practices, sustainability, gender, and Introduction to systems of food production and culture. consumption, emphasizing linkages to globalization and environmental change. Reviews the origins of GEOG-G 520 Migration and Population Redistribution agriculture, contemporary farming systems, and (3 cr.) P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. agricultural adaptation and sustainability, with attention Examines the history of geography. Particular reference is to the impacts of changing climate, land use, and made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, social systems (including industrialization, urbanization, structuralism, humanism and postmodernism within population growth, and economic liberalization). Additional geography and to the major debates about philosophy and topics include agricultural decision making; farming methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. livelihoods; gender and poverty; prospects and challenges GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) of biotechnology; agroecology; and food security and P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. Principles global health. of remote sensing of the earth and its atmosphere, GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. information science principles in the collection and Emphasis on practical applications and digital image analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital literature on technique, theory, technology, and Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of applications with an emphasis on environmental topics. instructor Advanced remote sensing theory and digital Discussion, laboratory, and research project. image processing techniques with an emphasis on Political Science environmental science applications. Hands-on computer POLS-Y 669 International Relations: International exercises provide significant experience in digital image Political Economy (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: approaches processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and and issues; international conflict; international quantitative information about Earth¿s terrestrial and organization; quantitative international relations; analysis aquatic environments. and evaluation of policy making; U.S. foreign policy; Soviet GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) foreign policy; international and comparative communism. Overview of the principles and practices of geographic May 26, 2016 177 POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology: Environmental Programs Revisiting Collaborative Forest Communities in Indiana (3 cr.) School of Public and Environmental Affairs Departmental E-mail: [email protected] School of Public and Environmental Affairs SPEA-E 465 Environmental Management in the Note: Be sure to specify which program you are interested Tropics (3 cr.) Historical examination of land use in in when sending mail. tropical, non-Western cultures. Resource use in physical Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~spea/ and cultural settings is explored through an interface with ecology, economics, and policy analysis. Common (Please note that when conferring University Graduate principles of analysis are used to help the students School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The understand the cultural and historical dimensions of how University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements people relate to their environment. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) SPEA-E 518 Vector-Based Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using Curriculum vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. Data structure and file management of spatial data. Program Information Laboratory exercises use ARC/INFO software. The environmental programs described below are cooperative undertakings of the School of Public and SPEA-E 522 Urban Forest Management (2-3 cr.) Environmental Affairs (SPEA), the College of Arts and Originally an outgrowth of aboriculture, urban forestry Sciences, and the University Graduate School. They are now encompasses the broader concepts of managing administered by SPEA or the University Graduate School the trees, forests, and other natural recourses of cities or both and provide courses and degree programs for for ecological, economic, and social benefits. Lectures, students not only in SPEA, but across the university. discussion, and field projects will be supplemented by outside speakers. (IUB and Bloomington will be the field Degrees Offered laboratory.) Dual master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and ecology/evolutionary biology (M.A.), dual SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) P: One master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) introductory-level ecology course. Ecosystem concepts in and geological sciences (M.S.), dual master’s degrees natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and geography analysis. Principles and practices of ecological natural (M.A., )dual master’s degrees in environmental science resource management. (M.S.E.S.) and physics (M.S.), (all four dual degrees SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology and Management (3 cr.) are offered jointly with SPEA), and the Doctor of P: E538 or V506. Field and laboratory exercises in Philosophy in environmental science. In addition, quantitative analysis of forest ecosystems. Sampling SPEA offers the Master of Science in Environmental and data collection methodologies. Data analysis and Science (M.S.E.S.), the Master of Public Affairs interpretation. Concepts in forest ecology and forest (M.P.A.) with a concentration in environmental policy management. and natural resources management, a combined M.S.E.S./M.P.A. degree, a combined M.S.E.S. and SPEA-E 534 Restoration Ecology (3 cr.) P: E538 or Doctor of Jurisprudence, and a combined M.P.A. and V506. The course will cover basic concepts of ecosystem Doctor of Jurisprudence. The latter two combined restoration, including development of energy flow and degrees are offered jointly with the School of Law. nutrient cycles, soil formation, mechanisms of species For information regarding ecology and evolutionary dispersal, and colonization and mutualistic relationships. biology, geography, and geological sciences, consult the Restoration of specific terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, respective department listings elsewhere in this bulletin; including grasslands, forests, lakes, rivers and streams, for information regarding the degrees offered exclusively and wetlands, will be covered. or jointly by the School of Public and Environmental Affairs and the School of Law, see their respective bulletins or SPEA-E 555 Topics in Environmental Science: call (812) 855-2840. Sustainable Forestry (2-3 cr.) This class will review and discuss the science base for sustainable forestry, the Dual Master Degrees human-dimensions interactions, and the political realities. The student must apply to and be accepted by both the The course format will be discussion-based with students School of Public and Environmental Affairs and either leading the discussion on various assigned articles and the program in ecology and evolutionary biology of the publications. Each student will write and present several Department of Biology, the Department of Geography,the papers based on literature reviews and analyses. Department of Geological Sciences, or the Department of Physics. SPEA-E 557 Conservation Biology (3 cr.) P: One 300- level ecology course. Ecological principles associated Requirements with rare species and with biodiversity, laws and statutes used to conserve biodiversity, and land and species For the dual master’s degrees in environmental science management practices. Our aim is to understand scientific (M.S.E.S.) and ecology/evolutionary biology (M.A.), dual and political complexities of conservation biology and to master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and study different methods used to conserve living resources geological sciences (M.S.), and dual master’s degrees in and resolve conflicts associated with conservation. environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and geography (M.A., a total of 60 credit hours that qualify the student for two master’s degrees. are required. For specific program 178 May 26, 2016 requirements, see the departmental listings in this bulletin The degree requires: (1) substantial knowledge in a and the School of Public and Environmental Affairs primary environmental science concentration; (2) breadth Graduate Programs Bulletin. in related environmental science and policy; (3) an understanding of research methods; (4) an in-depth The combined master of science in environmental science knowledge of the dissertation topic; and (5) a dissertation (M.S.E.S.) and physics (M.S.) is a two-year, 51-credit hour that demonstrates the student’s ability to analyze, explain, sequence of courses and research that provides depth and interpret research clearly and effectively. and breadth in both environmental science and physics. The student must complete a minimum of 21-credit hours Advisory Committee in each program. Students design their dual curriculum in consultation with the graduate advisor of both programs During the first semester of enrollment, each student must from six components (physics core; environmental science organize an advisory committee. Normally this committee core; economics, policy, and law competencies; tool skills; consists of at least four faculty members: at least two environmental chemistry concentration; and professional should be from the School of Public and Environmental experience). Affairs; the others may be from other departments or from outside the university. Membership of the advisory Each student must take a 3-credit hour course in which committee is approved by the director of the Doctoral they participate in a team to carry out an integrative Program in Environmental Science and the dean of the project that addresses a multidisciplinary problem. University Graduate School. At least three members of Capstone course credit may be double-counted in either the advisory committee must be members of the graduate concentration or tool skill requirements. The capstone faculty. requirement may be met by (1) SPEA-V600, Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs, sections with an Fields of Study environmental focus, or (2) an alternative course with a Each student should define a principal field of study which similar structure, such as SPEA-E 560, Environmental may be interdisciplinary. The student should prepare Risk Analysis or another approved course. Both degrees a proposal outlining a program of course work that the are awarded when the student meets the degree student believes lies within that field. requirements of the Department of Physics and the School of Public and Environmental Affairs. Each student should prepare a program of course work that fulfills the requirement of breadth in environmental Doctor of Philosophy Degree science and policy. The breadth requirement may be The doctoral program is administered by the School of fulfilled by using a wide spectrum of environmentally Public and Environmental Affairs in cooperation with the related courses, including areas such as economics, law, biology, chemistry, geography, and geological sciences and management, in addition to other science courses. departments. The Ph.D. in environmental science is awarded by the University Graduate School. Each student is also required to prepare a statement of courses or activities for meeting the research methods The program provides a rigorous, comprehensive requirement. Normally these include subjects such as education in environmental science. The specific computer science, geographic information systems, objectives of the program are: (1) to conduct advanced remote sensing, statistics, and mathematical modeling, research and scientific analysis of environmental events, although other technical skill areas such as electronics issues, and problems; (2) to further understanding of and analytical chemical techniques may be appropriate for the nature and management of natural and human some students. environments; and (3) to provide an opportunity for students and faculty members in several departments Narrative Statement to engage in collaborative environmental research in an Each student must prepare a narrative statement that interdisciplinary mode. includes a discussion of the student’s previous education Admission experiences, a statement of career objectives, a statement of research interests, and a proposed program of course A student must apply to the School of Public and Environ- work. mental Affairs for doctoral studies; those accepted will be recommended to the University Graduate School for Each student must submit the narrative statement to the formal admission into the Ph.D. program. Applicants to advisory committee for approval, usually during the first this program must have completed at least a bachelor’s semester in the program. degree in science, mathematics, engineering, or a related Course Requirements field. Prospective students are required to submit (1) a statement of purpose, which should be as specific as The exact nature and amount of course work in each possible and, preferably, should refer to potential research of three areas—principal field of study, breadth in mentors by name; (2) official results of the Graduate environmental science and policy, and research methods Record Examinations (GRE); (3) official transcripts of all —is determined by the advisory committee after review undergraduate and graduate course work completed; and and approval of the student’s proposed plan of study (4) three letters of recommendation. Applicants whose in each of these areas. Selection of specific courses is native language is not English must also submit results of based on obtaining (1) adequate knowledge for qualifying the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). examinations, (2) appropriate preparation for a research project, and (3) a mixture of courses that meet the Degree Requirements individual professional goals of the student. May 26, 2016 179

The Ph.D. requires the completion of at least 90 credit Each candidate is examined orally by the advisory hours in advanced study and research beyond the committee. The oral examination expands upon the written bachelor’s degree. A student must complete a minimum of examination and covers the student’s research proposal. 30 credit hours of advanced course work in environmental science and policy. Students must also complete a Research Committee minimum of 30 credit hours of research, normally taken Upon the student’s successful completion of the qualifying as SPEA-E 625 or SPEA-E 890. The student, with examinations, a research committee is formed. Normally approval of the advisory committee, should complete this committee consists of at least four faculty members: some combination of additional course work and research at least two should be from the School of Public and sufficient to meet the 90 credit hour requirement. Environmental Affairs; the others may be from other Students are required to enroll in SPEA-E 680 Seminar departments. The director of the Doctoral Program in Environmental Science and Policy (1 credit hour/ in Environmental Science recommends the student’s semester) for four semesters during the course of their research committee to the dean of the University Graduate degree program. Students must give at least one seminar School. At least three members of the research committee presentation in SPEA-E 680 as part of their Ph.D. in must be full members of the graduate faculty. environmental science requirement. Students enrolled in Students are required to submit an annual report (1-2 SPEA-E 680 may either make a formal presentation or pages) of their progress to be approved by their advisory write a brief synopsis and critique of four presentations or research committee during an annual review meeting attended each semester. Students are encouraged to arranged by the student and their primary advisor by April enroll in SPEA-E 710 Advanced Topics in Environmental 15 each year. This report should contain the following: Science, which may be taken multiple times, as the topics provisional thesis title, nomination of advisory or research vary. Advanced topics courses and reading courses may committee (date completed), course work completed be used to meet requirements, depending upon the topic (projected date; date completed), qualifying exam and the student’s area of interest. (projected date; date completed), brief outline of research Students should note that all 30 credit hours of advanced objectives, detailed summary of progress and relevant course work, if properly selected, and 6 credit hours of activities, summary of research plans for the next year, research, may be applied toward the Master of Science and proposed long-term research plans and timetable. in Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) degree. With an Dissertation additional 12 credit hours of approved course work, a student may be awarded the M.S.E.S. degree while A dissertation is required and must be of sufficient value completing the requirements for the Ph.D. degree in to warrant publication. The dissertation must represent a environmental science. Completion of the M.S.E.S. degree substantial research effort, both in quality and quantity. as part of this doctoral program is not a requirement; The dissertation requirement may be met by preparing however, this option may be appropriate for some a traditional dissertation or by preparing a portfolio of students. research documents including publications, manuscripts in press, and a completed manuscript suitable for Qualifying Examinations submission to a journal. These documents may have Before a student is admitted to candidacy, all multiple authors, although the doctoral candidate must requirements determined by the advisory committee must demonstrate that he or she made significant contributions be met and the qualifying examinations passed. A student to at least two of the publications or manuscripts submitted who fails qualifying examinations may retake them only for review. The research portfolio must have introductory once. and concluding chapters to integrate across the topics. The decision to admit a student to doctoral candidacy is The research portfolio also must be prepared to meet made by the advisory committee, which evaluates the the University Graduate School’s requirements for student’s performance in the written examination, research dissertations. A public presentation of the dissertation proposal, and oral examination. research is required. The dissertation must be approved by the research committee. Written Examination Ph.D. Minor in Environmental Studies This examination should be taken by the end of the (12 credit hours) student’s fifth semester in the Ph.D. program. The exam focuses on topics covered by the student’s course Students in Ph.D. programs at Indiana University may, work and related to the student’s research interests. with the consent of their advisory committee, choose The examination is written and graded by the student’s environmental studies as an outside minor. The minor is advisory committee. The written examination is graded as flexible and is usually designed by students in accordance pass, conditional pass, or fail. with their needs. Research Proposal Requirements No later than the end of the fifth semester, the student 1. The doctoral candidate must secure a faculty advisor should submit a written research proposal for review in consultation with the director of the Doctoral by the advisory committee. The proposal should be Program in Environmental Science. The advisor may documented, clearly stating a research objective, the not be from the candidate’s major department. The approach to be taken, and the significance of the work. candidate’s advisor serves as the representative in all examinations or other requirements of the Oral Examination candidate’s Ph.D. program that relate to the minor. The advisor decides on the character of the 180 May 26, 2016

examination, if any, in the minor field and certifies An (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the that the candidate has met the requirements of the person teaches at Indiana University–Purdue University minor. Indianapolis. 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours Academic Advisor of graduate-level courses related to environmental studies. These courses must be from at least two Professor Christopher Craft*, SPEA 443, (812) 855-4953 different disciplines outside the candidate’s major department. The choice of courses should be made Doctoral Student Advisor in consultation with the candidate’s advisor and Professor Christopher Craft*, SPEA 443, (812) 855-4953 must be approved by the director of the Doctoral Program in Environmental Science. Acceptance Courses of the proposed minor is based on two criteria: (1) the courses must have a direct relationship For descriptions of courses offered by the School of Public to environmental studies, and (2) the courses and Environmental Affairs, see the School of Public and must not normally be required as part of major Environmental Affairs Graduate Programs Bulletin. or tool skill options in the student’s major depart- ment. Courses in the minor program should be Ethnomusicology selected according to the student’s interest. Students College of Arts and Sciences majoring in areas other than the natural sciences, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] for example, may wish to consider course offerings in the natural sciences; similarly, natural science Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~folklore/ students might consider course offerings in the ethno.shtml social and behavioral sciences. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 3. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (B) must be attained in all courses used for the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements minor. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Faculty Curriculum Graduate Faculty Unless otherwise noted in parentheses, the faculty Ph.D. Minor in Ethnomusicology member’s primary affiliation is with the School of Public The Ethnomusicology Program offers an interdepartmental and Environmental Affairs. doctoral minor that enables students to take courses in ethnomusicology from several departments. Students (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University wishing to enroll in the program must first consult with Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct the program director. An advisor will be assigned to each doctoral dissertations.) student, taking into consideration the academic interests Distinguished Professors of each individual.

Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), Ronald Hites* (Public and Graduate students may pursue a concentration in Environmental Affairs) ethnomusicology at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels through the Professors Department of Folklore and Ethnomusicology; consult the requirements for that department. Matthew Auer*, Randall Baker* (Emeritus), Simon Brassell* (Geological Sciences), Sharon Brehm* Course Requirements (Emeritus, Psychology), Edward S. Brondizio* Four approved courses, for a total of 12 credit hours, (Anthropology),Keith Clay* (Biology), Chris Craft*, Jer- including two of the five core courses in ethnomusicology emy Dunning* (Geological Sciences), George Ewing* (Folklore E522, F523, E529, E714, and F740) and two (Emeritus, Chemistry), Burnell C. Fischer* (Clinical), courses chosen from the others listed below. All courses Robert L. Fischman* (Law), Hendrik Haitjema* (Emeritus), must first be approved by the student’s ethnomusicology Daniel C. Knudsen* (Geography), Emilio Moran* advisor. With the consent of the advisor, courses other (Emeritus, Anthropology), Lisa Pratt* (Geological Sci- than those listed below may be chosen. ences), Sara Pryor* (Geography), J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus), Edwardo Rhodes (Emeritus)*, Scott Robeson* Grades (Geography), Philip Stevens*, Jeffrey White*, Donald A minimum of a B (3.0) is required in each course that is Whitehead* (Emeritus, Biology) to count toward the minor. Associate Professors Examination David H. Good*, Diane Henshel*, Kerry Krutilla*, Vicki Meretsky*, Flynn Picardal*, Ingrid Ritchie* (I), Todd Royer, The student’s advisor from the ethnomusicology faculty Catherine Tucker*, Chen Zhu* (Geological Sciences) must be invited to participate in both the written and oral portions of the qualifying examination. The program Assistant Professors director may, however, waive the written portion of the Michael Muehlenbein (Anthropology), Joseph Shaw examination if the student’s performance in the program has been of sufficiently high quality. May 26, 2016 181

Master of Arts Track in Ethnomusicology FOLK-E 522 The Study of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Course Requirements FOLK-E 529 Musical Cultures as Systems of Meaning A minimum of 30 credit hours including the (3 cr.) ethnomusicology courses E522, F523, E529 or FOLK-E 536 Applied Ethnomusicology and Folklore: ethnomusicology area course, E714, one other approved Media Productions (3 cr.) course in ethnomusicology, and two additional approved courses, one of which must be in the Department of FOLK-E 601 Chinese Film and Music (3 cr.) Folklore and Ethnomusicology. FOLK-E 607 Music in African Life (3 cr.) Foreign Language Requirement FOLK-E 608 Music in African Film (3 cr.) Reading proficiency in one modern foreign language. Must be completed before M.A. project/thesis is submitted. FOLK-E 639 Music & Nationalism in Latin America (3 cr.) Project/Thesis/Exam FOLK-E 688 Motown (3 cr.) A project, thesis, or comprehensive written exam is required for the degree. Students may earn up to 6 credit FOLK-E 694 Issues in African American Music (3 cr.) hours for an M.A. project/thesis. A comprehensive oral FOLK-E 698 African American Religious Music (3 cr.) examination is given when the project/thesis is submitted. Students choosing to take the exam will fulfill their credit FOLK-E 699 Theoretical Perspectives in African hours with coursework. American Music (3 cr.) Ph.D. Track in Ethnomusicology FOLK-E 714 Paradigms of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) A total of 90 credit hours,15 of which comprise the FOLK-F 501 Colloquy in Folklore/Ethnomusicology following ethnomusicology courses: E522, F523, F529 (3 cr.) or ethnomusicology area course, E714,and F740, and F722. Students must also take six additional courses for FOLK-F 510 Multimedia in Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) the major, five of which must be in the department; three of these courses must be approved courses that fulfill one FOLK-F 523 Fieldwork in Folklore/Ethnomusicology of the three tracks: Social and Cultural Theory (F722 is a (3 cr.) required course). Preservation and Presentation (E522, FOLK-F 527 Folk Poetry and Folksong (3 cr.) F510, and F803 or an approved performance ensemble, which may include approved ensembles in the School of FOLK-F 528 Advanced Fieldwork (3 cr.) Music, are required), and World Area. FOLK-F 532 Public Practice in Folklore and See section under Folklore and Ethnomusicology Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) elsewhere in this bulletin for full Ph.D. requirements. FOLK-F 600 Asian Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Faculty FOLK-F 609 African and Afro-American Folklore/Folk Director Music (3 cr.) Professor Mellonee Burnim* FOLK-F 617 Middle East Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty FOLK-F 625 North American Folklore/Folk Music (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct FOLK-F 634 Jewish Folklore and Ethnology (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) FOLK-F 635 European Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Professors FOLK-F 638 Latin American Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Mellonee Burnim*, Portia Maultsby* (African American and African Diaspora Studies, Music, Folklore and FOLK-F 640 Native American Folklore/Folk Music Ethnomusicology), Lewis Rowell* (Emeritus, Music), Ruth (3 cr.) M. Stone* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology, Music) FOLK-F 651 Pacific Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.)

Associate Professors FOLK-F 722 Colloquium in Theoretical Folklore/ Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Judah Cohen*, Daniel B. Reed* (African Studies, Folklore and Ethnomusicology) FOLK-F 731 Archiving Principles and Bibliography in Folklore and Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Assistant Professors FOLK-F 740 History of Ideas in Folklore/ Javier León, David Anthony McDonald Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Senior Lecturer FOLK-F 792 Traditional Musical Instruments (3 cr.) Fernando Orejuela, Sue Tuohy (East Asian Languages FOLK-F 794 Transcription and Analysis in Folklore/ and Cultures, Folklore) Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Courses 182 May 26, 2016

FOLK-F 800 Research in Folklore (arr.-9 cr.) The Institute for European Studies is affiliated with the new School of Global and International Studies in the FOLK-F 803 Practicum in Folklore/Ethnomusicology College of Arts and Science, dedicated to providing (1-6 cr.) Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual FOLK-F 804 Special Topics in Folklore/ tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the Ethnomusicology (1-3 cr.) globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS emphasize language FOLK-G 599 Thesis Research (arr. cr.) proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training FOLK-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty FOLK-OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Study (arr. cr.) and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources Institute for European Studies of the School of Global and International Studies see: College of Arts and Sciences http://sgis.indiana.edu/ Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Degrees Offered Departmental URL: http://www.iub.edu/~euroinst/ Master of Arts, Master of Arts/Master of Business Administration (jointly with the Kelley School of Business), The Institute of European Studies is affiliated with Master of Arts/Master of Public Affairs (jointly with the the new School of Global and International Studies School of Public and Environmental Affairs) (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the European Studies also offers a Graduate Certificate and a intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in Ph.D. minor for doctoral students. the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree Special Program Requirements programs associated with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training (See also general University Graduate School in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS requirements.) students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further Master of Arts Degree information regarding the mission, structure and resources Admission of the School of Global and International Studies see Bachelor’s degree and completion of the Graduate Record http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Examination. No language proficiency is required for (Please note that when conferring University Graduate admission, although intermediate or advanced knowledge School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of one European language is recommended. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Course Requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) A total of 30 credit hours of graduate course work, distributed over three categories. Category I consists of Curriculum four required courses including Research Seminar (3 cr.); one approved graduate course in European studies from Academic Advising History (3 to 4 cr.); one approved graduate course on the Ballantine Hall 542, (812) 855-3280 politics of Europe or the European Union (3 cr.); and one approved course pertaining to Europe in the World (3 cr.). Program Information Category II consists of five courses (min. 15 cr.) in The Institute for European Studies (EURO) offers a electives from the following four areas: literature or culture Master of Arts degree in European Studies, and two from the European region or area where the student’s dual degree programs: a Master of Arts and a Master of language of specialization is spoken (3 cr.); one approved Business Administration (M.A./M.B.A.) with the Kelley graduate elective course in the humanities; one approved School of Business, and a Master of Arts and a Master of graduate elective course in the social sciences; and 5-6 Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) with the School of Public and credit hours in approved graduate elective coursework. Environmental Affairs. The European Studies Master’s program offers a flexible yet rigorous approach to the Category III pertains to thesis hours. A minimum of 3 study of modern Europe that combines courses in the credit hours in EURO-800 are required. social sciences, humanities, and languages to give Language Requirement students broad understanding of the politics, economics, history, and cultures of the countries of Europe and the Proficiency at the intermediate-mid to intermediate-high European Union, while allowing the student to tailor level of one approved European language appropriate to the program to their interests. Students may focus on a the student’s program is required. Language requirements particular country or region in Europe or on the European are explained in detail in the “Academic Regulations” Union. The dual degrees add a level of professional section of this bulletin. training. M.A. graduates have in-depth knowledge about Europe and are prepared to work in a wide variety of Thesis positions in the public and private sector. Students may Required. The student must select a thesis advisory also choose to follow the Master’s degree with advanced committee of at least three faculty members. A European graduate studies. Studies-affiliated faculty member should be selected as chair. The Institute for European Studies adheres to thesis May 26, 2016 183 format and printing requirements set by the University the first year of the M.B.A. program, thus allowing the third Graduate School. A European Studies Master’s thesis year to focus on electives and the thesis. may not exceed 100 pages total and should draw on resources from the language of specialization. (3 cr.). Dual Degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and Master of Public Affairs Dual Degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and European Studies and the School of Public and Master of Business Administration Environmental Affairs (SPEA) jointly offer a three-year The Institute for European Studies and the Kelley School program that qualifies students for two Master’s degrees. of Business jointly offer a three-year program that quali- Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of fies students for two Master’s degrees. Study for these 60 credit hours rather than the 78 credit hours required for two degrees can be combined for a total of 66 credit the two degrees taken separately. hours rather than the 84 credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. The area studies require Admission 30 hours of credit, 6 of which, taken through the Kelley To be eligible for the joint M.A./M.P.A. program, students School of Business, will count towards the M.A. degree. must apply to the two

Studies), J. Cesar Felix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and EURO-W 504 Model European Union (1-3 cr.) Analysis Portuguese), Arthur Field* (History), Shannon Gayk* of the decision-making powers of the European Union (English), Kimberly Geeslin* (Spanish and Portuguese), (EU). Formal simulation of the EU. Course may be Brian Joseph Gilley* (Anthropology), Margaret Gray* repeated for credit. (French and Italian), D. Rae Greiner* (English), Andreas Hauskrecht (Kelley School of Business), Timothy EURO-W 602 International Briefing (1-5 cr.) Covers Hellwig* (Political Science), Lynn Hooker* (Central three large regions: East Asia, Russia and Eastern Eurasian Studies), Owen V. Johnson* (Journalism), Europe, and Western Europe. Team-taught by three Giles Knox* (History of Art), Joan Linton* (English), specialists in politics, culture, and societies. Herbert Marks* (Comparative Literature), Luise McCarty* EURO-W 605 Selected Topics in West European (Education), Patricia McManus* (Sociology), Angela Studies (1.5-4-12 cr.) Pao* (Comparative Literature), Benjamin Robinson* (Germanic Studies), Julia Roos* (History), Bret Rothstein* EURO-W 800 M.A. Thesis (arr** cr.) (History of Art), Massimo Scalabrini* (French and Italian), EURO-W 805 Individual Readings in West European Abdulkader Sinno* (Political Science), Rebecca Spang* Studies (1-8 cr.) (History), Johannes Turk* (Germanic Studies), Barbara Vance* (French and Italian), Reyes Vila-Belda* (Spanish EURO-W 875 Research in West European Studies and Portuguese), Steven Wagschal* (Spanish and (arr. cr.) Portuguese) Modern Greek Assistant Professors EURO-W 200 Second-Year Modern Greek (3 cr.) P: Students enrolling must have either taken E491 or Hall Bjornstad* (French and Italian), Edgar Illas* (Spanish placement examination. Course will build on language and Portuguese), Elham Mafi-Kreft (Kelley School of skills acquired during first semester. This will involve Business), Roberta Pergher (History), Miguel Rodriguez- covering more advanced grammar, vocabulary, and Mondonedo (Spanish and Portuguese), David Joseph developing writing skills. Emphasis placed on verbal Rutkowski (Education), Jeffrey Saletnik (History of Art), expression. For graduate reading knowledge. Credit will Scott Shackelford* (Kelley School of Business), Sandra not count toward degree. Shapshay* (Philosophy), Nicolas Valazza* (French and Italian), Estella Vieira* (Spanish and Portuguese), Brigitta EURO-W 491 Elementary Modern Greek for Graduate Wagner* (Germanic Studies), William Winecoff (Political Students (3 cr.) For graduate reading knowledge. Credit Science) will not count toward degree. Lecturers/Adjunct EURO-W 492 Readings in Modern Greek for Graduate Students (3 cr.) P: E491 Continuation of first semester. Andrew Asher, Troy Byler, Cigdem Balim-Harding*, Gene Credit will not count toward degree. Coyle, Esther Ham, Franklin L. Hess, Nikole Langjahr, Olga Kalentzidou, Stepanka Korytova, Gergana May, Per EURO-W 580 Advanced Modern Greek I: Cultural Nordahl, Alicia Vitti Literacy and Current Events (3 cr.) This course, designed for students who have completed the equivalent Academic Advising of two years of Modern Greek study, assists advanced Ballantine Hall 542, (812) 855-3280 students in developing both their communicative competency in modern Greek and their awareness of Courses Greek culture and society. General EURO-W 581 Advanced Modern Greek II: Literature, EURO-G 599 Thesis Research (0 cr.) History, and Cinema (3 cr.) This course assists advanced students in developing both their communicative EURO-W 301 Modern European Politics and Society competency and their awareness of Greek culture and (3 cr.) The politics, economics, and social structures of history. In particular, the course will focus on improving Western European countries. Examination of selected language skills by engaging Greek history through domestic and international issues, including the welfare literature and cinema. states, the European community, and West-East European relations. EURO-W 605 Topics in Modern Greek Society and Culture (3 cr.) Selected ideas, trends, and problems in EURO-W 401 Topics in European Intellectual History modern Greek culture. Specific topics will be announced (3 cr.) A survey of modern European intellectual history each semester. from the French Revolution to the present. Open to advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Film Studies EURO-W 501 The Economics of European Integration College of Arts and Sciences (3 cr.) Study of the integration of the economies of the Departmental E-mail: [email protected] member states of the European Union (EU) since the Treaty of Rome; economic policy making institutions and Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~cmcl/film/ the EU budget; economic theory of a customs union and a index.shtml single market; imperfections in the single market, including (Please note that when conferring University Graduate unemployment; monetary integration, and monetary union; School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The common policies and reforms; widening of the EU to the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements east and south; and emphasis on relevant current events. 186 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School C606 Media Criticism (3 cr.) Bulletin.) C610 Identity and Difference (3 cr.) C620 Media, Culture, and Politics (3 cr.) Curriculum C652 Globalization of Media (3 cr.) Degrees Offered C691 Authorship in the Cinema (4 cr.) Students wishing to concentrate on film studies can C792 Film History and Theory (4 cr.) pursue a Master of Arts and/or a Doctor of Philosophy C793 Seminar in Media Studies (3 cr.) degree in the Department of Communication and Culture. Comparative Literature Specific topics in film studies are offered under media course titles each semester. Graduate students from C692 Comedy in Film and Literature (4 cr.) other departments can also earn a Ph.D. minor in C693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) Communication and Culture with a focus on film. For more C790 Studies in Film and Literature (4-12 cr.) information, see degree requirements and the overview of media curriculum for graduate study under the listing for East Asian Languages and Cultures Communication and Culture. E533 Studies in Chinese Cinema (3 cr.) Faculty English Director Assistant Professor Ted Striphas* L780 Special Studies in English and American Literature (4 cr.) Topics on film. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Italian Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct M455 Readings in the Italian Cinema (3 cr.) May be doctoral dissertations.) repeated once for credit. M500 Seminar in Italian Cinema (3 cr.) Chancellor’s Professor Telecommunications James Naremore* (Emeritus, Communication and Culture, R540 Special Projects in Telecommunications (cr. arr.) Comparative Literature, English) Fine Arts Professors College of Arts and Sciences Barbara Klinger*, Gregory Waller* (Chair, Communication Studio Art Departmental E-mails: and Culture) Studio Art: [email protected] Associate Professors Art History: [email protected] or www.indiana.edu/ Christopher Anderson*, Joan Hawkins* ~arthist - click on "contact us" button Assistant Professors Fine Arts Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/ ~finaweb/ Mary Gray*, Joshua Malitsky, Ted Striphas* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Adjunct Professors School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Peter Bondanella* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, contained only in The University Graduate School French and Italian), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative Bulletin.) Literature, East Asian Languages and Cultures), Darlene Sadlier* (Spanish and Portuguese) Curriculum

Graduate Advisor Degrees Offered Master of Arts (History of Art), Dual Master of Arts (History Associate Professor Jane Goodman*, Classroom Office of Art) and Master of Library Science, Master of Arts for Building, 800 E. 3rd Street, Bloomington, (812) 855-3232 Teachers, Master of Fine Arts (Studio), and Doctor of Courses Philosophy (History of Art) Communication and Culture Special School Requirements (See also general University Graduate School C503 Introduction to Media Theory and Aesthetics (3 cr.) requirements.) C506 Methods of Media Research (3 cr.) C552 Media Institutions and the Production of Culture (3 Master’s Degrees cr.) Master of Arts Degree (History of Art) C560 Motion Picture Production (3-4 cr.) Admission Requirements C561 Intermediate Motion Picture Production (4 cr.) Bachelor’s degree with a major in the history of C562 The Screenplay (4 cr.) art. Students with majors in other disciplines with a C592 Media Genres (3 cr.) demonstrable background in art history are also welcome C594 History of European and American Films II (4 cr.) to apply. GPA of 3.5 expected. Appropriate level of C596 National Cinemas (3 cr.) achievement on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) May 26, 2016 187

General Test (160). Statement of Purpose, C.V., writing Master of Library Science degree. The dual program sample, three letters of recommendation. requires the completion of 60 credit hours as opposed to the 70 credit hours that would have to be taken if the Grades degrees were pursued independently. Students must maintain a minimum grade point average Admission Requirements of 3.5. Only those art history courses completed with a grade of B or higher will count towards the degree. A Students must apply for admission to both the School student with a G.P.A. of less than 3.5 may be placed on of Fine Arts and the Department of Information and probation. Library Science and meet the admissions requirements established by each. Course Requirements Requirements A minimum of 36 credit hours. No fewer than four A minimum of 32 credit hours in the History of Art, seminars (600-level) in three areas, two lecture courses including FINA-A500 Historiography or FINA-A510 Critical (500-level) in two areas. FINA-A500: Historiography of the Theories and Methods in Art History, and no fewer than History of Art and FINA-A510: Theory and Methods of the three seminars in two areas and four lecture courses at History of Art. FINA-A595: M.A. research. the 500 level in no fewer than three areas, at least two Foreign Language Requirement of which must be in Western art. Thirty (30) credit hours are required in the Department of Information and Library Reading proficiency in one language. Usually German Science, including 18 credut hours of M.L.S. Foundation or French is selected; however, students may choose courses, 9 credit hours of Z521, Z605, and 3 credit hours another language with the approval of the faculty. of Information and Library Science (ILS) electives selected Proficiency must be demonstrated by the end of the with the ILS advisor. second semester of study. Master of Fine Arts Degree (Studio) Essay Admission Requirements Required. Students must apply to work with an individual A bachelor’s degree with a fine arts major in studio faculty member on the essay no later than the end of the courses or a B.A. in another field with substantial first semester of their second year. coursework in studio art. A portfolio of work (color slides Master of Arts for Teachers Degree or a CD of images – refer to area requirements) showing a Contact the department to receive approval to apply for high degree of skill and creativity. Fall admission only. the M.A.T. Grades Admission Requirements A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be maintained. Bachelor’s degree with an undergraduate major GPA of Course Requirements 3.0; at least 24 credit hours in undergraduate fine arts courses; portfolio of work showing reasonable skill and A total of 60 credit hours at the graduate level, with creative ability. Students without certification must fulfill emphasis in one chosen area of studio work. Only those certification requirements as well as requirements for the courses listed in this bulletin have been approved for M.A.T. graduate credit. The distribution of course work, including Course Requirements art history courses where appropriate, to be determined in consultation with the student’s major advisor. A total of 36 graduate-level credit hours of which 20 credit hours must be in studio courses approved by student’s The aeas of study in studio work are drawing, painting, advisor, and 6-9 credit hours in art history (in at least two graphic design, digital imagery, jewelry design and silver- areas). 7-11 credit hours may be taken outside of the smithing, hand papermaking, sculpture, computer art, department and may consist of up to 6 credit hours of printmaking, ceramics, woven and constructive textile undergraduate studio courses not listed in the Graduate design, photography, and printed and dyed textile design. Bulletin, with department and dean approval. Only those Thesis courses listed in this University Graduate School Bulletin have been approved for graduate credit. An exhibition of a group of works of art in the chosen studio area preceded by an oral qualifying examination, Final Examination which will be given at least one semester before the Oral: review of studio work by the student’s committee. exhibition. The qualifying examinations are designed to test the ability of students to speak articulately about the Residence ideas and directions of their work, their ability to express Many students attempt to complete this degree in summer themselves clearly in analyzing other works of art, and sessions only. The department strongly recommends their general knowledge of the history of art. that at least one semester should be completed on the Periodic Review Bloomington campus during the regular academic year. Student’s eligibility to continue in the M.F.A. program will Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science be subject to a periodic review of their progress. Degrees This program permits the student to coordinate a Master Residence of Arts degree in fine arts (history of art major) with a 188 May 26, 2016

This degree requires a minimum residency of two to three academic years to be determined in consultation with the Tim Mather advising faculty. Summer residency will not be counted in Chair Art History the fulfillment of this requirement. Patrick McNaughton* Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University A total of 90 credit hours including a core of four lecture Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct courses and three seminars (28 credit hours) in the major doctoral dissertations.) field, 16 credit hours in an inside minor, 12 credit hours in a second minor. An additional 18 credit hours of art Chancellor’s Professor history courses and seminars, or in some cases courses Patrick McNaughton* from other departments, will be chosen in consultation with the student’s major field advisor. Up to 16 credits may be President’s Outstanding Faculty Awardees taken as dissertation credit hours. The major fields are Ancient, Medieval (Western and Medieval Mediterranean, William Itter* (Emeritus), Bonnie Sklarski* (Emerita) Renaissance and Baroque, Modern (Nineteenth-Twentieth Rudy Professor Century) American, Contemporary, Islamic, Asian, and African/Oceanic/Pre-Columbian Art. A minimum of three Robert Barnes* (Emeritus) seminars in the major field is required. The 16 credit Ruth N. Halls Professors hours for the inside minor must include a minimum of two seminars (600 level); reading courses and studio courses Jeffrey A. Wolin* do not satisfy the inside minor requirement. The second minor may be taken in another department, which defines Professors its own requirements (usually 9-12 credit hours), or in the Ed Bernstein*, Michelle Facos*, Randy Long*, Patrick history of art (12 credit hours). McNaughton*, Jeffrey A. Wolin* Areas Associate Professors Ancient, Medieval (Western and Medieval Mediterranean), Sarah Bassett*, Paul Brown, Wendy Calman*, Blane De Renaissance and Baroque, Modern (Nineteenth-Twentieth St. Croix, Margaret Dolinsky, Giles Knox*, Arthur Liou, Century) American, Contemporary, Islamic, Asian, and Eve Mansdorf, Tim Mather, Malcolm Mobutu-Smith, African/Oceanic/Pre-Columbian, American, European, Osamu James Nakagawa, Rita Frances Newberry, James General. Reidhaar*, Diane Reilly*, Bret Rothstein*, Julie Van Grades Voorhis* A minimum grade point average of 3.5 is required in the Assistant Professors major field and the departmental minor(s). Only those art Phillip Bloom, Christyl Boger, Melody Barnett Deusner*, history courses in which a B or higher has been earned Margaret Graves, Nicole Jacquard, Martha Macleish, Galo will count towards the degree. A student who has a GPA Moncayo Asan, Althea Murphy-Price, Rowland Ricketts, of less than 3.5 may be placed on probation. Jeffrey Saletnik, Dawna Schuld*, Leslie Sharpe, Mariana Foreign Language Requirement Tres, Caleb Weintraub, Michael Wsol Reading proficiency in two languages (usually French and Senior Lecturer German). Additional foreign languages may be required by Andrew Molotiu the major field advisor. Academic Specialist Qualifying Examination Betsy Stirratt Three written examinations in the major field; oral examination at discretion of department. Faculty Emeriti Final Examination Robert Barnes*, Ed Bernstein*, Sarah Lea Burns*, Wendy Calman*, Bruce Cole*, Tom Coleman*, Shehira Oral defense covering the dissertation. Davezac, Molly Faries*, Adelheid Gealt*, Barry Gealt*, Ph.D. Minor in Art History John Goodheart*, William M. Itter*, Jerald Jacquard*, Janet Kennedy*, W. E. Kleinbauer*, Marvin Lowe*, Susan A Ph.D. minor in art history is available to students outside Nelson*, Rudolph Pozzatti*, Bonnie Sklarski*, Joan the School of Fine Arts. Normally, it consists of a minimum Sterrenburg* of two graduate-level courses and one seminar in a single area (12 credit hours) or four graduate-level courses Adjunct Professor (16 credit hours). All programs must be determined in consultation with the art history graduate advisor. A grade Eleanor W. Leach* point average of 3.5 is required. Adjunct Associate Professors Faculty Claude Cookman, Deborah Deliyannis* Director, Henry Radford Hope School of Fine Arts: Adjunct Assistant Professors Acting Chair, Studio Art May 26, 2016 189

Margaretha Kramer-Hajos, Diane Pelrine FINA-A 523 Early Christian Architecture (4 cr.) Intensive investigation of secular and church architecture Courses in the Mediterranean from the Tetrarchy to Iconoclasm Art History in terms of its relationship to topography, urban Ancient development, functions, liturgical planning, and related types of monuments. FINA-A 410 Topics in Ancient Art (3-4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 621 Problems in Early Christian Art (4 cr.) Selected topics in early Christian art. FINA-A 411 The Art and Archaeology of Anatolia (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 622 Problems in Early Medieval Art (4 cr.) Selected topics in early medieval art. FINA-A 412 The Art and Archaeology of the Prehistoric Aegean (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for FINA-A 623 Problems in Romanesque Art (4 cr.) undergraduates. Discussion of the major problems of eleventh- and twelfth- century sculpture; knowledge of French and one other FINA-A 413 The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.) foreign language necessary. Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 624 Problems in Early Gothic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 414 The Art and Archaeology of Rome (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 625 Problems in Late Gothic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 416 Greek Architecture (4 cr.) FINA-A 626 Problems in Byzantine Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 418 Roman Architecture (4 cr.) FINA-A 521 Pagans & : Christian Art in the Roman Empire (4 cr.) Christian Art as it developed in its FINA-A 513 Greek Vase Painting (4 cr.) first centuries within the Roman Empire (200-600). FINA-A 514 Greek Sculpture: Fifth Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church in FINA-A 516 Ancient Art from Alex-Augustus (4 cr.) Byzantium (4 cr.) Art and architecture in the Byzantine Introduction to the art and architecture of the ancient Empire (600-1500). Mediterranean world during the Hellenistic and Roman Republic periods. Renaissance and Baroque FINA-A 430 Trecento Italian Painting (4 cr.) FINA-A 517 Early Italian and Etruscan Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 433 Seventeenth-Century Art in Rome (4 cr.) FINA-A 518 Roman Sculpture (4 cr.) Critical analysis of historical reliefs, portraiture, and sarcophagi. FINA-A 436 Italian Art of the Fifteenth Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 519 Roman Painting (4 cr.) Critical analysis of FINA-A 437 Playing with Pictures in the 15th Century Roman painting from second century B.C. through early Netherlands (4 cr.) fourth century A.D. FINA-A 476 History of the Print (4 cr.) FINA-A 611 Problems in Prehistoric Aegean FINA-A 531 Fifteenth- and Sixteenth-Century Italian Archaeology (4 cr.) Architecture (4 cr.) Validity of concepts of High FINA-A 612 Problems in Greek Archaeology (4 cr.) Renaissance and Mannerism and their application to Sources for the history of Greek art and civilization of architecture. various periods. FINA-A 532 Italian Art of the 16th Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 613 Problems in Greek Architecture (4 cr.) Investigates art in Italy during one of its most important centuries. Focus on the artists of central Italy, including FINA-A 614 Problems in Greek Sculpture (4 cr.) such luminaries as Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, and Michelangelo. Examines the puzzling phenomenon of FINA-A 615 Problems in Greek Painting (4 cr.) Mannerism (Pontormo, Rosso, Bronzino, Parmgianino) FINA-A 616 Problems in Roman Art (4 cr.) and the warm, painterly naturalism of Venice (Giorgione, Titian). FINA-A 501 Topics in Ancient Art (4 cr.) Special topics in the history and study of Ancient Art. May be repeated FINA-A 537 Selected Topics in Northern Painting with different topics. (4 cr.) Medieval FINA-A 632 Problems in Early Italian Painting (4 cr.) FINA-A 423 Romanesque Art (4 cr.) Selected topics in Italian painting of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. FINA-A 424 Gothic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 633 Problems in Italian Art of the Fifteenth FINA-A 520 Topics in Medieval Art (4 cr.) Various topics Century (4 cr.) offered in Medieval Art. FINA-A 634 Problems in Italian Art of the Sixteenth FINA-A 522 Early Medieval Painting (4 cr.) Survey of Century (4 cr.) the major schools of monumental and miniature painting during the early medieval period. FINA-A 635 Problems in Italian Art of the Seventeenth Century (4 cr.) 190 May 26, 2016

FINA-A 637 Problems in Early Netherlandish Painting sculpture, photography, design, and commercial art. (4 cr.) Topics include the urban realism of the Ashcan School; the early avant-garde; New York dada; the cult of the FINA-A 638 Problems in Sixteenth-Century Art outside machine; regionalist painting and the American heartland; Italy (4 cr.) the expressionist landscape; and surrealism, American FINA-A 639 Problems in Seventeenth-Century Art style. outside Italy (4 cr.) FINA-A 550 History of Photography (4 cr.) Surveys FINA-A 557 Topics in Renaissance and Baroque Art the history of photography from its beginning to the mid- (4 cr.) twentieth century, with focus on theoretical issues as well as the cultural and social contexts of photography and its Modern practices. FINA-A 440 Nineteenth-Century Painting I (4 cr.) FINA-A 589 Topics in Islamic Art (4 cr.) Special topics in FINA-A 441 Nineteenth-Century Painting II (4 cr.) the history and study of Islamic art. May be repeated with a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. FINA-A 442 Twentieth-Century Art, 1900-24 (4 cr.) FINA-A 640 Problems in Modern Art (4 cr.) Special FINA-A 445 American Art to 1860 (4 cr.) topics in the problems in modern art. May be repeated FINA-A 449 Twentieth-Century Art, 1925–70 (4 cr.) with a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. FINA-A 480 Russian Art (3 cr.) FINA-A 641 Problems in Romantic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 540 Topics in Modern Art (4 cr.) Special topics FINA-A 642 Problems in British Painting (4 cr.) in the history and study of nineteenth- and twentieth- FINA-A 643 Problems in American Art (4 cr.) century European and American Art. May be repeated twice for credit when topic varies. FINA-A 644 Problems in French Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 541 European Romantic Landscape Painting, FINA-A 645 Problems in Late Nineteenth- and Early 1750–1850 (4 cr.) Twentieth-Century European Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 542 American Painting from the Revolution to FINA-A 646 Problems in Twentieth-Century European (4 cr.) Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 543 History of Twentieth-Century Photography FINA-A 647 Problems in Contemporary European and (4 cr.) American Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 544 Russian Art, 1700 to Present (3 cr.) Survey FINA-A 558 American Art, 1865-1945 (4 cr.) History of of Russian art concentrating on the period from 1700 to Art in the United States from the end of the Civil War to the present. In dealing with Russian realism, turn-of-the- World War II. century art, and the Russian avant-garde, the course focuses on changing concepts of national identity and on FINA-A 559 Women Artists (4 cr.) This course examines the social role of art. Western women artists since the Renaissance. We will look at some of the best-known women artists, try to FINA-A 545 Post-impressionism and Symbolism (4 cr.) understand how their achievements fit into the times and P: Consent of instructor. The major post-impressionist place that they worked, and examine related ethical, artists and the art of the 1890s: symbolism, the nabis, art social, and political issues. nouveau, the secession movements. Islamic FINA-A 546 Roots and Revolution: Early Twentieth- FINA-A 527 Formation of Islamic Art (4 cr.) Surveys Century Mexican Art (4 cr.) Critical analysis of painting, Islamic art and culture in its formative period from the printmaking, and photography from 1890 to 1950 in seventh through the fourteenth centuries. Representative relation to political and cultural phenomena. works will be examined from all media. A major goal of FINA-A 547 Dada and Surrealism (4 cr.) Stylistic the class will be to distinguish the unique characteristics peculiarities, literary affinities, psychological and of Islamic art despite its diverse sources and tremendous philosophical concerns of dada and surrealist art will be regional variations. discussed, with emphasis on the historic position of this art FINA-A 589 Topics in Islamic Art (4 cr.) Special topics in vis-à-vis other modernist movements, especially cubism the history and study of Islamic art. May be repeated with and abstract expressionism. Works of key figures will be a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. examined, including Duchamp, Picabia, Ernst, Arp, Miró, Tanguy, Magritte, and Matta. FINA-A 667 Problems in Islamic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 548 American Architecture (4 cr.) Surveys Asian American architecture from the colonial period to the FINA-A 560 Special Studies in Chinese Art (4 cr.) late twentieth century, including public, commercial, and Topics vary; each is focused on a specific aspect or domestic design, with emphasis on historical context and issue in Chinese art, studied in the context of social the role of architecture as signifier of social, cultural, and and intellectual history. Readings and discussion will political ideologies. emphasize current debates in the field and approaches to the material. May be repeated twice for credit. FINA-A 549 Modernism and Antimodernism in American Art, 1900–1945 (4 cr.) Surveys painting, May 26, 2016 191

FINA-A 564 Art and Archaeology of Early China FINA-A 674 Problems in Art Theory IV (4 cr.) Problems (4 cr.) Chinese art and material culture from prehistoric in art theory of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. times through the Han dynasty (to ca. 200 A.D.), with particular attention to major archaeological discoveries. Art of Africa, Oceania, and Pre-Columbian America Topics include the relationships between art, ritual, and FINA-A 452 Art of Pre-Columbian America (4 cr.) politics; changing beliefs about society and the spirit FINA-A 453 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa I: Art of Africa’s world as seen in the archaeological record; regional Western Sudan (4 cr.) cultures and traditions; and problems in methodology and interpretation. FINA-A 454 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa II: Arts of the West African Coast (4 cr.) FINA-A 566 Early Chinese Painting (4 cr.) Chinese painting and pictorial art from the Six Dynasties through FINA-A 458 Topics in the Ethnographic Arts (4 cr.) the Song dynasty (ca. 200-1300 A.D.). Topics include FINA-A 551 Art of the South Pacific (4 cr.) figure and narrative painting; the culture of landscape, from mountains to gardens; the iconography of flowers, FINA-A 552 Art of Eastern and Southern Africa (4 cr.) birds, and other small motifs drawn from nature; institutional and private patronage; and the relationships FINA-A 555 Art, Craft, and Technology in Sub-Saharan between painting, poetry, and calligraphy. Africa (4 cr.) FINA-A 567 Later Chinese Painting (4 cr.) A history of FINA-A 556 Art of Central Africa (4 cr.) Analysis of Chinese painting from the Yuan dynasty (1279-1368) to visual art traditions of central Africa, focusing primarily the twentieth century: art and political protest, the culture on Zaire, but also including arts from Cameroon, Gabon, of amateur painting, court and professional painters, Congo, the Central African Republic, and Angola. the development of regional styles, painting as social FINA-A 650 Problems in African Art (4 cr.) exchange and interaction, patronage and collecting, and artists’ writing on the themes of nature, style, and self- General expression. FINA-A 495 Readings and Research in Art History (1-4 cr.) May be repeated for a total of 12 credit hours. FINA-A 661 Problems in Japanese Print (4 cr.) The development of style, technique, and iconography in the FINA-A 500 Historiography of Western Art (4 cr.) Japanese print from the seventeenth century to 1860. FINA-A 580 Topics in Art History (4 cr.) Special topics FINA-A 662 Problems in Chinese Painting (4 cr.) in the history and study of Art History in various centuries. May be repeated four times with different topics. Art Theory FINA-A 471 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies FINA-A 590 Museum Studies (4 cr.) Designed to utilize (4 cr.) Art theory from antiquity through the thirteenth the resources of the Indiana University Art Museum for century. Topics include Classical Greek and Roman art academic research. Topics vary and include cataloging, theory/early Christian art theory or medieval art theory: technical examination, and organizing exhibitions. May be East and West. May be repeated with a different topic for repeated for credit when topic varies. a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 595 Master’s Essay Research (1-4 cr.) FINA-A 472 Art Theory II (4 cr.) Art theory of the late Readings and research for the M.A. essay in the history Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Topics include of art. The essay is required; enrollment in the course is fourteenth and early-fifteenth-century art theory in Italy optional. and fifteenth-century art theory in Florence. May be FINA-A 690 Burke Seminar in the History of Art repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 8 credits. (1-4 cr.) A seminar conducted by a visiting professor in FINA-A 473 Art Theory III (4 cr.) Art theory of the conjunction with a member of the art history faculty. The seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Topics include topic, format, and length of the seminar will vary. May be eighteenth-century background in romanticism: England repeated, with different topics, for a maximum of 8 credits. and Germany and classicism and romanticism: 1750-1850 FINA-A 775 Advanced Readings and Research England and France. May be repeated with a different (arr.-8 cr.) topic for a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 778 Tutorial Using Infrared Reflectography FINA-A 474 Art Theory IV (4 cr.) Art theory of the (2-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual instruction, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include readings, and problems of interpretation related to the use romanticism/realism in France, Baudelaire and romantic of infrared reflectography in the technical examination of theory in France, nineteenth-century German art theory, works of art. and late-nineteenth-century French art theory. May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 779 Directed Field Work (arr. cr.) Specialized research in museums and libraries or archaeological sites, FINA-A 671 Problems in Art Theory I (4 cr.) Problems in in fields closely related to student’s doctoral dissertation. art theory from antiquity through the thirteenth century. May be repeated for a total of 16 credit hours. FINA-A 672 Problems in Art Theory II (4 cr.) Problems FINA-A 780 Fieldwork Using Infrared Reflectography in art theory of the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance. (2-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual instruction, FINA-A 673 Problems in Art Theory III (4 cr.) Problems readings, and problems of interpretation related to in art theory of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 192 May 26, 2016 fieldwork using infrared reflectography in the gathering of with technology incorporating installation, multimedia, data for specific research projects. networks, virtual environments, and/or portable media. Topics of relevance to contemporary digital art will be FINA-A 879 Doctoral Dissertation (arr. cr.) G901 considered, such as interaction, time-based media, Dissertation Hours (6 semesters, 6 credits each for a total location, and virtuality. of 36 hours) FINA-D 512 Graduate Digital Art Seminar (3 cr.) FINA-A 510 Critical Theories and Methods in Art Investigates the relationship between art, aesthetics, History, Ca 1900-Present (4 cr.) This course is designed and technology. Topics can include virtual environments, to afford graduate students in the History of Art the screen-media, sound art, time-based media, networked opportunity to examine methodologies in the discipline, art, and locative media, as well as related history, as well as their development, since its efflorescence as criticism, and theory. Coursework includes readings, a modern discipline in the late 19th century. Through discussions, and research-based projects, papers, or readings, discussion, and individual research, students presentations. will develop an understanding of how critical theory has shaped art historical practice, both from within and without FINA-D 730 Digital Media Advanced Studio Projects the discipline. They will also have the chance to gauge (1-10 cr.) Through advanced studio projects involving the potential applicability of important theoretical models digital media the student will produce refined artistic for their own research interests. statements involving experimentation with VR technology installations and multimedia presentations. FINA-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Dissertation hours (six semesters, 6 credits each, for a total of 36 FINA-G 810 M.F.A. Thesis in Digital Art (1-12 cr.) hours). Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in digital art only. Studio Requires authorization of the instructor. Ceramics FINA-S 461 Ceramics III (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a FINA-T 520 Video Art (3 cr.) Exploration of the medium total of 20 credit hours. of video as an aesthetic expression. Time and sound are elements incorporated into visual composition’s traditional FINA-S 561 Graduate Ceramics (arr. cr.) Studio concern. Emphasis on technical command of one-half- techniques: advanced practice in the use of clay for inch VHS camera and editing procedures in conjunction expression or functional ceramics purposes. Theory: clay with development of a visual sensitivity. Readings and a and body compositions glaze; materials, oxides, glaze research project are also required. compositions and calculation, firing procedures. FINA-U 710 Digital Art Advanced Studio Projects FINA-S 564 Basic Glaze Composition (3 cr.) An (1-12 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Independent study investigation of the effect of high-oxide glaze materials in computer art. Faculty and student consultation will and their mixtures in terms of fusibility, transparency determine project and credit hours. temperatures on single and multiple opacity, surface, and other qualities. Will include much weighing, applying, and Drawing firing of glaze test batches. Also blending systems, glaze FINA-S 401 Drawing III (3 cr.) May be repeated for a total calculations, and compositional charting. of 20 credit hours. FINA-S 569 M.F.A. Ceramics Seminar (1 cr.) FINA-S 501 Graduate Drawing (arr. cr.) Concentrated P: Admission to the M.F.A. program in ceramics. and advanced work in drawing for graduate students in Discussions, critiques, and research projects in ceramic the School of Fine Arts. Advanced problems in drawing for art. Required each semester for M.F.A. candidates in graduate fine arts majors. Work is done under supervision ceramics. May be repeated for a total of 8 credits. in the classroom or independently at the discretion of the instructor. FINA-U 760 Ceramics Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) Directed graduate-level independent study in ceramics. FINA-S 503 Anatomy for the Artist (3 cr.) Intensive Requires authorization of the instructor. lecture/studio course describing all of the bones and muscles of the body. The emphasis is on joint movement FINA-G 860 M.F.A. Thesis in Ceramics (1-12 cr.) and proportion. The areas of the body are divided into 3- Final semester of MFA program and creation of Thesis D mass conception, bone and muscle description, and Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in graphic design only. joint description. Students draw from the skeleton, plaster Requires authorization of the instructor. cadaver casts, and the human figure. Digital Arts Graphic Design FINA-D 510 Digital Art: Advanced Practice (3 cr.) FINA-S 451 Graphic Design Problem Solving (arr. cr.) Opportunity for students to investigate the computer May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. as an interactive tool in the process of art making while examining aesthetics and processes of major FINA-S 551 Graduate Design (arr. cr.) Graphic design artists working in this field. Provides the opportunity for as an integral element of all visual communication media. exploration of the computer’s potential use in the art work Self-defined and assigned study to assure as wide as of each class member. possible exposure to the problem-solving process. FINA-D 511 Graduate Digital Art (1-12 cr.) Through FINA-S 555 Practice and History of Graphic Design advanced studio projects in digital art, the student (3 cr.) The history of graphic design will be considered will create a body of work involving experimentation with a focus on practice in Western Civilization and regular May 26, 2016 193 comparisons to other cultures. Design projects and reports FINA-S 535 Graduate Drawing Seminar (1-3 cr.) by students are structured to provide graphic design General seminar on source drawing. Sessions from the experience and reflection on the historical topics covered. model will be made available. Examples of drawing from the history of art are used in reference to each student’s FINA-S 559 Graphic Design Advanced Seminar: particular stylistic bias. Stylistic development as well as Topics in History, Theory, and Criticism (3-5 cr.) composition are stressed along with a concentration on Provides background on major graphic design craftsmanship. movements, the design of the alphabet and type styles, the use of tools (printing press, woodcut, engraving, FINA-U 730 Painting Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) camera, airbrush, computer). Social and political forces Directed graduate-level independent study in painting. such as industrial development and nationalism will be Requires authorization of the instructor. considered. Writings of theorists and historians will be reviewed. FINA-U 830 M.F.A. Thesis in Painting (1-12 cr.) Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis Hand Papermaking Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in painting only. FINA-S 417 Hand Papermaking I (3 cr.) Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 418 Hand Papermaking II (1-3 cr.) Photography FINA-S 591 Graduate Photography (arr. cr.) Jewelry Design and Silversmithing FINA-S 481 Jewelry Design and Silversmithing III FINA-S 491 Advanced Photography II (arr. cr.) (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. P: S392 and consent of instructor. Three (3) credits for undergraduates. May be repeated for a total of 20 credit FINA-S 581 Graduate Jewelry Design and hours. Silversmithing (arr. cr.) P: S481. Creative designing and drawing of two- and three-dimensional forms for FINA-S 595 Graduate Photography Seminar (4 cr.) jewelry, hollowware, flatware, enameling and casting (e.g., Primarily for graduate students in photography. Oral and bracelets, pins, necklaces, rings, chains); stone setting. written study of significant topics in the history, criticism, Experiments in texture and repoussé; filigree, gilding, and and theory of photography. Topic varies. granulation. Stretching, krimping, coursing, and seaming FINA-U 790 Photography Adv Studio Projects techniques in silversmithing. Cloisonné, champlevé, (1-12 cr.) Directed graduate-level independent study in plique-à-jour, and sgraffito enameling. photography. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 582 Graduate Seminar in Jewelry Design and FINA-G 890 M.F.A. Thesis in Photography (1-12 cr.) Silversmithing (1 cr.) Weekly critique, assigned readings, Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis discussions, slide lectures, and special research projects Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in photography only. for graduate students enrolled in the M.F.A. program in Requires authorization of the instructor. jewelry design and silversmithing. FINA-U 780 Metalsmithing Adv Studio Projects Textiles (1-12 cr.) Directed graduate-level independent study in FINA-S 511 Graduate Textile Design (Printed) (arr. cr.) metalsmithing and jewelry design. Requires authorization Variety of silkscreen procedures, blockprinting, batik, tie- of the instructor. dye, and commercial dyeing as these apply to design for yardage and to compositional hangings. Emphasis on FINA-U 880 M.F.A. Thesis in Metalsmithing and drawing, two-dimensional design, and creative exploration Jewelry Design (1-12 cr.) Final semester of M.F.A. in mixed printing and dyeing media. Research in the program and creation of Thesis Exhibition. Open to history of textiles. M.F.A. students in metalsmithing and jewelry design only. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 421 Textile Design III—Woven and Constructed (arr. cr.) P: S321. A continued exploration of woven and Painting constructed textiles with an emphasis on independent FINA-S 431 Painting III (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a investigation and production. May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. maximum of 20 credit hours. FINA-S 438 Water Media (arr. cr.) FINA-S 425 Textile Design III—Printed and Dyed (arr. cr.) P: S325. A continued exploration of printed FINA-S 530 Graduate Nonsource Drawing Seminar and dyed textiles with an emphasis on independent (1-6 cr.) Drawing away from a specific source. Students investigation and production. May be repeated for a are encouraged to generate their own sources and maximum of 20 credit hours. technical choices under close faculty supervision. Content and composition are stressed, as is craftsmanship. (Open FINA-S 521 Graduate Textile Design (arr. cr.) Intensive to M.F.A. painters only.) directed study in textiles. For students admitted to the M.F.A. program in textiles. FINA-S 531 Graduate Painting (arr. cr.) Independent work in painting for candidates for the M.F.A. degree FINA-U 720 Textiles Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) majoring in painting. Directed graduate-level independent study in textiles. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 532 Graduate Painting Seminar (1 cr.) Weekly critical review of student work. (Open to M.F.A. painters FINA-U 820 M.F.A. Thesis in Textiles (1-12 cr.) Final only.) semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis 194 May 26, 2016

Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in textiles only. FINA-R 590 Seminar in the Visual Arts (2 cr.) Requires authorization of the instructor. Examination of issues posed by recent art and criticism. Topics vary with the instructor and year. Consult Schedule Printmaking of Classes for current information on content. May be FINA-S 441 Printmaking III Intaglio (arr. cr.) May be repeated for credit with different topics and instructors. repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. FINA-S 695 AI Training Seminar (1 cr.) Topics include FINA-S 443 Printmaking III Lithography (arr. cr.) May effective communication of ideas about the visual arts; be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. health and safety regulations relevant to studio courses; FINA-S 444 Printmaking III Silkscreen (arr. cr.) May be grading; critiquing; and a number of course-specific repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. teaching issues. Students also will make practice teaching presentations, which will be videotaped and reviewed by FINA-S 541 Graduate Printmaking (arr. cr.) Open to the class. M.F.A. printmaking students only. FINA-U 501 Special Topics in Studio Art (1-3 cr.) FINA-S 545 Graduate Printmaking Seminar (3 cr.) Selected topics in studio art not ordinarily covered in Deals with both theoretical and practical issues in other departmental courses. May be repeated once with a contemporary art. Discussions will be based on selected different topic. readings, including relevant suggestions from the participants. Students will make slide presentations on FINA-U 750 Graphic Design Advanced Studio Projects the influences and development of their work as well as a (1-12 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. collaborative project. Directed graduate-level independent study in graphic design. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 546 Relief Printmaking Media (1-12 cr.) P: S240 or consent of instructor. Woodcut, linocut, monotype, and FINA-G 750 Graduate Study Projects (1-12 cr.) collograph. Students will create prints in each medium FINA-G 800 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is in both black and white and in color using a variety of eligible for a deferred grade. traditional and innovative techniques such as photography and the computer. Folklore and Ethnomusicology FINA-U 740 Printmaking Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences Directed graduate-level independent study in printmaking. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Requires authorization of the instructor. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~folklore FINA-U 840 Thesis in Printmaking (1-12 cr.) Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in printmaking only. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the Requires authorization of the instructor. University Graduate School uses those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Sculpture Bulletin.) FINA-S 471 Sculpture III (3-6 cr.) May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. Curriculum FINA-S 571 Graduate Sculpture (arr. cr.) Students Degrees Offered working on an advanced level develop a body of work Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Folklore and while working under the guidance of a faculty member. Ethnomusicology FINA-S 572 Graduate Sculpture Seminar (1 cr.) Fields of Study Addresses issues of relevance to artists working today, The Department of Folklore and Ethnomusicology offers e.g., the current political and social climate affecting training in a number of subfields of folklore, including oral the art world, historical references from which we narrative, song, material culture, ritual, festival, worldview, have developed. In addition, the seminar provides an as well as ethnomusicology, the study of music as culture, opportunity to critique and review students’ artwork. with emphasis on area studies, theory, and presentation FINA-U 770 Sculpture Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) and preservation of music. The department is dedicated Directed graduate-level study in sculpture. Requires to the study of expressive forms traditional, contemporary, authorization of the instructor. vernacular, and popular within an integrative academic program. Students and faculty conduct research in a FINA-U 870 MFA Thesis in Sculpture (1-12 cr.) Final range of world areas, using diverse research methods: semester of MFA program and creation of Thesis ethnographic, historical, archival, and laboratory. Students Exhibition. Open to MFA students in sculpture only. prepare for careers in a variety of academic and public Requires authorization of the instructor. settings. The department offers a graduate concentration General in public practice that emphasizes research, critical orientations, and practical skills in the areas of public FINA-N 408 Advanced Drawing for the Nonmajor (3 cr.) education, preservation, and presentation. FINA-R 508 Contemporary Art Issues and Cultural Special Requirements Themes (3 cr.) Focuses on modern and recent art movements. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) May 26, 2016 195

Admission Requirements Admission Requirements A good undergraduate record in any of the humanities Students must be admitted by both programs to pursue or social sciences will be acceptable for admission the dual degree. to graduate study in folklore and ethnomusicology. Graduate Record Examination General Test scores are Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science required (recommended but not required for international Degrees students whose first language is not English). Students Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of may be admitted to graduate study in folklore and 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for ethnomusicology, concentrating in either folklore or the two degrees taken separately. Students take at least ethnomusicology, in one of three categories: (1) M.A., (2) 30 graduate credit hours in library science and at least 21 Ph.D., or (3) M.A./Ph.D. credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. Grades Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements The department will accept no course for credit toward One of the following: F516, F517, E522, or E529; and a degree in which the grade is lower than a B– (2.7). All either F523 or F525; and five additional approved courses students must earn a B (3.0) or better in the required in the department. Students must fulfill the language department courses and maintain a grade point average of requirement and take the written exam or submit a project/ at least 3.2. thesis. Master of Arts Degree in Folklore and Dual Master of Arts and Master of Information Science Ethnomusicology Degrees Foreign Language Requirement Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 57 credit hours rather than the 72 credit hours required Reading proficiency in one modern foreign language. for the two degrees taken separately. Students take at Must be completed before or during the semester the least 30 graduate credit hours in information science, and M.A. exam is taken or before the M.A. project/thesis is at least 21 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. submitted. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements Exam/Project/Thesis One of the following: F516, F517, E522, or E529; and A comprehensive written exam or project/thesis is required either F523 or F525; five additional approved courses in for the degree. Students may earn up to 6 thesis credit the department and a project/thesis/exam. hours for an M.A. project/thesis. A comprehensive oral examination is given when the project/thesis is submitted. Dual Master of Arts Degree: Journalism and Folklore Students choosing to take the exam will fulfill their credit and Ethnomusicology hours with coursework. Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 48 credit hours rather than the 60 credit hours required Master of Arts Track in Folklore for the two degrees taken separately. Students take at Course Requirements least 24 graduate credit hours in information science and A minimum of 30 credit hours, including F516, F523, at least 24 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. and F525 or F517; four additional approved courses Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements in the department. Students must also select one Ethnomusicology course from the following list: E522, A total of 24 credit hours, One of the following: F516, E523, E529, or E714. F517, E522, or E529; and either F523 or F525; six additional approved courses in the department. Students Master of Arts Track in Ethnomusicology must fulfill the language requirement and take the written Course Requirements exam or submit a project/thesis. If a student chooses the A minimum of 30 credit hours including E522, F523, E529 project/thesis option. or ethnomusicology area course, E714, and three other They may develop their thesis/project to integrate approved courses two of which must be in the Department their Folklore and Ethnomusicology interests and their of Folklore and Ethnomusicology. Students must also Journalism interests, with a committee of two Folklore/ select one Folklore course from the following list: F516, Ethnomusicology faculty and one or more Journalism F523, F517, or F525. faculty. Dual Master’s Degrees In addition to the 24 credits required by the School of Foreign Language Requirement Journalism and the 24 credits required by Folklore and Ethnomusicology, students must complete at least two Reading proficiency in one modern foreign language. Must additional credit hours to fulfill the university’s 50-credit be completed before M.A. project/thesis is submitted. minimum for any dual M.A. Exam/Project/Thesis Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Folklore and A comprehensive written exam or a project/thesis is Ethnomusicology required for the degree. Students may earn up to 6 credit Admission Requirement hours for the project/thesis. If a student chooses to do the project/thesis, an oral defense is held when the project/ M.A. degree (may comprise 30 of the 90 required credits). thesis is complete. Minors 196 May 26, 2016

At least one minor is required; Students opting for the Ph.D. Internal Minor in Folklore for Students in the Ph.D. program with a double major do not need a minor. Ethnomusicology Track Foreign Language Requirement Students pursuing the Ethnomusicology track may earn an internal minor in Folklore by completing four Reading proficiency in two foreign languages. Must courses (for a total of 12 hours) that are outside of their be completed before qualifying examination is taken. major requirements. Students must complete one of the In special cases, and in consultation with a student’s following courses: F516, F517, or F525. All other courses advisory committee, a student may submit a written must be approved in advance for the minor by the Director petition to the Director of Graduate Studies to substitute of Graduate Studies. Students should contact the Director in-depth language proficiency in one language for of Graduate Studies for further information on this minor. proficiency in two languages. Students pursuing the Folklore track may earn an Qualifying Examinations internal minor in Ethnomusicology by completing four courses (for a total of 12 hours) that are outside of their Written examination in three parts (theory, genre, and area major requirements. Students must complete one of specialties), followed by oral examination. the following courses: E522, E529, or E714. All other Research Proposal courses must be approved in advance for the minor by the Ethnomusicology Institute Director. Students should Must be approved by the research committee, a majority contact the Ethnomusicology Institute Director for further of whose members must be faculty of folklore and information on this minor. ethnomusicology. Faculty Final Examination Chairperson Defense of the dissertation. Professor Diane Goldstein* Ph.D. Track in Folklore Course Requirements Director, Folklore Institute A total of 90 credit hours, 36 of which must be in the Professor Diane Goldstein* department. Including F516, F517, F523 and F525, and Director, Ethnomusicology Institute seven additional approved courses. Students must also select one Ethnomusicology course from the following list: Associate Professor David McDonald* E522, E523, E529, or E714. Director of Graduate Studies Ph.D. Track in Ethnomusicology Professor John H. McDowell* Course Requirements Professors A total of 90 credit hours, 36 of which must be in Mellonee Burnim*, Ray Cashman*, the department including:E522, F523, F529 or Diane Goldstein*, John H. McDowell*, Gregory A. ethnomusicology area course, E714, and F740, or F722. Schrempp*, Ruth Stone* Students must also take six additional courses five of which must be in the department. Students must also Associate Professors select one Folklore course from the following list: F516, F523, F517, F525. Michael Dylan Foster*, Jason Baird Jackson*, David Anthony McDonald, Daniel Boyce Reed*, Pravina Shukla* Ph.D Minor in Ethnomusicology Doctoral students in other departments may obtain Assistant Professors a minor in ethnomusicology by completing 12 credit Rebecca Dirksen, Alisha Jones hours (four graduate ethnomusicology courses). Six Senior Lecturers (6) credit hours must be from the required courses: E522, F523, E529, E714, and F740. Contact the Fernando Orejuela, Sue Tuohy Director of the Ethnomusicology Institute for approval of Adjunct Professors courses.Graduate students may pursue a concentration in ethnomusicology at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels; consult the John Bodnar* (History), Raymond DeMallie* requirements for that department. (Anthropology), Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology), Eric Sandweiss* (History) Ph.D. Minor in Folklore Doctoral students in other departments may obtain a Adjunct Associate Professors minor in folklore by completing 12 credit hours (four Jane E. Goodman* (Communication and Culture), Lynn graduate folklore courses). Three (3) credit hours must Hooker* (Central Eurasian Studies), Stephanie C. Kane* be in one of the required courses: F516, F517, F523, (Criminal Justice), Susan Lepselter* (Communication and or F525. Contact the Director of Graduate Studies for Culture), Susan Seizer* (Communication and Culture) approval of courses. Grades Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University A minimum of a B (3.0) is required in each course that is Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct to count toward the minors. doctoral dissertations.) May 26, 2016 197

Faculty Emeritus how various film musics are conceived and how these College Professor musics may be interpreted by audiences, composers, and filmmakers. Credit given for only FOLK E608 or F608. Henry H. Glassie* FOLK-E 639 Music & Nationalism in Latin America Distinguished Professors (3 cr.) Explores relationships between changing concepts Richard Bauman* of nation and national identity, local, social, and political processes, and artists whose performances and creations Professors have been seen as national symbols. Theories of nationalism, explored through case studies from various Mary Ellen Brown*, Sandra Kay Dolby*, Hasan M. El- periods and nations of Latin America. Shamy*, William Hansen*, Roger L. Janelli*, Portia K. Maultsby*, Lewis Rowell* (Music), Beverly J. Stoeltje* FOLK-E 688 Motown (3 cr.) This course surveys the (Anthropology), William Wiggins Jr.* (African American development of Motown Record Corporation, Detroit Era and African Diaspora Studies) (1959-1972). Through lecture, discussion, guided listening and visual experiences the course studies the musical Associate Professors works, creative processes, business practices, historical John W. Johnson* events, media, technology, and sociocultural factors that contributed to Motown’s identity as a unique artistic and Associate Scholar cultural phenomenon. Inta Gale Carpenter FOLK-E 694 Issues in African American Music (3 cr.) Courses A chronological overview of the primary genres of African American music, from slavery to present. Emphasis FOLK-E 522 The Study of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) placed on understanding the separate identities of Introduction to the discipline: history, scope, definitions individual genres, and examining those processes by of ethnomusicology; key issues, points of debate; which they are interrelated and are cultural objects for ap- ethnomusicologists and their work; resources for research, propriation. Credit given for only one of FOLK E694, FOLK teaching, and other activities in which ethnomusicologists F694, or AAAD A594. engage. Background for more specialized courses in fieldwork, theory, intellectual history, and world areas. FOLK-E 697 African American Popular Music (3 cr.) Credit given for only one of FOLK E522 or F522. An examination of African American popular music from 1945-2000. Organized topically, this course will examine FOLK-E 529 Musical Cultures as Systems of Meaning the production of this tradition as a black cultural product (3 cr.) This course explores a range of ideologies, and its transformation into a mass marketed commodity processes, and patterns that define musical cultures for mainstream and global consumption. Credit given for across the globe. Focus on the concept of music as only one of FOLK E697 or AAAD A687. culture by examining historical and contemporary issues in cross-cultural perspective. FOLK-E 698 African American Religious Music (3 cr.) Using both a sociocultural and a historical perspective, FOLK-E 536 Applied Ethnomusicology and Folklore: this course explores the major forms of African American Media Productions (3 cr.) Examines the application religious music indigenous to the United States (Negro of ethnomusicology and folklore training in media spirituals and gospel music), as well as those Euro- productions for cultural institutions and commercial American musical expressions that have emerged as industries. A focus on the role of humanists as integral parts of the African American worship experience. researchers, consultants, music supervisors, and filmmakers for public media institutions (i.e. PBS, BBC, FOLK-E 699 Theoretical Perspectives in African NPR, PRI), multimedia production companies, and American Music (3 cr.) A critique of the theoretical commercial film industries. perspectives of African American music rendered in seminal publications by scholars of various disciplines FOLK-E 601 Chinese Film and Music (3 cr.) Introduces employed from the 19th century to the present that have students to Chinese film, music, and film and music shaped underlying assumptions in narratives on this industries. Focus on ethnomusicological approaches tradition. Credit given for only one of FOLK E699 or FOLK to the study of film, methods for reading film music, F725. and learning to read Chinese films and listen to their soundtracks in relation to their representations of Chinese FOLK-E 714 Paradigms of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) culture. Examines the current paradigms for conducting ethnomusicological research. Emphasis on theoretical FOLK-E 607 Music in African Life (3 cr.) Study of how frameworks and specific examples of application within the Africans create, perform, think about, and use music in disciplines. Credit given for only FOLK F714 or E714. their lives. Topics include traditional and popular musical styles in relationship to social and historical contexts, as FOLK-F 501 Colloquy in Folklore/Ethnomusicology well as translocal, transnational, and global cultural and (3 cr.) Introduces students to the content, methodologies, musical exchanges in which Africans participate. Credit and theoretical perspectives, and intellectual histories of given for only FOLK E607 or F607. folklore and ethnomusicology. FOLK-E 608 Music in African Film (3 cr.) Music is an FOLK-F 510 Multimedia in Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) integral part of African films, whether they are made by Explores the use of multimedia technology in five basic Hollywood or by African directors. The course will explore areas of ethnographic activity: field research, laboratory research (transcription and analysis), preservation, 198 May 26, 2016 presentation, and publication. Knowledge of technological FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) Examination of myths, concepts and skill development in the use of various folktales, legends, jokes, fables, anecdotes, personal technologies are pursued through a project-based narratives, or other forms of folk narrative. Attention given approach, which emphasizes learning by doing. to the content, form, and functions of the narratives as well as the variety of theories and methodologies employed in FOLK-F 516 Folklore Theory in Practice (3 cr.) An their study. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. introduction to scholarly practice, developing an integrated idea of folklore as a topic of study and as a way to conduct FOLK-F 600 Asian Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Folk research. religion, material culture, social customs, oral literature, and folk music of Asian societies. Relationship between FOLK-F 517 History of Folklore Study (3 cr.) Graduate political movements and the use of folklore scholarship. introduction to conceptual foundations in folklore, Transformations of traditions in modern contexts. May be such as social base of folklore, tradition, folklore and repeated for credit when topics vary. culture history, folklore as projection, genre, function, structure, text, and context, through a historical survey of FOLK-F 609 African and Afro-American Folklore/Folk approaches to folklore topics. Music (3 cr.) Folklore, oral prose and poetry, and music of African societies from the precolonial to the modern FOLK-F 523 Field Work in Folklore/Ethnomusicology national period. The perpetuation of African traditions and (3 cr.) Theories and methods of conducting field research, the creation of new folklore forms among Afro-Americans including research design, methods of data gathering, in the United States. May be repeated for credit when research ethics, and presentation of research results. topics vary. FOLK-F 525 Readings in Ethnography (3 cr.) Historical FOLK-F 617 Middle East Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) survey of main styles of ethnographic research, with Intensive comparative studies of selected genres, emphasis on three types of theoretical considerations: including epics, oral narratives, folk drama, ritual and 1) relationship between ethnographic research and the festival, riddles, proverbs, and folk music. Emphasis on changing academic, political, cultural, and artistic contexts analyses of genres in their social and cultural contexts. in which it is situated; 2) ethnographers as individuals May be repeated for credit when topics vary. whose specific backgrounds and aspirations influence their work; and 3) close attention to the methods employed FOLK-F 625 North American Folklore/Folk Music by specific ethnographers. (3 cr.) Folk and popular traditions of the United States and Canada. Topics include the social base of American FOLK-F 527 Folk Poetry and Folksong (3 cr.) folklore, analytical frameworks for the study of American Examination of written and performed folk poetry, ritual, folklore, prominent genres of American folklore and folk political, domestic, or occupational verse, blues, or popular music, national or regional character, and American folk song; scholarly perspectives associated with these forms. style. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 634 Jewish Folklore and Ethnology FOLK-F 528 Advanced Fieldwork (3 cr.) P: F523. While (3 cr.) Introduces the history, methods, and issues of F523 offers a comprehensive survey of the complex and ethnographic study among Jewish populations, focusing multi-faceted enterprise, this course (F528) chooses on the United States and Israel. Through close readings one element of the fieldwork and focuses on it as a of major works, this class will explore how research in this theme for an entire semester. This course also offers complex topic has used ethnography to investigate—and advanced graduate students additional guided experience negotiate—memory, religious life, politics, ethnicity, and conducting fieldwork in a workshop-like setting. identity. FOLK-F 532 Public Practice in Folklore and FOLK-F 635 European Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Explores the breadth of Forms of folklore and folk music in Europe; historical professional practice in Folklore and Ethnomusicology and contemporary European scholarship in folklore and outside of college and university settings. Emphasis is ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit when topics placed on the development of conceptual knowledge vary. central to publicly engaged scholarship irrespective of the particular contexts in which scholars might be employed. FOLK-F 638 Latin American Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) In-depth treatment of traditional expressive forms FOLK-F 535 Ritual and Festival (3 cr.) Traditional rituals (musical, verbal, kinetic, festive, etc.) in the various and festivals include symbolic forms of communication populations of Latin America, with emphasis on the and a range of performance units: drama, religious historical evolution of these forms and their contribution to expression, music, sports, the clown. Interpretive models the articulation of contemporary Latin American identities. permit cross-cultural examination of these phenomena May be repeated for credit when topics vary. in the United States, Africa, Latin America, Europe, Asia, etc., though study focuses only on a few events in context. FOLK-F 640 Native American Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Comparative examination of various verbal, FOLK-F 540 Material Culture and Folklife (3 cr.) musical, and dance forms of Native American societies in Material culture presented within the context of folklife, North and South America. Examination of contributions including folk architecture, folk crafts, folk art, traditional of folklore and ethnomusicological scholarship to Native foodways, folk museums, folklife research methods, and American studies. May be repeated for credit when topics the history of folklife research. May be repeated for credit vary. when topics vary. FOLK-F 651 Pacific Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Folklore, folklife, music, and dance of Australia, New Zealand, May 26, 2016 199 and native Oceanic societies. Topics include the cultures behavior in mental health and morbidity; unrecognized ties of aboriginal and settler populations, retention and to psychological theories; uses of folklore to educators and adaptation of European traditions, perpetuation and psychologists. adaptation of aboriginal materials, and the emergence of “native” traditions among the settler and immigrant groups. FOLK-F 740 History of Ideas in Folklore/ May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Examination of the intellectual history of folklore and ethnomusicology, emphasizing the FOLK-F 712 Body Art: Dress and Adornment (3 cr.) social, political, and ideological forces that have influenced This seminar analyzes the different ways in which human the development of the field. Required for M.A. and Ph.D. beings throughout the world shape, dress, ornament, students. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. and decorate their bodies, focusing on the meaningful communication of these artistic forms. Class topics will FOLK-F 750 Performance Studies (3 cr.) Examination include tattoo, scarification, face painting, makeup, henna, of performance-centered theory and analysis in folklore, hair, jewelry, and dress—daily attire, costume, folk dress, ethnomusicology, and adjacent fields. May be repeated for uniforms. credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 713 Food: Art and Identity (3 cr.) This seminar FOLK-F 755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (3 cr.) centers on the topic of food—the production, preparation, Relationship of folklore, culture, and social organization. and consumption—applying a material culture model to Beliefs, values, and social relations in the folklore of the study of food. While food is an expression of cultural various societies. Special topics include gender, children, identities, it is also a powerful vehicle for the expression of and ethnicity. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. individual identities, preferences, and aesthetics. FOLK-F 792 Traditional Musical Instruments (3 cr.) FOLK-F 715 (ENG L715) English and Scottish Popular Classification, distribution, and diffusion of folk and Ballads (4 cr.) Students’ investigation of principal traditional musical instruments. Construction and problems met in ballad scholarship. Special attention to performance practices. Relation to cultural and physical textual relationships, dissemination, and unique qualities environment. Demonstration with instruments in the of genre. collection of the university museum. FOLK-F 722 Colloquium in Theoretical Folklore/ FOLK-F 794 Transcription and Analysis in Folklore/ Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Intensive examination of social Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. scientific theories and an assessment of their relevance to Problems in transcription, analysis, and classification folklore/ethnomusicology scholarship. May be repeated for of music sound and texts. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. credit when topics vary. students in ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit. FOLK-F 730 Museums and Material Culture (3 cr.) Special Function Courses This class analyzes the complex relationship between FOLK-OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Study (arr. cr.) human beings and the material world they inhabit and FOLK-G 599 Thesis Research (arr. cr.) This course is create to better comprehend the institution of the museum. eligible for a deferred grade. An understanding of material culture helps us view how makers, users, and viewers relate to objects in homes, FOLK-F 800 Research in Folklore (arr.-9 cr.) This commercial establishments and eventually, in museums. course is eligible for a deferred grade. FOLK-F 731 Curatorship (3 cr.) The course presents FOLK-F 801 Teaching Folklore (0-3 cr.) Prepares basic skills for research and professional practice in social graduate students to teach in Folklore and science and humanities museums. In addition to curatorial Ethnomusicology; includes practical instruction in teaching skills, the course explores how theoretical, ethical, and methods, lesson preparation, teaching observations, methodological problems are addressed in day-to-day course design, teaching portfolio preparation, and museum work. Taught in campus museums, the course discussion of folklore and ethnomusicology in college includes hands-on activities, seminar discussion, and curriculum. Required of all first time Instructors and collections research. Associate Instructors. FOLK-F 734 Folklore and Literature (3 cr.) The study of FOLK-F 802 Traditional Arts Indiana (1-3 cr.) Designed folklore forms and themes as they articulate with literary as a practicum for students to work collaboratively in forms. Emphasis on understanding folklore concepts and applying the methods and approaches of folklore studies theories for literary interpretation, and on the problems to public needs and public programs. Students will engage posed by literature that contribute to the interpretation of in a variety of outreach projects linking the university to the folklore. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. larger community in the areas of public arts and culture and cultural documentation. May be repeated once for FOLK-F 736 Folklore and Language (3 cr.) Linguistic credit. or linguistically informed approaches to speech play and verbal art that are especially relevant to the concerns of FOLK-F 803 Practicum in Folklore/Ethnomusicology folklorists. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individualized, supervised work in publicly oriented programs in folklore FOLK-F 738 Psychological Issues in Folklore (3 cr.) or ethnomusicology, such as public arts agencies, P: Consent of instructor. Major areas addressed: museums, historical commissions, and archives. Relevant psychological principles in early folklore scholarship; readings and written report required. May be repeated. principles of learning applied to traditions; social learning; attitudes: performance and retention; systemic qualities; FOLK-F 804 Special Topics in Folklore/ cybernetics: “material” and “kinetic” culture; folkloric Ethnomusicology (3-6 cr.) Topics will be selected in 200 May 26, 2016 areas of folklore or ethnomusicology not covered in depth 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL): in existing courses. May be repeated for credit (6 cr. max.) International students only; when topics vary. 4. Three letters of recommendation FOLK-F 840 Research Seminar (3 cr.) Prepares 5. Statement of purpose in English and target language students for their dissertation research by examining 6. Official transcripts and certified English translations the research process and requiring from them a short 7. C.V. draft and an expanded draft of a research proposal. This 8. Writing sample course is strongly recommended for students in the Ph.D. For further details and program-specific requirements, program. May be repeated once for credit. please check the Web site (www.indiana.edu/~frithome/ FOLK-F 850 Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a graduate/) or contact the graduate secretary in the deferred grade. department. FOLK-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course is Degrees in French eligible for a deferred grade. Master of Arts Degree—French Instruction Music Courses Course Requirements FOLK-M 596 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours, at least 20 credit hours of FOLK-T 561 Music Theory (3 cr.) (Topic: Art Musics of which must be in French, including F572, F573, F574 Asia; Art Music of India) or F578, and F580. Additional work must include at least one course from each of the following four areas: FOLK-E 609 Zimbabwean Mbira Performance French language, Francophone civilization, Francophone Ensemble (3 cr.) This course introduces students to literature, and foreign language methodology/applied Zimbabwean music through a combination of applied linguistics/second-language acquisition. music making and lecture/discussions. Students learn to play the Zimbabwean Mbira and various percussion Language Proficiency Requirement instruments. At the end of the first year of graduate study, students FOLK-F 677 Popular Culture and Politics in the Middle will be interviewed in French using a system based on East (3 cr.) Through ethnographic case studies this the oral interview procedures developed by the American course examines the dynamics of popular culture and Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages and mass media in the Middle East, including the Arabic the Educational Testing Service. A score equivalent to speaking nations, Israel, Turkey, Iran, and North Africa. “Advanced High” on the ACTFL/ETS scale is required. French and Italian Final Examination College of Arts and Sciences Written examinations in the following two areas (one Departmental E-mail: [email protected] essay written in French): applied French linguistics and foreign language methodology/second language Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~frithome acquisition. Oral examination in one of the following two areas of the student’s choice: Francophone civilization or (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Francophone literature. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Master of Arts Degree—French/Francophone Studies contained only in The University Graduate School Course Requirements Bulletin.) A total of 30 credit hours, at least 23 credit hours of which Curriculum must be in French. Degrees Offered Final Project Master of Arts (French/Francophone Studies, French Linguistics, French Instruction, Italian), and Doctor of Evaluation of accumulated dossier of graduate-level Philosophy (French Literature, French Linguistics, Italian) term papers by the French/Francophone Studies faculty. Dossier must be prefaced by 4-5 page rationale written (in Special Departmental Requirements French) by the student. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Master of Arts Degree—French Linguistics Course Requirements All associate instructors in French are required to take F572 and F573; all associate instructors in Italian are A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 must be in required to take M572 and M573. the French program (FRIT-F courses), including F574 or F578, F576, F577, F579, F580, F582 and F603. Admission Requirements for All Programs Language Requirement 1. Undergraduate major in French or Italian, depending on intended focus, or its equivalent Reading proficiency in a language selected from the following list: a modern Romance language other than 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test: French (Haitian Creole may count), a regional/minority Domestic student requirement, recommended for language of France, German, Russian, Latin, or Classical international students; Greek. May 26, 2016 201

Final Examination count toward the PhD. Any student who does not hold an MA in French linguistics from another institution must Two written exams: one chosen from Group A and one obtain the MA in French linguistics from IU before moving from Group B. Group A: applied French linguistics, on to the PhD program. history of the French language, and pedagogy/language acquisition. Group B: phonology, syntax. To be admitted Course Requirements to the Ph.D. program, students must select from the first two areas in Group A. Students desiring admission to the A total of 90 credit hours: 65 credit hours of course work Ph.D. program must submit a research statement on the plus 25 thesis hours (F875). Students must complete at day of the written exams and participate in an oral Ph.D. least five 600-level courses in French Linguistics excluding admission interview. F603. If an insufficient number of 600-level courses are offered for the student to move ahead in the program, Doctor of Philosophy Degree—French/Francophone courses in Linguistics or in Second Language Studies may Studies be substituted with permission of the DGS. Admission Requirements Language Requirement Successful completion of the curriculum and final Reading proficiency in two languages as follows: (1) evaluation constituting the department’s M.A. program German or Latin, and (2) a Romance language other than in French/Francophone Studies. Students with an M.A. French, a regional/minority language of France, or Haitian from another institution will first be admitted to the M.A. Creole. (Note that Picard and Occitan ARE regional/ program, but their work will be submitted for a faculty minority languages of France.) The language selected for review at the end of the second semester to be considered the M.A. may count toward the Ph.D. requirement. For for admission to the Ph.D program. specialists in the history of French, we highly recommend Course Requirements the study of both German and Latin (in addition to the Romance language). A total of 90 credit hours: 65 credit hours of course work plus 25 thesis hours (F875). F564 and F603 or their Minor(s) equivalents are required. Twelve (12) credit hours of course work required in (1) Language Requirement general linguistics, excluding Linguistics L503, or (2) second language studies. Other minors are possible with Reading proficiency in one outside language chosen the permission of the Director of Graduate Studies. from German, Latin, Catalan, Classical Greek, Italian, Russian, Portuguese, or Spanish. Another language may Qualifying Examination be substituted with permission of the D.G.S. and the Ph.D. Students will take two cloistered General Exams, three dissertation advisor. hours each in length, and one Research Exam, to Minor(s) be completed over a period of one week with access to research materials. For the General Exams the One Ph.D. minor is required for a total of 9 to 12 credit students can select one area from Group A and one hours, as required by the minor department(s) or area from Group B; Group A: Lexicology/Lexicography, program(s). Examination on the minor subject is at the Language Contact, History of French, Sociolinguistics discretion of the minor department. and Dialectology. Group B: Phonology, Morphology, Qualifying Examination Syntax, Second Language Acquisition. Selection of the examination areas will be made in consultation with the Oral and written exams covering six literary periods student’s advisory committee. (Middle Ages, sixteenth, seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth/twenty-first centuries) or 5 The Research Exam is designed to demonstrate that centuries and literary criticism. Students may choose to students have developed sufficient depth in a particular be exempted from written exams on two of the six literary constellation of research questions and that they are periods, provided they have achieved a grade of B or ready to begin work on their dissertations. The area of this higher in two courses from each of these areas. Students exam corresponds to the area of the student’s projected must develop a customized reading list in their intended dissertation topic and will be distinct from those of the two area (literary period) of specialization. general exams. The particular question to be addressed, which will reflect the student’s research interests, will be Dissertation assigned at the beginning of the one-week period during which students write the exam. The Research Exam must Doctor of Philosophy Degree—French Linguistics be written in English. Admission Requirements The exams will normally be taken during the second Successful completion of the curriculum and final semester of the fourth year of study. The General Exams examination constituting the department’s M.A. program (cloistered) may be taken in January or September; the in French linguistics, plus submission of a research Research Exam requirement must be satisfied during statement and successful completion of the Ph.D. the same semester as the General Exams. Examination admission interview. Students with an M.A. from another on the minor subject is at the discretion of the minor institution must pass the department’s M.A. examination, department. submit the research statement, and sit for the Ph.D. admission interview. This can take place at the beginning Dissertation of the second year; courses taken during the first year 202 May 26, 2016

Degrees in Italian in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies in Master of Arts Degree in Italian French/Francophone Studies. Course Requirements Minor in French Linguistics A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 must be in Italian. Doctoral students from other departments may complete a minor in French linguistics by successfully completing Final Examination no fewer than four French linguistics courses (12 credit Six-hour written exam based on reading list covering all hours) at the 500 level or above. Doctoral students in periods of Italian literature. Exam must be taken no later French/Francophone Studies may complete a minor in than the fourth semester if the student intends to seek French linguistics by successfully completing no fewer admission to the Ph.D. program. than three French linguistics courses (9 credit hours, 500- Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Italian level courses or above) in addition to F603, for a total of 4 Admission Requirement courses. In all cases, selection of the particular courses to be counted must be made in consultation with the Director Successful completion of the department’s M.A. program of Graduate Studies in French Linguistics. in Italian or the equivalent. For further details, contact the graduate secretary in the department. Ph.D. Minor in Italian Doctoral students from other departments may complete Course Requirements a minor in Italian by successfully completing no fewer than four Italian courses (12 credit hours) listed in this bulletin A total of 90 credit hours. 65 credit hours of course work as carrying graduate credit. Selection of the particular plus 25 thesis hours (M875). courses to be counted must be made in consultation with Language Requirement the Director of Graduate Studies in Italian. Reading proficiency in one of the following: French, Faculty German, Classical Greek, Latin, Spanish or Portuguese. Chairperson Minor(s) Professor Andrea Ciccarelli* One Ph.D. minor is required for a total of 9 to 12 credit hours, as required by the minor department(s) or Graduate Faculty program(s). Examination on the minor subject is at the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University discretion of the minor department. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Qualifying Examination Rudy Professors of French and Italian The qualifying exam consists of (1) an in-depth written exam covering all periods of Italian literature and culture, Rosemary Lloyd* (Emerita), Albert Valdman* (Emeritus, including film; and (2) the submission of a dissertation Linguistics) project. Professors Students must take the written exam no later than their fourth semester in the Ph.D. program. This is a two- Marco Arnaudo*, Richard Carr* (Emeritus), Gilbert day exam given on the first Friday and Saturday of each Chaitin* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Andrea semester, 5 hours each day. Day one will cover the Ciccarelli*, Laurent Pierre Dekydtspotter* (Second Middle Ages, the Renaissance, and the Baroque. Day two Language Studies), Eileen Julien* (Comparative will cover the eighteenth century to the present including Literature), Edoardo Lèbano* (Emeritus), Eric M. cinema. MacPhail*, Jacques Emile Merceron* (Emeritus), Emanuel J. Mickel* (Emeritus), Samuel Rosenberg* (Emeritus), The second part of the Ph.D. exam consists of the Colleen Ryan*, H. Wayne Storey*, Antonio Vitti* submission of a preliminary description of a dissertation project of approximately 20 to 25 pages of length Associate Professors (including a select bibliography). Students must submit their dissertation project as soon as possible after having Guillaume Ansart*, Julie Auger* (Linguistics), Hall passed the first part of their Ph.D. exam, and no later than Bjørnstad*, Brett Bowles, Margaret E. Gray*, Oana the following exam session. Panaïté*, Russell Pfohl* (Emeritus), Kevin Rottet*, Massimo Scalabrini*, Barbara S. Vance* (Linguistics) Dissertation Assistant Professors Ph.D. Minors Vincent Bouchard*, Alison Calhoun*, Nicolas Valazza* Ph.D. Minor in French/Francophone Studies Doctoral students from other departments may Senior Lecturer complete a minor in French/Francophone Studies by successfully completing no fewer than four French/ Kelly Sax Francophone literature or culture courses (12 credit Lecturers hours) listed in the University Graduate School Bulletin as carrying credit toward the Ph.D., of which no more Karolina Serafin, Alicia Vitti than two may be at the 400 level. In all cases, selection Directors of Graduate Studies of the particular courses to be counted must be made May 26, 2016 203

Associate Professor Julie Auger* (French Linguistics), FRIT-F 510 Foreign Study in French (2-8 cr.) Formal Ballantine Hall 635, (812) 855-7958 study in a French university; language, literature, and culture of France. Credit to apply only to the M.A. in Associate Professor Oana Panaïté* (French/Francophone French Instruction degree. Program must be approved by Studies), Ballantine Hall 627, (812) 855-1134 department. Professor Marco Arnaudo* (Italian), Ballantine Hall 633, FRIT-F 513 French Renaissance Prose (3 cr.) Prose (812) 855-7812 works from sixteenth-century France including letters, Courses essays, novels, short stories, Bible translations, travel accounts, political treatises, and philosophical dialogues Graduate by authors famous and obscure, humorous and solemn, GRAD-G 611 Romance Linguistics I (3 cr.) terse and prolix. Also includes review of lexical and grammatical peculiarities of sixteenth-century French and GRAD-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) typographic conventions of Renaissance printed books. French FRIT-F 514 French Renaissance Poetry (3 cr.) French FRIT-F 401 Structure & Devel of French (3 cr.) P: F313 lyric poetry of the sixteenth century from the Rhétoriqueurs or F314 or consent of instructor. to Agrippa d’Aubigné. Late medieval fixed forms and FRIT-F 410 French Literature of the Middle Ages (3 cr.) the chanson, sonnet, ode, and metrical experiment of Not open to M.A. or Ph.D. candidates in French. vers mesurés. Formal analysis and situation of texts in their intellectual and historical contexts. Study of poetic FRIT-F 413 French Renaissance (3 cr.) manifestos of the Pléiade and their rivals. FRIT-F 423 Seventeenth-Century French Literature FRIT-F 520 Advanced French Phonetics (3 cr.) General (3 cr.) introduction to French phonetics and phonemics; training in the evaluation of pronunciation accuracy and the FRIT-F 424 Ideas and Culture in Seventeenth-Century teaching of French pronunciation at the secondary school France (3 cr.) and university levels; remedial practice. FRIT-F 435 Enlightenment Narrative (3 cr.) FRIT-F 523 French Seventeenth-Century Literature FRIT-F 436 Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau (3 cr.) and Culture (3 cr.) Questions concerning seventeenth- century France as treated in literature, philosophy, FRIT-F 443 Great Novels of the Nineteenth Century moralist teachings, science, and les beaux arts. (3 cr.) FRIT-F 535 Le XVIIIe siècle: l’Essai (3 cr.) Introduction FRIT-F 445 Nineteenth-Century Drama (3 cr.) to one of the two major genres of the Enlightenment, FRIT-F 446 Great Poetry of the Nineteenth Century broadly defined and exemplified by writers like (3 cr.) Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau. FRIT-F 450 Culture and Society in French Studies FRIT-F 536 Le Roman au XVIIIe siècle (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Introduction to the study of the French novel in the eighteenth century with special emphasis on three major FRIT-F 461 La France contemporaine: Cinema et genres of the period: the memoir-novel, the epistolary Culture (3 cr.) novel, and the philosophical novel. FRIT-F 463 Civilisation française I (3 cr.) FRIT-F 540 Poésie et poétique au 19e siècle (3 cr.) Study of French poetry which may include Romantic, FRIT-F 464 Civilisation française II (3 cr.) Parnassian, Decadent and Symbolist poets, as well as FRIT-F 474 Thème et version (2 cr.) 19th-century poetic manifestos. FRIT-F 475 Le Français Oral: Cours Avancé (2 cr.) FRIT-F 545 Romans et autres recits du 19e siècle (3 cr.) Study of various forms of narrative (realist, FRIT-F 501 Medieval French Literature I (3 cr.) fantastical, psychological, historical, decadent, etc.) in Introductory survey; all texts read in original language; no 19th century French literature. previous knowledge of Old French required. FRIT-F 548 L' Histoire, le drame et l'esthétique au 19e FRIT-F 502 Medieval French Literature II (3 cr.) P: F501 siècle (3 cr.) Study of the interrelations between history, or equivalent. Second part of introductory survey; all texts theater and aesthetics in France in the 19th century. read in original language. FRIT-F 552 La Poésie au XXe siècle I (3 cr.) Panorama: FRIT-F 503 Reading Old French (1 cr.) P: F501 or poets such as Cendrars, Apollinaire, Valéry, Claudel, les equivalent. Oral translation of Old French texts and surréalistes, Saint-John Perse, Ponge, Michaux. elucidation of textual and grammatical difficulties. May be repeated twice for credit. FRIT-F 553 La Poésie au XXe siècle II (3 cr.) Concentration on one or several authors; a school, e.g., FRIT-F 505 Middle French Literature (3 cr.) surrealism; certain formal aspects. Representative works of fourteenth and fifteenth centuries; each semester focuses on a particular writer or genre. FRIT-F 556 Le Roman aux XXe et XXe siècles (3 cr.) Representative French-language novelists such as Proust, FRIT-F 507 Foreign Language Institute (1-6 cr.) Gide, Colette, Celine, Bernanos, Sartre, Sarraute, Simon, Le Clézio, Labou Tansi, Djebar, Chamoiseau, Échenoz, 204 May 26, 2016 etc., and aesthetic movements which influenced fiction- and syntactic structure of French from a pedagogical writing such as Existentialism, Négritude, le Nouveau perspective. Presentation of the several types of variation Roman, Créolité, etc. in the French language worldwide and linguistic diversity in France. FRIT-F 559 Théâtre/Essai au XXe et XXle siècles FRIT-F 581 Structure of a Regional Language of (3 cr.) Course focuses on one or both of the two genres. France (3 cr.) Study of the structure of a regional Individual playwrights such as Jarry, Cocteau, Apollinaire, language of France, including its phonology, morphology, Claudel, Novarina, and groups such as surrealism, the syntax, and lexicon. Students will learn to read the theatre of the absurd, postcolonial and contemporary language fairly fluently and have a chance to research one theater: Beckett, Artaud, Césaire, Labou Tansi, and aspect of its structure. May be repeated for up to 6 credit others. Important essayists such as Bergson, Sartre, hours with a different topic. Fanon, Bataille, Derrida, Cixous, etc. FRIT-F 582 Introduction to French Semantics (3 cr.) FRIT-F 561 Studies in French Civilization (3 cr.) Introduction to issues in the interpretation of French. Content varies. May include historical survey of the Focusing on the interpretation of various constructions of development of French civilization since the revolution, French, the course investigates semantic representations taking into consideration sociopolitical history, history of in the verbal and nominal domains. The goal is to ideas, fine arts, literature. Field of study may be extended comprehend how speakers of French develop these to the French-speaking world. May be repeated twice for precise semantic intuitions. credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 584 Stylistics and Semantics (3 cr.) Relations FRIT-F 563 Introduction to Graduate Study and between types of interpretation and stylistic factors. Ludic- Research (1 cr.) S/F grading esthetic (including literary) uses of words versus cognitive- FRIT-F 564 Issues in Literary Theory (3 cr.) Important moral uses. Emphasis on the former; genre divisions; issues and methods of literary study, such as catharsis, analysis of texts focused on basic problems of interpretive genre, meaning, periodization, representation, rhetoric, decision. and vraisemblance, studied in an historical perspective. FRIT-F 603 History of the French Language I (3 cr.) FRIT-F 565 Introduction to French Linguistics (3 cr.) Overview of the subject including consideration of Introduction to the structure of the French language: all aspects; concentration on internal development phonology, morphology, and syntax. (phonology, morphology, syntax) from Latin to modern French. Knowledge of Latin useful. FRIT-F 572 Practicum in College French Teaching (1 cr.) Focused classroom observations followed by FRIT-F 604 History of the French Language II (3 cr.) discussions; identification and evaluation of teaching P: F603 or equivalent. Intensive study of selected aspects techniques. Required of new associate instructors; offered of the internal evolution of French. Knowledge of Latin only in fall semester. useful. FRIT-F 573 Methods of College French Teaching FRIT-F 605 History of French Prose Style (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Theoretical notions underlying current approaches; Philological and literary study of major figures and trends testing; evaluation of teacher performance and in prose style from the late Middle Ages to the present. instructional materials. Required of all associate Ciceronianism, style coupé, oratorical styles, écriture instructors; offered only in spring semester. artiste, etc. FRIT-F 574 Thème et version: cours avancé (3 cr.) FRIT-F 615 Studies in Medieval French Literature Translation of contemporary texts from English into (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of Old French. Intensive study of one French, occasionally from French into English. Emphasis writer, work, theme, or genre, such as Chrétien de Troyes, on problems of literary styles. the Roman de la rose, lyric poetry. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 576 Introduction to French Phonology (3 cr.) Study of French phonology and the phonology/morphology FRIT-F 620 Studies in Sixteenth-Century French interface within the framework of recent linguistic models, Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of a writer, genre, or including solutions to major descriptive problems proposed aspect of the century, such as Rabelais, Montaigne, from the early twentieth century to the present. poetry, humanism. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 577 Introduction to French Syntax (3 cr.) Study of French syntax and the syntax/semantics interface within FRIT-F 630 Studies in Seventeenth Century French the framework of recent linguistic models. Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, or theme, such as Racine, Corneille, Madame de Lafayette, FRIT-F 578 Contrastive Study of French and English Baroque poetry. May be repeated twice for credit with a (3 cr.) Advanced contrastive study of written French different topic. and English, with emphasis on problems of interference. Readings, exercises. FRIT-F 632 Seventeenth-Century Drama & Performance (3 cr.) Intensive study of one dramatist, FRIT-F 579 Introduction to French Morphology (3 cr.) genre or theme such as Molière, tragedy, or theater and Introduction to word formation in French, including the other arts. May be taken twice for credit with different , derivation, and compounding. topics. FRIT-F 580 Applied French Linguistics (3 cr.) FRIT-F 635 Studies in Eighteenth-Century French Introduction to the lexical, phonological, morphological, Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of one theme, genre, May 26, 2016 205 or author, such as cultural otherness, theater, Diderot, FRIT-F 676 Structure and Sociolinguistic Aspects of Rousseau. May be repeated twice for credit with a Haitian Creole and Haitian French (3 cr.) Description of different topic. the phonological, morphosyntactic, and lexical structure of Haitian Creole and comparison with Haitian French. FRIT-F 640 Studies in Nineteenth-Century French Review of the linguistic situation of Haiti, including the Literature (3 cr.) Topics vary. May include fantasy and respective functions of Creole and French and attitudes ideology in nineteenth-century narrative; Hugo, Zola and and values associated with each language. the roman politique; jealousy and narrative; experiments in verse; symbolism and its roots; painting and literature; FRIT-F 677 French Lexicology and Lexicography decadence and aesthetics; women writers and critics. (3 cr.) P: F580 or equivalent. Study of the structure of the French lexicon. Examination of the process of dictionary FRIT-F 647 Contemporary French Theory and compilation and evaluation. Hands-on experience in Criticism (3 cr.) P: F564. Recent movements and the use of computer technology for lexicographic and concepts in French theory influential in determining current lexicological tasks such as the compilation of databases, practice in literary study. Structuralism, psychoanalysis, use of the optic scanner, and automatic text analysis. neo-Marxism, intertextuality, deconstruction. FRIT-F 678 Advanced French Morphology (3 cr.) FRIT-F 650 Etudes de littérature contemporaine P: F579 or permission of instructor. Advanced study of (3 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, or theme, such the word structure in French from a variety of theoretical as Céline, literary manifestos, Proust, colonialism, or perspectives. existentialism. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 679 French-Based Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) Study of the contact languages known as pidgins and FRIT-F 651 Studies in French Cinema (3 cr.) Case creoles, focusing on those which are French-based. studies in French and/or Francophone film, organized Topics include an overview of the history of the field; how according to theme, genre, style, chronological period, the terms pidgin and creole are defined and used; theories or director. May be taken twice for credit with a different of origin; the sociohistorical setting of creolization; stages topic. of development; key linguistic structures. FRIT-F 652 Séminaire sur l'intermédialité (3 cr.) Study FRIT-F 680 Bilingualism and Language Contact in of different theories of "intermediality," the necessary Francophonie (3 cr.) Examines the various linguistic mediation between human beings and their world, through and social phenomena arising when two or more a large variety of examples (belonging to a large time languages are in (prolonged or intense) contact, including frame of the Francophone World). May be repeated fo a borrowing and grammatical replication; codeswitching; maximum of 6 credit hours with a different topic. language maintenance, shift and death; pidginization and FRIT-F 667 Studies in Francophone Literature (3 cr.) creolization; language intertwining and mixed languages, Intensive study of one writer, work, genre, or theme in sprachbunds and convergence; and koineization. French language literature produced outside of France FRIT-F 810 Individual Readings in French and or by immigrant writers in France. Examples of topics Francophone Civilization (1-6 cr.) are Aimé Césaire, Senegalese film, post-colonial theory, créolité. May be repeated twice for credit with different FRIT-F 815 Individual Readings in French Literature topics. and Linguistics (1-6 cr.) FRIT-F 670 Advanced French Phonology (3 cr.) FRIT-F 825 Seminar in French Literature (3 cr.) Advanced phonological analysis of issues in French Intensive study of a topic involving more than one period phonology, emphasizing recently proposed linguistic of French literature. May be repeated twice for credit. models. FRIT-F 875 Research in French Literature and FRIT-F 671 Advanced French Syntax (3 cr.) Advanced Language (1-12 cr.) syntactic and semantic description of French, emphasizing recently proposed linguistic models. Italian FRIT-M 500 Seminar in Italian Cinema (3 cr.) Intensive FRIT-F 672 French Dialectology (3 cr.) Geographical study of one director, genre, or period in Italian cinema. and social variation in French; traditional and modern May be repeated twice for credit when topics vary. dialectology, oil dialects and North American varieties of French, languages in contact, norm(s), variationist studies. FRIT-M 501 Dante I (3-4 cr.) Seminar on Dante's Divine Comedy. FRIT-F 673 Topics in the Learning and Teaching of French (3 cr.) P: F580 or equivalent. Survey of FRIT-M 502 Dante II (3-4 cr.) Seminar on Dante’s works major issues in the learning and teaching of French and and times. discussion of how these issues and research results bear FRIT-M 503 Medieval Italian Literature & Culture on approaches to second-language teaching. Designed for (3-4 cr.) Class may be taught as a survey course or may prospective teachers of French and students interested in focus on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from second-language acquisition and classroom research. the “Scoula Siciliana” to Petrarch. FRIT-F 675 Studies in French Linguistics (3 cr.) FRIT-M 504 Renaissance Italian Literature & Culture Content varies. May include general or intensive study in (3-4 cr.) Class may be taught as a survey course or may syntax, semantics, lexicography, or other linguistic topics focus on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. Petrarch to the late 1600s. 206 May 26, 2016

FRIT-M 505 Modern Italian Literature & Culture (3-4 cr.) FRIT-M 625 The Concept of Justice in Italian Literature Class may be taught as a survey course or may focus (3 cr.) Focuses on major authors in Italian literature, on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from the their concept of justice, and its relation to aesthetic Enlightenment to Modernism. development. FRIT-M 511 History of the Italian Language (3 cr.) FRIT-M 815 Individual Readings in Italian Literature (1-6 cr.) FRIT-M 513 Italian Renaissance Epic (3-4 cr.) Survey or specific course on the Italian epic tradition from Pulci to FRIT-M 825 Seminar in Italian Literature & Culture Tasso. (3-4 cr.) Course content varies; may include literary theme, major author, literary movement, cinema, or FRIT-M 550 Seminar in Italian Poetry (3-4 cr.) Class cultural topic. May be repeated for credit with permission may focus on any aspect of Italian lyric tradition from the of the graduate advisor. origins to present. FRIT-M 875 Research in Italian Literature (1-12 cr.) FRIT-M 553 The Italian Novel (3-4 cr.) Survey course on the major Italian novelists from the 1600s to the present Courses for Graduate Reading Knowledge time. Class may also function as a seminar focusing on FRIT-F 491 Elementary French for Graduate Students specific issues of the novelistic genre in Italy. (3-no grad. cr.) FRIT-M 554 Modern Italian Theater (3-4 cr.) Class FRIT-F 492 Readings in French for Graduate Students may be taught as a survey course on Italian theater from (3-no grad. cr.) Goldoni to present time, or may focus on specific authors or periods of modernity. FRIT-M 491 Elementary Italian for Graduate Students (3-no grad. cr.) FRIT-M 564 Twentieth Century Poetry (3 cr.) Major developments in contemporary Italian poetry. FRIT-M 492 Readings in Italian for Graduate Students (3-no grad. cr.) FRIT-M 565 Readings in the Italian Cinema (3 cr.) Analysis of specific movements, topics, or directions in Gender Studies Italian cinema. Attendance of film showings required. College of Arts and Sciences Subject may vary with each listing and is identified in the Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Schedule of Classes. May be repeated once for credit. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~gender/ FRIT-M 572 Italian Teaching Practicum (1 cr.) Instructors of Italian develop, practice, and evaluate the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate effectiveness of pedagogical approaches and materials. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The They create and discuss a variety of assessments for University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements evaluating language skills and cultural knowledge. May be contained only in The University Graduate School repeated once for credit. Bulletin.) FRIT-M 573 Methods of Italian Language Teaching Curriculum (3 cr.) Examines current trends, issues, and practices in foreign language teaching with a focus on Italian. Students Gender Studies examines the social processes, engage with scholarly articles to explore and evaluate cultural representation , relations of power, and forms classroom methods. Includes the study of critical thinking, of knowledge that generate an array of gendered multiple intelligences, teaching literature, an introduction perspectives and experiences worldwide. A focus on to applied linguistics, teaching as performance, and gender as an analytic category facilitates an array of professional development for Italian teachers. scholarly collaborations, reflecting new theoretical and methodological developments in diverse fields such as FRIT-M 600 Studies in Italian Film (3 cr.) Intensive study the social sciences, the arts and humanities, the natural of one director, genre, theme, or period in Italian film. May sciences, and policy studies. Categories of difference also include study of film theory. May be repeated for that articulate with gender—such as race, ethnicity, class, credit with consent of graduate advisor. May be repeated and religion—are vertical grids of attention throughout the for credit with consent of graduate advisor, for a maximum doctoral degree program. total of 6 credit hours. The Department emphasizes integrative and FRIT-M 603 Seminar in Medieval Italian Literature transdisciplinary modes of analysis for the study of (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or sexualities and sexual identities, bodies and their genre in the medieval period. May be repeated for credit technologization and medicalization, representation and with consent of the graduate advisor. social/cultural production, and feminist epistemologies. FRIT-M 604 Seminar in Renaissance Italian Literature Three unique core courses form the heart of the program: (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or G600 Concepts of Gender, G603 Contemporary Debates genre of the Renaissance. May be repeated for credit with in Feminist Theory, G702 Researching Gender Issues. consent of the graduate advisor. Areas of Concentration FRIT-M 605 Seminar in Modern Italian Literature In addition, students select one of three areas of (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or concentration: genre in the modern era. May be repeated for credit with consent of the graduate advisor. • Medicine, Science, and Technologies of the Body May 26, 2016 207

• Sexualities, Desires, Identities or higher in the 3 required core courses for the PhD • Cultural Representations and Media Practices (600, 603, 702). And either a comprehensive MA exam (the equivalent of Part A of the doctoral comprehensive Note that these concentrations are flexible and exam), or a substantive research paper (MA thesis) of overlapping to some extent. Students may change their roughly 50 pages, and subject to an oral defense by an area of concentration as they move through the program. MA committee. Special Requirements Foreign Language Requirement (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Gender Studies does not require a foreign language for all students. However, if a candidate is engaged in Doctor of Philosophy Degree transnational gender scholarship, a foreign language may Admission Requirements be formally required. The DGS will determine the means by which proficiency will be demonstrated. • Applicants for graduate admission must hold baccalaureate degrees from accredited four-year Research Skills collegiate institutions. • For graduate admission the College requires a Beyond the required core course G702 Researching cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher. Gender Issues, there is no specific research-related skill requirement. However, a student’s advisor may require • We require the Graduate Record Examinations additional competency in (a) research skill(s) appropriate (GRE) be taken in the past five years. We prefer a to that student’s dissertation topic. Such requirements score of 600 (old exam) or 160 (current exam) or may include competency in a second language, statistical higher on either the verbal or quantitative sections of methods, questionnaire development, ethnographic the examination and a 5.0 on the Analytical Writing methods, interviewing techniques, textual or media assessment. Furthermore, we expect a minimum analysis, computing/internet/webmaster operations, total score (Quantitative and Verbal scores added specific laboratory skills, other research and technical together) of 1150 (old exam) or 308 (current exam). skills, or appropriate combinations of any of these. These The institution code for Indiana University is 1324. studies are to be undertaken early in the candidate’s All applicants must ask ETS to forward GRE scores graduate career. The assessment and completion of any to IU using this code. required research competencies normally must be certified • For applicants whose native language is not English, by the DGS prior to admission to candidacy. the College and the University Graduate School require proof of proficiency in reading, writing, Additional Requirements after Admission with speaking, and understanding English. In almost Master’s Degree all cases proficiency should be demonstrated by achieving a score of 213 (computer-based) or 79 Candidates admitted with a master’s degree from another (internet-based) or higher on the Test of English as a institution may be required to take additional preparatory Foreign Language (TOEFL). work, depending on their background and training. The program will be decided in consultation with the student’s Course Requirements faculty advisor and the DGS. The requirements for this doctoral degree are 90 credit Qualifying Examination and the Dissertation Defense hours beyond the bachelor's degree - configured as at least 48 credit hours of graded course work and an Qualifying examinations (both written and oral) are to be additional 42 dissertation credit or coursework credit taken approximately 8 months after the completion of hours (typically as 899 or 901). Each doctoral candidate course work. Upon successful completion of the qualifying will complete three required core courses involving examination and presentation of a satisfactory dissertation theory, methodology, research skills, and professional proposal, the student will be nominated to candidacy for development: G600 Concepts of Gender, G603 Feminist the Ph.D. The Dissertation Committee, which must be Theories, G702 Researching Gender Issues. Candidates approved by the Dean of the Graduate School, will be will also complete a 12-credit-hour minor, which should responsible for directing and evaluating the thesis. The be taken externally (e.g. in another department) or in an dissertation defense serves as the final oral examination approved program listed in the Graduate Bulletin. Elective and will cover topics related to the dissertation and area of courses complete the required 27 hours of gender-related specialization. course work. A maximum of 30 credits may be transferred Ph.D. Minor in Gender Studies from graduate work completed at another university, Course Requirements provided the Director of Graduate Studies approves the course content. Note: The Department has recently changed its requirements for the Ph.D. Minor. Requirements listed Only those students intending to pursue the Ph.D. will here are effective Fall 2012. Ph.D. Minor students who be admitted to the program. However, a Master’s degree began the minor prior to this date have the option of may be obtained with the approval of the Director of completing the requirements that were effective prior to Graduate Studies and if the following criteria are satisfied: Fall 2012. (1) good standing in the department (as determined by annual reviews, GPA, and any history of probationary A Ph.D. Minor in Gender Studies requires at least four status); (2) at least 30 credits of course work successfully 3-4 credit courses offered by the Department of Gender earned, including 12 credits of outside GNDR courses Studies. At least 1 of these courses must be chosen and 9 credits of core GNDR courses; (3) a grade of B from the following: G598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts 208 May 26, 2016 and Founding Debates; G600 Concepts of Gender; Gamber* (History), Susan Gubar* (Emeritus, English), G603 Feminist Theories; G700 Sexualized Genders/ Stephanie C. Kane* (Criminal Justice), Ellen D. Ketterson* Gendered Sexualities; or G702 Researching Gender (Biology), Karma Lochrie* (English), Alyce Miller* Issues. Students may petition for a maximum of one (English), Radhika Parameswaran* (Journalism), non-GNDR graduate-level 3-4 credit course taken in Brian Powell* (Sociology), Jean C. Robinson* (Political another IU department or transferred from graduate work Science), Susan Hoffman Williams* (School of Law), at another university to be counted towards the minor. William L. Yarber* (Applied Health Science, Rural Center The director of graduate studies must deem such a for AIDS/STD Prevention) course to have significant Gender Studies content. Plans for the minor must be made in consultation with the Affiliated Associate Professors Director of Graduate Studies or Graduate Secretary in the Penelope Anderson* (English), Purnima Bose* (English), Department of Gender Studies. Lynn Duggan (Social Work), Jennifer Fleissner* (English), Grades Mary L. Gary*(Communication and Culture), Terrell Scott Herring*(English), Patricia C. Ingham* (English), Only grades of B (3.0) and above will count for credit. Sarah Knott* (History, Elleb Mackay* (English), Marissa J. Moorman*(History), Sarah Phillips* (Anthropology), Examination Julia Roos* (History), Colleen Ryan* (French and Italian), None required. A Gender Studies faculty member may be Steve Sanders (Law), Micol Seigel* (African-American and invited to attend the student’s oral qualifying examination. African Diaspora Studies), Susan Seizer* (Communication and Culture), Margaret "Peg" Sutton* (Education), Michiko Faculty Suzuki* (East Asian Languages and Culture), Shane Vogel*(English), Deborah Widiss (Law) Chairperson Affiliated Assistant Professors Claudia Breger* Youngjoo Cha (Sociology), Elizabeth Ellcessor Graduate Faculty (Communication and Culture), Jennifer Goodlander* (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (Theatre and Drama), Sarah Imhoff (Religious Studies Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct and Borns Jewish Studies Program), Nicole Martins doctoral dissertations.) (Telecommunications), Beth Meyerson* (Health Policy and Martha C. Kraft Professor of Humanities Management), Mary C. Murphy* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Ryan Powell (Film Studies), Kirsten Sword Fedwa Malti Douglas* (Emeritus) (History), Siri Terjesen (Management & Entrepreneurship), Director of Graduate Studies Alberto Varon* (English) Brenda R. Weber* Academic Advisor Founding Professor Brenda R. Weber*, Memorial Hall East M130, (812) 855-0101 M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita, History) Courses Professors Description of Core Required Courses Judith A. Allen* (History), Fedwa Malti-Douglas* GNDR-G 600 Concepts of Gender (3 cr.) Introduces (Emeritus, Comparative Literature; Adjunct, Law), historical, theoretical, behavioral, philosophical, scientific, Stephanie A. Sanders* (The Kinsey Institute), Suzanna D. multi- and cross-cultural perspectives on gender and its Walters* meanings. Attention is given to the emergence of the Associate Professors category “gender” itself, and its variable applications to different fields of knowledge, experience, cultural Marlon M. Bailey* (Adjunct, American Studies, Theatre expression, and institutional regulation, including queer, and Drama), Lessie Jo Frazier* (Adjunct, History, trans, and other theories of sex, sexuality, and desire. Anthropology, Cultural Studies), Sara Friedman* (Anthropology), LaMonda Horton-Stallings (Adjunct, GNDR-G 603 Feminist Theories (3 cr.) Explores classic American Studies), Colin R. Johnson* (Adjunct, American and current feminist theories, asking questions about Studies, History, Human Biology), Amrita Meyers* knowledge, subjectivity, sexuality, and ethics. Debates (History), Brenda R. Weber* (Adjunct, American Studies, are situated within and against various intellectual Communication and Culture, Cultural Studies, English) movements, such as Marxism, post-structuralism, theories of race and ethnicity. Sexuality studies and queer theory’s Assistant Professors relation to feminist praxis will form a key component of the course. Laura Foster, Justin R. Garcia (The Kinsey Institute for Research), Catherine J. Taylor (Sociology) GNDR-G 702 Researching Gender Issues (3 cr.) This course explores research methodologies and methods in Senior Lecturer history that are relevant to gender studies. The impact of Jennifer E. Maher gender studies on epistemological and methodological issues in history is examined. The course provides Affiliated Professors students with an overview of research tools, methods, Claudia L. Breger* (Germanic Studies), Maria Bucur- techniques, approaches, paradigms, and theoretical Deckard* (History), Mary Favret* (English), Wendy May 26, 2016 209 contributions pertinent to gender-related historical GNDR-G 701 Graduate Topics in Gender Studies research. (1-4 cr.) Advanced investigation of selected research topics in women’s studies. Topics to be announced. Description of Additional Gender Studies Courses GNDR-G 598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts and GNDR-G 704 Cultural Politics of Sexuality in the Founding Debates (3 cr.) Explores founding texts of Twentieth Century (3 cr.) Examines the cultural and contemporary feminist theory, asking questions about political implications of sexuality’s emergence as a public identity, knowledge, sexuality, and ethics. Such works discourse during the twentieth century. Specifically, it have emerged in relation to a variety of theoretical examines certain limit cases in which the ostensibly discourses, such as Marxism, structuralism, cultural private matters of sexual behavior and sexual identity studies, and others. Examines the intellectual history of have given rise to very public controversies about the feminist theory and its resonance with more recent trends. cultural and political values of society at large. GNDR-G 601 Scientific Practices and Feminist GNDR-G 707 Gender Studies Pedagogy & Theory Knowledge (3 cr.) Examines intersections of gender (4 cr.) A high level graduate course, designed to offer and knowledge focusing on feminist analyses of scientific theory and practical applications for teaching feminist and epistemology and practice, and the implications of gender studies. feminist theories about the social meaning and gendered GNDR-G 708 Contested Masculinities (3 cr.) This construction of scientific research. Particular focus is course examines masculinity at sites of contestation– placed upon race, class, sexuality and cultural difference between disciplines, historical moments, nationalities, in medical, psychological, and evolutionary accounts of regions, and bodily ontologies. By tracing the resonances “human nature.” of transnational, transdisciplinary, and transhistorical GNDR-G 602 Gender Dimensions of Cultural masculinities, our aim is to critically examine masculinities, Production and Criticism (3 cr.) Interrogates the particularly in the context of feminist challenges to gender gendered nature of cultural production and criticism. ideologies. Controversies related to gender dimensions of aesthetics, GNDR-G 710 Gender, Medicine, and the Body (3 cr.) cultural meanings, or genres receive examination, as well Examines topical themes related to medicine and the body as claims about the constitution of genius or creativity, as they interact with gender. and the role of identity and race in cultural production. The critical issue of theorizing audience/reader/viewer warrant GNDR-G 718 Transnational Feminisms and the particular scrutiny. Politics of Globalization (3 cr.) Interrogates debates concerning globalization and gender. Focuses on how GNDR-G 604 Knowledge, Gender, and Truth (3 cr.) gender shapes and is shaped by the flow of money, Examines feminist contributions to epistemological people, and culture that characterize “globalization.” How questioning of knowledge formations through comparison is gender influenced by geographic dislocations and re- of case study disciplines and through cross-cultural study. routings? How are women and men situated as agents Arguments about knowledge values of “truth,” “objectivity,” and subjects of global change? “validity,” “reason,” and “representativeness” as gendered categories. Receive scrutiny in relation to fields such GNDR-G 780 Gender Studies Professionalism and as historiography, ethnography, ethics, science, or Practicum (4 cr.) psychology. This course is designed to offer advanced graduate students an intensive exposure to the theories, GNDR-G 695 Graduate Readings and Research practices, and processes of academic publishing and in Gender Studies (1-6 cr.) This course provides for professionalism, with a specific focus on gender studies graduate students’ intensive independent study of specific as a discipline. In general, the course offers students topics. Study is supervised by an appropriate core or a practical structure for such professional activities as affiliated faculty member whose research expertise writing abstracts for conferences and grants, turning a matches the student’s area of interest. seminar paper into a publishable article, approaching GNDR-G 696 Research Colloquium in Gender editors of journals and presses, writing job letters, Studies (1-3 cr.) Active participation in Gender Studies compiling CV's and teaching portfolios, giving conference research colloquia. Introduces students to the problems, papers and job talks, and applying for grants, post-docs, interpretations, theories and research trends in all areas and faculty positions. The course is organized thematically related to gender and sexuality studies. Topics vary and for spring 2013, the focus of the seminar will be on throughout the semester. Facilitates exposure to a variety gender and media. of approaches to interrogating research questions about Practicum credit is available for students who elect to gender. May be repeated more than once for credit. participate in extra-curricular research, conference, or GNDR-G 700 Sexualized Genders/Gendered writing activities pre-determined by the department. Sexualities (3 cr.) Expands our understanding of the relationship between biological sex, gendered identities, GNDR-G 899 Ph.D. Dissertation (1-12 cr.) Research and and sexual “preferences,” practices and lifeways that push writing of doctoral dissertation. This course is eligible for a beyond binary models reliant on a simple “nature/culture” deferred grade. distinction. Focus is placed on the dynamic and variable aspects of sex, sexuality, and gender within and across Faculty cultures and historical periods. Director 210 May 26, 2016

Distinguished Professor & IUNI Co-Director Bernice A. Computer Science Pescosolido (Sociology) CSCI-B 656 Web Mining Core Faculty Economics (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University ECON-E 724 Network Formation Games Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Information and Library Science Distinguished Professors ILS-Z 604 Information Networks ILS-Z 637 Information Visualization Bernice Pescosolido* (Sociology) Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB) Informatics INFO-I 585 Biologically-Inspired Computing Professors INFO-I 590 Complex Networks and Their Applications INFO-I 590 Mining the Social Web Colin Allen* (History of Philosophy and Science, IUB) INFO-I 609 Complex Systems Seminar I Katy Börner* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Sociology Arjan Durresi (Department of Computer and Information SOC-S 651 Social Network Analysis Science, IUPUI) SOC-S 660 Social Networks John K. Kruschke* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB) Statistics STAT-S 681 Statistical Models for Networks Filippo Menczer* (School of Informatics and Computing, STAT-S 681 Statistical Network Analysis IUB) CATEGORY 2 - Phenomenon or Topic-based Courses: Frank Page Jr.* (Economics, IUB) Department or school-based courses with major network Luis Rocha* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) components Michael Trosset* (Statistics, IUB) Cognitive Science COGS-Q 700 Digital Methods in History and Philosophy Stanley Wasserman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, Statistics, IUB) Computer Science (IUPUI) CSCI 57300 Data Mining Associate Professors CSCI 59000 Data Communication and Computer Aniruddha "Rudy" Banerjee (Geography, IUB) Networks John M. Beggs* (Physics, IUB) Economics ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Control Johan Bollen* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Geography Jake Chen* (BioHealth Informatics, IUPUI) GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Science Ying Ding* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Information and Library Science ILS-Z 636 Data Semantics Alessandro Flammini* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Informatics (IUPUI) INFO-B 646 Computational Systems Biology Assistant Professors Informatics INFO-I 590 Collective Intelligence Yong Yeol Ahn* (School of Informatics and Computing, INFO-I 690 Mathematical Modeling of Complex Systems IUB) Physics Mohammad Al Hasan (Computer and Information Science, PHSY-P 582 Biological and Artificial Neural Networks IUPUI) Psychological and Brain Sciences Weihua An* (Sociology, Statistics, IUB) PSY-P 533 Introduction to Bayesian Data Analysis I Filomena Garcia* (Economics, IUB) Statistics Staša Milojevi#* (School of Informatics and Computing, STAT-S 675 Statistical Learning and High Dimensional IUB) Data Analysis Crosslisted Courses Bulletins Curriculum CATEGORY 1 - Foundational Courses: Department or school-based courses with primary focus on network science Ph.D. Minor in Network Science Description Cognitive Science COGS-Q 610 Networks of the Brain The Ph.D. minor degree Program in Network Science offers doctoral students in any Indiana University Doctoral May 26, 2016 211

Program, given Department and/or School approval, contained only in The University Graduate School training in the theoretical, methodological, analytic and Bulletin.) practical approaches to increase our understanding of the nature, origins and influences of natural, social Graduate Faculty and technological networks. This program draws on (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the expertise of the wide range and number of faculty Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct across Indiana University who focus on networks and doctoral dissertations.) interdependent ties in systems from society, technology, Professor Robert Sherwood* (Education), Director; and animal/human systems. These faculty are drawn Associate Professor John Carini * (Physics); Clinical from the School of Informatics and Computing, and Associate Professor Cathrine Reck (Chemistry); Professor the Departments of Psychological and Brain Sciences, Albert Ruesink* (Biology) Sociology, History and Philosophy of Science, Statistics, Physics, Political Science, and Economics in the Graduate Advisor College of Arts and Sciences. This minor represents an Professor Robert Sherwood*, Wright Education Building opportunity for Ph.D. students to be introduced to the 3054, (812) 856-8154 complexity of a cutting-edge transdisciplinary perspective that spans substantive issues from genes to global Degree Offered cultures. Master of Arts for Teachers Course Requirements (Currently this program is not accepting applications.) The curriculum aims to serve the needs of a wide Special Program Requirements range of doctoral students across Indiana University while working to interface with existing departmental (See also general University Graduate School curricular course offerings. Network Science courses requirements.) are linked to Departments and Schools and do not Admission Requirements represent a foundational area at this point in time. As such, the requirements combine two types of courses: Bachelor’s degree with 35 credit hours in science or in 1) Foundational courses on networks in disciplines that science and mathematics. It should be understood that the focus on how this perspective translates into theories, program of study for this degree is not designed to allow tools and discovery in the area, and 2) Phenomenon or one to continue for the Ph.D. degree. Topic-based courses that include a substantial component that addresses how Network Science is or can be used Course Requirements in this case. Given that these courses are generally Sixty-five (65) credit hours in science and mathematics required for Ph.D. degrees in departments and schools, (counting courses taken as an undergraduate) to include: but are considered electives, any particular course cannot be expected to be offered in every semester or every 1. 35 credit hours in the physical sciences, distributed year. Give this limitation, a total of twelve (12) credits is as follows: astronomy (3 credit hours), chemistry (10 required. Since most graduate courses are 3 credit hours, credit hours), geology (6 credit hours), physics (10 the minor requirements are expected to be completed with credit hours), and electives (6 credit hours); four courses. The four courses will be split between the 2. 25 credit hours in the biological sciences, distributed two types of courses listed above. Specifically, with the as follows: plant sciences (10 credit hours), advice of Network Science faculty in the home discipline microbiology (5 credit hours), and zoology (10 credit and in concert with the transdisciplinary expertise in hours). Certain general biology courses may count the IU Network Science Institute (IUNI), students may toward this requirement (see below); and select two courses from Category 1 below, including the 3. 5 credit hours in mathematics or computer science. basic Network Science course in their or a closely related discipline. The remaining two courses can be selected At least 36 credit hours are required beyond the bachelor’s from Category 2 under the same conditions of advice. degree, including 26 credit hours in the above-named The course listing is expected to change with selections sciences, mathematics, or computer science, the augmented over the next decade with new faculty arriving remaining 10 credit hours in science, mathematics, or at IU and the IUNI research program maturing. A complete education. listing will be held at the IUNI office of the Assistant These minimum requirements are to be met by selecting Director for Research Administration. from the following courses; an advisor in the program Courses should be consulted regarding the acceptability of other courses. All courses included in the minor program are currently offered within the context of existing programs. 1. Physical Sciences Astronomy: A100, A105, A221, A222, A451, A452, Chemistry: C101 and C121, General Science C117, C118, C243, R340, C341, C342, C343, C344, C360 Geological Sciences: G111, G112, G221, Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on General G222, G334, G404 Physics: P201-P202 (or P221- Science P222), P301, P309, P310, P314, P317, P321, P331, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate P340, P350, P460 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The 2. Biological Sciences General Biology: L111, L112, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements L113, L211, L311, L312, L313, L318, L319, L323 Microbiology: M250, M255 Plant Sciences: B300, 212 May 26, 2016

B351, B352, B364, B371, B373 Zoology: Z373, complete a sequence of courses involving a minimum of 9 Z374, Z375, Z406, Z466 graduate credits in that field. 3. Mathematics and Computer Science: Mathematics: Thesis or Research Papers M212; Computer Science: A201 Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two Other 300– and 400–level science courses must be research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed approved by your advisor. for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each Grades research paper. B (3.0) average or higher; at least B in science courses. Final Examination Certification Requirements Oral examination covering the topic of specialization, the thesis or research papers, and other aspects of All students seeking the M.A.T. degree must be eligible for geography. certification to teach at the middle school or high school level in Indiana or another state. Master of Science Degree Admissions Requirement Geography Undergraduate major in geography, environmental College of Arts and Sciences science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, or Departmental E-mail: [email protected] equivalent. Applicants not meeting this requirement may Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~geog be expected to take additional work. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Fields of Study School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Climate, Land and Evironmental Change; Food and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Agriculture; Systems and Remote Sensing; Globalization, contained only in The University Graduate School Development and Justice; Water Resources. Bulletin.) Course Requirements Apply electronically for admission: http:// graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/apply.shtml/ A minimum of 30 credit hours, including a core curriculum consisting of G500, G501, and G588. In addition, each Curriculum student should select a topical field of concentration in climate, land and environmental change; food and Degrees Offered agriculture; geographic information systems and remote Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of sensing; globalization, development and justice or water Philosophy. The department currently is not accepting resources and complete a minimum of 9 graduate credits applications for the Master of Arts for Teachers or for in that field. the dual programs, Master of Arts in Geography and Master of Science in Environmental Science (SPEA) or Thesis or Research Papers Master of Science in Geography and Master of Science in Environmental Science (SPEA). Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed Special Departmental Requirements for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each research paper. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Requirements are the same as for the M.S. in Geography, with the additional requirement of a minimum of 9 Grades graduate credits in the field of climate, land, and B (3.0) average or higher; B in core courses. evironmental change. Suitable courses include but are not limited to: Master of Arts Degree Admission Requirements • GEOG-G 505 Ecological Climatology • GEOG-G 532 Physical Climatology Undergraduate major in geography or its equivalent. • GEOG-G 544 Climate Change Impacts Applicants not meeting this requirement may be expected • GEOG-G 550 Field Methods in Physical Geography to take additional work. • GEOG-G 551 Water Resources Fields of Study • GEOL-G 577 Topics in Climatology • GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics Climate, Land and Environmental Change; Food and Agriculture; Geographic Information Systems and Remote • GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis Sensing; Globalization, Development and Justice; Water Requirements are the same as for the M.S. in Geography, Resources. with the additional requirement of a minimum of 9 Course Requirements graduate credits in the field of geographic information systems and remote sensing. Suitable courses include but A minimum of 30 credit hours, including a core curriculum are not limited to: consisting of G500, G501, and G588. In addition, each student should select one topical field of concentration and • GEOG-G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in Geography • GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing May 26, 2016 213

• GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital approved programs of study outlined in this bulletin Image Processing (unless exceptions are approved by the University • GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems Graduate School). • GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Qualifying Examination Systems • GEOL-G 584 GIS Applications in Geology Written and oral, covering the areas of concentration, • GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics other aspects of geography, and the tentative dissertation • GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis problem. • GEOG-G 639 Topics Seminar in Geographic Research Proposal Information Science The proposed research for the dissertation must be Admission Requirements (Currently this program is approved by the research committee and presented at a not accepting applications.) departmental colloquium. A full undergraduate major in geography is not required, Final Examination but applicants should have had introductory courses in physical, environmental, or human geography. Oral defense of the dissertation. Program Ph.D. Minor in Geography The requirements for the Ph.D. minor in geography An individual program of study will be arranged for each are flexible. A student’s specific program should be student. A general description of the M.A.T. requirements developed in consultation with the minor-field advisor is found elsewhere in this bulletin. in geography. Typical fields include Climate, Land and Master of Arts/Master of Science in Geography and Environmental Change; Food and Agriculture; Geographic Master of Science in Environmental Science (Public Information Systems and Remote Sensing; Globalization, Development and Justice; Water Resources. A minimum and Environmental Affairs) of 9 credit hours of course work. Admission Requirements (Currently this program is not accepting applications.) Ph.D. in Geography with Specialization in Climate, The Department of Geography and the School of Public Land and Environmental Change and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) offer a program that Requirements qualifies students for two master’s degrees. A student Requirements are the same as the Ph.D. in Geography, must apply to and be accepted by the School of Public with the additional requirement of a minimum of 12 credit and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master of hours in Climate, Land and Environmental Change beyond Science in Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) and by the the M.S. in Geography with a Specialization in Climate, Department of Geography and the Graduate School for Land and Environmental Change. Suitable courses study toward the M.A. or M.S. degree. include but are not limited to the list that appears under Program the course requirements for the M.S. in Geography with a Specialization in Climate, Land and Environmental An individual program of study will be arranged for each Change (above). student. Ph.D. in Geography with Specialization in Geographic Doctor of Philosophy Degree Information Systems and Remote Sensing Admission Requirements Requirements M.A. or M.S. degree in geography or related discipline. Requirements are the same as the Ph.D. in Geography, with the additional requirement of a minimum of 12 Fields of Study credit hours in Geographic Information Systems and Climate, Land and Evironmental Change; Food and Remote Sensing beyond the M.S. in Geography with Agriculture; Geographic Information Sensing and Remote a specialization in Geographic Information Systems Sensing; Globalization, Development and Justice; Water and Remote Sensing. Suitable courses include but are Resources not limited to the list that appears under the course requirements for the M.S. in Geography with a Course Requirements specialization in Geographic Information Systems and A minimum of 90 credit hours, including a core curriculum Remote Sensing (above). consisting of G500, G501, and G588 as well as a Faculty dissertation (up to 20 credit hours). Each student must select a major within the field of geography chosen from Chairperson the fields of study listed above. Students must complete a minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the M.A./M.S. in Professor Daniel C. Knudsen* the major, including at least one graduate seminar. The Graduate Faculty dissertation must be written in the major field of study (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University within geography. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Minors doctoral dissertations.) At least one outside minor required. It should be closely Professors related to the internal major and must be chosen from 214 May 26, 2016

Dennis Conway* (Emeritus), Tom Evans*, Daniel C. response models, and mapping of three-dimensional or Knudsen*, Scott M. Robeson* greater space. Note: This course is not being offered at this time. Associate Professors GEOG-G 505 Ecological Climatology (3 cr.) Surveys the Elizabeth Cullen Dunn*, Charles Greer* (Emeritus), relationship between climate and vegetation and explores Rebecca Lave*, Rinku Roy Chowdhury*, Ernest the consequences of human impacts. Examines the role Wohlenberg* (Emeritus) of climate on vegetation patterns, agricultural crops, and Assistant Professors select ecosystems and in turn, the influence of vegetation on climate. Majed Akhter*, Ishan Ashutosh*, Darren Ficklin*, Taehee Hwang*, Justin Maxwell* GEOG-G 506 Sustainable Transportation (3 cr.) P: G502. An examination of non-sustainability in the Adjunct Professors transport sector. Problems of petroleum depletion, air Eduardo Brondizio* (Anthropology), Emilio Moran* quality and its impact on human health, carbon dioxide (Emeritus, Anthropology, CIPEC), Philip Stevens* (Public emissions and their impact on global warming, transport and Environmental Affairs), Dallen Timothy (Arizona State accidents and congestion are examined along with University) planning, policy, and technological solutions to these problems. Note: This course is not being offered at this Adjunct Associate Professors time. Timothy Brothers (Indianapolis), Kelly Caylor (Princeton GEOG-G 509 Seminar in the History and Philosophy of University), Owen Dwyer (Indianapolis), Chunfeng Huang* Geography (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course (Statistics), Phaedra Pezzullo* (Communication and examines the history of geography. Particular reference is Culture), Jeffrey Wilson (Indianapolis) made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, structuralism, humanism, and postmodernism within Adjunct Assistant Professor geography and to the major debates about philosophy and Danilo Dragoni (State of Nevada), James Farmer methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. (School of Public Health), Kimberly Novick* (Public and Note: This course is not being offered at this time. Environment Affairs). GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the notion of sustainable development and its meaning and Professor Scott Robeson*, Student Building 120, (812) implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, 855-6303 water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers how Courses such systems can be implemented in developed countries. GEOG-G 512 Urban Transportation Analysis (3 cr.) GEOG-G 425 Africa: Contemporary Geographic P: G312 or G502 or consent of instructor. Aspects of Problems (3 cr.) Note: This course in not being offered at urban transportation planning process. Existing travel this time. patterns, variations in trip generation, spatial interaction GEOG-G 427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) and distribution models, assignment of trips to existing networks, and the evaluation of future networks. Note: GEOG-G 428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) This course is not being offered at this time. GEOG-G 500 Research Problems in Geography (3 cr.) GEOG-G 513 Advanced Economic Geography Examination of current research areas and research (3 cr.) P: G313 or consent of instructor. Advanced problems in geography. Introduction to research design economic geographic theory and location decision and research methods. making. Applications include agricultural, industrial, GEOG-G 501 Research Problems in Geography and commercial location decision making as well II (3 cr.) P: G500. Further development of research as geographic understanding of the wider regional formulation and design skills. Approaches to geographic development process. Students will be expected to research and the preparation of research problem demonstrate understanding of theories and location statements and proposals that may lead to thesis or decision making graphically and mathematically. dissertation research. May be repeated for a maximum of GEOG-G 515 Sustainable Urbanism (3 cr.) P: G314 6 credits in second graduate degree. or consent of instructor. In-depth examination of GEOG-G 502 Introduction to Transportation Analysis “green urbanism” and sustainable urban development. (3 cr.) An examination of classical and contemporary Sustainable urbanism is viewed as an integral part of, approaches to the analysis of transport systems, and not distinct from, global environmental sustainability. spatial interaction, sustainable transport, and related Lessons from European cities inform the assessments of environmental and economic aspects of transport at North America’s urban future. regional and national scales. Note: This course is not GEOG-G 517 Development Geography: Critical being offered at this time. Perspectives of the Historical and Spatial Rhythms GEOG-G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in of Capitalism (3 cr.) Why are some places richer than Geography (3 cr.) P: G488 or G588 or equivalent. Further others? Is inequality a necessary part of our economic development of quantitative techniques to geographic system? What is the economic and political role of problems. Methods of multivariate analysis, multiple organizations like the World Bank? How are neo-liberalism May 26, 2016 215 and globalization related? These and related questions climate to change, how this impacts society and options are explored through history, diffusion, and structure of for adaptation and mitigation, plus the potential to reduce global capitalism. climate change through geoengineering. GEOG-G 520 Mobility (3 cr.) Geographers are turning GEOG-G 548 Capitalism and Nature (3 cr.) How has attention to the processes that drive, regulate and nature been appropriated, reworked, and produced under accompany various scales of movement, the politics of capitalism; conversely, how does the materiality of nature mobility, and the experience and effect of mobility. A shape the conditions of capitalism? Is this seminar, we better understanding of mobility helps them investigate will investigate how relations between capitalism and processes like globalization, migration, tourism, nature have evolved from the end of feudalism through the homelessness, security and transport, international flows current neoliberal era. as well as micro-scale bodily movements in more nuanced ways. GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, G341, G343, or consent of instructor. This seminar GEOG-G 532 Physical Climatology (3 cr.) Introduction introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses to the physical basis of the climate system from the on the political-economic context of natural resource global to the local scale, emphasizing the surface energy conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, and water balances. Examples are drawn from forested, justice, and power. This course covers the theoretical agricultural, urban, and aquatic environments, as well as lineage of political ecology, its development over the last issues related to climate change. Skills used to study and 20 years, and current hot topics in the field. quantify climate processes are developed. GEOG-G 550 Field Methods in Physical Geography GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Use of instrumentation for the measurement, (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its analysis, and interpretation of field data concerning atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, features and processes of the natural environment. and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Field and laboratory equipment will be used for research Emphasis on practical applications and digital image projects and environmental monitoring. Practical analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. application of biogeographic, climatological, and hydrological principles. GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) Introduction to instructor. Advanced remote sensing theory and digital hydrological processes occurring at multiple spatial and image processing techniques with an emphasis on temporal scales. Principles of water resources such as environmental science applications. Hands-on computer infiltration, runoff, surface- and groundwater flow will be exercises provide significant experience in digital image explored. Topics covered also include the environmental, processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and economic, and social implications of floods, droughts, quantitative information about Earth’s terrestrial and dams, and water usage as well as current and future aquatic environments. issues in water quality, water pollution, and water-resource regulation. GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic GEOG-G 552 Tree-Riding Science (3 cr.) Examines Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database the science of dendrochronology. The primary focus design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and will be the applications of the science, as ultimately the case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory information recorded by the trees must be used in our exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. quest to better understand natural and human processes. Lecture and laboratory. GEOG-G 553 Water and Society (3 cr.) Do we control GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information water, or does it control us? Introduce geographic Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. perspectives on the interaction of water and society. Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic Takes the holistic view and asks the big questions about information science and spatial analysis techniques using how water shapes, and is shaped by, social, political, and GIS software. This advanced course is for students who cultural dynamics. seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing field and want to learn how to construct, manage, and GEOG-G 560 Geography Internship (1-4 cr.) analyze their own GIS data and models. P: Graduate level courses in geography and consent of instructor. Faculty-directed study of geographical problems GEOG-G 540 Topics in Environmental Geography based on an internship experience. Student’s area of (1-3 cr.) P: G305 or G315 or consent of instructor. placement must be related to major field of study. Offered Selected topics focus on the human dimensions of fall, spring, and each summer session. Student may environmental change/conservation. Example focus complete more than one internship, but total credit earned topics: population-environment interactions, transport- cannot exceed 4 credit hours. environment interactions, and urban-environment interactions. May be repeated four times with a different GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global topic for a maximum of 12 credit hours. Environmental Change (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. Introduction of global environmental change GEOG-G 544 Climate Change Impacts (3 cr.) Increasing (GEC), focusing on the human causes and consequences concentrations of greenhouse gases are causing climate of biophysical transformations of land systems. to change at an unprecedented rate. This course will Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, institutional, explain how and why anthropogenic activity is causing and environmental dimensions of land change; tropical 216 May 26, 2016 forests, grasslands, and urbanizing areas; international GEOG-G 605 Topical Seminar in Water Resources environmental regimes; spatial methodologies in GEC (3 cr.) Topics will vary to consider aspects of water research; and integrated approaches. resources. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. GEOG-G 576 Qualitative Methods in Geography (3 cr.) GEOG-G 639 Topical System in Geographic Focuses on and provides practice in the various qualitative Information Systems and Remote Sensing (3 cr.) methods employed by geographers to solve problems Applications of Geographic Information Science principles within the geographic landscape. Each methodology is in the collection, analysis and visualization of spatial practiced in the field or within th laboratory so the students data. Integration of GIS, remote sensing, and GPS develop competency using these methods and can then technologies with web-based GIS applications. Review of apply them to a research project. current literature on techniques, theory, technology, and applications. Discussion, laboratory, and research project. GEOG-G 577 Topics in Climatology (3 cr.) Selected topics in applied climatology, climate change, climate GEOG-G 830 Readings in Geography (arr.-12 cr.) impacts, climate modeling, field methods, quantitative P: Advanced courses in geography or closely related analysis, or related subjects. May be repeated once for fields. Supervised readings on selected topics. Note: This credit with different topic. course is eligible for a deferred grade. GEOG-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming GEOG-G 831 Advanced Research in Geography Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of faculty member. Individual Introduction to food production and consumption systems, research. S/F grading. emphasizing linkages to land use and social change on food/farming system sustainability. Topics include: GEOG-G 840 Research in Geography (arr. cr.) urbanization, population growth, and economic liber- P: Consent of faculty member. This course is eligible for a alization; farming livelihoods, gender and poverty; deferred grade. Individual research. biotechnology; agro-ecology; global health. GEOG-G 845 Master’s Papers (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of GEOG-G 582 Cultural Geography (3 cr.) Familiarizes instructor. Research papers under supervision of faculty. students with the basic concepts and ideas that underpin Note: This course is eligible for a deferred grade. the study of cultural geography, including the history GEOG-G 850 Master’s Thesis (arr.-6 cr.) This course is of cultural geography, the constitution of the cultural eligible for a deferred grade. Thesis. landscape, and how landscape fractures across the lines of ethnicity, gender, and age. GEOG-G 860 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Extension of traditional statistical Geological Sciences analysis to spatial data. Spatial means and spatial variances, the examination of differences in samples over College of Arts and Sciences space, spatial autocorrelation, nearest neighbor analysis, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] map comparison techniques. Emphasis on practical Departmental URL: geology.indiana.edu applications. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (3 cr.) Advanced methods of data analysis for evaluating University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements spatial heterogeneity and spatial dependence. Topics contained only in The University Graduate School include global and local spatial autocorrelation, point Bulletin.) pattern analysis, spatial cluster analysis, spatial regression analysis, and other multivariate approaches. Lecture and Curriculum lab format with regular use of software. Emphasis on geographic applications. Degrees Offered Master of Science in Geological Sciences, Master of GEOG-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Science in Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences; Their Applications (3 cr.) Note: This course is not being Doctor of Philosophy in Geological Sciences, and in offered at this time. Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences. GEOG-G 602 Topical Seminar in Climate, Land and Special Departmental Requirements Environmental Change (1-3 cr.) Topics will vary to consider aspects of climate, land and environmental (See also general University Graduate School change. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. requirements.) May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Admission Requirements GEOG-G 603 Topical Seminar in Globalization, An undergraduate degree in the physical or natural Development and Justice (3 cr.) Topics will vary to sciences. It is expected that students will have an consider aspects of globalization, development and undergraduate background that includes course work in justice. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. allied sciences/mathematics, equivalent to one year of GEOG-G 604 Topical Seminar in Food and Agriculture chemistry and physics or biology, mathematics through (3 cr.) Topics will vary to consider aspects of food and differential and integral calculus, plus at least 6 credit agriculture. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. hours of higher-level courses. Where appropriate, a substantive foundation course in field geology or comparable independent field experience is also May 26, 2016 217 expected. Students with degrees in engineering or other Minor related fields are also encouraged to apply. The general Outside minor in a related field (including chemistry, Graduate Record Examination is required. physics, biology, mathematics, statistics, computational science, sustainable energy science, and environmental Master of Science Degree sciences), or, with approval, a self-designed minor in Course Requirement geochemistry, geophysics, or geobiology. Geological Sciences: A minimum of 30 credit hours. At Preliminary Examination least 22 of the 30 hours must be graduate-level courses Written initial research plan followed by an oral defense. or one of the 400-level courses listed below from the Department of Geological Sciences that are approved Qualifying Examination for graduate credit. Twelve of the 22 hours must be from the Department of Geological Sciences and must include Written and oral. at least 9 hours at the 500 level or above. A subset of Final Examination 300 and above undergraduate courses in allied sciences are acceptable. Electives include but are not limited to: Oral defense of the dissertation. Mathematics, M301, M312, M34, M343, M365, M415; Faculty Physics, P331, P332, P340, P400. Additional courses from other science departments can be substituted with Simon Brassell* written permission from the Director of Graduate Studies. A minimum of 3 credits of G810 (Research) is required. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences: Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Requirements are identical with one exception. At least 9 doctoral dissertations.) of the 12 required credits from Geological Sciences must be from the list of courses below defined as related to the Haydn H. Murray Chair Atmospheric Sciences track. David L. Bish* Dual Master's in Geological Sciences (M.S.) and in Judson Mead Professor Environmental Sciences (M.S.E.S.) Students must apply to and be accepted by both the Kaj Johnson School of Public and Environmental Affairs and by the Robert R. Schrock Professorship in Sedimentary Department of Geological Sciences. A total of 60 credit Geology hours is required. For specific program requirements, see the Director of Graduate Studies of Geological Sciences Douglas Edmonds and the School of Public and Environmental Affairs Graduate Programs Bulletin Provost's Professor Lisa M. Pratt* Doctor of Philosophy Degree Professors Course Requirements Abhijit Basu*, Rebecca Barthelmie*, David L. Bish*, James G. Brophy*, Simon C. Brassell*, Jeremy D. Dunning*, Geological Sciences: A total of 90 credit hours, including Michael W. Hamburger*, Gary Lee Pavlis*, Lisa M. Pratt*, dissertation and 35 credit hours of course work approved Sara C. Pryor*, Edward M. Ripley*, Juergen Schieber*, for graduate credit. A minimum of 12 credit hours must Jeffrey White* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Robert be graduate courses taken from the Department of P. Wintsch*, Chen Zhu* Geological Sciences. The subset of allied science courses listed in the M.S. degree requirement applies to the Associate Professors Ph.D. Up to 30 credit hours of graduate classes can be Claudia C. Johnson*, Kaj Johnson, Gregory A. Olyphant*, transferred from another institution provided equivalent P. David Polly* courses are offered at Indiana University. Assistant Professors Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences: Douglas Edmonds*, Jackson Njau, Laura Wasylenki Requirements are identical with one exception. At least 9 Professors Emeriti of the 12 required credits from Geological Sciences must David Dilcher*, J. Robert Dodd*, Donald Hattin*, Hendrik be from the list of courses below defined as related to the Haitjema* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Erle Atmospheric Sciences track. Kauffman*, Enrique Merino*, Haydn Murray*, Albert J. Courses Approved for Geological Sciences- Rudman*, Lee J. Suttner* Atmospheric Sciences Track Senior Scientists G540 Physical Meteorology, Climate and Paleoclimate, Chusi Li*, Arndt Schimmelmann*, John Steinmetz* G534 Dynamic Meteorology, G537 Synoptic Meteorology Assistant Scientist and Climatology, G538 Air Pollution Meteorology, G556 Erika Elswick*, Peter E. Sauer Wind Power Meteorology, G564 Dynamic Meteorology: Boundary-Layer Meteorology, G570 Micrometeorology, Senior Lecturer G576 Climate Change Science. These courses are currently listed under the Department of Geography but Bruce Douglas* are in the process of being transferred to Geological Associated Research Faculty Sciences. 218 May 26, 2016

Chris Craft*(SPEA), Brian Keith* (Geological Survey), regions of North America for study of mineralogical, Sally Letsinger (Geological Survey), Adam Maltese lithological, stratigraphic, structural, paleontological, (Geoscience Education), Maria Mastalerz* (Geological geomorphological, or other geological relationships. Six to Survey), Michael Prentice* (Geological Survey), Todd ten days in the field. May be repeated. Thompson* (Geological Survey) GEOL-G 423 Methods in Applied Geophysics (4 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies P: G413 or equivalent. Application of geophysical principles to field and laboratory experiments, with Professor Gary Pavlis*, Room GY 409, Geology Building, emphasis on data acquisition, analysis, and geologic (812) 855-5141 ([email protected]) interpretation. Experiments include earthquake Courses seismology, electrical resistivity, magnetic and gravity surveys, and reflection and refraction seismology. GEOL-G 404 BIOL L105 and G334 (3 cr.) Application of biological principles and use of fossils in the study of earth GEOL-G 427 Introduction to X-Ray Mineralogy (2-3 cr.) history. Origin of life and the early fossil record; evolution; P: G221. Theory and practice of X-ray powder diffraction. approaches of taxonomy; chemistry of fossils; ecology of Measurement and analysis of digital diffractometer data, ancient life; use of fossils to measure geologic time. including profile fitting and Rietveld refinement, with applications to geological, environmental, and structural- GEOL-G 406 Introduction to Geochemistry (3 cr.) chemical problems. P: G222, MATH M212 or M216, and CHEM C106. Chemistry in the study of the earth, employing elementary GEOL-G 429 Field Geology in the Rocky Mountains chemical thermodynamics, the phase rule, chemical (5-8 cr.) P: G222, G323. Five to eight weeks, including equilibria, redox, reactions, the radioactive decay law, and four to six weeks at the Geologic Field Station in Montana. organic chemistry. Geologic reconnaissance, measurement of stratigraphic sections, mapping on aerial photographs, construction of GEOL-G 411 Invertebrate Paleontology (3 cr.) P: BIOL structure sections. Regional geomorphology, stratigraphy, L105 or S105; and one 300-400-level course in biology and structure through South Dakota, the Black Hills, or geology. Structure, classification, habitats, and Wyoming, Montana, Yellowstone Park, and Glacier Park. geological history and significance of the invertebrate phyla. Laboratory study of fossils. GEOL-G 451 Principles of Hydrogeology (5-8 cr.) P: Chemistry C106, Mathematics M212 or M216, and GEOL-G 413 Introduction to Geophysics (3 cr.) consent of instructor. Physical and chemical properties P: Physics P202 and P222 and Mathematics M212 or of water; chemical equilibria and stable isotopes in M216. Application of physics in the study of geologic groundwaters; acid drainage, landfills, and agricultural and environmental problems. Theory and application pollution; Darcy's Law, fluid potential, unsaturated of seismic, gravity, magnetic and electric methods in flow; fluid and aquifer properties affecting groundwater exploration of the earth's subsurface, with emphasis on flow; fluid mass-balance equation and its application; near-surface processes. (Not currently offered.) contaminant transport. GEOL-G 415 Geomorphology (3 cr.) P: G222, college GEOL-G 501 Sedimentary Processes and chemistry and mathematics or consent of instructor. Environments (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Origin and Application of physics in the study of geologic and controls of facies distribution in sedimentary systems. environmental problems. Theory and application of Field study of selected ancient facies systems. seismic, gravity, magnetic and electric methods in exploration of the earth's subsurface, with emphasis on GEOL-G 503 Phase Equilibria (3 cr.) P: C360, G406, near-surface processes. or consent of instructor. Thermodynamic functions and conditions of equilibria in unary, binary, ternary, and GEOL-G 416 Economic Geology (3 cr.) P: G334; CHEM multicomponent systems. Mixing properties of crystalline C106-C126 or consent of instructor. Geologic occurrence solutions. Chemical potential and activity diagrams. and genesis of economic mineral deposits, including petroleum and coal. Introduction to mining, processing, GEOL-G 504 Metamorphic Petrology (3 cr.) P: G418, and exploration methods. Two lectures and one 2-hour G503. The evolution of mineral assemblages and laboratory meeting per week. compositions during prograde metamorphism. Reaction mechanisms. Effect of fluid composition on mineral GEOL-G 417 Optical Mineralogy (3 cr.) P: G222. Theory assemblages. Theoretical basis and description of various and use of optics in the identification and classification of projection schemes. Appraisal of selected experimental rock-forming minerals in fragments and thin sections. One studies. lecture and two 2-hour laboratory meetings per week. GEOL-G 506 Principles of Igneous Petrology ( (3 cr.) GEOL-G 418 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology P: G418. Origin, composition, classification, phase (3 cr.) P: G222 or equivalent. The petrogenesis of igneous relationships, and distribution of igneous rocks; economic and metamorphic rocks. Both the lecture and laboratory considerations. Emphasis on province, associations, and portions of the course will stress the application of modern facies type. petrographic, mineralogic, geochemical and phase equilibria techniques to the solution of relevant petrologic GEOL-G 509 Theoretical Geochemistry (4 cr.) P: C360, problems. Two lectures and one 2-hour laboratory meeting C361, P340, or G406 or the equivalent; consent of per week. instructor. Thermodynamics and solution chemistry as tools in geochemistry; designed for students planning GEOL-G 420 Regional Geology Field Trip (1-2 cr.) advanced work or research in geochemistry. P: Consent of instructor. Field investigation of selected May 26, 2016 219

GEOL-G 513 Seismology I (3 cr.) P: MATH M343 or GEOL-G 538 Air Pollution Meteorology (3 cr.) P: G304 M313; PHYS P222. Earthquakes, propagation of elastic or G532 or consent of instructor. waves, interpretation of seismological data, theory of Analysis of the physical laws that govern the transport, seismological instruments. Core: solid-earth dynamics. transformation, and removal of atmospheric pollutants. Primary emphasis will be on physical and chemical GEOL-G 514 Geophysical Signal Analysis (3 cr.) processes, although biological impacts will also be P: PHYS P222; MATH M343 or M313. Construction, considered as the use of models and remote sensing, are analysis, and interpretation of geophysical signals. Filter also developed. theory, spectral analysis, signal-to-noise enhancement, transform theory, seismic wave propagation, computer applications. GEOL-G 540 Physical Meteorology, Climate, and Paleoclimate (3 cr.) GEOL-G 515 Analysis of Earthquake Seismograms Topics span all the scales of atmospheric processes; (1 cr.) P: G413. Analysis of local, regional, and teleseismic from climate change to weather forecasting and surface phases recorded on the Indiana University long- and energy budgets. Students are introduced to the physical short-period seismographs. Use of seismic records to processes and properties of the atmosphere. Skills used determine earthquake source parameters, deep earth to study and quantify atmospheric processes, such as the structure, and near-station structure. Surface wave use of models and remote sensing, are also developed. dispersion and structure of the lithosphere. GEOL-G 520 Mechanics for the Earth Sciences (1 cr.) GEOL-G 544 Methods in Analytical Geochemistry P: M211, M212. Fundamentals of continuum mechanics (2 cr.) G544-Methods in Analytical Geochemistry with emphasis on the derivation and solution of governing is designed as an overview of basic collection and equations in elasticity, viscous flow, heat transfer, and preparation of water, soil and rock samples for elemental groundwater flow. Problems in faulting, postseismic and analysis by analytical geochemical techniques used postglacial relaxation, flexure of strata and lithosphere, in environmental and exploration geology, as well as, emplacement of dikes/sills, flow of debris and ice, and geochemical studies. The course is designed to give groundwater flow. background and context to published data sets for critical evaluation. Finally, it is an opportunity to develop scientific GEOL-G 521 Micropaleontology (3 cr.) P: G404 or G411 writing skills. G544 is taught simultaneously with the or advanced standing in biological sciences. Morphology, undergraduate course G444, with additional written biology, ecology, biostratigraphy, and phylogenetic assignment for Graduate Credit. Graduate students relationships of microfossils. Course will survey the taking the class for G544 will have an additional written common fossil groups, including cyanobacteria, diatoms, assignment due the last third of the class (TBA) involving dinoflagellates, acritarchs, foraminifera, and radiolaria. compilation, analysis and interpretation of a data set of their choosing, that will be factored into the written GEOL-G 524 Carbonate Facies and Environments assignment portion of the grade. This work is in addition to (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Carbonate environments the assignments of the G444 component. from modern and ancient examples (including subsurface). Various ramp and platform margin GEOL-G 550 Surface Water Hydrology (3 cr.) P: G451 depositional models. Emphasis on types and origin of and M216, or consent of instructor. Mechanics of surface facies. Current and classical literature on carbonates. runoff and open channel flow. Rainfall-runoff equations, probability analysis of stream flow, and watershed GEOL-G 534 Dynamic Meteorology: Synoptic to simulation models. Chemistry of surface waters and Global Scale (3 cr.) P: MATH-M211-M212, PHYS-P201 stream pollution. Core: environmental geoscience. or P221 (P221 recommended), GEOG-G304 or G532 or consent of instructor. GEOL-G 551 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 cr.) P: G451. Introduction to dynamical processes and analysis in Basic principles and quantitative aspects of physical flow the atmosphere. Principles of fluid dynamics and their systems and chemistry of ground water and surface water. application to the atmosphere. Basic conservation The relationships between water and geologic materials. laws and equations of motion. Circulation and vorticity. Core: environmental geoscience. Dynamics of synoptic systems: quasigeostrophic analysis; oscillations and waves; baroclinic instability; and GEOL-G 553 Gravitational and Magnetic Field Analysis cyclogenesis. General circulation. Numerical modeling. (2 cr.) P: G413; MATH M343 or M313; PHYS P222. Potential field theory and its application in interpretation of gravity and magnetic fields. Core: solid-earth dynamics. GEOL-G 535 Quaternary Geology (3 cr.) P: G415 or consent of instructor. Characteristics, distribution, GEOL-G 554 Fundamentals of Plate Tectonics (2 cr.) and origin of Pleistocene and recent deposits; P: Graduate standing in geology or consent of instructor. stratigraphy and chronology; formation of associated Synthesis of observations from diverse disciplines of landforms, landscapes, paleosols, and soils; quaternary geology leading to the development of modern plate environments. Core: Environmental Geoscience. tectonic theory. Applications of plate tectonic principles to fundamental problems of continental and marine geology. GEOL-G 537 Synoptic Meteorology and Climatology Core: solid-earth dynamics. (3 cr.) P: G304 or G532 or consent of instructor. Analysis and prediction of synoptic scale weather GEOL-G 556 Wind Power Meteorology (3 cr.) P: G304, systems, emphasizing the mid-latitudes. Other topics G362, or consent of instructor. covered include severe weather and atmospheric/ oceanic The science of wind power meteorology will be explained teleconnections. with a focus on practical elements of how to measure wind resources, estimate wind turbine loads and wind turbine 220 May 26, 2016 siting. The class is divided into a lecture and laboratory transfer, sediment transport, seismic wave propagation type format with project work. through elastic solids, isotopic fluid-rock interactions. GEOL-G 583 Isotope Geochemistry (3 cr.) Introduction GEOL-G 561 Paleoecology (3 cr.) P: G334 and G404 to the theory and application of radiogenic and stable or G411. Relationships between modern and fossil isotopes to a variety of subdisciplines in the earth organisms and their physical, chemical, and biological sciences. Topics include geochronology, tracers, mass environments; emphasis on techniques for interpreting balance and mixing, hydrology and environmental past environmental conditions. applications, water-rock interaction, and biogeochemical GEOL-G 562 Geometric Morphometrics (3 cr.) cycles. Practical, applied introduction to geometric morphometric GEOL-G 584 GIS Applications in Geology (3 cr.) analysis of shape. Students learn to collect, analyze, P: Experience in GIS or map reading. Application of and interpret geometric morphometric data. Shape Geographic Information System (GIS) and Global theory and methods are covered, including Procrustes Positioning System (GPS) technologies address problems superimposition and its statistical implications, analysis of in the geosciences. Field mapping using GPS and other curves and outlines, and Monte Carlo modeling of shape. methods is undertaken to develop GIS layers and at- GEOL-G 563 Quantitative Paleontology (3 cr.) tributed features that are analyzed to support or refute Practical applications of quantitative analysis as they specific research hypotheses. relate to paleontology, including the analysis of diversity GEOL-G 586 Geochemical Modeling (3 cr.) P: C360, through time, analysis of diversity in space, analysis C361, P340, or G406 or the equivalent; consent of of morphological disparity, and reconstruction of instructor. Introduces students to the theories and phylogenetic relationships. Skills include Monte Carlo applications of geochemical modeling. Students will have statistical tests, analysis of large data sets, use of the opportunity to acquire hands-on experience with relational SQL databases, and the application of GIS to popular geochemical codes. paleontological problems. GEOL-G 587 Organic Geochemistry (3 cr.) P: Consent GEOL-G 570 Micrometeorology (3 cr.) P: GEOG-G304, of instructor. Application of organic geochemical methods G340, G532, G540, MATH-M211-M212, or consent of in determining origins of fossil fuels and in defining instructor. biological and environmental histories of rocks. Atmospheric processes at the micro and local scale. Topics include energy and mass exchange over simple GEOL-G 588 Paleobiogeography (3 cr.) P: L318; G404 non-vegetated surfaces, vegetated surfaces, non-uniform or L374; G561 or L473. Introduction to the theory and terrain, and inadvertent climate modification. practice of analyzing the spatial and temporal distribution of past life, with consideration of the biostratigraphic GEOL-G 571 Principles of Petroleum Geology evolution of major life forms. Models of dispersion patterns (3 cr.) P: G323. Origin, geochemistry, migration, and are analyzed within a plate tectonic and paleoclimate accumulation of petroleum; reservoir rocks; types of context. entrapment; exploration procedures and their rationale; GEOL-G 589 Geomicrobiology (3 cr.) P: Two methods and devices for data gathering and detection. semesters each of undergraduate biology and chemistry. GEOL-G 572 Basin Analysis and Hydrocarbons Geomicrobiology provides an introduction to the diversity (3 cr.) P: G323 and G334. Modern concepts of tectonics and physiology of microbes in soil, sediment, lake, and sedimentary basin analysis. Geologic application ocean, and ground-water environments. The first half of of geophysical logs and seismic stratigraphy to basin the course focuses on microbial classification, growth, analysis, facies distribution, and structural style in a variety metabolism, and genetic phylogeny in order to build of basin types with specific examples from around the a conceptual framework and technical vocabulary. world. Techniques of hydrocarbon assessment in basinal The second half of the course integrates lecture with settings. discussion of recently published journal articles. GEOL-G 576 Climate Change Science (3 cr.) P: At least GEOL-G 591 Physical Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G415, two undergraduate courses in the physical sciences or G501 or equivalent. Dynamics of fluid flow, hydraulics of consent of instructor. Evidence for and theories of climate sediment transport, interaction of physical processes in change over a range of time scales. Sources of natural depositional environments. Field study of selected modern climate forcing are presented, historical evolution of depositional environments. climate change is quantified, and model tools and climate GEOL-G 592 Chemical Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G509, projections are presented along with analyses of climate G418, or consent of instructor. Study of low-temperature change impacts. (< 300 degrees C) mineral assemblages in order to infer GEOL-G 581 Surficial Geology (3 cr.) Study of earth their chemical conditions of formation. surface process, landforms, and unconsolidated deposits GEOL-G 600 Advanced Techniques (arr. cr.) is fundamental to several subdisciplines of geology, P: Consent of instructor. **These courses are eligible for a especially hydrogeology and environmental geology. deferred grade. Training in special geologic methods such GEOL-G 582 Computational Methods for Earth as exploration seismology, experimental petrology, X-ray Scientists (3 cr.) P: M211-M212 or equivalent. Students spectroscopy, electron probe microanalysis, isotopic and will develop numerical solutions to ordinary and partial organic mass spectrometry. differential equations which describe a wide variety of geologic processes which could include fluid flow, heat May 26, 2016 221 GEOL-G 601 Clay Mineralogy (3 cr.) P: Consent of Institute of German Studies instructor. Composition, structure, properties, methods of identification, and origin and distribution of clay minerals. College of Arts and Sciences Core: sedimentary systems. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] GEOL-G 612 Inverse Methods in Geophysics (3 cr.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~germanic/institute/ P: MATH M301, M303, or equivalent. Mathematical (Please note that when conferring University Graduate techniques to infer the properties of the deep interior of the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The earth from geophysical data and to appraise the reliability University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements of the results. Theory of generalized inverses in finite contained only in The University Graduate School dimensional vector spaces and Hilbert space. Resolving Bulletin.) power of data. Nonlinear inverse methods. Curriculum GEOL-G 613 Seismology II (3 cr.) P: G513. Theory of wave propagation in layered elastic media: Lamb’s Program Information problem, Cagnaird’s method, and propagator matrices. The Institute of German Studies provides graduate Body force equivalents and the moment tensor students with a flexible curriculum to pursue study and representation of seismic sources. Additional selected research in the society and cultural production of German- topics. (Not currently offered) speaking Europe from 1740 to the present. Most work GEOL-G 616 Metalliferous Mineral Deposits (3 cr.) on this subject unfolds through consideration of diverse P: G416 and G406, or equivalent. Geological processes critical paradigms. Study in the Institute is linked closely, controlling ore deposition. Application of stable and but not exclusively, to the master’s degree in modern radioactive isotopes, fluid inclusions, and thermodynamics German culture in the Department of Germanic Studies to the study of ore deposits. Laboratory study of opaque and is also open to students from related disciplines (e.g., minerals using reflected light microscopy. European Studies, History, Political Science, Philosophy, the Program in Cultural Studies, the Jewish Studies GEOL-G 617 Geochemical Exploration (3 cr.) P: G416. Program, and the School of Music). The Institute also Application of geochemical methods in the search offers a Ph.D. minor. Courses are taught by the faculty of for mineral deposits, including analytical techniques, the Department of Germanic Studies specializing in 1740 migration of elements, data interpretation, and field to the present and by instructors in related disciplines. problems. Lecture and laboratory. Ph.D. Minor in German Studies GEOL-G 626 Industrial Minerals (3 cr.) P: G416. Origin, The Ph.D. minor in German studies is available to doctoral mode of occurrence, distribution, and uses of mineral students in all departments except Germanic Studies; commodities other than ores and fuels. Geology of the 15 credit hours of course work are required. Consult the rocks and minerals used for building materials, chemical director of the Institute for information regarding courses raw materials, refractories, fillers, abrasives, fertilizers, acceptable for the minor. fluxes, insulation, filtering agents, and pigments. Faculty GEOL-G 633 Advanced Geophysics Seminar (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. S/F grading. Selected topics in Director earth physics. Associate Professor Johannes Türk* GEOL-G 637 Seminar in Tectonics (1 cr.) P: Consent of Graduate Faculty instructor. Multidisciplinary seminar focusing on regional- (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University scale deformation of the earth’s lithosphere. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct GEOL-G 685 Evolution of Ecosystems (3 cr.) P: G561 doctoral dissertations.) or L575; Isotope Systemics; statistical methods. Advanced Professors analysis of large-scale, cohesive environmental influences on ecosystem development and persistence through Claudia Breger* (Germanic Studies), Fritz Alwin the rock record. Emphasis on paleoecologic grouping at Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies, European Studies), community and higher levels. Analytical methods include Frederick Churchill* (Emeritus, History and Philosophy advanced statistics and synthesis of published numerical, of Science), James Diehl* (Emeritus, History), Paul geochemical, and sedimentologic models. Eisenberg* (Emeritus, Philosophy), Norman Furniss* (Emeritus, Political Science), Ingeborg Hoesterey* GEOL-G 690 Advanced Geology Seminar (arr. cr.) (Emerita, Germanic Studies, Comparative Literature), P: Consent of instructor. S/F grading. Seminars on critical Hildegard Keller* (Germanic Studies), Breon Mitchell* research issues and topical themes. (Emeritus, Germanic Studies, Comparative Literature), GEOL-G 700 Geologic Problems (1-5 cr.) P: Consent David Pace* (Emeritus, History), William W. Rasch* of instructor. **These courses are eligible for a deferred (Germanic Studies), Alvin Rosenfeld* (English), Terence grade. Consideration of special geological problems. Thayer* (Emeritus, Germanic Studies), Marc A. Weiner* (Germanic Studies, Comparative Literature) GEOL-G 810 Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Associate Professors 222 May 26, 2016

Michel Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Michelle Facos* X567 Science in Germany: Nineteenth and Twentieth (Fine Arts), Benjamin Robinson* (Germanic Studies), Centuries (3 cr.) Johannes Türk* (Germanic Studies) School of Music, Department of Musicology M502 Composers (3 cr.) Topic: Wagner/Beethoven/ Academic Advisor Strauss. Associate Professor Johannes Türk*, Ballantine Hall 667, Philosophy (812) 855-1642 P522 Topics in the History of Modern Philosophy (3 cr.) Courses P544 Selected Topics in History of Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) The following, nonexclusive list contains examples of the kinds of courses that may be taken outside of the Political Science Department of Germanic Studies for credit in the Institute. Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) Religious Studies V605 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4 cr.; 12 cr. R680 Religion and the Problems of Modernity (3 cr.) max.) V815 Individual Readings in German Studies (1-8 cr.) May Sociology be repeated for credit. S660 Advanced Topics (3 cr.) Topic: The Sociological Structures of the United States and Germany. Anthropology E607 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4 cr.; 12 cr. Additional courses are often drawn from the nonexclusive max.) list of departments and programs given above. Consent V815 Individual Readings in German Studies (1-8 cr.) May of the director of the Institute and from the individual be repeated for credit. instructor of each course must be obtained to enroll. Comparative Literature Germanic Studies C504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II (4 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences C546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] C555 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies (4 cr.) C602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and Approaches Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~germanic/ (4 cr.) C655 Topics in Interarts Studies ( 4 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The European Studies W301 Modern European Politics and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Society (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School W302 Modern European Culture and National Identities (3 Bulletin.) cr.) Curriculum Film Studies C590 Film and Society (4 cr.) Degrees Offered C693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of C790 Studies in Film and Literature ( 4 cr.) Philosophy C792 Film History and Theory ( 4 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements Fine Arts (See also general University Graduate School A442 Twentieth-Century Art 1900-1924 (4 cr.) requirements.) A495 Readings and Research in Art History (1-4 cr.; 8 cr. max.) Topic: Twentieth-Century German Art. Master’s Degrees Germanic Studies Master of Arts Degree G503 Introduction to Theories and Methodologies in the Students may follow one of two different curricula in Study of German Literature and Culture (3 cr.) pursuit of the M.A. degree: Master of Arts in Germanic G563 German Culture Studies I (3 cr.) Studies and Master of Arts in Modern German Culture. G564 German Culture Studies II (3 cr.) Admission requirements are the same for both programs, G575 Historical Study of German Literature III (3 cr.) and the official degree title for both options is the M.A. in G577 Historical Study of German Literature IV (3 cr.) Germanic Studies. G625 Literature and Culture: Special Topics (3 cr.) Admission Requirements G825 Seminar in German Literature (3-4 cr.) Near-native command of German and undergraduate History major in the field or other evidence of adequate B366 Paris and Berlin in the 1920s: A Cultural History (3 background. Deficiencies may be removed by course work cr.) or special examination. B378 History of Germany since 1648 II (3-3 cr.) B393 German History: From Bismarck to Hitler (3 cr.) Master’s Project H523 The Holocaust (3 cr.) Both the Master of Arts in Germanic Studies and the H620 Colloquium: Modern Western European History (4 Master of Arts in Modern German Culture require cr.) Topic: Problems in Modern German History. successful completion of a master’s project, which is History and Philosophy of Science intended to give students experience in carrying out a limited scholarly investigation to their fullest potential. May 26, 2016 223

The project is normally submitted after three or four M.A. in German or equivalent. Students with a master’s semesters of study but may be submitted as early as the degree in a related discipline who have completed first year. It entails appropriate revision and oral defense extensive graduate-level work in German may also apply. of a research paper of 20 to 30 pages originally written for a graduate course in Germanic Studies. The paper Credit Transfer should demonstrate command of expository English or Entering doctoral students may present up to 30 credit German, competence in the use of bibliographic and hours of previous graduate-level work towards the 90- research tools, ability to conceive and develop a scholarly hour minimum required for the Ph.D. degree, subject to project, and effective critical and analytical thinking. the regulations and approval of the University Graduate It is recommended that students consult with appro- School. priate faculty members regarding selection and revision of the project paper. A three-person faculty committee Language evaluates each project and conducts an oral defense Reading proficiency in French. A substitution may be that examines the candidate’s ability to present concisely permitted; such a substitution should serve the candidate’s the main argument(s) of the project, place the project in major research interests. larger scholarly contexts, discuss sources and scholarly literature used, and respond effectively to committee Other Requirements members’ questions and comments. Students have the option of enrolling in German G850 Master’s Project for Specific departmental course and credit-hour one credit so that the project’s completion is reflected on requirements for each of the three Ph.D. majors are their permanent academic record and transcripts. outlined below. Master of Arts in Germanic Studies Examinations Course Requirements A two-part written examination followed by an oral examination. The form, content, and scheduling of the A total of 30 credit hours, including one of G532, G540, separate examinations vary from major to major. G548, G551, G558, G632, G635, G638, G639 or G640; one seminar or colloquium at Indiana University. At least Teaching 9 additional credit hours in Germanic studies and one Germanic Literature course numbered 500 or above. All doctoral students are required to complete at least one year of service as an associate instructor in Germanic Language Requirement Studies. Reading proficiency in an additional foreign language, Ph.D. in Germanic Linguistics and Philology preferably French. Total credit hours: 90 Thesis Professional course (3 cr.) - G500 Not required. Linguistics courses (12-14 cr.) Master of Arts in Modern German Culture Four from the following: Course Requirements G532, G540, G548, G551, G558, G632, G635, G638, G639, G640, G601 Introduction to Old English, G655 A total of 30 credit hours of which at least 21 one must be History of the English Language and all 30 may be in German. Up to 9 credit hours may be taken in other relevant programs and departments Seminars (6-8 cr.) (history, comparative literature, etc.). (two required at IU) Language Requirement • G825 (3-4 cr.) or G835 (3-4 cr.) Reading proficiency in an additional foreign language, • G825 (3-4 cr.) or G835 (3-4 cr.) preferably French. Literature courses (6 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Admission Requirements Two from any modern German literature or culture courses numbered 500 or above. 20 credit hours of course work (or the equivalent) beyond first-year German. Dissertation (up to 20 cr.) Course Requirements Outside Minor (minimum 12 cr.) A total of 36 credit hours; at least 20 of these must be Ph.D. in Medieval and Early Modern German Literature in Germanic Studies, including G500, two courses from and Culture G532, G548, G551, and G558; two literature or culture This major is intended as one in medieval literature and courses in German, one of which may be at the 400 culture, and the languages involved are regarded as tools level. Students must demonstrate proficiency in depth rather than as ends in themselves. The interdepartmental in German; contact the language coordinator in the outside minor must be taken in medieval culture. The department for information. 30-32 hours of required course work in German literature should include sufficient study of modern literature to Doctor of Philosophy Degree prepare the candidate to teach college courses in this area Admission Requirement on the second- and third-year level. 224 May 26, 2016

Total credit hours: 90 set by the outside minor department or program (i.e., not Germanic Studies). Please note that Dutch or Yiddish may Literature Courses (30-32 credits): be selected by Ph.D. students in Germanic Studies as an • G571 German Lit. I (3 cr.) outside minor. • G573 German Lit. I (3 cr.) Some Ph.D. candidates in Germanic Studies complete • G636 Old Icelandic Literature; prerequisite G635 (3 the minor entirely outside the department, for example in cr.) cognitive science, French, European studies, or gender studies. Detailed information about minors offered by other • G625 (with medieval topic) (3 cr.) departments and programs can be found elsewhere in this • G825 (with medieval topic) (3-4 cr.) bulletin. Detailed below are sample minor programs. Required courses in Medieval Studies: M500 1. Dutch: 12 credits, consisting of N402, N403, N404, Introduction to Medieval Studies or M600 Medieval and N450. Manuscripts 2. Comparative Literature: four courses in Comparative Required courses in Renaissance Studies: R501 Literature, including C501; fluent reading knowledge The Culture of the Renaissance or R502 Topics in of at least one foreign language. Renaissance Civilization (4 cr.) 3. Cultural Studies: 4 courses for a minimum of 13 credits in courses approved for the Cultural Other literature courses: (7-9 cr.) Studies program, including C601 and either C701 or C790. Students must officially declare the minor Total: 30-32 cr. during the early phase of their Ph.D. studies by consulting with the director of the Cultural Studies Linguistic Courses (6-9 credits): program. Satisfactory performance on the qualifying • G638 Old High German (3 cr.) examinations in the student’s major department is also required. • G640 Middle High German (3 cr.) 4. English and Germanic philology: four courses, to One of the following is recommended: include English G601 Introduction to Old English and at least one of the other older Germanic languages, G532 History of Germ. Language; G635 Old Icelandic; i.e., German G632, G635, G638, G639, and G640. G639 Old Saxon (3 cr.); G601 Old English (3 cr.) or The remaining courses may be chosen from ENG G602 Middle English (3 cr.) G602 Introduction to Middle English, G655 History of Total: 6-9 cr. the English Language, L710 Beowulf, L711 (Topic: Old English Literature), GER G532, G625 with Required courses: appropriate topic, G636, G835 with appropriate F501 Medieval French Literature I (3 cr.) or L505 topic, and any of the remaining older Germanic Medieval Latin (4 cr.) languages listed. Also offered is an Area Certificate in English and Germanic Philology, requiring four Additional hours in medieval culture (15-19 cr.) courses in addition to the four required for the minor. These may include any of the courses listed Total: 18-22 cr. above, as well as courses in other departments Ph.D. in Modern German Literature and Culture that are relevant to the history and prehistory of Total Credit hours: 90 the Germanic languages, and to early Germanic literature and culture. Professional course: G500 (3 cr.) 5. Linguistics: 12 credits in linguistics or related Seminars (two required at IU) (8 cr.): courses, with a grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher. The specific program for satisfying this • G825 or G835 (3-4 cr.) requirement should be developed in consultation • G825 or G835 (3-4 cr.) with the linguistics outside minor advisor. 6. Yiddish: Requirements include 12 credits, consisting Literature Courses (9 cr.): of GER Y502, GER Y503, GER Y504, 3 remaining • Any three from: G571, G573, G575, G577 (may be credits to be chosen from GER Y505, GER Y506, repeated for credit, if different topic). GER Y815, and other courses focusing on non- language Yiddish Topics. Linguistic courses (6. cr.): Ph.D. Minor in Germanic Studies • One from G532, G632, G635, G638, G639, or G640 Doctoral students from other departments desiring to (3 cr.) minor in Germanic studies will choose one of the following: • One from G540, G548, G551 or G558 (3 cr.) 1. German: 12 credit hours, including at least two Dissertation (up to 20 cr.) courses numbered 500 or higher. Outside minor (at least 12 cr.) 2. Netherlandic: N402, N403, N404, and N508 or N509. Outside Minors for the Ph.D. 3. Yiddish: Requirements include 12 credits, consisting All three Ph.D. program options in Germanic studies of GER Y502, GER Y503, GER Y504, 3 remaining require the completion of an outside minor. The outside credits to be chosen from GER Y505, GER Y506, minor is selected in consultation with the graduate director GER Y815, and other courses focusing on non- or faculty advisor. Requirements for the outside minor are language Yiddish Topics. May 26, 2016 225

Faculty Culture (3 cr.) Survey of critical approaches to the study of German literature and culture, with an emphasis on Chairperson current theories and methodologies. Practical exploration Professor Fritz Alwin Breithaupt* of a selection of approaches through the discussion of Graduate Faculty selected literary or cultural materials. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Courses in Germanic Literature and Culture Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct GER-G 505 New Literary Theory and the German doctoral dissertations.) Text (3 cr.) P: G503. Survey of literary theory currently Professors used in Germanic studies; differences between theory in German and in American Germanistik. Areas such Theodore M. Andersson* (Emeritus), Peter Boerner* as reception theory, Frankfurt School, structuralism, (Emeritus, European Studies), Claudia Breger*, Fritz Alwin poststructuralism, psychoanalytic criticism, feminist Breithaupt*, Catherine Clarke Fraser* (Emerita), Kari Ellen criticism, New Historicism. Gade*, Tracy Alan Hall*, Ingeborg Hoesterey* (Emerita, Comparative Literature), Albrecht Holschuh* (Emeritus), GER-G 563 German Culture Studies I (3 cr.) G363, Hildegard Elisabeth Keller*, Dov-Ber Boris Kerler*, Breon G464, or HIST B377-B378. The formation of cultural Mitchell* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Ferdinand traditions in the German-speaking countries prior to the Piedmont* (Emeritus), William W. Rasch*, William Shetter* twentieth century. (Emeritus), Terence Thayer* (Emeritus), Stephen Wailes* GER-G 564 German Culture Studies II (3 cr.) G363, (Emeritus), Marc A. Weiner* G464, or HIST B378. Culture of the German-speaking Associate Professors countries in the twentieth century. Michel Chaouli*, Benjamin Butt Robinson*, Johannes GER-G 571 Historical Study of German Literature I Türk* (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving substantial developments within the time period before Clinical Associate Professor 1600. Topics range from individual genres, types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical contexts Susanne Even* of literature or its relationships to other art forms. May be Adjunct Professors repeated with different topic. Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Studies), GER-G 573 Historical Study of German Literature II Laurent Pierre Dekydtspotter* (French & Italian, Second (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving Language Studies), Robert Dennis Fulk* (English), substantial developments within the time period between Christoph Irmscher* (English), Mark Roseman* (History), 1600 and 1800. Topics range from individual genres, William Scheuerman* (Political Science, European types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical Studies), Rex A. Sprouse* (Second Language Studies) contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. May be repeated with different topic. Adjunct Associate Professor GER-G 575 Historical Study of German Literature III Sander Gliboff* (History and Philosophy of Science), (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving Joshua Kates* (English), Eyal Peretz* (Comparative substantial developments within the time period between Literature), Julia Roos* (History) 1800 and 1900. Topics range from individual genres, Adjunct Assistant Professor types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. Michelle Moyd (History), Sandra Shapshay (Philosophy) May be repeated with different topic. Director of Graduate Studies GER-G 577 Historical Study of German Literature IV (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving Professor Karl Ellen Gade*, Ballantine Hall 676, (812) substantial developments within the time period from 855-8138 1900 to the present. Topics range from individual genres, Courses types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. General Courses May be repeated with different topic. GER-G 400 Deutsch: Oberstufe (3 cr.) GER-G 605 Special Topics in Teaching German GER-G 403 Deutsche Literatur: Mittelalter bis (3 cr.) P: Two years of college-level teaching experience. Romantik (3 cr.) Advanced course in the theory and practice of teaching college-level German. Topics include task design for GER-G 404 Deutsche Literatur seit der Romantik teaching different text types, language assessment and (3 cr.) effective test development, and the role of technology in GER-G 500 College German Teaching (3 cr.) Required foreign language education. of associate instructors in their first year of teaching. An GER-G 620 Representations of Gender and Sexuality overview of teaching methodologies, their underlying in Modern European Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to the theories, and their practical application in college-level ways in which modern European identities have been German courses. shaped by notions of gender and sexuality, attention to GER-G 503 Introduction to Theories and the interplay between gender and race, religion, and class. Methodologies in the Study of German Literature and Covers different media and different historical moments. 226 May 26, 2016

Taught in English. Repeatable for a max. of 8 credits with GER-G 551 Structure of Modern German (3 cr.) a different topic. Structural problems in the grammar of Modern Standard German, investigated by means of various current GER-G 623 Intellectual History and Philosophical methodological approaches. Traditions (3 cr.) Special topics on any aspect of the German-language philosophical tradition and/or GER-G 558 Principles of German Morphology (3 cr.) intellectual history. My be repeated with a different topic. In-depth study of the principles underlying word formation (morphology) in German. Comparative study of inflection, GER-G 625 Literature and Culture: Special Topics derivation, and compounding in German and English. (3 cr.) Special topics on any aspect of the German Relevance of German data to morphological theory. language, literature, and/or cultural history. May be repeated with a different topic. GER-G 632 Gothic (3 cr.) Transition from Indo-European to Germanic. History and development of Germanic GER-G 627 Film and Media: Special Topics (3 cr.) dialects, with emphasis on prehistory of English and Special topics on any aspect of German-language film, German. Comparative and descriptive analysis of Gothic media, interarts, and/or visual culture. May be repeated phonology, morphology, and syntax. with a different topic. GER-G 635 Old Icelandic (3 cr.) Descriptive grammar. GER-G 636 Old Icelandic Literature (3 cr.) P: G635 or Survey of literature and extensive reading of prose and equivalent. Medieval Icelandic poetic and prose literary poetry. History of Scandinavian in comparison with other texts; history of the literature. Some consideration of Germanic languages. medieval Norwegian, Swedish, and Danish literature. GER-G 638 Old High German (3 cr.) Descriptive and GER-G 815 Individual Readings (1-3 cr.) Guided comparative analysis of Old High German texts, with their readings in Germanic literature, linguistics, and culture. dialect features. May be repeated. GER-G 639 Old Saxon (3 cr.) Study of the Old Saxon GER-G 820 Research Tutorial (1-3 cr.) Work under (Old Low German) language. Readings from the Heliand faculty supervision that results in a scholarly paper, and brief examination of other OS documents lecture, translation, bibliography, syllabus, or comparable product. May be repeated for credit once with a different GER-G 640 Middle High German (3 cr.) Introduction topic. to Middle High German language, literature, and culture. Translation, linguistic analysis, and close reading of GER-G 825 Seminar in German Literature (3-4 cr.) May selections from major texts of the period 1170-1220. be repeated. GER-G 835 Seminar in Germanic Linguistics (3-4 cr.) GER-G 850 Master’s Project (1 cr.) Revision and oral May be repeated. defense of a substantial research paper originally written for a graduate course in Germanic Studies. May be GER-G 885 Research in Germanic Linguistics (arr. cr.) repeated. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. GER-G 875 Research in German Literature (arr. cr.) Courses in Norwegian **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. May be GER-K 501 Beginning Norwegian I (3 cr.) Development repeated. of listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing skills in a cultural context. Introduction to grammar. GER-V 605 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4-12 cr.) Note: Course not currently offered. GER-K 502 Beginning Norwegian II (3 cr.) P: K501 with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Further GER-V 815 Individual Readings in German Studies development of listening comprehension, speaking, (1-8 cr.) May be repeated. reading and writing skills. Introduction to Norwegian Courses in Germanic Linguistics literature and culture. Review of grammar and study of GER-G 532 History of the German Language (3 cr.) new grammatical topics. Development from Primitive Germanic to New High GER-K 503 Intermediate Norwegian I (3 cr.) P: K502 German; German dialect geography. German as a with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Further member of the Germanic family and of the European development of oral and written command and language linguistic area. structures. Reading and discussion of literary and non- GER-G 540 Acquisition of German as a First and literary texts in a cultural context. Review of grammar and Second-Language (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of German; study of non-grammatical topics. graduate standing or permission of instructor. Introduction GER-K 504 Intermediate Norwegian II (3 cr.) P: K503 to recent generativist scholarship on acquisition of with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Advanced German as a first and second-language. Consideration reading proficiency, systematic vocabulary building, of broader theoretical issues. No prior knowledge of composition, and discussion of literary and non-literary linguistics assumed. texts in cultural and historical contexts. Review of GER-G 548 German Phonetics and Phonology grammar. (3 cr.) Introduction to phonetics and phonology of Courses in Netherlandic modern German with emphasis on description, analysis, GER-N 401 Intensive Dutch I (3 cr.) Development of and theory. Relevance of German data to issues in speaking ability, with stress on pronunciation, leading phonological theory. May 26, 2016 227 to fluency on restricted topics. Introduction to grammar. GER-K 507 Topics in Scandinavian Literature (3 cr.) Reading of annotated stories. Topics dealing with literature in Norway and other Scandinavian countries. Discussions incorporate literary GER-N 402 Intensive Dutch II (3 cr.) P: N401 or consent criticism, biography, and adaptations on film and stage in of instructor. Completion of grammatical study begun in Nordic nations. Lectures in English. May be repeated for a N401; continued stress on speaking Dutch on selected maximum of 6 credit hours. topics; rapid expansion of reading ability using literary and cultural materials. GER-K 591 Scandinavian Languages for Researchers (3 cr.) Introduction to the structure of Swedish, Norwegian, GER-N 403 Dutch Reading, Composition, and and Danish necessary for reading, followed by critical Conversation I (3 cr.) P: N402 or consent of instructor. reading in texts in the area of Scandinavian studies. Development of oral fluency; attention to idiom. Further grammatical study; attention to formal writing style. Courses in Swedish Readings in Dutch literature and culture. GER-S 501 Beginning Swedish I (3 cr.) Development of communicative skills: listening comprehension, speaking, GER-N 404 Dutch Reading, Composition, and reading and writing in a cultural context. Introduction to Conversation II (3 cr.) P: N403 or consent of instructor. grammar and vocabulary. Further development of style and idiom in speaking and writing. Reading of novels. Oral and written practice on GER-S 502 Beginning Swedish II (3 cr.) P: S501 topics of contemporary Dutch life. or equivalent. Further development of listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing skills in GER-N 450 The Golden Age of Dutch Culture (3 cr.) Swedish. Introduction to Swedish literature and culture. II Semester. Rise of the Dutch Republic; impact on Review of grammar and introduction to new grammatical technology, shipping, global commerce, and finance. topics. Politics, social developments, religion, ideas, and culture of the Dutch Golden Age. Vermeer, Spinoza, Grotius, and Courses in Yiddish other artists and writers. Special attention to Rembrandt, GER-Y 501 Beginning Yiddish I (3 cr.) Introduction and to what can be learned about his times through his to the Yiddish language and selected aspects of work. Note: Course not currently offered. Yiddish-language culture. Development of listening GER-N 505 Advanced Dutch I (3 cr.) P: N404. Prepares comprehension, simple speaking proficiency, controlled students for reading of a variety of texts, from literature, reading and writing skills. magazine articles, and other culture based texts. In oral GER-Y 502 Beginning Yiddish II (3 cr.) P: Y501 and written responses to the readings, it is expected that with grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Introduction students will demonstrate an awareness of, and sensibility to the Yiddish language and selected aspects of to Dutch language and culture, and express their ideas Yiddish-language culture. Development of listening in a manner consistent with advanced language work. comprehension, simple speaking proficiency, controlled Conducted in Dutch. reading and writing skills. GER-N 506 Advanced Dutch II (3 cr.) P: N505. GER-Y 503 Intermediate Yiddish I (3 cr.) P: Y502 or Introduces students to different levels of style and consent of instructor. Development of speaking, reading, expression and to written argumentation in Dutch. Texts writing, and listening skills. Review of basic grammar also include various literary genres and form the basis of and study of new grammatical topics. Reading of short in-class discussion and for exercises designed to develop fictional texts and other writings on Jewish culture. Taught oral and written fluency. Conducted in Dutch. in alternate years. GER-N 508 The Golden Age of Dutch Culture (3 cr.) GER-Y 504 Intermediate Yiddish II (3 cr.) P: Y503 or Rise of the Dutch Republic; impact on technology, consent of instructor. Continuing development of active shipping, global commerce, and finance. Politics, social and passive skills. Additional new grammar concepts. developments, religion, ideas, and culture of the Dutch Emphasis on development of reading skills and cultural Golden Age. Vermeer, Spinoza, Grotius, and other artists knowledge through literary and journalistic texts, including and writers. Conducted in English. Credit given for only texts in nonstandardized orthographies. Taught in one of N508 or N450. alternate years. GER-N 509 Topics in Dutch Literature (3 cr.) Topics GER-Y 505 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) dealing with literature in Dutch. Readings in English translation of novels, plays, and poetry that reflect a GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) specific topic chosen by the instructor. May be repeated GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: for a maximum of 6 credit hours. Language, Literature, and Culture (1-4 cr.) Guided Courses in Scandinavian readings. May be repeated. GER-K 506 Topics in Scandinavian Culture (3 cr.) Courses for Graduate Reading Knowledge Topics dealing with language, literature, and culture in GER-G 491 Elementary German for Graduate Students Norway and other Scandinavian countries in the more ( (3 cr.) no grad. cr recent historical periods. Discussions located within a comparative overview of political, economic, and social GER-G 492 Readings in German for Graduate realms of the Nordic nations. Lectures in English. May be Students (3 cr.) no grad. cr repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. 228 May 26, 2016

Cross-listed Courses CLAS-L426 Rhetoric and Oratory (3 cr.)* Classical Studies CLAS-L427 Virgil's Ecloques and Georgics (3 cr.)* Greek CLAS-L428 Advanced Study of Virgil's Aeneid (3 cr.)* CLAS-G305 Greek Tragedy (3 Cr.)* CLAS-L429 Roman Letters (3 cr.)* CLAS-G306 Greek Oratory (3 Cr.)* CLAS-L430 Lucretius (3 cr.)* CLAS-G307 Selected Works of Plato (3 cr.)* CLAS-L432 Livy (3 cr.)* CLAS-G308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.)* CLAS-L509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.)* CLAS-G406 Homer (3 cr.)* CLAS-L510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.)* CLAS-G407 Greek Historians (3 cr.)* CLAS-L511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric (4 CLAS-G410 Greek Prose Authors (3 cr.)* cr.)* CLAS-G411 Greek Comedy (3 cr.)* CLAS-L513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.)* CLAS-G510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.)* CLAS-L515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.)* CLAS-G511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric (4 CLAS-L536-L537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.)* cr.)* CLAS-L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.)* CLAS-G512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.)* CLAS-L600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.)* CLAS-G513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.)* CLAS-L602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-G516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-L603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-G517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-L610 Seminar in Roman Novel (4 cr.)* CLAS-G518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.)* CLAS-L611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Palaeography CLAS-G536-G537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.)* (4 cr.)* CLAS-G540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.)* CLAS-L620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and Historiography (4 cr.)* CLAS-G600 Intermediate Greek I (3 cr.)* Classics - (non language study courses) CLAS-G601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.)* CLAS-C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.)* CLAS-G603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-C409 Roman Literature and Art (3 cr.)* CLAS-G610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.)* CLAS-C411 (FINA A411) The Art and Archaeology of CLAS-G611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, Anatolia (4 cr.)* and Paleography (4 cr.)* CLAS-C412 (FINA A412) The Art and Archaeology of the CLAS-G613 Seminar in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* Aegean (4 cr.)* CLAS-G620 Seminar in Historical Texts and CLAS-C413 (FINA A413) The Art and Archaeology of Historiography (4 cr.)* Greece (4 cr.)* CLAS-G622 Seminar on Topics in Greek Literature (4 cr.)* CLAS-C414 (FINA A414) The Art and Archaeology of CLAS-G650 Introduction to Attic Greek Prose and Poetry Rome (4 cr.)* (3 cr.)* CLAS-C419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii (4 cr.)* Latin CLAS-C502 Bibliography and Research Resources for CLAS-L305 Ovid (3 cr.)* Classical Studies (1 cr.)* CLAS-L307 Cicero (3 cr.)* CLAS-C503 The Ancient City (4 cr.)* CLAS-L308 Caesar (3 cr.)* CLAS-C610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels (4 cr.)* CLAS-L309 Introduction to Virgil's Aeneid (3 cr.)* CLAS-C623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.)* CLAS-L407 Roman Lyric and Elegy (3 cr.)* Religious Studies CLAS-L408 Roman Comedy (3 cr.)* REL-R521 Advanced Readings in Early Christian CLAS-L409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.)* Religious Texts (1-4 cr.)*+ CLAS-L423 Roman Satire (3 cr.)* REL-R736 Advanced Readings in Early Christian Religious Texts (1-4 cr.)*+ CLAS-L424 Silver Age Historians (3 cr.)* May 26, 2016 229

+When these numbers are applied to Syriac or Coptic (1) Bachelor’s degree from a recognized institution, language instruction beyond the first semester introduction including 24 undergraduate credit hours in history, an level. overall undergraduate B (3.0) average, and a superior record in history; (2) at least one score above 600 on *These cross-listed courses are awarded History the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test; Department graduate credit for students in the Ancient (3) three letters of recommendation; (4) a personal field only. statement concerning intellectual interests and pro- fessional aspirations; and (5) a sample of written work, History such as a term paper, thesis, or any other piece of writing College of Arts and Sciences that indicates ability to communicate well in nonfiction Departmental E-mail: [email protected] prose. Ideally, a writing sample should also demonstrate the applicant’s ability to conduct historical research. The Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~histweb History department discourages applicants who wish (Please note that when conferring University Graduate to pursue terminal M.A. degrees except in the case of School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the M.A./M.L.S, M.A.T. programs, and students wishing University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements to pursue one of the department's terminal M.A. tracks: contained only in The University Graduate School Ancient History and Language Acquisition, dual M.A. Bulletin.) in Jewish History and Jewish Studies, Russian or East European History, United States History. Curriculum Grades Degrees Offered Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, dual Master No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted of Arts and Master of Library Science (jointly with the toward this degree. Department of Information and Library Science), and Course Requirements Doctor of Philosophy The content of individual History courses frequently Program Information encompasses more than one major field. Students work The graduate program in history at Indiana University closely with their faculty advisors to choose courses that includes formal course work and opportunities for fulfill degree requirements. independent study in nearly all recognized fields, both chronological and geographical. Moreover, the department A total of 30 credit hours; at least 20 of these credit is strongly committed to interdisciplinary programs, and hours must be in the Department of History. Students are it works closely with area studies programs, journals, required to complete H601 and at least one seminar and and historical organizations. The graduate program is two colloquia; the remaining credit hours in history must designed to help students in the development of their be completed in graduate colloquia, seminars, or readings knowledge and of their critical and analytical skills. Cours- courses. Graduate students will be allowed to receive es and programs in the Department of History prepare credit for undergraduate courses only in special cases students for work as professional historians in a variety (such as in the study of fields not commonly available at of settings: in public history, editing, librarianship, and the undergraduate level, or in small fields). government service, as well as in historical research and Foreign Language Requirement teaching at all levels. Reading proficiency in one of the following languages: Special Departmental Requirements Arabic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, (See also general University Graduate School Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or requirements.) another language appropriate to the student’s program of Master of Arts Degree study, if approved by the University Graduate School. Students may demonstrate proficiency by any of the The department offers several options: three methods normally sanctioned by the University Master of Arts with Graduate School or by passing a reading examination prepared by members of the history department faculty. • the intent of pursuing the Ph.D. in the following The examination includes two texts of approximately 400 fields of history: African, Ancient, British, Early words each, one drawn from primary historical sources Modern European, Asian, East European, Latin and the other typically drawn from historiographical American, Medieval European, Middle Eastern, sources. A student will be expected to translate the first Modern European, Russian, United States, and text and answer critical questions about the second. World, as well as thematic major fields: African Diaspora, Jewish History, and History of Gender and Field Review Sexuality. M.A. candidates wishing to enter the Ph.D. program Terminal M.A. tracks in and those terminating their program with the master’s degree must be recommended for the M.A. degree by the • Ancient History and Language Acquisition, Russian appropriate field committee. Graduate students who enter or East European History, United States History, and with an M.A. from another institution will be reviewed a a dual M.A. in Jewish History and Jewish Studies. year after pursuing graduate work at IU. Admission Requirements 230 May 26, 2016

Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Reading proficiency in one of the following languages: Earn a Master of Arts in one of the following fields of Arabic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, history: African, Ancient, British, Early Modern European, Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or Asian, East European, Latin American, Medieval another language appropriate to the student's program European, Middle Eastern, Modern European, Russian, of study, if approved by the University Graduate School. United States, and World, as well as thematic major fields: Students may demonstrate proficiency by any of the African Diaspora, Jewish History, and History of Gender three methods normally sanctioned by the University and Sexuality. Graduate School or by passing a reading examination prepared by members of the history department faculty. Admission Requirements The examination includes two texts of approximately 400 Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that words each, one drawn from primary historical sources reading ability in a foreign language is not required. and the other typically drawn from historiographical Students pursuing the History M.A.T. degree must also be sources. A student will be expected to translate the first admitted to one of two graduate programs in the School text and answer critical questions about the second. of Education, Transition to Teaching or Community of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Teachers. Admission to each of the two areas of study is Admission Requirements approved separately. (1) Completion of the M.A. degree at Indiana University or Grades another recognized institution, (2) a superior record in his- No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted tory, (3) certification in at least one foreign language, and toward this degree. (4) review and approval by a field committee consisting of faculty in the student’s major field. For students with Course Requirements an M.A. degree from Indiana University, this review must The content of individual History courses frequently take place by the end of a student’s third semester of encompasses more than one major field. Students work full-time graduate study; for other students, this review is closely with their faculty advisors to choose courses that done by a subcommittee prior to admission. For those with fulfill degree requirements. M.A. degrees from another institution, a writing sample, a personal statement and three letters of recommendation Requirements are a total of 20 or more credit hours in are required. history in addition to the courses required by the Transition to Teaching or Community of Teachers program. For Grades specif ic requirements, see the entry for the School of No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted Education in the Indiana University Graduate Bulletin. toward this degree. Students are required to complete H601 and at least one seminar and two colloquia; the remaining credit Course Requirements hours in history must be completed in graduate colloquia, The content of individual History courses frequently seminars, or readings courses. Graduate students will encompasses more than one major or minor field. be allowed to receive credit for undergraduate courses Students work closely with their faculty advisors to choose only in special cases (such as in the study of fields not courses that fulfill degree requirements and prepare them commonly available at the undergraduate level, or in for qualifying examinations. small fields). M.A.T. students are strongly encouraged to complete one of the pedagogy courses offered by the The minimum course requirements for the Ph.D. degree History Department: H580, H591, or H593. are six colloquia (courses H600-H699) distributed in two or more fields, two seminars (courses H700-H799) Foreign Language Requirement taught by different instructors, one of which must be in None. the major field; H601 Introduction to the Professional Study of History during the first semester at IU; and Final Examination courses to complete the outside minor. For those students None. transferring M.A. credits, a minimum of four colloquia and one seminar must be completed on the IU Bloomington Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science campus. Students may take dissertation credits (H899) Degrees to fulfill the 90 credit hours required by the University Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total Graduate School to complete the Ph.D. Students enrolled of 50 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required in the dual concentration program in cultural history must for the two degrees taken separately. Students take 20 complete H680 and H780 in addition to the requirements credit hours in history as outlined above under course listed above. requirements for the Master of Arts degree and 30 credit Foreign Language Requirement hours of library science. For specific requirements, see the entry for the Department of Information and Library The number and type of languages required will be Science in the Indiana University Graduate Bulletin. determined by the student’s major field of study. All Admission to each of the two areas of study is approved students, regardless of field, must demonstrate proficiency separately on the same basis as for other applicants not in in at least one foreign language. Several fields require the dual program. students to demonstrate proficiency in additional languages; students should consult their advisors or Foreign Language Requirement the appropriate field chair for guidance. Students may demonstrate proficiency in the following languages: Ara- May 26, 2016 231 bic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, Colloquia, Seminars, Pedagogy Courses, and Reading Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or others Courses: The emphasis in graduate work, particularly as appropriate to the student’s program of study, if approved the student embarks on the Ph.D. program, is placed on by the University Graduate School. Proficiency may be colloquia, seminars, and other graduate level courses. A demonstrated by the means indicated under the heading colloquium covers a broad sweep of the historiography “Foreign Language Requirement” in the section on the of one of the seventeen Ph.D. fields. It establishes a M.A. degree. dialogue between the student and the instructor on the range and types of historical problems in this field. Field Review: Graduate students who enter with an M.A. Assignments may include short papers or reports on from another institution will be reviewed after completion specific aspects of the bibliography in the field, but of the first year of graduate work at IU. The student will normally a colloquium does not entail examinations at the end of her/his first year at IU present two papers, or research papers. A seminar brings the student into one from a seminar, and at least one of them written at direct contact with the tools of research and the writing of IU, to the field committee or advisory committee. The field monographic history. Depth is stressed, and normally the or advisory committee will review the student's papers student will prepare a research paper based on primary as and overall record, meet with the student to discuss past well as secondary sources. Pedagogy courses (Teaching performance and future plans, and recommend whether College History, Teaching World History, and Teaching the student should be invited to continue in the Ph.D. U.S History) introduce students to the scholarship of program. (The department anticipates that the answer will teaching and learning and prepare students to teach at be "yes" in almost all cases). the college or university level. While pedagogy courses Fields: A student selects two historical fields--a major and are not required for the Ph. D. degree, students are minor--from the following list. Alternatively, students may advised to complete at least one. Applicants for the Future elect to pursue the dual concentrations in Cultural History Faculty Teaching Fellowship offered by the University and one of the major fields listed below; students enrolled Graduate School must have completed a pedagogy in this program do not complete an inside minor. As stated course; the History department gives preference to above, students may substitute a thematic field tailored to applicants who have completed a pedagogy course when her or his individual interests for the inside minor field. it hires advanced graduate students to teach summer courses. Last but not least, students who have completed Geographic Major Fields: at least one pedagogy course will be better prepared for • Africa the academic job market. • Asia Graduate students are strongly encouraged to take • Middle East colloquia, seminars, and pedagogy courses whenever • Early Modern Europe (1350-1800) possible. When colloquia and seminars are unavailable, • Russia a student may substitute the readings course, H575. In • United States order to set up such an independent class, a student • Eastern Europe should enter into an explicit agreement with a faculty member about reading, written assignments and total • Ancient credits for course work. That agreement must be filed • Britain with the Graduate Secretary at the start of the semester. • Latin America Graduate students may receive History credit for • Medieval Europe (200-1450) undergraduate courses, or graduate courses from other • Modern Europe (1750 to the present) departments/programs, only in special cases (such as in the study of fields not commonly available at the Thematic Major Fields: undergraduate level, or in small fields). • African Diaspora History Advisory Committee: At least six months prior to the • History of Gender & Sexuality qualifying exam, a student, in consultation with her/his • Jewish History advisor, should form an Advisory Committee whose • Cultural History- (available for double major) purpose is to help her or him prepare for qualifying Thematic Minors: examinations in both the major and minor fields and to administer the qualifying examination. Each field has • Family History its own requirements regarding the composition of the • World History advisory committee (see http://www.indiana.edu/~histweb/ • Cultural History grad/defense.shtml). Before registering for the qualifying • History of Medicine examination, a "Nomination of Advisory Committee" form • History of Philanthropy must be signed electronically by the members, approved by the Director of Graduate Studies, and approved by the • African Diaspora History Graduate Division of the College of Arts and Sciences. • History of Gender & Sexuality The Graduate Secretary initiates this electronic approval • Jewish History process. • Historical Teaching & Practice Thematic Minor: Students may substitute an individually The major field is central to a student's Ph.D. work. His tailored thematic field with the approval of the advisory or her advisor is drawn from that field. The student must committee and the Director of Graduate Studies for the meet the field's language requirements and, ultimately, inside minor field. An individually designed thematic pass qualifying examinations constructed by the field. field cannot duplicate other fields, and it must involve 232 May 26, 2016 substantial work outside the major field. At least two including one colloquium. No more than 6 credit hours faculty members must represent the thematic minor at the of work transferred from another university may be student's qualifying examinations. applied toward this requirement, and such credit must be approved by the director of graduate studies in the Qualifying Examination Department of History. (1) A rigorous oral examination of no longer than three Upon completion of the course work, the student should hours will be required. The purpose of the examination ask the director of graduate studies to attest to the is to demonstrate general command of the major and successful completion of the outside minor. minor fields of study. The examination should assess students’ scholarly preparation to teach courses in their Further information regarding departmental regulations fields through the demonstration of the ability to discuss governing advanced degree programs may be found in key issues and problems in these areas. At least two A Guide to Graduate Studies in History, available on the representatives of the student’s major field and at least department’s graduate Web page: www.indiana.edu/ one representative of his/her inside minor field must be ~histweb. present at the examination. The faculty representative for the student’s outside minor has the option of participating Faculty or waiving participation. Students enrolled in the dual Chairperson concentration in a time/place field and cultural history should have at least two representatives from the time/ Professor Eric Sandweiss* place field and two from the cultural history field on their examination committees. (2) There will be a public Graduate Faculty defense (open to all faculty and graduate students) of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the student’s dissertation prospectus, which the student’s Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct exam committee will preside over. The defense can take doctoral dissertations.) place as early as one week, but no later than six months, Distinguished Professors after the student passes the oral examination. Because the prospectus defense is meant to be an open forum, John Edward Bodnar*, Robert Ferrell* (Emeritus), Edward providing feedback from colleagues as well as the exam Grant* (Emeritus, History and Philosophy of Science), committee, then these defenses should normally be held James C. Riley* (Emeritus, College of Arts and Sciences, during the academic year (fall and spring semesters) Graduate School), David P. Thelen* (Emeritus) when the majority of faculty and students are available Robert F. Byrnes Professor to participate. The prospectus will be distributed at least one week in advance of the defense. It should be Wendy Gamber* substantial and should take the form of a grant proposal. It should explain the potential significance of the proposed Ruth Halls Professors dissertation project and place it in historiographical Phyllis Martin* (Emerita) context. Students must receive passing grades on both parts of the examination in order to advance to Ph.D. Donald F. Carmony Chair candidacy. The student’s examination committee grades Eric T. Sandweiss* both parts of the examination. Pat M. Glazer Chair Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program Mark Roseman* If a doctoral student fails the oral qualifying examination two times, falls below a 3.0 (B) grade point average, Mendel Chair in Latin American History fails to meet the language requirement by the time 30 credit hours of post-M.A. credit have been earned, or Danny James* fails to complete the oral qualifying examinations by Thomas and Kathryn Miller Professor the end of the approved length of time, the director of graduate studies, in consultation with the advisory Christina Snyder committee, can initiate steps to terminate the student’s John W. Hill Professor enrollment in the program. The student, however, may make a formal appeal to be given a third chance to pass Maria Bucur-Deckard* the qualifying examinations or to be given additional time to raise the grade point average or to complete the Rudy Professor qualifying examination. If the appeal is denied, the director Jeffrey Gould* of graduate studies will recommend to the dean of the University Graduate School that the student’s enrollment Sally Reahard Professor in the doctoral program be terminated. Michael C. Grossberg* Final Examination Paul V. McNutt Professor Oral defense of dissertation. Michael Edward McGerr* Ph.D. Minor in History Alvin H. Rosenfeld Chair Students in other departments may minor in history by completing, with a grade point average no lower than B Mirjam Zadoff (3.0), at least 12 credit hours of course work in history, May 26, 2016 233

Professors Director of Graduate Studies Judith Allen*, John Edward Bodnar*, George E. Brooks* John Hanson*, Ballantine Hall 742, (812) 855-5212 (Emeritus), Maria Bucur-Deckard*, Jamsheed K. Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Claude Andrew Clegg*, Courses Nick Barry Cullather*, Nancy Demand* (Emerita), History Courses James Diehl* (Emeritus), Ellen Dwyer* (Emerita, Note: With the exception of students enrolled in the Criminal Justice), Ben Eklof*, Jurgis Elisonas* (Emeritus, School of Education’s M.A.T. in Social Studies program, East Asian Languages and Cultures), Lawrence J. and M.A./Ph.D. students majoring in Ancient History Friedman* (Emeritus), Wendy Gamber*, Jeffrey L. who take courses from the approved list below, the Gould*, Michael C. Grossberg*, Peter Francis Guardino*, History department allows graduate students to take Carl David Ipsen*, Danny James*, Herbert Kaplan* undergraduate courses only in special circumstances. (Emeritus), Padraic Kenney*, Hiroaki Kuromiya*, Edward M.A.T. students should consult the College "Bulletin" for a Linenthal*, James H. Madison*(Emeritus), Phyllis complete list of courses. M.A./Ph.D. students majoring in Martin* (Emerita), Michael Edward McGerr*, Howard Ancient History should consult the department's "Guide to Mehlinger* (Emeritus, Education), Muriel Nazzari* Graduate Studies." (Emerita), David Pace*(Emeritus), M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita), Alexander Rabinowitch* (Emeritus), David L. HIST-A 301 Colonial America (3 cr.) Ransel* (Emeritus), Eric Robinson*, Mark Roseman*, Eric Sandweiss*, Robert Schneider*, Bernard Sheehan* HIST-A 302 Revolutionary America (3 cr.) (Emeritus), Steven M. Stowe*(Emeritus), Lynn A. Struve* HIST-A 313 Origins of Modern America (3 cr.) (Emerita), Dror Wahrman* HIST-A 315 United States since World War II (3 cr.) Associate Professors HIST-A 317 American Social and Intellectual History Ann G. Carmichael* (Emerita), Deborah Deliyannis*, (3 cr.) Arlene Diaz*, Konstantin Dierks*, Michael Sinclair Dodson*, Arthur Field* (Emeritus), John Henry Hanson*, HIST-A 325 American Constitutional History I (3 cr.) Sarah Knott*, Laura Kriegel, Alex Lichtenstein*, Jason HIST-A 330 Social History of American Enterprise II McGraw, Marissa J. Moorman*, Michelle Moyd, Amrita (3 cr.) Myers*, Muriel Nazzari* (Emerita), John M. Nieto-Phillips*, Scott O’Bryan (East Asian Languages and Culture), Julia HIST-A 346 American Diplomatic History II (3 cr.) Roos*, Leah Shopkow*, Micol Seigel* (American Studies), Christina Snyder, Rebecca Spang*, Jakobi Williams, Ellen HIST-A 347 American Urban History (3 cr.) Wu, Mirjam Zadoff HIST-A 348 Civil War and Reconstruction (3 cr.) Assistant Professors HIST-A 352 History of Latinos in the United States Krista Maglen, Pedro Machado, Roberta Pergher, Kaya (3 cr.) Sahin, Jonathan Schlesinger, Fei-Hsien Wang, Noam HIST-A 353 American Economic History I (3 cr.) Zadoff HIST-A 354 American Economic History 2 (3 cr.) Adjunct Professors HIST-A 355 Afro-American History I (3 cr.) Keith Barton*(Education), Matt Christ* (Classical Studies), Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Ajay HIST-A 356 Afro-American History II (3 cr.) Mehrotra (School of Law), Domenico Bertoloni Meli* HIST-B 351 Western Europe in the Early Middle Ages (History and Philosophy of Science), Kathleen Myers* (3 cr.) (Spanish and Portuguese), William Newman* (History and Philosophy of Science), Toivo Raun* (Central Eurasian HIST-B 352 Western Europe in the High and Later Studies), Michael Robinson* (East Asian Languages and Middle Ages (3 cr.) Culture), Richard Rubinger* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), David Zaret* (Sociology) HIST-B 353 The Renaissance (3 cr.) Adjunct Associate Professors HIST-B 354 The Reformation (3 cr.) Christopher Atwood (CEUS), Cynthia Bannon* (Classical HIST-B 355 Europe: Louis XIV to French Revolution Studies), Purnima Bose* (English), Gardner Bovingdon* (3 cr.) (Central Eurasian Studies), Brett Bowles* (French and HIST-B 356 French Revolution and Napoleon, 1763– Italian), James Capshew* (History and Philosophy of 1815 (3 cr.) Science), Lessie Jo Frazier*(Gender Studies), Constance Furey* (Religious Studies), Colin Johnson* (Gender HIST-B 357 Modern France (3 cr.) Studies), Eden Medina* (Informatics), Ron Sela* (Central HIST-B 359 Europe from Napoleon to the First World Eurasian Studies) War I (3 cr.) Adjunct Assistant Professors HIST-B 360 Europe from Napoleon to the First World Sarah Imhoff (Religious Studies), Timothy Lovelace War II (3 cr.) (Law), Kevin Martin* (NELC), Patrick Michelson (Religious HIST-B 361 Europe in the Twentieth Century I (3 cr.) Studies), Jason Mokhtarian (Religious Studies) 234 May 26, 2016

HIST-B 362 Europe in the Twentieth Century II (3 cr.) studies. Topics will vary but will ordinarily cut across fields, regions, and periods. May be repeated for credit. HIST-B 366 Paris and Berlin in the 1920s: A Cultural History (3 cr.) General and Professional Skills Courses HIST-H 541 Advanced Quantitative Methods (4 cr.) HIST-B 377 History of Germany since 1648 I (3 cr.) HIST-H 542 Public History (4 cr.) The application of HIST-B 378 History of Germany since 1648 II (3 cr.) history to public needs and public programs. Historic HIST-B 391 Themes in World History (3 cr.) preservation, archival management, oral history, editing, public humanities programming, historical societies, etc. HIST-C 386 Greek History (3 cr.) HIST-H 543 Practicum in Public History (1-4 cr.) HIST-C 388 Roman History (3 cr.) P: H542. Internships in public history programs, field work, HIST-C 393 Ottoman History (3 cr.) or research in the historical antecedents of contemporary problems. HIST-E 531 African History from Ancient Times to Empires and City States (3 cr.) Origins and groupings of HIST-H 547 Special Topics in Public History (3 cr.) African peoples; political, social, and economic evolution Intensive study and analysis of selected topics in public to ca. 1750; Africa’s contacts with the ancient world, trans- history. Topics will vary from semester to semester, e.g., Sahara and Indian ocean trades; growth of states and to include historic preservation, material history, archival empires; spread of Islam. practice, and historical editing. HIST-E 532 African History from Colonial Rule to HIST-H 575 Graduate Readings in History (arr. cr.) Independence (3 cr.) The slave trade and its abolition; HIST-H 580 The Teaching of College Hist (4 cr.) European imperialism and colonial rule; impact of Approaches to college-level instruction in history, focusing Islam and Christianity; nationalism and the struggle for on history learning theory, history course design, and independence; reassertion of African culture and identity; educational research in history. Students will design a development issues. history course with appropriate assessments and will HIST-E 533 Conflict in Southern Africa (3 cr.) Early participatein a substantial research project related to populations and environment; spread of European course content. settlement, interaction with African societies and early HIST-H 591 Teaching World History (3 cr.) Introduction race relations; Zulu power and white power; discovery to the teaching of the undergraduate courses in world of minerals and industrialization; urbanization and history. Topics include current curricula in world segregation; African and ; south history; textbooks and other readings in world history; Africa and its neighbors; Mandela and the new South and multimedia resources. Students will prepare an Africa. undergraduate course syllabus of their own design. HIST-E 534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) HIST-H 592 Teaching World History Practicum (3 cr.) HIST-E 536 History of East Africa (3 cr.) Developments A first practical experience in teaching an undergraduate over the past two millennia in East Africa (Ethiopia, advanced topics course in world history. Topics are at the Somalia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania, Malawi, and northern discretion of the student, but require authorization by the Mozambique). Topics include the environment and instructor and the Department of History. Students will peoples of the region, the emergence of hierarchical have complete responsibility for the course taught. societies, the economic and political changes of the HIST-H 593 Teaching United States History (3 cr.) nineteenth century, the era of European imperialism, the Introduction to teaching undergraduate courses in United transformations associated with the colonial period, and States History. Topics include: curricula in U.S. history, African independence. pedagogy in U.S. history, textbooks, and multimedia HIST-E 538 History of Muslim West Africa (3 cr.) resources. Students will design two undergraduate course Introduction to the history and historiography of Muslim syllabi. West Africa; develops the origins of Islam in West HIST-H 601 Introduction to the Professional Study Africa and the ways West Africans have incorporated, of History (4 cr.) Introduces graduate students into the transformed, and amplified Muslim beliefs and practices demands of the historical profession, introduces theory throughout history. and methods of history, historiography, and fundamental HIST-F 546 Modern Mexico (3 cr.) Places contemporary research skills. Mexico in historical perspective, focusing on the OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Study (0-30 cr.) nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include nineteenth-century social and political movements, Colloquia the causes and consequences of the 1910 revolution, These colloquia are of seminar size and involve oral the formation of Mexico’s political system, problems of and written study of the problems, bibliographies, economic growth, and the changing patterns of gender, interpretations, and research trends in the fields with class, and ethnicity in Mexican society. which they respectively deal; they are the chief means by which a student becomes knowledgeable in history at a HIST-H 425 Topics in History (1-3 cr.) professional level and prepares for the doctoral qualifying HIST-T 500 Topics in History (3 cr.) Intensive study and examination. Any of them may be taken more than once, analysis of selected historical issues and problems of upon approval of the student’s advisory committee. limited scope from the perspective of social and historical May 26, 2016 235

HIST-H 605 Colloquium in Ancient History (4 cr.) problems in the history of gender and sexuality. It will train the student in historical scholarship in that area. May be HIST-H 610 Colloquium in Medieval European History taken more than once, upon approval of the student’s (4 cr.) advisory committee. HIST-H 615 Colloquium in Early Modern Western HIST-H 765 Seminar in Latin American History (4 cr.) European History (4 cr.) HIST-H 775 Seminar in East Asian History (4 cr.) HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern Western European History (4 cr.) HIST-H 780 Seminar in Cultural History (4 cr.) HIST-H 630 Colloquium in British and British Imperial HIST-H 785 Seminar in Near Eastern History (4 cr.) History (4 cr.) HIST-H 795 Seminar in African History (4 cr.) HIST-H 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) HIST-H 799 Seminar in World History (4 cr.) HIST-H 645 Colloquium in East European History (4 cr.) Thesis and Dissertation These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. HIST-H 650 Colloquium in United States History (4 cr.) HIST-H 898 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) HIST-H 661 Colloquium in History of Gender and Sexuality (4 cr.) Introduces students to the problems, HIST-H 899 Ph.D. Dissertation (arr. cr.) bibliographies, interpretations, and research trends in HIST-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) the history of gender and sexuality. Topic varies. May be taken more than once, upon approval of the student’s History and Philosophy of Science advisory committee. College of Arts and Sciences HIST-H 665 Colloquium in Latin American History Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (4 cr.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~hpscdept HIST-H 675 Colloquium in East Asian History (4 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate HIST-H 680 Colloquium in Cultural History (4 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements HIST-H 685 Colloquium in Near Eastern History (4 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School HIST-H 695 Colloquium in African History (4 cr.) Bulletin.) HIST-H 699 Colloquium in Comparative History (4 cr.) Curriculum Selected topics that cut across conventional geographic and chronological periods. May be used by thematic Degrees Offered minors as one of the three colloquia required of Ph.D. Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library candidates. Science (jointly with the Department of Information and Library Science), and Doctor of Philosophy. Students Seminars at IU may also pursue double Ph.D.s with related These courses involve research at a mature level with departments, such as History or Philosophy, writing a primary sources in specialized topics and problems in single dissertation. the field with which they respectively deal. They train the student in historical scholarship. Any of them may be Special Departmental Requirements taken more than once, upon approval of the student’s (See also general University Graduate School advisory committee. requirements.) HIST-H 705 Seminar in Ancient History (4 cr.) Admission Guidelines Either (1) an undergraduate major in a science or a HIST-H 710 Seminar in Medieval European History related group of sciences with a minor in either history (4 cr.) or philosophy or (2) an undergraduate major in either HIST-H 715 Seminar in Early Modern European History history or philosophy with a strong minor in science; or a (4 cr.) similar background is preferred. Applicants with divergent backgrounds who can demonstrate serious interest and HIST-H 720 Seminar in Modern Western European research potential in HPS are encouraged to apply. History (4 cr.) Master of Arts Degree HIST-H 730 Seminar in British and British Imperial Course Requirements History (4 cr.) A total of 36 credit hours of course work or 30 credit hours HIST-H 740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) of course work together with a satisfactory M.A. thesis (X700 credits do not count toward the 30 required for the HIST-H 745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) thesis option). Our professional development seminar is HIST-H 750 Seminar in United States History (4 cr.) also required. Students who do not write a thesis must choose at least one course which requires the writing of HIST-H 760 Seminar in History of Gender and a major research paper. Both options require 24 hours Sexuality (4 cr.) Course involves research at a mature of course work in the department; at least four courses level with primary sources in specialized topics and 236 May 26, 2016 must be selected from the core courses listed below and Philosophy of Science and Medicine, including three (X506, X507, X551, X552, X556, X706). Our professional core courses (X506, X507, X551, X552, X556, or X706) development seminar is also required. Students intending and our professional development seminar. The course to take Ph.D. qualifying exams are advised to take more of studies must be planned in consultation with a history than the minimum number of core courses required for the and philosophy of science advisor. Students must also M.A. complete 30 credit hours of the Department of Information and Library Science (ILS) courses, including completion Grades of ILS M.L.S. Foundation courses (18 credit hours); A 3.3 (B+) grade point average in departmental courses is other required and elective ILS courses (12 credit hours). required. Admission to each of the two areas of study is approved separately on the same basis as for other applicants not in Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement the dual program. Proficiency in one language or one research skill. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Students are typically expected to complete this Fields of Study requirement before registering for their third semester in the department. A student may concentrate in either the history or the philosophy of science or pursue both fields Research Skills (primarily Logic, but also simultaneously. This affects the Foreign Language/ Computation, or Probability and Statistics) Research Skill Requirement below. Ph.D. students in History and Philosophy of Science Course Requirements and Medicine who wish to satisfy their research skills requirement in logic, computation, or probability & A total of 90 credit hours, including courses that meet statistics must consult with their advisor and the director all requirements for the M.A., plus at least two additional of graduate students in History and Philosophy of Science courses approved by the department from its offerings. and Medicine to determine the appropriate method. Among these, there must be a total of 5 core courses. A The tool skill that the student chooses to satisfy must maximum of 30 credit hours for dissertation work (X700 be demonstrably crucial to his or her dissertation research. and X800) may be counted toward the 90 credit hours. In general, students are expected to possess a level Minor of proficiency in the practical ability to apply formal methods and an understanding of the theory underlying One minor outside the department is required. The the formal methods. The level of proficiency demanded requirements for this minor are set by the department is at least equivalent to "B" level performance in upper- involved. Outside minor fields that students in the history division undergraduate or graduate courses in the and philosophy of science program have commonly taken relevant disciplines, i.e. philosophy, mathematics, include history, mathematics, philosophy, or one of the statistics, and computer science sciences. There are two methods for satisfying the requirement: a. Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement Certification by a committee of two HPS faculty with expertise in the chosen tool skill. This committee may Proficiency either (1) in two languages, or (2) in one use any combination of special examination (written or language and one research skill, or (3) in one language in oral), inspection of the student's transcripts, or requiring depth, depending on the recommendation of the student’s the student to obtain passing grades of at least "B" in advisory committee. Students are normally expected to pre-selected courses taken outside the department. complete one of these requirements before their third More specifically, in logic this entails performance at semester in residence and the second-language or tool- least to the level of a "B" grade in the second semester skill requirement before their fifth semester. of a formal logic course that covers predicate logic, Qualifying Examination as well as practical familiarity with the logic of identity and modal operators, and the equivalent of one upper- Written and oral. Examination in minor area is left to the level or graduate course in logical theory, at least discretion of the minor department. Examinations may not covering the completeness of first-order predicate logic. b. be taken more than twice, except in extraordinary cases. Certification by an external department. Where another Research Proposal department offers certification in a tool skill, students may choose to meet that requirement. Primarily this refers to In order to advance to Ph.D candidacy, the student must logic certification by the Philosophy Department, although submit and gain departmental approval of a dissertation other graduate certification programs in other departments research proposal. A grant proposal, suitable for may be considered. Students should consult the submission director of graduate studies in the other department to determine which courses they may take to meet that to an external funding agency or institution, must also department's certification requirements. be prepared and approved at this stage (or earlier). Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Ph.D. Minor in History and Philosophy of Science Degrees Graduate students from other departments desiring a Study for these two degrees can be combined for a minor in history and philosophy of science and medicine total of approximately 51 credit hours rather than the must complete 12 graduate credit hours of course work 66 credit hours required for the two degrees taken in the department with a B+ or higher. The set of courses separately. Students must take 21 credit hours in History May 26, 2016 237 should represent a coordinated objective and must be HPSC-X 706 Special Topics in the History and approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Philosophy of Science (2-4 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; students may thus receive credit more than once. Faculty Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. Chairperson Seminars in History of Science Professor Sander Gliboff* HPSC-X 601 Special Topics in Ancient Science (3 cr.) P: X506 or consent of instructor. The course deals with Graduate Faculty specific areas in science, philosophy, and technology (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University within the chronological period stretching from 500 BCE Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct to 500 CE. The focus will be texts, and in some instances, doctoral dissertations.) Latin or Greek may be required. Director of Graduate Studies HPSC-X 602 Special Topics in Medieval and Renaissance Science (3 cr.) P: X506 or consent of Jutta Schickore* instructor. The chronological scope of this course is Distinguished Professors roughly 500 to 1600 CE. Topics range over a broad spectrum, from the history of medieval and early modern H. Scott Gordon* (Emeritus, Economics), Edward Grant* technology to the emergence and development of the (Emeritus, History), William Royall Newman* concept of natural magic. Professors HPSC-X 603 Special Topics in Early Modern Science Colin Allen*, Domenico Bertoloni Meli*, Frederick (3 cr.) P: X506 or consent of instructor. Course will deal Churchill* (Emeritus), Noretta Koertge* (Emerita), with topics in the history of science and culture primarily Elisabeth A. Lloyd* during the 16th and 17th centuries. Associate Professors HPSC-X 609 Special Topics in Modern Science (3 cr.) P: X507 or consent of instructor. Selected topics. James H. Capshew*, Ann Carmichael* (History), Jordi Cat*, Sander Gliboff*, Jutta Schickore*, Amit Hagar* HPSC-X 705 Special Topics in the History of Science (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; students may Graduate Advisor thus receive credit more than once. Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. Associate Professor Sander Gliboff* Goodbody Hall 130, (812) 856-7417 History and Philosophy of the Social and Behavioral Courses Sciences HPSC-X 682 Inductive Logic and Probability (3 cr.) Core Courses Topics in inductive logic such as Hume’s problem of HPSC-X 506 Survey of History of Science up to induction, Hempel’s paradox of confirmation (The Raven 1750 (3 cr.) Ancient, Medieval, Renaissance, and paradox), Goodman’s new riddle of induction, and Enlightenment science. Bayesian confirmation theory. Analyses of concepts of probability, such as classical, propensity, frequency, and HPSC-X 507 Survey of History of Science since 1750 subjective (e.g., Bayesian) interpretations. (3 cr.) Growth of physical, biological, and social sciences during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Attention HPSC-X 755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of will be paid not only to the scientific contents but to the Science (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; institutional and social context. students may thus receive credit more than once. Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. HPSC-X 551 Survey of the Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) Science claims to tell us what the world is like, HPSC-X 756 Special Topics in the Philosophy of even the part of the world we cannot see, and to explain Science (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; why things happen the way they do. But these claims students may thus receive credit more than once. are controversial. Examination of competing models Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. of scientific explanation and the ongoing debate over HPSC-X 795 Minds, Brains, and Computers (3 cr.) whether scientific theories should or even can be Philosophical issues in computer and cognitive science. interpreted realistically. Programming experience for beginners (in Mathematica). HPSC-X 552 Modern Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) Turing machines and computation; computational Origin and character of twentieth-century philosophy theories of intelligence, consciousness, and vision; cellular of science. Examination of the historical development automata and the behavior of complex systems; chaos of the philosophy of science-in interaction with parallel theory and fractals; problem solving, search, and two- developments within the sciences themselves-from 1800 person games; knowledge representation and computer to the early twentieth century. reasoning. HPSC-X 556 History and Philosophy of Premodern Seminar in History and Philosophy of Science Science (3 cr.) Historical survey of philosophical HPSC-X 521 Research Topics in the History and discussions of the nature of science, in the premodern Philosophy of Science (1-3 cr.) Historical investigation period. of science to deepen understanding of issues arising in the philosophy of science, and application of philosophy of science to illuminate topics in the history of science. 238 May 26, 2016

Focus may be on substantive historical and philosophical Examination of such topics as objectivity, generality, issues arising in a specific science (or cluster of related social laws, role of values in social inquiry, methodological sciences), or on general methodological issues concerning individualism, and relation of the social sciences to the relationship between history of science and philosophy psychology, operationism, behaviorism, and other of science. reductivist proposals. History of Philosopy and Modern Physical Science Science in Cultural Contexts HPSC-X 687 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of HPSC-X 301 Growth of Scientific Establishment (3 cr.) Chaos Theory (3 cr.) Philosophical examination of Please note: This course is not currently being offered. nonlinear dynamics and chaotic phenomena. Topics include: modeling, unpredictability and determinism, free HPSC-X 645 History of American Science (3 cr.) An will and chaos in psychology, implications for historical historical exploration of the intellectual and institutional and social sciences, information and complexity. development of science in the United States from colonial times to the present. Examines recent scholarship in the HPSC-X 691 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of history of American science and related historiographical Space, Time, and Spacetime (4 cr.) P: X491 or consent trends and issues. of instructor. The direction of time; causal theory of time; intrinsic and extrinsic metrics; congruence in geometry HPSC-X 670 Science and Gender (3 cr.) The role of and chronometry; spacetime in special and general science and technology in constructions of masculinity relativity. and femininity from 1600 to present. Historical and philosophical analysis of the interaction between science HPSC-X 790 Space, Time and Relativity of Theory and technology and ideologies of gender. Evaluation of (3 cr.) Topics in the philosophy of space, time, and proposals for transforming science. space-time. Theory of motion and Zeno’s paradoxes; St. Augustine on time; time and becoming; relational versus HPSC-X 671 Topics in the Science of Sex and Gender absolute theories of space and time; Mach’s principle; (3 cr.) P: May vary with topic. Possible topics include introduction to Einstein’s and space- history of theories of sexuality, critique of current scientific time. concepts of sex and gender, philosophical perspectives on sexology, and the history of theories of sex evolution HPSC-X 791 Philosophical Issues in Quantum and determination. May be repeated twice for credit with Theory (3 cr.) Examination of philosophical problems different topic. and challenges raised by quantum theory, with topics including Heisenberg uncertainty relations, nonlocality Cross-Listed Courses and EPR paradox, hidden variables, interpretations of Anthropology quantum theory. No previous knowledge of quantum • H500 History of Anthropological Thought in the theory assumed. Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3 cr.) History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences English HPSC-X 508 History of Biology (3 cr.) P: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Survey of the most important • L769 Literature and Science (4 cr.) developments in biology from antiquity to the twenty- Journalism first century. Examination of such topics as changes in evolution theory, concepts of development and • J554 Seminar: Science Writing (3 cr.) inheritance, instruments and the rise of the laboratory, and physiology. Sociology HPSC-X 632 Seminar: Historical Problems in • S660 Sociology of Science (3 cr.) Evolutionary Biology (3 cr.) P: X325 or X408/X508 Individualized Study or consent of instructor. Historical examination of such topics as pre-Darwinism, Naturphilosophie, Darwin and • X600 Advanced Readings Course (cr. arr.)** The Origin of Species, rise of modern systematics, and • X700 M.A. Thesis (cr. arr.)** concepts of race. Content will vary; students may receive • X800 Ph.D. Thesis (cr. arr.)** credit more than once. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. HPSC-X 693 Philosophy of Biology (3 cr.) Survey of the important concepts in biology from antiquity to the present. History and Philosophy of the Biomedical Sciences Emphasis on changes in evolution theory and concepts of (available from the Department of History and Philosophy development and inheritance. A familiarity with biology is of Science and the Department of History) helpful but not necessary. • A broad range of courses and seminars covering the Issues in Philosophy of Science history of medicine from antiquity to modern America are offered on a regular basis. HPSC-X 642 History of Psychology (3 cr.) Explores the scientific, professional, and cultural dimensions Logic Courses of modern psychology, including its emergence as an academic discipline in the late nineteenth century. Focus • A variety of logic courses is regularly offered on interpretive issues raised by recent scholarship. through the Philosophy and Mathematics departments. Students should consult the HPSC-X 654 Seminar: Philosophy of the Social Philosophy Department’s graduate bulletin for the Sciences (4 cr.) P: X552 or consent of instructor. May 26, 2016 239

most current list of logic courses offered for graduate Elizabeth Boling* (Education), C. Thomas Mitchell credit. (Apparel Merchandising and Interior Design), Martin Siegel* (Informatics), Erik Stolterman* (Informatics) • Ph.D. students in History and Philosophy of Science who wish to satisfy their research skills Core Faculty requirement in logic must consult with the director (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University of graduate students in the Philosophy Department Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct to determine which courses they may take to doctoral dissertations.) meet that department’s formal logic requirement. Minimally, students must demonstrate a thorough Professors understanding of first-order logic and take two Elizabeth Boling* (Education), Curt Bonk* (Education), graduate courses in logic broadly construed to Katy Borner* (Information and Library Science), Jim include philosophy of mathematics and philosophy Craig* (Psychology), Tom Duffy* (Emeritus, Education), of language, of which at least one is in logic narrowly Andrew Hanson* (Computer Science), Annie Lang* construed, i.e., involving formal methods and (Telecommunications), David Leake* (Computer metatheory. Science), Anne Massey* (Business), Bob Port* (Emeritus, Linguistics), Martin Siegel* (Informatics), Erik Stolterman* Human-Computer Interaction (Informatics), Dirk Van Gucht* (Informatics), Charles School of Informatics and Computing Watson* (Emeritus, Speech and Hearing Sciences) Departmental Email: [email protected] Associate Professors Departmental URL: http://www.soic.indiana.edu/ informatics/ Jeffrey Bardzell* (Informatics), Shaowen Bardzell* (Informatics), Eli Blevis* (Informatics), Hamid R. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Ekbia (Information and Library Science), Julia Fox* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (Telecommunications), C. Thomas Mitchell (Apparel University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Merchandising and Interior Design), John Paolillo* contained only in The University Graduate School (Informatics), Gregory Rawlins* (Computer Science), Bulletin.) David Wild* (Informatics) Curriculum Courses Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) The range of courses offered is designed to enable Course Requirements for the Ph.D. Minor in HCI (12 students to construct a program for the Ph.D. Minor in credit hours) HCI that is relevant to their primary research interests. The human-computer interaction minor requires 12 credit Students taking topics classes must establish, to the hours. Students must take a 3 credit hour introductory satisfaction of the Steering Committee, the relevance of graduate course in HCI from INFO I541 Human-Computer the subject matter to HCI when proposing the inclusion Interaction Design I or S either from Informatics or ILS of such courses. Further courses will be added to or Z515 Introduction to HCI. In addition, students must removed from the list on an ongoing basis at the discretion take 9 credit hours from at least one department other of the Steering Committee. than the student’s home department. All topical seminar Business classes must be approved by the student’s HCI advisor for application to the minor. • S601: MIS Research Topics in Applications Systems Design (3 cr.) Grades • S602: MIS Research Topics in Administration and Technology (3 cr.) A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to count toward the minor. Computer Science Dissertation • A546 User Interface Programming (3 cr.) • B581 Advanced Computer Graphics (3 cr.) The student’s dissertation must address issues related to • B582 Image Synthesis (3 cr.) human-computer interaction. • B665-B666 Software Engineering Management/ Human Computer Interaction Design Track Implementation I-II (3 cr.) This field of study must be approved by the Graduate • B669 Topics in Database and Information Systems Studies Committee. Twelve hours in the informatics (1-6 cr.) core are required. For information on this track, email: • B689 Topics in Graphics and Human Computer [email protected] Interaction (1-6 cr.) Faculty • P565-566 Software Engineering I-II (3 cr.) Education Director Eli Blevis* (Informatics) • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 cr.) Steering Committee • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning Cognition and Instruction (3 cr.) • R685 Seminar in Instructional Systems Technology 240 May 26, 2016

• R678 Emerging Learning Technologies contained only in The University Graduate School • P574 Topical Seminar in Learning Sciences Bulletin.) Informatics Curriculum • I545 Experience Design (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in the Human Dimensions of Global • I541 Interaction Design Practice (3 cr.) Environmental Change • I543 Interaction Design Methods (3 cr.) The graduate minor will instruct students in theories and • I561 Form and Meaning in HCI (3 cr.) methods that combine the physical and social sciences • I590 Topics in Informatics: Visual Analytics (3 cr.) on human dimensions of global environmental change • I590 Topics in Informatic: Interaction Culture (3 cr.) (HDGEC). The curriculum, as described below, will • I590 Topics in Informatics: Computer Supported familiarize students with (1) understanding the history Cooperative Work (3 cr.) and concerns of human dimensions of global change research; (2) core theoretical dimensions of the study of • I601 Introduction to Complex Systems (3 cr.) coupled natural-human systems; and (3) fundamental • I604 Human-Computer Interaction Design Theory (3 methodological tools for human-environment research. cr.) Students will be expected to become familiar with GIS • I690 Interaction Design Theory (3 cr.) and/or remote sensing as tools in the analysis of global Information and Library Science environmental change through both formal courses and hands-on apprenticeship as part of team research • Z516 Introduction to HCI (or equivalent) (3 cr.) projects. • Z561 User Interface Design for Information Systems (3 cr.) Course Requirements • Z637 Information Visualization (3 cr.) The minor in Human Dimensions of Global Environmental • Z652 Digital Libraries (3 cr.) Change requires 12 credit hours of approved courses. • Z661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in Human- The core course, GEOG-G561, is required. Three credit Computer Interaction hours of methods courses are required. To complete • Z662 Interface Design for Collaborative Information the HDGEC Ph.D. minor, students must (1) complete the Spaces (3 cr.) required credit hours in good standing and (2) have at • Z697 Advanced Topics in Information Systems (1-4 least one member of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor core faculty cr.) serve on the student's Ph.D. advisory committee. The director of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor can approve course Psychological and Brain Sciences substitutions for the core, skills or elective requirements. • P450 Human Factors (graduate credit awarded with Faculty extra assignments) (3 cr.) Director Public Health Professor Tom Evans* • K588 Ergonomics (3 cr.) • K578 Cognitive Ergonomics (3 cr.) Core Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Speech and Hearing Sciences Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct • S522 Digital Signal Processing (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) Telecommunications Professors • T503 Telecommunications Theory (3 cr.) Eduardo Brondízio* (Anthropology), Dan Cole (Public and Environmental Affairs, Maurer School of Law), Tom • T552 Cognitive Approaches to Media (3 cr.) Evans* (Geography). Scott Robeson* (Geography) • T571 Applied Cognitive Emotional and Psychology Theory (3 cr.) Associate Professors • T602 Seminar in Processes and Effects: The Vicky Meretsky* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Todd Information Processing of Media. (1-3 cr.) Royer (Public and Environmental Affairs), Catherine Human Dimensions of Global Tucker* (Anthropology) Environmental Change Assistant Professor Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Rinku Roy Chowdhury* (Geography), Rebecca Lave* Environmental Change (Geography), Majed Akhter* (Geography), Shahzeen Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Attari (Public and Environmental Affairs) Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~cipec/hdgc/ Associated Graduate Faculty index.php Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychology), Chris Craft* (Public School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and Environmental Affairs), Michael Hendryx* (School of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Public Health), Dan Knudsen* (Geography), J. Scott Long* (Sociology), Michael McGinnis (Political Science), David Parkhurst* (Emeritus, Public and Environmental Affairs), May 26, 2016 241

Barry Rubin* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Jeanne design, introductory and intermediate GIS operations, and Sept* (Anthropology), James Walker* (Economics), case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. Lecture and laboratory. Associate Professor GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Michael Muehlenbein* Systems (3 cr.) Intermediate and advanced topics in (Anthropology) geographic information science and spatial analysis Assistant Professors techniques using GIS software. This advanced course is for graduates who seek a greater understanding of this Darren Ficklin* (Geography), Justin Maxwell* rapidly developing field and to learn how to construct, (Geography), James Farmer (School of Public Health), manage and analyze their own GIS data and models. Rich Phillips* (Biology) GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis & Clinical Professor Applications (3 cr.) Techniques of measuring and Burnell C. Fischer* (Public and Environmental Affairs) analyzing population size and trends, fertility and mortality patterns, migration flows. Population estimates and Academic Advisors projections. Major models of formal demography. Professor Tom Evans* (812) 856-4587, POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) [email protected] POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) Courses SPEA-E 518 Vector-based Geographic Information Core Course Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. Environmental Change (3 cr.) Introduction of global Data structure and file management of spatial data. environmental change (GEC), focusing on the human Laboratory exercises using vector-based GIS software causes and consequences of biophysical transformations such as ARC/INFO. of land systems. Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) Ecosystem institutional and environmental dimensions of land concepts in natural resource management. Techniques of change; tropical forests, grasslands and urbanizing ecosystem analysis. Principles and practices of ecological areas; international environmental regimes; spatial natural resource management. methodologies in GEC research, and integrated approaches. SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology & Management (3 cr.) Field and laboratory exercises in quantitative analysis Methods Elective Courses of forest ecosystems. Sampling and data collection ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural methodologies, data analysis and interpretation. Concepts Anthropology (3 cr.) in forest ecology and forest management. ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory & Methodology: Minor Elective Courses International Forest Resources & Initiatives (3 cr.) University Graduate School This course trains participants in the International GRAD-G 513 Topics Seminar in Human Dimensions Forestry Resources and Institutions Research Program of Environmental Change (3 cr.) Topical courses (IFRI), which explores how communities influence forest related to the study of institutions, population, and conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human environmental change will be arranged in light of recent dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. scientific developments and student and faculty interests. Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, Analysis of human roles in environmental change is forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an contextualized by attention to biophysical and ecosys- Indiana community. tematic relationships. GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing GRAD-G 514 Fieldwork Practicum in Human (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its Dimensions of Environmental Change (12 cr.) atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, P: Approval from director of the Center for the Study and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change. Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Topical courses related to the study of institutions, analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. population, and environmental change will be arranged GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital in light of recent scientific developments and student and Image Processing (3 cr.) Advanced remote sensing faculty interests. Analysis of human roles in environmental theory and digital image processing techniques with an change is contextualized by attention to biophysical and emphasis on environmental science applications. Hands- ecosystematic relationships. on computer exercises provide significant experience GRAD-G 517 Seminar in Cultural Ecology: The in digital image processing techniques for extraction of Amazon in Crisis: Ecology and Development (3 cr.) qualitative and quantitative information about Earth's Provides an introduction to the ecology of the Amazon terrestrial and aquatic environments. Basin of South America, focusing on its habitats, the GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) use and conservation of the environment by its native Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database 242 May 26, 2016 inhabitants, and examining the forces of development that cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic threaten its very existence. identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration and forms of cultural mixing and Creolizaiton. GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Applications (3 cr.) P: An undergraduate course in ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories statistics. This is a course about methods of measuring & Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major and projecting population dynamics. We focus on theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress describing the three basic demographic processes conservation” to community-based and participatory (mortality, fertility, and migration) and showing how each strategies. It considers the implications of protected one affects population size and age structure. An under- areas for local human populations and cultural diversity. standing of these basic processes is fundamental for It evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of studying behavioral aspects of population change. protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to protect natural resources. GRAD-G 593 International Perspectives on Population Problems (3 cr.) International trends in population Geography growth, characteristics, and structure with attention to GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) major social, environmental, economic, and political P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the implications. Comparisons between industrially advanced notion of sustainable development and its meaning and economies and less developed countries in Latin America, implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, Africa, and Asia. Special emphasis will be placed on local water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers and national circumstances affecting fertility, mortality, how such systems can be implemented in developed migration, and emerging roles of population policies in countries. development planning. GEOG-G 517 Geography and Development: Critical Anthropology Perspectives (3 cr.) Critical analysis of development ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) theory, development practice, and the discourse of Graduate course on theory and method in the study development, particularly within the context of the Third of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on World. Geographic approach to the study of neoliberalism contemporary debates and approaches and on research and globalization, commodity chains, transnational design in environmental research. corporations, multi-lateral organizations, labor relations, NGOs, consumption practices, sustainability, gender, and ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Land-Use and Land- culture. Cover Change (3 cr.) This course focuses on the relationship between land-use systems, human settlement GEOG-G 520 Migration and Population Redistribution patterns, and their impact on land cover and landscape (3 cr.) P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. structure. It aims to link the theoretical and methodological Examines the history of geography. Particular reference is approaches that human ecology and landscape ecology made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, bring to land use and production system analysis. The structuralism, humanism and postmodernism within links between production system, land use, land cover, geography and to the major debates about philosophy and and landscape structure will be discussed in the context methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. of contemporary problems, such as deforestation, agriculture intensification, and human dimensions of global GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) environmental change. P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its atmosphere, ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Remote Sensing for emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and Social Scientists (3 cr.) This course combines a microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. historical review on the use of remote sensing in the Emphasis on practical applications and digital image social sciences, conceptual discussions on applications analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. of remote sensing to social science problems, and a formal introduction to remote sensing techniques based on GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital hands-on laboratory sessions. The course will consist of a Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of conceptual and a laboratory session each week. instructor Advanced remote sensing theory and digital image processing techniques with an emphasis on ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: People and Forest: environmental science applications. Hands-on computer Contemporary Issues on Deforestation, Forest exercises provide significant experience in digital image Management, and Agroforestry (3 cr.) The main processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and goal of this seminar is to provide a semester-long quantitative information about Earth¿s terrestrial and “environment” in which the student’s individual research aquatic environments. interest (research paper, proposal, etc. related to “people and forest”) can be “nurtured” and discussed with an GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) interdisciplinary group of graduate colleagues. The goal Overview of the principles and practices of geographic is to work on a single research paper or dissertation information systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database proposal or dissertation chapter during the whole design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and semester while interacting with colleagues in class. case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. ANTH-E 621 Foo and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses Lecture and laboratory. the political economy of food production, trade and consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross cultural and GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information historical perspective on the development of cooking and Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. May 26, 2016 243

Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic with ecology, economics, and policy analysis. Common information science and spatial analysis techniques using principles of analysis are used to help the students GIS software. This advanced course is for students who understand the cultural and historical dimensions of how seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing people relate to their environment. field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze their own GIS data and models. SPEA-E 518 Vector-Based Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. G341, G343 or consent of instructor. This seminar Data structure and file management of spatial data. introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses Laboratory exercises use ARC/INFO software. on the political-economic context of natural resource conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, justice SPEA-E 522 Urban Forest Management (2-3 cr.) and power. This course covers the theoretical lineage Originally an outgrowth of aboriculture, urban forestry of political ecology, its development over the last twenty now encompasses the broader concepts of managing years, and current hot topics in the field. the trees, forests, and other natural recourses of cities for ecological, economic, and social benefits. Lectures, GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) P: One discussion, and field projects will be supplemented by introductory physical science course and at least one outside speakers. (IUB and Bloomington will be the field 300-level physical/biological science course or consent of laboratory.) instructor. Introduction to hydrological processes occurring at multiple spatial and temporal scales. Principles of SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) P: One water resources such as infiltration, runoff, surface- introductory-level ecology course. Ecosystem concepts in and groundwater flow will be explored. Topics covered natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem also include the environmental, economic, and social analysis. Principles and practices of ecological natural implications of floods, droughts, dams, and water usage resource management. as well as current and future issues in water quality, water SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology and Management (3 cr.) pollution, and water-resource regulation. P: E538 or V506. Field and laboratory exercises in GRAD-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming quantitative analysis of forest ecosystems. Sampling Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. and data collection methodologies. Data analysis and Introduction to systems of food production and interpretation. Concepts in forest ecology and forest consumption, emphasizing linkages to globalization management. and environmental change. Reviews the origins of SPEA-E 534 Restoration Ecology (3 cr.) P: E538 or agriculture, contemporary farming systems, and V506. The course will cover basic concepts of ecosystem agricultural adaptation and sustainability, with attention restoration, including development of energy flow and to the impacts of changing climate, land use, and nutrient cycles, soil formation, mechanisms of species social systems (including industrialization, urbanization, dispersal, and colonization and mutualistic relationships. population growth, and economic liberalization). Additional Restoration of specific terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, topics include agricultural decision making; farming including grasslands, forests, lakes, rivers and streams, livelihoods; gender and poverty; prospects and challenges and wetlands, will be covered. of biotechnology; agroecology; and food security and global health. SPEA-E 555 Topics in Environmental Science: Sustainable Forestry (2-3 cr.) This class will review and GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic discuss the science base for sustainable forestry, the Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic human-dimensions interactions, and the political realities. information science principles in the collection and The course format will be discussion-based with students analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote leading the discussion on various assigned articles and sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current publications. Each student will write and present several literature on technique, theory, technology, and papers based on literature reviews and analyses. applications with an emphasis on environmental topics. Discussion, laboratory, and research project. SPEA-E 557 Conservation Biology (3 cr.) P: One 300- level ecology course. Ecological principles associated Political Science with rare species and with biodiversity, laws and statutes POLS-Y 669 International Relations: International used to conserve biodiversity, and land and species Political Economy (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: approaches management practices. Our aim is to understand scientific and issues; international conflict; international and political complexities of conservation biology and to organization; quantitative international relations; analysis study different methods used to conserve living resources and evaluation of policy making; U.S. foreign policy; Soviet and resolve conflicts associated with conservation. foreign policy; international and comparative communism. Human Evolutionary Studies POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology: Revisiting Collaborative Forest Communities in College of Arts and Sciences Indiana (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] School of Public and Environmental Affairs (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SPEA-E 465 Environmental Management in the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Tropics (3 cr.) Historical examination of land use in University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements tropical, non-Western cultures. Resource use in physical and cultural settings is explored through an interface 244 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School B464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.) Bulletin.) Curriculum Biology L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution (3 cr.) Admission Requirements L567 Evolution (3 cr.) Students must be admitted to a Ph.D. program in the HVST-S 510 The Archaeology of Human Evolution Department of Anthropology, the Department of Biology, (3 cr.) Overview of the Paleolithic (Old Stone Age) from the Department of Geological Sciences, the Department 2.6 million years to 10,000 years ago. Focuses on the of Psychological and Brain Sciences, or other related theory and method of reconstructing hominid behavior department or program. They must also apply to the in the Stone Age. Course will take an evolutionary Program in Human Evolutionary Studies. perspective, considering both biological and technological evolution. Program Information HVST-S 511 Seminar on Current Issues in Students should select an advisory committee made up Paleoanthropology (3 cr.) Provides a forum for of the two core faculty and at least one of the associate professional-level discussion of current reports on human faculty members. For students whose home department evolution. Will often focus on one aspect or theme in is anthropology, at least one member of the advisory human evolutionary studies. committee is expected to be from a department outside HVST-S 512 Human Evolution and the Prehistory of anthropology. Intelligence (3 cr.) Explores the different avenues of Ph.D. Minor in Human Evolutionary Studies inquiry pertaining to the evolution of human intelligence Course Requirements from an archaeological and human paleontological perspective. Topics include technology, subsistence The minor in human evolutionary studies requires four strategies, symbolic behavior, human paleontology, and courses. Three of the four required courses are S510 The paleoneurology (especially study of endocasts and fossil Archaeology of Human Evolution (3 cr.); S511 Seminar skulls). on Current Issues in Paleoanthropology (3 cr.) (Topics will vary; may be repeated for graduate credit); and ANTH HVST-S 513 Modeling Human Evolution (3 cr.) B464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.). Explores the breadth of animal (mostly primate) models The fourth required course will be chosen from the for human evolution. Areas for discussion include following: S512 Human Evolution and the Prehistory of digestive physiology, bone density, language acquisition, Intelligence (3 cr.); S513 Modeling Human Evolution (3 locomotion, tool use, foraging, and social behavior. After a cr.); or BIOL L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution (3 cr.). brief overview of theory and method in animal analogy, we will review animal models for the evolution of humans. Grades Human Sexuality A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to count toward the minor. The Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction and the Interdepartmental Graduate Faculty Committee on Human Sexuality Core Faculty Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Professors Departmental URL: http://www.kinseyinstitute.org/ Kathy Schick* (Anthropology), Nicholas Toth* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (Anthropology) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Associated Graduate Faculty University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University contained only in The University Graduate School Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Bulletin.) doctoral dissertations.) Curriculum Professors Ph.D. Minor in Human Sexuality Abhijit Basu* (Geological Sciences), Geoffrey Conrad* This minor is co-directed by the Kinsey Institute for (Anthropology), Della Collins Cook* (Anthropology), Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction and the Jesus Dapena* (School of Public Health), Paul Jamison* Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Human (Emeritus, Anthropology), Robert Meier* (Emeritus, Sexuality. The Human Sexuality Program offers a doctoral Anthropology), Emilio Moran* (Anthropology), Christopher minor of 15 credits from related interdisciplinary subject Peebles* (Anthropology), Lisa Pratt* (Geological areas. It is intended for students currently enrolled in a Sciences), Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology), Elizabeth doctoral program, such as counseling, education, health Raff* (Biology), Rudolf Raff* (Biology), Jeanne Sept* behavior, psychology, gender studies, or sociology. (Anthropology), Julie Stout* (Psychology), Richard Wilk* Students should select an advisor for this minor from (Anthropology) members of the Interdepartmental Graduate Committee, listed above, or from affiliated faculty. One core course Courses (K690, H555, or S522) is required, with the remaining hours being selected, upon consent of the student’s Cross-Listed Courses minor area faculty advisor, from other courses that have Anthropology May 26, 2016 245 a major emphasis on sexuality and/or gender (example ANTH-B 600 Human Variation and Anthropology (3 cr.) courses are listed below). The program provides a basic yet broad overview of human sexuality. The behavioral, ANTH-B 600 Behavioral Genetics (3 cr.) biological, cultural, and social components of sexuality are Biology examined, including the study of the role of sexuality in BIOL-A 501 Techniques in Reproductive Diversity the arts and public policy. The program will be particularly (arr. cr.) useful for persons entering fields involving the social and behavioral sciences, education, health science and BIOL-Z 620 Special Topics in Zoology (3 cr.) medicine, counseling and therapy, nursing, social work, humanities, criminal justice, and public policy. Communication and Culture CMCL-C 622 Advanced Pedagogy (3 cr.) Students interested in the Ph.D. Minor in Human Sexuality should check the Web site for up-to-date information CMCL-C 688 Rhetorics of Transgression and/or about the minor, course offerings, and a list of affiliated Resistance (3 cr.) faculty (www.kinseyinstitute.org/graduate/phminor.html). East Asian Languages and Cultures All students intending to complete the minor should EALC-E 505 Japanese Fiction and Culture: Modern contact Professor William Yarber, School of Public Health- Japanese Women Writers (3 cr.) Bloomington 142, (812) 855-7974 or Senior Scientist/ Adjunct Professor Erick Janssen, The Kinsey Institute, EALC-H 637 Gender, Education, and Development Morrison Hall 313, (812) 855-7686. (3 cr.) Core Courses Gender Studies GNDR-G 600 Concepts of Gender (3 cr.) Kinsey Institute: KINS-K 690 Sexual Science Research Seminar (1-3 cr.) GNDR-G 701 Representations of Gender and Sexuality in Modern European Culture (3 cr.) May count toward Public Health: SPH-H 562 Issues in Human Sexuality minor when topic applies to human sexuality. and Health (3 cr.) gndr-G 701 Gender, Education, and Development Sociology: SOC-S 522 Constructing Sexuality (3 cr.) (3 cr.) (See Courses for additional course examples.) GNDR-G 704 Cultural Politics and Twentieth Century Faculty Sexuality (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct SPH-C 501 Assessment and Planning in Public Health doctoral dissertations.) (3 cr.) Co-Chairpersons SPH-H 540 Practicum in College Human Sexuality (3 cr.) Professor William Yarber* (Applied Health Science) and Senior Scientist and Adjunct Professor Erick Janssen* Psychological and Brain Sciences (Kinsey Institute, Psychological and Brain Sciences) PSY-P 631 Intervention and Evaluation (3 cr.) Professors fine_arts FINA-A 543 History of Twentieth Century Photography Paul Gebhard* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Julia Heiman* (3 cr.) (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative Literature, East Asian Languages India Studies and Cultures), Noretta Koertge* (Emerita, History and Philosophy of Science), Michael Reece* (Applied Health School of Global and International Studies Science), Jean Robinson* (Political Science), Stephanie College of Arts and Sciences Sanders* (Gender Studies/Kinsey Institute), David H. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Smith* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Beverly Stoeltje* Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~isp (Anthropology), Virginia Vitzthum (Anthropology), Martin Weinberg* (Sociology), Colin Williams* (Sociology, Indiana India Studies is affiliated with the new School of Global University–Purdue University Indianapolis) and International Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University Associate Professors graduate students with the intellectual tools they will Gracia Clark* (Anthropology), Stephanie Kane* (Criminal need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of Justice) the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural Academic Advisor competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and Professor William Yarber*, School of Public Health quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy Building 142, (812) 855-7974 unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional Courses development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources of the Anthropology School of Global and International Studies see http:// ANTH-A 501 Animal Behavior (3 cr.) sgis.indiana.edu/. 246 May 26, 2016

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate Graduate Faculty School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct contained only in The University Graduate School doctoral dissertations.) Bulletin.) Director Curriculum Michael S. Dodson*, Associate Professor of South Asian Program Information History, Director, Dhar India Studies Program, and The Dhar India Studies Program promotes original Academic Director of the Indiana University Gateway in research and innovative teaching on all aspects of the Gurgaon, India. Indian subcontinent (also referred to as South Asia). Professor of Practice Students undertaking a PhD Minor in India Studies may specialize in nearly any topic related to this region, from Rajendra Abhyankar (School of Public and Environmental contemporary politics, health, and cultural practices Affairs) to historical studies of society, religion, and the state. Simultaneously, the PhD Minor may be used to provide Professors students a broad background in area studies and Christopher Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), language training. The program offers beginning to Kevin D. Brown* (Maurer School of Law), Jamsheed advanced training in a number of South Asian languages, Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), J. Clancy Cle- including Hindi, Urdu, Sanskrit and Bengali. The program's ments* (Spanish & Portuguese, Linguistics), David 35+ affiliated faculty members conduct original research Fidler* (Maurer School of Law), Sumit Ganguly* (Political in most regions of the subcontinent, including Bengal, Science), David L. Haberman* (Religious Studies), southern India, the Hindi belt of north India, Pakistan, Jayanth Krishnan* (Maurer School of Law), Terrence Nepal, and Bangladesh. The program also organizes Mason* (School of Education), Radhika Parameswaran* regular academic seminars and cultural activities which (School of Journalism), Steven Raymer (School of form an important part of a graduate student's training, Journalism), Samrat Upadhyay* (English), Munirpallam and routinely offers competitive funding for travel to the Venkataramanan* (Kelley School of Business), John subcontinent. Walbridge* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), India Studies is affiliated with the new School of Global Andrea Wiley* (Anthropology) and International Studies in the College of Arts and Associate Professors Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will Purnima Bose* (English), Judith Brown* (English), Michael need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of S. Dodson* (History), Nandini Gupta (Kelley School of the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated Business), R. Kevin Jaques* (Religious Studies, Islamic with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural Studies), Sreenivas Kamma* (Kelley School of Business), competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies, Comparative quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy Literature), Rebecca Manring* (India Studies, Religious unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional Studies), Richard Nance (Religious Studies), Susan development opportunities. For further information Seizer* (Communication and Culture), Ron Sela* (Central regarding the mission, structure and resources of the Eurasian Studies), Pravina Shukla* (Folklore and Eth- School of Global and International Studies see: http:// nomusicology), Elliot Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies), sgis.indiana.edu/ Ranu Samantrai* (English), Arvind Verma* (Criminal Justice) Ph.D. Minor in India Studies Requirements: Assistant Professors 4 graduate (i.e., 500-level or higher) courses, each of at Majed Akhter* (Geography), Keera Allendorf (Sociology), least 3 credit hours. Credit will be awarded for courses Ishan Ashutosh* (Geography), Kelly Berkson* listed as Dhar India Studies Program offerings, and may, (Linguistics), Pedro Machado (History) at the discretion of the DISP Director, be awarded for Lecturer additional, unlisted courses that have extensive content pertaining to India/South Asia. No more than 2 language Kashika Singh courses may be counted toward the four course total; each course so counted must be taken at the second year Director of Language Instruction (i.e., Intermediate) level or higher. Specific courses, as Rebecca J. Manring well as language requirements (if any) should be chosen in consultation with the Program Director. Ordinarily, Librarian for South Asian and Southeast Asian only 1 course from the student's major program may be Studies counted towards the Ph.D. minor; this course may not Karen S. Farrell simultaneously be counted toward other major or minor requirements. (Students who matriculated prior to Fall Academic Advising 2013 may use the earlier requirements for the Ph.D. minor. Please consult with the Director on this point.) William E. Smith, III, Sycamore Hall 123, (812) 855-2736 Faculty Courses May 26, 2016 247

INST-I 500 Non-Western Theatre and Drama (3 cr.) and Jain traditions. Attention also to contemporary thought Not currently being offered. Provides an overview of in India, including critical theory and subaltern theorizing. the great diversity of drama, dance, and theatre genres of India, looks at the influence of Indian theatre on Western INST-I 561 Intermediate Sanskrit I (3 cr.) theatre artists, and serves as an introduction to Indian INST-I 562 Intermediate Sanskrit II (3 cr.) culture and society through its performing arts (Joint offering with Theatre and Drama T583). INST-I 570 Literature of India in Translation: Ancient and Classical (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. INST-H 510 Advanced Hindi I (3 cr.) Students will Survey of the ancient and classical Sanskrit literatures of work at systematically developing higher level linguistic India in translation, presented in cultural context. functions and cultural literacy. Class is conducted entirely in Hindi. Students will develop and support arguments, INST-I 571 Medieval Devotional Literatures of India (in working with authentic materials in print, broadcast, and translation) (3 cr.) Survey of medieval Indian devotional film formats. Students will produce a research paper on a literature with reference to the various cultural milieus in subject of their choosing (with instructor's approval). which it was produced and its impact on and importance to Indian cultures today. INST-H 511 Advanced Hindi II (3 cr.) Students will continue to work at systematically developing higher INST-I 580 Women in South Asian Religious Traditions level linguistic functions and cultural literacy. Class is (3 cr.) A historical view of the officially sanctioned roles for conducted entirely in Hindi. Students will develop and women in several religious traditions in South Asia, and support arguments, working with authentic materials in women’s efforts to become agents and participants in the print, broadcast, and film formats. Students will produce religious expressions of their own lives. a research paper on a subject of their choosing (with INST-I 597 Sanskrit Religious Literature (3 cr.) Not instructor's approval). currently being offered. Arranged tutorial readings from INST-I 501 Elementary Sanskrit I (4 cr.) Introduction selected Indian religious texts in the original Sanskrit to Sanskrit, a classical language of ancient India. Basic representing a variety of styles, periods, and religious grammatical structure and vocabulary in preparation for traditions; includes selections from Hindu scriptures, the reading of both secular and religious texts. religious epics, commentaries, , hymns, philosophical texts, and Buddhist literature. Not currently INST-I 502 Elementary Sanskrit II (4 cr.) Continuing being offered. May be repeated once for credit when introduction to Sanskrit. Basic grammatical structure and topics vary. vocabulary in preparation for the reading of both secular and religious texts. Students will read a short epic Sanskrit INST-I 605 Seminar on India Studies (3 cr.) Advanced piece. research seminar on selected topics in India studies. Seminar may focus on specific texts, specific historical INST-I 506 Beginning Hindi I (4 cr.) Introduction to figures, basic themes, or issues in India studies. the Hindi language through its writing system and basic grammar. Graded exercises and readings leading INST-I 656 Graduate Readings in India Studies (1-6 cr.) to mastery of grammatical structures and essential Reading knowledge of Sanskrit and Hindi. Selected and vocabulary. Development of reading and writing substantive topics investigated from ancient, medieval, competence and simple conversations in contemporary and modern texts about the civilization of India. May be Hindi. Classroom use of story books, tapes, and films in repeated when topic varies for a maximum of six credit Hindi. hours. INST-I 507 Beginning Hindi II (4 cr.) Continuation of the INST-L 500 Elementary Indian Languages I (3 cr.) first semester. Graded exercises and reading for mastery Language instruction in the specific Indian language of grammatical structures and essential vocabulary. named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will Composing short dialogues from the students’ own be offered when available. These courses may be retaken environment. Reading, writing, and conversational skills for credit, but only in a language different from that of the are sharpened. first enrollment. INST-I 508 Second-Year Hindi I (3 cr.) Focuses on INST-L 550 Elementary Indian Languages II (3 cr.) reading such literature as mythology, folklore, and modern Language instruction in the specific Indian language short stories and poetry, including several examples from named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will Urdu literature. Students compose and perform their own be offered when available. These courses may be retaken dialogues based on the material read. for credit, but only in a language different from that of the first enrollment. INST-I 509 Second-Year Hindi II (3 cr.) Promotes rapid reading skills and building vocabulary. Study of grammar INST-L 560 Intermediate Indian Languages I (3 cr.) is based on Hindi reading materials and includes regular Language instruction in the specific Indian language grammar drills. Students sharpen composition skills by named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will retelling stories from the reading material orally and in be offered when available. These courses may be retaken writing. for credit, but only in a language different from that of the first enrollment. INST-I 546 Philosophies of India (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. Historical and critical-analytic survey INST-L 570 Intermediate Indian Language II (3 cr.) of the major intellectual traditions of the cultures and INST-U 506 Beginning Urdu I (4 cr.) Introduction to the civilizations of India. Attention to early philosophizing and Urdu language and basic grammar. Graded exercises the emergence of the classical schools in Hindu, Buddhist, 248 May 26, 2016 and readings leading to mastery of grammatical structures Degrees Offered and essential vocabulary. Simple conversations based on The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Informatics, personal information, courtesy expressions, and greetings and Computer Science, the Ph.D. Minor in Informatics, the in contemporary Urdu. Classroom use of stories, tapes, Ph.D. Minor in Bioinformatics are offered through the films, and songs. University Graduate School. INST-U 507 Beginning Urdu II (4 cr.) Continuation In addition, the School of Informatics and Computing of the first semester. The writing system of Urdu and offers the Master of Science in Bioinformatics, the Master development of reading for mastery of grammatical of Science in Computer Science, the Master of Science in structures and essential vocabulary. Composing short Human-Computer Interaction, and the Master of Science dialogues on everyday survival topics. in Security Informatics (see the School of Informatics and Computing graduate bulletin). INST-U 508 Second Year Urdu I (3 cr.) P: U550 or equivalent proficiency. Urdu short stories, essays, Ph.D. in Informatics poetry (gazals), dramas, newspapers, and magazine The Ph.D. in informatics provides a balance between articles, etc., will be utilized for reading. Initiate basic technological, scientific, and social dimensions involved communicative tasks related to daily activities and various in the development and application of information situations. technology. INST-U 509 Second Year Urdu II (3 cr.) P: U510 or Tracks of Study equivalent proficiency. Promotes rapid reading skills and vocabulary building. Study of grammar is based on Urdu Choices of fields offered for qualifying examinations reading material and includes regular grammar drills. must be approved by the Graduate Studies Committee. Students sharpen composition skills by retelling stories Tracks of study approved within the department are from the reading material orally and in writing. Increase bioinformatics, chemical informatics, complex networks speaking skills to initiate, sustain, and close a general and systems, health informatics, human-computer conversation on a range of topics. interaction, logical and mathematical foundations of informatics, music informatics, robotics, security INST-U 510 Advanced Urdu I (3 cr.) Students will work at informatics, social and organizational informatics. systematically developing higher level linguistic functions and cultural literacy. Class is conducted entirely in Urdu. Six hours in the informatics core are required. INFO- Students will develop and support arguments, working I 501, Introduction to Informatics, covers probablility, with authentic materials in print, broadcast, and film statistics, statistcal distributions, measures of information formats. Students will produce a research paper on a and uncertainty, and linear algebra. The topics for subject of their choosing (with instructor's approval). INFO-I 502, Human-Centered Research Methods in Informatics, include research inquiry, research design, INST-U 511 Advanced Urdu II (3 cr.) Students will data collection methods, analysis and interpretation, and continue to work at systematically developing higher translational research. level linguistic functions and cultural literacy. Class is conducted entirely in Urdu. Students will develop and Admission Requirements support arguments, working with authentic materials in Admission requirements in the areas of undergraduate print, broadcast, and film formats. Students will produce grade point average and GRE score levels are those of a research paper on a subject of their choosing (with the University Graduate School. The applicant must have instructor's approval). some direct familiarity with computation. Cross-Listed Courses For students planning to focus on bioinformatics The Dhar India Studies Program routinely cross-lists or chemical informatics, a high level of computer courses that can be used for credit towards its degrees in programming competence is required. Students focusing departments such as Central Eurasian Studies, English, in health informatics are expected to have a background Folklore, Geography, History, Political Science, Religious in one of the health care professions. Students planning Studies, and others. Please check the program's website to specialize in social informatics or human-computer (www.indiana.edu/~isp/) for a current list of cross-listed interaction should have familiarity with design principles courses. and have some grounding in the social sciences. Informatics For those who enter the Ph.D. program directly from their School of Informatics and Computing bachelor’s program, there will be an application process. There will be a formal assessment after two years of Departmental E-mail: [email protected] coursework, an “up or out” evaluation. Assessment will Departmental URL: soic.indiana.edu look at successful progression in the Ph.D. program with regards to progress toward completion of course (Please note that when conferring University Graduate requirements, maintenance of course grades and overall School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The G.P.A. according to Graduate School guidelines, and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements research, as measured by presentations at disciplinary contained only in The University Graduate School meetings and publications. For those who wish to enter Bulletin.) the Ph.D. program from their master’s program, there will Curriculum be an application process. In this case, there is a natural evaluation of the student’s record. Upon matriculation, an advisor, which may be temporary, will be assigned to the May 26, 2016 249 applicant. This advisor will help guide the student to his or Ph.D. Minor in Informatics her intended focus until a full-time advisor is found. A minor in informatics requires 9 credit hours. The required 9 credit hours refer to any 3 graduate courses Annual Review suitable for the student’s research, to be decided by Each year, Ph.D. students will be required to file an annual the student’s advisor (in his or her department) and review with their advisor and program or dissertation the Informatics Director of Graduate Studies. Typically, committee. The review covers the period of the previous these 3 graduate courses will include I501 and two other academic year and is due October 1. Four areas will be approved Informatics courses available in the Informatics covered: coursework, research, teaching, and service. Ph.D. program. Written feedback will be provided by the student’s advisor. Ph.D. Minor in Bioinformatics Course Requirements A minor in Bioinformatics requires 12 credit hours. Bioinformatics draws on knowledge and information A total of 90 credit hours are required. There are 18 from various fields such as biology, computer science, required credits, which include I501 and I502, 6 credits of medicine, chemistry and physics. Students in relevant seminar work, and 6 credits of research rotation (I790). Ph.D. programs such as biochemistry and molecular Students must take an additional 12 credits of theory biology, medical and molecular genetics, medicine, and methodology courses applicable to the student’s chemistry, or biology are the target audience for the Ph.D. specialty area. These courses can be taken inside or minor in bioinformatics. outside the school. Students must also take an additional 30 credits in elective coursework. The required Ph.D. Requirements minor and transfer credits are included in this category. The remaining 30 credits will be taken in dissertation A minor in bioinformatics requires 12 credit hours. The credits. core curriculum consists of graduate level courses in informatics. Electives may be chosen based on personal No more than 30 hours may be counted from a master’s interests from a broad list of courses in biology, chemistry, degree taken at Indiana University or a graduate program computer science, information science, and medical and at another university. (An additional 6 hours of master’s molecular genetics. The graduate bioinformatics courses thesis or capstone project may be counted toward in the School of Informatics and Computing assume a the Ph.D. at the discretion of the student’s program minimal knowledge of cell and molecular biology. That committee, assuming the thesis or capstone project is of level of understanding could be gained with at least 6 sufficient research quality.) undergraduate credit hours in molecular biology, genetics, or evolution. Minor Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction All students are required to have an appropriate minor ap- (See separate entry in this Bulletin.) proved by the University Graduate School. Minors will be selected with the advisor’s recommendation. Faculty Grades Executive Associate Dean An overall B (3.0) average for all Ph.D. courses in David Leake* Informatics is required. A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0 for two consecutive Associate Dean for Graduate Studies semesters is subject to dismissal from the program. Howard Rosenbaum* Qualifying Examinations Director of Graduate Studies All students will take a qualifying examination that consists Martin A. Siegel* of an oral exam and a written exam with the Ph.D. track faculty determining the content of the exam. Examinations (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University should be completed by the beginning of the student’s Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct fourth year in the program but can be completed before doctoral dissertations.) that time or earlier upon completion of 60 credit hours of coursework. Students who do not successfully complete Professors the examination can retake the exam a second time. The A. Keith Dunker*, Sara Anne Hook, Steven Mannheimer, student must pass this examination before passing on to Anna McDaniel*(Emeritus), Mathew J. Palakal*, Yaoqi candidacy. Zhou* Dissertation Proposal Associate Professors The proposed research for the dissertation must be M. Pauline Baker, Jake Chen*, Joseph Defazio*, Garland presented and approved by the research committee. C. Elmore (Emeritus), Anothony Faiola, J.T. Finnell, Edgar Final Examination Shaohua Huang*, Josette Jones*, Karl MacDorman*, Huanmei Wu* Oral defense of the dissertation must be approved by the students research committee and presented at a public Assistant Professors colloquium in the school. Davide Bolchini*, Brian Dixon*, Sarath Chandra Janga*, Xiaowen Liu*, Mark Pfaff* 250 May 26, 2016

Academic Advisors INFO-I 520 Security for Networked Systems (3 cr.) This course is an extensive survey of system and network Yaoqi Zhou* (Bioinformatics), J.T. Finnell (Health security. Course materials cover the threats to information Informatics), Davide Bolchini* (Human-Computer confidentiality, integrity and availability and the defense Interaction), Joseph Defazio* (Media Arts and Science) mechanisms that control such threats. The course Courses provides the foundation for more advanced security courses and hands-on experiences through course INFO-I 500 Fundamental Computer Concepts for projects. Informatics (3 cr.) An Introduction to fundamental principles of computer concepts for Informatics study, INFO-I 521 Malware Epidemic: Threat and Defense including an overview of computer architecture, computer (3 cr.) This course is designed to be research and hands- algorithms, fundamentals of operating systems, data on oriented. Students are required to read and present structure, file organization and database concepts. research papers that reflect the state of the art in malware- INFO I500 is expected to impart the required level of related research and participate in course projects that competency in computer science. This course may be expose them to the cutting-edge technologies on malware waived in lieu of 6 undergraduate credit hours of computer defense. Not currently being offered. science or informatics coursework, covering areas of INFO-I 525 Organizational Informatics and Economic programming, discrete structures, and data structures. Not Security (3 cr.) Security technologies make explicit currently offered. organizational choices that allocate power. Security INFO-I 501 Introduction to Informatics (3 cr.) implementations allocate risk, determine authority, reify P: Graduate standing. This course serves as an intensive or alter relationships, and determine trust extended to introduction to the most central technical tools of organizational participants. The course begins with an Informatics, most importantly, probability and statistics, introduction to relevant definitions (security, privacy, trust) linear algebra, and numerical optimization. The course and then moves to a series of timely case studies of weaves in computation, using R, as a uniting theme, while security technologies. Not currently being offered. including numerous examples and applications of the INFO-B 529 Machine Learning in Bioinformatics (3 cr.) techniques presented. P: INFO I519, or equivalent knowledge. The course INFO-I 502 Human-centered Research Methods in covers advanced topics in Bioinformatics with a focus Informatics (3 cr.) This course surveys a broad range on machine learning. The course will review existing of research methods employed in Informatics, exploring techniques such as hidden Markov models, artificial their meta-theoretical underpinnings and exemplifying their neural networks, decision trees, stochastic grammars, and application to specific research questions. This course is kernel methods. Examine application of these techniques intended only for Ph.D. students in Informatics and is a to current bioinformatics problems including: genome required course. Previously listed as Topics Course INFO annotation and comparison, gene finding, RNA secondary I590, with titled topic, credit given for only one (either structure prediction, protein structure prediction, gene INFO I590 with this titled topic, or INFO I502). expression analysis, proteonmics, and integrative functional genomics. INFO-I 504 Social Dimensions of Science Informatics (3 cr.) Examines ethical, legal, and social issues INFO-B 530 Seminar in Health Informatics surrounding contemporary research and practice in Applications (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. This course science informatics. Topics include the nature of science examines the basic concepts of the design, evaluation, and technology, the ramifications of recent advances and use of interactive applications in health informatics. in science informatics, and relevant science policy and INFO-I 531 Seminar in Health Informatics (1-3 cr.) research ethics. General knowledge of science informatics P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on is assumed. Not currently being offered. advanced topics and research in health informatics. Can INFO-I 506 Globalization and Information (3 cr.) be repeated once with a different topic, subject to approval Explores the processes that promote and impede of the program director. movement of human action and informational activities to INFO-I 532 Seminar in Bioinformatics (1-3 cr.) the most general levels, e.g., the level of the world as a P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on whole. Surveys diverse theories of globalization to identify advanced topics and research in bioinformatics. Can be the best approaches for professional informatics career repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the planning and making information globally accessible. Not Dean. currently being offered. INFO-I 533 Systems & Protocol Security & Information INFO-B 519 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3 cr.) Assurance (3 cr.) This course looks at systems and P: One semester programming course or equivalent. protocols, how to design threat models for them and how Sequence alignment and assembly; RNA structure, to use a large number of current security technologies protein and molecular modeling; genomics and and concepts to block specific vulnerabilities. Students will protenomics; gene prediction; phylogenic analysis; use a large number of systems and programming security information and machine learning; visual and graphical tools in the laboratories. analysis bioinformatics; worldwide biologic databases; experimental design and data collection techniques; INFO-H 534 Seminar in Human-Computer Interaction scientific and statistical data analysis; database and data (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis mining methods; and network and Internet methods. is on advanced topics and research in human-computer May 26, 2016 251 interaction. Can be repeated once with a different topic, systems in ubiquitous computing, CSCW, tangible and subject to approval of the program director. social computing areas. INFO-I 536 Foundational Mathematics of INFO-I 545 Music Information Representation, Search, Cybersecurity (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of undergraduate and Retrieval (3 cr.) P: Major, minor, or outside area level probability, lined algebra or calculus. Students standing in music informatics or music information will learn mathematical tools necessary to understand technology. A comprehensive, comparative study of modern cyber security. The course will cover introductory computer-based representation schemes for music, mathematical material from a number of disparate including those oriented toward music notation, music fields, including probability theory, computational theory, performance, and music analysis. Overview of musical complexity theory, group theory, and information theory. metadata. Techniques and tools for search and retrieval of Not currently offered. music information. Credit not given for both INFO I545 and MUS N564. Not currently offered. INFO-I 537 Legal and Social Informatics of Security (3 cr.) This is a case-based course on privacy and security INFO-I 546 Music Information Processing: Symbolic in social contexts. Cases will particularly address the (3 cr.) This course deals with both methodology and specific designs of technologies (e.g., P3P, PICS) and specific applications that attempt to algorithmically discuss how different technically feasible design choices annotate, understand, recognize, and categorize music would result in distinct regulatory regimes, business in symbolic (score like) form. Particular applications will strategies, or support different forms of social interaction. include key finding, harmonic analysis, note spelling, This course will focus on specific security and privacy rhythm recognition, meter induction, piano fingering, technologies as socio-technical systems. and various classification problems such as genre or composer identification. The methodology we will employ INFO-H 538 Introduction to Cryptography (3 cr.) will be probabilistic and will include ideas from Machine Introduction to the foundational primitives of cryptography Learning such as optimal classifiers, hidden Markov and implementations. A primary goal of this course will be models, and Bayesian Networks. Students will have to understand the security definitions for each primitive, computing assignments, present papers, and be expected and how they are used in cryptographic protocols. The to implement solutions to problems using a high-level ethics of insecure or on-the-fly protocol design will be language such as R or Matlab. Not currently offered. discussed. INFO-I 547 Music Information Processing: Audio INFO-H 539 Cryptographic Protocols (3 cr.) Provides (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis a basic understanding of computer security by looking and processing problems that use sampled audio as at how things go wrong and how people abuse the the primary data representation. Discusses digital signal system. Once it is understood how computer systems processing, including filtering and its relationship to are attacked, it is possible to propose ways to make the Fourier techniques. Topics include synthesis, effects system secure. processing, score following, blind music recognition, and INFO-H 541 Interaction Design Practice (6 cr.) accompaniment systems. Not currently offered. Human-Computer Interaction Design (HCID) describes INFO-I 548 Introduction to Music Informatics (3 cr.) the way a person or group accomplishes tasks with a P: Solid understanding of music fundamentals; music computer - what the individual or group does and how the theory background recommended. History, issues, and computer responds; what the computer does and how applications in music information technology. Survey of the individual or group responds. Sometimes known as various types of musical information. Introduction to digital “interface design,” HCID becomes increasingly important musical media, including data standards and processing; as computing intelligence and connectivity spread database structure and organization standards and ubiquitously to home, work, and play environments. This processing; database structure and organization of audio-, course will be organized around a collection of readings score-, and text file objects; and discussion of copyright and three design projects concerned with applying human- issues. Not currently offered. computer interaction principles to the design, selection, and evaluation of interactive systems. INFO-B 561 Meaning and Form in HCI (3 cr.) As a continuation of HCI 1 (I541), students will learn INFO-I 542 Foundations of Human Computer methodologies and principles for two types of core Interaction (3 cr.) Offers a survey overview of the field activities in human-computer interaction design: a) of Human-Computer Interaction Design. It introduces the requirements analysis, contextual inquiry and ethnography main themes of HCI set generally in a historical context. as applied to the design of interactive systems in the Themes include interaction design, cognitive modeling, social context b) conceptual design for the modeling of the distributed cognition, computer-supported cooperative interactive structure of the web, hypermedia and software work, data, visualization, ubiquitous computing, affective applications. computing, and domestic computing, among others. INFO-I 571 Chemical Information Technology (3 cr.) INFO-H 543 Interaction Design Methods (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Overview of chemical informatics Students will learn basic concepts and methods for techniques, including chemical structure coding, chemical usability studies and evaluation of interactive systems data representation, chemical database and search as well as apply those methods to actual system design systems, molecular visualization and modeling techniques, evaluations. This course is not only for understanding and the development of chemical informatics software. the basics and traditional approaches in this area, but also for exploring new ways of evaluating the usability INFO-I 572 Computational Chemistry and Molecular of state-of-the-art technology-based systems such as Modeling (3 cr.) P: INFO I571. Computer models of 252 May 26, 2016 molecules and their behavior in gas and condensed criticize underlying assumptions and the rationale behind phases; implicit and explicit solvation models; quantum some of the most influential theoretical attempts in HCI and molecular mechanics; search strategies for and related fields. The purpose of the course is to make conformational analysis, geometry optimization methods; students aware of how theories can influence practice and information content from Monte Carlo and molecular to develop critical thinking around the role, purpose, and dynamics simulations; QSAR; CoMFA; docking. function for theories. INFO-B 573 Programming for Science Informatics INFO-B 605 Social Foundations of Informatics (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Students will receive a thorough understanding Topics include the economics of information businesses of software development for chem- and bioinformatics, and information societies, legal and regulatory factors that and broaden experience of working in a scientific shape information and information technology use, the computing group. Topics include programming for the relationship between organization cultures and their use of web, depiction of chemical and biological structures information and information technology, and ownership of in 2D and 3D, science informatics tool kits, software intellectual property. Not currently being offered. APIS, AI and machine-learning algorithm development, high performance computing, database management, INFO-I 609 Advanced Seminar I in Informatics managing a small software development group, and (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent of design and usability of science informatics software. instructor. Ph.D. student introduction to major historical and emerging theories, methods, technologies, and INFO-I 585 Bioinspired Computing (3 cr.) Biologically- applications in Informatics. Provides students with inspired computing is an interdisciplinary field devoted opportunities to explore relevant research literature, to computational methods modeled after natural design results, and applications. Students will develop a profound principles. The goal is to produce informatics tools understanding of leading research approaches and with enhanced robustness, scalability, flexibility and paradigms in their research area. natural human-machine interaction. Topics include: Self- organization, Evolutionary Systems, Cellular Automata, INFO-I 611 Mathematical and Logical Foundations Boolean Networks, L-Systems, Collective and Swarm of Informatics (3 cr.) P: Basic Discrete Mathematics Behavior, Artificial Immune Systems, Complex Networks. equivalent to MATH M 118, or consent of instructor. An Not currently being offered. introduction to mathematical methods for information modeling, analysis and manipulation. Topics include INFO-I 586 Artificial Life (3 cr.) Artificial life is a broad proof methods in mathematics, models of computation, discipline encompassing the origins, modeling, and counting techniques and discrete probability, optimization, synthesis of natural and artificial living entities and statistical inference and more advanced topics that include systems. Artificial intelligence, as a discipline, tries to but are not limited to Markov chains and random walks, model and understand intelligent systems and behavior, random graphs, and Fourier analysis. Not currently typically at the human level. Not currently being offered. being offered. INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate INFO-B 617 Informatics In Life Sciences and standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on new Chemistry (3 cr.) Introduces the fundamental notions developments and research in informatics. Can be in genome and proteome informatics and chemical repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the informatics, focusing on the design and organizing issues student’s academic advisor. in information systems used in those areas. The course is designed for students with no biology or chemistry INFO-I 591 Graduate Internship (0-6 cr.) P: Approval background, but some knowledge in informatics, who required. Students gain professional work experience in want to learn basic topics in bioinformatics and chemical an industry or research organization setting, using skills informatics. and knowledge acquired in Informatics course work. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. INFO-B 619 Structural Bioinformatics (3 cr.) Informatics approaches addressing the sequence and 3D structure INFO-I 601 Introduction to Complex System (3 cr.) of biological macromolecules (DNA, RNA, Protein), P: MATH M118, INFO I201, or equivalent course. The with the objective of improving understanding of the course will cover fractals, emergent behavior, chaos function of these molecules. Topics will include molecular theory, cooperative phenomena, and complex networks. visualization; structure determination, alignment, Students will learn how to think differently about complex and databases; and prediction of protein structure, realities, finding ways to understand their complexity and interactions, and function. Not currently being offered. addressing the problems they pose. INFO-B 621 Computational Techniques in INFO-I 602 Music Information Processing: Audio Comparative Genomics (3 cr.) Summarizes (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis computational techniques for comparing genomes on the and processing problems that use sampled audio DNA and protein sequence levels. Topics include state of as the primary data representation. Digital signal the art computational techniques and their applications: processing including filtering and its relationship to understanding of hereditary diseases and cancer, genetic Fourier techniques. Focus on applications including score mobile elements, genome rearrangements, genome following, automatic music transcription and annotation evolution, and the identification of potential drug targets in from audio, musical accompaniment systems, as well as microbial genomes. Not currently being offered. some useful audio effects. Not currently being offered. INFO-H 651 The Ethnography of Information (3 cr.) INFO-H 604 Human Computer Interaction Design Not currently being offered. Theory (3 cr.) The course will explore, analyze and May 26, 2016 253

INFO-B 667 Seminar in Interprofessional Collaboration contained only in The University Graduate School (1 cr.) This seminar will provide graduate students with Bulletin.) in-depth experiences in interprofessional thinking and collaboration. Several Indiana University Schools at the Note: The School of Library and Information and the Indianapolis campus have developed an interprofessional School of Informatics and Computing merged on July learning laboratory rooted in real-life innovation, discovery 1, 2013. Historical information for the Department of and collaboration related to health and wellbeing. (May be Information and Library Science can be found under repeated for a maximum of 3 credit). earlier School of Library and Information Science Bulletins. INFO-I 690 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate Curriculum standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on new Degrees Offered developments and research in informatics. (May be Doctor of Philosophy, and, jointly with other academic repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the programs, Master of Library Science and Doctor of Dean.) Jurisprudence; Master of Information Science and INFO-B/ INFO-H 698 Research in Informatics (1-12 cr.) master’s degrees in Central Eurasian Studies, folklore Research not dissertation related under the direction of and ethnomusicology, public affairs, and Russian and a member of the graduate faculty. May be repeated for a East European studies; Master of Library Science and maximum of 30 credits. master’s degree in African American and African Diaspora Studies, African Studies, art history, Central Eurasian INFO-I 699 Independent Study in Informatics (1-3 cr.) Studies, comparative literature, English, folklore and P: Consent of instructor. Independent readings and ethnomusicology, history, history and philosophy of research for Ph.D. students under the direction of a faculty science, journalism, Latin American and Caribbean member, culminating in a written report. More than 12 studies, music theory or musicology, public affairs, and credit hours requires approval of Academic Advisor, and Russian and East European studies. The Department of Director of Graduate Studies. May be repeated for a Information and Library Science (ILS) offers the Specialist maximum of 12 credits. in Library and Information Science, the Master of Library INFO-I 709 Advanced Seminar II in Informatics Science, the Master of Information Science, a dual MIS/ (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent of MLS, the Master of Library Science with specializations instructor. Ph.D. student introduction to major historical in African studies librarianship, archives and records and emerging theories, methods, technologies, and management, children's and young adult services, applications in Informatics and its sub-areas.Provides library technology management, music librarianship, rare students with opportunities to explore relevant research books and manuscripts librarianship, and the Master of literature, results, and applications. Seminar II, unlike Library Science or Master of Information Science with Seminar I, focuses on recent advances in sub-areas of specializations in chemical information, data science, Informatics. digital libraries, and information architecture degrees. ILS also offers a Graduate Certificate in Information INFO-I 790 Informatics Research Rotation (3 cr.) Architecture. Working with faculty to investigate research opportunities. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. For further information, see the School of Informatics and Computing Bulletin. INFO-I 798 Professional Practicum/Internship (0 cr.) P: Current enrollment in graduate degree program in Special School Requirements Informatics. Participation in graduate level professional (See also general University Graduate School training and internship experience. requirements.) INFO-I 890 Thesis Readings and Research (1-12 cr.) Dual Master’s Degree Programs with the University Research under the direction of a member of the graduate Graduate School faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. May be repeated • African American and African Diaspora Studies for a maximum of 30 credits. (M.A.) and Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) INFO-G 901 Advanced Research (3 cr.) Available • African Studies (M.A.) and M.L.S. to graduate students who have completed all course • Art History (M.A.) and M.L.S. requirements for their doctorates, have passed doctoral • Central Eurasian Studies (M.A.) and M.I.S. qualifying examinations, and have the requisite number of • Central EurasianStudies (M.A.) and M.L.S. degree credit hours. This course provides the advanced • Comparative Literature (M.A.) and M.L.S. research students with a forum for sharing ideas and • English (M.A.) and M.L.S. problems under the supervision of a senior researcher. • Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and M.I.S. Information and Library Science • Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and M.L.S. • History (M.A.) and M.L.S. School of Informatics and Computing • History and Philosophy of Science (M.A.) and M.L.S. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • Journalism (M.A.) and M.L.S. Departmental URL: www.ils.indiana.edu • Latin American and Caribbean Studies (M.A.) and M.L.S. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • Musicology or Music Theory (M.A.) and M.L.S. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and M.I.S. 254 May 26, 2016

• Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and 2. Other required ILS courses (9 cr.): Z521 Humanities M.L.S. Information, Z651 Art Librarianship and Z605 Internship in Information and Library Science. The dual M.A./M.L.S. program requires completion of a 3. ILS elective courses (6 cr.) chosen from among minimum of 58 credit hours of graduate course work. (The Z533 Online Searching, Z532 Information degrees, if completed separately, would require 68 credit Architecture for the Web, Z652 Digital Libraries, or hours.) Students must apply for admission to the master’s Z633 Indexing. programs of both the Department of Information and Library Science and the Department of African American At least 30 credit hours in the School of Fine Arts are and African Diaspora Studies and meet the admissions required. Course work must include A500, A575, and criteria established for each. The two degrees must be no fewer than two seminars in two areas. Also required awarded at the same time. are four lecture courses at the 400 and 500 levels, at least two of which must be in Western art. See specific In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements requirements under Art History in the University Graduate for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: School Bulletin. 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 cr.). Central Eurasian Studies (M.A.) and Master of 2. Either Z521 Humanities Information or Z522 Social Sciences Information (3 cr.). Information Science (M.I.S.) The dual M.A./M.I.S. program requires completion of a 3. ILS elective courses (12 cr.). minimum of 60 credit hours of graduate course work, A minimum of 28 credit hours is required in the rather than the 66 credit hours required if the two degrees Department of African American and African Diaspora are earned separately. Students must apply for admission Studies for the Master of Arts degree. See the University to the masters programs of both the Department of Graduate School Bulletin for specific requirements. Information and Library Science and the Department of Central Eurasian Studies and meet the admissions criteria African Studies (M.A.) and Master of Library Science established for each. The two degrees must be awarded (M.L.S.) at the same time. The dual M.A./M.L.S. program requires completion of a minimum of 56 credit hours of graduate course work, The requirements for the Master of Information Science rather than the 66 credit hours required if the two degrees (36 hours) are as follows: are earned separately. Students must apply for admission 1. M.I.S. Foundation courses (21 cr.) to the masters programs of both the Department of 2. ILS elective courses (15 cr.) appropriate to the Information and Library Science and the African Studies student's background and interests. Program and meet the admissions criteria established for each. The two degrees must be awarded at the same A minimum of 24 credit hours is required for the Master of time. Arts degree. Contact the Department of Central Eurasian Studies for details. In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: Central Eurasian Studies (M.A.) and Master of Library 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 cr.), with Z551 Science (M.L.S.) Library Management to fulfill the management and The dual M.A./M.L.S. program requires completion of leadership skills requirement. a minimum of 54 credit hours of graduate course work, rather than the 66 credit hours required if the two degrees 2. Either Z521 Humanities Information or Z522 Social are earned separately. Students must apply for admission Sciences Information (3 cr.). to the masters programs of both the Department of 3. ILS elective courses (12 cr.). Information and Library Science and the Department of A minimum of 26 credit hours is required for the Master Central Eurasian Studies and meet the admissions criteria of Arts degree. Contact the African Studies Program for established for each. The two degrees must be awarded details. at the same time. Art History (M.A.) and Master of Library Science In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements (M.L.S.) for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: This program is designed to prepare students for 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 cr.) professional information and library science specialist 2. ILS elective courses (15 cr.) appropriate to the positions in fine arts and related infomation and library student's background and interests. science centers. The program requires a minimum of 60 credit hours of graduate course work including a A minimum of 24 credit hours is required for the Master of comprehensive set of required courses and overlapping Arts degree. Contact the Department of Central Eurasian electives. Students must apply for admission to the Studies for details. master’s programs of both the Department of Information and Library Science and the School of Fine Arts/History of Comparative Literature (M.A.) and Master of Library Art and meet the admission criteria established for each. Science (M.L.S.) The two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. This program prepares candidates for positions in academic, research, and other libraries with a humanities In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements orientation. The total program consists of at least 50 for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: graduate credit hours. Students must apply for admission to the master’s programs of both the Department of 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). May 26, 2016 255

Information and Library Science and the Department of of Folklore and Ethnomusicology. Admissions criteria Comparative Literature and meet the admission criteria established for each program must be met. For specific established for each. The two degrees must be awarded M.A. requirements, see the University Graduate School simultaneously. Bulletin. In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and Master of for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: Library Science (M.L.S.) 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required 2. At least 15 credit hours of ILS elective courses for the two degrees taken separately. Students take at appropriate to the student’s background and least 30 graduate credit hours in Information and Library interests. Science, and at least 21 credit hours in Folklore and At least 20 graduate credit hours are required in Ethnomusicology. To graduate under the dual-degree comparative literature course work. The Department of option, the two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Comparative Literature requires certification in at least Master of Library Science (30 credit hours): 15 credit two foreign languages, which does not count toward the hours of required MLS Foundation courses, plus 15 credit 20 credit hour total required for the degree. Emphasis in hours of ILS elective courses. The Z401 pre-requisite is the course work may be in Western literatures, East-West also required. relations studies, Third World literatures, film studies, or studies of the interrelations of the arts (literature, music, Master of Arts in Folklore and Ethnomusicology the visual arts). For specific requirements see the entry for (21 credits): Consult the Department of Folklore and the Department of Comparative Literature in the University Ethnomusicology. Graduate School Bulletin. Students must apply for admission to the master’s programs of both the Department of Information and English (M.A.) and Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) Library Science and the Department of Folklore and Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of Ethnomusicology. Admissions criteria established for each 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for program must be met. For specific M.A. requirements, see the two degrees taken separately. Admission to each of the University Graduate School Bulletin. the two master’s programs is approved separately on the same basis as for applicants not in the dual program. The History (M.A.) and Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. In addition Interest in public history, genealogy, historic preservation, to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements for the and archives and museum administration creates a Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: demand for professionals with expertise in both historical research and information management. The dual M.L.S./ 1. M.L.S Foundation courses (15 credit hours). M.A. in history program requires completion of a minimum 2. ILS-Z521 Humanities Information (3 cr.). of 50 credit hours of graduate course work. Students must 3. ILS elective courses (12 cr.). apply for admission to the master’s programs of both the A minimum of 24 credit hours is required in the Department of Information and Library Science and the Department of English. All students must fulfill the core Department of History and meet the admission criteria requirements as outlined in the English Department’s established for each. The two degrees must be awarded Master of Arts with Concentration in Literature or Special simultaneously. Field Master of Arts degree requirements. No thesis In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, the requirements or examination is required for the M.A. in English. The for the Master of Library Science (30 hours) are as follows: M.A. in English does require reading proficiency in one of the following languages: French, German, Greek, 1. M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). Italian, Latin, Russian, Spanish. Consult the University 2. Other required ILS courses (9 cr.):Z581 or Z584, Graduate School Bulletin for additional details on the M.A. Z605, and Z521 or Z522. in English. 3. ILS elective courses (6 cr.). Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and Master of A minimum of 20 credit hours is required in the Information Science (M.I.S.) Department of History for the Master of Arts degree. For Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of specific requirements, see the entry for the Department of 57 credit hours rather than the 72 credit hours required for History in the University Graduate School Bulletin. the two degrees taken separately. Students take at least 36 graduate credit hours in information science, and at History and Philosophy of Science (M.A.) and Master least 21 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. To of Library Science (M.L.S.) graduate under the dual-degree option, the two degrees This program meets the growing demand for information must be awarded simultaneously. professionals with a scientific academic specialty and Master of Information Science (36 credit hours): 21 credit prepares students for a variety of positions in library, hours of MIS Foundation courses, 15 credit hours of ILS research, and archival settings. The program consists of elective courses. a minimum of 51 credit hours for both degrees. Students must apply for admission to the master’s programs of both Master of Arts in Folklore and Ethnomusicology (21 the Department of Information and Library Science and credit hours): consult the Department of Folklore and the Department of History and Philosophy of Science and Ethnomusicology. Students must apply for admission meet the admission criteria established for each. The two to the master’s programs of both the Department of degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Infomation and Library Science and the Department 256 May 26, 2016

In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, students must Students take 21 credit hours of advanced courses complete (30 credits): relating to Latin American and Caribbean Studies (LTAM). The interdisciplinary seminar LTAM S501 (3 credits) must 1. The M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). be taken, together with 18 credit hours in other LTAM 2. Other required ILS courses (9 cr.): Z581 Archives courses or those Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Records Management or Z584 Manuscripts, courses that are cross-listed with other departments. All Z523 Science and Technology Information, and other requirements for completion of the Latin American Z605 Internship in Information and Library Science. Studies M.A., including language proficiency and thesis 3. ILS elective courses (6 cr.). or oral examination, remain as listed in the University A minimum of 21 credit hours is required in the Graduate School Bulletin. Department of History and Philosophy of Science for the Musicology or Music Theory (M.A.) and Master of Master of Arts degree. For specific requirements, see the Library Science (M.L.S.) University Graduate School Bulletin. The dual-degree program combines an M.L.S. with an Journalism (M.A.) and Master of Library Science M.A. in musicology or an M.A. or M.M. in music theory. (M.L.S.) It combines the advantages of top-ranked graduate The dual M.L.S./M.A. in journalism program provides programs in Information and Library Science and in music, excellent preparation for professional library and and the librarians and professional staff of one of the information specialist positions in news media and in country’s largest music libraries. Through enrollment in corporate, academic, and public libraries. The program these curricula, students may earn two master’s degrees consists of a minimum of 51 credit hours for both degrees. by a combination of work in the Department of Information Students must apply for admission to the master’s and Library Science (ILS) and the School of Music programs of both the Department of Information and amounting to approximately 60 credit hours (6 credits Library Science and the School of Journalism and meet are shared between the two degrees). Applicants are the admission criteria established for each. The two expected to hold at least a bachelor’s degree in music degrees must be awarded simultaneously. In addition to from an accredited four-year collegiate institution. For the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, students must complete (30 this program, students must apply for admission to both credits): schools and the Music Librarianship Specialization and meet the admission criteria established for all three. (The 1. The M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). admissions committee for the specialization consists of the 2. Other required ILS courses (9 cr.): Z533 Online IU music librarians.) Degrees from both schools must be Searching, Z525 Government Information, and either awarded simultaneously. Z521 Humanities Information or Z522 Social Science In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, students must Information. complete (30 credits): 3. ILS elective courses (6 cr.). 1. The M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). A minimum of 21 credit hours is required in journalism. For 2. MUS M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (3 cr.). specific requirements contact the School of Journalism, and consult the University Graduate School Bulletin. 3. ILS-Z605 Internship in Information and Library Science (6 cr.) (P: Z539, Z504). Two 3 credit Latin American and Caribbean Studies (M.A.) and internships in one or two areas related to music Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) librarianship (e.g., music cataloging, music The Department of Information and Library Science and collection development, music reference, music the Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies technology), approved by the coordinator of the jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students Music Librarianship Specialization. for two master’s degrees. Study for these two degrees 4. ILS-Z655 Music Librarianship (3 cr.) (P: M539, P or in the dual program (M.A./M.L.S.) can be completed in C: Z504 or consent of instructor). a total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours 5. ILS elective courses (3 cr.). that would otherwise be required for the two degrees taken separately. Students must apply for admission For detailed information regarding degrees offered to the master’s programs of both the Department of exclusively or jointly by the Jacobs School of Music and Information and Library Science and the Latin American the Department of Information and Library Science also and Caribbean Studies Department and meet the see their respective bulletins. admissions criteria established for each. The two degrees Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and Master must be awarded simultaneously. of Information Science (M.I.S.) In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, students must Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of complete (30 credits): 60 credit hours rather than the 72 credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. 1. The M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). 2. Other required ILS courses (9 cr.): Z533 Online Requirements for the Master of Information Science Searching, Z605 Internship in Information and degree are as follows: Library Science (internship under the supervision of 1. Completion of ILS M.I.S. Foundation course the Latin American bibliographer), and Z629 Topics requirements (21 credit hours). in Information Sources and Services (Topic: Latin 2. ILS electives (15 cr.), not including ILS-Z605 and American Bibliography). REEI R620 (ILS-Z629), which are considered part 3. ILS elective courses (6 cr.). of the Russian and East European Studies degree, May 26, 2016 257

chosen in consultation with the advisor, to bring the Applicants must meet requirements for admission to total of credit hours to 36. the master's degree programs in the Department of Information and Library Science: www.ils.indiana.edu. Students take 24 credit hours in Russian and East European Studies, including R600, R601, R620, four Course Requirements area studies courses (one each from the social science group, the historical/geographical group, the sociocultural Students must complete 18 graduate credit hours; credits group, and the literature group), ILS-Z605 Internship in counted toward another degree may not be applied toward Information and Library Science (in an area pertinent the Certificate. Required courses: Z515 Information to REEI), and complete all other requirements for the Architecture (3 cr.); Z556 Systems Analysis and Design Russian and East European Studies M.A., including the (3 cr.); Z512, Informaton System Design (3 cr.); Z633 language proficiency exam, M.A. essay, and oral defense. Indexing (3 cr.); Z516 Human Computer Interaction (3 cr.); Z690 Capstone inInformation Architecture (3cr.) Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.I.S. degree program must be made to the Department of Information Doctor of Philosophy in Information Science and Library Science for study toward the Master of Admission Requirements Information Science and to the Russian and East A bachelor’s degree with a minimum grade point average European Institute for study toward the Master of Arts of 3.2 on a 4.0 scale for undergraduate work and a degree. Applicants must be accepted by both degree cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or better on a programs. The student must select an M.A. essay 4.0 scale for any previous graduate level work. The committee of three faculty members representing both Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required and REEI and the Department of Information and Library must have been taken within three years of application. Science. Both degrees will be awarded simultaneously. A minimum overall GRE score of 1000 (i.e., Verbal = Consult the University Graduate School Bulletin for REEI 500, Quantitative = 500 and Analytical Writing = 4.5) is details. required; however, admission is competitive and higher Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and Master GRE scores are expected. The Test of English as a of Library Science (M.L.S.) Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required for all applicants for whom English is not a native language; a minimum Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of score of 600 on the TOEFL Paper-based Test (PBT) or 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for 100 on the TOEFL Internet-based Test (IBT) is expected. the two degrees taken separately. Additional requirements include a personal statement of In addition to the ILS-Z401 pre-requisite, students must 800-1000 words; three letters of recommendation from complete (30 credits): academic or professional sources; a current curriculum vitae or résumé; a chronology of activities from high 1. The M.L.S. Foundation courses (15 credit hours). school graduation to the time of application; and a writing 2. ILS electives (15 cr.), not including ILS-Z605 and sample. The writing sample may be a single-authored REEI R620 (ILS-Z629), which are considered part publication, a technical white paper, a grant proposal, or a of the Russian and East European Studies degree, paper submitted to fulfill a course requirement. chosen in consultation with the advisor, to bring the total of credit hours to 30. Students take 24 Course Requirements credit hours in Russian and East European Studies, A total of 90 credit hours are required for the Ph.D. in including R600, R601, R620, four area studies Information Science. At least 60 of the 90 credit hours courses (one each from the social science group, must be taken at the Bloomington (IUB) or Indianapolis the historical/geographical group, the sociocultural (IUPUI) campuses of Indiana University. ILS courses group, and the literature group), ILS-Z605 – required for the doctoral degree are: Z701 Introduction to “Internship in Information and Library Science” (in Doctoral Research in Information Science (3 cr.); Z702 an area pertinent to REEI), and complete all other Doctoral Research Practicum I (2 cr.); Z703 Doctoral requirements for the Russian and East European Research Practicum II (2 cr.); Z710 Doctoral Research Studies M.A., including the language proficiency Practicum III (3 cr.); and three sections of Z764 Seminar in exam, M.A. essay, and oral defense. Information Science (total of 9 cr.). Up to 15 credit hours of Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.L.S. degree Z799 Ph.D. Thesis may be counted toward the required 90 program must be made to the Department of Information credit hours. and Library Science for study toward the Master of Library Major Science and to the Russian and East European Institute for study toward the Master of Arts degree. Applicants A minimum of 21 credit hours of graduate coursework, must be accepted by both degree programs. The student approved by the student's advisory committee, must be must select an M.A. essay committee of three faculty completed in the major area. The requirement for three members representing both REEI and the Department sections of Z764 may be counted toward the total 21 credit of Information and Library Science. Both degrees will be hours for the major. awarded simultaneously. Consult the University Graduate School Bulletin for REEI details. Minor Graduate Certificate in Information Architecture The outside minor generally consists of 9-15 credit hours. The number of credit hours, specific courses, and other Admission Requirements requirements for the outside minor are determined by the minor department. 258 May 26, 2016

Research Skills Graduate Advisors The research skills requirement consists of a minimum of Director of Doctoral Program, Ying Ding*, LI 025, (812), 9 credit hours of basic and advanced research courses: 855-5388 one graduate level statistics course (3 credits) and two advanced courses (3 credits each) in graduate-level MIS Program Director statistics, research methods, or research design. John Walch, LI 027, (812) 856-0707 Qualifying Examination MLS Program Director The qualifying examination in ILS consists of an extended Ronald E. Day*, LI017, (812) 855-3205 written review and analysis of a problem area that addresses critical theoretical and methodological issues Courses relevant to the problem area. The examination includes an ILS-Z 501 Reference (3 cr.) oral presentation and defense of the qualifying paper. ILS-Z 502 Collection Development and Management Final Examination (3 cr.) Final examination for the Doctor of Philosophy in ILS-Z 503 Representation and Organization (3 cr.) Information Science consists of a public oral defense of the doctoral dissertation. ILS-Z 504 Cataloging (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Information Science ILS-Z 505 Evaluation of Resources and Services (3 cr.) The outside minor in Information Science consists of four courses (12 credit hours) of graduate coursework ILS-Z 506 Evaluation of Resources and Services (3 cr.) in the Department of Information and Library Science. ILS-Z 510 Introduction to Information Science (3 cr.) Coursework for the minor is identified in consultation with the ILS faculty member who serves as the outside ILS-Z 511 Database Design (3 cr.) member on the student's advisory committee. A qualifying ILS-Z 512 Information Systems Design (3 cr.) examination is generally not required for the minor in Information Science. ILS-Z 513 Organizational Informatics (3 cr.) Faculty ILS-Z 514 Social Aspects of Information Technology (3 cr.) The objective of this course is to help students Department Chair think critically and constructively about information & Debora Shaw* communication technology and its relationship to work, leisure, and society at large. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University ILS-Z 515 Information Architecture (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct ILS-Z 516 Human-Computer Interaction (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) ILS-Z 517 Web Programming (3 cr.) Distinguished Professors ILS-Z 518 Communication in Electronic Environments David Kaser* (Emeritus), Herbert White* (Emeritus) (3 cr.) Professors ILS-Z 519 Evaluation of Information Systems (3 cr.) Katy Börner*, Blaise Cronin*, Stephen Harter* (Emeritus), ILS-Z 520 Information Seeking and Use (3 cr.) Susan C. Herring*, Thomas Nisonger* (Emeritus), Debora Shaw* ILS-Z 521 Humanities Information (3 cr.) Associate Professors ILS-Z 522 Social Sciences Information (3 cr.) Josefa Abrera* (Emerita), Ronald E. Day*, Ying Ding*, ILS-Z 523 Science and Technology Information (3 cr.) Hamid Ekbia*, Pnina Fichman*, Shirley Fitzgibbons* ILS-Z 524 Adult Readers Advisory (3 cr.) (Emerita), Noriko Hara*, Elin K. Jacob*, Alice Robbin*, Howard S. Rosenbaum* ILS-Z 525 Government Information (3 cr.) Assistant Professors ILS-Z 526 Business Information (3 cr.) Marian L. Armstrong* (Emerita), Xiaozhong Liu, Staša ILS-Z 531 Business Information (3 cr.) Milojevi#, Cassidy Sugimoto*, John A. Walsh ILS-Z 532 Information Architecture for the Web (3 cr.) Adjunct Faculty and Visiting Scholars ILS-Z 533 Business Information (3 cr.) *see www.ils.indiana.edu for complete list, including: ILS-Z 534 Information Retrieval: Theory and Practice Michael McRobbie* (3 cr.) Senior Fellow ILS-Z 541 Information Policy (3 cr.) Charles H. Davis ILS-Z 542 International Information Issues (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 259

ILS-Z 543 Computer-Mediated Communication (3 cr.) ILS-Z 641 Computer-Mediated Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) ILS-Z 544 Gender and Computerization (3 cr.) ILS-Z 642 Content Analysis for the Web (3 cr.) ILS-Z 550 Perspectives on Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 643 The Information Industry (1-3 cr.) ILS-Z 551 Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 650 Library Philanthropy (3 cr.) ILS-Z 552 Academic Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 651 Art Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 553 Public Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 652 Digital Libraries (3 cr.) ILS-Z 554 Library Systems (3 cr.) ILS-Z 653 Health Sciences Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 555 Strategic Intelligence (3 cr.) ILS-Z 654 Law Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 556 Systems Analysis and Design (3 cr.) ILS-Z 655 Music Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 561 User Interface Design for Information Systems (3 cr.) ILS-Z 656 Information Technology Standardization (3 cr.) ILS-Z 571 Materials for Youth (3 cr.) ILS-Z 661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in ILS-Z 572 Youth Services (3 cr.) Human-Computer Interaction (3 cr.) ILS-Z 573 Education of Information Users (3 cr.) ILS-Z 662 Interface Design for Collaborative ILS-Z 574 Information Inquiry for School Teachers Information Spaces (3 cr.) (3 cr.) ILS-Z 671 School Media (3 cr.) ILS-Z 580 History of Libraries (3 cr.) ILS-Z 672 Seminar on Literature for Youth (3 cr.) ILS-Z 581 Archives and Records Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 680 The Book to 1450 (3 cr.) ILS-Z 582 Preservation (3 cr.) ILS-Z 681 The Book 1450 to the Present (3 cr.) ILS-Z 583 Rare Book Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 683 Reference Sources for Rare Books (3 cr.) ILS-Z 584 Manuscripts (3 cr.) ILS-Z 684 Descriptive Bibliography (3 cr.) ILS-Z 585 Records Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 685 Electronic Records Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 601 Directed Readings (1-6 cr.) ILS-Z 690 Capstone in Information Architecture (3 cr.) ILS-Z 602 Directed Research (1-6 cr.) ILS-Z 701 Introduction to Doctoral Research in ILS-Z 603 Workshop in Library and Information Information Science (3 cr.) Science (arr. cr.) ILS-Z 702 Doctoral Research Practicum I (2 cr.) ILS-Z 604 Topics in Library and Information Science ILS-Z 703 Doctoral Research Practicum II (2 cr.) (1-4 cr.) ILS-Z 706 Introduction to Research (3 cr.) ILS-Z 605 Internship (2-6 cr.) ILS-Z 710 Doctoral Research Practicum III (3 cr.) ILS-Z 621 Audio and Video Sources (3 cr.) ILS-Z 763 Research Problems and Methods in ILS-Z 622 Resources and Services for People with Information Science (3 cr.) Disabilities (3 cr.) ILS-Z 764 Seminar in Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 623 Genealogy and Local History (3 cr.) ILS-Z 765 Doctoral Research in Information Science ILS-Z 629 Topics in Information Sources and Services (1-6 cr.) (3 cr.) ILS-Z 790 Dissertation Proposal in Information ILS-Z 631 Advanced Cataloging (3 cr.) Science (3 cr.) ILS-Z 632 Technical Services (3 cr.) ILS-Z 799 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) ILS-Z 633 Indexing (3 cr.) Elective Courses ILS-Z 634 Metadata (3 cr.) CSCI-A 538 Network Technologies and Administration (3 cr.) ILS-Z 635 Ontologies (3 cr.) FINA-A 575 Research Sources in Art History (2 cr.) ILS-Z 636 Semantic Web (3 cr.) GRAD-G 732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa ILS-Z 637 Information Visualization (3 cr.) (3 cr.) ILS-Z 640 Seminar in Intellectual Freedom (3 cr.) MUS-M 539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (3 cr.) 260 May 26, 2016

ILS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) the certificate will be awarded for first-year language courses. No more than 6 hours of language courses may Networks and Complex Sys Minor be counted toward the certificate. Inner Asian and Uralic National Resource Center Grades Minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the School of Global and International Studies certificate. College of Arts and Sciences Center E-mail: [email protected] Examination Center URL: www.indiana.edu/~iaunrc None. Inner Asian and Uralic Studies is affiliated with the new Faculty School of Global and International Studies (SGIS) in the Director College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies) tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree Graduate Faculty programs associated with SGIS emphasize language (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS doctoral dissertations.) students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty Distinguished Professors and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources Robert Campbell* (Emeritus, Economics) of the School of Global and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Michael Alexeev* (Economics), Matthew Auer* (Public and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Environmental Affairs), Randall Baker* (Emeritus, Public University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements and Environmental Affairs), Ilhan Basgöz* (Emeritus, contained only in The University Graduate School Central Eurasian Studies), Gustav Bayerle* (Emeritus, Bulletin.) Central Eurasian Studies), Christopher I. Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), Jack Bielasiak* (Political Curriculum Science), Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Devin DeWeese* (Central Eurasian Studies), Ben Area Certificate in Inner Asian and Uralic Studies Eklof* (History), David Fidler (Law), William Fierman* The Inner Asian and Uralic Studies Program offers a (Central Eurasian Studies), Henry Glassie* (Emeritus, strong interdisciplinary training program for students Folklore), Mary Goetze* (Emeritus, Music), Michael interested in the languages and societies of Central Hamburger* (Geological Sciences), Michael Kaganovich* Eurasia, stretching from the Baltic, Hungary, and Turkey (Economics), György Kara* (Central Eurasian Studies), to Central Asia, Tibet, and Mongolia. IU’s greatest Marjorie A. Lyles* (Business), John L. Mikesell* (Public concentration of expertise and instruction in the area is and Environmental Affairs), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita, brought together by the Inner Asian and Uralic National Journalism), K. Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology), Toivo Resource Center. Center faculty pursue both historical Raun* (Central Eurasian Studies), Nazif Shahrani* and contemporary analysis in a wide range of disciplines, (Anthropology, Central Eurasian Studies), Kemal Silay* including anthropology, business, comparative literature, (Central Eurasian Studies), Martin Spechler* (Economics), economics, folklore, history, journalism, linguistics, music Mihály Szegedy-Maszák* (Emeritus), Central Eurasian and drama, political science, public administration, and Studies), Frances Trix* (Anthropology), Timothy Waters* religious studies. Center faculty also offer three levels (Law), David Williams* (Law) of instruction in all of the following living languages indigenous to the Center’s area: Estonian, Finnish, Associate Professors Hungarian, Mongolian, Persian/Tajik, Tibetan, Turkish, and Uzbek. Other living and classical languages of Central Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Gardner Eurasia are offered less frequently, including Chagatai, Bovingdon* (Central Eurasian Studies), Maria Bucur- Evenki, Kazakh, Kyrgyz, Mordvin, Turkmen, and Uygur. Deckard* (History), Lynn Hooker* (Central Eurasian Studies), Hans Ibold (School of Journalism), Owen V. Course Requirements Johnson* (Journalism), Bill Johnston (Linguistics), Dodona Eighteen (18) credit hours of graduate course work, Kiziria (Emeritus, Slavics and East European Languages including 9 credit hours from the Department of Central and Cultures), Matthias Lehmann* (History), Paul Eurasian Studies; or in the case of Turkish Studies, the Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies), Vicky Meretsky* Departments of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures (Public and Environmental Affairs), Martha Nyikos* and/or Central Eurasian Studies. All courses are to be (Education), Elliot Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies), selected in consultation with the Inner Asian and Uralic Ron Sela* (Central Eurasian Studies), Abdulkader Sinno* National Resource Center director. (Political Science), Margaret Sutton* (Education), Herbert Terry* (Telecommunications) Language Requirements Assistant Professors Students will be required to demonstrate intermediate competence in a relevant language. No credit toward May 26, 2016 261

Jason Mokhtarian (Religious Studies), Richard Nance Tibetan (Religious Studies), Öner Özçelik (Central Eurasian Classical Tibetan Studies), Kaya Sahin (History), Jonathan Schlesinger Classical Old Tibetan (History), Turkish Ottoman Turkish Academic Specialists/Senior Lecturers Uyghur Cigdem Balim-Harding* (Near Eastern Languages and Uzbek Cultures), Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Roman Zlotin (Geography) East Asian Languages and Cultures E384 East Asian Nationalism and Cultural Identity Postdoctoral Teaching Fellow E505 Studies in East Asian Society (Topics course) Kathryn Graber (Central Eurasian Studies and Anthropology) Economics Academic Advisor E698 Comparative Economics and Economics of Transition Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Goodbody Hall 348, (812) 856-0671, [email protected] Education Courses H551 Comparative Education I H552 Comparative Education II Anthropology H560 Education and Change in Societies E455 Anthropology of Religion

E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology Fine Arts A421 Early Christian Art Business

D503 International Business Environment D504 Operations of International Business Folklore D545 East Europe and Russia Transition F440/540 D594 Competitive Strategic Global Industries F600 Asian Folklore and Folk Music D595 Management of Transnational Corporations F617 Middle East Folklore and Folk Music

Central Eurasian Studies Geography R501The Baltic States since 1918 G427 Geography of Former Soviet Lands R502 Finland in the 20th Century R504 Modern Finnish Literature R508 Estonian Culture and Civilization History R513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union C393 Ottoman History R516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia D521 Hungarian History and Civilization to 1711 R528 Post-Soviet Transition in Central Asia G582 Imperial China I R562 Mongolian Civilization and Folk Culture G583 Imperial China II R563 Mongolian Historical Writings H645 Eastern Europe 1945-1989: Survival and Resistance R570 Introduction to the History of Tibet H675 Colloquium in East Asian History R571 Tibet and the West R572 Sino-Tibetan Relations India Studies R573 The Religions of Tibet I501/502 Elementary Sanskrit R592 Uralic Peoples & Cultures I561/562 Intermediate Sanskrit R599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies R611 Ethnic History of Central Asia Information and Library Science R629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia Z610 International Information Issues R661 Mongolian Literature and Folklore Z620 Slavic Bibliography R690 Advanced Readings in Central Eurasian Studies Journalism R710 Seminar in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) J660 Topics Colloquium T690 Introduction to Manchu (3 cr.)

T693 Introduction to Sakha (Yakut) Music All language courses in the following languages: E571 Kodaly Concept I Azeri E573 Kodaly Concept II Chaghatay Estonian Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Finnish N545 Introduction to Ancient Near East Hungarian N565 Introduction to Islamic Civilization Kazakh N695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern Languages and Mongolian Cultures Classical Mongolian P500/550 Elementary Persian Pashto P600/650 Intermediate Persian 262 May 26, 2016

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate Political Science School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Y340 East European Politics University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Y385 Russian Political Ideas contained only in The University Graduate School Y657 Comparative Politics Bulletin.) Degrees Offered Religious Studies Ph.D. Minor in Global Studies, Ph.D. Minor in Human R552 Studies in Buddhism Rights R554 East Asian Religions R635 Buddhism in North America Special Departmental Requirements R655 Materials and Methods in Buddhist Studies R658 Methodologies and Methods in Buddhist Studies (see also general University Graduate School R670/770 Buddhist Ethics Requirements) R750 Seminar on Indian Buddhist Texts Ph.D. Minor in Global Studies Students in other departments may minor in Global Russian and East European Institute Studies. The minor provides a theoretical and R575 Graduate Readings in Russian and East European methodological framework for the interdisciplinary study Study and critical analysis of global phenomena. Each minor R600 Proseminar Soviet/East European Area Studies student develops an individualized program in consultation with the Director of the Ph.D. minor in Global Studies, Hilary Kahn ([email protected]) and their graduate School of Public and Environmental Affairs advisor, that best complements and furthers the student’s E535 International Environmental Policy disciplinary and professional academic programs and V550 Governmental Finance in Transitional Economies specific regional interests. V551 Trade and Global Competition V557 International Economic Strategies and Trade Course Requirements Policies A minimum of 15 credit hours including:

• INTL-I701, Interdisciplinary Seminar in Issues and Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures Approaches to Global Studies R553 East European Cinema Note: INTL-I702: Readings in Global Studies is In addition to the above, students are encouraged to take strongly recommended the initiative to find other courses that the professor would • Four electives (12 credit hours) from an approved be willing and able to adapt for IAUNRC certificate credit. minor list of courses or as approved by the Director (This might be, for example, by agreeing that the student’s of the Ph.D. Minor. papers and/or other projects would focus on the IAUNRC region or that the student may do additional reading and Examinations writing relevant to the region.) Students complete the Minor through a capstone project International Studies that includes one of five options: (1) a specifically designated course; (2) an international internship; (3) School of Global and International Studies international field work; (4) a substantial paper; or, (5) a College of Arts and Sciences question on the student’s qualifying examination in the major department. Departmental Contact: [email protected]; (812) 856-1816 Ph.D. Minor in Human Rights Students in other departments may minor in Human Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~intlweb/ Rights. The curriculum explores the intersection of global The Department of International Studies is affiliated and local contexts at the heart of human rights discourse. with the new School of Global and International Studies It takes a holistic and multidisciplinary approach, asking (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to students to be aware of how law, cultural values and providing Indiana University graduate students with the practice, social and political institutions, national and intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in supranational bodies, and policy interact, integrate, the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree and conflict with one another to create an international programs associated with SGIS emphasize language human rights regime and the discourse and practice proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training surrounding it. The program is applied as well as oriented in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS to research and theory. Students should contact the students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty Director of Graduate Studies in International Studies and professional development opportunities. For further ([email protected]) for additional information. information regarding the mission, structure and resources Course Requirements of the School of Global and International Studies, see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. A minimum of 15 credit hours, including: Curriculum • Three core courses (9 credit hours) May 26, 2016 263

• INTL-I705, Human Rights Multidisciplinary student's international experience/internship is strongly Graduate Seminar recommended. • ANTH-E600, Anthropology of Human Rights INTL-I 550 Global Governance (3 cr.) Discussion of • LAW-B793, Human Rights or LAW-L793, debates over global governance. Focus on specific Seminar in Human Rights governance topics, including international organizations, • Two electives courses (6 credit hours) from an law, and NGOs in creating order in global relations. approved minor list or as approved by the Director of INTL-I 680 International Studies Master's Capstone the Ph.D. minor. (3 cr.) P:I515 This seminar is designed to consolidate Examinations the studies of master's students who have completed all International Studies graduate degree requirements. Completion of the minor is based on successfully finishing Students must complete a project that addresses an issue coursework in three academic areas beyond student’s appropriate to international studies. own discipline(s). INTL-I 701 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Issues and Courses Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) This graduate seminar is designed to stimulate students to think critically INTL-I 500 Topics in Global Studies (3 cr.) Explores about a broad range of theoretical and methodological a variety of world issues such as politics, religion, and issues involved in global research, including ethics, globalization; urbanization, space, and development; and qualitative and quantitative approaches, the intersection of international security in the 21st century. May be repeated the global and local, and research designs from different with a different topic for a maximum of 6 credit hours. disciplinary perspectives. INTL-I 502 Seminar in Global Health and Environment INTL-I 702 Independent Study in Global Studies (3 cr.) Advanced seminar examining pressing health (1-4 cr.) Independent research, investigation, and and environmental challenges around the world, such synthesis of scholarship that crosses disciplines. as deforestation, climate change, and the spread of Supervised by a faculty member upon the approval of the infectious diseases. Focuses on the interaction of health department. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credits. and environmental problems that cross national borders and require a multinational or global effort to solve. INTL-I 705 Human Rights Multidisciplinary Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) This multidisciplinary seminar is the INTL-I 503 Seminar in Global Development (3 cr.) gateway course for the Ph.D. Minor in Human Rights, Advanced seminar that focuses on the interaction though students from all graduate programs and schools between social, political, and economic forces and with interests in human rights are welcome to attend. human development at global, national, and subnational scales; introduces theoretical perspectives on economic Faculty development and the function of markets. Chair INTL-I 504 Seminar in Human Rights and International William Rasch* Law (3 cr.) Advanced seminar that focuses on human rights discourse and the role international law, treaties Graduate Faculty and conventions play in addressing these rights globally. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Course is interdisciplinary in theory and method. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) INTL-I 505 Seminar in International Communication and the Arts (3 cr.) Advanced seminar focusing on the Professors circulation of ideas, images, and artistic expressions Nick Cullather*, Shane Greene*, Stephanie Kane*, across national borders as means of interpersonal Padraic Kenney*, William Rasch* and cultural forms of communication. Examines communication as a process governed by culture-specific Associate Professors and institution-specific rules. Purnima Bose*, Gardner Bovingdon*, Hamid Ekbia*, INTL-I 506 Seminar in Identity and Conflict (3 cr.) Michael Muehlenbein*, Philip Parnell*, Ron Sela* Advanced seminar in examining concepts of nationalism and state ideology that shape the world's collective Assistant Professors identities and contribute to conflicts nationally and Keera Allendorf, Phillip Bloom, Stephanie DeBoer, internationally. Margaret Graves*, Nur Amali Ibrahim INTL-I 510 Seminar in Diplomacy, Security, Senior Lecturer Governance (3 cr.) Advanced seminar examining the role of international organizations in maintaining global Hilary Kahn security and promoting global governance. Addresses Director of Graduate Studies issues of political and cultural diplomacy and their effect in international disputes. William Rasch*, Woodburn Hall 300, (812) 856-1816, [email protected] INTL-I 515 Research Methods in International Studies (3 cr.) Advanced seminar on research methodology used in international studies. Completion before the 264 May 26, 2016 Jewish Studies may be counted towards the required 16 credits of courses taught by Jewish Studies faculty. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] M.A. Thesis or Comprehensive Exam To complete the M.A. in Jewish Studies, students will have Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~jsp a choice of writing an M.A. thesis (not to exceed 40 pages Departmental Phone: (812) 855-0453 or 12,000 words) or completing a comprehensive exam. Students who choose the thesis option will register for 3 Departmental Fax: (812) 855-4314 credits under JSTU-J 699 and will be examined on the thesis by a committee of three faculty members, at least (Please note that when conferring University Graduate two of whom must be Jewish Studies faculty. Students School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The who select the comprehensive exam option will be University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements examined on a reading list to be selected in consultation contained only in The University Graduate School with the exam committee, which will consist of three Bulletin.) faculty members, at least two of whom must be Jewish Curriculum Studies faculty. M.A. in Jewish Studies Dual M.A. in Jewish Studies and History The M.A. in Jewish Studies is intended to provide students The combined program will have a total of 52 credit hours, with the advanced interdisciplinary study and the language instead of the 62 hours required to attain the two degrees background necessary to prepare them for a doctoral separately. Students will take 5 courses counting towards program in a disciplinary department or to prepare Jewish Studies and 5 courses counting towards History, students for nonacademic careers in the professional as well as 12 credits of electives. world and nonprofit sector. The program will normally Admission Requirements take two years to complete. The program is designed to provide students with a solid working knowledge in Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability one or more languages relevant to the study of Jewish and completion of the Graduate Record Examination. culture (typically Modern Hebrew, Biblical Hebrew, and/ Second-year proficiency of Hebrew or another relevant or Yiddish), a broad exposure to the academic field of language is desirable but not a requirement for admission. Jewish Studies in a number of different disciplines in Students will have to meet admission requirements in the the humanities and social sciences, and the analytical Department of History (refer to the University Graduate skills that should serve them whether they choose to School Bulletin). pursue a doctoral degree related to Jewish Studies or find employment in the professional world, for example in Course Requirements philanthropy or education. 20 credit hours in Jewish Studies, including JSTU-H Admission Requirements 520 (4 cr.) and 16 credits (at least four courses) taught by Jewish Studies faculty; 20 credit hours in History, Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and including HIST-H 601 and 16 credits of course work in the completion of the Graduate Record Examination. Second- Department of History, with a minimum of one seminar year proficiency of Hebrew or another relevant language is and two colloquia; 12 credits (at least three courses) desirable but not a requirement for admission. of electives. Courses taken to fulfill requirements in the Department of History can include courses on Jewish Course Requirements history but cannot be identical with the courses counted A total of 32 credit hours. Students are required to towards fulfillment of the Jewish Studies requirements. complete JSTU-H 520 (4 cr.); 16 credits (at least four Grades courses) to be distributed among courses taught by Jewish Studies faculty; and 12 credits (at least three Only courses that receive a grade of B- or higher will count courses) of electives. Of the electives, 3 credits can be in towards fulfillment of the course requirements. Students JSTU-J 699 for research towards an M.A. thesis. must retain an overall average in courses fulfilling the course requirements of B (3.0) or higher. Grades Language Requirement Only courses that receive a grade of B- or higher will count towards fulfillment of the course requirements. Students Second-year reading proficiency in one language must retain an overall average in courses fulfilling the relevant to the student’s research interest, normally course requirements of B (3.0) or higher. Modern Hebrew, Yiddish, or Biblical Hebrew, is required for completion of the degree. Language courses in a Language Requirement language relevant for the student’s research interest, Completion of the Jewish Studies M.A. requires second- normally Modern Hebrew, Yiddish, or Biblical Hebrew, can year reading proficiency in a language relevant to the be counted to fulfill the elective credit requirement. student’s research interest, normally Modern Hebrew, M.A. Thesis, Comprehensive Exam, and History Field Biblical Hebrew, or Yiddish. First and second year Review (elementary and intermediate level) language courses in the first foreign language do not count towards the degree To complete the Jewish Studies component of the dual requirements but may be necessary to demonstrate M.A., students will have a choice of writing an M.A. thesis proficiency. Up to 6 credits in a second relevant language (not to exceed 40 pages or 12,000 words) or completing a comprehensive exam. Students who choose the thesis May 26, 2016 265 option will register for 3 credits under JSTU-J 699 and Director of Graduate Studies will be examined on the thesis by a committee of three faculty members, at least two of whom must be Jewish Sarah Imhoff* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies) Studies faculty. Students who select the comprehensive Graduate Faculty exam option will be examined on a reading list to be (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University selected in consultation with the exam committee, which Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct will consist of three faculty members, at least two of whom doctoral dissertations.) must be Jewish Studies faculty. In order to complete the History component of the M.A., students will undergo a Dr. Alice Field Cohn Chair in Yiddish Studies field review in the Department of History, for which they Dov-Ber Kerler* (Jewish Studies and Germanic Studies) will submit two papers written for a History course, at least Alvin H. Rosenfeld Chair in Jewish Studies one of which was written in a seminar. Mirjam Zadoff* (Jewish Studies and History) Ph.D. Minor in Jewish Studies The Borns Jewish Studies Program has as its objective Irving M. Glazer Chair in Jewish Studies the study of Jewish civilization from antiquity to the present and its interaction with and impact on Alvin H. Rosenfeld * (Jewish Studies and English) world civilization. The program draws on the many Jay and Jeanie Schottenstein Chair in Jewish Studies disciplines necessary to study the multifaceted Jewish experience, thus bringing a variety of approaches to Shaul Magid* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies) the study of Jewish civilization. The contributing units Lou and Sybil Mervis Chair in the Study of Jewish include Comparative Literature, English, Germanic Culture Studies, History, Musicology, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, Political Science, Religious Studies, the Judah Cohen* (Jewish Studies and Musicology) Russian and East European Institute, and the School of Global and International Studies. Because of the Pat M. Glazer Chair in Jewish Studies interdisciplinary nature of the Jewish Studies Program, Mark Roseman* (Jewish Studies and History) the structure of course work will vary according to each student’s areas of interest and departmental requirements. Rudy Professor of Political Science Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science) Course Requirements Professors Fifteen (15) hours of graduate credit in courses on Jewish Studies with a grade of B or higher. All students are James S. Ackerman* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Paul required to take a core course, JSTU-H 520 Colloquium in Eisenberg* (Emeritus, Philosophy), Stephen Katz* (Jewish Jewish Studies. No more than two courses may be taken Studies and Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), in the student’s home department. No more than 6 credit Dov-Ber Kerler* (Jewish Studies and Germanic Studies), hours of individualized readings can be applied to the Shaul Magid* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies), minor. No more than eight (8) hours of transfer credit from Herbert J. Marks* (Comparative Literature), Michael another institution may be applied to the minor. Relevant Morgan* (Emeritus, Jewish Studies and Philosophy), Mark graduate courses from any discipline may be counted Roseman* (Jewish Studies and History), Alvin Rosenfeld* toward the minor. With permission from a student’s home (Jewish Studies and English) department, students may pursue an intensive minor Associate Professors in Jewish studies. The selection of courses must be approved by the Jewish Studies Associate Director or Judah Cohen* (Jewish Studies and Folklore and Academic Advisor. Ethnomusicology), Aziza Khazzoom* (Jewish Studies and Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Dina Spechler* Note: Some departments offer concentrations in Jewish (Political Science), Mirjam Zadoff* (Jewish Studies and content within the department. For instance, doctoral History) students in History can major in "Modern Jewish History." Doctoral students in Religious Studies can focus on Assistant Professors "Jewish Thought and Culture," "Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern Religions," or "Religion in the Guadalupe Gonzalez Dieguez (Jewish Studies and Near Americas." Eastern Languages and Cultures), Sarah Imhoff (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies), Jason Mokhtarian (Jewish Ph.D. Minor in Yiddish Studies and Religious Studies), Eva Mroczek (Jewish Students may complete a Ph.D. minor in Yiddish through Studies and Religious Studies), Noam Zadoff* (Jewish the Department of Germanic Studies. Requirements Studies and History) include 12 credits, consisting of GER Y502, GER Y503, Adjunct Professors GER Y504, 3 remaining credits to be chosen from GER Y505, GER Y506, GER Y815, and other courses focusing Joëlle Bahloul* (Emerita, Anthropology), Jack Bielasiak* on non-language Yiddish topics. (Political Science), Michelle Facos* (History of Art), Susan Gubar* (Emerita, English), Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Faculty Science), Jeremy Schott (Religious Studies), Bronislava Director Volková* (Emerita, Slavics and East European Languages Mark Roseman* (Jewish Studies and History) and Cultures) Adjunct Associate Professors 266 May 26, 2016

Halina Goldberg* (Music-Musicology), Jeremy Schott Folklore (Religious Studies), Jonathan Simons* (Communication FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) Topic: Narrative in and Culture) Musical Theatre Senior Lecturer and Director of Modern Hebrew FOLK-F 634 Jewish Folklore and Ethnology (3 cr.) Language Program Topic: Aesthetics of Jewish Life Ayelet Weiss, Goodbody Hall 312, (812) 855-2338 Germanic Studies Senior Lecturer in Hebrew GER-Y 501 Beginning Yiddish I (3 cr.) Michal Maoz-Levy GER-Y 502 Beginning Yiddish II (3 cr.) Academic Advisor GER-Y 503 Intermediate Yiddish I (3 cr.) Carolyn Lipson-Walker, Goodbody Hall 325, (812) GER-Y 504 Intermediate Yiddish II (3 cr.) 855-0453 GER-Y 505 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) Topics: Courses Fantasy, Realism, and Fiction: The First Century of Modern Yiddish Literature, 1810-1913; Love, Soul, and Jewish Studies Destiny in Modern Yiddish Literature; Readings in Modern JSTU-H 500 Topics in Jewish Studies (3 cr.) Topics: Yiddish Poetry; Selected Readings in 20th-Century Jewish Thought; and Contemporary Israel Yiddish Fiction. Intensive study of selected topics and issues in Jewish GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) Topics: Studies. May be repeated with different topics for credit. Aspects of Modern Yiddish Culture, 1880-1980; Culture, JSTU-H 520 Colloquium in Jewish Studies (4 cr.) Memory, and Identity: Yiddish in the Post-Holocaust This course is an interdisciplinary survey of various World; Ghetto, Shtetl, and Beyond: Millennium of the methodologies and approaches to the field of Jewish History and Sociology of Yiddish; History and Society of studies. Yiddish; A Language Without an Army: Functions and Conceptions of Yiddish Through the Ages; Readings in JSTU-H 595 Directed Readings in Jewish Studies Yiddish Ethnography: Folklore and Dialectology; Yiddish in (1-3 cr.) Directed readings in various topics in Jewish America; Yiddish Life: On Page, On Stage, On Screen. Studies; topics, credit hours, and readings to be determined in consultation with faculty member with whom GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: the student wishes to work. May be repeated twice for up Language, Literature and Culture (1-4 cr.) to 6 credit hours. History JSTU-J 699 M.A. Thesis in Jewish Studies (3 cr.) The HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern Western European thesis should not exceed 40 pages or 12,000 words. History (4 cr.) Topics: Approaches to Jewish Studies; A Thesis defense before a committee of three faculty Century of Genocide; Globalization and Jewish History; members, at least two of whom must be Jewish Studies Historiography of the Holocaust; Jews in Modern Europe; faculty. Life after Death: Rebuilding Germany after World War II. JSTU-P 598 Internship in Jewish Studies (1-6 cr.) S/ HIST-H 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) F grading. Through internships, students make particular Topics: Jews in Eastern Europe; The Holocaust in the use of their skills, learn new skills, and start to build Soviet Union professional contacts in their field of interest HIST-H 645 Colloquium in East European History Comparative Literature (4 cr.) Topic: Jews of Eastern Europe; Jews of Modern CMLT-C 505 Western Literary and Intellectual Europe. Traditions to 1500 (4 cr.) Topic: Ancient Mediterranean HIST-H 680 Colloquium in Cultural History (4 cr.) Literature and the Rise of Interpretation HIST-H 720 Seminar in Modern Western European CMLT-C 545 The Bible and Western Literature (4 cr.) History (4 cr.) (when topic focuses on Hebrew Bible) Topics: The Poetics of Biblical Narrative; Prophecy and Poetry. HIST-H 745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) English HIST-H 780 Seminar in Cultural History (4 cr.) ENG-W 602 Contemporary Theories in Rhetoric and Composition (4 cr.) Topic: Rhetoric, Representation, and Institute for Biblical and Literary Studies the Holocaust. IBLS-I 600 Colloquium in Biblical and Literary Studies (4 cr.) (when topic focuses on Hebrew Bible) ENG-L 761 American Poetry (4 cr.) Topic: Conceptualizing Culture after Auschwitz Near Eastern Languages and Culture NELC-B 501 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) ENG-L 762 Research in Composition, Literacy, and Culture (4 cr.) Topic: Rhetoric, Representation, and the NELC-B 502 Elementary Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) Holocaust NELC-B 503 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) ENG-L 780 Special Studies in English and American NELC-B 504 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) Literature (4 cr.) Topic: Literature of the Holocaust May 26, 2016 267 NELC-H 501 Elementary Hebrew I (3 cr.) Journalism NELC-H 502 Elementary Hebrew II (3 cr.) School of Journalism NELC-H 503 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] NELC-H 504 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ NELC-H 505 Advanced Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The NELC-H 506 Advanced Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School NELC-H 575 Introductory Readings in Hebrew Bulletin.) Literature (3 cr.) Curriculum NELC-H 590 Intensive Elementary Hebrew (4 cr.) NELC-N 511 Foreign Study in Near Eastern Languages Degrees Offered and Cultures (2-8 cr.) This legacy program is no longer accepting new applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School NELC-N 587 Modern Hebrew Literature in English entry for new program requirements related to this area of (3 cr.) study. NELC-N 588 Recent Hebrew Literature in English Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, dual (3 cr.) Master of Arts and Master of Library Science (jointly with the Department of Information and Library NELC-N 591 Directed Readings in Hebrew (1-6 cr.) Science), dual Master of Arts and Master of Public NELC-N 675 The Kibbutz in Fact and Fiction (3 cr.) Affairs, dual Master of Arts and Master of Science in Environmental Science (jointly with the School of Public NELC-N 687 Modern Hebrew Literature in Hebrew and Environmental Affairs), dual Master of Arts with (3 cr.) Folklore and Ethnomusicology (jointly with the Department NELC-N 691 Research in Medieval Hebrew Texts (3 cr.) of Folklore and Ethnomusicology), dual Master of Arts and J.D. in Law (jointly with the Maurer School of Law), and NELC-N 695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern Doctor of Philosophy. Languages and Cultures (1-4 cr.) Topics: Biblical Themes in Modern Hebrew Literature in English; Gender, Special School Requirements Difference, and Israel; Introductory Readings in Hebrew (See also general University Graduate School Literature; Israeli Film and Fiction; Modern Hebrew requirements.) Literature in English; Recent Hebrew Literature in English; Recent Hebrew Literature in Hebrew; S. Y. Agnon and the Master’s Degrees Jewish Experience. Master of Arts Degree Four programs (sequences) are available: digital NELC-N 708 Seminar in Judaic Literature (3 cr.) journalism; global jounalism; health and science Religious Studies journalism; political journalism. REL-R 511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) Admission Requirements REL-R 521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) Topics: (1) A superior record in the undergraduate major from Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern Religions; Paul a recognized institution, (2) an appropriate level of and His Influence in Early Christianity. achievement on the Graduate Record Examination REL-R 541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, and (4) a 500-word statement of purpose. REL-R 610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion Superior students who have not majored in journalism (4 cr.) or mass communications are encouraged to apply. The school accepts applications for admission to our M.A. REL-R 615 The Bible in Literature Courses (4 cr.) program at any time. REL-R 660 Religion and Culture (4 cr.) Topics: Grades American Jewish Thought and Culture; Studies in American Judaism: Theological and Cultural Perspectives. B (3.0) average or above required. Master of Arts Degree REL-R 663 History of Biblical Interpretation (4 cr.) Course Requirements REL-R 672 Religious Thought and Ethics (4 cr.) Topic: The Jewish Jesus: From Antiquity to the Present A total of 30 credit hours, each sequence with specific requirements. A special arrangement with the Department REL-R 714 Studies in Jewish Thought and Culture of Information and Library Science allows a 12 credit (4 cr.) minor in that school. REL-R 763 History of Biblical Interpretation (4 cr.) Political Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) REL-R 793 Advanced Biblical Study (1-4 cr.) • J500 Introduction to Mass Media Research (3 cr.) • J501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) 268 May 26, 2016

• J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) Major Field Course Requirements • J571 Media Theory (3 cr.) A minimum of 20 credit hours in journalism, advertising • J572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) (marketing), and telecommunications. Consult the • J660 Public Opinion (3 cr.) associate dean for graduate studies for specific degree • J673 Government and Media (3 cr.) requirements. • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Degrees Global Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) Admission Requirements • J500 Introduction to Mass Media Research (3 cr.) Students must be admitted by both the School of • J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Journalism and the Department of Information and Library • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) Science. Requirements for admission to the School of • J518 International Media Experiences (4 cr.) Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. • J530 Issues in New Communication Technology (3 Course Requirements cr.) • J560 Topics Colloquium: Media and International A total of 21 credit hours in journalism, including J500, Affairs (3 cr.) J510, J651, a graduate-level reporting course, either • J560 Topics Colloquium: Foreign News Coverage (3 a professional skills course or J800, and 6 additional cr.) credit hours of graduate journalism electives. Thirty • J614 Communication and National Development (3 (30) credit hours are required in the Department of cr.) Information and Library Science (ILS), including the M.L.S. • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) Foundation courses (18 credit hours), and other required and elective ILS courses (12 credit hours) to bring the total • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) of Information and Library Science credit hours to 30. Health and Science Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) Dual Master of Arts and Master of Public Affairs • J501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) (M.P.A.) • J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) The School of Journalism and the School of Public and • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) Environmental Affairs collaborate in a combined master’s • J520 Seminar in Visual Communication (3 cr.) degree program that addresses the demand for specialists who combine public management and public policy with • or J563 Computerized Publication Design I (3 public affairs reporting and writing or the study of media cr.) in society. The program prepares students for positions • or J565 Computerized Publication Design II (3 in the media, government, business, and nonprofit cr.) organizations. Candidates for the combined degree • or J560 Topics Colloquium: Informational complete core requirements and elective courses from Graphics (3 cr.) the School of Journalism. Candidates must be admitted to both schools. • J554 Science Writing (3 cr.) • J560 Topics Colloquium: Health Reporting (3 cr.) Candidates also complete the core requirements for the • J572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) M.P.A. and 15 additional credit hours selected from an • J592 Media Internship with Media Outlets Suggested approved list of courses offered by the School of Public (3 cr.) and Environmental Affairs. • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) Program Requirements (57 credit hours) • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) Master of Arts in Journalism Requirements (21 credit Digital News Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) hours) • J505 Intensive Reporting, Writing, and Editing Twenty-one (21) credit hours are required for the Master Workshop (3 cr.) of Arts in Journalism. For specific requirements, see the • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) School of Journalism Bulletin. • J516 Digital Journalism Practicum I (6 cr.) Master of Public Affairs Requirements (36 credit • J565 Computerized Publication Design II (6 cr.) hours) • J700 Specialized Reporting Project (Capstone) (3 cr.) Required Courses (21 credit hours) • plus 9 additional journalism credits (9 cr.) • SPEA V502 Public Management (3 cr.) (The course requirements listed for the Digital News • SPEA V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Journalism Track are tentative. New graduate students in Decision Making (3 cr.) the Digital New Journalism sequence must enroll in J505 • SPEA V517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) and J510 during late summer, befoe the fall semester. • SPEA V540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) Both of these courses count toward the 30 credit hours • SPEA V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) required for the Digital News Journalism Sequence.) • SPEA V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 269

Specialization Courses (18 credit hours) project to integrate their Folklore and Ethnomusicology interests and their Journalism interests, with a committee Each student is required to develop a specialized of two Folklore/Ethnomusicology faculty and one or more concentration comprised of courses approved by a SPEA Journalism faculty. faculty advisor. Concentration must be in SPEA. In addition to the 24 credits required by the School of Dual Master of Arts and Master of Science in Journalism and the 24 credits required by Folklore and Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) Ethnomusicology, students must complete at least two General Requirements additional credit hours to fulfill the university’s 50-credit A total of 58 credit hours is required for the dual Master minimum for any dual M.A. of Arts and Master of Science in Environmental Science Dual Master of Arts and J.D. in Law (M.S.E.S.). Admission Admission Requirements Students may apply to the School of Journalism on the Students must be admitted by both the School of Bloomington campus at the same time they apply to Journalism and the School of Public and Environmental the Maurer School of Law on the Bloomington campus. Affairs. Requirements for admission to the School of Students already enrolled in the Maurer School of Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. Law may apply to the School of Journalism up to the completion of their second year of law study. Students Journalism Course Requirements enrolled in School of Journalism may apply to the Maurer School of Law up to the end of their first year of the Requirements: A total of 21 credit hours in journalism, master’s program. Students would customarily spend the including J510, J502 (Quantitative Research Methods first year in the Maurer School of Law and thereafter divide for Journalists), J572, three graduate level professional- the second, third, and fourth years between the two units. skills classes and 3 additional credit hours of graduate journalism electives. Credit Hours Note: A student without an undergraduate journalism degree may be required to take J505 Reporting/Editing The joint program would require a minimum of 79 hours in Workshop. law and 30 hours in Journalism. SPEA Course Requirements Curriculum Thirty-seven (36) credit hours are required for the See above curriculum for Master of Arts degree, Research M.S.E.S. (Master of Science in Environmental Science). and Teaching Track or the Master of Arts degree, Professional Track. The M.S.E.S. requirements include E526, E527, E536, E538, E552, V517 plus an additional 18 credits in a Doctor of Philosophy Degree concentration area to be decided in consultation with a The School of Journalism offers the Doctor of Philosophy SPEA MSES advisor (faculty member). degree in mass communications, journalism track. Dual Master of Arts with Folklore and Admission Requirements Ethnomusicology (1) Master’s degree from a recognized institution, (2) Admission Requirements superior record in the major subject, (3) appropriate level Students must be admitted by both the School of of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination Journalism and the Department of Folklore and General Test, (4) three letters of recommendation, and (5) Ethnomusicology, which is part of the College of Arts and a 500-word statement of purpose. Students who have not Sciences. Requirements for admission to the School of majored in mass communications at either the bachelor’s Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. or master’s level are encouraged to apply. Consult the associate dean for graduate studies on whether graduate Journalism Course Requirements credit can be granted for course work done at the M.A. level. A total of 24 credit hours in journalism, including J505, J510, J502 (Quantitative Research Methods for The school accepts applications for admission to our Journalists), J572, one graduate level visual professional- Ph.D. program for fall semester only. The deadline for skills class, two professional-skills classes, and 3 applications is December 1 for international students and additional credit hours of graduate journalism electives. January 15 for U.S. students. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements Course Requirements A minimum of 24 credit hours in folklore and (1) Foundation core of J500, J600, J651, J570 or J571, ethnomusicology, including: F501; and any one of the J555 and one statistics course. (2) Either proficiency following: F516, F517, E522, E529; plus either of the in depth in an appropriate language, usually French, following: F523 or F525; plus five additional Folklore German, Russian, or Spanish; or completion of an courses (15 credits), must be approved by Folklore approved set of three tool-skill courses. With the adviser prior to enrollment; plus reading proficiency in permission of the director of graduate studies, these one modern foreign language; plus a final thesis/project. courses may be counted in the concentration areas. (3) At Students in this dual program are required to complete least two other approved courses at the 600 level in the the thesis/project that is required for the Folklore and School of Journalism. These courses may be counted in Ethnomusicology M.A. They may develop their thesis/ the concentration areas. (4) Twenty-one (21) to 27 credit 270 May 26, 2016 hours in each of two concentration areas; and up to 27 and at least one other member of the committee must credit hours in electives and dissertation for a minimum of be journalism faculty. The members may be, but need 90 credit hours. not be, the same as those who served on the advisory committee, and the chairperson may be the same or Much of the concentration area course work will be different. The chairperson should be a full member of the taken in departments outside the School of Journalism. graduate faculty. All members must be members of the Students, in consultation with their faculty advisors, graduate faculty, and at least half the committee must be should construct concentration areas according to full members. their own research interests. The concentration areas may be selected from the following: (1) international Final Examination communication, (2) history and philosophy of communication, (3) communication law, (4) the media and Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. public policy, (5) economics and media management, (6) Ph.D. Minor in Journalism media and social systems, (7) political communication, Students outside the School of Journalism must take (8) communication and culture, (9) visual communication, 12 credit hours of graduate course work in the School and (10) communication ethics. With the approval of the of Journalism to earn a minor. Upon consultation with advisory committee, students may choose other areas the associate dean for graduate studies, students may of concentration more closely related to their interests. organize a minor tailored to their interests, but they must Students should consult their faculty advisors in selecting submit the proposed program of study to the Graduate courses in concentration areas. Committee of the School of Journalism for approval. Grades Faculty B (3.0) average or above required overall and in School of Dean Journalism course work. Michael R. Evans* Periodic Review Graduate Faculty At the beginning of the second year, members of the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University graduate faculty together with the student’s advisor will Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct meet with the student’s first-year instructors to examine doctoral dissertations.) the grade and research records of each graduate student to assess the student’s strengths and areas in need of Professors attention. Any student whose achievements and potential fall far below standard will be discouraged from further Trevor Brown* (Emeritus), Claude H. Cookman*, Dan work. Drew* (Emeritus), Jack E. Dvorak* (Emeritus), Peter Jacobi* (Emeritus), Shannon E. Martin*, David P. Advisory Committee Selection Nord* (Emeritus), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita),Radhika Parameswaran*, Carol C. Polsgrove* (Emerita), Steven During the first semester of the second year of course Laurence Raymer, David H. Weaver* (Emeritus), G. work, students will select four faculty members to serve on Cleveland Wilhoit* (Emeritus), Lars Willnat the advisory committee. Most students select one member for the core, one for each of the two concentration areas, Associate Professors and one for methodology. The chair of the advisory committee must be a member of the journalism faculty. David Boeyink* (Emeritus), Bonnie Jeanne One other member of the committee must come from Brownlee, Michael Thomas Conway*, Jon Paul journalism. A least two of the members must be on the Dilts*(Emeritus), Michael Evans*, Anthony L. Fargo*, graduate faculty, and one must be from outside the Owen V. Johnson*, James Kelly, Lesa Hatley Major*, S. journalism and telecommunications faculty. The outside Holly Stocking* (Emerita) member usually represents one of the concentration Assistant Professors areas. Hans Ibold, Jae Kook Lee, Emily Metzgar Qualifying Examination Senior Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Each student is evaluated for Ph.D. candidacy in the Research following ways: at the completion of course work, the student will take (1) a four-hour written examination on Professor Lesa Hatley Major*, Ernie Pyle Hall 200H, (812) the foundation core, (2) a problem-solving, take-home 855-8111 examination on methodology, (3) a four-hour written examination on the first concentration area, (4) a four-hour Courses written examination on the second concentration area; and JOUR-J 500 Introduction to Mass Media Research following the written examinations, (5) a comprehensive (3 cr.) Seminar on content analysis, experiments, survey oral examination administered by the student’s advisory methods, qualitative research, historical and legal committee. (The written and oral examinations must be methodology. Development of media research proposals. completed within a period of no more than four weeks.) JOUR-J 501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) Lectures Research Committee Selection and roundtable discussion of problems in covering public The research committee will consist of four faculty affairs issues at the national, state, and local levels. members, one from outside the School of Journalism and Emphasis on reporting on government, social welfare the Department of Telecommunications. The chairperson May 26, 2016 271 agencies, elections, political parties, special interest to relevant Public relations theory and in-depth case study groups, and other areas of general public interest. analysis. JOUR-J 502 Quantitative Research Methods for JOUR-J 530 Issues in New Communication Journalists (3 cr.) Introduction to social science principles Technology (3 cr.) Study of the political, economic, of measurement, sampling, statistical inferences and logic social, legal, and historical issues involved in the of research design in collection, analysis and interpretation introduction and diffusion of communication technologies. of information used in journalism and mass media. Research on the uses and potential effects of new technologies on the structure and practice of journalism JOUR-J 505 Intensive Reporting, Writing, and Editing and mass media. Workshop (3-6 cr.) This course introduces graduate students to the fundamental practices and principles of JOUR-J 531 Public Relations for Nonprofits (3 cr.) writing, reporting, editing and design for the print media. This graduate seminar focuses on how a nonprofit Students will develop skills in news judgment, document- organization creates images and how it shapes its based information gathering, interviewing, observation and programs and goals to gain public support. Assignments description, news and feature writing, ethics, page layout, and readings are designed to foster a theoretical and headline writing, copy editing, content editing, and photo practical understanding of promotional techniques and editing. campaigns using journalistic and other media. JOUR-J 510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) JOUR-J 542 Arts, Media, and Society (3 cr.) Study Examination of structure, functions, ethics, and of issues in arts journalism and the role of the arts in performance of communication and mass media, stressing mass media and society. Lectures by guest experts and a review of pertinent research literature. Analysis of media independent research on current trends and problems in policies and performance in light of communication theory the field, emphasizing the public affairs aspects of the arts. and current economic, political, and social thought. JOUR-J 544 Science, Society, and Media (3 cr.) An JOUR-J 514 International Communication (3 cr.) examination of science in society, with a particular look at Comparative analysis of international media systems. research and commentary on media coverage of science Course topics and geographical regions studied vary from and technology. Reading, reflection, and discussion of semester to semester. both theoretical and practical issues, and independent reading and research on a topic of the student’s own JOUR-J 516 Digital News Practicum I (6 cr.) News choosing. production in the WFIU and WTIU studios supervised by School of Journalism faculty. JOUR-J 551 Seminar: Reporting the Law (3 cr.) Study of public affairs aspects of the law. Research and JOUR-J 517 Digital News Practicum II (6 cr.) News reporting on timely topics pertaining to the courts, the legal production in the WFIU and WTIU studios supervised by profession, and law enforcement agencies particularly as School of Journalism faculty. they relate to the social-political-economic order. JOUR-J 518 International Media Experience (4 cr.) JOUR-J 552 Seminar: Reporting the Arts (3 cr.) Travel to or study of media systems beyond domestic Principles of literary, theater, art, dance, and music environment. reporting and criticism. Emphasis on the preparation of JOUR-J 520 Seminar in Visual Communication (3 cr.) articles for publication. Integration of advanced visual communication skills, JOUR-J 553 Education and the Media (3 cr.) Study of including photography, writing, and editing. Individual problems and issues in such areas as school finance, projects in packaging news and public affairs information. curriculum development, teaching methodology, and the Emphasis on experimentation with message forms outside politics of education. Research and reporting on current constraints of the traditional news media. trends in the field. JOUR-J 525 Colloquium in Scholastic Journalism JOUR-J 554 Science Writing (3 cr.) Exploration of the (1-3 cr.) Examination of problems in teaching journalism challenges and opportunities associated with writing and supervising school publications. Topics may include about science for nonscientists. Reading and discussion impact on scholastic journalism of changes in educational of articles and texts about communicating science to philosophy, law, financial support, and technology. May be nonscientists, and practical exercises in reporting and repeated for state certification to teach secondary school writing. journalism, but no more than 6 credits may be counted toward graduate degree. JOUR-J 555 Teaching Mass Communications in College (3 cr.) Exploration of the theory and practice of JOUR-J 528 Public Relations Management (3 cr.) college pedagogy. Specific attention to skills required for Designed to enable students to manage a public relations teaching mass communications. Includes development of department. Theories and principles relevant to public a new course syllabus and teaching portfolio. relations practiced in agency, corporate, and not-for-profit organizations will be covered. This will include developing JOUR-J 556 Seminar: Urban Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) goals and objectives, working with clients, developing Study of current urban problems, such as air pollution, budgets, and research methods. transportation, inner-city redevelopment, ghetto life, and metropolitan government. Research and reporting on JOUR-J 529 Public Relations Campaigns (3 cr.) timely topics. Designed to provide students with the opportunity to develop and execute a Public relations campaign for a JOUR-J 560 Topics Colloquium (1-4 cr.) Topical local not-for-profit organization. Students will be exposed seminar dealing with changing subjects and material from 272 May 26, 2016 semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit JOUR-J 600 Quantitative Methods in Mass with a different topic. Communication Research (3 cr.) P: J500 or R500, and one statistics course. Advanced behavioral methods in JOUR-J 563 Computerized Publication Design I (3 cr.) the analysis of mass communication data. Practice in This publishing design course incorporates typesetting, analyzing data with computerized statistical programs. electronic photo editing, graphics, and page design. Students are instructed in design theory, computer JOUR-J 614 Communication and National publishing skills, and creative problem solving. Development (3 cr.) Study of the structure and roles of the mass media in national development and the JOUR-J 565 Computerized Publication Design II (3 cr.) application of communication theory and technology to the This advanced publishing design course builds on J563 problems of development and social change. Computerized Design I and incorporates advanced work in color, type design, computer illustration, creative problem JOUR-J 624 Russian and East European Area Media solving, and an introduction to print production. Systems (3 cr.) Investigation of theory and practice of communications systems in the region, including JOUR-J 570 Theory and Research: Individual Level history, news content, institutions, journalists, technology, (3 cr.) Introduction to the theory and research relevant economic and political pressures, as well as audience and to mass media studies at the individual level of analysis. international influences. Corresponds to R541 in the telecommunications department. JOUR-J 650 History and Philosophy of the Media (3 cr.) Lectures and discussion on the origins, the JOUR-J 571 Theory and Research: Macro-Social Level historical growth, and the philosophical roots of the (3 cr.) Introduction to theoretical orientations and research communication media, with particular emphasis on the findings at the macro-social level of analysis. relationship between the media and political, economic, JOUR-J 572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) social, and cultural trends in the United States. Seminar on specialized topics concerning the rights JOUR-J 651 Qualitative Methods in Mass and obligations of mass media under the Bill of Rights. Communication Research (3 cr.) Seminar on qualitative, Research and discussion on law of privacy, access, and historical, and legal research methods for mass other constitutional problems. communication research. JOUR-J 573 Ethnographic Reporting and Writing JOUR-J 653 The Media in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) This skills course explores the ethnographic, (3 cr.) Seminar on topics in the history and philosophy community-based approach to magazine journalism. of the communication media in the twentieth century, Students will gain an understanding of how communities stressing both continuity and change in an age of rapid invest themselves, and how to report from this technological growth for print and electronic media in the perspective. United States and in selected areas of the world. JOUR-J 574 Gender and Media (3 cr.) This course JOUR-J 655 Ethics and Journalism (3 cr.) Exploration exposes students to work in the broad interdisciplinary of the role of ethics in journalism. Using literature that arena of gender and media. It will address the complex examines ethics in the context of journalism practice, ways gender conceptions structure the cultural and the course will analyze ways journalists attempt to deny economic landscape of media, including newspaper, or limit the role of ethical values. Special attention to television, magazines, advertising, and photography. objectivity, freedom, and casuistry. JOUR-J 575 Student Press Law and Ethics (1-3 cr.) JOUR-J 660 Topics Colloquium (3 cr.) Topical seminar This course explores legal and ethical dilemmas dealing with changing subjects and material from surrounding high school student media. This course traces semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. the history of the student rights movement, especially concentrating on student press rights and responsibilities. JOUR-J 672 Topics in Communication Law (3 cr.) Independent research and roundtable analysis of selected JOUR-J 576 Management of School Publications problems in communication law. (1-3 cr.) This course will focus on high school press advertising and management. It examines faculty, JOUR-J 673 Government and Mass Media (3 cr.) administration, and staff relations; management Independent research and roundtable analysis of political techniques; staff and editorial policies; legal and ethical communication and government-media relations. responsibilities; and trends in the high school press. JOUR-J 700 Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) This JOUR-J 577 Yearbook Advising (1-3 cr.) This class course is eligible for a deferred grade. focuses on high school yearbook advising. The course will cover yearbook financial management, business JOUR-J 800 M.A. Thesis or Creative Project (3 cr.) This contracts, common components of marketing/sales, course is eligible for a deferred grade. faculty/administration/staff management, supervising JOUR-J 804 Readings and Research in Journalism techniques, and legal and ethical responsibilities. (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. JOUR-J 592 Media Internship (1-3 cr.) Professional Graduate experience in media. Students hold work assignments with GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications media organizations. Grading is on an S/F basis. Arranged (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. through the associate dean for graduate studies office. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. May 26, 2016 273

GRAD-G 790 Readings and Research in Mass Departmental URL http://www.iub.edu/~landskib Communications (1-3 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Landscape Studies University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School College of Arts and Sciences Bulletin. Requirements may or may not be reflected Departmental E-mail: [email protected] identically in departmental URL’s.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~landskib Graduate Faculty (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements doctoral dissertations.) contained only in The University Graduate School Professors Bulletin.) Michelle Facos* (History of Art), Daniel Knudsen* Curriculum (Geography), Edward Linenthal* (History) Ph.D. Minor in Landscape Studies Associate Professors The Landscape Studies Program encourages interdisciplinary study and critical analysis of Laurel Cornell* (Sociology), Owen Dwyer III (Geogreaphy, landscape. The program offers training in this important IUPUI), Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice), Vicky multidisciplinary field that has grown in importance in the Meretsky* (Applied Ecology, Public and Environmental last decade. The program is one of a very few programs in Affairs), Phaedra Pezzullo* (Communication and Culture); the U.S. that focus explicitly on Landscape Studies at the Eric Sandweiss* (Carmony Chair, History), Reyes Vila- graduate level. Belda* (Spanish and Portuguese) Admission and Program of Study Associate Professor Emeritus In collaboration with the Landscape Studies director and Charles Greer* (Geography) the student’s major program advisor, students are required Courses to submit a Program of Study to the Landscape Studies Advisory Committee for final approval. The Program Courses which meet the criteria of the Ph.D. Minor in of Study will provide the rationale for the student’s Landscape Studies come from several disciplines and proposed curriculum and will list the courses, with professional schools. All students are expected to take alternative selections in the event such courses are not L800. offered on a timely basis, that will serve as the student’s minor program. With the Landscape Studies Advisory GRAD-L 800 Seminar in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) Committee’s approval of the Program of Study, the An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in landscape studies student will become officially enrolled in the Landscape that provides students with an understanding of the history Studies Program. of landscape studies, basic theoretical tools, and an overview of principal landscape studies themes. Students Ph.D. Minor Requirements are required to engage in fieldwork as part of the class. Requirements for the Landscape Studies Ph.D. minor encourage graduate students to develop a program GRAD-L 830 Readings in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) of academic inquiry that complements their doctoral P: Consent of the director. program and takes advantage of the wide range of Supervised readings on selected topics in landscape College of Arts and Sciences faculty with training in the studies. fields of landscape geography, environmental history, landscape literature and art, and landscape architecture. Latin American and Caribbean Each program is developed in consultation between the student and the Landscape Studies director. Students Studies must complete L800: Seminar in Landscape Studies, School of Global and International Studies a suitable theory course, an approved elective course, College of Arts and Sciences and a directed readings course focused on landscape studies with a member of the Landscape Studies faculty Departmental E-mail: [email protected] and approved by the Landscape Studies director for a total of 12 credit hours. Of hours counted toward the minor, Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~clacs at least 9 must be from outside the student’s major field. The Department of Latin American and Caribbean Studies Additionally, the Landscape Studies Program will submit is affiliated with the new School of Global and International one question for the student’s qualifying examination. Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, Faculty dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, Graduate Minor Director work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Daniel C. Knudsen* (Geography) emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, Departmental E-mail [email protected] and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative 274 May 26, 2016 methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Course Requirements access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the A total of 30 credit hours from graduate courses related mission, structure and resources of the School of Global to Latin America and the Caribbean: At least 12 credit and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. hours in one major field, and 9 credit hours in a second minor field; 3 credit hours of the interdisciplinary seminar (Please note that when conferring University Graduate L501; the remaining 6 credit hours from Latin American School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and Caribbean studies courses or related courses in other University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements departments. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Students may concentrate in discrete disciplinary fields, like anthropology or history, as well as interdisciplinary fields like development studies, race and gender studies, Program Information Brazilian studies, Andean studies, Mesoamerican studies, expressive culture, or environmental studies. No more The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies than a total of 6 credits of graduate-level (500 or above) fulfills a direct teaching function through its M.A. program language study may be used toward the major or minor and its doctoral-level certificate and minor, as well as a fields. At least 3 credits must be taken both in the arts/ highly important liaison and coordinating function among humanities and the social/policy sciences. Up to 6 credits departments and schools with teaching, research, and of independent study or thesis preparation may be used contract responsibilities related to Latin America and the to research and write the thesis, but normally no more Caribbean. than 3 of these 6 can be used for the major or minor fields. The teaching mission aims toward interdisciplinary Students pursuing the dual degree cannot use more than training in the Latin American and Caribbean area in a 3 credits of thesis preparation toward the CLACS degree. three- to four semester (30 credit hours) M.A. program, Grades specifically tailored to those preparing for business, government, foreign service, or secondary school and B (3.0) average or above must be maintained. junior college teaching opportunities. Advanced work Foreign Language Requirement in at least two fields and one interdisciplinary seminar give depth and breadth to such an education. Students Reading proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese or, in select their own fields of emphasis from the Departments special cases, in an Amerindian language or Haitian of Anthropology, Communication and Culture, Folklore Creole. and Ethnomusicology, Geography, History, Linguistics, and Spanish and Portuguese, as well as from the Kelley Final Examination Essays, Paper, or Thesis School of Business, the Jacobs School of Music, and The student shall choose one of the following as a final the Schools of Education, Journalism, and Public and project for the degree: Environmental Affairs. 1. A written examination consisting of two essays, Students working on the Ph.D. in other departments may administered in the last semester of course work. also qualify for an area certificate or outside minor in Latin The Director shall appoint an Examination Committee American and Caribbean Studies. consisting of at least three faculty members to supervise The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies is the preparation of reading lists and to evaluate the written affiliated with the new School of Global and International essays. At the discretion of the Director or Examination Studies in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated Committee Chair, an oral examination may be required to providing Indiana University graduate students with following the written examination. intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in 2. A polished and publication-quality research paper of the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree approximately 10,000 words, oriented to a peer-reviewed programs associated with SGIS emphasize language journal and presented in the last semester of course proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training work. The paper may or may not incorporate originally in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS gathered data or source material, but it should in every students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty case demonstrate the ability to synthesize, analyze, and and professional development opportunities. For further critique a body of literature or evidence in the service of information regarding the mission, structure and resources an original argument. The Director shall apoint a Paper of the School of Global and International Studies see: Committee of a least three faculty members to evaluate http://sgis.indiana.edu the reserach paper. At the discretion of the Committee, an Special Program Requirements oral exam may be required following the submission of the paper. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) 3. A formal thesis of approximately 50-100 pages, based on a significant amount of primary source material such Master of Arts Degree as ethnographic field data, historical archives, electronic Admission Requirement media and texts, artistic products, policy documents, and the like. Subject to the approval of the Director, Graduate Record Examination general test scores are the student shall prepare a written thesis proposal and generally required before candidates can be considered nominate a Thesis Committee consisting of at least for admission. three graduate faculty members, who will supervise the research, evaluate preliminary and final versions of the May 26, 2016 275 text, and conduct an oral examination on the thesis at required to take the two degrees separately (since certain least two weeks before the end of the term in which the courses contribute to both degrees). The two degrees degree is to be granted. The final, approved version of must be awarded simultaneously. the thesis must be submitted according to the guidelines published by the University Graduate School. The Latin American and Caribbean Studies (LTAM) M.A. degree requires a total of 30 credit hours, 24 credits of Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and which must be taken in Latin American and Caribbean Caribbean Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence Studies under the requirements established for the The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies M.A. Of these, the interdisciplinary seminar L501 must (CLACS) offers a joint degree program in cooperation with be taken, together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM the Maurer School of Law. The program is designed to courses or those Latin American and Caribbean Studies provide students with a thorough grounding in the Latin courses that are cross-listed with other departments or American region together with professional legal training. schools, except the Kelley School of Business. All other The joint degree program allows students to complete requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies the M.A. and J.D. with a total of 103 credit hours rather M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral than the 118 hours that would be required to complete the examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. two degrees separately. Students take at least 24 credit Students must also take 42 credit hours in the Kelley hours in CLACS and 79 credit hours in Law, including all School of Business under the requirements of the M.A./ required courses for the J.D. Under this program, the two M.B.A. degree, including the Foundations and Functional degrees must be awarded concurrently. Cores through the M.B.A. program, L506, L509, and the Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. Strategy Component. Up to 6 credit hours taken in the program in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Kelley School of Business may be counted as part of the the J.D. program in the Maurer School of Law, and must 30 credit hours normally required for the M.A. degree in be accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the LTAM. joint degree program. Students may apply for admission Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.B.A. degree to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students program must be made to the Center for Latin American enrolled in one program may apply for admission to the and Caribbean Studies and the University Graduate other any time before the completion of their degree. School for study toward the M.A. and to the Kelley School Students must complete 24 credit hours of advanced of Business for study toward the M.B.A. Students must be courses relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies accepted by all three units in order to be admitted to the with a minimum GPA of 3.0. The interdisciplinary seminar program. LTAM-L501 (3 credits) must be taken, together with Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses or those Latin American and Caribbean studies courses that are cross- Caribbean Studies and Master of Information Science listed with other departments. No courses satisfying the The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies 79 credits for the J.D. may be used simultaneously toward (CLACS) offers this dual degree program in cooperation the CLACS M.A., and students will be expected to take with the Department of Information and Library Science the majority of coursework toward the CLACS degree (ILS). The program prepares students for a wide range in graduate-level courses offered within the College of of careers requiring a combination of technical skills in Arts and Sciences. Prior approval from the Director of information science, foreign language proficiency, and Graduate Studies must be obtained for enrollment in area expertise. Study in the dual degree program allows any courses outside the College. All other requirements students to complete the M.A. and M.I.S. with a total of for completion of the Latin American Studies M.A., 60 credit hours rather than the 72 hours that would be including language proficiency and thesis or final paper/ required to take the two degrees separately. Students examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. take at least 24 credit hours in CLACS and at least 36 graduate credit hours in Information and Library Science. Students must complete 79 semester hours of credit in Under this program, the two degrees must be awarded the School of Law, including all its required coursework, simultaneously. and maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.3 to be eligible for graduation. Required coursework includes: Students must take 24 credit hours of advanced courses the first-year courses in Civil Procedure, Constitutional relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies. The Law I, Contracts, Criminal Law, Legal Profession, Legal interdisciplinary seminar LTAM-L501 (3 credits) must be Research and Writing I and II, Property, and Torts; a taken, together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses Research Seminar; an upper-level writing experience or those Latin American and Caribbean studies courses (seminar or writing course); and the Clinical/Practical Skills that are cross-listed with other departments. Students will Reqirement. be expected to take the majority of coursework toward the CLACS degree in graduate-level courses offered within Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and the College of Arts and Sciences. Prior approval from Caribbean Studies and Master of Business Adminis- the Director of Graduate Studies must be obtained for tration enrollment in any courses outside the College. All other The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies and requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies the Kelley School of Business jointly offer a three-year M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or final program that qualifies students for two master’s degrees. paper/examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. Study for these two degrees in the dual degree (M.A./ Students must take 21 credit hours of required M.I.S. M.B.A.) can be completed in a total of 66 credit hours courses (Z510, Z511, Z513, Z515, Z516, Z556, a rather than the 84 credit hours that would otherwise be 276 May 26, 2016 programming course in or outside of ILS) and at least 15 degrees separately. The two degrees must be awarded credit hours of ILS elective courses appropriate to the simultaneously. student's background and interests (36 credit hours total). Students must take 24 credit hours of advanced courses Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies. The program in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and interdisciplinary seminar L501 (3 credits) must be taken, the M.I.S. program in the Department of Information and together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses or Library Science, and must be accepted by both units in those Latin American and Caribbean studies courses order to be admitted to the dual degree program. Students that are cross-listed with other departments. All other may apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral for admission to the other any time before the completion examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. of their degree. For the M.P.A. degree, admission requirements remain Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and as listed in the School of Public and Environmental Caribbean Studies and Master of Library Science Affairs Bulletin, and the proposed dual program requires The Department of Information and Library Science (ILS) 36 credit hours of SPEA graduate courses. These and the Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies must include the M.P.A. core requirements (18 credit jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students hours): V502 Public Management (3 cr.), V506 Statistical for two master’s degrees. Study for these two degrees Analysis for Policy and Management (3 cr.), V517 Public in the dual degree (M.A./M.L.S.) can be completed in a Management Economics (3 cr.), V540 Law and Public total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours that Affairs (3 cr.), V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.), would otherwise be required to complete the two degrees V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 separately. During the dual degree, specific courses cr.), and students are required to develop a Specialized contribute to both degrees. The two degrees must be Concentration comprised of 18 credit hours of coursework awarded simultaneously. approved by SPEA faculty advisors. Students must take 21 credit hours of advanced courses Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.P.A. degree relating to Latin American and Caribbean Studies. The program must be made to the Center for Latin American interdisciplinary seminar L501 (3 credits) must be taken, and Caribbean Studies for study toward the M.A. and to together with 18 credit hours in other LTAM courses or the School of Public and Environmental Affairs for study those Latin American and Caribbean Studies courses toward the M.P.A. Students must be accepted by both that are cross-listed with other departments. All other units in order to be admitted to the program. requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. A further Caribbean Studies and Master of Public Health 6 credit hours may be taken in Information and Library This dual degree program takes advantage of the ability of Science and will count toward both degrees: Z620 Topics students to specialize in Latin American and Caribbean- in Information, Literature, and Bibliography (Topic: Latin related public health issues in a way that enables specific American Bibliography) and Z596 Internship in Information coursework to be counted toward elective and research and Library Science (under the supervision of the Latin requirements for both degrees. The dual degree pairs American Bibliography). a Master of Arts (MA) degree in Latin American and Caribbean Studies with a Master of Public Health (MPH) For the M.L.S. degree, admission requirements remain that includes a Behavioral, Social and Community Health as listed in the Department of Information and Library Concentration (BSCH). Science (ILS) Bulletin, and the proposed dual program requires 30 credit hours of Information and Library This 64 credit dual degree program provides for each Science graduate courses. These must include three student to complete the minimum requirements for each M.L.S. Foundation courses (18 credit hours) and other degree independently, with 43 credits counting toward required ILS courses and electives (12 credit hours). the MPH degree and 21 credits counting toward the MA degree. Follow the link for more on MPH coursework. Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.L.S. degree program must be made to the Center for Latin American Students pursuing the dual degrees will be required to and Caribbean Studies for study toward the M.A. and select readings and independent research projects that to Information and Library Science for study toward the are focused on issues related to public health in the Latin M.L.S. Students must be accepted by both units in order American and Caribbean region. The instructor of such to be admitted to the program. credit generating mechanisms within each academic unit will help students to select appropriate courses. The public Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and health internship must be focused on issues related to Caribbean Studies and Master of Public Affairs public health in the Latin American and Caribbean region The School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) and must be jointly approved by the respective academic and the Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies advisor in each degree program. jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students MPH students are required to complete a comprehensive for two master’s degrees. Study for these two degrees exam and other requirements as described under in the dual degree (M.A./M.P.A.) can be completed in a HPER C-650. As the MPH students are not required total of 60 credit hours rather than the 78 credit hours to complete a thesis, the thesis process, if chosen, will that would otherwise be required to complete the two be administered by the Latin American and Caribbean program in accordance with their established policies and May 26, 2016 277 procedures. The student’s thesis committee must include Associate Director a representative from each academic unit. Melissa Britton Students interested in pursuing the dual degree will submit written notice of their intent to pursue the dual Lecturer degrees to the Director, Center for Latin American and Quetzil Castañeda Caribbean Studies and the Coordinator, Master of Public Health program. Students will submit full applications Graduate Faculty for admission to both graduate programs using existing (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University systems. A prospective dual degree student must be Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct admitted to both degree programs by the faculty of that doctoral dissertations.) program using existing admissions systems. Distinguished Professors Graduate Area Certificate in Latin American and Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore and Caribbean Studies Ethnomusicology, Anthropology, Communication and Admission Requirement Culture) Acceptance into a Ph.D. program. Area certificate Keith Clay* (Biology) awarded only upon completion of the Ph.D. degree. Rudy Professors Course Requirements Jeffrey L. Gould* (History) A total of 18 credit hours with Latin American and/or Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus, Anthropology) Caribbean emphases, including the L501 graduate Albert Valdman* (Emeritus, French and Italian, Linguistics) seminar and 9 credit hours outside the student’s major discipline and a dissertation on a Latin American or Bernardo Mendel Professor Caribbean topic. Daniel James* (History) Grades Chancellor’s Professors A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in each course that Robert Arnove* (Emeritus, School of Education) is to count toward certificate requirements. Patrick McNaughton* (History of Art) Foreign Language Requirements Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology, Comparative Literature) Reading proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese. Provost Professors Ph.D. Minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies The requirements for the Ph.D. minor are flexible. Each Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology)Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) program is developed in consultations between the Richard S. Melvin Professor student, the academic advisor of the student’s major department, and the director of Latin American and Kevin D. Brown* (Maurer School of Law) Caribbean studies, though certain basic requirements are common to all programs. John F. Mee Chair of Management Course Requirements Herman Aguinis* (Kelley School of Business) Twelve (12) credit hours of course work required directly Professors related to Latin American or Caribbean subject matter, in- cluding the L501 graduate seminar (3 credit hours) and 9 Akwasi Assensoh* (Emeritus, African American and credit hours in two disciplines outside the student’s major. African Diaspora Studies); Maryellen Bieder* (Spanish and Courses in the student’s major department and language Portuguese); Eduardo Brondizio* (Anthropology); Mary courses below the 500 level may not be applied to the Clayton* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); Joseph Ph.D. minor. Clements* (Spanish and Portuguese, Linguistics); Claus Clüver* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature); Deborah Examination Cohn* (Spanish and Portuguese, American Studies); If a grade point average of at least 3.7 is maintained, no Geoffrey Conrad* (Emeritus, Anthropology); Dennis examination will be required. Otherwise, the director of Conway* (Emeritus, Geography); Della Collins Cook* Latin American and Caribbean Studies may stipulate that (Anthropology); Luis Dávila* (Emeritus, Spanish and the student take a written examination. Portuguese); Peter Guardino* (History); Eileen Julien* (Comparative Literature, French and Italian); Catherine Program Certification Larson* (Spanish and Portuguese); Bradley Levinson* (School of Education); Michael Martin* (American Studies, Certification that all requirements for the program have Communication and Culture); Heitor Martins* (Emeritus, been met must come from the director of Latin American Spanish and Portuguese); John McDowell* (Folklore and Caribbean Studies. and Ethnomusicology); Kathleen Myers* (Spanish and Faculty Portuguese); Christiana Ochoa (Law); Iris Rosa (Af- rican American and African Diaspora Studies); Darlene Director Sadlier* (Spanish and Portuguese); Gustavo Sainz* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); Virginia Vitzthum* Associate Professor L. Shane Greene* (Anthropology) (Anthropology) 278 May 26, 2016

Associate Professors Erick Carballo (Latin American Music Center)John Galuska (Foster International Living-Learning Claudia Avellaneda (School of Public and Environmental Center)Hilary Kahn (Center for the Study of Global Affairs); Bonnie Brownlee* (School of Journalism); Judah Change) Cohen* (Jewish Studies, Folklore and Ethnomusicology); Librarian Serafin Coronel-Molina* (School of Education); Arlene Diaz* (History); Manuel Díaz-Campos* (Spanish and Por- Luis González tuguese); Patrick Dove* (Spanish and Portuguese); John Dyson* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); Juan Carlos Academic Advisor Escanciano* (Economics); Tom Evans* (Geography); Associate Professor L. Shane Greene*, 1125 E. Atwater J. César Félix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese); Avenue, (812) 855-9097 Lessie Jo Frazier* (Gender Studies); Michael Gasser* (Emeritus, School of Informatics and Computing, Cognitive Courses Science); Kimberly L. Geeslin* (Spanish and Portu- LTAM-C 501 Elementary Haitian Creole I (3 cr.) guese); L. Shane Greene* (Anthropology); Vivian Nun Introduction to Haitian Creole, the vernacular language Halloran (Comparative Literature, English, American of Haiti spoken by over 9 million people; conversational Studies); Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice); Stacie drills; grammatical explanations and exercises; listening Marie King* (Anthropology); Rebecca Martínez* (School comprehension training; aspects of Haitian culture. of Education); Sylvia Martínez* (School of Education); Carmen Medina* (School of Education); Eden Medina* LTAM-C 502 Elementary Haitian Creole II (3 cr.) (School of Informatics and Computing); Alejandro J. P: Grade of C or better in C101/501 or equivalent Mejías-López* (Spanish and Portuguese); Luciana proficiency. Elementary Haitian Creole II focuses on Namorato* (Spanish and Portuguese); John Nieto-Phillips* reading non-specialized texts and learning about the rich, (Latino Studies, History); Oana Panaïté* (French and African-based folk culture and religion of the world’s first Italian); Phillip Parnell* (Criminal Justice); Armando Razo* black republic. (Political Science); Laura Scheiber* (Anthropology); Micol Seigel* (American Studies. History); Pravina Shukla* LTAM-L 500 Contemporary Mexico (3 cr.) Places (Folklore and Ethnomusicology); Michael Spiro (Jacobs contemporary Mexico in historical perspective, focusing School of Music); Marvin Sterling* (Anthropology); Daniel on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include Suslak* (Anthropology); Catherine Tucker* (Anthropology); the causes and consequences of the 1910 revolution, the Reyes Vila-Belda* (Spanish and Portuguese); Wrik Willis* position of the Indian, the political system, problems of (Spanish and Portuguese dependent economic growth, cultural values and social change, and relations with the U.S. from a Mexican Assistant Professors viewpoint. Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Portuguese); Cara LTAM-L 501 Seminar: Contemporary Latin America Caddoo (Assistant Professor); Babur De Los Santos (3-4 cr.) At least two regions will be studied: one topic (Kelley School of Business); Laura Gurzynski-Weiss* for each region, or one topic for the two regions. Regions (Spanish and Portuguese); Lucia Guerra-Reyes to be cycled: Mexico, Caribbean and Central America, (School of Public Health); Javier León (Folklore and Andean countries, Southern Cone, Brazil. Ethnomusicology); Joshua Malitsky (Communication and Culture); Jason McGraw (History, American Studies); LTAM-L 502 Contemporary Brazil (3 cr.) A survey of the Jonathan Risner (Spanish and Portuguese); Rinku Roy culture of Brazil today: people, politics, religion, education, Chowdhury* (Geography); Stephen Selka (Religious agriculture, industrial development, literature, music, and Studies, American Studies); Estela Vieira (Spanish and art. Lectures by members of various departments and Portuguese) visiting scholars. All reading in English. Clinical Professors LTAM-L 503 Contemporary Central America (3 cr.) Analyzes the contemporary conflicts in Central America P. Roberto García (Kelley School of Business) by placing them in historical perspective. Includes such Katie Grove (School of Public Health) topic as the relation between socioeconomic structures and politics, the impact of World War II and agro-export Adjunct Professors development, agrarian reform, revolution, democratization, Andréa Siqueira (Anthropology)Stepanka Korytova and relations with the United States. (International Studies) LTAM-L 520 New Latin American Cinema (3 cr.) Survey ArcelorMittal Distinguished Lecturer of Latin American film from the 1950s to the present. Taught in English, the course is interdisciplinary and Greg Kitzmiller (Kelley School of Business) cross-cultural, emphasizing the socioeconomic and Senior Lecturers political issues that gave rise to a specific movement. Vania Castro (Spanish and Portuguese) LTAM-L 524 Contemporary Peru and Chile (3 cr.) James K. Self (Economics)April Sievert* (Anthropology) Preconquest and colonial history of Peru. Multidisciplinary Lecturer examination of twentieth-century culture. Colonial and nineteenth-century history of Chile. Contemporary culture Charles Beeker (School of Public Health) with emphasis on development since World War II. Academic Specialists LTAM-L 525 Seminar in Latino and Latin American Research Issues (3 cr.) P: Graduate status or permission May 26, 2016 279 of instructor. A dialogue between Latin American and courses in other departments acceptable for degree and Latino studies specialists that will identify topics, areas, certificate requirements, consult the director of Latin and techniques improved by explicit consideration of the American and Caribbean Studies. other. Migration is one example of a topic that can be fully understood only by examining circumstances from both Latino Studies perspectives. College of Arts and Sciences LTAM-L 526 Special Topics in Latin American and Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] Caribbean Studies (1-4 cr.) Intensive study and analysis Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~latino/ of selected Latin American and Caribbean studies (Please note that when conferring University Graduate problems of limited scope within an interdisciplinary School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The format. Topics will vary and will ordinarily cut across fields, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements regions, or periods. May be repeated for credit. contained only in The University Graduate School LTAM-L 527 Latin American and Caribbean Languages Bulletin.) (1-4 cr.) Languages of Latin America and the Caribbean, Curriculum other than Spanish and Portuguese. May be repeated with a different language or higher level for a maximum of six Ph.D. Minor in Latino Studies credit hours in any one language. The Latino Studies Program allows graduate students LTAM-L 727 Latin American and Caribbean Languages in the Social Sciences, Humanities, Sciences, Business, (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advanced study in one of Law, and Education to develop expertise on the historical the less commonly taught languages of Latin America or and contemporary experiences of Latinos in social, the Caribbean. cultural, political, and economic contexts. The program emphasizes interdisciplinary, comparative, and applied LTAM-L 803 Individual Readings in Latin American approaches to knowledge. It addresses the experiences of Studies (1-6 cr.) Draws upon materials from Mexican Americans, Puerto Ricans, Cubans, Dominicans, anthropology, business, economics, education, folklore Central Americans and other Latin Americans who have and ethnomusicology, geography, history, political immigrated to the United States or who have resided in science, sociology, and Spanish and Portuguese the U.S. for multiple generations. Our courses examine literature. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credits (or Latino communities and experiences within local, national, 10 credits if 6 are used for the thesis option). transnational, and diasporic contexts. LTAM-M 501 Yucatec Maya I (3 cr.) Introduction to Admission and Program of Study Yucatec Maya language and culture. Yucatec Maya is an indigenous language of Mexico spoken by close to Students interested in pursuing a Ph.D. Minor in Latino one million people; basic grammatical structures and Studies should consult with the Director of Latino Studies, vocabulary; conversational drills; and lessons on historical who will recommend a member of the faculty to serve as and cultural context. an advisor. In consultation with the advisor, the student will complete the “Program of Study Form” and file it with LTAM-M 502 Yucatec Maya II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or the Director of Latino Studies for final approval. Upon higher in M501 or equivalent proficiency. The second completion of the course work, the Director of Latino semester of Yucatec Maya emphasizes vocabulary- Studies or the student’s Latino Studies advisor will attest building, simple conversation, beginning writing, and to the successful completion of the outside minor. common grammatical patterns. Course Requirements LTAM-Q 501 Quechua I (3 cr.) Introduction to Quechua, spoken by over 13 million people across the Andean Students in other departments can minor in Latino Studies nations of South America; basic grammar and vocabulary; by completing twelve (12) credit hours of course work an introduction to the culture and history of the Andean directly related to Latino Studies subject matter with a region. grade point average no lower than B (3.0). At least one graduate seminar (L599 or L601) or readings course LTAM-Q 502 Quechua II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher (L701) is required, and the remaining credits can come in Q501 or equivalent proficiency. Part II of first-year from these or any other Latino Studies course offered Quechua, this course builds on the basic vocabulary and by faculty outside of the student’s home department. grammar lessons of Quechua I and introduces further Courses below the 500 level may not be applied to the aspects of Andean culture and history. Ph.D. minor. LTAM-Q 601 Quechua III: Intermediate Quechua Faculty (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in Q502 or equivalent proficiency. Intermediate Quechua focuses on more Graduate Minor Director advanced grammatical constructions; vocabulary building; John Nieto-Phillips* (History) conversational drills; reading/writing Quechua texts. Graduate Faculty LTAM-Q 602 Quechua IV: Advanced Quechua (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in Q601 or equivalent Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct proficiency. Advanced Quechua offers serious students doctoral dissertations.) the opportunity to refine their conversational skills, practice more extensive reading/writing of Quechua texts, and Professors deepen their knowledge of the Andean region. For 280 May 26, 2016

Herman Aguinis* (Business), Raquel T. Anderson* and contemporary experiences of Latinos in their social, (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Richard Bauman* cultural and economic contexts. Topic varies and may be (Emeritus, Anthropology, Folklore), Deborah N. Cohn* repeated for credit. Topic varies and may be repeated for (Spanish and Portuguese), Luis Dávila* (Emeritus, credit. Spanish and Portuguese), Luis Fuentes-Rohwer (Law), Jeffrey L. Gould* (History), Peter Guardino* (History), LATS-L 701 Seminar in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) These John McDowell* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), courses involve research at a mature level in specialized Christiana Ochoa ( Law), Iris Rosa (African American topics and problems in Latino Studies. and African Diaspora Studies), Alberto Torchinsky* (Mathematics) Law Maurer School of Law Associate Professors Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Serafin Coronel-Molina* (Literacy, Culture, and Language Departmental URL: www.law.indiana.edu Education), Arlene J. Díaz* (History), Manuel Díaz- Campos* (Spanish and Portuguese), J. César Félix- (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), Lessie Jo Frazier* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the (American Studies, Gender Studies), L. Shane Greene* University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (Anthropology), Vivian Nun Halloran* (American Studies contained only in The University Graduate School and English), Bradley Levinson* (Educational Leadership Bulletin.) and Policy Studies), Rebecca Martínez* (Counseling and Curriculum Educational Psychology), Sylvia Martínez* (Educational Leadership and Policy Studies), Eden Medina* (School Degrees Offered of Informatics and Computing), Alejandro Mejías-López* Graduate degrees in Law include the Doctor of Philosophy (Spanish and Portuguese), Carmen L. Medina* (Literacy, in Law and Social Science, the PhD in Law and Social Culture, and Language Education), Luciana Namorato* Science-Law & Democracy Track, the combined Ph.D. in (Spanish and Portuguese), John Nieto-Phillips* (History), Law and Social Science-Law and Democracy Track and Fabio Rojas* (Sociology), Daniel Suslak* (Anthropology) J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. in Journalism and J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. or M.S. in Telecommunications Assistant Professors and J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. in Russian and East Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Portuguese), Bernard European Studies and J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. in L. Fraga (Political Science), Javier León (Folklore and Latin American and Caribbean Studies and J.D. in Law, Ethnomusicology), Alberto Varon* (English) the combined M.A. in European Studies and J.D. in Law and a Ph.D. minor in Law. Visiting Assistant Professor Additionally, although professional rather than graduate Quetzil Anguiano (American Studies and Latino Studies) degrees, the Maurer School of Law offers Doctor of Lecturers Jurisprudence (J.D.), Master of Laws (L.L.M.), the Master of Comparative Law (M.C.L.), and the Doctor of Juridical Quetzil Castañeda (Latin American and Caribbean Science (S.J.D.) degrees. Joint professional degree Studies)Fernando Orejuela (Folklore and programs include the combined Master of Business Ethnomusicology) Administration (M.B.A.) and J.D. in Law, the combined Master of Business Administration in Accounting (M.B.A.) Librarian and J.D. in Law, the combined Master of Science (M.S.) Luis Gonzalez (Latino Studies, Latin American and in Accounting and the J.D. in Law, the combined Master Caribbean Studies, Spanish and Portuguese) of Public Administration (M.P.A.) or Master of Science in Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) and J.D. in Law, the Courses combined Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) and J.D. in Law, and the combined Master of Public Health (M.P.H.) LATS-L 501 Seminar in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) and J.D. in Law. For information regarding these degrees, P: Graduate students only. Introduce students to see the website or bulletin of the Maurer School of Law. interdisciplinary, comparative and applied approaches to the historical and contemporary experiences of Latino in Special School Requirements their social, cultural, political and economic contexts. Topic varies and may be repeated for credit. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) LATS-L 599 Individualized Readings in Latino Studies (1-4 cr.) P: Class is open only to students pursuing a Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Law and Social Ph.D. minor in Latino Studies. Class requires Latino Science Studies faculty approval. Students must complete an The Doctor of Philosophy in Law and Social Science agreement including goals of the course, number of (PhD) involves interdisciplinary research and coursework readings, titles of readings (if possible) and the date of in law and the social sciences. PhD candidates must work it is to be completed. complete a course of study as specified by the candidate’s faculty advisors. Candidates take comprehensive exams LATS-L 601 Colloquium in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) and must complete a dissertation defense. Applicants P: Open to students pursuing a Ph.D. minor in Latino whose native language is not English must submit TOEFL Studies. Representative readings in interdisciplinary, results. Each PhD candidate will be assigned an advisory comparative and applied approaches to the historical committee consisting of at least two faculty members from May 26, 2016 281 the law school and at least two faculty members from • A dissertation defense the collaborating academic department. The chairperson of the advisory committee will serve as the candidate’s Combined J.D. in Law and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) primary academic advisor. in Law and Social Science- Law and Democracy Track To be eligible to receive the degrees of Doctor of When applying to the PhD program, applicants must Jurisprudence and Doctor of Philosophy in Law and Social indicate with which IU social science department they Science- Law and Democracy Track, which must be hope to collaborate. The law school will be responsible for received simultaneously, a student must: consulting with that department to make an admissions decision. Applicants should carefully research their • Complete 82 credit hours in the School of Law, options for academic collaboration and be sure to mention including all of its required course work; and relevant social science faculty members and/or programs • Complete 57 graduate credit hours in anthropology, on their application. political science, and area studies in accordance with all the requirements for the Ph.D. in Law and The PhD requires a minimum of three years in residence Social Science- Law and Democracy Track (see and the following: above), including the requirements for a dissertation, • 60 credit hours divided between law courses and a comprehensive exam, and a minor (see directly the collaborating department (as specified by the above); Up to 33 credits taken in the School of Law candidate’s academic advisory committee), no fewer may be counted toward fulfillment of both degree than 12 of which shall satisfy the requirements of programs. the candidate’s academic advisory committee for Joint Degree Programs designation as a Minor The Maurer School of Law offers several formal joint- • Completion of comprehensive exams degree programs that allow students to combine a law • 30 credit hours for dissertation research program with programs from other Indiana University • A dissertation defense schools and departments. These joint-degree programs allow students to earn a J.D. and either a master’s degree Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Law and Social Science or a Ph.D. in another discipline. Joint degrees decrease - Law and Democracy Track the time, typically by a year, that students would spend A specialized Law and Democracy track within the earning both degrees separately. Joint-degree programs Law and Social Science degree program focuses with other disciplines may be individually designed and on the way that law structures democracy. The track structured to meet students’ learning and career goals. involves interdisciplinary research and coursework in Proposals for such individually designed programs should law, anthropology, political science, and area studies for initially be submitted to the Maurer School of Law. The the part of the world in which the candidate wishes to Law School will coordinate with the other school or work. PhD candidates must complete the course of study department to establish the joint or concurrent program. specified in the program description. Candidates take comprehensive exams and must complete a dissertation Candidates for joint-degree programs are encouraged defense. Each PhD candidate will be assigned an advisory to apply for admission to each school at the same time. committee, including a primary advisor who is a faculty However, law students can apply for admission to the member associated with the Center for Constitutional other school or department before the end of the second Democracy. year of law study. Students enrolled in master’s programs Before applying to the Law and Democracy PhD program, at other schools and departments should apply for applicants should contact Prof. Susan H. Williams to admission to the Law School before the end of the first determine whether they are appropriate candidates for year of the master’s program. Each degree has required the program. The application procedure for this program course work. Joint degrees are awarded at the same time, is slightly different from the application procedure for the and all requirements in both schools must be completed in PhD in Law and Social Sciences. The supplementary order to receive each degree. application materials can be found here. Whether in a formal or individually structured joint-degree The PhD in Law and Democracy requires a minimum of program, students typically spend their first year at the two years in residence and the following: Law School. Thereafter, course time is divided between the Law School and the other school or department in • 69 credit hours divided between courses in law, whatever way best meets the educational objectives of the anthropology, political science and area studies student and the program requirements. • 15 hours of coursework in Anthropology, Political Science, or Area Studies shall satisfy the As a general rule, joint-degree programs do not require requirements of the candidate’s academic advisory academic work during the summer recess, permitting joint- committee for designation as a Minor. degree candidates to take advantage of opportunities for • 21 credit hours for dissertation research internships, clerkships, and summer associate programs. • Demonstrated proficiency in the language of the country or countries studied Joint degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and • Fieldwork related to the country or countries studied Caribbean Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence in the • An internship with the Center for Constitutional Maurer School of Law Democracy The Maurer School of Law and the Department of Latin • Completion of qualifying examinations American and Caribbean Studies offer joint Doctor of • The production of a dissertation Jurisprudence and Master of Arts degrees. Under the 282 May 26, 2016 program , a student must complete 79 semester hours The minor chairperson in the Maurer School of Law is of credit in the School of Law, including all of its required Assistant Dean Catherine Matthews, Room 024, (812) course work; complete 24 semester hours of credit in 856-9677 Latin American and Caribbean Studies, including all of its required course work; meet the language proficiency and Graduate Faculty thesis requirements for the M.A.; and earn a cumulative (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University grade point average of at least 2.3 on all work taken in the Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work taken in Latin doctoral dissertations.) American and Caribbean Studies. Dean and James H. Rudy Professor of Law Joint degree: Master of Arts in Russian and East Austen L. Parrish European Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence in the Maurer School of Law Val Nolan Professor The Maurer School of Law and the Department of Lauren Kay Robel* Russian and East European Studies offer joint Doctor of Jurisprudence and Master of Arts degrees. Under the James Louis Calamaras Professor program, a student must complete 79 semester hours of David Paul Fidler* credit in the School of Law, including all of its required course work; complete 27 semester hours of credit in Willard and Margaret Carr Professor of Labor and Russian and East European Area Studies, including all Employment Law of its required course work; complete a language oral proficiency examination (Russian at intermediate level or Kenneth Glenn Dau-Schmidt* other area language at the 2nd year level); complete the C. Ben Dutton Professors M.A. Essay and Examination; complete 20 semester hours of credit in the College of Arts and Sciences; and earn a Fred H. Cate*, J. William Hicks* (Emeritus), Donna M. cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 on all work Nagy* taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work Walter W. Foskett Professors taken in the Russian and East European Institute. John S. Applegate*, Dawn Elizabeth Johnsen*, William The Maurer School of Law and the Department of Popkin* (Emeritus), Susan H. Williams* European Studies offer joint Doctor of Jurisprudence and Master of Arts degrees. Under the program, a John S. Hastings Professor student must complete 79 semester hours of credit in the School of Law, including all of its required course David C. Williams* work: complete 24 semester hours of credit in European Harry T. Ice Professor Studies, including all of its required course work; meet the language proficiency and thesis requirements for the M.A., Yvonne Cripps* and earn a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 John F. Kimberling Professor on all work taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work taken in European Studies. Charles Gardner Geyh* Ph.D. Minor in Law William W. Oliver Professor of Tax Law The Maurer School of Law offers a minor in Law for Ph.D. Leandra Lederman* students from other fields, which requires completion of 13-16 credit hours of course work. Students must Robert A. Lucas Professors complete 2 credit hours in either a research seminar or independent research and must complete one Roger B. Dworkin* (Emeritus), Mark Janis*, Jeffrey E. of the following courses: contracts, torts, property, Stake* constitutional law, criminal law, civil procedure; or a Robert H. McKinney Professors basic methodological course that has been approved by the law minor advisor. Other courses to be taken Douglass Boshkoff* (Emeritus), Daniel O. Conkle* will depend on the student’s interests and needs and Richard S. Melvin Professor shall be recommended by the assigned faculty advisor from the Maurer School of Law and approved by the Gene R. Shreve* (Emeritus), Kevin Brown* student’s Ph.D. advisory committee as well as the appropriate chairperson or the dean of the student’s Roscoe C. O’Byrne Professor school. Examinations are required for individual courses, Alfred C. Aman Jr.* but none is required for the minor itself. Harry Pratter Professor The minor chairperson in the Maurer School of Law is Assistant Dean Catherine Matthews, Room 024, (812) Joseph L. Hoffman* 856-9677. John S. Schiller Professor Faculty Hannah L. Buxbaum* Professors May 26, 2016 283

A. James Barnes* (Public and Environmental Affairs), in the same area. A minimum of 20 credit hours must be Jeannine Bell*, Terry A. Bethel* (Emeritus), Daniel from linguistics department offerings. Cole, Stephen A. Conrad*, Robert L. Fischman*, Luis E. Fuentes-Rohwer*, Ann J. Gellis (Emerita), Donald H. Foreign Language Requirements Gjerdingen*, Edwin Greenebaum* (Emeritus), Michael Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved Grossberg* (History), Robert H. Heidt* (Emeritus), by the department and knowledge of the structure of a William Henderson*, Jayanth Krishnan*, Julia C. Lam- language or languages other than English and outside ber* (Emeritus), Ajay Mehrotra*, Christiana Ochoa*, Aviva the student’s general language family. (The L653-L654 Anne Orenstein*, John Allen Scanlan* (Emeritus), F. sequence may satisfy the second part of this requirement.) Thomas Schornhorst* (Emeritus), J. Alexander Tanford* (Emeritus), Timothy Waters* Master of Arts in Linguistics with a Concentration in Computational Linguistics Associate Professors Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary field which Brian Broughman*, Gina-Gail Fletcher, Pamela Foohey, H. addresses the use of computers to process or produce Timothy Lovelace, Jody Madeira*, Michael Mattioli, Victor human language. Linguistics contributes to this field an Quintanilla, Steve Sanders, Ryan Scott*, Deborah Widiss* understanding of the special properties of language data, and also provides theories and descriptions of language Courses structure and use. Computational linguistics is largely an applied discipline concerned with practical problems. For a list of courses and their descriptions, see the course Typical applications include: natural language processing, list of the Maurer School of Law. machine translation (translating from one language Linguistics to another), speech synthesis, speech production, information retrieval (finding relevant documents or parts College of Arts and Sciences of documents in large collections of texts), cognitive Departmental E-mail: [email protected] modeling, and, in general, almost anything dealing with natural language interfaces. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~lingdept Course Requirements (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The The master’s track in computational linguistics consists of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements a minimum of 30 credit hours to include L541, L542, L543, contained only in The University Graduate School L545, and L645. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must Bulletin.) be achieved in these five core courses. Students must also fulfill a specialization course requirement by taking Curriculum two of the following courses: Q520 (Cognitive Science), Degrees Offered L614 (Linguistics), L615 (Linguistics) or seminar courses Master of Arts in Linguistics, Doctor of Philosophy in such as P657 (Psychology), L715 (Linguistics), or L7XX Linguistics (Linguistics) approved by the student’s academic advisor. Three additional electives must be taken. A minimum of 20 Special Departmental Requirements credit hours must be from linguistics department offerings. Outside electives must be approved by the student’s (See also general University Graduate School academic advisor. requirements.) Programming Language Requirement Master of Arts in Linguistics Admission Requirements L555 or a computer programming course (or the equivalent) approved by the student’s academic advisor. Admission to the M.A. program will be based on evaluations of (1) undergraduate grade record, (2) level Foreign Language Requirement of achievement in the Graduate Record Examination General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, and Knowledge of the structure of a language or languages (4) undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related (other than English) outside the student’s general course work. Students not satisfying requirement (4) language family. may be admitted but may be required to do course work Master of Science in Computational Linguistics prerequisite to introductory graduate courses. Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary Thesis field addressing the computational analysis and production of human language. The field is situated Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. between linguistics, computer science, and cognitive science, borrowing insights from linguistics and Final Examination methodology from computer science. Computational None. linguistics is largely an applied discipline concerned with practical problems. Typical applications include: Course Requirements machine translation (translating from one language to A total of 30 credit hours, including L520, L530, L541, another), information retrieval (finding relevant documents L542, and L543. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must or parts of documents in large collections of texts), be achieved in these five core courses. Additional cognitive modeling, sentiment analysis (for example in electives as approved by the department. Specific course requirements may be met by taking a higher level course 284 May 26, 2016 product reviews), automatic summarization, and computer Linguistics L203, L245, L306, L307, L310, L415, L435, assisted language learning. L445; Computer Science C211, C212, C241 Course Requirements Graduate Specialization Requirements The M.S. in Computational Linguistics consists of a Linguistics L614, L645, L665, L715; Computer Science minimum of 33 credit hours, 39 if the student needs to A594 and either B401 or B403; Library & Information fulfill the Math and Logic Foundation, which consists of Science S534. In addition, students must select a S520 (Department of Statistics) and Q520 (Cognitive specialization in morpho-syntax—L543 plus one of L544, Science Program). Required courses include L545, L645, L546, or L643—or in morpho-phonology—L542 plus either L665, L715, L614 and A594 (offered by the Department L544 or L642. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be of Computer Science in the School of Informatics). In achieved in these nine core courses. Three additional addition, students must select a specialization in morpho- electives must be taken from the following lists (at least syntax—L543 plus one of L544, L546, or L643—or in two at the 500-level or above): morpho-phonology—L542, plus either L544 or L642. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be achieved in these Linguistics: L308, L315, L325, L520, L541, L542, L543, ten core courses. Two additional electives must be taken L544, L546, L615, L642, L643, L7xx (relevant seminars) from the following lists: Computer Science: A290, A590, B503, B555, B651, B659 Linguistics: L520, L541, L542, L543, L544, L546, L615, Informatics: I529, I532, I534 L642, L643, L7xx (relevant seminars) Library and Information Science: S543, S604, S636, S637, Computer Science: A590, B401, B403, B555, B651, B659 S661 Informatics: I529, I532, I534 Cognitive Science: Q351, Q520, Q550 Cognitive Science: Q550 Outside Concentration Programming Language Requirement (12 credit hours in one department) The following L555 or equivalent course or knowledge approved by the disciplines are appropriate for an outside concentration: department. cognitive science, computer science, informatics, mathematics, psychology, or a foreign language (the Bachelor of Science/Master of Science (3+2) in latter must be different from the language used to fulfill Computational Linguistics the WLC requirement). Alternatively, students can fulfill Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary this requirement through a minor offered by any of these field incorporating insights and methodology from departments. linguistics, computer science, and cognitive science. It is Internship essentially an applied discipline concerned with practical problems in the computational analysis and production (Optional 2-3 credit hours) Students have the option of of human language. Typical applications include: participating in a summer internship between the 4t and 5t machine translation (translating from one language to years. another), information retrieval (finding relevant documents or parts of documents in large collections of texts), Doctor of Philosophy Degree cognitive modeling, sentiment analysis (for example in Admission Requirements product reviews), automatic summarization of texts, and computer-assisted language learning. This accelerated Admission to the Ph.D. program will be based upon program permits students to obtain both B.S. and M.S. evaluation of (1) previous academic record, (2) level degrees in five years, providing them with the requisite of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination skills for industry jobs in information technology. General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, (4) previous exposure to linguistics and related course work, Course Requirements and (5) compatibility of interests with those of the faculty. The B.S./M.S. in Computational Linguistics consists of Fields of Study a minimum of 133 credit hours in six areas. Required courses include the following: The doctorate is normally pursued in areas such as phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, General Education and College CASE Requirements historical linguistics, African linguistics, computational linguistics, and sociolinguistics. Other concentrations, English Composition, Mathematical Modeling; World including a combined degree with cognitive science, are Languages and Cultures/CASE Foreign Language also possible with the approval of the department. requirement (4 semesters of FL or equivalent); CAPP course; Public Communication; Arts and Humanities (2 Course Requirements courses); Social and Historical Studies (2 courses) A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Math and Logic Foundation Specific requirements include one graduate course each in phonetics, phonology, syntax, historical linguistics, Mathematics M212, Statistics S320, Philosophy P250 or sociolinguistics, and language acquisition, plus at least Cognitive Science Q250 four courses in linguistics at the 600-700 levels, one Core UG Computational Requirements of which must be L642 or L643 for students in general linguistics. Only one of these four courses may be taken May 26, 2016 285 outside the Department of Linguistics. Additional course outside representative. This committee must approve the requirements may be set by the student's advisory proposed dissertation topic. committee. Final Examination Minor Oral defense of dissertation. This defense is open. The choice of a minor field should be agreed to by the stu- dent’s advisory committee. The specific requirements for Ph.D. in Linguistics with a Concentration in African the minor are established by the department that grants Languages and Linguistics the minor. The student is responsible for ascertaining what Course Requirements those requirements are and for meeting them. A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Advisory Committee Specific requirements include A501, L653-L654, one graduate-level course each in phonetics, phonology, All students in the Ph.D. program will select an advisory syntax, and historical linguistics, plus at least two committee consisting of at least three faculty members, additional courses in linguistics at the 600-700 levels. one of whom should normally represent the student’s Where appropriate, additional courses may be assigned minor field. The committee must be selected no later than by the student’s advisory committee. the end of the semester following the completion of the master’s degree at Indiana University, or, in the case Foreign Language Requirements of students entering the program with master’s degrees Three languages: (1) proficiency in two foreign languages, from other institutions, no later than two semesters after one of which must be an African language and the other matriculation. normally French or German; and (2) knowledge of the Students will plan their programs with the advisory structure of a foreign language or language group other committee, which will be responsible for counseling than Romance or Germanic. students with regard to the qualifying examination, setting (All other requirements are the same as the above for the the examination, and administering it. Ph.D. in Linguistics.) Foreign Language Structure Ph.D. in Linguistics with a Concentration in Knowledge of the structure of a language other than Computational Linguistics English and outside the student's general language Course Requirements family (choice to be determined in consultation with the student's advisory committee). The structure requirement A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. can be fulfilled in three ways: (1) by completing a one- Specific requirements include L545, L555, L615, L645, semester course on the structure of some language; (2) by one graduate-level course each in phonetics, phonology, completing a two-semester elementary level sequence of syntax, and at least two additional courses in linguistics at a language; (3) by completing the field methods sequence the 600-700 levels. Where appropriate, additional courses L653-654. may be assigned by the student’s advisory committee. Research Tools Requirements Research Tool Requirements (1) Reading or speaking knowledge of a foreign language The student must demonstrate proficiency (1), in the relevant and applicable to doctoral study in the student’s basics of discrete mathematics or mathematical linguistics, research area, and (2) proficiency in a research skill which can be met by courses such as L611 or Q520; and appropriate to the student’s research area, including, but (2) in programming techniques, with working knowledge of not limited to, reading knowledge in an additional foreign at least two programming languages. language, statistics, logic, programming, methods in Qualifying Examination social science research, or field methods. Proficiency is normally demonstrated by two semesters of appropriate The qualifying exam is comprehensive; the examination instruction. Students may not count field methods classes is on two distinct areas of computational linguistics and/ for both the foreign language structure and research tools or linguistics. At least one of the qualifying examinations requirement. The choice of appropriate research tools is to must entail a practical software artifact. The artifact may be determined in consultation with the student’s advisory be a program, a computational grammar, an implemented committee. scheme for corpus annotation, or some other approved artifact. The other examination may take the form of a Qualifying Examination written paper (of publishable quality) or a written exam. Comprehensive; the examination is on two distinct areas Specific focus and scheduling of the examination is of linguistics - one primary, one secondary - and requires determined by the student’s advisory committee. the student to develop five research proposals and one (All other requirements are the same as the above for the research paper. Specific focus and scheduling of the Ph.D. in Linguistics.) examination is determined by the student’s advisory committee. Ph.D. Minor in Linguistics Doctoral students in other departments may choose Research Proposal linguistics as an outside minor. Twelve (12) credit hours After nomination to candidacy, the student will select a of approved courses are required; at least three of the research committee composed of no fewer than three courses must be from the Department of linguistics. A members of the Department of Linguistics faculty and an grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher must be achieved in these courses. The specific program for satisfying 286 May 26, 2016 this requirement should be developed in consultation Ann C. Bunger with a linguistics faculty member serving as a minor representative on the student's advisory committee. Reasearch Scientists Ph.D. Minor in African Languages and Linguistics Damir Cavar, Malgorzata Cavar The minor consists of a minimum of four courses (12 Adjunct Professors credits) including the following: (1) one course in an African language at the 600 level or higher, (2) A501, Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Studies), and (3) two additional courses in African languages Phil Connell* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Laurent or linguistics approved by a linguistics faculty member Dekydtspotter* (French and Italian, Second Language serving as a minor representative on the student's Studies), Judith Gierut* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), advisory committee. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) or Tracy Alan Hall* (Germanic Studies), Susan Herring* better must be achieved in these courses. (Information and Library Science), Lawrence Moss* (Mathematics), David Pisoni* (Psychology), Rex Sprouse* Ph.D. Minor in Computational Linguistics (Germanic Studies, Second Language Studies), Natsuko Requirements: The minor consists of a minimum of 15 Tsujimura* (East Asian Languages and Cultures) credit hours of course work, including the following: (1) L545 and L645, (2) one of L503, L541, L542, or L543, and Adjunct Associate Professors (3) two specialization courses taken from the following: J. César Félix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), B651 (Computer Science), Q520 (Cognitive Science), Isabelle Darcy* (Second Language Studies), George S522 (Speech and Hearing Sciences) and seminar Fowler* (Slavics and East European Languages and courses such as P657 (Psychology), L700 or L715 Cultures), Phil LeSourd* (Anthropology, Second Language (Linguistics) or other courses (such as L614) approved Studies), John Paolillo* (Informatics, Information and by a linguistics faculty member serving as a minor Library Science), Kevin Rottef* (French and Italian), David representative on the student's advisory committee. A Stringer* (Second Language Studies) grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher must be achieved in these courses. Adjunct Assistant Professors Faculty Tessa Bent* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Chien-Jer "Charles" Lin* (East Asian Languages and Cultures) Chairperson Robert Botne* Academic Advising Graduate Faculty For Master of Arts in Linguistics and Doctor of Philosophy (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University in Linguistics: Professor Ken de Jong*, Memorial Hall 322, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (812) 855-6456, kdejong @indiana.edu doctoral dissertations.) Courses Chancellor’s Professor Emeritus General Daniel A. Dinnsen* LING-L 503 Introduction to Linguistics for Graduate students (3 cr.) Introduction to the basic tools of Rudy Professor Emeritus grammatical analysis (of sounds, words, sentences and Albert Valdman* (French and Italian) meanings) for graduate students having little background in formal linguistics. Suitable for students interested Distinguished Professor Emeritus in linguistics, computer science/informatics, foreign languages, speech and hearing sciences, second Paul Newman* language studies, elementary or secondary English Professors education, psychology, or cognitive science. Robert Botne*, J. Clancy Clements* (Spanish and LING-L 515 The Computer and Natural Language Portuguese), Stuart Davis*, Kenneth J. de Jong*, Steven (3 cr.) Present-day computer systems work with human Laurence Franks* (Slavics and East European Languages language in many different forms, whether as stored and Cultures), Yoshihisa Kitagawa*, Samuel G. Obeng*, data in the form of text, typed queries to a database or Robert F. Port* (Emeritus, Cognitive Science), Frances search engine, or speech commands in a voice-driven Trix* (Anthropology) computer system. We also increasingly expect computers to produce human language, such as user-friendly error Associate Professors messages and synthesized speech. This course surveys a Julie Auger* (French and Italian), Markus Dickinson*, range of linguistics issues and problems in computational Sandra Kuebler*, Barbara Vance* (French and Italian) linguistics. Clinical Professor LING-L 520 Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Examination of theoretical perspectives on language as a social Alwiya Omar (African Studies) phenomenon. Questions of linguistic variation, including social and contextual factors contributing to variation. Assistant Professors LING-L 530 Introduction to Historical Linguistics Kelly Harper Berkson*, Thomas Grano* (3 cr.) P: L542 or equivalent. Principles of language Lecturer classification and subclassification. Processes of diachronic change. Methods of linguistic reconstruction, May 26, 2016 287 especially the comparative method and internal terms of specific issues of syntactic analysis and general reconstruction. claims about the nature and organization of the syntax of natural languages. Emphasis on developing analyses LING-L 541 Introductory Phonetics (3 cr.) Survey within that framework. May be repeated for credit when of speech sound types in languages of the world with topic varies. practice in discrimination, transcription, and production. Introduction to acoustic phonetics, physiology of speech LING-L 615 Corpus Linguistics (3 cr.) P: L543. production, and speech perception; with concurrent Advances in computer technology have revolutionized laboratory section. the ways linguists can approach their data. By using computers, we can access large bodies of text (corpora) LING-L 542 Phonological Analysis (3 cr.) An and search for phenomena. The course will give an introduction to the principles of contemporary phonological introduction to the methodology and applications in the theory and tools of phonological analysis and description. field. The format of the course is oriented toward data-based problems from a wide variety of languages. LING-L 620 Advanced Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Sociolinguistic methodology and data analysis, language LING-L 543 Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) An examination of ideology, and language in social institutions. Course the methods and argumentation used in syntactic analysis topics include: quantitative and qualitative methods conducted within the framework of generative grammar. (variationist, ethnographic, and discourse analytic Emphasis on constructing and evaluating grammatical methods); Anglo-American, Continental pragmatics; analyses and promoting critical understanding of the language and sociocultural identity (culture, politeness, generative framework. power, solidarity, and gender); and institutional discourse LING-L 544 Morphological Analysis (3 cr.) Introduction (juridical, therapeutic, political, religious, etc.). to the basic concepts and approaches to morphological LING-L 625 Bilingualism and Language Contact analysis and description, to different theories of (3 cr.) Problems of multilingualism, including diglossia. word structure, and to issues in the relation between Examination of selected cases illustrating the relationship morphology and phonology and between morphology and between language contact and linguistic change. syntax. Data-based problem solving from a wide variety of languages. LING-L 630 Lexicology (3 cr.) Analysis of the lexical structure of languages. The word and its morphological LING-L 545 Computation & Linguistic Analysis and semantic properties. Application of lexicology to (3 cr.) P: L555 (or equivalent, approved by course practical problems in dictionary making (lexicography). instructor) This course explores how linguistic analysis can be stated as computer programs, emphasizing the LING-L 636 Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) Survey of the design of data structures used in linguistic analysis, the field of pidgin and creole linguistics: presentation of the computational issues underlying them, and their use in structure of selected prototypical pidgins and creoles; natural processing. review of the theories for the genesis of creoles and their relationship to current issues in language acquisition and LING-L 546 Semantics (3 cr.) P: L543 or equivalent. historical linguistics; discussion of language planning Introduction to current semantic theory, its tools, concepts, issues specific to pidgins and creoles, as well as and principles. Emphasis on constructing detailed discussion of current issues. fragments of natural language with syntactic and semantic components. LING-L 641 Advanced Phonetics (3 cr.) P: L541 or equivalent. Experimental analysis of the speech signal; LING-L 555 Programming for Computational speech articulation and the structure of phonetic space. Linguistics (3 cr.) Introduction to the fundamentals of A survey of current theories of speech production and programming and computer science, aiming at attaining perception with experience designing and conducting practical skills for text processing. Through lectures, experiments, and some consideration of phonetic factors lab sessions, and weekly or bi-weekly assignments, that determine the choice of particular sound contrasts in students will learn the essentials of a given programming languages. language (e.g., Perl) and how to apply these skills to natural language data. LING-L 642 Advanced Phonological Description (3 cr.) P: L542 or equivalent. Problems of phonological LING-L 590 Linguistic Structure (3 cr.) Analysis of description and their theoretical implications. Practice in particular aspects of the structure of a language or of a formulating and evaluating explanatory statements about group of closely related languages. Methods used may various phonetic, phonotactic, and morphophonemic include text analysis, informant work, study of secondary properties of languages. sources, lectures, reports. LING-L 643 Advanced Syntax (3 cr.) P: L543 or LING-L 611 Models of Linguistic Structure (3 cr.) equivalent. Syntactic analysis and recent developments Formulations of linguistic structures—finite-set, phrase- of principles and parameters/minimalist theory. Taking structure, transformational dependency, predictive—with up from L543, reviews core modules of grammar from emphasis on their mathematical properties. Mathematical L543 and examines topics such as logical form, empty concepts underlying these formulations, such as sets, categories, barriers, functional categories, and relativized relations, Markov processes, and automata. minimality. Introduces concepts of minimalist theory. LING-L 614 Alternative Syntactic Theories (3 cr.) Training in abstract and squib writing, paper presentation. P: L543 or equivalent. An examination of a current LING-L 645 Adv Natural Language Processing (3 cr.) syntactic framework other than the standard framework in P: L555 (or equivalent) and L545. An introduction to 288 May 26, 2016 statistical models and machine learning paradigms in NLP. syntax using a current theoretical model. May be repeated Covers basic notions in probability and information theory, for credit when topic changes. focusing on the concepts needed for NLP, including Markov Models. Additional topics may include word LING-L 715 Seminar in Computational Linguistics sense disambiguation, text categorization, and statistical (3 cr.) The seminar will introduce students to current alignment methods and their use in machine translation. research in the field of Computational Linguistics. May be repeated for up to 15 credits. LING-L 653 Field Methods in Linguistics I (3 cr.) Techniques of data collection and analysis based on LING-L 720 Seminar in Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Selected work with a native speaker of a language unknown to the problems concerning the relationship between language students. and society. May be repeated for credit when topic changes. LING-L 654 Field Methods in Linguistics II (3 cr.) Techniques of data collection and analysis based on LING-L 760 Seminar in Historical Linguistics (3 cr.) work with a native speaker of a language unknown to the Selected problems concerning linguistic reconstruction, students. processes of diachronic change, and language classification. May be repeated for credit when topic LING-L 665 Applying Machine Learning Techniques in changes. Computational Linguistics (3 cr.) P: L545 or equivalent Introduction to major algorithms in Machine Learning LING-L 780 Seminar in Semantics (3 cr.) Selected (ML) as well as applications of these techniques to a wide problems in the area of meaning and the relationship range of CL topics. Course includes an introduction to CL between language and semantic interpretation. May be and to W focused on supervised algorithms: decision trees repeated for credit when topic changes. and rule learning. Also considered are applications of ML LING-L 800 Research (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for algorithms to CL problems. a deferred grade. LING-L 670 Language Typology (3 cr.) Introduction to African Linguistics linguistic typology, the study of how languages differ and LING-A 501 Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) how they are alike in terms of formal features. Focuses Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) Introduction on a variety of syntactic and morphological features of to the linguistic study of African languages; questions languages including: lexical classes, word order, case of language distribution, typological and genetic and agreement systems, , definiteness, and classification, comparative reconstruction, and structural gender; valence-changing devices; verbal categories and aspects of individual languages. subordination. LING-A 502 Language in Africa (3 cr.) Language in LING-L 685 Linguistics Teaching Practicum (1-3 cr.) the lives and behavior of African people. Dynamics P: Completion of 24 hours of graduate coursework, plus of language spread and multilingualism. Literacy, 600-level coursework in the area of the practicum. Under language and education. Linguistic ritual: greetings, faculty supervision, students provide instruction in an condolences, apologies, leave-taking. Joking and undergraduate course in their area of specialization, for insulting relationships. Stories and storytellers. Proverbs example, phonetics, phonology, syntax, sociolinguistics. and their use. Power of language in society. This practicum also provides experience in developing course materials (e.g., problem sets, homework exercises, LING-A 503 Bantu Linguistics (3 cr.) Structural reading selections), and testing. comparisons of Bantu languages at levels of phonology, morphology, and syntax, noting differences and similarities LING-L 690 Advanced Readings in Linguistics (1-4 cr.) of various East African languages. S/F grading. LING-A 504 Chadic Linguistics (3 cr.) P: Reading LING-L 695 M.A. Thesis Research (1-4 cr.) This course knowledge of French or German. An introduction to the is eligible for a deferred grade. Chadic language family. The relationship of Chadic to LING-L 700 Seminar on Current Issues (1-4 cr.) This Afro-Asiatic and the membership and internal classification seminar will deal with major books and articles that of the Chadic family. Common structural features of have defined important areas of debate in the current present-day Chadic langugages and the reconstruction of development of linguistic theory. The specific title will be Proto-Chadic. announced well in advance of each semester. Course may LING-A 747 Seminar in African Linguistics (4 cr.) be retaken for up to 12 credit hours. Research on specific problems of African linguistics. LING-L 710 Seminar in Phonetics (3 cr.) Selected Course may be repeated for credit. problems in the acoustic, motor, and auditory structure of The Study of African and Other Languages the sounds of human language. May be repeated for credit African and Other Languages when topic changes. LING-F 101 Elementary African Languages I: [variable LING-L 712 Seminar in Phonology (3 cr.) Research and language] (3 cr.) Three (3) credit hours for graduate reports on selected problems of generative phonology. students; 4 credit hours for undergraduates. May be repeated for credit when topic changes. LING-F 102 Elementary African Languages II: [variable LING-L 714 Seminar in Syntax (3 cr.) Advanced language] (3 cr.) Three (3) credit hours for graduate treatment of a topic, construction, or theoretical concept in students; 4 credit hours for undergraduates. May 26, 2016 289

LING-F 201 Intermediate African Languages I: contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of [variable language] (3 cr.) traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and written compositions, advanced reading and listening LING-F 202 Intermediate African Languages II: comprehension and translation of complex texts from [variable language] (3 cr.) English to Twi. The course will be completely oriented to LING-F 301 Advanced African Languages I: [variable the needs of the students enrolled. language] (3 cr.) Bambara/Bamana LING-F 302 Advanced African Languages II: [variable LING-B 501 Elementary Bamana I (3 cr.) Introduction language] (3 cr.) to Bamana, major language spoken in Mali and Burkina Faso. Basic grammatical structures and vocabulary. LING-A 400 Advanced Individual Study of an African Emphasis is on spoken language, language use in specific Language (1-4; max. 12 cr.) May be repeated for credit. social settings. Graduate students will have an individual LING-L 506 Tutorial Instruction in Foreign Languages project to complete. Important cultural points like food, (arr. cr.) May be repeated for credit. clothing, etc. Videos and Internet resources will be used. Akan LING-B 502 Elementary Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C LING-K 501 Elementary Akan I (3 cr.) Introduction to or better in B501 or equivalent proficiency. Second part of Akan, a major language in Ghana. Basic grammatical a two-semester course. Bamana is spoken in West Africa structures, vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language, especially Mali. Basic grammatical structures/vocabulary, oral, listening comprehension, language use in specific spoken language used in social settings. Videos and social settings. Graduate students will have individual Internet resources will be used. projects to submit. Important cultural points like food, LING-B 601 Intermediate Bamana I (3 cr.) P: Grade of clothing, marriage, etc. Videos and Internet resources will C or better in LING B502 or equivalent proficiency. First be used. part of two-semester course. Studying more complex LING-K 502 Elementary Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or grammatical structures, emphasis speaking/writing/ better in LING K501, or equivalent proficiency. Introduction reading texts, oral/written compositions, reading, listening to Akan, major language in Ghana. Basic grammatical comprehension, and translation of texts. Cultural events structures, vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language, through use of videos, CD-ROMs, internet. oral, listening comprehension, language use in specific LING-B 602 Intermediate Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of social settings. Graduate students will have individual C or better in LING B601 or equivalent proficiency Study projects to submit. Important cultural points like food, of more complex grammatical structures, with emphasis clothing, marriage, etc. Videos and Internet resources will on active skills: speaking, writing, reading texts. Attention be used. will be on oral/written compositions, reading and listening LING-K 601 Intermediate Akan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C comprehension, and translation of texts. Graduate or better in LING K502, or equivalent proficiency. First students will have an individual project. Description of part in a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex cultural events through the use of videos, CD-ROMs and grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: the Internet. speaking and writing. Attention will be on oral and written LING-B 701 Advanced Bamana I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C compositions, reading and listening comprehension, and First part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more translation of texts. Description of cultural events through complex grammatical structures, complex contextual the use of videos and the Internet. discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional, LING-K 602 Intermediate Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C modern literature. Advanced oral, written compositions, or better in LING K601, or equivalent proficiency. Second listening comprehension, translations. Special projects. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex LING-B 702 Advanced Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: or better in LING B701 or equivalent proficiency. Second speaking, writing and reading texts. Attention will be part of two-semester sequence. Requires permission on oral and written composition, reading and listening of instructor. Study of complex grammatical structures, comprehension, translation from English to Twi and from contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings, oral Twi to English. Description of cultural events shown on and written compositions, listening comprehension, video or CD-ROM. translation of complex texts. Additional project(s). LING-K 701 Advanced Akan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or Swahili better in LING K602, or equivalent proficiency. Study LING-S 501 Elementary Swahili I (3 cr.) First part of a of more complex grammatical structures and complex two-semester sequence. Introduction to Swahili, a major contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of African language spoken in East Africa, e.g., Kenya, traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and Tanzania, and Uganda. Basic grammatical structures and written compositions, advanced listening comprehension vocabulary. Emphasis on spoken language and listening and translation of complex texts. Use of Internet comprehension, language use in specific social settings, resources. The course will be completely oriented to the and appropriate cultural features (e.g., foods, clothing, needs of the students enrolled. marraige). Student projects. LING-K 702 Advanced Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or LING-S 502 Elementary Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C better in LING K701, or equivalent proficiency. Study of or better in LING S501, or equivalent proficiency. Second complex grammatical structures and of more complex part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of work 290 May 26, 2016 begun on basic skills in S501, with continued emphasis on effectively in Wolof in all class discussions and activities. oral/aural skills, reading comprehension. Student projects. Wolof grammar will be reviewed and exercises assigned to check learners’ grasp of grammatical patterns and LING-S 601 Intermediate Swahili I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C ability to express themselves appropriately in given or better in LING S502, or equivalent proficiency. communicative situations. First part of a two-semester sequence. Introduction of more grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. LING-X 702 Advanced Wolof (3 cr.) P: X701 Provide Continued work on comprehension, both listening and the students a deeper knowledge of Wolof language, reading, and oral production. More emphasis on speaking cultures, connections, comparisons, and communities. and writing. Student projects. Each student will acquire a greater capacity to understand and use the language. Each student will develop the ability LING-S 602 Intermediate Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C to convey feelings and ideas in the language. or better in LING S601, or equivalent proficiency. Yoruba Second part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation LING-Y 501 Elementary Yoruba I (3 cr.) First part of a of work in S601, with additional and more complex two-semester sequence. Introduction to Yoruba language grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. Increased and culture, a major African language spoken in Nigeria. conversational interaction and written compositions. Basic grammatical structures and vocabulary. Emphasis Student projects. on spoken language and listening comprehension, language use in specific social settings (e.g., market, LING-S 701 Advanced Swahili I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C hospital, school), and appropriate cultural features (e.g., or better in LING S602, or equivalent proficiency. First foods, clothing, marriage, etc...). Student projects. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex grammatical structures and of more complex contextual LING-Y 502 Elementary Yoruba II (3 cr.) P: Grade C or discourse patterns. Advanced readings of oral and written better in LING-Y 501, or equivalent proficiency Second compositions, advanced listening comprehension, and part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of work translation of complex texts. Use of Internet resources. begun on basic skills in Y501, with continued emphasis on oral/aural skills, reading comprehension. Student projects. LING-S 702 Advanced Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or better in LING-S 701 or equivalent proficiency and LING-Y 601 Intermediate Yoruba I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C requires permission of instructor. Second part of a two- or better in LING-Y 502 or equivalent proficiency semester sequence. Study of complex grammatical First part of a two-semester sequence. Introduction structures, advanced readings of traditional, modern of more complex grammatical structures, expanded literature. Advanced oral and written compositions, vocabulary. Continued work on comprehension-both advanced reading and listening comprehension and listening and reading-and oral production. More emphasis translation of complex texts from English to Swahili. on speaking and writing. Student projects.

Wolof LING-Y 602 Intermediate Yoruba II (3 cr.) P: Grade LING-X 501 Elementary Wolof (3 cr.) Introduction to the of C or better in LING-Y 602 or equivalent proficiency Wolof language. Focus on basic sounds, basic sentence Second part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation structure of the language, combining written, oral practice of work in Y601 with additional and more complex based on cultural aspects of Wolof society. Exercises grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. Increased include oral, listening, and reading comprehension, writing conversational interaction and written compositions. with emphasis on the foreign language national standards. Student projects. LING-X 502 Elementary Wolof (3 cr.) P: X501 Course Zulu provides a deeper knowledge of the Wolof language, LING-Z 501 Elementary Zulu I (3 cr.) First part of a two- culture. Second part of a two-semester sequence. semester sequence. Introduction to Zulu language and Focused on communication, cultures, connections, culture. Zulu is spoken in South Africa and the neighboring comparisons, and communities of the foreign language. countries of Zimbabwe, Malawi, Namibia, Mozambique This will enable each student to acquire greater Swaziland, and Lesotho Basic grammatical structures understanding and use the Wolof language to convey and vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language and feelings, express ideas in language. cultural awareness. LING-X 601 Intermediate Wolof I (3 cr.) This is an LING-Z 502 Elementary Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or intermediate Wolof class, a continuation of X501 and better in LING Z501, or equivalent proficiency. The second X502. Students will deepen basic skills acquired in part of a two-semester sequence. Basic grammatical previous Wolof courses such as pronunciation, reading, structures and vocabulary. Emphasis is on the spoken speaking, listening and writing. language—oral and listening comprehension, language LING-X 602 Intermediate Wolof II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C use in specific social settings. Videos and internet or better in LING-X601. This is the second semester of resources will be used. an Intermediate Wolof class X601. Students will deepen LING-Z 601 Intermediate Zulu I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C basic skills acquired in previous Wolof courses such as or better in LING Z502, or equivalent proficiency. First pronunciation, reading, speaking, listeneing and writing. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex This semester will focus on listening and speaking skills. grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: LING-X 701 Advanced Wolof (3 cr.) Instruction will speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will be mostly be in Wolof. Learners will be required to contribute on oral and written compositions, reading and listening May 26, 2016 291 comprehension, and translation of texts. Description of (See also general University Graduate School cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. requirements.) LING-Z 602 Intermediate Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C Doctor of Philosophy Degree or better in LING Z601, or equivalent proficiency. Second See “Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mass part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex Communications” in the School of Journalism and the grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: Department of Telecommunications entries for admission speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will be and degree requirements, course descriptions, and on oral and written compositions, reading and listening recommended courses in other departments. comprehension, and translation of texts. Descriptions of cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. Faculty Second part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more Co-Directors complex grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will Professor Walter Gantz* (Telecommunications) and be on oral and written compositions, reading and listening Professor Emeritus Trevor Brown* (Journalism) comprehension, and translation of texts. Descriptions of cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct LING-Z 701 Advanced Zulu I (3 cr.) P: Grade of doctoral dissertations.) C or better in LING Z602, or equivalent proficiency. First part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more Distinguished Professor complex grammatical structures and of more complex Annie Lang* (Telecommunications) contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and Professors written compositions, advanced listening comprehension James Brown* (Journalism), Trevor Brown* and translation of complex texts. Use of internet (Emeritus, Journalism), Richard Burke* (Emeritus, resources.course will be completely oriented to the needs Telecommunications), Edward J. Castronova* of the students enrolled. (Telecommunications), Barbara Cherry* LING-Z 702 Advanced Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or (Telecommunications), Dan Drew* (Emeritus, better in LING Z701, or equivalent proficiency. Second Journalism), Jack Dvorak* (Journalism), Susan part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex Eastman* (Emerita, Telecommunications), Walter grammatical structures and of more complex contextual Gantz* (Telecommunications), Maria Elizabeth Grabe* discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional and (Telecommunications), Peter Jacobi* (Emeritus, modern literature. Advanced oral written compositions, Journalism), Shannon Martin* (Journalism), Michael advanced listening comprehension and translation of McGregor* (Telecommunications), David P. Nord* complex texts. Use of internet resources. The course (Journalism), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita, Journalism), will be completely oriented to the needs of the students Carol Polsgrove* (Emerita, Journalism), Harmeet enrolled. Sawhney* (Telecommunications), David H. Waterman* (Telecommunications), David H. Weaver* (Journalism), Mass Communications G. Cleveland Wilhoit* (Emeritus, Journalism), Lars Willnat (Journalism) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: Associate Professors Departmental E-mail: [email protected] David Boeyink* (Journalism), Bonnie Jeanne Brownlee (Journalism), Claude H. Cookman (Journalism), Jon Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~telecom/ Paul Dilts* (Journalism), Michael Evans* (Journalism), (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Anthony L. Fargo* (Journalism), Julia R. Fox* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (Telecommunications), Owen V. Johnson* (Journalism), University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements James Kelly (Journalism), Radhika Parameswaran* contained only in The University Graduate School (Journalism), Bryant M. Paul* (Telecommunications), Bulletin.) Robert F. Potter* (Telecommunications), Steven Laurence Raymer (Journalism), Amy L. Reynolds* (Journalism), S. Curriculum Holly Stocking* (Emerita, Journalism), Herbert A. Terry* (Emeritus, Telecommunications) Degree Offered Program Information Assistant Professors The School of Journalism and the Department of Michael Thomas Conway (Journalism), Amy Gonzales Telecommunications jointly offers a Ph.D. in Mass (Telecommunications), Hans Ibold (Journalism), Communications. This doctoral program prepares Julien Mailland (Telecommunications), Lesa Hatley students (1) for teaching and research in mass Major (Journalism), Nicole Martins (Telecommunica- communications, (2) for careers that demand advanced tions), Emily Metzgar (Journalism), Andrew Weaver scholarship within professional media organizations, and (Telecommunications), W. Joann Wong (Journalism), Paul (3) for careers in government that relate to mass media. J. Wright (Telecommunications) Special Program Requirements Graduate Advisors 292 May 26, 2016

Associate Professor Amy L. Reynolds*, Ernie Pyle Hall Advisory Committee 200H, (812) 855-8111 (Journalism); Professor Harmeet S. Sawhney*, Radio-TV Center Room 325, (812) 855-0954 Composed of members of both the Department of (Telecommunications) Mathematics and the Department of Physics.

Courses Minors GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications Mathematics and physics. (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement GRAD-G 790 Readings and Research in Mass Same as in the department of residence. Communications (1-3 cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Qualifying Examination Mathematical Physics Consists of parts of the Departments of Mathematics and Physics qualifying examinations, as determined by the College of Arts and Sciences student’s advisory committee. Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~iubphys/ research/mathmatical.shtml Final Examination (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Oral and public defense of dissertation. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Faculty contained only in The University Graduate School Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Bulletin.) Mathematical Physics Curriculum (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Degree Offered doctoral dissertations.) Doctor of Philosophy Chairperson This program offers advanced graduate training for superior students in the overlapping areas of mathematics, Professor Mike Berger* (Physics) theoretical physics, and their applications from a unified point of view and promotes research in this field. College Professor Roger Meyer Temam* (Mathematics) General supervision of the program is controlled by the Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Mathematical Distinguished Professors Physics. While no master’s degree is offered, a student V. Alan Kostelecky* (Physics), Roger Newton* (Emeritus, may qualify for a master’s degree in mathematics or Physics), Roger Temam* (Mathematics) physics during the course of study. A student usually enters the program at the beginning of the second year of William H. Boucher Professor graduate study in mathematics or physics. Vladimir Touraev* (Mathematics) Special Program Requirements Professors (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) John Challifour* (Emeritus; Mathematics, Physics), Herbert Fertig* (Physics), Robert Glassey* (Emeritus, Doctor of Philosophy Degree Mathematics), David Hoff* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Michael Jolly* (Mathematics), Paul Kirk* (Mathematics), Admission Requirements Andrew Lenard* (Emeritus; Mathematics, Physics), Gerardo Ortiz* (Physics), Peter Sternberg* (Mathematics), Students in the Mathematical Physics Program must Shouhong Wang* (Mathematics), Kevin Zumbrun* be enrolled in either the Department of Mathematics or (Mathematics) the Department of Physics. Basic preparation should include courses in advanced calculus, linear algebra, Academic Advisor modern algebra, complex variables, classical mechanics, electromagnetism, quantum mechanics, modern physics, Professor Mike Berger*, Swain Hall West 117, (812) thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. Knowledge of 855-2609 the following fields is desirable: real analysis, differential equations, probability, topology, differential geometry, and Courses functional analysis. See listings of the Departments of Mathematics and Course Requirements Physics. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Required Mathematics courses are determined by the advisory committee on the basis of the student’s previous training and main fields College of Arts and Sciences of interest. (For a starting point, see requirements for Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Mathematical Physics minor.) Departmental URL: http://www.math.indiana.edu/ May 26, 2016 293

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate of the instructor and the director of graduate studies. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Students with a strong interest in Physics are encouraged University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements to consider the Ph.D. program in Mathematical Physics. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) General Course Requirements Curriculum Students must complete a total of 30 credit hours, of which 18 credit hours must be from the core courses, taken from at least three different topics. With the permission Degrees Offered of the director of graduate studies, core courses can be Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of substituted by more advanced courses from the same Philosophy topic. Special Departmental Requirements Course Requirements (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Students must complete a total of 36 graduate credit hours, with at least one 3-credit hour course in each of five Admission Requirements of the topics. At least 21 of the 36 credit hours must be mathematics graduate courses. This includes 400-level Undergraduate mathematics major or its equivalent. courses that carry graduate credit. Those courses are Definitions assigned to topics by the director of graduate studies. At The Department of Mathematics offers core courses to most 6 credit hours of other undergraduate mathematics give our students a broad education in mathematics and to courses may count towards the 36 credit hours, but they prepare them for more advanced studies in the respective require consent of the director of graduate studies. subjects. These core courses are divided into topics as Course Requirements follows: The following course requirements are designed to • Algebra provide the broad background needed for the successful o M501/502 Algebra pursuit of research leading to the dissertation. Students must complete 36 credit hours in mathematics at the 500, o M507/508 Lie Algebras and Lie Groups 600, or 700 level, excluding M553, M555, M556, M595- • Analysis M596, and M599, and, in addition, must complete 2 credit hours in M599. Their program of study will depend upon o M511/512 Real Analysis their background and interests. Students should formulate a program in consultation with their faculty advisor. o M513/514 Complex Analysis Reading courses may not be used to satisfy the • Topology and Geometry requirements of these options unless they are specifically o M521/522/M529 Topology approved by the director of graduate studies. A dissertation is required. o M531/M533/534 Differential Geometry Field of Research (Major Area) • Differential Equations The field of research or topic of the major will be one o M540/541/542 Partial Differential Equations of the topics listed above, or will be listed as Pure o M544/545 Ordinary Differential Equations Mathematics or Applied Mathematics and Computation, with approval of the advisor and the director of graduate • Dynamical Systems / Probability studies. o M557/558 Dynamical Systems Breadth Requirements o M560/M563/564 Probability Students must complete 24 credit hours from the core courses, with 6 hours in each of at least four different • Numerical Methods topics. With the permission of the director of graduate o M571/572 Analysis of Numerical Methods studies, core courses can be substituted by more advanced courses within the same topic. • Logic and Set Theory Minor o M583/584 Set Theory/Recursion Theory A Ph.D. student must complete a minor in mathematics, • Outside and miscellaneous courses (cryptography, or in some other department. If the student chooses to quantum computing, financial mathematics, computer minor in another department, she or he must satisfy that science, economics, and physics are commonly used, but department’s requirements as described in the University others may also be appropriate). Course choices in this Graduate School Bulletin and have that department notify category must be approved by the student’s advisor and the Department of Mathematics Graduate Office that she the director of graduate studies. or he has done so. These topics serve both to satisfy our breadth To complete a minor in mathematics itself, the student requirements as well as to define the possible research must complete 9 credit hours of courses in one of the areas for a major and minor. Courses other than the core topics above, except the Outside topic. This topic must courses may be assigned to these topics with approval also be different from that of the Major (Field of Research), 294 May 26, 2016 and the courses used to cover the Minor must be different • A faculty endorsement. from those used to cover the breadth requirements. The chosen topic will then be the topic of the minor. • Written personal statement by student. Alternatively, it can be listed as Pure Mathematics or • Student’s performance of assistantship duties. Applied Mathematics and Computation, with approval of the advisor and the director of graduate studies. In support of the Tier 2 review, grades in 500-level courses will be given and evaluated according to the Foreign Language Requirement following guidelines: The student must demonstrate reading proficiency in • A grade of A means that, based on the student’s work one foreign language in which major research articles in that course, the instructor believes the student will in mathematics are published. Acceptable languages succeed in being admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. are German, French, and Russian or another language deemed to be more relevant by the dissertation advisor. • A grade of B means that the student’s work in that The Graduate Policy Committee of the Department of course is satisfactory, but the instructor has reservations Mathematics will consider petitions for substituting other (based on that work) about the student’s ability to be languages. admitted to candidacy. Qualifying Examinations • Lower grades will indicate unsatisfactory work. The Department of Mathematics qualifying exam All students must maintain at least a B average in their comprises a three-tier system designed to help determine coursework, in accordance with currently published as quickly and efficiently as possible whether students departmental and university guidelines. have mastered basic mathematics, exhibit the necessary As indicated above, students can accelerate their progress abilities and self-discipline, and have prepared themselves in the program by passing the Tier 1 exams on entrance to pursue the independent research necessary to earn the into the program and electing to take the Tier 2 review at Ph.D. degree. the end of their first year. The review committee will treat Tier 1 (Comprehensive 400-Level Written Exams) this as favorable for a student’s case. Students who do not receive a recommendation to continue will be encouraged Ph.D. students will take written exams on both 400- level to complete the M.A. degree. If they have financial support algebra and analysis. The exams will be given during the at the time of review, they will be entitled to at least one week before classes begin in the fall and in the spring. additional semester of support in order to do so. Each part of the exam lasts four hours. Tier 3 (Oral Exam) New students may take either or both of the Tier 1 exams in August when they first arrive. A student is allowed to try After passing the Tier 2 review, a student must arrange each exam each time it is offered, but s/he must pass both and pass an oral examination before October of his or exams prior to the end of the second year of study. her fourth year. The student will seek the direction of a faculty member as a scientific advisor for this exam. The Syllabi, references, and sample problems for these exams faculty member will assign a reading list consisting of texts are available on the Department of Mathematics web site. and research-level papers; this material will comprise Tier 2 (Committee Review) the major topic of the exam. If and when the scientific advisor feels the student is ready for the exam, the advisor Each spring/summer, a departmental committee will will arrange for a three-member faculty committee to review the record of every student who has either: administer the exam. • Completed two years in the program without previous The student will submit for approval a proposal for the Tier review, or 3 exam to the director of graduate studies, consisting of topics for the major and minor area of the examination, a • Passed the Tier 1 exams on entrance to the program and syllabus and a reading list for the major and minor topic, elects the review at the end of the first year. and the list of three faculty members serving as the Tier 3 The student will: committee. • Provide to the graduate office a personal statement These exams are projected to last approximately two that describes the student’s plan for further study and hours, and one of the committee members must be research, including a proposal for the area of research and qualified to examine the student in the minor area, where a topic for a minor. the student must demonstrate 500-level mastery. In order to pass the exam, the student must: • Request an “endorsement” from his or her (interim) advisor or another faculty member. By endorsing a • Demonstrate a level of mathematical ability and maturity student, the faculty member agrees to guide the student to sufficient for successfully undertaking a Ph.D. dissertation prepare for the Tier 3 exam. (normally in the major area of the exam), and The review committee will decide which students may • Identify a faculty member willing to serve as Ph.D. continue toward Ph.D. candidacy. The committee’s advisor. This will typically, but not necessarily, be the considerations will include: faculty member who organized the exam. • Performance on the Tier 1 exams. Ph.D. Minor in Mathematics • Performance in 500-level coursework. Doctoral students in other departments may complete a minor in mathematics by satisfying one of the following May 26, 2016 295 options: (1) 9 credit hours of mathematics courses at Courses the 400 level or above, or (2) M343-M344 and 6 credit hours of mathematics courses at the 400 level or above. Students are advised to begin their study of a field with Reading courses (e.g., M800) and courses taken at other 400-level courses, unless their preparation in that field universities will not satisfy the course requirements for the has been very good. M.A.T. students in mathematics, Ph.D. minor. or M.A., M.S., or Ph.D. students in other departments, may receive graduate credit for any 400-level course that Faculty appears in this bulletin. Candidates for the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics should note that some 400-level courses Chairperson do not satisfy certain degree requirements (see footnotes). Professor Elizabeth Housworth* In the following list, the middle digit of the course number Graduate Faculty indicates the field of mathematics: x0y, algebra; x1y, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University analysis; x2y, topology; x3y, geometry; x4y, applied Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct mathematics; x5y, mechanics; x6y, probability and doctoral dissertations.) statistics; x7y, numerical analysis; x8y, history and College Professor foundations. Roger Meyer Temam* MATH-M 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra I (3 cr.) Distinguished Professor MATH-M 404 Introduction to Modern Algebra II (3 cr.) Ciprian Foias* (Emeritus) MATH-S 403 Honors Course in Modern Algebra I (3 cr.) Michael J. Larsen* MATH-S 404 Honors Course in Modern Algebra II Roger Temam* (3 cr.) William H. Boucher Professor MATH-T 403 Modern Algebra for Secondary Teachers Vladimir Touraev* (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be Professors taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other departments for graduate credit. S. Thomas Bagby* (Emeritus), Eric D. Bedford* (Emeritus), Grahame Bennett* (Emeritus), Hari Bercovici*, MATH-M 405 Number Theory (3 cr.) P: M212 Rabi Bhattacharya* (Emeritus), Richard C. Bradley* (Bloomington campus only) This course does not (Emeritus), Arlen Brown* (Emeritus), John Challifour* ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. in (Emeritus, Physics), Mihai Ciucu*, Jiri Dadok* (Emeritus), mathematics. It may, however, be taken by M.A.T. James F. Davis*, Allan L. Edmonds* (Emeritus), David students and graduate students in other departments for Fisher*, Marlies Gerber*, Robert T. Glassey* (Emeritus), graduate credit. Victor W. Goodman* (Emeritus), Darrell Eugene Haile* (Emeritus), David C. Hoff* (Emeritus), Elizabeth MATH-M 409 Linear Transformations (3 cr.) Does not Housworth*, Michael S. Jolly*, Christopher Martin Judge*, count toward the area requirements for the M.A. and Ph.D. Paul A. Kirk*, Jee Heub Koh*, Andrew Lenard* (Emeritus, in mathematics. Physics), Charles Livingston*, Morton Lowengrub* MATH-M 413 Introduction to Analysis I (3 cr.) (Emeritus), Valery Lunts*, Russell Lyons*, Daniel P. Maki* (Emeritus), Michael Mandell*, Lawrence S. Moss*, Kent E. MATH-M 414 Introduction to Analysis I (3 cr.) Orr*, Kevin Michael Pilgrim*, Sergey Ivanovich Pinchuk*, MATH-M 415 Elementary Complex Variables with Madan Puri* (Emeritus), Billy Rhoades* (Emeritus), Applications (3 cr.) Bruce Michael Solomon*, George Springer* (Emeritus, Computer Science), Joseph Stampfli* (Emeritus), Peter MATH-M 420 Metric Space Topology (3 cr.) This J. Sternberg*, Maynard Thompson* (Emeritus), Alberto courses does not ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. Torchinsky*, Shouhong Wang*, Matthias Weber*, William or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be taken Ziemer* (Emeritus), Kevin R. Zumbrun* by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other departments for graduate credit. Associate Professors MATH-M 425 Graph Network Theory and Scott W. Brown* (Emeritus), Christopher G. Combinatorial Analysis (3 cr.) Connell*, Ciprian Demeter*, Norm Levenberg*, Ayelet E. Lindenstrauss*, Ji-Ping Sha*, Matthias Strauch*, Dylan MATH-M 435 Introduction to Differential Geometry Thurston*, William H. Wheeler* (3 cr.) Assistant Professors MATH-M 436 Introduction to Geometries (3 cr.) Matthew Bainbridge*, Michael Damron, Nam Le, Matvei MATH-M 441 Introduction to Partial Differential Libine*, Ajay Ramodoss, Noah Snyder Equations with Applications I (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies MATH-M 442 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations with Applications II (3 cr.) Professor Matthias Weber*, Rawles Hall 130, (812) 855-3700 MATH-M 447 Mathematical Models and Applications I (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be 296 May 26, 2016 taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other MATH-M 506 Basic Number Theory II (3 cr.) P: M403- departments for graduate credit. M404. Congruence, units modulo n, lattices and abelian groups, quadratic residues, arithmetic functions, MATH-M 448 Mathematical Models and Applications II diophantine equations, Farey fractions, continued (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward fractions, partition function, the Sieve method, density the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be of subsets of integers, zeta function, the prime number taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other theorem. departments for graduate credit. MATH-M 507 Introduction to Lie Algebras and Lie MATH-M 463 Introduction to Probability Theory I (3 cr.) Groups (3 cr.) P: M403-M404, and M409 or M501. MATH-M 464 Introduction to Probability Theory II Nilpotent, solvable, and semisimple Lie algebras, (3 cr.) exponential map, PBW theorem, Killing form, Cartan subalgebras, root systems, Weyl group, classification MATH-M 466 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and representations of complex semisimple Lie algebras, (3 cr.) Schur's lemma, maximal weight modules; correspondence MATH-M 471 Numerical Analysis I (3 cr.) P: M301 between real Lie algebras and Lie groups, compact or M303, M311, M343, and knowledge of a computer Lie groups, complex and real semisimple Lie groups, language such as Fortran, C, or C++. (Students with other symmetric spaces. programming backgrounds should consult the instructor.) MATH-M 508 Introduction to Lie Algebras and Lie MATH-M 472 Numerical Analysis II (3 cr.) P: M301 Groups (3 cr.) P: M403-M404, and M409 or M501. or M303, M311, M343, and knowledge of a computer Nilpotent, solvable, and semisimple Lie algebras, language such as Fortran, C, or C++. (Students with other exponential map, PBW theorem, Killing form, Cartan programming backgrounds should consult the instructor.) subalgebras, root systems, Weyl group, classification and representations of complex semisimple Lie algebras, MATH-M 482 Mathematical Logic (3 cr.) Schur's lemma, maximal weight modules; correspondence between real Lie algebras and Lie groups, compact MATH-M 490 Problem Seminar (3 cr.) Lie groups, complex and real semisimple Lie groups, MATH-T 490 Topics for Elementary Teachers (3 cr.) symmetric spaces. P: T103 or equivalent. Development and study of a body MATH-M 509 Representations of Finite Groups of mathematics specifically designed for experienced (3 cr.) P: M409 or equivalent. Groups, subgroups. elementary teachers. Examples include probability, Homomorphisms, isomorphisms. Transformation statistics, geometry, and algebra. Open only to graduate groups. The orthogonal and Euclidean groups O(3) elementary teachers with consent of the instructor. (Does and E(3). Symmetry and discrete subgroups of E(3). not count toward the area requirements for the M.A. and Crystallographic groups. Group representations. Ph.D. degrees in mathematics.) Reducible and irreducible representations. Group MATH-M 501 Survey of Algebra (3 cr.) P: M403-M404. characters and character tables. Representations of the Groups with operators: Jordan-Holder theorem. Sylow symmetric groups. Young tableaux. Symmetry classes of theorems. Rings: localization of rings; Chinese remainder tensors. theorem. Modules over principal ideal domains: invariants. MATH-M 511 Real Variables I (3 cr.) Sets and functions, Fields: algebraic closure; separable and inseparable cardinal and ordinal numbers, set functions, kinds of algebraic extensions; Galois theory; finite fields. measures, integration, absolute continuity, convergence MATH-M 502 Commutative Algebra (3 cr.) P: M501. theorems, differentiation and integration. Normed linear Field theory: transcendental extensions; separable spaces, function spaces, linear functionals, Banach extensions; derivations. Modules: Noetherian and Artinian spaces, Hilbert spaces, Fourier transforms, Schwartz modules. Primary modules; primary decomposition; Krull class. intersection theorem. Commutative rings: height and depth MATH-M 512 Real Variables II (3 cr.) Sets and functions, of prime ideals. Integral extensions. Notions of algebraic cardinal and ordinal numbers, set functions, kinds of geometry: algebraic sets; Hilbert Nullstellensatz; local measures, integration, absolute continuity, convergence rings. theorems, differentiation and integration. Normed linear MATH-M 503 Noncommutative Algebra (3 cr.) spaces, function spaces, linear functionals, Banach P: M501. Simple and semisimple modules; density spaces, Hilbert spaces, Fourier transforms, Schwartz theorem; Wedderburn-Artin theorem. Simple algebras: class. automorphisms; splitting fields; Brauer groups. MATH-M 513 Complex Variables I (3 cr.) Algebra, Representations of finite groups: characters; induced topology, and geometry of the complex plane; analytic characters; applications. functions; conformal mapping; Riemann surfaces; MATH-M 505 Basic Number Theory I (3 cr.) P: M403- Cauchy’s theorem and formula; convergence theorems; M404. Congruence, units modulo n, lattices and abelian infinite series and products; Riemann mapping theorem. groups, quadratic residues, arithmetic functions, MATH-M 514 Complex Variables II (3 cr.) Algebra, diophantine equations, Farey fractions, continued topology, and geometry of the complex plane; analytic fractions, partition function, the Sieve method, density functions; conformal mapping; Riemann surfaces; of subsets of integers, zeta function, the prime number Cauchy’s theorem and formula; convergence theorems; theorem. infinite series and products; Riemann mapping theorem. May 26, 2016 297

MATH-M 518 Fourier Analysis (3 cr.) The course will ness, continuous dependence; linear systems, stability cover basic facts of Fourier series and orthogonal sets of theory, Floquet theory; periodic solutions of nonlinear functions, Fourier transforms, and applications. Different equations; Poincaré-Bendixson theory, direct stability convergence properties of the Fourier, Haar, and Sturm- methods; almost periodic motions; spectral theory of Liouville expansions will be considered. As time permits, nonsingular and singular self-adjoint boundary-value applications to discrete and fast Fourier transforms, and problems; two-dimensional autonomous systems; the wavelets, will be discussed. saddle-point property; linear systems with isolated singularities. MATH-M 521 Topology I (3 cr.) Point-set topology, including connectedness, compactness, separation MATH-M 545 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3 cr.) properties, products, quotients, metrization, function P: M413-M414 or consent of instructor. Existence, unique- spaces. Elementary homotopy theory including ness, continuous dependence; linear systems, stability fundamental group and covering spaces. Introduction to theory, Floquet theory; periodic solutions of nonlinear homology theory with applications such as the Brouwer equations; Poincaré-Bendixson theory, direct stability Fixed Point Theorem. methods; almost periodic motions; spectral theory of nonsingular and singular self-adjoint boundary-value MATH-M 522 Topology II (3 cr.) Point-set topology, problems; two-dimensional autonomous systems; the including connectedness, compactness, separation saddle-point property; linear systems with isolated properties, products, quotients, metrization, function singularities. spaces. Elementary homotopy theory including fundamental group and covering spaces. Introduction to MATH-M 546 Control Theory (3 cr.) Examples of control homology theory with applications such as the Brouwer problems; optimal control of deterministic systems: linear Fixed Point Theorem. and nonlinear. The maximal principle: stochastic control problems. MATH-M 529 Introduction to Differential Topology (3 cr.) P: M303, M413, or equivalent. Derivatives and MATH-M 548 Mathematical Methods for Biology tangents; Inverse Function Theorem; immersions and (3 cr.) P: M414, M463. Deterministic growth models. submersions; Sard’s Theorem. Manifolds; imbedding Birth-death processes and stochastic models for growth. manifolds. Applications: intersections and degrees Mathematical theories for the spread of epidemics. (mod 2); Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem. Orientation of Quantitative population genetics. manifolds; Euler characteristic; Hopf Degree Theorem. MATH-M 551 Markets and Multi-Period Asset Pricing MATH-M 533 Differential Geometry I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: M463, M345, or equivalent. The concepts of Differentiable manifolds, multilinear algebra, and arbitrage and risk-neutral pricing are introduced within tensor bundles. Vector fields, connections, and general the context of dynamic models of stock prices, bond integrability theorems. Riemannian manifolds, curvatures, prices, and currency exchange rates. Specific models and topics from the calculus of variations. include multi-period binomial models, Markov processes, Brownian motion, and martingales. MATH-M 534 Differential Geometry II (3 cr.) Differentiable manifolds, multilinear algebra, and MATH-M 553 Cryptography (3 cr.) P: M301 or M303. tensor bundles. Vector fields, connections, and general ***Does not count toward the 500-level requirements. integrability theorems. Riemannian manifolds, curvatures, Covers encryption and decryption in secure codes. and topics from the calculus of variations. Topics include: cryptosystems and their cryptanalysis, Data Encryption Standard, differential cryptanalysis, MATH-M 540 Partial Differential Equations I (3 cr.) Euclidean algorithm, Chinese remainder theorem, RSA P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to distributions, cryptosystem, primality testing, factoring algorithms, Sobolev spaces, and Fourier transforms; elliptic equations, ElGamal cryptosystem, discrete log problem, other public Hilbert space theory, potential theory, maximum principle; key cryptosystems, signature schemes, hash functions, parabolic equations and systems, characteristics, key distribution, and key agreement. Credit not given for representations of solutions, energy methods; applications both M553 and M453. and examples. MATH-M 555 Quantum Computing I (3 cr.) ***Does MATH-M 541 Partial Differential Equations II (3 cr.) not count toward the 500-level requirements. Covers P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to distributions, the interdisciplinary field of quantum information science Sobolev spaces, and Fourier transforms; elliptic equations, for graduate students in computer science, physics, Hilbert space theory, potential theory, maximum principle; mathematics, philosophy, and chemistry. Quantum parabolic equations and systems, characteristics, information science is the study of storing, processing, and representations of solutions, energy methods; applications communicating information using quantum systems. and examples. MATH-M 556 Quantum Computing II (3 cr.) ***Does MATH-M 542 Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations not count toward the 500-level requirements. Covers (3 cr.) P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to an the interdisciplinary field of quantum information science array of topics in linear and nonlinear PDE including for graduate students in computer science, physics, elements of calculus of variations and applications to mathematics, philosophy, and chemistry. Quantum nonlinear elliptic PDE, systems of conservation laws, information science is the study of storing, processing, and semi-group theory, reaction-diffusion equations, Schauder communicating information using quantum systems. theory, Navier-Stokes equations, bifurcation theory. MATH-M 557 Introduction to Dynamical Systems and MATH-M 544 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3 cr.) Ergodic Theory (3 cr.) Iteration of mappings, flows. P: M413-M414 or consent of instructor. Existence, unique- 298 May 26, 2016

Topological, smooth, measure-theoretic, and symbolic cross-spectrum. Other topics as time permits. Equivalent dynamics. Recurrence and chaos. Ergodic theory, spectral to STAT S650. theory, notions of entropy. Low-dimensional phenomena; hyperbolicity; structural stability and rigidity. Application to MATH-M 571 Analysis of Numerical Methods I (3 cr.) number theory, data storage, Internet search and Ramsey P: M441-M442 and M413-M414. Solution of systems of theory. linear equations, elimination and iterative methods, error analyses, eigenvalue problems; numerical methods for MATH-M 558 Introduction to Dynamical Systems and integral equations and ordinary differential equations; finite Ergodic Theory (3 cr.) Iteration of mappings, flows. difference, finite element, and Galerkin methods for partial Topological, smooth, measure-theoretic, and symbolic differential equations; stability of methods. dynamics. Recurrence and chaos. Ergodic theory, spectral theory, notions of entropy. Low-dimensional phenomena; MATH-M 572 Analysis of Numerical Methods II (3 cr.) hyperbolicity; structural stability and rigidity. Application to P: M441-M442 and M413-M414. Solution of systems of number theory, data storage, Internet search and Ramsey linear equations, elimination and iterative methods, error theory. analyses, eigenvalue problems; numerical methods for integral equations and ordinary differential equations; finite MATH-M 560 Applied Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) difference, finite element, and Galerkin methods for partial P: M343, M463, or consent of instructor. Simple random differential equations; stability of methods. walk as approximation of Brownian motion. Discrete- time Markov chains. Continuous-time Markov chains; MATH-M 583 Set Theory (3 cr.) P: M482 or M511 Poisson, compound Poisson, and birth-and-death chains; or M521. Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms for set theory, Kolmogorov’s backward and forward equations; steady well-foundedness and well-orderings, induction and state. Diffusions as limits of birth-and-death processes. recursion, ordinals and cardinals, axiom of choice, cardinal Examples drawn from diverse fields of application. exponentiation, generalized continuum hypothesis, infinite combinatorics and large cardinals. Martin’s axiom, MATH-M 563 Theory of Probability I (3 cr.) P: M463, applications to analysis and topology. M512; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of measure theory and integration, axiomatic foundations of probability MATH-M 584 Recursion Theory (3 cr.) P: One of M482, theory, distribution functions and characteristic functions, M511, M521 or CSCI C452; or consent of instructor. infinitely divisible laws and the central limit problem, Classes of recursive functions, models of computation, modes of convergence of sequences of random variables, Church’s thesis, normal forms, recursion theorem, ergodic theorems, Markov chains, and stochastic recursively enumerable sets, reducibilities, lattice of processes. r.e. sets, jump operator, priority arguments, degrees of unsolvability, and hierarchies. MATH-M 564 Theory of Probability II (3 cr.) P: M463, M512; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of measure MATH-M 590 Seminar (3 cr.) theory and integration, axiomatic foundations of probability MATH-M 595 Seminar in the Teaching of College theory, distribution functions and characteristic functions, Mathematics I (1 cr.) Methods of teaching undergraduate infinitely divisible laws and the central limit problem, college mathematics. Does not count toward meeting any modes of convergence of sequences of random variables, of the 500-level requirements toward an M.A. or Ph.D. ergodic theorems, Markov chains, and stochastic processes. MATH-M 596 Seminar in the Teaching of College Mathematics II (1 cr.) Methods of teaching undergraduate MATH-M 566 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) P: M466, college mathematics. Does not count toward meeting any M512; or consent of instructor. Modern statistical of the 500-level requirements toward an M.A. or Ph.D. inference, including such topics as sufficient statistics with applications to similar tests and point estimates, MATH-M 599 Colloquium (1 cr.) Attendance at unbiased and invariant tests, lower bounds for mean Department of Mathematics colloquia required. May not square errors of point estimates, interval estimation, linear be used in fulfillment of the 36 credit hours of 500-, 600-, hypothesis, analysis of variance, sequential analysis, or 700-level coursework required for the Ph.D. Also not decision functions, and nonparametric inference. applicable to 30 credit hours for master’s degree. May be repeated. MATH-M 567 Mathematical Statistics II (3 cr.) P: M466, M512; or consent of instructor. Modern statistical MATH-M 601 Algebraic Number Theory I (3 cr.) inference, including such topics as sufficient statistics P: M501-M502. Valuations, fields of algebraic functions, with applications to similar tests and point estimates, cohomology of groups, local and global class field theory. unbiased and invariant tests, lower bounds for mean MATH-M 602 Algebraic Number Theory II (3 cr.) square errors of point estimates, interval estimation, linear P: M501-M502. Valuations, fields of algebraic functions, hypothesis, analysis of variance, sequential analysis, cohomology of groups, local and global class field theory. decision functions, and nonparametric inference. MATH-M 607 Group Representations I (3 cr.) MATH-M 568 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) P: M466 or P: Consent of instructor. Review of abstract group theory. consent of instructor. Trends, linear filters, smoothing. Representation theory of finite and infinite compact Stationary processes, autocorrelations, partial groups. Detailed study of selected classical groups. Lie autocorrelations. Autoregressive, moving average, and groups, covering groups, Lie algebras, invariant measure ARMA processes. Fitting of ARMA and related models. and induced representations. May be taught in alternate Forecasting. Seasonal time series. Spectral density of years by members of the Departments of Mathematics stationary processes. Periodograms and estimation of and Physics; see PHYS P607. spectral density. Bivariate time series, cross-correlations, May 26, 2016 299

MATH-M 608 Group Representations II (3 cr.) MATH-M 633 Algebraic Varieties I (3 cr.) Geometric P: Consent of instructor. Review of abstract group theory. and cohomological properties of algebraic varieties and Representation theory of finite and infinite compact schemes. groups. Detailed study of selected classical groups. Lie groups, covering groups, Lie algebras, invariant measure MATH-M 634 Algebraic Varieties II (3 cr.) Geometric and induced representations. May be taught in alternate and cohomological properties of algebraic varieties and years by members of the Departments of Mathematics schemes. and Physics; see PHYS P607. MATH-M 635 Relativity I (3 cr.) Mathematical MATH-M 611 Functional Analysis I (3 cr.) Fundamentals foundations of the theory of relativity. Lorentz groups, of the theory of vector spaces; Banach spaces; Hilbert Michelson-Morley experiment, aberration of stars, Fizeau space. Linear functionals and operators in such spaces, experiment, kinematic effects, relativistic second law of spectral resolution of operators. Functional equations: Newton, relativistic kinetic energy, Maxwell equations, applications to fields of analysis, such as integration ponderomotive equations. Curvature tensor and its and measure, integral equations, ordinary and partial algebraic identities, Bianchi’s identity, gravitation and differential equations, ergodic theory. Nonlinear problems. geodesics. Schwarzschild solution, relativistic orbits, Schauder-Leray fixed-point theorem and its applications to deflection of light. fundamental existence theorems of analysis. MATH-M 636 Relativity II (3 cr.) Mathematical MATH-M 612 Functional Analysis II (3 cr.) foundations of the theory of relativity. Lorentz groups, Fundamentals of the theory of vector spaces; Banach Michelson-Morley experiment, aberration of stars, Fizeau spaces; Hilbert space. Linear functionals and operators in experiment, kinematic effects, relativistic second law of such spaces, spectral resolution of operators. Functional Newton, relativistic kinetic energy, Maxwell equations, equations: applications to fields of analysis, such as ponderomotive equations. Curvature tensor and its integration and measure, integral equations, ordinary and algebraic identities, Bianchi’s identity, gravitation and partial differential equations, ergodic theory. Nonlinear geodesics. Schwarzschild solution, relativistic orbits, problems. Schauder-Leray fixed-point theorem and deflection of light. its applications to fundamental existence theorems of MATH-M 637 Theory of Gravitation I (3 cr.) Introduction analysis. to the general theory of relativity, stress-energy tensor, MATH-M 621 Algebraic Topology I (3 cr.) Basic parallel transport, geodesics, Einstein’s equation, concepts of homological algebra, universal coefficient differential geometry, manifolds, general covariance, theorems for homology and cohomology, Künneth bending of light, perihelion advance. Modern cosmology: formula, duality in manifolds. Homotopy theory including Robertson-Walker metric, equations of state, Friedmann Hurewicz and Whitehead theorems, classifying spaces, equations, Hubble’s law, redshift, cosmological constant, Postnikov systems, spectral sequences, homotopy groups inflation, quintessence, cosmic microwave background, of spheres. Offered every other year, alternating with Big Bang nucleosynthesis, structure formation. May be M623-M624. taught in alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; see PHYS P637. MATH-M 622 Algebraic Topology II (3 cr.) Basic concepts of homological algebra, universal coefficient MATH-M 638 Theory of Gravitation II (3 cr.) Gravitation theorems for homology and cohomology, Künneth waves, Schwarzschild geometry and black holes, Kerr formula, duality in manifolds. Homotopy theory including metric, Reissner-Nordstrom metric, extremal black holes, Hurewicz and Whitehead theorems, classifying spaces, Penrose diagrams, Hawking radiation, Lie derivatives, Postnikov systems, spectral sequences, homotopy groups isometries and Killing vectors, variational principle and the of spheres. Offered every other year, alternating with Palatini formalism, spinors in general relativity, vierbeins, M623-M624. gravitation as a gauge theory, quantum gravity. May be taught in alternate years by members of the Department of MATH-M 623 Geometric Topology I (3 cr.) P: M522. Physics; see PHYS P638. Topics in geometric topology chosen from K-theory, simple homotopy theory, topology of manifolds, fiber MATH-M 663 Weak Convergence of Probability bundles, knot theory, and related areas. May be taken Measures and Applications (3 cr.) P: M512, M564. more than once. Offered every other year, alternating with Weak convergence of probability measures on metric M621-M622. spaces. Prohorov’s theorem and tightness. Brownian motion. Donsker’s invariance principle. Weak convergence MATH-M 624 Geometric Topology II (3 cr.) P: M522. on D [0,1]. Convergence of empirical distributions. Topics in geometric topology chosen from K-theory, Functional central limit theorems under dependence. simple homotopy theory, topology of manifolds, fiber bundles, knot theory, and related areas. May be taken MATH-M 664 Large Sample Theory of Statistics more than once. Offered every other year, alternating with (3 cr.) P: M563, M566. Asymptotic distributions of M621-M622. sample moments, sample quantiles, and U-statistics; methods of estimation: maximum likelihood estimates, MATH-M 630 Algebraic Geometry (3 cr.) P: M522. A method of moments, L-estimators, Bayes estimators; study in the plane, based on homogeneous point and line asymptotic efficiency; likelihood ratio tests, chi-square coordinates; a study of algebraic curves and envelopes, tests, asymptotic relative efficiencies of tests; weak including such topics as invariants, singularities, convergence of the empirical distribution function to a reducibility, genus, polar properties, Pascal and Brainchon Brownian bridge and application; selection of topics from theorems, and Jacobian, Hessian, and Plücker formulas. 300 May 26, 2016 the following: large deviations, second-order asymptotic MATH-M 671 Numerical Treatment of Differential efficiency, bootstrap rank tests. and Integral Equations I (3 cr.) P: M540 or consent of instructor. Finite difference methods of ordinary and MATH-A 641 Elliptic Differential Equations (3 cr.) partial differential equations; relaxation methods; discrete P: M511, M513, M540, or consent of instructor. Green’s kernel functions; methods of Ritz, Galerkin, and Trefftz identity, fundamental solutions, function theoretic approximate methods for integral equations. methods, partition of unity, weak and strong derivatives, Sobolev inequalities, embedding theorems, Garding’s MATH-M 672 Numerical Treatment of Differential inequality, Dirichlet problem, existence theory, regularity and Integral Equations II (3 cr.) P: M540 or consent in the interior, regularity on the boundary, and selected of instructor. Finite difference methods of ordinary and topics. partial differential equations; relaxation methods; discrete kernel functions; methods of Ritz, Galerkin, and Trefftz MATH-A 642 Evolution Equations (3 cr.) P: M511, approximate methods for integral equations. M513, M540, or consent of instructor. Hyperbolic equations and systems, parabolic equations, Cauchy MATH-M 680 Logic and Decidability (3 cr.) P: M584 problems in higher dimension, method of descent, and M404; or consent of instructor. Effective syntax and fundamental solutions and their construction, strongly semantics of propositional and first-order logics, theory continuous semigroups, analytic semigroups, uniqueness of decidability and some decidable theories, theory of theorems in Hilbert space, fractional powers of operators, undecidability and implicit definability, Gödel’s theorems analyticity of solutions, and selected topics. on incompleteness and the unprovability of consistency. MATH-A 643 Integral Equations (3 cr.) P: M511, M513, MATH-M 682 Model Theory (3 cr.) P: M583, M680, and M540, or consent of instructor. Covers the Volterra- M502; or consent of instructor. Elementary equivalence, Fredholm theory of integral equations and the abstract completeness and model-completeness, interpolation, Riesz theory of compact operators. Other topics include preservation and characterization theorems, elementary ideals of compact operators, Fredholm operators, classes, types, saturated structures, introduction to convolution equations and their relationship to Toeplitz categoricity and stability. operators, Wiener-Hopf factorization. MATH-M 701 Selected Topics in Algebra I (3 cr.) MATH-A 647 Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) P: M541 or consent of instructor. Applications of the theory of MATH-M 702 Selected Topics in Algebra II (3 cr.) normed linear spaces, distributions, unbounded operators MATH-M 711 Selected Topics in Analysis I (3 cr.) in Hilbert space, and related topics to problems in mathematical physics. May be taught in alternate years by MATH-M 712 Selected Topics in Analysis II (3 cr.) members of the Department of Physics; see PHYS P647. MATH-M 721 Selected Topics in Topology I (3 cr.) MATH-A 655 Mathematical Foundations of Quantum MATH-M 722 Selected Topics in Topology II (3 cr.) Mechanics (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Philosophical and mathematical analysis of the concepts: quantum MATH-M 731 Selected Topics in Differential Geometry observable, compatibility, quantum state, superposition I (3 cr.) principle, symmetry. Axiomatic construction of conventional quantum mechanics. May be taught in MATH-M 732 Selected Topics in Differential Geometry alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; II (3 cr.) see PHYS P655. MATH-M 733 Selected Topics in Algebraic Geometry I MATH-A 656 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Mechanics (3 cr.) I (3 cr.) Introduction to the classical theory and modern MATH-M 734 Selected Topics in Algebraic Geometry II developments. Historical development of kinetic-statistical (3 cr.) theories; rigorous equilibrium statistics; kinetic gas dynamics according to Boltzmann equation; kinetic MATH-M 741 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics theories of transport processes in liquids. May be taught I (3 cr.) in alternate years by members of the Departments of MATH-M 742 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics Mathematics and Physics; see PHYS P656-P657. II (3 cr.) MATH-A 657 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Mechanics MATH-M 743 Selected Topics in Mathematical Physics I (3 cr.) Introduction to the classical theory and modern I (3 cr.) Content varies from year to year. May be taught in developments. Historical development of kinetic-statistical alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; theories; rigorous equilibrium statistics; kinetic gas see PHYS P743. dynamics according to Boltzmann equation; kinetic theories of transport processes in liquids. May be taught MATH-M 744 Selected Topics in Mathematical Physics in alternate years by members of the Departments of II (3 cr.) Content varies from year to year. May be taught Mathematics and Physics; see PHYS P656-P657. in alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; see PHYS P743. MATH-A 659 Continuum Mechanics II (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Two-semester course dealing with MATH-M 751 Selected Topics in Mechanics I (3 cr.) mathematical foundations of continuum mechanics; content varies yearly; topics selected from elasticity, MATH-M 752 Selected Topics in Mechanics II (3 cr.) plasticity, or fluid mechanics and related areas. MATH-M 761 Selected Topics in Probability I (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 301

MATH-M 762 Selected Topics in Probability II (3 cr.) Anatomy (See also the Department of Anatomy and Cell Biiology, MATH-M 771 Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis I Indianapolis.) (3 cr.) Degrees Offered MATH-M 772 Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis II (3 cr.) Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Anatomy MATH-M 781 Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic Special Program Requirements (3 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School MATH-M 782 Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic requirements.) (3 cr.) Admission Requirements MATH-M 800 Mathematical Reading and Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these MATH-M 531 Metric Geometry (3 cr.) P: 413-414 disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General Introduction to the geometric study of metric spaces. Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign Topics include: length spaces, model geometries, notions Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. of curvature, Hadamard-Cartan theorem, convexity, metric-measure spaces. Ph.D. Minor in Anatomy Students outside the department wishing to obtain a minor MATH-A 658 Continuum Mechanics I (3 cr.) P: Consent in anatomy must take 12 credits hours, including Anatomy of instructor. Two-semester course dealing with A550 and A551. mathematical foundations of continuum mechanics; content varies yearly; topics selected from elasticity, Master of Science Degree in Anatomy plasticity, or fluid mechanics and related areas. Course Requirements Medical Sciences A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 credit hours must be in anatomy and cell biology or related courses other than School of Medicine research. A850 seminar must be taken each semester. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Thesis or other approved creative work Departmental URL: bloomington.medicine.iu.edu Required. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Anatomy University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Course Requirements contained only in The University Graduate School A total of 90 credit hours, including courses in anatomy Bulletin.) and cell biology, a basic course in both physiology and Curriculum biochemistry, and dissertation. A minimum of 40 credit hours must be in courses other than research. A850 must Program Information be taken each semester. Each of the four basic medical sciences disciplines— anatomy, pathology, pharmacology, and physiology— Minors administered by the Medical Sciences program of the Minors may be in a variety of disciplines subject to School of Medicine on the Bloomington campus offers approval of the student’s advisory committee. work leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Qualifying Examination The program also accepts medical students who wish to take advantage of small classes. The first two years Written and oral, designed to test student’s knowledge in of basic medical instruction include gross anatomy, anatomical sciences. Examination in the minor area may microscopic anatomy, neuroanatomy, biochemistry, be required. microbiology, physiology, emergency medicine, Final Examination immunology, pharmacology, pathology, physical di- agnosis, and introduction to medicine (the latter two taught Oral defense of dissertation. at Bloomington Hospital). The curriculum is drawn from the many courses offered jointly through the School of Other Provision Medicine and the University Graduate School. At a time One year of supervised teaching experience is when many medical schools are reducing their basic encouraged. science offerings to medical students, the program at Bloomington should be of significant interest to those who Pathology seek a more rigorous training in the physical and biological See also the Department of Pathology, Indianapolis. sciences. Degrees Offered Complete information for the Doctor of Medicine program Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy is provided in the School of Medicine Bulletin. Courses are offered on the Bloomington campus as part of the combined degree program in medicine and on the Indianapolis campus as part of the medical graduate 302 May 26, 2016 curriculum. A student admitted to one program is also A total of 30 credit hours, all of which must be taken in the eligible for instruction in the other. program. At least 20 credit hours must be in courses other than research. Special Program Requirements Thesis (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Required. Admission Requirements Other Provision The degree Doctor of Medicine or good standing as a One year of supervised teaching experience is medical student. Non-majors in pathology admitted by encouraged. special arrangement with the faculty. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Master of Science Degree Course Requirements Course Requirements A total of 90 credit hours, including 40 credit hours in the A total of 30 credit hours, including 20 credit hours in program and dissertation. pathology. Minor Thesis Required. Required. Advisory Committee Foreign Language To be composed of research advisor, the pharmacology Reading knowledge of one foreign language desirable. faculty, and an individual from the minor discipline. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Grades Course Requirements B (3.0) average required. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation and 30 Qualifying Examination credit hours in pathology or research in pathology. Consists of two parts: (1) comprehensive written Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement examination, and (2) written research proposal with oral One of three requirements: (1) reading proficiency presentation to the advisory committee. in two languages, normally selected from French, Final Examination German, and Russian; (2) proficiency in depth in one language, normally selected from the above languages; Oral defense of dissertation. or (3) reading proficiency in one of the languages cited in (1), plus proficiency in biostatistics, biomedical Ph.D. Minor in Pharmacology instrumentation, or computer science. Students outside the department desiring to obtain a minor in pharmacology must take F605 and F606. Qualifying Examination Other Provision Written and oral. One year of supervised teaching experience is Final Examination encouraged. Oral defense of dissertation. Physiology Pharmacology See also the Department of Physiology and Biophysics, See also the Department of Pharmacology and Indianapolis. Toxicology, Indianapolis. Degrees Offered Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Special Program Requirements Special Program Requirements (See also general University Graduate School (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) requirements.) Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. Master of Science Degree Master of Science Degree Course Requirements Course Requirements May 26, 2016 303

A total of 30 credit hours, including 12 credit hours in Stephanie Ems-McClung (Biochemistry and Molecular physiology. At least 20 credit hours must be in courses Biology), Peter C. Hollenhorst* (Biochemistry and other than research. Molecular Biology), Heather A. Hundley* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Anirban Mitra (Medical and Thesis Molecular Genetics), Heather O'Hagen (Medical and Required. Molecular Genetics), Martin C. Ronan (Physiology) Doctor of Philosophy Degree Lecturers Course Requirements Douglas Carr (Medicine), Richard G. Mynark (physiology), A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation, and Andrew Notebaert (Anatomy), Sarah Tieman (Medicine the following courses: P513, P531, P532, M555, C580, and Pediatrics) and C583. P550 is to be taken each semester prior to Courses admission to candidacy. Other course requirements will be determined by the student’s advisory or research Anatomy committee. ANAT-A 464 Human Tissue Biology (4 cr.) Foreign Language/Research Skill Requirement ANAT-A 505 Human Development (2 cr.) P: Z315 or equivalent and consent of instructor Normal and Students must demonstrate proficiency in one of the abnormal human development. General considerations following areas, as determined by the student’s advisory of development from embryonic through early committee: a foreign language, statistics, or computer neonatal period. Emphasis on understanding basis for skills. morphological condition found in the adult. Qualifying Examination ANAT-A 512 Introduction to Research in Anatomy Written and oral. (1 cr.) Lectures and demonstrations in current research interests of faculty. Required of all new graduate students. Final Examination ANAT-A 513 Introduction to Research Techniques Oral defense of dissertation. (1 cr.) P: A512 Individual work on a research problem. Other Provision Required of all new greaduate students. One year of supervised teaching required. ANAT-A 530 Special Topics (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. **These courses are eligible for a deferred Ph.D. Minor in Physiology grade. Work in advanced areas in anatomy. May be Students outside the department desiring to obtain a minor repeated for credit. in physiology are required to complete a minimum of 6 credit hours in physiology courses other than research. ANAT-A 550 Gross Human Anatomy (4 cr.) Consent of Instructor Detailed study of the gross anatomy of Faculty the human, including a complete dissection. Systemic anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and Assistant Dean/Director perineum (Sem.1). Anatomy of the head and neck, John B. Watkins III*, Ph.D. extremities (Sem. II). Graduate Faculty ANAT-A 551 Gross Human Anatomy II (4 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University P: Consent of instructor Detailed study of the gross Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct anatomy of the human, including a complete dissection. doctoral dissertations.) Systemic anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and perineum (Sem.I). Anatomy of the head and Professors neck, extremities (Sem. II). Mark Braun (Pathology), Bruce J. Martin* (Physiology), ANAT-A 560 Cell Biology and Histology (4 cr.) Anthony L. Mescher* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Kenneth P: Consent of instructor. Detailed study of the microscopic Nephew* (Physiology), Roderick Suthers* (Physiology), anatomy of the human. Emphasis on structure-function Claire E. Walczak* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), relationships and laboratory identification of tissues John B. Watkins III* (Pharmacology) and organs. Material presented at optical and electron microscopic level. Sem. I. Associate Professors ANAT-A 566 Human Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) P: Consent David L. Daleke* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Basic human John G. Foley* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Valerie central nervous system will be covered. Interrelationships O’Loughlin* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Wayne Forrester* between structure and function in the nervous system. (Medical and Molecular Genetics) Thorough foundation for further study in neurophysiology, Adjunct Associate Professor neuroanatomy, or neurology (Sem II). Ann Carmichael* (History, History and Philosophy of ANAT-A 580 Human Anatomy for Medical Imaging Science) Evaluation (3 cr.) This course provides a systematic study of human anatomy and how this anatomy may be Assistant Professors examined with medical imaging. Lecture explores the anatomy and medical imaging of the following systems: 304 May 26, 2016 skeletal, cardiovascular, nervous, respiratory, digestive, for students in medicine and allied health sciences. urinary and reproductive. Lab uses models, skeletal Biochemistry of physiological and pathological processes; materials, and computerized/digital medical imaging role of heredity and environmental factors; effect on examples. macromolecules, macromolecular aggregates, and cells. Sem. II. ANAT-A 601 Advanced Gross Anatomy I (4 cr.) P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. Not currently being Medical Sciences offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. MSCI-M 555 Medical Neuroscience (5 cr.) An II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and interdisciplinary study of the morphological, functional, and gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and clinical aspects of the human nervous system. discussion on current literature to determine relation of structure to function. MSCI-M 570 Mechanisms of Human Disease (1-6 cr.) Intensive study of selected topics of human disease and ANAT-A 602 Advanced Gross Anatomy II (4 cr.) pathological processes. P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. MSCI-M 575 Human Diseases (5 cr.) This course II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and explores and details the basic elements of human disease. gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and The fundamental pathology of all organ systems of the discussion on current literature to determine relation of human body are covered as are the basic elements of structure to function. bodily response to a variety of forms of injury. ANAT-A 603 Advanced Gross Anatomy III (4 cr.) MSCI-M 580 Title (3 cr.) Cancers are genetic diseases P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. C: Not currently produced by mutations in the genes that control cell being offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. signaling and cell fate. This class will provide an in depth II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and study of cell signaling and mechanisms by which cell fate gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and is regulated. These concepts will be used to develop discussion on current literature to determine relation of a comprehensive understanding of how tumor cells structure to function. develop, recruit the support from normal cells, modulate the immune system, metastasize and are treated. ANAT-A 610 Comparative Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor; graduate standing; one MSCI-M 620 Pedagogical Methods in the Health neuroscience course or equivalent. C: Not currently being Sciences (3 cr.) This course is for biomedical sciences offered. A comparison of the central nervous system of graduate students who want to be excellent instructors mammalian and nonmammalian vertebrates, including a and classroom researchers. Students will learn about laboratory study of representative specimens. pedagogical methods, student learning styles and methods of instructional delivery. Students also will ANAT-A 664 Selected Topics in Advanced learn about the scholarhsip of teaching and develop a Microscopic Anatomy ( 3 cr.) P: A560 or consent of foundation for implementing classroom research and instructor; graduate standing. Advanced instruction in the assessment. microscopic structure of selected animal cell systems, involving discussion and review of current literature and Pathology research dealing with these systems. Topics will change PATH-C 601 General Pathology (6 cr.) Principles of with each offering. pathology, including a comprehensive introduction to mechanisms of reaction to injury and pathogenesis of ANAT-A 800 Research in Anatomy (arr. cr.) P: Must disease processes. have consent of faculty member supervising research PATH-C 602 Systemic Pathology (6 cr.) Principles of ANAT- A 850 Topical Seminar in Anatomy (1 cr.) pathology, including a comprehensive introduction to Topics of current interest discussed in seminar format. mechanisms of reaction to injury and pathogenesis of ANAT-A 878 Anatomy Teaching Practicum (2 cr.) disease processes. This course is designed to provide the student with PATH-C 800 Advanced Pathology (6 cr.) P: C603. supervised teaching experiences in Gross Anatomy, Subject material and hours arranged to conform to needs Histology and Neuroscience, as well as critical Reviews of of student. all teaching duties. PATH-C 858 Experimental Pathology (5 cr.) C: Not ANAT-A 800 Research in Anatomy (arr. cr.) **These currently being offered. Review and performance of courses are eligible for a deffered grade selected experiments in pathology illustrating the types of pathologic processes. Biochemistry PATH-C 859 Research in Pathology (arr. cr.) **These MCHE-C 580 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) Biochemistry courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Supervised for medical students, emphasizing structure-function initiation of a research project in pathology, and relationships of cellular components and biosynthesis counseling in the completion of a thesis. and degradation of simple and complex cell constituents as well as regulation of metabolic pathways. Includes PATH-C 862 Basic Pathologic Techniques (5 cr.) biochemical basis for genetic continuity and expression of C: Not currently being offered. Methods of the histologic hereditary characteristics. Sem. I and chemical laboratories of pathology; principles of examination used in the usual procedures of surgical and MCHE-C 583 Physiolocial Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: C483 autopsy pathology. To develop a sound and rigorous biochemical background May 26, 2016 305

PATH-C 875 Biochemical Pathology (5 cr.) P: C603 organism. Compartmentalization, multiphasic decay or B800. C: Not currently being offered. A survey of curves, and computerized treatments. biochemical pathology as demonstrated by recent advances in research in pathology. Selected topics for PHAR-F 619 Endocrine Pharmacology (3 cr.) P: F605- lecture and discussion will include aspects of tissue, F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being cellular, subcellular, and molecular pathology. offered. The pharmacology of hormones. Biosyntheses, structures, actions, and degradations of hormones Pharmacology endogenous to mammalian species. Structure and PHAR-F 605 Principles of Pharmacology I (4 cr.) pharmacological activity of synthetic analogs and P: Chemistry C483, Medical Sciences P531-P532, antagonists of naturally occurring hormones. or consent of instructor. Basic principles and clinical PHAR-F 620 Special Topics in Pharmacology (3 cr.) aspects of modern pharmacology presented in lectures. P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. Special topics of Physicochemical properties of drugs. Drugs that affect current interest in pharmacology. May be repeated. the autonomic nervous system. Drugs that act on cardiovascular and renal systems. Chemotherapy of PHAR-F 621 Readings in Pharmacology (1-3 cr.) cancer, infections, and parasites. Supplementary readings and tutorial discussions in aspects of pharmacology to fit the needs of individual PHAR-F 606 Principles of Pharmacology II (4 cr.) students or for specialized areas. May be repeated. P: F605. Drugs that influence the central nervous system. Drugs that influence gastrointestinal and endocrine PHAR-F 625 Research in Pharmacology (arr. cr.) systems. Immunopharmacology and the pharmacology of Original research as approved. allergy and inflammation. Toxicology. PHAR-F 630 Seminar in Pharmacology (1 cr.) Research PHAR-F 611 Methods of Pharmacology I (3 cr.) reports by students, faculty, and invited guests. P: Consent of instructor. Chemical and biological procedures used in pharmacological research. Physiology Lectures and demonstrations of techniques used for PHSL-P 416 Comparative Animal Physiology (3 cr.) the determination of specific substances in biological P: Introductory physiology or permission of instructor. material. PHSL-P 512 Introduction to Research in Physiology PHAR-F 612 Methods of Pharmacology II (3 cr.) (1 cr.) Introduction to areas and methods of current faculty P: F611. Laboratory application of principles and research. Required of all new graduate students. techniques presented in F611 to practical problems in PHSL-P 513 Introduction to Research Techniques pharmacological research. Introduction to data handling. (1 cr.) P: P512. Individual work on a research problem. PHAR-F 613 Graduate Pharmacology I (3 cr.) P: F605- PHSL-P 530 Special Topics (arr. cr.) P: Consent of F606 or consent of instructor. Molecular mechanisms of instructor. Work in advanced areas in physiology. drug action, drug-receptor interactions, drug metabolism, and pharmacokinetics. PHSL-P 531 Human Physiology I (3 cr.) Basic principles of homeostasis; muscle, cardiovascular, and renal PHAR-F 614 Graduate Pharmacology II (3 cr.) P: F613 physiology and metabolism relevant to humans. Sem I or consent of instructor. Continuation of F613. Molecular mechanisms of drug action, drug-receptor interactions, PHSL-P 532 Human Physiology II (5 cr.) Basic drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics. physiological principles of temperature regulation, respiration, digestion, and endocrinology relevant to PHAR-F 615 Chemotherapeutic Pharmacology (3 cr.) humans. Sem II P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Basic principles of use of drugs as selec- PHSL-P 550 Seminar in Physiology (1 cr.) P: Graduate tively toxic agents and of chemotherapy of bacterial, standing in physiology. Biomedical colloquium/seminar parasitic, or viral diseases and malignancies. series on current topics of interest in medical sciences. PHAR-F 616 Molecular Pharmacology (3 cr.) P: F605- ANAT-A 551 Gross Human Anatomy II (4 cr.) F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being P: Consent of instructor. Detailed study of the gross offered. Molecular mechanisms as they relate to drug anatomy of the human, including a complete dissection. action. Biological transducers, receptor mechanisms, Systemic anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, subcellular phenomena in the actions of drugs on pelvis, and perineum (Sem. I). Anatomy of the head and mammalian systems. neck, extremities (Sem. II). PHAR-F 617 Pharmacology of Drug Metabolism (3 cr.) PHSL-P 800 Research in Physiology (arr. cr.) **These P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently courses are eligible for a deferred grade. being offered. Physicochemical principles involved in the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of Institute for Medieval Studies drugs and other foreign compounds in the mammalian College of Arts and Sciences organism. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] PHAR-F 618 Pharmacokinetics (3 cr.) P: F617. C: Not Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~medieval/ currently being offered. Kinetic aspects of the absorption, distribution, and excretion of drugs in the mammalian (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements 306 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School Faculty Bulletin.) Director Curriculum Professor Rosemarie McGerr* Ph.D. Minor in Medieval Studies Course Requirements Associate Director Four courses in Medieval Studies outside the student’s Professor Bridget K. Balint* major department. These courses must be from at least Core Graduate Faculty two different departments and must include one of the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Medieval Studies courses listed below. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Grades Professors Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) will not count toward the minor. Christopher I. Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies, History), Examination Robert Fulk* (Chancellor’s Professor, English), Kari Gade* (Germanic Studies), Wendy Gillespie (Early None. Music Institute), Hildegard Keller* (Germanic Studies), Graduate Area Certificate in Medieval Studies Karma Lochrie* (English, Gender Studies), Michael The Area Certificate in Medieval Studies is designed to Long* (Musicology), Rosemarie McGerr* (Comparative allow doctoral students to investigate medieval civilization Literature), Jacques Merceron* (French and Italian), more extensively than in the Ph.D. minor program. Emanuel Mickel * (French and Italian), Suzanne Stetkevych* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Course Requirements H. Wayne Storey* (French and Italian), John Walbridge* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Rega Wood Nine courses in the medieval period: four in the student’s (Philosophy) major department and five in other departments, two of which should be drawn from the group of courses Associate Professors listed below, with at least one course from Medieval Studies. Please note that the selection of courses not Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Bridget in the student’s major department should be made K. Balint* (Classical Studies), Sarah Bassett* (Art History), in consultation with the Institute before courses are Deborah Deliyannis* (History), Shannon Gayk* (English), presented for certification. Students in departments that do Ryan Giles* (Spanish and Portuguese), Patricia Ingham* not provide the requisite four courses in medieval topics (English), Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies, in their disciplines may, in consultation with the Institute, Comparative Literature), Diane Reilly* (Art History), Leah design an alternative program. Shopkow* (History) In addition to courses offered by the Medieval Studies Lecturers Institute, graduate courses in the medieval period are Ariann Stern-Gottschalk (Slavic and East European offered by twenty departments across the College of Languages and Cultures) Arts and Sciences, the Jacobs School of Music, and the Department of Information and Library Science. Students Librarians should consult the Medieval Studies Web site (http:// Joel Silver (Director, ), Cherry Williams www.indiana.edu/~medieval/index.shtml) for a complete (Curator of Manuscripts, Lilly Library) list of approved courses offered during each semester. Affiliated Faculty Language Requirements Professors Students must demonstrate advanced proficiency in one Asma Afsaruddin* (Near Eastern Languages and of the following languages: Classical Greek, Hebrew, Cultures), Judith Anderson* (Chancellor’s Professor, Italian, Latin, Medieval Arabic, Medieval Japanese, Old English), Henry Cooper* (Emeritus, Slavics and East English, Old French, Old Norse, Old Occitan, or Persian. European Languages and Cultures), Giuliano Di Bacco Advanced proficiency can be established by presenting for (Musicology), Paul Elliott (Early Music Institute), Arthur credit two advanced courses in philology or literary studies Field* (Emeritus, History), Olga Impey* (Emeritus, Spanish of the language in question, or by appropriate advanced and Portuguese), Mark Kaplan* (Philosophy), Eugene examination. Kleinbauer* (Emeritus, Art History), Eleanor Leach* (Ruth

Halls Professor, Classical Studies), Consuelo Lopez- Grades Morillas* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese), Fedwa Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) Malti-Douglas* (Martha C. Kraft Professor of Humanities), will not count toward the certificate. Thomas J. Mathiesen* (Emeritus, Music), William New- man* (Ruth Halls Professor, History and Philosophy of Examination Science), Timothy W. O’Connor* (Philosophy), Samuel N. Rosenberg* (Emeritus, French and Italian), Kemal None. Silay* (Central Eurasian Studies), Paul Spade* (Emeritus, Philosophy) May 26, 2016 307 Music Associate Professors Jacobs School of Music Ann Carmichael* (Emeritus, History, History and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Philosophy of Science), Constance Furey* (Religious Studies), Jeffrey Huntsman* (Emeritus, English), Kevin Departmental URL: http://www.music.indiana.edu/ Jaques* (Religious Studies), Sheila Lindenbaum (Emerita, degrees/graduate-diploma/index.shtml English), Massimo Scalabrini* (French and Italian), Elliot (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, Assistant Professor the University Graduate School’s staff uses those requirements contained only in The University Graduate Manling Luo (East Asian Languages and Culture), School Bulletin.) Jonathan Schlesinger (History), Guadalupe González Diéguez (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, Jewish Curriculum Studies) Degrees Offered Graduate Advisor Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science (jointly with the Department of Information and Professor Bridget Balint*, Ballantine Hall 553, Library Science), and Doctor of Philosophy. [email protected], (812) 855-6651 In addition, the Jacobs School of Music offers the Master Courses of Music, the Master of Music Education, the Master of Science in Music Education, the combined Master of Music and Master of Library Science (jointly with the MEST-M 500 Introduction to Medieval Studies (4 cr.) Department of Information and Library Science), Specialist An introduction to issues and practices in the field with in Music Education, the Doctor of Music, and the Doctor some attention to bibliographical tools. of Music Education degrees. For information regarding MEST-M 502 Colloquium in Medieval Studies (4 cr.) degrees offered exclusively or jointly by the Jacobs School Investigation of an interdisciplinary problem in medieval of Music and the Department of Information and Library civilization, topic and disciplines to vary, or readings of Science, see their respective bulletins. foundational texts from the period. May be repeated for Special School Requirements credit. (See also general University Graduate School MEST-M 525 Medieval Provencal (2-4 cr.) A variable requirements.) topics course focusing on the language, literature, and documents regarding the use of the dialects of Old Admission Occitan in France, Italy, and Spain during the Middle Ages. Taught in English with materials in the original Applicants must apply to both the Graduate Division of language. May be repeated once for credit. the Jacobs School of Music and the University Graduate School. The Graduate Record Examination General MEST-M 600 Medieval Manuscripts (4 cr.) Paleography, Test is required for admission. Entrance proficiency codicology, diplomatics; the study of manuscript examinations are also required; for details see the production, history, and use. May be repeated for credit. “Graduate Division” section of the Jacobs School of Music Bulletin. Students must meet the general requirements MEST-M 650 Manuscript Cultures (3-4 cr.) Study of of the University Graduate School and the specific medieval and early modern manuscripts and primary requirements of the Jacobs School of Music outlined in its historical documents and the evaluation of the cultural bulletin. contexts of their production, reproduction and use. Grades MEST-M 700 Seminar in Medieval Studies (4 cr.) Advanced research in specialized topics and problems in Current and cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 the field. May be repeated for credit. (B). MEST-M 815 Readings in Medieval Civilization (1-4 cr.) Master of Arts Degree Cross-listed Courses Master of Arts in Musicology Admission Classical Studies • L300 Intensive Introduction to Classical and Bachelor’s degree (B.M. or B.A.) with a major in music, Medieval Latin (3 cr.) or demonstrated equivalent. The applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test must be received from the • L400 Intensive Study of Literary Latin (3 cr.) Educational Testing Service in Princeton, New Jersey, • L409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.) by the application deadline. The applicant must submit a • L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) formal research paper on a historical or theoretical subject • L611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Palaeography (4 in music. cr.) Proficiency Examinations Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard skills, and music performance. 308 May 26, 2016

Major 2 credit hours each semester until four fall-spring enrollments are reached or the student graduates. 18 credit hours Master of Arts Examination 9 hours selected from: Ordinarily to be taken in the semester in which a student • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) completes the course work for the degree. Students will • M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) also submit a portfolio of papers written for graduate • M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) courses in the department. • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) Degrees • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) This program permits the student to coordinate a Master of Library Science degree with either a Master of Arts • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) degree in musicology or a Master of Music in music • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) theory. • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) Admission Requirement • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.) In addition to the general requirements, the student • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.) must apply for admission to the Jacobs School of Music 6 hours selected from: and simultaneously to the Department of Information and Library Science and must meet admission criteria • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) established by each. • T545 Introductory Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) Requirements • T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) • T556 Analysis of Music since 1900 (3 cr.) The student must satisfy all the requirements for a Master of Arts degree in musicology or a Master of Music degree 3 hours selected from graduate courses in music in music theory, and for a Master of Library Science history and literature, musicology, music theory, or degree. ethnomusicology. The Other Required Credits requirement for the Master of Music History and Literature Requirement Arts or Master of Music degree is fulfilled by 6 credit hours 6 credit hours selected from: in Library Science, which count towards both degrees. • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree • M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) Majors are available in: • M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) Music Education • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) Prerequisite • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) Candidates must have a scholarly or teaching background that indicates potential for outstanding scholarship in the • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) field of music education. • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) Admission • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) (1) GRE General Test scores (2) short video recording • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) which demonstrates proficiency in teaching and • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.), performance or ensemble direction (3) interview with • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). music education faculty (4) three- to five-page essay on applicant’s background and goals in music education. Course topics cannot be repeated. Proficiency Examinations Other Required Credits Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard 6 credit hours inside or outside music in which the student skills, music performance, and musical styles. has the background to do graduate-level course work, as approved by the director of graduate studies. Major-Field Requirements Tool-Subject Requirement 36 credit hours M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2 cr.) with a Foundation Courses 9 credit hours grade of B or higher. • E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.) Foreign Language Requirement • E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.) Reading knowledge of German as demonstrated by • E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidance in musicology department examination. Music (3 cr.) Major Ensemble May 26, 2016 309

These courses may be validated based on prior work and 8. Individual studio study (performance/ credits replaced with dissertation credits or other graduate composition). 6 credits of 800-level individual study music courses. in a performance area or composition. Core Courses 12 credit hours Electives • E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) Six credits in graduate music courses. Students • E618 History and Philosophy of Music Education (3 completing the individual studio study specialization area cr.) must include one graduate-level pedagogy or literature • E619 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) course in an appropriate performance area or (for students • E645 Music Teacher Education (3 cr.) studying composition) G550 Conducting New Music. • E662 Public Lecture in Music Education (0 cr.) Minor Research courses 13 credit hours 12 credit hours within or outside the field of music in • E658 Seminar in Music Education (2 cr.) any subject for which the candidate has the necessary background for advanced coursework. The minor • E650 Music Education Research Colloquium (0 cr.), field must differ from the specialization area. Some required each semester of full- time enrollment departments may require a written and/or oral examination • E631 Quantitative Research in Music Education (3 in the minor field. cr.) • E640 Qualitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) Dissertation • one of E660 Philosophical Research in Music E700 Dissertation in Music Education (2 cr.) Education (2 cr.) or E661 Historical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) Foreign Language Requirement • one of E632 Advanced Quantitative Research Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as in Music Education (3 cr.), E665 Historical and demonstrated by examination; or reading knowledge of Philosophical Readings in Music Education (3 cr.), one language and demonstration of proficiency in one or an advanced qualitative research course outside research skill such as statistics or computer science, music education, approved by the music education approved by the department and the director of graduate department studies of the Jacobs School of Music. Specialization Area Qualifying Examination 6 credit hours of graduate music courses in one of Written and oral examination. the following areas with the approval of the chair or coordinator of graduate studies in music education. Music Theory An audition is required for wind conducting, choral Admission conducting, and individual studio (performance/ composition) specialization areas. Master’s degree in music theory or musicology or the demonstrated equivalent. Students with outstanding 1. Wind Conducting and Literature. G566-G567 credentials may apply directly from a bachelor’s degree. Interpretation and Conducting of Band Literature I-II Students are required to demonstrate competency in all (3-3 cr.) areas required of the M.M. music theory major at Indiana 2. Choral Conducting and Methodology. Two of University, and may be exempted from certain courses E528 Advanced Choral Methods and Materials (3 on the recommendation of the department. In addition to cr.), E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal three letters of recommendation, applicants must submit Jazz (3 cr.), or G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (3 two extensive, formal research papers or a master’s thesis cr.) in music theory or musicology. An individual interview is 3. College Music Teaching. E517 Sociology of Music also required; applicants are expected to be proficient in (3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) sight singing, aural skills, and keyboard harmony. The 4. Instrumental Methodology. E527 Advanced applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test must be Instrumental Methods (3 cr.), E568 Administration of received from Educational Testing Service in Princeton, Instrumental Groups (3 cr.) New Jersey, by the application deadline. 5. Jazz Methodology. One of E581 Methods and Proficiency Examinations Materials for Teaching Instrumental Jazz (3 cr.) or E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard Jazz (3 cr.), O511 Fundamentals of Jazz Theory (1 skills, music performance, and musical styles. cr.)/O521 Jazz Improvisation 1 (2 cr.) Major-Field Requirements 6. General Music Methodology. One of E524 Exploratory Teaching in General Music K-12 (3 cr.) Foundation courses or E540 Topics in General Music (3 cr.); one of E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.), E522 Music in Early • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) Childhood (3 cr.), or E571 Kodaly Concept I (3 cr.) • T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) 7. String Methodology. E646 Graduate Seminar • T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) in String Research (3 cr.), one of G590 String • T565 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) Orchestra Literature (3 cr.) or E580 Methods and • T591 Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.) Materials for Teaching String Music (3 cr.) 310 May 26, 2016

Foundation courses may be validated based on previous Proficiency Examinations coursework. Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard Advanced courses skills, music performance, and musical styles. • T623-T624 History of Music Theory I-II (3-3 cr.) Major-Field Requirements • T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable Topics 45 credit hours (3-3-3-3 cr.) • T550 Readings in Music Theory* (3 cr.) • M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology (3 cr.) • 3 credits chosen from T658 Seminar in Music • M602 Seminar in Musicology (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.) Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T561 Music Theory: • M603 Methods of Musical Scholarship (3-3 cr.) Variable Topics (3 cr.), T619 Projects and Problems • 12 credit hours of courses in musicology, music in Music Theory (3 cr.), or another graduate course theory, ethnomusicology, or other musical subjects approved by the music theory department. approved by the student’s doctoral advisory *Students who have already fulfilled the requirement for committee. T550 must substitute 3 credits of T658, T561, T619, or Minor another approved graduate course. One minor, which may be inside or outside of music, with Minor Other Required Credits sufficient credit hours to satisfy the course requirements 24 credit hours. Student must elect a 12-credit hour minor for a Ph.D. minor, as determined by the department field in either music history and literature or musicology. in which the minor is taken. All such minors must be The other 12 credit hours may be taken inside or outside recognized or accepted by the University Graduate the Jacobs School of Music, subject to the approval by School. A Ph.D. minor typically requires 12 credit hours of the director of graduate studies. If all credits are taken in course work, and departments may also require a written a single field outside the student's department, a formal and/or oral examination in the minor field. minor must be declared. A maximum of 9 credits may be Dissertation taken in a single department unless a minor is declared. M700 Dissertation in Musicology (3-33 cr.). Public Lecture Tool-Subject Requirement T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.). The public lecture must be completed before taking the oral qualifying examination. M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or higher. Dissertation Foreign Language Requirement T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (9-27 cr.). Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as Tool-Subject Requirement demonstrated by musicology department examination. M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2 cr.) with a The first must be German, French, Italian, Latin, Spanish, grade of B or higher. or Russian; the second should be relevant to the student’s research area. Foreign Language Requirement Qualifying Examination Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as demonstrated by examination or by grades of B or higher Written and oral examination focusing on areas chosen in two semesters of reading courses at the graduate by the candidate in consultation with his or her advisory level in each; or reading knowledge of one language committee. and demonstration of proficiency in one research skill, Progress toward Degree approved by the department and the director of graduate studies of the Jacobs School of Music. Deficiencies in music history or music theory, as Qualifying Examination determined by the graduate entrance examinations, Written and oral examination. must be met by the end of the first year. One language examination must be passed by the end of the first Musicology year, a second before the qualifying examination. The Admission qualifying examination should ordinarily be taken in the fall of the fourth year. A dissertation proposal should Applicants for the Ph.D. in musicology must demonstrate ordinarily be submitted during the fourth year. Exceptions strong preparation in music history. Students with to this general schedule require the permission of the outstanding credentials may apply directly from a department. bachelor’s degree; students holding an M.A. or M.M. in musicology may be exempted from certain courses Doctoral Minors in Music on the recommendation of the department. A formal Minor in Brass Instruments (Horn, Trumpet, research paper must be submitted with the application. Trombone, Euphonium, or Tuba) The applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test must The minor in a brass instrument provides advanced be received from the Educational Testing Service in training in performance on the chosen instrument (horn, Princeton, New Jersey, by the application deadline. trumpet, trombone, euphonium, or tuba), with the option May 26, 2016 311 of coursework in small ensembles, brass literature, and The minor in early music provides advanced training in brass pedagogy. historical music performance and performance practices. 12 credit hours 12 credit hours • 9-12 credit hours in one of the following: • 6 credit hours selected from the following: B810 Horn Graduate Minor M635 Performance Practice Before 1750 (2 cr.) B820 Trumpet Graduate Minor M517–M518–M519–M520 Literature and B830 Trombone Graduate Minor Performance Practice I–II–III–IV (2–2–2–2 cr.) B840 Euphonium Graduate Minor F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (2 cr.) B850 Tuba Graduate Minor F502 Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) F503 Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following M558 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) F545 Brass Chamber Ensemble (1 cr.) • 6 credit hours of electives (performance study, F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) chamber music, or other courses) offered by the M641–M642 Brass Literature I–II (3–3 cr.) Early Music Department and approved by the E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.) department chairperson. E510 Trumpet Pedagogy (1 cr.) E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.) E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.) Minor in Electronic Music The minor in electronic music provides graduate-level instruction in electronic and computer music composition. Minor in Choral Conducting The minor in choral conducting provides advanced 12 credit hours selected from the following: foundational skills in score analysis, choral literature, and conducting technique. Prior conducting experience and a • K503 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) conducting audition are required for acceptance into the • K504 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) minor in choral conducting. • K506 Projects in Computer Music (3 cr.). Course may be repeated. 12 credit hours • K509 Seminar in Computer Music (3 cr.) • M555 Foundations in Choral Score Analysis and Preparation (3 cr.) Minor in Guitar • G555 Choral Rehearsal Techniques (3 cr.) The minor in guitar provides advanced training in • 3 credit hours selected from the following: performance, with the option of coursework in small ensembles and guitar literature. G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.) G562 Master’s Choral Conducting II (3 cr.) 12 credit hours • 3 credit hours selected from the following: • 9-12 credit hours of L800 Guitar Graduate Minor • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.) G562 Master’s Choral Conducting II (3 cr.) F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.) F551 Practicum in Transcription for the Guitar (2 cr.) M627 Independent Study of the Literature of the Guitar I (3 Minor in Composition cr.) The minor in music composition provides graduate-level instruction in composition Minor in Harp The minor in harp provides advanced training in 12 credit hours performance, with the option of coursework in small • 12 credit hours of K810 private composition lessons ensembles and harp literature. (2 credit hours of K551 Advanced Orchestration 12 credit hours may be substituted for 2 credit hours of K810 at the recommendation of the composition faculty); • 9-12 credit hours of H800 Harp Graduate Minor • the public performance on student composition • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: recitals of at least three compositions written while F549 Harp Ensemble (1 cr.) enrolled in K810, to be graded as Pass/Fail by a M643 Seminar in Harp Literature I (3 cr.) committee of at least three composition faculty in M644 Seminar in Harp Literature II (3 cr.) attendance; and • the composition of a vocal work to an assigned text Minor in Jazz Studies within a 24-hour period, and the composition of a The minor in jazz studies provides training in the history short movement for chamber ensemble within a and practice of jazz. seven-day period. Both compositions will be graded Pass/Fail. 12 credit hours • 3-12 credit hours selected from the following: Minor in Early Music M591 Jazz History 1: Origins through 1949 (3 cr.) M592 Jazz History 2: 1950–1969 (3 cr.) 312 May 26, 2016

M593 Jazz History 3: 1970–present (3 cr.) The minor in music history and literature offers a M594 Big Band Jazz (3 cr.) foundation in the study of musical style, repertory, analysis, and historical context. • 0-9 credit hours selected from the following: 12 credit hours selected from the following: O511 Fundamentals of Jazz Theory (1 cr.) O512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.) • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.). May be O516 Jazz Arranging 1 (2 cr.) repeated for different topics. O517 Jazz Arranging 2 (2 cr.) • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). May be O521 Jazz Improvisation 1 (2 cr.) repeated for different topics. O522 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) O523 Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) • M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) O524 Jazz Improvisation 4 (3 cr.) • M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) O525 Rhythm Section Literature and Performance • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) Practice (2 cr.) O530 American Popular Song Performance (3 cr.) • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) Minor in Music Education • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) The minor in music education provides graduate-level • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) instruction in learning theories and practical approaches to • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) music teaching and learning. • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) 12 credit hours • 6 credit hours selected from the following: Minor in Music Theory The minor in music theory provides graduate-level E517 Sociology of Music (3 cr.) instruction in the theory and analysis of tonal and/or post- E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.) tonal music, with the option of coursework in the pedagogy E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.) of music theory. E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidance in Music (3 cr.) 12 credit hours E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) E619 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) or E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) • 9 credit hours selected from the following: • 6 credit hours selected from the above courses or the following: T545 Introductory Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) T550 Readings in Music Theory (3 cr.) E502 The Practice of Music Teaching (3 cr.) T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) E520 Seminar in Music Education for Master’s Degree T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) Students (2 cr.) T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) T561 Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) May be E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.) repeated for different topics. E524 Exploratory Teaching in General Music K-12 (3 cr.) T565 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) May be E527 Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.) repeated for different topics. E528 Advanced Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.) T591 Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.) E540 Topics in General Music (3 cr.) T619 Projects and Problems in Music Theory (arr. cr.) E571 Kodály Concept I (3 cr.) T623 History of Music Theory I (3 cr.) E572 Kodály Concept II (3 cr.) T624 History of Music Theory II (3 cr.) E573 Kodály Concept III (3 cr.) T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) E580 Methods and Materials for Teaching String Music (3 May be repeated for different topics. cr.) E581 Methods and Materials for Teaching Instrumental A minimum grade of B is required in each course to be Jazz (3 cr.) counted toward the music theory minor. E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal Jazz (3 cr.) Minor in Musicology E618 History and Philosophy of Music Education (3 cr.) The minor in musicology offers an introduction to the E631 Quantitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) scholarly study of music in its historical context. E632 Advanced Quantitative Research in Music Education 12 credit hours (3 cr.) E640 Qualitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) • M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology (3 E645 Music Teacher Education (3 cr.) cr.) (prerequisite: M539 Introduction to Music E646 Seminar in String Research (3 cr.) Bibliography) E660 Philosophical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) • M602 Seminar in Musicology: Variable Topics (3–3 E661 Historical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) cr.) E665 Historical and Philosophical Readings in Music • 3 credit hours selected from the following: Education (3 cr.) M602 Seminar in Musicology: Variable Topics (3 cr.) Minor in Music History and Literature May 26, 2016 313

M603 Methods of Musical Scholarship: Variable Topics (3 Those interested in incorporating applied study must meet cr.) the requirements for a doctoral minor in that area. graduate courses in music history and literature (3 cr.) 12 credit hours Minor in Organ • 0-6 credit hours of applied study selected from the The minor in organ provides advanced training in following: performance, with the option of coursework in organ literature and pedagogy. Q800 Organ Graduate Minor Prerequisite: at least two semesters of formal organ V800 Voice Graduate Minor study (with a minimum facility on both manual and pedal Y910 Early Music Graduate Minor (harpsichord) keyboards as judged by audition) and submission of a G561–G562 Master’s Choral Conducting I–II (3-3 cr.) repertoire list (which may include technical studies, service • 6-12 credit hours selected from the following: music, hymns, etc.). C504 Keyboard Skills Review (1 cr.) 12 credit hours C510 Service Playing Review (1 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of Q800 Organ Graduate Minor C505 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.) C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: C540 The History of Christian Worship and Sacred Music C504 Keyboard Skills Review (1 cr.) (2 cr.) C510 Service Playing Review (1 cr.) C541 Sacred Music: Philosophy and Practice I (2 cr.) C505 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.) C542 Sacred Music: Philosophy and Practice II (2 cr.) C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (2 cr.) E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) F502 Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) M675 Seminar in Organ Literature: Renaissance and F503 Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) Baroque (3 cr.) M555 Foundations in Choral Score Analysis and M676 Seminar in Organ Literature: Classic and Romantic Preparation (3 cr.) (3 cr.) G555 Choral Rehearsal Techniques (3 cr.) M677 Seminar in Organ Literature: Music since 1900 (3 M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.) cr.) E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) M678 Seminar in Organ Literature: Organ Works of J.S. Bach (3 cr.) Minor in String Instruments (Violin, Viola, Violoncello, or Double Bass) Minor in Percussion The minor in a string instrument provides advanced The minor in percussion provides advanced training in training in performance on the chosen instrument (violin, percussion performance, with the option of coursework in viola, violoncello, or double bass), with the option of small ensembles and percussion literature. coursework in small ensembles, string literature, and string pedagogy. 12 credit hours 12 credit hours • 9-12 credit hours of D800 Percussion Graduate Minor • 9-12 credit hours in one of the following: • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following S810 Violin Graduate Minor F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) S820 Viola Graduate Minor F547 Percussion Chamber Ensemble (1 cr.) S830 Violoncello Graduate Minor S840 Double Bass Graduate Minor Minor in Piano • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following The minor in piano provides advanced training in piano performance, with the option of coursework in chamber F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) music and piano literature. E503 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.) E504 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.) 12 credit hours E505 Violin/Viola Pedagogy III (2 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of P800 Piano Graduate Minor E506 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following Minor in Voice M543 Keyboard Literature from 1700 to 1850 (3 cr.) The minor in voice provides advanced training in vocal M544 Piano Literature from 1850 to the Present (3 cr.) performance, with the option of coursework in voice F520 Topics in Performance Study (1-2 cr.). Courses used pedagogy and vocal literature. must focus on collaborative or chamber music involving the piano. 12 credit hours • 6 credit hours of V800 Voice Graduate Minor Minor in Sacred Music • 6 credit hours selected from the following: The minor in sacred music provides a foundation in the study of a broad range of applied skills and/or academic E594 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.) subjects that relate to the practice of sacred music. M531–M532 Song Literature III–IV (3–3 cr.) M685 Solo Vocal Literature before 1800 (3 cr.) M686 Early Romantic Song Literature (3 cr.) 314 May 26, 2016

M687 Late Romantic Song Literature (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty M688 Solo Vocal Literature after 1900 (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct For audition information, see the department chairperson. doctoral dissertations.) Minor in Wind Conducting Executive Associate Dean The minor in conducting provides advanced training in Eugene O’Brien conducting techniques for wind groups, along with related literature and practices. Associate Dean for Instruction 12 credit hours Mary Wennerstrom* • M570 Historical Development of Wind Groups and Distinguished Professors Literature (3 cr.) • G566 Interpretation and Conducting of Band David Baker Jr., J. Peter Burkholder*, Susann McDonald, Literature I (3 cr.) Timothy R. Noble, Menahem Pressler, Violette Verdy • G567 Interpretation and Conducting of Band Professors Literature II (3 cr.) • 3 credit hours selected from the following: Atar Arad, Edward Auer, Claude Baker Jr., Edmund Battersby, Ernesto Bitetti, Myron Bloom, Kevin Bobo, F590 Techniques in Marching Band for Graduate Students Evelyne Brancart, Bruce Bransby, James Campbell, (3 cr.) Jacques Cesbron, Arnaldo Cohen, Edmund Cord, E557 Band Arranging for Graduate Students (3 cr.) Costanza Cuccaro, David Dzubay, Eli Eban, Luba Edlina-Dubinsky, David Effron, Peter E. Ellefson, Arthur Minor in Woodwind Instruments (Flute, Oboe, Clarinet, Fagen, Janette Fishell, Jorja Fleezanis, Don Freund, Bassoon, or Saxophone) Mauricio Fuks, Glenn Gass, Edward Gazouleas, Luke The minor in a woodwind instrument provides advanced Gillespie, Wendy Gillespie, Jean-Louis Haguenauer, training in performance on the chosen instrument (flute, Patrick Harbison, Robert J. Harrison, Mary Ann Hart, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, or saxophone), with the option of Jeffrey Hass, Stephen Houghton, Gretchen G. Horlacher*, coursework in small ensembles or woodwind literature. Grigory Kalinovsky, Mark Kaplan, Alexander Kerr, Marianne Kielian-Gilbert*, Eric Kim, Howard Klug, Teresa 12 credit hours Kubiak, Carl Lenthe, Vincent Liotta, Michael Long*, • 6-12 credit hours in one of the following: William Ludwig, Kathryn Lukas, Patrice Madura*, Kevork Mardirossian, Lissa Fleming May*, Andrew Mead*, W810 Flute Graduate Minor Daniel R. Melamed*, Carlos Montane, Kurt Muroki, Otis W820 Oboe Graduate Minor Murphy, Jeffrey Nelsen, Shigeo Neriki, Nigel North, W830 Clarinet Graduate Minor Eugene O’Brien, Massimo M. Ossi*, Daniel Perantoni, W840 Bassoon Graduate Minor Andreas Poulimenos, Stephen Pratt, Gwyn Richards, W850 Saxophone Graduate Minor Stanley Ritchie, John D. Rommel, Richard M. Seraphinoff, Karen Shaw, Marietta Simpson, M. Dee Stewart, Patricia • 0-6 credit hours selected from the following: Stiles, Konrad A. Strauss, Linda Strommen, Peter E559 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-2 cr.) Stumpf, Joseph Swensen, John Tafoya, Carol Vaness, F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) Michael Vernon, Thomas P. Walsh, Andre Watts, Mary M547 Woodwind Literature I (3 cr.) H. Wennerstrom*, David Woodley, Elisabeth B. Wright, M548 Woodwind Literature II (3 cr.) Stephen Wyrczynski, Christopher Young, Stephen Zegree, Mimi H. Zweig Ph.D. Minors for Students Outside the Jacobs School of Music Associate Professors Minors in music for doctoral students outside the Kyle Adams*, Jeremy Allen, Gary Arvin, Brenda Brenner*, Jacobs School of Music may be taken within one of the Betsy Burleigh, David Cartledge, Judah M. Cohen*, established departments of the Jacobs School of Music Emilio W. Colon, Phil Ford*, Brent Gault*, John Gibson, or as an individualized minor taken in more than one Halina Goldberg*, Mark Hood, Julian L. Hook*, Brian L. area. No general entrance examinations are required, Horne, Walter Huff, Eric Isaacson*, Roman Ivanovitch*, but the director of graduate studies may require entering Peter Miksza*, Kathleen McLean, Kristina Muxfeldt*, proficiency examinations. Acceptance as a minor, Emile Naoumoff, P. Q. Phan, Thomas Robertello, Frank prerequisites, and minimum requirements are established Samarotto*, Ayana Smith*, Michael Spiro, Katherine by the director of graduate studies. No transfer credits will Strand*, Elzbieta Szmyt, Joey Tartell, Brent Wallarab be accepted toward a music minor. Assistant Professors Faculty Dominick DiOrio, Blair Johnston*, Lauren Kapalka Dean Richerme*, Eric Smedley, D. James Tagg, Daphne Tan*, Aaron Travers, Giovanni Zanovello* Gwyn Richards Director of Graduate Studies Associate Professor Eric Isaacson*, East Studio Building JS 120, (812) 855-1738 May 26, 2016 315

Courses Culture), Eleanor Winsor Leach* (Classical Studies), John McDowell* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) For a list of courses and their descriptions, see the Jacobs School of Music Bulletin. Associate Professors Mythology Studies Jeffrey Huntsman* (Emeritus, English), Gregory Schrempp* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Associate Faculty Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~myth Associate Professors Cynthia Bannon* (Classical Studies), Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Courses University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School CLAS-C 405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) P: C205, Bulletin.) graduate standing, or consent of instructor. Advanced theoretical study of the forms and functions of classical Curriculum Greek and Roman myths, including reading and evaluation of comparable myths in ancient Near Eastern Ph.D. Minor in Mythology Studies cultures (Egypt, , Anatolia, Canaan). Students must complete 12 or more graduate credit hours Comparative reading and evaluation of selected myths of appropriate courses. All courses must be approved in from outside the Mediterranean cultural area. advance by the mythology studies advisor. Folklore At least one of the courses must be a core course, either FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) (Topic: Analysis of Folklore F545 Folk Narrative (Topic: Analysis of Myth) Myth) Examination of myths, folktales, legends, jokes, or Folklore F545 Folk Narrative (Topic: Cosmology and fables, anecdotes, personal narratives, or other forms Worldview) or Classical Studies C405 Comparative of folk narrative. Attention given to the content, form, Mythology. Other courses taught by participating faculty and functions of the narratives as well as the variety of may be designated by the mythology studies advisor theories and methodologies employed in their study. May as fulfilling the core requirement when they provide a be repeated for credit when topic changes. theoretical and methodological overview of the study of mythology. Near Eastern Languages and Cultures No more than two courses may be taken in a single department. No more than 3 credit hours of directed School of Global and International Studies readings can be applied to the minor. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Grades Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~nelc/ A minimum of B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the minor. The Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures is affiliated with the new School of Global and International Examination Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate None. students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- Faculty first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Graduate Faculty emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled doctoral dissertations.) access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the Director mission, structure and resources of the School of Global and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Associate Professor Gregory Schrempp* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Mythology University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Studies contained only in The University Graduate School Professors Bulletin.) Raymond DeMallie* (Anthropology), Hasan El- Curriculum Shamy*(Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Robert Fulk* (English), Kari Gade* (Germanic Studies), David Special Departmental Requirements Haberman* (Religious Studies, India Studies), William (See also general University Graduate School Hansen* (Emeritus, Classical Studies, Folklore and requirements.) Ethnomusicology), Robert Ivie* (Communication and 316 May 26, 2016

Admission Requirements the prior approval of the course instructor and Director of International applicants (non-U.S. citizens, non green– Graduate Studies, count non-language courses in which card holders) whose native language is not English are they make substantial use of their major NELC language required to submit TOEFL scores only. U.S. applicants toward the 12 credits. These are courses in which the (U.S. citizens or green–card holders) or students whose student reads primary sources in the chosen language. In native language is English are required to submit GRE the case of Hebrew, language credits can be fulfilled with scores only. Applicants from any country of which the a combination of Modern and Biblical Hebrew courses. principal language is not English must take the TOEFL, The combination of courses and required levels must even if they consider themselves to have native or near- be approved by the Director of the Hebrew Language native fluency in English. Consult with the Director of Program, housed in NELC. Graduate Studies for more information. b. "Two languages" track: In this option, in addition to a Exceptions: major ME language as described above, the student also chooses a second ME language and is required to fulfill 6 1. International applicants who have their bachelor’s credits at the Intermediate (second-year) Level or above. degree from an institution of which English is the language of instruction may submit a GRE in lieu of Examinations a TOEFL. However, it may be to their advantage to At the conclusion of their coursework, the following submit a TOEFL if their GRE Verbal Reasoning additional requirements must be met: score is below the fiftieth percentile. Consult the Director of Graduate Studies or Chair. 1. Students who are not native speakers of their 2. U.S. citizens who have been educated abroad (e.g., major language will take a two-hour comprehensive dual nationals from the Arab world) and have their exam in their major language, which will (a) test bachelor’s degree from non-U.S., non–English all four language skills (reading, writing, listening language institutions, should normally submit TOEFL comprehension, and speaking) and (b) include scores only. Consult the Director of Graduate a translation exercise. Students who are native Studies or Chair. speakers of their major language will normally take a comprehensive language exam in their minor Master of Arts in Near Eastern Languages and language at the highest level attained, but at least Cultures (NELC) Intermediate II. Students who are native speakers Course Requirements (See special requirements of their major language and who are following the below for the NELC Egyptology track and for the dual "one major language;" (terminal M.A.) track, and SPEAK M.P.A./NELC M.A.) who have not studied a minor language, will take a Students must take a minimum of 36 credit hours of two-hour written examination in a subject area to be graduate courses in Near Eastern studies. These can be agreed upon with the Director of Graduate Studies. courses offered by the NELC department itself or, with 2. Take a two-hour comprehensive exam in history the approval of the NELC Director of Graduate Studies covering two of the following three areas: ancient, and Chair, courses offered by other departments or pre-modern/medieval, and/or modern Middle East. schools appropriate to the course of study of the student. 3. Submit a suitable term or seminar paper Each student's curriculum must be approved by his/her substantially revised and expanded, which must academic advisor (the Director of Graduate Studies). demonstrate the following: 1. 6 credits of the required course work must be fulfilled a. a clear understanding of the chosen topic; by the courses in two of the following fields: the b. the ability to conceive and carry out an original ancient (pre-Islamic), pre-modern (medieval), or project of a scholarly nature, including the use of primary modern (1500 CE to present) history of the Middle and secondary texts in the original language, where East, chosen with the approval of the Director of appropriate; Graduate Studies. 2. At least 3 credit hours of the course work must c. an advanced level of critical or theoretical insight; be fulfilled by a methodology / theory course from d. command of academic English; a discipline in the student's personal academic interest, selected with the approval of the Director of e. competence in the proper use of research and Graduate Studies. bibliographic tools. 3. At least 12 credit hours of coursework in Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, Turkish language(s). For this The paper must be modeled, both in format and requirement, students choose one of the two options in intellectual substance, on articles that would be below: acceptable for publication in a scholarly journal of an appropriate sub-discipline of Near Eastern Studies. a. "One major language" track: In this option, students are required to complete 12 credits in their chosen Middle Students must notify the Director of Graduate Studies of Eastern (ME) Language. Out of these 12 credits, at least their intention to take the M.A. examinations before the 6 credits must be obtained through language study at the end of the preceding semester. The examining committee fourth-year Advanced Level. In the case of Arabic, this is will be composed of three faculty members, including Advanced Arabic III (3 credits) and Advanced Arabic IV (3 the faculty members responsible for the language exam, credits). In the case of other major NELC languages, the the history exam, and the individual research paper. If equivalent must be completed. Students who begin their additional faculty readers are required to fill the committee, M.A. program at the fourth-year level or above may, with they will be appointed by the Director of Graduate Studies. May 26, 2016 317

All examiners and readers must be members of the NELC Special Requirements for the Dual M.P.A./M.A. in Near Graduate Faculty; any exceptions must be approved in Eastern Languages and Cultures and the School of writing by the Department Chair. The exams should be Public and Environmental Affairs taken and the paper submitted in the final semester of the Students pursuing a dual Master of Public Affairs/Master student's coursework or shortly thereafter, in accordance of Arts in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures will with the University Graduate School rules. complete a total of 66 credit hours: 36 credit hours in the Students who fail an exam may be offered one opportunity Master of Public Affairs program plus 30 credit hours in to retake it. Those who do not successfully pass the Near Eastern Languages and Cultures. exams by the end of their sixth semester may be M.P.A. Core (18 Cr.) placed on probation and subsequently dismissed from the program for lack of progress as described in the • SPEA V502 Public Management "Academic Regulations" section of the Bulletin. • SPEA V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Decision Making 1) The M.A. requires a minimum of 36 graduate-level • SPEA V517 Public Management Economics credits in ancient Egyptian language, civilization, and appropriate electives, including three credits of M.A. thesis • SPEA V540 Law and Public Affairs research. • SPEA V560 Public Finance and Budgeting • SPEA V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental 2) An M.A. thesis is required. Affairs 3) Students will demonstrate reading proficiency in M.P.A. Concentration (18 credits) scholarly French or German by the end of the first year, either by completing a 492-level course, or by passing the Students will complete 18 credit hours pertaining to one proficiency examination administered by the Bloomington of the specialized concentration areas of the MPA, with Evaluation Services and Testing office. Note that 400- courses to be chosen in consultation with a SPEA faculty level language courses taken to acquire and demonstrate advisor. modern-language proficiency do not count towards the 36 M.A. in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures (30 graduate credits required for the M.A. credits) 4) At the conclusion of their course work, students will Students will complete 12-18 credits in graduate-level take written examinations in Egyptian history, (two courses on the culture, history, politics, and religious hours) and in Egyptian religion (two hours), and take a traditions of the Middle East. translation examination in Middle Egyptian (two hours). A student may request a waiver on one, two, or all three Students will complete 12-18 credit hours of graduate of the required final examinations if he or she earned level courses in an appropriate Middle Eastern language. an A in the relevant courses, and if she or he has a Students should complete their language to at least the cumulative GPA of 3.5 or better in the program as of the third year level (i.e., in the case of Arabic, to the level of end of the semester before graduation is expected. This A670, Advanced Arabic II), and must take no fewer than request will be considered at the end of the fourth week 12 credits of language courses. For students who begin of the student's final semester, and may be approved if their program with a high level of proficiency in their major the student's M.A. thesis is well in hand and if she or he is language (whether attained through previous instruction or performing at a high level in all current classes. because they are native speakers), the 12-hour minimum in language can include seminars or research courses Model two-year curriculum (substitutions based on with substantial content in the major language, to be previous coursework or student interest must be approved approved by the NELC Director of Graduate Studies. by the track advisor.) Students will submit a term or seminar paper (i.e., a paper Year 1 - Fall: NELC-E500; Elementary Middle Egyptian originally written in one of their courses) substantially I (3 credits). NELC-E601: Seminar in History of Ancient revised and expanded, and meeting the following criteria: Egypt (3 credits). Elective chosen in consultation with program advisor. Recommended subjects include Coptic; 1. A clear understanding of a chosen topic Classical Greek; Biblical Hebrew; Arabic; anthropology/ 2. Demonstrated ability to conceive and carry out an archaeology; historical linguistics; ancient history; art original project of a scholarly nature, including the history (3 credits). Spring: NELC-E550; Elementary use of primary and secondary texts in the original Middle Egyptian II (3 credits). NELC-E661; Seminar in language, where appropriate Religions of Ancient Egypt (3 credits). Elective chosen in consultation with program advisor. Recommended 3. An advanced level of critical or theoretical insight subjects include Coptic; Classical Greek; Biblical Hebrew; Arabic; anthropology/archaeology; historical linguistics; 4. Command of expository English ancient history; art history, (3 credits). 5. Competence in the proper use of research and Year 2 - Fall: NELC-E600; Intermediate Middle Egyptian bibliographic tools (3 credits). NELC-E660; Demotic I; Grammar and Script (3 credits). NELC-N710; Thesis research (3 credits). The paper should be suitable in form and content for Spring: NELC-E650; Late Egyptian: Grammar and Texts publication in a professional journal in a recognized sub- (3 credits). NELC-E670; Demotic II; Persian and Ptolemaic field of Middle Eastern Studies. Texts (3 credits). NELC-N710; Thesis research (3 credits). Students will undergo two, two-hour comprehensive examinations in Middle Eastern language, history 318 May 26, 2016 and culture. Students who are not native-speakers of third-year level requirement with the approval of the their major language will undergo a four-skill language Director of Graduate Studies. examination, along with a two-hour written examination in 3. A European research language (normally, French, Middle Eastern history. Students who are native speakers German or Spanish), tested according to the rulles of of their major language will undergo a two-hour history the Graduate College. examination and a second two-hour examination in a field to be determined in consultation with Near Eastern The choice of languages must be pertinent to the student’s Languages and Cultures Director of Graduate Studies. graduate curriculum and approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Other languages may be substituted Select List of Representative NELC Courses that may where deemed appropriate by the Director of Graduate Count towards the Dual Degree: Studies. • Arabic 600 Intermediate Arabic I Outside Minor • Arabic 660 Advanced Arabic I Students are required to minor in an outside department • The Cultural History of the Middle East or program. Students must fulfill the relevant department’s • Researching Politics of Muslim Countries rules for outside minors. The choice of minor should be • States and Societies in Muslim Central Asia and the made in consultation with the student's graduate advisor Middle East and the Director of Graduate Studies. • Islam and Politics in Muslim Central Asia & Middle East Qualifying Examination • Representations of Islam and Muslims in Students will be examined on one major and two minor Ethnographic Literature of Central Asia and the NELC fields. The three fields should be approved by the Middle East Director of Graduate Studies. Written examinations will be • Islam and Modernity given by at least two professors, the major field lasting for • African and Middle Eastern Narratives three hours, and the minor field exams for two hours each. Upon successful completion of the written examinations, Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Near Eastern a student will take the oral examination within four weeks Languages and Cultures (NELC) of the written examination. These examinations may be Admission Requirements retaken once in whole or in part at the discretion of the The Graduate Record Examination General Test (GRE) is examination committee. required for domestic applicants or international applicants Final Examination from countries of which the principal language is English (e.g., the U.K., Canada, Australia). International applicants The final examination will consist of an oral defense of the from any country of which the principal language is not dissertation conducted by the members of the student's English are required to submit TOEFL scores. Students research committee. should hold an M.A. for admission to the Ph.D. program. Students holding an M.A. from another institution should Ph.D. Minor in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures include a writing sample as part of their application Students from other departments are welcome to minor for admission. Students with an M.A. from the Indiana in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures as part of their University Department of Near Eastern Languages and doctoral program. To do so, they are required to take at Cultures (NELC) will be asked to submit a statement of least 12 credit hours of graduate-level course work, to their Ph.D. plans as part of their admission dossier to be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies so as the Ph.D. program. Successful completion of the NELC to form a coherent program. Students must maintain a M.A. does not guarantee admission to the NELC Ph.D. 3.0 grade point average for the minor as a whole. Up to program. 12 credit hours may be transferred from other institutions toward the NELC outside Ph.D. minor, but at least 6 credit Course Requirements hours must be completed in the IU NELC department. A minimum of 90 credit hours of graduate work (including Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program credits earned for the M.A.), plus dissertation. The students’ courses must be approved by the Ph.D. advisor If a doctoral student fails the written qualifying and the Director of Graduate Studies. examinations twice, fails the oral qualifying exam twice, falls below a 3.5 average, or fails to complete the written Language Requirements and oral examinations by the end of the approved length of time, the director of graduate studies, in consultation Three languages are required for the NELC Ph.D.: with the research committee, can initiate steps to 1. The major NELC language (normally Arabic, terminate the student’s enrollment in the program. Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish): a minimum of 12 Faculty credit hours beyond fourth-year proficiency as demonstrated by prior coursework or by a placement Chairperson examination to be administered upon matriculation. Professor Asma Afsaruddin* 2. The minor NELC language (normally, Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish): minimum of 6 credit Graduate Faculty hours at the third-year level or above in courses (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Biblical and Modern Hebrew at the elementary and doctoral dissertations.) intermediate levels can be combined to satisfy the May 26, 2016 319

Core Faculty NELC-A 660 Advanced Arabic I (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Professors NELC-A 670 Advanced Arabic II (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Asma Afsaruddin*, Salman H. Al-Ani*, Salih Altoma* NELC-A 680 Advanced Arabic III (3 cr.) P: Open to (Emeritus), Stephen Katz*, M. Nazif Shahrani*, John students with B or higher from A670. Walbridge* NELC-A 690 Advanced Arabic IV (3 cr.) Associate Professors NELC-A 698 Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language I Aziza Khazzoom*, Abdulkader Sinno*, Stephen Vinson* (1 cr.) Assistant Professors NELC-A 699 Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language II (1 cr.) Guadalupe Gonalez Dieguez, Kevin W. Martin*, Nader Morkus* NELC-N 502 Qur’anic Arabic I (3 cr.) Senior Lecturers NELC-N 510 Arabic Composition I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Zaineb Istrabadi NELC-N 512 (3 cr.) Adjunct Professors NELC-N 523 Conversational Arabic I (3 cr.) Henry Glassie* (Emeritus, Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Feisal A. R. Istrabadi, Herbert Marks* (Comparative NELC-N 524 Introduction to Arabic Linguistics (3 cr.) Literature), Thomas Mathiesen* (Jacobs School of Music) NELC-N 529 Arabic Phonetics and Phonology (3 cr.) Adjunct Associate Professors NELC-N 542 Modern Arabic Fiction (3 cr.) Jane Goodman* (Communication and Culture), Matthias Lehmann* (History), Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian NELC-N 550 Research in Classical Arabic Texts (3 cr.) Studies, Comparative Literature) NELC-N 552 Qur’anic Arabic II (3 cr.) C: Not currently Adjunct Assistant Professors being offered. Margaret Graves* (History of Art), David McDonald* NELC-N 555 Multimedia Arabic (3 cr.) (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Kaya Sahin (History) NELC-N 590 Directed Readings in Arabic (1-6 cr.) Affiliated Professors NELC-N 593 Individual Readings in Classical Arabic Devin DeWeese* (Central Eurasian Studies), Karen Literature (1-6 cr.) Rasler* (Political Science), Ruth Stone* (Folklore and NELC-N 594 Individual Readings in Modern Arabic Ethnomusicology) (1-6 cr.) Affiliated Associate Professors NELC-N 598 Readings in Arabic Language and John Hanson* (History), R. Kevin Jaques* (Religious Linguistics (1-6 cr.) C: Not currently being offered. Studies) NELC-N 607 Seminar in Classical Arabic Literature Director of Graduate Studies (3 cr.) Not currently being offered; currently taught as NELC-N 707. Stephen Vinson*, Memorial Hall M19, (812) 856-6736 NELC-N 609 Seminar in Modern Arabic Literature Courses (3 cr.) Not currently being offered; currently taught as NELC-N 709. Arabic Language and Literature NELC-A 500 Elementary Arabic I (2 cr.) NELC-N 690 Research in Classical Arabic Texts (3 cr.) NELC-A 501 Accelerated Arabic I (4 cr.) NELC-N 701 Topics in Arabic Literature (2-3 cr.) May be repeated for credit when topic varies. NELC-A 550 Elementary Arabic II (2 cr.) NELC-N 707 Seminar in Classical Arabic Literature NELC-A 551 Accelerated Arabic II (4 cr.) (3-4 cr.) P: Ability to read classical Arabic Texts. NELC-A 555 Summer Intensive Arabic I (6 cr.) NELC-N 709 Seminar in Modern Arabic Literature NELC-A 560 First Year Arabic (3 cr.) (3-4 cr.) P: Ability to read classical Arabic. NELC-A 600 Intermediate Arabic I (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Hebrew Language and Literature NELC-B 501 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-A 610 Arabic Dialects I (3 cr.) P: A150/A550 or N182. NELC-B 502 Elementary Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-A 620 Arabic Dialects II (3 cr.) P: NELC A610. NELC-B 503 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-A 650 Intermediate Arabic II (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. NELC-B 504 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-A 655 Summer Intensive Arabic I (6 cr.) NELC-H 501 Elementary Hebrew I (3 cr.) 320 May 26, 2016

NELC-H 502 Elementary Hebrew II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C NELC-T 500 Elementary Turkish (2 cr.) or higher in H501 or equivalent proficiency. NELC-T 550 Elementary Turkish II (2 cr.) NELC-H 503 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-T 600 Intermediate Turkish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 504 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-T 650 Intermediate Turkish II (3 cr.) NELC-H 505 Advanced Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-T 660 Advanced Turkish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 506 Advanced Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-T 670 Advanced Turkish II (3 cr.) NELC-H 575 Introductory Readings in Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 500 in Translation (3 cr.) NELC-H 590 Intensive Elementary Hebrew (4 cr.) NELC-N 599 Directed Readings in Turkish (1-6 cr.) NELC-N 501 Seminar in Judaic Literature I (3 cr.) NELC-N 600 Topics in Turkish Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 586 Medieval Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 800 Seminar in Turk Lit: Ottoman Verse/Prose (3 cr.) NELC-N 587 Modern Hebrew Literature in English (3 cr.) C: Not currently being offered. NELC-U 500 Elementary Urdu I (2 cr.) NELC-N 588 Recent Hebrew Literature in English NELC-U 550 Elementary Urdu II (2 cr.) P: U500 or (3 cr.) consent of instructor. NELC-N 591 Directed Readings in Hebrew (1-6 cr.) General NELC-N 511 Foreign Study in Near Eastern Languages NELC-N 675 The Kibbutz in Fact and Fiction (3 cr.) and Cultures (2-8 cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-N 687 Modern Hebrew Literature in Hebrew (3 cr.) P: grade of C or better in any Hebrew course above NELC-N 503 Muhammad: Life of the Prophet (3 cr.) H506 or equivalent. NELC-N 545 Introduction to the Ancient Near East NELC-N 691 Research in Medieval Hebrew Texts (3 cr.) (3 cr.) NELC-N 708 Seminar in Judaic Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 565 Introduction to Islamic Civilization (3 cr.) and Literature NELC-N 570 Koranic Studies (3 cr.) NELC-P 500 Elementary Persian I (2 cr.) NELC-N 595 War and Peace in the Islamic Tradition NELC-P 501 Advanced Persian I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) NELC-P 502 Advanced Persian II (3 cr.) NELC-N 596 Islam and Modernity (3 cr.) NELC-P 550 Elementary Persian II (2 cr.) NELC-N 597 Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East (3 cr.) Credit given for only one of ANTH E600, CEUS NELC-P 565 Introduction to Persian Literature in U250, or NELC N597. English (3 cr.) NELC-N 625 Ottoman Empire & Modern Turkey (3 cr.) NELC-P 600 Intermediate Persian I (3 cr.) NELC-N 640 Prophets, Poets, and Kings: Iranian NELC-P 650 Intermediate Persian II (3 cr.) Civilization (3 cr.) NELC-N 540 Directed Readings in Persian Language NELC-N 650 Modern Iran (3 cr.) (1-4 cr.) NELC-N 680 Islamic Philosophy (3 cr.) NELC-N 592 Directed Readings in Persian (1-6 cr.) NELC-N 695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern NELC-N 685 Persian Mystical Literature in Translation Languages and Cultures (1-4 cr.) Variable topics; may (3 cr.) be repeated under different topics for credit. NELC-N 692 Research in Classical Persian Texts NELC-N 696 Teaching Less Commonly Taught (3 cr.) P: P550 or reading knowledge of Persian. Variable Languages (3 cr.) topic; may be repeated for credit. NELC-N 710 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are Other Iranian Languages eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-P 660 Middle Iranian Languages (3 cr.) NELC-N 713 Adv Readings in Bible and Near Eastern Other Languages Studies (4 cr.) NELC-K 500 Introduction to Kurdish I (2 cr.) NELC-N 720 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are NELC-K 550 Introduction to Kurdish II (2 cr.) P: K100 or eligible for a deferred grade. equivalent proficiency. NELC-N 790 War and Peace in the Islamic Tradition NELC-K 600 Intermediate Kurdish I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) NELC-K 650 Intermediate Kurdish II (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 321

NELC-N 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are and behavioral sciences are urged to apply. Students eligible for a deferred grade. with undergraduate concentrations in other areas of the natural sciences, computer science, or engineering Egyptology also are encouraged to apply. Preference will be NELC-E 500 Elementary Middle Egyptian I (3 cr.) given to applicants with a background in laboratory NELC-E 502 Elementary Middle Egyptian II (3 cr.) research and with strong letters of recommendation. Applications must include a complete entrance form, NELC-E 505 Ancient Egyptian History and Civilization three letters of recommendation, scores on the Graduate (3 cr.) Record Examination (GRE), and the undergraduate transcript. Transcripts should be mailed to the Program NELC-E 510 Religions of Ancient Egyptian (3 cr.) in Neuroscience, Graduate Admissions, 1101 E. 10th NELC-E 590 Directed Readings in Egyptology (1-6 cr.) St., Bloomington, IN 47405-7007. At least one score on the GRE test should correspond to 600 or above (on the NELC-E 600 Intermediate Middle Egyptian (3 cr.) old scale). This would equate to at least 160 verbal or 148 NELC-E 650 Late Egyptian - Grammar and Texts (3 cr.) quantitative on the new computer-based tests. Reference: School Code 1324; Department Code 0213. If your native NELC-E 660 Demotic Egyptian I (3 cr.) language is not English, you are required to demonstrate your level of English proficiency by taking the TOEFL and NELC-E 670 Demotic Egyptian II - Persian and submitting your scores. A minimum TOEFL of 80 (TOEFL Ptolemaic Texts (3 cr.) internet based test, or equivalent score from another NELC-E 695 Graduate Topics in Egyptology (1-3 cr.) testing format) is needed for admission. The deadline for domestic and international applicants is December 1. The Neuroscience Program in Neuroscience accepts students for the fall College of Arts and Sciences semester only. Departmental E-mail: neurosci @indiana.edu Course Requirements Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~neurosci A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation, is required for the Ph.D. An individual program of study is planned for (Please note that when conferring University Graduate each student in consultation with the student’s advisory School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The committee. The aim is to provide each student with a University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements solid background in neuroscience as well as the training contained only in The University Graduate School necessary to supplement the student’s particular research Bulletin.) area. Program in Neuroscience requires 21 credit hours Curriculum of coursework. Required courses from the 21 credit hours include the following: N500 (3 credits), N501 (3 Degree Offered credits), N650 (6 semesters at 1 credit per semester), Doctor of Philosophy plus other courses chosen by the student's committee and the student. In addition, completion of the major Special Program Requirements requires completion of a course (at least 1 credit) that (See also general University Graduate School includes professional ethics; this course would be selected requirements.) in consultation with the graduate student's committee (examples of suitable courses include, but are not limited Doctor of Philosophy Degree to, PSY P- 595, COGS Q-510, BIOL Z-620, and VSCI The program leading to the Ph.D. degree is designed V-792). N500 and N501 must be completed by the to give students the opportunity to develop the fifth semester of residence. Courses may be selected technical skills and conceptual frame work necessary from those listed by the Program in Neuroscience or for a successful research career in neuroscience. cross-listed with other departments, divisions, or special Research should be viewed as the student’s greatest programs. Course work must be completed with an challenge and the major focus of the student’s energy. average of B+ (3.3) or above. No grades below B– (2.7) Training emphasis focuses on: Molecular and Cellular may be counted toward degree requirements. Neuroscience; Behavioral Neuroscience; Cognitive and Computational Neuroscience; and Clinical and Advisory Committee Translational Neuroscience. Faculty come from the Chosen in consultation with the student, the student’s Departments of Biology, Computer Science (School of research advisor, and the program director. The Informatics and Computing), Kinesiology (School of Public committee consists of at least three members of the Health), Medical Sciences (School of Medicine), Physics, Graduate Faculty who review the student’s performance Psychological and Brain Sciences, Speech and Hearing on a regular basis and provide feedback and guidance. Sciences, and Visual Sciences (School of Optometry). Students can also draw upon course offerings through the Qualifying Examination Center for the Integrative Study of Animal Behavior, the Cognitive Science Program, as well as the Department of To remain in good standing and be admitted to doctoral Chemistry. candidacy, students must pass a written and oral examination before the end of their fifth semester in Admission Requirements residence. Students with a double major may request one additional year before they take the qualifying Undergraduate education that includes an adequate back- ground in chemistry, mathematics, and the biological 322 May 26, 2016 examination. Students failing the qualifying examination R. Heiman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences and the twice will be dismissed from the program. Kinsey Institute), William P. Hetrick* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Larry E. Humes (Speech and Hearing Final Examination Sciences), David M. Koceja* (Kinesiology), Emilia P. In addition to the oral defense of the dissertation before Martins* (Biology), Armin P. Moczek* (Biology), Laura the research committee, a public research seminar is L. Murray* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Brian F. required. O’Donnell* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Dale R. Sengelaub* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Roderick Ph.D. Minor in Neural Science A. Suthers* (Physiology), Cara L. Wellman* (Psychological Students in other departments and programs who elect and Brain Sciences), Meredith J. West* (Psychological to minor in the Program in Neuroscience must complete and Brain Sciences) the N500-N501 core sequence and at least 6 credit hours of graduate course work selected from the offerings listed Associate Professors by the Program in Neuroscience or cross-listed with other John M. Beggs* (Physics), Heather B. Bradshaw* departments. A grade of B (3.0) or higher in each course (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joshua W. Brown* is required. (Psychological and Brain Sciences), T. Rowan Candy* Faculty (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Laura M. Hurley* (Biology), Karin Harman James* (Psychological and Director Brain Sciences), Thomas W. James* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Michael N. Jones* (Psychological and Professor Jonathon D. Crystal* Brain Sciences), Justin P. Kumar* (Biology), Jennifer J. Graduate Faculty Lentz* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Jonathan W. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Mills* (Informatics), Sharlene D. Newman* (Psychological Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct and Brain Sciences), Anne L. Prieto* (Psychological and doctoral dissertations.) Brain Sciences), William P. Shofner* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), G. Troy Smith* (Biology), Robert H. Withnell* Linda and Jack Gill Chair of Neuroscience (Speech and Hearing Sciences) Andrea G. Hohmann* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Cary Lai* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Hui-Chen Assistant Professors Lu (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kenneth Mackie* Hannah J. Block* (Kinesiology, Public Health), Daniel (Psychological and Brain Sciences) P. Kennedy* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Anne Distinguished Professors C. Krendl* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David H. Landy (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Cara C. Ellen D. Ketterson* (Biology), David B. Pisoni* Lewis (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Franco Pestilli (Physchological and Brain Sciences), Richard M. Shiffrin* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Nicholas L. Port* (Physchological and Brain Sciences) (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Kimberly A. Rosvall* (Biology), Nicholas S. Sokol* (Biology), Andrew Robert H. Shaffer Chair C. Zelhof* (Biology) Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Emeriti Luther Dana Waterman Professor James C. Craig* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Richard M. Shiffrin* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) George V. Rebec* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Dolores M. Schroeder* (Anatomy), Alfred Strickholm* Provost Professor (Physiology), William D. Timberlake* (Psychological and Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science), Peter M. Brain Sciences) Todd* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Olaf Sporns* Senior Scientists (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Hu Chen (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Andrew Rudy Professor King (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Yvonne Bennett I. Bertenthal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Lai (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Benjamin M. Jorge Jose* (Physics and Vice President for Research) Ramsden (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Eleanor Cox Riggs Professor Associate Scientists Aina Puce* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Marcy Kingsbury (Biology), Sachiko Koyama (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Alex J. Straiker Professors (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Randall D. Beer (Cognitive Science Program), Thomas A. Busey* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Stephen A. Academic Advisor Burns* (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Jonathon (812) 855-7756 Crystal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Robert de Ruyter* (Physics), Gregory E. Demas* (Biology), Brian M. Courses D'Onofrio* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joseph Farley* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Peter R. Finn* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Preston E. Garraghty* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Julia May 26, 2016 323

NEUS-N 500 Neural Science I (3 cr.) Basic introduction NEUS-N 800 Research (arr. cr.) and current trends in cellular neurophysiology, neurocytology, synaptic processes, and neuroanatomy. Cross-Listed Courses Animal Behavior NEUS-N 501 Neural Science II (3 cr.) Continuation of Neural Science I emphasizing higher integrative • A501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of Animal processes such as perception, cognition, and memory. Behavior (3 cr.) (Depending on topic) Special emphasis will be placed on timely topics and • A502 Research and Professional Ethics in Bio- topics of particular relevance to members of the class. Behavioral Sciences (1 cr.) NEUS-N 510 Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience Biology (3 cr.) Examines the properties and behavior of neurons • Z620 Special Topics in Zoology (depending on topic) and glia, the principal cells of the nervous system. The function of neural cells, the molecules involved in these Cognitive Science functions, and the organization of molecular components required to generate cellular activity will be considered. • Q551 Brain and Cognition (3 cr.) • Q610 Networks of the Brain (3 cr.) NEUS-N 550 Seminar on Sensorimotor Neuroplasticity (2-3 cr.) P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Computer Science This course is intended to introduce students to the • B644 Very Large Scale Integration (3 cr.) research methodologies and experimental findings of studies addressing sensorimotor brain plasticity. While the Medical Sciences specific content of the course may vary across semesters, • A530 Special Topics (depending on topic) the overarching goal is to provide students with a firm grounding in the primary literature representing this • A610 Comparative Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) area of research so that they become familiar with the • P510 Control Systems Theory in Biology (4 cr.) mechanisms of neural plasticity from systemwide to • P531 Human Physiology I (3 cr.) molecular levels. • P532 Human Physiology II (5 cr.) • P541 Advanced Physiology I: Neurophysiology (3 NEUS-N 566 Developmental and Cellular cr.) Neuroscience (3 cr.) P: Knowledge in basic neuroscience • P543 Neurophysiology Seminar (2 cr.) and biology. This course examines the vertebrate nervous system from a cellular and molecular perspective. It • P547 Topical Seminar in Physiology (1-5 cr.) covers the unique structural and functional properties of (Biophysics of Membrane Transport) both neurons and glia, explores in depth the development • P548 Neuroethology (2 cr.) of the nervous system, and covers at a molecular level the Physics biological basis for learning and memory. • P533 Signal Processing and Informational Theory in NEUS-N 611 Neural Bases of Visual Sensation, Biology (3 cr.) Perception, and Cognition (3 cr.) Basic neuroanatomy • P582 Biological and Artificial Neural Networks (3 cr.) and neurophysiology of the visual system. Correlations will be made with current, biologically-based cognitive models Psychological and Brain Sciences of vision. The goal of this course is to integrate neural and cognitive approaches to the problems of vision. • P417 Animal Behavior (3 cr.) • P423 Human Neuropsychology (3 cr.) NEUS-N 612 Ion Channels and Receptors (3 cr.) • P436 Laboratory in Animal Learning and Motivation P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Molecular, (3 cr.) biophysical, and biochemical analysis of the major • P504 Learning and Motivation (3 cr.) molecules responsible for neural excitability and synaptic • P514 Methods in Biopsychology (2 cr.) transmission: receptor-coupled ion channels, voltage- • P526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory (3 cr.) dependent ion channels, G-protein coupled receptors, transporters, signal transduction pathways, synaptic • P527 Developmental Psychobiology (3 cr.) vesicle-associated proteins, cytoskeletal proteins, classical • P537 Neurobiology of Addictions and novel neurotransmitters and modulators. • P546 Neurophysiological Techniques: Theory and Methods (3 cr.) NEUS-N 613 Neural Mechanisms of Hearing (3 cr.) • P566 Psychophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Review of • P569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior (3 cr.) anatomy and physiology of inner ear and central auditory • P628 Psychophysiology of Somatic Functions (3 cr.) pathways. Special attention to current research on the neural basis of auditory discrimination. • P650 Neuroimaging: Theory and Methods (3 cr.) • P657 Topical Seminar (1-4 cr.) (depends on subject) NEUS-N 650 Neuroscience Colloquium Series (1 cr.) • P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Colloquia in • P669 Neurobiology of Behavioral Disorders (3 cr.) this series cover a broad range of topics in neuroscience • P717 Evolutionary Bases of Learning (3 cr.) research. School of Public Health NEUS-N 700 Readings-Nervous System (arr. cr.) Reading in special topics with guidance from a member of • C518 The Nature of Addictive Disorders (3 cr.) the faculty. • K542 Neuromuscular Control of Movement (3 cr.) 324 May 26, 2016

• K543 Cortical Control of Human Movement (3 cr.) an M.A. in philosophy as a complement to their research • K641 Topics in Motor Integration (3 cr.) (P: SPH-K in their major department. 541) Course Requirements • K690 Seminar in Human Performance (1-3 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours, at least 20 credit hours of which Speech and Hearing Sciences must be in courses given in the philosophy department. • S501 Neural Bases of Speech and Language (3 cr.) These must include at least one course in each of four • S513 Speech Anatomy and Physiology subject areas: history of philosophy, metaphysics and • S515 Topical Seminar (2 cr.) (Conditional) epistemology, logic, and value theory. P590 may not be used to satisfy the distribution requirement. No more than • S531 Traumatic Brain Injury (2 cr.) six hours in P590 may count toward the 20 hours required • S537 Diagnosis and Management of Adult Aphasia in philosophy. P804 and P805 do not count toward the (3 cr.) credit hours required in philosophy. • S540 Voice Disorders (3 cr.) • S545 Adult Cognitive-Communication Disorders (2 Grades cr.) A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in each course that • S571 Auditory Anatomy & Physiology (3 cr.) counts toward the degree. • S574 Central Auditory Nervous System • S686 Physiological Research in Speech, Language Doctor of Philosophy Degree and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Course Requirements Visual Sciences A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation hours, of which a minimum of 30 credit hours is required. • V514 Neuroanatomy (1.5 cr.) • V648 Neurophysiology of Vision (1 cr.) Grades • V767 Electrophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) A student must receive a grade of B or better in any • V768 Special Topics in Vision Science (1-4 cr.) (graded) course that receives credit toward the 90 credit (Depending on topic) hours required for the Ph.D. Philosophy Foreign Language Requirement College of Arts and Sciences There is no general foreign language requirement for Departmental URL: www.philosophy.indiana.edu the Ph.D. However, a student’s Qualifying Committee or Dissertation Committee may require the student to (Please note that when conferring University Graduate achieve proficiency in a foreign language relevant to the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The student’s research and may set the level of proficiency University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements to be attained and the means of establishing that the contained only in The University Graduate School required level has been attained. A student should consult Bulletin.) with the director of graduate studies about whether he Curriculum or she will need competence in a foreign language, and this consultation should begin in the student’s first Degrees Offered year, to allow adequate time for the student to develop Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy competence. Special Departmental Requirements Distribution Requirements (See also general University Graduate School Nine units of distribution requirements are required. requirements.) For the purposes of stating these requirements, Admission philosophy is considered as falling into four areas. Each of these areas has an Area Committee to administer the Applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination reqirements in that area. General Test. Those who have an inadequate background in philosophy may, with the approval of their faculty 1. Metaphysics and Epistemology has four subareas: advisor, enroll in P590 for supplemental work, provided (i) metaphysics, (ii) epistemology, (iii) philosophy that the number of graduate credits so acquired does not of language, philosophy of logic, or philosophy of exceed 9 credit hours. Upon admission, a graduate major mathematics, (iv) philosophy of mind and action. in philosophy will be assigned a departmental faculty 2. Logic advisor who, in conjunction with the director of graduate 3. History of Philosophy: Ancient, medieval, modern, studies, will help plan the student’s program of study. recent. Master of Arts Degree 4. Value Theory: Ethics, social and political philosophy, legal philosophy, aesthetics. The M.A. degree is available to philosophy doctoral students who do not already have an M.A., and who have East graduate student is required to concentrate in at otherwise satisfied the requirements for the M.A., as least one area and satisfy distribution requirements well as to graduate students who are already enrolled in in all four, though some exceptions are possible for another program at Indiana University who wish to pursue students pursuing an interdisciplinary track (see below). Unless stated otherwise, courses used to satisfy the May 26, 2016 325 distribution requirements in an area will count towards the Distribution requirements should normally be satisfied concentration requirements for that area. by the end of the student's second year, but in all cases should be satisfied by the end of the student's third year of Metaphysics and Epistemology, Logic: Students are to graduate study. satisfy a disjunctive requirement regarding Metaphysics and Epistemology and Logic: Interdisciplinary Track Distribution Requirements 1. Metaphysics and Epistemology: Three graduate An interdisciplinary track is considered to be 18 credit courses. The three should be in different subareas hours in a department or program outside of philosophy of of Metaphysics and Epistemology, as defined importance to the student’s area of specialty. It is usually above. At least one of the three courses must in the area of the student’s minor. Graduate students be on the list of automatically approved courses. pursuing an interdisciplinary track may request an ad P590s will not count toward the Metaphysics and hoc exemption of one or two of the above none units Epistemology Distribution Requirement. AND Logic: of the department’s standard distribution requirements. One graduate logic course. The student must The written request should be made to the Director of demonstrate a thorough understanding of first-order Graduate Studies before the end of the student’s second logic. Successful completion of P505 will be taken year. A good case must be made for the usefulness of as demonstrating such understanding. OR the outside work being proposed, either for the student’s 2. Metaphysics and Epistemology: Two graduate dissertation or for other career objectives. The specific courses. The two should be in different subareas courses being taken, as well as the distribution units of Metaphysics and Epistemology. At least one of to be dropped, must be described in the application. If the two courses must be on the list of automatically the request is to drop two units from one area or to drop approves courses. P590s will not count toward one unit from Logic under option (1) of the disjunctive the Metaphysics and Epistemology Distribution requirement, the Director of Graduate Studies will seek Requirement. AND Logic: Two graduate logic the approval of the Area Committee before granting the courses. The student must demonstrate a thorough request. If the student on an interdisciplinary track is given understanding of first-order logic. Successful a one unit exemption in any Area, then the expectation completion of P505 will be taken as demonstrating is that the remaining unit (or units) that count toward the such understanding. distribution requirements in that Area will be courses on the list of automatically approved courses. (If more History of Philosophy: (Three units) A unit in history than three credits of the 18 interdisciplinary track credits can consist of any of the following: a graduate course, are from cross-listed philosophy courses, the above a written paper on a topic in one of the four historical exemption will not be granted; if one to three credits are periods (ancient, medieval, modern, and recent), a written from such courses, then the exemption cannot be granted examination on a topic in one of the four periods, or a for more than one unit of the distribution requirements.) written examination covering a broad range within the history of philosophy. At least one unit must be in ancient Concentration Requirements or medieval history and one in post-medieval history. Concentration requirements in each of the four areas are The third “wild card” unit in history may be in any of the defined below. Unless stated otherwise, courses used to four historical periods. It may also be such a course as satisfy the distribution requirements in an area will count history of ethics, history of aesthetics, history of logic, etc. toward the concentration requirements for that area. A —provided that such course is approved by the history student must achieve an average of A- in the courses that committee. In addition to the automatically approved count towards the Concentration Requirement. courses listed below, P710 can count for any of the periods, depending on its content. Students must seek Metaphysics and Epistemology: (Four units) Four courses approval for P710 from the History Area Committee, and from at least three different sub-areas. At least two of the the Area Committee will decide whether the course counts four courses must be on the list of automatically approved based on course content and the student's competence in courses below. At most one P590 will count toward the M the philosophy of the relevant period. Other courses may & E Concentration Requirement, with high standards (for be counted depending on Committee approval. M & E area centrality, rigor and breadth of reading, and written work). At most one course outside the philosophy Value Theory: (Two units) Two graduate level courses, at department (including courses taken at an institution other least one in ethics. At least one course should be either than Indiana University) will count, with high standards P540, P541, or P740. The second course should come (for clear philosophical content, M & E area centrality, from the list of automatically approved courses below. rigor and breadth of reading, and written work). (The Students may petition to substitute for one or possibly both caliber of the department at another institution at which of the courses a course not on the list of automatically a course is taken will be an important consideration in approved courses, but there is no presumption that any granting petitions for approval of courses taken in other other courses will count. The decision whether to count institutions.) any other courses will be made on the basis of what other courses the student has taken, the opportunities Logic: (Four units) Students concentrating in this area the student has had for taking automatically approved are required to do the following: (i) Take at least four courses, and the student's Area of Concentration. Two courses in logic/formal areas of philosophy. (Note: P505 courses with the same number can count toward the will not count for the requirement.) These courses must Distribution Requirement provided their course content is be well distributed; students are advised to consult the sufficiently different; students must petition for the second Logic Committee to ensure this. (ii) Show mastery of the course to count. material of P505/506. This requirement will be deemed 326 May 26, 2016 as satisfied if a student has taken courses equivalent to to taking the course or afterward. Approval after the fact P505/P506 with a grade of A- or better. will only be granted in exceptional circumstances. No course may be counted as satisfying more than one unit History of Philosophy: (Four units) The history units are of one Distribution or Concentration Requirement. Area as defined above, except that the "wild card" is not an Committees decide whether to approve outside courses option here. Students specializing in history must pass in part on the basis of whether the student has acquired four regular history units, at least one in each of the a grounding in the Area by taking the sum total of the four historical periods. In addition to the automatically courses proposed to satisfy the Requirement. Because of approved courses listed below, P710 can count for any of this, it could happen that one student receives approval the periods, depending on its content. Students must seek for a course and another student is denied approval for approval for P710 from the History Area Committee, and the same course. It is expected that a graduate student the Area Committee will decide whether the course counts will use no more than two P590 courses that are taken based on course content and the student's competence in concurrently with an undergraduate course, to satisfy the the philosophy of the relevant period. Other courses may Distribution and Concentration requirements as a whole, be counted depending on Committee approval. and no more than one such P590 course in any given Value Theory: (Four units) Four courses. At least one area. No course (understood as a particular course, not a course should be P540, P541, or P740. At least one course number) may be counted as more than one unit of course should be in aesthetics, political philosophy, one distribution or concentration requirement. or philosophy of law. Students must take two or more Qualifying Exam courses in a single sub-area known as "the field of emphasis," and no more than one course in the field The qualifying exam consists in an essay, together with of emphasis may be taken outside the philosophy an oral exam, on a topic that the student plans to pursue department. Students may petition to substitute a course further in the dissertation. The qualifying exam will test not on the list of automatically approved courses below, whether the student is ready to write a dissertation on the but there is no presumption that any other courses will chosen topic. Students who have passed the qualifying count. exam and have satisfied the course and language requirements are ready to be nominated for candidacy. To Automatically Approved Courses schedule the qualifying exam in a term, the student must All of the following courses automatically count towards be enrolled concurrently in the dissertation prospectus the Distribution and Concentration Requirements for the course, P804. Successfully passing the qualifying exam, Area and Subarea under which they are listed, subject both the oral and written components, is necessary and to the general description above of the requirements sufficient for passing the dissertation prospectus course. in each Area. Courses on the list may also satisfy the The dissertation prospectus course and qualifying exam Distribution and Concentration Requirements for Areas or should be taken no later than the second semester of Subareas other than the ones under which they are listed. the third year of fulltime study. This may be postponed Approval for satisfying the Distribution or Concentration only with the approval of the qualifying exam committee Requirements in an Area or Subarea other than the one chair and the Director of Graduate Studies. If a student for which the course is listed must be sought from the fails to pass the qualifying exam during the term in which relevant Area Committee, either prior to taking the course he or she is first enrolled in P804, he or she will be or afterward: placed on academic probation. He or she may retake the exam in conjunction with the prospectus course in Metaphysics and Epistemology – Metaphysics: P560, the immediately following semester (excluding summer P571; Epistemology: P562; Philosophy of Language, terms). If the student does not pass the qualifying exam Philosophy of Logic, and Philosophy of Mathematics: on the second try, the student will be dismissed from P520, P551, P552, P720; Philosophy of Mind: P561, the doctoral program. If a student fails to enroll in the P570; P730 and P760 would count toward metaphysics, dissertation prospectus course (and hence fails to take epistemology, or either, depending on content. P750 the qualifying exam) by the end of the third year of fulltime counts as either logic or philosophy of mathematics, study, and a delay has not been approved by the chair depending on content. of the qualifying exam committee and the Director of Logic – Logic: P505 (counts toward the Distribution Graduate Studies, the student will be placed on academic Requirement in Logic, but not the Concentration probation. The student will then be required to take the Requirement), P506, P550, P751; P750 counts as either dissertation prospectus course the immediately following logic or philosophy of logic and mathematics, depending semester (excluding summer terms). If the student does on content. not pass the qualifying exam in that semester, the student will be dismissed from the doctoral program, without an History of Philosophy – P710; Ancient: P511, P512; opportunity to retake the examination. Medieval: P515; Modern: P522; Recent: P526, P530, P531, P535. Dissertation Prospectus Value Theory – Ethics: P540, P541, P740; Social and A one- or two-page plan of the proposed dissertation Political Philosophy: P543, P544, P743; Legal Philosophy: that is submitted to the graduate school after it has been P545; Aesthetics: P546. approved by the dissertation committee. Approval for satisfying the Distribution or Concentration Dissertation Colloquium Requirement Requirements for any course not on this list—including Students who have advanced to candidacy and are in P590 and courses given in other departments—must be residence are members of and required to participate in a sought from the relevant Area Committee, either prior dissertation work-in-progress colloquium. The dissertation May 26, 2016 327 colloquium overseen by a committee consisting of the Professors Director of Graduate Studies as chair and the chairs of dissertation committees in any year. Members will be Marcia Baron*, Nino Cocchiarella* (Emeritus), J. Michael required to give at least one presentation in the colloquium Dunn* (Emeritus), Gary Ebbs*, Paul D. Eisenberg* each year on their dissertation research. Attendance by (Emeritus), Milton Fisk* (Emeritus), Karen Hanson* other members of the colloquium group is required. The (Emerita), Mark Kaplan*, Kirk Ludwig*, David Charles schedule of meetings in a given year will be of a frequency McCarty*, Michael McRobbie*, Michael L. Morgan* consonant with its purpose, and otherwise as agreed upon (Emeritus), Timothy O’Connor*, Frederick F. Schmitt*, by the directing committee. A student who fails to fulfill Paul Vincent Spade* (Emeritus), Joan Weiner*, Allen the requirement may be placed on academic probation at Wood, Rega Wood the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Associate Professors chair of the student’s dissertation committee. Kate Abramson*, Adam Leite*, Dennis Senchuk* Dissertation Defense (Emeritus), Sandra Shapshay* The dissertation defense is a final oral examination based Assistant Professors on the completed dissertation. Peter Hasper Ph.D. Minor in Philosophy Doctoral students outside the department may minor in Adjunct Professors philosophy by completing 12 credit hours of graduate- Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science), level philosophy courses with a B (3.0) average or higher. Barry Bull* (Education), James Hart* (Emeritus, No more than 9 credit hours may be taken as P590, and Religious Studies), Douglas Hofstadter* (Informatics), no more than 6 credit hours may be transfer credit hours Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science), Oscar Kenshur* originally earned at other universities. The program must (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Noretta Koertge* be approved by the director of graduate studies of the (Emerita, History and Philosophy of Science), Gerald Department of Philosophy. Students planning to take P590 Larson* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Daniel Leivant* as part of their program must, in addition, obtain consent (Informatics), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Philosophy of to do so from the instructor of that course. Science), Richard Miller* (Religious Studies), Larry Moss* Ph.D. Minor and Graduate Area Certificate in Pure and (Mathematics), William Rasch* (Germanic Studies), Jutta Applied Logic Schickore* (History and Philosophy of Science), John Walbridge* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures) The Department of Philosophy participates in the Program in Pure and Applied Logic, along with the Departments Adjunct Associate Professors of Computer Science, Linguistics, and Mathematics. For details of the requirements for the Logic Minor and the Jordi Cat* (History and Philosophy of Science), Cornelis Logic Certificate, see http://www.indiana.edu/~iulg/. de Waal (Philosophy IUPUI), Judy Failer* (Political Science), Robert Eno* (East Asian Languages and Cul- Philosophy Ph.D. students may minor in logic, provided tures), Amit Hagar* (History and Philosophy of Science), that (1) no courses are double-counted for major and Luise Prior McCarty* (Education), Aaron Stalnaker* minor, (2) at least three of the minor courses are taken (Religious Studies) outside the Department of Philosophy, and (3) the courses constituting the minor are approved by the Philosophy Director of Graduate Studies Logic Area Committee. Kirk Ludwig*, Sycamore Hall 125, (812) 855-2404 Faculty Courses Chairperson History Gary Ebbs* PHIL-P 511 Plato (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty PHIL-P 512 Aristotle (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct PHIL-P 515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) PHIL-P 522 Topics in the History Modern Philosophy Oscar R. Ewing Professor (3 cr.) May be repeated twice with consent of instructor(s). J. Michael Dunn* (Emeritus), Raymond Smullyan* PHIL-P 526 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy (3 cr.) (Emeritus) Selected topics in nineteenth-century philosophy. Rudy Professors PHIL-P 530 Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy I (3 cr.) Foundations of analytic philosophy in Frege, Marcia Baron*, Karen Hanson* (Emerita) Russell, and Moore. Chancellor’s Professor PHIL-P 531 Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy II Michael Morgan* (Emeritus) (3 cr.) Logical atomism and logical positivism. Hall's Professor PHIL-P 532 Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy III (3 cr.) Topics in post-positivist 20th century analytic Allen Wood philosophy. 328 May 26, 2016

PHIL-P 535 Phenomenology and Existentialism (3 cr.) Social and Political Philosophy Selected topics in phenomenology and existentialism. PHIL-P 543 Contemporary Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) PHIL-P 595 Intensive Reading: Ancient Philosophy from the Greek or Latin Texts (arr. cr.) Substantive PHIL-P 544 Selected Topics in History of Social and philosophical topics investigated directly from Greek or Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics in the history Latin texts. Reading knowledge of ancient Latin or Greek of social and political philosophy, ancient, medieval, or required. May be repeated for credit. modern. PHIL-P 596 Intensive Reading: Medieval Philosophy PHIL-P 545 Legal Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics in from the Sources (arr. cr.) Substantive philosophical philosophy of law. topics investigated directly from Latin or Hebrew texts. Reading knowledge of medieval Latin or Hebrew required. PHIL-P 743 Seminar: Social and Political Theory (3 cr.) May be repeated for credit. Selected topics in social and political theory. PHIL-P 597 Intensive Reading: Modern Philosophy Logic from the Sources (arr. cr.) Substantive philosophical PHIL-P 350 Logic of Sets (3 cr.) topics investigated directly from modern foreign PHIL-P 505 Logical Theory I (3 cr.) P: P250 or language texts. Reading knowledge of language or equivalent. A close study of mathematical logic at the languages involved is required. May be repeated beginning graduate level, including syntactic and semantic for credit. (arr. cr.) Substantive philosophical topics (proof-theoretic and model-theoretic) treatments of the investigated directly from Latin or Hebrew texts. Reading first-order propositional and predicate calculi, together with knowledge of medieval Latin or Hebrew required. May be full proofs of soundness, completeness, and compactness repeated for credit. for those calculi. PHIL-P 710 Seminar: Topics in History of Philosophy PHIL-P 506 Logical Theory II (3 cr.) P: P505 or (3 cr.) Selected topics from ancient, medieval, or modern equivalent. A detailed metamathematical study of philosophy. May be repeated. incompleteness, undefinability, and undecidability results PHIL-P 748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 cr.) first proved by Gödel, Tarski, and Church, together Selected topics in American Philosophy. with introductions to recursive function theory and to nonstandard models of arithmetic. Special Topics PHIL-P 550 Systems of Modal Logic (3 cr.) P: P506 PHIL-P 520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) or some proof-oriented mathmetics course, or consent Selected topics in the philosophy of language. of instructor. Formal semantical and syntactical analysis of modal concepts, including epistemic and temporal PHIL-P 546 Philosophy of Art (3 cr.) Selected topics in modalities, and also dynamic logic. classical and/or contemporary aesthetic. PHIL-P 551 Philosophy and Foundations of PHIL-P 553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) The aim of Mathematics (3 cr.) P: P505. Philosophical this course is to gain a thorough understanding of the and mathematical investigations into the foundations of basic issues in the philosophy of science. Attention will mathematics. Topics may include logicism, intuitionism, be given to issues such as the cognitive significance of formalism, the nature of mathematics, mathematical theories, the scientific method (hypothesis formation, entities, and mathematical truth. theory construction, and testing), research paradigms, PHIL-P 552 Philosophy of Logic (3 cr.) P: P251 or reductivism, and social epistemology. consent of instructor. Philosophical issues on the nature PHIL-P 561 Philosophy of Mind (3 cr.) Selected topics in of logic, alternative logics, the ontological commitments the philosophy of mind. of logic, the analytic-synthetic dichotomy, the analysis of logical truth, etc. History of logic. PHIL-P 570 Philosophical Psychology (3 cr.) Selected topics in philosophical psychology. PHIL-P 750 Seminar: Logical Theory (3 cr.) Selected problems in the interpretation and application of logical PHIL-P 720 Seminar: Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) systems. Topics such as model theory, nonstandard Advanced topics in the philosophy of language; e.g., logics, and theory of meaning will be discussed. reference, truth and meaning, nature of language. PHIL-P 751 Seminar: Logic (3 cr.) Selected topics in Ethics advanced logic; e.g., set theory, recursive function theory, PHIL-P 540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) foundations of mathematics. Fundamental problems of ethics in contemporary analytic philosophy. Metaphysics PHIL-P 560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) In-depth discussion of PHIL-P 541 Selected Topics in the History of Ethics representative contemporary theories. (3 cr.) Selected topics in the history of ethics, ancient, medieval, or modern. PHIL-P 571 Philosophy of Nature (3 cr.) In-depth study of representative contemporary theories of space, time, PHIL-P 740 Seminar: Ethical Theory (3 cr.) Selected causality, action, dispositions, and particulars. topics in ethical theory. May 26, 2016 329

PHIL-P 760 Seminar: Metaphysics and Epistemology Degrees Offered (3 cr.) Advanced topics in metaphysic or epistemology, or Master of Science, Master of Arts for Teachers, and both. Doctor of Philosophy. The department also participates in the Ph.D. programs in astrophysics, chemical physics, Theory of Knowledge and mathematical physics (described elsewhere in this PHIL-P 562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) Twentieth- bulletin). century developments. Special Departmental Requirements PHIL-P 730 Seminar: Contemporary Philosophy (3 cr.) Twentieth-century developments. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Philosophy of Science PHIL-X 456 Historical Development of Philosophy of Grades Science (3 cr.) B average (3.0) required. See special requirement under PHIL-X 551 Survey of the Philosophy of Science I “Master of Science Degree” for courses numbered below (3 cr.) 501 that are to be counted toward that degree. PHIL-X 552 Survey of the Philosophy of Science II Master of Science Degree in Physics (3 cr.) Admission Requirements PHIL-X 571 Research Topics in the Philosophy of Physics P201, P202, P301, P309, P331, P332, and Science (1-3 cr.) P340 (or equivalents); Mathematics M211-M212, M311 (or equivalents). Deficiencies must be removed without PHIL-X 600 Advanced Readings Course (arr. cr.) graduate credit. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Course Requirements PHIL-X 654 Seminar: Philosophy of the Social Sciences (4 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours, 20 in physics, of which at least 14 credit hours must be in physics courses numbered 501 PHIL-X 683 Philosophical Problems of Quantum or above. Seminars, research, and reading courses may Mechanics (4 cr.) not be counted toward this 14 credit hour requirement. PHIL-X 691 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of Space Physics courses numbered below 501 that are listed and Time I (4 cr.) in this bulletin may count toward the 30 credit hour requirement only if passed with a grade of B (3.0) or PHIL-X 692 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of Space above. and Time II (4 cr.) Thesis PHIL-X 755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of Science I (2-5 cr.) Not required. PHIL-X 756 Special Topics in the Philosophy of Final Examination Science II (2-5 cr.) Written. May be taken only twice. Special Research Master of Science Degree in Beam Physics and PHIL-P 590 Intensive Reading (1-3 cr.) A tutorial course Technology involving in-depth consideration of a specific philosophical Admission Requirements area of problem or author. May be repeated for credit. Same as for Master of Science degree. PHIL-G 599 Thesis Research (0 cr.) Course Requirements PHIL-P 804 Dissertation Prospectus Research (3 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours, including the following: proof PHIL-P 805 Doctor’s Thesis in Philosophy (arr. cr.) of proficiency in undergraduate senior-level classical **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. mechanics and electromagnetism, or passing the PHIL-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Classical Mechanics and Electromagnetism in Beams examination offered by the U.S. Particle Accelerator Physics School (USPAS) with grade B or higher, P570, one course College of Arts and Sciences at the 500 level or above in laboratory techniques or computational methods, and a master’s thesis course Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (P802). Four advanced courses in beam physics should Departmental URL: http://www.iub.edu/~iubphys/ be chosen from among the special topics courses P571, P671, and P672, with topics to be listed in a syllabus (Please note that when conferring University Graduate prepared jointly by the Department of Physics and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The USPAS. A grade point average of 3.0 or better must be University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements maintained in the courses satisfying the 30 credit hour contained only in The University Graduate School requirement. In particular, both senior-level classical Bulletin.) mechanics and electromagnetism (or equivalents) must be Curriculum passed with a grade of B (3.0) or above. Thesis 330 May 26, 2016

Required. 500 or greater may be counted toward this 27 credit hours. Four core courses are required: P526 Principles of Health Final Examination Physics and Dosimetry, P472 or P572 Radiation Oncology Either a defense of the thesis or a written final examination Physics, P576 Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology, and is required, and should take place at Indiana University. P478 or P578 Radiation Biophysics. Also required: a The written examination may be substituted for the thesis based on independent research or a passing grade defense only with the permission of the thesis committee. (greater than 70%) on a comprehensive examination The defense of the thesis will follow the same guidelines covering medical physics; GPA minimum of 3.0 with no as the Master of Science thesis of the Indiana University grades below 2.7 within the required medical physics Graduate School. courses. Master of Science Degree in Medical Physics Thesis Admissions Requirements Option 1. Written. May substitute comprehensive Physics P221, P222, P301, P309 (or equivalents); competency examination (see below). Mathematics M211-M212, M311 (or equivalents). Final Examination Deficiencies must be removed without graduate credit. Option 2. Written. May substitute Thesis (see above). May Course Requirements be taken only twice. A total of 40 credit hours of which at least 27 credit hours Master of Arts Degree for Teachers must be in didactic and laboratory instruction including Admission Requirements practicums and research numbered 500 or above. Seminars and Reading courses are excluded. Four core 8 credit hours of undergraduate physics courses. courses are required: P526 Principles of Health Physics and Dosimetry, P572 Radiation Oncology Physics, Course Requirements P576 Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology, and P578 20 credit hours in physics courses numbered P300 Radiation Biophysics. Also Required: A thesis based on or higher, selected from the course listings that follow independent research or a passing grade (greater than (recommended: P301, P309, P331, P332, P360, P451, 70%) on a comprehensive examination covering medical P453, P454), the remaining 16 credit hours in graduate physics; G.P.A. minimum of 3.0 with no grades below 2.7 education and in mathematics, astronomy, chemistry, within the required medical physics courses. or computer science. Candidates for the M.A.T. must Thesis obtain a teacher’s certificate (or license) by the time they complete the M.A.T. Option 1. Written, May substitute comprehensive competency examination (see below). Dual Master of Science Degree in Physics and Master of Science Degree in Environmental Science Final Examination This program is a two-year, 51 credit hours sequence of Option 2. Written. May substitute Thesis (see above). May courses and research that provides depth and breadth be taken only twice. in both environmental science and physics. The student must complete a minimum of 21 credit hours in each of the M.S. in Medical Physics - Accelerated Track through degree programs. Both degrees are awarded when the Applied Physics student meets the degree requirements of the Department By selecting undergraduate prerequisites and graduate of Physics and the School of Public and Environmental level required courses to fulfill the required electives Affairs (SPEA). within the B.S. in Physics, it is possible to complete the Admission requirements for the M.S. degree in medical physics in less than two years. Students interested in this dual program must apply and be accepted by both the Department of Physics and the Admission Requirements School of Public and Environmental Affairs. The degree Students will apply to the University Graduate School is designed to be completed in two years, but must be after having completed at least 90 credit hours of completed within six years. undergraduate coursework, generally during their fourth Requirements year of undergraduate education. Standard requirements apply (i.e., G.P.A. minimum of 3.0 and satisfactory The dual M.S. in Physics and M.S.E.S. in SPEA program completion of P221, P222, P301, P309: Mathematics requires a minimum of 51 credit hours distributed among M211-M212, M311). six components: physics core; environmental science core; economics, policy, and law competencies; tool skills; Course Requirements environmental chemistry concentration; and professional Students must satisfy the standard requirements for the experience. Each candidate should take a 3 credit hour receipt of the degree with the following exceptions. The course during which they participate in a team to carry out requirement to complete 40 credit hours of graduate an integrative project that addresses a multidisciplinary coursework is waived. A total of 27 credit hours must problem. Capstone course credit may be double-counted be completed in didactic and laboratory instruction to either concentration or tool skill requirement. including practicums and research numbered 500 or The capstone requirement may be met in one of the above. Seminars and Reading courses are excluded. following ways: (1) SPEA-V 600, Capstone in Public and Graduate courses taken as an undergraduate numbered May 26, 2016 331

Environmental Affairs, sections with an environmental Services Office for a signature upon completion of this focus. (2) An alternative course with a similar structure, requirement. such as SPEA-E560, Environmental Risk Analysis or other approved course. Qualifying Examination Doctor of Philosophy Degree Written. May be taken only twice. Must be taken at the end of the first year and must be passed by the end of the Admission Requirements second year. The written examination covers the subjects Same as those for Master of Science degree. of mechanics, electricity and magnetism, quantum mechanics, and thermodynamics/statistical physics at the Course Requirements level of first-year graduate work. Relevant courses are A total of 90 credit hours, including two courses in one of P506, P507, P511, P512, P521, and P556. Not attempting the following six areas: accelerator physics (P671 plus the qualifying examination at the required time constitutes one of P633, P634, P640, P641, P672), biological physics an automatic failure. (P575 plus one of P581, P582, P583, P676), chemical Candidacy Seminar physics (P615 or P557 plus one of P614, P616, P625, or P627), condensed-matter physics (P557, P615, P616, Must be presented after the first attempt at the qualifying P627, P657), high-energy physics (P622, P635, P636, examination but before the end of the fifth semester. P640, P641, P707, P708), mathematical physics (P607, Usually pertains to a proposed dissertation topic. P609, P610, P622, P625, P637, P638, P647, P665, Dissertation P743), nuclear physics (P626, G630, P633, P634, P640, P641). Courses offered for the (optional) inside minor Result of a significant piece of original research. cannot be used to satisfy this requirement. A minimum of 9 credit hours per semester at the P501 level or above Final Examination with a minimum 3.0 (B) grade point average is required. Oral defense of dissertation. Mathematics courses suited to the student’s fields will be specified by advisors in the Department of Physics. (Note: The Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mathematical Physics is described elsewhere in the Bulletin.) Minor Faculty The minor may be taken either inside or outside of the department. The inside minor for all majors except Chairperson biological physics consists of either P621 or P625, and at least two courses, falling within at least two nonmajor Professor Robert de Ruyter* areas of concentration, among seven areas: accelerator Graduate Faculty physics (P570, P671, or P672), chemical or condensed- (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University matter physics (P557, P615, P616, P657, P627), high- Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct energy physics: P535, P622, P635, P636, P640, P641, doctoral dissertations.) P707, P708), mathematical physics (P522, P607, P609, P610, P622, P625, P637, P638, P647, P665, P743), Distinguished Professors nuclear physics (P535, P537, P626, G630, P633, P634, Steven A. Gottlieb*, V. Alan Kostelecky*, Roger Newton* P640, P641), biological physics (P548, P575, P581, (Emeritus), Robert Pollock* (Emeritus) P582, P583, P676), electronics (P540, P541) or medical physics (P526, P572, P576, P578). For biological physics Professors the minor requirements will consist of two courses to be determined by the student's advisory committee. Andrew D. Bacher* (Emeritus), David V. Baxter*, Micheal Programs of study for outside minors are determined by S. Berger*, Bennet Brabson (Emeritus), John L. Challifour* the individual departments and typically require 9 to 12 (Emeritus, Mathematics), Ray Crittenden* (Emeritus), credit hours of course work. Recommended outside fields: Robert R. de Ruyter*, Alex R. Dzierba* (Emeritus), Harold astronomy, chemistry, mathematics, biology, biochemistry, Evans*, Herbert Abraham Fertig*, James A. Glazier*, medical science, and scientific computing. All outside Charles Goodman* (Emeritus), Richard Hake* (Emeritus), minors must be approved by the graduate advisor of the Richard Heinz* (Emeritus), Archibald Hendry* (Emeritus), Department of Physics. Note that P535 Introduction to Charles J. Horowitz*, Jorge Jose*, Larry Lee Kesmodel* Nuclear and Particle Physics cannot be counted toward (Emeritus), S. Y. Lee*, Don Lichtenberg* (Emeritus), J. the inside minor for students specializing in either nuclear Timothy Londergan* (Emeritus),Mark D. Messier*, Hans- physics or high-energy physics. For students specializing Otto Meyer* (Emeritus), Daniel Miller* (Emeritus), James in other fields, P535 can be counted once toward the A. Musser*, Hermann Nann* (Emeritus), Harold Olof inside minor and can be considered as a course in either Ogren* (Emeritus), Catherine Olmer* (Emeritus), Gerardo nuclear physics or high-energy physics for that purpose. Ortiz*, Roger Pynn*, William L. Schaich* (Emeritus), Peter Schwandt* (Emeritus), William Michael Snow*, Outside Minor in Physics Paul E. Sokol*, James Swihart* (Emeritus), Adam P. Szczepaniak*, Rex Tayloe*, Richard James Van Kooten*, For students in other departments who wish an outside Jon Urheim*, George Walker* (Emeritus), John Wills* minor in physics, the requirement is a minimum of 6 credit (Emeritus), Scott W. Wissink* hours at the 501 level or above. The grade point average for the 6 credit hours must be at least 3.0. Students who Scientists wish to complete the physics minor should bring the Nomination to Candidacy form to the Physics Academic Pauline Gagnon*, Jason Gardner, William Jacobs* (Emeritus), Susan Klein*, Fred Luehring, Enrico Lunghi, 332 May 26, 2016

Ryan Mitchell, Michihiro Nagao, James Sluka, Edward PHYS-P 511 Quantum Mechanics I (4 cr.) Three hours Stephenson*, Maciej Swat, Anselm Vossen, Garfield of lectures and one hour of recitation. Basic principles, Warren, Daria Zieminska* the Schrödinger equation, wave functions, and physical interpretation. Bound and continuum states in one- Associate Professors dimensional systems. Bound states in central potential; John M. Beggs*, John P. Carini*, Radoyan Dermisek*, hydrogen atom. Variational method. Time-independent Chen-Yu Liu*, Fred Lurie* (Emeritus), Sima Setayeshgar*, perturbation theory. Matthew Shepherd* PHYS-P 512 Quantum Mechanics II (4 cr.) P: P511. Assistant Professors Three hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Time- dependent perturbation theory. Schrödinger, Heisenberg Lisa Kaufman*, Sabine Lammers*, Jinfeng Liao, Josh and interaction pictures. Elementary theory of scattering. Long*, Emilie Passemar, Babak Seradjeh, Shixiong Rotations and angular momentum. Other symmetries. Zhang* Nonrelativistic, many-particle quantum mechanics, Graduate Advisor symmetry and antisymmetry of wave functions, and Hartree-Fock theory of atoms and nuclei. Professor Micheal Berger*, Swain Hall West 235, (812) 855-2609 PHYS-P 518 Scattering Methods in Materials Science (3 cr.) P: Graduate status. Introduction to Neutron and Courses X-ray Scattering techniques used in Materials Physics. Basic Scattering Theory; Structural Measurements of PHYS-P 441 Analytical Mechanics I (3 cr.) Ordered, Disordered and Nano Materials; stress and PHYS-P 453 Introduction to Quantum Physics (3 cr.) Strain Measurements; Imaging; Inelastic Neutron and X- ray Scattering; EXAFS and NEXAFS: Polarized Neutrons PHYS-P 454 Modern Physics (4 cr.) and X-rays; Proposal Writing. PHYS-P 460 Modern Optics (4 cr.) P: P331 or consent PHYS-P 521 Classical Mechanics (3 cr.) P: Graduate of instructor. Physical optics and electromagnetic waves status. Vector and tensor analysis. Lagrangian and based on electromagnetic theory, wave equations; phase Hamiltonian dynamics. Conservation laws and variational and group velocity; dispersion; coherence; interference; principles. Two-body motion, many-particle systems, diffraction; polarization of light and of electromagnetic and rigid-body motion. Canonical transformations and radiation generally; wave guides; holography; masers and Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Continuum mechanics with lasers; introduction to optical spectroscopy. introduction to complex variables. PHYS-P 500 Seminar (1 cr.) Reports on current literature. PHYS-P 522 Advanced Classical Mechanics (3 cr.) Graduate students and staff participate. Mathematical methods of classical mechanics; exterior differential forms, with applications to Hamiltonian PHYS-P 504 Practicum in Physics Laboratory dynamics. Dynamical systems and nonlinear phenomena; Instruction (1 cr.) Practical aspects of teaching physics chaotic motion, period doubling, and approach to chaos. labs. Meets the week before classes and one hour per week during the semester to discuss goals, effective PHYS-P 526 Principles of Health Physics and teaching techniques, grading standards, AI-student Dosimetry (3 cr.) This course provides theoretical relations, and administrative procedures as applied to and practical aspects of radiation protection, including P201. Students enrolling in this course teach a section of interaction of radiation with matter; radiation protection P201 laboratory. standards; radiation quantities and units; risk evaluation and dose limits; internal dose calculations; external PHYS-P 506 Electricity and Magnetism I (4 cr.) Three dosimetry and personnel monitoring; and health physics. hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Development of Maxwell’s equations. Conservation laws. Problems PHYS-P 535 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle in electrostatics and magnetostatics. Introduction to Physics (3 cr.) P: P453 or equivalent. Survey of the the special functions of mathematical physics. Time- properties and interactions of nuclei and elementary dependent solutions of Maxwell’s equations. Motion of particles. Experimental probes of subatomic structure. particles in given electromagnetic fields. Elementary Basic features and symmetries of electromagnetic, strong theory of radiation. Plane waves in dielectric and and weak forces. Models of hadron and nuclear structure. conducting media. Dipole and quadruple radiation from The role of nuclear and particle interactions in stars and nonrelativistic systems. the evolution of the universe. PHYS-P 507 Electricity and Magnetism II (4 cr.) Three PHYS-P 537 Neutron Physics and Scattering (3 cr.) hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Further An interdisciplinary survey of the physics of neutrons, development of radiation theory. Fourier analysis of ideas and techniques of neutron scattering. Examples radiation field and photons. Scattering and diffraction taken from applications of neutron scattering in biology, of electromagnetic waves. Special relativity. Covariant chemistry, geology, materials science, and physics. formulation of electromagnetic field theory. PHYS-P 540 Digital Electronics (3 cr.) Digital logic, PHYS-P 508 Current Research in Physics (1 cr.) storage elements, timing elements, arithmetic devices, Presentations by faculty members designed to give digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversion. incoming graduate students an overview of research Course has lectures and labs emphasizing design, opportunities in the department. construction, and analysis of circuits using discrete gates and programmable devices. May 26, 2016 333

PHYS-P 541 Analog Electronics (3 cr.) Amplifier and MRI, PET, and Ultrasound) as well as mathematics and oscillator characteristics feedback systems, bipolar computational tools associated with image reconstruction transistors, field-effect transistors, optoelectronic devices, and image processing. The course is intended for students amplifier design, power supplies, and the analysis of in biomedical engineering, physics, and medical sciences. circuits using computer-aided techniques. PHYS-P 578 Radiation Biophysics (3 cr.) This course PHYS-P 548 Mathematical Methods for Biology emphasizes the effects of ionizing radiation at the (3 cr.) Physical principles applied to modeling biological cellular/molecular, tissue, and organismal level. Topics systems to obtain analytical models that can be studied include effects in tissue, DNA repair, chemical modifiers, mathematically and tested experimentally. radiotherapy, consequences of whole-body irradiation, and carcinogenesis. Especially relevant for students training PHYS-P 551 Modern Physics Laboratory (3 cr.) in cancer biology, radiation oncology, radiology, public Graduate-level laboratory; experiments on selected health, and medical physics. aspects of atomic, condensed-matter, and nuclear physics. PHYS-P 581 Modeling and Computation in Biophysics (3 cr.) Introduction to modeling and computational PHYS-P 555 Quantum Computation and Information methods applied to phenomena in Biophysics. Topics: (3 cr.) The course covers basic concepts in quantum population dynamics; reaction kinetics; biological computation and information including: standard qubit oscillators; coupled reaction networks; network theory; model of computation, quantum algorithms such as Shor's molecular motors; limit cycles; reaction diffusion factoring and Grover's search algorithms, physics of models; the heart; turning instability; bacterial patterns; information processing, quantum error correction, and angiogenesis. physical implementations of quantum computers. PHYS-P 582 Biological and Artificial Neural PHYS-P 556 Statistical Physics (3 cr.) The laws of Networks (3 cr.) Biological details of neurons relevant to thermodynamics; thermal equilibrium, entropy, and computation. Artificial neural network theories and models, thermodynamic potentials. Principles of classical and and relation to statistical physics. Living neural networks quantum statistical mechanics. Partition functions and and critical evaluation of neural network theories. Student statistical ensembles. Statistical basis of the laws of final projects will consist of programming networks and thermodynamics. Elementary kinetic theory. applying them to current research topics. PHYS-P 557 Solid State Physics (3 cr.) P: P453 or PHYS-P 583 Signal Processing and Information equivalent. Atomic theory of solids. Crystal and band Theory in Biology (3 cr.) Probability and statistics. theory. Thermal and electromagnetic properties of periodic Filtering. Correlation functions and power spectra. Time structures. invariant and time-varying systems. Shannon Information. PHYS-P 570 Introduction to Accelerator Physics Coding and decoding. Processing of sensory signals and (3 cr.) P: Approval of instructor. Overview of accelerator other applications to neurobiology and psychophysics. development and accelerator technologies. Transverse PHYS-P 607 Group Representations (3 cr.) P: Consent phase space motion and longitudinal synchrotron motion of instructor. Elements of group theory. Representation of a particle in an accelerator. Practical accelerator theory of finite and infinite compact groups. Study of lattice design. Design issues relevant to synchrotron light the point crystal, symmetric, rotation, Lorentz, and other sources. Basics of free electron lasers. Spin dynamics in classical groups as time permits. Normally offered in cyclic accelerators and storage rings alternate years; see also MATH M607-M608. PHYS-P 571 Special Topics in Physics of Beams (3 cr.) PHYS-P 609 Computational Physics (3 cr.) Designed P: Approval of instructor. to introduce students (1) to numerical methods for PHYS-P 572 Radiation Oncology Physics (3 cr.) quadrature, solution of integral and differential equations, This course covers the physical principles, equipment, and linear algebra; and (2) to the use of computation and processes, imaging guidance and clinical techniques computer graphics to simulate the behavior of complex involved in the treatment of cancer patients with external physical systems. Topics will vary. radiation beams and radioactive sources. Energy PHYS-P 610 Computational Physics II (3 cr.) Second deposition characteristics are described. Treatment semester of computational physics focusing on more planning dose calculation algorithms and point dose advanced topics; e.g.: fractals, kinetic growth models, calculations and international dosimetry protocols are models in statistical mechanics, quantum systems and fast covered in detail. Fourier transforms, parallel computing. PHYS-P 575 Introduction to Biophysics (3 cr.) Physics PHYS-P 615 Condensed Matter Physics I (3 cr.) P575 presents an introduction to Biophysics. Topics P: P512. Mechanical, thermal, electric, and magnetic include: properties of biomolecules and biomolecular properties of solids; crystal structure; band theory; complexes; biological membranes, channels, neurons; semiconductors; phonons; transport phenomena; Diffusion, Brownian motion; reaction-diffusion processes, superconductivity; superfluidity; and imperfections. Usually pattern formation; sensory and motor systems; given in alternate years. psychophysics and animal behavior, statistical inference. PHYS-P 616 Condensed Matter Physics II (3 cr.) PHYS-P 576 Introduction to Medical Diagnostic P: P512. Mechanical, thermal, electric, and magnetic Imaging (3 cr.) This course teaches the fundamentals properties of solids; crystal structure; band theory; of medical imaging, including the basic physics and semiconductors; phonons; transport phenomena; engineering associated with each imaging modality (CT, 334 May 26, 2016 superconductivity; superfluidity; and imperfections. Usually PHYS-P 636 Frontier Particle Physics II (3 cr.) This given in alternate years. course focuses on the frontier of particle physics. Topics include Standard-Model physics, neutrino masses, tests PHYS-P 621 Relativistic Quantum Field Theory of fundamental symmetries, anomalies, grand unified I (4 cr.) P: P512. Introduction to quantum field theories, higher-dimensional theories, supersymmetry, theory, symmetries, Feynman diagrams, quantum composite models, supergravities, string and superstring electrodynamics, and renormalization. theory. PHYS-P 622 Relativistic Quantum Field Theory II PHYS-P 637 Theory of Gravitation I (3 cr.) Introduction (4 cr.) P: P621. Non-Abelian gauge field theory, classical to the general theory of relativity, stress-energy tensor, properties, quantization and renormalization, symmetries parallel transport, geodesics, Einstein’s equation, and their roles, and nonperturbative methods. differential geometry, manifolds, general covariance, PHYS-P 625 Quantum Many-Body Theory I (3 cr.) bending of light, perihelion advance. Modern cosmology: P: P512. Elements of nonrelativistic quantum field Robertson-Walker metric, equations of state, Friedmann theory: second quantization, fields, Green’s functions, equations, Hubble’s law, redshift, cosmological constant, the linked-cluster expansion, and Dyson’s equations. inflation, quintessence, cosmic microwave background, Development of diagrammatic techniques and application Big Bang nucleosynthesis, structure formation. See MATH to the degenerate electron gas and imperfect Fermi M637. gas. Canonical transformations and BCS theory. Finite- PHYS-P 638 Theory of Gravitation II (3 cr.) Gravitation temperature (Matsubara), Green’s functions, and waves, Schwarzschild geometry and black holes, Kerr applications. metric, Reissner-Nordstrom metric, extremal black holes, PHYS-P 626 Quantum Many-Body Theory II-Nuclear Penrose diagrams, Hawking radiation, Lie derivatives, (3 cr.) P: P625. Continued development of nonrelativistic, isometries and Killing vectors, variational principle and the many-body techniques, with an emphasis on nuclear Palatini formalism, spinors in general relativity, vierbeins, physics: real-time, finite-temperature Green’s functions, gravitation as a gauge theory, quantum gravity. See path-integral methods, Grassmann algebra, generating MATH M638. functionals, and relativistic many-body theory. Applications PHYS-P 640 Subatomic Physics I (3 cr.) P: P512, C: to nuclear matter and nuclei. P621. Experimental methods and theoretic description of PHYS-P 627 Quantum Many-Body Theory II- particle and nuclear physics: applied relativistic quantum Condensed Matter (3 cr.) P: P625. Continued mechanics, symmetries of fundamental interactions, development of nonrelativistic many-body techniques with experimental techniques, structure of the nucleon, an emphasis on condensed-matter physics: properties electromagnetic and weak interactions, elementary of real metals, superconductors, superfluids, Ginzburg- particles, and the . PHYS P640 may be Landau theory, critical phenomena, order parameters and substituted for P633 in degree requirements. broken symmetry, ordered systems, and systems with PHYS-P 641 Subatomic Physics II (3 cr.) P: P640. reduced dimensionality. Quarks and gluons in QCD, the parton model, strong PHYS-P 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451- interactions at low energies, nuclear environment and A452, P453-P454, or consent of instructor. A550, P611. models, nuclear thermodynamics and subatomic physics Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions, in cosmology and astrophysics. PHYS P641 may be and the applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. The substituted for P634 in degree requirements. static and dynamic properties of nuclei; nuclear reaction PHYS-P 647 Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) P: P501 rates at low and high energies. Energy generation and or P502, P521, or MATH M442. Topics vary from year element synthesis in stars; the origin and evolution of the to year. Integral equations, including Green’s function element abundances in cosmic rays. techniques, linear vector spaces, and elements of PHYS-P 633 Theory of the Nucleus I (3 cr.) P: P512. quantum mechanical angular momentum theory. For Nuclear forces, the two-nucleon problem, systematics students of experimental and theoretical physics. May and electromagnetic properties of nuclei, nuclear models, be taught in alternate years by members of Departments nuclear scattering and reactions, theory of beta-decay, of Physics or Mathematics, with corresponding shift in and theory of nuclear matter. emphasis; see MATH M647. PHYS-P 634 Theory of the Nucleus II (3 cr.) P: P512. PHYS-P 657 Statistical Physics II (3 cr.) Continuation Nuclear forces, the two-nucleon problem, systematics of P556. Topics include advanced kinetic and transport and electromagnetic properties of nuclei, nuclear models, theory, phase transitions, and nonequilibrium statistical nuclear scattering and reactions, theory of beta-decay, mechanics. and theory of nuclear matter. PHYS-P 665 Scattering Theory (3 cr.) P: P506, P511. PHYS-P 635 Frontier Particle Physics I (3 cr.) This Theoretical tools for analysis of scattering experiments. course focuses on the frontier of particle physics. Topics Electromagnetic theory, classical and quantum particle include Standard-Model physics, neutrino masses, tests dynamics. of fundamental symmetries, anomalies, grand unified PHYS-P 671 Special Topics in Accelerator Physics theories, higher-dimensional theories, supersymmetry, (3 cr.) P: P570, P521. Nonlinear dynamics: betatron composite models, supergravities, string and superstring phase space distortion due to the nonlinear forces. theory. Methods of dealing with nonlinear perturbations. Multiparticle dynamics: microwave and coupled bunch May 26, 2016 335 instabilities. Physics of electron cooling and stochastic PHYS-P 782 Topics in Experimental Physics (1-4 cr.) cooling. Advanced acceleration techniques: inverse free electron laser acceleration, wakefield and two-beam PHYS-P 790 Seminar in Mathematical Physics (arr. cr.) acceleration. PHYS-P 800 Research (arr. cr.) S/F grading. PHYS-P 672 Special Topics in Accelerator Technology Experimental and theoretical investigations of current and Instrumentation (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. problems; individual staff guidance. PHYS-P 676 Selected Topics in Biophysics (3 cr.) This PHYS-P 801 Readings (arr. cr.) S/F grading. course presents papers on current topics in Biophysics, Independent study in physics; individual staff guidance. together with key classical papers related to those topics. PHYS-P 802 Research (arr. cr.) Experimental and Student participation in discussions is essential. Each theoretical investigations of current problems; individual student is expected to write two essays on two of the staff guidance. Graded by letter grade. topics presented. PHYS-P 803 Readings (arr. cr.) Independent study in PHYS-P 683 Practicum in Medical Physics (3 cr.) physics; individual staff guidance. Graded by letter grade. For advanced students. This course provides practical, hands-on experience for students obtaining an advanced PHYS-P 804 Readings (1 cr.) Readings in one or more degree in medical physics. Several topics are offered professional areas that present ethical delimmas. Topics each semester including but not limited to diagnostic are individualized to the student's needs and interests. imaging instrumentation, computational treatment Permission of instructor required. planning, radiation protection, clinical radiation physics, PHYS-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) and radiation therapy instrumentation. PHYS-P 700 Topics in Theoretical Physics (arr. cr.) Political Science PHYS-P 702 Seminar in Nuclear Spectroscopy (arr. cr.) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] PHYS-P 703 Seminar in Theoretical Physics (arr. cr.) Departmental URL: http://polisci.indiana.edu/home/ PHYS-P 704 Seminar in Nuclear Reactions (arr. cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate PHYS-P 705 Seminar in High-Energy Physics and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Elementary Particles (arr. cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School PHYS-P 706 Seminar in Solid State Physics (arr. cr.) Bulletin.) PHYS-P 707 Topics in Quantum Field Theory and Curriculum Elementary Particle Theory (3 cr.) PHYS-P 708 Topics in Quantum Field Theory and Degrees Offered Elementary Particle Theory (3 cr.) Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of Philosophy PHYS-P 709 Topics in Biomedical Physics (2 cr.) Topics of current interest in biomedical and medical Special Departmental Requirements physics are examined each semester. Discussions (See also general University Graduate School and lecturers are based on key classical papers and requirements.) recent publications related to the topic selected. Student Admission Requirements participation in discussions is essential. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination PHYS-P 710 Seminars in Multidisciplinary Physics (verbal and quantitative sections); satisfactory previous Applications (1 cr.) Students will attend seminars and academic record; three letters of recommendation; writing report on various topics of interest. Schedule to be sample. International students must complete the TOFEL agreed upon by the student and instructor. Permission of with a satisfactory score. Applicants holding no academic instructor required. degree higher than the bachelor’s degree may be admitted PHYS-P 743 Topics in Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) as Ph.D. students. For advanced students. Several topics in mathematical Master of Arts Degree physics studied in depth; lectures and student reports on Course Requirements assigned literature. Content varies from year to year. May be taught in alternate years by members of Departments A total of 30 credit hours, including Y570. At least 15 of of Physics or Mathematics, with corresponding shift in the 30 credit hours must be in graduate courses (500 emphasis; see MATH M743. level or higher). Each graduate student must complete five graduate seminars in political science, averaging PHYS-P 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) at least a grade of B (3.0) in all seminars, to qualify for A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on the M.A. degree. (For students entering with previous subjects involving more than one department. Examples of graduate work, the director of graduate studies, with the such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear recommendation of the student’s M.A. committee, can cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, reduce the number of required seminars based on the particle physics of the early universe, and atomic prior graduate training.) processes in astrophysical systems. Essay 336 May 26, 2016

Required. The essay may be based on a research paper Some departments or other programs have specific prepared in a departmental seminar. If a new paper is requirements for a Ph.D. minor; students should check written and presented as a thesis, it may receive no more with the relevant unit for details. Students selecting an than 4 hours of credit. The essay must be presented to “eclectic” minor must have the proposed set of courses all members of the examining committee, prior to the approved by the advisory committee, the director of examination, for approval. graduate studies, and the graduate school. Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement Advisory Committee The student must demonstrate reading proficiency in one Each student will be assigned an advisory committee, foreign language or proficiency in an approved research which will include two faculty members from each skill. Students specializing in public policy must use an of the student’s two fields in political science and a approved research skill, not a foreign language, to meet representative of the outside minor. (Students choosing this requirement. an eclectic minor need not have a representative of that minor.) The chairperson of the committee serves as the Other Provision student’s principal advisor. The committee will supervise Work taken to meet the requirements of such programs the student’s course of study. Early in the student’s as the area certificate of the Russian and East European residence, but in no case later than the third semester of Institute may be applied toward the M.A. degree. study, the advisory committee will provide the student with a formal review of progress toward the degree. Final Examination Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement An oral examination for the M.A. degree may be conducted by a faculty committee and will cover both the The student must demonstrate proficiency in any two of student’s course of study and required essay. the following: a foreign language, mathematics, logic, statistics, or computer science. With the approval of the Master of Arts for Teachers Degree advisory committee, the student may qualify in a single Information regarding this degree program may be language or research skill at an advanced level, rather obtained from the School of Education. than in two. To qualify in a language at the advanced level, the student must satisfy the in-depth proficiency Doctor of Philosophy Degree requirement. For rules regarding qualification in a research Course Requirements skill at the advanced level, consult the director of graduate A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Y570 studies. The student is expected to make satisfactory Introduction to the Study of Politics is to be taken in the progress in meeting the requirements for the degree; in first year of residence. Students who select a field with an particular, the student must satisfy the first language or approaches-and-issues seminar should take the seminar research-skill requirement during the first year of study during the first two years of residence. Each graduate and the second requirement no later than the second year. student must complete 10 graduate seminars numbered Qualifying Examination 500 and above in political science (excluding directed reading and directed research courses), averaging at least Students must take qualifying examinations in each of a B (3.0) in all seminars, prior to nomination to candidacy their two fields of study in political science. The qualifying for the Ph.D. degree. (For students entering with previous field examination is intended to evaluate the student’s graduate work, the director of graduate studies, with the substantive knowledge and analytical ability in both recommendation of the student’s advisory committee, of the student’s fields of study. The written qualifying can reduce the number of required seminars based on examination is administered two times a year: in the fall the prior graduate training.) A substantial research paper and spring. is required at the end of a student’s second year. This paper should represent original research performed by Research Committee the student. The advisory committee will evaluate whether Upon completion of the qualifying examination and the student’s paper is adequate for purposes of this presentation of a satisfactory dissertation proposal, the requirement. student will be nominated to candidacy for the Ph.D. The Fields of Study University Graduate School, on the recommendation of the department, will appoint a research committee to The student will select two fields in political science from supervise the dissertation. the following: American politics; international relations; comparative politics; public policy; political philosophy; Final Examination theory and methodology. Covers the field of study related to the dissertation and In exceptional cases, with the written approval of the defense of the dissertation. director of graduate studies, the student may offer as one Faculty of the fields a course of study that cuts across two of the established fields. Chairperson Professor Russell L. Hanson* Minors Graduate Faculty The outside minor requirement is typically satisfied (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University by completing four courses in one or more related Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct departments or in an interdepartmental program, doctoral dissertations.) embracing either substantive material or methodology. May 26, 2016 337

Rudy Professors Therefore, although cross-listing is avoided here for the sake of brevity, it should be noted that essentially the Edward G. Carmines*, Jeffrey C. Isaac* same topic may appear under each of two or more generic Donald A. Rogers Professor titles at various times. William R. Thompson* Interested students should consult detailed course descriptions, which are available on request from I.U. Distinguished Professors the departmental graduate office in advance of each William R. Thompson* semester. Any course at the 600 level may be taken more than once, provided the topic is not repeated. Rabindranath Tagore Professor of Indian Cultures and Civilization 700 Level All 700-level courses are research seminars. Students are Sumit Ganguly expected to demonstrate their own research enterprise on a topic agreed upon with the instructor. In some Warner O. Chapman Professor instances, team research may be carried out. Students Edward G. Carmines* are also expected to make significant progress toward identification of an eventual dissertation project in the Professors research seminars in the major field. Each course may be Yvette M. Alex-Assensoh*, Matthew Auer (Public and taken more than once. Environmental Affairs), Jeanine Bell (Law), William POLS-Y 304 Constitutional Law (3 cr.) Bianco*, Jack Bielasiak*, Aurelian Craiutu*, William Fierman* (Central Eurasian Studies), Luis Fuentes- POLS-Y 311 Democracy and National Security (3 cr.) Rohwer (Law), Norman S. Furniss* (Emeritus), Sumit POLS-Y 313 Environmental Policy (3 cr.) Ganguly*, Russell Lee Hanson*, Jeffrey A. Hart* (Emeritus), Marjorie R. Hershey*, Francis Hoole* POLS-Y 333 Chinese Politics (3 cr.) (Emeritus), Gregory Kasza* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Padraic Kenney (History), Michael Dean POLS-Y 334 Japanese Politics (3 cr.) McGinnis*, Eugene McGregor* (Public and Environmental POLS-Y 337 Latin American Politics (3 cr.) Affairs), Patrick O’Meara* (Emeritus), James Perry* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Karen A. Rasler*, POLS-Y 338 African Politics (3 cr.) Leroy Rieselbach* (Emeritus), Evan Ringquist (Public POLS-Y 339 Middle Eastern Politics (3 cr.) and Environmental Affairs), Jean C. Robinson*, William Scheuerman*, William R. Thompson*, Timothy A. Tilton* POLS-Y 340 East European Politics (3 cr.) (Emeritus), Lois Wise* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Gerald C. Wright Jr.* POLS-Y 342 Topics on the Regional Politics of Africa (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit with consent of Associate Professors instructor and department graduate advisor. Gardner Bovingdon (Central Eurasian Studies), Eileen POLS-Y 343 The Politics of International Development Braman*, Judith L. Failer*, Beth Gazley (Public and (3 cr.) Environmental Affairs), Robert Hattery (Emeritus), Timothy Hellwig*, Scott Kennedy* (East Asian Languages and POLS-Y 346 Politics in the Developing World (3 cr.) Cultures), Lauren Maclean*, Armando Razo*, Regina POLS-Y 350 European Integration (3 cr.) Smyth*, Abdulkader Sinno*, Dina R. Spechler* POLS-Y 353 The Politics of Gender and Sexuality Assistant Professors (3 cr.) Jennifer Brass (Public and Environmental Affairs), Heon POLS-Y 368 Russian and Soviet Foreign Policy (3 cr.) Joo Jung (East Asian Languages and Cultures) POLS-Y 381 Classical Political Thought (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought (3 cr.) Professor William Scheuerman*, Woodburn Hall 210, (812) 855-1208 POLS-Y 383 Foundations of American Political Thought (3 cr.) Courses POLS-Y 384 Developments in American Political 600 Level Thought (3 cr.) With the exception of individual readings courses, 600- level courses are seminars or colloquia. In some instances POLS-Y 394 Public Policy Analysis (3 cr.) a seminar will introduce students broadly to the principal POLS-Y 550 Political Science and Professional scholarly literature in a field; in others, the objective will be Development (1-3 cr.) Philosophies and techniques of to provide an in-depth analysis of a more specialized area teaching various types of political science courses in of research. The kinds of seminar topics that are offered different learning environments; factors related to the regularly are illustrated following. motivation and performance of students; development of course materials for undergraduate courses; preparing Seminar topics often have relevance for each of several of to present papers at conventions and to apply for grants; the departmental examination fields. Furthermore, a given topic may be approached from a variety of perspectives. 338 May 26, 2016 improving self-presentation skills for job interviews. May POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) P: Y575 be repeated for up to three credits. or equivalent. Focuses on general linear model and multivariate statistical techniques such as analysis of POLS-Y 557 Comparative Politics: Approaches and variance and covariance, partial and multiple regression Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches and correlation, time series analysis, logit and probit and issues in the literature of comparative politics. analysis, canonical correlation, and discriminant analysis. Required of students taking comparative politics as a field Applications to problems in political science research of study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course emphasized. be taken during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 577 Advanced Topics in Political Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Y576 or equivalent. Content varies. POLS-Y 561 American Politics: Approaches and Topics include analysis of covariance structures, dynamic Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches modeling, estimation of multiple equation systems, and issues in the literature of American politics. Required mathematical models, time series analysis. Applications to of students taking American politics as a field of study for problems in political science research emphasized. May the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course be taken be repeated for credit if topic differs. during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 579 Qualitative Methods in Political Research (3 cr.) P: Y576 or equivalent. This course surveys the use POLS-Y 565 Public Administration, Law, and Policy: of qualitative methods such as case studies, comparative Approaches and Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis historical analysis, interviews, focus groups, participant of the approaches and issues in the literature of public observation, interpretivism, and culture studies. Readings administration, law, and policy. Required of students include works about each method as well as concrete taking public administration, law, and policy as a field of research that utilizes each method, and students will also study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course conduct practical exercises such as interviews. be taken during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 580 Research Methods in Political Science (1-3 cr.) Foundations of political research; alternative POLS-Y 569 International Relations: Approaches and research strategies; problems of measuring political Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches variables; design of research to test hypotheses. S/F and issues in the literature of international relations. grading. Required of students taking international relations as a field of study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this POLS-Y 591 Computer Applications in Political course be taken during the first two years of graduate Science (1 cr.) This course introduces students to work at Indiana University. computing applications for political scientists. Topics include computing packages such as STATA, S-Plus, and POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 cr.) Excel; creating datasets; and transferring datasets among Problems of graduate study and professional scholarship; programs. A prerequisite for this course is enrollment in central organizing concepts and the use of theory in Y575. political science and related disciplines; specialized areas of research and scholarship in political science; conditions POLS-Y 592 Bibliography of Political Science (1 cr.) of scientific inquiry and methodological problems in the Introduction to library research tools in political science, study of political phenomena; central importance of theory problems of bibliographical research, special resources of in explanation. Indiana University, problems of utilizing library resources. POLS-Y 572 Mathematical Tools for Political POLS-Y 600 State Politics (1 cr.) An examination of the Scientists (1 cr.) Review of topics in mathematics that institutions and processes by which state governments are particularly useful in the application of formal political carry out their responsibilities. Includes the study of theory and political methodology. Typical topics include executives, legislatures, parties, and elections at the state Euclidean spaces and functions; sets, neighborhoods, level. sequences, and limits; derivatives; integrals; vectors and matrices; optimization. To be taken prior to or concurrent POLS-Y 622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) An examination with Y573 and Y577. of—and the problems faced and challenges faced by —the governments of cities and metropolitan areas. POLS-Y 573 Introduction to Formal Political Theory Includes study of leadership, citizen participation, (3 cr.) Introduction to the use of formal models in political intergovernmental relations, and urban policy. science. Provides the training required to develop basic models of political process and exposes students to POLS-Y 630 State Executive Politics (3 cr.) A course classic works and problems in formal political theory. that examines the role of governors in state politics. Includes the study of leadership and the relationship POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) Basic between the executive and other elements of government quantitative analysis techniques applied to political at the subnational level. This course is not currently being science data: principles of measurement, tables, graphs, offered. probability distributions, nonparametric statistics, matrix algebra, Markov chains, correlations and simple POLS-Y 640 State Parties and Interest Groups regression, tests of significance. Computer processing of (3 cr.) An examination of political parties and interest data and applications of bivariate statistics to problems in groups, their roles in government, and their structure and political science emphasized. organization.This course is not currently being offered. May 26, 2016 339

POLS-Y 657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) The focus POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) may be on one or more political systems within regions indicated. Illustrative topics: political elites and social POLS-Y 775 Political Philosophy (3 cr.) stratification, comparative administration and public policy, POLS-Y 780 Directed Research in Political Science cross-national analysis, West Europe, East Europe, (1-4 cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. comparative Communist systems, Russia, Africa, Middle East, Latin America, East Asia, comparative development POLS-Y 880 M.A. Thesis (1-4 cr.) **These courses are strategies. eligible for a deferred grade. POLS-Y 661 American Politics (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: POLS-Y 890 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are the presidency, legislative process, political behavior, eligible for a deferred grade. political parties and representation, political socialization, comparative state politics, urban politics, bureaucratic Psychological and Brain Sciences politics. College of Arts and Sciences POLS-Y 663 Political and Administrative Development Departmental URL: www.psych.indiana.edu (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: politics of social change, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate comparative urbanization, political and administrative School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The development. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements POLS-Y 665 Public Law and Policy (3 cr.) Illustrative contained only in The University Graduate School topics: urban policy analysis; politics of higher education; Bulletin.) science, technology, and public policy; politics of Curriculum environmental policy. Special Departmental Requirements POLS-Y 669 International Relations (3 cr.) Illustrative (See also general University Graduate School topics: international conflict, international organization, requirements.) quantitative international relations, analysis and evaluation Admission Requirements of policy making, U.S. foreign policy, Russian and Soviet foreign policy, international and comparative communism, Recommended Undergraduate Background: To prepare international political economy. for graduate work in psychological and brain sciences at Indiana University, students should have a general POLS-Y 671 Public Administration (3 cr.) Illustrative background in psychology consisting of approximately topics: organization theory, urban administration, public 20 credit hours in psychology, including laboratory work administration. in psychology and statistics. Undergraduate course work POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) in mathematics and in the biological and/or physical Illustrative topics: survey of empirical theory, theory sciences is desirable. While it is expected that students building and causal inference, positive political theory, will have a substantial background in psychology, students institutional analysis and design, empirical democratic with backgrounds in other areas, for example, biology theory, research design. or mathematics, will be considered for admission on an equal basis with those students who have majored in POLS-Y 675 Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Illustrative psychology. topics: analysis of political concepts; political theory of the Enlightenment; nineteenth-century political thought; Grades welfare state: theory and practice; Marxist theory; An average of at least a B+ (3.3) must be maintained in all American political thought. course work. No grades below B– (2.7) may be counted POLS-Y 681 Readings in Comparative Politics (1-4 cr.) toward degree requirements. Students with a GPA below 3.3 or receiving more than one grade below B– (2.7) may POLS-Y 683 Readings in American Politics (1-4 cr.) be subject to academic probation and dismissal. POLS-Y 685 Readings in Public Administration, Law, Master of Arts Degree and Policy ( (1-4 cr.) Normally the department accepts only Ph.D. students, but POLS-Y 687 Readings in International Relations under unusual circumstances, applicants are considered (1-4 cr.) for a M.A. degree only. Students accepted for a M.A. normally are not provided with financial support by the POLS-Y 689 Readings in Political Theory and department. Students completing the M.A. program are Methodology (1-4 cr.) not ensured acceptance into the Ph.D. program and will be evaluated in comparison with all other applicants to the POLS-Y 757 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) Ph.D. program. No training program in clinical psychology POLS-Y 761 American Politics (3 cr.) is offered at the master’s level. POLS-Y 763 Political and Administrative Development Course Requirements (3 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours including a core consisting POLS-Y 765 Public Law and Policy (3 cr.) of P553 and P595 (or Q510) and any four additional graduate courses relevant to the student’s course of POLS-Y 769 International Relations (3 cr.) study, as approved by the student’s advisory committee POLS-Y 771 Public Administration (3 cr.) and the Director of Graduate Studies. A minimum of another three credit hours should be research credits, 340 May 26, 2016 to reflect work on thesis research. Usually at least 20 student’s advisory committee before the end of the third credit hours are in the major field, Psychology, but this semester. Students will present this project as a poster at is not required if the advisory committee and Director of a department research symposium. A second substantial Graduate Studies agree that the credits taken are relevant research project must be completed and approved by to the student’s major area of study. Beyond the six core the end of the fifth semester. Student research progress courses and minimum of three research credits, additional will be evaluated annually by the student’s advisory and credits (to count toward the required total of 30 credit research committees, which will examine progress on first hours) can be additional courses or additional research and second research projects, the dissertation research credits. A minimum of nine credit hours of coursework project, and involvement in other research projects. (excluding thesis research credits) must be numbered Students who fail to make adequate research progress 500 or above. A GPA of at least 3.3 must be maintained, at any point may be subject to academic probation and and no grades below B- (2.7) may be counted toward dismissal. degree requirements (see general department guidelines for grades above). Any course requirements discussed Course Requirements above can be waived; such waivers must be approved by A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Students the department’s Director of Graduate Studies and the must complete the department core courses: P595 University Graduate School. or COGS-Q510, P660, P553, and a second statistics Master’s Thesis course or a methods course as approved by the advisory committee. Also required are course selections from Required. The student’s advisory committee will the student’s area of specialization, usually consisting participate in the approval of the thesis. The student of approximately 12-24 credit hours from a selection of is required to hold an oral defense of the thesis with core courses in a student’s major area of study. Unless the advisory committee. The outcome of the defense pursuing a double major, the student is also required to (pass or fail) must be communicated to the Director of complete an individualized or external minor as approved Graduate Studies by the student’s advisor. The most by the advisory committee. Occasionally, additional used, and preferred, method is to submit the thesis to the courses may be specified by the student’s advisory University Graduate School electronically. Instructions committee at any time before the Qualifying Exam has and deadlines are available on the University Graduate been successfully passed. Any course requirement School website. Students must email a copy of the thesis discussed above can be waived; such waivers must to the department’s Academic Services Coordinator; the be approved by the department's Director of Graduate department will pay for one printed and bound copy for the Studies. department archives. Students completing the APA approved Program In instances where shortcomings are apparent (in in Clinical Psychology must complete two clinical coursework or the thesis), the student may be required elective courses, at least 6 hours of P690 (practicum to complete additional coursework or assignments, as training), a one-year internship approved by the clinical determined by the advisory committee in consultation with science program, and must demonstrate competence the Director of Graduate Studies. For example, additional in APA specified areas of broad and general training in work on the research project or an additional course psychology. to provide deeper training may be required. Students must be consistently involved in productive research Failure to complete required courses within a timeframe throughout their course of graduate study. Students who specified by the student’s advisory committee may make a are determined, by their faculty advisory committee, not to student subject to academic probation and dismissal. be making adequate research progress may be subject to Minor academic probation and dismissal. Doctoral students pursuing a single major may choose At the time when a student decides to leave the doctoral to minor outside of the department or to take an in- program and seek a Masters degree instead, the timeline depth individualized minor within the Department of for completing the requirements for the Masters degree Psychological and Brain Sciences. If a minor outside the will be discussed. In most instances, the student will have department is elected, the requirements are specified by one to two semesters to complete the Masters degree. that unit. An individualized minor within the department If there are special circumstances in which a student is consists of at least 9 credit hours of graduate course accepted directly for a Masters degree, the timeline will work in an area of psychological and brain sciences be discussed with the student’s advisory committee and other than that of the major. The specific courses making the Director of Graduate Studies, both at admissions and up such a minor must be approved by the student’s throughout the student’s course of study. advisory committee. The individualized minor must also Doctor of Philosophy Degree be approved by the University Graduate School. Students Research pursuing a double major are not required to complete a minor (see General Requirements section of the Graduate To remain in good standing, students must be consistently Bulletin). involved in productive research throughout their course of graduate study. Students are judged on research potential Other Provision and productivity, as well as on course work. All students are expected to develop research skills appropriate to Before being nominated to candidacy, all students their programs through a combination of course work, are required to take P660 (as noted under “Course individual study, and experience. One substantial research Requirements”) and lead at least one lab section of project must be completed and formally approved by the P211 (under the supervision of the P211 instructor and May 26, 2016 341 gathering end of the semester teaching evaluations; the The Clinical Science Program in the Department of graduate student does not need to be the instructor of Psychological and Brain Sciences at Indiana University record for the lab section) or obtain equivalent teaching has been accredited continuously since 1948 by the experience as approved by the Director of Graduate American Psychological Association Committee on Studies or the department chair. The competency of the Accreditation. For further information on the program’s graduate student’s teaching will be evaluated by a faculty status you may contact: Committee on Accreditation member teaching supervisor and if not adequate, the c/o Office of Program Consultation and Accreditation student will be asked to take remedial action, which may Education Directorate American Psychological Association include additional training in teaching and an additional 750 First Street NE Washington, DC 20002-4242, (202) teaching assignment. International students must meet 336-5979 the department's English proficiency requirements before teaching. Please see the Director of Graduate Studies or Faculty Academic Services Coordinator for more information. Graduate Faculty Qualifying Examination (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Written and oral portions of the qualifying exam must be doctoral dissertations.) successfully passed by the beginning of the fifth regular semester. Students with a double major may request one Chair additional year before they take the qualifying examination William Hetrick* and must successfully pass the exam by the beginning of the seventh regular semester (see General Requirements Associate Chair section of the Graduate Bulletin). Students who do not pass the qualifying exam will be given an opportunity to Thomas Busey* retake the exam within one semester (i.e., by the end of Director of Graduate Studies the fifth semester or for double majors by the end of the seventh semester). Students who do not successfully pass Amy Holtzworth-Munroe* their second attempt at the qualifying examination will Distinguished Professors be dismissed. Eliot Hearst* (Emeritus), Robert Nosofsky*, David B. Advisory and Research Committees Pisoni*, Richard M. Shiffrin*, Linda B. Smith*, Olaf Students must identify a major advisor and have an Sporns*, James T. Townsend* advisor throughout the course of their graduate studies. Eleanor Cox Riggs Professor Student must form an advisory committee by the end of their first year; later in their course of study, students must Aina Puce* form a research (dissertation) committee. The student’s committee (advisory or research) shall consult with the Jack and Linda Gill Chair student, at least once per year, to help determine the Andrea Hohmann*, Cary Lai*, Hui-Chen Lu, Kenneth student’s course of graduate study, develop a research Mackie* program, approve the student’s course selections, and review the student’s progress in all areas (for example, Luther Dana Waterman Professor but not limited to: completion of required courses, course Richard M. Shiffrin* grades, adequacy of teaching, and research progress). Following each yearly meeting a written report of the Rudy Professor meeting must be filed with the Director of Graduate Studies. The student’s committee will determine whether Bennett Bertenthal*, James T. Townsend*, Stanley or not the student is making adequate progress in all Wasserman* areas. Should the advisory (or research) committee Chancellors’ Professors determine that a student is not making adequate progress in any area, this may be grounds for eliminating a Robert L. Goldstone*, Robert Nosofsky*, David B. Pisoni*, student’s department funding, probation, or dismissal from Steven J. Sherman*, Eliot R. Smith*, Linda B. Smith*, the program. Meredith West* Ph.D. Minor in Psychological and Brain Sciences Provost Professor Doctoral students in other departments may elect Jerome R. Busemeyer*, Olaf Sporns* psychological and brain sciences as an outside minor. A minimum of four courses (12 credit hours) at the graduate Professors Emeritus/Emerita level is required. The student must achieve a grade of James Allison*, Richard Berry*, Alexander Buchwald*, at least B– in each course and an overall grade point Sharon Brehm*, Jerome Chertkoff*, James C. Craig*, S. average of at least 3.0. The specific courses must be Lee Guth*, Susan S. Jones*, Kenneth Heller*, Margaret approved by a faculty advisor who is a faculty member Intons-Peterson*, Richard McFall*, George V. Rebec*, within the Psychological and Brain Sciences department Richard Rose*, William Timberlake* and may include no more than one research course (P895). Associate Professor Emeritus Accreditation Status Harold Lindman* 342 May 26, 2016

Professors PSY-P 503 Complex Cognitive Processes (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or consent of Jeffrey R. Alberts*, John E. Bates*, Geoffrey Bingham*, instructor. A survey of topics in human information Thomas A. Busey*, Jonathon Crystal*, Brian D'Onofrio*, processing, including attention, short-term storage, long- Joseph Farley*, Peter Finn*, Preston Evans Garraghty*, term retention, retrieval from memory, concept attainment, Julia R. Heiman*, William Hetrick*, Edward R. Hirt*, problem solving, speech perception, and psycholin- Amy Holtzworth-Munroe*, John K. Kruschke*, Brian F. guistics. O’Donnell*, Robert Rydell*, Dale R. Sengelaub*, Peter Todd*, Richard Viken*, Cara L. Wellman* PSY-P 504 Learning and Motivation (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or consent of instructor. Associate Professors Introduction to theory and experimental literature in Heather Bradshaw*, Joshua Brown*, Jason M. Gold*, learning and motivation. Focus on nonhuman behavior. Karin Harman James*, Thomas W. James*, Michael PSY-P 506 Sensory Psychology (3 cr.) P: Graduate Jones*, Sharlene D. Newman*, Anne Prieto*, Chen Yu* standing in psychology or consent of instructor. Assistant Professors Introduction to methods and research in sensory psychology. Daniel Kennedy*, Anne Krendl*, David Landy, Cara Lewis, Mary Murphy*, Franco Pestilli PSY-P 507 Theories of Learning (3 cr.) Survey, comparison, and critical analysis of modern theories of Clinical Assistant Professor learning, from Thorndike to present. Brittany Brothers PSY-P 510 Principles of Research in Psychology Professor of Practice (3 cr.) Principles of construction and testing of psychological theories; experimental and nonexperimental Jeffrey Huber designs; requirements of valid inference; measurement of psychological constructs; research methods including Senior Lecturers laboratory studies, surveys, observation methods. Linda Hoke-Sinex, Benjamin Motz, Cynthia Patton, PSY-P 514 Methods in Biopsychology (2 cr.) P: K300 Alan Roberts, Lisa Thomassen, Scott Thompson, Irene or equivalent, course in laboratory psychology. Training Vlachos-Weber in research techniques in sensory and physiological Lecturer psychology. Richard Hullinger PSY-P 517 Methods in the Direct Observation of Behavior (3 cr.) P: P553 or its equivalent. Reviews Courses current use of observational techniques in the study of animal and human behavior, and critically considers the Courses in the department numbered below P400 are development of coding schemes and strategies of data not acceptable as credit toward a graduate degree recording and analysis. in psychological and brain sciences. Students in the psychology Ph.D. program may not take a 400-level PSY-P 519 Current Theories of Personality (3 cr.) P: course for graduate credit if an equivalent higher-level Graduate standing, consent of instructor. Original writings graduate course is available. of major contemporary theorists of personality. Undergraduates may, by consent of the instructor, register PSY-P 525 Classical Conditioning (3 cr.) Critical in and receive credit for graduate courses (number P500 evaluation of experimental literature. Emphasis on and above). Ordinarily such consent is not granted unless methodological and theoretical issues. the student has completed 20 credit hours of psychology. PSY-P 526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory PSY-P 500 Psychology for Graduate Students (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Comprehensive survey of the cellular and P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Basic molecular bases of associative and nonassociative forms psychological principles. For students with little or no of learning and memory. Vertebrate and invertebrate previous training in psychology. model systems and preparations as well as data obtained from the human neuropsychology literature will be PSY-P 501 Research Issues in Clinical Psychology studied. (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or consent of instructor. A research-oriented survey of psychopathy, PSY-P 527 Developmental Psychobiology (3 cr.) assessment, and psychotherapy. Models of psychological Ontogeny of sensory-motor behavior and its underlying disorder; strategies of etiological research; test anatomical and physiological development. construction and clinical prediction; research on process and outcomes of psychotherapy. Credit not given for both PSY-P 528 Experimental Analysis of Economic P501 and P530. Behavior (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. Relations between experimental psychology PSY-P 502 Developmental Psychology (3 cr.) and microeconomics: basic concepts, theory, and P: Graduate standing in psychology or consent of research. instructor. An advanced introduction to the theory and experimental analysis of ontogenetic processes. Special PSY-P 530 Clinical Psychology (3 cr.) P: Graduate emphasis on human development. standing and consent of instructor. Introduction to clinical psychology as an experimental-behavioral science, with May 26, 2016 343 an emphasis on theoretical, methodological, and ethical of hypotheses, point and interval estimation. Relations issues basic to clinical research and professional practice. between statistical models and experimental controls. PSY-P 533 Introduction to Bayesian Data Analysis I PSY-P 554 Advanced Statistics in Psychology II (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Basic calculus (e.g., MATH M212 or equiv.) and P: K300 or equivalent. Statistical inference applied to computer programming (e.g., CSCI A201 or equivalent). problems in psychological research. Experimental design Introduction to Bayesian analysis of data from simple and data interpretation. Elementary probability theory, experiment designs using hierarchical models and Monte statistical distribution, classical and nonparametric tests Carlo methods. of hypotheses, point and interval estimation. Relations between statistical models and experimental controls. PSY-P 534 Introduction to Bayesian Data Analysis II (3 cr.) P: Basic calculus (e.g., MATH M212 or equiv.) and PSY-P 557 Representation of Structure in computer programming (e.g., CSCI A201 or equivalent). Psychological Data (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of Introduction to Bayesian analysis of data from simple instructor. Survey of multidimensional scaling, clustering, experiment designs using hierarchical models and Monte choice theory, and signal detection approaches to Carlo methods. modeling similarity and classification. Theory and application. PSY-P 536 Theory of Tests and Measurements (3 cr.) P: P553. Survey of test and measurement procedures; PSY-P 564 Psychophysics (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of classical test theories, statistical theories; models of tests. instructor. Classical and modern methods for investigation of sensory-perceptual processes. Application of signal PSY-P 540 Principles of Psychological Assessment detectability theory to psychophysics; emphasis on current and Prediction (3 cr.) P: P553-P554 or equivalent. research on detection and recognition of auditory signals Concepts of validity and reliability. Concepts of validity in noise. and reliability. Diagnostic devices viewed as bases for decisions. Classification. Comparison of methods of PSY-P 565 Psychophysics of Vision (3 cr.) P: P553 making predictions about individuals. or consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of research literature on visual functions of brightness, color, and PSY-P 544 Introduction to fMRI Measurement and spatial discrimination. Analysis (3 cr.) P: Graduate student standing. Students will learn the theory and methods of neuroimaging with PSY-P 569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior a particular emphasis on functional MRI. Specific topics (3 cr.) P: NEUS-N 500 and NEUS-N 501 or equivalent, include experimental design, data acquisition, data or permission of instructor. Examination of the neural and analysis, data interpretation and data presentation. Also behavioral effects of stress, from cellular to systems level. covered are introductory MR physics and the physiology of Topics include physiology of the stress response, effects blood oxygen-level dependent (BOLD) changes. of stress across the lifespan, stress effects on learning and memory and its neural substrates, sex differences in PSY-P 546 Neurophysiological Techniques: stress effects, and stress and psychopathology. Theory and Methods (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Covers theory and methods underlying PSY-P 590 Readings in Psychological and Brain neurophysiological techniques with a particular emphasis Sciences (1-6 cr.) Readings and study in special topics on electroencephalography/event-related potentials of Psychological and Brain Sciences with guidance from a and transcranial magnetic stimulation. Specific topics member, or members, of the faculty. include neurophysiological recording principles, stimulus delivery/experimental design, technical issues, basic data PSY-P 595 First-Year Research Seminar (2-3 cr.) acquisition and analysis techniques and interpretation. Presentation and discussion of first-year graduate student Some basic principles of neural source modeling will research projects. also be covered. This is a 3 cr. methods graduate course PSY-P 605 Introduction to Mathematical Psychology designed for graduate students who are pursuing research (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. Current projects in neuroimaging. Course content is unique. An applications of mathematics to psychology. alternative 3 cr. methods course for graduate students who are pursuing neuroimaging projects is P650 Neuro- PSY-P 615 Developmental Psychology I (3 cr.) P: P553 imaging: Theory and Methods. or consent of instructor. An analysis of developmental processes in humans and nonhumans. Emphasis on the PSY-P 552 Special Topics in Social Neuroscience study of mechanisms that control the ontogeny of sensory, (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A graduate level seminar- motor, cognitive, and language systems. based course offering devoted to current topical issues in social neuroscience, with a particular focus on the PSY-P 620 Attitudes and Attitude Change (3-3 cr.) functional neuroanatomy and neural mechanisms P: P320, P511, or consent of instructor. Conceptions of underlying human social cognition. Individual student the attitude construct and theories of attitude formation assessment is based on presented seminars and and change. class participation. Instructor permission is required for PSY-P 623 Psychology of Language (3 cr.) enrollment. Psycholinguistic events, including communicative speech, PSY-P 553 Advanced Statistics in Psychology I (3 cr.) gestures, and symbolic behavior. Interrelations between P: K300 or equivalent. Statistical inference applied to linguistic and other psychological processes in individual problems in psychological research. Experimental design and social situations. and data interpretation. Elementary probability theory, PSY-P 624 Principles of Psychopathology (3 cr.) statistical distribution, classical and nonparametric tests P: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. 344 May 26, 2016

Description of the phenomena of psychopathology and the PSY-P 650 Neuroimaging: Theory and Methods principles associated with their classification. (3 cr.) Covers theory and methods of neuroimaging with a particular emphasis on functional MRI. Specific PSY-P 625 Operant Conditioning (3 cr.) A survey topics include experimental design, data acquisition, data and interpretation of research findings on problems of analysis, data interpretation, and data presentation. Also systematic interest for a general science of behavior, with covers introductory MR physics and the physiology of emphasis on recent work. blood oxygen-level dependent (BOLD) changes. PSY-P 631 Intervention and Evaluation (3 cr.) PSY-P 651 Perception/Action (3 cr.) P: Consent of P: Consent of instructor. A systematic comparison instructor. Coverage includes event perception, optical of theories of psychotherapy and behavior change. flow analysis (aperture problem, correspondence problem, Introduction to evaluation techniques appropriate to structure from motion, sensory psychophysics, contact applied settings. with machine vision), problems in motor coordination and PSY-P 634 Advanced Survey of Community control (motor equivalence, degrees of freedom problem, Psychology (3 cr.) P: 15 credit hours of psychology or contact with physiology of movement and robotics). Focus consent of instructor. A survey of issues and research in on the relation between perception and action. community psychology. Topics covered include the role PSY-P 654 Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) P: P553-P554. of conceptual models in guiding intervention practices; Survey of multivariate statistical methods; partial, multiple, research in social epidemiology, prevention, consultation, and canonical correlation, factor analysis, discriminant and organizational and community change. analysis, classification procedures, profile analysis, and PSY-P 637 Neurobiology of Addictions (3 cr.) P: N500 multivariate analysis of variance. and N501 and N612 (or permission of instructor). PSY-P 657 Topical Seminar (arr. cr.) Topics of P637 provides students an intensive overview of the current interest, with intensive critical examination of fundamentals, state-of-the-art advances, new frontiers, appropriate literature. Different staff member in charge and major gaps in our understanding of the neurobiology each semester. of addiction. Applicable to understanding the study of drug/substance and addiction, cellular processes of PSY-P 658 Mathematical Models in Psychology I learning and memory, neuroadaptation, motivation and (4 cr.) P: P605 or consent of instructor. Intensive study reward, etc. within neuroscience and psychology. of mathematical models employed in experimental psychology: learning, perception, reaction time, social PSY-P 638 Experimental Psychology of Reading processes. Emphasis on probability methods. (3 cr.) Examination of the component stages of the reading process. Focuses on how visual information is PSY-P 659 Mathematical Models in Psychology II processed within the framework of information processing (4 cr.) P: P605 or consent of instructor. Intensive study and psycholinguistics. Topics to be considered include of mathematical models employed in experimental alphabets, phonetics and phonology, letter recognition, psychology: learning, perception, reaction time, social word and sentence processing, cognitive bases of processes. Emphasis on probability methods. reading, and methods currently employed in teaching reading. PSY-P 660 The Teaching of Psychology (1 cr.) Open to advanced graduate students. Problems of selection, PSY-P 641 Assessment (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. organization, and presentation of psychological knowledge Review of research and theory on methods of gathering to undergraduates. Emphasis on introductory lecture and information about individuals. laboratory courses. PSY-P 644 Attention and Short-Term Memory (3 cr.) PSY-P 667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) Analysis Analysis of the experimental literature and theories of of neural mechanisms of drug effects on animal and human attention and short-term memory, including visual human behavior, based on behavioral and biological and verbal systems and forgetting. experiments. PSY-P 645 Learning and Long-Term Memory (3 cr.) PSY-P 669 Neurobiology of Behavioral Disorders Analysis of the experimental literature and theories (3 cr.) P: N500 and N501, and at least one other graduate of human learning and long-term memory, including course in neuroscience or behavioral neuroscience. forgetting, organization, sentence memory, and nonverbal Neural mechanisms underlying selected neurological and memory. psychological dysfunctions. PSY-P 647 Decision Making under Uncertainty (3 cr.) PSY-P 686 Current Psychological Literature I (1 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. Detailed survey of Review of current psychological journals. decision making under uncertainty. Theories, data, and application of decision making in situations involving PSY-P 687 Current Psychological Literature II (1 cr.) imperfect (probabilistic) information; preference and Review of current psychological journals. inference in judgment. Applications covered include PSY-P 690 Practicum in Clinical Psychology (arr. cr.) learning, risky choice, diagnostic decisions, group deci- P: Consent of instructor. Review of current psychological sions. journals. PSY-P 648 Choice Behavior (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent PSY-P 695 Second-Year Research Seminar (1-2 cr.) of instructor. Preferential choice under conditions of Presentation and discussion of second-year graduate certainty. Critical review of the properties and limitations of student research projects. current theories of choice and scaling. May 26, 2016 345

PSY-P 700 Research and Theory in Social Psychology (Note: Be sure to specify the program in which you are (0-2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Four semesters required interested when sending mail.) for graduate students in Social Psychology, one for credit. Meets weekly. Invited speakers will sometimes present Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spea/ colloquia. Students taking the course for 1 credit will be (Please note that when conferring University Graduate required to participate in discussions and readings. For 2 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The credits, students will be required to make a presentation. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Mostly, students will present their own research. contained only in The University Graduate School PSY-P 701 Research and Theory in Developmental Bulletin.) Science (0-2 cr.) Four semesters required for PhD Curriculum students in Developmental Psychology. Meets weekly. All students must present at least once a semester. Most will Degrees Offered present their own research. Doctor of Philosophy in Public Affairs; Doctoral Minors in Nonprofit Management, Public Management, Regional PSY-P 717 Evolutionary Bases of Learning (3 cr.) Economic Development, and Urban Affairs. P: Written consent of instructor. Examines learning as an evolved ability which equips organisms to deal with Doctor of Philosophy in Public Affairs predictable variability in the environment. Compares The Doctoral Program in Public Affairs was created ethological, comparative, and general process approaches to take advantage of the unique strengths of SPEA’s to the study of learning. interdisciplinary faculty and research programs, both of which have earned wide recognition from peer PSY-P 720 Dyadic Interaction (3 cr.) P: P320, institutions, national and international agencies, and P511, or consent of instructor. General models professional groups. The curriculum equips students with of dyadic interaction; theories and research on the necessary skills for independent research and analysis affiliation, interpersonal attraction, and the development, of problems, issues, and solutions in government and the maintenance, and of social relationships. nonprofit sector in the following four major fields: PSY-P 721 Group Processes (3 cr.) P: P320, P511, 1. Public Finance: the theory and practice of fiscal or consent of instructor. Theories and research on administration, including public budgeting, revenue intergroup processes. Topics will vary but may include administration, and financial management; social identification, stigmatization, power differentials, group decision making, conformity, minority influence, 2. Public Management: the design and operation norms, social dilemmas, intergroup conflict. of governmental institutions, including strategic/ operations management and interrelationships PSY-P 736 Child Psychopathology (3 cr.) Seminar on between public and private organizations; serious behavior disturbances of children. Comparisons 3. Public Policy Analysis: research methods and with development of normal child interacting with family. quantitative techniques for policy analysis, including the content, design, and evaluation of public PSY-P 747 Seminar in Cognitive Psychology (1-3 cr.) programs; and Selected topics. 4. Environmental Policy: the study of and contribution PSY-P 820 Social Perception (3 cr.) P: Graduate to public policies that affect the environment, standing in psychology or consent of instructor. Critical both domestic and international, including legal, review of theoretical and experimental literature economic, and other policy tools and approaches. concerning knowledge of others as intervening variable in social behavior. Instead of being grounded in a traditional academic discipline, each of the fields has developed from several PSY-P 895 Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are theoretical literatures applied to real-world public affairs eligible for a deferred grade. problems. Although research is grounded in the social sciences, the context of inquiry reverses the normal PSY-P 898 Master’s Degree Research (arr. cr.) **These research process. Instead of beginning with questions courses are eligible for a deferred grade. originating with discipline-based scholarship, the research PSY-P 899 Ph.D. Degree Research (arr. cr.) **These process begins with public problems and issues. The courses are eligible for a deferred grade. research challenge, then, is to match available tools of inquiry to the research opportunities presented by PSY-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course problems. is eligible for a deferred grade. Students who have completed 90 credit hours and all requirements for the Admission Ph.D. are eligible to enroll in G901 for a flat fee. G901 is Students apply to the School of Public and Environmental not offered in the summer and is limited to a maximum of Affairs; those accepted are recommended to the six semesters. For verification of eligibility and to receive University Graduate School for formal admission into a class permission, please contact the Academic Services the Ph.D. program. Application materials can be found Coordinator. at http://graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/apply.shtml. Applicants to this program must have completed at least Public Affairs a bachelor’s degree. Prospective students are required School of Public and Environmental Affairs to submit (1) a statement of purpose, which should be Departmental E-mail: [email protected] as specific as possible and preferably should refer to potential research mentors by name; (2) official results 346 May 26, 2016 of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE); (3) official • ECON-E 572 Statistical Techniques in Economics II transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work (3 cr.) and completed; and (4) three letters of recommendation. • ECON-E 671 Econometrics I (3 cr.) Applicants whose native language is not English must • POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) and also submit results of the Test of English as a Foreign • POLS-Y 577 Advanced Topics in Political Science (3 Language (TOEFL). cr.) Progress Review Committee • SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 cr.) and Early in the student’s program, but in no case later than • SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II (3 the third semester in the program, the student must form cr.) a progress review committee. The committee consists of four to five members and includes at least one faculty In addition, students must demonstrate either (1) member from each of the student’s two chosen major advanced proficiency in quantitative analysis or fields of study and also a representative of his or her specialized research skills by completing two additional minor field. The committee members act as mentors courses approved by the student’s Progress Review and help monitor the selection and fulfillment of program Committee, or (2) proficiency in a language appropriate requirements. The chairperson of the committee serves as to his/her field of study and approved by the Progressive the student’s principal advisor. Review Committee. To qualify as language-proficient, a student must take a language proficiency exam from the Degree Requirements appropriate language department at Indiana University. The Ph.D. in Public Affairs degree requires the completion Major Fields of at least 90 credit hours in advanced study and research beyond the baccalaureate. Typically, two-thirds of the 90 Students select two of the four SPEA Public Affairs major credit hours are taken in formal course work and one- fields (identified below) to prepare for their qualifying third in thesis credit. Students completing a Master’s in examinations. For each field, the student must complete Public Affairs or similar degree may be allowed to transfer required courses and approved electives. some of their graduate course work (30 hours maximum) if The fields and the required courses are: approved by their Progress Review Committee, though a prior Master’s degree is not required for admission. Public Management—The design and operation of government and not-for-profit institutions, including Core Requirements strategic/operations The following three courses are required for all Public management and interrelationships between public, Affairs students: private, and civil society organizations. • SPEA-V 680 Research Design and Methods in Required courses: Public Affairs (3 cr.) • SPEA-V 621 Seminar in Teaching Public and • SPEA-V 671 Public Organization and Management I Environmental Affairs (2 cr.) This course prepares (3 cr.) students for college teaching and their professional • SPEA-V 672 Public Organization and Management II responsibilities toward current and future students. It (3 cr.) is taken in a student’s first year in the program. • SPEA-V 691 Workshop in Public Policy (0 -1 cr.) Public Finance—The theory and practice of fiscal administration, including public budgeting, revenue Each student is required to take this zero to one-credit- administration, and financial management. hour course for credit for three semesters. The workshop provides an experiential base that prepares students to Required courses: critique research in the field, prepare manuscripts for • SPEA-V 666 Public Revenue (3 cr.) publication, and to defend new ideas and theories. The • SPEA-V 668 Seminar in Public Budgeting (3 cr.) course meets once a week for 90 minutes. Public Policy Analysis—Research methods and Research Tool Skills quantitative techniques for policy analysis, including the Required research skills include a two semester content, design, and evaluation of public programs. quantitative analysis sequence and two additional elective Required courses: courses or proficiency in a foreign language. • SPEA-V 664 Seminar in Policy Analysis (3 cr.) The two-semester quantitative analysis sequence can be • SPEA-V 673 Public Policy Analysis and fulfilled a number of different ways, including one of the Management Science/Operations Research (3 cr.) sequences listed as follows: Environmental Policy—Economic, law, politics, and • SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs implementation of environmental policies in the U.S. and I (3 cr.) and abroad. • SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs II Required courses: • BUS-G 651 Economic Methods in Business I (3 cr.) Economics: and • BUS-G 652 Economic Methods in Business II (3 cr.) • SPEA-V 625 Environmental Economics (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 347

Law: work requirements, and administers the qualifying exams. Members of the Progress Review Committee should • SPEA-V 645 Environmental Law (3 cr.) or be scholars who know the student’s academic record • LAW-B 783 International Environmental Law (3 cr.) and who are recognized experts in the fields in which Policy: the student will stand examination. The committee will consist of four to five members chosen by the student in • SPEA-V 710 Topics in Public Policy: Domestic consultation with the director of the Ph.D. program. At Environmental Policy (3 cr.) or least one member of the Progress Review Committee will • SPEA-V 710 Topics in Public Policy: International be chosen from each of the student’s two major fields. Environmental Policy (3 cr.) It is required that one member of the Progress Review Committee be a non-School professor and represent the Minor Field outside minor. Students select a minor field according to their research Third-Semester Review interests. Students have the option of taking either: an external minor field, and internal minor field, or a self- During the third semester, each student holds a third designed minor field. semester review meeting with the Progress Review Committee. The purpose of the meeting is to reach an • External minor field. For an external minor field, a agreement between the student and the committee three to five-course sequence is negotiated between about the character and status of the student’s program. the student and the Progress Review Committee, This meeting also serves as a formal evaluation of the following the requirements of the department student’s performance and prospects and includes a or school offering a minor. Among the external presentation of a research paper prepared by the student. minor fields chosen by students in the program are Economics, Finance, Political Science, Sociology, Before the meeting of the Progressive Review Committee, Organizational Behavior and Human Resource the student develops a Progress Review Statement. The Management, Statistics, and Geography. statement needs to include background professional • Internal minor field. For an internal minor field, and educational information, course work completed and students may choose any one of the four major planned in each concentration and for basic and advanced fields (public management, public finance, public tool skills, and tentative dates for taking qualifying exams policy analysis, and environmental policy) or one of and a discussion of a proposed dissertation topic. Once four minor fields (environmental studies, nonprofit approved by the committee, the statement serves as a management, regional economic development, contract for the completion of degree requirements. urban and affairs) offered by SPEA. A four-course In the progress review meeting, the committee members sequence (12 credit hours) is negotiated between review the student’s record of past and planned courses, the student and the Progress Review Committee. the likely dissertation topic, and the quality of the research Students choosing a third major field for their PhD paper and its presentation. The committee determines minor must take the required courses in that field. whether the proposed program of courses will prepare the • Self-designed minor field. Students have the option student for the examinations to be taken at the end of the of a self-designed minor to provide opportunities for course work as well as for the dissertation. specialized training without requiring the creation and approval of a defined minor field. A four-course The principal objective of the research paper is to allow sequence (12 credit hours) is negotiated between the faculty to judge whether the student has the ability the student and the Progress Review Committee. to complete all requirements for this research-oriented Students may combine courses from SPEA and degree in a timely fashion. Thus, of most importance will other academic units for their self-designed minor. be that the paper demonstrates the student’s ability to The University Graduate School must approve a carry out reasonably independent research and write student’s proposal for a self-designed minor field the results in a well-reasoned and coherent fashion. The (see the University Graduate School Bulletin). paper should also demonstrate that the student has a good command of the literature in the area and has the Courses taken as part of any minor field cannot count ability to use appropriate research methods in carrying toward a major field. out the analysis. It is anticipated that the progress review Major Junctures paper will be a revision of a substantial research paper Progress Review Committee prepared to fulfill a requirement for a regular course. (The student can, however, submit an entirely new paper to Each student is assigned an advisor on arrival in fulfill this requirement.) The paper should be of a quality Bloomington. If the advisor sufficiently reflects a student’s warranting presentation at a professional society meeting. research interests, the student can request that the advisor serve as chairperson of the student’s Progress Qualifying Examinations Review Committee. The student may also select another Students are required to sit for qualifying exams in professor who is more suited to the student’s research their two major fields. SPEA field exams employ a interests. standard format for all students in a field and are At the end of the first year, the student develops offered at predetermined times each year. Each exam is a Progress Review Committee. The committee, in administered by a team of faculty and organized by an cooperation with the student, defines program objectives, exam coordinator for each field. Students will receive a supervises the selection and completion of the minor field, high pass, pass, qualified pass, or a fail for each of the monitors overall progress toward completion of course two exams. Students receiving a qualified pass will be 348 May 26, 2016 asked to re-take portions of the exam, or complete an oral of disciplines relevant to nonprofit management. Some examination. Upon completion of the exam, signatures examples of courses appropriate for the SPEA minor in of the Committee members and Program Director are nonprofit management are listed below. required on the Report of Preliminary Examination Committee form. If there is an exam requirement in the Special Requirement for 500-level Courses minor department, then you must also complete a third Students taking a 500-level course (and V602) are exam. required to show that they have completed doctoral-level Dissertation work in conjunction with the course in order to count the After filing for candidacy status, the doctoral candidate course for the minor. Students must alert the instructor forms a Research Committee consisting of at least four to their doctoral status and request additional/alternative faculty members, including one representative of the assignments. If the instructor is unwilling to do this, the candidate’s minor field. This committee may be but is not student should select a different course in conjunction with necessarily identical to the Progress Review Committee. the candidate’s advisor. The selection of Research Committee members should A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B) reflect the dissertation topic and the expertise of the must be attained in all courses used for the minor. faculty chosen. Courses The candidate prepares a dissertation proposal to present and defend in a meeting of the Research Committee. The • SPEA-V 521 The Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector (3 Research Committee reviews the research proposal and cr.) requires changes as needed. • SPEA-V 522 Human Resource Management in Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) Once the dissertation research is completed, the • SPEA-V 523 Civil Society and Public Policy (3 cr.) candidate defends the thesis in an open oral examination • SPEA-V 524 Civil Society in Comparative meeting. The Research Committee is ultimately Perspective (3 cr.) responsible for determining whether the dissertation is acceptable. • SPEA-V 525 Management in the Nonprofit Sector (3 cr.) Placement • SPEA-V 526 Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) The Ph.D. Office, the director of the program, and individual faculty work hard to ensure that graduates • SPEA-V 558 Fund Development for Nonprofits (3 of the program are placed in academic or research cr.) organizations. Although the Public Affairs program has • SPEA-V 562 Public Program Evaluation (1-3) only been operational since 1993, graduates have been • SPEA-V 602 Strategic Management of Public and very successful recently in obtaining such positions. Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) Recent placements include Syracuse University, Brigham • SPEA-V 672 Public Organization and Management II Young University, University of Colorado, Ohio State (3 cr.) University, Florida International University, Georgia State • SPEA-V 685 Research Seminar in Management (3 University, Iowa State University, the U.S. Department of cr.) Labor, National Taipei University, and Yonsei University in South Korea. Ph.D. Minor in Public Management (12 credit hours) Students in doctoral programs at Indiana University may, Ph.D. Minor in Nonprofit Management (12 credit with the consent of their advisory committee, select public hours) management as an outside minor. Students in a Ph.D. program at Indiana University may Requirements select nonprofit management as an outside minor. 1. The doctoral candidate must secure an advisor The nonprofit management minor enables students from the faculty of the School of Public and to broaden their field of study by enhancing their Environmental Affairs. The faculty advisor serves as knowledge of management and governance issues in the the representative of SPEA in all examinations and nonprofit sector. Students pursuing the minor in nonprofit other requirements of the student’s Ph.D. program management are able to develop and address research that pertain to the minor. agendas incorporating questions related to nonprofit organization and their management. 2. The student must take at least 12 credit hours of SPEA graduate-level courses in public management. Course Requirements The choice of courses must be approved by the advisor. The doctoral student must secure an advisor from 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) the faculty of the School of Public and Environmental must be maintained. Affairs (SPEA). The faculty advisor will serve as the representative of SPEA in all examinations and other Ph.D. Minor in Regional Economic Development (12 requirements of the student’s Ph.D. program that pertain credit hours) to the minor. The minor field in regional economic development involves The minor in nonprofit management requires 12 credit study in the topics facing regional planners, developmental hours of courses approved by the advisor. Three of the specialists, and researchers; and an introduction to the four courses must be SPEA courses. The additional body of knowledge in regional development and urban course may come from SPEA or from any of a variety policy. The study of regional economic development May 26, 2016 349 and urban policy broadens students’ perspectives, and , John W. Ryan* students may apply this knowledge to a research agenda that incorporates regional developmental and urban policy Arthur F. Bentley Professor questions. The student is expected to have studied both Elinor S. Ostrom* micro- and macroeconomics before beginning the minor program. Chancellor’s Professors Requirements John L. Mikesell*, James L. Perry* (Emeritus), William M. 1. The director of the Institute for Development Plater* (Indianapolis) Strategies serves as minor advisor. The advisor Distinguished Professors ensures that prerequisites have been met and certifies that the candidate has met the requirements David B. Audretsch*, Ronald A. Hites* of the minor. An examination may be required at the discretion of the advisor. Professors 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours Robert Agranoff* (Emeritus), A. James Barnes*, Wolfgang of approved courses, which must include 2 core Bielefeld* (Emeritus) (Indianapolis), Lisa Blomgren courses and 6 credit hours of electives. The Amsler*, William R. Black* (Emeritus), Charles Bonser* core curriculum consists of SPEA-V 622 Urban (Emeritus), Christopher B. Craft*, Sergio Fernandez*, Economic Development and SPEA-V 669 Economic Kirsten A. Grønbjerg*, Hendrick M. Haitjema* (Emeritus), Development, Globalization, and Entrepreneurship. Shiela Suess Kennedy* (Indianapolis), Leslie Lenkowsky*, This course is cross-listed as GEOG-G 817 Seminar Eugene B. McGregor* (Emeritus), Debra J. Mesch* in Regional Geography. The elective courses may (Indianapolis), Theodore K. Miller* (Emeritus), Samuel come from a variety of disciplines, and must be Nunn* (Indianapolis), Patrick O. O’Meara*, Clinton V. selected in consultation with and approved by the Oster* (Emeritus), John R. Ottensman* (Indianapolis), student’s minor advisor. One of the two electives Roger B. Parks* (Emeritus), James Perry* (Emeritus), may be outside of SPEA. Maureen Pirog*, J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus), David 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) A. Reingold*, Rafael Reuveny*, Edwardo L. Rhodes* must be maintained. (Emeritus), Barry M. Rubin*, Richard S. Rubin* (Emeritus), Adrian Sargeant* (Indianapolis), Roy Shin* (Emeritus), Ph.D. Minor in Urban Affairs (12 credit hours) Philip S. Stevens*, Tim A. Tilton* (Emeritus), Jeffrey R. Students in doctoral programs at Indiana University may, White*, Lois Recascino Wise* (Emerita), Charles Kurt with the consent of their advisory committee, choose Zorn* urban affairs as an outside minor. The minor is flexible and is designed by students and their advisors in accordance Associate Professors with students’ needs. Terry L. Baumer* (Emeritus) (Indianapolis), Crystal A. Requirements Garcia* (Indianapolis), Beth A. Gazley, Michael Gleeson* (Emeritus) (Indianapolis), David Henning Good*, Diane 1. The doctoral candidate must secure an advisor from S. Henshel*, G. Roger Jarjoura* (Indianapolis), Craig L. the faculty of the School of Public and Environmental Johnson*, Kerry Krutilla*, Yan Yun Zhang (Joyce) Man*, Affairs. This faculty advisor serves as the school’s Vicky J. Meretsky*, Douglas Noonan (Indianapolis), D. representative in all examinations or other minor Jeanne Patterson* (Emerita), Flynn W. Picardal*, Kenna program requirements of the candidate’s Ph.D. F. Quinet* (Indianapolis), Ken R. Richards*, Thomas program. The advisor determines the character of Stucky (Indianapolis) the minor examination (if any), participates in the candidate’s oral examinations, and certifies that the Assistant Professors candidate has met the requirements of the minor. Matthew Baggetta, Jennifer Brass, Yong Li (Indianapolis), 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours Deanna Malatesta (Indianapolis), Seth B. Payton of graduate-level courses related to urban affairs. (Indianapolis), Ashlyn Aiko Nelson, Justin Ross The selection of courses must be approved by the candidate’s SPEA advisor. Academic Advisor 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) Professor Sergio Fernandez*, SPEA 441, (812) 855-2457 must be maintained. Faculty School of Public Health Dean School of Public Health-Bloomington John D. Graham Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Director Departmental URL: www.publichealth.indiana.edu Professor Sergio Fernandez* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, Graduate Faculty The University Graduate School’s staff uses only those (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University requirements contained in The University Graduate School Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Bulletin.) doctoral dissertations.) Curriculum University President Emeritus 350 May 26, 2016

Degrees Offered All doctoral students must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.0 (B). Grades of C- (1.7) and below will The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) is a research degree be calculated in the student’s grade point average, but especially designed to prepare graduates for careers courses in which such grades are earned cannot be devoted to the following fields of study: environmental counted toward degree requirements. A minimum grade health, epidemiology, health behavior, leisure behavior, of 3.0 (B) is required in each course used to satisfy the and human performance. There are four emphases under research skill requirement. human performance: biomechanics, exercise physiology, motor learning/control, and sport management. Common Requirements In addition, the School of Public Health offers the following All Ph.D. students must present an introductory course graduate degrees: Master of Public Health, Master of in research (SPH-X 590) and an introductory course Science in Applied Health Science, Master of Science in in statistics (SPH-Q 501), or their equivalents, as Kinesiology, and Master of Science in Recreation. Dual prerequisites to the major work. Additionally, all Ph.D. degrees include, (1) Master of Public Health and Juris students must complete an introductory course in public Doctorate, (2) Master of Public Health and Master of health (SPH-X 505) and an introductory course in Arts in Russian and East European Studies (3) Master epidemiology (SPH-E 651). of Public Health and Master of Arts in African Studies, and (4) Master of Public Health and Master of Arts Ph.D. degree course work components in Caribbean, and Latin American Studies. For dual Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement degrees, students must be admitted by both units. For full One of two options: information on degrees, see this Bulletin and the School of Public Health-Bloomington Bulletin. 1. approved combination of research skills (9-credit minimum) Special School Requirements 2. reading proficiency in one foreign language plus (See also general Graduate School requirements.) a minimum of 5 credits of approved research skill course work Doctor of Philosophy Admission Requirements The option pursued must clearly enhance the student’s ability to pursue research in the specific field of study Applicants for the Ph.D. in environmental health, and must have the approval of the student’s advisory epidemiology, health behavior, human performance, or committee and the associate dean of research and leisure behavior must possess an appropriate academic graduate studies. Research skills may be selected from, background in the physical, biological, social, and but are not limited to, areas such as computer science, behavioral sciences. Prescribed deficiency work ordinarily mathematics, electronics, engineering, chemistry, and cannot be counted among credits required for the degree. statistics. Other admission criteria are grade point averages earned in all undergraduate and graduate work, scores on the Ph.D. Majors Graduate Record Examination General Test, and letters Ph.D. track in Environmental Health of recommendation from professors or others who are For each doctoral student in this academic program, able to evaluate the applicant’s potential for success in a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a advanced graduate study. Admission applications can minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student be completed online. For application instructions, please must complete in the environmental health major. The visit: http://www.indiana.edu/~bulletin/iub/phb/2014-2015/ prescribed course work focuses on influences and effects graduate/admission/application.shtml . of environmental factors on human health and disease. Course Requirements The prescribed research skill courses, along with those courses prescribed in the major, minor, and elective A minimum of 90 credits are required beyond the portions of each student’s course prescription are selected baccalaureate degree, of which at least 30 credits must be to provide students with the scientific, technological, in the major area of emphasis. The remaining credits are policy, and management skills needed to address to be distributed among the research skills requirement environmental, toxicological, and occupational health (minimum 9 credits), at least one minor (minimum 9 concerns. This program exists to prepare health scientists credits), supportive electives that include a substantial to conduct lab-based research and share the results in an amount of work in statistics and research methodology, effort to advance the discipline of environmental health. and dissertation (20-30 credits). A minimum of 9 credits, excluding courses taken to complete the research and Ph.D. track in Epidemiology languages requirement, must be taken outside of the For each doctoral student in this academic program, student’s major department. a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must Elective or minor course work must clearly support the complete in the epidemiology major. The prescribed development of research competency in the major field. course work focuses on distribution and patterns of Frequent involvement in research projects (with or without health-events and provides statistical methodology on academic credit) is essential to the program. Deficiencies topics in human health. The prescribed research skill in course work must be removed during the first year of courses, along with those courses prescribed in the major, study. minor and elective portions of each student's course Grades prescription are selected to prepare the student to design May 26, 2016 351 and conduct research yielding advancements in the field selected to prepare the student to design and conduct of epidemiology. research yielding achievements in the field of exercise physiology. Ph.D. track in Health Behavior For each doctoral student in this academic program, Ph.D. track in Human Performance with an emphasis a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a in motor learning/control minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must For each doctoral student in this academic program, complete in the health behavior major. Research and a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a creative activities include both basic and applied work minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student in program planning, development, evaluation of the must complete in the human performance major. For prgram effectiveness; health policy and management; and students with an emphasis in motor learning/control, this examination of lifestyle and health behavior in relation to coursework focuses on the neuromuscular aspects related nutrition, exercise, stress, alcohol, tobacco and other drug to the control of human movement and learning. A variety abuse, individual development and family health, health of neuroscience courses related to the control of human and aging, communicable disease, human sexuality, and movement are prescribed. The prescribed research skill related areas. The recommended research skill courses, courses, along with those courses prescribed in the along with those courses included in the major, minor, major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s and elective portions of each student’s customized course course prescription are selected to prepare the student prescription prepare the student to conduct scholarly to design and conduct research yielding advancements inquiry in a topic that is selected from a broad spectrum of in the field of motor learning and motor control. General issues and problems related to disease prevention, health research topics include strength acquistion, goal-directed promotion and quality of life. movement control, and the effects of human aging on movement execution with emphasis given to postural Ph.D. track in Leisure Behavior control and balance. For each doctoral student in this academic program, a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a Ph.D. track in Human Performance with an emphasis minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must in sport management complete in the leisure behavior major. For students with For each doctoral student in this academic program, an emphasis in leisure behavior, this prescribed course a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a work is focused on the study of recreation, leisure, and minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student tourism with the goal of improving health and quality of life. must complete in the human performance major. For The prescribed research skill courses, along with courses students with an emphasis in sport management, the in the major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s prescribed course work provides the student with a course prescription are selected to prepare the student to thorough foundation in sport, with a focus on a student’s design and conduct research yielding advancements in primary interest, such as business, or communication, the field of leaisure behavior. or history. The prescribed research skill courses, along Ph.D. track in Human Performance with an emphasis with courses in the major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s course prescription are selected to prepare in biomechanics the student to design and conduct research yielding For each doctoral student in this academic program, advancements in the field of sport management. a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must Minor(s) complete in the human performance major. For students with an emphasis in biomechanics, the major coursework At least one minor in a supporting area outside the minor involves an application of the laws of mechanics to area of study is required. The minor must be in a discipline human structure and function in an effort to maximize related to, but distinct from, the major field(s) of study. The athletic performance. The prescribed research skill number of required credits is determined by the unit in courses, along with those courses prescribed in the major, which the minor is taken (minimum 9 credits) minor, and elective portions of each student’s course Electives prescription are selected to prepare the student to design and conduct research yielding achievements in the field of Students with a single minor will take supportive electives biomechanics. which support development of research compentency in the field. Ph.D. track in Human Performance with an emphasis in exercise physiology Dissertation For each doctoral student in this academic program, 20-30 credits. a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must Milestones complete in the human performance major. For students Course Prescription with an emphasis in exercise physiology, the major The courses required for a doctoral degree are individually coursework serves to build the student's understanding of prescribed for each student following approval of the how the various cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems members of the student's advisory committee. The student respond to challenges posed by exercise and physical and the advisory committee work together to prescribe training, with the primary goal of achievement of optimal the required research skill courses, major courses, minor performance. The prescribed research skill courses, along courses, elective courses, and the appropriate number of with those courses prescribed in the major, minor, and dissertation credits. elective portions of each student’s course prescription are 352 May 26, 2016

Qualifying Examination Gerontology Complete 9 credits including 3 courses from the following list of options to be selected in consultation The qualifying examination may not be taken until the with the minor advisor: student is within one course of completing all prescribed course work and the foreign language/research-skill • EDUC-P 517* Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) requirement has been completed. The exam consists of (*offered online) two portions, a written portion and an oral portion. • EDUC-P 518* Social Aspect of Aging (3 cr.) Two options exist for the written portion of the qualifying • SPH-B 535* Contemporary Issues in Aging and examination. Health (3 cr.) • SPH-B 615* Health, Longevity, and Integrative Three opportunities per year exist for a student to sit for Therapies for the Later Years (3 cr.) the traditionally formatted written portion of the qualifying • SPH-H 524/EDUC-P 513* Gerontology: examination. The three regularly scheduled exam dates Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 cr.) are in September, February, and June. Alternatively, a doctoral student’s advisory committee may design and Health Behavior Complete 12 health behavior graduate- administer the written portion of the examination differently level credits in consultation with the minor advisor. in order to assess the student’s fitness for candidacy in a different way. Applications for both options must be filed at Health Promotion Complete 15 credits as follows: least 30 days in advance. Complete the following course: The oral portion of the qualifying examination should take place within a month following the written portion. • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of Health (3 cr.) Research Proposal Complete one of the following courses: The proposal meeting will be open to faculty and students in the university community. During the first portion the • SPH-H 500 Philosophy and Principles of Health student will formally present her/his dissertation proposal Education (3 cr.) in an open forum. Committee members and visitors will • SPH-H 635 Health Promotion in the 21st Century (3 have the opportunity to ask questions. Visitors will leave cr.) after the formal presentation. The remaining time will be Complete 9 additional graduate-level credits, selected in determined by the student’s research committee. consultation with the minor advisor. Final Examination Human Development and Family Studies Complete 9 Oral defense of the dissertation. credits as follows: Ph.D. Minors Offered by the School of Public Health- Complete the following courses: Bloomington Doctoral students in other departments can complete a • SPH-F 654 Conceptual Frameworks in Human minor in a specific emphasis by satisfactorily completing Development and Family Studies (3 cr.) a minimum number of credits of graduate-level course • SPH-F 656 Families and Health (3 cr.) work which has been approved by the minor field Complete 3 additional graduate-level SPH-F credits to be representative on the doctoral advisory committee. A selected in consultation with the minor advisor. qualifying examination is required. Options for an Outside Doctoral Minor in the Human Sexuality Education Complete 15 credits as Department of Applied Health Science follows: Addictive Behaviors Complete 9 credits as follows: Complete the following courses: Complete each of the following courses: • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinates of Health (3 cr.) • SPH-B 518 The Nature of Addictive Disorders (3 cr.) • SPH-H 515 Human Sexuality Education in Schools • SPH-H 518 Alcohol and Drug Education (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Complete 3 credits from the following elective courses in • SPH-H 540 Practicum in College Sex Education (3 consultation with the minor advisor to include a selective cr.) topic directly related to addictive behaviors: • SPH-H 555 Issues in Sexuality and Health (3 cr.) • SPH-B 701 Advanced Health Behavior Theory for Complete 3 additional graduate-level credits to be Research (3 cr.) selected in consultation with the minor advisor. • SPH-B 702 Advanced Evaluation and Research in Public Health (3 cr.) Nutrition Science Complete 12 credits as follows: • SPH-B 703 Acquiring External Funds for Research Complete the following courses: (3 cr.) • SPH-H 791 Readings in Health Behavior (1-10 cr.) • SPH-N 530 Advanced Human Nutrition (3 cr.) • SPH-H 792 Research in Health Behavior (1-10 cr.) • SPH-N 532 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3 cr.) Complete 1 of the following biochemistry courses. • CHEM-C 483 Biological Chemistry (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 353

• CHEM-C 484 Biomolecules and Catabolism (3 cr.) • SPH-V 546 Risk Assessment Policy and Toxic • MCHE-C 580 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) Regulations (3 cr.) • SPH-V 548 Environmental and Occupational Complete one course selected, in consultation with the Epidemiology (3 cr.) minor advisor, from the following: • SPH-V 741 Molecular Toxicology (3 cr.) • SPH-N 520 Food Chemistry (3 cr.) • SPH-V 743 Environmental Health Sampling (3 cr.) • SPH-N 531 Medical Nutrition Therapy (3 cr.) • SPH-V 745 Advanced Toxicology (3 cr.) • SPH-N 536 Community Nutrition (3 cr.) • SPH-V 747 Carcinogenesis (3 cr.) • SPH-N 600 Nutrigenomics (3 cr.) • SPH-N 601 Phytonutrients (3 cr.) Options for an Outside Minor in the Department of • SPH-N 620 Nutrition in Sports (3 cr.) Epidemiology and Biostatistics • SPH-N 691 Readings in Nutrition Science (1-5 cr.) Biostatistics Complete 9 credits as follows: • SPH-N 692 Research in Nutrition Science (1-5 cr.) Complete the following courses: Public Health Complete 12 credits with a minimum • SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) cumulative doctoral minor GPA of 3.0 in the following • SPH-Q 603 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) courses: Complete 3 credits from the following courses, selected in • SPH-B 589 Social Determinates of Health (3 cr.) consultation with the minor advisor: • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 502 Intermediate Statistics in Public Health • SPH-P 510 Organization and Administration of (3 cr.) Public Health Programs (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 601 Experimental Analysis and Design (3 cr.) • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 611 Statistical Packages in Research (3 cr.) Safety Management Complete 15 credits as follows: • SPH-Q 612 Survival Analysis (3 cr.)

Complete the following course: Epidemiology Complete 9 credits as follows: • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of Complete the following courses: Health (3 cr.) • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) Complete 12 credits of graduate-level courses selected in • SPH-Q 502 Intermediate Statistics in Public Health consultation with the minor advisor. (3 cr.) School and College Health Education Complete 15 Complete 3 credits from the following courses, selected in credits as follows: consultation with the minor advisor: Complete each of the following courses: • SPH-E 653 Chronic Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of • SPH-E 655 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) Health (3 cr.) • SPH-E 657 Social Epidemiology (3 cr.) • SPH-H 510 Organization of School Health Programs • SPH-E 658 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • SPH-E 659 Advanced Epidemiological Methods (3 • SPH-H 623 School Health Program Management (3 cr.) cr.) • SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) • SPH-H 635 Health Promotion in the 21st Century (3 cr.) Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of Kinesiology Complete one course from: Human Performance Complete 12 credits of graduate- • SPH-H 500 Philosophy and Principles of Health level humnan peformance courses to be selected in Education (3 cr.) consultation with the minor advisor. • SPH-H 502 Instructional Strategies for School and Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of College Health (3 cr.) Recreation, Park, and Tourism Studies Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of Leisure Behavior Complete 9 credits as follows: Environmental Health Complete 3 credits from the following courses: Environmental Health Complete 9 credits as follows: • SPH-R 710 Social Science of Leisure (3 cr.) Complete the following course: • SPH-R 711 Higher Education in Recreation, Parks, • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) and Tourism Studies (3 cr.) • SPH-R 712 Inquiry Methodology in Leisure Behavior Complete 6 credits from the following courses: (3 cr.) • SPH-V 510 Human Health and the Natural • SPH-R 794 Doctoral Seminar: Leisure Behavior (3 Environment (3 cr.) cr.) • SPH-V 542 Principles of Toxicology (3 cr.) Complete 6 additional graduate-level credits to be • SPH-V 545 Exposure, Assessment, and Control (3 selected either from remaining courses listed above, or cr.) from other Department of Recreation, Park, and Tourism 354 May 26, 2016

Studies courses which are selected in consultation with Priscilla Anne Barnes, Jonathon Beckmeyer, Hannah the minor advisor. Block*, LaDonna BlueEye, Robert Francis Chapman, Zhongxue Chen*, Andrea Chomistek*, James Robert Faculty Farmer, Allison Gruber, Lucia Guerra-Reyes, Khalid Khan, Hsien-Chang Lin*, Juhua Luo*, Jonathan Macy*, Beth Dean Meyerson*, Arthur Mindheim (Emeritus), Jennifer Piatt, William Ramos, Robert Reiner, Kan Shao, Hilda Sherwin Mohammad R. Torabi*, School of Public Health Building (Emerita), Alison Voight, Antonio Williams*, Jerad Yeagley 111; (812) 855-1561 (Emeritus) Executive Associate Dean, Academic Affairs Clinical Professors Professor Kathleen R. Gilbert*, School of Public Health Catherine Grove, Noy Kay, John Schrader, Catherine Building 111; (812) 855-1561 Sherwood-Laughlin Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Studies Clinical Associate Professors Professor Michael Reece*, School of Public Health G. Keith Chapin, Betty Haven (Emerita), Lesa Huber, Building 111; (812) 855-1561 Jeanne Deborah Johnston*, Maresa Murray* Assistant Dean, Administration Clinical Assistant Professors David Skirvin, School of Public Health Building 111; (812) Cassandra Coble, Julia Knapp, Aaron Sayegh, Jo Anna 855-1561 Shimek Graduate Faculty Lecturers (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Trent Applegate, Carol Kennedy Armbruster, Jack Martin, doctoral dissertations.) Shahla Ray, David Skirvin, Krisha Thiagarajah Professors Associate Scientist David Austin* (Emeritus), Herbert Brantley* (Emeritus), Ruth Gassman S. Kay Burrus (Emerita), Joseph Chen*, David Assistant Scientist Compton*(Emeritus), Donetta J. Cothran*, Jesus Dapena*, Theodore Deppe* (Emeritus), Ruth Engs* Jonathan Agley, Zemin Wang, Pengcheng Xun (Emerita), Alan Ewert*, Lawrence Fielding*, David L. Gallahue* (Emeritus), Leroy Getchell* (Emeritus), Courses Kathleen R. Gilbert*, Robert M. Goodman*, Barbara Complete course listings for the Ph.D. in environmental Ames Hawkins*, Ka He*, Michael Hendryx*, Bruce B. health, epidemiology, health behavior, human Hronek (Emeritus), Lynn Marie Jamieson*, James E. performance, and leisure behavior can be found in the Klaunig*, David Koceja*, Lloyd J. Kolbe*(Emeritus), School of Public Health-Bloomington Bulletin. David K. Lohrmann*, Janet MacLean* (Emerita), Laura McCloskey*, Bryan P. McCormick*, Joel Francis Meier* Public Policy (Emeritus), Timothy Mickleborough*, Susan Middlestadt*, Tony Mobley* (Emeritus), Paul Pedersen*, James College of Arts and Sciences and School of Public Peterson (Emeritus), John S. Raglin*, Michael Reece*, and Environmental Affairs Mary Lou Remley* (Emerita), James Ridenour (Emeritus), Combined Degree Program Thomas Rillo* (Emeritus), Craig M. Ross*, Ruth Virginia Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Russell* (Emerita), Dong Chul Seo*, John B. Shea*, James Skinner (Emeritus), Joel McCormick Stager*, Note: Be sure to specify the program in which you are Clinton Strong* (Emeritus), Paul Surburg* (Emeritus), interested in when sending mail. Mohammad R. Torabi*, Janet Patricia Wallace*, Jerry Diana Wilkerson (Emeritus), William Lee Yarber* Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spea/ Associate Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The James Belisle (Emeritus), Aurelian Bidulescu*, Robert University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Billingham* (Emeritus), Hobert Billingsley (Emeritus), contained only in The University Graduate School James R. Brown (Emeritus), Ben Bruce Jr. (Emeritus), Bulletin.) Donald Burns (Emeritus), Yuh-Pey Buu*, Shu Cole*, Carrie Docherty*, Brian Dodge*, Nancy Theresa Ellis*, Curriculum Alyce D. Fly*, Georgia C. Frey*, Barbara Hocevar*, Degree Offered Lisa Kamendulis*, Doug H. Knapp*, Richard Lawson Doctor of Philosophy (Emeritus), Alice K. Lindeman*, W. Donald Martin* (Emeritus), Rasul Mowatt*, Cecilia Obeng*, Gary A. Special Departmental and School Requirements Sailes*, Dong-Chul Seo*, Nathan W. Shier* (Emeritus), (See also general University Graduate School Susan M. Smith*, Sarah J. Young* requirements.) Assistant Professors May 26, 2016 355

Doctor of Philosophy Degree • SPEA-V 690 Seminar in Public Policy Process (3 cr.) The joint Ph.D. Program in Public Policy is a collaborative or endeavor of the Department of Political Science and the • POLS-Y 565 Public Administration, Law, and Policy: School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA). Approaches and Issues (3 cr.) This course is offered alternately each fall semester by SPEA (V690) and Its emphasis is on the broad field of public policy, concern- the Department of Political Science (Y565). ing the environment of public policy; the processes of • SPEA-V 691 Workshop in Public Policy (1 cr.) Each policy formation, management, and implementation; student is required to take this 1-credit-hour course and the analysis and evaluation of policy outputs and for six semesters. The workshop features research results. The institutional setting and design of the program presentations by faculty, visiting scholars, and offer a unique educational opportunity. Students in the advanced students. It prepares students to critique program receive rigorous social science training and gain research in the field, to prepare manuscripts for knowledge of government decision making processes, presentation and publication, and to defend new problem-solving capabilities, and an understanding of the ideas and theories. There are two sections offered: substantive aspects of public problems and their effects on one by SPEA and the other by the Workshop in public institutions. Political Theory and Policy Analysis. Admission • SPEA-V 621 Seminar in Teaching Public and Environmental Affairs (2 cr.) or All applicants to the public policy program are subject • POLS-Y 550 Political Science and Professional to approval by a SPEA-Department of Political Science Development (1-3 cr.) joint admissions committee. Application materials can be found at www.gradapp.indiana.edu/. Applicants for These courses prepare students for college teaching and admission and for financial assistance are required to their professional responsibilities toward current and future submit a statement of career goals, official results of the students. They are taken in a student’s first year in the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), official transcripts program. of all undergraduate and graduate work, and a minimum of three letters of recommendation. Students whose native Research Tool Skills language is not English must also submit results of the Required course work for research skills includes a basic Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The two-semester statistics sequence and two additional Joint Program Committee in Admissions and Financial Aid elective courses or proficiency in a foreign language. examines each application closely to determine suitability for the program. The committee looks beyond the formal Basic Tool Skills academic record at the applicant’s demonstrated ability The two-semester quantitative analysis sequence to pursue independent study, language and research-skill requirement is generally fulfilled through one of the course training, and maturity and experience. sequences listed below. Progress Review Committee • SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs The progress review committee must include at least two I (3 cr.) and faculty members from SPEA and two from the Department • SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs of Political Science. Members of the committee who hold II (3 cr.) joint appointments are considered representatives of their • POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) and primary unit. The chairperson of the committee serves • POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) as the student’s principal advisor. Early in the student’s • SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 program term—generally during the third semester—the cr.) and committee provides the student with a formal review of the • SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II (3 progress made toward the degree. cr.) Degree Requirements Advanced Tool Skills The University Graduate School requires doctoral students to complete 90 hours of graduate credit. Typically, two- In addition, students must demonstrate either (1) thirds of the 90 credit hours are taken in formal course advanced proficiency in quantitative analysis or work and one-third in thesis credit. Students holding a specialized research skills by completing two additional Master’s in Public Affairs or similar degree may be allowed courses approved by the student’s Progress Review to transfer some of their graduate course work (30 credit Committee, or (2) proficiency in a language appropriate hours maximum) if approved by their Progress Review to his/her field of study approved by the Progress Review Committee. Committee. To qualify as language-proficient, a student must take a language proficiency exam from the ap- Core Requirements propriate language department at Indiana University. Public Policy students are required to complete the Fields of Concentration following courses: The School of Public and Environmental Affairs and • SPEA-V 680 Research Design and Methods in the Department of Political Science share equally in Public Affairs (3 cr.) or delivering public policy as the major field of preparation • POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 and specialization. Students in the Public Policy Program cr.) select two concentration areas—one from SPEA and 356 May 26, 2016 one from Political Science—in addition to the required The candidate prepares a dissertation proposal to present concentration in public policy. and defend in a meeting of the Research Committee. The Research Committee reviews the research proposal and The fields of concentration include the following: requires changes as needed. SPEA Political Science Once the dissertation research is completed, the Environmental Policy American Politics candidate defends the thesis in an open oral examination Policy Analysis Comparative Politics meeting. The Research Committee is ultimately Public Management International Relations responsible for determining whether the dissertation is acceptable. Public Finance Political Philosophy Political Theory and Placement Methodology The Ph.D. Office, the director of the program, and individual faculty work hard to ensure that graduates Course offerings in SPEA and Political Science help of the program are placed in academic or research the student prepare for examinations in these fields, organizations. Graduates of the Joint Program in Public and students supplement their coursework with directed Policy have been very successful in obtaining such readings and research. There is no predetermined set positions. Recent placements include George Washington of courses required of all students. Course selection is University, Emory University, Ohio State University, the the responsibility of the student working with his or her University of Arizona, Ulsan University (South Korea), Progress Review Committee. the University of Massachusetts, the U.S. Agency for International Development, and the University of Major Junctures Washington. Progress Review Committee The Progress Review Committee consists of from four to Qualifying Exams six faculty members. Two SPEA faculty must be selected After completing the course work for a field, the student for the SPEA concentration and two Political Science is eligible to take the qualifying exam for that field. Joint faculty for the Political Science concentration. For the Ph.D. Program students are required to take the field shared public policy concentration there must be one exam for their Political Science field at the time scheduled SPEA and one Political Science faculty member. One by the Department. Field exams in Political Science are faculty member is chosen by the student to act as the usually offered twice a year, and are announced well chair of the committee. The chairperson serves as the in advance. SPEA field exams are also standardized student’s mentor and guides the student through the and offered at set times, usually twice per year, and are Progress Review and qualifying examination process. coordinated by an exam coordinator for each field. The Before the meeting of the Progressive Review Committee, joint public policy exam is not standardized, but is instead the student develops a Progress Review Statement. The a personalized exam requiring one examiner from SPEA statement needs to include background professional and one from Political Science. Each student selects and educational information, course work completed and his/her examiners, and negotiates with them the set of planned in each concentration and for basic and advanced readings, possible exam questions, and exam dates and tool skills, and tentative dates for taking qualifying exams format. and a discussion of a proposed dissertation topic. Once Students will receive a high pass, pass, qualified pass, approved by the committee, the statement serves as a or a fail for each of the three exams. Students receiving contract for the completion of degree requirements. a qualified pass will either be asked to re-take portions Qualifying Examinations of the exam, or complete an oral examination. Upon completion of the exam, signatures of the Committee The Political Science Department gives field exams on members and the Program Director are required on the a regular basis. SPEA also offers qualifying exams on Report of Preliminary Examination Committee form. a regular basis. Typically, exams are offered twice per year. For the public policy exam, each student’s exam Faculty schedule is negotiated with their exam committee. At their Director discretion, examiners for all fields may also require an oral examination. Professor Sergio Fernandez* Dissertation Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University After filing for candidacy status, the doctoral candidate Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct forms a Research Committee consisting of at least four doctoral dissertations.) faculty members. Two of the members must be School of Public and Environmental Affairs faculty and two Department of Political Science must be from Political Science. This committee may, but will not necessarily, be identical to the Progress See listing under Political Science. Review Committee. The selection of Research Committee School of Public and Environmental Affairs members should reflect the dissertation topic and expertise of the faculty chosen. See listing under Public Affairs. Academic Advisor May 26, 2016 357

Professor Evan J. Ringquist*, SPEA 223, (812) 855-0732 No grades below B (3.0) will be counted toward this degree. Religious Studies Fields of Specialization College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] A doctoral student specializes in one of the fields of study that have recognized faculty advisory committees (e.g., Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~relstud/ region, tradition, or methodological approach). Each field (Please note that when conferring University Graduate has its own specific requirements, including required School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The courses, language skills, and qualifying examination University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements structures and bibliographies, which are determined by contained only in The University Graduate School the faculty in that field. For the currently available fields Bulletin.) of study, their faculty members, and their requirements, see the department’s Web site and the Guide for Graduate Curriculum Students in Religious Studies, which is available from the department office. With the approval of the department’s Degrees Offered graduate studies committee, a student may combine two Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy fields or declare a special field of study and form an ad- Special Departmental Requirements hoc advisory committee for it. (See also general University Graduate School Course and Research Requirements requirements.) Doctoral students must earn 90 hours of graduate credit, Graduate Record Examination General Test. In addition, no more than 30 of which may be transferred from other Ph.D. applicants must submit a writing sample. Specific institutions. The department allows up to 30 hours of M.A. deadlines and expectations are spelled out in the Student credit toward the doctorate, which means that doctoral Guide, available from the department office and on the students must earn 60 hours of credit beyond the M.A. Up department’s Web site. to 30 of the total 90 credit hours may be designated as thesis hours (R799). Master of Arts Degree All doctoral students, regardless of field of specialization, Grades are required to take R665 if they did not do so during B (3.0) average; B or higher for each course. an M.A. at Indiana University. All students must take a second thematic, methodological, or cross-cultural Course Requirements seminar in the department; the director of graduate A total of 30 credit hours, including R665, at least 2 other studies will identify in advance courses that satisfy this 600- or 700-level seminars. No credit hours older than five requirement. Additional course requirements beyond the years can count. M.A. degree include 12 credit hours at the 700 level; R790 (a one-credit hour course devoted to the development of M.A. students must also complete an approved revision teaching skills); and an outside minor (normally 12 credit of a research paper, between 20-30 pages in length hours). (not counting endnotes). The original paper will normally develop out of one of your 600-level (or 700-level) Doctoral students are required to produce two revised seminars but may grow out of another research project. research papers prior to taking the qualifying examination. These papers will normally develop out of 700-level Language Work seminars, although they may grow out of other research projects as well. Papers should be modeled on a All M.A. students must demonstrate reading proficiency in submission to a refereed journal in the student’s field one of the two modern languages of scholarship required of study and should follow that journal’s requirements for the Ph.D. (French or German). Another language for length and documentation (e.g., Chicago Manual may be substituted with the approval of the Director of of Style, Turabian, MLA, SBL Handbook of Style). A Graduate Studies and the student's advisors. Students faculty member must approve each research paper may demonstrate proficiency in French, German, or for the student’s file, but a student may not secure Spanish by any of the three methods normally sanctioned approval for both papers from the same faculty member. by the University Graduate School. They may demonstrate Length is normally 20–30 pages, exclusive of endnotes. proficiency in other languages by successful completion An approved research paper may not be a language of course work through the intermediate level or by translation, a bibliographical essay, a text edition, or a set departmental examination. of field notes. Annotated translations may be accepted Doctor of Philosophy Degree with the approval of the graduate studies committee. Admission Requirements Language Work (1) Completion of an M.A. degree in the study of religion at All candidates will be required to show proficiency in two Indiana University or another recognized institution, (2) a modern languages of scholarship (French and German) superior record in religious studies, (3) proficiency in one and any necessary primary source languages required by of the required languages, and (4) review and approval their field. Other modern languages may be substituted by a field committee consisting of faculty in the student’s for French or German with the approval of the director of major area of interest. graduate studies and the student’s advisors. Proficiency Grades 358 May 26, 2016 in primary source languages is demonstrated through Asma Afsaruddin* (Near Eastern Languages and methods determined by the faculty in the student’s field. Cultures), Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Daniel Conkle* (School of Law), Devin DeWeese* Qualifying Examinations (Central Eurasian Studies), Paul Gutjahr* (English), The faculty advisory committee in the student’s field Edward Linenthal* (History), Herbert Marks* (Comparative sets and supervises the qualifying examination after the Literature) student has completed all residency requirements. The Adjunct Associate Professors exam consists of a total of 12 hours of written exams, which are divided into 3 or more parts, followed by an Patricia Ingham* (English) oral exam, all taken within a 3-week period. The exam is initially taken in its entirety, but it may be retaken Director of Graduate Studies once as a whole or in part at the discretion of the faculty Associate Professor Aaron Stalnaker*, Sycamore Hall 219 committee. Courses Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program Methodological Seminars If a doctoral student falls below a 3.0 (B) grade point REL-R 661 Religion and Social Criticism (4 cr.) Religion average, fails either the written or oral parts of the and social practices, with emphasis on normativity, qualifying examination two times, or otherwise fails to culture, and the self. make satisfactory progress toward the degree, the director of graduate studies, in consultation with the student’s REL-R 662 Cross-Cultural Study of Religion (4 cr.) The advisory committee, can initiate steps to terminate the comparative study of religion. student’s enrollment in the program. REL-R 663 Textual Interpretation (4 cr.) Reading Final Examination religion. Oral defense of dissertation. REL-R 664 Religion and History (4 cr.) Thinking historically about religion. Ph.D. Minor in Religious Studies Students electing the study of religion as an outside minor REL-R 665 Interpretations of Religion (4 cr.) in a doctoral program will be required to complete 12 Major theories and current problems. Required of all credit hours of course work. A maximum of 6 credit hours departmental graduate students. may be transferred from other institutions or taken from REL-R 761 Religion and Social Criticism (3 cr.) Meets cross-listed courses. At least 6 credit hours are to be concurrently with R661, with additional reading and taken in the department. research assignments. Faculty REL-R 762 Cross-Cultural Study of Religion (4 cr.) Chairperson Meets concurrently with R662, with additional reading and research assignments. Professor Winnifred Sullivan* REL-R 763 Textual Interpretation (4 cr.) Meets concur- Graduate Faculty rently with R663, with additional reading and research (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University assignments. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) REL-R 764 Religion and History (4 cr.) Meets concurrently with R664, with additional reading and Chancellor’s Professor research assignments. Stephen J. Stein* (Emeritus) Religious Traditions West Professors REL-R 511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) Survey of scholarship related to specific subfield of ancient Israelite James Ackerman* (Emeritus), Candy Gunther Brown*, religion. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. David L. Haberman*, James Hart* (Emeritus), Gerald J. Larson* (Emeritus), Shaul Magid*, David Smith* REL-R 521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) Study of (Emeritus), Mary Jo Weaver* (Emerita) the New Testament, early Christian history and thought, or the religious milieu of late antiquity, with special attention Associate Professors to issues of methodology and critical scholarship. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Constance Furey*, R. Kevin Jaques*, Rebecca Manring*, Richard Nance, Jeremy Schott, Stephen Selka*, Lisa REL-R 531 Studies in Christian History (3 cr.) Study of Sideris*, Aaron Stalnaker* primary and secondary sources in select eras of Western Christian history, such as the medieval, Renaissance, Assistant Professors Reformation, and early modern periods. May be repeated Heather Blair, M. Cooper Harriss, Nur Amali Ibrahim, for credit when topics vary. Sarah Imhoff, Michael Ing, Patrick Michelson, Jason REL-R 532 Studies of Religion in American Culture Mokhtarian, Eva Mroczek, Sonia Velázquez (3 cr.) Study of selected topics in the history of religious Adjunct Professors life and thought in America. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. May 26, 2016 359

REL-R 533 Selected Topics in Modern Christian continuities, changes, and contemporary issues. May be Thought (3 cr.) Topics on figures and movements: Barth, repeated once for credit when topics vary. Berdyaev, Newman, Teilhard de Chardin, Niebuhr, and Tillich; Catholic modernism; Protestant liberalism and REL-R 714 Studies in Jewish Thought and Culture neo-orthodoxy; Vatican Council II and its aftermath; (4 cr.) An examination of various dimensions of Jewish developments in Eastern Orthodoxy. May be repeated for thought and culture from the Middle Ages to the present. credit when topics vary. The course will focus on the development of philosophical and theological response to the medieval and/or modern REL-R 535 Studies in Greco-Roman Religion (3 cr.) period, paying attention to comparative and cross-cultural Study of Greek and Roman religious history and thought, questions. with special attention to issues of methodology and source material. Topics may vary. REL-R 733 Advanced Study in Ancient Religions (4 cr.) Meets concurrently with R633, with additional REL-R 541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) readings in primary languages. Study of various aspects of medieval and modern Jewish literature, religion, and thought. May be repeated for REL-R 736 Advanced Readings in Early Christian credit when topics vary. Religious Texts (1-4 cr.) Readings in primary language- Greek, Syriac, or other texts from early Christianity. May REL-R 553 Studies in Islam (3 cr.) Selected topics in take the form of a seminar or of individually directed the history of Muslim society and institutions, sectarian readings. May be repeated for credit when different texts developments, law, theology, mysticism, popular piety, are read and with consent of instructor. and reform movements in medieval and modern contexts. May be repeated when topics vary. Religious Traditions East REL-R 547 Meditation Traditions of India (3 cr.) Survey REL-R 610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion and analysis of the practice of meditation in Hindu, (4 cr.) Issues in the literature, history, and religion of Buddhist, and Jain traditions of India. Focus on the ancient Israel from its origins to the rise of rabbinic philosophical and structural basis of meditation and the Judaism and Christianity. May be repeated when topics relation of meditation to the monastic traditions of India. vary. The role of the holy person and importance of the guru- student relationship. REL-R 615 The Bible in Literature Courses (4 cr.) The historical-cultural background of the biblical period, literary REL-R 551 Religions of South Asia (3 cr.) Study of the analysis of the Bible, and analysis of modern literature major religious traditions of India: Hinduism, Buddhism, dependent on the Bible. Designed for teachers of English. Jainism. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 620 Ancient and Medieval Christianity (4 cr.) REL-R 552 Studies in Buddhism (3 cr.) Topics include Issues in the history and literature of early Christianity, the history of Buddhist thought, practice, literature, from its origins through the early medieval period. May be and institutions. Areas covered regularly include the repeated for credit when topic varies. Prajnaparamita and Ratnakuta literature, lay and monastic roles in Mahayana Buddhism, images of women in REL-R 630 Historical Studies (4 cr.) Development Buddhist literature, and aspects of early Buddhist thought. of Western religions in their cultural settings. May be May be repeated for credit when topics vary. repeated once for credit when topics vary. REL-R 554 Religions of East Asia (3 cr.) Study of REL-R 633 Colloquium in Ancient Religions (4 cr.) historical, interpretive, or philosophical issues in one Themes and issues in the study of the religions of the period, genre, or aspect of an East Asian religion. May be ancient Mediterranean and Near East. May be repeated repeated for credit when topics vary. for credit when topic varies. REL-R 649 Issues in the Study of Chinese Religions REL-R 635 Colloquium on North American Religious (3 cr.) Introduction to bibliographic materials, research History (4 cr.) Examination and discussion of selected problems, history of the field, and current issues. Includes historiography in the field of North American religious a condensed overview of Chinese religious history from history. May be repeated for credit once when topics vary. the earliest records to the present. REL-R 636 Evangelical and Charismatic Christianity REL-R 650 The Hindu Tradition (4 cr.) Selected topics in in the Americas (4 cr.) Critical readings in the historical Hindu religious history: sects, institutions, texts, doctrines, emergence and dramatic recent growth of evangelical periods. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. and charismatic Christianity in the United States, with comparative attention to Canada and Latin America. REL-R 651 South Asian Buddhism (4 cr.) topics in South and Southeast Asian Buddhism from the earliest to REL-R 644 History and Culture in Islam (4 cr.) the modern period. May be repeated for credit when topics Selected topics focusing on critical approaches to vary. Islamic historiography, canon formation, modes of religious authority, scriptural and other forms of textual REL-R 653 The Confucian Tradition (4 cr.) Selected interpretation, epistemology, and theological discourse. topics in Confucianism: history, philosophy, literature, May be repeated once for credit when topics vary. authors. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 652 Colloquium on Religion in the West REL-R 654 The Daoist Tradition (4 cr.) Selected topics (4 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Readings and research in the Daoist tradition. May be repeated for credit when on patterns of religious life and thought in the West: topics vary. 360 May 26, 2016

REL-R 655 East Asian Buddhism (4 cr.) Selected topics REL-R 581 Philosophical Approaches to Religion in the Buddhist traditions of East Asian countries. May be (3 cr.) Study of selected philosophers, philosophical repeated for credit when topics vary. movements, or philosophical themes as they relate to religious studies or theology. May be repeated for credit REL-R 656 Buddhism in Central Asia (4 cr.) when topics vary. P: Graduate-level background in Buddhism or Central Asian studies or consent of instructor. Issues in the history REL-R 604 Seminar in Cross-Cultural Philosophy of Buddhism in Central Asia (Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, of Religion (3 cr.) Critical analysis of issues in the Xinjiang) from King Ashoka (third century B.C.E.) to the philosophy of religion in comparative perspective. The coming of the Mongols (thirteenth century C.E.). May be manner in which philosophical issues are framed in repeated for credit when topics vary. Indian, European, Chinese-Japanese, and Middle Eastern thought. Attention to the critique of Orientalism and critical REL-R 657 Religion in Japan (4 cr.) Selected topics in theory in recent comparative philosophy. May be repeated Japanese religious history. May be repeated for credit for credit when topics vary. when topics vary. REL-R 670 History of Religious Ethics (3 cr.) Readings REL-R 658 Materials and Methods in Buddhist Studies of major ethical texts in key periods. Topics vary according (4 cr.) Introduction to bibliographic materials, research to major religious traditions. May be repeated for credit methods, and current issues in the field of Buddhist when topics vary. studies. Includes a condensed overview of the history of Buddhism from its origins to the present. REL-R 672 Religious Thought and Ethics (3 cr.) Key figures, issues, and movements. May be repeated for REL-R 659 Religion and Society in Asia (4 cr.) Selected credit when topics vary. topics in the interaction between religion and society in Asian countries. May be repeated for credit when topics REL-R 673 Religion and Violence (4 cr.) Topics course vary. on the relation between religious belief and practice and violence. Readings draw from ethics, history, and social REL-R 749 Issues in the Study of Chinese Religions theory. Topics include peace traditions; just-war tradition; (4 cr.) Meets concurrently with R649. In addition, students religious sacrifice; and cultural order. May be repeated will carry out research on appropriate Chinese materials in with consent of instructor. consultation with instructor. REL-R 674 Ethics and Ethos (4 cr.) Exploration of the REL-R 750 Advanced Readings in Asian Religious relation between ethics and ethos; that is, between human Texts (1-4 cr.) Readings in primary-language Chinese, agency and the social, political, and religious conditions in Japanese, Mongolian, Pali, Sanskrit, Tibetan, or other which that agency is exercised. Introduction to currents in texts. May take the form of a seminar or of individually moral theory presupposed in subsequent ethics courses. directed readings. May be repeated for credit when different texts are read and with consent of instructor. REL-R 675 Feminist Perspectives on Religious Traditions (4 cr.) Topics course that includes a focus on Critical Issues in Religious Studies one or more of the following: goddess traditions; Western REL-R 561 Social-Scientific Approaches to Religion or Eastern feminist theology; comparative feminist (3 cr.) Study of various social-scientific disciplines theology; feminist encounters with American religions; (psychology, sociology, anthropology) as their methods recovering women’s contributions to Eastern or Western and theories inform our understanding of religious religions. May be repeated for credit with permission of phenomena. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. instructor. REL-R 563 Religion in Literature (3 cr.) Study of REL-R 680 Religion and the Problems of Modernity religious issues raised in literary works. May be repeated (4 cr.) Topics course on problems posed to religion for credit when topics vary. by recent developments; e.g., disbelief, pluralism, REL-R 571 Studies in Religious Ethics (3 cr.) Selected secularization, technology, rapid socioeconomic and readings in religious thought and morality. May be political change, class conflict, historical consciousness. repeated for credit when topics vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 574 From Christian Ethics to Social Criticism Other I (3 cr.) Christian ethics from the early modern period REL-R 590 Directed Readings in Religious Studies through the twentieth century, followed by the emergence (1-6 cr.) of comparative religious ethics. Readings include biblical REL-R 600 Methods in Religious Studies (4 cr.) sources and early Christian teachings, the patristic period, Seminar in methodology; e.g., historiography, Augustine, Bernard of Clairvaux, Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, interpretation theory, ethnography in the study of religion. radical reformers, and Enlightenment Christianity. May be repeated when topics vary. REL-R 755 From Christian Ethics to Social Criticism REL-R 601 Historical Interactions of Religion (4 cr.) II (3 cr.) Christian ethics from the early modern period Study of secondary and primary literature (in translation) through the twentieth century, followed by the emergence on interaction between two or more religious cultures. of comparative religious ethics. Readings include May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Edwards, Schleiermacher, Kierkegaard, Barth, modern Catholics and Protestants, and various contributors to the REL-R 602 Cross-Cultural Topics (4 cr.) Study of rise of religious ethics and social criticism. selected myths, rituals, institutions, or doctrines, in May 26, 2016 361 different cultural settings. May be repeated for credit theological thought. May be repeated for credit when when topics vary. topics vary. REL-R 603 Seminar in Comparative Mysticism (4 cr.) REL-R 790 Departmental Teaching Practicum (1 cr.) Critical and comparative analysis of selected mystical Preparation of syllabus, bibliography, assignments, and traditions from India, Europe, China-Japan, and the Middle exams for undergraduate religion courses. East. Typologies of mysticism will be studied together with an attempt to formulate a critical definition of “mysticism.” REL-R 791 Advanced Critical and Ethical Study May be repeated for credit when topics vary. (1-4 cr.) Individually directed reading and research for doctoral students in critical and ethical problems in REL-R 638 Religious Dissent (4 cr.) Selected topics religion. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. in the study of dissenting religious traditions. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary. REL-R 792 Advanced Cross-Cultural Study (1-4 cr.) Individually directed reading and research for doctoral REL-R 660 Religion and Culture (4 cr.) Religious students in cross-cultural study of religions. May be dimensions of cultural phenomena. May be repeated for repeated for credit when topics vary. credit when topics vary. REL-R 793 Advanced Biblical Study (1-4 cr.) REL-R 698 Master’s Research Project (3-6 cr.) **These Individually directed reading and research for doctoral courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Study of religious students in biblical interpretation. May be repeated for texts. credit when topics vary. REL-R 699 Thesis (M.A.) (1-6 cr.) **These courses are REL-R 794 Advanced Historical Study (1-4 cr.) eligible for a deferred grade. Individually directed reading and research for doctoral students in historical study of religious traditions. May be Doctoral repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 711 Religion and Scripture (3 cr.) Selected topics on the nature, function, and interpretation of REL-R 799 Ph.D. Thesis (1-30 cr.) scripture, both oral and written, within specific religious traditions or in cross-cultural perspective. May be Cross Listed repeated for credit when topics vary. INST-I 580 Women in South Asian Religious Traditions (3 cr.) An historical view of the officially sanctioned roles REL-R 713 Historical Studies in Western Religions for women in several religious traditions in South Asia, and (4 cr.) Selected topics in the histories of Judaism, women’s efforts to become agents and participants in the Christianity, or Islam in the ancient and medieval periods, religious expressions of their own lives. with study of primary sources in the original language(s). May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Renaissance Studies REL-R 735 North American Religions (4 cr.) Research College of Arts and Sciences on selected topics. May be repeated once for credit when Departmental E-mail: [email protected] topic changes. Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~rena/ REL-R 738 Modern Religious History (4 cr.) An (Please note that when conferring University Graduate investigation of developments in religion in the modern School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The period (mid-seventeenth century to the present) in University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements a variety of religious and cultural settings. Topics contained only in The University Graduate School include Catholicism and modernity; modern Protestant Bulletin.) Christianity; religious development in China, India, or Japan in the postcolonial period. May be repeated for Curriculum credit when topics vary. Graduate Area Certificate in Renaissance Studies REL-R 744 Women and Religion (4 cr.) Research Renaissance Studies offers an area certificate, which seminar on selected topics from ancient, medieval, or enables doctoral students to investigate Renaissance modern period in any religious traditions, or in comparative civilization more extensively than in the Ph.D minor religious traditions. May be repeated once for credit when program. topic changes. Course Requirements REL-R 770 Social Ethics (4 cr.) Research seminar on selected topics, including subtraditions in religion, Nine courses in the Renaissance period: R501, R502, two historical developments in a religious tradition, courses outside the home department, and five courses comparative religious ethics, medical ethics. May be in any other department. The selection of courses not repeated with consent of instructor. in the student’s major department should be made in consultation with the chairperson of the Renaissance REL-R 780 Topics in Religious Philosophy (4 cr.) Studies Committee. A minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses A focus on selected authors (e.g., Plotinus, Augustine, that count toward the certificate. Husserl, Patanjali, Shankara, Chu Hsi) and/or philosophical movements (e.g., German idealism, Examination existentialism, phenomenology, yoga, Madhyamika None Buddhism, Vedanta) that are formative for religious or 362 May 26, 2016 Ph.D. Minor in Renaissance Studies Russian and East European Course Requirements Institute Four courses in the Renaissance period: R501, R502, School of Global and International Studies and two additional courses in any department. The selection of courses should be made in consultation with College of Arts and Sciences the chairperson of the Renaissance Studies Committee. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Students should also seek approval for the minor from Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~reeiweb/ their respective departments. A minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the minor. The Russian and East European Institute is affiliated with the new School of Global and International Studies Examination (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to None providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in Faculty the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS emphasize language Graduate Faculty proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty doctoral dissertations.) and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources Judith Anderson* (English); Penelope Anderson (English); of the School of Global and International Studies see Marco Arnaudo* (French and Italian); Domenico Bertoloni http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Meli* (History and Philosophy of Science); Hall Bjornstad (French and Italian); J. Peter Burkholder* (Musicology); (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Alison Calhoun (French and Italian); Linda Charnes* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (English); Andrea Ciccarelli* (French and Italian); Stephen University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Conrad* (Law); Amy Cook* (Theatre, Drama, and contained only in The University Graduate School Contemporary Dance); Arthur Field* (History); Robert Bulletin.) Fulk* (English); Constance Furey* (Religious Studies); Curriculum Shannon Gayk (English); Adelheid Gealt* (History of Art); Ryan Giles (Spanish and Portuguese); Patricia Degree Programs Ingham* (English); Hildegard H. Keller* (Germanic The Russian and East European Institute (REEI) offers Studies); Giles Knox* (History of Art); Catherine Larson* two Master of Arts programs in Russian and East (Spanish and Portuguese); Nancy Levene* (Religious European studies tracks, five dual degree programs, and Studies); Joan Pong Linton* (English); Karma Lochrie* one joint degree program. (English); Ellen McKay (English); Eric MacPhail* (French and Italian); Kathleen Myers* (Spanish and Portuguese); • Master of Arts and Master of Business William Newman* (History and Philosophy of Science); Administration with the Kelley School of Business Timothy W. O’Connor* (Philosophy); Massimo Ossi* • Master of Arts and Master of Library Science with (Musicology); Bret Rothstein* (History of Art); Kathleen the Department of Information and Library Science Rowold* (Apparel Merchandising and Interior Design); • Master of Arts and Master of Information Science Massimo Scalabrini* (French and Italian); Robert with the Department of Information and Library Schneider* (History); Ayana Smith* (Musicology); Paul Science Spade* (Philosophy); Rebecca Spang* (History); H. • Master of Arts and Master of Public Affairs with the Wayne Storey* (French and Italian); Sarah Van der Laan School of Public and Environmental Affairs (Comparative Literature); Steven Wagschal* (Spanish and • Master of Arts and Master of Public Health with the Portuguese); Geivanni Zanovello* (Musicology); David School of Public Health Zaret* (Sociology) • Master of Arts and Master of Arts with the School of Courses Journalism • Master of Arts and Master of Science in Security REN-R 501 The Culture of the Renaissance (4 cr.) Informatics with the School of Informatics and A cross-cultural course that examines the European Computing Renaissance as a whole. • Master of Arts and Juris Doctorate with Maurer REN-R 502 Topics in Renaissance Civilization (4 cr.) School of Law A cross-cultural course in which specific topics, problems, The Russian and East European Institute master’s and themes are analyzed in the context of the European program gives students a broad understanding of the Renaissance as a whole. May be repeated. geographical area and its peoples while providing the REN-R 503 Independent Projects in Renaissance opportunity to examine in depth the aspect of Russian (3-4 cr.) Independent projects on Renaissance topics for and East European studies that most interests them. advanced research to be chosen in consultation with the The dual degrees add high-level professional training. chairperson of the Renaissance Studies Committee. Students may focus on the study of Russia, another country or region of the former Soviet Union, or East Central or Southeastern Europe. Within their chosen geographic area, students may concentrate on the study of a particular discipline (business, history, library science, May 26, 2016 363 information science, political science, literature, public Students are expected to demonstrate at least affairs, or some other) while also taking courses outside intermediate oral competency in an approved area of that discipline. REEI also offers a Graduate Certificate language through oral examination. Proficiency is Program and a Ph.D. Minor Program. For information on measured through a conversational exam on a variety of the History M.A. in Russian and East European History, topics, including but not limited to home, school, history, see the History Department. current events, and a student's research. Assessment of proficiency demonstrate the ability to handle successfully Master of Arts Degree uncomplicated tasks and social situations requiring an The REEI master’s degree program is intended to prepare exchange of basic information related to their work, area specialists for nonacademic careers in government school, recreation, particular interests, and areas of and private-sector fields such as research and foreign aid, competence. Reading proficiency is demonstrated by or in exchange organizations, journalism, and business. the required use of area language source materials for Students may also choose to follow the REEI degree students' MA Essay. To achieve this, students ordinarily with advanced graduate studies. The program normally continue their language training while at IU. For more takes two years to complete. Its aim is to provide a broad information on the exam, please contact the REEI Advisor. interdisciplinary introduction to the Russian and East European area, with language competency appropriate An approved area language is any language that is used for professional research. REEI also offers a Mid-Career with regularity in the geographic region covered by REEI. Professional Track M.A. degree in Russian and East These include, but are not limited to: Bosnian, Croatian, European area studies, which aims to add to and refine Czech, Estonian, Finnish, Greek (Modern), Hungarian, the area expertise professional and commissioned officers Polish, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Ukrainian, and have acquired through their career. Yiddish. For more information, please contact an REEI Advisor. Admission Requirements Language hours do not count towards the necessary Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and credit hours for an REEI MA degree unless otherwise completion of the Graduate Record Examination. Students stated in the degree plan information. Up to 6 hours of who intend to specialize in East Central, European, languages coursework is approved for use towards the Southeast European, or Central Asian studies do not need Mid-Career Professional Subplan degree plan. previous study in languages of those areas for admission. For work in Russian area studies, proficiency in Russian Mid-Career Professional M.A. track (M.A.) language equivalent to two years of college study is Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work to be required. distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits]; (2) from Course Requirements area studies offerings, one each from the social science Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work to be group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural group, distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and literature group; (3) three courses [3 credits each] and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken in the area of concentration (these courses should be the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses selected in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor). [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one each One of these courses will be R601 Colloquium in Russian from the social science group, historical/geographical and East European Area Studies; and (4) two language group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) four courses, relevant to the student's concentration, taken at courses [3 credits each] in the area of concentration. the graduate level [up to 6 credits]. The concentration can be disciplinary (e.g., comparative All course requirements must be completed with an politics, or business and economics); or it can be average grade of B or above. geographic (e.g., East Central Europe or Russia); and (4) REEI R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and M.A. Culminating Presentation East European Studies [3 credits]. All course requirements must be completed with an average grade of B or above. For this track, a Master's Essay is not required, but Mid- Career Professional Track students will submit two pieces M.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination of work, totaling 25-30 pages in length, to a committee of REEI affiliated professors to review. They will also make The paper by a student in the Interdisciplinary Colloquium a presentation on their research to an appropriate venue, in Russian and East European Studies (R601) including but not limited to REEI-R600, REEI-R601, etc. usually becomes the M.A. essay. The essay must be interdisciplinary in focus and use research in the language Language Requirements of concentration as a defining element. In other words, the foreign language sources must form part of the foundation Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency on which the argument of the essay rests. Three REEI Examination in one area language (same as for the faculty members evaluate the essay and administer Master of Arts degree--please see previous description). an oral examination that explores the interdisciplinary Dual Degree Programs implications of the essay within the context of the student’s Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European graduate course work. The essay should not exceed Studies and Master of Business Administration (M.A./ 13,000 words in length (not counting footnotes/endnotes, bibliography, or tabular material). M.B.A.) The Russian and East European Institute and the Kelley Language Requirement School of Business jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual master’s degree. Study 364 May 26, 2016 for the dual degree (M.A./M.B.A.) can be combined Master of Information Science degree. Students must be for a total of 66 credit hours rather than the 84 credit accepted by both units to be admitted to the program. hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All dual-degree students should expect to pay University REEI Course Requirements Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken awarded simultaneously. the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits Admission Requirements each] from area studies offerings, one each from the social science group, historical/geographical group, Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) S629 Topics application must also be made to the Kelley School in Information Sources and Services: Slavic Bibliography of Business for study toward the Master of Business or S542 International Information Issues [either S629 or Administration degree. Students must be accepted by both S542 or R610 should include a web-based bibliography units in order to be admitted to the program. project.]; (4) S605 Internship in Information and Library Science, [research must be conducted in an area pertinent REEI Course Requirements to REEI]; and (5) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Information and Library Science Course Requirements and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 Thirty-six (36) credit hours of graduate course work. Full credits each] from area studies offerings, one each from information on the M.I.S. curriculum is contained in the the social science group, historical/geographical group, Department of Information and Library Science Bulletin. sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) two courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of international M.A./M.I.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral business management. These courses should be selected Examination in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor; (4) Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East committee should consist of REEI and Department of European Studies [3 credits]. Information and Library Science professors. Business Course Requirements Language Requirement Forty-two (42) credit hours of graduate courses. Full Successful completion of the REEI Oral Proficiency information on the M.B.A. curriculum is contained in the Examination in one area language (same as for the Kelley School of Business Bulletin. Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). M.A./M.B.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European Examination Studies and Master of Library Science Degree (M.A./ Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except the M.A. M.L.S.) essay committee should consist of REEI and Kelley The Russian and East European Institute and the School of Business professors. Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Language Requirements master’s degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.L.S.) Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency can be combined for a total of 54 credit hours rather than Examination in one area language (same as for the the 66 credit hours required for the two degrees taken Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). separately. All dual degree students should expect to pay University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional Studies and Master of Information Science (M.A./ school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must M.I.S.) be awarded simultaneously. The Russian and East European Institute and the Admissions Requirements Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that master’s degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.I.S.) application must also be made to the Department of can be combined for a total of 60 credit hours rather than Information and Library Science for study toward the the 72 credit hours required for the two degrees taken Master of Library Science degree. Students must be separately. All dual-degree students should expect to pay accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately program. half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must REEI Course Requirements be awarded simultaneously. Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to Admissions Requirements be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses application must also be made to the Department of [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one each Information and Library Science for study toward the from the social science group, historical/geographical May 26, 2016 365 group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) S605 Thirty-six (36) credit hours of graduate course work. Full Internship in Information and Library Science; research information on the M.P.A. curriculum is contained in the must be conducted in an area pertinent to REEI; (4) School of Public and Environmental Affairs Bulletin. S629 Topics in Information Sources and Services: Slavic Bibliography; and (5) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in M.A./M.P.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. Examination Information and Library Science Course Requirements Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work. Full committee should consist of REEI and School of Public information on the M.L.S. curriculum is contained in the and Environmental Affairs professors. Department of Information and Library Science Bulletin. Language Requirements M.A./M.L.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency Examination Examination in one area language (same as for the Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). committee should consist of REEI and Department of Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European Information and Library Science professors. Studies and Master of Public Health (M.A./M.P.H.) Language Requirement The Russian and East European Institute and the School of Public Health (SPH) jointly offer a three-year program Successful completion of the Russian and East European that qualifies students for a dual Master’s degree. Study Institute Oral Proficiency Examination in one area for the dual degree (M.A./M.P.H.) can be combined for language (same as for the Master of Arts degree—please a total of 56 credit hours instead of the 70 credit hours see previous description). required for the two degrees taken separately. All dual- Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European degree students should expect to pay graduate tuition rates for approximately half of their enrolled semester at Studies and Master of Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) IU and professional school tuition rates for for the other The Russian and East European Institute and the School half. Both degrees must be awarded simultaneously. of Public and Environmental Affairs jointly offer a three- year program that qualifies students for a dual master’s Admissions Requirements degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.P.A.) can be combined for a total of 60 credit hours rather than the 78 Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. degree except that students must also apply to the The first semester of course work toward the dual Master’s program of the School of Public Health (SPH) degree should be completed in the School of Public and and meet its established M.P.H. admissions criteria. Environmental Affairs to complete prerequisite courses Students must be accepted for admissions to both units in that are offered only in the fall. All dual-degree students order to be admitted to the program. should expect to pay University Graduate School tuition REEI Course Requirements rates for approximately half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Required are twenty-seven (27) credit hours of graduate Both degrees must be awarded simultaneously. course work to be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies Admissions Requirements [3 credits]; (2) four courses [3 credits each] from area Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that studies offerings, one each from the social science application must also be made to the School of Public group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master of group, and literature group; (3) at least 10 credits in Public Affairs degree. Students must be accepted by both the area of concentration, as described below; and (4) units to be admitted to the program. R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. REEI Course Requirements All course requirements must be completed with an Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to average grade of B or above. be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits]; (2) four SPH/REEI Concentration courses [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one The Concentration consists of ten (10) credit hours, at each from the social science group, historical/geographical least 2 credits of which must be taken in the College. group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) two Suggested courses include: (1) SPH-B 589 Social and courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of Behavioral Determinants of Health; (2) SPH-B 602 public and environmental affairs (these courses should be Intervention Design in Public Health; (3) SPH-B 698 selected in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor M.P.H. Culminating Experience in Behavioral, Social, and they may not count toward the credit hours required and Community Health; or (4) SPH-B 696 M.P.H. Field for the Master of Public Affairs); and (4) R601 Interdis- Experience in Behavioral, Social, and Community Health. ciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East European The student is expected to have a Russian and East Studies [3 credits]. European focus in these courses. These courses will Public and Environmental Affairs Course count towards both the REEI and the SPH portion of the Requirements degree. Public Health Course Requirements 366 May 26, 2016

Thirty-eight (38) credit hours of graduate course work are Successful completion of the REEI Oral Proficiency required, including 9 of the credits in the SPH/REE area Examination in one area language (same as for the of concentration, referenced above. Full information on Master of Arts degree-please see previous description). the M.P.H. curriculum is contained in the School of Public Health Bulletin. Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European Studies and Master of Science in Security Informatics M.A./M.P.H. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Exam (M.A./M.S.) Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts The Russian and East European Institute and the School degree, except the M.A. essay committee should consist of Informatics and Computing jointly offer a three-year of REEI and School of Public Health professors. program that qualifies students for a dual Master's degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.S.) can be combined Language Requirements for a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency dual-degree students should expect to pay University Examination in one area language (same as for the Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be Studies and Master of Arts in Journalism (M.A./M.A.) awarded simultaneously. The Russian and East European Institute and the School Admissions Requirements of Journalism jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Master's degree. Study Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that for the dual degree (M.A./M.A.) can be combined for application must also be made to the School of Informatics a total of 51-52 credit hours rather than the 60 credit and Computing for study toward the Master of Science in hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All Security Informatics degree. Students must be accepted dual-degree students should expect to pay University by both units to be admitted to the program. Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of REEI Course Requirements their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be awarded simultaneously. distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Admissions Requirements the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits each] Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that from area studies offerings, one each from the social application must also be made to the School of Journalism science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural for study toward the Master of Arts in Journalism degree. group, and literature group; (3) two courses [3 credits Students must be accepted by both units to be admitted to each] in the concentration area of Security Studies (these the program. courses should be selected in consultation with the REEI Graduate Advisor and they may not count towards the REEI Course Requirements credit hours required for the Master of Science in Security Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be Informatics; (4) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. Security and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Informatics Course Requirements Thirty (30) credit hours the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits each] of graduate course work. Full information on the M.S. from area studies offerings, one each from the social curriculum is contained in the School of Informatics and science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural Computing Bulletin. group, and literature group; (3) two courses [3 credits M.A./M.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral each] in the concentration area of International Reporting Examination (these courses should be selected in consultation with the REEI Graduate Advisor and they may not count Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. towards the credit hours required for the Master of Arts essay committee should consist of REEI and School in Journalism; (4) R602 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in of Informatics and Computing professors. Language Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. Requirement Successful completion of the REEI Oral Proficiency Examination in one area language (same Journalism Course Requirements as for the Master of Arts degree-please see previous Twenty-seven (27) to twenty-eight (28) credit hours description). of graduate course work. Full information on the M.A. Joint Master of Arts in Russian and East European curriculum is contained in the School of Journalism Area Studies and Juris Doctorate (M.A./J.D.) Bulletin. The Russian and East European Institute and Maurer M.A./M.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Law School jointly offer a four-year program that qualifies Examination students for a joint degree plan, awarding the student an M.A. and J.D. Study for the joint degree (M.A./J.D.) can Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. be combined for a total of 106 credit hours rather than essay committee should consist of REEI and School of the 118 credit hours required for the two degrees taken Journalism professors. separately. Language Requirement May 26, 2016 367

The first year of course work toward the joint degree with a grade of at least a B. The courses must be planned should be completed in Maurer Law to complete in consultation with the graduate advisor or director of prerequisite courses. All joint-degree students shoud REEI. expect to pay University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of their enrolled semesters at I.U. and Portfolio Presentation professional school tuition rates for the other half. Both (1) Portfolio of work produced for class while at REEI, degrees must be awarded simultaneously. totaling 25-30 pages. See advisor for more information on Admissions Requirements portfolio approval and composition. Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts (2) Presentation of work. This presentation will reflective degree, except that application must also be made to of academic work while at REEI, bring the two portfolio Maurer Law School for study toward the Juris Doctorate papers together, and show how the student anticipates degree. Students must be accepted by both units to be his/her work at REEI will impact his/her future career. admitted to the program. Ph.D. Minor Program REEI Course Requirements Admissions Requirement Twenty-seven (27) credit hours of graduate course work to Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability. be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Students admitted to the institute must be admitted first and East European Area Studies [3 credits] (2) four by a department in which they will work simultaneously courses [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one for a Ph.D.; the minor is awarded only upon completion each from the social science group, historical/geographical of this degree, except in the case of students who have group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) three already earned an advanced degree at Indiana University courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of and who wish to add area specialization to competence in international law [these courses should be selected in their discipline. consultation with the REEI graduate advisor and they may Course Requirements not count toward the credit hours required for the Juris Doctorate]; and (4) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Three to five courses (3 credits each) from area studies Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. At least courses, with at least one course from three of the 20 credit hours must be taken in the College of Arts and four following groups: social science group, historical/ Sciences. All course requirements must be completed with geographical group, sociocultural group, and literature an average grade of B or above. group. The courses must be planned in consultation with the graduate advisor or director of REEI. Maurer Law School Course Requirements Courses Seventy-nine (79) credit hours of graduate course work. Full information on the J.D. curriculum is contained in the Institute Colloquiums Maurer Law School Bulletin. R500 Russian and East European Issues (1-4 cr.) M.A./J.D. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination Selected issues in Russian and East European history, politics, culture, economics, and society. Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except the M.A. essay committee should consist of REEI and Maurer Law R575 Graduate Readings in Russian and East School professors. European Studies (1-3 cr.) Consent of instructor and the director of the Russian and East European Institute Language Requirements required. Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Examination in one area Language (same as for the Area Studies (3 cr.) Introduction to the disciplines and Master of Arts degree--please see previous description). methodologies of Russian and East European area Graduate Certificate in Russian and East European studies. Area Studies R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East Admissions Requirements European Studies (1.5-3 cr.) Capstone course for the Russian and East European Institute master’s degree, Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and emphasizing readings in current problems and completion a graduate degree (Masters level or higher). Applicants of a major research paper. will also provide a personal statement that outlines their academic and career path. Applicants will provide R610 Seminar in International Librarianship: evidence of at least 2 years of study of an appropriate International Information Issues (3 cr.) Comparison of area language at the college level, or equivalent. information policies, information standards, and library systems as they affect commercial, scholarly, scientific, Course Requirements and political information contexts. (1) Fifteen [15] credit hours with at least one course [3 R620 Topics in Information, Literature, and credit hours] from all of the four following groups: social Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) P: science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural Knowledge of at least one Slavic language or consent of group, and literature group. All four distribution groups instructor. Selection and acquisition of Slavic materials; must be met, unless scheduling conflicts do not permit it special problems in organization and handling; Slavic as determined by the Advisor. In this case, at least three distribution groups must be met. Courses must be passed 368 May 26, 2016 bibliographies and other reference materials; online B575 Constitutional Design in Multiethnic Countries (REE bibliographic databases. area topics) (3 cr.) B755 European Union Law (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Courses Satisfying Distribution Requirements for the L675 Lessons of the Yugoslav Crisis (3 cr.) REEI M.A., M.A./M.B.A., M.A./M.I.S., M.A./M.L.S., M.A./ L793 Seminar in Human Rights (REE area topics) (3 cr.) M.P.A., M.A./M.P.H., M.A./M.A., M.A./M.S., J.D./M.A. Graduate Certificate, and Ph.D. Minor Political Science Y368 Russian and Soviet Foreign Policy (3 cr.) To receive graduate credit for 300- and 400-level Y382 Modern Political Thought (REE area topics) (3 cr.) courses, the course must be taught by a professor (not an Y557 Comparative Politics: Approaches and Issues (REE Associate Instructor), may require additional assignments, area topics) (3 cr.) and must receive prior departmental approval. Courses Y657 Comparative Politics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) listed in more than one section have varying topics. Y669 International Relations (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Group I (Social Science) Y673 Empirical Theory & Method. (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Business D503 International Business Environment(1.5 Y675 Political Philosophy (REE area topics) (3 cr.) cr.) Y681 Readings in Comparative Politics (REE area topics) D504 Operations of International Business (1.5 cr.) (1-4 cr.) D594 International Competitive Strategy (1.5 cr.) D595 International Management (1.5 cr.) Public and Environmental Affairs V524 Civil Society in F570 International Financial Markets (1.5 cr.) a Comparative Perspective (REE area topics) (3 cr.) L579 Cybersecurity Law and Policy (1.5 cr.) V550 Topics in Public Affairs (REE area topics) (3 cr.) F571 International Corporate Finance (1.5 cr.) V573 Comparative Public Management (3 cr.) M594 Global Marketing Management (3 cr.) V575 Comparative Public Management and Administration X575 Kelley International Finance Perspectives Field (3 cr.) Study V576 Approaches to Development (REE area topics) (3 X579 Managing Political Risk in East European Emerging cr.) Markets (1.5 cr.) V577 Intro Comparative and Int'l Affairs (REE area topics) X699 International Business and Culture (3 cr.) (3 cr.) V578 Int'l Economics, Strategy, and Trade Policy (REE Central Eurasian Studies R502 Finland in the Twentieth area topics) (3 cr.) Century (3 cr.) V589 Topics in Public Policy: Democratization and R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) Transformation in Eastern Europe and the Newly R515 Politics and Society in Central Asian (3 cr.) Independent States (3 cr.) R527 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) V710 International Public Policy (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R528 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) Russian and East European Institute R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) R500 Russian and East European Issues (3 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) European Studies W501 The Economics of European R589 Topics in Turkish Studies: Social Science Topics (3 Integration (3 cr.) cr.) W504 Model European Union (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R594 Environmental Problems & Social Constraints in N W605 Topics in West European Studies (REE area topic) and Central Eurasia (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R595 Politics of Identity (3 cr.) R599 Central Eurasian Studies (3 cr.) Group II (Historical/Geographical) R693 The Problems of Nationalism (3 cr.) R697 Soviet and Post-Soviet Nationality Policies and Central Eurasian Studies R501 The Baltic States since Problems (3 cr.) 1918 (3 cr.) R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Social Science R502 Finland in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) R510 Intro to Central Asian History (REE area topic) (3 Economics E501 Seminar in Economics: Soviet-Type cr.) Economies in Transition (3 cr.) R513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (REE area E698 Comparative Economics and Economics of topics) )3 cr.) Transition (3 cr.) R515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Education H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topic) (3 H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) cr.) Graduate I701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues and R547 East Central European Cities in Comparative Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) Perspectives (3 cr.) I702 Independent Study in Global Studies (1-4 cr.) R549 Topics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) I705 Multidisciplinary Graduate Seminar in Human Rights R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Law B523 War Crimes (previously approved topics R583 Ottoman Classical Age 1300-1600: Ten Sultans, include: The Milosevic Trial and Trying Slobodan One Empire (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Milosevic) (3 cr.) R593 The Mongol Conquest (3 cr.) B565 International Criminal Law (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R596 Rus, Khazar, and Bulgars (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 369

R599 Selected Topics in Central Eurasian Studies: R564 Shamanism and Folk Religion of the Mongols (3 cr.) Historical Topics (3 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) R584 Topics in Turkish Studies: Sociocultural Topics (3 R612 Central Asia under Russian Rule (3 cr.) cr.) R613 Central Asia in the 16th-19th Centuries (3 cr.) R592 Uralic Peoples and Cultures (3 cr.) R616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central Asia (3 cr.) R599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R618 Islamic Central Asia in the Sixteenth-Nineteenth R616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central Asia Centuries (3 cr.) R627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE area R627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE area topic) (3 cr.) topic) (3 cr.) R641 Art and Music of 19th and 20th Century Hungary R628 Russia's Orient (REE area topic) (3 cr.) (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia (3 cr.) R642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context (3 cr.) R698 Empire and Ethnicity in Modern Russian History (3 R649 Roma through History, Music, and Film (REE area cr.) topic) (3 cr.) R713 Sources for the Central Asian History (REE area R711 Seminar on Comparative Study of Central Asia and topic) (3 cr.) Middle East (3 cr.) R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: History topics R780 Seminar in Turkish Studies, Sociocutural Topics (3 (REE area topic) (3 cr.) cr.) R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Sociocultural Geography G427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) G428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) Comparative Literature C641 Literature in its Intellectual History and Cultural Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) T500 Topics in History (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Recent Topics in REE History offered through REEI Criminal Justice P680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal R500 E. Europe in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) Justice: (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R500 Eastern Europe 1945-present R500 Modern Ukraine Fine Arts A425 Byzantine Art (4 cr.) R500 History of the Cold War A442 Twentieth Century Art 1900-1924 (4 cr.) R500 Empire of the Tsars (3 cr.) A480 Russian Art (4 cr.) R500 Russian Revolution and the Soviet Regime (3 cr.) A521 Early Christian Arts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) R500 The People vs. the Emperor (3 cr.) A525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church in Byzantium H620 Colloquium in Modern West European History (REE (REE area topics) (4 cr.) area topics ) (4 cr.) A621 Problems in Early Christian Art (REE area topics) (4 R640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) cr.) H645 Colloquium in East European History (4 cr.) A626 Problems in Byzantine Art (4 cr.) H720 Seminar in European History (REE area topics) (4 Folklore F635 European Folklore/Folk Music (REE area cr.) topic) (3 cr.) H740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) F755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (REE area topics) (3 H745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) cr.) Group III (Sociocultural) Germanic Studies Y506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) Anthropology E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Y815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: Language, Anthropology (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Literature, Culture (1-4 cr.) E612 Anthropology of Russia and Eastern Europe (3 cr.) Information and Library Science E614 Post Socialist Gender Formations (REE area topics) Z542 International Information Issues (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Z605 Internship in Information and Library Science (2-6 E677 Performing Nationalism (REE area topic) (3 cr.) cr.) E682 Memory and Culture (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Z629 Topics in Information Sources and Services: Slavic E687 Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) Bibliography (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies R508 Estonian Culture and Journalism Civilization (3 cr.) J514 International Communication (3 cr.) R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (REE area topic) (3 J560 Topics Colloquium: Reporting Foreign Affairs (3 cr.) cr.) J624 Russian and East European Press Systems (3 cr.) R513 Islam in the Soviet Union and Successor States (3 J660 European Journalism History (3 cr.) cr.) R515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (3 cr.) Music M502 Composers (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia (3 cr.) M510 Topics in Music Literature (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R528 Post-Soviet Transition Central Asia (3 cr.) M527 Symphonic Literature Z542 (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topic) (3 M537 Topics in Russian Music (3 cr.) cr.) M601 Topics in Music Research (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R542 Roma History and Culture (REE area topic) (3 cr.) M602 Seminar in Musicology: Music and Politics in R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) Eastern Europe (3 cr.) Recent topics: Politics, Society, and Culture in Present- M695 Seminar in Romantic Music (REE area topics) (3 Day Hungary (3 cr.) cr.) R560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) 370 May 26, 2016

Religious Studies R531 Orthodox Christianity (3 cr.) R500 Proseminar in Russian Literature (3 cr.) R503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) (in Russian) Russian and East European Institute R500 Russian R504 Eighteenth Century Russian Literature (3 cr.) and East European Issues (3 cr.) R505 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature I (3 cr.) R610 Seminar in International Librarianship: International R506 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature II (3 cr.) Information Issues (3 cr.) R507 Twentieth Century Russian Literature I (3 cr.) R620 Topics in Information, Literature, and Bibliography: R508 Twentieth Century Russian Literature II (3 cr.) Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) R520 Twentieth Century Russian Author (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures R530 Pushkin (3 cr.) L601 Sociolinguistic Issues in Post-Yugoslavia (3 cr.) R531 Gogol (3 cr.) P566 Polish Film (3 cr.) R532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) R407 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society I R533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) R408 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society II R535 Chekhov (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R545 Jewish Characters in Russian Literature (3 cr.) R552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) R549 Myth and Reality: Women in Russian Literature and R553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) in Life (3 cr.) S540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies: Sociocultural R550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) R551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) R563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Group IV (Literature) R564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies R599 Topics in Central R601 Seminar in Russian Literature (1-6 cr.) Eurasian Studies: Literature Topics (3 cr.) S540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies (1-6 cr.) R503 Classical Finnish Literature (3 cr.) S563 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs I (3 cr.) R504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) S564 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs II (3 cr.) R509 Topics in Balit-Finnish Studies (REE area topics) (3 S565 Seminar in South Slavic Literature (3 cr.) cr.) Faculty R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Director R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE area topics) (3 Professor Padraic Kenney* cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topics) (3 Graduate Faculty cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University R599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct R699 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Literature doctoral dissertations.) Topics (3 cr.) 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Literature Distinguished Professors Topics (3 cr.) Robert W. Campbell* (Emeritus, Economics), Linda Dégh* Comparative Literature C535 The Later Nineteenth and (Emerita, Folklore) Early Twentieth Centuries (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Professors C581 Workshop in Literary Translation (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Michael Alexeev* (Economics), David Audretsch* C603 Topics in Comparative Literature (REE area topics) (School of Public and Environmental Affairs), Joëlle (4 cr.) Bahloul* (Anthropology), Randall Baker* (Emeritus, C641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural Contexts School of Public and Environmental Affairs), William (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Bianco* (Political Science), Jacob Bielasiak* (Political Science), Maria Bucur-Deckard* (History), Daniel Cole* Germanic Studies Y505 Modernity and Tradition in (Maurer Law School), Henry R. Cooper Jr.* (Emeritus, Yiddish Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Y815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Language, Literature, Aurelian Craiutu* (Political Science), Devin DeWeese* or Culture (1-4 cr.) (Central Eurasian Studies), Andrew Durkin* (Emeritus, Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), A. C563 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks Benoit Eklof* (History), Michelle Facos (History of Art), I (3 cr.) Ronald Feldstein* (Emeritus, Slavic and East European C564 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks Languages and Cultures), William Fierman* (Emeritus, II (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies), Steven L. Franks* (Linguistics, C565 Seminar in Czech Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), L599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) Jeffrey Hart* (Emeritus, Political Science), Jeffrey Isaac* M565 Individual Readings in Romanian Language and (Political Science), Bruce Jaffee* (Emeritus, Business), Literature (cr. arr.) Bill Johnston (TESOL/ Applied Linguistics), Michael P563 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture I (3 cr.) Kaganovich* (Economics), Janet Kennedy* (Emeritus, P564 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture II (3 cr.) Fine Arts), Padraic Kenney* (History), Dov-Ber Kerler* P565 Seminar in Polish Literature and Culture II (3 cr.) (Jewish Studies), Robert Kravchuk (School of Public R405 Readings in Russian Literature I (3 cr.) (in Russian) and Environmental Affairs), Hiroaki Kuromiya* (History), R406 Readings in Russian Literature II (3 cr.) (in Russian) Vincent Liotta (Music), Richard Lugar (School of Global May 26, 2016 371 and International Studies), Terrence Mason* (School of Courses Education), Bryan McCormick* (Recreation and Park Administration), Vicky Meretsky (School of Public and Institute Colloquiums Environmental Affairs), John Mikesell* (School of Public REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues and Environmental Affairs), Sarah Phillips* (Anthropology), (1-4 cr.) Selected issues in Russian and East European Maureen Pirog* (School of Public and Environmental history, politics, culture, economics, and society. Affairs), Alexander Rabinowitch (Emeritus, History), David REEI-R 575 Graduate Readings in Russian and East L. Ransel* (Emeritus, History), Toivo Raun* (Central European Studies (1-3 cr.) Consent of instructor and Eurasian Studies, History), Steven Raymer (School the director of the Russian and East European Institute of Journalism), Jean C. Robinson* (Political Science), required. Alvin Rosenfeld* (English), Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology), M. Nazif Shahrani* (Anthropology, Central REEI-R 600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Eurasian Studies, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Area Studies (3 cr.) Introduction to the disciplines and Beverly Stoeltje* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Frances methodologies of Russian and East European area Trix* (Anthropology), Russell Valentino (Slavic and East studies. European Languages and Cultures), Bronislava Volkova* (Emeritus, Slavic and East European Languages and REEI-R 601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian Cultures), Timothy Waters (Maurer School of Law) and East European Studies (1.5-3 cr.) Capstone course for the Russian and East European Institute master’s Associate Professors degree, emphasizing readings in current problems and completion of a major research paper. Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Sarah Bassett (Fine Arts), Gardner Bovingdon (Central Eurasian REEI-R 610 Seminar in International Librarianship: Studies), Judah Cohen ( Folklore and Ethnomusicology, International Information Issues (3 cr.) Comparison of Jewish Studies), Markus Dickinson (Linguistics), Elizabeth information policies, information standards, and library Dunn (Geography), George Fowler* (Slavicand East systems as they affect commercial, scholarly, scientific, European Languages and Cultures), Halina Goldberg* and political information contexts. (Jacobs School of Music), Lynn Hooker* (Central Eurasian Studies), Owen V. Johnson* (Emeritus, Journalism), REEI-R 620 Topics in Information, Literature, Frederika Kaestle* (Anthropology), Joshua Malitsky and Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) (Communication and Culture), Marth Nyikos* (Education), P: Knowledge of at least one Slavic language or consent Ron Sela* (Central Eurasian Studies, International of instructor. Selection and acquisition of Slavic materials; Studies), Regina Smyth* (Political Science), Dina special problems in organization and handling; Slavic Spechler* (Political Science), Herbert Terry* (Emeritus, bibliographies and other reference materials; online Telecommunications) bibliographic databases. Assistant Professors Group One Business Denvil Duncan (School of Public and Environmental BUS-D 503 International Business Environment Affairs), Jacob Emery (Slavic and East European (1.5 cr.) Languages and Cultures), Debra Friedman (Second Language Studies), Kathryn Graber (Central Eurasian BUS-D 504 Operations of International Business Studies, Linguistics), Hans Ibold (Journalism), Volodymyr (1.5 cr.) Lugovsky* (Economics), Patrick Michelson (Religious BUS-D 594 International Competitive Strategy (1.5 cr.) Studies), Daniel Preston (School of Public and Environmental Affairs), Scott Shackelford (Business), BUS-D 595 International Management (1.5 cr.) Maria Shardakova* (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Sara Stefani* (Slavic and East European BUS-F 570 International Financial Markets (1.5 cr.) Languages and Cultures), William Winecoff (Political BUS-F 571 International Corporate Finance (1.5 cr.) Science) BUS-L 579 Cybersecurity Law and Policy (1.5 cr.) Associate Scientist/Scholar BUS-M 594 Global Marketing Management (3 cr.) Inta Carpenter (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) BUS-X 575 Kelley International Finance Perspectives Lecturer Field Study (arr. cr.) Cigdem Balim-Harding (Near Eastern Languages and BUS-X 699 International Business and Culture (3 cr.) Cultures), Craig Cravens (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Jeffrey Holdeman (Slavic and Central Eurasian East European Languages and Cultures), Miriam Shrager CEUS-R 502 Finland in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) Ariann Stern-Gottschalik (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Valeria Varga (Central Eurasian CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asian Studies), Roman Zlotin (Geography) (3 cr.) Academic Advisor CEUS-R 527 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) Emily Liverman, Ballantine Hall 565, (812) 855-7309 CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) 372 May 26, 2016

CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) SPEA-V 575 Comparative Public Management and Administration (3 cr.) CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) SPEA-V 576 Approaches to Development (3 cr.) (REE CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) area topics) CEUS-R 589 Topics in Turkish Studies: Social Science SPEA-V 577 Intro Comparative and International Topics (3 cr.) Affairs (3 cr.) (REE area topics) CEUS-R 595 Politics of Identity (3 cr.) SPEA-V 578 International Economics, Strategy, and CEUS-R 693 Theorizing Central Eurasia: The Problems Trade Policy (3 cr.) (REE area topics) of Nationalism (3 cr.) SPEA-V 589 Topics in Public Policy: Democratization CEUS-R 697 Soviet and Post-Soviet Nationality and Transformation in Eastern Europe and the Newly Policies and Problems (3 cr.) Independent States (3 cr.) CEUS-R 594 Environmental Problems and Social SPEA-V 710 International Public Policy (3 cr.) (REE Constraints in Northern and Central Eurasia (3 cr.) area topics) CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: European Studies Social Science Topics (3 cr.) EURO-W 501 The Economics of European Integration (3 cr.) Economics ECON-E 501 Seminar in Economics: Soviet-Type EURO-W 504 Model European Union (REE area topics) Economies in Transition (3 cr.) (3 cr.) ECON-E 698 Comparative Economics and Economics EURO-W 605 Topics in West European Studies (REE of Transition (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) Education Law EDUC-H 551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) LAW-B 523 War Crimes (previously approved topics include: The Milosevic Trial and Trying Slobodan EDUC-H 552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) Milosevic) (3 cr.) Graduate LAW-B 595 International Criminal Law (3 cr.) (REE GRAD-I 701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues and area topics) Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) LAW-B 575 Constitutional Design in Multiethnic GRAD-I 702 Independent Study in Global Studies Countries (3 cr.) (REE area topics) (1-4 cr.) LAW-B 755 European Union Law (3 cr.) (REE area Political Science topics) POLS-Y 368 Russian & Soviet Foreign Pol (3 cr.) LAW-L 675 Lessons of the Yugoslav Crisis (3 cr.) POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought (3 cr.) LAW-L 793 Seminar in Human Rights (3 cr.) (REE area POLS-Y 385 Russian Political Ideas (3 cr.) topics) POLS-Y 557 Comparative Politics: Approaches and Russian and East European Institute Issues (REE area topics) (3 cr.) REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues (3 cr.) POLS-Y 657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) Group Two POLS-Y 669 International Relations (REE area topics) Central Eurasian (3 cr.) CEUS-R 501 The Baltic States Since 1918 (3 cr.) POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory and Method (REE area CEUS-R 502 Finland in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) POLS-Y 675 Political Philosophy (REE area topics) CEUS-R 510 Intro to Central Asian History (REE area (3 cr.) topic) (3 cr.) POLS-Y 681 Readings in Comparative Politics (REE CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (REE area topics) (1-4 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) Public and Environmental Affairs CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (REE SPEA-V 524 Civil Society in a Comparative area topic) (3 cr.) Perspective (3 cr.) (REE area topics) CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE SPEA-V 550 Topics in Public Affairs (REE area topics) area topic) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 547 East Central European Cities in SPEA-V 573 Comparative Public Management (3 cr.) Comparative Perspectives (3 cr.) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 373

CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) Group Three CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area Anthropology topics) (3 cr.) ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology (REE area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 583 Ottoman Classical Age 1300-1600: Ten Sultans, One Empire (REE area topics) (3 cr.) ANTH-E 612 Anthropology of Russia and Eastern Europe (3 cr.) CEUS-R 596 Ruz, Khazar, and Bulgars (3 cr.) ANTH-E 614 Post Socialist Gender Formations (REE CEUS-R 593 The Mongol Conquest (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 599 Selected Topics in Central Eurasian ANTH-E 677 Performing Nationalism (REE area topics) Studies: Historical Topics (3 cr.) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) ANTH-E 682 Memory and Culture (REE area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 612 Central Asia under Russian Rule (3 cr.) ANTH-E 687 Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) CEUS-R 613 Islamic Central Asia in the SixteenthNineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) Central Eurasian CEUS-R 508 Estonian Culture and Civilization (3 cr.) CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central Asia (3 cr.) CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) CEUS-R 613 Islamic Central Asia in the Sixteenth- CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Soviet Union and Successor Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) States (3 cr.) CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia CEUS-R 628 Russia's Orient (REE area topics) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Transition Central Asia (3 cr.) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE CEUS-R 698 Empire and Ethnicity in Modern Russian area topic) (3 cr.) History (3 cr.) CEUS-R 542 Roma History and Culture (3 cr.) (REE CEUS-R 713 Sources for the Central Asian History area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (9 cr.) CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: History topics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) Georgraphy CEUS-R 564 Shamanism and Folk eligion of the GEOG-G 427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) Mongols (3 cr.) GEOG-G 428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) History CEUS-R 584 Topics in Turkish Studies: Sociocultural HIST-C 393 Ottoman History (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) HIST-T 500 Topics in History (REE area topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 592 Uralic Peoples and Cultures (3 cr.) HIST-R 500 Topics in Russian and East European CEUS-R 599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area History (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) HIST-R 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central HIST-R 645 Colloquium in East European History Asia (3 cr.) (4 cr.) CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE HIST-R 720 Seminar in European History (REE area area topics) (3 cr.) topics) (4 cr.) CEUS-R 641 Art and Music of 19th and 20th Century HIST-R 740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) Hungary (3 cr.) (REE area topics) HIST-R 745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) CEUS-R 642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context (3 cr.) HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern West European CEUS-R 649 Roma through History, Music and Film History (REE area topics ) (4 cr.) (3 cr.) (REE area topics) CEUS-R 711 Seminar on Comparative Study of Central Asia and Middle East (3 cr.) 374 May 26, 2016

CEUS-R 780 Seminar in Turkish Studies: Sociocultural MUS-M 601 Topics in Music Research (REE area Topics (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: MUS-M 602 Seminar in Musicology: Music and Politics Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) in Eastern Europe (3 cr.) Comparative Literature MUS-M 695 Seminar in Romantic Music (REE area CMLT-C 641 Literature in its Intellectual and Cultural topics) (3 cr.) Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Russian East European Criminal Justice REEI-R 610 Seminar in International Librarianship: CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice: (REE International Information Issues (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) REEI-R 620 Topics in Information, Literature, and Fine Arts Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) FINA-A 425 Byzantine Art (3 cr.) REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues (3 cr.) FINA-A 442 Twentieth Century Art 1900-1924 (3 cr.) FINA-A 480 Russian Art (3 cr.) SLAV-R 407 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society I (3 cr.) FINA-A 521 Early Christian Arts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) SLAV-R 408 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society II (3 cr.) FINA-A 525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church in Byzantium (REE area topics) (4 cr.) SLAV-R 552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) FINA-A 621 Problems in Early Christian Art (REE area SLAV-R 553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) topics) (4 cr.) SLAV-P 566 Polish Film (3 cr.) FINA-A 626 Problems in Byzantine Art (3 cr.) SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies: Folklore Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) FOLK-F 755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (REE area SLAV-L 601 Sociolinguistic Issues in Post-Yugoslavia topics) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) FOLK-F 635 European Folklore/Folk music (REE area Religious Studies topic) (3 cr.) REL-R 531 Orthodox Christianity (3 cr.) Germanic Studies Group Four GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) Central Eurasian GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: CEUS-R 503 Classical Finnish Literature (3 cr.) Language, Literature, Culture (1-4 cr.) CEUS-R 504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) Journalism CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) JOUR-J 514 International Communication (3 cr.) CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE JOUR-J 560 Topics Colloquium: Reporting Foreign area topic) (3 cr.) Affairs (3 cr.) CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE area JOUR-J 624 Russian and East European Press topic) (3 cr.) Systems (3 cr.) CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area JOUR-J 660 European Journalism History (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) Library Science CEUS-R 599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies: SLIS-Z 542 International Information Issues (3 cr.) Literature Topics (3 cr.) SLIS-Z 605 Internship in Library and Information CEUS-R 699 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Science (2-6 cr.) Literature Topics (3 cr.) SLIS-Z 629 Topics in Information Sources and CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Services: Slavic Bibliography (3 cr.) Literature Topics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Music Comparative Literature MUS-M 502 Composers (REE area topics) (3 cr.) CMLT-C 535 The Later Nineteenth and Early Twentieth MUS-M 510 Topics in Music Literature (REE area Centuries (REE area topics) (4 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) CMLT-C 641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural MUS-M 527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) (REE area Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) topics) CMLT-C 581 Workshop in Literary Translation (REE MUS-M 537 Topics in Russian Music (3 cr.) area topic) (4 cr.) May 26, 2016 375

CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (REE SLAV-R 549 Myth and Reality: Women in Russian area topic) (4 cr.) Literature and in Life (3 cr.) Germanic Studies SLAV-R 550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) GER-Y 505 Modernity and Tradition in Yiddish SLAV-R 551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) Literature and Culture (3 cr.) SLAV-R 563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Language, Literature, or Culture (1-4 cr.) SLAV-R 564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures SLAV-R 601 Seminar in Russian Literature (1-6 cr.) SLAV-C 563 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks I (3 cr.) SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies (3 cr.) SLAV-C 564 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks II (3 cr.) SLAV-S 563 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs I (1-6 cr.) SLAV-C 565 Seminar in Czech Literature and Culture (3 cr.) SLAV-S 564 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs II (3 cr.) SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) SLAV-S 565 Seminar in South Slavic Literature (3 cr.) SLAV-M 565 Individual Readings in Romanian Scientific Computing Language and Literature (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences SLAV-P 563 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture I Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~scicomp/ (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: SLAV-P 564 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture I [email protected] (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SLAV-P 565 Seminar in Polish Literature and Culture II School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School SLAV-R 405 Readings in Russian Literature I (3 cr.) (in Bulletin.) Russian) Curriculum SLAV-R 406 Readings in Russian Literature II (3 cr.) (in Russian) Ph.D. Minor in Scientific Computing Scientific computing is an interdisciplinary, SLAV-R 500 Proseminar in Russian Literature (3 cr.) interdepartmental graduate minor recognizing important SLAV-R 503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) (in Russian) changes that have introduced a powerful and essential mode of scientific research. The increasing availability SLAV-R 504 Eighteenth Century Russian Literature of high-performance computers has led to a method of (3 cr.) scientific inquiry based on mathematical models solved by SLAV-R 505 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature I means of numerical computations, analyzed and viewed (3 cr.) by means of advanced computer graphics. Carrying out research by these means is necessarily multidisciplinary, SLAV-R 506 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature II calling on advanced skills in areas that span many (3 cr.) classical divisions of academia. The Ph.D. minor in scientific computing provides the interdepartmental SLAV-R 507 Twentieth Century Russian Literature I education necessary to equip students for research within (3 cr.) this paradigm. Scientific computing courses are generally SLAV-R 508 Twentieth Century Russian Literature II organized into four categories: numerical analysis, (3 cr.) scientific applications, scientific visualization, and high- performance computing. Students are encouraged to SLAV-R 520 Twentieth Century Russian Author (3 cr.) develop expertise in more than one of those areas. SLAV-R 530 Pushkin (3 cr.) Course Requirements SLAV-R 531 Gogol (3 cr.) Twelve (12) credit hours in approved courses, 6 credit SLAV-R 532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) hours of which must be outside the student’s major department. However, at the discretion of the minor SLAV-R 533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) advisors, students whose major curriculum includes one or more courses with a substantial scientific computing SLAV-R 534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) component may reduce the required credit hours for the SLAV-R 535 Chekhov (3 cr.) minor by as much as six (6) credit hours; at minimum, six (6) credit hours in approved courses outside the student's SLAV-R 545 Jewish Characters in Russian Literature major department are still required. (3 cr.) 376 May 26, 2016

The course P573 Introduction to Scientific Computing I (Mathematics), G514 (Geological Sciences), G612 has been created as an introductory course for students (Geological Sciences), and G614 (Geological Sciences). in the program. Students entering with a background in computational science or engineering, in consultation Second Language Studies with their advisor on the Scientific Computing Committee, College of Arts and Sciences may omit this course from their curriculum. Students Departmental E-mail: [email protected] develop their course of study with two faculty: one from the student’s home department and the other a member Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~dsls/ of the Graduate Committee on Scientific Computing from outside the student’s home department. The proposed (Please note that when conferring University Graduate course of study will be submitted for approval by the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Graduate Committee on Scientific Computing. If approved, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements a letter detailing the course of study will be signed by the contained only in The University Graduate School director with copies given to the student and the student’s Bulletin.) home department. Significant changes to the course of Curriculum study need to undergo the same process of development and approval. Certification of completion of the minor Degrees Offered requirements will be by the director or an appointed Master of Arts in TESOL/Applied Linguistics, Master of representative. Arts in Second Language Studies, Doctor of Philosophy in Second Language Studies, Doctoral Minor in Second Faculty Language Studies, Certificate in Applied Linguistics Director (TESOL). Distinguished Professor Steven Gottlieb* Special Departmental Requirements Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Scientific (See also general University Graduate School Computing requirements.) College Professor Master of Arts in TESOL and Applied Linguistics Roger Temam* (Mathematics) Admission Requirements Distinguished Professors Admission to the M.A. program will be based on evaluations of Steven Gottlieb* (Physics), Peter Ortoleva* (Chemistry), Krishnan Raghavachari* (Chemistry) 1. undergraduate grade record, 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record Professors Examination General Test, Randall Bramley* (Informatics), Haldan Cohn* 3. three letters of recommendation, and (Astronomy), Charles Horowitz* (Physics), Michael Jolly* 4. undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related (Mathematics), Phyllis Lugger* (Astronomy), Andrew course work, Lumsdaine* (Computer Science), Gary Pavlis* (Geological 5. statement of purpose, Sciences), Beth A. Plale* (Computer Science), Thomas 6. curriculum vitae. Sterling* (Computer Science) Students not satisfying requirement (4) may be admitted, Associate Professors but may be required to do course work prerequisite to introductory graduate courses. Srinivasan S. Iyengar* (Chemistry), Kaj Johnson* (Geological Sciences), Sima Setayeshgar* (Physics), Requirements Martin Swany* (Computer Science), Liese van Zee* A total of thirty (30) credit hours is required, including (Astronomy) the core courses: T510 Modern , S511 Assistant Professors Second Language Syntax, T514 English Phonology for Language Learning and Teaching, S532 Foundations of Yong-Yeol Ahn* (Informatics and Computing), Ryan Second Language Acquisition, T534 Methods in Teaching R. Newton* (Computer Science), Judy Qiu* (Computer ESL/EFL to Adults (TESOL), T535 TESOL Practicum, and Science), Enrico Vesperini* (Astronomy) T550 Language Testing. Additional electives are required Courses as approved by the department. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be maintained in 500-level courses in Second Courses that can be used to satisfy the Scientific Language Studies; any student who falls below a GPA of Computing minor requirement include, but are not limited 3.0 will be put on probation and unless the student brings to, the following list: this record up to a 3.0 grade point average in the following semester may be dismissed from the program. A550 (Astronomy), A570 (Astronomy), A575 (Astronomy —provided that the course project involves numerical Foreign Language Requirements computation), P573 (CSCI), B582 (CSCI), B649 (CSCI), B673 (CSCI), C668 (Chemistry), P410 (Physics), P609 Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved by (Physics), P610 (Physics), P700 (Physics), M441 the department. (Mathematics), M442 (Mathematics), M471 (Mathematics), Thesis M472 (Mathematics), M571 (Mathematics), M572 May 26, 2016 377

Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. A total of ninety (90) credit hours are required, with at least 66 credit hours of course work plus up to 24 credit Final Examination hours of dissertation research. A grade point average of None. 3.0 (B) must be maintained in Second Language Studies coursework; any student who falls below a GPA of 3.0 Master of Arts in Second Language Studies will be put on probation and unless the student brings this Admission Requirements record up to a 3.0 grade point average in the following semester may be dismissed from the program. Admission to the M.A. program will be based on evaluations of Required Core Courses 1. undergraduate grade record, Every student in the program will take six core courses (18 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record cr. total): Examination General Test, S511 Second Language Syntax (3 cr.) 3. three letters of recommendation, S512 Second Language Phonology (3 cr.) 4. undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related S532 Foundations of Second Language Acquisition (3 course work, cr.) 5. statement of purpose, S533 Second Language Acquisition Research Design (3 6. curriculum vitae. cr.) S536 Research in Second Language Pedagogical Students not satisfying requirement (4) may be admitted, Contexts (3 cr.) but may be required to do course work prerequisite to S670 Language Typology (3 cr.) introductory graduate courses. Seminars (3 cr. each) Requirements All students will complete at least 6 credits in two seminars A total of thirty (30) credit hours is required, including in Second Language Studies. These courses may be the core courses: S511 Second Language Syntax, S512 applied to other requirements as well. Second Language Phonology, S532 Foundations of Second Language Acquisition, S533 Second Language Breadth requirements Acquisition Research Design, and S536 Research in All students will complete at least 3 credits each in four of Second Language Pedagogical Contexts. Additional the following five areas for a total of 12 credits. There is no electives are required as approved by the department. A restriction on the department in which these courses may grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be maintained in 500- be completed. Courses in the Second Language Studies level courses in Second Language Studies; any student core cannot be used to complete this requirement. who falls below a GPA of 3.0 will be put on probation and unless the student brings this record up to a 3.0 grade • Historical Linguistics/Language Contact/Language point average in the following semester may be dismissed Revitalization from the program. • Sociolinguistics/Pragmatics/Discourse Analysis • Morphology/Syntax/Semantics Foreign Language Requirements • Pedagogy Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved by • Phonetics/Phonology the department. Research Concentration Thesis Students will establish a research concentration Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. in consultation with their committees. A research concentration may be established by enrolling in five Final Examination courses in the area of specialty, by working in an None. appropriate research laboratory or research group, by undertaking appropriate field work or training, Doctor of Philosophy in Second Language Studies by conducting approved independent research and Admission Requirements publication, or by a combination of these. Students who satisfy their research concentrations through Admission to the Ph.D. program will be based upon participation in a research lab or research group or evaluation of through independent research and publication may count 1. previous academic record, the equivalent of up to three courses (9 credits) of S690 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record (Directed Readings) toward the 66 credits required for the Examination General Test, doctorate. The research concentration is represented in 3. three letters of recommendation, the research qualifying examination. 4. previous exposure to TESOL/Applied Linguistics and Minor and Language Concentrations related course work, 5. statement of purpose, All students will be required to have a minor. The selected 6. statement of research interests, minor should be appropriate to the student’s choice of subdiscipline within Second Language Studies. 7. curriculum vitae. Appropriate minors include Anthropology, Cognitive Degree Requirements Science, Communication and Culture, foreign languages, Language Education, Linguistics, Psycholinguistics, and 378 May 26, 2016

Sociology. In all cases the number of hours to be included On any given cloistered exam, the student will have the in the minor will be consistent with the requirements of the opportunity to de-select at least one question; the student unit granting the minor. will be required to answer two of three questions. All students selecting a given area in a given semester will Some students may wish to pursue a significant receive the same questions. All responses to any given concentration in a particular language area or in English exam question will be graded by the same two faculty as a Second Language. Students pursuing a language members. The grades are Pass and Fail. To pass any concentration in French, German, or Spanish will ordinarily given cloistered exam, at least three of the four grades take at least 21 hours in the Department of French and assigned must be Pass. If a student fails to pass one or Italian, the Department of Germanic Studies, or the both sections, s/he may take it a second time when the Department of Spanish and Portuguese, as appropriate. GQE is offered in the next semester. After consultation (Additional language concentrations may be added in with his or her advisory committee, such a student may the future.) Providing a student has completed all the also select a different exam area. requirements for the minor in the language department, there is no need to complete both a minor and a language Research Qualifying Examination (RQE) concentration. The language concentration will be the student’s minor of record. The RQE is designed to demonstrate that students have developed sufficient depth in their understanding of a Language Requirements particular constellation of research questions and that their academic writing skills are sufficiently well honed The language requirement for the Ph.D. is two research that they are able to begin meaningful work on their languages, which will ordinarily be languages of dissertations. In contrast to the GQE, the research exams scholarship in the student’s specialty. In addition, will be scheduled individually. We recommend that the students will take 1-2 courses in a language outside of research exam be completed in the semester following the language family of the student’s native language (for the successful completion of the GQE. Nevertheless, example, a native English speaker would take courses students are required to have demonstrated preparation in a non-Indo-European language; in contrast, a native in a research focus to the satisfaction of their advisory speaker of Chinese might take courses in Russian). To committees before they will be permitted to proceed with satisfy this requirement, a student could complete a one- the RQE. In contrast to the GQE, the advisory committee year language class, take the Field Methods sequence in administers the RQE and reports successful completion of Linguistics (L653-L654), or take a course on the structure the examination to the Director of Graduate Studies. of an appropriate language. The RQE may take one of two forms: Qualifying Examinations Option 1: a publishable research paper which pilots the All students must pass a set of examinations, consisting of student’s dissertation research, or a General Qualifying Examination (GQE) and a Research Qualifying Examination (RQE). These examinations are Option 2: a research essay which will be completed by the intended to provide an institutional structure for students student over the course of one full week. as they move from taking courses to writing a dissertation. For Option 1, the student must complete, to the advisory General Qualifying Examination (GQE) committee’s satisfaction, an original sole-authored The GQE is meant to demonstrate the ability to synthesize research paper in the student’s intended area of material explored in courses and in independent reading. dissertation research, which in the committee’s judgment, The GQE will consist of two cloistered examinations, is ready for submission to one of the following journals: each three hours in duration. Students will elect two of Studies in Second Language Acquisition, Second the following five areas, corresponding to the breadth Language Research, Language Learning, TESOL requirements. Quarterly, or Applied Linguistics. Research papers are 8,000-10,000 words in length including text, references, Historical Linguistics/Language Contact/Language tables, figures, and appendices. Revitalization Second Language Morphology/Syntax/Semantics For Option 2, the advisory committee will assign a single Second/Foreign Language Pedagogy question arising from extensive consultation with the Second Language Phonetics/Phonology student reflecting the individual student’s research Second Language Sociolinguistics/Pragmatics/Discourse focus, as defined through a series of courses, approved Analysis independent research, participation in research groups or labs, outside publications, or a combination of these. The Most students will take the GQE the semester after student is to complete the essay within exactly one week, coursework is completed. In general, the two cloistered but is free to employ data collected and analyzed ahead of exams will be offered on two consecutive days in October time. and in February. The GQE schedule will be posted by the end of each semester by the committee, each student Dissertation Proposal will inform the Director of Graduate Studies of his or her The proposal for the dissertation must be approved by the two areas no later than one month in advance of the student’s research committee. Proposals should include scheduled exam. Appropriate faculty members will submit pilot studies. The research committee may have the same potential questions to the Director of Graduate Studies, membership as the advisory committee or the student may who in turn will select and edit questions and coordinate choose different members. The advisor for the dissertation grading. will be a faculty member in the Department of Second May 26, 2016 379

Language Studies and a member of the Graduate Faculty. Kenneth de Jong* (Linguistics) One of the three other members of the committee will be based in the minor department or in the department of the Adjunct Associate Professors student’s language concentration. The student will defend César Félix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), the proposal at a public colloquium. Kimberly L. Geeslin* (Spanish and Portuguese) Dissertation (up to 24 cr.) Adjunct Assistant Professors Students are required to complete a dissertation that Öner Özçelik (Central Eurasian Studies) constitutes an original and significant contribution to the field of Second Language Studies. The dissertation must Senior Lecturer be successfully presented to the research committee in Linda Abe an oral defense as described in the University Graduate School Academic Bulletin. Emeriti Ph.D. Minor in Second Language Studies Harry L. Gradman*, Beverly Hartford*, Dick Bier The minor consists of a minimum of four courses (12 Director of Graduate Studies credit hours) in Second Language Studies. Courses should be at the 500 level or above. A grade point average Rex A. Sprouse* of 3.0 (B) or better must be achieved in these courses. All SLS minors must include S532. The prerequisite for Academic Advising for Second Language Studies S532 is a graduate level course in morphosyntax; if taken Memorial Hall 315, 855-7951 in SLS this prerequisite will count toward the minor. A specific program for satisfying the minor requirement must Courses be developed in consultation with the student’s minor advisor. SLST-S 511 Second Language Syntax (3 cr.) Examination of form and acquisition of nonnative syntax. Graduate Certificate in Applied Linguistics (TESOL) Consideration of whether nonnative grammars are Students not intending to get a Master’s degree may “fundamentally different” than native grammars, role of the wish to pursue a program leading to the Certificate in learner’s native language, initial state of nonnative syntax, TESOL and Applied Linguistics. The requirements for and subsequent development. Comparison of child native this certificate include twenty (20) credit hours, approved acquisition and adult native acquisition. by the department. Normally, students will complete SLST-S 512 Second Language Phonology (3 cr.) T510, S511, T514, S532, T534, T535, and T550. Other Introduces students to second language phonological hours will be selected in consultation with a departmental systems in light of issues in current phonological advisor. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be theory. Examines the acquisition of segments, syllable maintained for the 20 credit hour certificate program. The constraints, and prosody in second languages. We certificate is a postbaccalaureate award. discuss mechanisms that determine the role of the first English as a Foreign Language language in second language development. Students will The Department of Second Language Studies also offers develop problem-solving skills. English language instruction, including T501 Academic SLST-S 531 Child Second Language Development English for International Graduate Students (2-3 cr.). (3 cr.) Examines issues in child second language (L2) For more information, please see the English Language acquisition, including the critical period hypothesis, Instruction website. universal grammar, and role of the native grammar in the Faculty initial state of child L2 acquisition. Child L2 acquisition of phonology, morphology, and syntax is contrasted with Chairperson adult L2 acquisition, child monolingual acquisition, and Professor Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* simultaneous bilingual acquisition. Graduate Faculty SLST-S 532 Foundations of Second Language (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Acquisition (3 cr.) P: SLST T510 or S511, LING L543 Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct or equivalent. Introduces students to second language doctoral dissertations.) acquisition research. Critically examines major hypotheses about the ways in which second languages develop. Professors Discussions include a range of languages. Models include Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig*, Rex A. Sprouse*, Laurent a variety of approaches: corpora-based, functionalist, Dekydtspotter* generative, processing-based, sociocultural, and universals of language. Associate Professors SLST-S 533 Second Language Acquisition Research Isabelle Darcy*, Phillip S. LeSourd*, David Stringer* Design (3 cr.) P: S532. Foundations of Second Language Acquisition. Examines a variety of research designs, Assistant Professors elicitation tasks, and experimental formats in second Sun-Young Shin, Yucel Yilmaz, Debra Friedman language acquisition research appropriate to studies of production, processing, perception, structure, and Adjunct Professors pragmatics. Students will gain experience in designing and carrying out studies. 380 May 26, 2016

SLST-S 536 Research in Second Language SLST-S 670 Language Typology (3 cr.) Introduction to Pedagogical Contexts (3 cr.) Surveys current issues linguistic typology, the study of how languages differ and and research areas in adult second language pedagogy. how they are alike in terms of formal features. Focuses Considers social, cultural, political and linguistic aspects on a variety of syntactic and morphological features of of language teaching and learning; emphasizes the languages including: lexical classes, word order, case substantive topics that are addressed; the range of institu- and agreement systems, animacy, definiteness, and tional, national and educational contexts of research; and gender; valence-changing devices; verbal categories and the theoretical lenses that frame the research. subordination. SLST-S 600 Topics in Second Language Studies SLST-S 690 Independent Readings in Second (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of selected issues and Language Studies (1-4 cr.) Directed readings in research problems in second language studies. May be taken more topics for second language studies. than once with different topics. SLST-S 700 Seminar in Applied Linguistics (3 cr.) This SLST-S 605 Second Language Processing (3 cr.) seminar will deal with major issues in applied linguistics Investigates how second language users assign and second language studies research and theory. The representations to utterances of the target language input. specific title will be announced well in advance of each Surveys research on the human sentence processing semester. Course may be retaken for up to 12 credit mechanism, its relation to acquisition of grammars, and hours. processing issues as they impact L2 acquisition. Students will become familiar with theoretical issues, empirical SLST-S 711 Seminar in Second Language Acquisition studies, and various research methodologies. (3 cr.) Selected problems and issues in second language acquisition. Completion of SLS core or permission of the SLST-S 622 World Englishes (3 cr.) Examines standard instructor is required. May be repeated for credit when and non-standard varieties of English in countries where topic changes. English is spoken as a first language, an , or an influential foreign language. Selected studies SLST-S 800 Dissertation Research in Second of sociolinguistic variables, language change, code- Language Studies (1-12 cr.) Dissertation research. switching, and universal grammar inform discussion of Arranged. Permission of instructor willing to supervise variation in Afro-American English, Indian English, British research is required. dialects, and English-based creoles. SLST-T 501 Academic English for International SLST-S 632 Current Research in Second-Language Graduate Students (2-3 cr.) Designed to improve Acquisition (3 cr.) P: S532. Foundations of Second spoken or written skills for graduate school. Sections Language Acquisition. This course addresses issues in on academic writing (research papers, references, recent research in second-language acquisition. Examines reviews, and critical syntheses) and academic speaking selected cases illustrating the relation of second-language (presentations, discussions, and group work) address a acquisition studies to linguistic theory. Emphasis on the range of academic writing and speaking styles. May be collection and analysis of acquisition data. taken more than once if topic is different. Credit hours, though counting toward full-time student status, do not SLST-S 640 Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) Surveys accrue toward the total number required for a graduate theories of discourse analysis including speech degree. acts, conversational maxims, conversation analysis, ethnomethodology, text analysis, and critical discourse SLST-T 500 Topics in TESOL/Applied Linguistics analysis. Applications of those theories to areas of (3 cr.) Selected topics, issues, and problems in TESOL special interest to applied linguistics, including native and Applied Linguistics. Topics in this course are of speaker-nonnative speaker interaction, nonnative speaker particular interest to the second-language practitioner. conversation, classroom discourse, and analysis of SLST-T 502 Communication Skills for International language in professional settings. Associate Instructors (3 cr.) P: Completion of all SLST-S 650 Design and Development of Language SLST T101 courses assigned by the English Language Assessment (3 cr.) P: SLST T550 or equivalent. Provides Improvement Program (SLS) and a score of NC4 or C3 on students with advanced conceptual structures such as the TEPAIC. The primary objective of this course is to help the assessment-use-argument (AUA) framework to guide international students become effective teachers in the design, development, and use of particular language US classroom. This course addresses the communication, assessment instruments. Development and design of teaching, and cultural issues that international students assessment instruments will serve as demonstrations of are likely to confront as an associate instructor at Indiana students’ control of course material and as preparation for University. This course carries credit as a graduate on-the-job development of assessments. elective. SLST-S 660 Contrastive Discourse (3 cr.) P: T532 SLST-T 510 Modern English Grammar (3 cr.) or consent of the instructor. Considers cross-cultural P: Completion of all SLST T101 courses assigned by text organization from the native and nonnative reader’s the English Language Improvement Program (SLS) and and writer’s viewpoints. Various aspects of text are a score of NC4 or C3 on the TEPAIC. An examination emphasized, including coherence and cohesion, and of the principal features of the grammar of English. The formal and cultural schemata in genres such as expository course draws upon traditional, structural, functional, and writing, letters, news articles, and narratives. transformational accounts of the structure of English, with an emphasis on the pedagogical application of May 26, 2016 381 these accounts in the teaching of English as a second SLST-T 560 American Culture (3 cr.) P: For international language. students only. A survey of issues related to the culture and character of the people of the United States. Topics SLST-T 514 English Phonology for Language Learning include the national, social, and linguistic origins of the and Teaching (3 cr.) Introduction to phonology as it American people, political and social institutions, and the applies to the learning and teaching of second languages. arts. Does not satisfy the phonology requirement for the Ph.D. in linguistics. SLST-T 622 World Englishes (3 cr.) P: For international students only. Investigation of the basic features of SLST-T 522 Survey of Applied Linguistics (3 cr.) varieties of English as formally structured systems. Intensive readings on selected topics relevant to the Attitudes toward speech and the relationship of language acquisition of second languages, sociolinguistics, differences to the attainment of social and educational bilingualism, testing, and research directions. Readings goals. will, for the most part, be current and subject to change as the course is offered. SLST-T 690 Advanced Readings in TESOL and Applied Linguistics (1-4 cr.) SLST-T 534 Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults (TESOL) (3 cr.) P: S532 Foundations of Second SLST-G 901 Advanced Research (1-4 cr.) P: Completed Language Acquisition. Analyzes and critiques approaches 90 graduate credits. Requires permission of Department, and methods in teaching ESL/EFL to adults, including see SLST Graduate Secretary, 855-7951 in Memorial Hall research and experiential perspectives on practice and 315 for class authorization to register. theory. Surveys traditional and innovative approaches in language teaching, analyzes language classroom SLST-S 604 Language Revitalization (3 cr.) Half of interaction, and sets language teaching in cultural and the 6,000 languages spoken today are endangered. sociopolitical context. To be taken concurrently with T535 This course explores why languages are at risk and TESOL Practicum. investigates how minority and indigenous languages can be revitalized. Case studies highlight practical solutions SLST-T 535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) P: S532 currently being tried out in diverse communities. Students Foundations of Second Language Acquisition. Under choose a particular endangered language as their focus of supervision, students teach English as a second language study. to adult learners. The course provides experience in testing, placement, and materials preparation. Classroom Slavic Languages and Literatures lectures focus on issues related to the art and profession College of Arts and Sciences of language teaching. To be taken concurrently with SLST Departmental E-mail: [email protected] T534, Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults. Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~iuslavic/ SLST-T 538 Reading and Writing (3 cr.) Examines the relationship of second-language reading and (Please note that when conferring University Graduate writing development to second-language acquisition, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The composition theory, reading and writing research, and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements second-language teaching. Topics include theories of contained only in The University Graduate School second-language composition, second-language writing Bulletin.) processes, reading as input for writing, academic literacy development, learning environments, and individual Curriculum differences. Degrees Offered Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy SLST-T 539 Pragmatics and Second-language Learning (3 cr.) P: S532 Foundations of Second Program Information Language Acquisition. This course familiarizes students Attention is called to the program of the Russian and East with principles and issues in pragmatics and cross-cultural European Institute which offers students an opportunity to pragmatics. Students will learn appropriate data collection combine work for an advanced degree in the Department techniques and will collect primary data, learn to analyze of Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures spoken and written data, and discuss the application of with interdisciplinary area study of the former Soviet Union pragmatics to language learning and teaching, cross- or Eastern Europe. cultural research, and international communication. Attention is also called to the Summer Language SLST-T 550 Language Testing (3 cr.) P: L503 or Workshop, which provides intensive language training equivalent. Consideration of theory of assessing in Russian at advanced levels not available during the competence in second languages. Preparation and regular academic year. The workshop also offers first-year administration of various language testing instruments. and occasionally second-year courses in other Slavic, Primary emphasis on English as a second language. East European, and Eurasian languages. SLST-T 556 Language Learning Technology (3 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements Examines the theories of language learning underlying language learning technology. Examines current language (See also general University Graduate School learning technology for second and foreign language requirements.) learning, teaching, testing, and research, and considers its demonstrable efficacy. Identifies and explores specific General Provision areas in need of further research and development. 382 May 26, 2016

Students wishing the recommendation of the department Track 3 Language and Area Studies for teaching positions must present evidence of their ability Students taking this option are encouraged to fulfill the to teach Russian. addtional requirements for a certificate in the Russian and East European Institute. Master of Arts Degree Admission Requirements 1. Two courses in Slavic literature, culture, or film at the graauae level Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination 2. A departmental language to a minimum level of 4th General Test and satisfactory previous academic year proficiency if Russian or 3rd year if some other record; relevant writing sample and three letters of language recommendation. The following are also expected for admission into Tracks 1 and 2: (i) knowledge of the 3. An additional 18 credit hours, selected with the Russian language adequate for graduate study, as approval of the graduate advisor, of which at least 9 determined by a proficiency examination based on must be in the departrmnt. the department's fourth-year course and (ii) a general Total: 30 credits, including up to 12 credits from language acquaintance with the major works of nineteenth- and twentieth-centurey Russian literature equivalent to at least Examination the materials covered in a two-semester undergraduate No examination is required for a terminal M.A. degree, survey course. For admission into Track 3, students but a doctoral admission examination, based on the M.A. should demonstrate a clear interest in their language(s) program for Tracks 1, 2, or 3, is required for admission and area(s) of specialization (e.g., prior language study, to Ph.D. work and must normally be passed before the overseas experience in the relevant country, employment student registers for the fifth semester of graduate work. plans which utilize that language, etc.). Students with (A student working simultaneously for the M.A. degree a Slavic language deficiency are urged to apply to the and an area certificate in the Russian and East European Summer Workshop. Institute must pass the doctoral admission examination Track Requirements before registering for the sixth semester of graduate work.) In addition to the general course requirements, students Master of Arts for Teachers Degre pursuing the M.A. degree shall complete one of the Admission Requirements three programs described as follows. Tracks 1 and 2 are Applicants should have a knowledge of the Russian structured primarily for preparing students who wish to language adequate for graduate study (a minimum of continue toward a Ph.D. degree with a specialization in three years is acceptable, but four is preferred). A broad, Russian literature or Slavic linguistics; Track 3 is designed solid undergraduate program in the liberal arts is strongly mainly for students concentrating in area studies and recommended. New students must take a proficiency typically pursuing a departmental language other than examination in Russian before registering, and those Russian. whose performance is inadequate will be required to take Track 1 Russian Literature M.A. Requirements appropriate courses in Russian until their proficiency 1. R500 Proseminar in Russian Literature or CMLT reaches the level required of B.A. candidates in the C501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Studies department. or equivalent Major Field Requirements 2. L571 Old Church Slavonic or L576 History of the Russian Literary Language or L501 Structure of A minimum of 20 credit hours, to include R501- Russian I R502,L501, and R592 or equivalent. Students who have 3. R501-R502 Fifth Year Russian or equivalent not had a two-semester nineteenth- and twentieth-century 4. R563-R564 Two-semester survey course of Russian Russian literature course must take R563-R564 or replace literature or equivalent these with two survey-type Russian literature survey 5. Four literature courses (at least three from SLAV, courses at the graduate level. Students who have not substitutions subject to departmental approval) taken a course in methods of teaching modern foreign languages are required to take Education M445, Methods Total: 30 credits of Foreign Language Teaching, or the equivalent. Track 2 Slavic Linguistics M.A. Requirements Language Requirement 1. L501 Structure of Russian I: Phonology and Active knowledge of Russian (fifth-year proficiency level). Morphology 2. L502 Structure of Russian II: Syntax and Semantics Examination 3. L571 Old Church Slavonic or L576 History of Oral and written test of proficiency in Russian. Russian Literary Language or equivalent 4. One course in Slavic literature, culture or film Doctor of Philosophy Degree 5. Two semesters of a West or South Slavic language Three plans of study are offered: Plan A: Russian 6. R501-R502 Fifth year Russian or equivalent. Literature; Plan B: Slavic Linguistics; Plan C: Slavic 7. Two linguistics courses (SLAV or elective from LING, Literature and Culture SLS, or other unit, subject to departmental approval) Plan A: Russian Literature Total: 30 credits Admission Requirements A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and literatures May 26, 2016 383 under Track 1 (Russian literature). One written exam that 4. At least six linguistics courses, including at least one covers the following fields: (1) Old Russian Literature seminar. and the eighteenth century; (2) the nineteenth century; (3) the twentieth century; (4) poem analysis. Students Total: 90 (at least 69 credits of course work and up to 21 holding an M.A. in Slavic languages and literatures from credits of dissertation). another institution may be required, at the discretion of the Language Requirement department, to pass this examination no later than their second semester in attendance at Indiana University. Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active knowledge of a major Slavic language beyond the General Requirements minimum required for the M.A. Reading knowledge of one 1. 30 credits from M.A. Slavic language from each of the other two branches. 2. 12 credits from minor (if second Slavic language, Qualifying Examination cannot include first year). 3. One Slavic linguistics course. Three written examinations. One will cover all aspects of Slavic linguistics from the student's coursework. The 4. Two semesters of a second Slavic language. second and third examinations will be in two different 5. At least six literature courses (at least four from specialized areas of Slavic linguistics, with topics and SLAV, substitutions subject to departmental deadlines worked out together with the student's faculty approval),,including at least one seminar. advisor. While the specialized exams are ordinarily Total: 90 credits (at least 69 credits of course work and up expected to include one topic from Slavic synchronic to 21 credits of dissertation). linguistics and another from Slavic diachronic linguistics, they may be both synchronic or diachronic so long as the Foreign Language Requirement general areas are different. Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active All three examinations are to be taken within two knowledge of writen and spoken Russian beyond that successive semesters. The general examination is a required for the M.A. scheduled written exam, while the second and third will Qualifying Examination typically be research quality papers written within a period of no more than 10 days. An oral examination will be Three written examinations. One will cover all genres of given within one month after all written exams have been literature in one of the following three periods: (1) from passed. This examination will be designed to provide the beginning to 1800; (2) from 1800 to 1890; (3) from an opportunity for students to demonstrate the range 1800 to the present. The second examination will cover and depth of their scholarly interests and abilities. In the the whole history of Russian literature, but will be confined semester following the oral qualifying exam, students are to all forms of narrative. The third examination will cover required to establish a research committee and to submit one of the following categories in its entirety: (1) poetry, to all members of that committee a dissertation prospectus exclusive of drama; (2) dramatic literature; (3) film. of approximately 10-15 pages with a short bibliography. All three of these written examinations are to be taken within two successive semesters. When they have Plan C: Slavic Literature and Culture been passed, an oral examination will be given within Admission Requirements one month. The oral examination will cover not only all A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana of Russian literature, but also the following: Russian University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and literatures history and culture and major literary developments in under Track 3 (Language and area studies). Students the rest of Europe, including those in the second Slavic holding an M.A. in Slavic languages and literatures from literature. The examination will be designed to provide another institution will be required, at the discretion of the an opportunity for students to demonstrate the range department, to pass this examination no later than their and depth of their scholarly interests and ability. In the second semester in attendance at Indiana Unicersity. semester following the oral qualifying exam, students are required to establish a research committee and to submit General Requirements to all members of that committee a dissertation prospectus 1. 30 credits from M.A. of approximately 10-15 pages with a short bibliography. 2. One appropriate linguistics course Plan B: Slavic Linguistics 3. Two semesters of a second Slavic language Admission Requirements 4. 12 credits from minor (if second Slavic language, cannot include first year) A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and cultures 5. At least six literature, culture, or film courses (at under Track 2 (Slavic linguistics). At the discretion of the least four from SLAV, substitutions subject to department and based on the student’s M.A.-level work, departmental approval), including at least one this exam may be waived. seminarTotal: 90 credits (at least 69 credits of course work and up to 21 credits of dissertation) General Requirements Foreign Language Requirement 1. 30 credits from M.A. Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active 2. One course in Slavic literature, culture or film knowledge of a major Slavic language beyond that 3. Two semesters of a third Slavic language. 12 credits required for the M.A. from minor . 384 May 26, 2016

Faculty SLAV-R 408 Readings in Russian Culture, History, Society II (3 cr.) P: R302 or equivalent. C: R402. Chairperson Extensive translation from the original of selected Professor Steven Franks* works on Russian history, government, music, folklore, Graduate Faculty geography, culture. Discussion of both linguistic problems (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and content. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct SLAV-R 491 Russian for Graduate Students I (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) Graduate credit not given. Professors SLAV-R 492 Russian for Graduate Students II (3 cr.) Henry R. Cooper Jr.* (Emeritus), Ronald F. Feldstein* Graduate credit not given. (Emeritus), Steven Franks*, Howard H. Keller (Emeritus), SLAV-R 501 Advanced Russian Syntax and Stylistics I Nina Perlina* (Emerita), Bronislava Volková* (Emerita) (3 cr.) Associate Professors SLAV-R 502 Advanced Russian Syntax and Stylistics Andrew R. Durkin* (Emeritus), George H. Fowler*, II (3 cr.) Dodona I. Kiziria (Emerita), Vadim Liapunov* (Emeritus) SLAV-R 570 Political Russian (3 cr.) The course is Assistant Professors planned for advanced Russian students who are oriented toward and involved in research of economics and politics Justyna Beinek*, Jacob Emery, Maria Shardakova*, Sara of the former Soviet Union. In particular, this course would Stefani* target graduate students in the REEI. Adjunct Professors SLAV-R 592 Methods of Russian Language Instruction (3 cr.) Methods of teaching Russian. The course will Halina Goldberg*, Dov-Ber Kerler*, Bill Johnston* deal with all methods currently in use in foreign language Adjunct Assistant Professor pedagogy, with emphasis on proficiency-oriented teaching as applied to Russian. Review of Russian textbooks and Joshua S. Malitsky, Michael Becker* video materials. Design and preparation of syllabi and Visiting Scholars development of lesson plans. Required for Slavics AIs. Bogdan Rakic (Affiliate Member) Russian Literature SLAV-R 503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) Lectures and Courses readings in the original of Old Russian literary works from the eleventh to the seventeenth centuries. Graduate Russian SLAV-R 401 Advanced Russian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of SLAV-R 504 Eighteenth-Century Russian Literature B or higher in R302. Refinement of active and passive (3 cr.) Russian intellectual life during the century of language skills, with emphasis on vocabulary building and Russia’s Europeanization; philosophical, religious, word usage. Extensive reading, discussion, composition aesthetic, and social problems revealed in the writings of writing. Individualized remedial drill in grammar and leading Russian authors of the century. pronunciation aimed at preparing students to meet SLAV-R 505 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature departmental language proficiency standards. I (3 cr.) Development of Russian prose from SLAV-R 402 Advanced Russian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Sentimentalism and Romanticism through Realism, with a B or higher in R401. Refinement of active and passive focus on analysis of primary sources and original texts, to language skills, with emphasis on vocabulary building and discover narrative and aesthetic principles and practices of word usage. Extensive reading, discussion, composition major writers of the century. writing. Individualized remedial drill in grammar and SLAV-R 506 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature pronunciation aimed at preparing students to meet II (3 cr.) Development of Russian prose from departmental language proficiency standards. Sentimentalism and Romanticism through Realism, with a SLAV-R 403 Russian Phonetics (3 cr.) focus on analysis of primary sources and original texts, to discover narrative and aesthetic principles and practices of SLAV-R 405 Readings in Russian Literature I (3 cr.) major writers of the century. May not be used for credit toward graduate degree in the department. SLAV-R 507 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature I (3 cr.) Principal literary movements, major literary SLAV-R 406 Readings in Russian Literature II (3 cr.) works from Symbolism through the Revolution and the May not be used for credit toward graduate degree in the Soviet period, culminating in the writing of the Perestroika department. period. SLAV-R 407 Readings in Russian Culture, History, SLAV-R 508 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature Society I (3 cr.) P: R302 or equivalent. C: R401 or II (3 cr.) Principal literary movements, major literary consent of department. Extensive translation from the works from Symbolism through the Revolution and the original of selected works on Russian history, government, Soviet period, culminating in the writing of the Perestroika music, folklore, geography, culture. Discussion of both period. linguistic problems and content. May 26, 2016 385

SLAV-R 520 Twentieth-Century Russian Author: Bakhtin, Tartu School, etc.) and their interaction with (name variable) (3 cr.) Thorough investigation of the western literary theories. oeuvre of one or several twentieth-century Russian author(s). SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) P: Interest in theory. An interdisciplinary SLAV-R 530 Pushkin (3 cr.) introduction into linguistics, semiotics, and literary theory based on the methodology of the Prague School. Gives SLAV-R 531 Gogol (3 cr.) students tools with which to approach analysis in any of SLAV-R 532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) these areas. Also included are theories of theater, folklore, and visual arts. SLAV-R 533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) Seminar SLAV-R 534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) SLAV-R 601 Seminar in Russian Literature (1-6 cr.) Introduction to the masterworks of Leo Tolstoy and Feodor Subject to vary. Intensive study of an author, a period, or Dostoevsky. Discussions focus on four major novels; in a literary movement. Research papers required. May be addition, students read several important short stories and repeated for credit. novellas by each author. Lectures in English; readings may be done in English or Russian. Synchronic SLAV-L 501 Structure of Russian I: Phonology and SLAV-R 535 Chekhov (3 cr.) Morphology (3 cr.) Introduction to graduate study in SLAV-R 545 Jewish Characters in Russian Literature Slavic linguistics. Survey of the field. Research sources. (3 cr.) Approaches the “Jewish Question,” the identity and Basic concepts of diachronic linguistics. Introduction self-identity of Jewish characters from the standpoints to synchronic linguistic theory: Bloomfield, Chomsky, of literary analyses, cultural ethnography, folklore and Jakobson. religious studies, and social and political history. Literary SLAV-L 501 Structure of Russian I: Phonology and works of major nineteenth- and twentieth-century Russian Morphology (3 cr.) Introduction to graduate study in writers provide the primary sources for the discussions. Slavic linguistics. Survey of the field. Research sources. SLAV-R 563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Basic concepts of diachronic linguistics. Introduction to synchronic linguistic theory: Bloomfield, Chomsky, SLAV-R 564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) Jakobson. Genre Courses SLAV-L 502 Structure of Russian II: Syntax and SLAV-R 550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) Development of Semantics (3 cr.) P: L501 or consent of instructor. Russian drama from the end of the eighteenth century Introduction to the syntactic and semantic structure of to the present. Knowledge of Russian not required, but contemporary standard Russian. students knowing Russian will be expected to read varying amounts in the original. SLAV-L 503 Russian Word Formation (3 cr.) P: L501. Survey of principles of word formation in Russian. SLAV-R 551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) Metrical and Discussion of formal (morphophonemic) rules governing thematic developments in Russian poetry against prefixation, suffixation, and compounding; productive vs. aesthetic and philosophical background. Major works read non-productive processes; and the semantics of derived in the original. words. SLAV-R 552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) SLAV-L 504 Comparative Slavic Morphosyntax (3 cr.) Development of Russian cinematography from 1915 to Selected topics in the morphosyntax of Slavic languages the present. The characteristic features of Soviet films; the will be examined from a comparative perspective. theory and practice of filmmaking in the Soviet Union; the Introduces students both to modern generative grammar Soviet cinema in its relationship to Russian literature, in and to a range of relevant problems posed by Slavic. the larger context of European Cinema Art. SLAV-L 505 Structure and History of a Slavic SLAV-R 553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) Language (3 cr.) Synchronic and diachronic analysis Emphasizes broad cultural approach to the subject of a single Slavic language (usually of language not of Central European cinema. Highlights the major regularly taught in department), including developmental developments of cinema in Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria, trends and dialects. Will attempt to provide rapid facility and the former Republics of Czechoslovakia and for reading texts (especially linguistic), by building on Yugoslavia in the post-Stalin era. The course will be student’s knowledge of Russian. divided into four segments, each dealing with a separate theme. SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) P: Interest in theory. An interdisciplinary Theory introduction into linguistics, semiotics, and literary theory SLAV-R 500 Proseminar in Russian Literature (3 cr.) based on the methodology of the Prague School. Gives Designed as an introduction to graduate study in Russian students tools with which to approach analysis in any of literature, research methods, sources. History of Slavic these areas. Also included are theory of theater, folklore, scholarship. Required of all graduate literature majors, in and visual arts. first or second semester of study. Diachronic SLAV-R 598 Literary Theory in its Russian and East SLAV-L 571 Old Church Slavonic (3 cr.) History and European Context (3 cr.) Advanced survey of literary grammar of Old Church Slavonic; alphabet, sound system, theories originating in the Slavic world (Formalism, 386 May 26, 2016 morphology, and elements of syntax. Reading of Old SLAV-C 502 Elementary Czech II (3 cr.) Church Slavonic texts. SLAV-C 503 Intermediate Czech I (3 cr.) SLAV-L 572 Comparative Slavic (3 cr.) A comparative survey of the Slavic languages and their historical SLAV-C 504 Intermediate Czech II (3 cr.) development. SLAV-C 505 Advanced Intermediate Czech I SLAV-L 573 History of East Slavic (3 cr.) Survey of East (3-3 cr.) Development of oral and written fluency and Slavic phonology from Common Slavic to the present. comprehension in . Dialectal divergence in Old Russian and formation of SLAV-C 506 Advanced Intermediate Czech II Great Russian, Ukrainian, and Belorussian as literary (3 cr.) Development of oral and written fluency languages. and comprehension in Czech language based on SLAV-L 574 History of South Slavic (3 cr.) Since morphological, lexical, and syntactical analysis of Common Slavic period. Phonemic and morphological contemporary textual materials. divergences within Southern Slavic language group. SLAV-C 511 Intensive Elementary Czech I (5 cr.) A Formation of Southern Slavic literary languages, with history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, and emphasis on history of Serbo-Croatian and Bulgarian. music from the ninth through the late nineteenth centuries. SLAV-L 575 History of West Slavic (3 cr.) Since Instruction on Slovak history; literature and language Common Slavic period. Formation of Western Slavic included. literary languages, with emphasis on the history of Polish SLAV-C 512 Intensive Elementary Czech II (5 cr.) A and Czech. Development of Polish and Czech phonemic history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, and systems and their dialectal differentiation. music from the ninth through the late nineteenth centuries. SLAV-L 576 History of the Russian Literary Language Instruction on Slovak history; literature and language (3 cr.) Since Common Slavic period. Formation of included. Western Slavic literary languages, with emphasis SLAV-C 513 Intensive Intermediate Czech I (5 cr.) A on the history of Polish and Czech. Development of history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, and Polish and Czech phonemic systems and their dialectal music from the ninth through the late nineteenth centuries. differentiation. Instruction on Slovak history; literature and language Seminar included. SLAV-L 600 Proseminar in Slavic Linguistics (3 cr.) SLAV-C 514 Intensive Intermediate Czech II (5 cr.) A Introduction to the profession of Slavic linguistics. history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, and Emphasis on linguistic argumentation, research methods, music from the ninth through the late nineteenth centuries. sources, and critical reasoning. Exposure to a range Instruction on Slovak history; literature and language approaches to Slavic linguistics and practical training included. in research methodology and scholarly argumentation. Preparation for doctoral program admissions examination. SLAV-C 563 History of Czech Literature and Culture (3 cr.) A history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, SLAV-L 601 Seminar in Synchronic Slavic Linguistics and music from the ninth through the late nineteenth (1-6 cr.) Detailed investigation of one or more specialized centuries. Instruction on Slovak history; literature and areas of synchronic Slavic linguistics. Topic varies; may language included. be repeated for credit. SLAV-C 564 Modern Czech Literature and Culture SLAV-L 602 Seminar in Diachronic Slavic Linguistics (5 cr.) Survey of literary, cultural, historical, and political (1-6 cr.) Detailed investigation of one or more aspects developments from the late nineteenth century through of Slavic historical linguistics (e.g., historical phonology, the present. Slovak culture and émigré literature is also morphophonology, morphology, syntax). Examination of covered. general theories and specific issues, complex problems, and controversial or innovative solutions. Topic varies; SLAV-C 565 Seminar in Czech Literature and Culture may be repeated for credit. (3 cr.) Intensive study of an author, a period, or a literary or cultural development. Research papers required. May SLAV-L 603 Topics in Slavic Linguistics (1-6 cr.) be repeated for credit when topic varies. May be repeated for credit when topic varies. Albanian SLAV-A 511 Intensive Elementary Albanian I (5 cr.) No SLAV-V 501 Elementary Slovak I (3 cr.) previous knowledge of Albanian required. Introduction of basic structure of contemporary and SLAV-V 502 Elementary Slovak II (3 cr.) culture, reading and discussion of basic texts Polish SLAV-A 512 Intensive Elementary Albanian II (5 cr.) No SLAV-P 501 Elementary Polish I (3 cr.) previous knowledge of Albanian required. Introduction of SLAV-P 502 Elementary Polish II (3 cr.) basic structure of contemporary Albanian language and culture, reading and discussion of basic texts. SLAV-P 503 Intermediate Polish I (3 cr.) Czech Sovak SLAV-P 504 Intermediate Polish II (3 cr.) SLAV-C 501 Elementary Czech I (3 cr.) SLAV-P 505 Advanced Intermediate Polish I (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 387

SLAV-P 506 Advanced Intermediate Polish II (3 cr.) SLAV-K 601 Introduction to Slovene (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Phonology, morphology, and syntax of the SLAV-P 511 Intensive Elementary Polish I (5 cr.) Slovene language. For reading knowledge. SLAV-P 512 Intensive Elementary Polish II (5 cr.) SLAV-Q 501 Elementary Macedonian I (3 cr.) SLAV-P 513 Intensive Intermediate Polish I (5 cr.) No previous knowledge of Macedonian language required. Introduction to basic structure of contemporary SLAV-P 514 Intensive Intermediate Polish II (5 cr.) Macedonian and the culture of Macedonia. Reading and SLAV-P 563 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture discussion of basic texts. Credit given for only one of the I (3 cr.) Polish literature from its origins to the end of the following: Q101, Q311, Q511, Q501. eighteenth century. SLAV-Q 502 Elementary Macedonian II (3 cr.) No SLAV-P 564 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture previous knowledge of Macedonian required. Introduction II (3 cr.) Polish literature of the nineteenth and twentieth to basic structure of contemporary Macedonian and the centuries. culture of Macedonia. Reading and discussion of basic texts. Credit given for only one of the following: Q102, SLAV-P 565 Seminar in Polish Literature and Culture: Q312, Q502, Q512. (variable title) (3 cr.) Intensive study of an author, a period, or a literary or cultural development. Research SLAV-Q 503 Intermediate Macedonian I (3 cr.) P: Q502 papers required. May be repeated for credit when topic or permission of instructor. Intermediate Macedonian varies. is a continuation of Elementary Macedonian and will further develop the students’ proficiency in Macedonian by SLAV-P 566 Seminar in Polish Literature and Culture: focusing equally on reading, listening, writing, speaking as (variable title) (3 cr.) Explores the post-war history of well as grammar and culture. Polish cinema, made famous worldwide by directors such as Wajda, Kieslowski, and Polanski. Topics of interest: SLAV-Q 504 Intermediate Macedonian II (3 cr.) P: Q503 “the cinema of moral anxiety” (1970), absurd comedies or permission of instructor. that depicted life under communism, adaptations of literary Intermediate Macedonian is a continuation of Elementary classics, new topics and genres in Polish film after 1989. Macedonian and will further develop the students’ proficiency in Macedonian by focusing equally on reading, Romanian listening, writing, speaking as well as grammar and SLAV-M 501 Elementary Romanian I (3 cr.) culture. SLAV-M 502 Elementary Romanian II (3 cr.) SLAV-S 501 Elementary Serbian and Croatian I (3 cr.) SLAV-M 503 Intermediate Romanian I (3 cr.) SLAV-S 502 Intermediate Serbian and Croatian II SLAV-M 504 Intermediate Romanian II (3 cr.) (3 cr.) SLAV-M 511 Intensive Elementary Romanian I (5 cr.) SLAV-S 503 Intermediate Serbian and Croatian I (3 cr.) SLAV-M 512 Intensive Elementary Romanian II (5 cr.) SLAV-S 504 Intermediate Serbian and Croatian II (3 cr.) SLAV-M 513 Intensive Intermediate Romanian I (5 cr.) SLAV-S 505 Advanced Intermediate I Serbian and SLAV-M 514 Intensive Intermediate Romanian II (5 cr.) Croation I (3 cr.) P: S504 or equivalent proficiency. SLAV-M 565 Individual Readings in Romanian Reading of literary texts from a variety of periods and Language and Literature (arr. cr.) locations in the Bosnian-Croatian-Serbian speech area. Sequence of readings in original parallels syllabus of South Slavic S563-S564 in translation. Review of grammar, syntax, and SLAV-B 501 Elementary Bulgarian I (3 cr.) expansion of lexicon as needed. SLAV-B 502 Elementary Bulgarian II (3 cr.) SLAV-S 506 Advanced Intermediate Serbian and Croation II (3 cr.) P: S504 or equivalent proficiency. SLAV-B 601 Introduction to Bulgarian (3 cr.) Reading of literary texts from a variety of periods and P: Knowledge of another Slavic language or consent of locations in the Bosnian-Croatian-Serbian speech area. instructor. Introduction to basic morphology and syntax of Sequence of readings in original parallels syllabus of Bulgarian. S563-S564 in translation. Review of grammar, syntax, and SLAV-G 501 Elementary Georgian I (3 cr.) expansion of lexicon as needed. SLAV-G 502 Elementary Georgian II (3 cr.) SLAV-S 511 Intensive Elementary Croation/Serbian I (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, SLAV-G 511 Intensive Elementary Georgian I (5 cr.) Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and SLAV-G 512 Intensive Elementary Georgian II (5 cr.) Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading and P: Consent of instructor. Phonology, morphology, and discussion of their major literary works in translation. syntax of the Slovene language. For reading knowledge. SLAV-S 512 Intensive Elementary Croation/Serbian SLAV-K 501 Elementary Slovene I (3 cr.) II (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and SLAV-K 502 Elementary Slovene II (3 cr.) Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading and discussion of their major literary works in translation. 388 May 26, 2016

SLAV-S 513 Intensive Intermiediate Croation/Serbian SLAV-N 691 Sixth Year Russian I (5 cr.) I (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and SLAV-N 692 Sixth Year Russian II (5 cr.) Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading and Other discussion of their major literary works in translation. SLAV-U 511 Intensive Elementary Ukrainian I (5 cr.) No SLAV-S 514 Intensive Intermediate Croation/Serbian previous knowledge of Ukrainian required. First semester II (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, designed to provide active command of phonology and Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and basic grammatical patterns of Ukrainian. Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading and SLAV-U 512 Intensive Elementary Ukrainian II (5 cr.) discussion of their major literary works in translation. P: U511 or U501 or equivalent proficiency. Continuation of SLAV-S 563 Literature and Culture of the Southern U511, designed to provide active command of phonology Slavs I (3 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, and basic grammatical patterns. Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, SLAV-U 513 Intensive Intermediate Ukrainian I (5 cr.) and Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading P: U512 or permission of instructor. Continuation of work and discussion of their major literary works in translation. in structure and vocabulary acquisition through grammar SLAV-S 564 Literature and Culture of the Southern study, drills, readings; oral practice and written exercises. Slavs II (3 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, SLAV-U 514 Intensive Intermediate Ukrainian II (5 cr.) Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, P: U513 or permission of instructor. Continuation of work and Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading in structure and vocabulary acquisition through grammar and discussion of their major literary works in translation. study, drills, readings; oral practice and written exercises. SLAV-S 565 Seminar in South Slavic Literatures (3 cr.) P: S563-S564 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of Social Informatics an author, a period, or a literary development. Research Rob Kling Center for Social Informatics papers required. May be repeated for credit when topic Departmental URL: rkcsi.indiana.edu/ varies. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SLAV-U 501 Elementary Ukrainian I (3 cr.) Introduction School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The to basic structure of contemporary Ukrainian language and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements culture. No previous knowledge of Ukrainian is required. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) SLAV-U 502 Elementary Ukrainian II (3 cr.) Introduction to basic structure of contemporary Ukrainian language and Curriculum culture. No previous knowledge of Ukrainian is required. SLAV-U 582 Ukrainian through Russian (3 cr.) An Ph.D. Minor in Social Informatics accelerated Ukrainian language course for those who Social Informatics (SI) refers to the interdisciplinary study have previous experience with another Slavic language. of the design, uses, and consequences of information The course cover at least one year's worth of basic and communications technologies (ICT) that takes into Ukrainian account their interaction with institutional and cultural contexts. Social Informatics research examines the roles SLAV-U 601 Introduction to Ukrainian (3 cr.) of technologies in social and organizational change and P: Knowledge of another Slavic language or consent of the social shaping of ICT. SI research and SI courses instructor. Introduction to basic morphology and syntax of are organized within diverse fields, including information Ukrainian. systems, telecommunications, journalism, information General Slavic science, and political science. One key goal of the field is to shape ICTs and policies relevant to them in order SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies to enhance human communication and lead to more (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. acceptable technological developments at organizational Readings may be selected in any of the Slavic languages. and social levels. SLAV-S 560 Special Studies in Slavic Literature (3 cr.) Course Requirement for the Ph.D. Minor in Social SLAV-S 562 Topics in Slavic Studies (1-3 cr.) Topics Informatics (12 credit hours) vary as needed and may be selected from any area of This minor consists of four courses (12 credits), selected Slavic language, literature, or culture studies. from an approved list of courses as described below. SLAV-S 801 Ph.D. Dissertation (arr. cr.) This course is Please note that a student minoring in SI cannot include eligible for a deferred grade. classes from his or her home department in the minor. Students who complete the Ph.D. minor in SI at Indiana Summer Language Workshop University must demonstrate proficiency in a set of SLAV-R 431 Intensive Russian Oral (2 cr.) courses that examines the design, uses, consequences SLAV-R 434 Intensive Russian Phonetics (1 cr.) and/or policies of ICT use in social, cultural, or institutional contexts. The SI Ph.D. minor emphasizes theoretical and SLAV-N 581 Fifth Year Russian I (5 cr.) methodological issues, as well as substantive issues. SLAV-N 582 Fifth Year Russian II (5 cr.) The student must submit a written proposal to the Steering Committee describing a detailed course of study. May 26, 2016 389

The proposal will explain the student’s focus of study, people, their work and/or play, and the contexts within its relationship to SI, the relationship of proposed SI which people interact with technology. courses to the overall program of study, and the likely dissertation topic or area. It will also include the name Electives of the student’s SI Ph.D. minor advisor. While the SI Students seeking the Ph.D. minor in social informatics Ph.D. minor is likely to be completed before a student must complete an additional three courses (9 credit develops a detailed dissertation proposal, it is expected hours). These additional courses must be selected from that the dissertation will address issues related to social the list above or the following list. The elective courses informatics. If a student is interested in a course that is should be taken from at least two departments or schools not on the approved course list, he or she can petition other than the student’s home academic unit. The Social the director and Steering Committee to have the course Informatics Program is developing rapidly at IU, and we included as part of the minor; the procedure is described expect that additional doctoral-level courses will be offered below. each year. Students can propose that their minors include The complete proposal must be approved by the Steering other social informatics courses that are not included on Committee. The Steering Committee must also attest this list. Such proposals should include syllabi and other that the approved course of study has been completed detailed information about the course. successfully. Students seeking the Ph.D. minor in SI must Department of Information and Library Science obtain the approval of their Ph.D. Advisory Committees. Z513 Organizational Informatics The range of courses listed on the RKCSI courses Web Z541 Information Policy site (http://rkcsi.indiana.edu/) is designed to enable Z542 International Information Issues students to construct a program for the Ph.D. minor in SI Z544 Gender and Computerization that is relevant to their primary research interests. This Z643 The Information Industry program of courses should include some courses that Z652 Digital Libraries have strong theoretical and/or methodological content, as Z661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in Human- well as substantive issues. Computer Interaction Specific Course Requirements Kelley School of Business Students seeking a Ph.D. minor in Social Informatics S600 Foundations in Information Systems Research must complete four graduate level courses (12 hours) S602 Information Systems Technology Research that have been selected from the courses listed on the S606 IS Strategy and Management Research RKCSI Courses at Indiana page; this list includes courses S607 Collaborative Technologies Research that have been specifically identified as approved for the S796 Special Topics Ph.D. minor. One of the four courses for the SI minor must be taken in the School of Journalism, the Department Cognitive Science Program of Telecommunications, the School of Informatics and Q540 Philosophical Foundations of the Cognitive and Computing, or the Department of Information and Library Information Sciences Science and this course, which will serve as a foundation Department of Communication and Culture course for the minor, must be approved by the committee. CMCL 620: Media, Politics, and Power: Ethnographic This course should be taken first and may not be in the Approaches to New Media: Configuring the Object of student’s home school or department. Other courses in Analysis in New Media Research these schools and departments may be taken as electives. Possibilities include: School of Education P550 Cognition and Semiotics Department of Information and Library Science Z514 Computerization in Society School of Informatics and Computing Z518 Communication in Electronic Environments I605 Social Foundations of Informatics I690 Seminar in Social Informatics II: Political and School of Journalism Economic Issues J530 Issues in New Communication Technologies J614 Communication and National Development Department of Political Science Y665 Public Law and Policy Telecommunications Department T551 Communication, Technology, and Society Department of Telecommunications T601 Origins of the Information Age T602 Interactivity and New Media T610 The Networked Society School of Informatics and Computing I503 Social Impact of Information Technologies Faculty In addition, students can propose, in consultation with their Steering Committee Members advisors, that their minor include other SI courses that are Eden Medina* Program Director (School of Informatics not on this list or that are on the list, but have not yet been and Computing), Pnina Fichman* Program Director formally approved for the SI minor. Such proposals should (Information and Library Science) include syllabi and other detailed information about the course. The proposal should make a convincing case that Core Faculty the course is aligned with one or more main SI themes, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University such as the complex relationships among technology, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) 390 May 26, 2016

Professors Distinguished Professor Alan Dennis* (Kelly School of Business), Barbara Bernice Pescosolido* (Sociology, IUB) Bichelmeyer* (School of Education), Alan Dennis* (Kelley School of Business), David Hakken* (School of Chancellor’s Professor and Dean Informatics), Jeffrey Hart* (Political Science), Harmeet Mohammed R. Torabi* (School of Public Health, IUB) Sawhney* (Telecommunications), Terrence Mason* (School of Education), Eugene McGregor* (Emeritus, Robert A. Lucas Professor Emeritus SPEA) Roger Dworkin* (Law, IUB) Associate Professors Professors Eden Medina* (School of Informatics and Computing), David Bell (Sociology, IUPUI), Ellen Dwyer* (Emerita, Pnina Fichman* (Information and Library Science), Hamid History, Criminal Justice, IUB), Peter Finn* (Psychological Ekbia* (Information and Library Science), Ilana Gershon and Brain Sciences, IUB), Carol Brooks Gardner* (Communication and Culture), Howard Rosenbaum* (Sociology, IUPUI), Amy Holtzworth-Munroe* (Information and Library Science), Anthony Gerth (Kelly (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), William Hetrick* School of Business) (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Pamela Braboy Assistant Professors and Lecturers Jackson* (Sociology, IUB), Paul Jamison* (Emeritus, Anthropology, IUB), John McGrew (Psychology, IUPUI), Selma Sabanovic* (School of Informatics), Matt Pierce Jane McLeod* (Sociology, IUB), Brian O’Donnell* (Telecommunications), Joshua Danish (School of (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), Eliza Pavalko* Education), Emily Metzgar (School of Journalism) (Sociology, IUB), Kosali Simon* (SPEA, IUB), Steven Stowe* (Emeritus, History, IUB), Peggy A. Thoits* Social Science Approaches to (Sociology, IUB), Virginia Vitzthum (Anthropology, IUB), Health and Healing Systems Richard Ward* (Anthropology, IUPUI), Andrea Wiley (Anthropology, IUB), Colin Williams* (Sociology, IUPUI), (SAHS) Eric Wright* (Fairbanks School of Public Health, IUPUI), College of Arts and Sciences William Yarber* (Applied Health Science, IUB) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Associate Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Silvia Bigatti (Department of Public Health, IUPUI), University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Nancy Ellis* (Applied Health Science, IUB), Carrie Foote contained only in The University Graduate School (Sociology, IUPUI), William P. Gronfein (Sociology, Bulletin.) IUPUI), Ann Holmes* (Public and Environmental Affairs, IUPUI), Tamara Leech (Sociology, IUPUI), Susan Mid- Curriculum dlestadt* (Applied Health Science, IUB), Sarah D. Phillips* (Anthropology, IUB), Michael Reece* (Applied Health Ph.D. Minor in Social Science Approaches to Health Science, IUB) and Healing Systems (SAHS) The SAHS minor is a cross-departmental/school/campus Assistant Professors program open to Ph.D. students at Indiana University Zobeida Bonilla (Applied Health Science, IUB), Brian (IUB and IUPUI campuses). It requires four courses D’Onofrio* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), (a minimum of 12 credit hours) from the approved list, Devon Hensel (Sociology, IUPUI), Frederika Kaestle* including at least one of the following: S660 (Medical (Anthropology, IUB), Cara Lewis (Psychological and Brain Sociology and Social Psychiatry, Part I or II, offered Sciences, IUB), Michael Muehlenbein* (Anthropology, at IUB), SOC R515 (Sociology of Health and Illness, IUB), Fernando Ona (Applied Health Science, IUB), Kevin offered at IUPUI), SOC R585 (Social Aspects of Mental Rand (Psychology, IUPUI), Jesse Stewart (Psychology, Health and Mental Illness, offered at IUPUI), or SOC IUPUI) R610 (Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior). Courses outside the currently approved list may be considered Clinical Associate Professor for the minor in consultation with the director. One of Catherine Sherwood-Laughlin (Applied Health Science, the courses included as part of the minor program may IUB) be from the student’s disciplinary major. The minor is administered by the Department of Sociology, IUB. Clinical Assistant Professors Interested students should consult with the director of the minor to develop a course plan. Lesa Lorenzen-Huber (Applied Health Science, IUB) Faculty Courses Curriculum Courses Faculty Director Cross-Listed Courses Professor Bernice A. Pescosolido*, [email protected] Anthropology Core Faculty B480 Human Growth and Development (3 cr.) IUB and IUPUI (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University B512 Evolutionary Medicine (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct B540 Hormones and Human Behavior (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) B543 Reproductive Ecology (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 391

B544 Women's Bodies (3 cr.) H524 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 cr.) B545 Nutritional Anthropology (3 cr.) H530 International Health (3 cr.) B548 Human Demography and Life History (3 cr.) H555 Issues in Human Sexuality and Health (3 cr.) B570 Human Adaptation: Biological Approaches (3 cr.) H594 Health Program Evaluation (3 cr.) E445/645 Advanced Seminar in Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) IUB and IUPUI Sociology R515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) IUPUI Criminal Justice R585 Social Aspects of Mental Health and Mental Illness P680 Law and Psychiatry (3 cr.) (3 cr.) IUPUI S526 The Sociology of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) IUPUI Economics S560 Topics in the Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) E528 Economic Analysis of Health Care (3 cr.) IUPUI IUPUI Law S610 Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior (3 cr.) B619 Law and Medicine (3 cr.) permission of instructor IUPUI and minor director required S660 Advanced Topics (3 cr.) B661 Law and Biomedical Advance (3 cr.) permission of instructor and minor director required Faculty Psychological and Brain Sciences Director I545 Psychopharmacology (3 cr.) IUPUI Associate Professor Patricia A. McManus* (Sociology) I555 Medical and Psychosocial Aspects of Chronic Illness Graduate Faculty (3 cr.) IUPUI I591 Psychopathology (3 cr.) IUPUI (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University I614 Behavioral Medicine (3 cr.) IUPUI Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct I618 Interventions in Health Psychology (3 cr.) IUPUI doctoral dissertations.) P530 Introduction to Clinical Science (3 cr.) permission of instructor required Distinguished Professor P531 Intervention and Evaluation (3 cr.) permission of J. Scott Long* (Sociology, Statistics) instructor required P624 Principles of Psychopathology (3 cr.) permission of Rudy Professors instructor required Clem Brooks* (Sociology), Maureen A. Pirog* (Policy and P641 Psychological Assessment (3 cr.) permission of Environmental Affairs) instructor required Virginia L. Roberts Professor P657 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) permission of director Peggy Thoits* required for specific sections P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) Professors Public Health, School of (IUPUI) Arthur Alderson* (Sociology), Phil F. Carspecken* H501 U.S. Health Care Systems, Policies and Ethical (Education), Ginette Delandshere* (Education), Gregory Challenges (3 cr.) IUPUI J. Kasza* (Political Science, East Asian Languages and H514 Health Economics (3 cr.) IUPUI Cultures), Chao-Ying Joanne Peng* (Education), Barry H515 Seminar in Health Policy (3 cr.) IUPUI Rubin* (Policy and Environmental Affairs); Peggy Thoits* H516 Health Services Delivery and the Law (3 cr.) IUPUI (Sociology) H521 Management Science for Health Services Administration (3 cr.) IUPUI Associate Professors H615 Health Care Outcomes and Decision-Making (3 cr.) Steve Benard* (Sociology), Barbara Dennis* IUPUI (Education), David H. Good* (Policy and Environmental Public Health, School of (IUB) Affairs), Tim Hallett* (Sociology), Brad Heim* (Policy C501 Assessment and Planning in Public Health (3 cr.) and Environmental Affairs), Tim Hellwig* (Political C505 Public Health Foundations and Leadership (3 cr.) Science), Patricia A. McManus* (Sociology), Ashlyn Aiko C510 Organization and Administration of Public Health Nelson* (Policy and Environmental Affairs), Brea Perry* Programs (3 cr.) (Sociology), Armando Razo* (Political Science) C512 Environmental Health Science (3 cr.) Assistant Professors Keera Allendorf* (Sociology), C525 Health Information Systems, Technology, and Aging Weihua An* (Sociology, Statistics), Jessica Calarco* (3 cr.) (Sociology), Chirstopher DeSante* (Political Science), C529 Health and Disease Disparities in Diverse Andrew Halpern-Manners* (Sociology), Haeil Jung* Communities (3 cr.) (Policy and Environmental Affairs), Jessica Lester* C535 Contemporary Issues in Aging and Health (3 cr.) (Education), Dubravka Svetina* (Education) Professor C589 Models and Theories of Health Behavior (3 cr.) Emeritus C602 Intervention Design in Public Health (3 cr.) Robert Agranoff (Policy and Environmental Affairs) C611 Epidemiology (3 cr.) C615 Health, Longevity, and Integrative Therapies for the Senior Scientist Emeritus Later Years (3 cr.) John M. Kennedy (Center for Survey Research) H500 Philosophy and Principles of Health Education (3 cr.) H517 Health Care in Minority Communities (3 cr.) H522 Promoting Women’s Health (3 cr.) 392 May 26, 2016 Social Science Research Methods Foundational Courses in Qualitative Research Methods (Group A) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Note: no more than one foundational course from Group A can count towards the minor Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~soc/ Criminal Justice: (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Topic: Qualitative Methods contained only in The University Graduate School Education: Bulletin.) EDUC-Y 611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Curriculum Journalism: Ph.D. Minor in Social Science Research Methods (SSRM) JOUR-J 651 Qualitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Description Political Science: The multidisciplinary, cross-school SSRM minor draws on POLS-Y 579 Qualitative Methods in Political Research (3 faculty from the College of Arts and Sciences, the School cr.) of Education, the School of Public and Environmental Affairs and other IUB units to provide students the Public and Environmental Affairs: opportunity to pursue a broad-based and comprehensive SPEA-V 710 Topics in Public Policy (3 cr.) Topic: training program in social science research methods. Qualitative Research Methods The minor is open to Ph.D. students at Indiana University (IUB and IUPUI campuses). The program emphasizes Public Health: advanced training in qualitative and quantitative methods for the analysis of social science data. Course offerings SPH-F 650 Seminar: Human Development & Family span diverse perspectives on data collection and analysis Studies (3 cr.) Topic: Interpretive Qualitative Research strategies. The course of study must include at least Methods one course outside of the major field, and all coursework Topical and Advanced Qualitative Methods (Group A) for the minor is in addition to any courses required for the major field. As a result, the minor in Social Science Anthropology: Research Methods is especially useful to those interested ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology in moving beyond the required methodological coursework (3 cr.) Topic: Ethnographic Video Methods of their disciplinary specialization to acquire a multifaceted view of approaches to social science phenomena. ANTH-L 600 Seminar in Ethnography of Communication (3 cr.) Topic: Discourse Analysis Course Requirements Linguistics: Four courses for a minimum of twelve (12) hours of credit in courses approved for the Social Science Research LING-L 700 Seminar on Current Issues (1-4 cr.) Topic: Methods program, including at least one course outside Discourse Analysis the major field of study. A minimum of one course must be from area A (Methods of Qualitative Data Analysis) Education: and a minimum of one course must come from area EDUC-Y 612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (3 cr.) B (Methods of Quantitative Data Analysis). No more than six (6) credits can be transferred in from another EDUC-Y 613 Critical Qualitative Inquiry II (3 cr.) institution. Courses taken to fulfill the requirements for EDUC-Y 615 Introduction to Discourse Theory and the major field of study cannot also be counted towards Analysis (3 cr.) the minor in Social Science Research Methods. Students must officially declare the minor during the early phase EDUC-Y 624 Discursive Psychology Approaches to on their Ph.D. studies by consulting with the major Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) advisor and the director of the minor. Courses outside the currently approved list may be considered for the minor EDUC-Y 631 Discourse Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) in consultation with the director. The director of the minor EDUC-Y 650 Topical Seminar in Educational Inquiry retains formal authority for approving each minor student's (3 cr.) Topics: Mixed Methodology; Digital Tools for course plan. Qualitative Inquiry; Life Story Methodology Grades EDUC-P 674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in all courses that Sciences (3 cr.) Topic: Issues and Applications in count towards the minor. Qualitative Coding Courses EDUC-Y 750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) Topics: Advanced Ethnographic Methods; Advanced Group A (Qualitative Research Methods) Qualitative Research; The Meaning of Mixed Methods Geography: May 26, 2016 393

GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs I (3 cr.) GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs II (3 cr.) Information and Library Science: Psychological and Brain Sciences: ILS-Z 642 Content Analysis for the Web (3 cr.) PSY-P 553 Advanced Statistics in Psychology I (3 cr.) Sociology: PSY-P 554 Advanced Statistics in Psychology II (3 cr.) SOC-S 652 Topics in Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) Topics: Analyzing Textual Data; Ethnography; Historical Topical and Advanced Quantitative Methods (Group Methods;In-Depth Interviewing B) Telecommunications: Economics: TEL–T 510 Research Methods in Message Analysis ECON-E 626 Game Theory (3 cr.) Group B (Quantitative Research Methods) ECON-E 627 Experimental Economics (3 cr.) Foundational Courses in Quantitative Research ECON-E 671 Econometrics 3 – Nonlinear and Methods (Group B) Simultaneous Models (3 cr.) Note: no more than one foundational course from Group B ECON-E 672 Macroeconometrics (3 cr.) can count towards the minor, and no Group B foundational course will count towards the minor if the doctoral major ECON-E 673 Microeconometrics (3 cr.) includes two graduate courses in statistics or quantitative ECON-E 724 Seminar in Economic Theory (3-6 cr.) data analysis. Topic: Bayesian Methods Business: Education: BUS-X 610 Statistics for Research I (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 525 Survey Research Methodology (3 cr.) BUS-X 611 Statistics for Research II (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 535 Evaluation Models & Techniques (3 cr.) Economics: EDUC-Y 617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) ECON-E 571 Econometrics I - Statistical Foundations (3 EDUC-Y 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) cr.) EDUC-Y 639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) ECON-E 572 Econometrics II – Regression and Time Series (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) Education: EDUC-Y 655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 603 Statistical Design in Education Research (3 Geography: cr.) GEOG–G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in EDUC-Y 604 Multivariate Analysis in Education Research Geography (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Political Science: Geography: POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Topics: GEOG–G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) Experimental Research Design and Methods; Contextual Political Analysis Political Science: POLS-Y 577 Topics in Data Analysis (3 cr.) Topic: Topics POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I in Dynamic Analysis / Time Series Public Health: Psychological and Brain Sciences: SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) PSY-P 557 Representation of Structure in Psychological SPH-Q 603 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Data (3 cr.) Sociology: PSY-P 648 Choice Behavior (3 cr.) SOC-S 554 Stat Techniques in Sociology I (3 cr.) PSY-P 654 Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) SOC-S 650 Stat Techniques in Sociology II (3 cr.) PSY-P 657 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) Topic: Time Series Statistics: Public Health: STAT-S 501 Statistical Methods I (3 cr.) SPH-Q 601 Experimental Analysis & Design (3 cr.) STAT-S 503 Statistical Methods II (3 cr.) SPH-Q 612 Survival Analysis (3 cr.) Policy and Environmental Analysis: Sociology: 394 May 26, 2016

SOC-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis (3 cr.) Grades SOC-S 655 Experimental Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) Students must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.3 (B+) in all course work. No grade below B– in SOC-S 651 Topics in Quantitative Sociology (3 cr.) sociology courses will be counted toward this degree. Topics: Covariance Structure and Latent Growth Models; Hierarchical Linear Models; Longitudinal and Panel Data Essay Analysis; Multivariate Data Analysis; Social Network Analysis; Survey Research Methods The essay requirement is fulfilled by enrollment and participation in S566 and either S567 or S569 and Statistics: preparation of an acceptable research paper. STAT-S 625 Nonparametric Theory in Data Analysis (3 Doctor of Philosophy Degree cr.) Admission Requirements STAT-S 632 Applied Linear Models II (3 cr.) Completion of the M.A. degree (or equivalent training) in sociology at a recognized institution with a grade STAT-S 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) point average of 3.3 (B+) or higher (students with a STAT-S 640 Multivariate Data Analysis (3 cr.) master’s degree in a related field may be admitted, but may be required to remove deficiencies), three letters of STAT-S 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) recommendation, and satisfactory scores on the Graduate STAT-S 650 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) Record Examination General Test. STAT-S 670 Exploratory Data Analysis (3 cr.) Course Requirements STAT-S 681 Topics in Applied Statistics (3 cr.) Topics: A total of 90 credit hours, consisting of no fewer than 60 Spatial Statistics; Network Analysis; Statistical Methods credit hours of course work (including the 30 credit hours for Causal Inference; Multivariate Methods II; Model counting toward the M.A.) and up to 30 credit hours of Comparison and Selection dissertation research (S869). The required courses are those specified for the M.A. (including both S510 and STAT-S 682 Topics in Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) S530), S540, S558, S650 (or STAT S503), one advanced Topic: Statistical Model Selection methodology course, three 600-level courses, one 700- level seminar, and two elective courses. Sociology Grades College of Arts and Sciences Students must maintain a grade point average of at Departmental E-mail: [email protected] least 3.3 (B+) in all course work. No grade below B– in Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~soc/ sociology courses will be counted toward this degree. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Outside Minor School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Required (usually 9-15 credit hours); may be chosen University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements from African American and African Diaspora Studies, contained only in The University Graduate School African Studies, Anthropology, Business, Cultural Studies, Bulletin.) East Asian Studies, Economics, Education, Gender Studies, Geography, History, History and Philosophy of Curriculum Science, Human Sexuality, Latin American and Caribbean Degrees Offered Studies, Latino Studies, Law, Political Science, Public Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy Affairs, Religious Studies, Russian and East European Studies, Social Science Approaches to Health and Healing Special Departmental Requirements Systems, Statistics or European Studies. A field not listed (See also general University Graduate School may be chosen with approval of the director of graduate requirements.) studies. Master of Arts Degree Qualifying Examinations Admission Requirements All doctoral students are expected to demonstrate Fifteen credit hours in sociology with a 3.3 (B+) grade proficiency in sociological methods either by achieving point average (may be waived for students with a strong a GPA of 3.3 (B+) or above in the required statistics undergraduate record in another field); satisfactory scores and methods course sequence (S554, S558, S650, one on the Graduate Record Examination General Test; three advanced methods course), or by passing a doctoral letters of recommendation. examination in methodology. In addition, students must pass a written qualifying exam in a research specialty of Course Requirements their choosing. This qualifying exam is to be completed A total of 30 credit hours, including 6 credit hours of the by the start of the student’s fourth year in the graduate Sociological Research Practicum (S566 and either S567 program. or S569), S554, and either S510 or S530. An introductory Dissertation Proposal undergraduate statistics course, such as S371, is a prerequisite for S554. May 26, 2016 395

Students must pass an oral defense of their dissertation Eastern Languages and Cultures); Steve Benard (Director, proposal. Scheussler Institute of Social Research); Sylvia Martinez (Education); William Pridemore* (Criminal Justice); John Final Examination Stanfield (Afrcan American and African Diaspora Studies); Oral defense of the dissertation. Gerald Suttles; Stanley Wasserman (Statistics) Ph.D. Minor in Sociology Director of Graduate Studies Students from other departments or schools who wish Professor Ethan Michelson*, Ballantine Hall 768, (812) to minor in sociology should consult with the director of 856-1521 graduate studies, who will ordinarily serve as the minor Courses advisor. Students will be required to complete 12 credit hours of course work; these courses must be completed SOC-S 409 Social Context of Schooling (3 cr.) Courses with a grade point average of at least 3.0 (B). No more in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with than one course should be taken below the 500 level. the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in These requirements may be modified in particular cases sociology and the course instructor. by the director of graduate studies. SOC-S 410 Topics in Social Organization (3 cr.) Faculty Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of graduate Chairperson studies in sociology and the course instructor. Professor Brian Powell* SOC-S 413 Gender and Society (3 cr.) Courses in Graduate Faculty the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct sociology and the course instructor. doctoral dissertations.) SOC-S 417 Conversation Analysis (3 cr.) Courses in Distinguished Professors the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in J. Scott Long*, Bernice Pescosolido*, Sheldon Stryker* sociology and the course instructor. (Emeritus) SOC-S 419 Social Movements and Collective Action Allen and Polly Grimshaw Professor (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of Eliza Pavalko* graduate studies in sociology and the course instructor. Chancellor’s Professor SOC-S 420 Topics in Deviance (3 cr.) Courses in the Robert Robinson* (Emeritus) 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Rudy Professors sociology and the course instructor. Clem Brooks*, Thomas F. Gieryn* (Emeritus), David Heise* (Emeritus), Brian Powell*, Pamela B. Walters* SOC-S 427 Social Conflict (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior Virginia L. Roberts Professor approval of the director of graduate studies in sociology Peggy Thoits* and the course instructor. Professors SOC-S 431 Topics in Social Psychology (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Arthur Alderson, Robert Althauser* (Emeritus), William A. the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Corsaro* (Emeritus), Phillips Cutright* (Emeritus), Donna sociology and the course instructor. Jean Eder* (Emeritus), Elton Jackson* (Emeritus), Pamela Braboy Jackson*, David R. James* (Emeritus), Jane D. SOC-S 433 Adult Socialization (3 cr.) Courses in the McLeod*, Whitney Pope* (Emeritus), Martin Weinberg*, 400s listed here are open to graduate students with David Zaret* the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in sociology and the course instructor. Associate Professors SOC-S 435 Social Psychology of the Self (3 cr.) Stephen Benard*, Laurel L. Cornell* (Emeritus), Timothy Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate Paul Hallett*, Jennifer Lee*, Patricia A. McManus*, Ethan students with the prior approval of the director of graduate Michelson*, Dina Okamoto*, Brea Perry*, Fabio Rojas* studies in sociology and the course instructor. Assistant Professors SOC-S 438 Childhood Socialization (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Keera Allendorf, Weihua An, Jessica Calarco, Youngjoo the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Cha, Andrew Halpern-Manners, Elaine Hernandez, Cate sociology and the course instructor. Taylor SOC-S 441 Topics in Social Theory (3 cr.) Courses in Adjunct Professors the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Daniel Clark (Regenstrief Institute); Kirsten Grønbjerg* the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in (Public and Environmental Affairs); Aziza Khazzoom (Near sociology and the course instructor. 396 May 26, 2016

SOC-S 450 Topics in Methods and Measurement (3 cr.) SOC-S 560 Topics in Sociology (3 cr.) Selected topics Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate in social organization and social psychology, including but students with the prior approval of the director of graduate not limited to the sociologies of work, sex roles, education, studies in sociology and the course instructor. mental illness, science, sociolinguistics, socialization, deviance, sexual patterns and variations, and small group SOC-S 500 Pro-Seminar in Sociology (1 cr.) S/F processes. grading. Introduction to current sociological research interests and concerns through the work of departmental SOC-S 566 Sociological Research Practicum I (1-3 cr.) members. May be repeated for credit. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Participation in all aspects of a sociological research project, including SOC-S 501 Sociology as a Vocation (1 cr.) S/F grading. conceptualization and design, data collection, analysis, Students consider the contributions of sociology as a and report writing. May be repeated for credit. discipline and examine career paths of sociologists both within and outside of academia. The 1 credit course is SOC-S 567 Sociological Research Practicum II (1-3 cr.) required of all first-year graduate students. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Participation in all aspects of a sociological research project, including SOC-S 502 Launching Your Academic Career (1 cr.) In conceptualization and design, data collection, analysis, this course, students are introduced to basic issues that and report writing. May be repeated for credit. are essential for their professional development. Course time is divided between in-class discussions and exercises SOC-S 569 M.A. Thesis (3 cr.) This course is eligible for both in and outside of class. This one-credit course is a deferred grade. required of all second-year students and is taken on a pass/fail basis. SOC-S 606 Sociological Issues in College Pedagogy (3 cr.) Introduction to topics such as learning theory, SOC-S 506 Teaching of Undergraduate Sociology learning and teaching styles, and cognitive development. (3 cr.) S/F grading. Required of all associate instructors. Focuses on assessment and practice of teaching, challenges to higher education, ethics, and professional SOC-S 510 Introduction to Social Organization (3 cr.) responsibility. P: One course in sociology. Concepts, perspectives, and theories relevant to the analysis of all social organizations SOC-S 610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) Historical and or social systems. Emphasizes both dynamic processes contemporary causes, trends, and patterns of urbanization and structural forms, including social roles and interaction, throughout the world. Various approaches to studying patterns of social ordering, effects of culture, and the process of urbanization, including ecological, social social systems analysis. Examines both classic and organizational, and political perspectives. Current contemporary literature. developments and problems in urban planning. SOC-S 521 Sexual Diversity (3-9 cr.) A sociological SOC-S 612 Political Sociology (3 cr.) Possible topics examination of the major social-psychological and include experimental studies of power relationships, behavioral aspects of human sexual diversity. political socialization, political attitudes, political participation, voting behavior, decision-making processes, SOC-S 522 Constructing Sexuality (3 cr.) theories of social power, organizational power systems SOC-S 530 Introduction to Social Psychology (3-9 cr.) and structures, the state as a social institution, and P: One course in sociology. Examines the broad range political movements. of work in social psychology. Emphasis is placed on the SOC-S 613 Complex Organizations (3 cr.) Theory relation between the classic and contemporary literature in and research in formal organizations: industry, school, the field. church, hospital, government, military, and university. SOC-S 540 Sociological Theory (3 cr.) A rigorous Problems of bureaucracy and decision making in examination of a representative set of theoretical products, large-scale organizations. For students in the social with the objective of understanding the basic structure and sciences and professional schools interested in the meaning of each and simultaneously learning about the comparative approach to problems of organization and creation of theory. their management. SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 cr.) SOC-S 615 Problems in Demography and Ecology P: S371 or consent of instructor. Statistical analysis of (3 cr.) Sociological aspects of theories relating human single and multiple equation models with continuous beings and ecological environment. Selected topics, dependent variables. May include techniques such as ranging from fertility and population change to community bivariate and multivariate regression, recursive and planning and urbanism in underdeveloped areas as well nonrecursive structural equation models. as Western cultures. SOC-S 558 Advanced Research Techniques (3 cr.) SOC-S 616 Sociology of Family Systems (3 cr.) The logic of analysis, including development of research Focus on the nature, structure, functions, and changes questions, relationships between theory and evidence, of family systems in modern and emerging societies, in research design, sampling, data collection strategies, comparative and historical perspective. Attention is given reliability and validity, measurement, analysis, and to relationships with other societal subsystems, and to drawing conclusions. Also includes an overview of data interaction between role occupants within and between collection techniques such as surveys, interviews, field subsystems. methods, and the use of archival and secondary data. SOC-S 617 Social Stratification (3 cr.) Nature of social stratification; comparison of caste, estate-class, and open- May 26, 2016 397 class systems; theories of stratification; characteristics ethnographic methods, historical sociology, and intensive of local and national stratification systems; comparative interviews and case studies. analysis of stratification systems in various parts of the world; social circulation; changes in stratification SOC-S 655 Experimental Methods in Sociology structure. (3 cr.) Analysis of laboratory experiments; problems in experimentation; practice in conducting experiments. SOC-S 618 Sociology of Religion and Ideology (3 cr.) The nature of beliefs and value systems and their SOC-S 656 Mathematical Applications in Sociology institutional arrangements, with specific attention to the (3 cr.) P: S650. Mathematical description of social interrelationship of these systems to the larger social systems and processes; computer simulation; structure, in cross-cultural and historical perspective. mathematics and sociological theory. SOC-S 620 Deviance and Social Control (3 cr.) Current SOC-S 657 Selected Problems in Cross-Cultural theories of genesis, distribution, and control of deviant Sociological Research (3 cr.) Problems of research behavior. Theories about specific forms of deviant in different cultural settings. Adaptation of standard behavior, e.g., crime, suicide, and alcoholism, examined sociological techniques, development of research from standpoint of their implications for a comprehensive, designs, administration of research in situations of limited general theory of deviant behavior. resources. SOC-S 621 Theory and Research in Human Sexuality SOC-S 658 Community Power, Politics, and Decision (3 cr.) A critical examination of sociological theory and Making (3 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred research in the area of human sexuality. Historical and grade. Cross-disciplinary perspectives on community contemporary work will be considered. influence structures, governmental forms, and the local and national processes generating community public SOC-S 631 Intergroup Relations (3 cr.) Topics include policies. Research strategies appropriate to the study of nature of prejudice, theories of prejudice, psychology these issues. of attitudes related to intergroup relations, critique and evaluation of current research of majority-minority SOC-S 659 Qualitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) relations, and formulation of research designs. P: S558 or permission of instructor. Methods of obtaining, evaluating, and analyzing qualitative data in social SOC-S 633 Social Interaction: Interpersonal Relations research. Methods covered include field research (3 cr.) Focuses on social interaction processes. Topics procedures, participant observation, interviewing, and include interpersonal perception, verbal and nonverbal audio-video recording of social behavior in natural communication, the presentation of self, ecological settings. determinants of interaction, the structure of interactions, social exchange, and stable interaction systems SOC-S 660 Advanced Topics (2-6 cr.) Topics (relationships). announced when course is to be offered. SOC-S 640 Advanced Topics in Sociological Theory SOC-S 700 Topical Seminar (3-12 cr.) (3 cr.) Historical development of sociological theory in SOC-S 706 Sociological Research in Higher Education Europe and the United States during the nineteenth and (3 cr.) twentieth centuries, with emphasis on contrasting schools of theoretical thought. SOC-S 710 Social Organization I (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 647 Social Change (3 cr.) Contemporary theories SOC-S 711 Social Organization II (1-6 cr.) of social change, analysis of modernization processes SOC-S 720 Deviance and Control I (3-6 cr.) such as industrialization and urbanization, examination of current social movements, and models of future societies. SOC-S 721 Deviance and Control II (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 649 Theory Construction (3 cr.) Analysis of SOC-S 730 Social Psychology I (3-6 cr.) the types and structures of formal theory in sociology. Examination of the specific practices of theory SOC-S 731 Social Psychology II (3-6 cr.) construction. SOC-S 740 Social Theory I (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II SOC-S 741 Sociological Theory II (3-6 cr.) (3 cr.) P: S554 or consent of instructor. Statistical analysis of models with noncontinuous dependent variables. May SOC-S 750 Sociological Methods I (3-6 cr.) include techniques such as logit and probit analysis, log- SOC-S 751 Sociological Methods II (3-6 cr.) linear models, censoring, and sample selection models. SOC-S 864 Readings in Sociology (arr. cr.) Individual SOC-S 651 Topics in Quantitative Sociology (3 cr.) assignments. P: S554, S650. Statistical analysis in social research; selected topics. SOC-S 866 Research in Sociology (arr. cr.) SOC-S 652 Topics in Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) SOC-S 869 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible Selected topics in qualitative data collection and analysis. for a deferred grade. Various topics that could be covered in a given semester include audiovisual recording in natural settings, SOC-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Their comparative/cross-cultural methods, content analysis, Applications (3 cr.) A course in statistics. Techniques of measuring and analyzing population size and trends, fertility and mortality patterns, migration flows. Population 398 May 26, 2016 estimates and projections. Major models of formal department. Students who have taught elsewhere may demography. petition the faculty to have that experience fulfill this requirement. SOC-G 901 Advanced Graduate Research (6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. May be repeated Master of Arts Degree in Spanish three times for credit. Concentration in Literatures Spanish and Portuguese Course Requirements College of Arts and Sciences A minimum of 30 credit hours of departmental courses numbered 500 or higher, at least four of which must be Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spanport/ 500-level Spanish-language literature courses. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Language Requirement (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Reading knowledge of an approved second foreign School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor The University Graduate School’s staff use only those of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. requirements contained in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Concentration in Hispanic Linguistics

Curriculum Course Requirements Degrees Offered A total of 30 credit hours of which at least 21 must be in Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy (The Master Hispanic linguistics. Up to 9 credit hours may be taken in of Arts for Teachers program is not currently accepting other departments related to the student’s field of study. applications.) Language Requirement Special Departmental Requirements Reading knowledge of an approved second modern (See also general University Graduate School language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor requirements.) of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. Admission Requirements Master of Arts Degree in Portuguese 1. Undergraduate major in Spanish or Portuguese or its Course Requirements equivalent. (Students lacking a complete major must A minimum of 30 credit hours in graduate-level courses, remove deficiencies); at least 20 credit hours of which must be in departmental 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test; courses in Portuguese. A thesis (1-6 credits) is optional. 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)— With the approval of their advisor, students may take up to for non-native English speakers only; 10 credit hours of course work in a minor field. 4. Three letters of recommendation; Language Requirement 5. Statement of purpose; 6. Official Transcripts; Reading knowledge of an approved second foreign 7. Writing sample (M.A. and Ph.D. Hispanic Literatures, language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor and Portuguese Ph.D. applicants only) of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. Master of Arts Degree Doctor of Philosophy Degree Admission to the M.A. program does not imply that once Two degrees are offered. The following requirements the degree is received the student may automatically apply to both. Students are eligible to apply to the Ph.D. begin work for the Ph.D.; the department will decide in programs upon successful completion of an M.A. degree each case. in the intended area of study. The following requirements apply to all M.A. degrees. Language/Research-Skill Requirement Final Examination Proficiency in multiple languages is an important tool for research. Therefore, students should consult with Six-hour written examination, based on a reading list, their advisors and the Director of Graduate Studies and a one-hour oral examination. Both must be passed before determining which languages they will choose for at least two weeks before the end of the semester proficiency. For all plans, students must have reading in which the degree is to be granted. Students must proficiency in two additional languages (or one in-depth demonstrate a good command of oral and written Spanish proficiency) besides English and the language of the or Portuguese language on the examinations. There target program. These may be satisfied in the following are separate reading lists for students of Hispanic ways: Literatures, Portuguese, and Hispanic linguistics. The M.A. examination is held the second Saturday in February and 1. Proficiency for students within inside the Department the first Saturday in November only for all programs. of Spanish and Portuguese: • Spanish: completing with a grade of B (3.0) or Other Provisions better, S105, or the equivalent, and one course Students must serve one year (or longer at the discretion at the 500 level or higher (excluding S517); of the department) as associate instructors in the May 26, 2016 399

• Portuguese: completing, with a grade of B (3.0) Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Spanish or better, P135, or the equivalent, and one Concentration in Hispanic Literatures course at the 500 level or higher; Course Requirements • Catalan: completing, with a grade of B (3.0) or better, two courses at the 400 level or higher; A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 18 credit hours • In-depth language proficiency: The student (six courses in departmental Spanish-language literature must first establish proficiency in the language courses beyond the M.A. (S504, S512, and S517 do by one of the methods listed above (a-c). not count as literature courses); one of these courses Then the student must pass, with a grade of must be an S708 seminar. In addition, students must B or better, another course at the 500 level or take S512 or its equivalent. Students must also satisfy higher. course requirements for a graduate minor (at least 12 credit hours). Students must have at least 60 total credit 2. Proficiency for students outside the Department hours in course work before being eligible to take the of Spanish and Portuguese: The Department qualifying examination. (A maximum of 30 credit hours of Spanish and Portuguese accepts language may be transferred from the M.A.) The remaining credit proficiency by any of the following methods, hours can be taken as thesis hours. Ph.D. students in provided that these also fulfill the target language Hispanic Literatures may not take 400-level courses in department’s proficiency requirements: Spanish. • For Spanish, passing a language proficiency Minor examination; • For Spanish, passing an S300-level, or higher, Twelve credit hours or more in a related field. Some literature, linguistics or culture course with a recommended fields: American Studies, Anthropology, grade of B (3.0) or better; For Portuguese, Catalan, Cognitive Studies, Comparative Literature, passing a course numbered P300-level or Cultural Studies, European Studies, Folklore and higher course with a grade of B (3.0) or better; Ethnomusicology, Gender Studies, History, Latin For Catalan, passing a C400-level, or higher, American and Caribbean Studies, Philosophy, and course with a grade of B (3.0) or better; Portuguese. Ph.D. students in Hispanic Literatures who coursework must be taught in target language; wish to minor in Portuguese or Catalan must take three • For Spanish or Portuguese, passing the graduate courses in literature beyond the foreign-language second half of a 400-level reading course (492) proficiency requirement. with a grade of B (3.0) or better. Qualifying Examination • In-depth language proficiency: The student must first establish proficiency in the language The qualifying examination for Hispanic Literatures will by one of the methods listed above (a-c). Then consist of three parts: (1) two three-hour written exams; the student must pass, with a grade of B (3.0) (2) an exploratory paper; and (3) an oral examination. In or better, another course at the 500 level or addition, a written or oral examination may be required in higher. The course must be taught in the target the minor field, at the discretion of the minor department. language. The qualifying examination may be repeated only once. For details about examinations, contact the Director of S803, Individual Readings, cannot be counted towards Graduate Studies. language proficiency. Ph.D. students in linguistics may Concentration in Hispanic Linguistics replace reading proficiency in one foreign language with Course Requirements two courses, chosen in consultation with the Director of Hispanic Linguistics, in statistics or computer science. The degree consists of 90 credit hours. Course work consists of at least 63 credit hours (up to 30 credit hours Neither English nor the language of the degree program in Hispanic linguistics may be applied from the M.A.): may be presented as one of the foreign languages. (1) 12 credit hours in Hispanic linguistics (9 at the 600 Qualifying Examination level and 3 at the 700 level); (2) 12 credit hours in the student’s primary research area; (3) 12 credit hours in See individual program outlines for qualifying exam a second area of interest; (4) 9 credit hours in a third requirements. area of interest; and (5) 30 elective credit hours. (These Final Examination distribution requirements fulfill the Ph.D. minor of at least 12 credit hours in another department.) Thesis work Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. consists of 15 credit hours. Other Provisions Qualifying Examination Competence in speaking Spanish or Portuguese fluently The qualifying examination for Hispanic Linguistics and with correct diction is expected of every student; consists of four parts: a written take-home exam for hence, foreign residence in a Spanish- or Portuguese- each of the three areas of concentration and a one-hour speaking country prior to receiving the Ph.D. is highly oral exam following successful completion of all written desirable. Students must serve one year (longer at portions of the exam. The take-home exams will be one discretion of the department) as associate instructors in week in length and require a maximum of 30 double- the department. Students who have taught elsewhere may spaced type-written pages in 12-point Times New Roman petition the faculty to have that experience accepted as with one-inch margins. This page limit excludes tables and fulfilling this requirement. figures, even when located throughout the text, as well 400 May 26, 2016 as references and appendices should they be necessary. least 30% content of Catalan literature and (b) that The number of questions and their format will be at the the final paper be on Catalan literature). discretion of the examiner(s). All portions of the exam must be completed in the same semester. Ph.D. Minor in Literatures in Spanish Doctoral students from other departments may complete a Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Portuguese minor in Spanish by successfully completing no fewer than Course Requirements four Spanish-language literature courses (12 credit hours). All courses must be at least at the 500 level and approved A total of 90 credit hours (a maximum of 30 credit hours by the Director of Graduate Studies. S803 Individual may be transferred from the M.A.). Work in the major, Readings cannot be counted toward the minor. secondary, and minor fields must total 75 credit hours in courses and seminars in addition to completion Ph.D. Minor in Hispanic Linguistics of a doctoral dissertation. Students’ programs are Doctoral students may complete a minor in Hispanic individualized and depend on the approval of the graduate linguistics by successfully completing no fewer than faculty in Portuguese. four courses in Hispanic linguistics (12 credit hours). All courses must be at least at the 500 level and approved Minor by the director of Hispanic linguistics. Transfer credits Twelve credit hours or more in a related field. for courses taken elsewhere are not accepted. S803 Qualifying Examination Individual Readings cannot be counted toward the minor. The qualifying examination is both written and oral. Ph.D. Minor in Portuguese Students concentrating in Portuguese will also be Doctoral students from other departments may complete a examined in Spanish or another approved secondary minor in Portuguese by successfully completing no fewer area of interest. The written examination is 12 hours. A than four Portuguese courses (12 credit hours) listed in written or oral examination may also be required in the the University Graduate School Bulletin as carrying credit minor field, at the discretion of the minor department. toward the Ph.D. S803 Individual Readings cannot be The qualifying examination may be repeated only once. counted toward the minor. For details about examinations, contact the Director of Graduate Studies. Faculty Outside Minor Requirements Chairperson Professor Steven Wagschal* Ph.D. Minor in Catalan Graduate Faculty Doctoral students may earn a minor in Catalan by successfully completing no fewer than 4 Catalan literature (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University courses plus the language course (C491 or C492) for a Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct total of 12 graduate credit hours. The language course can doctoral dissertations.) be at the 400 level, but all literature courses must be at the 500 level or above. (The language proficiency requirement Professors for students in our department would stipulate 2 courses Luis Beltrán* (Emeritus), Maryellen Wolfe Bieder*, in Catalan, one at the 400 level and one at the 500 level J. Clancy Clements*, Deborah Cohn*, Luis Dávila* or above, so that students could use the 500 level course (Emeritus), Kimberly Geeslin*, Olga T. Impey* (Emerita), towards the 4 courses for the minor in Catalan; students Catherine Larson*, Consuelo López-Morillas* (Emerita), from other departments would choose C491 + C492 for Heitor Martins* (Emeritus), Kathleen Myers*, Darlene J. their language proficiency requirements.) The literature Sadlier*, Gustavo Sainz* (Emeritus), Josep Miquel Sobrer* courses for the minor may also include one course in (Emeritus) Hispanic Literatures with at least 30% content of Catalan literature. Such courses must be approved by the Director Associate Professors of Graduate Studies. Courses may include: Mary L. Clayton* (Emerita), Manuel Antonio Díaz- • C491 Elementary Catalan for Graduate Students; Campos*, Melissa Dinverno*, Patrick Dove*, John Dyson* • C492 Readings in Catalan for Graduate Students; (Emeritus), César Félix-Brasdefer*, Ryan Giles, Alejandro • C550 Modern Catalan Literature; Mejías-López*, Luciana Namorato*, Reyes Vila-Belda*, • C618 Topics in Catalan Literature (Nationalism and Steven Wagschal*, Erik Willis* Literature in Modern Catalonia); Assistant Professors • C619 Topics in Catalan Studies (The Making of Barcelona: Architecture in Modern Catalonia; Anke Birkenmaier*, Laura Gurzynski-Weiss*, Richardo Catalan Film and Literary Production); Andres Guzman, , Edgar Illas*, Jonathan Risner, Estela • C648 Topics in Spanish Literature of the 20th and Vieira* 21st Centuries (provided (a) that this section of the Director of Graduate Studies course includes at least 30% content of Catalan literature and (b) that the final paper be on Catalan Associate Professor Patrick Dove*, Ballantine Hall 849, literature); (812) 855-9194 • C803 Individual Reading in Catalan Literature of Courses Lanague; • Any Spanish Literature course at the 500 level or above (provided (a) that the reading list includes at May 26, 2016 401

Catalan HISP-S 435 Literatura Chicana y Puertorriqueña (3 cr.) HISP-C 550 Catalan Literature (3 cr.) Survey of P: S324, S326, or S328; one additional 300 level Spanish Catalan literature from the Middle Ages to the present. course. Significant works in all genres will be studied within their HISP-S 450 Don Quixote (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, S328, historical and cultural context. Issues of nation formation, S331-S332; one additional 300 level Spanish course hegemony, biculturalism, and marginalization will be paid special attention. HISP-S 470 Women and Hispanic Literature (3 cr.) P: One course from S328, S331, S332, S333; one course HISP-C 613 Catalan Linguistics (3 cr.) P: C400. Study of from S275, S324, S326; and one course from S308, S312, contemporary Catalan language and its history. Deals with S315, S317. phonology, grammar, and lexicology. HISP-S 471 Spanish-American Literature I (3 cr.) HISP-C 618 Topics in Catalan Literature (3 cr.) Topics P: S324, S326, S328, S331, S332, one course from S331- include medieval narrative, Valencian literature, the S332. Renaixenca, Modernisme and Noucentisme, the avant- garde, poetry and resistance, utopias and dystopias, HISP-S 472 Spanish-American Literature II (3 cr.) specific writers (Rodoreda, Capmany, Roig, Riera, P: S324, S326, S328, S331, S332, one course from S331- Barbal), theatre and the Barcelona stage. Topics to be S332. explored in a multicultural context and in view of current critical issues and theory. Courses may be repeated once HISP-S 473 Hispanic Literature and Literary Theory for credit when topic varies. (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, S328, S331, S332, one course from S331-S332. HISP-C 619 Topics in Catalan Studies (3 cr.) Study of problems, issues, and topics in Catalan Studies, HISP-S 474 Hispanic Literature and Society (3 cr.) which may include , politics, culture, P: S324, S326, S328, S331, S332, one addtional 300 level architecture, cinema, art, and/or society. Spanish course. HISP-C 803 Individual Reading in Catalan Literature or HISP-S 479 Mexican Literature (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, Language (1-3 cr.) Students must make arrangements S328, S331, S332, one addtional 300 level Spanish in advance with the professor who will supervise their course. readings. Please contact the department graduate office HISP-S 480 Argentine Literature (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, for further information. S328, S331, S332, one addtional 300 level Spanish Spanish course. HISP-S 407 Survey of Spanish Literature 1 (3 cr.) P: HISP-S 481 Topics in Hispanic American National/ S324, S326, or S328 Regional Literature (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, S328, S331, HISP-S 408 Survey of Spanish Literature II (3 cr.) S332, one addtional 300 level Spanish course. P: S324, S326, or S328. HISP-S 495 Hispanic Colloquium (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of HISP-S 411 Survey of Spanish Literature II (3 cr.) department. P: One course from S324, S328, S331, S332, S333; HISP-S 422 Hispanic Cinema (3 cr.) P: S324, S326 or S334. S328, one additional 300-level Spanish course. HISP-S 412 Spanish America: The Cultural Context HISP-S 427 The Structure of Spanish (3 cr.) P: S326 or (3 cr.) P: One course from S324, S328, S331, S333, equivalent. S334. HISP-S 429 Hispanic Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) P: S328 or HISP-S 413 Hispanic Culture in the United States equivalent. (3 cr.) P: One course from S324, S328, S331, S333, S334. HISP-S 430 Title (3 cr.) P: S328 or equivalent. HISP-S 417 Hispanic Poetry (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, or Spanish American Literature S328; one additional 300-level Spanish course. HISP-S 504 Bibliography and Methods of Research (3 cr.) HISP-S 418 Hispanic Drama (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, or S328; one additional 300-level Spanish course. HISP-S 512 Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) Focuses on major issues in literary theory, with attention given to HISP-S 419 Modern Spanish Prose Fiction (3 cr.) critical trends in the Hispanic world. P: S324, S326, or S328; one additional 300-level Spanish course. HISP-S 518 Spanish Medieval Literature (3 cr.) Survey of literature from its beginnings to 1500. The main focus HISP-S 420 Modern Spanish-American Prose Fiction will be on major works studied within their historical and (3 cr.) P: S324, S326, or S328; one additional 300-level cultural contexts, within the literary genres to which they Spanish course. belonged, and within the traditions they renewed. All texts HISP-S 428 Applied Spanish Linguistics (3 cr.) P: S310 will be read in the original language. and S326 or equivalent. HISP-S 528 Spanish Literature of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries (3 cr.) Survey of the prose, poetry, and theatre of the Spanish Golden Age. Authors may include Garcilaso, the mystic writers, Cervantes, 402 May 26, 2016

Lope de Vega, Calderón, Zayas, Góngora, and Quevedo. realist and naturalist prose, an author (e.g., Galdós, Pardo Examines the dynamics of power, gender, and genre in Bazán, Bécquer), the development of a genre (e.g., the representative texts. short story, the modern novel). Topics will be explored in the context of current critical issues and theories. Course HISP-S 538 Spanish Literature of the Eighteenth and may be repeated for credit when topic varies. Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) Focuses on the major works of the period of all genres (poetry, fiction, drama, essay) HISP-S 648 Topics in Contemporary Spanish and covers the main intellectual trends: Enlightenment, Literature (3 cr.) The literature and culture of Spain from Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism. Traces issues the twentieth century to the present. Topics may include such as emerging genres, class and power, gender and the Spanish essay, Generation X, death and violence, sexuality, and nation formation. writing memory, urban/rural landscapes and the ecocritical debate, and constructions of the body. Course may be HISP-S 548 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth and repeated for credit when topic varies. Twenty-First Centuries (3 cr.) Survey of literature from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. May HISP-S 659 Topics in Colonial Spanish American include a variety of genres (e.g., narrative, poetry, drama, Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include the chronicles and film) and examine a range of issues (e.g., power, and early modern theories of representation, indigenous gender, nation, and exile). writing and identities, el barroco de indias in poetic and prose genres, life writings (vidas) and gender, and HISP-S 558 Colonial Spanish American Literature paleographic study of archival texts. Course may be (3 cr.) Surveys the central literary-historical movements repeated for credit when topic varies. and texts in Spanish America from 1492 to 1820. Includes a study of the chronicles, mid-colonial poetic and HISP-S 668 Topics in Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth- autobiographical forms, and pre-independence literature. Century Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include literature of independence, gauchesca poetry HISP-S 568 Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth- and tradition, representations of nature, Romanticism Century Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) Survey and late Romanticism, modernity and modernismo, of the nineteenth- and early twentieth-century drama, nationalism, the novella de la tierna, race ethnicity, and essay, prose, and poetry. Emphasizes the introduction gender. of Romanticism, literature gauchesca, positivism, modernismo, Realism, and Naturalism. Primary readings HISP-S 678 Topics in Contemporary Spanish may include, among others, Bolívar, Bello, Heredia, American Literature (3 cr.) The literature and culture Avellaneda, Sarmiento, Echeverría, Isaacs, Hernández, of Spanish America from the beginning of the twentieth Palma, Darío, Quiroga, and F. Sánchez. century to the present. Topics may include the Boom, magic realism, identity formation, modernity, revolution HISP-S 578 Twentieth- and Twenty-First-Century and politics, gender and sexualities, race, and ethnicity. Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) Survey of Spanish Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. American poetry, prose, and theatre of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Examines movements such as HISP-S 688 Topics in U.S. Latino and/or Caribbean modernismo, la vanguardia, and the “new narrative.” Literature (3 cr.) Study of problems, research trends, and topics in U.S. Latino and/or Caribbean poetry, prose, HISP-S 588 U.S. Latino and/or Caribbean Literature drama, and essay. Topics may include border studies, (3 cr.) Survey of Chicano, Continental Puerto Rican, identity formation, post-colonial theory, issues of exile Cuban-American, and other U.S. Latino literature written and diaspora. The course will be conducted in Spanish. in Spanish, English, or both. Emphasis on the Hispanic Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. literary, linguistic, and cultural dialectic with English- speaking society. The course will be conducted in HISP-S 695 Graduate Colloquium (1-3 cr.) Selected Spanish. topics on Spanish or Spanish American literature. Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. HISP-S 618 Topics in Spanish Medieval Literature (3 cr.) Investigation of fundamental components of HISP-S 708 Seminar in Hispanic Studies (3 cr.) May be Spanish medieval literature and culture in conjunction with repeated for credit when topic varies. current scholarship and critical approaches. Topics may include lyric poetry, mester de juglaria, mester de clerecia, HISP-S 803 Individual Readings in Spanish or Spanish romancero, didactic and historical prose, fiction, drama, American Literature and Language (arr. cr.) P: M.A. paleography, translation, and cultural issues of medieval degree. Students must make arrangements in advance Spain and Al-Andalus. Course may be repeated for credit with the professor who will supervise their readings. when topic varies. Contact the departmental graduate office for further information. HISP-S 628 Topics in Early Modern Spanish Literature (3 cr.) Topics may explore questions of genre (the Hispanic Linguistics picaresque, the comedia), major works (Don Quijote), HISP-G 611 Romance Linguistics (3 cr.) C: Course not authors (Góngora, María de Zayas), themes (madness, currently offered. seduction), or theoretical approaches (the investigation HISP-S 508 Introduction to Hispanic Pragmatics of power, historiographical accounts). Course may be (3 cr.) Examines the intentions of language users and repeated for credit when topic varies. how discourse is interpreted by hearers. After introducing HISP-S 638 Topics in Eighteenth- and Nineteenth- fundamental concepts in pragmatics, the course analyzes Century Spanish Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include how pragmatics relates to syntax and semantics. Topics the Enlightenment, Romantic drama, Romantic poetry, include: speech acts, deixis, presupposition, implicature, May 26, 2016 403 politeness, and conversation analysis. Examples are taken varies. Course may be repeated for credit when the topic from different varieties of Spanish. varies. HISP-S 509 Spanish Phonology (3 cr.) Introduction HISP-S 716 Seminar: Themes in the Acquisition of to the sound system of Spanish. Various theories are Spanish as a Second Language (3 cr.) Course may be presented and analyzed. Some treatment of dialectal repeated for credit when the topic varies. phenomena included. HISP-S 803 Individual Readings in Spanish or Spanish HISP-S 511 Spanish Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) American Literature and Language (arr. cr.) P: M.A. Introduction to the analysis of syntactic data. Focus on degree. developing theoretical apparatus required to account for a range of syntactic phenomena in Spanish. Portuguese HISP-P 500 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking HISP-S 513 Introduction to Hispanic Sociolinguistics World I (3 cr.) Survey of the literatures from Brazil, (3 cr.) Examines the relationship between language Portugal, and Lusophone Africa. Lectures and discussions and society in the Spanish-speaking world. Surveys a of selected authors of the major literary periods. wide range of topics relevant to Spanish: language as communication, the sociology of language, and linguistic HISP-P 501 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking variation. World II (3 cr.) Survey of the literatures from Brazil, Portugal, and Lusophone Africa. Lectures and discussions HISP-S 515 The Acquisition of Spanish as a Second of selected authors of the major literary periods. Language (3 cr.) Surveys the empirical research conducted on Spanish and investigates how a nonnative HISP-P 505 Literature and Film in Portuguese (3 cr.) linguistic system develops. Course includes four Survey of literary works and film adaptations from the topics: morpheme acquisition studies, interlanguage Lusophone world. development, input processing, and Universal Grammar. HISP-P 510 Brazilian Cinema (3 cr.) A survey of HISP-S 517 Methods of Teaching College Spanish Brazilian cinema from the beginning of the twentieth (3 cr.) Trains graduate students to teach the freshman and century to present day. Taught in English. intermediate college courses in Spanish HISP-P 511 Portugal: The Cultural Context (3 cr.) HISP-S 603 History of the Spanish Language (3 cr.) Integrates historical, social, political, and cultural P: Fulfillment of Latin requirement. Course not currently information about Portugal. Taught in English. offered. The rise and development of Spanish in the HISP-P 512 Brazil: The Cultural Context (3 cr.) Iberian peninsula and Latin America, seen in historical Integrates historical, social, and cultural information about and cultural contexts. The history of sounds, forms, and Brazil. Taught in English. words; major dialects; the evolution of prose style to the eighteenth century. HISP-P 515 Woman Writing in Portuguese (3 cr.) A HISP-S 609 Spanish Phonology II (3 cr.) P: S509 survey of women’s writings from different Portuguese- or equivalent. Introduces recent developments in speaking nations. phonological theory and their application to Spanish, as HISP-P 520 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking well as non-derivational approaches. Focuses mainly on World in Translation (3 cr.) Readings of Brazilian, nonlinear analyses. Portuguese, and Lusophone African writers from a HISP-S 611 Advanced Spanish Syntax (3 cr.) P: S511 comparative perspective. Specific topics may vary in any or equivalent. Advanced study of modern approaches to given semester. Taught in English. Cannot count toward synchronic syntax as applied to contemporary Spanish. graduate degrees with specialization in Portuguese. Focus on current theories and refinement of linguistic HISP-P 525 Structure of Portuguese Language (3 cr.) argumentation, as well as on critical analysis or research. Introduction to the linguistic study of various aspects of HISP-S 612 Topics in Linguistic Variation and the structure of the Portuguese language: phonetics, Language in Context (3 cr.) Examines current topics phonology, morphology, semantics, syntax, dialects, in linguistic variation and language in context in-depth, historical grammar; and application of linguistics to the with a particular focus on issues relating to the Spanish study of literature. language. Topics include: sociolinguistic and phonological variation, networks and communities of practice, the HISP-P 567 Contemporary Portuguese Literature quantitative paradigm, conversation analysis, linguistic (3 cr.) Representative authors and works from 1915 to the politeness, speech act theory, discourse markers, and present. research methodology. HISP-P 570 Poetry in Portuguese (3 cr.) A study of HISP-S 614 Topics in Acquisition of Spanish (3 cr.) poetic genres in Portuguese; emphasis on major authors P: S515 or equivalent. Provides closer examination of from Brazil, Portugal, and Lusophone Africa. topics and research in first and/or second language acquisition, focusing specifically on the Spanish language. HISP-P 575 Theatre in Portuguese (3 cr.) A survey of Topics include the acquisition of phonology, syntax, theatre in the Portuguese language from the sixteenth morphology, and semantics as well as input processing, century to the late twentieth century. Particular attention psycholinguistics, and research design. will be given to the social and historical context in which works were produced. HISP-S 712 Seminar: Themes in Spanish Linguistics (arr. cr.) Course may be repeated for credit when the topic 404 May 26, 2016

HISP-P 576 Prose in Portuguese (3 cr.) Survey of prose HISP-S 805 Ph.D. Thesis (1-12 cr.) This course is eligible writers and works from the Middle Ages to the present. for a deferred grade. HISP-P 581 Contemporary Brazilian Literature (3 cr.) HISP-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Auth. Representative authors and works from 1922 to the present. Speech and Hearing Sciences HISP-P 601 Portuguese Historical Grammar (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences History of the system of sounds and forms, of words Departmental E-mail: [email protected] and their meanings from Latin origins to contemporary Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~sphs/home/ standard Portuguese (Please note that when conferring University Graduate HISP-P 605 Portuguese Linguistics (3 cr.) A structural School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The description of modern Portuguese to include phonetics University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements and phonology and some of the main features of the contained only in The University Graduate School morphological and syntactic systems. Bulletin.) HISP-P 655 Camões (3 cr.) Curriculum HISP-P 676 Machado de Assis (3 cr.) Introduction HISP-P 695 Luso-Brazilian Colloquium (3 cr.) Topics The graduate curriculum in Speech and Hearing Sciences vary. combines training for students wishing to pursue clinical careers in speech-language pathology or audiology, as HISP-P 701 Seminar: Portuguese Literature (3 cr.) In- well as graduate studies in speech, language, and hearing depth study of selected topics. sciences, speech-language pathology, and audiology HISP-P 710 Seminar: African Literature in for research or academic careers. The department is Portuguese (3 cr.) This course will introduce students accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation of to representative authors from Lusophone Africa. the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Discussions will focus on topics such as the relationship Degrees Offered between oral culture and the written word, colonial and postcolonial attitudes toward race and social class, and Master of Arts in Speech and Hearing Science, Doctor of gender issues. Primary readings include novels, poetry, Philosophy in Speech and Hearing Sciences, and Ph.D. and short fiction. minor in Speech and Hearing Sciences. (The College of Arts and Sciences offers the Doctor of Audiology degree.) HISP-P 751 Seminar: Brazilian Literature (3 cr.) In- depth study of selected topics. Special Departmental Requirements HISP-P 803 Individual Reading in Portuguese or Adequate Progress Brazilian Literature (3 cr.) P: M.A. degree. Students must make arrangements in advance with the instructor who will Individual student progress will be evaluated annually supervise their readings. Please contact the department by program faculty. Students who are judged to be graduate office for further information. making inadequate progress on the basis of poor grades, incomplete coursework, or insufficient research Reading Knowledge accomplishments may be placed on academic probation. HISP-C 491 Elementary Catalan for Graduate Students Students on academic probation will be offered a (3 cr.) timetable for remedial work and re-testing, and will have restricted access to coursework and clinical experiences. HISP-P 491 Elementary Portuguese for Graduate If deficiencies are not corrected according to the revised Students (3 cr.) timetable, the student is likely to be dismissed from the HISP-S 491 Elementary Spanish for Graduate Students program. (See also general University Graduate School (3 cr.) requirements.) HISP-C 492 Readings in Catalan for Graduate Master of Arts in Speech and Hearing Sciences Students (3 cr.) Course Requirements HISP-P 492 Readings in Portuguese for Graduate The clinical M.A. degree requirements include 38 credit Students (3 cr.) hours of required graduate academic coursework, HISP-S 492 Readings in Spanish for Graduate including two to four electives; 4-6 credit hours of clinical Students (3 cr.) practicum (S561); and two off-campus externships (S563, M550) for a total of 54-60 credit hours, with no more than Thesis Hours 6 credit hours in HISP-P 802 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. S780. The required academic coursework includes: HISP-P 805 Ph.D. Thesis (1-12 cr.) This course is eligible S501 Biological Foundations of Speech and Hearing S520 for a deferred grade. Phonological Disorders HISP-S 802 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible S531 Cognitive-Communication Disorders in Brain Injury for a deferred grade. and Disease May 26, 2016 405

S532 Language Disorders in Children degree are described in more detail on the department’s website: http://www.indiana.edu/~sphs/academics/aud/. S537 Aphasia Combined Au.D./Ph.D degree S540 Voice Disorders The department offers the opportunity for students to S544 Dysphagia pursue a combined Au.D./Ph.D. degree. Students must S550 Stuttering complete all of the requirements for both degrees, but there is some overlap in degree requirements so that the S555 Motor Speech Disorders total credit hours required may be less than the simple S561 Clinical Methods and Practices sum of 180 credits required for both degrees. A maximum of 30 credit hours obtained in the Au.D. program can be S563 Medical Externship applied towards the 90 credit hours required for the Ph.D. Ultimately, the decision regarding which credits in the S580 Critical Thinking about Research in Communication Au.D. program will count toward the Ph.D. will be made by Disorders the student’s Ph.D. advisory committee. Because the 90 The non-clinical M.A. degree is a minimum of 36 credit credit hours in the Au.D. program are all required, so as hours, with the specific course requirements to be to comply with national clinical certification requirements, determined by the Coordinator of the M.A. program Ph.D. courses cannot be substituted for required Au.D. in Speech and Hearing Sciences in consultation with courses. It is recommended that Au.D. students wishing academic faculty. to pursue the combined Au.D./ Ph.D. degree declare this interest and be admitted into the Ph.D. program no later Practicum than the end of the second academic year in the Au.D. Students wishing to receive clinical certification must enroll program. Likewise, Ph.D. students wishing to pursue this in clinical practicum (S561, S563) each semester, and combined degree should do so as soon as possible to must complete at least four semesters of practicum with facilitate planning, but must do so no later than the end of grades of B (3.0) or higher. Students who wish to earn the second academic year in the Ph.D. program. the M.A. degree but do not choose to complete practicum Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Speech and Hearing requirements and clinical certification may complete a Sciences non-clinical M.A. degree. Course Requirements Examinations At least 90 credit hours of graduate coursework with a Each student must pass a written comprehensive grade of B (3.0) or above are required for the research examination evaluated by a faculty committee. PhD in Speech and/or Hearing Sciences. This coursework Combined Clinical M.A./Ph.D Degree must include S681, S682, S683, S685, S702, one seminar in Language Science (S696 or S674), one seminar in The department offers the opportunity for students to Speech Science (S686 or S674) one seminar in Hearing pursue a combined clinical M.A./Ph.D. degree. Students Science (S674) and courses required for an outside must complete all of the requirements for both degrees, minor. In addition, students must complete at least 6 credit but there is some overlap in degree requirements so hours of graduate coursework in experimental design that the total credit hours required may be less than the and statistics or demonstrate equivalent competency. No simple sum of about 144-150 credits required for both more than 12 credit hours of coursework in experimental degrees. A maximum of 30 credit hours obtained in the design or statistics may count towards the required total M.A. program can be applied towards the 90 credit hours of 90 credit hours for the degree. Additional required required for the Ph.D. Ultimately, the decision regarding coursework may be determined by the student’s Ph.D. which credits in the M.A. program will count toward advisory committee. the Ph.D. will be made by the student’s Ph.D. advisory committee. Because the 54-60 credit hours in the M.A. Examinations program are all required, so as to comply with national After completing the required coursework, students must clinical certification requirements, Ph.D. courses cannot be pass a qualifying exam consisting of written questions and substituted for required M.A. courses. It is recommended oral defense of the answers. Exam questions are tailored that M.A. students wishing to pursue the combined M.A./ for each student by their Ph.D. advisory committee, which Ph.D. degree declare this interest and be admitted into the also evaluates student performance. Students who do Ph.D. program by the end of the first academic year in the not pass the qualifying exam will be placed on academic M.A. program. Likewise, Ph.D. students wishing to pursue probation and given a second opportunity to take the this combined degree should do so as soon as possible to exam. Students who do not pass after two attempts are facilitate planning, but must do so no later than the end of likely to be dismissed from the program. the second academic year in the Ph.D. program. Research and Dissertation Au.D. Degree Each student must complete three research projects: The department also offers a professional doctorate in first-year (S681), second-year (S682), and dissertation Audiology, the Au.D. This degree is conferred by the research projects. The first and second year projects College of Arts and Sciences, not the University Graduate will be evaluated by the student’s Ph.D. advisory School. The Au.D. is currently a 3-year, 90-credit-hour committee after the student has presented the research degree. The curriculum and clinical requirements for this in a departmental colloquium. The dissertation will 406 May 26, 2016 be evaluated by the student’s dissertation research Nathan Amos, Annette Champion, Amy Cornwell, committee. Rebecca Eberle, Carolyn Garner, Laura Karcher, Nancy Nelson Ph.D. Minor in Speech and Hearing Sciences Associate Scientists Students wishing to obtain a minor in Speech and Hearing Sciences must have a faculty advisor from the Gary Kidd*, Michele Morrisette department. Adjunct faculty must receive approval from SPHS faculty to serve as the advisor for the student’s Assistant Professors minor. The advisor will approve the student’s program of Tessa Bent*, Tepanta Fossett, Steven Lulich, Rita Patel, coursework in the minor and will serve on the student’s Yi Shen advisory committee, research committee, or both. The student is required to complete at least 12 credit hours Clinical Assistant Professors of graduate coursework in the minor department with a Emily Ansty, Lisa Goerner, Sheena Jessee, Joseph grade of B or higher. A written qualifying examination is Murray, Erin Peabody, Amy Piper, Julia Rademacher not required, but will be administered at the request of the major department. Clinical Lecturers Ph.D. Double Major in Speech and Hearing Sciences Elizabeth Buck Students who are admitted into the double major Ph.D. Leah Knoblauch program must complete the requirements for Speech and Hearing Sciences and the other major department Cheryl Monesmith as specified in the University Graduate School Bulletin. Katherine Russell The advisory committee must include at least two members from Speech and Hearing Sciences and two Lecturers faculty members from the second major field. Qualifying Deborah Gessinger examination format will be determined by the advisory committee with input from both major fields of study. L. Jill Lestina A minor concentration is optional, but if a minor is undertaken, there must be one additional advisory Rob Loveless committee member to represent that discipline. At least 30 Daniel Smith graduate credit hours must be completed in Speech and Hearing Sciences or cross-listed courses for the double Academic Advising major. M.A. Program: Associate Professor Julie Anderson*, Faculty Speech and Hearing Center C151, (812) 856-1240; Chairperson Ph.D. Program: Karen Forrest* Speech and Hearing Center C181, (812) 855-2602. For the College of Arts Distinguished Professor Larry E. Humes* and Sciences' Au.D. Program: Associate Professor William Shofner*, Speech and Hearing Center C189, (812) Graduate Faculty 856-1069. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Courses doctoral dissertations.) General Distinguished Professor SPHS-S 680 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Larry E. Humes* SPHS-S 780 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible Professors for a deferred grade. Raquel Anderson*, Phil J. Connell*, Karen Forrest*, Judith SPHS-S 880 Ph.D. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible A. Gierut*, Laura Murray* for a deferred grade. Emeritus Professors American Sign Language Jean Anderson*, Moya L. Andrews*, Mary Elbert*, SPHS-A 500 ASL Level One for Graduate Students Nicholas Hipskind*, Diane Kewley-Port*, Charles Watson* (3 cr.) Introductory sign language for graduate students with no previous experience. Builds a good basic Emeritus Clinical Professor vocabulary of signs, teaches finger spelling, introduces basic aspects of grammar and the proper use of facial Elizabeth McCrea, E. Gene Ritter expression in sign language conversation. Students are Associate Professors also exposed to deaf culture. Julie D. Anderson*, Lisa Gershkoff-Stowe*, Jennifer SPHS-A 550 ASL Level Two for Graduate Students Lentz*, William Shofner*, Robert Withnell* (3 cr.) P: A500 Continues building receptive and expressive abilities. Puts emphasis on the use of signing Clinical Associate Professors space, facial grammar, body postures, fluent finger spelling, and continued vocabulary development. More May 26, 2016 407 complex grammatical structures are introduced. Deaf SPHS-S 513 Speech Anatomy and Physiology (2 cr.) culture component included. Anatomy and physiology of the speech mechanism; contemporary views of speech physiology; subsystems SPHS-A 600 ASL Level Three for Graduate Students of the speech mechanism—respiratory, laryngeal, (2 cr.) P: A550 Emphasizes the development of and supraglottal—integrated with a model of speech conversational ability. Examines more complex production. Laboratory experiences. grammatical structures, with emphasis on ability to use these structures in conversation. Readings, videos, and SPHS-S 515 Topical Seminar in Speech Pathology or discussion cover characteristics of the deaf population and Audiology (1-6 cr.) Topics of current interest; literature on their cultural values. fundamental behavior related to speech or hearing. SPHS-A 700 ASL Level Four for Graduate Students SPHS-S 516 Introduction to Audiological Testing (2 cr.) P: A600 Continues to develop knowledge of (3-4 cr.) Rationale and basic procedures in the evaluation American Sign Language and deaf culture. Students will of hearing loss. experience the language outside the classroom through interaction with the deaf community. SPHS-S 517 Cognitive and Communicative Aspects of Aging (2 cr.) Review of cognitive and communicative Speech and Hearing Sciences changes associated with normal aging as well as with SPHS-S 461 Introduction to Supervised Clinical diseases and conditions that are prevalent in the aging Practice (2 cr.) This course is not currently offered. population. Includes discussion of methodological issues in research on aging as well as principles for maximizing SPHS-S 501 Biological Foundations of Speech and communication with the elderly population. Hearing (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to the anatomical and physiological basis of human SPHS-S 518 Auditory Disorders (3 cr.) communication. Topics will include neuroanatomy and Study of auditory pathology and the associated neurophysiology of the central and peripheral nervous audiological test findings. Focus placed on etiology and systems; neural substrates of speech and language; the auditory and non-auditory manifestations of the respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, and swallowing disorders. physiology; and current theories of motor control. SPHS-S 520 Phonological Disorders (3 cr.) Assessment SPHS-S 505 Clinical Application of Linguistic Theory and treatment of phonological disorders in children; (4 cr.) Currently not being offered. Application of models procedures are equally applicable to other populations. of language structure and use of the clinical process of Case-based approach to analyses of phonetic, phonemic, diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of phonological, syllabic structure in clinical diagnosis and identification of lexical, morphological, and syntactic impairments of treatment goals. Corresponding treatment methods are language acquisition. evaluated relative to evidence-based practice. SPHS-S 506 Counseling (2 cr.) Provides information SPHS-S 524 Survey of Children’s Language about the counseling purview of audiologists and speech Development (2 cr.) Theories and research relating to pathologists. Topics such as theories of counseling, normal development of phonology, syntax, semantics, lifespan issues, emotional responses to communication and pragmatics in children from birth through age four. disorders, family dynamics, support groups, and Investigation of cognition and various environmental multicultural issues will be presented. Students will learn factors as contributors to language development. basic counseling techniques and the application of these Emphasizes learning of elementary skills in language techniques for specific disorders. sample analysis. SPHS-S 508 Physiological Models for Perception SPHS-S 525 Childhood Dysarthria and Apraxia of and Production of Speech and Voice (3 cr.) Currently Speech (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. The aim not being offered. Provides students with understand- of this course is to introduce students to the basic corre- ing of the physiological bases for production and lates of children’s motor speech disorders including issues perception of speech and voice in humans. Covers the of underlying pathology, physiological development, dynamic functioning of structures of the organs of speech assessment procedures, and treatment alternatives. production and perception, and the relations of their parts. This knowledge will form the basis for subsequent SPHS-S 531 Cognitive-Communication Disorders in understanding of disorders of speech production and Brain Injury and Disease (3 cr.) This course reviews perception. disorders of perception, cognition, communication, and behavior associated with brain injury and disease in SPHS-S 509 Speech and Language Diagnostics (2 cr.) adults. Procedures and issues pertaining to assessment Theoretical bases of speech-language assessment, and treatment in the acute and chronic stages of recovery including concepts of testing and measurement, formal or across disease progression will also be addressed. and informal evaluation techniques, and normative and non-normative approaches. Required accompanying SPHS-S 532 Language Disorders in Children (3 cr.) laboratory provides observation and experience with The focus of this course will be on the identification, specific assessment procedures. etiology, and clinical treatment of children who are classified having autism spectrum disorder, mental SPHS-S 511 Phonetics of American Speech (2 cr.) retardation, specific language impairment, and other Scientific study of American pronunciation based on language disorders. International Phonetic Alphabet. Exercises in transcription. SPHS-S 534 Language Development in School-Age Children (3 cr.) P: S333. Currently not being offered. 408 May 26, 2016

Survey of theoretical perspectives and research find- and non-instrumental assessment procedures and the ings related to language development in children aged development of efficacious treatment plans. Experience in five through twelve. Particular attention to relationships analysis of child videofluroscopic studies of swallowing. between oral language skills, reading, and writing. Consideration of language and context, including SPHS-S 544 Dysphagia (3 cr.) This course focuses differences between language demands of home and on facilitating clinical skills related to assessment and school. management of dysphagia in children and adults, including those with tracheostomy and ventilator- SPHS-S 536 Language Diversity and Clinical Practice dependent. The relevant anatomy and physiology (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. Examines the effects of the swallowing mechanism will be discussed. on current clinical practice in speech-language pathology Pathophysiology, causes, assessment, treatment of the linked issues of racial, cultural, and linguistic of various conditions resulting in dysphagia will be diversity. Both assessment and intervention issues will be addressed. considered. SPHS-S 546 Medical Speech-Language Pathology SPHS-S 537 Aphasia (3 cr.) P: S501. In-depth study of (2 cr.) Currently not being offered. Roles and diagnosis and management of adult aphasia and related responsibilities of speech-language pathologists in the disorders. medical arena with clients ranging the lifespan will be reviewed and discussed. Topics to be investigated will SPHS-S 538 Language Development in Atypical include continuum of care, interdisciplinary approach, Populations: Learning Disabilities, Autism, and Mental pharmacology, terminology, client advocacy and Retardation (3 cr.) P: S333 and S436 or consent of accreditations, among others. Class format will include instructor. Currently not being offered. An introduction lecture, didactic discussion, student project presentations to three clinical populations likely to have difficulties with and guest speakers. language learning. Aspects of perceptual, cognitive, and social growth as they influence language acquisition; SPHS-S 550 Stuttering (3 cr.) This course will focus patterns of language development and use; issues related on the nature and etiology of developmental stuttering, to intervention. diagnostic procedures, and approaches to treatment in children and adults. Other disorders of fluency, such as SPHS-S 539 Child Dual Language Learners; acquired stuttering and cluttering will also be discussed. Development, Assessment and Intervention (3 cr.) Focuses on how children acquire two languages. Topics SPHS-S 555 Motor Speech Disorders (4 cr.) This concerning variables that impact dual-language acquisition course will focus on the basic correlates of motor children and patterns of acquisition will be discussed. speech disorders in children and adults. Normal Issues and strategies for evaluating language skills in development, anatomy, and physiology of the speech this population, and for providing clinical services are production mechanism will be reviewed. Characteristics, presented. pathophysiology, etiology, assessment, and treatment of various motor speech disorders will also be addressed. SPHS-S 540 Voice Disorders (3 cr.) This course focuses on facilitating clinical skills related to assessment and SPHS-S 560 Craniofacial Anomalies (3 cr.) P: S201. management of children and adults with voice disorders. Currently not being offered. Orofacial clefts and other The relevant anatomy and physiology of the vocal genetically based craniofacial disorders are considered in mechanism and voice production will be presented. relation to speech production and swallowing. Assessment Pathophysiology causes, prevention, assessment, protocols include auditory-perceptual evaluation, vocal treatment (behavioral, surgical, and medical) of various tract imaging (nasendoscopy and fluoroscopy), and voice disorders will be addressed. speech aerodynamics. Introduction to therapy procedures. SPHS-S 541 Management of Tracheostomy and SPHS-S 561 Clinical Methods and Practice (1-3 cr.) Laryngectomy (2 cr.) Currently not being offered. Current topics related to clinical practice in speech/ Aerodigestive tract dynamics and disorders, including language pathology. assessment and treatment. Rehabilitation options associated with tracheostomy, laryngectomy, and SPHS-S 562 Practicum in Supervision (1 cr.) P: S510, dysphagia. S561. Practicum in the supervision of clinical practice in speech-language pathology and audiology. SPHS-S 542 Care of the Professional Voice (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. Physiological, psychosocial, SPHS-S 563 Medical Externship (6 cr.) P: S561. and occupational aspects of professional voice use. A Intensive participation in the clinical activities of multidisciplinary perspective on research and practice community agencies, hospitals, or other service providers. in the areas of otolaryngology, social psychology, vocal Available only to advanced students in clinical program. pedagogy, voice science, and communication disorders. SPHS-S 570 Clinical Practicum in Audiology I (1-3 cr.) Examines historical and current approaches to preventing, P: S561 or S570. Supervised on-site clinical work in assessing, and treating voice breakdown in singers and diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical audiology. Intended other professional voice users. for students in the first year of the Au.D. program. SPHS-S 543 Childhood Dysphagia: Diagnosis and SPHS-S 571 Auditory Anatomy and Physiology (3 cr.) Treatment of Swallowing Disorders (2 cr.) Currently Structure and function of the mammalian auditory system, not being offered. Anatomy and physiology of child including aspects of both cellular and systems physiology. swallowing and respiration is reviewed. Evaluation and treatment of child dysphagia emphasizing instrumental SPHS-S 572 Clinical Electrophysiology (2 cr.) May 26, 2016 409

Focuses on current applications of electrophysiologic acoustics relative to articulatory configuration. Laboratory testing, including auditory evoked potentials, otoacoustic experiences. emissions, and electronystagmography. Will address role of each of these test procedures in the diagnostic SPHS-S 670 Clinical Practicum in Audiology II audiologic test battery. (1-3 cr.) Supervised on-site clinical work in diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical audiology. Intended for students in the second year of the Au.D. program. SPHS-S 573 Laboratory in Amplification (1 cr.) Laboratory exercises in hearing aid selection, fitting and SPHS-S 671 Auditory Evoked Potentials (2 cr.) This evaluation; earmold acoustics; hearing aid construction; course considers the theory and application of Auditory and electroacoustic evaluation of instruments. To be taken Evoked Potentials, emphasizing Electrocochleography concurrently with S576 and Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometry. SPHS-S 574 The Central Auditory Nervous System SPHS-S 672 Clinical Externship in Audiology I (3 cr.) Course covers the anatomy and physiology of the (1-3 cr.) Supervised off-site clinical work in diagnostic and central auditory system. Emphasis is on neural processing rehabilitative clinical audiology. Intended for students in mechanisms in mammalian auditory brain areas found in the second year of the Au.D. program. the medulla to the auditory cortex. SPHS-S 673 Clinical Externship in Audiology II SPHS-S 575 Human Hearing and Communication (1-5 cr.) Supervised off-site clinical work in diagnostic and (2 cr.) Development of the auditory system and landmarks rehabilitative clinical audiology. Intended for students in of auditory behavior, types of hearing loss, intake and the third year of the Au.D. program. exit interviewing techniques, audiometric standards, pure tone audiometry, acoustics impedance measurements, SPHS-S 674 Speech, Language and Hearing Science screening for auditory disorders and speech audiometry, Seminar (3 cr.) effect of age and aging on oral communication, counseling This course will rotate topics through speech, language, the hearing impaired, strategies in selecting hearing aids, and hearing. Students are required to take one course on recommending auditory training, speech reading, and each topic. S686 and S696 may substitute for a speech or manual communication. language seminar. SPHS-S 576 Amplification for the Hearing Impaired SPHS-S 675 Assessment of Middle Ear Function (3 cr.) Types and components of electroacoustic hearing (2 cr.) Examination of the theory and practice of clinical aids, earmold acoustics, and procedures for the selection, assessment of middle ear function. Course will include evaluation, and fitting of hearing aids. standard measures of middle ear function, multi-frequency SPHS-S 577 Industrial Audiology (2 cr.) P: Consent tympanometry, and power reflectance. of instructor. The role of audiology, emphasizing SPHS-S 676 Advanced Clinical Concepts in identification audiometry, damage-risk criteria, Amplification (3 cr.) This seminar presents advanced measurement and control of noise, conservation material on conventional amplification, assistive listening procedures, and medico-legal problems. devices, and classroom amplification systems. Students SPHS-S 578 Audiological Instrumentation and will develop models for selection, fitting, evaluation, and Calibration (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Fundamentals management of devices for patients with hearing loss. of acoustics and acoustical measurements including This includes integrating research content into clinical waveform measurements, spectral analysis, and noise activities leading to appropriate, defendable rationales for analysis. Calibration techniques and standards for clinical a comprehensive hearing program. audiology are also reviewed. SPHS-S 677 Implantable Auditory Prostheses (3 cr.) SPHS-S 579 Children with Hearing Loss (3 cr.) This course examines various surgically implantable P: Consent of instructor. Introduction to the assessment devices used to ameliorate the effects of hearing loss, of communication skills in children with hearing loss. with particular emphasis on cochlear implants, including Topics covered include early identification of hearing loss, considerations for implantation and expected outcomes. assessment of hearing in very young children, speech and SPHS-S 678 Introduction to Psychoacoustics (3 cr.) language development in children with hearing loss, and Perception of sound by normal and hearing-impaired management strategies for hearing-impaired children. listeners. Topics covered include masking, pitch, SPHS-S 580 Critical Thinking About Research in loudness, and other auditory phenomena. Communication Disorders (3 cr.) This course will SPHS-S 679 Otoacoustic Emissions (2 cr.) Otoacoustic provide students with the tools and skills to think critically, emissions provide a noninvasive measure of cochlear solve problems, and make ethical and responsible mechanical function. This course considers our current decisions about clinical assessment and treatment. understanding of the origin of otoacoustic emissions and Emphasis will be placed on the role of research in their clinical application. evidence-based practice and the interpretation of scientific literature. SPHS-S 681 First Year Research Project (3 cr.) Collaborative research with PhD advisor. Students must SPHS-S 601 Experimental Phonetics II (3 cr.) give a short oral presentation to the department for P: Consent of instructor. Speech acoustics. Examination satisfactory completion of this course. of theories of vocal-tract transmission through a historical perspective. Consideration of literature in acoustic SPHS-S 682 Second Year Research Project (3 cr.) phonetics, with emphasis on research that models speech Students engage in a semi-independent research project 410 May 26, 2016 in their major area of focus. Students must present at a and application of various clinical tests and measures departmental colloquium to meet course requirements. used for both assessment and treatment. SPHS-S 683 Research Forum in Speech, Language, SPHS-S 775 Vestibular Diagnosis and Rehabilitation and Hearing Sciences (0-1 cr.) Research presentations (3 cr.) Vestibular system anatomy & physiology examined. by students, faculty in the Department of Speech and Clinical tests and measures used to assess balance Hearing Sciences, and guest speakers. Normally taken function are covered, including electronystagmography each semester by doctoral students in speech and (ENG), videonystagmography (VNG), rotational chair, & hearing sciences without credit, but may be taken for four dynamic posturography. Emphasis on clinical assessment, consecutive semesters for 1 credit hour per semester. treatment & rehabilitation. SPHS-S 685 Research and Ethics in Speech, SPHS-S 777 Speech Communication, Aging, and Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Selected topics Hearing Impairment (2 cr.) No prerequisites; this course in research design, analysis, and reporting (articles and focuses on whether hearing aids can help the elderly with talks); ethics; and preparation of grant proposals, as impaired hearing understand speech, and if so, under appropriate to speech, language and hearing sciences, what conditions and with what limitations. and disorders. SPHS-S 778 Educational Audiology (2 cr.) Combined SPHS-S 686 Physiological Research in Speech, lecture, classroom discussion, guest presentations, and Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Course case studies examining an array of topics within the scope topics vary according to student interests, including: of educational audiology. Particular emphasis on early neuroscience research in speech, language, cognition, intervention, educational law, and auditory access to and hearing; imaging; videostroboscopy; and motor language for cognitive development. control. SPHS-S 779 Business Practices (2 cr.) This course aims SPHS-S 696 Language Research in Speech, to provide students with the tools necessary to create a Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Topics vary framework for practicing audiology in a business setting. according to student interests, including advances in linguistic theory, language and phonological acquisition Statistics theory, neurolinguistics, language intervention, etiological College of Arts and Science research, cognition and language (including memory and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] attention), and reading and language. Lab components include computer software for both linguistic analyses and Departmental URL: www.stat.indiana.edu/ experimental presentation. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SPHS-S 702 Instrumentation in Speech, Language School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Introduction to current University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements methodology used in investigations of speech, language contained only in The University Graduate School and hearing sciences. Bulletin.) SPHS-S 771 Diagnostics and Pathologies (3 cr.) This Curriculum course examines diagnostic audiology and auditory disorders within the scope of practice of clinical audiology. Degrees Offered Attention will be given to theory, administration, and • Master of Science in Applied Statistics application of various clinical tests and measures used in • Master of Science in Statistical Science assessment and treatment of children and adults. • Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Science SPHS-S 772 Amplification and Rehabilitation (3 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements This course examines an array of topics within the scope (See also general University Graduate School of practice of clinical audiology, with particular emphasis requirements.) on matters germane to amplification and rehabilitation. Attention will be given to theory, administration, and Admission Requirements application of various clinical tests and measures used for Statistics is an increasingly interdisciplinary field. both assessment and treatment. Recognizing that fact, the IU Department of Statistics SPHS-S 773 Pediatrics and Special Populations welcomes students from a variety of quantitative (2 cr.) This course examines an array of topics within backgrounds, not just statistics and mathematics. the scope of practice of clinical audiology, with particular To be admitted to the Master of Science in Applied emphasis on matters germane to pediatrics and special Statistics program a student must be pursuing an M.A., test populations. Amplification, business issues, and M.S. or Ph.D. in another program at IU. ethical considerations may also be discussed. Attention will be given to theory, administration, and application Students entering our Master of Science or Ph.D. in of various clinical tests and measures used for both Statistical Science programs should have a bachelor's or assessment and treatment. master's degree from an accredited university. Academic preparation should include at least two undergraduate SPHS-S 774 Recent Advances in Audiology (2 cr.) courses in statistics, some background in mathematics This course examines an array of topics within the scope that includes courses in multivariate calculus and of practice of clinical audiology, with particular emphasis linear algebra, and some familiarity with computer on examining the most recent literature from refereed programming. journals. Attention will be given to theory, administration, May 26, 2016 411

Applicants will be evaluated using a combination of Qualifying Examination academic transcripts, grade-point averages, GRE scores, TOEFL scores (for international applicants), letters of Students advance to candidacy by completing required recommendation, and personal statements. Selection coursework and passing two qualifying examinations. criteria include breadth and depth of preparation, quality of The Statistical Theory exam is a written examination academic performance, and motivation. based on material covered in STAT-S 721-722 (Advanced Statistical Theory). This exam is usually administered Master of Science in Applied Statistics in May, after the 722 semester concludes. The Data The M.S. in Applied Statistics is intended for the student Analysis exam consists of an oral presentation and a pursuing a graduate degree in another field who wishes to paper based on a project completed in STAT-S 771-772 enhance his or her statistical knowledge and credentials (Advaced Data Analysis). The oral presentation usually by obtaining a graduate degree in Statistics, in addition to takes place near the end of the 722 semester and the a graduate degree in his or her primary field of study. paper then incorporates suggested revisions. Students who fail either the qualifying examination more than once Course Requirements will be dismissed from the program. A total of 31 credit hours, 19 of which must be in the Advisory and Research Committees Department of Statistics and include the following 5 courses: STAT S520 or S620, S612, S631, S632, and For each student admitted to the PhD program, a doctoral S690. The remaining 12 credit hours must be taken in advisory committee will be formed in the first year of an area relevant to the field of Statistics, and must be training. After passing their qualifying exams, students approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. must form a research (dissertation) committee. The student’s committee (advisory or research) will consult Master of Science in Statistical Science with the student at least once per year to help the student The M.S. program trains students to become applied determine his/her course of graduate study, develop statisticians who collaborate with researchers in various a research program, approve the student’s course disciplines to design experiments and analyze data. selections, and review the student’s progress in all areas Course Requirements (for example, completion of required courses, course grades, and research progress). The student’s committee A total of 31 credit hours including MATH M463, STAT will determine whether or not the student is making S611, S612, S620, S631, S632, and S690. Students must adequate progress in all areas. Should the advisory (or also choose to complete either a one-semester consulting research) committee determine that a student is not internship, S692, or a thesis, S799. The remaining 6 making adequate progress in any area, this may be credit hours can be from any graduate statistics courses grounds for eliminating a student’s department funding, approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. probation, or dismissal from the program. Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Science Dissertation Proposal and Research The Ph.D. program trains students as research A dissertation is required. The dissertation represents statisticians who develop new statistical methodology. original methodological research by the student. The This program is for graduate students who wish to research should be of sufficient quality to merit publication obtain positions as research statisticians in academia, in peer-reviewed journals. government, or industry. After passing the qualifying exams, students should begin Course Requirements the process of finding a dissertation advisor, forming a A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 60 credit hours dissertation committee, and identifying a dissertation topic. of coursework; dissertation research to reach 90 credit The dissertation proposal is an oral exam intended to hours. demonstrate to the statistics faculty that the student is prepared to begin research. The student will make an Core Courses (9 credit hours): Math-M 413: Introduction to oral presentation that outlines the proposed research, Analysis I, STAT-S 620: Introduction to Statistical Theory, including summaries of related work and descriptions STAT-S 611: Applied Statistical Computing of the techniques that will be used. The dissertation Data Analysis Courses (12 credit hours): STAT-S 631: committee and other statistics faculty will then question Applied Linear Models I, STAT-S 632: Applied Linear the student. Models II, STAT-S 771: Advanced Data Analysis I, STAT- Ph.D. Minor in Statistical Science S 772: Advanced Data Analysis II Doctoral students obtaining a Ph.D. in another discipline Advanced Statistical Theory Courses (12 credit hours): are welcome to choose Statistics as an outside minor. STAT-S 721: Advanced Statistical Theory I, STAT-S 722: Four graduate courses in statistics are required, at least Advanced Statistical Theory II plus at least two semesters three of which must be at the 600-level or above taken of STAT-S 785: Seminar on Statistical Theory from the Department of Statistics. The specific minor courses must be approved by the Director of Graduate Elective and Minor Courses (27 credit hours): All students Studies of the Department of Statistics. must complete a Ph.D. minor in another graduate program. Minor requirements are specified by the Faculty awarding department and are described in the University Chairperson Graduate School Bulletin. All courses in this category must be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Professor Michael Trosset* 412 May 26, 2016

Graduate Faculty a systematic approach to the exposition of the general (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University linear model — focusing on categorical data. Of primary Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct concern will be models for which the response variable doctoral dissertations.) is categorical. Such models include probit, logit, ordered logit, and Poisson regression, among others. Students Distinguished Professor and Chancellor’s Professor learn how to think creatively about the use of statistical J. Scott Long* methods in their own research. Rudy Professors STAT-S 520 Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) P: MATH M212, M301, M303, or the equivalent. Basic concepts of Stanley Wasserman* data analysis and statistical inference, applied to 1-sample and 2-sample location problems, the analysis of variance, Professors and linear regression. Probability models and statistical Steen Andersson* (Emeritus), Lanh Tran*(Emeritus), methods applied to practical situations and actual data Michael Trosset* sets from various disciplines. Elementary statistical theory, including the plug-in principle, maximum likelihood, and Associate Professors the method of least squares. Chunfeng Huang* STAT-S 620 Introduction to Statistical Theory (3 cr.) Assistant Professors P: STAT S320 and MATH M463 (or equivalent courses). Fundamental concepts and principles of data reduction Weihua An, Daniel Manrique-Vallier*, Daniel McDonald*, and statistical inference, including the method of maximum Andrew Womack likelihood, the method of least squares, and Bayesian inference. Theoretical justification of statistical procedures Adjunct Professors introduced in S320. Franklin Acito* (Business), Katy Borner* (Library and STAT-S 625 Nonparametric Theory and Data Analysis Information Sciences), Richard Bradley* (Mathematics), (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), consent of instructor. Survey of methods for statistical Yoosoon Chang* (Economics), Victor Goodman* inference that do not rely on parametric probability (Emeritus, Mathematics), Andrew Hanson* (Emeritus, models. Statistical functionals, bootstrapping, empirical Computer Science), Elizabeth Housworth* (Mathematics), likelihood. Nonparametric density and curve estimation. John Kruschke* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Rank and permutation tests. Russell Lyons* (Mathematics), Robert Nosofsky* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joon Park* STAT-S 626 Bayesian Theory and Data Analysis (3 cr.) (Economics), Joanne Peng* (Education), Christopher P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent Raphael* (Informatics), Scott Robeson* (Geography), of instructor. Introduction to the theory and practice Richard Shiffrin* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), of Bayesian inference. Prior and posterior probability James Townsend* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), distributions. Data collection, model formulation, Pravin Trivedi* (Economics) computation, model checking, sensitivity analysis. Adjunct Associate Professors STAT-S 631 Applied Linear Models I (3 cr.) P: STAT S320 and MATH M301 or M303 or S303 (or equivalent Juan Carlos Escanciano* (Economics), Predrag courses), or consent of instructor. Part I of a 2-semester Radivojac* (Informatics), Dirk van Gucht sequence on linear models, emphasizing linear regression Adjunct Assistant Professor and the analysis of variance, including topics from the design of experiments and culminating in the general Yoon-Jin Lee (Economics), Yong-Yeol Ahn, David linear model. Crandall STAT-S 632 Applied Linear Models II (3 cr.) P: STAT Director of Graduate Studies S631, or consent of instructor. Part II of a 2-semester Chunfeng Huang* sequence on linear models, emphasizing linear regression and the analysis of variance, including topics from the Courses design of experiments and culminating in the general linear model. STAT-S 501 Statistical Methods I: Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) P: One undergraduate course in STAT-S 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two statistics. This course takes a systematic approach to statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of the exposition of the general linear model — focusing instructor. The analysis of cross classified categorical on correlation, simple linear and multiple regression. data. Loglinear models; regression models in which the Students are introduced to the use of statistical analysis response variable is binary, ordinal, nominal, or discrete. software. The first third of the course consists of a review Logit, probit, multinomial logit models; logistic and Poisson of statistics, data analysis tools, significance tests, and regression. Equivalent to EDUC Y637. confidence intervals. Students learn how to think creatively about the use of statistical methods in their own research. STAT-S 639 Multilevel Models (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. STAT-S 503 Statistical Methods II: Generalized Linear Introduction to the general multilevel model with an Models and Categorical Data (3 cr.) P: STAT S501 or emphasis on applications. Discussion of hierarchical one undergraduate course in statistics. This course takes linear models, and generalizations to nonlinear models. May 26, 2016 413

How such models are conceptualized, parameters STAT-S 681 Topics in Applied Statistics (3 cr.) estimated and interpreted. Model fit via software. Major P: Consent of instructor. Careful study of a statistical emphasis throughout the course will be on how to choose topic from an applied perspective. May be repeated with an appropriate model and computational techniques. different topics. Equivalent to EDUC Y639. STAT-S 682 Topics in Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) STAT-S 640 Multivariate Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two P: Consent of instructor. Careful study of a statistical statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent topic from a theoretical perspective. May be repeated with of instructor. Elementary treatment of multivariate different topics. normal distributions, classical inferential techniques for multivariate normal data, including Hotelling’s T² and STAT-S 690 Statistical Consulting (4 cr.) P: Consent MANOVA. Discussion of analytic techniques such as of instructor. Development of effective consulting skills, principal component analysis, canonical correlation including the conduct of consulting sessions, collaborative analysis, discriminant analysis, and factor analysis. problem-solving, using professional resources, and Equivalent to PSY P654. preparing verbal and written reports. Interactions with clients will be coordinated by the Indiana Statistical STAT-S 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) Consulting Center. P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. Path analysis. Introduction to multivariate STAT-S 692 Internship in Statistical Consulting (3 cr.) multiple regression, confirmatory factor analysis, and P: STAT S690 and permission of Director of Graduate latent variables. Structural equation models with and Studies. One semester internship at the Indiana Statistical without latent variables. Mean-structure and multi-group Consulting Center (ISCC). Students work on actual analysis. Equivalent to EDUC Y645. consulting problems under the direct supervision of professional statisticians. STAT-S 650 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of STAT-S 695 Readings in Statistics (1-3 cr.) P: Consent instructor. Techniques for analyzing data collected at of instructor. Supervised reading of a topic in statistics. different points in time. Probability models, forecasting May be repeated with different topics. methods, analysis in both time and frequency domains, STAT-S 710 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) P: STAT linear systems, state-space models, intervention analysis, S620, or consent of instructor. Survey of numerical transfer function models and the Kalman filter. Stationary methods in statistics. Matrix factorizations and algorithms processes, autocorrelations, partial autocorrelations, for linear regression. Nonlinear optimization, maximum autoregressive, moving average, and ARMA processes, likelihood and nonlinear regression. Pseudorandom spectral density of stationary processes, periodograms, number generation and Monte Carlo methods. estimation of spectral density. Course equivalent to MATH M568. STAT-S 721 Advanced Statistical Theory I (3 cr.) P: S620, some knowledge of elementary measure theory, STAT-S 655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two and/or consent of the instructor. Mathematical introduction statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of to major areas of statistical theory and practice, including instructor. Introduction to methods for longitudinal data statistical models, sufficiency, likelihood inference, analysis; repeated measures data. The analysis of change estimation and testing, Bayesian inference, decision —models for one or more response variables, possibly theory, equivariance, and optimality of test statistics. censored. Association of measurements across time for both continuous and discrete responses. Course is STAT-S 722 Advanced Statistical Theory II (3 cr.) equivalent to EDUC Y655. P: S721 or consent of the instructor. A continuation of S721. A mathematical introduction to major areas STAT-S 660 Sampling (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses of statistical theory and practice including multinomial at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. Design models, canonical linear models, exponential families, of surveys and analysis of sample survey data. Simple asymptotic theory, and general linear models. random sampling, ratio and regression estimation, stratified and cluster sampling, complex surveys, STAT-S 730 Theory of Linear Models (3 cr.) P: STAT nonresponse bias. S620, or consent of instructor. Theory of the general linear model. Distribution theory, linear hypotheses, the STAT-S 670 Exploratory Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two Gauss-Markov theorem, testing and confidence regions. statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent Application to regression and to analysis of variance. of instructor. Numerical and graphical techniques for summarizing and displaying data. Exploration versus STAT-S 740 Multivariate Statistical Theory (3 cr.) confirmation. Connections with conventional statistical P: STAT S721 and S722, or consent of the instructor. analysis and data mining. Applications to large data sets. Multivariate normal distributions. Multivariate linear normal models, estimation and testing. Wishart distributions and STAT-S 670 Statistical Learning and High-Dimension models. Inference for the covariance matrix. Eigenvalues, Analysis (3 cr.) P: STAT S640, or two statistics courses including canonical correlations and principal components/ at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. Dataanalytic factor analysis. methods for exploring the structure of high-dimensional data. Graphical methods, linear and nonlinear dimension STAT-S 771 Advanced Data Analysis I (3 cr.) reduction techniques, manifold learning. Supervised, P: Permission of Director of Graduate Studies. This semisupervised, and unsupervised learning. course introduces Ph.D. students in th Department of Statistics to an in-depth cross-disciplinary research experience, emphasizing the role of statistics in solving 414 May 26, 2016 scientific, technological, or policy problem. Each student Committee’s approval of the Program of Study, the identifies a research project, forms an advisory committee, student will become officially enrolled in the Sustainable and provides interim written and oral progress reports Energy Science Program. throughout the remainder of the semester. Ph.D. Minor Requirements STAT-S 772 Advanced Data Analysis II (3 cr.) P: STAT- S 771 Second semester of a two-semester sequence. Requirements encourage graduate students to develop Ph.D. students in the Department of Statistics complete a program of scientific inquiry that complements their the cross-disciplinary projects they began in STAT-S 771. doctoral program and takes advantage of the wide range of faculty from a number of departments with STAT-S 781 Advanced Topics in Applied Statistics training and research in the fields of wind energy, solar (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Careful study of an energy, biofuels, geothermal energy, fossil fuels, carbon advanced statistical topic from an applied perspective. As sequestration, air pollution and climate change. Each topics vary, this course may be repeated for credit. program is developed in consultation between the student and the graduate advisor and the Sustainable Energy STAT-S 782 Advanced Topics in Mathematical Science director. Students must complete a total of 12 Statistics (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Careful credit hours (Of hours counted toward the minor, at study of an advanced statistical topic from a mathematical least 6 must be from outside the student's major field). or theoretical perspective. As topics vary, this course may Additionally, the Sustainable Energy Program will submit be repeated for credit. one question for the student's qualifying examination. STAT-S 785 Seminar on Statistical Theory (3 cr.) Faculty P: Ph.D. standing in Department of Statistics. Professional development for Ph.D. students in statistics. Topics in Graduate Minor Director statistical theory will be used to provide students with experience in preparing presentations, posters, referee Rebecca Barthelmie* (Atmospheric Science) reports, grant proposals, etc. Graduate Faculty STAT-S 799 Research in Statistics (1-6 cr.) P: Consent (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University of the instructor. Research in statistics. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Sustainable Energy Science Professors College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Rebecca Barthelmie* (Atmospheric Science), Sara Pryor* (Atmospheric Science), Phil Stevens* (School of Public (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and Environmental Affairs), Caroline Jarrold* (Chemistry), School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Maria Mastalerz (Indiana Geological Survey), Gary Pavlis* University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (Geology), Paul Sokol* (Physics) contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Associate Professors Curriculum Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Mehmet Dalkilic* (School of Informatics and Computing) Ph.D. Minor in Sustainable Energy Science Courses The supply of affordable energy is a pre-requisite for economic development around the world. The U.S. SPEA-E 515 Air Pollution and Control (3 cr.) faces considerable challenges in meeting current and future energy demands while also addressiing pressing PHYS-P 510 Environmental Physics (3 cr.) environmental and national security concerns. Hence INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (3 cr.) there is a need for research into various aspects of energy supply and demand. The Sustainable Energy GRAD-L 830 Readings in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) Science Program encoursages interdisciplinary study P: Consent of the director. of the physical sicneces that under-pins energy use Supervised readings on selected topics in landscape and supply. The Ph.D. minor program embraces a studies. multidisciplinary approach drawing expertise from a number of Departments and Schools with an emphasis on the understanding of the scientific basis of sustainability and the implications of energy use. GEOL-G 690 Fundamentals of Hydrocarbon Systems (3 cr.) Admission and Program of Study GEOL-G 587 Organic Geochemistry (3 cr.) In collaboration with the Sustainable Energy director and the student’s graduate advisor, students are required to GEOL-G 586 Geochemical Modeling (3 cr.) submit a Program of Study to the Sustainable Energy GEOL-G 572 Basin Analysis and Hydrocarbons (3 cr.) Advisory Committee for final approval. The Program of Study will provide the rationale for the student’s GEOL-G 571 Prinicples of Petroleum Geology (3 cr.) proposed curriculum and will list the courses, with GEOL-G 516 Introduction to Coal Geology (3 cr.) alternative selections in the event such courses are not offered on a timely basis, that will serve as the student’s GEOL-G 514 Geophysical Signal Processing (3 cr.) minor program. With the Sustainable Energy Advisory May 26, 2016 415

GEOG-G 575 Climate Change (3 cr.) B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging less than B will result in the student’s being placed on GEOG-G 555 Wind Power Meteorology (3 cr.) academic probation. Accumulation of two individual course GEOG-G 542 Sustainable Energy Systems (3 cr.) grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will result in dismissal of the student from the program. The school GEOG-G 534 Air Pollution Meteorology (3 cr.) evaluates each student’s progress toward the degree CHEM-C 565 Nuclear Chemistry (3 cr.) every year. Telecommunications Advisory Committee Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty College of Arts and Sciences member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ By April 15th of her or his first year, each student will Departmental E-mail: [email protected] select an Advisor and nominate a three-member Advisory Committee. At least two members of the Advisory Com- (Please note that when conferring University Graduate mittee must be from the Media School. Students who fail School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The to file an approved Program of Study before the start of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Fall semester in the second year of their studies will be contained only in The University Graduate School considered out of good academic standing. Bulletin.) Course Requirements Curriculum 1. M503 Media Theories and M502 Media Research, Degrees Offered with a grade of B (3.0) or above; This legacy program is no longer accepting new 2. Thesis (up to cr. 6 of T800 taken after an approved applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School thesis proposal) or comprehensive examination entry for new program requirements related to this area of (written and oral, administered by the Student’s study. Advisory Committee); Master of Arts, Master of Science, Joint Master of Arts or 3. Program of Study listing all courses toward the Master of Science and Doctor of Jurisprudence (jointly degree, approved by the student’s Advisory with the Maurer School of Law), Joint Master of Arts or Committee; Master of Science and Master of Business Administration 4. No more than 6 credits of independent study. (jointly with the Kelley School of Business), and Doctor of At least 21 credit hours must be taken within the Media Philosophy (Ph.D. telecommunications track in the Mass School. Communications Program). Thesis Special Departmental Requirements Oral defense required, administered by the student’s (See also general University Graduate School Advisory Committee. requirements). Master of Science Degree Master of Arts Degree The M.S. in Telecommunications is designed to prepare The M.A. in Telecommunications is designed to train students for professional careers in media design, students for academic careers in communications and production, and management. related fields. Graduates will be prepared to enter a Ph.D. program, teach at small colleges, or accept analytical and Admission Requirements research positions in media and creative industries. 1. At least a B (3.0) average in an undergraduate Admission Requirements program; 2. appropriate level of performance on the Graduate 1. Bachelor’s degree or international equivalent; Record Examination General Test (all scores above 2. Verbal and quantitative GRE scores above 152 and 500 or verbal and quantitative scores above 500 analytical score above 4.0; and analytical score at or above 4.0 or equivalents 3. Statement of purpose; for verbal, quantitative and analytical scores as per 4. Three letters of recommendation; conversion tables provided by Educational Testing 5. An academic writing sample; Service for the new GRE scoring system) for all 6. Paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- MS applicants except those focusing on new media based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- design and production. Students focusing on new based TOEFL score greater that 100 for international media design and production could provide either students; GRE scores or a portfolio of creative work; 7. A curriculum vita. 3. statement of purpose; 4. three letters of recommendation; Applications from students who have not majored in 5. an academic writing sample; and communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. If admitted, these students may be required to take 6. paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer supplementary courses. based TOEFL score greater than 250, or internet based TOEFL score greater than 100 for Grades international students. 416 May 26, 2016

Applications from students who have not majored in 1. Design and Production Concentration: written communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. questions on coursework, written questions on an If admitted, these students may be required to take approved media design project and an oral defense supplementary courses. 2. Management Concentration: written questions on core coursework, written questions on other Grades coursework and an oral defense B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging less than B will result in the student’s being placed on Joint Degree: Master of Arts or Master of Science in academic probation. Accumulation of three individual Telecommunications and Doctor of Jurisprudence in course grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will the Maurer School of Law result in dismissal of the student from the program. The To be eligible to receive the degrees of Doctor of department evaluates each student’s progress toward the Jurisprudence and Master of Arts or Master of Science degree every year. in Telecommunications, which must be received simultaneously, a student must: Advisory Committee 1. complete 79 semester credit hours in the Maurer Each student will receive initial guidance from a School of Law including all of the required course faculty member assigned by the Director of Graduate work; Studies. During the second semester, each student 2. complete 27 credit hours in the Department of will select a three-member Advisory Committee that Telecommunications, including all of its required will be responsible for approving the student’s Program course work; of Study, administering the final exam, and other 3. earn a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 requirements toward the degree. At least two members on all work taken in the Maurer School of Law and of the Advisory Committee must be from the Department at least 3.0 on all work taken in the Department of of Telecommunications. Students who fail to select an Telecommunications. Advisory Committee or construct a Program of Study by the end of the second semester in the program will be Joint Degree: Master of Arts or Master of Science considered as making inadequate progress toward the in Telecommunications and Master of Business degree. Administration in the Kelley School of Business Course Requirements To be eligible to receive the degrees of Master of Business Administration and Master of Arts or Master of A minimum of 36 credit hours, including Science in Telecommunications, which must be received simultaneously, a student must: 1. T505 Media Organizations, with a grade of B (3.0) or above; 1. complete 42 credit hours in the Kelley School of 2. other core course(s) corresponding to a chosen Business, including all of the required course work; concentration area, with a grade of B (3.0) or above: 2. complete 27 credit hours for the Master of Arts • Design and Production Concentration: T580 in Telecommunications or 33 credit hours for the Interactive Storytelling and Computer Games Master of Science in Telecommunications, including • Management Concentration: Two of the all of the required course work; following: T502 Introduction to Research 3. earn a cumulative grade point average of at least Methods in Telecommunications, T504 3.0 on all work taken in the telecommunications Introduction to Telecommunications Policy program and a cumulative grade point average of at Studies, T522 Managing the Creative Process, least 2.75 on all work taken in the Kelley School of T532 Economics of Media Industries, T571 Business; Cognitive and Emotional Psychology, T610 4. be in residence for six semesters (or their equivalent The Networked Society; of full-time resident study; three of these semesters must be in telecommunications and three must be in 3. Program of Study listing all courses toward the the Kelley School of Business). degree, approved by the student’s Advisory Committee; Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mass Com- 4. completion of approved creative media project munications: Telecommunications Track (design and production concentration only) The Department of Telecommunications, in conjunction At least 18 credit hours must be taken within the with the School of Journalism, offers a doctoral program in Department of Telecommunications. mass communications. T800 Thesis: Telecommunications, T540 Special Projects Admission Requirements in Telecommunications (independent study), and T575 Directed Group New Media Design Project may each 1. Master’s degree from a recognized institution; be taken for up to 6 credits. Combined, degree-applied 2. at least a 3.5 grade point average in a master’s credits derived from these three courses should not program; exceed 12 total credits. 3. appropriate level of performance on the Graduate Record Examination General Test (all scores above Final Examination 500 or verbal and quantitative score above 500 and Students must pass a comprehensive written and oral analytical score at or above 4.0 or equivalents for examination, administered by the student’s Advisory verbal, quantitative and analytical scores as per Committee. The exam consists of: May 26, 2016 417

conversion tables provided by Educational Testing their Advisory Committee. This program is to be approved Service for the new GRE scoring system); by the student’s Advisory Committee, the Director of 4. statement of purpose; Graduate Studies (with the advice of the Graduate 5. three letters of recommendation; Committee), and the Department Chair by the end of the 6. paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- second semester of course work. based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- Minor based TOEFL score greater than 100 for international students; Consistent with University Graduate School policy, each 7. writing sample. student must have at least one minor subject. Course work in the minor must be approved by the student’s Applications from students who have not majored in Advisory Committee and must meet the requirements of communication at the master’s level are welcomed. the minor department. If admitted, these students may be required to take supplementary courses. Consult the Director of Graduate Research Skill Requirement Studies as to whether graduate credit might be granted 12 credits of appropriate research skills courses approved for a non-communication master’s degree and if by the student’s Advisory Committee (see number 3 under supplementary course work is necessary. “Course Requirements” above). Grades Qualifying Examination B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging Written and oral, covering the methodology area, the less than B will result in the student’s being placed on core, the minor, and the student’s individualized areas of academic probation. Accumulation of three individual specialization. course grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will result in dismissal of the student from the program. The Final Examination department evaluates each student’s progress toward the degree every year. Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. Advisory Committee Ph.D. Minor in Telecommunications Doctoral students from other departments may choose Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty telecommunications as an outside minor. A minimum of member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. 15 credits in the department at the 500 level or above During the second semester, each student will select an is required, including T501, Philosophy of Inquiry in Advisory Committee consisting of at least two members Telecommunications. from the major area and one from another. Students who fail to select an Advisory Committee or construct a Faculty Program of Study by the end of the second semester in Chairperson the program will be considered as making inadequate progress toward the degree. Professor Walter Gantz* Course Requirements Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University A minimum of 90 credit hours, including Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct 1. the core consisting of T501 Philosophy of Inquiry doctoral dissertations.) in Telecommunications, T502 Introduction to Distinguished Professor Research Methods in Telecommunications, T503 Telecommunications Theory, and T504 Introduction Annie Lang* to Telecommunications Policy Studies with a grade of at least a B in each course; Professors 2. T600 Proseminar in Telecommunications Research Richard Burke* (Emeritus), Edward J. Castronova*, for four semesters; Barbara Cherry*, Susan Eastman* (Emerita), Walter 3. 12 credit hours in a methodology area; Gantz*, Maria Elizabeth Grabe*, Michael McGregor*, 4. a minimum of six courses in the Department of Harmeet Sawhney*, David H. Waterman* Telecommunications if student is transferring 16-30 credits, eight courses if transferring 1-15 credits, Associate Professors and 10 courses (at least four completed after Julia R. Fox*, Bryant M. Paul*, Robert F. Potter*, Herbert receipt of the M.A.) if student has an M.A. from this A. Terry* (Emeritus) department; 5. completion of a minor as required by the minor Assistant Professors department; Amy Gonzales, Julien Mailland, Nicole Martins, Andrew 6. no more than 6 credits of independent study; Weaver, Paul J. Wright 7. no more than 15 credit hours in the dissertation, 8. Program of Study listing all courses toward the Director of Graduate Studies degree, approved by the student’s Advisory Harmeet Sawhney*, Radio-TV Center Room 325, Committee. (812) 855-0954 Within these requirements, students design a rigorous Courses and coherent individualized plan of study with the help of 418 May 26, 2016

TEL-T 501 Philosophy of Inquiry in TEL-T 540 Special Projects in Telecommunications Telecommunications (3 cr.) Entry-level comparative (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of project advisor and Director of study of the origin and development of dominant Graduate Studies. Individual readings or production paradigms applied to telecommunications by researchers projects in telecommunications. and policy makers. TEL-T 551 Communication, Technology, and Society TEL-T 502 Introduction to Research Methods in (3 cr.) Research seminar to consider the impact of new Telecommunications (3 cr.) Introduction to quantitative technologies on society and how the development and and qualitative research methodologies used in structure of information and communication technologies telecommunications. have been influenced by society. Theories of technology at the social level of analysis. TEL-T 503 Telecommunications Theory (3 cr.) Introduces students to the wide range of social scientific TEL-T 552 Cognitive Approaches to Media (3 cr.) theories that guide research in telecommunications. Examines the information processing of mediated messages and theories underlying memory, attention, and TEL-T 505 Media Organizations (3 cr.) Introduces cognition. Advanced analysis of cognitive psychology and students to the production, financing, marketing, and emotion theory as they apply to the study of media. management of media from an organizational perspective. The goal is to prepare students to work in a changing TEL-T 560 Business Strategies of Communication media environment. Firms (3 cr.) Case studies in marketing and competitive strategies of media and telecommunications firms. Effects TEL-T 510 Research Methods in Message Analysis of technological change on industry structure and strategy. (3 cr.) Methods of analyzing the content of mediated messages. Applications of content analysis techniques to TEL-T 570 Art, Entertainment, and Information (1-3 cr.) research projects involving new or traditional media. Introduces students to the idea of information as art and as entertainment through readings and multimedia TEL-T 511 Research Methods in Audience Analysis experience. Students will learn basic tools of multimedia (3 cr.) Analysis of audience characteristics and behaviors. design, interactive programming, digital paint and draw Emphasizes methods associated with the assessment of, tools, and 3-D software. and audiences for, the electronic media. TEL-T 571 Applied Cognitive and Emotional TEL-T 512 Communication and Politics (3 cr.) Social Psychology (3 cr.) Introduces students to basic theories scientific theories of political message effects and in cognitive and emotional psychology and focuses on normative models of media and democracy. Analysis how these theories could be applied to the design of of political advertising, campaign communication, civic immersive mediated environments. participation, and the role of new media in politics. TEL-T 575 Directed Group New Media Design Project TEL-T 521 Telecommunications Management (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor and Director of Graduate Theories of personnel and systems management applied Studies. Group project in new media design. Each class to the technology-based consumer media of broadcasting, will develop, design, and implement a new media project. cable, voice, and network access providers. Considers broad issues of programming, infrastructure, finance, TEL-T 576 New Media Production (3 cr.) P: Application competition, corporate and industry structure, budget, and for authorization, approval of instructor and Director regulations. of Graduate Studies. Open to graduate students only. Training in traditional and new media production including TEL-T 522 Managing the Creative Process (3 cr.) utilization of new media software packages. In addition to Examination of the business side of video production with production training, completion of a critical assessment emphasis on the role of the producer and/or production paper in an area of production. T576 and T577 combined manager, including production team organization, may not exceed 6 credits. May be repeated for 6 credits. schedules, budgets, contracts, markets, and intellectual property. TEL-T 580 Interactive Storytelling and Computer Games (2 cr.) Students work in teams to develop TEL-T 530 Legal Environment of Telecommunications interactive stories and games using graphics, animation, (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Analysis of laws sound, and text. and policies affecting the telecommunications industry and its consumers. Regulation of broadcasting, cable TEL-T 583 Teaching Electronic Media Production television, telephony, and the Internet. Introduction to (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Graduate students review First Amendment aspects of telecommunications and to and refine basic production skills in preparation for antitrust and intellectual property law. teaching positions. Basic media production concepts, techniques, and hands-on training. Prior understanding of TEL-T 532 Economics of the Media Industries (3 cr.) the production process is expected. Application of economic principles to policy and strategy issues in the print, online, broadcasting, multichannel, TEL-T 585 Interactivity and New Media (3 cr.) home video, and motion picture industries. Theoretical and applied perspectives on interactive communications. Surveys the literature of interactivity TEL-T 535 Economics of Information (3 cr.) The and new media, examining relevant concepts such as production, distribution, and pricing of information products parasocial interaction, entertainment education, and and services; intellectual property and new technologies; remediation. Social and psychological consequences of information networks and compatibility. Policy and strategy interactivity. applications. May 26, 2016 419

TEL-T 597 Internship (0-3 cr.) P: Consent of faculty GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications advisor and Director of Graduate Studies. Supervised (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course is eligible internship in telecommunications, electronic media, or for a deferred grade. multimedia design. TEL-T 504 Introduction to Telecommunications Policy TEL-T 600 Proseminar in Telecommunications Studies (3 cr.) Introduction to the graduate level study Research (1 cr.) Introduction to current of telecommunications law and policy and its intersection telecommunications research through the work of with economics and technology. Fundamental principles departmental members and visiting scholars. May be and theories of telecommunications law, policy, and repeated for 1 credit each semester up to four semesters. policy-making. Methodological approaches. TEL-T 601 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications TEL-T 577 New Media Design (3 cr.) P: Application Technology and Policy (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. for authorization, approval of instructor and Director May be repeated for credit. of Graduate Studies. Open to graduate students only. Training in conceptualization and design of new media, TEL-T 602 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications including actual production at the prototype level. In Processes and Effects (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. addition, completion of a paper that applies design May be repeated for credit. theories to the project work undertaken in the class. T576 TEL-T 603 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications and T577 combined credit may not exceed 6. May be Management (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. repeated for credit. TEL-T 604 Topical Seminar in Media and Society TEL-T 605 Seminar in Immersive Mediated (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. May be repeated for Environments (1 cr.) Introduction to current research in credit. immersive mediated environments such as virtual reality, telepresence, and new media entertainment through the Theatre, Drama, and work of faculty members from Indiana University and Contemporary Dance visiting scholars. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 credit hours. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] TEL-T 610 The Networked Society (3 cr.) Analysis of the social, economic, and cultural forces that have Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~thtr/ set in motion the rise of the networked society. The index.shtml/ conceptualization and creation of large-scale networks; (Please note that when conferring University Graduate new modes of organization. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The TEL-T 629 Telecommunications Policy Making (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements P: T504 or consent of instructor. Models and theories of contained only in The University Graduate School telecommunications policy making in the United States. Bulletin.) Analysis of selected contemporary policy issues and Curriculum controversies. Degrees Offered TEL-T 635 Comparative Telecommunications Policy Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts, and Doctor of (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Comparison of Philosophy. Not currently accepting applications for telecommunications policy and policy making in the United Master of Arts for Teachers. States with the policies ad policy systems of other nations and of international and transnational organizations. Special Departmental Requirements (See also general University Graduate School TEL-T 641 Children and Media (3 cr.) P: T503 or requirements.) equivalent. Detailed examination of theoretical orientations and research specifically focused on children and media. Admission Requirements TEL-T 642 Communication Campaigns (3 cr.) Study of Undergraduate major in the field or other evidence of public communication campaigns, emphasizing the role adequate background. Deficiencies may be removed of media in influencing attitudes and behavior related to by course work or special examination. For M.A. and social issues. Ph.D. candidates, the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test is required; non-native speakers TEL-T 650 Telecommunications and the Constitution of English are also required to have minimum TOEFL (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Impact of the scores of 600 for the paper test, 250 for the computer- constitution of the United States on telecommunications based test, and 100 for the Internet-based test. The GRE law and policy, the telecommunications industries, and the General Test is not required for M.F.A. applicants, but public. Emphasis on the First Amendment. Analysis of the non-native speakers who are working on this degree Supreme Court as a telecommunications policy making must meet the University Graduate school minimum institution. TOEFL scores of 550 (paper), or 213 (computer-based), or 80 (Internet-based). M.F.A. applicants are required to TEL-T 800 Thesis: Telecommunications (1-6 cr.) audition, interview, or submit examples of appropriate P: Consent of instructor. This course is eligible for a work for evaluation. For more detailed information on deferred grade. the application and admission process, please see the 420 May 26, 2016

Department of Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance sessions must be spent in residence on the Bloomington Web site. campus. Master’s Degrees Production Thesis Master of Arts Degree Required. Course Requirements Examination A total of 30 credit hours, of which 15 credit hours must be in departmental courses numbered 500 and above, Oral defense of the thesis. including T500; maximum of 5 credit hours in T895. Up to 10 credit hours may be taken in an allied field or area of Doctor of Philosophy Degree specialization in another department. Course Requirements Language Requirement A total of 90 credit hours, of which 50-60 must be in the major field, including 30 credit hours of courses numbered Ability to translate scholarly material on theatre from one 500 or above, at least 6 credit hours in advanced foreign language. seminars, and 15 credit hours of dissertation. Master’s Essay Minor A student may satisfy the master’s essay requirement in Approximately 15 credit hours within another department one of three ways: in an area related to drama and theatre. 1. By submitting a suitable term or seminar paper, Other Provisions revised to the satisfaction of a two-member faculty committee, To demonstrate an acquaintance with the tools, 2. By writing an original master’s essay not based on techniques, and reporting of theatre research, all Ph.D. any previous paper, or students are expected (a) to have written a research thesis at the master’s level (if not, a term paper or other 3. By writing a formal master’s thesis (maximum of 5 evidence of research writing skill should be submitted); credit hours in T895). (b) to have taken a graduate-level course in research Examination methods (if not, T500 must be taken in the first year of residence); and (c) to show an ability to translate scholarly A written examination on the M.A. reading list in dramatic material on theatre from two languages, usually selected literature, theory, and theatre history. The examination from French, German, Russian, Italian, and Spanish. may be repeated once. Consult the director of graduate studies for specific details Master of Fine Arts Degree and approval of language selections. Special Requirements Examinations Applicants must provide evidence of a high degree of Four comprehensive oral examinations (theatre before technical skill and creative ability in the area of special 1500, 1500-1800, 1800-1915, and 1915-present), interest. At the end of each semester in residence, the and a qualifying examination (written and oral) in one student’s skill and creative ability will be evaluated as specific area projected for dissertation investigation. evidenced by work done in the Department of Theatre, Comprehensives may be taken individually, in any order, Drama, and Contemporary Dance. Only students who and at any time acceptable to both student and faculty. have clearly demonstrated growth and excellence will be The qualifying examination may be taken only when permitted to remain in the program. all course work and language requirements have been Course Requirements completed. A representative from the student’s minor field will be invited to participate in the qualifying examination. A minimum total of 60 credit hours of graduate work, The student will be denied further participation in the with an emphasis in one of the following areas: acting, doctoral program upon failing the qualifying examination directing, playwriting, scenic design, lighting design, twice. costume design, costume technology, or theatre technology (certain emphases within the MFA degree Faculty require more than 60 hours). The 60 credit hours will Chairperson include 3 credit hours in the study of resources and materials in the student’s area of special interest and Jonathan Michaelsen not fewer than 6 credit hours in the area of theatre history, dramatic theory, and dramatic literature. When Graduate Faculty appropriate, up to 12 credit hours (15 credit hours in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University costume design) may be taken in an allied field in another Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct department. A maximum of 10 credits may be taken doctoral dissertations.) in M.F.A. thesis. For each Master's in these academic Professors programs, a faculty advisor individually prescribes a minimum of 24 credits of courses which the student must Dale McFadden, Jonathan R. Michaelsen, George Pinney, complete in the specific major. The distribution of course Linda Pisano, Ronald H. Wainscott* work will be determined by the student and advisor. Associate Professors A minimum of four semesters or equivalent summer May 26, 2016 421

Ray Fellman, Allen Hahn, Andrew Hopson, Nancy course to better develop audition techniques, Lipschultz, Murray McGibbon, Elizabeth Limons Shea understanding of the business of show business, performance skills, and to showcase for agents and Assistant Professors casting directors. Graduate students will be required to Paul Brunner, Selene Carter, Liza Gennaro, Jennifer write a research paper within the context of the course’s Goodlander*, Nyama McCarthy-Brown, Adam McLean, historical content and present results to the class. Sonia Velázquez THTR-T 520 Studies in Acting I (3 cr.) P: Consent of Professors of Practice instructor. History and analysis of major theories of acting. Terry LaBolt, Heather Milam, Kenneth L. Roberson THTR-T 521 Studies in Acting II (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Application of major theories of acting to Faculty Emeriti performance. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 Leon Brauner*, Winona Fletcher*, Roger W. Herzel*, credits. Howard J. Jensen*, Marion Bankert Michael, R. Keith THTR-T 522 Studies in Acting III (1-3 cr.) Analysis of Michael*, Wesley Peters, Dennis Joseph Reardon, Robert script; application of vocal and physical techniques of A. Shakespeare, Frank Silberstein, Rakesh H. Solomon*, characterization to various forms and types of drama. May Fontaine Syer be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. Director of Graduate Studies THTR-T 525 Voice for the MFA I (3 cr.) P: Consent of Professor Ronald Wainscott*, Theatre Building A300 instructor. Focuses on the student’s understanding of breath and how breath marries with text. The student Courses starts to think of breath as something authentic to the body and not a learned skill. The emphasis is on warm Required during the first term of residence: up, relaxation and letting go of vocal habit. Techniques THTR-T 500 Introduction to Graduate Study (1.5 cr.) employed: Berry, Rodenburg, and Linklater. Acting/Directing THTR-T 535 Voice for the MFA II (3 cr.) P: T525. THTR-T 442 Directing II: Advanced Directing (3 cr.) Applies the theory of voice as action and the idea of letting go of fluffy sound. Further work with breath with THTR-T 443 Directing III: Directing Style (3 cr.) the understanding that restriction of breath equals restriction of imagination. Introduction to High Comedy THTR-T 504 Stage Combat (3 cr.) Complete basic and Restoration Style. training in the safety techniques of theatrical violence, based upon the accepted practices of associations such THTR-T 542 Theories of Directing (3 cr.) P: Consent as the Society of American Fight Directors, and utilized in of instructor. This course is not currently being offered. theatres around the country. Emphasis will also be placed History and analysis of major theories of directing. Lecture on acting the fight, storytelling, and historical styles of and practical projects. combat. THTR-T 543 Studies in Directing II (3 cr.) P: Consent THTR-T 510 Advanced Movement for the Theatre I of instructor. Practical problems in directing significant (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The Dynamic Presence plays of diverse forms and styles. May be repeated for a Training integrates Suzuki Technique with Aikido, maximum of 9 credits. Alexander, Circus, Slow Tempo, and more. It is designed for holistic performer training, and the development of a THTR-T 545 Voice and Dialects (3 cr.) P: Consent more dynamic stage presence. of instructor. Training for the professional actor that focuses on combining imagery and imagination with the THTR-T 511 Advanced Movement for the Theatre II development of vocal technique through exercises in (3 cr.) P: T510. A continuation of T510. Second semester. breathing, producing the sound resonance; the mastery of four of the most common dialects used in the American THTR-T 513 Musical Theatre Dance Styles I (3 cr.) theatre. P: Consent of instructor. Dance styles of the 1920s through the 1950s will be explored and performed, THTR-T 610 Advanced Movement for the Theatre III including the choreographers Fred Astaire, Hermes Pan, (3 cr.) P: T510 & T511. A continuation of T510 & T511. Agnes de Mille, Jerome Robbins, and Gower Champion. The DYNAMIC PRESENCE TRAINING continues in Graduate students will be required to write a research the second year by integrating Physical Improvisation, paper within the context of the course’s historical content Grotowski's Plastiques, and Circus to provide actors with and present results to the class. more spontaneity, impulse, and freedom. It is designed for holistic performer training, and the development of a more THTR-T 514 Musical Theatre Dance Styles II (3 cr.) dynamic stage presence. P: Consent of instructor. A continuation of Musical Theatre Dance Styles I, dance styles of the 1950s through THTR-T 611 Advanced Movement for the Theatre present day will be explored and performed, including the IV (3 cr.) P: T510, T511, T610. A continuation of T510, choreographers Bob Fosse, Michael Bennett, Bob Avian, T511 & T610. The DYNAMIC PRESENCE TRAINING and Susan Stroman. Graduate students will be required to continues in the second year by integrating Improvisation, write a research paper within the context of the course’s Grotowski's Plastiques, and Circus to provide actors with historical content and present results to the class. more spontaneity, impulse, and freedom. It is designed for holistic performer training, and the development of a more THTR-T 516 Musical Theatre Showcase (3 cr.) dynamic stage presence. P: Audition and consent of instructor. A professional 422 May 26, 2016

THTR-T 625 Second Year Voice for the MFA I (3 cr.) design concept development; creative research and its P: T535 Emphasis on the examination of structure in interpretation; and the communication and presentation of scene work and how the structure of text frees the student theatrical ideas. to speak and communicate thought. Revisiting of the IPA and dialects for the stage through rhythm and placement THTR-T 508 Introduction to Flat Patterning (3 cr.) of vocal focus. Techniques: Meier and David Alan Stern. Introduces and develops costume patternmaking skills. Teaches the process for drafting basic slopers (bodice, THTR-T 635 Second Year Voice for the MFA II (3 cr.) sleeve, skirt, collars) using individual measurements. P: T625. Continued work with dialects. The course is Explores the manipulation techniques to alter slopers to designed to find the organic side of dialect work and to achieve individual design elements. investigate how consistent dialect allows the listener to enter the world of the play. The emphasis is the creation of THTR-T 509 Introduction to Draping (3 cr.) a relationship between form and content. Introduction to draping will develop costume draping skills. THTR-T 710 Advanced Movement for the Theatre V The course will teach basics and apply it toward exploring (3 cr.) P: T510, T511, T610, T611. This class represents effective communication between the costume technician the culmination of the M.F.A. Acting, graduate movement and costume designer. The examination of costume progression. The third year of the DYNAMIC PRESENCE sketches, research and photos will enhance the student's TRAINING moves into deeply physical explorations of ability to interpret and create accurate and acceptable symbology, psychoanalysis, archetype, imagination and costumes. more, coupled with intense self-diagnosis. The class culminates in the performance of transformative character THTR-T 517 Rendering I (3 cr.) work. The first of a two-semester course, an in-depth, advanced study into rendering costuming. In semester one, the focus THTR-T 720 Internship in Acting (3-9 cr.) Internship in a is on drawing with a strong introduction into the media of professional theatre for one semester or equivalent period watercolor. of time. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credit hours. THTR-T 723 Graduate Acting for the Camera (2 cr.) THTR-T 523 Costume and Character in London Restricted to the Theatre & Drama M.F.A. program. Theatre (3 cr.) Overseas theatre studies in London. Exploration of the fundamentals of acting for the camera Experience theatrical character development through designed to develop students’ on-camera acting skills. costume design. Survey social influences on costume and dress worn by characters through history, including THTR-T 725 Third Year Voice for the MFA I (3 cr.) contemporary trends and dress. Field trips to Bath and P: T635. Establishing a strong vocal process and Stratford. foundation for the graduate student to take into professional acting work. An understanding of THTR-T 524 Theatrical Rendering and Model Building the fundamentals of voice techniques, including (3 cr.) A skills-based studio course with a concentration on breath,connection and use of emotional release giving theatrical rendering and model building techniques, craft, the student strong process for text analysis by looking at media; and visual communication. poetic as well as contemporary texts. THTR-T 526 Advanced Scenic Design I (3 cr.) P: T426 THTR-T 735 Third Year Voice for the MFA II (3 cr.) and permission of instructor. A graduate level studio P: T725. Dealing with vocal release and breath in the course in the theory, process, and techniques of scenic audition process. Examining physical and vocal stamina design for the theatre. Topics will include script analysis; through a long run in the professional theatre and dealing design concept development; creative research and its with voice strain in different theatre spaces, including interpretation; and the communication and presentation of outdoor theatre. theatrical ideas. Particular emphasis is placed on design for specific theatre architecture Design/Technology THTR-T 433 Costume Design II (3 cr.) THTR-T 527 Theatre Planning (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Function and design of theatre plans with THTR-T 438 Advanced Stage Lighting (3 cr.) attention to needs of audience and theatre personnel. THTR-T 502 Theatre Design and Technical Research THTR-T 528 Studies in Stage Scenery (1-3 cr.) P: T526 Methods (1.5 cr.) P: T500 (S/F grading) Reading, or consent of instructor. Selected problems in designing discussion, and use of computer for scenic, costume, stage scenery; composition and style. May be repeated for lighting, and technology research. Exploration of a maximum of 9 credits. commercial software used in developing and communi- cating each discipline’s products. THTR-T 529 Studies in Theatre Technology (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. THTR-T 505 Design Research and Collaboration Selected problems in scenery engineering, stage (1-3 cr.) Development of skills necessary for successful machinery, problem-solving, technical management, theatre productions, especially collaboration, research, estimation and planning, and design and execution of communication (graphic and verbal), and presentation. advanced projects. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 credits. THTR-T 506 Fundamentals of Scenic Design (3 cr.) A studio course in the theory, process, and techniques of scenic design for the theatre. Topics include principles, THTR-T 530 Advanced Costume Design Aesthetics elements, and concepts of design; script analysis; (3 cr.) Intensive study of costume design and application of design principles. Students will produce projects in May 26, 2016 423 various genres. Theatre, opera, ballet, and musical theatre distinction of periods while building an historic time line for are just some of the forms surveyed. Students work in a use in theatrical design. collaborative design arena that emulates the process for whichever genre they are designing in. THTR-T 546 Stage Lighting Design (3 cr.) Stage lighting design concept development, presentation, and THTR-T 531 Costume Technology II (3 cr.) Provides implementation are emphasized. Advanced lighting a strong base in costume construction techniques for techniques and approaches. A practicum will be assigned. incoming graduate students. It provides a foundation of sewing, craft, fitting, and patternmaking techniques THTR-T 547 Sound Design I (3 cr.) P: T347 or as well as training in team management from which the permission of instructor. Study of the practical use, students may develop a construction project and perform aesthetics, and implementation of sound in theatre assignments including supervisory roles in production productions. Focus is on using computers to assist in the work. creation, selection, and playback of sound cues. Topics include sound system operation and design for both plays THTR-T 532 Design for Television and Film (3 cr.) and musicals. Emphasis on researching, selecting, and P: Permission of instructor. Design based studio class in recording music for production. Production Design for Film and Television. Working from original scripts written specifically for the course, concepts THTR-T 549 Production and Event Management (3 cr.) include research, interpretation, and industry standard Discussion of the skills necessary to produce and manage presentation techniques. theatrical productions, and the application of those skills to large events. THTR-T 533 Studies in Stage Costuming (1-3 cr.) P: T430 and T433 or consent of instructor. Selected THTR-T 551 Stage Rigging I (1 cr.) Stage Rigging I is a problems in costume materials and methods, costume survey of structural engineering terminology and methods design and historic fashion; application to styles and forms as applicable to common rigging practice in the theatre of theatrical production. May be repeated for a maximum and entertainment industry. of 9 credits. THTR-T 552 Stage Rigging II (1 cr.) Rigging II is a THTR-T 534 Historic Costumes for the Stage (3 cr.) hands-on type course. This class is intended to familiarize P: Permission of instructor. Survey of historical costume the student with the operation and maintenance of typical in western civilization, ancient Mesopotamian cultures rigging equipment. Class work includes counterweight through the Twentieth Century. Taught from a socio- systems operations, pin-rail operations, rope and knot historical perspective and applied to performance theory. basics, wire-rope basics, chain hoist basics, and arena- type rigging basics. THTR-T 536 Electronics for Theatre (3 cr.) Rudiments of electricity and electronics as applied to theatre. THTR-T 560 Understructures for Historical Garments Investigation of current technology for theatrical (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Students will learn about the performance, including power distribution, control various understructures of dress from 1500-1900, systems, and creative applications for lighting, sound, including materials and techniques of construction. special effects, and mechanized scenery. Students will create, as a final project, an ensemble of understructures from a specific piece of research. THTR-T 537 Fundamentals of Costume Design (3 cr.) Intensive study of costume design in mainstream THTR-T 561 Period Patternmaking and Construction theatre. Projects in collaborative aesthetics in design and (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Students will learn about the practical application, rendering techniques, and visual various patternmaking techniques and shapes of women's communication. No laboratory/technology component. garments from 1500-1920. Students will create, as a final project, an ensemble based on specific research. THTR-T 538 Studies in Stage Lighting (1-3 cr.) P: T546, or a previous T538, or permission of instructor. THTR-T 562 Men's Tailoring (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Variable topics course focusing on lighting genres, Students will learn to draft, construct, and fit a man's suit techniques, and criticism. Topics include architectural for a model, as well as understanding basic men's fashion lighting, lighting consulting for the theatre, stage lighting guidelines in historical detail. aesthetics, and rendering light. THTR-T 564 Pro Tools for Theatre and Music (3 cr.) May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. P: MUS-A100 or THTR-T347 or THTR-T447. This course introduces the recording and editing software Pro Tools for THTR-T 539 Fundamentals of Theatrical Drafting (3 cr.) use in theatre sound design and music production. A studio course consisting of both traditional hand drafting techniques and digital CAD techniques as they are used in THTR-T 585 Theatre Management (3 cr.) Problems theatrical production communication. in managing a theatre: selection of plays, special programming, business operations, promotion, public THTR-T 540 Structural Design for the Stage (3 cr.) relations. Lecture and practical projects. P: Permission of instructor. Structural concepts of static mechanics and strengths of materials with focus on the THTR-T 586 Studies in Stage Management (3 cr.) An ability to critically analyze and design efficient structures examination of the stage management requirements specific to theatre and performing arts applications. and regulations for non-standard production styles. Each year the topic varies and may include spectacle, theme THTR-T 541 History of Decor (3 cr.) A survey course park, festival, or other large scale entertainment. On examining the trends in architecture, painting, sculpture, site observation and experience is a key portion and furniture, and decorative motifs. The student will gain a requirement of the course. 424 May 26, 2016

THTR-T 591 Introduction to Stage Properties THTR-T 501 Introduction to Historiography (1.5 cr.) (3 cr.) Covers the basics of running a properties shop. P: T500. (S/F grading) Reading and discussion of current Students will learn script analysis for props; making lists; historiographical problems and methods particular to communication with stage management, designers, and research and scholarly reporting in theatre history, theory, technical personnel; budget breakdowns; and using and literature. local resources for the build/buy/borrow/pull process of properties production. THTR-T 550 Structure of Drama (3 cr.) Theory and structure of drama, based upon intensive reading of THTR-T 592 Advanced Stage Properties (3 cr.) Aristotle’s Poetics and other critical writings. Course covers advanced techniques, skills, tools, and methodology in constructing props as well as discussing THTR-T 555 Theories of Theatre and Drama I (3 cr.) how to manage prop lists and budgets on operas, Survey of major theoretical and critical works. Greeks to musicals, dance, and touring shows. c. 1890. THTR-T 556 Theories of Theatre and Drama II (3 cr.) THTR-T 604 Portfolio Seminar for Costume Designers Survey of major theoretical and critical works. 1890 to the (1 cr.) present. Prepares students to consider, evaluate, and state academic and professional goals, as well as learning how THTR-T 563 Forms and Styles in Modern Theatre and to develop portfolio content and outlines, preparing both Drama (3 cr.) Study of plays in relation to such styles as digital and hard copy portfolios along with resumes for realism, naturalism, expressionism, and absurdism. summer employment and internships. To be taken in all THTR-T 565 American Drama and Theatre I (3 cr.) three years of the MFA costume design degree. Beginnings to 1890. Either semester be elected independently. THTR-T 605 Portfolio Seminar for Costume Technology (1 cr.) THTR-T 566 American Drama and Theatre II (3 cr.) This course will guide students as they prepare to 1890 to the present. Either semester may be elected apply for summer and long term jobs. It will address job independently. searching, cover letters, resume, portfolio preparation and THTR-T 567 European Drama from Molière to Ibsen website development. This course is for students in the (3 cr.) Representative French, German, Italian, and Costume Technology M.F.A. program. Russian plays.

THTR-T 617 Rendering II (3 cr.) Semester two provides THTR-T 568 Ibsen and Strindberg (3 cr.) Intensive study an in-depth, advanced study into rendering. Here the of the major plays of Ibsen and Strindberg. focus is on developing and mastering proficiency in THTR-T 570 Studies in Classical and Medieval Theatre multimedia for the costume designer, including but not (3 cr.) Concentrated study of Greek, Roman, and limited to pencil, ink, marker, digital, and collage. medieval theatre. THTR-T 626 Advanced Scenic Design II (3 cr.) P: T526. THTR-T 571 Studies in Renaissance and Baroque An MFA capstone studio course in the theory, process, Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of significant figures, and techniques of scenic design for the theatre. Design practices, and dramas in the European theatre from 1500 projects include non-theatrical venues and diverse areas to 1800. of the entertainment industry. Portfolio quality presentation is expected. THTR-T 572 Studies in Romantic and Realistic Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of European and American THTR-T 639 Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3 cr.) theatre from 1800 to 1915. Emphasis on romanticism, Advanced course in drafting methods, skills, and the realism, and the reactions to realism. specialized uses for theatrical drafting for productions. Mastery of students’ graphic communication through THTR-T 573 Studies in Modern and Contemporary standard theatre drafting methods. Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of significant practices, trends, and figures in the European and American theatre THTR-T 705 Design Research and Collaboration II from 1915 to the present. (1-3 cr.) Further study of the principles of group collaboration, THTR-T 662 Comparative Theatre and Drama: concept development and skills in assessing and Melodrama (3 cr.) The “third form” of drama, from productively working through challenges in the design and melodramas of Euripides to tragicomedies and technology processes. melodramas of modern television and motion pictures. THTR-T 750 Seminar in Structure of Drama (3 cr.) History/Theory/Literature P: T550, T555-T556 or equivalent. Projects in the analysis THTR-T 460 Development of Dramatic Art I (3 cr.) of different forms and types of drama. Each student is required to complete and report on a sequence of THTR-T 461 Development of Dramatic Art I (3 cr.) analytical interpretations of the structure of assigned THTR-T 462 Development of Dramatic Art II (3 cr.) plays. THTR-T 463 Development of Dramatic Art III (3 cr.) THTR-T 765 Seminar in American Theatre and Drama (3 cr.) Selected topics. May be repeated if the topic differs. THTR-T 468 Non-Western Theatre and Drama (3 cr.) THTR-T 774 Seminar in Stage Interpretation of Selected Plays (3 cr.) Study of selected plays through May 26, 2016 425 various periods; problems of interpretation and staging THTR-T 899 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are for present-day audiences. May be repeated if the topic eligible for a deferred grade. differs. Victorian Studies THTR-T 775 Seminar in Theatre History (3 cr.) Selected problems concerning theatres and staging methods in College of Arts and Sciences Europe in a restricted period. May be repeated if the topic Departmental E-mail: [email protected] differs. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~victstu/ Playwriting (Please note that when conferring University Graduate THTR-T 454 Playwriting Workshop (3 cr.) P: T254 or School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The permission of instructor. Prior playwriting experience University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements helpful, but not required. Consideration of dramaturgical contained only in The University Graduate School antecedents and practical and theoretical problems. Bulletin.) Creation of a full-length play. Curriculum THTR-T 458 Screenwriting (3 cr.) Structural analyses of cinematic models, culminating in the creation of an original Ph.D. Minor in Victorian Studies full-length narrative screenplay. The Ph.D. Minor in Victorian Studies trains students in the interdisciplinary study of Great Britain and the British world THTR-T 557 Graduate Playwriting Seminar (3 cr.) in the long nineteenth century, with a focus on literature, Primarily for students in the M.F.A. playwriting program. culture, and society. Coursework offers students an Graduate playwriting seminar in which playwrights study opportunity to become familiar with the aesthetic and in-depth, the process, technique, and inspiration related to historical developments of the period. It seeks, too, new play creation, development, and production. to acquaint students with the most current critical and methodological tools that are used to understand and THTR-T 558 Topics in Dramatic Writing (1-3 cr.) critique the age and its works. The coursework for the Primarily for students of the M.F.A. playwriting program. Minor gives students a depth of knowledge in the history, In-depth study of special topics in dramatic writing, literature, and culture of the nineteenth-century British literature, and/or theory. world, while also offering them a breadth of understanding regarding the relevance of Victorian Studies to today’s THTR-T 559 Studies in Playwriting (1-3 cr.) P: Consent institutions of higher learning and the public sphere. of instructor. This course is recommended for specialists only, most generally for graduate students pursuing an Course Requirements M.F.A. in playwriting who are working on the advanced The minor requires the completion of four courses, development of original full-length play scripts and comprising a minimum of 12 credits, including VICT- screenplays. V 611, the Program’s core course. At least one of the Thesis and Special Courses courses must come from outside of the student’s home THTR-T 390 Creative Work in Summer Theatre (1-3 cr.) department. Students must receive a grade of B+ or May be repeated for a maximum of 6 cr. higher in all coursework. The Minor will be administered and approved by the Director of the Victorian Studies THTR-T 500 Introduction to Graduate Study (1-5 cr.) Program. may be repeated for a maximum of 6 cr. (S/F grading) Methods and expectations of theatre research and script Students may wish, in choosing courses, to consult the exploration in graduate study. Must be taken in the first class numbers listed below. Approval of coursework terms of residency. for the Minor is subject to a consideration of the actual content of various iterations of the courses in consultation THTR-T 583 Topics in Theatre and Drama (1-3 cr.) with the program’s Director. Studies in special topics not ordinarily covered in other departmental courses. May be repeated once for credit if ANTH-E649, E663, E682, E677, E678, E687, H500 topic differs. CMLT-C533, C535, C601, C602, C641, C643, C644, C645, C647, C649, THTR-T 600 Directed Research (1-6 cr.) P: T500 or ENG-L627, L629, L637, L640, L641, L643, L644, L645, equivalent and consent of instructor. Individual supervised L646, L657, L671, L674 research projects. FINA-A550, A580, A589, A590, A641, A642, A645, A674 FOLK-E522, F540, F545, F635, F715, F730, F734, F740 THTR-T 700 Independent Study (arr. cr.) P: Consent of FRIT-F640, F647, M553, M605 instructor and department chairperson. **These courses GER-G575, G623, G625 are eligible for a deferred grade. HISP-S638 THTR-T 701 Readings in Theatre and Drama (arr. cr.) HIST-H620, H630, H661, H680, H699 **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. HSPC-X507, X609 ILS-Z521, Z532, Z584, Z581, Z652 THTR-T 895 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are INST-I605 eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-N695, N701 THTR-T 897 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are PHIL-P544, P743 eligible for a deferred grade. SLAV-R505, R506 THTR-T567, T568, T572 REL-R604, R630, R644, R652, R670, R672, R674, R675 426 May 26, 2016

VICT-V611, V701, V711, V805 of Victorian Britain from a variety of perspectives, emphasizing problems of movement from a traditional to a Graduate Area Certificate in Victorian Studies modern society, industrial and democratic revolutions, and The Victorian Studies Program concentrates upon Great the rise and decline of Britain as a world power. Britain during the reign of Queen Victoria, extending its attention in certain fields back into the last decades of VICT-V 701 Studies in Victorian Britain (4 cr.) the eighteenth century, up to the outbreak of World War Interdepartmental investigation of topics related to I, and out into America, Continental Europe, and other Victorian Britain; their illumination of the whole period in areas in the nineteenth century. The program is open method or substance. to all graduate students. Courses within the program VICT-V 711 Social Science and Social Philosophy in are chosen from a range of offerings in the following the Victorian Age (4 cr.) First part of course includes departments or programs: Comparative Literature, Cultural lectures on major philosophical and theoretical ideas Studies, English, Fine Arts, Folklore, Gender Studies, underlying the approach of the Victorian period to History, History and Philosophy of Science, Philosophy, economic and social questions; second part is based on and Victorian Studies. research papers prepared by students on selected topics

in their fields. Course Requirements VICT-V 805 Readings in Victorian Britain (1-6 cr.) 16 credit hours in courses approved for the Victorian Studies Program, at least 4 of which must be in the Vision Science Victorian Studies Program proper and 4 outside both the student’s department and the Victorian Studies Program. School of Optometry Consult the chairperson of the program for courses Departmental E-mail: [email protected] outside of Victorian Studies that are acceptable for the Departmental URL: http://www.optometry.iu.edu/ certificate. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Examination School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Satisfactory performance in the departmental qualifying contained only in The University Graduate School examinations required. Bulletin.) Faculty Curriculum Chairperson Professor Andrew H. Miller* Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Graduate Faculty Program Information and Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct The Vision Science Program is designed primarily for doctoral dissertations.) students wishing to prepare themselves for teaching and research in the sciences that relate to vision. Distinguished Professor Admission Requirements Susan Gubar* (Emerita, English) Course requirements are flexible to accommodate Professors students with interests in vision science but with varying backgrounds. A bachelor’s degree (or equivalent) is Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus, English), Sarah Burns* required. Course work with appropriate laboratories in (History of Art), Donald Gray* (Emeritus, English), Andrew the following areas is strongly recommended: optics, H. Miller* (English), M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita, computing and engineering, physics, biology, mathematics History), Dror Wahrman* (History), Stephen Watt* through differential and integral calculus, statistics, and (English) psychology of sensation and perception.

Associate Professors Degree Requirements Ivan Kreilkamp* (English), Joss Marsh* (English), Lee Students must demonstrate breadth of knowledge in vision Sterrenburg (Emeritus, English) science. Assistant Professor Each semester, students are required to register for and participate in the weekly vision science seminar (V765) D. Rae Greiner (English) known as “Oxyopia.” Participation implies that the seminar will be taken for credit and that the student will make a Academic Advisor presentation. Students must complete ethics training, usually fulfilled by completion of V792. Professor Andrew H. Miller*, Ballantine Hall 429, (812) 855-8224, or contact Victorian Studies (812) 855-9533 Students commence their research training by joining an ongoing research project directed by a faculty member Courses chosen by the student. The research topic will be VICT-V 611 Victorian Britain: Culture and Society, formulated in consultation with the faculty member and an 1820-1900 (4 cr.) An examination of the civilization advisory committee. The topic may or may not be in the May 26, 2016 427 same field in which the student expects to do dissertation Each semester, students are required to register for and research. participate in the weekly Vision Science Seminar (V765) known as "Oxyopia" and the accompanying discussion Master of Science Degree period. Participation implies that the seminar will be taken Non-thesis Master of Science Degree for credit and that students will make presentations. Admission Requirements During the first year, students will be required to take The typical candidate for this progam would be a a special topics course in Vision Science (V768), and practitioner who has an undergraduate degree in either Geometric and Visual Optics 1 (V521) or Systems optometry or its equivalent and licensed or license eligible Approach to Biomedical Science (V542). During the to practice optometry in their home country. GRE results second semester, students will take Vision Science 1 will be required and in addition, all non-native English (V560) and either V523 or V543 as well as a special speakers entering the program must have taken the Test seminar (V768). Students believing they have met these of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within the last requirements may apply to the Associate Dean for 5 years. Non-typical candidates can also be considered for Graduate Programs with an alternative program. admission. However, they should first correspond with the Students will select at least one minor subject in any Associate Dean of Graduate Programs before applying. relevant field of study, subject to approval by their advisory Curriculum committee. The requirements for the minor are determined by the department or program offering the minor. A A total of 40 credit hours are required. Most of the courses specialized inter-departmental minor is also possible, will be based on the didactic courses in the School of if approved by the University Graduate School before Optometry's Doctorate of Optometry curriculum. Core classes are taken. Didactic credits applied to the minor courses will provide a breadth of background and also can also be counted towards the 30 hour didactic credit provide training in teaching methods, epidemiology, requirement for the program. research design and writing and will be required to attend weekly research seminars. These core courses will add Vision Science Ph.D. Degree requirements: up to 15 credit hours. Electives totaling 25 credit hours will In order to ensure adequate progress toward the Ph.D. concentrate on one or two specialty areas in Optometry. degree, all students must achieve the following milestones Prior to registration for courses in the first semester, the at the end of years 1, 2, and 3 of the program. student will meet with the Associate Dean to identify specialty areas, and to obtain advice on electives. Advancement to Second Year exam: At the end of the first year in the program each student must pass a Thesis based Master of Science Degree written examination covering a wide selection of vision Course Requirements science topics in order to advance to the second year of the program. By this time, students should also have A total of 30 credit hours is required, of which 15 credit demonstrated an appropriate command of spoken and hours must be didactic hours in vision science (or written English. approved substitutes), generally excluding seminars. Students holding the O.D. degree or enrolled concurrently Advancement to Third Year: By the end of the second in the O.D. and M.S. programs may accelerate progress year all students should have identified the area of by receiving up to 4 graduate credit hours completed study and the specific experiments that will eventually in the optometry curriculum. Students must complete constitute their Ph.D. thesis. This requirement will be met courses that satisfy knowledge base in statistics, research by submitting a formal abstract describing the proposed design and vision science. experiments to the Graduate Program coordinator. This abstract must be accompanied by written approval of the Research Requirements Ph.D. advisor. Early in the program, students participate in a research Advancement to Candidacy: By the end of the project under the direction of a faculty advisor. The third year, each student must complete a written and advisor is chosen by the student after consultation with oral qualifying examination. These examinations are the director of the graduate program. Research toward administered by the student’s advisory committee. The the thesis is guided by the advisor and a committee. After written component is the dissertation proposal, and can completion of the thesis, at least three members of the be in the form of a grant application. The requirement of graduate faculty give it final approval. 30 credit hours of didactic course work must be fulfilled Thesis before the qualifying examination. After successful completion of the qualifying exam, each student will be ad- Required. vanced to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Participation in Doctor of Philosophy Degree the Ph.D. program will be terminated if a student fails the Course Requirements qualifying examination twice. A total of 90 credit hours is required, of which 30 must The final milestone is completion of the dissertation. come from didactic courses with grades of B or higher. Completion of Dissertation: After completion of the Students holding the O.D. degree, or enrolled in the written dissertation, it is presented and defended at a O.D. program, may apply up to 6 credit hours to this scheduled seminar meeting. The dissertation must be requirement of 30 didactic credit hours. When the grade approved by the student’s research committee. The point average of a student falls below 3.0, the student is student is responsible for submitting the final approved placed on academic probation. dissertation to the University Graduate School. 428 May 26, 2016

The University Graduate School (UGS) provides a guide The second of a two-semester sequence of courses on to the preparation of theses and dissertations. Related vision science. V700 and this course constitute a breadth forms may be acquired from the IU School of Optometry requirement for Ph.D. students in vision science. Office of Student Administration. Teaching: All doctoral students are required to participate VSCI-V 703 Refractive Anomalies I (3 cr.) Optics and in teaching, usually in the second or third year of their epidemiology of refractive anomalies of the human eye. program. VSCI-V 704 Refractive Anomalies II (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Vision Science Development, progression, and management of myopia. Students from other departments who wish to minor in VSCI-V 705 Ocular Surface I: Basic Biology and vision science should work with the Associate Dean to Physiology (4 cr.) Basic biology and physiology of the select an appropriate selection of three Vision Science ocular surface, including the cornea, conjunctiva, and tear courses from the following group: V705, V707, V717, film. V723, V725, V754, V783, and V791. VSCI-V 716 The Visual Pathways (4 cr.) P: permission Faculty of the instructor For students in the visual sciences, comprehensive study of the human optic pathways. Director VSCI-V 707 Retinal Imaging (2-3 cr.) The fundamental Professor Stephen A. Burns* methods used in imaging the human retina will be Graduate Faculty examined, including types of illumination and delivery (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University methods, optical techniques for detection, interaction of Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct light and tissues, systems integration, and selection of doctoral dissertations.) imaging modalities based on scientific goals. Professors VSCI-V 717 Noninvasive Assessment of Visual Function (3 cr.) Focuses on the clinical application of Carolyn B. Begley*, Joseph A. Bonanno*, Arthur Bradley*, psychophysical techniques for the detection and diagnosis Clifford W. Brooks, Stephen A. Burns*, Robert DeVoe* of visual anomalies and ocular disease. (Emeritus), Ann E. Elsner*, David A. Goss*, S. Lee Guth* (Emeritus), Gary S. Hafner* (Emeritus), Gerald Eugene VSCI-V 716 Visual Functions in Low Vision Lowther* (Emeritus), Victor E. Malinovsky, Edwin C. (3 cr.) Studying behavioral aspects of visual function Marshall*, Donald T. Miller*, P. Sarita Soni*, William H. measurements in the low-vision population. Swanson* VSCI-V 723 The Eye as Optical Instrument (4 cr.) Associate Professors P: V663 or equivalent. T. Rowan Candy*, Ronald Everson* (Emeritus), Daniel VSCI-V 754 The Motility of the Eye (4 cr.) P: V665 R. Gerstman (Emeritus), Sally Hegeman (Emerita), or equivalent. Quantitative and qualitative study of eye Douglas G. Horner*, Don W. Lyon, Richard E. Meetz, S. movements and myologic reflexes, monocular and P. Srinivas* binocular, and related phenomena. Assistant Professors VSCI-V 764 Cellular and Molecular Aspects of Ocular Disease and Injury (4 cr.) Study of selected reports Shirin Hassan, Pete Kollbaum, Nicholas Port* dealing with corneal-wound healing, the cataractous lens, and retinal degenerations. Academic Advisor VSCI-V 765 Vision Sciences Seminar (1 cr.) Students in Professor Stephen A. Burns*, Optometry Building 522, the Ph.D. program in vision science are required to take (812) 856-3713 this seminar and make a presentation annually. Courses VSCI-V 767 Electrophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) Review General of techniques of recording neural events, development of VSCI-V 595 First-Year Research (1-5 cr.) a neural hypothesis, experimental testing of hypothesis, writing and presenting of data and conclusions. VSCI-V 695 Second-Year Research (1-5 cr.) VSCI-V 768 Special Topics in Vision Science (1-4 cr.) VSCI-V 700 Introduction to Vision Science I (4 cr.) The Covers topics not offered on a regular basis. Possible first of a two-semester sequence of courses that provides topics include cell and molecular biology as it relates to a comprehensive introduction to vision science. The the eye and vision, comparative studies of the vertebrate course is designed for graduate students enrolled in the eye, current research, experimental design, optical and Vision Science Program, but is also suitable for students ophthalmic instruments, pathology, and pharmacology. from other disciplines who are interested in the eye and May be taken more than once when different topics are vision. covered. VSCI-V 773 Classics in Physiological Optics (1 cr.) VSCI-V 701 Introduction to Vision Science II (4 cr.) Study of selected scientific articles of early contributors to our understanding of ocular motility, monocular and binocular functions, the optics of the eye, and ocular physiology. May 26, 2016 429

VSCI-V 783 Monocular Sensory Aspects of Vision Components of the eyes and their optical properties. (4 cr.) P: V666 or equivalent. A study of perceptual Clinical instrumentation for optical measurement and phenomena and responses facilitated by binocular vision. diagnosis of eyes. VSCI-V 791 Quantitative Methods for Vision Research VSCI-V 523 Geometric and Visual Optics II (4 cr.) (3 cr.) Introduction to communication theory approach P: V521 or permission of instructor. Continuation of to problems in vision. Topics include the sensory nerve application of the principles of geometric and physical code, representation of nerve messages by orthogonal optics to the optical description and correction of the eye. functions, sampling theorem, linear filters, Fourier analysis Schematic optical models of the eye. Measurement of in one and two dimensions, analysis of directional data, light. Higher-order aberrations and their impact on vision. stochastic processes, and signal detection theory. VSCI-V 540 Ocular Biology I (5 cr.) Head and neck VSCI-V 792 Ethical Issues in Scientific Research (1 cr.) neuroanatomy related to the normal functioning of the This course explores the ethical issues and dilemmas eye and visual system. Detailed anatomy/histology and raised by research in the biological sciences. physiology of the eye and adnexa. Maintenance of optical transparency and intraocular pressure. Phototransduction, VSCI-V 793 Critical Evaluation of Peer Reviewed retinal physiology, and the basis for the electroretinogram Publications in Vision Science (1 cr.) This course and electro-oculugram. will provide experience to students to critically evaluate literature in the area of vision research. Students VSCI-V 542 Systems Approach to Biomedical will meet for two hours each week for an eight week Sciences I (4.5 cr.) First of a three semester sequence period. Evaluation will be based on attendance, reading that presents basic science information organized assignments and class participation. into specific organ systems. The first module will cover common processes: basic biochemistry, cell VSCI-V 795 Third-Year Research (3 cr.) and molecular biology, fundamentals of physiology, VSCI-V 799 M.S. Thesis Research (1-10 cr.) pharmacology, immunology/infection and oncology. VSCI-V 801 Basic Experimental Design and Methods VSCI-V 543 Systems Approach to Biomedical Science in Vision Science (3 cr.) An introduction to basic II (4 cr.) Second of a three semester sequence which research skills in vision science. presents basic science information organized into specific organ systems. This module will discuss the structure, VSCI-V 899 Ph.D. Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) function, pathology and therapy for each organ system. Optometry Curriculum VSCI-V 550 Clinical Sciences I (3 cr.) Introduction VSCI-V 501 Integrative Optometry I (2 cr.) Overall goal to clinical history and interview techniques, health is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the history content, and medical record documentation as paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems applied to the optometric setting; optometric and medical will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses terminology, interview techniques for special populations, taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and legal aspects of medical records, differential diagnosis of ocular biology modules. visual symptoms, introduction to physical assessment, slit lamp biomicroscopy and ophthalmoscopy. VSCI-V 502 Integrated Optometry II (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 551 Clinical Sciences II (4 cr.) Vision paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems examination techniques, ocular diagnostic techniques, and will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses theory and application of vision testing instrumentation, taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and with emphasis on preliminary tests, refractive tests, and ocular biology modules. the ocular health exam; study of the principles involved in the measurement, epidemiology and treatment of VSCI-V 512 Ocular Anatomy (2 cr.) P: V511 Human ametropia, oculomotor imbalances and associated Gross Anatomy, or equivalent. A detailed study of the conditions. normal anatomy and embryology of the eye and its adnexa. The organization of various components of the VSCI-V 560 Vision Science I (3.5 cr.) This course eye is studied at the light and electron microscopic level provides an understanding of how visual performance is and this organization is related to the molecular structure determined by the underlying biology of the eye and the where it is known. brain. Topics include visual pathway neuroanatomy and physiology with special emphasis on the roles of receptive VSCI-V 514 Neuroanatomy (1.5 cr.) P: V511 Human fields and neural sampling. Gross Anatomy, or equivalent. Functional anatomy of the human brain, with emphasis on the visual system. VSCI-V 601 Integrated Optometry 3 (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 516 Ocular Physiology (2.5 cr.) C: V512 paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems or equivalent. Vegetative physiology of the eye, with will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses attention to the chemical constitution, intermediary taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and metabolism, regulation of hydration and intraocular ocular biology modules. pressure, transparency of the ocular components, and retinal physiology. VSCI-V 602 Integrated Optometry 4 (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 521 Geometric and Visual Optics I (4 cr.) paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems Fundamentals of geometric and physical optics. will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses Optical analysis of myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism. 430 May 26, 2016 taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and stereopsis, and commonly encountered anomalies of ocular biology modules. binocular vision. VSCI-V 631 Optics III Ophthalmic and Advance Clinical Relevant Courses Optics (4 cr.) P: V523 or permission of instructor. Design and application of ophthalmic spectacles and materials. Biology Optics of low vision. Obective refactions, fundus imaging, optics of diseased eyes, wavefront-based treatments. L586 Cell Biology (4.5 cr.) Statistics VSCI-V 632 Optics IV: Optics of Ophthalmic and Contact Lenses (4 cr.) P: V631 or persmission V632 S501 Statistical Methods I: Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) Optics IV: Advanced Clinical Optics (4cr) Continuation S503 Statistical Methods IIb: Generalized Linear Models of design and application of ophthalmic spectacles and and Categorical Data (3 cr.) materials. Optics of low vision. Clinical aberrometry. Optics of refractive surgery. Optics of diseased eyes. Courses Wavefront-guided refraction and treatments. ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language VSCI-V 633 Contact Lenses (4 cr.) Theory and practice (4 cr.) of contact lenses. General principles of lens materials, An introduction to the English language: its nature, design, care; examination, selection, fitting; diagnosis and structure, and development. treatment of lens wear problems; introduction to specialty fitting. Practical laboratory on lens handling, modification ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and and fitting. Approaches (4 cr.) VSCI-V 644 Ocular Disease/Pharmacology I (3 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues in the teaching P: V543. A detailed description of the signs, symptoms, of writing and the major approaches to composition differential diagnosis, and management of ocular disease instruction. Specific topics include teaching invention of the anterior segment integrated with the principles and and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style and application of ocular pharmacology. organization, making assignments, and evaluating student writing. VSCI-V 648 Neurophysiology of Vision (2 cr.) Introduction to the functional organization of the visual ENG-W 501 Teaching College Composition in College system and the physiological basis of vision. This course (4 cr.) treats the visual system as a biological image processor Practical teaching of composition, current theories and to reveal how the structure and function of the retina and policies. brain determine visual performance and constrain the quality of vision. ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and VSCI-V 654 Clinical Sciences IV (4 cr.) P: 652 Research (4 cr.) Advanced clinical analysis, procedures, and protocols The conditions and assumptions of studying English, with for examinations of patients in the clinical setting, emphasis on criticism and research on a culturally and and comprehensive eye and vision examinations with historically diverse range of texts. scheduled patients; patient assessment and plan, patient communication; introduction to clinical ocular disease and ENG-W 507 Graduate Creative Non-Fiction Writing protocols. (4 cr.) VSCI-V 663 Physiological Optics I: Visual Optics W507 is a workshop in the craft of creative non-fiction, (3.5 cr.) P: V522 Geometric Optics II, or equivalent. The with special attention given to defining the genre and eye as an optical instrument. its craft, as well as looking at, analyzing and imitating works in specific subgenres of creative non-fiction such as VSCI-V 664 Physiological Optics II: Visual Function memoir and travel writing. (2.5 cr.) The basic aspects of monocular vision, including light and dark adaptation, color vision, and both spatial ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) and temporal resolution. The science of measuring visual performance and its application to clinical optometry. ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) Either ENG W511 or ENG W513 may be taken twice for VSCI-V 665 Vision Science II: Ocular Motility (3.5 cr.) the M.A. Characteristics, control, and deficits of the five somatic eye-movement systems (convergence, saccadic version, ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) pursuit version, fixation maintenance, vestibular reflex) Poetry writing workshop on the study of prosody and form and the autonomic systems subserving accommodation (including formal elements of free verse) in the context of and pupillary diameter reflexes. writing by class members. Course may be taken twice for M.A. credit. VSCI-V 666 Physiological Optics IV: Binocular Function (2.5 cr.) Binocular sensory mechanisms of ENG-G 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English vision. Summary of the geometry of three-dimensional (4 cr.) space and stereo vision, underlying neuroanatomy and physiology of binocular vision, prerequisites for normal May 26, 2016 431

Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for English those characteristics reflect about the author, and how teachers at all levels. they affect the reader.

ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3-4 cr.) ENG-L 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (4 cr.) Survey of the evolution of the English language from its Survey of literature written for children and adolescents earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external from the medieval period to the present. history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. ENG-L 680 Special Topics: Literary Study and Theory (4 cr.) ENG-L 608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to Readings in sociological, political, psychological, and other 1960 (4 cr.) approaches to literature. A survey of the history of literary criticism and theory from the late Enlightenment or early Romantic periods to 1960, ENG-W 680 Theory and Craft of Writing (4 cr.) including a variety of modern literary critics and theorists. Elements of poetic prosody or the major fictive techniques or both: nature of stress, concepts of meter, nature of ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (4 cr.) rhythm, prosodic use of syntax, theories of fictive realism, nature of fictive romance, point of view, etc. Students will ENG-L 612 Chaucer (4 cr.) do some writing. Open also to graduate students not in the Critical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and creative writing program. Criseyde, and selected shorter poems. ENG-L 682 Topics in Children’s Literature (4 cr.) ENG-W 620 Advanced Argumentative Writing (4 cr.) Studies in periods, such as contemporary American Examines techniques for analyzing and constructing children’s literature or Victorian fantasies for children; or arguments for different disciplines and professions, genres such as picture books or children’s poetry. Topics especially the use of proofs, evidence, and logic. will vary. Considers major issues of argument, such as the ethics of persuading audiences and the use of style. May be repeated with different topics, for a maximum of 8 credits. ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) ENG-W 682 Special Topics: Rhetoric & Composition Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. (4 cr.) Variable topics in rhetoric and composition. ENG-L 641 English Literature 1790–1900 (4 cr.) Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. Bulletins ENG-L 645 English Fiction 1800–1900 (4 cr.) School of Humanities and Social Sciences Contact Information: Margaret Thomas-Evans, Chair of ENG-L 649 British Literature since 1900 (4 cr.) English, Whitewater Hall; Extensive reading in all genres. (765) 973-8614; [email protected] ENG-L 651 American Literature 1609–1800 (4 cr.) Departmental URL: http://www.iue.edu/hss/english/MA- Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from in-English.php John Smith through Charles Brockden Brown. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800–1900 (4 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from contained only in The University Graduate School Washington Irving through Frank Norris. Bulletin.)

ENG-G 652 English Language Sociolinguistics (4 cr.) Curriculum A survey course in American and British sociolinguistics, this course investigates the theoretical bases, the major Degrees Offered works, and the methodological approaches of current Master of Arts (M.A.) sociolinguistics. Special Departmental Requirements ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture 1900–1945 See also general University Graduate School (4 cr.) requirements. Study of American literature and culture from the turn of the century to 1945. Admission Requirements The Master of Arts in English is designed for students who ENG-G 660 Stylistics (4 cr.) performed well academically in undergraduate programs Survey of traditional and linguistic approaches to the in English, Communication, Education, Humanities, or study of prose and poetic style. Attention will center on related fields. A bachelor’s degree with a 3.0 or higher the description of the verbal characteristics of texts, what from an accredited institution is required for admission to the M.A. in English. 432 May 26, 2016

Master of Arts in English Ronnie Carter (Emeritus), Alisa Clapp-Itnyre, Mary Fell Degree Requirements (Emerita), Edwina Helton The Master of Arts in English program delivers a quality Associate Professors graduate program in a flexible format that offers a choice Jean Harper, Laverne Nishihara of both face-to-face and online courses. The program offers expertise in range of English studies including Assistant Professors literary analysis, composition and rhetoric, and creative writing. Students design a program of study that meets Sarah Harris, Steven Petersheim, Margaret Thomas- their professional and personal goals through strategic Evans selection of seven elective courses. The M.A. degree opens opportunities for teaching English in secondary and East post- secondary positions. The M.A. degree provides an academic foundation suitable for a wide range of careers Composition Studies in areas such as professional writing, public relations, Departmental Email: edhelton @iue.edu information industries, and a range of corporations needing writing specialists. The degree also provides Departmental URL: http://www.iue.edu/online/programs/ continuation of personal enrichment and intellectual study. gradcert-compositionstudies.php In order to complete the program, students fulfill the following course requirements detailed below. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The M.A. Course Requirements (36 credit hours) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School • L506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and Bulletin. Research (4 cr.) • Seven elective courses, with emphasis in literature Program Offered or composition and rhetoric Graduate Certificate in Composition Studies • Capstone: W609 Independent Writing Project (4 cr.) Program offers graduate level education in composition Foreign Language Requirement studies for those who already teach English at the high school or post-secondary level or for those who wish to There is no foreign language requirement. teach writing at the community college or university level Transfer Credits that do not hold an M.A. in English. Candidates may be permitted to transfer up to two The purpose of the Graduate Certificate in Composition graduate courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate Studies is to offer students a focused certificate in the institution (or from previous graduate work at IUE) if those teaching of reading and writing. The certificate provides courses demonstrably contribute to the work required structured learning and a supportive atmosphere for for the English M.A. Unless transfer courses are clearly students who do not wish to pursue a traditional master’s equivalent to the required core courses for the M.A., degree in English or who wish to pursue certification in those courses will be counted as electives. Candidates Composition Studies prior to or after completion of an MA. should include in the application a request to transfer degree. courses, a brief description of each course identifying The certificate’s courses, offered 100% online, provide how it contributes to the English M.A., and supporting flexibility in format and scheduling. Our online courses documentation such as syllabi, assignments, papers, or offer individualized instruction by shaping courses to other relevant material. individual student needs. The certificate also provides Academic Regulations further professional development at the graduate level for licensed teachers already teaching academic writing at the Students must confer with their academic advisors on a high school level. The certificate does not lead to Indiana regular basis to determine an effective course of study. An teacher licensure. average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted Certificate Requirements (20 cr) toward the degree. Students are required to maintain good Students must complete the 20 credit hours from the academic standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least courses listed below, with 12 of the credit hours earned 3.0. A student whose G.P.A. drops below 3.0 must restore from IU East. Students must earn a grade of “B” or better it to 3.0 within 9 credit hours. Failure to maintain good for all courses used within the certificate. Optionally, standing will result in dismissal from the program. students may incorporate one independent study into their Faculty course plan, but it must be approved by the certificate advisor. Chairperson Transfer Credits Margaret Thomas-Evans, Ph.D. Candidates may be permitted to transfer up to two graduate courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate Graduate Faculty institution (or from previous graduate work at IUE) if those Professors courses demonstrably contribute to the work required for the Graduate Certificate. Unless transfer courses are clearly equivalent to the required core courses for the May 26, 2016 433

Graduate Certificate, those courses will be counted as in either program and you must complete all degree electives. Candidates should include in the application requirements within five years of your admission. a request to transfer courses, a brief description of each course identifying how it contributes to the Graduate Master of Arts Certificate, and supporting documentation such as syllabi, Course Requirements assignments, papers, or other relevant material. To earn this degree, you must complete at least 36 Course Requirements (20) credit hours in courses administered by the department. (Courses are generally 3 credits.) • ENG-W 500 Issues in Teaching Writing • ENG-G 660 Stylistics Your program must include a core of the following 4 courses: Professional Scholarship in Literature (ENG • ENG-W 501 Teaching College Writing B501), Professional Scholarship in Writing studies • ENG-W 620 Advanced Argumentative Writing (ENG C517), Professional Scholarship in Linguistics • ENG-W 682 Spec.Topics: Rhetoric & Composition and Language (ENG L505), Critical Theory (ENG (Capstone) B605). It must also include 4 courses in 1 of 5 available Graduate Certification Director concentrations: (1) British literature before 1700, (2) British literature after 1700, (3) American literature, (4) Professor Edwina Helton; Whitewater Hall 269: (765) Writing Studies, (5) English language and linguistics. The 973-8460; [email protected] remaining 12 hours may be satisfied with electives from courses administered from the department. At least 6 of Fort Wayne your 36 hours must be 700-level seminars. You may, with your advisor’s approval, apply courses that satisfy core English and Linguistics requirements to your concentration requirements. If you do, you must still complete enough elective courses to College of Arts and Sciences meet the required minimum of 36 credits. No course with a Departmental E-mail: [email protected] grade below B will count toward the degree. Departmental URL: www.ipfw.edu/engl It is recommended that students who plan to pursue a (Please note that when conferring University Graduate doctorate in literary study demonstrate reading proficiency School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The in an approved foreign language under the auspices of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements the Department of International Language and Culture contained only in The University Graduate School Studies by passing (1) a 300-level literature course in a Bulletin.) foreign language with a grade of A or B, or (2) a written examination that demonstrates a student’s proficiency in Curriculum reading and translating a foreign language. Degrees Offered Although a thesis is not required, a student is welcome to Master of Arts (M.A.) and Master of Arts for Teachers write one. A thesis carries 3 hours of credit, and may be (M.A.T.), Certificate in Teaching English as a New counted as part of the electives rubric for the curriculum. Language (TENL) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Special Departmental Requirements Prerequisite (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Provisional public school certification in English. Students without provisional certification must fulfill certification Admission Requirements requirements as well as requirements for the M.A.T. To be regularly admitted to a master’s program in English, you must have completed an undergraduate major or Course Requirements minor in English with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 (B) and a GPA of at least 3.0 in all English courses. In To earn this degree, you must complete at least 36 addition, all applicants must earn a satisfactory score credit hours of graduate-level courses. (Courses are on the general aptitude section of the Graduate Record generally 3 credits). At least 24 credits must be in Examination. If these requirements are not met, an courses administered by the Department of English and applicant may be admitted conditionally. Conditions might, Linguistics, including one course in linguistics or the for example, require completing prerequisite courses English language, one course in composition theory or without credit toward the graduate degree, or maintaining rhetorical theory, and one course in ethnic or minority a given GPA over the first 6–12 credits earned in the literature. Up to 12 of the 36 required credits may be program. elected from courses administered by another department and approved by your advisor. For example, if you To receive the M.A.T., you must hold at least provisional are working toward certification, some graduate-level public school certification in English. If you lack such education courses may count as electives for the M.A.T. certification when you enter the program, you must fulfill certification requirements while you complete the M.A.T. Foreign Language Requirement requirements. None. Degree Requirements Thesis (3-6 cr.) Separate requirements apply to the M.A. and M.A.T. degrees, although you must maintain a GPA of 3.0 while You must either take a 700-level seminar or write a thesis. 434 May 26, 2016

Graduate Certificate in Teaching English as a New Assistant Professors Language (TENL) Troy Bassett, Shannon Bischoff, Damien Fleming, Rachel The Graduate Certificate in Teaching English as a New Hile, Debrah Huffman, Suzanne Rumsey, Sara Webb- Language is intended primarily for students working Sunderhaus, Kate White toward a graduate degree in English and for practicing teachers who wish to be trained in teaching English Director of Graduate Studies to nonnative speakers. It also serves people who are preparing to live abroad or who wish to facilitate their Professor Lewis Roberts, Liberal Arts Building 105, (260) employment abroad, and those who have technical 481-6754 or business expertise and wish to work with nonna- Courses tive speakers in professional settings. The required courses will familiarize students with the major theoretical Literature foundations of teaching English as a new and foreign The following courses are taught in the Department of language. Students will become acquainted with ENL English and Linguistics at the Fort Wayne campus. pedagogy and resources and will acquire experience by teaching ENL learners in real classrooms. The TENL ENG-B 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature certificate can stand alone as a separate credential or be (3 cr.) Materials, tools, and methods of research. integrated with the requirements of the M.A. or M.A.T. ENG-B 502 Introduction to Literacy Studies and program in English. the Teaching of College English (3 cr.) Provides an Course Requirements overview of literacy studies while also focusing on the literacy practices and beliefs of particular groups. The Grammar course moves beyond reductive discussions of literacy by introducing students to a range of literacy studies ENG G500 Introduction to the English Language (3 cr.) scholarship that challenges popular conceptualizations of Methods literacy. LING P511 Methods and Materials for TESOL I (3 cr.) ENG-B 605 Critical Theory (3 cr.) Survey of LING P512 Methods and Materials for TESOL II (3 cr.) contemporary critical approaches to literary, language, and rhetorical studies. Language Acquisition ENG-B 612 Chaucer (3 cr.) Critical analysis of The LING L532 Second Language Acquisition (3 cr.) Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and selected Sociolinguistics shorter poems. LING L619 Language and Society (3 cr.) ENG-B 613 Middle English Literature (3 cr.) Selected themes and writers in English from 1100 to 1500. Practicum ENG-B 622 Elizabethan Poetry (3 cr.) Spenser and other LING L535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) major Elizabethan poets. For further information, contact Professor Hao Sun, ENG-B 624 Elizabethan Drama and Its Background TENL Certificate Program Coordinator, Department (3 cr.) English drama, excluding Shakespeare, from the of English and Linguistics, Indiana University–Purdue Middle Ages to 1642. University Fort Wayne, 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort Wayne, IN 46805-1499, telephone (260) 481-6775, e-mail ENG-B 625 Shakespeare (3 cr.) Critical analysis of [email protected]. selected texts. Faculty ENG-B 627 English Poetry of the Early Seventeenth Century (3 cr.) Major poets and their intellectual milieu, Chairperson 1600–1660. Professor Hardin Aasand ENG-B 628 Milton (3 cr.) Poetry and prose, with special Graduate Faculty attention to Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Samson Agonistes. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct ENG-B 635 British Literature 1660-1790 (3 cr.) Poetry doctoral dissertations.) and nonfiction prose. Emphasis on Dryden, Pope, Swift, Professors and Johnson and his circle. Hardin Aasand, Mary Ann Cain, Avon Crismore, Rodney ENG-B 637 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Farnsworth, Lawrence Friedman (Emeritus), Beverly Drama (3 cr.) English drama from 1660 to 1800. Hume*, George Kalamaras, Lidan Lin, John Minton, Beth ENG-B 639 British Fiction to 1800 (3 cr.) Simon, M.L. Stapleton ENG-B 642 Romantic Literature (3 cr.) Blake, Associate Professors Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and other Stevens Amidon, John P. Brennan (Emeritus), Michael writers of the British Romantic movement. Kaufmann, Richard Ramsey (Emeritus), Lewis Roberts, ENG-B 644 Victorian Literature (3 cr.) Poetry and Arline Standley (Emerita), Hao Sun, Chad Thompson nonfiction prose from 1837 to 1900. May 26, 2016 435

ENG-B 645 British Fiction 1800-1900 (3 cr.) ENG-B 780 Special Studies in British and American Literature (3 cr.) ENG-B 648 Twentieth-Century British Poetry (3 cr.) Writing and Rhetoric ENG-B 649 Twentieth-Century British Fiction (3 cr.) ENG-C 501 Teaching of Composition in College ENG-B 651 American Literature 1800-1865 (3 cr.) (1-2 cr.) Practical teaching of composition; current theories and policies. ENG-B 652 American Literature 1865-1914 (3 cr.) ENG-C 505 Teaching Composition: Issues and ENG-B 654 American Literature since 1914 (3 cr.) Approaches (2-3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. ENG-B 655 American Fiction to 1900 (3 cr.) Fundamental issues in the teaching of writing. Topics include teaching invention and revision, diagnosing errors, ENG-B 656 Twentieth-Century American Fiction (3 cr.) teaching style and organization, making assignments, and American fiction since 1900, including such writers as evaluating student writing. Dreiser, Lewis, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, and Faulkner. ENG-C 507 Writing Center Theory and Praxis (3 cr.) ENG-B 657 Recent Writing (3 cr.) May be repeated once Examines techniques for responding to writers in writing for credit with a different topic. centers, including nontraditional populations and writers in various disciplines. Understand and test cognitive, ENG-B 660 Studies in British and American Writers social constructionist, and collaborative theories through (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit with a different consulting in the writing center mentored by experience topic. writing consultants and the director. Write journals, a case ENG-B 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (3 cr.) study outline, and a paper linking theory to practice. Survey of literature for children and adolescents from the ENG-C 511 Writing Fiction (3 cr.) P: Permission of the medieval period to the present. instructor. ENG-B 668 Topics in Children’s Literature (3 cr.) ENG-C 513 Writing Poetry (3 cr.) P: Permission of the Study of a period, a genre, or a group of writers. May be instructor. repeated once for credit with a different topic. ENG-C 517 Professional Scholarship in Writing ENG-B 673 Studies in Women and Literature (3 cr.) Studies (3 cr.) Students will explore the development Women writers and literary representations of women. of the writing studies discipline through the past five ENG-B 675 Studies in American Ethnic and Minority decades, paying particular attention to the growth of Literature and Culture (3 cr.) May be repeated once for creative writing, rhetoric and composition, professional credit with a different topic. writing, and literacy studies as academic fields of inquiry. ENG-B 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and ENG-C 521 Introduction to Professional Writing (3 cr.) Theory (3 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, Discourse in professional disciplinary contexts (e.g., psychological, and other approaches to literature. May be engineering, sciences, social sciences, humanities). repeated once for credit with a different topic. Emphasis on research tools in professional writing and on methods of contextual, intentional, structural, and stylistic ENG-B 688 Irish Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Study of analysis. one writer, a group of writers, a period, or a genre. May be repeated once for credit with a different topic. ENG-C 531 Theory and Practice of Exposition (3 cr.) Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers ENG-B 695 Individual Readings in English (1-3 cr.) of English. Independent study. ENG-C 532 Advanced Argumentative Writing (3 cr.) ENG-B 699 Master’s Thesis (3-6 cr.) Techniques for analyzing and constructing arguments for ENG-B 712 Chaucer (3 cr.) P: ENG B612, B613, or different disciplines and professions, especially the use equivalent. of proofs, evidence, and logic; major issues of argument, such as the ethics of persuading audiences and the uses ENG-B 725 Shakespeare (3 cr.) of style. ENG-B 731 Milton (3 cr.) ENG-C 565 Theories and Practices of Editing (3 cr.) Students will examine textual and literary approaches ENG-B 733 Restoration and Augustan Literature (3 cr.) to editing, given particular rhetorical contexts. Emphasis ENG-B 739 British Fiction to 1800 (3 cr.) will be placed on how to make editorial judgments that promote editorial standards without violating authorial ENG-B 741 Romantic Literature (3 cr.) intent. ENG-B 743 Victorian Literature (3 cr.) ENG-C 567 Writing for Multiple Media (3 cr.) Introduces ENG-B 745 British Fiction 1800-1900 (3 cr.) principles and practices of multimedia design and implementation, with emphasis on writing in multimedia ENG-B 749 Twentieth-Century British Literature (3 cr.) contexts. Students will consider ways in which new media affect the production and reception of writing and its ENG-B 751 Major American Writers 1700-1855 (3 cr.) relationship to other forms of communication (e.g., oral ENG-B 753 Major American Writers 1855 to the and visual). Present (3 cr.) 436 May 26, 2016

ENG-C 576 Writers Reading (3 cr.) Investigation of how ENG-D 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English writers, readers, and texts are shaped within the contexts (3 cr.) Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for of literature, composition, and professional writing. Focus English teachers at all levels. on using current conventions more consciously and flexibly to generate new ways of reading and writing that ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3 cr.) better serve our specific needs, desires, and goals. Survey of the evolution of the English language from its earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external ENG-C 590 Internship in Writing (3 cr.) A supervised history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and internship in uses of language in the workplace. vocabulary. Evaluations by workplace supervisor and reports to faculty supervisor, including a portfolio of completed assignments ENG-D 601 Introduction to Old English (3 cr.) and an evaluation of the internship experience are Introduction to the phonology, morphology, and syntax required. of Old English and intensive reading of major prose and verse texts. ENG-C 601 History of Rhetoric (3 cr.) Development of rhetorical theory from Plato to the present, including the ENG-D 660 Stylistics (3 cr.) Survey of traditional and influence of historical rhetoric on present-day composition linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic theory. style. Attention to the verbal characteristics of texts, what they reflect about the author, and how they affect the ENG-C 602 Contemporary Theories of Composition reader. (3 cr.) Current research in rhetoric and composition. Draws on insights from linguistic theory, cognitive theory, Cross-Listed Courses and rhetorical theory to develop greater understanding of Comparative Literature the writing process and build pedagogical applications. • C541 Modern Drama (4 cr.) ENG-C 611 Writing Fiction (3 cr.) P: C511 or permission • C586 Colloquium in Literature and the Other Arts (4 of the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. cr.) • C592 Genre Study in Film (3 cr.) ENG-C 613 Writing Poetry (3 cr.) P: C513 or permission of the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. Film ENG-C 620 Publications Management and Production • K502 Genre Study in Film (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Explores the document production process and Linguistics asks students to practice this process by individually creating a suite of publications and by working with a • L430 Language Change and Variation (3 cr.) team of writers to produce a published book or website. • L485 Topics in Linguistics (3 cr.) Students study theories of publication and production as • L505 Professional Scholarship in Language Study applied to writing groups. and Linguistics (3 cr.) ENG-C 622 Creativity and Community (3 cr.) This • L534 Linguistic Resources and the Teaching of course addresses questions of what it means to English as a Second-language (TESOL) (3 cr.) create and be creative--as writers, scholars, teachers, • L535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) professionals and citizens-within the contexts of various • L543 Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) communities. The course’s main purpose is to develop • L575 Introduction to Linguistic Theory (3 cr.) each participant’s creativity in ways that will enhance • L619 Language and Society (3 cr.) their participation in the discourse communities of their • L690 Variable Title (1-4 cr.), to match the choosing. undergraduate offerings ENG-C 625 Research Methods for Professional Writers (3 cr.) Examines quantitative, qualitative, and action Liberal Studies research practices of professional writers in the light College of Arts and Sciences of contemporary theories of researched writing. Takes Departmental E-mail: [email protected] students through the process of designing a scholarly or organizational research project, and the completion of the Departmental URL: http://www.ipfw.edu/coas/ research proposal or prospectus. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate ENG-C 682 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The May be repeated once for credit under a different topic. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School ENG-C 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-3 cr.) May Bulletin.) be repeated once for credit under a different topic. Curriculum ENG-C 780 Special Studies in Rhetoric and Composition (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit Program Director under a different topic. Associate Professor Michael E. Kaufmann Language Degree Offered ENG-D 501 Introduction to the English Language Master of Liberal Studies, an interdisciplinary graduate (3 cr.) An introduction to the nature, structure, and degree in arts and sciences. The degree provides an development of the English language. opportunity for students to study the liberal arts and May 26, 2016 437 sciences beyond the bachelor’s degree. It is intended (Please note that when conferring University Graduate primarily for those who regard the liberal arts as subjects School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The for lifelong learning and for those who, because their University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements undergraduate curriculum was primarily professional, wish contained only in The University Graduate School to broaden their general education. The Master of Liberal Bulletin.) Studies is not intended as preparation for doctoral study. Curriculum Admission Requirements Degree Offered For regular admission, students must have completed an Master of Arts in Sociological Practice undergraduate degree from an accredited institution with a grade point average of B or higher overall. Applications Special Departmental Requirements are accepted at any time, but a deadline of August 1 (See also general University Graduate School is recommended for admission to the program for the requirements.) fall semester, and December 1 for the spring semester. Request application materials from the program director, Admission Requirements Associate Professor Michael E. Kaufmann, at (260) 481-6760 or (260) 481-6019. Baccalaureate degree including a major in sociology or related discipline with a grade point average of Course Requirements 3.0 (B). Application for admission must include an essay demonstrating that writing skills and career To earn the Master of Liberal Studies degree, students objectives are in line with the program and three letters must complete at least 30 hours of courses approved of recommendation. Students who have not completed for graduate credit, including D501 Humanities Seminar, an undergraduate degree in sociology may be admitted D502 Social Sciences Seminar, D503 Science Seminar, contingently if they have completed the courses Methods either D500 Graduate Project or D700 Topics in Liberal of Social Research, Sociological Theory, and Sociological Studies, and 18 credits in electives from at least two Statistics with a B or higher, or agree to complete these disciplines in arts and sciences. In consultation with the undergraduate classes before they are allowed to enroll in program director, each student designs a course of study their graduate equivalents. appropriate to his or her interests and experience. Course Requirements Grades A total of 33 credit hours, including 18 credit hours in the No course with a grade lower than B will be counted areas of principles of sociological theory and practice, toward the degree. statistical techniques in sociological practice, applied Courses research methods, professional development, and 6 credit hours of practicum in sociological practice or 6 credit LBST-D 500 Graduate Project (3-6 cr.) Independent hours of master’s thesis research, plus 15 credit hours of project to be undertaken in consultation with graduate electives in other approved graduate courses. advisor. This project requires students to demonstrate mastery of some specific topic or medium of expression. Grades LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An Students must complete each course with a grade of B or interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. higher. Topics vary from semester to semester. Accelerated B.A./Masters of Art in Sociological LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An Practice interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. By joining the Accelerated Program, undergradute Topics vary from semester to semester. students can earn both a Bachelor's degree and a Master's degree in Sociological Practice in less time than LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary these degrees separately would require. Students enrolled graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from in undergraduate programs other than Sociology may also semester to semester. be eligible for the Accelerated Program. LBST-D 700 Topics in Liberal Studies (3 cr.) Students accepted into the program can start taking P: Completion of two 500-level liberal studies seminars graduate courses in their senior year; the credits obtained or consent of program director. Intensive study of major (maximum of 15) will count as both undergraduate and issues in the humanities, social sciences, or sciences. graduate credits. Appropriate graduate courses completed Interdisciplinary approach, seminar format. Individual will be accepted in fulfillment of sociology elective courses project required. Specific topic announced in the Schedule or general elective courses. The number of graduate of Classes. May be repeated with different topic for a courses taken during the student's senior year will depend maximum of 9 credits. on the courses the student has remaining to complete his/ her undergraduate degree. Once a student is accepted Sociological Practice into the Accelerated Program, he/she must meet with the College of Arts and Sciences Graduate Director or mentor for course selection. Departmental URL: www.ipfw.edu/sociology Undergraduate students enrolled in the Accelerated Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Program will benefit by paying undergraduate tuition for the fifteen (15) credits they are allowed to take of graduate work during their senior year. Once students enter the 438 May 26, 2016

Manter's degree, they will be subject to graduate tuition Patrick Ashton*, Christopher Bradley, Donna Holland fees. Assistant Professor Students will not lose their eligibility for undergraduate financial aid while they remain in the transition stage of the Mieko Yamada Accelerated Program. Graduate Advisor Admission Peter Iadicola, 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort Wayne, IN Admission to the accelerated program is reserved for 46805-1499, (260) 481-6663 highly motivated and academically outstanding students. Courses Students must apply to the Master's degree program during their junior year and begin taking graduate courses SOC-P 510 Seminar on Organizations and the in their senior year. An admission fee will be charged. Individual (3 cr.) Focuses on the interplay between social structural factors and individual actions. Examines basic To be admitted to the program, a student must have principles of social organizations as well as variations in an undergraduate GPA of 3.2 or better at the time of types of organizational arrangements. Explores impact application. Prospective students must also present a of organizational structures on individual behavior and statement of interest for applying to the Accelerated attributes, and the implications of various behavioral Program and submit three (3) letters of recommendation: strategies adopted by individuals functioning within one from their undergraduate advisor, two from organizations. undergraduate instructors. SOC-P 514 Health and Health Care Issues (3 cr.) At the end of their junior year, students should have P: Graduate standing. An investigation of health and completed the following undergraduate courses: Social the health care system in the U.S. with focus on issues, Theory, Methods and Statistics. Students will officially problems, and alternatives for policy reform. enter the Graduate Program as soon as they complete their undergraduate degree. Students admitted into the SOC-P 517 Social Stratification and Social Practice Accelerated Program are strongly encouraged to take the (3 cr.) This course examines social stratification as both following courses during the transition period: SOC P540 an area of scientific inquiry and sociological practice. Principles of Sociological Theory and Practice; SOC P550 Course content covers the historical and cross-cultural Statistical Techniques for Sociological Practice; SOC variations in social stratification, systems of inequality, and P570 Applied Research Methods; SOC P697 Professional the social policies associated with addressing inequality. Development; and an Elective Course. SOC-P 540 Principles of Sociological Theory and When admitted into the Accelerated Program sociology Practice (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate course in social theory. and non-sociology, undergraduate students should consult This course will introduce graduate students to the the Sociological Practice Graduate Program Director and theoretically informed practice of sociology. Students will their major program advisor for course orientation. develop the ability to use social theory in the analysis of society and social life. Program Restrictions SOC-P 550 Statistical Techniques for Sociological Once admitted into the Accelerated Program, students Practice I (3 cr.) P: One basic undergraduate statistics must complete their graduate credits with a grade of B or course. Course focuses on how to use statistical analysis better. Graduate credits completed with less than B will to answer common questions in the practice of sociology count toward the undergraduate degree only. Students as well as on what statistical techniques are useful to must complete all undergraduate coursework during their answer sociological practice questions, how to apply them senior year. Students not completing these credits will not and interpret their results. Specific methods to be covered be admitted into the Graduate Program. A maximum of include documentary, ethnographic, survey, experimental fifteen (15) credits will be charged at the undergraduate design, secondary data analysis, social indicators, focused rate. Excess credits, if any, will be charged at the graduate literature reviews, and library research techniques. fee. Both degrees will be awarded simultaneously, once all requirements are met. SOC-P 560 Topics in Sociological Practice (3 cr.) This is a graduate seminar in selected topic areas in sociology, Faculty exploring the nature of sociological practice within each Chairperson area (e.g., policy issues and/or intervention strategies as applied to health). May be repeated with different topics. Professor Peter Iadicola SOC-P 562 Topics in Policy Analysis (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty P: Graduate standing. Graduate seminar in selected topic (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University areas in sociology, focusing on the analysis of social Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct policy within each area. doctoral dissertations.) SOC-P 570 Applied Research Methods (3 cr.) Professors P: Undergraduate course in sociological research methods. Course covers the methodological tools and Augusto DeVenanzi, Peter Iadicola, Michael Nusbaumer, practical knowledge needed to conduct applied social Diane E. Taub research. Students will be exposed to a variety of methods Associate Professors and will learn how to choose the most appropriate May 26, 2016 439 method for specific research problems and settings, and SOC-S 516 Seminar in Sociology of Family (3 cr.) understand advantages and disadvantages for each. Review of the field with research emphasis; critical evaluation of current thought and policy; projects. SOC-P 576 Graduate Seminar in Sociological Pedagogy (3 cr.) Develop and refine personal teaching SOC-S 528 Research in Criminaology (3-6 cr.) Each philosophy, learn the standards of good course design, student selects a problem in regard to delinquency or explore learning styles, and examine best practices in crime on which he or she works for one or two semesters; course delivery and student assessment. Exposure to the class discussions on theories of criminal behavior. field of the scholarship of teaching and learning. SOC-S 574 Medical Seciology (3 cr.) The social SOC-P 578 Mediation and Conflict Resolution organization of medical care. Considers patterns of Strategies (3 cr.) Explores the nature of conflict in human morbidity and mortality, social epidemiology of disease, social relations and strategies for conflict resolution. social effects of disease, cost and use of medical services, Students will learn and practice techniques for proactively modes of medical practice, hospital organization, and and constructively dealing with interpersonal and programs for medical care. intergroup conflict. Successful completion of course will enable student to be a certified community mediator in a Indianapolis variety of disputes. L | SOC-P 650 Statistical Techniques for Sociological Practice II (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and P550 or Anatomy and Cell Biology equivalent. Designed to be a continuation of study of statistics as they are used by the practitioners of social School of Medicine science. Explores intricacies of statistical procedures most Departmental E-mail: [email protected] likely needed by practitioners including factor analysis and Departmental URL: anatomy.iupui.edu index construction, measures of association, and simple and multiple regression. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The SOC-P 670 Advanced Applied Research Methods University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and P570. Designed to contained only in The University Graduate School provide greater depth of knowledge for topics discussed Bulletin.) in P570 such as focus groups, case studies, survey research, needs assessment, and outcome evaluations. Curriculum SOC-P 695 Independent Research in Sociological Degrees Offered Practice (1-3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor and Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy completion of P540, P550, and P570. Provides the student an opportunity to engage in independent research under Special Departmental Requirements the guidance of a faculty member. The student works (See also general University Graduate School with a faculty member in developing and carrying out requirements.) a research plan. Course requirements are negotiated between the student and the supervising faculty member. Admission Requirements May be repeated with different topics. Bachelor’s degree, preferably with a background in SOC-P 697 Professional Development (3 cr.) general, cellular, and molecular biology; developmental P: Graduate standing. Covers professional socialization biology; general and organic chemistry; physics; and into the practice of sociology, including professional ethics, calculus. Candidates should have a minimum grade point grantwriting, development of various types of proposals, average of 3.0 (B) overall, and 3.0 in science courses. The professional organizations and services, and developing a Graduate Record Examination General Test or MCAT is career as a practicing sociologist. required. It is preferable that graduate study be started in the fall semester. Completed Ph.D. applications should SOC-P 698 Practicum in Sociological Practice (3 cr.) be received before January 15. A personal interview may P: Permission of the program director, all core courses be requested. Applicants will be notified of departmental and 12 credit hours in approved electives. First semester, action by April 15. students will develop a research proposal and obtain necessary approvals. Second semester, students work Master of Science Degree with a client organization, produce a report, present Requirements findings. May be taken multiple times; only 6 credit hours count toward the completion of degree requirements. The master degree in Anatomy & Cell Biology is offered as an independent degree, and is not required as a SOC-P 699 Master’s Thesis Research (3 cr.) prerequisite for the doctoral degrees. This degree is P: Permission of program director, all core courses and offered in two tracks. Briefly, the Traditional track requires 12 credit hours in approved electives. First semester, D850 (Gross Anatomy), D851 (Histology), and D852 students develop a research proposal and obtain (Neuroscience and Clinical Neurology), along with two necessary approvals. Second semester, students carry years of D861 (Seminar). The Research Track requires out applied research, produce a thesis, and present a first-semester series on the fundamentals of modern findings. May be taken multiple times; only 6 credit hours research biology (G715, G716, and G717) but does not will count toward degree requirement. require the traditional anatomical courses. Both tracks require a total of 30 credit hours for the degree, but 440 May 26, 2016 the Research Track requires more time in research. Research Track students are required to gain experience Students in the Research Track are expected to begin in teaching by assisting one semester in one of the their investigational work during their first semester, and departmental courses. Education track students are overall it is expected that the Research Track students required to teach at least three semesters in three different will complete a larger research project, which is fitting with departmental courses. their focus on entering a Ph.D. program after completing their master degree. Grades Applications for either master degree track will be Overall B (3.0) average in course work and no less than a considered only after the potential student has reached a B- in any required course. mentoring agreement with the faculty member in whose Qualifying Examination laboratory the research work will be done. Both tracks are two-year, full-time programs. Written and oral, designed to assess the student’s preparedness to carry out a research program. Doctor of Philosophy Degree The Department of Anatomy & Cell Biology offers Final Examination two Ph.D. tracks. The Research Track is for students Oral defense of dissertation. looking to pursue careers in laboratory research and students enter through the Indiana BioMedical Gateway Further details of departmental policies will be made Program (IBMG), and the Education Track is for students available to the student on request and at the time of who desire a career focus in teaching and educational enrollment. research. Course Requirements for Research Track Faculty A total of 90 credit hours, including Biomedical Science I, Chairperson II, and III (G715, G716, G717), three research rotations Professor Kathryn Jones (G818), Research Communication Seminar (G655), Ethics (G505), Statistics (G855), Seminar (D861, second Graduate Advisor year and each year following), and two courses in the Joseph P. Bidwell*, Ph.D., Chair of Graduate Studies anatomical sciences (from D501, D502, D527, D850, Committee, 635 Barnhill Drive, MS1030, Indianapolis, IN D851, D852, D853, G817). A minimum of 32 credit hours 46202-5120, (317) 278-1142, [email protected] must be in courses other than dissertation research. Graduate Faculty Course Requirements for Education Track: A total of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University 90 credit hours, including D861, and all of the following: Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct D850, D851, D852, D878, and G804. Approved courses in doctoral dissertations.) education and statistics also are required. A minimum of 64 credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation Professors research. Patrick W. Bankston*, Teresita Bellido*, Joseph P. Course Requirements for Education Track Bidwell*, David B. Burr*, Andrew P. Evan* (Emeritus), Ralph Jersild* (Emeritus), Kathryn Jones, Carl F. Marfurt*, A total of 90 credit hours, including D861, and all of the James McAteer*, Brian O’Connor* (Emeritus), Mark F. following: D850, D851, D852, D878, F613, and G804. Seifert*, Joel A. Vilensky*, James C. Williams*, Zao Cheng Approved courses in education and statistics also Xu*, Feng C. Zhou* are required. A minimum of 69 credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation research. Associate Professors For more information on the Anatomy Education Ph.D. Matthew R. Allen*, James J. Brokaw*, Kenneth E. Byrd*, Track, the application process, deadlines, etc., please Taihung Duong*, Eri Hashino* (Otolaryngology), Roger contact Dr. James J. Brokaw, Ph.D., MPH., Indiana C. Hoversland, Michael J. Kubek*, Nancy J. Mangini*, University School of Medicine Margaret M. Moga, Alexander G. Robling*, Dale W. Department of Anatomy & Cell Biology, 635 Barnhill Drive, Saxon, Robert D. Sweazey, Donald Wong*, Teresa Medical Science Building, Room 5035, Indianapolis, Zimmers* (General Surgery) IN 46202, 317-274-7495 (phone), 317-278-2040 (fax), [email protected], http://www.anatomy.iupui.edu Assistant Professors Minor Xiaoming Jin*, Philip L. Johnson, Jason M. Organ, Lilian A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work other Plotkin*, William Truitt* than dissertation research in a related program (e.g., Adjunct Professors biochemistry, biophysics, education, medical genetics, microbiology, neurobiology, pathology, pharmacology, Bonnie Blazer-Yost* (Biology, Physiology, and physiology, statistics, toxicology, or life science). For a Biophysics), Simon Conway* (Pediatrics), Anthony minor in life science, at least 6 credit hours must be taken Firulli*, Alan Mikesky* (Physical Education), Sharon in one department. The minor must be approved by the Moe (Medicine), Michael Pritz* (Neurosurgery), Dale R. student’s advisory committee. Sengelaub* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David Suzuki* (Ophthalmology), Stephen B. Trippel (Orthopaedic Other Requirements Surgery), Fletcher A. White (Anesthesia, Xiao-Ming May 26, 2016 441

Xu (Neurosurgery), Hiroki Yokota (Engineering and educational research experiences, as well as critical Technology) reviews of individual performance. May be repeated for credit. Adjunct Associate Professors ANAT-D 850 Gross Anatomy (8 cr.) A survey course of Robert Bacallao (Medicine), Robert J. Helfenbein* human anatomy including a complete dissection. (Education), Wei-Hua Lee* (Pediatrics), Jiliang Li (Biology), Gary R. Pike* (Education), Jack Windsor* ANAT-D 851 Histology (4 cr.) A complete survey of the (Dentistry), Laura Torbeck (Surgery), Stuart Warden* microscopic structure of the tissues and organs of the (Health/Rehabilitation Sciences), Feng-Chun Yang* body. (Pediatrics) ANAT-D 852 Neuroscience and Clinical Neurology Adjunct Assistant Professors (5 cr.) P: Gross anatomy or instructor approval. A multidisciplinary course integrating basic neuroscience Angela Bruzzaniti (Dentistry-Oral Biology), Jinhui Chen with clinical neurology in understanding the human (Neurological Surgery), Robyn K. Fuchs* (Health/ nervous system and neurological disorders. Includes the Rehabilitation Sciences), Melissa Kacena (Biomedical neurologic exam in presentations of neurologic patients, Engineering, Orthopaedic Surgery), Rahesh Khanna* neuroradiologic imaging, and histologic atlas cross- (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Jiliang Li (Biology), sections in studying internal organization and vasculature Megan Palmer (Education) of the brain and spinal cord. Courses ANAT-D 853 Human Developmental Anatomy (4 cr.) ANAT-D 501 Functionally Oriented Human Gross P: D850, D851, and D852. A correlative study of prenatal Anatomy (5 cr.) P: K101 Concepts of Biology I or K103 and neonatal form and function. Odd years. Concepts of Biology II, or K331 Embryology, or equivalent. ANAT-D 856 Advanced Histology (1-5 cr.) In-depth Consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts, consideration of selected topics on the microscopic terminology, and basic structure of the human body. anatomy of cells, tissues, and organs. Prosection of the body will use a regional approach. Emphasis on providing fundamental knowledge of the ANAT-D 860 Research (1-10 cr.) structure/function of major organ systems, peripheral ANAT-D 861 Seminar (1 cr.) Required yearly for all nervous system, and vascular supply to the trunk, head graduate students in residence. Literature and research and neck, limbs, and back. reports and discussions by faculty, students, and invited ANAT-D 502 Basic Histology (4 cr.) P: K103 or K324. distinguished visitors. Lecture and laboratory instruction on the microscopic ANAT-D 862 Anatomical Techniques (2 cr.) Introduction structure of the basic tissues and organs of the body. to techniques in anatomical research and in preparation of Previous exposure to gross anatomy principles and teaching materials. dissection encouraged. ANAT-D 863 Peripheral Nervous System (2-3 cr.) ANAT-D 526 Methods in Cell and Neurobiology (4 cr.) Anatomical and functional consideration of sensory, Didactic and laboratory instruction in contemporary motor, and autonomic portions of the peripheral nervous methods used in modern cell biology and neurobiology system, with emphasis on neurotransmission and its research. Methods range from cellular to molecular. Each regulation, physiology of receptors, neuromuscular method is taught by a faculty member with expertise and junction, peripheral axons and their central regulation, experience in that area. myelination, and axonal transport. ANAT-D 527 Graduate Neuroanatomy (4 cr.) P: Any ANAT-D 864 Advanced Gross Anatomy (arr cr.) undergraduate biology or anatomy course, or approval of P: D850. Functional, clinical, and developmental gross the course director. A neuroanatomy/neurobiology course morphology of specific regions of the human body; special that introduces the student to terminology, pathways, topics may vary. organization, and concepts of the human nervous system. It is designed for those seeking a doctoral or terminal ANAT-D 865 Developmental Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) Master of Science degree in a department other than Basic principles and problems relating to prenatal and anatomy, or for students in interdisciplinary programs such postnatal development and aging of the central nervous as psychology, medical and biological engineering, and system. the medical neurobiology program. ANAT-D 866 Electron Microscopy with Laboratory ANAT-D 533 Neural Substrate for Sensory-Motor (2 cr.) P: D851 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Control (3 cr.) This is an advanced graduate course that Introduction to electron microscopy, including lectures will build upon the neuroanatomic foundation established and laboratory. The application of techniques, biological in ANAT D527. The goal is to give functional meaning to specimen preparation (rationale and practical aspects), the neural systems involved with acquiring behaviorally instrument operation, and image processing for both relevant information and transforming this information scanning and transmission electron microscopy are into signals that guide behavior. The emphasis will be on included. Special techniques and their application will be neuronal signal processing. discussed. ANAT-D 700 Educational Research Practicum ANAT-D 868 Histology of Immune System: Lecture (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course is designed (2 cr.) P: D851. Current information on cells, tissues, and to provide students with structured and supervised organs that participate in cellular and humoral immune 442 May 26, 2016 reactions. Cytochemical methods for elucidating these experimental context, information integrating cell structure reactions. Attention given to cellular aspects of immune with cell function. The focus is on topics in which new mechanisms in cancer and organ transplantations. information on cell structure has enhanced or reformulated our understanding of cell function. ANAT-D 869 Histology of Immune System: Laboratory (arr cr.) P: D868 or concurrent. Enrollment limited. The ANAT-G 812 Fundamental Concepts in Aging (3 cr.) fluorescent antibody technique, enzyme-labeled antibody A survey course covering various processes and technique, electron microscopic immunocytochemistry, diseases of aging. The course includes sections on the isolation and observation of lymphocytes, and demography and epidemiology; physiology, molecular cytochemistry of marrow smears. biology, and pharmacology of aging; specific clinical disease entities commonly associated with aging; ANAT-D 870 Tissue Culture: Lecture (2 cr.) P: D871 neurodegeneration, memory, and cognition; depression; concurrently. Study of living animal cells and tissues the pathophysiology of pain, nutrition, physical function, maintained in an artificial environment with emphasis ethics, and psychosocial issues. on growth, differentiation, and their response to various factors. ANAT-G 818 Integrative Cell Biology (3 cr.) This course provides broad understanding of ways in which cells are ANAT-D 871 Tissue Culture: Laboratory (2 cr.) P: D870 organized and integrated into tissues. Emphasis is on concurrently. Application of laboratory techniques used in the function of cells in neural/neuroendoctrine system, preparation of in vitro cultures, and their use in biomedical cardiopulmonary, renal, and immune systems in the research. cytomechanics. Modern approaches to the study of ANAT-D 875 Topics in Advanced Neuroanatomy tissue function by analysis of cellular regulation will be (2-5 cr.) Examination of the anatomy and related emphasized. physiology and neurochemistry of selected brain areas. ANAT-G 819 Basic Bone Biology (3 cr.) P: One Topics will include regional structures (in spinal cord, semester of introductory biology. Offered odd years. brain stem, diencephalon, or telencephalon) or specific An introduction to basic bone biology, including bone neurological systems (sensory, motor, or autonomic- morphology, composition, and physiology; cell biology visceral). Area of study to be arranged with instructor. of bone cells; measurement techniques; adaption to ANAT-D 876 Neurotransmitter and Neuroendocrine the mechanical and metabolic environments; regulatory Cytology and Anatomy (3 cr.) Detailed examination of factors and mineral homeostasis; and growth and the cytology and connections, chemical and physiological development. regulatory mechanisms, interactions, and functions of neurotransmitter or neurohormonal cells, including central Anthropology neurons utilizing dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, School of Liberal Arts serotonin, acetylcholine, amino acid transmitters, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] substance P, and endorphins. Regulation and function of neuroendocrine transducers related to anterior and Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/anthropology posterior pituitary, adrenal medulla, pineal. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate ANAT-D 878 Anatomy Teaching Practicum (2 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The P: Consent of instructor. This course is designed University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements to provide each student with supervised teaching contained only in The University Graduate School experiences in gross anatomy, histology, and Bulletin.) neuroscience, as well as critical reviews of all teaching Curriculum duties. May be repeated for credit. ANAT-D 888 Developmental and Molecular Degrees Offered Neurobiology (3 cr.) This is an in-depth course in • M.A. in Applied Anthropology neurobiology designed to help students understand the • Graduate Minor in Anthropology and Health molecular and cellular mechanisms that underlie the • Ph.D. minor in Applied Anthropology development and normal and abnormal functions of the Master of Arts in Applied Anthropology nervous system. Special emphasis will be placed on both Program Overview experimental and theoretical approaches that led to our current knowledge of the nervous system. The M.A. in Applied Anthropology, IUPUI, offers students the opportunity to use anthropological theories and ANAT-G 595 Current Topics in Cell Structure and methods toward the goals of solving real world problems. Function (3 cr.) P: D851 or F705 or B817 or consent of The program is constructed around a set of core courses instructor. An advanced course in cell biology designed together with independent research and internships. The to evaluate contemporary issues in cell structure and degree takes advantage of our long-standing departmental function. Background lectures are complemented by strengths in Public Archaeology, Urban Anthropology, discussion of primary research articles. Emphasis is on International Development, Globalization, Medical developing a critical approach to the cell biology literature Anthropology and Museum Studies. Students may by evaluating the effectiveness and limitations of various choose to follow a targeted curriculum, focusing on a experimental strategies. particular aspect of the discipline; all students will also ANAT-G 801 Experimental Approaches to Cell be well-trained in a broad range of anthropological Structure and Function (3 cr.) The overall objective of approaches. this graduate course in cell biology is to present, in an May 26, 2016 443

Admission conjunction with the student's anthropology advisor and the member of the organization where s/he will be located. In line with the criteria established by the Indiana University Graduate School, students wishing to be B526 Human Osteology (3 cr.) Descriptive and functional admitted to the MA program in Anthropology must – morphology of the human skeleton with emphasis on at a minimum – have a Bachelor’s degree from an the identification of fragmentary remains. Determination accredited institution, with a GPA of at least 3.0 (on a of age, sex, and stature; craniology; and research scale of 4.0). We use as a guideline for admissions GRE methods in skeletal biology. Guided research project in the scores averaging at least 500 in each area; students who identification of skeletal material required. demonstrate other strengths and good preparation for the program may be accepted at the discretion of the E501 Fundamentals of Applied Anthropology (3 cr.) Anthropology Department Graduate Committee and with This is a graduate-level introduction to the history and the approval of the Graduate School. Appropriate work underlying principles of Applied Anthropology. We will experience and undergraduate coursework will also be examine how understanding a specifically anthropological taken into account in making decisions about admission. perspective can provide new insights into the workings of For applicants whose native language is not English, or contemporary social policies and programs. who have not received a degree from a certified American E507 Popular Culture (3 cr.) This course studies how university, a minimum TOEFL score of 79 on the current traditional anthropological insight can analyze social IBT examination (equivalent to scores of 550 and 213 and political complexities of contemporary popular on prior versions of the examination) would be required. cultural phenomena. Focuses on how anthropological An IELTS score of 6.0 or above may substitute for the subjects such as class, racism, and lurk within TOEFL. popular cultural phenomena including post-1950 music Applicants are required to submit a statement of interest, subcultures, civil religion, and consumer culture. three letters of recommendation, an undergraduate E509 Modern Material Culture (3 cr.) This course transcript, and GRE scores. Admission decisions will examines how contemporary social experience is be made by a three-member Anthropology Department impacted by material culture ranging from toys to theme Graduate Committee, and approved by the Graduate parks. Focuses on how consumers perceive themselves Office at IUPUI on behalf of the Graduate School. and others in modern consumer culture through the Course Requirements: medium of commodities and examines systems of inequality that are reproduced and subverted through A total of 36 credit hours, including a core curriculum consumption. consisting of 6 credits of required core courses (E501; A565); 3 credits of a methods course in the student’s E521 Indians of North America (3 cr.) Assesses the sub-disciplinary area; 21 credits of elective courses; and complexities of the academic study of the Indigenous 6 internship or thesis credits. Course electives may be peoples of North America, emphasizing the diversity of chosen both from within and outside of Anthropology Native cultures, representations of them by the public and including appropriate cognate courses from programs by scholars, and examining cultural adaptations from Pre- that are already well-developed at IUPUI including Contact to Contemporary. Museum Studies, Urban Policy (SPEA), Urban Education, E606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 Geographic Information Systems (GIS), Community cr.) This course provides an introduction to the use of Nursing, and Public History. ethnographic field work methods, including participant- Courses: observation, semi-structured interviewing, and use of mapping, among others. Every year this course will focus A532 The African Diaspora (3 cr.) This course examines on a community-based research project. the cultural formation of the African Diaspora in the Americas, the Caribbean, Europe and Africa. The course E681 Seminar in Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) Seminar focuses specifically on the theorization of the African in cross-cultural urban social organzation, emphasizing Diaspora within the discipline of Anthropoogy. recruitment manifestations of urbanism in various cultural contexts and techniquest of investigation. Practical work A560 Graduate Topics in Anthropology (3 cr.) This required. seminar course provides a conceptual examination of selected topics in the field of anthropology. May be P501 Community Archaeology (3 cr.) Community repeated for up to 9 credits. archaeology implies direct collaboration between a community and archaeologists. Collaboration implies A565 Anthropological Thought (3 cr.) This course traces substantial adjustment in archaeological methods and the development of anthropological theory from the early epistemologies incorporating community members in 20th century up to the present. Students will examine what setting research agendas, working on excavations, and is distinctive about an anthropological perspective and interpreting results. This course examines a wide range will analyze how anthropological ideas have shifted over of issues and looks at both successful and unsuccessful the last century in accordance with the emergence of new projects to arrive at an assessment of best practices. social and political imperatives. Capstone: A594 Indipendent Learning in Applied Anthropology (2-4 cr.) P: Authorization of instructor. Independent For completion of the M.A., students are required to research/training using anthropological perspectives/ complete either an internship, which involves writing a methods in addressing social issues. The project must be report for the organization or agency, or completing a a discrete activity with a concrete product, conducted in more traditional M.A. thesis. A third option, consisting of 444 May 26, 2016 writing an article eligible for publication in a peer-reviewed • All of these courses must be taken in the journal, can also be completed in partial fulfillment of the Anthropology Department on the IUPUI campus. requirements for the M.A. degree. Students wanting to minor in Anthropology should initially Internship Option (6 cr.) A student will be placed with a meet with an advisor in their home department and non-governmental organization, a city or county agency, should then contact the Director of Graduate Studies in a museum or other Cultural Resource Management Anthropology. For more information, please contact our organization, or a community-based organization and will departmental Web page at: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/ arrange with the sponsoring organization to complete a anthropology/ project that will be mutually agreed upon by the Graduate Committee of the Anthropology Department and the Graduate Minor in Anthropology and Health organization. Note: The internship may be taken for The graduate minor in Anthropology and Health is an variable credits depending on the amount of contact hours integrated field of 12 credit hours of study designed to with the equivalence of 50 hours per credit hour unless supplement the graduate training of students with an constructed as a graduate assistantship in accordance interest in careers in the health field. The program has with Anthropology department policy in which case the three goals: to provide students with a holistic perspective contact hours may be greater. on the anthropology of health, which integrates human biology, ecology, and culture in a systems model of health; Thesis Option (6 cr.) A student would develop and write to develop students' anthropological inquiry skills in a thesis supervised by a three-member committee of full- understanding health in human groups; and to develop time faculty. In most cases, the thesis would explore a students' abilities to apply anthropological concepts and research question related to some aspect of the urban skills to health interventions in the areas of their career setting of greater Indianapolis and Central Indiana, focus. The graduate minor in anthropology and health and would demonstrate the ability of a student to work will provide students with training that will add greater independently on that topic, and to apply both theoretical depth and breadth to their qualifications in their major insight and methodological skills to a substantive issue. field. They will be able to use the cross-cultural and A student would be required to successfully defend the biocultural perspectives of anthropology to supplement thesis before his/her committee. their primary graduate training to better prepare them for a career in the health fields. This focused training will enable Evidence of Publishable and Professional Research students to use anthropological concepts and skills to Option (6 cr.) Rather than producing a traditional M.A. identify biocultural factors in the occurrence of disease, thesis, in accordance with the student’s advisor, students to understand ethnic behavior related to illness, and to will be allowed to write a research paper that is assessed identify where health programs across social and ethnic to be publishable in a refereed journal. Alternatively, for lines can be made more effective. students primarily interested in a focus on Museums or in Cultural Resource Management, the advisor might Course Requirements suggest that the student develop and produce a public exhibit in Indianapolis or Central Indiana. Lastly, students Twelve hours of credit approved for the minor in may be permitted to produce a report that contributed anthropology and health with a grade point average of significantly to a policy issue in Indianapolis or Central at least 3.25, including E445; A594; one course selected Indiana. Student articles may be submitted for publication from B521, B523, B525, E404, E606, and L605; and one to a variety of peer-reviewed journals and scientific merit elective. will also be assessed by the Graduate Committee. Courses Other Courses: A594 Independent Learning in Applied Anthropology For a complete description and list of other graduate (3 cr.) P: Authorization of instructor. Independent courses, consult the departmental webpage. research/training using anthropological perspectives/ methods in addressing social issues. The project must be Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology a discrete activity with a concrete product, conducted in Students who are candidates for the Ph.D. degree in conjunction with the student’s anthropology advisor and other programs or departments may obtain a minor in the member of the organization where he or she will be Anthropology at IUPUI. The intent of the minor is to located. (May be repeated for no more than 6 credit hours develop interdisciplinary skills, exposing students to total.) theories and methods outside of their major department. The Ph.D. minor in Anthropology has an unstructured E445 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) A cross-cultural curriculum that can provide students with a foundation in examination of human biocultural adaptation in health and basic areas in Anthropology and the opportunity to study disease, including biocultural epidemiology; ethnomedical advanced anthropological theory and research methods. systems in the presentation, diagnosis, and treatment of disease; and sociocultural change and health. Requirements for the Ph.D. minor in Anthropology consists of completing 12 credits including: Research Methods in the Anthropology of Health • Anthropology 501, Fundamentals of Applied B521 Bioanthropology Research Methods (3 cr.) Anthropology. B523 Anthropometry (3 cr.) B525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology (3 cr.) • An additional three courses at the 500 level or E404 Field Methods in Ethnography (3 cr.) above. E606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.) • An average grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or above Not currently offered. in all 4 courses. L605 Field Methods in Anthropological Linguistics (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 445

ANTH-E 521 Indians of North America (3 cr.) Assesses Electives the complexities of the academic study of the Indigenous Electives in the anthropology of health (3 cr.). Electives peoples of North America, emphasizing the diversity of will be selected from approved anthropology courses Native cultures, representations of them by the public and offered at Indianapolis and Bloomington, in consultation by scholars, and examining cultural adaptations from Pre- with the minor advisor. Contact to Contemporary. Faculty ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.) This course provides an introduction Director to the use of ethnographic field work methods, including participant-observation, semi-structured interviewing, and Jeanette Dickerson-Putman*, Cavanaugh Hall 434, (317) use of mapping, among others. Every year this course will 274-2995 focus on a community-based research project. Graduate Faculty ANTH-P 501 Community Archaeology (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Community archaeology implies direct collaboration Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct between a community and archaeologists. Collaboration doctoral dissertations.) implies substantial adjustment in archaeological methods Professors and epistemologies incorporating community members in setting research agendas, working on excavations, and W. Kenneth Barger* (Emeritus), David Burr* (Anatomy), interpreting results. This course examines a wide range Della Collins Cook*, Richard Gunderman* (Philosophy, of issues and looks at both successful and unsuccessful Radiology), Barbara D. Jackson (Emerita), Paul Jamison* projects to arrive at an assessment of best practices. (Emeritus), Robert Meier* (Emeritus), Paul R. Mullins*, Richard E. Ward* ANTH-A 532 The African Diaspora (3 cr.) This course examines the cultural formation of the African Diaspora Associate Professors in the Americas, the Caribbean, Europe and Africa. The Jeanette Dickerson-Putman*, Gina (Sanchez) Gibau, course focuses specifically on the theorization of the Susan Hyatt, Elizabeth B. Kryder-Reid African Disapora within the discipline of Anthroplogy. Courses COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) Takes a rhetorical/ critical approach to persuasion in its broadest sense, how Courses Relevant to the MA in Applied Anthropology it affects our lives everyday and how we can find evidence ANTH-A 560 Graduate Topics in Anthropology (3 cr.) of persuasive tactics in unexpected places. We will look P: May be repeated for up to 9 credits. This seminar broadly at theories of persuasion and their application course provides a conceptual examination of selected across contexts and fields. In order to keep our attention topics in the field of anthropology. to how these theoretical perspectives make their way into practice, we will devote considerable attention to specific ANTH-A 565 Anthropological Thought (3 cr.) This examples of persuasion and analysis of persuasive course traces the development of anthropological theory phenomena. from the early 20th century up to the present. Students will examine what is distinctive about an anthropological COMM-C 644 Political Communication (3 cr.) Examines perspective and will analyze how anthropological ideas the public communication involved in various political have shifted over the last century in accordance with the contexts. We will consider the communication involved emergence of new social and political imperatives. in political campaigns, advertising, and oratory; social media, technology, and popular culture; the news, framing, ANTH-E 501 Fundamentals of Applied Anthropology and political media; citizenship, public deliberation, and (3 cr.) This is a graduate-level introduction to the history decision making in what some argue is a divided political and underlying principles of Applied Anthropology. We will culture. We will read and discuss state of the art research examine how understanding a specifically anthropological in political communication and meet individuals who are perspective can provide new insights into the workings of currently working in a communication capacity in public contemporary social policies and programs. political campaigns. ANTH-E 507 Popular Culture (3 cr.) This course studies COMM-C 650 Health Communication in Mediated how traditional anthropological insight can analyze Contexts (3 cr.) Focus on the effect of media on health social and political complexities of contemporary popular behavior. Theories of health behavior change and cultural phenomena. Focuses on how anthropological media effects examined; applications of theory to health subjects such as class, racism, and regionalism lurk within campaigns evaluated. Examples of mediated health popular cultural phenomena including post-1950 music campaigns and effectiveness discussed. Considerations subcultures, civil religion, and consumer culture. include: interplay among theory, research, practice; how ANTH-E 509 Modern Material Culture (3 cr.) This theory informs practice; how research aids in theory course examines how contemporary social experience construction/refinement. is impacted by material culture ranging from toys to COMM-C 680 Doctoral Qualitative/Rhetorical Methods theme parks. Focuses on how consumers perceive (3 cr.) Focuses on health-related issues and topics themselves and others in modern consumer culture through the complementary lenses of rhetoric and through the medium of commodities and examines sys- social sciences in communication. Qualitative social tems of inequality that are reproduced and subverted science-based approaches to research share numerous through consumption. assumptions with rhetoric. These include, but are not 446 May 26, 2016 limited to: Research based on inductive reasoning; Program Goal methods cannot be detached from the objects of the reseach; researchers cannot separate themselves from The overarching goal of this unique program in the research; research is at least as much an art as it is a Applied Communication is to provide students with the science. competencies and skills necessary to address specific communication issues and problems that are socially COMM-C 690 Doctoral Quantitative Methods (3 cr.) relevant and to suggest or implement change. The Course focuses on the principles and theory of descriptive primary intellectual goal of the program is to increase our and inferential statistics within the context of health students' understanding of the theoretical implications of communication research. Topics include t-test, ANOVA, discipline-specific knowledge and to enhance their ability MANOVA, ANCOVA, correlation, multiple regression, to understand and predict human interaction relative to and SEM. Students will gain proficiency using SPSS to realistic, applied outcomes associated with contemporary analyze novel data sets, and will conduct their own health social problems. A practical goal of the program is to communication research projects and report the results. educate professionals who grasp the complexities of communication problems and who are able to develop and Courses Relevant to the Graduate Minor in execute strategies and create programs to address such Anthropology and Health issues. ANTH-A 594 Independent Learning in Applied Anthropology (3 cr.) P: Authorization of instructor. Student Learning Outcomes Independent research/training using anthropological Students completing the Applied Communication M.A. perspectives/methods in addressing social issues. The curriculum will: project must be a discrete activity with a concrete product, conducted in conjunction with the student’s anthropology • communicate both orally and in writing for advisor and the member of the organization where he or professional and academic audiences she will be located. (May be repeated for no more than 6 • synthesize, critique, and apply theoretical constructs credit hours total.) in communication studies ANTH-E 445 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) A cross- • select and evaluate appropriate methodologies for cultural examination of human biocultural adaptation in conducting communication research health and disease, including biocultural epidemiology; • propose and justify solutions to real-world ethnomedical systems in the presentation, diagnosis, and communication problems treatment of disease; and sociocultural change and health. • design and conduct guided communication research Research Methods in the Anthropology of Health Admission Requirements ANTH-B 521 Bioanthropology Research Methods Our Department prides itself on the diversity of majors (3 cr.) from which students enter our program of study. Prior to ANTH-B 523 Anthropometry (3 cr.) entering our master’s program, students should have (1) a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, ANTH-B 525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology (3 cr.) (2) an introduction to research methods, (3) experience in the analysis of communication phenomena, and (4) ANTH-E 404 Field Methods in Ethnography (3 cr.) experience with writing in an academic context. Students ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural who do not have this preparatory work may be admitted Anthropology (3 cr.) provisionally with additional coursework required prior to admission, and/or additional credit hour requirements ANTH-L 605 Field Methods in Anthropological imposed as a part of the minimum requirements for the Linguistics (3 cr.) Master of Arts degree. Applied Communication The Admissions Committee will evaluate an applicant’s School of Liberal Arts preparation and goals to ensure that the applicant meets the requirements of Indiana University Graduate Departmental E-mail: [email protected] School and that the applicant’s needs and goals Departmental URL: http://www.liberalarts.iupui.edu/ are compatible with the Department’s program. The comm/ Department seeks applicants who have strong analytical and writing skills, a strong liberal arts background, an (Please note that when conferring University Graduate interest in communication, and applicable work-related School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the experiences. Generally, successful applicants will have University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements cumulative grade point averages of 3.0 or higher at contained only in The University Graduate School the undergraduate level. The Admissions Committee Bulletin). considers all indicators of the applicant’s ability to Curriculum complete the degree successfully. Degrees Offered Applicants should submit the following: M.A. in Applied Communication 1. Completed application form for Indiana University The Department of Communication Studies offers a Graduate School. master's program in Applied Communication with optional 2. Personal Statement. concentrations in corporate communication, health 3. Official transcripts of all college level coursework. communication, media studies and public communication. May 26, 2016 447

4. Three letters of recommendation (from university Assistant Professors instructors and/or professional associates) sent directly to the Director of Graduate Studies. Katharine Head, Krista Hoffman-Longtin, Jonathan Rossing, YoungJu Shin 5. *GRE scores are not required for admission to the program; however GRE scores may be submitted Assistant Clinical Professor if an applicant feels the scores will enhance his/ her application and an applicant wishing to be Stuart M. Schrader (Dentistry) considered for scholarships or fellowship support Director of Graduate Studies should note that strong scores on the GRE General Test ARE REQUIRED and may have a positive Adjunct Faculty impact on his/her application. Mark Di Corcia, Marianne Matthias 6. International students must submit TOEFL scores. Information about TOEFL can be obtained from the Director of Graduate Studies International Affairs Office, 902 W. New York Street, ES 2126, Indianapolis, IN 46202 or 317- 274-7000. Jennifer Bute, Department of Communication Studies, Cavanaugh Hall 307J, IUPUI, (317) 274-2090, The following deadlines must be observed in order to [email protected] receive consideration for admission: Courses • January 15—priority consideration for fall semester and to be considered for University Fellowships and COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory (3 cr.) other financial support Students explore how scholars from various traditions • May 15—Fall regular admission have described and explained the universal human experience of communication. Students develop an Degree Requirements understanding of a variety of communication theories to more completely interpret events in more flexible, useful, Completion of 36 credit hours including: and discriminating ways. • 12 credit hours of core requirements. These include: COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research • COMM-C500 Advanced Communication Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) The Theory course is designed to offer an opportunity to examine, • COMM-C501 Applied Communication assess, and conduct quantitative research that employs Research communication theory and quantitative research methods • One of COMM-C502, COMM-C530 or COMM- as a means to test theory in applied settings and/or as C531 a means to applied ends (i.e., problem-solving policy • COMM-C503 Applied Learning Project, or analysis). COMM-C597 Thesis COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research Methods • 24 hours of electives. Students may take as many in Communication Studies (3 cr.) P: 6 credits (at any as 8 credit hours of approved coursework at the level) of coursework in Communication Studies. Inductive graduate level from outside of the Communications (data-to-theory) approach to knowledge, and associated Studies Department. sequential and non-sequential methods for studying • Successful completion of comprehensive communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., examinations. friendships and other close personal dyads, families, small groups, organizations, and public, media, historical, The student must maintain a B+ average (3.3) or higher computer mediated, or health-related contexts. in order to graduate. In addition, the student must pass the comprehensive examination and complete either a COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) An thesis or an applied learning project in order to complete applied learning project that provides students with a the degree requirements. culminating educational experience. The project gives students the opportunity to apply their knowledge of Faculty communicative processes to real-life organizational Chairperson problems, and provides the opportunity to produce a body of work reflecting their abilities. Associate Professor Kristina Horn Sheeler* COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach communication Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct skills and practices related to health care talk by doctoral dissertations.) examining transactional communication within health care contexts. Topics covered in this course focus directly upon Professors interpersonal dialogue between health care providers and Linda G. Bell, John Parrish-Sprowl*, Sandra Petronio patients. Associate Professors COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication (3 cr.) Theory and application of oral communication integral to Maria Brann*, Jennifer J. Bute*, Catherine A. Dobris, institutional and corporate professionals. Critical analysis Elizabeth Goering*, Kristine Karnick, Gail G. Whitchurch*, of representative manuscripts of American speechmaking, Kim White-Mills*, Kristina Horn Sheeler* 448 May 26, 2016 and development and presentation of forms and types of skills and practices related to health care by examining public address for professionals. health care communication theory. Topics range across communication levels (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) This organization, mass media, and mediated communication) course specifically focuses on the effective use of media within a variety of health care contexts. as a means of persuasion. This course explains how ideas are expressed through techniques unique to the COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication language of radio, television, film, and the Internet. (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the role of communication in creating and maintaining marriages/ COMM-C 528 Group Communication and committed couples and families. Includes a scholarly term Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course paper on a real couple or family's communication. examines the ways in which informal groups and communication networks facilitate a variety of COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion of Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar- innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing theoretical format course examines the communication exchanges understanding of informal groups in organizations as that facilitate conflict management within organizational well as on methodological issues involved in studying contexts. Specific attention is focused on negotiation and communication networks in organizations. mediation; however, the communication of alternative means of conflict and dispute resolution are also COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) This discussed. In addition, students will be introduced to course will introduce students to criticism as a method of methods for assessing conflict interaction in organizations. studying persuasive messages in speeches, fiction, mass media, musical lyrics, political campaign literature, art, and COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication other modes of communication in contemporary culture. students who choose the thesis option will identify a research topic and develop it under the guidance of the COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) A student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). The thesis course organized primarily around theories and critical topic will be related to the field of applied communication strategies commonly considered within the broad category in its foci and method. of contemporary criticism. The course utilizes primary theoretical texts to introduce students to a variety of COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course integrates methodologies employed in analyzing media messages, applied communication theory and practice in a practice and emphasizes the application of theoretical frameworks setting. Students will apply theoretical concepts and on the analysis of specific media texts. research tools, conduct projects, and interact with communication professionals in the designated setting. In COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational Communication concert with the student's chosen area of concentration, (3 cr.) An introductory course in interpersonal he or she will address issues of importance to that communication. Applications of communication particular organization. theory/research in such areas as relational culture and relationship development. Includes a scholarly project on COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This course a real relationship, and applications of research to areas provides students with the opportunity to synthesize such as pedagogy and couple/family therapy. and apply knowledge acquired through course work and professional experience into a completed research COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational project in applied communication. Students will work Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a solid independently on a topic/issue of choice under the foundation of concepts for understanding and discussing guidance of graduate faculty. human organizations. Students will analyze, evaluate, and apply the theories and practices related to orga- COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated Communication nizational issues. Through case studies, readings, and (3 cr.) An overview of practical and scholarly approaches practical applications, this course combines a theory- to computer mediated communication. The readings based understanding of communication in organizations address mass communication, discourse, community, with real-world applications. gender, intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal relationships, identity, organizational communication, and COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural Communication education. (3 cr.) Exploration of issues related to the intercultural communication process. Consideration of the role of COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts (3 cr.) social, cultural, and historical contexts in intercultural This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on communication interactions. Examination of the relationship between involving families in health care settings, addressing culture and communication from the socio-psychological, significant issues for graduate/professional students interpretive, and critical perspectives. who will work with families, including students in Comm. Studies, Nursing, Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied and Medicine. Topics include communication with families Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving topics course. about health care concerns and family-patient-health The changing nature of the topic allows graduate students provider systems to explore, synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the field of communication and the particular discipline of COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes a applied communication while focusing on a single topic not rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its broadest otherwise addressed in the course of study. sense, how it affects our lives everyday and how we can find evidence of persuasive tactics in unexpected places. COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication May 26, 2016 449

We will look broadly at theories of persuasion and their Course Requirements application across contexts and fields. Twelve credit hours in courses approved for the minor in COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) applied statistics, including STAT 51100, STAT 51200, This course will examine the public communication and six additional credit hours chosen in consultation with involved in various political contexts. We will consider the minor representative. For students in medical and the communication involved in political campaigns, molecular genetics, a common option would be to take advertising, and oratory; social media, technology, and two of the courses from 52300, 52400, 52500 and 53300. popular culture; the news, framing, and political media; Statistical Quality Control (51300) might be a desirable citizenship, public deliberation, and decision making in elective for students in pharmacology and toxicology. what some argue is a divided political culture. We will Students who have successfully completed GRAD G651 read and discuss state of the art research in political Introduction to Biostatistics I and GRAD G652 Introduction communication and meet individuals who are currently to Biostatistics II in the School of Medicine will be exempt- working in a communication capacity in public political ed from STAT 51100. campaigns. Examinations COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media (3 cr.) Focus on the effect of media on health behavior. The exact requirements for the minor and the examination Theories of health behavior change and media effects procedure prior to admittance to candidacy are determined examined; applications of theory to health campaigns by the student's minor representative on his or her evaluated. Examples of mediated health campaigns advisory committee from the Department of Mathematical and effectiveness discussed. Considerations include: Sciences. interplay among theory, research, practice; how theory Faculty informs practice; how research aids in theory construction/ Curriculum Courses Faculty refinement. Director COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have enrolled Professor Benzion Boukai* in 30 or more hours of graduate course work applicable to the degree and who have completed all other Graduate Faculty requirements of the degree except the thesis of the final (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University project of performances may enroll in COMM G598. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Requires section authorization. doctoral dissertations.) Applied Statistics Professors Benzion Boukai*, Jyotirmoy Sarkar* School of Science Contact Information Associate Professors Department of Mathematical Sciences, LD 270, IUPUI, (317) 274-6918 Hanxiang Peng*, Fang Li* Program Email: [email protected] Assistant Professors Program URL: http://math.iupui.edu/graduate/degrees/ Fei Tan, Wei Zheng, Jian Zou phd/biostat Courses (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Curriculum Courses Faculty School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Core Courses contained only in The University Graduate School STAT 51100 Statistical Methods (3 cr.) Bulletin.) STAT 51200 Applied Regression Analysis (3 cr.) Curriculum Other Courses Ph.D. Minor in Applied Statistics STAT 51300 Statistical Quality Control (3 cr.) The Department of Mathematical Sciences in the School STAT 51400 Design of Experiments (3 cr.) of Science at IUPUI offers a master's degree program in mathematical sciences with a specialization in applied STAT 51500 Statistical Consulting Problems (3 cr.) statistics. Accordingly, some doctoral students on the STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability (3 cr.) IUPUI campus may find it useful to have a minor in applied statistics as an additional option in their program of study. STAT 52000 Time Series and Applications (3 cr.) Other Degree Offerings STAT 52100 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) The Department also offers a Ph.D. in mathematics STAT 52200 Sampling and Survey Techniques (3 cr.) focusing on mathematical statistics as well as a Ph.D. degree in biostatistics which is offered jointly with the STAT 52300 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Department of Biostatistics of the Richard M. Fairbanks STAT 52400 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) School of Public Health and the IU School of Medicine. STAT 52500 Generalized Linear Model (3 cr.) 450 May 26, 2016

STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) A thesis will be written and successfully defended to the thesis committee. STAT 52900 Bayesian Statistics and Applied Decision Theory (3 cr.) Final Examination STAT 53200 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) Oral, covering thesis and course work. STAT 53300 Introduction to Survival Analysis (3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy in Biochemistry and Molecular STAT 53600 Nonparametric Statistics (3 cr.) Biology Students are admitted through the IBMG (Indiana Biochemistry and Molecular University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway) open enrollment program and will take a common curriculum in Biology the first semester. They will commit to the Biochemistry School of Medicine and Molecular Biology program after the second semester. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] CURRICULUM FOR BIOCHEMISTRY AND Departmental URL: www.biochemistry.iu.edu MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Ph.D. PROGRAM (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Year 1 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Fall University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School • G715 Biomedical Science I—Biochemical Basis of Bulletin.) Biological Processes (3 cr.) • G716 Biomedical Science II—Molecular Biology and Curriculum Genetics (3 cr.) Degrees Offered • G717 Biomedical Science III—Cellular Basis of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy; Ph.D. Minor Systems Biology (3 cr.) in Diabetes and Obesity • G718 Research in Biomedical Science (1st lab rotation) (2 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements Spring (See also general University Graduate School requirements and departmental brochure.) • G655 Research Communication Seminar (1 cr.) • G718 Research in Biomedical Science Rotations 2 Admission Requirements and 3 (4 cr.) Typically, a baccalaureate degree in biology, chemistry, Students will take 6 credits from the IBMG open or physics that includes calculus and organic chemistry is enrollment electives in Spring. required for admission. The General Test of the Graduate Record Examination is required. Students must take at least two of the six 2-credit Biochemistry “core” courses (G805, 807, 811, 817, 848, Master of Science in Biochemistry and Molecular 852, 825) shown below (offered among the Spring IBMG Biology with Biotechnology Track electives or offered in the Fall ). These may also be taken Admission Requirements in later years. Students must complete the Biotechnology Certificate • G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function with a GPA of 3.0 or better before applying to the M.S. (2 cr.) program. The GRE is not required for admission to the • G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling Gone M.S. degree program. Awry (2 cr.) Course Requirements • G807 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) • G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and The 30-credit curriculum for the M.S. program includes Systems Biology (2 cr.) the 17 credits for the Biotechnology Certificate, plus one elective graduate course in Basic Sciences (3 credits), 9 Year 2 credits of research with a faculty mentor, and a 1-credit Fall tutorial in scientific writing and communication. A research thesis is required. • G805 Diabetes and Obesity (2 cr.) Master of Science in Biochemistry and Molecular • G825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (2 cr.) Biology • G505 Responsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) The department encourages most students to enroll in • G855 Experimental Design and Research the Ph.D. A minimum of 30 credit hours, including two Biostatistics (1 cr.) of the following courses - G715, G716, B500, or G865. Spring Each student would also take G505 and two of the seven 2-credit Biochemistry core courses (B811, G805, G807, • B803 Advanced Biochemistry (1 cr.) G817, G848, G852, G825); and at least 9 credit hours This course in grant writing will culminate in the in research. Each student will also complete one of the submission and oral defense of an “NIH or NSF style” two research communication courses - B890 or G655. grant proposal on the students intended research topic. The assigned grade for this course is dependent on the May 26, 2016 451 successful defense of the proposal that will serve as a be approved by the diabetes and obesity training qualifying exam and be required for Advancement to program. Candidacy. Grades Spring and Fall A minimum grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be • B811 Advanced Intermediary Metabolism (1-3 cr.) maintained in all nonresearch course work. Years 2-5 Advancement to Candidacy During years 2 through 5, the student will take didactic B803 Advanced Biochemistry is a course in grant writing courses as needed to fulfill either requirements for the which will culminate in the submission and oral defense biochemistry major or their chosen minor. The student of an “NIH- or NSF-style” grant proposal on the student’s will register for a total of 10 cr. hours each fall and spring, intended research topic. including 1 cr. hour of B890 each semester until advancing to candidacy. The student will advance to candidacy upon Students meet once every six months with an advisory completion of 30 or more didactic hours of coursework and committee to review progress in course work. Continuation successful defense of their thesis proposal. in the program depends upon satisfactory performance Work will begin in the field of the candidate’s thesis. and progress in each phase of the program. The Emphasis on ability to pursue research with relative final examination in the series is an oral defense of a independence and responsibility. written research proposal, which constitutes the written examination. Notes: Dissertation • Students will be questioned on topics outside of their thesis work during their thesis proposal oral A minimum of 45 credit hours in research, completed defense in B803. Passing of this defense (with B/3.0 with a grade point average of 3.0 (B) or above. It is grade or better) will be required for advancement to expected that the dissertation will qualify for publication in candidacy. a recognized journal. • Students will be enrolled for credit in B890 in years Final Examination 2–5 in which they will present a seminar each year as well as attend all student and faculty seminars. Oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor. Students will present one of the following: a research Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology seminar (4th year students are strongly encouraged The Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology is administered by the to consider this type of presentation), a proposal Department of Microbiology & Immunology. Cancer Biol- seminar (3rd year students preparing for their ogy Training Program (CBTP) faculty are members of the qualifying exams are encouraged to consider this Indiana University Cancer Center, the matrix organization type of presentation), or a "literature club" type for an extensive range of cancer efforts and activities. of seminar (open to students at any level), where Ongoing NIH- and ACS-funded research programs focus the student presents a paper from the literature. on regulation of cell growth, hematopoiesis, experimental Students enrolled in G901 are encouraged to therapeutics, adult oncology, and pediatric oncology. consider giving a research presentation in B890, CBTP students will fulfill the requirements of their even though they are not enrolled in the course. individual basic science departments and complete the • After choosing a laboratory for thesis research, cancer biology minor. an advisory committee consisting of at least 3 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology and 1 external Ph.D. Minor in Diabetes and Obesity faculty member will be formed with the approval of A minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the requirements the thesis advisor and departmental chairperson. of the student's major Ph.D. program. The minor Upon advancement to candidacy a thesis research must include G805 Diabetes and Obesity and G505 committee will be similarly formed that may consist Responsible Conduct of Research. If G805 has been of different faculty. taken to fulfill other requirements, it may be substituted by • Students must score at least B– on each course and elective course(s) from the list below with the approval of maintain at least a B average (3.0 minimal GPA). the student's advisory committee. • M.D./Ph.D. students will not be required to take The remainder of the Minor will be selected from the G715-717 but will be expected to perform lab following courses: rotations (G718) during summer breaks from medical school classes. They will take B848 and at least one G655 Research Communication Seminar (1 cr.) more of the 2-credit Biochemistry “core” courses G855 Experimental Design and Research Biostatistics (1 (G805, 807, 817, 848, 852, 825) along with other cr.) courses required of Biochemistry and Molecular G715 Biomedical Science I–Biochemical Biology Ph.D. students (G505, G655, G855, B803 Basis of Biological Processes (3 cr.) and B890) plus 2 credits from other department G716 Biomedical Science II–Molecular Biology and offerings. In the case of combined M.D./Ph.D. Genetics (3 cr.) students, the committee may approve substitution of G717 Biomedical Science III–Cellular Basis of appropriate medical school courses for the electives. Systems Biology (3 cr.) The minor representative will be selected from G805 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) outside the student’s major department and must G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function (2 cr.) 452 May 26, 2016

G825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (2 cr.) Graduate Faculty G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and Systems (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Biology (2 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling gone awry (2 doctoral dissertations.) cr.) F782 Physiology and Pathology of Lipid Rafts (1 cr.) Primary Biochemistry Faculty G640 Epithelial Cell Biology (1 cr.) Zhong-Yin Zhang*, Robert A. Harris Chair of Biochemistry G703 Physiology of the Coronary Circulation (1 cr.) and Molecular Biology G704 Physiological Proteomics (1 cr.) G706 Designer Mice (1 cr.) Distinguished Professor G707 Physiology of Smooth Muscle (1 cr.) Howard Edenberg*, Peter J. Roach* G708 Cardiac and Coronary Physiology of Exercise (1 cr.) G712 In Vivo Microcirculatory Physiology (1 cr.) Chancellor’s Professors G713 Angiogenesis (1 cr.) G736 Endocrine and Gastrointestinal Function in Health Howard Edenberg*, Thomas D. Hurley*, Peter Roach* and Disease (1 cr.) Professors G761 Molecular and Cellular Physiology of Ion Channels Keith Dunker*, Mark G. Goebl*, Maureen A. Harrington*, Q580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) Millie M. Georgiadis*, Lawrence A. Quilliam*, Suk-Hee Q612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics (3 cr.) Lee*, Ronald C. Wek*, Zhong-Yin Zhang* Q620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.) Q630 Population Genetics (3 cr.) Associate Professors G725 Gene Transfer Approaches to Clinical and Basic Samy Meroueh*, Yuro Takagi*, Mu Wang*, Clark Wells*, Research (Gene Therapy) (1 cr.) Qi-Zhuang Ye* G727 Animal Models of Human Disease (1 cr.) J807 Current Topics in Immunity (2 cr.) Assistant Professors J829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms (2 cr.) Charlie (Xiaocheng) Dong*, Quyen Hoang*, Andy G720 Stem Cell Biology (2 cr.) Hudmon*, Hyun-Suk Lim*, Amber Mosley* G728 Fundamentals of Infection and Pathogenesis (1 cr.) Primary Emeritus Faculty G729 Immunology I: Introduction to the Immune System (1 cr.) William Bosron*, Anna A. DePaoli-roach*, David M. G747 Principle of Pharmacology (1 cr.) Gibson*, Jean Hamilton-Steinrauf*, Robert Harris*, Edwin G748 Principles of Toxicology 1 (1 cr.) Harper* G748 Principles of Toxicology 2 (1 cr.) Associate Research Professor G748 Principles of Toxicology 3 (1 cr.) G745 Fundamentals of Intracellular Signal Transduction (2 Alexander Skurat, Xiaoling Xuei cr.) G751 Advanced Concepts in Cytosolic and Nuclear Signal Assistant Research Professors Transduction (2 cr.) Lan Chen, Yuanshu Dong, Joyce Hurley, May Khanna, The Minor program must be approved by the student's David Liu, Jeanette Mcclintick, Hongming Zhou Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration Secondary Biochemistry Faculty the student's total didactic experience. In the case of Professors combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may approve substitution of appropriate medical school Simon Atkinson* (Biology), Martin Bard* (Biology), courses. The minor representative on this Committee will Wade Clapp (Pediatrics), Simon Conway*, David Crabb* be selected from outside the student's major department (Medicine), Rose Fife* (Medicine), Anthony Firulli* and must be a member of the Diabetes and Obesity (Pediatrics), Larry Jones* (Cardiology), Rueben Kapur* Training Program. (Pediatrics), Mark Kelley* (Pediatrics), Michael W. King* (IUSM—Terre Haute), Murray Korc (Medicine), More information is available on the Diabetes and Obesity Lawrence Lumeng* (Medicine), William McBride Jr.* Research Training Program at the Center for Diabetes (Psychiatry), Harikrishna Nakshatri* (Surgery), Irina Research website: http://biochemistry.iu.edu/resources/ Petrache (Pulmonary), Simon Rhodes* (Biology), G. David center-for-diabetes-research/diabetes-and-obesity- Roodman* (Medicine), Weinian Shou* (Pediatrics), David research-training-program/ Skalnik* (Biology), Debbie Thurmond* (Pediatrics), John Faculty Turchi* (Hematology/Oncology), Claire Walczak* (IUSM- Bloomington), Theodore Widlanski* (IUSM-Bloomington), Chairman David Wilkes* (Pulmonary Medicine), Frank Witzmann* (Physiology), Yan Xu (OB-GYN), Mervin Yoder Jr.* Professor Zhong-Yin Zhang*, Robert A. Harris Chair of (Pediatrics), Yaoqi Zhou* (Informatics) Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Associate Professors Graduate Advisor David Daleke* (IUSM—Bloomington), Kenneth W. Dunn* Professor Mark Goebl* (Nephrology), Joseph Dynlacht* (Radiation Oncology), Jeffrey S. Elmendorf (Physiology), Dipika Gupta (IUSM - Gary), David Ingram* (Pediatrics), Lang Li* (Medical and May 26, 2016 453

Molecular Genetics), Suthat Liangpunsakul (Medicine), BIOC-B 809 Advanced Organic Chemistry (1-3 cr.) Daniela Matei* (OB-GYN), Ed McKee* (IUSM-South P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; two semesters Bend), Raghavendra Mirmira (Pediatrics), Nuria Morral* of physical chemistry; B807 or consent of instructor. (Medical and Molecular Genetics), Julie Peller (IUSM- Tutorial instruction in organic chemistry, as applied to Northwest), Irina Petrache (Pulmonary Medicine), Beth biochemistry. Pflug (Medicine), Mary Prorok (IUSM-South Bend), Stephen Randall* (Biology), Kent Redman (IUSM-Fort BIOC-B 810 Cellular Biochemistry and Regulation Wayne), C. Max Schmidt* (Surgery), Robert Stahelin (3 cr.) P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one (IUSM-South Bend), James P. Walsh* (Medicine), Xin semester of biochemistry. Mechanisms of signal Zhang* ( Medical and Molecular Genetics) transduction and the control of cellular function by hormones, growth factors, and other extracellular Assistant Professors regulators. Timothy Corson (Ophthalmology), Karen Cowden Dahl* BIOC-B 811 Advanced Intermediary Metabolism (IUSM-South Bend), Carmella Evans-Molina* (Pediatrics), (1-3 cr.) P: B810. Tutorial instruction in specialized areas Peter Hollenhorst* (IUSM-Bloomington), Rajesh Khanna* of metabolism. (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Yan Liu* (Pediatrics), Tao Lu* (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Lindsey Mayo BIOC-B 814 Advanced Enzymology (1-3 cr.) P: B807 or (Pediatrics), Jennifer Prosperi (IUSM-South Bend), G. B810. Tutorial instruction in enzyme isolation and kinetics. Seetharamaiah (IUSM—Evansville), Tracy Vargo-Gogola BIOC-B 821 Scientific Writing and Communication (IUSM-South Bend) in Biotechnology (1 cr.) P: B807 or B810. Discussion Associate Research Professor and individual instruction in the preparation of a research proposal and thesis in the biotechnology track of the M.S. Mark Wagner (Nephrology) in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Assistant Scientist BIOC-B 822 Research in Biotechnology (1-5 cr.) Research for biotechnology track in M.S. thesis. Dan Spandau (Dermatology) BIOC-B 835 Neurochemistry (3 cr.) P: Two semesters Associate Emeritus Faculty of organic chemistry; one semester of biochemistry, or Walter Balcavage* (IUSM—Terre Haute), Shao-Ling consent of instructor. Metabolism of nervous system Fong* (Ophthalmology), T-K Li* (Medicine) tissue. Neurochemical techniques. Courses BIOC-B 836 Advanced Topics in Neurochemistry (2 cr.) P: B835 or equivalent. Selected topics in BIOC-B 500 Introductory Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: C341 neurochemistry dealing with specialized functions of the or equivalent. Structures of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nervous system. and nucleic acids. Basic principles of enzyme catalysis, protein synthesis, intermediary metabolism, and nutrition. BIOC-B 842 Instrumentation and Methods of Analysis II (3 cr.) P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one BIOC-B 800 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: One semester of biochemistry. semester of organic chemistry. Structure and function of biological molecules, regulation of cellular processes by BIOC-B 854 Introduction to Research (1 cr.) P: Two nutrients and hormones, biochemical and molecular basis semesters of organic chemistry; two semesters of of disease. physical chemistry, one semester of biochemistry, or consent of instructors. Tutorial and laboratory instruction BIOC-B 803 Advanced Biochemistry (arr-3 cr.) Tutorial in biochemistry. Purpose is to introduce students in instruction in biochemistry. biochemistry to three different research programs. BIOC-B 805 Diabetes and Obesity (3 cr.) P: One BIOC-B 855 Research (arr cr.) semester of biochemistry. Biochemistry, cell biology, molecular biology, genetics, immunology, and BIOC-B 868 Advanced Molecular Biology (1-3 cr.) pathophysiology of diabetes and obesity. Topics P: G865 or equivalent. Tutorial instruction in specialized include metabolic regulation, signal transduction, insulin area of molecular biology. resistance, insulin production, beta-cell function, animal BIOC-B 890 Seminar (1 cr.) models, complications, nutrition, prevention, and therapy. BIOC-G 749 Introduction to Structural Biology BIOC-B 807 Protein Structure and Function (3 cr.) (1 cr.) An introduction to structural biology including P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one semester of the fundamentals of macromolecular structure and biochemistry. Physical forces stabilizing protein structure; interactions, methods used to determine three- protein folding. Essential features of macromolecular dimensional structures, the relationship between protein interactions. Introduction to enzyme kinetics and chemical sequence and structure, and prediction and analysis of mechanism in enzyme reactions. macromolecular structure. BIOC-B 808 Physical Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: Two BIOC-G 804 Cellular and Molecular Biology (3 cr.) semesters of physical chemistry; two semesters of P: One semester of organic chemistry. Cellular and calculus; one semester of biochemistry. Thermodynamics molecular biology that emphasizes the structural and biophysical chemistry of protein, enzymes, nucleic organization, biochemistry, and molecular biology of acids, and membranes. 454 May 26, 2016 cells. Includes cellular processes, development, and problems. (Joint program: biochemistry, medical genetics, differentiation and their relationship to medicine. microbiology.) BIOC-G 805 Diabetes and Obesity (2 cr.) P: One BIOC-G 890 Methods in Molecular Biology and semester of biochemistry. Biochemistry, cell biology, Pathology (3 cr.) P: G865 and/or J838, and consent of molecular biology, genetics, immunology, and instructor. Basic principles and techniques in molecular pathophysiology of diabetes and obesity. Topics biology and pathology. Particular emphasis will be on include metabolic regulation, signal transduction, insulin molecular techniques that can be used to study problems resistance, insulin production, beta-cell function, animal related to biochemistry and pathology. models, complications, nutrition, prevention, and therapy. BIOC-G 910 Advanced Molecular Biology Methods BIOC-G 807 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) (3 cr.) P: G865 and/or G890 and consent of instructor. Fundamentals of structural and chemical biology focused Advanced theory and techniques in molecular biology. on state-of-the-art approaches to inhibitor discovery, The focus of the course will be on techniques related to use of inhibitors in elucidating biological function, and manipulation of cloned DNA to study their expression, computational and structural approaches to rational structure, and function. inhibitor design. Biomolecular Imaging and BIOC-G 817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function (2 cr.) Organization and function of subcellular Biophysics structures. Intracellular coordination of cell activities, School of Medicine including protein and RNA processing/trafficking/quality Departmental E-mail: [email protected] control, chromatin dynamics, and cell division. Departmental URL: http://www.iupui.edu/degrees/122/ BIOC-G 823 Methods in Cell Biology (3 cr.) P: B500 medical-biophysics-and-biomolecular-imaging/ or equivalent. Discussion and laboratory instruction in modern methods for cell culture, microscopy, flow (Please note that when conferring University Graduate cytometry, and the use of cell culture to study cellular School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The metabolism. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School BIOC-G 825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology Bulletin.) (2 cr.) The course will highlight selected topics adjusted each year to reflect the most current advancements in Curriculum molecular biology and will include lectures and paper Degrees Offered -- Currently this program is not discussions on: chromatin structure and regulation; accepting applicants. transcriptional control; RNA structure and processing; Master of Science in Medical Biophysics and Doctor of RNAi and miRNA; RNA decay; translational control and its Philosophy integration in gene expression. Program Information BIOC-G 828 Concepts in Biotechnology (3 cr.) P: B500 The interdisciplinary program offers graduate research or equivalent. Case studies exploring topics on the cutting training that leads to the Ph.D. in Biomolecular Imaging edge of biotechnology and tutorials in biotechnology and Biophysics and is designed to train talented students calculations. in the use of imaging techniques to study biological BIOC-G 841 Methods of Proteomics (3 cr.) P: B500 processes from the molecular to the cellular level. Core or equivalent. Discussion and laboratory instruction in courses in the fundamentals of biomedical science modern methods for protein purification, analysis of purity, are complemented by courses teaching specialized peptide mapping, and amino acid sequencing. knowledge in the physical basis of cell and molecular imaging. The interdisciplinary nature of the program allows BIOC-G 848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics, students to choose from faculty research mentors in a and Systems Biology (2 cr.) Biology has been variety of departments in the School of Medicine and transformed by various high-throughput technologies other schools on the Indianapolis campus who have (genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, etc.), which in turn a wide range of expertise in biomedical and physical have led to a large number of massive databases and science. Detailed descriptions of faculty research interests software analysis packages. This course focuses on the are available. “omics” technologies, on the resulting databases, and on the computational tools used to analyze the data. Special Program Requirements BIOC-G 852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling (See also general University Graduate School Gone Awry (2 cr.) Fundamentals of cancer biology; the requirements.) signaling of events that regulate cell growth, survival, and Admission Requirements differentiation; how mutation/dysregulation of signaling molecules leads to cancer and might be exploited for Bachelor’s degree in biochemistry, biology, biophysics, treatment. chemistry, mathematics, physics, or an equivalent major- with a e.0 undergraduate GPA or higher. Graduate Record BIOC-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology (3 cr.) Examination scores on both the General Test and a P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of molecular structure, Subject Test are required as a part of the application. function, and biosynthesis; core information regarding prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene continuity and metabolic Master of Science Degree coordination; introduction to multicellular systems and Course Requirements May 26, 2016 455

At least 30 credit hours, of which 20 credit hours must Relevant Courses be in biophysics, including 7 credit hours in research; remaining credit hours in related courses. General Courses * indicates courses required for all IBMG students Thesis MED-G 715 Biomedical Sci I-Biochem Basis of Required Biologial Processes (3 cr.) * Final Examination MED-G 716 Biomedical Sci II-Molecular Biology and Genetics (3 cr.) * Comprehensive oral examination. MED-G 717 Biomedical Sci III-Cellular Basis of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Systems Biology (3 cr.) * Course Requirements MED-G 718 Research Rotations (3 x 2 cr = 6 cr) (3 cr.) * A total of 90 credit hours, with a minimum of 36 credit hours in course work (including those for the IBMG core). MED-G 655 Research Communications Seminar (1 cr.) Required core courses include G733 Introduction to * Biological Microscopy, G734 Theory and Principles of Optical Microscopy, G613 Image Processing for Biological MED-G 505 Respnsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) * and Biomedical Applications, and G614 Methods in MED-G 855 Experimental Design and Biostatistics Biological Optical Microscopy. Additional elective courses (1 cr.) * are determined by the advisory committee in discussion with the student and selected from a list compiled by the MED-G 733 Introduction to Biological Microscopy faculty. (See list of courses below.) (2 cr.) Minor MED-G 719 Survey of Radiologic Imaging Modalities (1 cr.) A minimum of 12 credit hours in course work in a departmental minor or an interdepartmental minor in MED-G 722 Fundamentals of X-Ray and PET Imaging physical science or in cellular and molecular biology. (1 cr.) Qualifying Examination MED-G 723 Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (1 cr.) Written and oral. MED-G 613 Image Processing for Biologoca; amd Research Proposal Bop,edoca; A[[;ocatopms (3 cr.) A dissertation research proposal is required. MED-X XXX First Year Spring Elective (1 cr.) Final Examination MED-A 611 Seminar in Biomolecular Imaging (1-2 cr.) Oral defense of the dissertation. Relevant Courses Other Provisions MED-G 742 Advanced Topics in Neuro MRI (2 cr.) Three research rotations, each a brief project in a MED-G 740 Advanced Topics in MRI (2 cr.) preceptor’s laboratory, before an advisor is chosen. MED-G 739 Advanced Topics in PET (2 cr.) Presentation of three seminars during graduate study. MED-G 738 Advanced Topics in CT (2 cr.) Faculty MED-G 734 Theory and Principles of Optical Graduate Faculty Microscopy (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct MED-G 730 Quantitative Modeling for Functional and doctoral dissertations.) Molecular Imaging (2 cr.) Professors MED-G 614 Methods in Biological Microscopy (3 cr.) Simon Atkinson*, Richard Day, Millie Georgiadis*, Thomas Relevant Courses in the Purdue School of Science at Hurley*, Marvin Kemple*, Eric Long*, Christoph Naumann, Indianapolis Grant Nicol*, Fredrick Pavalko*, Hiroki Yokota Curriculum Associate Professors Courses Ken Dunn*, Jeffrey Elmendorf, Barry Muhoberac*, John Faculty Schild, Stephen Wassall* • BIOL 569 Cellular Neurobiology (2 cr.) Graduate Advisor • BIOL 570 Biological Membranes (3 cr.) • BIOL 641 Microbial Genetics (2 cr.) Professor Richard Day, Department of Cellular and Integrative Physiology, Van Nuys Medical Sciences • CHEM 575 Intermediate Physical Chemistry (3 cr.) Building, Room MS 333, (317) 274-2166 • CHEM 636 Biochemical Mechanisms (3 cr.) • CHEM 657 Reaction Mechanisms (3 cr.) Courses • CHEM 672 Quantum Chemistry (3 cr.) 456 May 26, 2016

• CHEM 675 Chemical Kinetics (3 cr.) univariate and multivariate calculus (equivalent to • CHEM 682 Statistical Thermodynamics (3 cr.) MATH 16500, 16600, and 26100 at I.U.P.U.I.) and a • CHEM 696 Special Topics in Chemistry (1-3 cr.) course in linear algebra (including matrix theory). In • MATH 526 Principles of Mathematical Modeling (3 addition, applicants should have had a calculus-based cr.) undergraduate level course in probability or statistics. • MATH 532 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) Prospective applicants who do not have this background must acquire it prior to admission to the program. • PHYS 550 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3 cr.) Students seeking admission must apply online through • PHYS 556 Introductory Nuclear Physics (3 cr.) the Schools of Public Health Application System, • PHYS 600 Methods of Theoretical Physics (3 cr.) www.sophas.org. Applicants must submit three letters • PHYS 630 Advanced Theory of Electricity and of recommendation, official transcripts from all under- Magnetism (3 cr.) graduate and graduate institutions attended, World • PHYS 660 Quantum Mechanics I (3 cr.) Education Services (WES) ICAP course-by-course evaluation for all post-secondary foreign institutions attended, personal statement, resume or CV, and scores Biostatistics from the Graduate Record Examination (G.R.E.) general Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health, test. The T.O.E.F.L. is also required if the applicant’s Indianapolis, and Purdue School of Science native language is not English. Contact Information Course Requirements Department of Biostatistics, HITS 3000, I.U.P.U.I., or A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the degree. Department of Mathematical Sciences, LD 270, I.U.P.U.I., The 90 credit hours will consist of the following: or IU Fairbanks School of Public Health, ES 250, I.U.P.U.I. Core Courses (33 hours): A common core of 33 credit Program E-mail: [email protected] hours of course work will be required of all students who Program URL: http://biostatgradprograms.iupui.edu begin the program after the completion of a bachelor’s degree. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • STAT 51200 Applied Regression Analysis University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • BIOS S515 Biostatistics Practicum contained only in The University Graduate School • STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability + Bulletin.) • STAT 52500 Intermediate Statistical Methods + • BIOS S527 Introduction to Clinical Trials Curriculum • STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I + Degree Offered • STAT 53600 Introduction to Survival Analysis + Doctor of Philosophy • BIOS S546 Applied Longitudinal Data Analysis + Special Departmental Requirements Any three of the following: (See also general University Graduate School • STAT 61900 Probability Theory requirements.) • BIOS S621 Advanced Statistical Computing Other Degree Offerings • STAT 62800 Advanced Statistical Inference • BIOS S636 Advanced Survival Analysis Master of Public Health, Biostatistics Concentration and Master of Science in Biostatistics granted by the I.U. • BIOS S646 Advanced Generalized Linear Models Fairbanks School of Public Health, Indianapolis, see http:// (+ indicates the program’s core courses) www.pbhealth.iupui.edu Elective Courses (12 hours): All students must take 12 Admission Requirements credit hours of elective statistics/biostatistics courses. The application deadline for the program is December At least six credit hours of the electives must be taken 15 for matriculation the following fall. The program is from 600-level courses. The remaining 45 credit hours designed for individuals with strong quantitative and will be taken as additional coursework in a minor area (12 analytical skills and a strong interest in biological, medical credits), further elective courses, independent studies, and and/or health related sciences. directed dissertation research. Any applicant who has a suitable Bachelor’s or a Master's Minor Area (12 hours): In addition to the 45 credit hours degree from an accredited institution and shows promise of formal statistics/biostatistics coursework, all students for successfully completing all the degree requirements must complete a minor in an area related to any of the will be considered for admission to this program. In health and life sciences disciplines. The minor may be addition to satisfying general Indiana University Graduate obtained in areas such as pharmacology and toxicology, School requirements for admission, applicants must epidemiology, genetics, biology, physiology bioinformatics, have at least a B (3.00 GPA) average in courses taken public health and health economics, among many during the last two years of their earlier degree studies, others and must be approved by the student’s advisor or and a grade of B+ (3.50 GPA) in courses required as graduate committee. The minor must contain a minimum prerequisites for the program. Students entering this of four graduate level courses (12 cr.) in the chosen area program should have a minimal mathematics background consisting of an undergraduate course sequence in May 26, 2016 457 and it must comply with the minor requirements of the understanding of the other section. The student must sit respective department/unit. for the section not passed at a future examination session. Dissertation (27 to 33 hours): The remaining hours to Fail: The student has failed to demonstrate an adequate total 90 will be guided research dissertation hours. After understanding of the material from the core courses and passing the oral part of the qualifying examination, the thus fails the examination. The student must sit for both student may officially begin work on the dissertation, which sections at a future examination session. will be original and publishable statistical/biostatistical research originating from and with application to well- A student’s second and final attempt at the written defined life and health related problems. The student must qualifying examination will result in one of the following submit the completed written dissertation to the research two outcomes: committee for reading and evaluation and subsequently Pass: The student has demonstrated fundamental under- will have to present and defend it orally in a public forum standing of the core material and the examination com- before the committee. mittee believes he/she will be successful in continuing the Program Requirements Ph.D. program. Qualifying Examinations - written part (required): Fail: The student has failed to demonstrate an adequate Students must pass an initial qualifying examination understanding of the material from the core courses and on the five core courses: STAT 51900, 52500, 52800, thus fails the examination, with privilege to continue in the 53600, and BIOS S546. The qualifying examination is a program terminated. written examination offered once a year during a two-day Students who failed any part of the written qualifying Qualifier Exam Session the week before classes start in examinations will be availed within one month of the August and is administered in two sections – Theoretical announced results, the opportunity to review their graded Biostatistics and Applied Biostatistics. The preparation examinations and appeal their grades if they choose and the administration of the qualifying examination to do so. The program Directors will not accept for are overseen by the Graduate Examination Committee. consideration any appeal beyond this one month period. Students are expected to have completed and passed both sections of the qualifying examination on or before Qualifying examinations - oral part (required): A their qualifier deadline. student becomes eligible to take the oral part of the qualifying examinations after successfully passing Deadline for full-time students: the written qualifying examination. This examination The deadline for passing the aritten part of the qualifying consists of a presentation on an advanced research examination for full-time students who enter the program topic suggested by the student to the student’s advisory with a master’s degree or equivalent is August at the end committee, which administers this examination. In of their second year. The deadline for full-time students preparation to this examination, the student must provide who enter the program without a master’s degree is the committee with a paper (10 – 15 pages) outlining the August at the end of their third year. advanced topic to be covered, clearly indicating the scope Deadline for part-time students: and depth of the planned research along with relevant The deadline for passing the qualifying examinations for references. In the examination, the student is expected to part-time students who enter the program with a master’s display an in-depth understanding of the chosen subject degree or equivalent is August at the end of their third matter. The committee may ask the student questions year; the deadline for part-time students who enter the which normally will be directed to the subject matter of program without a master’s degree is August at the end of the research but may, by natural extension, also cover their fourth year. any other relevant topic including the minor subject. The oral qualifying examinations will normally be completed If students do not pass both sections of the examination at the end of all required course work, including the minor by their qualifier deadline, they will have their privilege to area, before the student embarks on the dissertation. The continue in the program terminated. student must pass this examination before passing on to candidacy. A student will have at most two attempts to pass the examination. The first attempt must include the entire Admission to Candidacy: Following the passing of examination, i.e. both the Theoretical and Applied the qualifying examinations and the completion of all sections. If one or both sections are not passed on the first required coursework, the student’s advisory committee will attempt, then a second attempt on or before the deadline nominate the student to candidacy. Upon approval of the is allowed. During the final attempt, the student may only Dean of the University Graduate School, the student will sit for the section(s) not passed in the first attempt. be admitted to candidacy. A student’s first attempt at the qualifying examination will Final Examination: Oral Examination, primarily a defense result in one of the following three outcomes: of the dissertation in a public forum. Pass Both Sections: The student has demonstrated Normal Progress and Termination: Students must fundamental understanding of the core material and the maintain satisfactory progress towards their degree examination committee believes he/she will be successful objective to ensure their continued good standing in the in completing the Ph.D. program. program and financial support. The minimum criteria for satisfactory progress are a GPA of 3.00 or above, Pass One Section: The student has demonstrated funda- satisfactory research progress, and completion of mental understanding of one section, but lacks adequate other degree requirements (written and oral qualifying examinations, minor area requirements, candidacy 458 May 26, 2016 requirements). If at any time the GPA drops below 3.0, the research ethics, design of experiments, collection of student will be placed on academic probation. Financial data and applications of biostatistical methods. Detailed support may be rescinded if the GPA is not increased to written and oral reports required. May be repeated, up to 6 3.0 in a reasonable time period. Further, if the student’s credits. GPA in two consecutive semesters is below 3.0 the student’s standing in the Biostatistics PhD program will be BIOS-S 527 Introduction to Clinical Trials (3 cr.) terminated. P: STAT 51200, exposure to survival analysis; or consent of instructor. Prepares biostatisticians for support of In addition, credit towards the doctoral degree will not clinical trial projects. Topics: fundamental aspects of the be given for any course in which the student obtains a appropriate design and conduct of medical experiments grade of “B-” or below. This includes students’ work on involving human subjects including ethics, design, sample their research. If, in the opinion of the research committee, size calculation, randomization, monitoring, data collection satisfactory research progress is not being made, a analysis and reporting of the results. meeting of the student's research committee may be convened. This meeting will include a brief presentation BIOS-S 546 Applied Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) by the student on the work accomplished up to that point, P: STAT 51200, 52500; or permission of instructor. and/or a discussion concerning the problems which have Covers modern methods for the analysis of repeated hampered progress. If the consensus of the committee measures, correlated outcomes and longitudinal data. is that the student needs to show improvement, he/she Topics: repeated measures ANOVA, random effects and will have 60 days to demonstrate a change in research growth curve models, generalized estimating equations performance. At the end of this time, financial support may (GEE) and generalized linear mixed models (GLMMs). be discontinued, if applicable. Extensive use of statistical software, e.g. SAS, R. Doctoral Minor in Biostatistics BIOS-S 587 Nonlinear Mixed Models (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate statistics course and familiarity This is a 12-credit hour minor in Biostatistics offered by the with statistical inference. This course will develop the program which provides students in other Ph.D. programs student’s ability to understand the pharmacokinetic/ with a rigorous grounding in the application of biostatistics pharmacodynamic model, fit the nonlinear mixed model in health-related research. This minor requires a strong through the required software package, conduct the quantitative aptitude and an interest in biomedical and diagnosis of model fitting, perform the hypothesis tests, public health application. Students who have already and provide the interpretation of the data. completed any of the required courses as part of their previous degrees or curremt Ph.D. requirements cannot STAT 51200 Applied Regression (3 cr.) P: STAT 51100. apply these courses toward their minor in Biostatistics. Inference in simple and multiple linear regression, residual Students must work with their faculty advisor to identify analysis, transformations, polynomial regression, model other courses relevant to the minor in Biostatistics. building with real data, nonlinear regression. One-way and two-way analysis of variance. Use of existing statistical Faculty computing package. Program Directors STAT 51300 Statistical Quality Control (3 cr.) P: STAT Professor Ying Zhang, Professor Ben Boukai* 51100. Control charts and acceptance sampling, standard acceptance plans, continuous sampling plans, Graduate Faculty sequential analysis, statistics of combinations, and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University some nonparametric methods. Use of existing statistical Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct computing packages. doctoral dissertations.) STAT 51400 Design of Experiments (3 cr.) P: STAT Professors 51200. Fundamentals, completely randomized design, randomized complete blocks. Latin squares, multi- Benzion Boukai*, Sujuan Gao*, Siu L. Hui*, Barry P. classification, factorial, nested factorial, incomplete Katz*, Lang Li, Jyotirmoy Sarkar*, Wanzhu Tu, Constantin blocks, fractional replications, confounding, general mixed Yiannoutsos*, Ying Zhang factorial, split-plot and optimum design. Use of existing Associate Professors statistical computing packages. Fang Li*, Xiaochun Li, Patrick O. Monahan, Hanxiang STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability (3 cr.) P: MATH Peng, Susan M. Perkins, Chandan K. Saha, Changyu 26100. Algebra of sets, sample spaces, combinatorial Shen* problems, conditional probability, independence, random variables, distribution functions, characteristic functions, Assistant Professors special discrete and continuous distributions, distributions Jaroslaw Harezlak*, Hai Liu, Ziyue Liu, Fei Tan*, Huiping of function of random variables, limit theorems. Xu, Zhangsheng Yu*, Wei Zhang, Jian Zou STAT 52000 Time Series and Applications (3 cr.) Courses P: STAT 51900. A first course in stationary time series with applications in engineering, economics, and physical 500 Level sciences. Stationary, auto-covariance function and BIOS-S 515 Biostatistical Practicum (1-3 cr.) P: STAT spectrum; integral representation of a stationary time 52100; BIOS S527, S546; or consent of instructor. Real- series and interpretation; linear filtering; transfer function world projects in biostatistics involving participation in models; estimation of spectrum; multivariate time series; consulting sessions, directed reading in the literature, Kalman filtering, Burg’s algorithm. May 26, 2016 459

STAT 52100 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) P: STAT topics such as Gaussian processes, queues and renewal 51200. This course demonstrates how computing can be processes and Poisson processes. Applications to used to understand the performance of core statistical economics, epidemic models, birth and death processes, methods and introduces modern statistical methods that point processes, and reliability problems. require computing in their application. Covers relevant programming fundamentals in at least two programming STAT 53300 Nonparametric Statistics (3 cr.) P: STAT environments (e.g. SAS and R/Splus). 51900 or equivalent. Binomial test for dichotomous data, confidence intervals for proportions, order statistics, one STAT 52200 Sampling and Survey Techniques (3 cr.) sample signed Wilcoxon rank test, two-sample Wilcoxon P: STAT 51200 or STAT 51100. Survey designs, simple test, two-sample rank tests for dispersion, Kruskal-Wallis random, stratified, cluster and systematic sampling; test for one-way layout. Runs test and Kendall test for systems of sampling; methods of estimation, ratio and independence, one and two sample Kolmogorov-Smirnov regression estimates, costs; non-response analysis; tests, nonparametric regression. spatial sampling. STAT 53600 Introduction to Survival Analysis (3 cr.) STAT 52300 Categorical Data Analysis Models (3 cr.) P: STAT 51700. Deals with the modern statistical methods P: STAT 52800 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. for analyzing time-to-event data. Background theory Generating binary and categorical response data, two is provided, but the emphasis is on the applications way classification tables, measures of association and and the interpretations of results. Provides coverage agreement, goodness-of-fit tests, testing independence, of survivorship functions and censoring patterns; large sample properties. General linear models, logistic parametric models and likelihood methods, special life- regression, probit and extreme value models. Log-linear time distributions; nonparametric inference, life-tables, models in two and higher dimensions; maximum likelihood estimation of cumulative hazard functions, the Kaplan- estimation, testing Goodness-of-fit, partitioning Chi- Meier estimator; one and two-sample nonparametric Square, models for ordinal data. Model-building, selection tests for censored data; semiparametric proportional and diagnostics. Other related topics as time permits. hazards regression (Cox Regression), parameters’ Computer applications using SAS. estimation, stratification, model fitting strategies and model interpretations. Heavy use of statistical software such as STAT 52400 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) Splus and SAS. P: STAT 52800 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Extension of univariate tests in normal populations to 600 Level the multivariate case, equality of covariance matrices, BIOS-S 612 Modern Statistical Learning Methods multivariate analysis of variance, discriminate analysis and (3 cr.) P: STAT 52500. This course covers the topics misclassification errors, canonical correlation, principal pertaining to the moden methods of high-dimensional data components, factor analysis. analysis. STAT 52501 Generalized Linear Model (3 cr.) P: STAT BIOS-S 621 Advanced Statistical Computing (3 cr.) 52800 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Generalized P: STAT 52100, experience with R/Splus programming. linear models, likelihood methods for data analysis, This course covers selected computational techniques diagnostic methods for assessing model assumptions. useful in advanced statistical applications and statistical Methods covered include multiple regression, analysis of research, such as methods for solving linear equations, variance for completely randomized designs, binary and numerical optimization, numerical integration, Bayesian categorical response models, and hierarchical log-linear methods, bootstrap methods, and stochastic search models for contingency tables. algorithms. STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) P: STAT BIOS-S 627 Statistics in Pharmaceutical Research 51900. Sufficiency and completeness, the exponential (3 cr.) P: STAT 51200; BIOS S527, S546. An overview family of distributions, theory of point estimation, Cramer- of the drug development process, including the various Rao inequality, Rao-Blackwell Theorem with applications, phases of development from pre-clinical to post- maximum likelihood estimation, asymptotic distributions marketing. Topics: statistical issues in design, study of ML estimators, hypothesis testing, Neyman-Pearson monitoring, analysis and reporting. Additional topics may Lemma, UMP tests, generalized likelihood ratio test, include regulatory and statistical aspects of population asymptotic distribution of the GLR test, sequential pharmacokinetics and real world applications. probability ratio test. BIOS-S 634 Stochastic Modeling in Biomedical and STAT 52900 Bayesian Statistics and Applied Health Sciences (3 cr.) P: STAT 52800. The aim of Decision Theory (3 cr.) P: STAT 52800 or equivalent. this course is to develop those aspects of stochastic Bayesian and decision theoretic formulation of problems; processes that are relevant for modeling important construction of utility functions and quantification of prior problems in health sciences. Among the topics to information; choice of prior; methods of Bayesian decision be covered are: Poisson processes, birth and death and inference,; Bayesian computations; MCMC methods; processes, Markov chains and processes, semi-Markov empirical Bayes; hierarchical models, Bayes factors; processes, modeling by stochastic diffusions. Applications combination of evidence; game theory and minimax rules, will be made to models of prevalence and incidence Bayesian design and sequential analysis. of disease, therapeutic clinical trials, clinical trials for prevention of disease, length biased sampling, models for STAT 53200 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) early detection of disease, cell kinetics and family history P: STAT 51900 or equivalent. A basic course in stochastic problems. models including discrete and continuous time processes, Markov chains and Brownian motion. Introduction to 460 May 26, 2016 BIOS-S 636 Advanced Survival Analysis (3 cr.) Cellular and Integrative Physiology P: STAT 53600, 62800. Addresses the counting process approach to the analysis of censored failure time data. School of Medicine Standard statistical methods in survival analysis will be Departmental E-mail: [email protected] examined, such as the Nelson-Aalen estimator of the Departmental URL: http://physiology.medicine.iu.edu/ cumulative hazard function, the Kaplan-Meier estimator of the survivor function, the weighted logrank statistics, Curriculum the Cox proportional hazards regression model, and the accelerated failure time model. Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy BIOS-S 646 Advanced Generalized Linear Models (3 cr.) P: BIOS S546. The theory of classical and modern Graduate training in the department reflects the approaches to the analysis of clustered data, repeated modern view of physiology as an integrative science, measures, and longitudinal data: random effects and utilizing information obtained from several different growth curve models, generalized estimating equations, levels to gain a better understanding of organ system statistical analysis of multivariate categorical outcomes, functions. State-of-the-art techniques are used to study estimation with missing data. Discussion of computational physiological responses at the molecular, cellular, issues: EM algorithm, quasi-likelihood methods, Bayesian and whole-organ levels. The research interests of the methods for both traditional and new methodologies. faculty span cardiovascular physiology, cell growth and development, respiratory biology, cancer biology, and BIOS-S 688 Theory of Statistical Genetics (3 cr.) signal transduction mechanisms. P: Graduate level statistics courses (such as B527, B546, and B536) and Q730, Methods in Human Genetics. This Special Departmental Requirements course is designed to provide solid training in statistical None (See general University Graduate School theory used in genetic analyses. requirements.) BIOS-S 698 Topics in Biostatistical Methods (1-3 cr.) Admission Requirements P: Consent of instructor. Directed study and reports for students who wish to undertake individual reading and Students should have a background in biology, study on approved topics. chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or Medical College Admission Test BIOS-S 699 Research-Ph.D. Thesis (1---15 cr.) P: Must (MCAT), or Dental Admission Test (DAT) scores are have been admitted to candidacy. See advisor for more required as a part of the application and are used as information. Research required by the graduate students guidelines for admission together with GPA and letters of for the sole purpose of writing a Ph.D. Dissertation. recommendation. STAT 61900 Probability Theory (3 cr.) P: STAT Master of Science Degree 51900, 52800. Theory Measure theory based course Course Requirements in probability. Topics include Lebesgue measure, measurable functions and integration. Radon-Nikodym This curriculum is designed for students with a goal of Theorem, product measures and Fubini’s Theorem, entering earning a professional degree in medically related measures on infinite product spaces, basic concepts fields including allopathic medicine (M.D.), osteopathic of probability theory, conditional probability and medicine (D.O.), dental, or physician assistant programs. expectation, regular conditional probability, strong In addition although desiring an advanced degree in the law of large numbers, martingale theory, martingale field of physiology are also encouraged. A total of 30 credit convergence theorems, uniform integrability, optional hours is required; two degree options are offered, non- sampling theorems, Kolmogorov’s Three series Theorem, research and research. weak convergence of distribution functions, method of characteristic functions, the fundamental weak The non-research option consists of 30 credit hours of compactness theorems, convergence to a normal didactic course work. Required courses include: B500 distribution, Lindeberg’s Theorem, infinitely divisible Biochemistry (3 cr.), F503 Basic Human Physiology (5 distributions and their subclasses. cr.), B651 Introduction to Biostatistics (3 cr.), F702 Seminar in Physiology (2 cr. ) and electives to complete STAT 62800 Advanced Statistical Inference (3 cr.) 30 credits. P: STAT 51900, 52800, C: STAT 61900. Real analysis for inference, statistics and subfields, conditional expectations The research option consists of 26 credit hours of didac- and probability distributions, UMP tests with applications tic course work and 4 credit hours of research. Required to normal distributions and confidence sets, invariance, courses include: B500 Biochemistry (3 cr.), F503 asymptotic theory of estimation and likelihood based Basic Human Physiology (5 cr.), B651 Introduction to inference, U-statistics, Edgeworth expansions, saddle Biostatistics (3 cr.), F702 Seminar in Physiology (2 cr.), point method. F701 (4 cr.) and electives to complete 30 credits. Course is still subject to approval by The University Graduate School. Thesis Optional STAT 69500 Seminar in Mathematical Statistics (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of advisor. Individual study that meets Final Examination 3 times per week for 50 minutes per meeting for 16 weeks. May 26, 2016 461

Oral defense is required with M.S. thesis option. Research G505 Research Ethics (1-2 cr.), G855 or PBHL-B561 option requires a written report, preferably in the form of a Biostatistics (1-3 cr.), and G582 Cancer Signaling Gone manuscript to be submitted for publication. Awry (2 cr.). Doctor of Philosophy Degree The remainder of the minor will be selected from the Course Requirements following courses: A total of 90 credit hours, including 30 credit hours of • G720 Stem Cell Biology; formal course work, (of which 12 are in the minor field). • G724 Molecular Cancer Genetics, Required courses include: G717 (3 cr.), G735 (1 cr.), • G726 Developmental Genetics; G736 (1 cr.), G718 (6 cr.), F702 (1 cr.), G855 (1 cr.), G655 • G729 Immunology I-Introduction to the Immune (1 cr.), G505 (1 cr.). Three credits of Physiology electives System; complete the 18 credit hours of course work for the major. • G737/ANAT-D851 Introduction to Histology; Minor • G748 Principles of Toxicology 1; Comprised of 12 credit hours in one of the following • G751 Advances in Cytoplasmic and Nuclear fields: anatomy, biochemistry, cardiovascular sciences, Signaling, microbiology and immunology, pharmacology, medical • G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and genetics, neurobiology, life sciences, aging diabetes, Systems Biology; imaging, bioinformatics, or cancer biology. • G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function; Qualifying Examination • G749 Introduction to Structural Biology Written and oral. • G807 Structural and Chemical Biology; • G837 Mammalian DNA Repair and Disease; Final Examination • G727 Animal Models of Human Disease; Oral defense of dissertation. • J807 Current Topics in Immunology; Other Provision • J829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms; and Participation in Preparing Future Faculty (PFF) program or • J842 Neoplastic Determinants. departmental teaching is required. The minor program must be approved by the student's Ph.D. Minor in Cellular and Integrative Physiology Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration Students outside the department desiring to obtain a the student's total didactic experience. In the case of doctoral minor in physiology must complete a minimum of combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may 12 credit hours in physiology courses other than research approve substitution of appropriate medical school (F701) and seminar (F702). courses. The minor representative on this Committee will be selected from outsude the student's major department Ph.D. Minor in Cardiovascular Sciences and must be a member of the Cancer Biology Training The objective of the Cardiovascular Sciences minor is Program. to provide students with a comprehensive background and understanding of integrative cardiac, vascular, renal Faculty and pulmonary (patho)biology. This objective will be accomplished by providing students with a wide variety Chairperson of options to advance their education in the area with Professor Michael Sturek, Medical Science Building 385, advanced didactic coursework as well as student driven (317) 274-7772, [email protected] journal clubs. Graduate Faculty Course Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University A minimum of 12 credit hours outside the student’s Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct major department; that would include requirements: doctoral dissertations.) G735 (2 cr.); G830 (3 cr.); G831 (2 cr.). The remaining Professors courses to reach 12 credit hours are to be approved by student’s advisory committee. The advisory committee H. Glenn Bohlen* (Emeritus), Richard Day, Patricia may approve additional and/or substitution of appropriate J. Gallagher*, Susan J. Gunst*, Brian Paul Herring*, courses to complete the degree requirements. The minor Chiu Shuen Hui* (Emeritus), Stephen A. Kempson, representative on this Committee will be selected from Sidney Ochs* (Emeritus), Fredrick M. Pavalko*, Rodney outside the student’s major department. Rhoades* (Emeritus),Carl Rothe* (Emeritus), Michael S. Sturek, George A. Tanner* (Emeritus), Frank A. For more information see: http:// Witzmann* physiology.medicine.iu.edu/graduate-programs/phd-minor- in-cardio/ Associate Professors Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology David P. Basile, Mathias Clauss, Jeffrey S. Elmendorf, C. Subah Packer*, Jonathan D. Tune The following required courses must be taken to fulfill the requirements for the Minor in Cancer Biology- G715 Assistant Professors Biomedical Science I (3 cr.), G716 Biomedical Science Alexander Obukhov, Cheikh Seye II (3 cr.), G717 Biomedical Science III (3 cr.), G504 or 462 May 26, 2016

Adjunct Professors and pathophysiological modification of membrane function. Ryan Anderson, Robert Bigsby* (Obstetrics), Bonnie Blazer-Yost* (Science), Christopher Burlak* (Surgery), PHSL-F 711 Integrative Physiology: Cells to Systems Naga Chalasani (Medicine), Robert Considine (Medicine), (4 cr.) P: No formal prerequisites; background in basic Stephanie Davis (Pediatrics), Carmella Evens-Molina* biochemistry and cell biology or cell physiology is (Medicine), Loren Field* (Medicine, Pediatrics), Janice recommended. (Currently this course is not offered.) Froehlich* (Medicine), Patrick Fueger* (Pediatrics), Introductory physiology course for graduate students Shekhar Gangaraju (Ophthalmology), Lawrence covering fundamental concepts of cellular and integrative Garetto* (Dentistry), Stacey Halum (Otolaryngology), physiology of tissues and organ systems. Basic physiology Laura Haneline*, (Pediatrics), Maureen Harrington* of the neural, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, respiratory, (Biochemistry), Alon Harris (Ophthalmology), Gary renal, endocrine, and gastrointestinal systems are Hutchins* (Radiology), Jorge Jose (Physics), Ghassan covered. At the end of the course, students should Kassab (Engineering & Technology), Jeffrey Kline have a basic understanding of the physiologic functions (Emergency Medicine), John Kincaid (Medicine), Keith L. of cells, tissues, and organ systems and should March * (Medicine), James Marrs (Biology), Steven Miller understand modern approaches for the measurement and (Surgery), Raghu Mirmira (Pediatrics), Michael Murphy interpretation of physiologic functions. Note: Course not (Surgery), Brian Samuels (Ophthalmology) currently offered. Director of Graduate Studies PHSL-F 725 Muscle Macromolecules and Contraction Associate Professor Johnathan D. Tune, Medical Science (2 cr.) (Currently this course is not offered.) Structure and Building 2063, (317) 274-3433, [email protected] function of various macromolecules involved in muscle contraction. The aspects covered include excitation- Master’s Degree Graduate Advisor contraction coupling, regulation of myoplasmic free Associate Professor Jeffrey Elmendorf, Medical Science calcium level, the contractile machinery, and force Building 2063, (317) 274-7852, [email protected] generation. Comparison in skeletal, cardiac, and smooth muscles. Lectures and guided discussion of papers. Courses PHSL-F 780 Special Topics in Physiology (arr cr.) PHSL-F 503 Human Physiology (4 cr.) P: Introductory Tutorial instruction in physiology. biology (K101, K103), and organic chemistry (C341, C342), and physics (P201, P202), or equivalent. PHSL-G 640 Epithelial Cell Biology (1 cr.) P: Graduate Advanced course in human physiology designed cell biology. (Currently this course is not offered.) An for students with no prior exposure to the discipline. integrated approach to epithelial structure/function, Emphasis on basic physiological mechanisms of control and role of subcellular organization in physiology and with regard to membrane, neural, endocrine, reproductive, pathophysiology. Emphasis is on reading original reviews, muscle, cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, research papers, and demonstration of techniques to and multisystems physiology. study epithelia function in cultured cells, tissues, and model organisms such as zebrafish. PHSL-F 613 Medical Physiology (5 cr.) Neurophysiology, physiology of muscular activity, PHSL-G 703 Physiology of the Coronary Circulation respiration, circulation, gastrointestinal physiology, (1 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. Advanced study of the excretion, metabolism, and endocrinology. Emphasis on physiology, pharmacology, and pathophysiology of the basic physiological mechanisms and control systems. coronary circulation using contemporary methods. Overall goal is to provide a rational basis for functional genomics PHSL-F 650 Membrane Biophysics (3 cr.) (Currently this and modern therapy. course is not offered.) Structure and function of special membranes; mitochondria, RBC, nerve, and muscle. PHSL-G 704 Physiological Proteomics (1 cr.) P: Graduate biochemistry. This is a fundamental-based PHSL-F 701 Research in Physiology (arr cr.) course on theory and practice of contemporary proteomics techniques. Graduate students will learn to select and PHSL-F 702 Seminar in Physiology (1 cr.) Literature apply appropriate proteomic technologies in their research reports and group discussion by students and staff. through exposure to protein and analytical, quantitative, PHSL-F 705 Molecular and Cellular Physiology (4 cr.) and informatic approaches to physiologically relevant (Currently this course is not offered.) Emphasis is on the biomedical problems. principles of cellular structure and function that underlie PHSL-G 706 Designer Mice: Transgenes and Knockout the physiological functions of many organ systems. Three Animals (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell and molecular biology. fundamental topics will be discussed: cell structure, An advanced course emphasizing strategies for designing the organization of the cells to form tissues, and cell genetically modified mouse models. physiology. Modern techniques in cellular physiology will be covered through critical analysis of the primary PHSL-G 707 Physiology of Smooth Muscle (1 cr.) research literature. Note: Course not currently offered. P: Graduate-level physiology course. Advanced study of the physiology of the smooth muscle tissues with PHSL-F 710 Physiology of Membranes (2 cr.) focus on the normal physiology and pathophysiology of P: Consent of instructor. (Currently this course is not airway smooth muscle and the airways. Biochemical and offered.) Structure and function of cell membranes. physiologic mechanisms in the regulation of contraction, Kinetics and energetics of membrane transport. growth, and phenotypic expression in smooth muscle Regulation of intracellular ionic concentrations. Hormonal tissues will be explored. May 26, 2016 463

PHSL-G 708 Cardiac and Coronary Physiology of and immune systems and in cytomechanics. Modern Exercise (1 cr.) P: Graduate integrative physiology. approaches to the study of tissue function by analysis of Exercise stimulus, quantification of work, and in vivo cellular regulation will be emphasized. responses and adaptations involved in cellular and molecular mechanisms of myocardial and coronary artery PHSL-G 830 Advanced Cardiovascular Physiology responses and adaptations to exercise. (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology Advanced (3 cr.) study of the physiology, pharmacology, and pathophysiology of PHSL-G 712 In Vivo Microcirculatory Physiology the cardiovascular system using contemporary methods (1 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. (Currently this course is is emphasized. Concepts of cardiovascular structure, not offered.) Fundamental roles of the microcirculation function, hemodynamics, excitation-contraction coupling, are to provide oxygen and nutrients to the living cells, signal transduction and electrohysiology are reinformced. remove wastes, and maintain hydration of the tissues. These functions are best understood from their cellular PHSL-G 831 Concepts and Controversies in and biophysical regulation in the in vivo setting. Cardiovascular Science (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. Reading and in depth discussion of current concepts PHSL-G 713 Angiogenesis (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell and controversies in the field. Classes involve student biology. Advanced study of angiogenesis. Focus will be presentations of relevant manuscripts in journal club like on concepts and mechanisms of angiogenic processes. format. Methods of assessment of sprouting angiogenesis will be introduced including demonstrations and readings. PHSL-F 782 Physiology and Pathophysiology of Lipid Rafts (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell biology. To acquire a PHSL-G 714 Development of the Vascular System core of essential principles about lipid raft structure and (1 cr.) P: F710 and Graduate Cell Biology, or consent comprehensive insight into the functional process of these of instructor. Advanced study of the development of the membrane domains by means of introductory lectures, vascular system. Concepts of vascular development review of current literature, and group discussions with an will be explored with an emphasis on the experimental emphasis on experimental techniques used to examine technique used to unravel organ development. This membrane physiology. course may be taken for credit only once. Clinical Research PHSL-G 735 Cardiovascular, Renal, and Respiratory Function in Health & Disease (2 cr.) P: G715 and School of Medicine G717. This course will advance fundamental elements of Curriculum cardiovascular function including basic hemodynamics, Departmental URL: https://www.indianactsi.org/ cardiac function, respiratory function, ventilator (Please note that when conferring University Graduate mechanics, gas exchange and kidney function, including School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The control of excretion and regulation of body fluid dynamics. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements An emphasis will be placed on integrative function of contained only in The University Graduate School different organ systems. Bulletin.) PHSL-G 736 Endocrine and Gastrointestinal Function Curriculum in Health and Disease (1 cr.) P: G715 and G717. The Courses course emphasizes the use of modern experimental techniques to study mechanisms underlying the Program Director physiological function of the gastrointestinal tract and Professor Kurt Kroenke* endocrine system. Lectures highlight the molecular and cellular basis for diseases of the gastrointestinal and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University endocrine systems and how they impact whole animal Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct function. doctoral dissertations.) PHSL-G 761 Molecular and Cellular Physiology of Degree Offered Ion Channels (1 cr.) P: Graduate cellular physiology. Master of Science, Graduate Certificate Advanced ion transport topics selected from current research on channels, pumps, and exchangers. Topics Special Departmental Requirements include transporter biophysical characteristics, long-term (See also general University Graduate School regulation, and electrophysiological and optical methods requirements.) for study. PHSL-G 762 Renal Physiology (1 cr.) P: Graduate Master of Science in Clinical Research physiology. Reading and discussion of classical papers Indiana University’s Master of Science in Clinical in renal physiology. Laboratory experiences will include Research degree program prepares health care measurement of renal functions using clearance methods professionals for a career in clinical research. This and demonstrations of micropuncture and in vivo program offers a combination of course work and practical techniques. research experience and is a core component of the Indiana Clinical and Translational Sciences Institute PHSL-G 818 Integrative Cell Biology (3 cr.) (Currently (CTSI). The program also constitutes the formal didactic this course is not offered.) This course provides broad requirements for certain types of federal training grants understanding of ways in which cells are organized and (such as K-23s) and other career awards. Following integrated into tissues. Emphasis is on the function of cells completion of the program, graduates can embark on in neural/ neuroendocrine system, cardiopulmonary, renal, a career in clinical research with the skills necessary 464 May 26, 2016 to successfully compete for grant funding, conduct and Course selections (see descriptions above) will be analyze research findings, and publish work in scientific approved by the Minor program director in conjunction journals. with the student’s PhD program advisor. Course Requirements Courses The Master of Science program is divided equally between GRAD-G 504 Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) An introduction two main components: (1) completion of the formal to both the theory and practice of research ethics. The curriculum and (2) active involvement in clinical research course also covers key ethical principles and concepts. under the mentorship of a faculty scientist. Both elements are critical in preparation of the candidate for successful GRAD-G 660 Clinical Research Methods (3 cr.) This research following graduation. The curriculum is designed course provides instruction in the major types of study to cover core competency areas through a combination design (other than clinical trials) used in clinical research, of course work and mentored research. The two-year including cohort, case-control, cross-sectional, survey, and M.S. program consists of a 30 credit hour curriculum, secondary database studies. Also, fundamental themes which includes the following core courses—G504 or P555, and special topics in clinical research are covered. PBHL-B551, or PBHL-B651, G660, G661, G664, and GRAD-G 661 Clinical Trials (3 cr.) This course includes approved electives (9-12 credits). topics in conducting clinical trials, including design, Grades recruitment, informed consent, randomization, blinding, data collection and analysis, safety monitoring, study A grade point average of B (3.0) is required in all closeout, and alternative designs such as crossover and coursework. nonrandomized trials. Some important research areas besides clinical trials are also covered. Thesis GRAD-G 664 Mentored Clinical Research (7-9 cr.) Research project (see GRAD G664 Mentored Clinical This is an organized research project in the form of Research) is completed in lieu of thesis. an organized scientific contribution or comprehensive Graduate Certificate in Clinical Research analysis conducted under the mentorship of a faculty This is a 14 credit degree with three required courses scientist from the individual CITE enrollee’s core (G660 Clinical Research Methods, G504 Research discipline. The capstone experience is submission of an Ethics, or P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International abstract to a scientific meeting, defense of one’s research Research, and G661 Clinical Trials or PBHL-B551 before an advisory committee, and completion of a first- Biostatistics for Public Health, or PBHL-B651: Introduction authored paper deemed suitable for publication in a to Biostatistics I). These three courses will constitute 8-9 scientific journal. credits; the remaining 5-6 credits will consist of graduate- PBHL-B 551 Biostatistics for Public Health I (3 cr.) This level elective courses that are relevant to the student’s course introduces the basic principles and methods of clinical interests. data analysis in public health biostatistics. Electives (4-6 cr.) Electives (approved by program PBHL-B 651 Introduction to Biostatistics I (3 cr.) B651 director) include graduate-level courses in more advanced is an introductory level biostatistics course designed for biostatistics, epidemiology, clinical pharmacology, healthcare professionals. This course will cover the topics genetics, molecular biology, computer sciences, or other on data presentation techniques, describing data with courses relevant to the individual student’s field of clinical numerical summary measures, probability and probability research. distributions, sampling distributions, statistical inferences Ph.D. Minor in Clinical Research from small and large samples, analysis of categorical The 12-credit PhD Minor in Clinical Research is designed data, analysis of variance, correlation and simple linear to be of service to a diverse clientele. It will provide regression analysis. PhD students with an overview of clinical research by PHIL-P 555 Ethical & Policy Iss in Intl Rsch (3 cr.) This introducing them to core clinical research concepts and course examines ethical and policy issues in the design skills, including clinical research methodology, clinical and conduct of transnational research involving human trials, research ethics, and biostatistics. Additionally, each participants. student will complete one elective relevant to their specific area of research interest. Computer Science The Clinical Research Minor includes 9 credit hours of School of Liberal Arts core coursework selected from the following list, and one Departmental E-mail: [email protected] 3-credit graduate level elective: Departmental URL: http://cs.iupui.edu/graduate/degrees/ Clinical Research Methods – G660 minor Clinical Trials – G661 (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Introduction to Research Ethics – G504, or Ethical & University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Policy Issues in International Research – P555 contained only in The University Graduate School Introduction to Biostatistics I – B651 or alternate Bulletin.) biostatistics course Degree Offered May 26, 2016 465

Ph.D. Minor in Computer Science time students, and should attempt the minor during the The objective of the graduate minor in computer science early part of their studies. is to provide an opportunity for current Indiana University Number of Allowable Credit Hours taken Prior to or Purdue University doctoral students in other disciplines Admission: Up to 6 (six) equivalent credit hours taken prior at IUPUI to learn and use computer science techniques to admission into the Graduate Minor program may be and tools to solve problems in their academic fields. applied toward the minor. Up to three of these may be Such a minor is helpful, as the use of information from another institution. technology in other academic areas has proliferated; future researchers and faculty members must be familiar Graduate Faculty with the fundamentals of computer science to aid in their own research and discovery. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Students who are enrolled in any Indiana University or doctoral dissertations) Purdue University doctoral program at IUPUI may apply for admission to the graduate minor. Students must submit Program Director an internal application to the department for review. Professor Yuni Xia*, [email protected], (317) 274-9738 Admissions are done on a rolling basis. Applicants are required to have a background in computer science of at Dentistry least CSCI 36200 Data Structures or equivalent course. Exceptions to this requirement will be made only in rare School of Dentistry cases to otherwise outstanding students. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Course Requirements Departmental URL: https://www.dentistry.iu.edu/ The minor will require coursework totaling 12 graduate (Please note that when conferring University Graduate credit hours at the 500 level or above. These must School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The include one three-credit hour core course selected from University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements the following list, and three elective computer science contained only in The University Graduate School courses. Additional CSCI courses at the 500 level or Bulletin.) above, such as independent studies, may be substituted Curriculum for elective courses with the permission of a student's faculty advisor and the Minor Program Coordinator, Dr. Degrees Offered Yuni Xia. Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. CSCI 50300, Operating Systems In addition, the School of Dentistry offers the Master of Science in Dentistry and a certificate program in oral CSCI 56500, Programming Languages and maxillofacial surgery; for details see the School of CSCI 58000, Algorithm Design, Analysis, and Dentistry Bulletin. Implementation Special School Requirements Approved Elective Courses: CSCI 50600, 54100, (See also general University Graduate School 54900, 55000, 55200, and these variable title courses: requirements.) Cryptography & Network Security, Data Mining, Distributed Databases, Pattern Recognition/Data Mining, The M.S. and Ph.D. programs are designed principally and Wireless Sensor Networks. These topics courses for students who expect to enter dental education and are offered as CSCI 59000, and may acquire permanent research upon completion of their programs. The M.S.D. course numbers in the future. program is intended for students interested primarily in the specialty disciplines of dentistry. Minimum Overall GPA: Successful completion of the minor requires at least a B (3.0) average over all courses Master of Science Degree counting toward the minor. The minimum grade that will be Graduate work in the School of Dentistry leading to the accepted in any single course is C. Course grades of C- or M.S. degree includes advanced laboratory, lecture, library, below must be repeated and a C or higher grade must be and seminar courses. (See School of Dentistry Bulletin for earned. M.S.D. and certificate programs offered in the advanced Maximum Number of Transferable Credits: Applicants specialty disciplines in dentistry.) who have already earned credit for one or more of the Admission Requirements equivalent courses from other institutions and other programs may request to apply up to a maximum of three (1) Bachelor’s degree with appropriate concentration in credits of these coursed toward the minor. Any waivers or science (for applicants, other than dentists, who wish to substitutions must be approved by the Minor Coordinator pursue advanced degrees in dental science); (2) overall in consultation with the Department of Computer & B (3.0) average; (3) appropriate level of achievement in Information Science's Graduate Committee. A maximum course work in the major area of concentration; and (4) of three credits from another institution may be applied to evidence of potential for success in advanced graduate the Graduate Minor. work, as attested by letters of recommendation from major professors or others familiar with the applicant’s academic Maximum Time for Completion: All requirements for the performance or professional background. A personal Graduate Minor must be completed within four calendar interview may be required in some instances. years. Most students enrolled in this program will be full- 466 May 26, 2016

Grades Minor The minor consists of 12 credit hours in any one of the ad- Students must maintain an academic average of at least vanced basic science courses (anatomy, biochemistry, 3.0 (B) on a 4.0 scale. biomedical engineering, chemistry, materials science Course Requirements engineering, mechanical engineering, microbiology and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, physics, A minimum of 30 credit hours of approved courses physiology, life science) or their equivalents, as approved appropriate to one of the major disciplines given above, by the student’s advisory committee and the chairperson including 6 credit hours in an approved minor subject of the minor department. Credit hours for the required and 6 credit hours of research. See School of Dentistry courses may not count toward the minor courses. Bulletin and individual program directors for specific details on curricula. Qualifying Examination (for Admission to Candidacy) Thesis The qualifying exam consists of two parts: 1) writing and presenting an oral defense of a research proposal, and 2) Students must submit a thesis based on the original sitting for a comprehensive written examination. research conducted. Core Curriculum Final Examinations Descriptions of the following courses that do not appear A comprehensive oral and written examination is taken on the list of graduate courses in this bulletin can be found any time after the first semester. A defense of thesis in this bulletin or in the School of Medicine or School of examination is required upon submission of the thesis to Education bulletin. the student’s graduate committee. Oral Biology Track Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree in Dental Science (The Oral Biology Track core curriculum has a minimum of The objective of the Ph.D. in Dental Science Program is 44 course credits, composed of 32 required and 12 minor to provide a core curriculum that offers a solid scientific credits.) base for a career in research and/or teaching in the dental sciences. The Ph.D. degree in Dental Science (Preventive Dentistry, Oral Biology, or Dental Biomaterials Required Courses (32 cr. min.) track) focuses on basic and clinical science areas as they relate to the human organism and on the effect of Biochemistry (3-5 cr.) dental materials on biological systems. Graduates of B500 or B800 and G817 this program are ideal candidates for academic teaching and/or research positions in dental schools, medical Microbiology (3 cr.) schools, and other basic science departments as well J822 or J510 or J805 as for research positions in government institutions and industry. General Graduate (16 cr.) G651, G652, G504 or G505, G865, G655, and EDUC General Information J500, PSY 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method Admission Requirements course recommended by the program director. The program is open to persons who have earned the Doctor of Dental Surgery degree or its equivalent as well Dental/Oral Biology (10 cr.) as graduates of bachelor of science degree programs. R959 or G910 and R956 Applicants must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher on a 4.0 scale (grade point averages from Research (remainder of 90 cr.) the dental degree in the case of dental school graduates). R957 and R958 Candidates for the Ph.D. degree program must have a Preventive Dentistry Track minimum score on the Graduate Record Examination (The Preventive Dentistry Track core curriculum has a (GRE) of 160 in the verbal, 148 in the quantitative, or 3.0 minimum of 52 course credits, composed of 40 required in the analytical section. In addition, a TOEFL score of 79 and 12 minor credits.) or higher must be obtained by applicants from non-English speaking countries. Required Courses (40 cr. min.) Program Requirements R909, R910, R911, G974, and G959 The degree requires 90 credit hours with 32–40 required course credits (depending on the choice of track) and 12 Courses from the following list can be used to complete credits in a minor. Disciplines included in the program the total hours required for the major subject: C607, G900, are anatomy, biochemistry, biomedical engineering, G905, G911, G965, G967, G973, or R953 biostatistics, cell biology, chemistry, immunology, materials science engineering, mechanical engineering, General Graduate (13 cr.) microbiology, molecular biology, pathology, physics, and G651, G652, G504 or G505, G655 and EDUC J500, PSY physiology. Students are required to enroll in the IUPUI 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method course Preparing Future Faculty (PFF) program. recommended by the program director.

Dental/Oral Biology (10 cr.) G910 or R959 and R956 May 26, 2016 467

Professors Research (remainder of 90 cr.) R958 and G930 David R. Avery (Emeritus), Jeffrey David Bennett, David T. Brown, Timothy J. Carlson, Jie Chen, Arden Christen* Required Dental Sciences Courses for Non-Dental (Emeritus), Michael A. Cochran (Emeritus), Jeffrey Alan Preventive Dentistry Track Applicants Dean, Paul Edwards, Lawrence P. Garetto*, Lawrence Applicants without a dental degree may apply for the I. Goldblatt (Emeritus), Richard L. Gregory*, E. Brady Preventive Dentistry Track, but are required to take the Hancock (Emeritus), Steven P. Haug, William F. Hohlt following courses in the first two years of their program: (Emeritus), James Earl Jones, Michael Josef Kowolik*, G981, G969, G988 or G935. Katherine S. Kula, Melvin R. Lund (Emeritus), Bruce A. Matis (Emeritus), Gerardo Maupome-Carvantes, Chris Dental Biomaterials Track H. Miller* (Emeritus), B. Keith Moore* (Emeritus), Donald (The Dental Biomaterials Track core curriculum has a H. Newell (Emeritus), Yoshiki Oshida* (Emeritus), Edwin minimum of 51 course credits, composed of 39 required T. Parks, W. Eugene Roberts Jr.* (Emeritus), Brian J. and 12 minor credits.) Sanders, James C. Shanks (Emeritus), S. Miles Standish* (Emeritus), Charles Tomich* (Emeritus), Margot Van Dis (Emerita), John Norton Williams, Gail F. Williamson, Karen Required Courses (39 cr. min.) Masbaum Yoder, Domenick T. Zero*, Susan L. Zunt

Biochemistry-Microbiology (3 cr.) Associate Professors B500 or G959 Masatoshi Ando, Steven B. Blanchard, Angela Bruzzaniti*, General Graduate (16 cr.) Judith Chin, T. M. Gabriel Chu, Christianne Guba G651, G652, G504 or G505, G865, G655 and EDUC Cochran, Dominique M. Galli*, Suteera T. Hovijitra J500, PSY 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method (Emerita), Richard D. Jackson, Vanchit John, Thomas course recommended by the program director. R. Katona*, Joan E. Kowolik, Esperanza Angeles Martinez Mier, Jeffrey A. Platt*, Laura Romito-Cera, Jack Dental Materials (20-22 cr.) Schaaf, Armando Soto, Mythily Srinivasan, Thankam G910, G911, G912, G913, and R956 Thyvalikakath, James A. Weddell, George P. Willis, L. Jack Windsor*, Juan Yepes, Nancy Ann Young Elective Classes (determined by the student’s advisory Assistant Professors committee) Offered by the Purdue University School of Materials Marco Bottino, Anmed Ghoneima, Anderson T. Hara*, Science and Engineering (MSE) or Indiana University Frank Lippert, Sean Shih-Yao Liu*, R. Hunter Rackley Jr., School of Dentistry. MSE 53000 or MSE 23000, MSE Stuart M. Schrader, Fengyu Song*, Kelton Stewart, Achint 24000, MSE 33500, MSE 35000, MSE 38200, the MSE Utreja, LaQuia Vinson, Kimberly Walker, Paul A. Zitterbart Graduate Seminar, G865, or M527. Associate Dean for Graduate Education and Director Specialty Courses (determined by the student’s advisory of Ph.D. Program committee) Richard L. Gregory*, OH 123, (317) 274-5349 • Polymers (MSE 59700Y, MSE 52500, and MSE 59700B-A and AE 59000M) Earth Sciences • Ceramics (MSE 51000, MSE 51200, MSE 52300, School of Science and MSE 55600) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • Metals (MSE 50800, MSE 52200, and MSE 51000) • Biomechanics (BME 59500C, BME 59500J, and Departmental URL: www.earthsciences.iupui.edu MSE 55600) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • Tissue Engineering (BME 59500E, BMS 52300, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The BME 60100, BME 60200, and BME 59500B) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Research (remainder of 90 cr.) Bulletin.) • R957 and G921, G930 Curriculum Faculty Degree Offered Dean Doctor of Philosophy in Applied Earth Sciences Professor John Norton Williams Special Departmental Requirements Graduate Faculty (See also general University Graduate School (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University requirements.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct The objective of the Ph.D. in Applied Earth Sciences is to doctoral dissertations.) provide training at the interface between earth sciences, Distinguished Professor including water, land, soil, and human welfare. This research degree will focus on the beneficial and harmful George Stookey* (Emeritus) interactions between humans and earth systems, and is interdisciplinary in scope and training. The PhD program 468 May 26, 2016 is organized into four concentration areas (or cores): completion of the qualifying exam is one of the physical earth, geochemical processes, water resources, requirements for advancement to degree candidacy. and human and environmental systems. Graduates of this program are ideal candidates for academic teaching and/ Grades or research, as well as for research positions and science A "B" (3.0) average or higher must be maintained; no more policy positions in government institutions and industry. than 6 credit hours of "C" are acceptable. Admission Requirements Master of Science in Geology, with concentration in Prospective students should have a bachelor's or master's environmental geology degree in the physical, biological, or medical sciences, Special Departmental Requirements and a minimum of a B (3.0) average in science courses. (See also general University Graduate School One year of chemistry and mathematics through college requirements.) algebra and trigonometry are required. The Graduate Record Examination General Test is required. Each Admission Requirements student must submit three letters of recommendation. Prospective students should have a bachelor’s degree in Program Requirements geology, including a summer field course, and a minimum The degree requires 90 credit hours; we accept up to of a “B” (3.0) average in geology courses. One year of 30 credit hours of previous graduate course work to chemistry and mathematics through college algebra and satisfy the 90 credit hour requirement. Students will have trigonometry are required. Individuals with a bachelor’s several required courses, determined by their advisory degree in another area of science are also encouraged committee and their research committee, to satisfy the to apply; the departmental graduate advisory committee Ph.D. requirements including the concentration area will prescribe a plan of study to remove deficiencies. (15 credits), and the minor (12 credits). Within a chosen The Graduate Record Examination General Test is concentration area, students must take at least 9 credits in required. Each student must submit three letters of the Department of Earth Sciences. recommendation. Admitted students are assigned a three-person advisory Course Requirements committee at the beginning of the first year of graduate study. The committee prescribes a study program based Both thesis and non-thesis options are available. Both on the interests of the student and the principal graduate options require at least 21 credit hours of non-research advisor. By the end of the second semester, the advisory course work, with at least 3 credit hours in courses committee appoints a research committee (5 members) to approved for graduate credit from allied sciences, oversee the qualifying exam and the dissertation defense. mathematics, or the environmental program of the School The research committee includes at least three faculty of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA). Up to 6 credit members from the department of Earth Sciences an the hours of 400-level courses approved for graduate credit minor advisor (who must be outside the department of may be counted toward the degree with the approval Earth Sciences). In order to maintain proper balance in of the graduate advisor. The thesis option requires the the expertise represented in the research committee, completion of 30 credit hours, 6 of which are taken as the principal graduate advisor can petition the Graduate G810 Research (the thesis). The non-thesis option Affairs committee to replace one earth science faculty requires the completion of 36 credit hours, 3 of which by and external member, as long as this member has consist of a research project taken as G700 Geologic already been approved by the University Graduate School. Problems. The departmental graduate committee must Students must complete all degree requirements within six approve elective credits outside the Department of Earth years of beginning this study program. Sciences for both options. Common Core Admitted students will be assigned a three-person advisory committee at the beginning of the first year of Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the program graduate study. The committee will prescribe a study and the diverse academic background of admitted program based on the interests of the student and the students, all students are required to take the common principal graduate advisor. Students must complete all core class, "Applied earth sciences: The human degree requirements within five years of beginning this dimension." The advisory committee may recommend study program. one more fundamental earth sciences course to address deficiencies. Grades Minor A “B” (3.0) average or higher must be maintained; and no The minor consists of 12 credit hours of advanced grade below “C” is acceptable. coursework completed outside of the department of Faculty Earth Sciences, as approved by the student's advisory committee and the chairperson of the department Chairperson hosting the minor. Credit hours for the required courses Professor Kevin Mandernack (concentration area) may not count toward the minor courses. Graduate Faculty Qualifying Examination (for Admission to Candidacy) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct The qualifying exam consists of writing and presenting Doctoral dissertations.) an oral defense of a research proposal. Successful May 26, 2016 469

Professors stratigraphy and chronology; formation of associated landforms, landscapes, paleosols, and soils; Quaternary Andrew P. Barth*, Gabriel Filippelli*, Kevin Mandernack* environments. Core: environmental geoscience. Associate Professors GEOL-G 545 Applied Analytical Techniques in Gregory K. Druschel*, Pierre-Andre Jacinthe*, Lin Li*, Geology (3 cr.) Principles of advanced analytical Kathy Licht*, Pamela Martin* techniques including X-ray analysis, electron beam imaging and analysis, and mass spectrometry, with Assistant Professors applications in geosciences. Lectures on theory followed Broxton Bird*, William P. Gilhooly III*, Lixin Wang* by laboratory exercises. Students will complete individual or collaborative research projects. Lecturer GEOL-G 546 Planetary Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Jennifer Nelson P: Previous course in remote sensing, or consent of instructor. Application of multi-spectral data for exploration Emeritus Faculty and mapping of planetary surfaces. Frederick Kleinhans* (Physics), Joseph Pachut Jr. (Earth GEOL-G 550 Surface Water Hydrology (3 cr.) P: G451 Sciences) and M216, or consent of instructor. Mechanics of surface Adjunct Faculty runoff and open channel flow. Rainfall-runoff equations, probability analysis of stream flow, and watershed Timothy Carter (Butler University), Jennifer Latimer simulation models. Chemistry of surface waters and (Indiana State), Xianzhong Wang (Biology), Jeffrey Wilson stream pollution. Core: environmental geoscience. (Geography) GEOL-G 551 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 cr.) P: G451. Graduate Advisor Basic principles and quantitative aspects of physical flow Associate Professor Pierre-Andre Jacinthe*, Engineering/ systems and chemistry of ground water and surface water. Science/Technology Building, SL 118H, (317) 274-7969 The relationships between water and geologic materials. Core: environmental geoscience. Courses GEOL-G 561 Paleocology (3 cr.) P: Consent of GEOL-G 502 Trace Element and Isotope Geochemistry instructor. (3 cr.) P: CHEM C360 or C361 or GEOL G406. Introduction to the principles and methods of analyzing Principles governing the distributions of trace elements, fossil and modern organisms and their relation to the radioisotopes, and stable isotopes in igneous, physical, chemical and biological environment. Analysis metamorphic, or sedimentary environments. Emphasis on of large-scale, cohesive environmental influences on past applications to petrology and geochronology. life. Application of concepts to extra-terrestrial life.

GEOL-G 502 Trace Element and Isotope Geochemistry GEOL-G 583 Isotope Geochemistry (3 cr.) P: G406 (3 cr.) P: CHEM C360 or C361 or GEOL G406. or consent of instructor. Introduction to the theory and Principles governing the distributions of trace elements, application of radiogenic and stable isotopes to a variety radioisotopes, and stable isotopes in igneous, of sub-disciplines in the earth sciences. Topics include: metamorphic, or sedimentary environments. Emphasis on geochronology, tracers, mass balance and mixing, applications to petrology and geochronology. hydrology and environmental applications, water-rock interaction, and biogeochemical cycles. GEOL-G 519 Phanerozoic Stratigraphy of North America (3 cr.) P: G334 and G404, or equivalent GEOL-G 585 Environmental Geochemistry (3 cr.) Lithostratigraphy, biostratigraphy, correlation, tectonic Aquatic and environmental geochemistry, including setting, and depositional environment of North American freshwater and marine systems, natural and human- Phanerozoic rocks. induced changes to geochemical systems, and the geochemical record of paleoceanographic and paleocli- GEOL-G 525 Glacial Geology (3 cr.) Formation, matic variations. dynamics, and regimen of glaciers. Erosional and GEOL-G 595 Data Analysis Techniques in Geoscience depositional processes and landforms. Glaciation of North (3 cr.) P: STAT 301 and CSCI 207, or equivalent. America with emphasis on stratigraphy, soils, climates, Application of statistical and numerical analysis techniques and physical changes resulting from glacial processes and to geoscience data, including sampling methods, environments. Field investigations and a student research confidence intervals, least squares methods, correlation, project required. time series analysis, and multivariate techniques. GEOL-G 527 Geological Oceanography (3 cr.) Emphasis on using a computer to solve geoscience P: Graduate standing, G334, and G413. Geological problems. features and processes operating in the oceans; GEOL-G 596 Topics in Applied Environmental continental shelf, slope and ocean-basin geomorphology, Geology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. sedimentology, structure, and composition; origin and Application of geologic principles to common geologic history of seawater and ocean basins. environmental problems. Topics covered include waste GEOL-G 535 Quaternary Geology (3 cr.) P: G415 site assessment, flood hazard analysis and mitigation, or consent of instructor. Characteristics, distribution, slope stability, and hydrogeology. Application of principles and origin of Pleistocene and recent deposits; 470 May 26, 2016 to problems pertaining to urban planning, earthquake- Curriculum resistant design, and waste site/landfill development. Degree Offered GEOL-G 600 Advanced Techniques (3 cr.) P: Consent Master of Arts, Dual Master of Arts in Economics of instructor. Training in special geologic methods such and Master of Arts inPhilanthropic Studies, Doctor of as exploration seismology. experimental petrology, x-ray Philosophy spectroscopy, electron probe microanalysis, isotopic and Program Information organic mass spectroscopy. Variable titles, may be taken five times without duplicating title. Master of Arts The Master of Arts in economics has a twofold objective: GEOL-G 621 Modeling Hydrological Systems (3 cr.) (1) to provide students with analytical capabilities and Introduction to ground water flow and solute transport research skills for careers in business, government, and modeling. Includes development of equations describing the nonprofit sector; and (2) to prepare those who wish to ground water flow and applied ground water/contaminant pursue a Ph.D. transport modeling using a variety of current software packages. Special Departmental Requirements GEOL-G 622 Urban Geology (3 cr.) P: Consent of (See also general University Graduate School instructor. requirements.) Consideration of geologic factors in land-use planning Admission Requirements in the urban setting. Availability and use of geologic resources, building and road materials, water supply, Applicants should have completed a bachelor’s degree waste disposal, and geologic hazards. Emphasis on from an accredited institution. Ordinarily, applicants should applications of principles to problem solving. have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in their undergraduate course work and in their GEOL-G 635 Soil Geomorphology (3 cr.) Application previous economics courses. Before undertaking graduate of geomorphic principles in evaluation of weathering and study in economics, a student should have knowledge soil formation; systems analysis of soil-landscape models; of intermediate-level undergraduate economic theory paleogeomorphology and paleopedology. Lectures and (E321 and E322), statistics (E270), differential and integral discussion; field and laboratory problems. calculus (the IUPUI equivalent is M16500 offered by the mathematics department). Students with deficiencies in GEOL-G 640 Fluvial Geomorphology (3 cr.) Survey of economics and/or mathematics may be admitted on a fluvial processes including sediment transport, bed and conditional basis. bank erosion, and river metamorphosis. Examination of the controls on channel form. Analysis of landform The verbal, quantitative, and analytical portions of the genesis with an emphasis on feature sedimentology and Graduate Record Examination (GRE) are required, stratigraphy. Application of fluvial geomorphic principles to and applicants are urged to complete the examination land management and restoration of riparian ecosystems. by December of the year before admission. Requests to substitute GMAT scores for GRE scores will be GEOL-G 645 Carbonate Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G334 considered. or consent of instructor. Course focuses on origin and generation of carbonate grains, description of modern Three letters of recommendation are required. For carbonate depositional environments, interpretation of students with English as a second language, a minimum ancient limestone and dolomite sequences, and carbonate TOEFL score of at least 550 is recommended. Successful diagenesis. completion of ELS 112 will be accepted in lieu of TOEFL for admission. GEOL-G 690 Advanced Geology Seminar (arr cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminars on critical research Course Requirements issues and topical themes. S/F grading. Students must complete a minimum of 30 credit hours of graduate work. Of the 30 credit hours, 24 come from GEOL-G 700 Geologic Problems (1-5 cr.) P: Consent of courses offered with the economics department and 6 are instructor. Consideration of special geological problems. outside electives taken in other departments depending on **This course is eligible for a deferred grade. the student's interest and long-term plans upon completion GEOL-G 810 Research (arr cr.) **This course is eligible of the M.A. for a deferred grade. Grades Economics The student must receive at least a C (2.0) in each course School of Liberal Arts and must average at least a B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) for all Departmental E-mail: [email protected] courses taken. Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/economics/ Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Economics and Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies (Please note that when conferring University Graduate The dual master’s degree in economics and philanthropic School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The studies substantially benefits students intending to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements pursue a career in independent research, academia, or contained only in The University Graduate School practice. Normally, those pursuing a career in research Bulletin.) or academia continue in a Ph.D. program in economics, finance, accounting, management, marketing, or public May 26, 2016 471 policy. Very few doctoral programs include substantial and applicants are urged to complete the examination content on philanthropy or nonprofit organizations. by December of the year before admission is desired. As such, the M.A. in philanthropic studies provides a Requests to substitute GMAT scores for GRE scores broad interdisciplinary background that makes the future will be considered. Three letters of recommendation are researcher sensitive to the institutional details, values, required. Students with English as a second language who and history of the sector, thus leading to better research. have not attended school in the U.S. are required to take For the future nonprofit manager or leader, economics either the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) provides the principles and methodologies to make or the International English Language Testing System informed decisions on the appreciative level, the policy (IELTS). For IELTS, applicants must take the academic level, and the managerial level. reading and writing modules. A minimum TOEFL score of at least 88 is required though successful applicants Admission requirements for the dual degree program are generally score at least 100. The minimum acceptable identical to those for each program separately. Separate IELTS score is 6.5 though successful applicants generally application must be made to each of the two programs. score at least 7. Students are expected to take responsibility for learning about and meeting the admission requirements of each Fields of Study school individually, which may differ from each other in Fields of study currently available within the department application documents required, minimal standards of are health economics and nonprofit/philanthropic criteria for admission, and deadline dates. Students must economics. Students must take one or both of these fields make plans early with advisors in both programs to identify as well as the course sequence in econometrics. (1) common courses and (2) thesis credit. Course Requirements Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours A total of 90 credit hours, including the theory sequence that would be required if the two degrees were taken E520, E521, E522, E611, E621, and the econometrics- separately. Two of the required core courses for the statistics sequence E571, E573, E577, E578, E670, and M.A. in economics may be selected as electives to meet E673. In addition, starting in their third year, students must the Philanthropic Studies Program requirement for two formally enroll in a workshop course for a minimum of applied electives. One of the required philanthropic four semesters. There is a minimum requirement of 61.5 studies courses, ECON E514 The Nonprofit Economy credit hours of course work, including standard Economics and Public Policy, may be taken to meet 3 of the 12 credit courses, Economics workshop courses, and minor or hours of economics electives required in the economics research tool courses. The remaining courses will be program. A common thesis meets the requirements of taken as thesis credits. both departments. Minor Further information regarding regulations governing In addition to the formal coursework in Economics the advanced degree programs may be obtained from the prospective Ph.D. candidate must complete a structured respective departments. minor in a related area. For those with a primary field Doctor of Philosophy Degree in health economics, the minor will usually relate to the Program Information health and life sciences disciplines. A minor obtained in areas such as behavioral health sciences, biostatistics, The PhD program is designed to (i) advance knowledge environmental health sciences, epidemiology, or health concerning health economics and philanthropy/nonprofit policy and management would be appropriate, for economics; (ii) develop the skills essential for our example. For those with a field in nonprofits/philanthropic graduates to conduct independent research in these two economics, a logical minor would be found in Philanthropic areas. Studies or in Nonprofits Management or any of the other Liberal Arts disciplines connected to the study Special Departmental Requirements of charitable behavior and nonprofit institutions. The (See also general University Graduate School minor must be approved by the student’s Advisor or the requirements.) graduate director of the program. The minor must contain a minimum of three graduate level courses (9 credits) Ph.D. Admission Requirements in the chosen area and it must comply with the minor Applicants should have completed a bachelor’s degree requirements of the respective department/unit. Typically from an accredited institution. Ordinarily, applicants should departments require 12 credit hours for a Ph.D. Minor. have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 Faculty scale in their undergraduate course work and in the major. Before undertaking Ph.D. graduate study in economics, Chairperson a student is required to have completed coursework Professor Paul Carlin* covering undergraduate univariate and multivariate calculus (equivalent to MATH M16500, M16600, and Graduate Faculty M26100 at IUPUI), a calculus-based statistics course or a (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University course in Statistics and one in Econometrics (equivalent Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct to ECON E270 and E470 at IUPUI), Intermediate doctoral dissertations.) Microeconomic Theory (equivalent to E321 at IUPUI) and Linear Algebra (equivalent to Math M35100 at IUPUI). Professors The verbal, quantitative, and analytical portions of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) are required, 472 May 26, 2016

David Glenn Bivin*, Paul S. Carlin*, Subir K. Chakrabarti*, relations, patterns of philanthropy, and public policies that Una O. Osili*, Peter Coia Rangazas*, Patrick M. Rooney*, affect giving behaviors. Anne B. Royalty*, Steven Russell*, Richard S. Steinberg*, Joseph V. Terza*, Mark O. Wilhelm* ECON-E 519 Regional Economics (3 cr.) Not currently offered. Regional economics is the study of economic Associate Professors behavior in space. The course examines the internal and interregional determinants of growth and decline of a Marc Bilodeau*, Gwendolyn Morrison* region from supply-and-demand perspectives. Public poli- Assistant Professors cies to influence these determinants are considered (not currently offered). Yaa Akosa Antwi*, Sumedha Gupta*, Jaesoo Kim*, Henry Y. Mak*, Jisong Wu*, Ye Zhang* ECON-E 520 Optimization Theory in Economic Analysis (3 cr.) P: Calculus and linear algebra. M.A. Admissions and Advising Introduction to concepts and techniques of optimization Professor Peter Coia Rangazas* theory applied in modern micro and macroeconomics. Theory and application of Lagrange multipliers, Ph.D. Admissions and Advising comparative statics analysis, valve functions and envelope theorems. Elements of dynamic programming and other Professor Anne Royalty* methods of economics dynamics. Courses ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I (3 cr.) ECON-E 420 History of Economic Thought (3 cr.) P: E520. Develops the methodology of economic analysis Examination of main theoretical developments since and teaches the tools and language of price theory. the beginning of the systematic study of economics. Fundamental elements of consumer theory, producer Theoretical propositions and structures of the earlier theory, and economics of uncertainty. Emphasis on writers will be interpreted and evaluated in terms of comparative statics and the duality theory. Topics include modern economic analysis (not currently offered). welfare analysis, the theory of price indices, quality of goods, revealed preferences, the theory of derived ECON-E 504 Mathematics for Economists (1-3 cr.) demand, expected utility theory, attitudes toward risk, and Topics in mathematics that are particularly useful in the various measures of riskiness. application of microeconomic theory, macroeconomic theory, and econometrics. Topics covered include ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I (3 cr.) P: E520. matrix algebra, comparative-static analysis, constrained Introductory course on macroeconomic dynamics; covers optimization, difference equations in discrete time, game growth models and asset pricing theories, endogenous theory, and set theory as applied to general equilibrium growth theories, optimal growth problems, and competitive analysis (not currently offered). dynamic equilibrium models. Dynamic programming tools introduced as needed. All models are cast in a discrete ECON-E 513 Special Topics in Economic History time setup; presents deterministic and stochastic theories. (3 cr.) Explicit methodology and economic analysis applied to major issues in American and European ECON-E 528 Economic Analysis of Health Care (3 cr.) economic history (not currently offered). A graduate introduction to health economics. Applications of economic theory to problems in various areas in health ECON-E 514 The Nonprofit Economy and Public care. Applications of econometric techniques to the Policy (3 cr.) P: E201. The role of nonprofit organizations same. Topics include how physicians, institutions, and (universities, churches, hospitals, orchestras, charities, consumers respond to economic incentives and what day care, research, nursing homes) in mixed economies. policies contribute maximally to efficiency and welfare (not Public policy controversies such as regulation of currently offered). fundraising, antitrust against universities, “unfair” competition with for-profit firms, and the tax treatment ECON-E 541 Labor Market Analysis (3 cr.) P: Consent of donations. This course may not be taken for credit by of instructor (Indianapolis). Not currently offered. An anyone who has received credit in ECON E414. analytical approach to the labor market. Theoretical underpinning and statistical testing of issues in demand ECON-E 515 Institutional Setting for Health and supply of labor, household decision making, human Economics in the U.S. (1.5 cr.) P: completed or capital, contract theories, unionism, minimum wages, and concurrent with E521 and E571. Overview of the structure discrimination (not currently offered). of the U.S. health care system including health care financing, health care delivery, and government programs. ECON-E 545 Applied Labor Economics (3 cr.) Not Private and public financing mechanisms as well as currently offered. Discussion of wage rates and working government regulation. Comparison of the U.S. system to conditions, searches by workers or firms, investment the health care systems of other countries. training, quits and layoffs, shirking, discrimination, the division of household labor, retirement, and implicit ECON-E 516 Institutional Setting for Nonprofit/ contracts. The course also examines the impact of Philanthropic Economics (1.5 cr.) P: E667 and E668. institutions such as unions and the government on the This course provides a broad overview of nonprofit efficiency of the labor market (not currently offered). institutions and philanthropic practices, along with a discussion of available data sources on each. We discuss ECON-E 551 Monetary Economics II (3 cr.) Not currently the size and scope of nonprofit organizations, revenues, offered. Introduces alternative models of monetary governance, regulation and taxation, intersectoral economies; covers topics in monetary economics such as money and growth and optimal money growth. The May 26, 2016 473 course takes a unified approach to macroeconomic policy, students' introduction to the Stata programming language. treating monetary and fiscal policy as jointly determining The course prepares students to carry out their own macroeconomic equilibria. May include discussion of large-scale research project and/or efficiently work within empirical work on money (not currently offered). an organization that uses large data files to achieve its objectives. ECON-E 568 Public Finance I (3 cr.) P: E360, E470, E521, E522. Partial equilibrium, microeconomic analysis ECON-E 581 Topics in Applied Microeconomics I of how tax and subsidy policies affect various types of (3 cr.) P: E521 and E570 or consent of instructor. This individual and firm behavior. Theoretical models are course is a graduate-level introduction to theoretical and introduced to assess and develop quantitative studies of empirical applications in two areas of microeconomics. We fiscal policy. Summaries of the empirical impact of policy will demonstrate how economic concepts can be usefully will be formed for the purpose of becoming an “input” in applied to understanding problems in the subdiscipline the complete general equilibrium analysis conducted in under study and discuss and apply estimation techniques E569 Public Finance II (not currently offered). appropriate for problems in the area. ECON-E 569 Public Finance II (3 cr.) P: E568. Empirical ECON-E 582 Topics in Applied Microeconomics examination of the general equilibrium effects of major II (3 cr.) P: E521 and E570 or consent of instructor. tax/subsidy programs, such as personal income taxation, This course is a second graduate-level introduction to corporate profit taxation, income maintenance, Social theoretical and empirical applications in two areas of Security, and government provision of education. In microeconomics. We will demonstrate how economic addition, proposed reforms to these programs will be concepts can be usefully applied to understanding analyzed using empirically based simulation models (not problems in the subdiscipline under study, and discuss currently offered). and apply estimation techniques appropriate for problems in the area. ECON-E 570 Fundamentals of Statistics and Econometrics (3 cr.) P: E504. Mathematical overview ECON-E 583 Topics in Applied Macroeconomics of statistics and econometrics at graduate level. Topics (3 cr.) P: E522 and E570 or equivalents, or consent of covered include probability and probability distributions, instructor. This course is a graduate-level introduction sampling distributions, tests of hypotheses, estimation, to theoretical and empirical applications in two areas of simple regression, multiple regression, generalized macroeconomics. We will demonstrate how economic linear model and its applications, simultaneous equation theories can be usefully applied to understanding systems. problems in the subdiscipline under study and discuss and apply estimation and calibration techniques appropriate for ECON-E 571 Econometrics 1 – Statistical Foundations problems in the area. (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate courses in statistics and calculus. The probability bases for statistical estimation and testing ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Control (3 cr.) are introduced in the context of issues, theories, and data P: Consent of instructor (Indianapolis only). Analysis found in economics. The Classical linear regression model of interrelated structure, behavior, and performance is presented as the starting point for multivariate analyses in industrial markets and multimarket corporations; in econometrics. Students work with various computer multidimensional nature of competitive processes. Public programs in and out of the scheduled class periods. controls. Topics include patterns of oligopoly, vertical integration, entry barriers; “cartelized” coalescence, limit ECON-E 573 Econometrics II (3 cr.) P: E571. Estimation pricing, price discrimination, long-term contracts; capacity and inference in linear regression model, basic expansion and utilization, resource reallocation, and asymoptotic theory, heteroskedasticity, measurement innovation (not currently offered). error, generalized least squares, instrumental variable model, maximum likelihood estimation, generalized ECON-E 600 Readings in Economics (1-6 cr.) Individual method of moments, qualitative response models. readings and research. ECON-E 574 Applied Econometrics and Forecasting ECON-E 611 Information Economics and Theories of (3 cr.) P: E570. An overview of techniques employed Incentives and Contracts (3 cr.) P: E521. The course in economic model building, estimation, and usage. covers topics in the theories of incentives and contracts Topics covered include single and multiple equation that study situations in which there are explicit or implicit system estimation, limited dependent variable regression contractual obligations. It explores the role and influence techniques, hypothesis testing, policy analysis, and of asymmetric information in determining outcomes with forecasting. Various forecasting techniques are discussed, special emphases on moral hazard and adverse selection. including smoothing decomposition methods and time series analysis. A number of projects are assigned ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets 2 (3 cr.) throughout the semester to give the student hands-on P: E520. Analysis of equilibrium, first- and second-order experience with the different techniques. conditions; statistical derivation of demand and cost curves; activity analysis; general equilibrium; welfare ECON-E 577 Computer Methods and Data Analysis economics; microeconomics of capital theory; pure (3 cr.) P: Introductory econometrics at the Masters (E570) oligopoly and game theory. or Ph.D. (E571) level that cover multiple regression. This is the first of a two-semester sequence in computer ECON-E 643 Health Economics I (3 cr.) P: E515, E573, methods and data analysis. Teaches students to use and E611. Production of health, demand for health, large datasets in an econometric analysis to answer a determinants of health, health disparities, international research question, to program in Stata, and to organize a comparisons, cost-effectiveness and valuation. complicated data project. The course also will complete 474 May 26, 2016

ECON-E 644 Health Economics 2 (3 cr.) P: Students contained only in The University Graduate School must have completed the core economics theory courses Bulletin.) including E521, E611, and E621, the first year core courses in Econometrics (E571 and E573) as well as Curriculum E515: Health Institutions. Students with prior knowledge Degree Offered of U.S. health care institutions should consult with The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree and a minor the instructor, prior to registration, about taking E515 in Family Psychology are offered through the University concurrently. Graduate School. In addition, the School of Education This course builds on the core theory, econometrics offers the Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.), and health economics courses to provide an in depth the Specialist in Education (Ed.S.), and the Doctor of knowledge of key issues related to markets and market Education (Ed.D.) degrees. (See the School of Education failure in the supply of health care services, the impact Graduate Program Bulletin.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree of insurance on the demand for health care services, response of consumers to insurers' financial incentives, Doctor of Philosophy Degree the role of government in health care markets, the labor Fields of Study market behavior of physicians; hospital ownership, competition, and reimbursement. In addition to introducing Counseling psychology; school psychology; curriculum theoretical concepts the course aims at familiarizing and instruction; learning and developmental sciences; students to current research on these topics by means higher education; history, philosophy and policy studies of review of seminal journal articles. It will provide a in education; inquiry methodology; instructional systems foundation for understanding key dimensions in health technology; language education; urban education; and care markets, appreciate contributions of past literature on special education. the subject and initiate constructive critical thought on the Program of Studies existing work and future directions of research in the field. The Ph.D. degree with a major in education is pursued ECON-E 670 Econometrics 3-System and Panel under the direction of a committee appointed by the Econometrics Models (3 cr.) P: Equivalent of Econ- University Graduate School and the School of Education. E571, E573 or above is required. Students should be As with other Graduate School doctoral programs, a familiar with basic concepts of econometrics including minimum of 90 credit hours of course work is required. probability theory, linear algebra, OLS, GLS and maximum This includes a major (selected from the fields of likelihood. Students who wish to submit an empirical study listed previously), a minor, a series of research paper need some knowledge of a statistical software or courses, and a dissertation. Written and oral qualifying a programming language in order to prepare the required examinations are taken following course work; a final empirical paper. oral defense of the dissertation research completes Simultaneous equation models (2SLS, 3SLS), time series the program. Up to 30 credit hours of graduate course concepts for panel data analysis and serial correlation, work may be transferred from other universities, with the pooled cross-section methods, generalized method of approval of the advisory committee. moments, nonlinear panel data models (ML and GMM). Admission

ECON-E 673 Econometrics 4-Microeconometrics Admission recommendations are made by program area (3 cr.) P: ECON-E670, E571, and E573. This course and School of Education admission committees and are will cover microeconometric data and causal/noncausal based on graduate and undergraduate grades (especially modeling; endogeneity; survey sampling; biases due to in academic courses), scores on the General Test of sampling design; sample selection and self-selection; the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and letters of extensions of linear regression; selected semiparametric recommendation. The TOEFL examination is required methods (fat tails; instrumental variables; quantile for all international applicants. Online applications may regression); discrete choice and limited dependent be accessed through the School of Education Office of variable models; linear and nonlinear panel models. Graduate Studies Web site at the above URL. Students earning a Ph.D. degree in education must fulfill all ECON-E 808 Thesis (M.A.) (arr cr.) **This course is requirements of the University Graduate School (as found eligible for a deferred grade. in this bulletin) and of the School of Education (as found in the School of Education Graduate Program Bulletin). ECON-E 809 Thesis (Ph.D) (arr cr.) **This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Faculty Education Dean Professor Gerardo M. González* School of Education Bloomington and Indianapolis Associate Dean for Graduate Studies Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Elizabeth Boling* Departmental URL: http://education.iupui.edu/ Graduate Faculty Departmental Phone Number: (812) 856-8504 (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Please note that when conferring University Graduate doctoral dissertations.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Chancellor’s Professors May 26, 2016 475

Robert Arnove* (Emeritus), Roger Farr* (Emeritus), Full Clinical Faculty George D. Kuh* (Emeritus), Frank Lester* (Emeritus), Martha McCarthy*, Rex A. Stockton* Laura Stachowski Armstrong Chairs Associate Clinical Faculty Jerome Harste* (Emeritus; 1999–2005), Frank Lester* Keith Chapin, Mary Jo Dare (I), Barbara Erwin, (Emeritus; 2000–2005), Diana Lambdin* (2005–2010), CaroleAnne Hossler, Paula Magee (I), W. Raymond Peter Kloosterman* (20102015) Smith* Jacobs Chair Assistant Clinical Faculty Thomas Duffy* (1998–2000), Donald Cunningham* Kate Baird (C), Jennifer Conner-Zachocki (C)*, Danielle (Emeritus; 2000–2005), Thomas Brush* (2010-2015) DeSawal, Ben Edmonds, Natasha Flowers (I), Lonni Gill (I), Lynn Gilman*, Ilknur Kelceoglu (C), Melissa Keller, Otting Chair Anne Ociepka (I), Aija Pocock (C), Joy Seybold (I), Deborah Winikates (C), Gina Yoder (I) Erna Alant*(2009-2014) Emeriti Professors Valarie Akerson*, Joyce Alexander*, Trudy Banta* Billy L. Abel (I) Anita Aldrich*, Hans Andersen*, Jean (I), Keith Barton*, Barbara Bichelmeyer*, Elizabeth Anderson*, Robert Appelman, John Bean*< Christine Boling*, Curtis Bonk*, Victor M.H. Borden, Catherine Bennett*, William Best (I), Harbans Bhola*, Jacqueline Brown, Barry Bull*, Cary Buzzelli*, Phil Carspecken*, Y. Blackwell*, Marilynne Boyle-Baise*, Ellen Brantlinger*, Barry Chung*, Gary Crow*, Jack Cummings*, Ginette Arthur D. Brill (I), Ron Britton (I), Laurence Brown*, Delandshere*, David Flinders*, Gerardo M. González*, Edward Buffie*, Leonard Burrello*, Ledford Carter, Judith Don Hossler*, Thomas Huberty*, Christine Leland* (I), A. Chafel*, Michael Chiappetta*, Nancy Chism* (I), Gilbert Bradley Levinson*, Mitzi Lewison*, David Mank*, Terrence Clark*, Michael Cohen* (I), Ron Dehnke (I), Ivor Davies*, Mason*, Mary McMullen*, ChaoYing, Joanne Peng*, Richard Dever*, Merle Draper*, Earl Dvorak*, J. Marvin Charles Reigeluth*, Patricia Rogan* (I), Heidi Ross*, Ebbert (I), Lee Ehman*, Susan Eklund*, Meryl Englander*, Scheurich, Jim *(I) , Thomas Sexton*, Robert Sherwood*, Gene Faris*, Albert Fink*, Malcolm Fleming*, Theodore Martin Siegel*, Russell Skiba*, Tempel, Eugene, Neil Frick*, Thomas D. Froehle*, Dorothy Gabel*, Robert Theobald*, Vasti Torres*, Susan Whiston* Gibson*, Jesse Goodman*, Richard Gousha*, Thomas Gregory*, Samuel Guskin*, Dale Hall, Robert Harris*, Associate Professors Stuart Hart* (I), Robert Heinich*, Ruth E. Holland (I), Jeffrey Anderson*, Beth Berghoff* (I), Gayle Buck*, Ernest Horn*, Gary Ingersoll*, Edward Jenkinson*, Alice Gretchen Digman Butera*, Stephanie Carter*, James Jwaideh*, Susan Klein*, Dennis Knapczyk*, DeWayne Damico*, Dionne Danns, Barbara Dennis*, Suzanne Kurpius*, John LeBlanc*, Richard Arthur Lesh*, George Eckes*, David Estell*, Mary Fisher* (I), Enrique Galindo*, Maccia*, James Mahan*, Golam Mannan (I), Gerald Krista Glazewski*, Cassandra Guarino*, Ken Hay*, Marker*, Milton Marten*,Wendell F. McBurney (I), Edward Robert Helfenbein, Jr.*(I) Dan Hickey*, Mary Beth McClellan*, Jerry McIntosh*, John McKinley*, Howard Hines*, Robin Hughes*, Robert Kunzman*, Lara Lackey*, Mehlinger*, Larry Mikulecky*, Marianne Mitchell*, Michael Marjorie Cohee Manifold*, Luise Prior McCarty*, Alex Molenda*, D. Keith Morran*, Daniel Mueller*, Charlie McCormick*, Brendan Maxcy*, Medina, Monica (I) (I), Nelms, Anabel Newman*, Anna Ochoa-Becker*, Norman Anastasia Morrone*(I), Khaula H. Murtadha* (I), Jomo Overly*, Vernon Pace*, John Patrick*, James Pershing*, Mutegi *(I), Thomas F. Nelson Laird*, Martha Nyikos*, Lewis Polsgrove*, Joan Prentice*, Gerald Preusz (I), Theresa Ochoa* Faridah Pawan*, Douglas Priest*, Gary Sharon Pugh*, Edward Robbins (I), Jose Rosario* (I), Pike*(I), Patton Davis, Lori *, Robison, Flip *, Rebecca Dale Scannell, Thomas Schwen*, Myrtle Scott*, Robert Martinez*, Scribner, Samantha M. Paredes *, Anne Shaffer*, Mendel Sherman, Carmen Simich-Dudgeon, Carl Dopkins Stright*, Margaret Sutton*, Annela Teemant*(I), Smith*, Frederick Smith*, Gerald Smith*, Vernon Smith*, Chalmer Thompson* (I), Tillema, Erik, Michael Tracy*, Josephine Spear*, Elizabeth Steiner*, Elizabeth Vallance*, Andrea Walton*, Y. Joel Wong James Walden*, Donald Warren*, James Weigand*, Barbara Wilcox (I), Barbara Wolf*, Hugh Wolf (I), Leslie Assistant Professors Wood (I), Virginia Woodward*, Enid Zimmerman* Donna Adomat*, Scott Bellini, Blackmon, Sha'Kema, (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the Yonjoo Cho*, Serafin Coronel-Molina*, Dionne Cross, person teaches at Indiana University-Purdue University Joshua Danish, Sean Duncan*, Nancy Kathryn Essex Indianapolis; (C) at Indiana University-Purdue University (C), Amy Hackenberg*, D. Ted Hall, Ray Haynes, Allison Columbus. Howland(C), Kathleen King Thorius * (I), Anne Leftwich, Adam Maltese*, Sylvia Martinez, Carmen Medina*, English Morton, Crystal Hill (I), Thu Suong Thi Nguyen* (I), Meredith Park-Rogers, Kylie Peppler, Brian J. Plankis School of Liberal Arts (I), David Rutkowski, Leslie Rutkowski, Beth Samuelson, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Hannah Schertz*, Seybold, Joy, Teresa Sosa, Jesse Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/english/ Steinfeldt, Dubravka Svetina, Erik Tillema* (I), Ellen Vaughan, Crystal Walcott (C), Mary Waldron, Craig Willey, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Karen Wohlwend*, Elee Wood * School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements 476 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School M.A. students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point Bulletin.) average. Curriculum Course Requirements Degrees Offered Students may select one of the two options outlined below Master of Arts, Certificate in Teaching English as a after consulting with the Director of Graduate Studies Second Language, Certificate in Professional Editing, (DGS) in English and/or other faculty advisors in English. Certificate in Teaching Literature, Certificate in Teaching Students will then submit a brief written statement to the Writing DGS that presents a rationale for their choice. As can be seen in the following outline of the two alternative courses Program Information of study, students who choose not to write a thesis will IUPUI’s graduate English program has been designed be required to take eight additional credit hours of course to prepare students for careers in the analysis and work, for a total of 40 credit hours. production of “texts.” To this end, the program covers Thesis Option: issues and skills in reading and writing, in the richest sense of these words, to prepare students to address • Required Courses: Students must take two of the these issues and to teach these skills. Graduates of the program’s three core courses for a total of 8 credit program should be prepared for such careers as teaching hours. writing and literature; teaching English as a second • Electives: Students choose six courses in language; and writing for business, government, and other consultation with a faculty advisor for a total of 24 professions. credit hours. These 24 hours may include a third core course and up to 8 credit hours of Internship. In contrast to traditional M.A. programs, which place heavy • Required: MA thesis. 4 credit hours. emphasis on literary history, the IUPUI program focuses • Total: 36 credit hours on the application of English studies to contemporary situations and problems. Because of IUPUI’s urban, Non-thesis Option: nonresidential setting, its English graduate program will strive, in its curriculum and scheduling, to meet the special • Required Courses: Students must take two of the needs of part-time, nonresidential students. program’s three core courses for a total of 8 credit hours Special Departmental Requirements • Electives: Students choose eight courses in (See also general University Graduate School consultation with a faculty advisor for a total of 32 requirements.) credit hours. These 32 credit hours may include a third core course and up to 8 credit hours of Master of Arts Degree Internship. Admission Requirements • Total: 40 credit hours 1. Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree The three core courses, which carry 4 credit hours from an accredited college or university, with a each, provide an introduction to three major areas in the minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 discipline of English: language (G500 Introduction to the grading scale in the student’s undergraduate major, English Language), writing (W509 Introduction to Writing documented by an official transcript. Applicants are and Literacy Studies), and literature ( L506 Introduction normally expected to have been English majors, to Methods of Criticism and Research). All students are but admission will be considered also for those who required to take two of the three core courses, preferably otherwise demonstrate the competency necessary at the beginning of the graduate program. for successful graduate work in English. 2. Applicants must have taken the Graduate Record Certificate in Teaching English as a Second Language Examination (GRE) General Test; preference is (TESL) given to those who have earned a score of 160 The Certificate in Teaching English as a Second under the new grading system and 600 under the Language (TESL) is a six-course, 21-credit program. The old grading system in at least one of the three areas. five required courses include ENG G500, G541, and LING Applicants seeking financial support are encouraged L535, as well as LING L532 and L534. The elective course to take the examination by December of the year can be chosen from ENG G625, G652, and LING T600; prior to admission. other English courses and courses in other departments 3. Applicants must submit three letters of relevant to TESL are acceptable with approval from the recommendation. director. An emphasis in English for Specific Purposes (ESP) can be earned by taking LING T600 as the elective Foreign Language Requirements course and completing the practicum in an ESP setting. For more information about the certificate, contact None, but M.A. students continuing on for the Ph.D. are Professor Julie Belz ([email protected]) or visit the IUPUI encouraged to validate their reading proficiency in a TESOL Web site at http://tesol.iupui.edu. foreign language according to University Graduate School standards. Certificate in Professional Editing See the separate entry for “Certificate in Professional Grades Editing” in the University Graduate Bulletin for more information. May 26, 2016 477

Graduate Certificate in Teaching Literature For graduate student information and advising, call (317) This 20-hour graduate Certificate in Teaching Literature is 274-2258, Cavanaugh Hall 502L. a structured program designed for licensed middle school and high school teachers, current M.A. students, and Courses university and college faculty in literature and other subject Note: 600-level courses in literature may be taught either areas who wish to enhance their professional careers. as topical colloquia or historical surveys, at the discretion The certificate offers students an opportunity to explore of the instructor. All courses at this level will be understood the theories and best practices that promote learning and as prefatory to the kind of work done in 700-level seminar strengthen professional mentorship of area teachers. courses, without prerequisites. Credits earned in the certificate can be applied to an M.A. Note: L701 is a seminar requiring directed individual study in English upon acceptance into that degree program. and investigation. The prerequisite is advanced graduate Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing standing, or a 600-level course in the subject, or the consent of the instructor; it is recommended that a student The Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing is a 20- take L501 before enrolling in a seminar. With consent of hour program of study for certified middle school or the instructor, a student may take a 700-level course twice high school teachers, part-time university writing faculty for credit. and lecturers in other disciplines, and M.A. students interested in earning a certificate in writing to enhance THESIS COURSE their professional teaching careers. Major topics include ENG-L 699 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) theories and methods of teaching writing; understanding linguistic diversity; uses of technology in writing; social linguistics-courses aspects of writing development; non-fiction writing; writing ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language assessment; and teacher research. The Certificate (4 cr.) An introduction to the English language: its nature, requires completion of five graduate courses consisting of structure, and development. one core course and four elective courses. ENG-G 541 Materials Preparation for ESL Instruction Graduate credits earned can be applied toward the (4 cr.) Students will learn about materials preparation, M.A. in English upon acceptance into the M.A. For syllabus design, and test preparation by applying a variety more information, contact Professor Kim Brian Lovejoy of theories to books and other ESL (English as a Second- (274-2120). language) teaching devices (e.g., tapes, videotapes, software programs) to evaluate their usefulness and will Faculty learn to evaluate ESL materials for adequateness. Chairperson ENG-G 625 Introduction to Text Linguistics/Discourse Professor Thomas A. Upton Analysis (4 cr.) This course introduces students to current approaches to text and discourse coherence, Graduate Faculty including recent theories of cognitive and interactional text (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University modeling. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct ENG-G 652 English Language Sociolinguistics (4 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) A survey course in American and British sociolinguistics, Professors this course investigates the theoretical bases, the major works, and the methodological approaches of current Dennis P. Bingham*, Ulla M. Connor*, Jonathan Robert sociolinguistics. Eller*, Karen Marie Kovacik, Missy Dehn Kubitschek*, Jane E. Schultz*, Thomas A. Upton LING-L 532 Second-Language Acquisition (3 cr.) Associate Professors LING-L 534 Linguistics Resources and TESOL (3 cr.) Julie Belz, Terri A. Bourus, Frederick J. DiCamilla, Mitchell LING-P 512 Methods and Materials for TESOL 2 (3 cr.) L.H. Douglas, Stephen L. Fox, Ronda C. Henry Anthony, Not currently being offered. David E. Hoegberg, Karen R. Johnson, Kim Brian Lovejoy, LING-T 600 Topics in TESOL and Applied Linguistics Thomas Fletcher Marvin, Robert Rebein, Susan C. (3 cr.) May vary with topic. Intensive study and analysis Shepherd, Jennifer Thorington Springer of selected issues and problems in TESOL and Applied Assistant Professors Linguistics. Topics in this course are of particular interest to the second language practioner. Andy Buchenot, Estela S. Ene, Megan Musgrave, Janani Subramanian LING-T 690 Advanced Readings in TESOL and Applied Linguistics (1-4 cr.) Emeritus Faculty literature-courses John D. Barlow, Barbara Cambridge, Edwin F. Casebeer, ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature Kenneth W. Davis, Sharon J. Hamilton, William M. (4 cr.) Materials, tools, and methods of research. Plater*, Melvin L. Plotinsky*, Helen J. Schwartz, William F. Touponce*, Richard C. Turner, Harriet Wilkins ENG-L 502 Introduction to Literacy Studies and the Teaching of College English (2-4 cr.) Historical and Graduate Studies Office cognitive effects of writing, reading, and language use; 478 May 26, 2016 and the implication of these effects for the teaching and covered may include: Elizabethan and Jacobean writers, study of literature and writing. Restoration theater and poetry, the rise of the novel, Neoclassical writers, Romanticism, Victorian writers. ENG-L 503 Teaching of Literature in College (4 cr.) This course introduces graduate students to the practical ENG-L 645 English Fiction, 1800-1900 (4 cr.) Intensive and theoretical issues involved in teaching literature historical and critical study of nineteenth-century prose including how to set teaching objectives, organize a fiction, especially the novel. course and construct a syllabus. Several different aproaches to teaching literature, including lecture, ENG-L 649 British Literature Since 1900 (4 cr.) discussion, workshop, and online instruction will be This course surveys British literature of the 20th and explored. early 21st centuries. Students study important trends and movements within this field, including Realism, ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism/ Modernism, Surrealism, Postmodernism, and their Research (4 cr.) The conditions and assumptions of historical contexts. studying English, with emphasis on criticism and research on a culturally and historically diverse range of texts. ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture 1900-1945 (4 cr.) Study of American literature and culture from the ENG-L 508 Practicum on Teaching Literature in turn of the century to 1945. College (4 cr.) P: L503 or consent of instructor. Topics include syllabus construction, lecture and discussion ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical Theory techniques, use and evaluation of written work. Offered in (4 cr.) Study of major movements, figures, or topics in two formats: as a practicum in course and syllabus design literary and/or critical theory. for a future undergraduate course; or as a practicum for ENG-L 666 Survey of Children's Literature (4 cr.) A AIs running concurrently with the related undergraduate survey of literature written for children and adolescents course. from the medieval period to the present. ENG-L 553 Studies in Literature (1-3 cr.) Primarily for ENG-L 673 Studies in Women and Literature (4 cr.) secondary-school and junior-college teachers of English. Course covers early modern women writers in English Emphasis on thematic, analytic, and generic study. With before 1800. consent of instructor. May be repeated once for credit. ENG-L 680 Special Topics-Literary Study and Theory ENG-L 560 Literary Studies in England and Scotland (4 cr.) L680 is offered as a Variable Title course. May be (6 cr.) Not currently being offered. Provides on-site repeated for credit with each variable title. opportunities in England and Scotland to explore the literary landscapes of British authors in relation to the ENG-L 681 Genre Studies (4 cr.) A variable-title course, English and Scottish school systems. Designed primarily Genre Studies examines the specific characteristics of for education majors and continuing certification credits. individual genres. May be repeated once for credit. Offered biannually. Department is not currently offering ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English (1-4 cr.) this course. ENG-L 701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual ENG-L 573 Studies of Literary Appreciation I (3 cr.) problems (4 cr.) Social, political, and psychological studies in English and American literature. Topics may vary and include writing-courses for example, literature and colonialism, literature and ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and psychoanalysis, or literature and gender. May also Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues include other world literature. in the teaching of writing and the major approaches to composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) A supervised invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style internship in the uses of language in the workplace. Each and organization, making assignments, and evaluating intern will be assigned a problem or task and will develop student writing. the methods for solving or completing it. Each intern will complete a portfolio of workplace writing and self- ENG-W 502 Fields of Editing: Theories and Practices evaluation. (4 cr.) An introduction to general copyediting, technical editing, and scholarly editing, the course serves as a ENG-L 606 Topics in African American Literature prologue to a comprehensive study of manuscript editing. (4 cr.) Focuses on a particular genre, time period, or Course content includes the identification and recovery of theme of African American literature. Examples: twentieth- modern manuscript texts, with an emphasis on physical century African American women’s novels, black male description, transcription strategies and techniques, and identity in literature, kinship in African American literature, editing of the transcribed text for publication. African American autobiography. May be repeated twice for credit with different focuses. ENG-W 503 Technologies of Editing: Producing Letterpress and Electronic Texts (4 cr.) An applied ENG-L 625 Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical analysis of study of contemporary text production, the course selected tragedies, comedies, history plays, and poetry. examines the standards of accuracy required in ENG-L 641 English Literature 1790-1900 (4 cr.) This professional editing and the way that both text and course surveys British literature of the 16th to the 19th documentation are prepared for publication. It explores centuries. Particular emphasis will be placed on major issues of textual preservation, storage, retrieval, and the writers and movements and on lesser-known writers marketplace as they affect the design and modification of who have recently been rediscovered. Categories letterpress and electronic texts. May 26, 2016 479

ENG-W 508 Graduate Creative Writing for Teachers guides, single-sourcing/document reuse, supervising (4 cr.) W508 offers current and future teachers insights crossfunctional teams, meeting production schedules. into the creative process, teaches them to think as writers do, suggests strategies for critiquing creative work, ENG-W 553 Theory and Practice of Exposition (1-3 cr.) and provides guidance in developing creative writing Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers curriculum. W508 emphasizes hands-on writing activities of English. in three genres, adaptable for use with students at every ENG-W 590 Teaching Composition: Theories and level. Application (4 cr.) Current theories of composition and ENG-W 509 Introduction to Writing & Literacy Studies their pedagogical implications. (4 cr.) This course examines two primary, yet interrelated, ENG-W 600 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition threads in postsecondary education: literacy studies (4 cr.) Covers selected issues in current composition and and contemporary composition teaching. Students will rhetorical theory. May be repeated once for credit with a read, analyze, discuss, and write about key issues in different topic. literacy and writing, laying a foundation for further study. The primary goals for this course are for students 1) to ENG-W 605 Writing Project Summer Institute (3-6 cr.) understand the theoretical and pedagogical implications By application and invitation only. For teachers from K- of literate activity inside and outside the classroom, university, who together consider major issues involved 2) to learn how scholars in writing and literacy studies in the teaching of writing and explore the pedagogical organize their thinking, 3) to recognize different research approaches inherent in these issues. The institute methods in this field, and 4) to develop skills necessary for explores current theories of writing and their application professional success in academia. in the classroom. Preference given to active classroom teachers. ENG-W 510 Computers in Composition (4 cr.) Based in current theories about the process of writing, this course ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (1-4 cr.) surveys the use of computer programs (such as word ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) processing) as writing tools, computer-assigned instruction Writing workshop in such modes as personal essay, as teaching aids, and computer programs as research autobiography, and documentary. Open also to graduate aids to study writing. students not in the creative writing program. ENG-W 511 Graduate Fiction Writing (4 cr.) A graduate- ENG-W 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-4 cr.) level fiction writing workshop. Seminar study of advanced techniques in the writing of fiction, both short stories and Environmental Health Science the novel. Workshop discussion of advanced student work in progress. Fairbanks School of Public Health Departmental URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu ENG-W 513 Graduate Poetry Writing (4 cr.) Offers graduate students an intensive experience in reading and Departmental Email: [email protected] writing poetry. Part workshop and part seminar in poetic (Please note that when conferring University Graduate practice and technique, W513 provides an opportunity for School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The graduate students to expand their poetic range and hone University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements their craft. contained only in The University Graduate School ENG-W 525 Research Approaches for Technical and Bulletin.) Professional Communication (4 cr.) Examines the Doctoral Minor in Environmental Health Science theory and practice of quantitative and qualitative research The 12-hour curriculum for the Ph.D. minor in approaches used by individuals working in technical and Environmental Health Science provides students professional communication. The course explores both with a foundation in the identification and control of primary (i.e. field) and secondary (i.e. library) research environmental hazards that can adversely affect human approaches for learning about content, audience, and health and environmental quality. Students desiring to publication design, providing hands-on experience in pursue a minor in Environmental Health Science must multiple research approaches. have completed at least one semester of inorganic ENG-W 531 Designing and Editing Visual Technical chemistry and one semester of organic chemistry or Communication (4 cr.) This course explores rhetorical biological chemistry. Theories guiding visual communication with in technical Required Courses publications, both paper and electronic. In addition, students will gain experience in cooperatively designing The core course: PBHL-P519 - Environmental Science for and editing visually-oriented publications for specific Public Health (3 cr.) audiences and purposes. Plus three courses from the following list: ENG-W 532 Managing Document Quality (4 cr.) Course considers issues in establishing and maintaining quality PBHL Environmental Toxicology (Prerequisite: Chemistry throughout the document development cycle. Topics for Environmental Health Professionals) (3 cr.) may include principles and theories of quality control, PBHL Environmental Health Risk Assessment in Public establishing quality goals, task analysis and information Health (Prerequisite: Environmental Toxicology) (3 cr.) gathering, usability testing, creating and using style 480 May 26, 2016

PBHL Chemistry for the Environmental Health The application deadline for the Epidemiology Ph.D. Professionals (3 cr.) program is December 15 of each year for matriculation in the following fall semester. Applications must be PBHL Environmental Epidemiology (Prerequisite: submitted through the Schools of Public Health Application Fundamental of Epidemiology) (3 cr.) System (SOPHAS) at www.SOPHAS.org. Documents to PBHL Environmental Health Policy Analysis (3 cr.) be submitted with the application include: PBHL Occupational Health and Safety of Public Health • Resume or curriculum vita Professionals (3 cr.) • Statement of purpose and objectives • Three (3) letters of recommendation from people PBHL Public Health and Emergency Preparedness (3 cr.) who can comment on the applicant’s suitability Other courses may be taken if approved by the student's for doctoral level studies (e.g., former professors, minor advisor; however, all courses must be taken in the employers or other professionals involved in School of Public Health. No transfer credit is allowed. epidemiology) Satisfactory completion of the requirements for the minor • Competitive scores on the GRE, GMAT, MCAT, in Environmental Health Science will be monitored by the LSAT, or DAT. The graduate entrance exam student's minor advisor. Doctoral students must notify the requirement may be waived if the applicant has a School of Public Health before beginning their course of graduate or professional degree from an accredited study for the minor. No credit will be awarded toward a US college or university. minor in Environmental Health Science for classes taken • TOEFL scores for applicants whose native language as part of a Public Health degree or graduate certificate. is not English. Preferred minimum scores are as In this case, students must work with their faculty advisor follows: to identify alternate courses in Environmental Health • Internet-based TOEFL: minimum score of 106 Science. • Computer-based TOEFL: minimum score of 263 Epidemiology • Paper-based TOEFL: minimum score of 620 Department of Epidemiology • IELTS (total band score): minimum score of 7 Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities School URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu/ attended which document a cumulative GPA of at School E-mail: [email protected] least a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in all prior academic work and a letter grade of B or higher in all courses that (Please note that when conferring University Graduate fulfill prerequisites. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • World Education Services (WES) ICAP course- University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements by-course evaluation for all post-secondary foreign contained only in The University Graduate School institutions attended. Bulletin.) • Application to the Indiana University Graduate Curriculum School Degrees Offered Selected candidates will be invited for a personal interview Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and doctoral minor in with the admissions committee. Epidemiology Course Requirements (Also Master of Public Health Degree and Epidemiology A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the Concentration granted by the Indiana University Richard Epidemiology Ph.D. degree. The 90 credit hours will M. Fairbanks School of Public Health. For information consist of the following: on these programs, visit the Fairbanks School of Public Health website, http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu.) Required Courses (31 cr.): A common core of 30 credit hours is required of all students who begin the program Special Department Requirements after the completion of a bachelor’s degree. Required (See also general University Graduate School coursework includes advanced public health survey Requirements) methods, analysis and interpretation of observational studies, and multivariate analysis. The Epidemiology Ph.D. program is designed for advanced graduate students who wish to study the Methods Courses (9 cr.): All Epidemiology Ph.D. distribution of health and illness in diverse populations, students are required to complete three Epidemiology to study the occurrence of illness, and to assess the methods courses (9 credit hours). Courses that qualify to determinants of health and disease risk in human meet this requirement focus on epidemiologic surveillance populations. Admission into the Ph.D. program is based systems, categorical data analysis, survival data analysis, on completion of a baccalaureate degree, although it is applied spatial statistics, clinical trials, and qualitative anticipated that many applicants will have completed a research methods. post baccalaureate degree in epidemiology or another Substantive Courses (15 cr.): All Epidemiology Ph.D. health related discipline. Successful applicants will have students must take 15 hours of substantive courses to demonstrated strong analytical and quantitative skills. provide expertise in specific epidemiology topics. Eligible Admission Requirements course topics include injury epidemiology, infectious disease epidemiology, chronic disease epidemiology, May 26, 2016 481 cancer epidemiology, nutritional epidemiology, and P601 Advanced Epidemiology plus two course from occupational epidemiology, pharmacoepidemiology, the following: genetic association studies, environmental epidemiology, cardiovascular epidemiology, and mental health and E609 Infectious Disease EpidemiologyE610 Chronic illness. Disease Epidemiology Minor Area (12 cr.): All students must complete a E618 Cancer Epidemiology minor in an area related to any of the health and life E635 Foundations of Public Health Informatics sciences. The minor may be obtained in areas such as pharmacology and toxicology, genetics, biology, E651 Public Health Surveillance physiology, bioinformatics, health economics, among E655 Historical Evolution of Epidemiology many others. The minor area must be approved by the student’s academic advisor or advisory committee and E675 Fundamental of Injury Epidemiology it must comply with the requirements of the respective department/unit. E715 Design & Implementation of Observational Studies Doctoral Seminars (3 cr.): Students will enroll in 3 E716 Environmental Eipdemiology doctoral research seminars; each seminar is 1 credit, for a E720 Analysis and Interpretation of Observational Studies total of 3 credits. E730 Molecular and Genetic Epidemiology Dissertation (20 cr.): The remaining hours to total 90 will be guided research dissertation hours. The dissertation E731 Design & Analysis of Genetic Association will be written on an original topic of research and E765 Nutritional Epidemiology presented as one of the final requirements for the Ph.D. degree. E780 Pharmaco-epidemiology Qualifying Exam: All Epidemiology Ph.D. students must E795 Cardiovascular Epidemiology pass a qualifying examination before they can proceed to their dissertation. The written qualifying exam will be taken Doctoral students must notify the IU School of Public after the coursework for the Ph.D. has been completed. Health before beginning their course of study for the Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally minor. All courses must be taken in the Fairbanks School allowed to retake it only once. of Public Health. Students who have already completed any of the required courses as part of their Master of Admission to Candidacy Public Health or Ph.D. requirements cannot apply these courses toward their Ph.D. minor in Epidemiology. In After passing the qualifying examination and the this case, students must work with their faculty advisor to completion of all required coursework, the student’s identify four alternate Epidemiology courses. advisory committee will nominate the student to candidacy. Upon approval by the Dean of the University Faculty Graduate School, the student will be admitted to candidacy. Ph.D. Program Director Students who have passed the qualifying examination Yiqing Song* and have been admitted to candidacy must enroll each Graduate Faculty semester (excluding summer sessions) for dissertation (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct hours in completed course work and deferred dissertation doctoral dissertations.) credits, they may maintain continuous enrollment by enrolling in G901; G901 may be taken for no more than six Professors semesters. Jiali Han*, Marie Swanson*, Terrell Zollinger* Final Examination Associate Professors This is an oral examination; primarily a defense of the dissertation. Yiqing Song*, Gregory Steele* Normal Progress and Termination Assistant Professors The Department of Public Health will monitor the Chunyan He*, Jianjun Zhang*, Jennifer Wessel* students’ progress toward the Ph.D. degree and will make Courses recommendations to the University Graduate School regarding the nomination to candidacy, the appointment of PBHL-E 517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology (3 cr.) a research committee, the defense of the dissertation, and This course will introduce students to basic epidemiologic the conferring of the Ph.D. degree. concepts including determinants of health and patterns of disease in populations, population health descriptive Doctoral Minor in Epidemiology techniques, use of health indicators and secondary The curriculum for the 12-credit minor in epidemiology data sources. Students will gain an understanding provides students with concepts and principles of the of the role of epidemiology in developing prevention research, field, theory and practice of epidemiology. strategies and policy. Among the topics to be covered are Required courses: P517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology measures of mortality and morbidity, design and analysis 482 May 26, 2016 of observational studies, community health assessment looking at such issues as disease specific outcomes and and program evaluation. patient satisfaction. PBHL-B 551 Biostatistics for Public Health I (3 cr.) PBHL-P 650 Readings in Public Health (1-4 cr.) This This course introduces the basic principles and methods course is designed to expose the student to different of data analysis in public health biostatistics. Emphasis readings in public health. The course will allow the is placed on public health examples as they relate to student to apply skills learned in the public health core concepts such as sampling, study design, descriptive courses by collecting data and applying techniques. The statistics, probability, statistical distributions, estimation, student will be required to read critically published papers hypothesis testing, chi-square tests, t-tests, analysis of and identify research topics. variance, linear regression and correlation. PBHL-B 652 Biostatistics for Public Health II (3 cr.) PBHL-P 600 Epidemiologic Research Methods (3 cr.) P: B551. P: G651. This course provides an in-depth presentation This course introduces the advanced principles and of the major research designs, analytical methods, methods of data analysis in public health biostatistics. and practical issues specifically related to conducting Emphasis is placed on public health examples as research in the field of epidemiology, outcomes research, they relate to concepts such as multiple regression, and health economics. Descriptive, observational and analysis of variance and covariance, logistic regression, experimental designs are included. In addition, issues nonparametric statistics, survival analysis, statistics used of ethics, protocol, data quality, instrument design, and in epidemiology, and repeated measures analysis. analysis are covered. PBHL-E 601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517 PBHL-B 653 Applied Multivariate Statistical Methods and B551 (or concurrent enrollment). This course provides (3 cr.) P: B 551 and B652. This applied course is designed students with an in-depth understanding of advanced specifically for graduate and professional studies with epidemiologic concepts introduced in other courses as major in epidemiology. Course will focus on applications to well as a fundamental understanding of epidemiologic real data which will be analyzed by the professor and the techniques not covered in other classes. Topics included students using the SAS software. The course will cover will represent cutting edge techniques, philosophical the following classic multivariate techniques; canonical issues and insights to appropriately conduct and interpret correlations, MANOVA, MANCOVA, discriminant analysis, the findings of epidemiological studies. principal components analysis, exploratory factor analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, and structural equation PBHL-E 609 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) modeling. P: E517. This course is designed to provide a basic overview of the infectious disease process, including PBHL-E 655 Historical Evolution of Epidemiology disease agents, transmission routes, immunity and public (3 cr.) P: E517. health significance. The course introduces principles The course will explore the historical developments and of infectious disease epidemiology, including outbreak public health responses to human disease morbidity and investigation and surveillance, using case studies as mortality, and their importance and influence on the role of examples. Concepts on globalization of disease, microbial public health in modern society. Readings and discussion ecology, and disease eradication also are discussed. will examine in detail, the evolutionary change in the epidemiologic response of a variety of diseases of national PBHL-E 610 Chronic Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) and international importance. P: E517. This course examines chronic health conditions from an epidemiological perspective. Concepts include PBHL-P 670 Environmental Epidemiology (3 cr.) geographical distribution, risk factors, person-related P: E517. This course covers the major developments in determinants, time trends, indicators of control, measures environmental epidemiology. The course is not meant to of severity, surveillance measures, and outcome be comprehensive, but rather to provide an opportunity to measures. Research methods, assessment strategies follow the development of the discipline. and screening tests will also be presented. PBHL-E 675 Fundamentals of Injury Epidemiology PBHL-E 618 Cancer Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517. (3 cr.) P: E517 and B551. This course is designed to provide an overview of This course will introduce students to basic epidemiologic the epidemiology of common cancers, as well as concepts of injury, both intentional and unintentional. methodological issues in etiologic research and cancer We will discuss the burden of injury and its effect on screening. Emphasis will be placed on risk factos that can public health, patterns of injury in populations, the use be modified for cancer control and prevention. of descriptive techniques, and secondary data sources. Students will gain an understanding of the role of injury PBHL-H 620 Patient-Reported Health Outcomes (3 cr.) epidemiology in developing prevention strategies and P: E517 and B551. This web-based course is evidence- policy. Among the topics to be covered are measures based and focused on health outcomes research in of mortality and morbidity, design and analysis of contemporary health care. The different types of health observational studies, community health assessment and outcomes assessment tools and their application in program evaluation. determining patient health status, changes in health status, and the effectiveness of health care interventions PBHL-E 715 Design and Implementation of will be addressed. The course will focus on generic and Observational Studies (3 cr.) P: E517 specific health related outcomes assessment tools, This course examines fundamental aspects of designing and implementing observational epidemiology studies. May 26, 2016 483

The focus is on developing strategies to increase the completion of the study and to determine the nature of the validity of the study results by using techniques to control study product. Generally the product will be a summary for possible confounding factors and biases. Topics and interpretation of the material studied in a literature include sampling methods, sensitivity, data weighting, review format. The PhD srudent and faculty member will standardization, selection of cases and controls, matching, complete and sign a written agreement, which outlines the data collection and project management. scope of work for the semester and will also be signed by the student's academic advisor. PBHL-E 720 Analysis and Interpretation of Observational Studies (3 cr.) P: E715. PBHL-E 752 Doctoral Research in Epidemiology This course examines fundamental aspects of analyzing (1-3 cr.) data generated by observational epidemiology studies. This course is designed to allow PhD students the The focus is on developing a solid understanding of opportunity to explore research questions by collecting contemporary analytical techniques to increase the validity data or using existing data related to their field of study of the study and control for possible confounding factors in Epidemiology. The study topic will be determined and biases. primarily by the PhD student under the direction of a faculty member with input from the student’s concentration PBHL-E 730 Molecular and Genetics Epidemiology advisor. The PhD student is expected to work closely (3 cr.) P: E601 and B652. with the faculty member to develop the study protocol, This course presents fundamental concepts and methods obtain IRB approval if necessary, obtain the data and in molecular and genetic epidemiologic research, and collect the planned data analysis. The time frame for explains different study designs commonly used in genetic completion and the nature of the study product will be epidemiology to identify the genetic basis of common, determined by the PhD student, faculty member and complex disease. Students will learn about available advisor. Generally the product will be a manuscript for common molecular and genetic measures, different study submission to an appropriate journal. The PhD student design searching for disease-causing genes, and their and faculty member will complete a written agreement, interaction with environmental factors, ethnical issues and which outlines the scope of work for the semester. The genetic testing. concentration advisor will also sign this agreement.

PBHL-E 731 Design and Analysis of Genetic PBHL-E 765 Nutritional Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517, Association Studies (3 cr.) P: P601. P652, E730. This B551. course introduces the conceptual and practical tools This course provides students with an overview of needed for population-based genetic association studies fundamental concepts and methods of nutritional among unrelated subjects. Lectures and selected readings epidemiology and the current state of knowledge on well- present key issues (such as linkage disequilibrium, studied associations between diet and chronic diseases. "tagging SNPs," haplotypes, population stratification and Emphasis will be placed on the design, implementation, epistasis) and appropriate statistical methods. Students analysis, and interpretation of nutritional epidemiologic will be required to present selected papers in class. studies. Students will gain hands-on experience with a range of analytic tools and software packages as part of a class PBHL-E 775 Doctoral Research Seminar in project which gives them the opportunity to design and Epidemiology (1 cr.) analyze an association study. This project will require This course is designed to expose PhD students to a wide students to work on real-world problems such as marker range of specific research topics and issues in Public selection, potential multiple comparisons issues due to Health. The seminar topics will be chosen by the Director multiple markers and multiple outcomes, and missing of the PhD program with input from other faculty members. data. The PhD students are expected to attend each seminar session, read assigned material, and participate in the PBHL-E 750 Doctoral Topics in Public Health (1-3 cr.) seminar discussions. The PhD students may be asked Courses offered under this course number would include to present their research projects during the seminar to PhD courses on topics expected to be offered only once, obtain feedback and recommendations from the faculty such as those taught by visiting faculty, and those that and other students. are newly developed and have not yet been assigned a specific course number. The course will focus on a specific topic or technique related to the field of Public PBHL-E 780 Pharmacoepidemiology (3 cr.) P: P517 or Health. The material to be studied will be determined by equivalent. This is an introductory pharmacoepidemiology the instructor with input from the PhD faculty. course. Students will learn how principles of modern epidemiologic methods are used to evaluate the safety, effectiveness, and utilization patterns of medical products PBHL-E 751 Doctoral Readings in Epidemiology (drugs, vaccines, and medical devices) in human (1-3 cr.) populations, with a focus on observational studies. This course is designed to expose a PhD student to published material on a specific topic or technique related PBHL-E 795 Cardiovascular Epidemiology (3 cr.) to their field of study in Epidemiology. The material to be P: E517 or equivalent. This is an advanced graduate studied will be determined primarily by the PhD student course that discusses the topics related to the under the direction of a faculty member with input from epidemiology and prevention of cardiovascular diseases. the student's advisor. The PhD student is expected to The purpose is to give students an overview of the major work closely with the faculty member to develop a strategy cardiovascular diseases and their risk factors, and to to identify the material to study, plan a time frame for 484 May 26, 2016 develop critical thinking skills related to the key issues that 1. Official transcripts from a baccalaureate degree epidemiologists consider. in a related area (e.g., tourism management, hospitality management, sports management, leisure PBHL-E 800 Epidemiology Doctoral Dissertation studies, recreation management, business) from an Research (1-8 cr.) The dissertation will be written on an accredited institution. If a student has completed original topic of epidemiology research and presented as course work from any Indiana University campus, one of the final requirements for the Ph.D. degree. The there is no need to submit a transcript. dissertation must be an original contribution to knowledge 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. and of high scholarly merit. 3. A satisfactory score on the Graduate Record PBHL-E 710 Advanced Public Health Research Examination taken with the past five years (Note: All Methods (3 cr.) students, including graduates of IUPUI Department of Tourism, Conventions and Event Management are PBHL-E 635 Foundations of Public Health Informatics required to take the G.R.E.). (3 cr.) This course will introduce the application of 4. Three letters of recommendation that address Informatics in the Public Health field. The course will the student's potential for academic success in a include a brief review of core public health functions, graduate program. describe the current policies defining the use of informatics in public health, and outline the history of the 5. A candidate's statement (1000 words) regarding the application of informatics principles in both public health applicant's professional experiences, personal goals, and clinical health systems. career aspirations and how earning an M.S. degree relates to each. PBHL-E 651 Public Health Surveillance (3 cr.) P: E517 6. A completed graduate program application and and B551 payment of the non-refundable application fee. 7. International students: A score of 550 or above Event Tourism for the paper-based TOEFL, 213 or above for the Department of Tourism, Conventions, and Event computer-based TOEFL, or 79 on the IBT. Management Prerequisite coursework and/or degrees: Official I.U. School of Physical Education and Tourism transcripts from a baccalaureate degree in a related area Management (e.g., toursim management, hospitality management, leisure studies, recreation management, and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] management) from an accredited institution are required. Departmental URL: http://petm.iupui.edu/tcemdept Students applying to the program with the required prerequisite coursework and/or experience will have (Please note that when conferring University Graduate to take additional undergraduate courses before being School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The admitted in the the program. These include: TCEM 472 University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Global Tourism Seminar; A 300 or higher Statistics course contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Requirements Curriculum This program requires a total of 35 credit hours (29 credits of required coursework and 6 credits of electives). See Degree Offered advisers for the list of applicable courses. Master of Science in Event Tourism Faculty Special Departmental Requirements Chair (See also general University Graduate School Rafael Bahamonde - ([email protected]) requirements.) Associate Dean of School of P.E.T.M., Graduate Programs Coordinator The M.S. in Event Tourism builds on the state's rich reputation around the attraction of events to stimulate Director of T.E.C.M. economic development and image enhancement. Graduates will have a practical and theoretical Amanda Cecil understanding of the events and experiences created by Graduate Faculty expositions, fairs, sports, festivals, conferences, meetings, and cultural destinations. The program culminates in a Amanda Cecil ([email protected]) thesis such that graduates are well equipped to conduct Yao-Yi Fu ([email protected]) research as a means to inform and improve decision making. Graduates will be prepared for positions in public, Carina King ([email protected]) private, and nonprofit organizations related to event tourism experiences. Brian Krohn ([email protected]) Admission Requirements Geography Applicants to the program must demonstrate a strong School of Liberal Arts desire and commitment to the field and the intellectual Departmental E-mail: [email protected] capacity to complete graduate work. To be considered, Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/geography/ applicants must have or provide: May 26, 2016 485

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate Professors School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Frederick L. Bein*, Jeffrey Wilson* contained only in The University Graduate School Associate Professors Bulletin.) Timothy S. Brothers, Owen John Dwyer, Thomas Stanley Curriculum Fedor, Aniruddha "Rudy" Banerjee, Daniel Johnson Degrees Offered Director of Graduate Studies Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Science and Master of Science in Geographic Information Science Associate Professor Aniruddha “Rudy” Banerjee, Cavanaugh Hall 207D, 317-274-3281 Special Departmental Requirements Courses (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) GEOG-G 535 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its Grades atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. B (3.0) average or higher. Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. Science GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Admission Requirements Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution. Recom- instructor. Advanced remote sensing theory and digital mended minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.0. Appropriate image processing techniques with an emphasis on work experience will also be taken into account in environmental science applications. Hands-on computer making decisions about admission. Three letters of exercises provide significant experience in digital image recommendation and a personal statement. processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and quantitative information about Earth’s terrestrial and Course Requirements aquatic environments. Minimum of 15 credit hours, including a core curriculum GEOG-G 537 Computer Cartography and Graphics consisting of G535, G538, and G639. The remaining (3 cr.) Compilation, design, production, and evaluation of courses are to be chosen from G536, G537, G539, and maps and related graphic materials. Includes cartometric G588. procedures, symbolization, color use guidelines, map typography, photographic manipulations, computer Master of Science in Geographic Information Science animation, and geographic visualization techniques. Admission Requirements GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Undergraduate degree in geography or related Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic discipline. Recommended minimum undergraduate Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database GPA of 3.0. Appropriate work experience will also design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and be taken into account when making decisions about case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory admission. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. Examinations, three letters of recommendation, and Lecture and laboratory. personal statement. GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Course Requirements Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. A minimum of 30 credit hours including core requirements Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic in GIS theory and methods from three of the following four information science and spatial analysis techniques using courses: G535, G537, G538, G588. All students must take GIS software. This advanced course is for students who G560 and G639. seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze Thesis or Research Papers their own GIS data and models. Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two GEOG-G 560 Geography Internship (1-4 cr.) research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed P: Graduate level courses in geography and consent of for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each instructor. Faculty-directed study of geographical problems research paper. based on an internship experience. Student’s area of Faculty placement must be related to major field of study. Offered fall, spring, and each summer session. Student may Chairperson complete more than one internship, but total credit earned cannot exceed 4 credit hours. Associate Professor Daniel Johnson GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty P: Consent of instructor. Extension of Traditional (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Statistical analysis to spatial data. Spatial means and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct spatial variances, the examination of differences in doctoral dissertations.) samples over space, spatial autocorrelation, nearest 486 May 26, 2016 neighbor analysis, map comparison techniques. Emphasis Admission Requirements on practical applications. Students accepted into the program must complete GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic university, school, and program admission requirements. Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic The minimum admission requirements are as follows: information science principles in the collection and analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote 1. A baccalaureate degree from an accredited sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current litera- institution (applicant must submit an official copy of ture on techniques, theory, technology, and applications all undergraduate transcripts). with an emphasis on environmental topics. Discussion, 2. Cumulative undergraduate grade point average of laboratory, and research project. 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. 3. At least one undergraduate statistics or research GEOG-G 704 Soils Geography (3 cr.) P: G538. methods course completed with a grade of B or Examines the spatial aspects of soils from a global and better. local perspective including soil genesis, morphology, 4. Three letters of recommendation from those familiar and classification; physical, chemical, mechanical and with the applicant’s academic and professional biological properties of soil; and land use mapping, performance. analysis, planning, and management. 5. 300 to 500 word personal statement of academic GEOG-G 845 Research Papers in Geography (3 cr.) and professional goals. Research papers under the supervision of faculty. 6. If applicable, a TOEFL score of at least 600. Graduate students in the M.S. in Geographic Information No student will be permitted to work toward a degree Science program who choose the Research Papers option without first being admitted to the Master of Science will develop two research papers under the guidance of program. their graduate advisor (IUPUI Faculty Member) and two other faculty members chosen in consultation with the Prior Course Work Applied Toward Degree advisor. The research paper topics will be related to the Requirements field of Geographic Information Science in their focus and methods. **New only to IUPUI. A maximum of 6 graduate credit hours earned at Indiana University before admission may be applied toward a GEOG-G 850 Masters Thesis (3-6 cr.) Directed research degree. Upon the recommendation of the Health Sciences and writing under the supervision of a faculty committee. program director and with the approval of the School of **New only to IUPUI. Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Academic Studies and Research Development Committee, up to 8 credit hours Health and Rehabilitation Sciences of graduate work at other institutions may be transferred School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences in partial fulfillment of degree requirements. No course Departmental E-mail: [email protected] may be transferred from another institution unless the course was completed with a grade of B or higher within Departmental URL: www.shrs.iupui.edu/health_sciences five years before matriculation in the Master of Science degree program. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Application Materials University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin. An applicant must submit completed application forms Requirements may or may not be reflected identically in to the Office of Academic and Student affairs, School departmental URLs.) of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences. Transcripts from all universities attended must be included. However, Curriculum if the applicant is a graduate of Indiana University, the school will obtain those transcripts directly. Non–Indiana Degrees Offered University graduates must submit at least one official Master of Science in Health Sciences, Doctor of transcript from each university attended. A nonrefundable Philosophy in Health and Rehabilitation Sciences application fee is required from all applicants who have Master of Science in Health Sciences never attended Indiana University. Program Information Curriculum The program is designed to meet the educational needs A total of 36 credit hours will be required to complete the of practicing health and rehabilitation professionals and degree, allocated as follows: educators. All courses are offered in a distance format. Most of the courses taken to satisfy the requirements • SHRS W510 Trends and Issues in Health Sciences of the master’s degree can be used to fulfill course (3 cr.) requirements for the Ph.D. in Health and Rehabilitation • SHRS W520 Evidence Based Critical Inquiry in the Sciences. Health Sciences (3 cr.) • SHRS W541 Administration and Supervision of Program Requirements Rehabilitation Organizations (3 cr.) The program consists of a minimum of 36 credit hours of • SHRS W550 Health and Rehabilitation Systems course work, including a required 6 credit hour project or Across the World (3 cr.) thesis. • SHRS W562 Psychological Aspects of Disability (3 cr.) May 26, 2016 487

• SHRS W625 Diveristy Issues in Health and discipline, or completion of a baccalaureate degree Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) with professional experience. • SHRS W663 Legal and Regulatory Aspects of 2. Resume or curriculum vitae. Rehabilitation Organizations (3 cr.) 3. A 300-500 word personal statement of learning • SHRS W667 Ethical Issues in Rehabilitation objectives, research interest, and leadership Services (3 cr.) potential. Competitive scores on the verbal and • NURS R505 Measurement and Data Analysis (or quantitative sections and a score of 3.5 or better on equivalent) (3 cr.) the analytical writing section of the GRE, completed • SHRS W599 Thesis(6 cr.) (arranged) OR within 5 years before matriculation into the Ph.D. • SHRS W600 Project in Health Sciences (6 cr.) program. Successful completion of a post graduate degree will waive the matriculation time period. Courses in Health Sciences 4. Formal interview with Ph.D. faculty once all materials • SHRS W510 Trends and Issues in the Health have been received. Sciences (3 cr.) 5. Within one year from acceptance the student must • SHRS W520 Evidence-Based Critical Inquiry in the identify a person willing to serve as the research Health Sciences (3 cr.) mentor. The mentor must be actively engaged in research, and be able to effectively guide the • SHRS W661 Theories of Health Promotion/Disease student in the research process. The mentor does Prevention (3 cr.) not have to be a faculty member in the SHRS, but • SHRS W667 Ethical Issues in Rehabilitation must hold IU Graduate Faculty status or equivalent. Services (3 cr.) This person may also serve as chair of the student’s • SHRS W550 Health and Rehabilitation Systems dissertation committee. Across the World (3 cr.) • SHRS W551 Health and Rehabilitation Professionals A maximum of 30 semester credits may be transferred in Developing Countries (3 cr.) from the student’s post baccalaureate course work, as • SHRS W552 Seminar in Global Rehabilitation and approved by the University Graduate School. No course Health (3 cr.) may be transferred from another institution unless the • SHRS W560 Survey of Adaptive Rehabilitation course was completed with a grade of B or higher. Technology (3 cr.) Any exceptions to the admissions policies must be • SHRS W561 Approaches to Rehabilitation Case requested in writing to the director of the Ph.D. program. Management (3 cr.) • SHRS W562 Psychological Aspects of Disability (3 Curriculum Requirements cr.) The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. are 90 credit • SHRS W625 Diversity Issues in Health and hours of advanced study, of which 30 semester credits Rehabilitation Services (3 cr.) may be transferred from the student’s post-baccalaureate • SHRS W640 Medical Aspects of Disabilities (3 cr.) degree study, as approved by the student's advisory • SHRS W641 Proposal Writing for Community-Based committee and the University Graduate School. Rehabilitation Programs (3 cr.) The credits for the Ph.D. are distributed in the following • SHRS W642 Practicum in Rehabilitation and categories: Disability (3 cr.) • SHRS W650 Global Perspectives in Nutrition, Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Core Curriculum (12 Health, Disease, and Disability (3 cr.) credits in required courses) • SHRS W651 International Service-Learning in • W660 Rehabilitation Theories and Applications (3 Rehabilitation (3 cr.) cr.) Master of Science in Therapeutic Outcomes Research • W661 Theories of Health Promotion and Disease This program is not currently accepting applications. Prevention (3 cr.) • W662 Rehabilitation Services in Healthcare Systems Doctor of Philosophy in Health and Rehabilitation and Delivery (3 cr.) Sciences • W672 Teaching Practicum within area of Degree Objective specialization (3 cr.) To develop scholars who, through their leadership and Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Concentration (30 original research, will contribute to the knowledge base of credits) health and rehabilitation sciences. Graduates will be able to be employed in universities, health care facilities and Students will select one of the three areas of concentration industries that focus on teaching others and advancing identified by the Institute of Medicine. Students must knowledge in health and rehabilitation. declare an area of concentration and identify appropriate coursework within the SHRS and across campus in Admissions Policy consultation with their Advisory Committee. Areas of Requirements, in addition to those of the Graduate concentration include: School, include: • Pathophysiology and Impairment Research 1. Completion of a post baccalaureate degree in health • Functional Limitations/Functional Participation and rehabilitation sciences or in a related health care Research • Health Services Research 488 May 26, 2016

Research Core (42 credits) Graduate Certificate in Health Sciences Patient • GRAD G505 The Responsible Code of Research (1 Centered Outcomes cr.) This program is not currently accepting applications. • GRAD N802 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing Faculty (3 cr.) • NURS W540 Writing for Publication (3 cr.) Chairperson • SHRS W670 Research Practicum in Health and Brent Arnold ([email protected]) Rehabilitation Sciences (6 cr.) • Statistics and Research Design courses (9 cr.; Graduate Faculty courses must be approved by the student’s Advisory (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Committee as part of the student’s plan of study) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct • Dissertation to include proposal (20 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) Electives (6 credits) Professors Minor Austin Agho, Brent Arnold*, M. Sue Brady (Emerita), Thomas Fisher*, Joyce Mac Kinnon, Jacquelynn O’Palka, Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the Ph.D. Rebecca Porter curriculum, each student will complete 6-12 credits in an external area, and thus satisfy the minor requirement for Associate Professors the Ph.D.; specialized minors may be constructed on a Sara Blackburn, Jeffrey Crabtree, Tracy Dierks*, Judith case-by-case basis, if needed for a particular student’s Ernst, Michael Justiss*, Patricia Scott, Stuart Warden* program. Assistant Professors Comprehensive Examination Peter Altenburger, Mary Beth Brown, Robyn Fuchs*, Near, and usually in, the last semester of course work, Chiung-Ju Liu, Kristine Miller, Niki Munk students will be required to take a comprehensive written qualification examination in health and Graduate Advisor rehabilitation sciences, prepared by the student’s Advisory Brent Arnold*, 120 Coleman Hall, 1140 West Michigan Committee. Only students who pass the exam may Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, (317) 278-9658 continue in the program. Students may be able to retake the examination one time if they fail to pass the first Courses time. The retake must occur within six months of the original examination. Courses in Health Sciences SHRS-W 510 Trends and Issues in the Health Sciences Courses in Health and Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) A seminar course to review pertinent literature and Courses offered in the School of Health and Rehabilitation other sources of information as a basis for discussing Sciences trends and issues affecting the therapeutic professions and the health care delivery system. • SHRS N576 Leadership Development in Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) SHRS-W 520 Evidence-Based Critical Inquiry in the • SHRS W660 Rehabilitation Theories and Application Health Sciences (3 cr.) Fundamentals of research (3 cr.) methodology, design, techniques, and procedures applicable to research problems in the allied health • SHRS W661 Theories of Health Promotion and disciplines. Introduction to computer data analysis. Not Disease Prevention (3 cr.) currently being offered. • SHRS W662 Rehabilitation Services in Health Care Systems and Delivery (3 cr.) SHRS-W 667 Ethical Issues in Rehabilitation Services • SHRS W670 Research Practicum in Health and (3 cr.) Designed to explore contemporary ethical issues Rehabilitation Sciences (3-6 cr.) and concerns related to the delivery, organization, and • SHRS W672 Teaching Practicum in Health and management of rehabilitation services. Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) SHRS-W 550 Health and Rehabilitation Systems • SHRS W680 Independent Study in Health and Across the World (3 cr.) Issues in global health and Rehabilitation Sciences (1-4 cr.) rehabilitation deliver systems from the viewpoint of many • SHRS W690 Dissertation Proposal in Health & different disciplines with an emphasis on economically Rehabilitation Sciences (3-6 cr.) less developed countries. • SHRS W692 Dissertation in Health & Rehabilitation Sciences (3-8 cr.) SHRS-W 551 Health and Rehabilitation Professionals in Developing Countries (3 cr.) The primary purpose of Courses offered in other IUPUI Schools this course is to help students understand the roles and expectations and the scope of training and educational • GRAD G505 The Responsible Conduct of Research preparation of health and rehabilitation professionals (1 cr.) across the world with emphasis on economically less • GRAD N802 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing developed countries. (3 cr.) • NURS W540 Writing for Publication (3 cr.) SHRS-W 552 Seminar in Global Rehabilitation and Health (3 cr.) This course is designed to cover current May 26, 2016 489 topics in international management and organization of global perspectives with specific focus on economically health and rehabilitation services, governance, ethics, less developed countries, examining existing and impact of donor organizations, and emerging global emerging issues in international nutrition that influence primary and public health care issues. the health, well-being, and disability and the efficacy and effectiveness of nutritional interventions in the prevention SHRS-W 560 Survey of Adaptive Rehabilitation of disease and disability among people living in developing Technology (3 cr.) Assisting students in the knowledge/ countries. awareness of available high-tech/low-tech equipment, or product systems that are used in rehabilitation settings to SHRS-W 651 International Service-Learning in increase, maintain, or improve functional capabilities of Rehabilitation (3 cr.) Designed to give students individuals with disabilities, emphasizing the application of direct experience in the organization and financing clinically-based strategies for determining an individual’s of rehabilitation services in other parts of the world, need for and acceptance of adaptive technology to this experiential component allows students to apply improve functional outcomes. their newly acquired normative and cognitive skills and knowledge in an international rehabilitation institution. SHRS-W 561 Approaches to Rehabilitation Case Students will travel abroad under the supervision of Management (3 cr.) Exploring the historical perspective, faculty. technological and humanitarian advances, and major issues in the rehabilitation administrative environment; Health and Rehabilitation Sciences discussing and analyzing the legislative mandates relative SHRS-N 576 Leadership Development in Pediatric to their effects on shaping the administrative environment Nutrition (3 cr.) This is an entry-level leadership in rehabilitation; acquiring knowledge of the process and development series of experiential learning activities, significance of administrative competency in delivering including a leadership development project for post- services to rehabilitation consumers. baccalaureate health care professionals and fellows. Not currently being offered. SHRS-W 562 Psychological Aspects of Disability (3 cr.) P: Medical terminology course or equivalent. SHRS-W 660 Rehabilitation Theories and Application Students will review medical terminology and gain (3 cr.) This course explores theories common to all an understanding of major disabling conditions, the rehabilitation therapies and forms a foundation for psychological and vocational aspect of adjustment to rehabilitation sciences. Theories such as adaption to disability and chronic long term illness, and examine disease, cognition, disability, and injury are applied to psychological and social theories related to disability and rehabilitation practice and research design across the life chronic illness and Code of Ethics. span. SHRS-W 625 Diversity Issues in Health and SHRS-W 661 Theories of Health Promotion and Rehabilitation Services (3 cr.) Designed to prepare Disease Prevention (3 cr.) This course focuses on students to formulate strategies to address the the role of health behaviors such as eating nutritious interrelationship of race, gender, culture, and ethnicity and foods, exercising, and avoiding unhealthy habits, in how they affect access and use of health and rehabilitation health promotion and disease prevention. A principal services. concentration will be on health promotion within disabling conditions. SHRS-W 640 Medical Aspects of Disabilities (3 cr.) The primary emphasis of this survey course is on SHRS-W 662 Health and Rehabilitation Systems medically determined aspects of disabling impairments Delivery (3 cr.) This course analyses emerging trends and disabilities. Students will learn the functional in health care systems and delivery associated with limitations associated with major disabling conditions rehabilitation. Areas to be covered include organizational particularly as they relate to the delivery of rehabilitation infrastructures, finance, public policy and implications for services. Current trends and methodologies involved in disparate patient populations. rehabilitation processes will be covered. SHRS-W 670 Research Practicum in Health and SHRS-W 641 Proposal Writing for Community- Rehabilitation Sciences (3-6 cr.) Instructional orientation Based Rehabilitation Programs (3 cr.) An interactive to research; includes laboratory experience in the educational opportunity to develop skills related to fund student’s concentration area. This course may be taken development in a community rehabilitation setting, more than once. providing an overview of the grant development process. Students will research local and national funding sources SHRS-W 672 Teaching Practicum in Health and and learn about traditional and non-traditional sources Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) Instructional teaching to develop and maintain community-based rehabilitation theories and methodologies to include teaching a unit of programs. Includes guest speakers. instruction in the student’s concentration area. This course may be taken more than once. NOTE: Any student that SHRS-W 642 Practicum in Rehabilitation and Disability has an interest in teaching is advised to incorporate other (3 cr.) Designed to give students direct work experience in instructional teaching methodology courses into his/her various private and public sector rehabilitation agencies, plan of study. this experiential component allows the student an opportunity to apply his/her newly acquired normative and SHRS-W 680 Independent Study in Health and cognitive skills and knowledge in an actual work setting. Rehabilitation Sciences (1-4 cr.) A course for students interested in specific interdisciplinary topics in health and SHRS-W 650 Global Perspectives in Nutrition, Health, rehabilitation sciences. Disease, and Disability (3 cr.) Major emphasis on 490 May 26, 2016

SHRS-W 690 Dissertation Proposal in Health & Assistant Professors Rehabilitation Sciences (3-6 cr.) Students will submit a written proposal for original scholarly work that makes Katharine Head, Krista Hoffman-Longtin, Jonathan a significant contribution to research in the field of Rossing, YoungJu Shin health and rehabilitation sciences. Proposal to include Adjunct Faculty introduction to topic, literature review, and indication of methodology. This course may be taken more than once. Mark Di Corcia, Marianne Matthias SHRS-W 692 Dissertation in Health & Rehabilitation Director of Graduate Studies Sciences (3-8 cr.) P: W690. Original scholarly dissertation Jennifer Bute, Department of Communication Studies, that makes a significant contribution to the field of health Cavanaugh Hall 307J, IUPUI, (317) 274-2090, and rehabilitation sciences. Topic to be selected by the [email protected] student and his/her Research Committee. Therapeutic Outcomes Research Health Communication SHRS-W 510 Trends and Issues in the Health Sciences School of Liberal Arts (3 cr.) A seminar course to review pertinent literature and Department of Communication Studies other sources of information as a basis for discussing Departmental E-mail: [email protected] trends and issues affecting the therapeutic professions and the healthcare delivery system. Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/comm/ SHRS-W 520 Evidence-Based Critical Inquiry in (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the Health Sciences (3 cr.) Fundamental concepts School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of research, ranging from philosophical foundations to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements practical applications. Course provides the conceptual contained only in The University Graduate School framework in which graduate students may develop Bulletin). their own research agenda. In keeping with the diversity Curriculum of research, this course strives to introduce graduate students to the entire continuum of research paradigms, Degrees Offered from qualitative, naturalistic inquiry to quantitative, Doctor of Philosophy in Health Communication experimental designs. The Ph.D. program in health communication includes the SHRS-W 540 Patient-Centered Outcomes Research following main program objectives. Students will: (3 cr.) Explorations of selected patient-centered outcomes • Obtain competency for teaching and research evaluation methodology and research evidence related to in areas that include: health and interpersonal the health professions at an advanced level. relationships, intercultural health, and mediated SHRS-W 570 Research Communication in the Health communication in healthcare contexts including Sciences (2-3 cr.) P: W520 and consent of both instructor health campaign development. Ethical questions and research advisor. Instruction and consultation in regarding each of these health communication the preparation of master’s thesis proposals, including contexts will be explored as well. computer applications for conducting online literature • Initiate, participate, and develop competency in searches, developing an individual bibliographic database, research on health and medical ommunication designing an original research project, and devising issues. a sound methodology. Final outcome is a completed • Gain skills in understanding clinical problems thesis proposal for submission to a graduate student’s affected by communication. thesis committee. Course is open only to health sciences • Develop the capabilities necessary to translate graduate students pursuing the research/thesis track in research on clinical problems impacted by their program of study. Students must begin the course communication into practice. with a specific research agenda already approved by their • Receive training for academic jobs and healthcare research advisor. professional positions. Faculty Special Departmental Requirements Chairperson (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Associate Professor Kristina Sheeler* Admission Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Required Coursework doctoral dissertations.) • Students entering the program must have at least Professors a Master’s degree (minimum of 30 credit hours) in Communication or a related social science or health Linda G. Bell, John Parrish-Sprowl*, Sandra Petronio discipline. Preference will be given to those students Associate Professors with degrees from communication studies programs. • Students should have a GPA of 3.5 or higher in their Maria Brann*, Jennifer Bute*, Catherine A. Dobris, Master’s coursework. Elizabeth Goering*, Kristine Karnick, Gail G. Whitchurch*, • Students are expected to have taken some Kim White-Mills*, Kristina Horn Sheeler* foundational coursework in Communication. For May 26, 2016 491

students entering the program with no background in with the approval of the advisory committee and the Dean Communication, additional preparatory coursework of the University Graduate School. All coursework taken in the discipline may be required as a condition of for the Ph.D. must be completed within seven years prior admission. to the passing of qualifying exams, including any transfer courses. Coursework that does not meet this criterion may Required Testing be revalidated. • Applicants are required to take the Graduate Students entering the program must have at least a Record Examination (GRE) Revised General Test Master’s (minimum of 30 credit hours) in a related social (Quantitative, Verbal, and Analytical Writing). While science or health discipline, with preference given the Department of Communication Studies has not to those students with degrees from communication instituted a fixed minimum GRE-score requirement, studies programs. Overall, the requirements include core successful candidates typically have scores between courses (15 credit hours), seminars in content areas 150-170 in Verbal Reasoning and in Quantitative focused on (but not limited to) interpersonal relationship Reasoning and a score between 4.0-6.0 in Analytical communication, intercultural communication, mediated/ Writing. campaign communication (at least 15 credit hours), minor • In addition, non-native English speakers who did (9-12 credit hours), field work/research (6-9 credit hours), not complete a degree at a college or university in and dissertation credits (12 credit hours). the U.S. must take an English competency test. The student may complete either of the following: Core Courses (15 credit hours) required of all students • Test of English as a Foreign Language • C500 Advanced Communication Theory (3) (TOEFL). The expectation for admission is a minimum score of 88 on the TOEFL iBT • C592 Advanced Health Communication (3) (internet based test). Please note that this • C680 Doctoral Qualitative/Rhetorical Methods (3) score represents the minimum that will be • C690 Doctoral Quantitative Methods (3) considered. In practice, we look for scores • C695 Seminar in Communication and Healthcare (3) above 100. Seminars in Content Areas (at least 15 credit hours) • International English Language Testing System (IELTS). The minimum acceptable IELTS score • Students may select from the courses offered is 6.5; in practice, we look for an IELTS of 7 within Communication Studies. In addition, other or more. It is required that applicants take the cross-listed seminars from affiliated faculty in academic reading and writing modules, not the departments or programs such as the Indiana Center general training reading and writing modules. for Intercultural Communication (I.C.I.C.). Medical Please note that this score represents the Humanities, Medical Sociology, and other health- minimum that will be considered. In practice, related areas may count toward the student's degree we look for scores above 7. with approval from the student's advisor. Minor Area of Emphasis (9-12 credit hours): All students Additional Required Materials must complete a minor in an area related to their primary • A written statement of purpose for entering into this health communication focus. For example, a student Ph.D. program, hoping to work in a non-profit health organization might • Three letters of recommendation from individuals in pursue a minor area of emphasis in public health, professional positions able to judge success health informatics, or philanthropic studies. Students • Curriculum vitae hoping to work in the government sector might pursue law and health, industrial organizational psychology, • Graduate and undergraduate transcripts or public health. Minor areas of Ph.D. study might • A writing sample demonstrating academic writing also include bioethics, nursing, bioinformatics, clinical ability psychology, medical sociology, marketing, social work, Undergraduate Record health economics, science, or any area in the health and life sciences disciplines or the Liberal Arts disciplines Graduate School requirements include a bachelor’s connected to the student’s area of primary focus. An degree from an accredited college or university, a interdisciplinary minor can be developed in consultation minimum 3.0 grade point average on a scale of 4, and a with the student’s advisor and advisory committee as well minimum 3.0 average in the major field. as a minor in research methods/tools. The minor area Applications will be viewed in their entirety. A candidate’s of emphasis must be approved by the student’s advisor outstanding qualifications in one area can be balanced and advisory committee and contain a minimum of three against more marginal qualifications in another dimension. graduate level courses (9 credit hours) in accordance with Keep in mind that admission is competitive and financial the department or unit in which the minor is housed. Some support even more competitive. Most of the students departments require a 12 credit hour minor. admitted and supported will exceed the minimal Comprehensive Examinations: All students must take requirements written examinations that cover both broad knowledge Program Requirements of the health communication field as well as specialized knowledge of a chosen area of health communication. IU requires a minimum of 90 credit hours of approved Comprehensive exams are taken after the student has graduate coursework beyond the Bachelor’s degree. A completed a minimum of 39 credit hours (beyond the maximum of 30 credit hours of approved graduate work completed with a grade of B or better may be transferred 492 May 26, 2016

Master’s) including the required core, seminars, and minor ideas are expressed through techniques unique to the coursework. language of radio, television, film, and the Internet. Fieldwork /Research (6-9 credit hours): All students are COMM-C 528 Group Communication and required to initiate or participate in original research with Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course the approval of advisor. This field/research work is geared examines the ways in which informal groups and to focus the student’s research interest to serve as a communication networks facilitate a variety of spring-board for the dissertation work. organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion of innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing theoretical Ph.D. Dissertation (12 credit hours): Dissertation credits understanding of informal groups in organizations as are structured so that the student is unencumbered well as on methodological issues involved in studying with completing coursework and can focus completely communication networks in organizations. on conducting research and writing the dissertation for completion of the degree. COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to criticism as a method of Courses studying persuasive messages in speeches, fiction, mass COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory (3 cr.) media, musical lyrics, political campaign literature, art, and Students explore how scholars from various traditions other modes of communication in contemporary culture. have described and explained the universal human COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) A experience of communication. Students develop an course organized primarily around theories and critical understanding of a variety of communication theories to strategies commonly considered within the broad category more completely interpret events in more flexible, useful, of contemporary criticism. The course utilizes primary and discriminating ways. theoretical texts to introduce students to a variety of COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research methodologies employed in analyzing media messages, Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) The and emphasizes the application of theoretical frameworks course is designed to offer an opportunity to examine, on the analysis of specific media texts. assess, and conduct quantitative research that employs COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational Communication communication theory and quantitative research methods (3 cr.) An introductory course in interpersonal as a means to test theory in applied settings and/or as communication. Applications of communication a means to applied ends (i.e., problem-solving policy theory/research in such areas as relational culture and analysis). relationship development. Includes a scholarly project on COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research Methods a real relationship, and applications of research to areas in Communication Studies (3 cr.) P: 6 credits (at any such as pedagogy and couple/family therapy. level) of coursework in Communication Studies. Inductive COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational (data-to-theory) approach to knowledge, and associated Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a solid sequential and non-sequential methods for studying foundation of concepts for understanding and discussing communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., human organizations. Students will analyze, evaluate, friendships and other close personal dyads, families, and apply the theories and practices related to orga- small groups, organizations, and public, media, historical, nizational issues. Through case studies, readings, and computer mediated, or health-related contexts. practical applications, this course combines a theory- COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) An based understanding of communication in organizations applied learning project that provides students with a with real-world applications. culminating educational experience. The project gives COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural Communication students the opportunity to apply their knowledge of (3 cr.) Exploration of issues related to the intercultural communicative processes to real-life organizational communication process. Consideration of the role of problems, and provides the opportunity to produce a body social, cultural, and historical contexts in intercultural of work reflecting their abilities. interactions. Examination of the relationship between COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer culture and communication from the socio-psychological, Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach communication interpretive, and critical perspectives. skills and practices related to health care talk by COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied examining transactional communication within health care Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving topics course. contexts. Topics covered in this course focus directly upon The changing nature of the topic allows graduate students interpersonal dialogue between health care providers and to explore, synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the patients. field of communication and the particular discipline of COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication (3 cr.) applied communication while focusing on a single topic not Theory and application of oral communication integral to otherwise addressed in the course of study. institutional and corporate professionals. Critical analysis COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication of representative manuscripts of American speechmaking, (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication and development and presentation of forms and types of skills and practices related to health care by examining public address for professionals. health care communication theory. Topics range across COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) This communication levels (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, course specifically focuses on the effective use of media organization, mass media, and mediated communication) as a means of persuasion. This course explains how within a variety of health care contexts. May 26, 2016 493

COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication advertising, and oratory; social media, technology, and (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the role of popular culture; the news, framing, and political media; communication in creating and maintaining marriages/ citizenship, public deliberation, and decision making in committed couples and families. Includes a scholarly term what some argue is a divided political culture. We will paper on a real couple or family's communication. read and discuss state of the art research in political communication and meet individuals who are currently COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict working in a communication capacity in public political Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar- campaigns. format course examines the communication exchanges that facilitate conflict management within organizational COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media (3 cr.) contexts. Specific attention is focused on negotiation and Focus on the effect of media on health behavior. mediation; however, the communication of alternative Theories of health behavior change and media effects means of conflict and dispute resolution are also examined; applications of theory to health campaigns discussed. In addition, students will be introduced to evaluated. Examples of mediated health campaigns methods for assessing conflict interaction in organizations. and effectiveness discussed. Considerations include: interplay among theory, research, practice; how theory COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication informs practice; how research aids in theory construction/ students who choose the thesis option will identify a refinement. research topic and develop it under the guidance of the student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). The thesis COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis topic will be related to the field of applied communication Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have enrolled in its foci and method. in 30 or more hours of graduate course work applicable to the degree and who have completed all other COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course integrates requirements of the degree except the thesis of the final applied communication theory and practice in a practice project of performances may enroll in COMM G598. setting. Students will apply theoretical concepts and Requires section authorization. research tools, conduct projects, and interact with communication professionals in the designated setting. In Health Policy Management concert with the student's chosen area of concentration, he or she will address issues of importance to that Department of Health Policy and Management particular organization. Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health School URL: http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This course School E-mail: [email protected] provides students with the opportunity to synthesize and apply knowledge acquired through course work (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and professional experience into a completed research School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The project in applied communication. Students will work University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements independently on a topic/issue of choice under the contained only in The University Graduate School guidance of graduate faculty. Bulletin.) COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated Communication Curriculum (3 cr.) An overview of practical and scholarly approaches to computer mediated communication. The readings Degrees Offered address mass communication, discourse, community, Doctor of Philosophy in Health Policy and gender, intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal Management relationships, identity, organizational communication, and (The Master in Public Health, Health Policy and education. Management Concentration and Master of Health Administration are granted by the Indiana University COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts (3 cr.) Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health. For This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on communication information on all five of the concentrations offered in the involving families in health care settings, addressing M.P.H. Program and M.H.A., visit the Fairbanks School of significant issues for graduate/professional students Public Health website, (http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu). who will work with families, including students in Comm. Studies, Nursing, Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, Special Department Requirements and Medicine. Topics include communication with families (See also general University Graduate School about health care concerns and family-patient-health requirements.) provider systems The Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program is COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes a designed for advanced graduate students who wish to rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its broadest be prepared to conduct research and take leadership sense, how it affects our lives everyday and how we can roles in health policy, health services, and health care find evidence of persuasive tactics in unexpected places. management. Completion of a baccalaureate degree is We will look broadly at theories of persuasion and their required and professional experience in public health is application across contexts and fields. preferred. It is anticipated that many applicants will have COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) a post-baccalaureate degree in public health, other health This course will examine the public communication related disciplines, behavioral or social science, law, or involved in various political contexts. We will consider business or health administration. the communication involved in political campaigns, 494 May 26, 2016

Admission Requirements studies, multivariate analysis, or organizational research methods, among others. The application deadline for the Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program is December 15 of each year Substantive Elective Courses (9 cr.): All Health Policy for matriculation in the following fall semester. Applications Ph.D. students must take 9 hours of substantive elective must be submitted through the School of Public Health courses. Students may choose courses on the history of Application System (SOPHAS) at www.SOPHAS.org. public health, strategic management in healthcare, ethical Document to be submitted with the application include: and policy issues in international research, public health law, health informatics, mental health and addictions, • Resume or curriculum vita among others. • Statement of purpose and objectives • Sample of scholarly writing authored solely by the Minor Area (12 cr.): All students must complete a minor applicant in any area related to a health and life science. The • Three (3) letters of recommendation from people minor choice must be approved by the student’s advisor. who can comment on the applicant’s suitability Examples of minors include: bioethics, international for doctoral level studies (e.g., former professors, research ethics, biostatistics, epidemiology, health employers or other professionals involved in health economics, medical sociology, medical anthropology, policy and management) nursing administration, business administration, and • Competitive scores on the GRE, GMAT, MCAT, bioinformatics. The minor must contain a minimum of four LSAT, or DAT. The graduate entrance exam graduate level courses (12 credit hours) in the chosen requirement may be waived if the applicant has a area and comply with the minor requirements of the graduate or professional degree from an accredited respective department/unit. U.S. college or university. Doctoral Seminars (4 cr.): Students will enroll in 4 • TOEFL scores for applicants whose native language doctoral research seminars; each seminar is 1 credit for a is not English. Preferred minimum scores are as total of 4 credits. follows: • Internet-based TOEFL: minimum score of 106 Dissertation (23 credit hours): The remaining hours to • Computer-based TOEFL: minimum score of total 90 will be guided research dissertation hours. The 263 dissertation will be written on an original topic of research and presented as one of the final requirements for the • Paper-based TOEFL: minimum score of 620 Ph.D. degree. • IELTS (total band score): minimum score of 7 Qualifying Exam • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended documenting a cumulative GPA of at least All Health Policy and Management Ph.D. students must a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in all prior academic work and pass a qualifying examination before they can proceed to a letter grade of B or higher in all courses that fulfill their dissertation. The written qualifying exam will be taken prerequisites. after the coursework for the Ph.D. has been completed. • World Education Services (WES) ICAP course-by- Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally course evaluation for all post-secondary foreign allowed to retake it only once. The qualifying exam will institutions attended. consist of written and oral components. • Application to the I.U.'s University Graduate School. Admission to Candidacy • Selected candidates will be invited for a personal interview with members of the Admissions Following the passing of the qualifying examination Committee. and the completion of all required coursework, the student’s advisory committee will nominate the student to Course Requirements candidacy. Upon approval by the dean of the University A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the Health Graduate School, the student will be admitted to Policy and Management Ph.D. degree. The 90 credit candidacy. hours will consist of the following: Students who have passed the qualifying examination Required Courses (33 cr.): A common core of 11 and have been admitted to candidacy must enroll each classes (33 credit hours) is required for all students who semester (excluding summer sessions) for dissertation begin the Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit after the completion of a bachelor’s degree. Required hours in completed course work and deferred dissertation courses address contemporary challenges in health policy credits, they may maintain continuous enrollment by and management; ethical, legal and policy issues in public enrolling in G901; G901 may be taken for no more than six health; health services research methods; and practical semesters. experiences in health policy and management. Dissertation Methods Elective Courses (9 cr.): All Health Policy and The dissertation will be written on an original topic of Management Ph.D. students are required to complete research and presented as one of the final requirements three Methods courses (9 cr.). Students may select for the Ph.D. degree. The student’s dissertation research courses on management science for health administration, committee will be comprised of members of the graduate cost-effective analysis, health care financial management, faculty. The chair of the dissertation research committee applied spatial statistics, qualitative research methods, must be a regular faculty member in the Department of advanced public health survey methods, analysis of cohort Health Policy and Management and a full member of the Graduate Faculty. The student will submit to the I.U.P.U.I. May 26, 2016 495

Graduate Office, acting for the University Graduate Required Courses: The core course PBHL-H501 (3 cr.) School, a two-page prospectus of the dissertation plus three courses from the following 3 cr. courses: research and the membership of the research committee at least six months before the defense of the dissertation PBHL-H508 - Managing Heathcare Accounting for their approval. Information for Decision-making When the dissertation has been completed and approved PBHL-H509 - Financial Management Principles in by the dissertation research committee chair, the student Healthcare will submit an unbound copy to each member of the PBHL-H514 - Health Economics research committee as the initial step to the dissertation defense. PBHL-H516 - Health Services Delivery and the Law After the committee has reviewed the dissertation, the PBHL-H518 - Statistical Methods for Health Services decision to schedule the defense will be made. The PBHL-H521 - Management Science for Health Services student will then present and defend the dissertation orally Administration in a public forum before the committee. Following the dissertation defense, all deficiencies must be adequately PBHL-H611 - Policy Design, Implementation and addressed to obtain approval by the dissertation research Management committee. PBHL-H615 - Healthcare Outcomes and Decision-making Final Examination PBHL-H619 - Health Economics for Public Health This is an oral examination, primarily a defense of the Professionals dissertation. PBHL-H620 - Patient-reported Health Outcomes Normal Progress and Termination PBHL-H624 - Developing Strategic Capability The Department of Health Policy and Management will monitor the students’ progress toward the Ph.D. PBHL-H628 - Healthcare Information Systems degree and will make recommendations to the University PBHL-H632 - History of Public Health Graduate School regarding the nomination to candidacy, the appointment of a research committee, the defense of PBHL-H644 - Health Impact Assessment the dissertation, and the conferring of the Ph.D. degree. PBHL-H657 - Application of Cost Effectiveness in Public Doctoral Minor in Health Policy and Management Health The Health Policy and Management Ph.D. minor is a PBHL-H658 - Health Policy and Program Evaluation rigorous, highly focused 12-credit hour program which provides a thorough grounding in the background and PBHL-H670 - Public Health Ethics application of health policy and management principles. PBHL-H670 - Law and Public Health The field is growing in national and international importance, is integral to many areas of pursuit, offers PBHL-H680 - Contemporary Health Policy and population-based research perspectives in health policy Management Challenges and management, offers skills that are of interest to the private and public sectors, and formally acknowledges PBHL-H681 - Comparative Effectiveness Research the course work that doctoral students take through the PBHL-H682 - Global Perspectives on Health Policy and Department of Health Policy and Management. The minor Health Systems provides students with concepts and principles of the research, field, theory and practice of health policy and Other courses may be taken if approved by the student's management so that they will be able to: minor advisor; however, all courses must be taken in the Department of Health Policy and Management; no • Identify and analyze the components and issues of transfer credit is allowed. Satisfactory completion of the leadership, including financing and delivery of public requirements will be monitored by the student's minor health services and systems. advisor. Doctoral students must notify the Fairbanks • Apply policy process, development and analysis School of Public Health before beginning the course of methods to address current national, state and local study. Students who have already completed the required public health issues. courses as part of their Master of Public Health, Master of • Use systems methods to analyze the effects of Health Administration or Ph.D. requirements cannot apply political, social and economic influences on public these courses toward their Ph.D. minor in Health Policy health systems at the individual, community, state, and Management. In this case, students must work with national and interntional levels. their faculty advisor to identify alternate Health Policy and • Discuss the policy process for improving the health Management courses. status of populations. • Apply principles of strategic planning and Faculty organizational development to public health PhD Program Director agencies. • Apply principles of budgeting, management and Cynthia Stone* performance evaluation in organizational and community initiatives. 496 May 26, 2016

Graduate Faculty or permission of the instructor. This course examines the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University principles and application of economic analysis in the Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct health field and the economist’s approach to health care doctoral dissertations. issues. It provides insights offered by economic analysis of specific health issues and problems. Professors PBHL-P 652 Biostatistics for Public Health II (3 cr.) Paul Halverson*, Stephen Jay, Gregory Wilson*, Ross P: B551. This course introduces the advanced principles Silverman* and methods of data analysis in public health biostatistics. Associate Professors Emphasis is placed on public health examples as they relate to concepts such as: Multiple regression, Ann Holmes*, Nancy Swigonski*, Cynthia Stone* analysis of variance and covariance, logistic regression, nonparametric statistics, survival analysis, epidemiology Assistant Professors statistics, and repeated measures analysis as they apply Dennis Watson to public health practice. Courses PBHL-H 658 Health Policy and Program Evaluation (3 cr.) P: S510. This course examines fundamental PBHL-H 501 U.S. Health Care Systems and Health research methods used in the field of public health. Policy (3 cr.) The focus is on understanding how community in This course is designed to help students, particularly those scientifically valid methods and how study results in daily interested in careers as public health leaders and health fairly interpreted. care managers, develop a better understanding of critical health policies and the health policy making process as PBHL-H 670 Topics in Public Health (3 cr.) well as the overall structure and key components of our This course is an introduction to the role of ethics in health care system. population health-related programs, policymaking, professions and research. Because public health PBHL-S 510 Introduction to Research Methods interventions focus on communities, as contrasted with (3 cr.) This course examines fundamental research individuals, they raise distinct and significant ethical methods used in the field of public health. The focus is questions from those raised in health services delivery on understanding how community and clinical data are (commonly addressed in fields such as medical ethics, collected in scientifically valid methods and how study bioethics and clinical ethics). results are fairly interpreted. Students will learn how to critique published research to identify the strengths and PBHL-H 680 Sem in Contemporary HPM Challenges limitations of the designs and approaches used, along with (3 cr.) possible confounding factors and biases. Topics include This seminar is the introductory seminar for HPM doctoral components of research studies, including: justification for students and should be taken in the first or second year a research project, developments of research questions, of your graduate study. The broad goal of the course is to selections of cases and controls, sampling methods, help you develop your skills in analytic reasoning, critical quantitative and qualitative data gathering techniques, thinking, knowledge translation, and professional self- project management, and preparing data for analysis. reflection necessary for a successful research career. Methods used to complete and interpret community-based needs assessments and program evaluations will be PBHL-H 740 Workshop in Health Policy and included. Management (3 cr.) P: Completion of all 500- and 600- level core courses or permission of instructor. PBHL-E 517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology (3 cr.) This course is designed to prepare students for the This course will introduce students to basic epidemiologic H742: Practicum in Health Policy and Management. concepts including determinants of health and patterns Students will be assigned to work in small groups of two of disease in populations, population health descriptive or three students with health policy makers in local or techniques, use of health indicators and secondary state government or in private or non-profit health care data sources. Students will gain an understanding organizations on a policy issue chosen by the agency. of the role of epidemiology in developing prevention Over the course of the semester, students will conduct strategies and policy. Among the topics to be covered are background research on the topic and examine prior measures of mortality and morbidity, design and analysis relevant policies. This background work will be shared and of observational studies, community health assessment discussed with the sponsoring agency. and program evaluation. PHHL-B 551 Biostatistics for Public Health I (3 cr.) PBHL-B 742 Practicum in Health Policy & Management This course introduces the basic principles and methods (3 cr.) While the nature of the policy work will vary of data analysis in public health biostatistics. Emphasis across agencies, the pedagogical objective of this is placed on concepts such as sampling, study design, field experience is for Ph.D. students to get hands on descriptive statistics, probability, hypothesis testing, experience in translating research into policy and practice. chi-square tests, t-tests, analysis of variance, linear Ph.D. students will meet as a class to discuss their work regression and correlation. An introduction to SAS and the challenges they are facing. statistical software is part of this course. PBHL-H 775 Doctoral Research Seminar in Health PBHL-H 619 Health Economics for Public Health Policy and Management (3 cr.) This course is designed Professionals (3 cr.) P: 3 cr. of undergraduate economics to expose Ph.D. students to a wide range of specific May 26, 2016 497 research topics and issues in Public Health. The seminar and natural disasters; malnutrition; acute and chronic topics will be chosen by the Director of the Ph.D. program diseases among vulnerable populations; and the tobacco with input from other faculty members. pandemic. PBHL-H 800 Doctoral Level Directed Study (3 cr.) PBHL-E 635 Foundations of Public Health Informatics The dissertation will be written on an original topic of (3 cr.) This course will introduce the application of research and presented as one of the final requirements Informatics in the Public Health field. The course will for the PhD degree. The dissertation must be an original include a brief review of core public health functions, contribution to knowledge and of high scholarly merit. describe the current policies defining the use of The candidate's research must reveal critical ability and informatics in public health, and outline the history of the powers of imagination and synthesis. The dissertation is application of informatics principles in both public health written under the supervision of a research director and a and clinical health systems. Not currently offered. research committee. The data used by the student may involve analysis of primary or secondary data. PBHL-H 644 Health Impact Assessment (3 cr.) The goal of this course is to introduce students to the theoretical Electives and practical aspects of health impact assessment (HIA) as a methodological tool in public health. HIA PBHL-H 521 Management Science for Health utilizes a variety of qualitative methods and tools, Administration (3 cr.) This course is an introductory designed to assess the potential health effects of a public survey of management science. Emphasis is placed on policy, program, project, or initiative. While HIA is still the formulating of managerial problems using models an emerging practice in the United States, in Europe, from management science. Readings, lectures, and Canada, and other areas of the world, the assessment structured exercises are used to present the models and of the public health impact of public decisions have been demonstrate their application. performed regularly to support policy decisions and PBHL-S 615 Culture and Qualitative Methods promote conditions required for optimal health. During the (3 cr.) This course provides learning opportunities for first part of the semester, students will earn the necessary graduate students in public health to develop methods for steps to conduct HIA, review national and international increasing understanding of cultural practices sensitivities case studies, and discuss how findings may or may and competencies related to public health practice among not impact policy making. During the second half of the multicultural populations with varying health beliefs, course, students will work in teams with a local or state values, behaviors and need. Such cultural sensitivities health department to examine the potential health impact and competencies are basic to effective program planning, of policy proposals in Indiana. implementation, service delivery, program evaluation, PBHL-P 650 Readings in Public Health (1-4 cr.) This 3 and successful health outcomes through public health hour variable topics course is used to offer students the education and health promotion. The student will be able opportunity to examine in-depth emergent topics in health to understand and distinguish the concepts of culture policy and management. The topics will be approved by and traditions, acculturation and enculturation, and the health policy and management faculty and offered on traditionalism and modernism. as needed-basis. Not currently offered. PBHL-P 612 Patient-Reported Health Outcomes (3 cr.) PBHL-B 653 Applied Multivariate Statistical Methods P: E517 and B551. This web-based course is evidence- (3 cr.) P: 551 and 652. This applied course is designed based and focused on health outcomes research in specifically for graduate and professional studies with contemporary health care. The different types of health major in epidemiology. Course will focus on applications outcomes assessment tools and their application in to real data which will be analyzed by the professor determining patient health status, changes in health and the students using the SAS software.  The status, and the effectiveness of health care interventions course will cover the following classic multivariate will be addressed. The course will focus on generic and techniques; canonical correlations, MANOVA, MANCOVA, specific health related outcomes assessment tools, discriminant analysis, principal components analysis, looking at such issues as disease specific outcomes and exploratory factor analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, patient satisfaction. and structural equation modeling. Not currently offered. PBHL-H 624 Developing Strategic Capability (3 cr.) PBHL-P 657 Application of Cost-Effectiveness This course is an introduction to tools for strategic Analysis in Public Health (3 cr.) P: P651 and P652. management and the complexities involved in determining Cost-effectiveness analysis is widely used in evaluating long-term strategies in a health care environment. It will the performance of public health programs and policies. examine the dynamics of the competitive environment, In this course, students will learn to frame the conceptual how both the pace and direction of industry change is model, to collect and synthesize data regarding “cost” and influenced by the resources, capabilities, and interactions “effectiveness”, to perform a cost-effectiveness analysis, of rival organizations. and to form recommendations based on the analysis.

PBHL-H 632 History of Public Health (3 cr.) This course PBHL-S 725 Preparing for Academia in Public Health surveys the history of public health (PH) from antiquity to (1 cr.) the twenty-first century with the aim of providing students This course will prepare advanced graduate students for an understanding of how history may inform today's PH the roles and responsibilities they may assume as faculty challenges, such as access to affordable health care; members. Course content will include an overview of emerging infectious diseases; health consequences of climate change; dislocation of populations from conflicts 498 May 26, 2016 the higher education culture and faculty expectations for history is not required, but applicants without such teaching, research and service. Not currently offered. a background may be required to take additional course work in history at the undergraduate level as PBHL-H 751 Doctoral Readings in Health Policy a condition for acceptance into the program); and Management (1-3 cr.) This course is designed to 2. Appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate expose a Ph.D. student to published material on a specific Record Examination General Test (applicants with topic or technique related to their field of study in Health a post-graduate degree are not required to submit Policy and Management. The material to be studied GRE scores); and will be determined primarily by the student under the 3. Three letters of recommendation. direction of a faculty member with input from the student's concentrtion advisor. Foreign Language PBHL-H 752 Doctoral Research in Health Policy There is no foreign language requirement for the degree and Management (3 cr.) This course is designed to per se. However, those students who will incorporate allow Ph.D. students the opportunity to explore research foreign language documents in their graduate work questions by collecting data or using existing data related (especially those concentrating on European history) will to their field of study in Health Policy and Management. be expected to translate non-English sources. They must The study topic will be determined primarily by the student thus demonstrate an appropriate level of competence in under the direction of a faculty member with input from the the relevant language before they begin work on their student's concentration advisor. thesis. The Director of Graduate Studies and the student’s advisor may require the student to take additional History coursework. School of Liberal Arts All students concentrating in European history should Departmental E-mail: [email protected] expect to demonstrate competence in a foreign language, ideally upon application to the program. (Competence is Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/history/ defined as two years of undergraduate coursework with a (Please note that when conferring University Graduate grade of B or better in the final semester, or demonstration School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of an equivalent reading proficiency in an approved foreign University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements language exam.). Students considering the possibility of contained only in The University Graduate School going on for a Ph.D. should recognize that competence in Bulletin.) at least one and sometimes two foreign languages is often a requirement in history doctoral programs. Curriculum Grades Degrees Offered No grade below B– (2.7) in history courses will be counted Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library toward this degree. Science, dual Master of Arts in History and Philanthropic Studies. Course Requirements The M.A. program in History on the Indianapolis campus Students pursuing any one of the three concentration offers three areas of concentration: United States history, areas must take H500 or H501. Those electing United European history, and public history. United States and States history must take at least one graduate colloquium European history are traditional areas of concentration and one graduate seminar in United States history and will serve the needs of persons intending to pursue and at least one course in non-United States history. a doctoral program, those seeking a collateral degree Students electing European history must take a graduate to complement such other fields as education or library colloquium and seminar in that area and at least one science, and individuals seeking personal fulfillment. course outside their concentration. With the consent of Public history is designed to prepare persons inter- their faculty advisor, students may take as many as 6 ested in pursuing careers as historians in such settings credits outside the Department of History. Six (6) credits as historical societies, museums, historic preservation will be granted upon successful completion of the required organizations and historic parks, governmental agencies, master’s thesis. A total of 30 credit hours is required for and business corporations. With its proximity to a large students concentrating in United States and in European number of such institutions, the Indianapolis campus is an history. ideal location at which to pursue a degree in public history. Students choosing public history as their area of Special Departmental Requirements concentration must take (1) H500 or H501, (2) H542, and (3) a colloquium and seminar in United States history, (See also general University Graduate School and (4) do an internship. Four (4) hours of credit will be requirements.) granted upon satisfactory completion of the internship Master of Arts Degree project. Public history students must also take at least Admission Requirements one course outside United States history. With the con- sent of their faculty advisor, they may take as many as 1. Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or 6 credits outside the Department of History. Two (2) university, with an overall undergraduate grade credits will be granted upon successful completion of the point average of at least 3.0 (B) and a minimum required master’s thesis. A minimum of 36 credit hours grade point average of 3.0 (B) in the student’s is required for students concentrating in public history. undergraduate major (an undergraduate major in Students admitted to the program after completing May 26, 2016 499 courses “graduate non-degree” will be allowed, at the may be taken in the history program. For public history department’s discretion, to transfer up to nine (9) credit students, HIST H543 Practicum meets the requirement hours toward their degree requirements. for PHST P590 Internship for the Philanthropic Studies program. A common thesis meets the requirements of Dual Degree: Master of Library Science and Master of both departments. Arts in History Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total Ph.D. Minor in History of 53 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required Students in other departments may minor in history for the two degrees if taken separately. Students take by completing, with a grade point average no lower 23 credit hours in history, which must include History than B (3.0), at least 12 credit hours of course work in H547 (Archives), one graduate seminar and one graduate history. A minimum of 6 credit hours must be taken on the colloquium. No thesis is required for students earning an Indianapolis campus. This course work shall include: M.A. degree in history who are also earning a Master of • HIST H501 Historical Methodology (4 cr.) Library Science (M.L.S.) under this dual degree program. No area of concentration is required, but students wishing • Either a 600-level colloquium (e.g., HIST H620, to focus on public history for the M.A. in history must also H650) (4 cr.) or a 700-level seminar (e.g., HIST include History H542 among the required 23 credits of H730, H750) (4 cr.) history course work. Such students may, if they wish, • At least 4 additional credit hours (which may include do a public history internship and count a maximum of 2 a maximum of 3 credits of HIST H575 Graduate credit hours of History H543 toward the degree. (Students Readings in History) may enroll in H543 only after having taken or while taking Certificate in Professional Editing H542.) See the section titled “Professional Editing” for more The remaining 30 credit hours are taken in the Department information. of Library and Information Science (IUPUI). Certificate in Museum Studies Dual Degree: Master of Arts in History and Master of See the section titled “Museum Studies” for more Arts in Philanthropic Studies information. The dual M.A. in History and M.A. in Philanthropic Faculty Studies creates a unique opportunity to pursue critical inquiry into the historical, cultural, philosophical, and Chairperson economic implications of voluntary action for the public good. Historians routinely study the role of nonprofit Professor Ch. Didier Gondola organizations, self-help groups, and philanthropic Graduate Faculty institutions. This dual degree program offers an (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University interdisciplinary focus on the past, present, and future. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This degree will be attractive to students wishing to doctoral dissertations.) pursue (1) careers that demand the skills and talents developed by cross-training in history and philanthropy; Mary O’Brien Gibson Professor or (2) doctoral programs that encourage new and creative John R. Kaufman-McKivigan* approaches to the historical study of philanthropy, broadly defined. Professors Admission requirements for the dual degree program are Robert G. Barrows*, David J. Bodenhamer*, Miriam identical to those for each program separately. A separate Langsam (Emerita), Sheila Cooper (Emerita), Bernard application must be made to each of the programs. Friedman* (Emeritus), Ch. Didier Gondola, Ralph Gray* Prospective students are expected to take responsibility (Emeritus), Philip V. Scarpino, William H. Schneider*, for learning about and meeting the different admission Peter Sehlinger* (Emeritus), Jan Shipps* (Emerita), requirements and deadlines of each department. Students Marianne S. Wokeck* must make plans early with advisors in both programs to identify (1) common courses and (2) a thesis topic. Associate Professors Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of Kevin Cramer, Kenneth Cutler (Emeritus), Jason Kelly, 51 credit hours (U.S. or European history concentrations) Daniella Kostroun, Elizabeth Kryder-Reid (Anthropology or 54 credit hours (public history) rather than the 66 and Museum Studies), Justin Libby* (Emeritus), Monroe or 72 credit hours that would be required if the two H. Little, Elizabeth Brand Monroe, Berthold Riesterer degrees were taken separately. For all concentrations, (Emeritus), Kevin C. Robbins, Nancy M. Robertson, Eric the required 700-level seminar for the M.A. in history Saak, Michael Snodgrass, Xin Zhang may be selected as an elective to meet the philanthropic Assistant Professors studies requirement for one of two theoretical electives. The required history courses with philanthropic studies Modupe Labode, Rebecca Shrum topics HIST H509 (History of Philanthropy in the West) Senior Lecturer or HIST H516 (History of American Philanthropy) may be taken to meet the history requirement for a his- Anita Morgan tory elective. Required courses PHIL P542 Ethics and Values of Philanthropy, or PHST P512 Human and Director of Graduate Studies Financial Resources for Philanthropy, may be taken to meet 3 credits of the 6 credits of outside electives that 500 May 26, 2016

Associate Professor Elizabeth Brand Monroe, CA-529, HIST-H 575 Graduate Readings in History (arr cr.) 317-278-2255, [email protected] **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Courses Informatics and Computing HIST-H 500 History of Historical Thought (4 cr.) School URL: soic.iupui.edu Approaches to the historian’s craft and reflections on history as a type of scholarly thinking. Recommended for School E-mail: [email protected] new graduate students and others interested in history as Curriculum a branch of knowledge. With the consent of the director (When conferring University Graduate School degrees, of graduate studies, may be repeated for credit when the minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University instructor differs. Graduate School’s staff only use those requirements HIST-H 501 Historical Methodology (4 cr.) Discussion contained in the University Graduate School Bulletin.) and application of the various methods and strategies used in historical research. Ph.D. in Informatics The Indiana University School of Informatics and HIST-H 509 Special Topics in European History (3 cr.) Computing, the first of its kind in the country, was created Intensive study and analysis of special topics in history of as a place where innovative multidisciplinary programs Europe. Topics will vary from semester to semester. could thrive, a program where students can apply the skills HIST-H 511 Special Topics in United States History of information technology to a range of other fields. For (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of selected topics in current information and specific requirements, refer to United States history. Topics will vary from semester to soic.iupui.edu. semester. All Ph.D. candidates must meet with their academic or HIST-H 516 History of Philanthropy in the United research advisor for course selection and plan of study. States (3 cr.) Approaches philanthropy as a social relation Program of Study between various groups and looks at issues ranging from the relation between government and the economy to Students in the doctoral program will explore the African-American activism to women’s roles. The course connections among information technology, theory, explores past and current debates about such issues to social analysis, and application domains in a diverse analyze the past, understand the present, and shape the and multidisciplinary curriculum. This curriculum will future. include core courses and seminars in Informatics, and its specialization in, Bioinformatics, Health and Biomedical HIST-H 521 Special Topics in African, Asian, or Latin Informatics, or Human-Computer Interaction; courses American History (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis in methodology and theory; and electives in related of selected topics in African, Asian, or Latin American disciplines inside and outside of the School leading to history. Topics will vary from semester to semester, e.g., a Ph.D. minor; and a dissertation. In addition, students traditional Asia, modern Asia, Latin American intellectual will be encouraged to pursue internships as part of the history. elective courses or independent studies of their program. HIST-H 542 Public History (4 cr.) The application of Bioinformatics Specialization history to public needs and public programs. Historic The Bioinformatics specialization is a 90 credit hour preservation, archival management, oral history, editing, program that includes: public humanities programming, historical societies, etc. • 15 credit hours of Qualifying courses (B519, B529, HIST-H 543 Practicum in Public History (1-4 cr.) I590 Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics, B556, Internships in public history programs, fieldwork, or I590 Computational Methods for Analyzing High- research in the historical antecedents of contemporary Throughput Data) problems. • 15 credit hours of Core courses (I600, B627, B637, HIST-H 546 History of Science, Medicine, and I790, CSCI59000) Technology (3 cr.) Study of topics in the history of • 15 credit hours of Elective core courses science, medicine, and technology. • 3 credit hours (minimum) electives HIST-H 547 Special Topics in Public History (3 cr.) • 12 credit hours (minimum) of a minor is required Intensive study and analysis of selected topics in public from a sub-discipline history. Topics will vary from semester to semester, e.g., • 30 credit hours of dissertation (I890) to include historic preservation, material history, archival Areas of Specialization practice, and historical editing. Faculty research projects often involve representatives HIST-H 548 Historical Administration (3 cr.) This course from several different research areas working together to presents an overview of issues faced by administrators develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. and mid-level managers who work in museums, historical While students can expect to concentrate in particular societies, archives, special collection libraries, and areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader other cultural resource agencies. Topics, speakers, significance of their work as well as ways that their and readings are focused on issues that are unique to expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of agencies that collect, preserve, and interpret historical their own domains. resources. May 26, 2016 501

Areas of Research develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. While students can expect to concentrate in particular Protein structure and function prediction, comparative areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader genomics, structural genomics, fragment assembly in significance of their work as well as ways that their DNA sequencing, systems biology, models of evolution, expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of molecular modeling, drug design, machine learning their own domains. algorithms, biological database integration, data mining, and biomedical text mining. Areas of Research Health and Biomedical Informatics Program Because HCI is a multidisciplinary discipline, students Specialization are encourage to expand the scope of their research The Health and Biomedical Informatics specialization is a to cross-traditional disciplinary boundaries into such 90 credit hour program that includes: areas as: user-centered design, cross-cultural theory and application, related areas within new media such • 21 credits Foundations courses (I501, I530, I535, as gaming and virtual reality, computer-mediated I575, I581, I642, PBHL B651) communication, usability engineering, health informatics, • 6 credit hours of seminar courses information visualization, biomedical informatics, android • 15 credit hours of electives science, social robotics, sensorimotor representation, • 9 credit hours of Ph.D. specific courses (I600, PBHL symbol grounding and symbol emergence, computational B652, GRAD G660) neuroscience, and so on. • 6 credit hours of research rotation (I790) Additional Requirements for all Ph.D. Programs • 12 credits of a minor is required from a sub-discipline Minor • 21-30 credit hours of dissertation All students will be required to have an appropriate minor Areas of Specialization from inside or outside the school. Minors will be selected Faculty research projects often involve representatives with the advisor’s recommendation. The selected minor from several different research areas working together to should be appropriate to the student’s choice of sub develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. discipline within Informatics. Some appropriate minors While students can expect to concentrate in particular would include: biology or bioinformatics, chemistry or areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader chemistry informatics, health and biomedical informatics, significance of their work as well as ways that their media arts/studies, cognitive psychology, computer expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of science, information science, or sociology. In all cases their own domains. the number of hours to be included in the minor will be consistent with the requirements of the unit granting the Areas of Research minors. Some of the courses included in the minor may also count toward the student’s methodology or other Electronic medical records, health data exchange, requirements. Students need a minimum of 12 credits for standards and terminology for health data, clinical decision a minor. support, consumer health informatics, technology to enhance patient safety, health application development Qualifying Examination, Written (Required) and implementation, cost reimbursement and integrated health information systems. The Health and Biomedical All students will take a written qualifying examination that Informatics program has close ties and joint projects with covers the core courses (CORE A and B or Foundations the Veteran Administration Medical Center, Regenstrief courses for Health and Biomedical Informatics. Consult Institute, Clarian Health, Methodist Hospital, St. Vincent with the respective Program Directors to see what specific Hospital, Community Health Network, St. Francis courses are included in the qualifying examination for the Hospitals, IU School of Medicine, and other local health three different specializations). The examination will be set care systems. by a group of faculty who are familiar with the content of the core courses. Examinations must be completed prior Human Computer Interaction Specialization to the student’s fifth semester in the program. The Human Computer Interaction specialization is a 90 credit hour program that includes*: Qualifying Examination, Oral (Required) • 24 credit hours of Core courses (H501, I600, 1. The oral examination will take place after the student H541, H624, H634, H564, two HCI research area successfully passes the written exam. Students selectives, e.g., H563, H565, H566) must pass both the written and the oral exam before passing on to candidacy. • 18 credit hours of Methods courses (I575, two methods electives, three research rotations I790) 2. The oral exam will be based on the student’s response to the written exam and any material from • 18 credit hours of Specialization (0-6 credits the core courses. Students may retake either the colloquia series and/or electives and 12-18 of written or oral examination, but not both, if they minor credits required from a subdiscipline within or do not complete that part successfully on the first outside the School) attempt. • 30 credit hours of dissertation (I890) Dissertation Proposal (Required) Areas of Specialization This is an oral review that covers in-depth knowledge Faculty research projects often involve representatives of the student’s primary research area and dissertation from several different research areas working together to proposal. The research proposal for the dissertation 502 May 26, 2016 must be approved by the student’s research committee. These must include the following core courses: B530 That committee may have the same membership as Foundation of Health Informatics (web based); B535 the advisory committee or the students may choose Clinical Information Systems (web based); B581 Health different members. The advisor for the dissertation Informatics Standards and Terminologies (in-class); and will be a faculty member in the School of Informatics B642 Clinical Decision Support Systems (web based). and Computing and a member of the Graduate Faculty. At least one of the three or more members of the committee Admission Requirements will be based outside of the school. The student will Students must submit an internal application to Health defend the thesis proposal at a public colloquium in the and Biomedical Informatics Program Director for review. school. The review should be completed within one-year Admissions are done on a rolling basis. Applicants are after passing the Qualifying Examinations. required to have background in Information Technology Dissertation (Required) and Healthcare (or equivalent). A written elaboration of significant original research must Grading Policy be successfully presented to the research committee in A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is a public defense as described in the Graduate School to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is not Bulletin. earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A course Ph.D. Minor in Bioinformatics may only be retaken once. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time they take a Bioinformatics gathers knowledge and information from course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. various fields such as informatics, chemistry, computer science, medicine, and biology. Students in relevant Ph.D. Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction programs such as biochemistry and molecular biology, Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) can be broadly defined medical and molecular genetics, medicine, chemistry, as "the discipline concerned with the design, evaluation, or biology are the target audience for the Ph.D. minor in and implementation of interactive computing systems bioinformatics. for human use and the study of major phenomena The Ph.D. minor in Bioinformatics is a 12-credit hour surrounding them" (ACM). The purpose of the Ph.D. program comprised of four (4) courses each of which is 3 minor in the HCI Program is to enable current Indiana credit hours. University and Purdue University doctoral students in other disciplines at IUPUI to learn, apply, and use human- Required course: B519, Specialization courses (choose computer interaction (HCI) theories, principles, and three): B529, B556, B573, I590, B619, B646, B656 tools to address and study problems in their respective academic fields. Admission Requirements The Ph.D. minor in HCI is a 12-credit hour program The graduate bioinformatics courses in the School of comprised of four (4) courses, each of which is 3 credit Informatics and Computing assume a minimal knowledge hours: of cell and molecular biology. That level of understanding could be gained with at least 6 undergraduate credit hours Required courses: H541, H543, and H563. One in molecular biology, genetics, or evolution. They also additional course, selected from the following list, is assume a minimal knowledge of programming, databases, required: H561, H564, H565, H566, H624, or H634. and statistics. That level of understanding could be gained with 3 to 9 credit hours of undergraduate or graduate Grading Policy courses in these respective areas. A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is Grading Policy to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is not earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is course may only be retaken once. Students who fail to to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is not achieve the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A course they take a course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. may only be retaken once. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time they take a Faculty course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. Executive Associate Dean Ph.D. Minor in Health and Biomedical Informatics Matthew J. Palakal* The purpose of the minor is to provide opportunities for current Indiana University or Purdue University doctoral Associate Dean of Academic Affairs students in other disciplines at IUPUI to learn and use Karl F. MacDorman* Health and Biomedical Informatics approaches to solve problems that arise in their academic fields. This problem Graduate Faculty serves the needs of the Schools of Public Health, Allied (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Health, Dentistry, Nursing, Medicine and Sciences, by Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct providing data and information science knowledge in doctoral dissertations.) support of problem-solving across multiple health-related domains. Professors The Ph.D. minor in Health and Biomedical Informatics A. Keith Dunker*, Brad Doebbeling*, Sara Anne Hook, requires coursework totaling 12 graduate credit hours. Steven Mannheimer, Mathew Palakal* May 26, 2016 503

Associate Professors INFO-I 506 Globalization and Information (3 cr.) Explores the processes that promote and impede Rachel Applegate*, Davide Bolchini*, Jake Chen*, movement of human action and informational activities to Andrea Copeland*, Joseph Defazio*, Garland C. Elmore the most general levels, e.g., the level of the world as a (Emeritus), Anthony Faiola*, Edgar Shaohua Huang*, whole. Surveys diverse theories of globalization to identify Josette Jones*, Karl F. MacDorman*, Katherine Schilling*, the best approaches for professional informatics career Huanmei Wu*, Jingfeng Xia planning and making information globally accessible. Assistant Professors INFO-I 510 Data Acquisition and Laboratory Richard Holden*, Sarath Chandra Janga*, Xiaowen Liu*, Automation (3 cr.) This course covers the entire process Xi Niu, Amy Voida*, Stephen Voida* by which signals from laboratory instruments are turned into useful data: (1) fundamentals of signal conditioning Courses and sampling; (2) interfacing, communications and data transfer; (3) markup languages and capability systems Core Courses datasets; (4) general lab automation; (5) robotics. A INFO-I 500 Fundamental Computer Concepts in significant portion of this course is devoted to practical Informatics (3 cr.) An introduction to fundamental learning using LabVIEW. principles of computer concepts for Informatics study, including an overview of computer architecture, computer INFO-I 511 Laboratory Information Management algorithms, fundamentals of operating systems, data Systems for Health and Life Sciences (3 cr.) structure, file organization and database concepts. This course involves a comprehensive study of laboratory This course is expected to impart the required level of information/laboratory information management systems competency in computer science. It may be waived in lieu in the Healthcare and Life Sciences. It consists of of six undergraduate credit hours of computer science or the history, applications, case studies, functional informatics coursework, covering areas of programming, requirements, databases, data flow, workflows, system discrete structures, and data structures. Not currently and network architecture, laboratory rules, establishment being offered. of these systems including selection, installation, customization, integration, and validation. INFO-I 501 Introduction to Informatics (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Basic information representation and processing; searching and organization; evaluation INFO-I 512 Scientific and Clinical Data Management and analysis of information. Internet-based information (3 cr.) access tools; ethics and economics of information sharing. Management and mining of data generated in scientific laboratories and clinical trials for data mining and INFO-I 502 Human-Centered Research Methods in knowledge discovery requires robust solutions that Informatics (3 cr.) This course surveys a broad range include knowledge discovery techniques and databases, of research methods employed in Informatics, exploring extraction of data/metadata stored in data warehouses their meta-theoretical underpinnings and exemplifying that use Storage area Networks and dealing with security their application to specific research questions. This issues of handling this data. course is intended for students in Informatics graduate programs, especially PhD students, who need a grounding INFO-I 519 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3 cr.) in research methods. Not currently being offered. Sequence alignment and assembly; RNA structure, INFO-I 503 Social Impact of Information Technologies protein and molecular modeling; genomics and (3 cr.) An overview of important social, legal, and ethical proteomics; gene prediction; phylogenetic analysis; issues raised by information technology. Not currently information and machine learning; visual and graphical being offered. analysis bioinformatics; worldwide biologic databases; experimental design and data collection techniques; INFO-I 504 Social Dimensions of Science Informatics scientific and statistical data analysis; database and data (3 cr.) Course will examine ethical, legal, and social mining methods; and network and Internet methods. issues surrounding contemporary research and practice in science informatics. Topics include the nature of science INFO-I 525 Organizational Informatics and Economics and technology, the ramifications of recent advances Security (3 cr.) Organizational process embed implicit in science informatics, and relevant science policy and and explicit decisions and information control. Security research ethics. General knowledge of science informatics technologies and implementations make explicit is assumed. organizational choices that determine individual autonomy INFO-I 505 Informatics Project Management (3 cr.) within an organization. Security implementations allocate This is a professional introduction to informatics project risk, determine authority over processes, make explicit management and organizational implementation of relationships in overlapping hierarchies, and determine integrated information solutions. The target audience trust extended to organizational participants. is informatics project team members likely to pursue INFO-I 529 Machine Learning for Bioinformatics informatics project manager roles as well as all members (3 cr.) P: I519. The course covers advanced topics in not likely to do so. Through reading, lecture, discussion, bioinformatics with a focus on machine learning. The practice, and targeted projects, students gain historical course will review existing techniques such as hidden perspectives, current awareness, and proficiency with Markov models, artificial neural network, decision trees, informatics project management terminology, techniques, stochastic grammars, and kernel methods. Examine and technologies. application of these techniques to current bioinformatics problems including: genome annotation and comparison, 504 May 26, 2016 gene finding, RNA secondary structure prediction, the system. The focus of the class is on how computer protein structure prediction, gene expression analysis, systems are attacked, and once this is understood it is proteomics, and integrative functional genomics. possible to propose ways to make the system secure. INFO-I 530 Foundations of Health Informatics (3 cr.) INFO-I 540 Data Mining for Security (3 cr.) The objective This course will introduce the foundations of health of this course is to provide an understanding of the informatics. It will review how information sciences impact of data mining in security with a particular focus and computer technology can be applied to enhance on intrusion detection. There will be an introduction to research and practice in healthcare. The basic principles data mining where data mining techniques including of informatics that govern communication systems, clinical association rules, clustering and classification are decision, information retrieval, telemedicine, bioinformatics described. Security basics will be presented, focusing on and evidence-based medicine will be explored. topics such as authentication and access control that are relevant to data mining. This seminar course will explore INFO-I 532 Seminar in Bioinformatics (1-3 cr.) recent research work in this area and intrusion detection. Presentation and discussion of new topics in INFO-I 541 Interaction Design Practices (3 cr.) This bioinformatics as seminar by students. Concentration on course covers human computer interaction theory and a particular area each semester to be announced before application from an integrated-approach of knowledge registration. domains, i.e., the cognitive, behavioral, and social aspects INFO-I 533 Seminar in Chemical Informatics (1-3 cr.) of users and user context, relevant to the design and Presentation and discussion of new topics in chemical usability testing of interactive systems. informatics. Concentration on a particular area each INFO-I 543 Interaction Design Methods (3 cr.) Web semester to be announced before registration. usability principles (theory) and practices are covered with INFO-I 534 Seminar in Human-Computer Interaction a semester long project that draws upon relationships (1-3 cr.) Topics vary yearly and include the following: between Web and software design and usability information visualization, immersive technologies, engineering. Students also learn a collection of user designing hypermedia for educational applications, user- requirement and testing processes and techniques for the centered design techniques and tools, formal methods and development of more usable interactive systems. cognitive modeling in HCI. INFO-I 545 Music Information Representation, Search INFO-I 535 Clinical Information Systems (3 cr.) Clinical and Retrieval (3 cr.) A comprehensive, comparative study Information Systems includes: human computer interface of computer-based representation schemes for music, and systems design; healthcare decision support and including those oriented toward music notation, music clinical guidelines; system selection; organizational issues performance, and music analysis. Overview of musical in system integration; project management for information metadata. Techniques and tools for search and retrieval of technology change; system evaluation; regulatory policies; music information. Credit not given for both INFO I545 and impact of the Internet; economic impacts of e-health; MUS N564. Not currently being offered. distributed healthcare information technologies and future INFO-I 546 Music Information Processing: Symbolic trends. (3 cr.) This course deals with both methodology and INFO-I 536 Foundational Mathematics of specific applications that attempt to algorithmically Cybersecurity (3 cr.) Students will learn mathematical annotate, understand, recognize, and categorize music tools necessary to understand modern cyber security. The in symbolic (score-like) form. Particular applications will course will cover introductory mathematical material from include key finding, harmonic analysis, note spelling, a number of disparate fields including probability theory, rhythm recognition, meter induction, piano fingering, computational theory, complexity theory, group theory, and various classification problems such as genre or and information theory. Not currently being offered. composer identification. The methodology we will employ will be probabilistic and will include ideas from Machine INFO-I 537 Legal and Social Informatics of Security Learning such as optimal classifiers, hidden Markov (3 cr.) This is a case-based course on privacy and security models, and Bayesian networks. Students will have in social contexts. Privacy and security technologies can computing assignments, present papers, and be expected diverge from their designers’ intent. Privacy-enhancing to implement solutions to some of the problems we technologies have been used to defeat data protection address using a high-level language such as R or Matlab. legislation, and crytographic technologies of freedom can Not currently being offered. be used by corrupt regimes to protect their records from external view. Not currently being offered. INFO-I 547 Music Information Processing: Audio (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis INFO-I 538 Introduction to Cryptography (3 cr.) and processing problems that use sampled audio as Introduction to the foundational primitives of cryptography the primary data representation. We discuss digital and implementations. A primary goal of this course will be signal processing including filtering and its relationship to understand the security definitions for each primitive, to Fourier techniques. Topics include synthesis, effects and how they are used in cryptographic protocols. The processing, score following, and blind music recognition, ethics of insecure or on-the-fly protocol design will be and accompaniment systems. Not currently being discussed. offered. INFO-I 539 Cryptographic Protocols (3 cr.) The class INFO-I 548 Introduction to Music Informatics (3 cr.) teaches a basic understanding of computer security by History, issues, and applications in music information looking at how things go wrong, and how people abuse technology. Survey of various types of musical May 26, 2016 505 information. Introduction to digital musical media, including Emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of data standards and processing; database structure the interaction between human and machine systems and and organization standards and processing; database how these processes impact the design and testing of structure and organization of audio-, score-, and text file interactive technologies. objects; and discussion of copyright issues. Not currently being offered. INFO-I 564 Prototyping for Interactive Systems (3 cr.) This course covers methodologies for designing and INFO-I 550 Legal and Business Issues in Informatics prototyping graphic user interfaces, including rapid (paper) (3 cr.) This course is intended for students who are and dynamic (interactive) prototypes. Principles of design interested in starting their own company or who anticipate research and visual communication are discussed in joining a start-up company. It provides students with a the context of interaction design, cognition, and user solid foundation on a variety of legal and business matters behavior, as well as usability testing techniques for such as selecting a business structure, financing and concept validation. credit, drafting business plans, preparing appropriate paperwork, tax implications, marketing and public INFO-I 571 Chemical Information Technology (3 cr.) relations, etc. This course is designed to give an overview of chemical informatics techniques, including chemical structure INFO-I 551 Independent Study in Health Informatics coding, chemical data representation, chemical database (1-3 cr.) Independent study under the direction of a faculty and search systems, molecular visualization and modeling member, culminating in a written report. Total credit techniques, and the development of chemical informatics for seminars and independent study courses may not software. exceed nine hours. Not currently being offered. May be repeated for credit. INFO-I 572 Computational Chemistry and Molecular Modeling (3 cr.) P: INFO-I571. Computer models of INFO-I 552 Independent Study in Bioinformatics molecules and their behavior in gas and condensed (1-3 cr.) Independent study under the direction of a faculty phases; implicit and explicit salvation models; quantum member, culminating in a written report. Total credit and molecular mechanics; search strategies for for seminars and independent study courses may not conformational analysis, geometry optimization methods; exceed nine hours. Not currently being offered. May be information content from Monte Carlo and molecular repeated for credit. dynamics simulations; QSAR; CoMFA; docking. INFO-I 553 Independent Study in Chemical Informatics INFO-I 573 Programming for Science Informatics (1-3 cr.) Independent study under the direction of a faculty (3 cr.) Students will receive a thorough understanding member, culminating in a written report. Total credit for of software development for chemical informatics and seminars and independent study courses may not exceed bioinformatics, and broaden experience of working in a nine hours. Not currently being offered. scientific computing group. Topics include programming for the web, depiction of chemical and biological structures INFO-I 554 Independent Study in Human-Computer in 2D and 3D, science informatics tool kits, software Interaction (1-3 cr.) Independent study under the APIS, AI and machine-learning algorithm development, direction of a faculty member, culminating in a written high performance computing, database management, report. Total credit for seminars and independent study managing a small software development group, and courses may not exceed nine hours. Not currently being design and usability of science informatics software. offered. INFO-I 575 Informatics Research Design (3 cr.) INFO-I 556 Biological Database Management (3 cr.) Introduction and overview to the spectrum of research Study about database management and its application in informatics. Qualitative and quantitative research to bioinformatics. Topics include data modeling, data paradigms, deterministic experimental designs to a indexing and query optimization with a bioinformatics posteriori discovery. Issues in informatics research; perspective, and database issues in complex nature conceptual, design, empirical, analytical, and of bioinformatics data. The course also involves study disseminative phases of research. of current challenges related to bioinformatics data management, data integration and semantic Web. INFO-I 576 Structural Approaches to Systems Biology (3 cr.) Computational approaches to characterizing INFO-I 561 Human-Computer Interaction Design II and predicting tertiary protein configuration, based on (3 cr.) known data of atomic, intramolecular and intermolecular As a continuation of HCI1 (I541), students will learn interactions. The course presents a balanced and methodologies and principles for two types of core integrative outlook at the various molecular components activities in human-computer interaction design: a) that determine biological function, sub-cellular requirements analysis, contextual inquiry and ethnography organization, dysfunction and even disease examined at as applied to the design of interactive systems in the the nanoscale. social context? b) conceptual design for the modeling of the interactive structure of web, hypermedia and software INFO-I 578 Data Analysis for Clinical Administrative applications. Decision Making (3 cr.) P: I575. Focuses on understanding, manipulating, and analyzing quantitative INFO-I 563 Psychology of Human-Computer data in nursing and healthcare. Includes use of computer- Interaction (3 cr.) Covers the psychological and based systems for data management and statistical behavioral science of human computer interaction, analysis. Application and interpretation of multivariate including cognitive architecture, memory, problem- statistical models for decision-making. solving, mental models, perception, action, and language. 506 May 26, 2016

INFO-I 581 Health Informatics Standards and INFO-I 619 Structural Bioinformatics (3 cr.) Course Terminologies (3 cr.) Health information standards covers informatics approaches based on the sequence specify representation of health information for the and 3D structure of biological macromolecules (DNA, purpose of communication between information systems. RNA, Protein) whose objective is to improve our Standards not only standardize data formats, but also understanding of the function of these molecules. the conceptualizations underlying the data structures. Topics will include molecular visualization; structure The design process of data standards, domain analysis, determination, alignment, and databases; and prediction conceptualization, modeling, and the methods and tools of protein structure, interactions, and function. commonly used are explored. INFO-I 621 Computational Techniques in Comparative INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) Variable Genomics (3 cr.) Course will summarize computational topic. Emphasis is on new developments and research in techniques for comparing genomes on the DNA and informatics. Can be repeated with different topics, subject protein sequence levels. Topics include state of the to approval of the Dean. art computational techniques and their applications: understanding of hereditary diseases and cancer, genetic INFO-I 600 Professionalism and Pedagogy in mobile elements, genome rearrangements, genome Informatics (3 cr.) Course will introduce students evolution, and the identification of potential drug targets in to topics and skills necessary for entering careers in microbial genomes. industry or the academy. Topics covered will include career planning, curriculum development, effective INFO-I 624 Advanced Seminar I – Human Computer teaching, research ethics, scholarly and trade publishing, Interaction (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing grantsmanship, and intellectual property consideration. or consent of instructor. Introduces students to major historical, contemporary and emerging theories, methods, INFO-I 601 Introduction to Complex Systems (3 cr.) techniques, technologies and applications in the field The course will cover fractals, emergent behavior, of Human-Computer Interaction. Students will explore chaos theory, cooperative phenomena, and complex relevant and influential research, results and application. networks. Students will learn how to think differently about Students will develop an understanding of leading complexities, finding ways to understand their complexity research approaches and paradigms, and will design and addressing the problems they pose. an independent research program in relation to their INFO-I 604 Human Computer Interaction Design individual research fields and personal interests. Theory (3 cr.) The course will explore, analyze, and INFO-I 627 Advanced Seminar I – Bioinformatics (3 cr.) criticize underlying assumptions and the rational behind P: Advanced graduate standing or consent of instructor. some of the most influential theoretical attempts in HC Introduces students to major historical, contemporary, and and related fields. The purpose of the course is to make emerging theories, methods, techniques, technologies students aware of how theories can influence practice and and applications in the field of bioinformatics. Student to develop critical thinking around the role, purpose, and will explore relevant and influential research, results and function for theories. applications. Students will develop an understanding of INFO-I 605 Social Foundations of Informatics (3 cr.) leading research approaches and paradigms, and will Topics include the economics of information businesses design an independent research program in relation to and information societies, legal and regulatory factors that their individual research fields and personal interests. shape information and information technology use, the The course will focus on research approaches in relationship between organization cultures and their use of bioinformatics, and emerging technologies in biology and information and information technology, and ownership of chemistry, and basic computational techniques. intellectual property. INFO-I 634 Advanced Seminar II – Human Computer INFO-I 611 Mathematical and Logical Foundations Interaction (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing of Informatics (3 cr.) An introduction to mathematical or consent of instructor. Introduces students to major methods for information modeling, analysis, and historical, contemporary and emerging theories, methods, manipulation. The topics include proof methods in techniques, technologies, and applications in the field mathematics, models or computation, counting techniques of Human-Computer Interaction. Students will explore and discrete probability, optimization, statistical inference relevant and influential research, results and applications. and core advanced topics that include but are not limited Students will develop an understanding of leading to Markov chains and random walks, random graphs, and research approaches and paradigms, and will design Fourier analysis. an independent research program in relation to their individual research fields and personal interests. INFO-I 617 Informatics in Life Science and Chemistry (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent INFO-I 637 Advanced Seminar II – Bioinformatics of instructor. Introduces the fundamental notions (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent in genome and proteome informatics and chemical of instructor. Introduces students to major historical informatics focusing on the design and organizing issues contemporary and emerging theories, methods, and in information systems used in those areas. The course techniques in the field of Bioinformatics. Students will is designed for students with no biology or chemistry examine and explore relevant and influential research, background, but some knowledge in informatics, who results and applications. Students will develop an want to learn basic topics in bioinformatics and chemical understanding of leading research approaches and informatics. paradigms, and will design and independent research program in relation to their individual research fields and personal interests. The course will focus on research May 26, 2016 507 approaches in bioinformatics, emerging technologies discussions to engage students in the various aspects in biology and chemistry, and basic computational of an informatist's role. The topics and presenters will be techniques. different each semester. INFO-I 641 Business of Health Informatics (3 cr.) This INFO-I 668 Seminar in Health Informatics II (3 cr.) class focuses on the economic importance of healthcare P: I667 This course provides graduate students with information technology adoption for value realization, as knowledge on a wide range of current topics in health a strategic asset, as an investment, and transformation informatics from faculty and professionals engaged in toward integrated decision making. Topics covered include cutting edge research and practice. Students connect with but are not limited to implementation of Decision Support innovative faculty while learning through a combination System, barcode tracking, Electronic Health Records, pay- of lectures, practicums, and discussions. The topics and for-performance, incentives for e-prescribing. presenters will be different each semester. INFO-I 642 Clinical Decisions Support Systems (3 cr.) INFO-I 690 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate This course provides an overview of the background standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on new and state-of-the-art Clinical Decision Support Systems developments and research in informatics. Course in (CDSS). Topics include: the design principles behind intended for Ph.D. students in the School of Informatics. clinical decision support systems, mathematical Can be repeated with different topics, subject to approval foundations of the knowledge-based systems and pattern of the Dean. recognition systems, clinical vocabularies, legal and ethical issues, patient centered clinical decision support INFO-I 691 Thesis/Project in Health Informatics systems, and the applications of clinical decision support (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and presents a thesis systems in clinical practice. or project in an area of health informatics. The product is substantial, typically multi-chapter paper or carefully INFO-I 643 Natural Language Processing and Text designed and evaluated application, based on well- Mining for Biomedical Records and Reports (3 cr.) planned research of scholarly project. Details are worked This course familiarizes students with applications of out between the student and the sponsoring faculty Natural Language Processing and text mining in health member. May be repeated for credit. care. While the course provides a short introduction to commonly used algorithms, techniques and software, INFO-I 692 Thesis/Project in Bioinformatics (1-6 cr.) the focus is on existing health care applications including The student prepares and presents thesis or project in an clinical records and narratives, biomedical literature and area of bioinformatics. The product is substantial, typically claims processing. a multi-chapter paper or carefully designed and evaluated application, based on well-planned research or scholarly INFO-I 646 Computational Systems Biology (3 cr.) project. Details are worked out between student and Introduction on how Omics data are generated, managed, sponsoring faculty member. May be repeated for credit. analyzed from large-scale computational perspectives, exploring computational resources, especially biological INFO-I 693 Thesis/Project in Chemical Informatics pathways for integrative mining and computational (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and presents a thesis or analysis, representing and modeling multi-scale biological project in an area of chemical informatics. The product networks, relating static/dynamic properties to the is substantial, typically multi-chapter paper, or a carefully understanding phenotypic functions at the molecular designed and evaluated application, based on well- systems level. planned research or scholarly project. Details are worked out between the student and sponsoring faculty member. INFO-I 651 The Ethnography of Informatics (3 cr.) May be repeated for credit. Introduces ethnography as a social science methodology and way of knowing with which to study information and INFO-I 694 Thesis/Project in Human-Computer its social contexts. Places ethnography in relation to other Interaction (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and presents research methodologies relevant to the production of the a thesis or project in an area of Human-computer Informatics knowledge base. Trains students in the use interaction. The product is substantial, typically multi- of a broad range of ethnographic techniques relevant chapter paper, or a carefully designed and evaluated to study of automated information technology in use. application, based on well-planned research or scholarly Designed to be open to students from other programs with project. Details are worked out between the student and sufficient methodological and substantive background. sponsoring faculty member. May be repeated for credit. INFO-I 656 Translational Bioinformatics Applications INFO-I 698 Research in Informatics (1-12 cr.) Research (3 cr.) This course entails a cohesive approach to the under the direction of a member of the graduate faculty theory and practice of bioinformatics applications in that is not dissertation related. Can be repeated for credit translational medicine [TM]. It includes topics related to for a total of 30 credit hours. the complexities of low, medium and high-throughput INFO-I 699 Independent Study in Informatics (1-3 cr.) applications in TM and powerful solutions to TM data Independent readings and research for Ph.D. students management problems by employing various informatics under the direction of a faculty member, culminating in frameworks. written report. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 INFO-I 667 Advanced Seminar II in Health Informatics credit hours. II (3 cr.) P: I530 This course provides graduate students INFO-I 790 Informatics Research Rotation (3 cr.) Work with advanced knowledge on a wide range of technical with faculty, investigate research opportunities. Can be and analytical topics in health informatics. The course repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. involves a combination of lectures, practicums, and 508 May 26, 2016

INFO-I 798 Professional Practice/Internship (0 cr.) development and video production. Students will develop Provides for participation in graduate level professional presentation skills through research papers. training and internship experience. NEWM-N 502 Digital Media Motion and Simulation INFO-I 890 Thesis Readings and Research (1-12 cr.) Methods (3 cr.) Applications in animation/simulation Research under the direction of a member of the graduate design and creation using computer desktop tools. faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. Can be repeated for Examines the fundamentals of three-dimensional credit for a total of 30 credit hours. animation through storyboards and planning, modeling, texturing, lighting, rendering, and composite techniques. INFO-I 582 Health Information Exchange (3 cr.) This Topics will include nurbs design development, texture course describes the drivers and challenges, the data mapping for realism and stylistic output, keyframe and and services of electronic health information exchange path animation, and cinematography lighting techniques. (HIE). The five focus areas of HIE are reviewed relative Skills will be developed through design and modeling of to strategies and actions: Aligning incentives; Engaging individual or team multidisciplinary projects. Consumers; Improving Population Health; Managing Privacy, Security and Confidentiality; and, Transforming NEWM-N 503 Digital Media Application Design Care Delivery. Processes (3 cr.) Presents the principles and fundamentals of design techniques using authoring tools INFO-I 583 Security and Privacy Policies and on PC, Macintosh and emerging computer platforms. Regulations for Health Care (3 cr.) This course Included are storyboarding, planning and organization discusses privacy and security regulations for health care of scripts, use of current technology, computers, video, information transactions including policy, procedures, and digital arts equipment; computer-assisted design and guidelines, security architectures, risk assessments, project planner software tools and management of design disaster recovery, and business continuity. Particular team concepts. attention is given to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Health Information NEWM-N 504 Advanced Interactive Design Technology for Economic and Clinical (HITECH) Act. Applications (3 cr.) Incorporates extensive analysis and use of computer and multimedia authoring tools intended INFO-I 584 Practicum in Health Information for character simulation design. The course will study the Technology (3 cr.) This course provides an opportunity concepts of physics based bipedal movement in relation to for the learner to synthesize all previous coursework gravity, balance, anticipation, potential energy, personality and to demonstrate beginning competency in Health constructs, and locomotion. Assessment modeling for Information Technology (HIT) applications. The course character depiction and animation will be planned and employs an application focus in which the learner storyboarded. Other topics include more advanced facets demonstrates comprehension, critical thinking, and of computer animation including paint tube modeling, problem-solving abilities within the context of a real-world layered, texture mapping, and track and block animation environment. for cyclical actions. Required Elective Graduate Courses NEWM-N 505 Internship in Media Arts and Technology Note: A student's committee, working in conjunction with (3 cr.) An internship program for students to work with an Informatics committee designated to oversee the and learn from experts in media (digital arts) technology minor, will decide what elective courses are appropriate fields who developing and using new applications in for a given student. commercial and educational settings. Requirements for CSCI 548 Algorithms in Bioinformatics (3 cr.) interns include the development of a technology project proposal; interview; resume; and project presentation; GRAD 652 R607 Biostatistics II (3 cr.) on-site intern residency; project report; oral and media presentation of project outcomes. Currently not being GRAD-R 607 Advanced Statistics (3 cr.) offered. NURS 630 Introduction to Nursing Informatics (3 cr.) NEWM-N 506 Media Arts and Technology Project NURS 635 Consumer Health Informatics (3 cr.) (1-6 cr.) Students create and orally present a multimedia teaching/training project combining elements of digital New Media media technology including CD-ROM, videodisc, digital NEWM-N 500 Principles of Multimedia Technology audio and video, MIDI, and Internet applications. (3 cr.) This course examines issues related to digital Requirements include technology project proposal media technology in the context of design, development, development; oral presentation of proposal, research implementation and evaluation. Topics in the information and development of project, project final report, and the industry, especially its impact on the cultural, economic, presentation of project. Final project to be submitted in social, and ethical dimensions of local and global digital form for permanent archive. Currently not being communities are examined. Topics also include: usability, offered. intellectual property, and a diversity of user markets for new media products. NEWM-N 510 Web Database Concepts (3 cr.) Addresses diverse issues arising when designing World NEWM-N 501 Foundations of Digital Arts Production Wide Web interface. Basic database concepts will be (3 cr.) This course examines the production process and presented but the course will focus on discussion of management of digital multimedia. Students investigate interface issues specific to Web databases, technologies and produce projects by researching foundations in the for linking databases to Web servers for delivery, use of digital video with special emphasis on production process of storytelling. Skills learned will include: project May 26, 2016 509 discussion of various Web database applications, case It also will explore the essentials of beat reporting, with studies, and industry trends. experiential learning at live press conferences and events. NEWM-N 553 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) This course JOUR-J 546 Sports Journalism Research (3 cr.) This provides graduate students in the New Media Program course explores issues surrounding the highly lucrative an opportunity to work on a project that is beyond any nature of collegiate sports in America, such as which other existing new media courses. The course focuses on sports are the most and least profitable and the gap developing graduate students with evaluation, synthesis between men’s and women’s sports. Students will produce and analysis abilities through a project to obtain an a research project in collaboration with a major media in-depth knowledge of new media within a context of outlet. their choice. A graduate student could be engaged in a research project or a production project. Currently not JOUR-J 547 Sports Broadcast Journalism (3 cr.) The being offered. course is an intensive, in-depth and practical instruction of sports broadcasting. This course will include instruction in Courses everything from play-by-play broadcasting of live events to the art of interviewing for television to writing and editing Sports Journalism long segments. JOUR-J 501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) This course includes lectures and roundtable discussion of problems JOUR-J 620 Media Coverage of Sports (3 cr.) This in covering public affairs issues at the national, state, and course will examine athletes, coaches, events and sports local levels. Emphasis is on reporting on government, media coverage. It will focus on current events and social welfare agencies, elections, political parties, special controversies such as amateurism, competitive balance, interest groups and other areas of general public interest. debate over school mascots, gambling and problems in recruiting and the ensuing media coverage. JOUR-J 510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) This course offers an examination of structure, functions, Public Relations ethics, and performance of communication and mass JOUR-J 529 Public Relations Campaigns (3 cr.) This media, stressing a review of pertinent research literature. capstone course provides students with an opportunity Students will analyze media policies and performance to apply campaign model methodology to public relations in light of communication theory and current economic, planning so that they will be able to apply the research, political and social thought. theories, planning, and evaluation processes in working conditions which may not provide them with the time to JOUR-J 540 Business of Sports Media (3 cr.) A deliberate on and evaluate each step in the way that the history of how media have evolved from radio, network classroom provides. television and magazines into the multi-dimensional world of regional and national cable, the Internet, and the JOUR-J 528 Public Relations Management (3 cr.) The networks. The way media provide so much of the revenue primary purpose of this course is to provide you with a for sports as an entertainment industry has made it the fundamental knowledge of the organizational structures, anchor for the sports industry. management styles, and problems commonly encountered in the management public relations or advertising firms JOUR-J 541 Digital Sports Journalism (3 cr.) Students and the advertising and/or public relations departments in this hands-on, practical course will learn how to in a corporation or government agency. It also examines envision, build, design and produce a sports website. management structures in not-for-profit organizations. Students will receive substantive training in the software used to produce web videos, podcasts and interactive JOUR-J 531 Public Relations for Non-Profits (3 cr.) graphics. And, students will be taught how to marry all of The course provides a theoretical and practical foundation those elements into a compelling website. in public relations for those considering careers in nonprofit organizations or in fundraising. Specific JOUR-J 542 Sports Journalism and Society (3 cr.) coursework will involve the public relations campaign This course provides a broad understanding of how social process and its relationship to organizational goals issues impact sports and how sports impacts society. and to the specifics of organizational development Included will be a historical overview of sports, athletes’ and fundraising. An additional focus will involve the rights, race and gender in sports, the Olympics and communications efforts required to maintain relationships international sports, youth sports, the commercialization of with donors, volunteers and key community and industry sports and the influence of the media on sports. officials. JOUR-J 543 Sports Law (3 cr.) Students will develop a JOUR-J 560 Topics Courses (3 cr.) basic understanding of the relationship between sports Public Relations Research and Evaluation. This and the law and of the basic concepts of major legal course is a survey of simple and scientific research issues—antitrust, labor, contract and intellectual property and evaluation techniques for use in organizational —in sports today, while translating that knowledge into social environment research including target public analytical reporting on those subjects. analysis, initial research for public relations campaign and JOUR-J 545 Sports Writing (3 cr.) This course is an program planning, public relations program effectiveness intensive, in-depth and practical instruction on reporting evaluation, and continuous implementation evaluation for and writing for print, magazines and the Web. This course the purpose of facilitating periodic adjustment. This course will include a broad range of sports writing, from long- focuses on applied research techniques such as surveys, form narrative for magazines to twittering on the Web. both printed and online, interviews, focus groups, Q Sorts, secondary research techniques and others. (Required.) 510 May 26, 2016

Public Relations Theory. Theory is the backbone of public relations function in health care organizations, and public relations. This course examines both the historical orchestrating public relations campaigns in support of and emerging theories underlying the practice of public health care organizational goals. relations. (Required.) Managing Public Relations Tactics and Techniques. Public Relations Planning. This course provides The mastery of a public relations tactics and techniques students with an opportunity to explore and learn the is the cornerstone of a public relations practitioner’s skill advanced management techniques for public relations set. This course provides extensive hands-on learning programs and campaigns focusing on the use of research and practice in some essential tactics and techniques. and evaluation techniques, development of goals and This course is designed to apply theory to actual problem objectives, segmentation of audiences, development solving. of strategies and tactics, and creation of timelines and budgets. The course also uses the case study method JOUR-J 563 Public Relations Publications Design to illuminate and illustrate these concepts. The course (3 cr.) Institutional and industrial publications are an provides theoretical and practical experience in public important means of internal and external communications. relations project planning and execution. (Required.) This course looks at the principles of design and Agencies and Entrepreneurs. This course covers production techniques. Students are provided with organizational structures, management approaches and opportunities to create a variety of different public relations problems commonly encountered in establishing and products while using state of the art desktop publishing managing public relations, advertising, marketing and applications. related communications firms. What you learn is relevant JOUR-J 804 Reading and Research in Journalism to those who might work in (as an employee) or with (as (3 cr.) a client) an agency. It also covers the steps needed to establish, maintain and grow an agency or independent Faculty consultancy. Professors Managing Online Public Relations. From Blogs to Jonas Bjork, Chris Lamb Twitter, Facebook to websites and from Myspace to all Assistant Professors of the emerging online tools available to communications Pamela Laucella professionals today, public relations managers must be able not only to use these tools, but to be able to integrate Professors of Practice them into a coherent strategy. This course discusses not Bruce Hetrick, Malcolm Moran only the tools social media of Web 3.0, but also how to manage those tools and techniques. Lecturer Julie Vincent Issues and Crisis Communication. Identification and management of various issues impacting organizations Curriculum are critical to their success. Of course, when issues Curriculum become crises, or crisis strikes, management of that crisis via effective communication with key constituent Degrees Offered public is critical to the success and even survival of the Master of Arts in Public Relations, Master of Arts in Sports organization. This course examines the techniques of Journalism. issues management and the management tools available. It also examines from a practical perspective how to The M.A. program in Public Relations has three tracks: manage the public relations for organizations in crisis. general management, sports management, and health. Both the Public Relations and the Sport Journalism Public Relations in the Life Sciences. The medical programs are intended to prepare students for work product industry, including pharmaceuticals, medical in the field, across a variety of media, corporations, devices and medical research, including genetic research, organizations and institutions. is a special industry that demands unique public relations activities. In addition, it is highly regulated and a complete Master of Arts Degree understanding of that regulatory environment and the Special Departmental Admission Requirements restrictions and requirements on public relations is critical 1. Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or for success of any organization. This course focuses university, with an overall undergraduate point average of on the unique elements of this industry and provides at least 3.0; an undergraduate major in journalism is not students not only with an understanding of the industry required, but applicants without such a background are and its regulatory environment, but also with special required to take additional course work in journalism and understanding of the conduct of public relations in the public relations as part of their master’s program; industry and the management of communication in such organizations. 2. Appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination General Test (applicants with a post- Intergrating Marketing Communication in Health graduate degree are not required to submit GRE scores); Care. This course is designed to prepare students for senior management positions in hospitals, health care 3. Three letters of recommendation; and organizations, and the health support industry. It focuses on counseling senior management on unique issues 4. A personal statement explaining how a master’s degree regarding health care communication, unique health care will fit into the applicant’s career goals. communication problems and challenges, managing the May 26, 2016 511

Foreign language courses, students must complete the requirements for the Concentration in Health Law and Bioethics. There is no foreign language requirement for the degrees. The capstone project for this combined degree program Course requirements will be a paper in a topic that addresses the fields of law Public Relations and bioethics. This paper will satisfy both the advanced General Requirements research and writing requirement at the law school and the A total of 30 credit hours, including five Journalism thesis/research project in the Department of Philosophy. and Public Relations core courses (J528, J529, and Requirements three topics courses in public relations theory, research and evaluation, and planning), and five electives from The program requires 24 hours in the M.A. Program and Journalism and Public Relations and Communication 84 credit hours at the Robert H. McKinney School of Law Studies. Students who do not have an undergraduate for graduation. Non-combined degree study requires degree in journalism or a related field are required to 90 credit hours at the McKinney School of Law, while take three undergraduate courses in introductory public the M.A. requires 30 credit hours at the Department of relations, public relations writing and communication law Philosophy. Summer school during the first two summers (J219, J390 and J300, respectively). of the combined program is encouraged to help the M.A./J.D. student attain increased credit hours and PR Management Track ease potential scheduling conflicts that may arise when In addition to the core, students take five general electives scheduling course work in two different schools. in Journalism and Public Relations or Communication Up to six credits of health law courses are counted toward Studies. the 30 credits required for the M.A. in Philosophy. Six PR Sports Track credits from the M.A. program are also applied to law for a total of 84 needed for the J.D. credits. The two In addition to the core, students take three core sports degrees are obtained with a total of 108 earned credits, as courses (J543, J540, and J542) and two electives in compared with the 120 credits required if the degrees are Journalism and Public Relations or Communication obrained separately. Studies. For additional information contact: PR Healthcare and Life Sciences Track Dr. Jason T. Eberl Department of Philosophy, IUPUI In addition to the general core, students take two core Phone: 317-278-9239 topics courses (public relations in the life sciences and Other combined degrees offered by the McKinney integrated marketing communication in healthcare) and School of Law three electives in Journalism and Public Relations or Communication Studies. Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.) and Master of Business Administration; J.D. and Master of Public Affairs; J.D. and Sports Journalism Master of Health Administration; J.D. and Master of Public A total of 30 credit hours consisting of J501, J510, J540, Health; J.D. and Doctor of Medicine; J.D. and Master of J541, J542, J543, J545, J546, J547, and J620. Students Library Science; and the J.D. and Master of Social Work who do not have an undergraduate degree in journalism or a related field are required to take two undergraduate Faculty courses in sports writing and communication law (J345 Dean and Paul E. Beam Professor of Law and J300, respectively). Andrew R. Klein Law Faculty McKinney School of Law Graduate Faculty Departmental URL: mckinneylaw.iu.edu (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Program Director University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Professor Patricia J. Gallagher*, Ph.D contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Graduate Division Office, MS 207 Curriculum Life Sciences Degree Offered School of Medicine Combined Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of Department E-mail: [email protected] Jurisprudence (McKinney School of Law) This program provides a unique and valuable perspective Departmental URL: http://grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree- on the field of bioethics by combining the philosophical programs/minors/ study of bioethics with a legal education. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate A candidate spends the first year in law school, adding School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The courses from the IU Department of Philosophy during the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements second year. In addition to the basic required law school 512 May 26, 2016 contained only in The University Graduate School requirements to take the certification examination of the Bulletin.) American Board of Genetic Counseling, are required to have courses in all five areas plus additional required Degree Offered course and clinical work totaling 36-43 credit hours. Ph.D. Minor in Life Sciences Genetic counseling students must obtain a B (3.0) or Course Requirements higher in all core courses. For Ph.D. programs within the I.U. School of Medicine, Thesis a life sciences minor may be selected by a student Optional. With approval of the department, a refereed with the consent of the student’s advisory committee. publication or an additional 6 credit hours of non-research This minor requires a minimum of 12 credit hours course work beyond the required 30 credit hours may be of advanced graduate level courses taken outside of substituted for the thesis. Genetic counseling students the student’s major department. The credits must be must choose either a thesis, case report with literature distributed among three other departments/programs review, or development and implementation of an chosen from the biological sciences, or from anatomy, educational project, in addition to the required 36 credit biochemistry, biophysics, dental sciences, medical hours. genetics, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology, or toxicology. At least 6 credit hours must be Final Examination in a single department/program. The minor representative The completion and passing of a written exam, oral exam, on the advisory committee must be selected from one of or combined written and oral exam is at the discretion of the departments in which courses for the minor are taken the student's advisory committee. and will ordinarily be from the department contributing two courses to the minor. Genetic counseling MS students must pass a comprehensive written examination. Under exceptional Medical and Molecular Genetics circumstances, the student may petition the committee to School of Medicine be permitted to take the final examination one additional Departmental E-mail: [email protected] time. Departmental URL: http://genetics.medicine.iu.edu Program Termination (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Academic or research deficiency will result in termination School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of the student’s enrollment in the program. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Doctor of Philosophy Degree contained only in The University Graduate School Course Requirements Bulletin.) All Ph.D. students are required to take a minimum of 24 Curriculum hours of coursework, with a grade of B or better, and the Degrees Offered remaining hours will be of research and seminar credits, Master of Science in Medical and Molecular Genetics and for a total of 90 credit hours. This coursework includes the Doctor of Philosophy first-year common curriculum required for all new Ph.D. students, including six hours of research rotations. Up to Special Program Requirements 30 credit hours of non-clinical medical courses may apply toward the Ph.D. or the M.D./Ph.D. combined degree. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Minor Must be taken in a field related to the major, e.g., Admission Requirements bioinformatics, cancer biology, cardiovascular sciences, Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent, including two years diabetes and obesity, life sciences, health informatics, of chemistry, mathematics through calculus, two years or translational sciences. Number of credits (usually 12) of biology, and one course in principles of genetics. and grades required are determined by the minor director Promising students deficient in one or more areas may for each minor. Minor credits must be separate from the be accepted if it appears to the admissions committee Department of Medical and Molecular Genetics major that deficiencies can be removed during graduate study. course credit requirements. Results of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Qualifying Examination General Test must be available before applicants can be considered for admission. Comprehensive written and oral examination. Examination over the minor field at the discretion of the minor field Master of Science Degree department. Course Requirements Research Proposal A minimum of 30 credit hours of approved courses, including no more than 7 credit hours of research. At Written research proposal, presented and defended orally, least 20 credit hours must be taken in medical genetics required for admission to candidacy. or approved equivalents, including at least four of the following five areas with grades of B or higher: basic Final Examination human genetics, clinical genetics, cytogenetics, molecular Oral defense of dissertation. and biochemical genetics, and population genetics. Students in the genetic counseling study track, to meet May 26, 2016 513

Program Termination Nadia Carlesso* (Pediatrics), Janaiah Kota*, Hiromi Tanaka*, Scott Witting* Research or academic deficiency, including two failures of the qualifying examination, will result in termination of the Associate Research Professor student’s enrollment in the program. Stephen Dlouhy Ph.D. Minor in Medical and Molecular Genetics Assistant Research Professors Students outside the department desiring to obtain a doctoral minor in Medical and Molecular Genetics (MMGE) Daniel Koller, Yue Wang must complete a minimum of 9 credit hours in MMGE courses other than research (Q800) and seminar (Q660), Clinical Associate Professors with a grade of B (3.0) or better. Required courses consist Robert Bies* (Pharmacology), Victoria Pratt, Frederick of Q580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) and at least two of Unverzagt (Psychiatry), Matteo Vatta* the following: Q612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics (3 cr.), Q620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.), and Q630 Clinical Assistant Professor Population Genetics (3 cr.). Shaochun Bai Faculty Ph.D. & M.S. Graduate Advisor Interim Co-Chairpersons Brittney-Shea Herbert, Medical Research and Library Sutphin Professor Gail Vance & Chancellor’s Professor Building 130, (317) 278-6147 Tatiana Foroud M.S. Genetic Counseling Program Director Graduate Faculty Paula Delk, Medical Research and Library Building 130, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (317) 278-8837 Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Courses Distinguished Professors General MGEN-Q 580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) P: General P. Michael Conneally* (Emeritus), Bernardino Ghetti* genetics and consent of the instructor. An introduction (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Psychiatry, to the genetics of human traits and heritable diseases. Neurology) Emphasis will be on general aspects of eukaryotic Chancellor’s Professor genetics as it applies to humans, but some prokaryote genetics will be included for comparison. Tatiana Foroud* MGEN-Q 604 Genetic Counseling Communication Sutphin Professor of Cancer Genetics Techniques (4 cr.) Genetic counseling models, methods Gail H. Vance* (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine) and communication skills; professional issues related to client interactions. Practice-based learning through role Professors play, analysis of genetic counseling case studies, and other class interactions. Joseph Bidwell* (Anatomy), Michael Boulton (Ophthalmology), Joe Christian* (Emeritus), Simon MGEN-Q 606 Foundations in Genetic Counseling Conway* (Pediatrics), Michael Econs* (Medicine), Howard (4 cr.) Introduction to the principles and practice of genetic Edenberg* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Anthony counseling. Topics include genetic counseling techniques, Firulli* (Pediatrics), David Flockhart* (Pharmacology), prenatal diagnosis counseling, pediatric/adult counseling, Helmut Hanenberg* (Pediatrics), Reuben Kapur* and support services. (Pediatrics), Debomoy Lahiri* (Psychiatry), Eric Meslin* (Medicine), John Nurnberger Jr.* (Psychiatry), Catherine MGEN-Q 608 Introduction to Genetic Counseling Palmer* (Emeritus), R. Mark Payne* (Pediatrics), Kimberly Research (1 cr.) An overview of topics relevant to the Quaid* (Psychiatry), Terry Eugene Reed* (Emeritus), development of genetic counseling research projects. Andrew Saykin* (Radiology), William Schneider* Topics will include library tools, project development, (Liberal Arts), A. Joseph Tector (Surgery), Ronald Wek* research ethics, IRB, basic statistics, and manuscript (Biochemistry) preparation. Each student will develop a research proposal. Associate Professors MGEN-Q 609 Practical Cancer Genetic Counseling Rebecca Chan* (Pediatrics), Sherif Farag (Hematology/ (2 cr.) Overview of hereditary cancer syndromes, genetic Oncology), David Paul Gilley*, Tamara Hannon risk assessment for personal and family history of cancer, (Pediatrics), Brittney-Shea Herbert*, Lang Li*, Yunlong genetic counseling approaches, and testing issues. Liu* (Biostatistics), Marc Mendonca (Radiation Oncology), Nuria Morral*, Jill Murrell* (Pathology), Bryan Schneider* MGEN-Q 610 Clinical Genetics Practicum (3 cr.) (Medicine), Weinian Shou* (Pediatrics), Kenneth E. P: Consent of the instructor. Methods for obtaining White*, Mingjiang Xu* (Pediatrics) medical and family histories, approaches to evaluation of individuals and families with genetic disorders, and Assistant Professors techniques for providing genetic counseling. May be repeated once for credit. 514 May 26, 2016

MGEN-Q 611 Genetics Analysis Laboratory (1-2 cr.) practical understanding of inborn errors of metabolism, P: Consent of the instructor. (Not currently being offered.) the management of patients with these diseases and the Computer storage and retrieval of family data. Use of genetic counseling issues that arise in the care of families programs for genetic analysis. Includes analysis of twins, with these diseases. families of twins, and genetic linkage and segregation. MGEN-Q 625 Introduction to Clinical Genetics (1 cr.) MGEN-Q 612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics This class will introduce the students to the broad areas of (3 cr.) Molecular and biochemical aspects of gene function practice in clinical genetics, the ethical, legal, and social in various genetic disorders. Emphasis on the DNA issues involved in the care of patients and families with lesion when known, on aberrations in the metabolic genetic disorders, and the interface of clinical genetics and pathways, and on structural defects. Discussion of genetics research. hemoglobinopathies, phenylketonuria, storage diseases, and other conditions. MGEN-Q 626 Fundamentals of Biochemical and Molecular Genetics (1 cr.) Introduction to the concepts MGEN-Q 613 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics of molecular and biochemical genetics with emphasis Laboratory (2 cr.) The student will learn to perform many on examples of pathogenesis of human disease. Not of the molecular and biochemical techniques for the currently being offered. determination of genetic markers that can be used for diagnosis, genotyping, and forensic applications. MGEN-Q 627 Fundamentals of Human Cytogenetics (1 cr.) An introduction to the principles of human MGEN-Q 614 Psychological Aspects of Genetic cytogenetics with applications in basic genetics, including Counseling (3 cr.) P: One course in introductory or the clinical consequences of chromosomal abnormalities. abnormal psychology. Introduction to theory and research Not currently being offered. in the field of genetic counseling. Topics include risk assessment, attitude assessment, and decision-making. MGEN-Q 628 Fundamentals of Population Genetics The social, ethical, and legal aspects of the delivery of (1 cr.) Introduction to the broad areas of population genetic services are also covered. genetics and gene discovery. Not currently being offered. MGEN-Q 615 Prenatal Diagnosis Practicum (3 cr.) Training in prenatal genetic counseling. Counseling MGEN-Q 629 Embryology for Genetic Clinicians referrals may include advanced maternal age, abnormal (2 cr.) Normal human conception and embryonic/fetal prenatal screening, abnormal ultrasound, or other development and factors causing birth defects. pregnancy complications. MGEN-Q 630 Population Genetics (3 cr.) P: Basic MGEN-Q 616 Specialty Clinics Practicum (2 cr.) genetics. Basic probability and Bayes theorem, as applied P: Consent of the instructor. An overview of the long-term to genetic counseling. Effects of mutation and selection management of patients living with a variety of genetic on the survival of alleles in a population; consequences conditions. Students may provide genetic counseling while of consanguinity and inbreeding; methods of analysis in these clinics. including segregation and linkage including nonparametric methods; quantitative genetics such as twin studies, and MGEN-Q 617 Genetic Counseling Practicum (1-2 cr.) heritability. P: Q606, Q610, consent of instructor. Practice advanced genetic counseling skills in a weekly clinic. Develop MGEN-Q 631 Quantitative Genetics (2 cr.) P: G651 proficiency in pedigree construction, patient education, and G652 or equivalent. (Not currently being offered.) and psychosocial assessment/counseling. Inheritance of human quantitative traits, partitioning of phenotypic variation, estimation of genetic variance and MGEN-Q 620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.) P: Consent heritability, methods of analyzing resemblance among of the instructor, basic genetics. Study of chromosome relatives including nuclear families, twins, and half- structure and replication, X-inactivation, meiosis, siblings. numerical and structural rearrangements in humans, and cytogenetics of malignancies. MGEN-Q 640 Special Topics in Medical and Molecular Genetics (1 cr.) Study of advanced topics/literature not MGEN-Q 621 Human Cytogenetics Laboratory (3 cr.) already emphasized in Q580, problem-based learning, P: Basic genetics, Q620, and consent of instructor. and skills helpful for the PhD (grant writing, examination Current techniques in human cytogenetics. May be taken preparation). concurrently with Q620. MGEN-Q 642 Dermatoglyphics (2 cr.) P: Consent MGEN-Q 622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies (2-3 cr.) of instructor. (Not currently being offered.) Formation, P: Consent of instructor. This course will examine the development, classification and variation of finger, palm, biologic implications of cytogenetic abnormalities found and footprint patterns (dermatoglyphics) in humans; in malignancies. Aberrant gene function as a result of interpretation of results of quantitative and statistical cytogenetic abnormalities will be stressed. techniques utilized in the study of the inheritance of dermatoglyphic traits, variation in twins, and applications MGEN-Q 623 Dysmorphology for Genetic Clinicians in clinical genetics. (1 cr.) Study of human congenital malformations, deformations, disruptions and dysplasias; review of MGEN-Q 660 Medical Genetics Seminar (1 cr.) P: Basic associated syndromes; approach to dysmorphology genetics. Topics chosen from aspects of medical genetics evaluation. not extensively treated elsewhere. Various phases of research in medicine from a genetic and clinical point of MGEN-Q 624 Clinical Management and Genetics of Metabolic Disease (1 cr.) The student will gain a May 26, 2016 515 view. Students may receive credit during each semester of role of developmental genetics in understanding human residence on the Medical Center campus. disease. MGEN-Q 730 Methods in Human Genetics (3 cr.) GRAD-G 727 Animal Models of Human Disease (1 cr.) P: Basic genetics, differential calculus, and Q630 or This class explores advantages and limitations of animal equivalent. Sampling methods employed in study of models of human disease. Topics include models for human genetics; methods for analysis of segregation, diabetes, psychiatric disorders, cancer, osteoporosis, linkage, mutation, and selection with family data collected polycystic kidney and cardiovascular disease. The goal under various forms of ascertainment. of the course is to provide a framework for students to select experimental animal models in their future research MGEN-Q 800 Medical Genetics Research (arr. cr.) careers. Graduate GRAD-G 746 Chromosome Instability and Disease GRAD-G 504 Introduction to Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) (1 cr.) (Not currently being offered.) Exploration of the Introduction to the basic concepts of research ethics. The mechanisms of chromosome instability and the clinical course will cover historical development of concern with impact of this problem. Topics will include chromosome ethics in science as well as practical information needed structure and function and how failures in these functions by students working in the science today. Format will be promote chromosome instability in meiosis and mitosis. lecture and discussion. Other topics include the clinical consequences of PBHL-B 651 Introduction to Biostatistics I (3 cr.) chromosome instability in miscarriage, birth defects, and P: One year undergraduate mathematics is required. cancer. Working knowledge on linear algebra and elementary MGEN-G 788 Introduction to Next Generation calculus is expected. Students with insufficient Sequencing (3 cr.) Understanding the basic principles mathematics preparation are expected to remedy the of next generation sequencing technology. This includes deficiency on their own. C: Working knowledge of basic biological applications, basics in data processing, linear algebra and elementary calculus is expected. statistical and informatics theories in data analysis, Students with insufficient mathematics preparation are advantages, limitations, and assumption of different expected to remedy the deficiency on their own. B651 methodologies, and biological interpretation of the results. is an introductory level biostatistics course designed for healthcare professionals. This course will cover the topics MGEN-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) For Ph.D. on data presentation techniques, describing data with students who have at least 90 credit hours. May be taken numerical summary measures, probability and probability for maximum of six semesters. distributions, sampling distributions, statistical inferences from small and large samples, analysis of categorical Faculty data, analysis of variance, correlation and simple linear Program Director regression analysis. Colleen M. DesRosiers, Associate Professor of Clinical PBHL- 652 Introduction to Biostatistics II (3 cr.) Data Radiation Oncology ([email protected]) description, sampling variation and distributions, interval Curriculum Coordinator estimation, and tests of hypotheses involving binomial, normal, t, F, and X2 distribution; one-way analysis of Marvene M. Ewing, Senior Dosimetrist variance, bivariate regression and correlation, higher ([email protected]) order experimental designs, and associated analysis of Faculty variance; use of statistical analysis programs on computer. Indra J. Das (Professor of Clinical radiation Oncology); GRAD-G 724 Molecular Cancer Genetics (1 cr.) An Phil Dittmer (Assistant Profesor of Radiation Oncology); introduction to cancer focusing on genetics. Topics Ted Hoene (Medical Dosimetrist, MPRI); Jeannie include causes and effects of chromosome instability Jimerson (Medical Dosimetrist); John Kent (Certified (including centromere/telomere failures and chromosomal Medical Physicist) translocations), epigenetic changes and genetic risk factors during cancer progression. Medical Dosimetry GRAD-G 725 Gene Transfer Approaches to Clinical The University Graduate School and The School of and Basic Research (Gene Therapy) (1 cr.) A lecture- Medicine based course of basic principles involved with the transfer Departmental URL: http://radonc.medicine.iu.edu/ and expression of genetic material. Focus on technical medical-education/medical-dosimetry-graduate-certificate/ aspects of each vector system, followed by applications to human diseases/experimental animal models. Practical (Please note that when conferring University Graduate understanding of non-viral and viral gene transfer to utilize School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The these techniques in research studies. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School GRAD-G 726 Developmental Genetics (1 cr.) This Bulletin.) introductory course focuses on the genetic basis of mouse development. It covers the principles of embryogenesis Curriculum and explores the mechanism of morphogenic signaling Medical Dosimetry Program and transcriptional control of body plan and tissue Medical dosimetry is a branch of Radiation Oncology and differentiation. Special emphasis will be placed on the Medical Physics that primarily deals with the design of radiation treatment planning for the delivery of patient 516 May 26, 2016 treatments. The medical dosimetrist has knowledge of the contained only in The University Graduate School overall characteristics and clinical relevance of radiation Bulletin.) oncology machines and equipment, is cognizant of Procedures commonly use in brachytherapy and has the Curriculum education and expertise necessary to generate radiation Degrees Offered dose distributions and dose calculations in collaboration Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. with the medical physicist and radiation oncologist. Special Program Requirements Graduate Certificate in Medical Dosimetry The University Graduate School is offering a twelve- (See also general University Graduate School month graduate certificate in medical dosimetry. The requirements.) curriculum includes 23-24 graduate credit hours of which Bachelor’s degree in chemistry, biological sciences, 14 credit hours are clinical practicum as well as nine physics, mathematics, engineering, or psychology, didactic graduate credit hours. Rotations at clinical sites which includes courses in general chemistry (8 credit are required. Students will not only gain a wide range hours), organic chemistry (8 credit hours), physics (4 of experience in the planning of traditional and newer credit hours), biological sciences (8 credit hours), and methods for treatment delivery of photons and electrons mathematics through calculus. Promising students may be but will also learn porton beam planning that will be unique accepted even though certain undergraduate prerequisites to Indiana University. Upon graduation and following six may be lacking, but they must remove deficiencies during months of full-time employment in medical dosimetry, the the first year of graduate study. The Graduate Record graduate will be eligible to sit for the medical dosimetry Examination General Test results must be available before certification board examination. applicants will be considered for admission. Program Requirements Master of Science Degree • Applicants must be accepted for admission to the Course Requirements University Graduate School. A total of 30 credit hours, including at least 17 credit hours • All applicants must hold a Bachelor's degree from of approved courses and 3 credit hours of research. an accredited university; a Bachelor's degree in radiation therapy is preferred, but others will be Thesis considered if all other requirements are met. A G.P.A. of 3.5 or higher must have been maintained Required. for the radiation therapy courses. Final Examination • Certification through the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists in Radiation Therapy, R.T. Comprehensive oral examination. (T). Doctor of Philosophy Degree • Three professional letter of recommendation, with Course Requirements at least one from a qualified medical dosimetrist or qualified medical physicist. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. A • Official (sealed) copies of all transcripts for all post- minimum of 34 credit hours must be in course work, the secondary institutions attended. remainder in research. • Completion of undergraduate prerequisite courses Minor (or equivalent): Twelve (12) credit hours must be taken in one of the a. College Algebra and Trigonometry and/or Pre- basic sciences associated with the Medical Neurobiology calculus Program: anatomy, biochemistry, biology, medical b. Cross-Sectional Anatomy genetics, microbiology and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology and biophysics, and c. Radiation and Cancer Biology (RAON-J406) psychology. The minor can also be fulfilled by taking d. While not necessarily a requirement, preference G715, G716, and G717. will be given to students Qualifying Examination who have taken General Physics with a lab. Written and oral. e. Basic knowledge of computer technology Final Examination • Acceptance by the University Graduate School and Oral defense of dissertation. the School of Medicine Core courses include N800, N801, F850, N612, G743, Medical Neuroscience N614, G744, N616, G745, N711, N715, G504, G505. Additional appropriate courses in the Departments of School of Medicine Anatomy, Biochemistry, Biology, Medical Genetics, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Microbiology and Immunology, Pathology, Pharmacology Departmental URL: snri.iusm.iu.edu and Toxicology, Physiology and Biophysics, and Psychol- ogy will be accepted for credit toward the major with prior (Please note that when conferring University Graduate approval of the student’s advisor. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements May 26, 2016 517

Faculty Anatomy and Cell Biology), Zao C. Xu* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Feng Zhou* (Anatomy and Cell Biology) Program Director Associate Professors Professor Ted Cummins* Nikolai Broustovetski* (Pharmacology and Taxicology), Graduate Faculty Ellen A.G. Chernoff* (Biology), Theodore Cummins* (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Nicholas J. Grahame* Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Psychology), David Kareken* (Neurology, Neuropsy- doctoral dissertations.) chology), Michael Kubek* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Distinguished Professor Wei-Hua Lee* (Pediatrics, Anatomy and Cell Biology), Aimee Mayeda* (Psychiatry), Richard Nass (Pharma- Bernardino Ghetti* (Medical and Molecular Genetics, cology and Toxicology), Alexander B. Niculescu III* Neurobiology, Pathology, Psychiatry) (Psychiatry), John H. Schild* (Biomedical Engineering), Debbie Thurmond* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Chancellor’s Professors Frederick Unverzagt (Psychology), Ruben Vidal* Tatiana Foroud* (Medical and Molecular Genetics), (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine), Donald Wong* Janice C. Froehlich* (Medicine, Cellular and Integrative (Anatomy and Cell Biology) Physiology) Assistant Professors Raymond E. Houk Professor of Psychiatry R. Andrew Chambers (Psychiatry), Jinhui Chen Anantha Shekhar* (Neurobiology, Pharmacology and (Neurological Surgery), Cristine Czachowski (Psychiatry, Toxicology) Psychology), Yansheng Du* (Neurology), Quyen Hoang* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), An- Joyce and Iver Small Professor of Psychiatry, dy Hudmon* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Neurobiology, and Medical Genetics Phillip Johnson (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Rajesh John Nurnberger Jr.* (Neurobiology, Psychiatry) Khanna* (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Xiaoming Jin (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Christopher Lapish* Paul Stark Professor of Pharmacology (Psychology), Brenna McDonald (Radiology, Neurology), Samy Meroueh* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Michael Vasko* (Pharmacology and Toxicology) Jason Meyer (Biology), Alexander Obukhov (Cellular and Showalter Professor Integrative Physiology), Leonid Rubchinsky (Mathematical Sciences), Daniel Rusyniak* (Emergency Medicine), Grant Nicol* (Pharmacology and Toxicology) William Truitt* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Karmen Yoder* Mari Hulman George Professor (Radiology), Xin Zhang (Medical and Molecular Genetics) Xiao Ming Xu* (Neurological Surgery) Associate Research Professor Raymond C. Beeler Professor of Radiology Sandra Morzorati* (Emeritus, Psychiatry) Andrew Saykin (Radiology) Assistant Research Professor V.K. Stoelting Professor of Anesthesia Richard J. Thielen (Neurobiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) Fletcher White (Anesthesia, Pharmacology and Toxicology) Graduate Advisor Kampen-Norins Professor of Dermatology Professor Ted Cummins*, R2 468, (317)278-9342 Elliot Androphy* (Dermatology) Courses Ruth C. Holton Chair in Otology MNEU-N 612 Fundamental Neuroscience— Neurotransmitter Dynamics and Synaptic Plasticity Eri Hashino* (Otolaryngology, Anatomy and Cell Biology) (2 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. A lecture/discussion course to explore the fundamental mechanisms involved Professors in transmitter synthesis, release, storage, reuptake and Charles Goodlett* (Psychology), Joseph Hingtgen* general metabolism. Molecular mechanisms of synaptic (Emeritus, Clinical Psychology, Neurobiology in plasticity as well as facilitation and depression of synaptic Psychiatry), Kathryn Jones (Anatomy and Cell Biology), strength will also be explored. Debomoy Lahiri* (Psychiatry, Medical and Molecular MNEU-N 614 Fundamental Neuroscience—Special Genetics), William McBride* (Biochemistry and Molecular Senses and Integrative Neurophysiology (2 cr.) Biology, Neurobiology in Psychiatry), James Murphy* P: Consent of Instructor. A lecture/discussion course to (Neurobiology, Psychology), Sean O’Connor* (Psychiatry), explore fundamental concepts and mechanisms related Gerry Oxford* (Stark Neuroscience Research Institute, to various sensory receptors (photo receptors, hair cells), Pharmacology and Toxicology), Simon Rhodes* spinal reflex circuits, central pattern generators, and the (Cellular and Integrative Physiology, Pharmacology visual system as a complex integrative model. and Toxicology), Jay Simon* (Psychiatry, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), David Suzuki* (Ophthalmology, MNEU-N 616 Fundamental Neuroscience— Developmental Biology of Neuroscience (2 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. A lecture/discussion course to 518 May 26, 2016 explore concepts in basic neuroembryology including GRAD-G 745 Fundamentals of Intracellular Signal examination of molecular cures for axial patterning, axonal Transduction in Neurons (1-2 cr.) Experimental basis for pathfinding and growth, developmental regulation of gene cellular and molecular concepts of intracellular signaling transcription, neural stem cells and glia; cell precursors, cascades attending neurotransmitter, growth factor, and and regionalization of nervous system function. cytokine receptor activation in neurons. The goals are to foster an understanding of how we accumulate information MNEU-N 800 Research in Medical Neurobiology and to provide students with tools to evaluate hypotheses (arr cr.) P: Consent of instructor with whom research is and to define unanswered questions, rather than provide being done. Supervised literature and laboratory research current “facts” to memorize. in selected area(s) of medical neurobiology. GRAD-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology (3 cr.) MNEU-N 801 Seminar: Topics in Medical Neurobiology P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of molecular structure, (1 cr.) Required of all graduate students in program. function, and biosynthesis; core information regarding Recent topics in medical neurobiology covered by prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene continuity and metabolic literature and research reports and discussions by faculty, coordination; introduction to multicellular systems and graduate students, and invited guest lecturers. problems. MNEU-N 711 Translational Neuroscience (2 cr.) GRAD-G 504 Introduction to Research Ethics (1-3 cr.) Consideration of the basic neuroscience underlying Introduction to the basic concepts of research ethics. The various disorders from clinical, historical and course will cover historical development of concern with contemporary genetic views. ethics in science as well as practical information needed MNEU-N 802 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing by students working in the science today. Format will be (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. The grantsmanship lecture and discussion. course is designed to teach graduate students how to GRAD-G 505 Responsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) write an NIH application and to provide information on An overview of the rules and standards required for the review process. Students will complete an NIH R03 anyone conducting responsible scientific research. application by the end of the semester. All students will participate in a mock IRG-style review of each application Pharmacology and Toxicology at the end of the course. PCTX-F 602 Pharmacology: Lecture (5 cr.) Anatomy Physiology and Biophysics ANAT-D 527 Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) PHSL-F 613 Mammalian Physiology Lecture (5 cr.) ANAT-D 863 Peripheral Nervous System (2-3 cr.) MNEU-N 715 Functional Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) Basic mammalian neuroanatomy emphasizing pathways, ANAT-D 875 Topics in Advanced Neuroanatomy experimental methods, and cross-species comparisons. (2-5 cr.) ANAT-D 876 Neurotransmitter and Neuroendocrine Microbiology and Immunology Cytology and Anatomy (3 cr.) School of Medicine Biochemistry Departmental E-mail: [email protected] BIOC-B 500 Introductory Biochemistry (3 cr.) Departmental URL: http://micro.medicine.iu.edu/ BIOC-B 835 Neurochemistry (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate BIOC-B 836 Advanced Topics in Neurochemistry School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Graduate Bulletin.) GRAD-G 743 Fundamentals of Electrical Signaling and Ion Channel Biology (2 cr.) Curriculum Experimental basis for cellular and molecular concepts of Degrees Offered electrical excitability and membrane transport through ion Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy channels. The goals are to foster an understanding of how we accumulate information and to provide students with Special Departmental Requirements tools to evaluate hypotheses and to define unanswered (See also general University Graduate School questions, rather than provide current "facts" to memorize. requirements.) GRAD-G 744 Neuropharmacology of Synaptic Admission Requirements Transmission: Receptors and Ligands (2 cr.) The Graduate Record Examination General Test is Experimental basis for current cellular and molecular required. For the Ph.D.: see IBMG requirements. For concepts of postsynaptic receptors and signals involved the Master of Science degree: undergraduate courses in in chemical synaptic transmission in the nervous system. basic biology, including cell biology and genetics; general The goals are to foster an understanding of how we and organic chemistry; physics; mathematics, including accumulate information and to evaluate hypotheses and to calculus. Biochemistry is recommended. Deficiencies define unanswered questions, rather than provide current should be removed during the first year of enrollment. "facts" to memorize. Overall grade point average of at least 3.0 (B). May 26, 2016 519

Master of Science Degree the Department. The following courses are suggested for Course Requirements At least 30 credit hours, including at fulfilling the requirement for training in the focus areas of least 5 credits from among these courses: G715 Biomed I Immunology, Pathogenesis, or Cancer: G729 Introduction – Biomedical Science I – Biochemical Basis of Biological to Immunological Systems (1 cr.), G728 Fundamental Processes (3 cr.), G716 Biomed II – Biomedical Science Concepts of Infection and Pathogenesis (1 cr.), G852 II – Molecular Biology and Genetics (3 cr.), G717 Biomed Concepts of Cancer Biology (2 cr.), G720 Stem Cell III – Biomedical Science III – Cellular Basis of Systems Biology (2 cr.), J807 Current Topics in Immunology (2 Biology (3 cr.) or G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure cr.), J829 Current Topics in the Molecular Genetics of and Function (2 cr.); at least 4 credits from these courses: Microorganisms (2 cr.), and J842 Neoplastic Determinants G729 Introduction to Immunological Systems (1 cr.), G728 (2 cr.). Students and their advisory committee should Fundamental Concepts of Infection and Pathogenesis (1 decide together on additional relevant elective courses. cr.), G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology (2 cr.), G720 Stem Grades Cell Biology (2 cr.), J807 Current Topics in Immunology (2 cr.), J829 Current Topics in Microorganisms (2 cr.), J842 Overall average of at least a B (3.0). Neoplastic Determinants (2 cr.); plus J802 Introduction to Research (2-8 week rotations: one fall, one spring) (2 cr.), Minor G655 Skills - Research Communications Seminar (1 cr.), G855 Skills – Experimental Design and Biostatistics (1 A minimum of 12 credit hours in a related field or cr.), G505 Responsible Conduct of Research (1cr.), J810 in life science. These credits must be in lecture or Thesis Research (16 cr.). At least 14 non-thesis credits laboratory courses other than research and must meet and 16 thesis credits. Also attend the weekly departmental the requirements of the department in which the minor seminar series, as well as attend and, in their second year is taken. The Life Sciences minor will consist of at least present, at the weekly Departmental Research in Progress 12 credits, with nine of them comprised of the IBMG (RIP); encouraged to attend a journal club in their area of first semester required core courses:G715, G716, and interest. G717, are part of the IUSM IBMG PhD program's first year curriculum. The exception are IUSM PhD programs Grades that require these three courses for their major (e.g., Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Microbiology and An overall average of at least a B (3.0). Only 3 credits Immunology programs). The remaining 3 or more credits of C (2.0) can be counted toward the required credits of will come from other graduate courses not included in didactic coursework. the major, but cannot be research credits (this includes Comprehensive Examination rotation credits- e.g., G718). Required at completion of second semester of study. Ph.D. Minor in Cellular and Molecular Biology of Biomedical Systems Thesis A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work outside the Required (a minimum of 16 cr of J810). student’s major department, including G865 Fundamental Molecular Biology and G817 Eukaryotic Cell Biology Final Examination (unless these are required by the major department). Oral Defense of thesis. Since the minor is intended to expose the student to both cellular and molecular biology, at least one course Doctor of Philosophy Degree (and preferably two) from each area should be taken. Focus Areas Courses for the minor must be selected from the following list and approved by the advisory committee, the minor The major focus areas are cellular and representative of which will be selected from outside molecular immunology and hematology, pathogenesis, the student’s major department. Courses: Anatomy and cancer. Students entering the program may design D863, D866; Biochemistry B807, B810, G817, G841; a course of study from one of these areas through a Medical and Molecular Genetics Q612, Q620, Q622; combination of selected course work and research Pharmacology and Toxicology F835, Cellular and activities. Integrative Physiology F710. Course Requirements The Department is not currently admitting students to this A total of 90 credit hours, of which a minimum of 26 program. credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology research. In addition to 3 rotations (G718 Research in A minimum of 12 credit hours outside of the student’s Biomedical Science, 6 cr.), each student will take at least major department, including two courses from the 20 credits of coursework, including the 6 core courses (12 following list of five: Q622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies credits) required in the IBMG curriculum (G715 Biomedical (2-3 cr.), J842 Neoplastic Determinants (2 cr.), G724 Science I – Biochemical Basis of Biological Processes Molecular Cancer Genetics (1 cr.), G505 Responsible [3 cr.], G716 Biomedical Science II – Molecular Biology Conduct of Research must also be taken. and Genetics [3 cr.], G717 Biomedical Science III – Cellular Basis of Systems Biology [3 cr.], G655 Research The remainder of the minor will be selected from the Communications Seminar [1 cr.], G855 Experimental following courses: Graduate G715 Biomedical Science I– Design and Research Biostatistics [1 cr.], and G505 Biochemical Basis of Biological Processes; G716 Responsible Conduct of Research [1 cr.]). An additional Biomedical Science II–Molecular Biology and Genetics; 8 credits of relevant course work is required, including G717 Biomedical Science III–Cellular Basis of Systems the completion of 3 courses from an area of focus within Biology; G720 Stem Cell Biology; G726 Developmental 520 May 26, 2016

Genetics; G729 Immunology I–Introduction to the Immune Randy Brutkiewicz*, Roman Dziarski*, Roy W. System; GRAD-G737/ANAT-D851 Introduction to Geib*, Louis M. Pelus*, Robert H. Schloemer* (Emeritus), Histology/Histology; G748 Principles of Toxicology 1; Stanley Spinola* G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics, and Systems Biology; G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Associate Professors Function; G749 Introduction to Structural Biology; G807 Carla J. Aldrich, Margaret E. Bauer*, Alexander L. Structural and Chemical Biology; G727 Animal Models of Dent*, Haitao Guo*, Michael J. Klemsz*, Steven Larsen* Human Disease; Medical and Molecular Genetics Q620 (Emeritus), Glenn J. Merkel* (Emeritus), David Nelson*, Human Cytogenetics; Q622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies; Warner Wegener* (Emeritus), Charles E. Wilde III* Microbiology and Immunology J807 Current Topics in (Emeritus), Xiaofeng Frank Yang*, Andy Yu* Immunology; J829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms; J842 Neoplastic Determinants. Assistant Professors The minor program must be approved by the student’s Wilbert Derbigny*, Stacey Gilk*, Henrique Serezani* Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration Secondary Faculty the student’s total didactic experience. In the case of Professors combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may Elliot Androphy (Dermatology)*, Byron Batteiger* approve substitution of appropriate medical school (Medicine), Darron Brown* (Medicine), D. Wade Clapp* courses. The minor representative on this Committee will (Pediatrics), Kenneth Cornetta* (Medicine), Kenneth Fife* be selected from outside the student’s major department (Medicine), Thomas Gardner* (Urology), Laura Haneline* and must be a member of the Cancer Biology Training (Medicine, Pediatrics), Chandy John* (Pediatrics), Mark Program. Kaplan* (Pediatrics), Reuben Kapur* (Pediatrics), Edward Qualifying Examination Srour* (Medicine), William Sullivan* (Pharmacology and Toxicology), David Wilkes* (Medicine) Within the first 25 months of studies (18 months for combined M.D./Ph.D.), the student submits a written Associate Professors research proposal in the form of a grant application Gustavo Arrizabalaga* (Pharmacology & Toxicology), to the advisory committee. At this time, the student Mircea Ivan* (Medicine), Raymond M. Johnson* has both a written examination based on course work (Medicine), Chinghai Kao* (Urology), Sophie Paczesny, and an oral examination based primarily on the written M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics), Baohou Zhou* (Pediatrics) research proposal. The student can request an exten- sion of four months from the faculty to take the qualifying Assistant Professors examination. Doctoral studies are continued if the qualifying examination and other work, including research, Jie Sun* (Pediatrics) are deemed satisfactory by the majority of the advisory Associate Research Professor and research committees. Matthias Clauss (Physiology) Final Examination Courses Oral defense of the dissertation. MICR-J 510 Infectious Microbes and Host Interactions (3 cr.) P: Graduate-level biochemistry. Emphasis on the Other Provision molecular and cellular events which permit pathogenic Submission of a manuscript based on the dissertation bacteria and viruses to enter human cells and disrupt cell research for publication in a primary journal in the function while evading the host’s immune system. field required. Students will develop teaching skills as MICR-J 610 Medical Immunology (2 cr.) Introduction instructors in J210 during the first two years of graduate to natural and acquired immune mechanisms, with training, and additional teaching experiences can be consideration of their significance to medicine. Topics will arranged. include both normal and abnormal immune processes, Faculty including recovery from and prevention of disease, immune-mediated pathological processes, tumor Primary Faculty immunology, immunodeficiency, and auto-immunity. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Designed to precede and complement J602 Medical Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Microbiology. Department is not currently offering this doctoral dissertations.) course. Distinguished Professor MICR-J 800 Advanced Microbiology (arr cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The approach to problems in microbiology, Hal E. Broxmeyer* including the application of techniques of bacteriology, Chancellor’s Professors genetics, immunology, mycology, parasitology, virology, and zoology. Janice S. Blum*, Ann Roman* (Emeritus) MICR-J 802 Introduction to Research (2 cr.) P: Consent Professors of instructor. Laboratory research instruction in microbiology and immunology. Purpose is to introduce students to three different research programs in microbiology and/or immunology. May 26, 2016 521

MICR-J 805 Molecular Immunology (3 cr.) P: B500 MICR-J 840 Mechanisms of Immune Regulation or equivalent; consent of instructor. Characterization of (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A current overview immunologically relevant molecules in terms of molecular of the cellular mechanisms which regulate immune genetics, synthesis and assembly, structure-function responses. Topics include cells and cytokines involved in and evolutionary relationships, and functional roles in antigen presentation, lymphocyte activation and function, immune responses. Entities to be considered include development, and tolerance. Department is not currently members of the immunoglobulin superfamily and func- offering this course. tionally associated molecules. Department is not currently offering this course. MICR-J 842 Neoplastic Determinants (2 cr.) P: G865, G817 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Focus on MICR-J 806 Immunochemistry: Laboratory (arr cr.) the genetic basis of the cancer phenotype. Consider P: J805. C. Antigen preparation; separation and effects of DNA sequence mutations; chromosomal purification of antibodies; modern methods of antibody rearrangements, and/or introduction of new genetic determination and analysis. Department is not currently information on DNA repair, oncogene products and tumor offering this course. suppressors. Intra- and intercellular consequences of these discrete alteractions will be included. MICR-J 807 Current Topics in Immunology (2 cr.) P: Graduate standing, J805 or J840 or equivalent or MICR-J 854 Hematopoiesis (2 cr.) P: G817, G865, and consent of instructor. Discussion and review of current consent of the instructor. Principles of blood cell formation, literature in selected topics in immunology. Emphasis on including the regulation of production, biologic function, molecular and cellular events in lymphocyte activation and cell culture and recombinant DNA technologies and regulation. Topic varies from year to year. May be that contribute to our understanding. Stem cells, growth repeated for credit. factors, cytokine involvement, gene transfer/gene therapy, and clinical applications. Department is not currently MICR-J 810 Research in Microbiology (arr cr.) offering this course. P: Consent of instructor. **Data obtained in this course may be used to meet the thesis requirements for graduate GRAD-G 504 Introduction to Research Ethics (2 cr.) degrees. Introduction to the basic concepts of research ethics. The **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. course will cover historical development of concern with ethics in science as well as practical information needed MICR-J 821 Microbial Pathogenicity (3 cr.) P: Consent by students working in the science today. Format will be of instructor. This course will consider in detail the lecture and discussion. determinants of microbial virulence and the mechanisms GRAD-G 505 Responsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) of host responses to infection and how these two factors An overview of the rules and standards required for interact in the pathogenesis of infectious diseases. anyone conducting responsible scientific research. Department is not currently offering this course. GRAD-G 720 Stem Cell Biology (2 cr.) This course MICR-J 822 General and Medical Microbiology (3 cr.) will cover the self-renewal, proliferation, survival, Lectures covering the biology of various pathogenic differentiation, and migration/homing characteristics of organisms such as bacteria, viruses, fungi, and hematopoietic and embryonic stem cells, how these parasites, their role in human disease with emphasis on functions are regulated by cytokines/chemokines and determinants of microbial virulence, the mechanisms of other external stimuliparticulary within stem cell niches, host responses to infection, and the role of these factors in and what their clinical capabilities are and might be. the pathogenesis of disease. Department is not currently offering this course. GRAD-G 728 Fundamentals of Infection and Pathogenesis (1 cr.) This course will cover concepts of MICR-J 826 Bacteriology (3 cr.) P: J601 or J822 or their host-pathogen interactions, ranging from pathogen entry, equivalent and consent of instructor. General concepts growth, and spread in the host to pathogen-mediated of bacteriology. Department is not currently offering this injury, immune evasion, pathogen survival strategies, and course. transmission to new hosts. Basics of bacterial, viral, and MICR-J 828 Virology: Lecture (3 cr.) P: BIOC B500 parasitic structures will be considered as they relate to or equivalent and consent of instructor. Basic biological pathogenesis. principles of viruses; agents causing diseases in animals, GRAD-G 729 Immunology I: Introduction to the including humans; interactions of animal viruses with their Immune System (1 cr.) An introductory biomedical host cells in tissue culture. Department is not currently science, lecture-based, core course intended for all offering this course. incoming basic science graduate doctoral students in MICR-J 829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of the School of Medicine programs or other interested Microorganisms (2 cr.) P: Graduate standing, J821, graduate students. The course will cover components of J828 or G865, consent of instructor. In-depth study of the immune system, development of the immune system, a specific topic in contemporary molecular genetics of the immune response to pathogens, and immunological microorganisms. Topic varies; may be taken for credit disease. more than once. GRAD-G 817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and MICR-J 830 Seminar in Microbiology (1 cr.) P: Consent Function (2 cr.) Organization and function of subcellular of instructor. Provides students with background and structures. Intracellular coordination of cell activities practical experience in communication of their research. including: protein and RNA processing/trafficking/quality Department is not currently offering this course. control, chromatin dynamics, and cell division. 522 May 26, 2016

MICR-G 837 Mammalian DNA Repair and Disease Studies curriculum fosters a critical, reflective, and (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The molecular biology scholarly discourse on museums that is applied to current of genetic repair and mutation; emphasis on human practices and issues in the field. systems and human disease states related to DNA repair; mechanisms of DNA repair and regulation of DNA repair in The program offers a master’s degree and both an under- mammalian cells. Department is not currently offering this graduate and a graduate certificate. Students considering course. application to the certificate or degree program are welcome in the classes. Students admitted to the graduate GRAD-G 852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling program may apply to count credits earned as a non- Gone Awry (2 cr.) P: Completion of the BioMed I, II, and degree student toward their graduate credential (up to 6 III courses (G715, G716, G717) or consent of instructor. credits toward the graduate certificate and up to 8 credits Fundamentals of cancer biology; the signaling of events toward the Master's degree). Please see the Web site for that regulate cell growth, survival and differentiation; how admissions deadlines and current course offerings. mutation/dysregulation of signaling molecules leads to cancer and might be exploited for treatment. Department Graduate Certificate in Museum Studies is not currently offering this course. The Graduate Certificate in Museum Studies (18 credit hours) provides students with interdisciplinary training GRAD-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology (3 cr.) in museum practice and a knowledge of contemporary P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of molecular structure, issues in the museum field. It trains students in specialized function, and biosynthesis; core information regarding aspects of museum practice such as education, exhibit prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene continuity and metabolic planning and design, collections care, curatorial practices, coordination; introduction to multicellular systems and philanthropy, and nonprofit management by combining problems. Museum Studies course work with curriculum in other IU schools (e.g., Public History, Philanthropic Studies, Museum Studies Education, SPEA, Library Science). Students are given an School of Liberal Arts introduction to the history and philosophy of museums and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] an opportunity to focus on particular aspects of museum practice. Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/mstd/ The Graduate Certificate may be taken as a freestanding (Please note that when conferring University Graduate credential or paired with graduate work in another School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The related discipline. Because it offers an opportunity University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements to focus on specific areas of museum practice, the contained only in The University Graduate School graduate certificate is also a suitable credential for Bulletin.) current museum professionals who wish to enhance their professional training or develop new specialties. Curriculum For specific requirements and options for cross-listed Museum Studies Program courses, see the Museum Studies web site or meet with The Museum Studies Program provides an integration of an academic advisor. museum history and theory with hands-on instruction in Master’s Degree museum techniques and practices. It encompasses the The Museum Studies M.A. curriculum (36 credit hours) scholarly exploration of museums, including their history, consists of a required introductory course, a set of operations, ethics and role in society from interdisciplinary integrated core courses which provide a broad-based perspectives, while also training students in the technical interdisciplinary training in museum practice, a choice aspects of museum work such as collections care and of elective courses that allow the student to develop a management, administration, education, exhibit planning particular specialty, and a capstone colloquium course and design, curatorial practices, visitor studies and preparing students for entry into the museum workforce. technology. The course work is complemented by an internship that As an urban university, IUPUI is part of a community with provides an opportunity for an intensive applied learning a rich heritage of museums and cultural arts. Faculty experience in a museum. The interdisciplinary curriculum appointed as Public Scholars of Civic Engagement and flexible structure allow students to achieve either a craft relationships and sustainable partnerships with generalist breadth suitable for those working in smaller area museums and cultural institutions and involve museums or to focus on a particular area of museum undergraduate and graduate students in meaningful practice appropriate for a specialist on the staff of a larger ways in those collaborations. The Museum Studies museum. Program has an extensive network of adjunct faculty Team-based and applied projects form a core learning and guest lecturers who bring state-of-the-art museum experience in all classes and present opportunities to work practice to the curriculum. The program also offers with community partners as well as peers in the program. opportunities for student learning through the resources Team projects such as exhibit development and visitor of the museum community with experiences such as studies prepare students for the collaborative approach internships; collaboration on exhibit development and that is central to the museum field. design; exhibition- and collections-focused projects; collections research; collaboration with faculty on museum Course Requirements research projects; and participation in museum-sponsored seminars, lectures, and professional meetings. The The Museum Studies Graduate Certificate consists of integral role of Indianapolis museums in the Museum 18 credit hours of course work, including a required introductory course (3 cr.), an internship (3 cr.), two core May 26, 2016 523 courses (6 cr.), and a choice of two additional courses (6 Courses cr.) from a list of museum studies courses. The master’s degree program consists of 36 credit hours of course MSTD-A 503 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) work, including a required introductory course (3 cr.), four This survey of museology introduces students to the core courses (12 cr.), an internship (6 cr.), a colloquium history of museums and to debates on the philosophical (3 cr.), and a choice of four courses from the electives (12 nature of museums and their roles in society. The course cr.) All these courses must be passed with a grade of B– covers the types and definitions of museums, traces the or above in order to count for the certificate or the degree. history of museums, discusses contemporary museum Internships must be approved by a faculty advisor prior to practice and examines current issues in the museum registration. profession. All students should file a curriculum plan with the Museum MSTD-A 505 Museum Methods (3 cr.) This survey of Studies office before the end of their first semester. museum practice introduces students to methods, skills, and resources in three areas of museum work: artifacts, Graduate Certificate requirements (18 cr.) interpretation, and organizational administration, as well as to the ethical ramifications of these methods (course • MSTD A503 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) does not count toward the Master’s degree, but it does • MSTD A508 Museum Internship (3 cr.) count toward the graduate certificate). • Core courses (6 cr.) • Elective (6 cr.) MSTD-A 508 Museum Internship (1-6 cr.) P: A503 and two other museum studies graduate courses or consent M.A. requirements (36 cr.) of the instructor. An arranged learning experience in • MSTD A503 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) museum work appropriate to individual career goals, focusing on an aspect of museum practice and working • MSTD A508 Museum Internship (6 cr.) with a museum mentor. May be repeated for credit. • MSTD A530 Museum Colloquium (3 cr.) • Core courses (12 cr.) MSTD-A 510 Museum Education (3 cr.) P: A503 or • Electives (12 cr.) consent of instructor. This survey of museum education introduces students to a variety of professional skills Faculty through exercises, projects, museum visitor observation, and in-museum classes. It covers education theory Director most central to museum practice, the duties of museum Associate Professor Elizabeth Wood (Museum Studies, educators, and current issues in museum education. (Core Education) course) Graduate Faculty MSTD-A 512 Exhibit Planning and Design (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University P: A503 or consent of instructor. This course offers a Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct survey of museum exhibit planning and design through an doctoral dissertations.) integration of theory and practice. The class introduces students to exhibit development, including exhibit Professors administration, design, and evaluation, and to a variety Debra Mesch* (School of Public and Environmental of professional skills through hands-on exercises, exhibit Affairs), Jean Robertson (Art History), Philip Scarpino critiques, museum observations, and in-museum classes. (History), Larry Zimmerman (Museum Studies and (Core course) Anthropology) MSTD-A 514 Museums and Technology (3 cr.) P: A503 Associate Professors or consent of instructor. This course surveys the growing use of technology in museums. It examines applications Jeanette Dickerson-Putman* (Anthropology), Owen Dwyer for information management in collections, conservation (Geography), Elizabeth Kryder-Reid (Museum Studies, science, and archives. It examines critically the use of Anthropology), Elizabeth Brand Monroe (History), Paul technology in the service of education both in exhibit Mullins (Anthropology), Kevin Robbins (History), Robert contexts and in the variety of educational programs and Sutton (Classical Studies), Elizabeth Wood (Museum Web-based dissemination of knowledge. Studies, Education) MSTD-A 516 Collections Care and Management (3 cr.) Assistant Professors P: A503 or consent of instructor. A survey of techniques for the management and care of collections in museums. Holly Cusack-McVeigh (Museum Studies, Anthropology), It covers documentation, management of collections, Laura Holzman (Museum Studies, Art History, Herron processes, administrative functions, risk management, School of Art and Design), Youngbok Hong (Herron and ethical and legal issues. The course also covers School of Art and Design, Visual Communication), the physical care and conservation of collections. (Core Modupe Labode (Museum Studies, History), Jennifer Lee course) (Herron School of Art and Design, Fine Arts,), Rebecca Shrum (History) MSTD-A 518 Museums and Audiences (3 cr.) P: A503 or consent of instructor. This course examines the ways Academic Advisor museums seek to better understand their audiences, Associate Professor Elizabeth Wood, Cavanaugh Hall serve them more effectively, and strive to reach new 419, (317) 274-7332 audiences. The course looks at a broad range of visitor 524 May 26, 2016 studies and the ways in which museums and audiences examples of courses appropriate for the SPEA minor in interact. nonprofit management are: MSTD-A 530 Museum Colloquium (3 cr.) This course • SPEA-V521 The Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector (3 provides graduate students with the tools and knowledge cr.) necessary to assess, understand, and utilize the links • SPEA-V522 Human Resource Management in among their education, goals, and museum career Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) opportunities. • SPEA-V 523 Civil Society and Public Policy (3 cr.) MSTD-A 548 Museum Administration (3 cr.) This course • SPEA-V 524 Civil Society in Comparative presents an overview of issues faced by administrators Perspective (3 cr.) and mid-level managers who work in museums, historical • SPEA-V 525 Management in the Nonprofit Sector (3 societies, archives, special collection libraries, and cr.) other cultural resource agencies. Topics, speakers, • SPEA-V 526 Financial Management for Nonprofit and readings are focused on issues that are unique to Organizations (3 cr.) agencies that collect, preserve, and interpret cultural • SPEA-V 558 Fund Development for Nonprofits (3 resources. (Core course) cr.) • SPEA-V 562 Public Program Evaluation (3 cr.) MSTD-A 560 Current Topics in Museum Studies (3-9 cr.) Intensive graduate-level study and analysis • SPEA-V 602 Strategic Management of Public and of selected topics in museum studies. Topics will vary Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) from semester to semester. Includes topical courses • SPEA-V 672 Public Organization and Management II such as Museum Theatre, Curatorial Practices, Museum (3 cr.) Communication Strategies, Museums and Sustainability, • SPEA-V 685 Research Seminar in Management Museum Ethics, Museums and Indigenous People, (approved topics) (3 cr.) African-American Museums, Archaeological Curation. May 3. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B) be repeated three times for 9 credits. must be attained in all courses used for the minor. MSTD-A 595 Independent Learning in Museum Studies 4. Special requirement for 500-level courses. Students (1-9 cr.) A supervised, in-depth examination through taking a 500-level course (and SPEA-V 602) are required individual reading and research on a particular Museum to show that they have completed doctoral-level work Studies topic selected and conducted by the student in in conjunction with the course in order to count the consultation with a faculty member. May be repeated three course for the minor. Students must alert the instructor times for 9 credits. to their doctoral status and request additional alterative assignments. If the instructor is unwilling to provide them, Nonprofit Management the student should select a different course in conjunction School of Public and Environmental Affairs with the candidate's advisor. Departmental Email: [email protected] Faculty Departmental URL: www.spea.iupui.edu Graduate Faculty (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (An asterisk[*] denotes membership in the University School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements doctoral dissertations.) contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Program Director Curriculum Professor Jeffrey Paine Degree Offered 317-278-1068 Ph.D. Minor in Nonprofit Management [email protected] The minor requires 12 credit hours. Students in a Ph.D. program at Indiana Univeristy may select nonprofit Nursing management as an outside minor. School of Nursing Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Course Reqirements Departmental URL: http://nursing.iu.edu/ 1. The doctoral student must secure an advisor from the faculty of the School of Public and Environmental Affairs. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate The faculty advisor will serve as the representative of School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The SPEA in all examinations and other requirements of the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements student's Ph.D. program that pertain to the minor. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) 2. The minor in nonprofit management requires 12 credit hours of courses approved by the advisor. Three of the Curriculum four courses must be SPEA courses. The additional course may come from SPEA or from any of a variety Program Information of disciplines relevant to nonprofit management. Some The Doctor of Philosophy (PhD degree) is offered through the University Graduate School. In addition, the School of Nursing offers a Master of Nursing Science (MSN May 26, 2016 525 degree) and Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP degree). 4. Tailored intervention studies to improve quality of life See the School of Nursing Graduate Program Bulletin for 5. Childhood and family adaptation to chronic illness more information about the MSN Program and the DNP Handbook for information about the DNP Program. Health Systems Special Departmental Requirements Health Systems create structures and resources that enable individuals and communities to achieve optimal (See also general University Graduate School health. This focus area includes the science of nursing requirements.) education, informatics, health policy, and administration. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Examples of scholarship and faculty research within the The Ph.D. program encompasses a wide scope of focus area of Health Systems include: scientific inquiry including clinical research, health systems research, and nursing education research. Clinical 1. Teaching and learning in Web-based courses research, based on biological, behavioral, and other 2. Narrative pedagogies types of investigations, provides the scientific basis for 3. Clinical Reasoning the care of individuals across the lifespan, families, and/ 4. Assessment of learning and program evaluation or communities. Health systems research examines 5. Health policy and public policy analysis ways to improve health outcomes in complex systems 6. Computer systems to enhance care delivery including those related to the availability, quality, and 7. Nursing informatics costs of health care services. Nursing education research 8. Community-based care coordination focuses on how students learn professional practice as 9. Patient care safety well as strategies to improve educational processes and outcomes in the preparation of clinicians, nurse educators, Admission Requirements nurse administrators, and scientists using traditional and innovative teaching strategies. Successful applicants must meet the following criteria and submit an online Graduate School application by August On-Campus and Distance-Accessible Ph.D. Options 15 or January 15 for summer admission: Indiana University School of Nursing (IUSON) offers • Completion of a Bachelor of Science in Nursing both on campus and distance-accessible courses. The or Master of Science in Nursing from a program distance-accessible option offers BSN and MSN nurses within a regionally accredited institution of higher access to our PhD program through a variety of distance education. (Indiana University School of Nursing technologies. Faculty and students use Web-based faculty retain the right to determine acceptable courses, video conferencing, telephone conferencing, and accreditation status of nursing programs from which other emerging technologies to communicate effectively applicants have graduated.) via long distance. Online courses and faculty mentoring • A baccalaureate cumulative grade point average of are coupled with required on-campus summer sessions 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. For applicants holding a Master’s for all students. Admission criteria and curriculum are the degree, a graduate GPA of 3.5 or higher is required. same for on campus or distance accessible options. (The master’s degree GPA will supersede the baccalaureate GPA) Focus Areas of Study with Wide Application • Completion of a 3-credit-hour graduate level Students who pursue the PhD in Nursing Science choose statistics course with a grade of B (3.0) or higher one of two focus areas; Clinical Nursing Science and within three years before the date of proposed Health Systems. Doctoral students work closely with enrollment. faculty mentors utilizing the resources available at the • Current, active, unencumbered Registered Nurse Indiana University School of Nursing and participate in licensure (RN) in state of U.S. residence. intensive research studies. Focus areas reflect faculty • Competitive scores on the verbal, quantitative research strengths. and on the analytical writing section of the Graduate Clinical Nursing Science Record Examination (taken within five years before the date of proposed enrollment). Clinical Nursing Science concentrates on the • Official college transcripts, in English, from each interrelationships of health promotion, health behavior college or university you have attended since high and quality of life in acute and chronic illness throughout school. A transcript that shows transfer credits is the lifespan. This focus area includes the prevention and only official for credits taken at that institution—it is early detection of disabilities across the continuum of care not an official transcript for the transferred credits. and the enhancement of the health and well-being for • Demonstration of successful English by competitive individuals, families and communities. scores (550 or higher) on the Test of English as a Examples of faculty research within the focus area of Foreign Language (TOEFL) for students whose first Clinical Nursing Science include: language is not English. Also required is satisfactory performance on the International English Language 1. Improving quality of life in persons with chronic Testing System (IELTS) examination or internet- illness, including epilepsy, stroke and renal disease based TOEFL test (IBT). (The School of Nursing 2. Behavioral oncology across the cancer continuum accepts the score established by the Office of (including cancer prevention, detection, and International Affairs.) symptom management) 3. Family caregiving across the lifespan 526 May 26, 2016

• A two- to three-page essay summarizing a research Scholarship application forms and further information interest area and immediate and long-term may be obtained on the I.U.S.O.N. website in late professional goals. January and again in the late summer or early fall: http:// • Examples of original scholarship or research in nursing.iupui.edu/cost/grad.shtml . nursing a demonstrated by a report, published or Curriculum Concentrations unpublished paper, or a thesis. • A current resume or curriculum vitae, including The PhD curriculum consists of six core areas and MSN descriptions of current and former employment to PhD Bridge coursework totaling 90 credit hours. Up to history. Also include involvement in professional 30 of these credit hours may be met by Master of Science and voluntary organizations; any awards, honors; course work. publications; presentations; and continuing educational experiences. 1. Professional Development Core (6 cr.) • Three references, including one from a nurse faculty 2. Nursing Theory Core (6 cr.) member who has knowledge of the applicant’s 3. Nursing Science Research Major (15 cr.) academic ability from undergraduate or master’s 4. Nursing Science Concentration (8 cr.) work. 5. Minor (external or internal) (9-12 cr.) • A letter of support from a nursing faculty member 6. Dissertation (16 cr.) of the Indiana University School of Nursing with 7. B.S.N.-Ph.D. Bridge Coursework (30 cr.) graduate faculty status who has agreed to be a research mentor. Total: 90 credits, minimum • An interview with members of the graduate faculty Professional Development Core: (6 credits) (arranged by the School of Nursing for qualified applicants). • D602 Responsible Conduct of Research or • Completion of Departmental Questions. equivalent (1 cr.) • International students must be processed through • D701 Nursing Inquiry and Scholarship: Introduction the Office of International Affairs, OIA, International to Doctoral Study (3 cr.) students must provide evidence of passing the • T800 Preparing Future Faculty (2 cr.) CGFNS exam (Council of Graduates of Foreign Nursing Theory Core: (6 credits) Nursing). • D607 Theoretical Perspectives of Nursing Science (3 Opportunities for Financial Aid cr.) Information about financial resources for doctoral nursing • D608 Middle-Range Theory (3 cr.) students including traineeships, fellowships, research Nursing Science Research Major (15 cr.) teaching assistantships, and scholarships may be obtained from the Indiana University School of Nursing’s • R603 Foundations of Quantitative Research (3 cr.) Center for Academic Affairs, or by visiting our Web site • R607 Advanced Statistics in Nursing Research (3 at http://www.nursing.iu.edu/. PhD students have been cr.) successful in securing funding for their doctoral education • R610 Foundations of Qualitative Research (3 cr.) from: Cafeteria Options: Select two methods courses from • Research Training Grants and Fellowships below: • Nurse Faculty Loan Program • The American Organization of Nurse Executives • R601 Instrumentation and Measurement (3 cr.) • The National Institute of Nursing Research • R604 Experimental and Quasi Experimental Designs and Methods (3 cr.) • The Mary Margaret Walter Program for Cancer Care Research • R605 Advanced Research Design and Interventions in Nursing (3 cr.) • The American Cancer Society • R608 Multivariate Statistics in Nursing Research (or • The Oncology Nursing Foundation equivalent) (3 cr.) Students interested in financial aid should consult • R612 Interpretive Data Analysis (1-3 cr.) with the Office of Student Financial Aid Services: http:www.iupui.edu/~finaid/. Nursing Science Concentration (8 cr.) Students are encouraged to complete the FAFSA. In • D751 Advanced Topics in Nursing Science (various addition, a number of nursing scholarships are available topics offered) (3 cr.) to IU School of Nursing students, awarded on an annual • D752 Directed Research Practicum (3 cr.) basis. Scholarships are awarded on the basis of the • D609 State of the Science (2 cr.) availability of funds in each scholarship account. The Internal or External Minor (9-12 cr.) amount of each scholarship may vary from year to year and, furthermore, if adequate funds are not available, Cognate or supporting course work from inside or outside some scholarships may not be awarded every year. nursing. May include minor in an alternate focus area, other approved minors, or individualized plans developed All scholarship applications are reviewed and recipients by the student's program planning advisory committee. selected by the Scholarship Committee of the School of Nursing. • Health Communication • Gerontology May 26, 2016 527

• Health Policy Victoria L. Champion* • Informatics Emily Holmquist Professor • Life Sciences • Nursing Administration Joan E. Haase* • Nursing Education Science McBride Professor • Psychology • Sociology Claire B. Draucker • Women's studies, Gender Studies Sally Reahard Endowed Chair Dissertation: (16 credits) Janet S. Carpenter* R899 Dissertation in Nursing (16 cr.) Professors BSN to PhD Bridge Coursework (30 cr.) Tamilyn Bakas, Donna Bowles (SE), Janet S. Carpenter*, • D751 Relationship-centered Leadership (3 cr.) Victoria L. Champion*, Deborah Cullen, Linda Delunas • N502 Theory I (3 cr.) (NW), Claire Draucker*, Janet S. Fulton*, Joan E. Haase*, Judith A. Halstead*, Pamela Ironside*, Joyce S. Krothe* • R505 Measurement and Data Analysis or equivalent (B), Angela M. McNelis*, Susan M. Rawl*, Jacquelyn C. (3 cr.) Reid (SE), Michael Weaver*, Janet L. Welch* • R500 Nursing Research Methods I (3 cr.) • Additional graduate coursework totaling (18 cr.) Associate Professors Qualifying Exam Mary Bourke (KO), Karen Clark (E), Teresa M. Dobryzkowski (SB), Patricia R. Ebright*, Susan Hendricks, After the student has completed all course work for the Patricia R. Henry (SB), Susan Hickman*, Yvonne Yueh- Ph.D., students are required to take and pass a qualifying Feng Lu*, Laura McIlvoy (SE), Marian McKay (SE), Susan examination. The student’s Advisory Committee will McLennon, Jody Meyers (SE), Deanna L. Reising* (B), determine the manner in which the examination is given. Mary Beth Riner, Sheri Robb*, Susan Rouse (NW), Carol It will be composed of a written and an oral component. Shieh*, Deborah Stiffler*, Cynthia D. Sofhauser (SB), The qualifying examination must be passed within one Diane Von Ah*, Linda Susan Wallace (KO) semester after completion of course work and at least eight months before the date the degree is awarded. Assistant Professors Oral Defense of the Dissertation (Final Examination) Sue Anderson (SB), Paula Baumann (E), Tonya Breymier (E), Cheryl Crisp (C), Sharron Crowder, Kimberly Students provide an unbound copy of the completed DeSantis (E), Kristina Dreifuerst*, Rebecca Ellis, Rebecca dissertation to each member of the Research Committee Feather (B), Sharon Jones (SB), Debbie Judge (C), in sufficient time to read it in its entirety. After reading Marlene Greskamp (KO), Desiree Hensel (B), Sue it, the committee members should have direct Lasiter*, Mikyoung Lee, Tracy Magee, Peggy McLaughlin, communication with the committee chairperson regarding Wendy Miller (B), April Mouser (KO), Ukamaka Oruche, perceived readiness for the defense. 30 days prior to the Julie Otte*, Danielle Perkins, Celeste Phillips-Salimi, defense, the candidate and the chair of the dissertation Bridget Robinson, Rhonda Schwindt, Crystal Shannon committee submits to the School of Nursing and the (NW), Lucy Tormoehlen (KO), Carolyn Townsend (KO), University Graduate School a one-page announcement Amy Wonder (B) noting the date and time of the final dissertation defense. The Dissertation Defense is scheduled for two hours; Clinical Associate Professors the first hour is public presentation of the dissertation Barbara Friesth*, Julie Meek research. The second hour is a closed meeting with the Research Committee and student. Clinical Assistant Professors For rules and guidelines for final submission of the Cathy Fulton dissertation and completion of all degree requirements, students should refer to http://graduate.iupui.edu/theses- Note: B after a faculty member’s name indicates that dissertations/index.shtml. the person teaches at the Bloomington campus; C, at Columbus; E, at East; KO, at Kokomo; NW, at Northwest; Faculty SB, at South Bend; and SE, at Southeast. Interim University Dean Courses Professor Michael T. Weaver* See the School of Nursing Graduate Bulletin for a Associate Dean for Graduate Programs complete list of offerings. Associate Professor Patricia R. Ebright* Nutrition and Dietetics Graduate Faculty School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Departmental URL: http://shrs.iupui.edu/ nutrition_dietetics/ Distinguished Professors 528 May 26, 2016

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate degree, the Graduate Studies Committee will review School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the student’s record and recommend to the dean that University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements the student be placed on probation. Unless the student contained only in The University Graduate School achieves a 3.0 grade point average or begins making Bulletin.) satisfactory progress, in the next semester of enrollment, the student will not ordinarily be allowed to continue in the Curriculum graduate program. For more information about academic Master of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics regulations, contact the program director. The program is located at the IUPUI campus in Thesis Indianapolis and utilizes facilities throughout central Indiana. The purpose of the program is to provide an Students may elect to complete a thesis or a project. opportunity for Registered Dietitians to deepen their Contact the graduate advisor for details. knowledge base and practice skills, particularly in the Curriculum area of clinical nutrition. The curriculum is designed for Degree Requirements for the Thesis and Non-Thesis the student who has a special interest in the nutritional Options in the M.S. in Nutrition and Dietetics are listed requirements and provision of nutrition therapy in acute below. and chronic conditions, or the care of special populations, such as pre-term infants. Program affiliations throughout Requirements central Indiana provide the opportunity for the student to work with patient populations in both outpatient and Core Courses (19-21 credits) inpatient settings, as well as with the general public. Science Requirement (7-9 cr.) Students may specialize in either adult or pediatric nutrition. • BIOC B500 Biochemistry (3 cr.) • BIOL 556 Physiology I (3 cr.) and Degree Requirements • BIOL 557 Physiology II (3 cr.) To earn the M.S. degree, a minimum of 36 credit hours at OR the graduate level are required. Candidates for this degree may petition to apply up to 8 credit hours of graduate work • PHSL F503 Human Physiology (4 cr.) from other institutions or programs to this degree. Statistics and Research Methods (12 cr.) Admission Requirements • NURS R505 Measurement and Data Analysis (3 cr.) Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree from an • PBHL P651 Biostatistics for Public Health (3 cr.) accredited college or university, a minimum grade • SHRS N563 Research Methods in Nutrition and point average of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) overall, an Dietetics (3 cr.) OR appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate • SHRS W520 Evidence Based Critical Inquiry in the Record Examination, a current dietetic registration status Health Sciences** (3 cr.) OR and three letters of recommendation addressed to the • GRAD G610 Topics in Translational and Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. Implementation Research (3 cr.) The applicant must complete the Online Graduate and • SHRS N598 Research in Nutrition (6 cr.) Professional Admissions application and submit two copies of transcripts from all universities attended. Pediatric Nutrition Option (15-17 cr.) Indiana University graduates should request that the • SHRS N550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology I (3 Registrar’s Office send unofficial copies of their transcript. cr.) Non–Indiana University graduates must submit at least • SHRS N570 Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) one official transcript from each university attended. • SHRS N572 Advanced Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) Proof of current dietetic registration status is required. • SHRS N576 Leadership Development in Pediatric A nonrefundable application fee is required. Application Nutrition (3 cr.) information may be obtained by writing or emailing the Director of Student Enrollment Services in the School • SHRS N574 Nutrition Management of High Risk of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences at the following Neonates and Infants (3 cr.) OR address: • SHRS N596 Clinical Dietetics (3 cr.) • Electives 0-2 credits Joshua D. Morrison Director of Student Enrollment Services Specialist Adult Nutrition Option (15-17 cr.) School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences • SHRS N550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology I (3 Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis cr.) 1140 W. Michigan Street • SHRS N552 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology II (3 Indianapolis, IN 46202-5119 cr.) [email protected] • Electives 9-11 credits Grade Requirement Total 36 (for both options) A minimum of a 3.0 (B) grade point average in graduate work is required for continuance in graduate study. When the grade point average of a student falls below 3.0 or the student is not making sufficient progress toward the May 26, 2016 529

E-Learning Graduate Certificate in Pediatric Nutrition Graduate Faculty Program (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University This e-learning certificate requires completion of 12 credits Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (four courses) and provides registered dietitians with doctoral dissertations.) specialized pediatric nutrition knowledge, clinical and Professors leadership skills in pediatric health care. The e-learning certificate course work applies to the Master of Science in M. Sue Brady (Emerita), Jacquelynn O’Palka, Karyl Nutrition and Dietetics degree. Rickard* Course Requirements Associate Professors SHRS N570 Pediatric Nutrition (3 credits) Sara Blackburn, Judith Ernst SHRS N572 Advanced Pediatric Nutrition (3 credits) SHRS N576 Leadership Development in Pediatric Assistant Professor Nutrition (3 credits) Ada Van Ness (Emeritus) One of the following: Adjunct Professors SHRS N574 Nutrition Management of High Risk Neonates James Lemons (Pediatrics), Donald Orr* (Pediatrics) and Infants (3 credits) SHRS N596 Clinical Dietetics (3 credits) Graduate Advisor Degree Requirements Jacquelynn O’Palka, 224 Coleman Hall, 1140 W. Michigan Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202-5180, (317) 278-0933, Students must complete all required course work (the [email protected] four designated courses) with a grade of B or better. No credits will be accepted from other institutions to fulfill the Courses requirements of the certificate. No undergraduate courses can be used to fulfill the requirements of the certificate. SHRS-N 500 Nutrition I (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Undergraduate courses in biological sciences or consent Admission Requirements and Procedures of instructor. This course applies the principles of physiology, chemistry, and biology to describe the role of Students admitted into the certificate program must nutrition and exercise in the human body, explores the meet all requirements of both the Graduate School interrelated and protective role of nutrition and exercise in and the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences. wellness, health promotion, and disease prevention. This The minimum admissions requirements are: bachelor’s course is taught online. degree from an accredited institution, evidence of dietetic registration, and a total undergraduate GPA of at least SHRS-N 544 Diet Therapy (3 cr.) P: Dietetic internship. 3.00 on a 4.00 scale. To be admitted into the certificate Study of physiological and biochemical alterations that program, students must submit the following: occur during disease states and their effect on nutritional requirements and methods of providing nutrients. 1. Evidence of dietetic registration. 2. Official undergraduate transcripts. SHRS-N 546 Medical Lectures (arr cr.) Lectures by 3. 300-500 word personal statement of academic and professional staff and invited guests in the health care professional goals. field. 4. Three letters of recommendation from those SHRS-N 550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology familiar with the applicant’s academic and I (3 cr.) P: N500, F503 or BIOL 557, or consent of professionalperformance. instructor. An integrated study of the biochemical and 5. Application for e-learning certificate program physiological aspects of human carbohydrate and lipid "Leadership in Clinical Pediatric Nutrition." metabolism with special reference to fundamental nutrition E-learning Certificate Advisor issues, including determination of nutrient quality, nutrient interrelationships, micronutrients, and energy balance in Karyl Rickard, 224 Coleman Hall, 1140 West Michigan St. humans and in common clinical problems. Indianapolis, IN 46202-5180, (317) 278-0933, [email protected] SHRS-N 552 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology II (3 cr.) P: N550 or consent of instructor. A continuation Applications and further information maybe obtained of N550. An integrated study of the biochemical and by contacting: physiological aspects of human protein and micronutrient Department of Nutrition and Dietetics metabolism, including determination of nutrient quality, School of Health and Rehabilitation Services nutrient interrelationships, and energy partitioning in Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis humans and in common clinical problems. 1140 West Michigan St. Indianapolis, IN 46202-5119 SHRS-N 560 Review of Nutrition Standards (3 cr.) Review of various nutrition standards including those of Faculty the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and the World Health Organization. Course includes a review Chairperson of all cited literature for one of the nutrients listed in the Clinical Professor Jacquelynn O’Palka Recommended Dietary Allowances. 530 May 26, 2016

SHRS-N 563 Research Methods in Nutrition and SHRS-N 598 Research in Dietetics (arr cr.) Original Dietetics (3 cr.) P: Graduate level statistics course or research as approved by the department. consent of instructor. Study of research methodology utilized in nutrition and dietetics. Course includes critique SHRS-N 581 Medical Nutrition Therapy & of literature and preparation of a grant proposal. Pathophysiology I (1 cr.) C: SHRS P531 Physiological and biochemical alterations that occur during selected SHRS-N 567 Management Issues in Dietetics (1 cr.) disease states, their effect on nutritional requirements and P: Dietetic intern. Advanced study in institutional and methods of providing food & nutrients to clients/patients. hospital dietetic management including personnel, financial, operational, and regulatory issues. SHRS-N 582 Medical Nutrition Therapy & Pathophysiology II (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581 C: SHRS SHRS-N 570 Pediatric Nutrition I (3 cr.) P: B500, BIOL P532 Physiological and biochemical alterations that occur 557, undergraduate metabolic nutrition course, or consent during selected disease states, their effect on nutritional of instructor. An application of principles of physiology, requirements and methods of providing food & nutrients to biochemistry, and nutrition to the specialized nutrient clients/patients. needs and nutritional care of healthy infants, children, and adolescents and those with the most common pediatric SHRS-N 583 Medical Nutrition Therapy & conditions/illnesses or disorders of broad nutritional Pathophysiology III (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581, N582 significance. C: SHRS K508 Nutritional screening and assessment using anthropomorphic, medical, social and nutrient intake SHRS-N 572 Advanced Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) data is a necessary component of physical diagnosis. P: N550, N570, or consent of instructor. An application of principles of physiology, biochemistry, and nutrition SHRS-N 584 Medical Nutrition Therapy & to the specialized nutrient needs and nutritional care of Pathophysiology IV (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581, N582, N583 infants, both pre-term and term, and patients with complex C: SHRS K504 Interrelationships between nutrients pediatric conditions/illnesses that have a significant and food components, nonprescription and prescription nutritional component. medications, herbal compounds. Role of nutritional supplements in improving nutrient status, appropriate SHRS-N 574 Nutrition Management of High Risk use in oral feedings and nutritional support for the adult, Neonates and Infants (3 cr.) P: N572. An application of pediatric, geriatric and pregnant patients. physiology, biochemistry, and nutrition to the specialized nutrient needs and nutritional care of neonates, both Pathology and Laboratory preterm and term, who require intensive care. Discussion Medicine will include nutritional management issues related to the infant(s) during hospitalization, at discharge, and after School of Medicine discharge. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] SHRS-N 576 Leadership Development in Pediatric Departmental URL: www.pathology.iupui.edu Nutrition (3 cr.) This is an entry-level leadership (Please note that when conferring University Graduate development series of experiential learning activities, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The including a leadership development project for post- University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements baccalaureate health care professionals and fellows. contained only in The University Graduate School SHRS-N 590 Dietetic Internship (4-10 cr.) P: Dietetic Bulletin.) internship. Supervised clinical experience in clinical Curriculum and community nutrition and food service systems management. Course meets the requirements of the Degrees Offered Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Master of Science in Pathology and Doctor of Philosophy Dietetics for the postbaccalaureate experience needed for dietetic registration. Previous admission into dietetic Areas of Specialization internship required. Not applicable to a graduate degree Specialization is available in various areas of anatomical, program. May be taken for a maximum of 23 credit hours. clinical, and experimental pathology. Areas of emphasis SHRS-N 591 Seminar in Nutrition and Dietetics (1 cr.) are neuropathology, experimental pathology, clinical Exploration of various topics and issues in nutrition. May chemistry, clinical microbiology, hematopathology, be repeated for a maximum of 4 credits. immunohematology, molecular pathology, and others. All Ph.D. degree students and M.S. degree students in the SHRS-N 593 Topics in Nutrition (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of Experimental Pathology and Laboratory Science tracks instructor. Exploration of a selected topic in nutrition at an choose one of these subspecialties for concentrated advanced level. May be repeated once for credit if topics course work and thesis/dissertation research. M.S. differ. students in the Pathologists’ Assistant track complete SHRS-N 595 Readings in Nutrition (1-3 cr.) P: Consent courses and practical experiences involving anatomic of instructor. Individualized readings on topics not covered pathology techniques. in regular course offerings. Special Departmental Requirements SHRS-N 596 Clinical Dietetics (arr cr.) Clinical study in (See also general University Graduate School specialized areas of dietetics. May be taken more than requirements.) once with the consent of the department for a maximum of 15 credit hours. Admission Requirements May 26, 2016 531

Applicants for the M.S. degree must have a bachelor’s Required for M.S. Experimental Pathology and Laboratory degree in clinical laboratory science (formerly medical Science tracks. In special cases, published research may technology), cytotechnology, microbiology, chemistry, or be substituted for the thesis. Consult the graduate advisor. another biological science or have a bachelor’s degree in another subject area but have completed all of the Final Examination prerequisite courses for the degree track of interest. A Oral, on the thesis. completed application form, transcripts from all colleges attended, letters of recommendation, and scores on the M.S. Degree in Pathology: Pathologists’ Assistant Graduate Record Examination General Test must all Track be received before an application will be considered. A This education prepares individuals to serve as minimum grade point average of 3.0 (B) in undergraduate pathologists’ assistants. The pathologists’ assistant science courses and an interview with the graduate is a health professional, qualified by academic and program committee are required. The route of entry practical training, who assists in providing service in into Ph.D. studies in pathology is through the Indiana anatomic pathology under the direction and supervision University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway of a qualified anatomic pathologist. The pathologists’ (IBMG) program. For IBMG information, visit http:// assistant assists in the examination, dissection, and grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree-programs/ibmg. processing of tissue samples and participates in gross autopsy dissection. Pathologists’ assistants also assist Master of Science in Pathology Degree with education and research in the area of anatomic Course Requirements pathology. This M.S. track is a 22-month program. Requirements vary, according to the area of emphasis. The first year includes basic science courses in gross anatomy, histology, microbiology, and physiology. Didactic M.S. Degree in Pathology with Emphasis in an Area of pathology techniques courses and practical experience Experimental Pathology make up the second year. Requires 40 credits: 31 course This course of study is recommended for students who credits and 9 credits from practicum experiences. have an interest in basic science research and plan Thesis careers as research scientists. A minimum of 30 credit hours, including completion of a graduate-level general Not required for M.S. Pathologists’ Assistant track. A biochemistry course with a grade of C or higher and thesis option is available. Consult the graduate advisor. C808 Graduate Seminar; a maximum of 2 credits of C808 can be applied toward the required 21 credit hours of Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Experimental course work. Most students will also take C603 General Pathology Pathology. A grade of B or higher is required in C603. The route of entry into Ph.D. studies is through the Indiana At least 21 credit hours must be in courses other than University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway research. At least 3 but not more than 9 credits must be in (IBMG) program. Admitted students take a common research. curriculum of didactic courses and rotate in various research laboratories. Selection of a research laboratory M.S. Degree in Pathology with Special Concentration at the end of the first academic year determines the in Pathology Laboratory Sciences student’s degree department. For IBMG information visit This course of study is recommended for students who http://grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree-programs/ibmg/. wish to conduct investigative work in applied laboratory science. Graduates are primed for positions involving Course Requirements clinical teaching, laboratory supervision, and research A total of 90 credit hours, of which a minimum of 35 credit and development. The M.S. with special concentration hours must be in courses other than research. Required in one of the subspecialty areas of clinical pathology courses include a graduate-level general biochemistry requires at least 30 credit hours but may require up course, one additional graduate biochemistry or molecular to 40 credit hours or more, depending on the area of biology course, C603 Pathology or equivalent, and C808; concentration, the background of the student, and the a maximum of 4 credits of C808 can be applied toward prerequisites needed for certain advanced courses. At the required 35 credit hours of course work. Additional least 3 but not more than 9 credit hours in research, a appropriate courses will be identified by the student’s graduate-level biochemistry course, and C808 Graduate advisory committee and may be selected from core Seminar are required; a maximum of 2 credits of C808 courses in the Department of Pathology and Laboratory can be applied toward the required 21 credit hours of Medicine or other graduate basic medical science course work. Development of each student’s curriculum departments. A minimum of 45 credit hours in dissertation of lecture and laboratory courses and of research and research (C859) is required. teaching requirements will be a joint effort of the student and the graduate advisory committee. Course work differs, Grades depending on whether the M.S. degree is to be focused Overall average of at least a B (3.0). A grade of C or in the areas of clinical chemistry, clinical microbiology, higher in a graduate-level general biochemistry course hematopathology, immunohematology, or another clinical and a grade of B or higher in C603 Pathology are laboratory specialty area. required. Thesis Minor At least 12 credit hours in a related discipline or in life science involving lecture/laboratory courses other than 532 May 26, 2016 research. If a life sciences minor is approved, a minimum R. Murrell*, Carrie L. Phillips*, Ruben G. Vidal*, Xiaoyan of 6 credit hours must be obtained in a single department. Wang Foreign Language Assistant Professors Not required. Shaoxlong Chen, Rong Fan, Muhammad Idrees, Jingmel Lin, Mehdi Nassiri, Amy Schmidt, Bryan Schmitt, Chen Qualifying Examination Zhang, Shanxiang Zhang, Jiehao Zhou, Michelle Written and oral, covering course work and research Zimmerman proposal (in form of a National Institutes of Health grant Graduate Advisors proposal). M.S. Programs: Professor Diane Leland*, IU Research Proposal Health Pathology Laboratory Building, Room 6027F, (317) Required (in form of a National Institutes of Health grant 491-6646. proposal); must be approved by student’s advisory Ph.D. Program: Associate Professor Jill Murrell*, Medical committee before completion of dissertation research. Science Building, Room A135, (317) 274-1757 Dissertation Courses Required. PATH-C 603 General Pathology (6 cr.) Basic concepts Faculty and principles of disease processes. Chairperson PATH-C 690 Techniques for Specimen Processing (2 cr.) P: Graduate courses in physiology and histology. John N. Eble* Designed for M.S. iPathologists’ Assistant students. Graduate Faculty Didactic and laboratory experiences in specimen management and tissue processing methods: (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University histotechnology techniques including specimen Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct procurement, processing, fixation, and staining, cytologic doctoral dissertations.) methods and electron microscopy sample processing. Distinguished Professor and Chancellor’s Professor PATH-C 691 Gross Surgical and Pediatric Pathology Bernardino Ghetti* (Medical and Molecular Genetics, Techniques (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, Neurobiology, Psychiatry) microbiology, gross anatomy, and C690. Designed for Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory Nordschow Professor of Laboratory Medicine experiences emphasize proper handling and evaluation John N. Eble* of tissues removed during surgery and examined in the surgical or pediatric pathology laboratory. Human Clyde Culbertson Professor of Pathology embryology and medical photography and terminology are also included. Thomas E. Davis, Jr.* PATH-C 692 Autopsy and Forensic Pathology Centennial Professor of Pathology Techniques (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, David J. Grignon* microbiology, gross anatomy, C690, and C691. Designed for Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and Louis Y. Mazzini Professor of Pathology laboratory experiences in autopsy and forensic pathology Xiao-Ming Yin* introduce students to all phases of the human post- mortem examination, including evisceration, dissection, Professors description of findings, and preparation of post-mortem reports. Sunil Badve*, Merrill D. Benson*, Liang Cheng*, Oscar W. Cummings, Thomas E. Davis Jr.*, Hong Du*, John PATH-C 693 General and Clinical Pathology (3 cr.) N. Eble*, Kenneth Fife* (Microbiology and Immunology, P: Graduate physiology, histology, microbiology,gross Medicine), Roy Geib* (Microbiology and Immunology), anatomy, C690, C691, and C692. Designed for Bernardino Ghetti*, Richard Gregory* (Oral Microbiol- Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory ogy), David J. Grignon*, Eyas M. Hattab*, Dean Hawley*, experiences introduce students to the basic concepts of Meredith Hull (Emeritus), Chao-Hung Lee*, Diane Leland*, pathologic processes and provide them with a working Helen E.B. Michael*, Bernadette F. Rodak (Emeritus), knowledge of clinical pathology testing, including Lawrence Roth* (Emeritus), Kenneth W. Ryder*, Romil chemistry, hematopathology, transfusion medicine, and Saxena, Daniel S. Smith, James Smith* (Emeritus), microbiology. Thomas M. Ulbright (Emeritus), Cong Yan*, Xiao-Ming Yin* PATH-C 694 Systemic Pathology (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, microbiology, gross anatomy, Associate Professors C690, C691, C692, and C693. Designed for Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory experiences John Baenziger, William N. Crabtree, Harvey M. Cramer*, in systemic pathology provide students with a broad base Magdalena B. Czader*, Robert Emerson, Barbara Kluve- of knowledge of pathologic processes in various organ Beckerman*, Raymond Lloyd Konger*, Linda Marler, Jill May 26, 2016 533 systems including the nervous, pulmonary, cardiovascular, PATH-C 858 Experimental Pathology (5 cr.) Review genitourinary, digestive, and musculoskeletal systems. and performance of selected experiments in pathology illustrating the types of pathologic processes. PATH-C 695 Practicum for Pathologist Assistants (1-4 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, microbiology, PATH-C 859 Research in Pathology (arr cr.) Supervised gross anatomy, C690, C691, and C692. Designed for initiation of a research project in pathology, and Pathologists’ Assistant students. Students complete seven counseling in the completion of a thesis. This course is to nine month-long modules involving surgical, pediatric, eligible for a deferred grade. autopsy, and forensic pathology at various facilities. Students also study medical ethics, laboratory operations, PATH-C 862 Basic Pathologic Techniques (5 cr.) management, and information systems, and educational Methods of the histologic and chemical laboratories of techniques. pathology; principles of examination used in the usual procedures of surgical and autopsy pathology. PATH-C 700 Clinical Chemistry I (3 cr.) P: B500 or B800 or equivalent. Methodology, instrumentation, and PATH-C 875 Biochemical Pathology (3 cr.) P: C603 or interpretation with clinical correlation of procedures in the B800. A survey of biochemical pathology as demonstrated clinical chemistry laboratory. by recent advances in research in pathology. Selected topics for lecture and discussion will include aspects of PATH-C 701 Clinical Chemistry II (2-3 cr.) P: B500 or tissue, cellular, subcellular, and molecular pathology. B800 or equivalent. Special clinical chemistry therapeutic drug monitoring and radioassay, radioimmunoassay, and PATH-G 556 Methods of Humane Animal enzyme immunoassay. Experimentation (1 cr.) The purpose of this course is to provide graduate students entering careers in life PATH-C 800 Advanced Pathology (arr cr.) Subject science disciplines with the opportunity to obtain training material and credit hours arranged to conform to needs of in the proper care and humane use of laboratory animals. student. Federal regulations and considerations in the selection of animal models will also be discussed. PATH-C 802 Advanced Morphologic Hematology (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A graduate-level course PATH-G 655 Research Communications Seminar with emphasis on diagnostic morphologic hematology. (2 cr.) Study of the methodological and systematic This course covers several aspects of morphologic treatments of scientific data required for effective hematology, including erythrokinetics, myeloid and communication through written primary and secondary erythroid morphology, leukemia classification, myelodys- research publications, oral presentations, abstracts, poster plastic syndromes, myeloproliferative disorders, and presentations, and grant proposals. newer concepts in diagnostic hematology. PATH-G 890 Methods in Molecular Biology and PATH-C 803 Diagnostic Immunopathology (2 cr.) Pathology (3 cr.) P: G865 or J838, and consent of P: Basic undergraduate immunology and permission of instructor. Basic principles and techniques in molecular instructor. Emphasis on immunobiology and diagnostic biology and pathology. Particular emphasis will be on immunopathology. This course covers several aspects molecular techniques that can be used to study problems of immunopathology including autoimmune disease, related to biochemistry and pathology. transplantation biology, immunodeficiency disorders, and use of molecular diagnostics. Pharmacology and Toxicology PATH-C 808 Graduate Seminar in Pathology (1 cr.) School of Medicine P: Consent of instructor. One-hour, graduate-level seminar Departmental E-mail: [email protected] series with emphasis on experimental pathology. First- Departmental URL: http://pharmtox.iusm.iu.edu/ year graduate students present critical literature reviews of contemporary research topics. More advanced students (Please note that when conferring University Graduate present proposals and reports of their research. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements PATH-C 820 Advances in Diagnostic Microbiology contained only in The University Graduate School (3 cr.) Discussions of infectious diseases and agents Bulletin.) of infectious diseases including source, clinical manifestations, pathogenesis, epidemiology, treatment, Curriculum and prevention and control, and the correlation of these subjects with laboratory diagnostic methods. Contempo- Special Departmental Requirements rary subjects will be emphasized. (See also general University Graduate School PATH-C 850 Cellular Structure of the Nervous System requirements.) (3 cr.) Cellular structure and ultrastructure of the C.N.S. in normal and experimental situations, including cell Admission Requirements biology of neurons, astrocytes, oligodendroglia, brain Undergraduate grade point average should be well above macrophages, mast cells, brain vessels, and barriers. 3.0 (B). Graduate Record Examination General Test is Organization of neural systems into global and point-to- required for the Ph.D. and for the M.S. point circuits; generative and regressive phenomena; and cerebral transplantation in neurodegenerative conditions. Pharmacology Program See also “Pharmacology” in the entry for the Medical Sciences Program, Bloomington, in this bulletin. 534 May 26, 2016

Pharmacology Graduate Student Advisors For the M.S. in Toxicology, students must take a minimum of 15 credit hours of academic course work and must take (317) 274-7844 a minimum of 15 credit hours of independent research Jian-Ting Zhang, Ph.D., Joseph Walther Hall (R3) C510, toward a scientific publication. [email protected] Thesis Jill C. Fehrenbacher, Ph.D., Medical Science Building A419, [email protected] Required. Degrees Offered Final Examination Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Not applicable. Master of Science Degree Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Course Requirements For the M.S. in Pharmacology, students must take a All Toxicology Ph.D. students will be required to take 28 minimum of 15 credit hours of academic course work and hours of coursework (of that 6 hours will be rotations); the must take a minimum of 15 credit hours of independent remaining 62 hours will be research and seminar, for a research toward a scientific publication. total of 90 hours. Other requirements for completing the Thesis Ph.D. program are (1) publishing two first-author papers, or submitting a statement from the student’s research Required. committee indicating that these will be forthcoming; and (2) achieving two of the following: (a) submitting a Final Examination grant application, (b) co-authoring a third paper, and Not applicable. (c) presenting two abstracts at regional, national, or international meetings. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Minor All Pharmacology Ph.D. students will be required to take Students generally minor in life sciences. Students should 28 hours of coursework (of that 6 hours will be rotations); consult the Graduate Student Advisor in planning their the remaining 62 hours will be research and seminar, for program. a total of 90 hours. Other requirements for completing the Advisory Committee Ph.D. program are (1) publishing two first-author papers, or submitting a statement from the student’s research An advisory committee is appointed when the student committee indicating that these will be forthcoming; declares Toxicology as their Ph.D. program. and (2) achieving two of the following: (a) submitting a grant application, (b) co-authoring a third paper, and Qualifying Examination (c) presenting two abstracts at regional, national, or international meetings. Written and oral, over concepts and research in toxicology. Minor Final Examination Students generally minor in life sciences. Students should consult the Graduate Student Advisor in planning their Oral defense of dissertation. program. Faculty Advisory Committee Interim Chairperson An advisory committee is appointed when the student Theodore R. Cummins* declares Pharmacology as their Ph.D program. Graduate Faculty Qualifying Examination (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Written and oral, over concepts and research in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct pharmacology. doctoral dissertations.) Paul Stark Professor Final Examination Michael R. Vasko* Oral defense of dissertation. H. H. Gregg Professor of Oncology ¹See also “Pharmacology” in the entry for the Medical Sciences Program, Bloomington, in this bulletin. Ahmad R. Safa*

Toxicology Program Showalter Professor Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Grant D. Nicol*

Master of Science Degree Andrew and Peggy Thompson Chair in Hematology/ Course Requirements Oncology Jian-Ting Zhang* May 26, 2016 535

Not currently being offered. Drugs which affect the Professors nervous system, with particular emphasis on their central action. Although neurochemical effects will be stressed, Theodore R. Cummins*, Gerry Oxford*, Sherry F. evidence from neurophysiology and behavior will also be Queener*, Joseph A. DiMicco* (Emerita), Lynn R. Willis* considered. (Emerita) PHAR-F 812 Research in Toxicology (1-12 cr.) Associate Professors Independent laboratory research to fulfill dissertation requirements for either a master’s or a doctorate degree in Gustavo Arrizabalaga*, Nikolai Broustovetski*, Richard M. toxicology. Students must be enrolled in graduate studies Nass*, William J. Sullivan, Jr.* in the Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology to register for this course. Assistant Professors PHAR-F 813 Clinical Pharmacokinetics (3 cr.) Offered Kai-Ming Chou*, Jill C. Fehrenbacher*, Travis J. Jerde*, Spring of even numbered years. Design and complete Tao Lu* mathematical analysis of pharmacokinetic studies in Adjunct Graduate Faculty humans. The clinical utility of pharmacokinetics will be Adjunct Professors stressed, but the course will also have definite value for those involved with drug studies in animals. Robert M. Bigsby* (Cellular and Integrative Physiology), D. Craig Brater* (Emeritus, Medicine), David Flockhart* PHAR-F 816 Clinical Toxicology (3-5 cr.) P: P598 (Medicine), Maria B. Grant (Ophthalmology), Theresa or F602. Signs and symptoms resulting from common A. Guise* (Oncology), Helmut Hanenberg* (Pediatrics), poisons and drugs. Chemical analyses as aids in Eri Hashino* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Mark Kelley* diagnosis. (Pediatrics), Anantha Shekhar* (Psychiatry), Weinian PHAR-F 819 Chemical Carcinogenesis (3 cr.) This Shou* (Pediatrics), Jeffrey Travers* (Dermatology), course examines the biochemical and molecular Fletcher A. White (Anesthesiology) mechanisms by which chemicals cause cancer. Emphasis Adjunct Associate Professors will be on the uptake, metabolism, cellular targets and specific stage(s) of the cancer process that are affected Brittney-Shea Herbert* (Medical and Molecular Genetics), by chemical carcinogens. Discussions will expand on the Andy Hudmon* (Biochemistry), David R. Jones* basic principles of carcinogenesis as they apply to the (Medicine), Karen Pollok* (Pediatrics), Daniel Rusyniak* latest advances in the field. Not currently being offered. (Emergency Medicine), Todd Skaar (Medicine) PHAR-F 820 Cancer Chemoprevention (3 cr.) Not Adjunct Assistant Professors currently being offered. This course will examine the biochemical and molecular mechanisms of natural and Ashay Bhatwadekar (Ophthalmology), Timothy W. synthetic cancer chemopreventive agents. Corson* (Ophthalmology), Zeruesenay Desta (Medicine), Michael Rubart-von der Lohe* (Pediatrics), Cheikh I. Seye PHAR-F 825 Research in Pharmacology (1-12 cr.) (Cellular and Integrative Physiology) Independent laboratory research for fulfilling dissertation requirements. Courses PHAR-F 826 Seminar in Toxicology (1 cr.) Literature PHAR-F 598 Drugs, Diseases, and Poisons (3 cr.) P: A and research reports by students and staff. course in basic biology or physiology equivalent to BIOL K324 or BIOL 501. Introductory course in pharmacology PHAR-F 830 Seminar in Pharmacology (1 cr.) Literature and toxicology primarily for senior undergraduate and research reports by students and staff. students. The course provides an overview of the molecular basis of drug action and pharmacological PHAR-F 835 Molecular Mechanisms of Drug properties of several of the major drug groups used in Action (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. Biochemical medical science. mechanisms underlying drug actions and reactions including toxicologic effects of drugs will be covered, PHAR-F 602 Pharmacology: Lecture (5 cr.) P: BIOC with emphasis on molecular mechanisms involving drug B800, PHSL F613, F614. Mode of action of drugs as a receptor interaction, the actions of drugs and hormones on basis for therapy. regulatory mechanisms in various disease states. PHAR-F 801 Introduction to Research in PHAR-F 836 Physiological Disposition of Drugs Pharmacology and Toxicology (1-3 cr.) Application of (3 cr.) Factors affecting the absorption, distribution, basic laboratory methods to pharmacological problems. metabolism, and excretion of drugs will be discussed in Consideration of theoretical principles, instrumentation, terms of environmental, biochemical, and physiochemical and applications. parameters. Pertinent literature will be reviewed and special problems discussed. PHAR-F 804 Introduction to Pharmacology and Toxicology I (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. This PHAR-F 838 Cellular and Molecular Toxicology (3 cr.) course will teach the fundamental principles of pharmacol- This course examines the cellular mechanisms that ogy and toxicology for the beginning graduate student, as mediate xenobiotic toxicity at the cellular, biochemical an introduction to the discipline. and molecular level. The course emphasizes mechanisms through which toxic chemicals act to evoke cell injury and PHAR-F 809 Neuropharmacology (3 cr.) P: F598 cell death. or F602 and BIOC B835, or permission of instructor. 536 May 26, 2016

PHAR-F 840 Advanced Topics Pharmacology (2-5 cr.) systems, Na+, K+ -ATPase, sarcoplasmic retuculum, and P: F598 or F602. Advanced studies of pharmacodynamic mitochondria will be considered in detail. Not currently mechanisms in cardiovascular, central nervous system, being offered. and renal pharmacology and toxicology. Experimental design related to recent advances and current hypotheses GRAD-G 745 Fundamentals of Intracellular Signal concerning drug action and toxicity. May be repeated Transduction of Neurons (2 cr.) Experimental basis for three times for credit. cellular and molecular concepts of intracellular signaling cascades. The goals are to foster an understanding PHAR-F 841 Advanced Topics in Toxicology of how we accumulate informaton and to provide (1-3 cr.) This course will involve a series of lectures and students with tools to evaluate hypotheses and to define discussions on new advances in toxicology. The course unanswered questions, rather than provide current "facts" will focus on metabolic, cellular, and molecular mechanism to memorize. by which toxic agents produce injury. PHAR-G 751 Advanced Concepts in Cytosolic and PHAR-F 850 Experimental Design Analysis/Grant Nuclear Signal Transduction (2 cr.) This course Writing (1 cr.) P: F598 or F602. This course presents is designed to give graduate students in biological experimental methods and data analysis used in sciences a state-of-the-art education in cellular signaling pharmacological and toxicological experimentation. mechanisms and the methodology used to study them. Emphasis will be on experimental design. Landmark and breaking scientific journal articles. GRAD-G 743 Fundamentals of Electrical Signaling Philanthropic Studies and Ion Channel Biology (1 cr.) Experimental basis for cellular and molecular concepts of electrical excitability Lilly Family School of Philanthropy and membrane transport through ion channels. The goals Departmental URL: www.philanthropy.iupui.edu are to foster an understanding of how we accumulate (Please note that when conferring University Graduate information and to provide students with tools to evaluate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The hypotheses and to define unanswered questions, rather University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements than provide current “facts” to memorize. contained only in The University Graduate School GRAD-G 747 Principles of Pharmacology (1 cr.) Bulletin.) This course is intended for incoming basic science Curriculum doctoral graduate students in the School of Medicine Pharmacology & Toxicology programs or other interested Philanthropic Studies at Indiana University is graduate students. This course covers the basics of interdisciplinary, interprofessional, and system wide. The drug-receptor interactions, drug metabolism, phar- field addresses the history, ethics and means of voluntary macogenetics, and pharmacokinetics. This course contributions of time and money, voluntary associations, will include PowerPoint presentations and student and civil society from various disciplinary and professional presentations. lens. GRAD-G 748 Principles of Toxicology 1 (1 cr.) This New courses and degree programs develop rapidly. For course will present the fundamental concepts of toxicology up-to-date information, please contact the Philanthropic necessary to understand the effects of chemicals on Studies Program (www.philanthropy.iupui.edu). human health. Cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in toxic responses elicited by pharmaceutical Degrees Offered and environmental agents, activation and detoxification of Certificate in Philanthropic Studies, Master of Arts, drugs and chemicals, and the principles of carcinogenesis Doctorate of Philosophy, and Doctoral Minor in and mutagenesis will be presented. Philanthropic Studies. Dual Master of Arts with M.A. in Economics, M.A. in History, M.P.A. in Nonprofit GRAD-G 754 Principles of Toxicology 2 (1 cr.) Management, M.S.N. in Nursing, and M.S. in Library and Xenobiotic-induced target organ toxicity will be discussed Information Science. with respect to the biological and/or chemical factors that influence toxicity at a tissue site, the modes of action for Special Departmental Requirements producing damage, and the methodology used to measure (See also general University Graduate School injury. This course is designed to provide a foundation for requirements.) understanding the complex interactions between toxicants Admission Requirements and biological systems from a basic science approach. Requirements include a bachelor’s degree from an GRAD-G 755 Principles of Toxicology 3 (1 cr.) The accredited college or university, a minimum 3.0 grade effects associated with specific classes of chemicals, point average on a scale of 4.0, and a minimum 3.0 including chemical agents that either demonstrate a average in the student’s major field. In addition, students great chance for injury and/or pose significant potential seeking admission to the program should demonstrate an for human exposure will be presented. The chemical appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate Record classes covered will include selective metals, solvents and Examination (GRE) (or comparable proficiency test) and alcohols, pesticides, plastics, and gases. must arrange for three letters of recommendation that PHAR-F 808 Myocardial Biology (3 cr.) The cellular speak to the applicant’s academic and personal qualifica- biology of muscle, with emphasis on the regulation of the tions to be addressed to the M.A. program Admissions internal ionic milieu and its effect on function of cardiac Committee. cells. The contractile proteins and the ion transport May 26, 2016 537

Applicants who do not meet all of the requirements listed PHST P530 The Ethics and Values of Philanthropy; above may be admitted to the program on a provisional PHST P558 Principles and Practices of Fundraising, and basis, in which case their status will be reviewed after PHST P557 Grant Making and the Role of Foundations; a fixed period of time to determine whether they may P523 Civil Society and Philanthropy; P590 Internship continue in the program. in Philanthropic Studies. In addition, students will take either Economics E514/P530 The Nonprofit Economy Graduate Certificate in Philanthropic Studies and Public Policy or Philanthropic Studies, P535 The The Graduate Certificate in Philanthropic Studies provides Law of Nonprofit Organizations, and one comparative students with education in the field of Philanthropic Philanthropy course to be selected from the following or Studies. The degree program introduces students to the other approved courses: Religious Studies R539 Religion critical issues and values of philanthropic practices. It is and Philanthropy, Philanthropic Studies P527 Cross- designed for those who have an interest, and perhaps Cultural Dimensions of Philanthropy, and PHST P524 Civil career need, for this education but who do not wish Society in Comparative Perspective. to pursue an M.A. or Ph.D. in Philanthropic Studies at this time. It will provide opportunities both for students Master of Arts Degree in Philanthropic Studies: interested in learning more about the field as well as Executive Format career professionals looking to expand their knowledge. Many students interested in the M.A. program are unable The certificate may be completed on its own or in to attend on a traditional residential basis because conjunction with other graduate study, e.g. Museum of their distance from Indianapolis and ongoing job Studies, Public Affairs. responsibilities. A participant in the executive format master’s program can Master of Arts Degree finish the requirements for the degree by completing all of The Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies focuses the following: on the history, culture, and values of philanthropy. Its objectives are to enable students to gain the knowledge • six intense one-week residential classes or regularly and skills either to pursue further graduate study in scheduled classes at IUPUI; relevant fields or to pursue careers in the philanthropic or • distance education and directed off-site course work; nonprofit sector or in related fields; to enable students to and investigate the broader theoretical issues of philanthropy • elective study at a qualified institution. and of their chosen areas of specialization from a variety of disciplinary (humanities and social sciences Each summer course requires one week of intense on- in particular) and interdisciplinary perspectives; and to campus study and is preceded by a pre-residential period utilize the interdisciplinary base to maintain a thorough of approximately six weeks in length which includes critical inquiry into the historical and cultural implications of preparatory reading and assignments. Each session philanthropy and learn how to best apply these skills in a is followed by a post-residential period which includes real world environment. evaluative experiences to be completed at home. During both the pre-residential and post-residential periods, Financial Aid faculty work with students by using the web, e-mail, fax, Several scholarships and research assistantships are telephone, and postal service. available. Please contact the Philanthropic Studies Degree requirements for the executive M.A. program Program for more information. are essentially the same as the requirements for the Course Requirements residential M.A. in philanthropic studies. Students must take Philanthropic Studies P535 The Law of Nonprofit The M.A. in philanthropic studies requires a total of 36 Organizations and E514/PHST P530 The Nonprofit credit hours: 24 in required courses, 3 in electives, 3 for Economic and Public Policy. a directed philanthropic studies internship, and 6 more for a thesis. Students may replace their thesis with 6 Applicants for the executive program must meet the same credit hours of coursework of which at least 3 credits must admission criteria as those applying for the residential involve a research component. A minimum of 21 credit program, with the addition of three to five years of work hours in core and elective courses must be in the School experience in the nonprofit sector being required in lieu of Philanthropic Studies (or other approved courses from of the GRE requirement. Deadline dates for admission other schools) and not more than 9 credit hours may be are January 15 for non–U.S. citizens and April 15 for U.S. taken in courses numbered below 500. These 9 credits citizens. Applications will be considered after the deadline may come only from courses approved for University until the cohort is full. Please contact the department for Graduate School credit. more information. In order to earn the M.A. in philanthropic studies, students For more information, contact the Lilly Family must maintain a 3.0 grade average on a scale of 4.0. School of Philanthropy, (317) 274-4200 or Grades in courses counting for credit toward this degree www.philanthropy.iupui.edu. may be no lower than C (2.0 on a scale of 4.0). Dual Degree Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies The 18 credits of core courses normally include: and Master of Public Affairs in Nonprofit Management The continual blurring of sectors and the call for Philanthropic Studies P521 The Nonprofit and Voluntary government devolution demand that advanced education Sector is required before any other courses can be for public managers must address critical issues taken, please contact Philanthropic Studies for questions; associated with the relationship between and the functions P515 History of Philanthropy or History H516 History of nonprofit and government agencies. The combined of Philanthropy in the United States; Philosophy P542/ 538 May 26, 2016 degree in public affairs in the School of Public and information regarding regulations governing advanced Environmental Affairs (SPEA) and in the Philanthropic degree programs may be obtained from the respective Studies Program provides an education with breadth and departments. depth. Dual Degree Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies Admission requirements for the combined degree program and Master of Arts in History are identical to those for each program separately. The dual M.A. in history and philanthropic studies Separate application must be made to each of the two creates a unique opportunity to pursue critical programs, and students should take responsibility to learn inquiry into the historical, cultural, philosophical, and about and meet the admission requirements of each economic implications of voluntary action for the public school individually, which may differ from each other in good. Historians routinely study the role of nonprofit application documents required, minimal standards of organizations, self-help groups, and philanthropic criteria for admission, and deadline dates. Applicants institutions. This dual-degree program offers an should apply for the combined degree option before interdisciplinary focus on the past, present, and future. completing the core requirements or 36 credit hours of This degree will be attractive to students wishing to pursue the M.P.A. with a nonprofit management concentration (1) careers that demand the skills and talents developed and before completing the core requirements or 18 credit by cross-training in history and philanthropy or (2) doctoral hours of the M.A. in philanthropic studies. Students programs that encourage new and creative approaches to must make plans early with advisors in both programs to the historical study of philanthropy, broadly defined. identify (1) common courses and (2) thesis credit. Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of 60 Admission requirements for the dual degree program are credit hours (rather than the 84 credit hours that would identical to those for each program separately. A separate be required if the two degrees were taken separately). application must be made to each of the programs. Further information regarding regulations governing Prospective students are expected to take responsibility advanced degree programs may be obtained from the for learning about and meeting the different admission respective departments. requirements and deadlines of each department. Students must make plans early with advisors in both programs to Dual Degree Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies identify common courses and a thesis topic. and Master of Arts in Economics The dual master’s degree in philanthropic studies and Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of economics substantially benefits students intending to 51 credit hours (U.S. or European history concentrations) pursue a career in independent research, academia, or or 54 credit hours (public history) rather than the 66 practice. Normally, those pursuing a career in research or 72 credit hours that would be required if the two or academia continue in a Ph.D. program in philanthropic degrees were taken separately. For all concentrations, studies, economics, finance, accounting, management, the required 700-level seminar for the M.A. in history marketing, or public policy. Very few doctoral programs may be selected as an elective to meet the philanthropic include substantial content on philanthropy or nonprofit studies requirement for one of two electives. Further organizations. As such, the M.A. in philanthropic studies information regarding regulations governing advanced provides a broad interdisciplinary background that makes degree programs may be obtained from the respective the future researcher sensitive to the institutional details, departments. values, and history of the sector, thus leading to better Dual Degree Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies research. For the future nonprofit manager or leader, and Master of Science in Nursing economics provides the principles and methodologies to While the M.S.N. with a major in nursing administration make informed decisions on the appreciative level, the provides an essential background for the nurse executive, policy level, and the managerial level. the addition of the M.A. in philanthropic studies adds an Admission requirements for the dual degree program are appreciation of the philanthropic tradition and the skills to identical to those for each program separately. Separate become accomplished developmental officers. application must be made to each of the two programs. Admission requirements for the combined degree program Students are expected to take responsibility for learning are identical to those for each program separately. about and meeting the admission requirements of each Separate application must be made to each of the two school individually, which may differ from each other in programs. Students are expected to take responsibility for application documents required, minimal standards of learning about and meeting the admission requirements of criteria for admission, and deadline dates. Students must each school individually, which may differ from each other make plans early with advisors in both programs to identify in application documents required, minimal standards (1) common courses and (2) thesis credit. of criteria for admission, and deadline dates. Applicants Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of should apply for the combined degree option before 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours that would completing 21 credit hours in the M.S.N. in Nursing be required if the two degrees were taken separately. Two Administration Program and before completing the core of the required core courses for the M.A. in economics requirements or 18 credit hours of the M.A. in philan- may be selected as electives to meet the philanthropic thropic studies. Students must make plans early with studies requirement for two applied electives. One of advisors in both programs to identify (1) common courses the required philanthropic studies courses, Economics and (2) thesis credit. E514 The Nonprofit Economy and Public Policy, may Study for the two degrees can be combined for a total of be taken to meet 3 of the 12 credit hours of electives 60 credit hours rather than the 78 credit hours that would required in the economics program. A common thesis be required if the two degrees were taken separately. meets the requirements of both departments. Further May 26, 2016 539

Further information regarding regulations governing P662 Historical and Cultural Perspectives of Philanthropy, advanced degree programs may be obtained from the P664 or P665 Nonprofits and Philanthropy in Society I respective departments. and II. With written approval from the Director of Doctoral Programs in Philanthropic Studies, courses other Dual Degree Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies than those listed may be accepted to fulfill degree and Master of Science in Library and Information requirements. No more than 6 credit hours of course Science work may be transferred from another university and Designed for the student seeking a management applied toward this requirement, and such credit must be career with libraries and other nonprofit institutions. approved by the Director of Doctoral Programs. Students Content includes gaining expertise in management of must also successfully pass a question on Philanthropic special library programs, fund-raising and endowment Studies in their qualifying exams or equivalent tests management, capital project management and leadership required by their departments. in academic, corporate or large public libraries. The dual M.L.S.–M.A. in Philanthropic Studies program requires To arrange for a Philanthropic Studies minor, students completion of a minimum of 51 credit hours of graduate should contact the Director of Doctoral Programs in course work. Students must apply for admission to the Philanthropic Studies, who will also recommend a member master’s programs of both the Department of Library of the Philanthropic Studies faculty to serve as a minor and Information Science and the Philanthropic Studies field advisor. Program at the I.U.P.U.I. Graduate School and meet the Faculty admission criteria established for each. The two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Dean Ph.D. in Philanthropic Studies Amir Pasic This program is designed to prepare future scholars and Associate Dean for Research and Academic Programs leaders in the world of philanthropy, higher education, and nonprofit organizations. It is intended for students who are Patrick R. Rooney* seeking a traditional doctoral degree, not a professional degree. The Ph.D. will prepare students for academic Graduate Faculty positions as well as for research and leadership positions (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University in nonprofit organizations. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Before admission to the Ph.D. program, students must complete a master’s degree in philanthropic studies or Professors at least 30 credits of equivalent graduate course work. Dwight F. Burlingame*, Phillip Cochran* (Business), Equivalent work will be determined by the Admissions David Criag* (Religious Studies), Thomas Davis* Committee, subject to applicable Indiana University rules. (Religious Studies), Kirsten A. Grønbjerg* (SPEA, IUB), Examples include courses in nonprofit management, civil Richard Gunderman* (Radiology and Philosophy), society, philanthropic history, ethics, religion, philanthropy, Marjorie Hershey* (Political Science, IUB), Bessie public administration, and business. House-Soremekun (Political Science), Robert Katz The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. in philanthropic (Law), Gil Latz* (International Affair), Leslie Lenkowsky* studies are 90 credit hours of advanced study, of which 30 (SPEA, IUB), Michael McGinnis* (Political Science, credit hours may be transferred from a master’s degree IUB), Michael McGuire* (Public Affairs, IUB), Debra J. or equivalent program that has covered the concepts of Mesch* (SPEA), Una Okonkwo Osili*, Amir Pasic*, Patrick philanthropic studies as described in Indiana University’s Rooney*, William H. Schneider* (History), John H. M.A. in Philanthropic Studies Program. The credit hours Stanfield II* (African American and African Diaspora for the Ph.D. include the following categories: 15 credit Studies, IUB), Richard Steinberg* (Economics), Eugene hours of required Philanthropic Studies doctoral core R. Tempel*, Mark Wilhelm* (Economics), Patricia courses, 12 credit hours in a minor field, 9 credit hours of Wittberg* (Sociology) research methods, and 6 credit hours of electives. The Associate Professors remaining 18 credit hours are to be used as dissertation research credit taken in additional coursework that Lehn Benjamin*, Karl Besel (SPEA, IUK), Aurelian supports the dissertation research. Craiutu* (Political Science, IUB), Kevin Kramer* (History), Beth Gazley* (SPEA, IUB), Julie Hatcher (Philanthropic Ph.D. Minor in Philanthropic Studies Studies), Fran Huehls (Philanthropic Studies Library), Ph.D. students in other departments may, with the consent Susan Hyatt (Anthropology), Elizabeth Kryder-Reid of their committee, minor in philanthropic studies. The (Anthropology and Museum Studies), Lauren Mathews minor will enable the student to take an organized body MacLean* (Political Science, IUB), Nancy M. Robertson of courses focusing on the history, culture, and values of (History), Michael Rushton* (SPEA, IUB), Andrea Walton* philanthropy, defined broadly as “voluntary action for the (Education, IUB), Gregory R. Witkowski* (Philanthropic public good.” Studies) The minor requires 12 credit hours of course work to Assistant Professors be taken from an approved list of courses, including PHST P521 (The Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector), and Matthew Baggetta (SPEA, IUB), Jennifer Brass (SPEA, passed with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in each course IUB), Atta Cessay (SPEA, IUN), Julia L. Carboni (SPEA), and at least one of the four core doctoral courses (P661 Tyrone Freeman, Sarah Heath (History), Catherine Ethical, Moral, and religious Aspects of Philanthropy, Herrold, David King, Sara Konrath*, Suzann Weber 540 May 26, 2016

Lupton (SPEA), Genevieve Shaker (Philanthropic and the state and how nonprofit organizations shape the Studies), Tim Seiler, Amy Voida (Informatics), Joanna policy agenda of a regime. Woronkowicz (SPEA IUB) Lectures PHST-P 527 Cross Cultural Dimensions of Philanthropy (3 cr.) Examines cross-cultural research on Laura Littlepage (SPEA), Alvin Lyons (SPEA IUB) philanthropy and pursues critical inquiry into the historical and cultural implications of philanthropy. The course Director of Masters Programs focuses on the diverse systems of giving and serving Dwight F. Burlingame, IU Lilly Family School of within philanthropic traditions in the United States and Philanthropy, (317) 278-8926 around the world. Director of PhD Programs PHST-P 530 Topics in Philanthropic Studies (3 cr.) In- depth study of selected topics and issues in philanthropic Lehn Benjamin, IU Lilly Family School of Philanthropy, studies. Specific topics vary from semester to semester. (317) 278-8906 Course may be repeated once for credit, provided that the Courses topic is different. Variable title approval requested. PHST-P 535 Law of Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) This PHST-P 501 The Philanthropic Tradition I (3 cr.) This seminar examines major aspects of the legal regulation interdisciplinary courses will examine the core values of of nonprofit organizations and other legal issues affecting philanthropy and the principal patterns of philanthropic them. Topics include the formation, operation, and behavior and organization with particular emphasis on governance of nonprofit organizations, the duties and the Western tradition and the American adaptation of it. liability of officers and directors, charitable solicitation, Permission of the instructor required. tax-exempt status for public benefit and mutual benefit PHST-P 502 The Philanthropic Tradition II (3 cr.) This organizations, charitable contributions, lobbying, and other interdisciplinary courses will examine the core values of related topics. philanthropy and the principal patterns of philanthropic PHST-P 555 Readings in Philanthropic Studies behavior and organization with particular emphasis on (1-4 cr.) A tutorial course involving in-depth study and the Western tradition and the American adaptation of it. analysis of a specific topic in philanthropic studies, by Permission of the instructor required. arrangement with instructor. Permission of director PHST-P 515 History of Philanthropy (3 cr.) This course required. examines traditions of giving and receiving charity and PHST-P 557 Grant Making and the Role of philanthropy in the modern era. It takes a comparative Foundations (3 cr.) This course explores questions of approach to giving including different historical contexts legitimacy, effectiveness, and accountability among U.S. and traditions. Among the topics covered will be donor philanthropic foundations. Students will explore the role of motivations, definitions of need, identity formation, and foundations in society, how roles are successfully fulfilled, philanthropy, politics and social change. how role fulfillment is measured, and what current trends PHST-P 521 Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector (3 cr.) This in foundation philanthropy might mean for the future of course is an introduction to the size, scope, and function local and global philanthropy. of the nonprofit sector and the role of voluntary action PHST-P 558 Principles and Practices of Fundraising in the United States. It provides a broad overview of the (3 cr.) historical origins of the U.S. nonprofit and voluntary sector, This course covers salient aspects of fundraising by as well as the religious, political, and economic and social nonprofit organizations - its core values, preparing a rationales for its existence. The course also examines case, techniques and strategies, assessing sources of perspectives on why people organize, donate to, and support, engagement of human resources, and process volunteer for nonprofit organizations. The primary goal of management. The course addresses theory to undergird this course is to help students become "philanthropically practice, examination of current practice and practice literate" - that is, familiar with the critical and foundational standards, and ethical problems in fundraising. theories, concepts, issues, readings, and terminologies of the field of philanthropic studies - in preparation for continued study in future courses. PHST-P 590 Internship in Philanthropic Studies (3 cr.) A course for the advanced student of philanthropy. PHST-P 523 Civil Society and Philanthropy (3 cr.) The Students work 10 hours per week for a voluntary course explores the relationship of civil society to the association, applying knowledge gained in earlier courses state, how the nonprofit sector affects the state and how to practical situations. Requirements include a journal and the state regulates the sector. A continuing theme will be a substantial term paper. how and whether the state and philanthropic institutions make investments in strengthening civil society. PHST-P 600 M.A. Thesis in Philanthropic Studies (1-6 cr.) PHST-P 524 Civil Society in Comparative Perspective (3 cr.) PHST-P 602 Qualitative Methods for Third Sector An exploration of state-society relationships in a variety Research (3 cr.) This course will examine the of regimes and time periods. Focuses on ways regimes’ organization, design, and execution of multi-method, policies affect the existence and organizations that stand qualitative research with a special emphasis on third between the individual sector contexts. Specific tools for research, such as observation, interview, case study design, and document May 26, 2016 541 analysis will be examined through course readings, of Arts/Doctor of Jurisprudence (with the School of Law), discussion, and the conduct of student projects. joint Master of Arts/Doctor of Medicine (with the School of Medicine), joint Master of Arts/Master of Public Health PHST-P 660 Ethical, Moral, and Religious Aspects of (with the Department of Public Health in the School of Philanthropy (3 cr.) This doctoral seminar focuses on Medicine), Ph.D. Minor, and Graduate Certificates in the major ethical and moral texts that explain and justify Bioethics and American Philosophy philanthropy. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy of philanthropy in comparative perspective, world traditions Master of Arts in Philosophy of social and religious conditions, and moral issues raised The Department of Philosophy M.A. program offers in philanthropy practice. a general track covering core historical and topical areas of the discipline as well as two specialized con- PHST-P 662 Historical and Cultural Perspectives of centrations: Bioethics and International Research Ethics. Philanthropy (3 cr.) This doctoral seminar focuses on Students who pursue a general philosophical education the history of Philanthropy from earliest to contemporary may take a number of elective courses focused on times. Cross-cultural perspectives are considered as classical American philosophy. socially and historically conditioned. Ethnic and gender philanthropy are examined across geographic, cultural, Special Departmental Requirements and chronological periods. Admission Requirements PHST-P 664 Philanthropy and Nonprofit Organizations in Society (3 cr.) Doctoral seminar focusing on how Applicants are expected to have a bachelor’s degree from social, psychological, political, and economic theories an accredited university or its equivalent, with a grade are used to explain philanthropy and the practice of point average of at least 3.0 overall (on a 4.0 scale) and philanthropy through organizations in society. Major at least 3.0 in the student’s major. There is no specific theoretical concepts such as contract failure, social origins major requirement, but applicants must show a record of theory, voluntary failure, and serial reciprocity presented course work (or equivalent experience), demonstrating along with other relevant theoretical and empirical works. that they are sufficiently prepared to do graduate work in philosophy. For applicants interested in the Bioethics or PHST-P 690 Research in Philanthropic Studies International Research Ethics concentrations, professional (1-3 cr.) P: One semester of M.A. course work. Students training or experience that involved health care or will research specialized topics related to philanthropic research ethics could be accepted in lieu of coursework. studies agreed upon with the instructor from and in their Applicants must also show an appropriate level of chosen disciplinary perspective. In some instances, team achievement on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) research may be carried out. The course may be repeated General Test unless they already hold an advanced once with approval by the chair of philanthropic studies. degree. PHST-P 790 Advanced Research Seminar in Program Requirements Philanthropic Studies (3 cr.) This doctoral seminar examines epistemological issues and tools, synthesizes Students are required to take a minimum of 30 credit the ways of knowing, and assesses forces that affect the hours. Students must complete a set of core courses conduct and use of knowledge in philanthropic studies. as well as a set of open or concentration-specific Multiple disciplinary perspectives and contemporary electives. Students in the general track of the Bioethics theoretical foundations of philanthropic studies are used to concentration may apply to write a 6 cr. thesis in place of design and critique potential dissertation projects. two 3 cr. graduate courses; students in the International Research Ethics concentration must complete a practicum PHST-P 890 Dissertation (arr. cr.) Research and writing and capstone research project. Students must attend and dissertation. complete these courses at IUPUI, except those courses accepted for transfer. At least 15 credit hours must be PHST-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) taken at IUPUI and at least 18 credit hours must be Philosophy phiosophy courses. No course with a grade lower than a B will count toward the degree. School of Liberal Arts Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/philosophy General M.A. Curriculum Program URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/philosophy/ Philosophy Core (15 cr. required) index.php/programs/graduate/ 1. History (6 cr. required) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • PHIL P515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • PHIL P522 Topics in History of Modern Philosophy University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School • PHIL P558 Classical American Philosophy (3 cr.) Bulletin.) 2. Topics (6 cr. required) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • PHIL P514 Pragmatism (3 cr.) Curriculum • PHIL P540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) Degrees Offered • PHIL P543 Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Master of Arts in Philosophy, accelerated Five-Year • PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) Bachelor of Arts/Master of Arts in Philosophy, joint Master • PHIL P560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) 542 May 26, 2016

• PHIL P562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) P600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) [When content is track-specific]; PHIL P696 Topics Electives (15 cr. required) in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.); PHIL P730 • PHIL P503 Semiotics of C.S. Peirce (3 cr.) Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 cr.) • PHIL P507 American Philosophy and the Analytic [When content is track-specific]; SOC R515 Tradition (3 cr.) Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.); SOC • PHIL P520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) S560 Topics: Death and Dying (3 cr.) • PHIL P525 Topics in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.) Thesis or Research Project (6 cr. required) • PHIL P542 Ethics and Values of Philanthropy (3 cr.) • PHIL P803 Master’s Thesis in Philosophy (6 cr.) • PHIL P545 Legal Philosophy • PHIL P552 Philosophy of Logic In lieu of a thesis students may opt to complete a research • PHIL P561 Philosophy of Mind project under the guidance of an appropriate faculty • PHIL P572 Philosophy of Religion committee. Examples of admissible research projects: • PHIL P600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) research that leads to a paper of sufficient length and • PHIL P650 Topics in Semiotic Philosophy (3 cr.) quality to be considered for publication in a peer-reviewed journal; a comprehensive briefing paper for a legislative • PHIL P701 Peirce Seminar (3 cr.) hearing; and analysis of a hospital, institutional, or • PHIL P730 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 research policy. cr.) • PHIL P748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 cr.) In lieu of the above, students may also opt for six credits • Any PHIL course offered in the Bioethics of general electives; i.e., any graduate course offered by concentration the IUPUI Philosophy Department. Thesis option: Students may petition to write a thesis International Research Ethics Concentration (P803, 6 cr.) under certain circumstances. They must Core Courses (10 cr. required) secure permission from their graduate director and three faculty members who are willing to constitute a thesis • PHIL P540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) committee. Students who receive permission to write a • PHIL P547 Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) thesis need only take 9 cr. of electives. • PHIL P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International Bioethics Concentration Research (3 cr.) • MHHS M592 in African Health (1 cr.) Philosophy Core (6 cr. required) Concentration-specific Courses (12 cr. required) 1. Required foundational course (3 cr.): PHIL P540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) • ANTH E445 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) 2. Core electives (3 cr. required): PHIL P525 Topics • HIST H546 History of Medicine: Global Health and in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.); PHIL P543 History (3 cr.) Contemporary Social and Political Philosophy (3 • LAW DN696 AIDS: Ethical, Legal, and Policy Issues cr.); PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.); PHIL (2 cr.) P560 Metaphysics (3 cr.); PHIL P562 Theory of • LAW DN761 Law and Public Health (2 cr.) Knowledge (3 cr.) • LAW DN813 International Human Rights (2 cr.) • LAW DN838 Bioethics and Law (2 cr.) Concentration-specific Courses (18 cr. required) • MHHS M504 Introduction to Research Ethics (3 cr.) 1. Required foundational course (3 cr.): PHIL P547 • PHIL P549 Bioethics and Pragmatism (3 cr.) Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) • PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) 2. Concentration-specific electives (15 cr. required) • PHIL P600 Topics in Philosophy: Philosophy of • Areas of central importance (5 cr. required): Medicine (3 cr.) PHIL P548 Clinical Ethics Practicum (3 • PHIL P696 Topics in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.) cr.); LAW DN838 Bioethics and Law (2 • SOC R515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) cr.); MHHS M504 Introduction to Research Practicum/Research Project (8 cr. required) Ethics (3 cr.) • Specialized electives (9 cr. required): • PHIL P554 Practicum in International Research ANTH E445 Medical Anthropology (3 Ethics (8 cr.) cr.); COMM C510 Health Provider- Consumer Communication (3 cr.); HIST Five-Year Bachelor of Arts/Master of Arts in H546 History of Medicine (3 cr.); LAW Philosophy DN761 Law and Public Health (2 cr.); LAW Available to philosophy majors only, this program allows DN845 Financing and Regulating Health students to complete a B.A. and M.A. in five years instead Care (3 cr.); NURS N534 Ethical and of six, with three years of undergraduate coursework, Legal Perspectives in Advanced Nursing a fourth year of combined undergraduate and graduate Practice (2 cr.); PHIL P549 Bioethics and coursework, and a final year devoted exclusively to Pragmatism (3 cr.); PHIL P555 Ethical and graduate work. The program is open to students who Policy Issues in International Research have: (3 cr.); PHIL P590 Intensive Reading (1-4 • Achieved junior status. cr.) [When content is track-specific]; PHIL May 26, 2016 543

• A cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.3 or better, and a 2. 30 hours credited in the Department of Philosophy, GPA in their major of 3.5 or better. including all of its required course work; and 3. a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 on • Completed at least 60 of their undergraduate credit hours all work done in the School of Law and at least 3.0 and at least 15 of their Philosophy credit hours at IUPUI. on all work done in the Department of Philosophy. • Completed the 9 hours of introductory-level required undergraduate courses for Philosophy. Interested students Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine may declare their interest in the program to the Director in the School of Medicine of Graduate Studies in Philosophy as soon as they start The Department of Philosophy and the IU School of at I.U.P.U.I., in which case particular efforts will be made Medicine offer combined degrees in Medicine (MD) to advise them in their choice of courses during their first and Philosophy (MA), with a concentration in bioethics. three years. Through the combined degrees program, the two degrees can be obtained with a total of 181 credits of During their senior year, students whose eligibility has coursework rather than the 194 credits required if the been confirmed must: two degrees are obtained independently. Furthermore, the IU School of Medicine requires students to achieve a • Take the G.R.E. level 3 (the mastery level of competence) in three of the • Complete and pass four Philosophy courses offered nine competencies that comprise the IUSM curriculum as combined undergraduate/graduate courses (e.g., in order to be eligible for graduation. The combined PHIL-P560/P385: Metaphysics), having registered and degrees program provides participating students with the completed the requirements for the graduate course, opportunity to achieve a level 3 in the Moral Reasoning with a grade of at least a ‘B.’ These may then be double- and Ethical Judgment competency. counted towards the M.A. degree. Ph.D. Minor Upon meeting these requirements, and upon completing To earn a doctoral minor at IUPUI, the student must earn all the requirements for their B.A., students on the 12 credit hours of graduate courses in philosophy, with philosophy B.A./M.A. track must apply for formal a grade point average of at least 3.0 (B), including 6 admission to the philosophy M.A. program no later than credit hours in courses selected from the Philosophy Core March 1st of their senior year. The establishment of (P525, P540, P543, P553, P560, P562). eligibility for, and participation in, the B.A./M.A. program does not automatically guarantee acceptance into the Graduate Certificates graduate program. B.A./M.A. students admitted to the The department offers two graduate certificates, one in M.A. will take their remaining 18 credits of graduate American Philosophy and one in Bioethics. courses in their fifth year, and will complete the remaining Admission Requirements program requirements for the M.A. degree as listed above. The double-counting of 12 hours of undergraduate and Applicants are expected to have a bachelor’s degree graduate credit means that B.A./M.A. students will only be from an accredited university or its equivalent, with a required to take a total of 138 credit hours of coursework grade point average of at least 3.0 overall (on a scale for their B.A. and their M.A., rather than 150 (120 + 30). of 4) and at least 3.0 in the student’s major. There is no specific major requirement, but applicants must Admissions show a record of coursework (or equivalent experience) Eligible and interested students must apply for admission demonstrating that they are sufficiently prepared to do to the B.A./M.A. program no later than March 1st of their graduate work in philosophy. Acceptable coursework junior year, submitting a personal statement of goals, includes an undergraduate degree in philosophy. For their abilities, and reasons for pursuing the M.A. degree; application, students are required to submit in addition a sample of academic writing (a term paper from a to their application form: a statement of purpose, official Philosophy course is preferred); and three letters of transcripts, and at least one letter of recommendation. recommendation, of which at least two must be written by Program Requirements full-time members of the Philosophy faculty. Applications will be reviewed by the departmental graduate admissions To complete the certificate students should take 15 committee. credit hours in the IU system, at least 9 of which must be taken at the IUPUI campus. All courses must be at Joint Degrees the 500-level or higher and be completed with a grade Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of B or higher. Students for the American Philosophy Jurisprudence in the School of Law certificate are required to take PHIL P558, whereas This joint degrees program, in which 12 hours of course students for the Bioethics certificate are required to take work may be creditable toward both degrees (provided PHIL P547. In addition, students should take nine credit the degrees are received simultaneously), affords the hours in concentration-specific courses, while taking opportunity to earn both a Doctor of Jurisprudence (with the remaining three credit hours either in concentration- an optional concentration in health law) and a Master of specific courses or in courses that fall within the M.A. core. Arts in Philosophy (with a concentration in bioethics or international research ethics) while completing a total of Faculty only 108 credit hours. Program requirements include: Chairperson 1. 90 hours credited in the School of Law, including all Professor John J. Tilley* its required course work; and 544 May 26, 2016

Graduate Faculty PL-P 543 Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Advanced study of central issues, theories, and topics Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct in social/political philosophy, such as property rights, doctoral dissertations.) distributive justice, political liberty, and the limits and foundations of state authority. Professors PL-P 547 Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) A rigorous Michael B. Burke* (Emeritus), Edmund Byrne* (Emeritus), examination of bioethical theory and practice. Stress is André De Tienne, Anne Donchin* (Emerita), Richard placed on moral and conceptual issues embedded in Gunderman* (Philosophy, Radiology, Philanthropy, and biomedical research, clinical practice, and social policy Medical Humanities), Nathan R. Houser* (Emeritus), relating to the organization and delivery of health care. Laurence Lampert* (Emeritus), Michael A. McRobbie*, Eric M. Meslin* (Philosophy and Medicine), Paul Nagy* PL-P 548 Clinical Ethics Practicum (3 cr.) Application (Emeritus, Philosophy and American Studies), John J. of the methods of philosophical analysis to current ethical Tilley* issues arising in IU-affiliated hospitals and clinics. The practicum gives students firsthand experience of clinical Associate Professors ethics problems in “real time,” showing them both the need Martin Coleman, Cornelis de Waal, Timothy D. Lyons, for conceptual frameworks and the difficulties associated Ursula Niklas Peterson* (Emerita), Peter H. Schwartz with them. (Medicine) PL-P 549 Bioethics and Pragmatism (3 cr.) A survey of Assistant Professors recent contributions of American philosophy to bioethics. The course strongly focuses on a growing group of Chad Carmichael (Graduate Director), Samuel Kahn philosophers and ethicists who seek their inspiration in Dewey, James, Peirce, Royce, and Mead, while dealing Courses with contemporary issues in medical ethics. PL-P 503 The Semiotics of C. S. Peirce (3 cr.) A PL-P 553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) A study of rigorous initiation to Peirce's logic of sign, including his theories with regard to the nature, purpose, and limitations theory of knowledge, his categoriology, his definitions and of science. Attention is given to the cognitive significance classification of signs, the three branches of semiotics, of theories, the scientific method (hypothesis formation, with an applied research component. theory construction, and testing), research paradigms, PL-P 507 American Philosophy and the Analytic reductionism, and social epistemology. Tradition (3 cr.) An overview of the development PL-P 555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International of American philosophy with a special focus on its Research (3 cr.) Examines ethical and policy issues in contribution to and influence on the American analytic the design and conduct of transnational research involving tradition. This course discusses the views of such human participants. Topics discussed include economic philosophers as C. I. Lewis, Rudolph Carnap, W. V. O. and political factors; study design; the role of ethics Quine, Donald Davidson, Hillary Putnam, and Susan review committees; individual and group recruitment/ Haack. informed consent; end of study responsibilities; national PL-P 514 Pragmatism (3 cr.) This course examines what and international guidelines. pragmatism stood for in its formative years and what it PL-P 558 American Philosophy (3 cr.) A general has become; then, after studying some conflicting views overview of the most significant contributions of American of well-known pragmatists, it considers what pragmatism philosophers, such as Emerson, Thoreau, Peirce, James, might become. Part of the course is devoted to the Dewey, Santayana, Mead, JAne ADdams, Alain Locke. contributions of pragmatism to different areas within philosophy. PL-P 560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) In-depth treatment of central issues, problems, and theories (both classical and PL-P 520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) In-depth contemporary), such as persistence of identity, freedom treatment of central issues, problems, theories (both and determinism, and nominalism. classical and contemporary), such as linguistic reference, vague terms, and contextualism PL-P 562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) In-depth treatment of central issues, problems, and theories (both PL-P 525 Topics in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.) classical and contemporary), such as epistemic warrant, An advanced study of important themes or major figures Gettier examples, and foundationalism. in the history of philosophy. May be repeated for credit if topics vary. PL-P 590 Intensive Reading (1-4 cr.) A tutorial course involving in-depth consideration of a specific philosophical PL-P 540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) In- area or problem or author. May be repeated for credit. depth treatment of classical and contemporary normative and meta-ethical theories, such as consequentialism, PL-P 600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) A detailed deontology, and non-cognitivism. examination of a specific topic in philosophy. May be repeated for credit if topics vary. PL-P 542 The Ethics and Values of Philanthropy (3 cr.) An inquiry into the ethics and values of philanthropy PL-P 650 Topics in Semiotic Philosophy (3 cr.) An rooted in a general understanding of philanthropy, as examination of various historical and theoretical issues voluntary action for the public good, as an ethical ideal. A arising from the philosophical study of semiosis—the consideration of philanthropic activity in light of this ideal. general phenomenon of representation, objectification, signification, and interpretation—through the work of May 26, 2016 545 mostly American philosophers from the late nineteenth the General Test of 500 with at least one score of 550 or century to the present, with an emphasis on the impact of better, a personal statement and three letters of support. Peirce’s semiotic philosophy. This course is currently not offered. Foreign Language Requirement PL-P 696 Topics in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.) Selected There is no foreign language requirement. topics in bioethics, such as international research ethics; Grades ethical issues in pediatrics; ethical issues in genetics. Students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point average, and PL-P 701 Peirce Seminar (3 cr.) This seminar is devoted receive minimum course grades of 2.8 (B-). to a critical examination of the general structure and development of Peirce's systematic philosophy with a Master of Arts Degree special emphasis on those tensions in the development of Course Requirements his thought that led to modifications in his philosophy, and A minimum of 33 credit hours made up of the core courses on the nature and significance of those changes. (12 credit hours). All students must complete the following: PL-P 730 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 cr.) • POLS Y570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 Selected topics in contemporary philosophy. May be cr.) repeated for credit if topics vary. May be repeated for credit. • POLS Y580 Research Methods in Political Science (3 cr.) PL-P 748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 cr.) • POLS Y620 State Politics (3 cr.) Advanced study of a principal philosopher or a set of • POLS Y622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) selected topics in classical American philosophy. May be repeated for credit if topics vary. Electives (9-12 hours). Approved electives may be taken from any department. Approved Political Science courses PL-P 803 Master’s Thesis in Philosophy (arr cr.) currently include the following: PL-P 522 Topics in the History of Modern Philosophy • POLS Y624 Indiana Politics (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Selected topics from key movements, figures, or • POLS Y630 State Executive Politics (3 cr.) controversies in modern (17th/18th century) Western • POLS Y640 State Parties and Interest Groups (3 cr.) philosophy. May be repeated for credit (twice) when topics • POLS Y642 Comparative Federalism (3 cr.) vary. • POLS Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) PL-P 515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected study • POLS Y661 American Politics (3 cr.) of key medieval philosophers, including Augustine and/or • POLS Y680 Readings in Political Science (1-6 cr.) Aqinas. An internship (3-6 hours) with a state, local, or government PL-P 561 Philosophy of Mind (3 cr.) In-depth treatment institution, or with a body having operational ties with of central issues, problems, and theories (both classical such an institution. Students must enroll in POLS Y881, and contemporary) in philosophy of mind, such as mental Internship in Political Science. A thesis (6 hours) exploring causation, the nature of consciousness and dualism. some aspect of state, local or urban politics. Students must enroll in POLS Y880, M.A. Thesis. Students Political Science are strongly advised to allow at least one year for the School of Liberal Arts preparation, completion and defense of a thesis. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Final Examination Departmental URL: www.iupui.edu/~polisci There is no final examination. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Faculty School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Chairperson contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Associate Professor Scott Pegg* Curriculum Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Degrees Offered Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Master of Arts doctoral dissertations.) Special Departmental Requirements Professors (See also general University Graduate School William Blomquist, Bessie House-Soremekun, John requirements.) McCormick* Admission Requirements Associate Professors Applications will be considered all year round. Admission Ramla Bandele, Margaret Ferguson, Scott Pegg* requirements include an undergraduate major in political science, or its equivalent, with a GPA of 3.0 or better, the Assistant Professors Graduate Record Examination, with average scores on Aaron Dusso, Amanda Friesen, Caitlin Dwyer 546 May 26, 2016

Director of Graduate Studies (requirements will vary depending on student/instructor agreement). Professor John McCormick*, Cavanaugh Hall 503H, (317) 274-4066 Professional Editing Courses School of Liberal Arts Departmental E-mail: [email protected] POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 cr.) Problems of graduate study and professional scholarship; Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/iat/index.php/ central organizing concepts and the use of theory in academic_programs/professional_editing political science and related disciplines; specialized areas of research and scholarship in political science; conditions (Please note that the requirements contained in The of scientific inquiry and methodological problems in the University Graduate School Bulletin, being more frequently study of political phenomena; central importance of theory updated than departmental websites, are the requirements in explanation. utilized by the University Graduate School to confer degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans.) POLS-Y 580 Research Methods in Political Science (1-3 cr.) Curriculum POLS-Y 620 State Politics (3 cr.) An examination of the Degree Offered institutions and processes by which state governments Graduate Certificate carry out their responsibilities. Includes the study of An interdisciplinary 15 credit hour research certification executives, legislatures, parties, and elections at the state covering the fundamental theories and methods involved level. in the practice of scholarly editing and other more general POLS-Y 622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) An examination applications of professional editing. The interdepartmental of—and the problems faced and challenges faced by curriculum includes editing concentrations in English and —the governments of cities and metropolitan areas. is administered by graduate faculty of the Institute for Includes study of leadership, citizen participation, American Thought within the School of Liberal Arts. intergovernmental relations, and urban policy. Special Program Requirements POLS-Y 624 Indiana Politics (3 cr.) This seminar reviews (See also general University Graduate School contemporary scholarship on the development, context, requirements.) structure, and operation of Indiana Government and politics. It places Indiana politics into both a historical and Admission Requirements comparative perspective to see how Indiana politics have changed over time and how they compare to politics in Students already admitted into Indiana University or other states. Purdue University graduate degree programs are eligible to earn a certificate. In addition to re-submitting their POLS-Y 630 State Executive Politics (3 cr.) A course degree admission materials such students must declare that examines the role of governors in state politics. their current participation in the program and also submit Includes the study of leadership and the relationship a statement of interest. Continuing graduate nondegree between the executive and other elements of government students must meet the following requirements: (1) a at the subnational level. bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university, with the expectation of a minimum 3.0 overall GPA (on POLS-Y 640 State Parties and Interest Groups a scale of 4.0) and a minimum 3.0 average GPA in the (3 cr.) An examination of political parties and interest student’s major, (2) a statement of interest, and (3) three groups, their roles in government, and their structure and letters of recommendation. There is no specific major organization. requirement, but candidates should have a record of POLS-Y 642 Comparative Federalism (3 cr.) A course course work to demonstrate sufficient writing and research that places federalism in its comparative context. experience. International students from non-English Assessing theories and models of federalism in North speaking countries must take the Test fo English as a American, Europe, Asia, and other parts of the world. Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination and score above 79 on the iBT version of the test or score at least a 6.56 on POLS-Y 661 American Politics (3 cr.) * Illustrative topics: the International applicants who use International English the presidency, legislative process, political behavior, Language Testing System (IELTS). Unless they hold a political parties and representation, political socialization, degree from an English-speaking institution or scored comparative state politics, urban politics, bureaucratic above 100 on the iBT version of the TOEFL, they will politics. need to take the EAP examination upon arrival at IUPUI. POLS-Y 680 Readings in Political Science (1-6 cr.) If any language courses are required on the basis of the This course allows a student and faculty member to craft examination, these must be started during the first term at a course of study to suit the student’s particular academic IUPUI and finished within the first year. needs. Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement POLS-Y 880 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) None. POLS-Y 881 Internship in Political Science (1-6 cr.) Grades * A course in which students complete an internship for credit with a government (or related) institution. It will be arranged between the student and the instructor May 26, 2016 547

Certificate students must maintain at least a 3.0 (B) grade Marianne S. Wokeck*, Institute for American point average. Thought (Liberal Arts), ES001 7N, (317) 274-5820; [email protected] Course Requirements Professors A minimum of 14-15 credit hours (dependent on the concentration chosen), which include completion of any Jonathan R. Eller* (English), Marianne Wokeck* (History) one of several three-course core concentrations (11– 12 credit hours) and one or more open electives (3– 6 credit hours). Normally, 9 credit hours can be taken before admission to the certificate program, provided that Social and Behavioral Sciences all course work is completed within a four-year period. School of Public Health For course descriptions, see the course listings for the Departmental URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu/index.php/ Departments of English and History at Indiana University– about/divisions/social-and-behavioral-science/ Purdue University Indianapolis. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Core Options (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Three courses (11-12 credit hours) in one of the following School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The field concentrations or, with permission from the program University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements director, putting together an individual core from either contained only in The University Graduate School track: Bulletin.) Scholarly Editing Concentration I: Critical (Eclectic) Doctoral Minor in Social and Behavioral Sciences Texts (12 credit hours) The School of Public Health offers a rigorous, highly • L501 Professional Scholarship in Literature [English] focused 12-credit hour doctoral minor in Social and (4 cr.) Behavioral Sciences. The field of Social and Behavioral • L680 Topics: Textual Theory and Textual Criticism Sciences is growing rapidly in national and international [English] (4 cr.) importance, is integral to many areas of pursuit, offers • L701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual Problems population-based research perspectives, offers skills [English] (4 cr.) that are of interest to the private and public sectors, and Scholarly Editing Concentration II: Documentary Texts formally acknowledges the course work that doctoral students take through the Department of Public Health. (11 credit hours) • H501 Historical Methodology [History] (4 cr.) The doctoral minor in Social and Behavioral Sciences • H543 Internship: Practicum in Public History [History] will provide students with the concepts and principles (4 cr.) of research, field, theory and practice in the social and • H547 Topics in Public History: Historical Editing behavioral sciences. The doctoral minor in Social and [History] (3 cr.) Behavioral Sciences offers the opportunity to draw together students from related doctoral programs from Open Elective Course(s) many schools, including the following Schools: 1) One course (3–4 credit hours. Any of the core options Dentistry, 2) Health, Physical Education and Recreation, listed previously (outside of the student’s chosen field 3) Health and Rehabilitative Sciences, 4) Liberal Arts, concentration) may be counted as an open elective, 5) Medicine, 6) Science and others. The Social and as well as any of the following courses (for course Behavioral Sciences faculty in the Department of Public descriptions, see the course listings for the Departments Health will serve as advisors for the minor. of English and History at Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis). Curriculum • LIS S505 Organization and Representation of The curriculum for this 12 credit hour PhD minor provides Knowledge and Information [Information and Library students with a rigorous grounding in the background and Science] (3 cr.) application of Social and Behavioral Science principles. • LIS S681 The Book 1450 to the Present [Information Required Courses for the 12-hour PhD Minor in Social and and Library Science] (3 cr.) Behavioral Sciences: • L590 Internship in English [English] (4 cr.) • NEWM N500 Principles of Multimedia Technology • P500 Social and Behavioral Science in Public Health [New Media] (3 cr.) 3.0 cr. Faculty Plus any three courses from the following list: Graduate Faculty • P 614 Program Planning in Public Health 3.0 cr. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University • P 617 Human Diseases and Prevention 3.0 cr. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct • P 631 Maternal, Child, and Family Health 3.0 cr. doctoral dissertations.) • P 650 Culture and Qualitative Methods 3.0 cr. • P 650 Health Communication 3.0 cr. Director • S 658 Methods for Research and Social Behavioral Dimensions of Public Health 3.0 cr. 548 May 26, 2016

Or additional electives offered by the Social and ments include: (1) professional social work component Behavioral Sciences faculty in the Department of Public (27 credit hours), (2) specialization component (18 credit Health. hours), (3) research component (27 credit hours), (4) research internship (6 credit hours), (5) dissertation (12 Satisfactory completion of the requirements for the minor credits). See also the “Requirements for the Degree in Social and Behavioral Sciences are monitored by the Doctor of Philosophy” discussed in the first section of this student’s minor advisor on their program/dissertation bulletin. committee. Doctoral students must notify the IU School of Medicine Department of Public Health before beginning Advisory Committee their course of study for the minor. All courses must be taken in the Department of Public Health. No transfer All students in the Ph.D. program, with the approval of credit is allowed. No credit will be awarded toward a minor the program director, will select an advisory committee in Social Behavioral Sciences if students earn a Master of three faculty members, one of whom will represent of Public Health degree or Graduate Certificate in Public the student’s area of specialization outside the School of Health. For the list of course descriptions, visit Course Social Work. Descriptions. Qualifying Examination Social Work Comprehensive; specific focus and scheduling determined by the student’s advisory committee. School of Social Work Departmental URL: Research Proposal Departmental E-mail: [email protected] After nomination to candidacy, the student, with the approval of the program director, will select a research (Please note that when conferring University Graduate committee of no fewer than four faculty members, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The including an outside member. This committee must University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements approve the proposed dissertation topic. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Final Examination Curriculum Oral defense of dissertation. Degree Offered Pre-Doctoral Exploratory Option Doctor of Philosophy. The School of Social Work also This option is designed to provide prospective Ph.D. offers the Master of Social Work degree on the Albany, students with an opportunity to explore their interests in Indianapolis, IUN/Gary, Fort Wayne, Richmond, and South research and doctoral education before making formal Bend campuses. For further information on the M.S.W. application to the Ph.D. program. Qualified students are program, see the School of Social Work Bulletin. admitted under a “special student” status (M9) and are permitted to enroll in up to three of the school’s regular Doctor of Philosophy Degree Ph.D. foundation courses (9 credit hours) before having to Admission Requirements decide whether they intend to apply to the Ph.D. program. All applicants to the Ph.D. program must have a master’s If later accepted to the Ph.D. program, credits earned degree in social work or a related field of study. Admission during the pre-doctoral phase will automatically apply to the Ph.D. program is based on evaluations of: (1) toward the Ph.D. degree. Participation in the Pre-Doctor- the applicant’s professional resume, (2) professional al Exploratory Option does not guarantee acceptance experience beyond the M.S.W. degree, (3) undergraduate into the Ph.D. program. Applications for the Pre-Doctoral and graduate transcripts, (4) three letters of reference, Exploratory Option should be submitted by May 1 for (5) an example of the applicant’s scholarly writing, (6) a fall admission and by November 1 for spring admission. 500-word statement of purpose, and (7) Graduate Record All inquiries regarding the pre-doctoral option should be Examination General Test scores. directed to the academic advisor listed above. Application Deadlines Ph.D. Minor in Social Work A minor in social work requires the completion of at least Applications are accepted at any time, but a deadline 12 credit hours of graduate course work. Students must of February 1 is required in order to be considered for a complete either S730 or S740 and at least one additional University Fellowship. Applications are preferred by April course from among the 700-level courses listed below. 1 to be considered for admission to the program for the Remaining course requirements may be taken from following fall semester. Application materials and further among the school’s 500- and 600-level courses with information may be obtained from the program director. the approval of the director of the M.S.W. program and the course instructor. The choice of courses comprising Course Requirements the minor must be made in consultation with the Ph.D. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation and program director and have the approval of the student’s research internship. Up to 30 graduate credit hours may identified faculty advisor. be counted toward the minimum 90 credit hours required for the Ph.D. degree. All courses credited toward the Faculty Ph.D. degree must have a minimum grade of B and must receive written approval of the School of Social Work Ph.D. Program Committee and the dean of the University Graduate School. Specific program require- May 26, 2016 549

Graduate Faculty SWK-S 505 Social Policy Analysis and Practice (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University This foundation policy course will focus on using several Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct policy analysis frameworks to analyze current social doctoral dissertations.) policies and programs both at the state and federal levels and to develop policies that increase social and economic Professors justice. Students will be expected to develop a range Margaret E. Adamek*, William H. Barton*, Chuck Davis, of policy practice skills to influence policy development Gail Folaron, James A. Hall, Darlene Lynch (Northwest), within legislative, administrative, community, political, and Carol Massat* (South Bend), Virginia Majewski*, Michael economic arenas. Patchner*, Cathy K. Pike*, Gerald T. Powers* (Emeritus), SWK-S 513 Human Behavior and the Social Irene R. Queiro-Tajalli*, W. Patrick Sullivan* Environment II (3 cr.) (variable title) This course builds Associate Professors upon S503 and focuses on developing further knowledge of human behavior theories and their application Robert B. Bennett, Carolyn Black*, Lorraine C. Blackman, to practice. Students will link course content to the Kathy V. Byers, Frank Caucci (Northwest), Mark Crouch, concentration that the student has selected. James G. Daley*, Lynn Duggan, , Carol Hostetter*, Khadija Khaja*, Hea-Won Kim*, Lisa E. McGuire, Paul SWK-S 600 Seminar in Social Work (1-10 cr.) Mishler (South Bend), Philip Ouellette*, Theresa Roberts, P: Second-year standing or permission of School. Sabrina W. Sullenberger, Robert Vernon* Intensive study of specific areas in social work. Assistant Professors SWK-S 663 Leveraging Organizations, Communities, and Political Systems (3 cr.) This course focuses on Stephanie Boys, Joan Carlson, Gerrie Casey, Carolyn the knowledge and skills essential for understanding, Gentle-Genitty, M. Thandabantu Iverson, Kathy Lay*, analyzing, and application in organizations, communities, Carmen Luca Sugawara, William Mello, Marilynne and political arenas. Such knowledge and skills include, Ramsey (South Bend), Andrea Tamburro (Northwest), but are not limited to: organizational theories, structures, Jeffry Thigpen, Mark Thomas (Northwest), Joe Varga, and processes; examination and application of rural, Markita Walker urban, and virtual community models, themes, and practices; and understanding and involvement in political, Academic Advisor social action, and social change interventions and Professor Margaret E. Adamek, Indiana University School empowerment practices. of Social Work, 902 W. New York Street, Indianapolis, IN SWK-S 665 Designing Transformational Programs 46202, (317) 274-6730, [email protected] (3 cr.) This course focuses on alternative, transformational Courses models of strategic, community, and program planning. Featured development models center on collaboration, SWK-S 501 Professional Social Work at the Master’s cultural competence, empowerment, and social justice. Level: An Immersion (3 cr.) This foundation course The course will address advanced grant writing, provides an overview of social work, including the identification of funding and other resources, and definition, scope, history, ethics, and values of the philanthropic trends within a variety of social service profession. This course will provide basic orienta- delivery systems. It will move beyond a focus on the tion to the available resources and expectations of technology of program development, to examine planning graduate education in general, and the M.S.W. program as a vehicle for designing organizational, community, and in particular, all within the framework of the adult learner social change. model. Students will develop basic communication, self- assessment, and reflection skills necessary for success in SWK-S 682 Assessment in Mental Health and the M.S.W. program. Students will have an opportunity to Addictions (3 cr.) Recognizing the social, political, legal, survey various fields of practice and will begin to identify and ethical implications of assessment, students enrolled personal learning goals for their M.S.W. education as well in this course critically examine various conceptual as develop a commitment to lifelong learning as a part of frameworks and apply biopsychosocial and strengths professional practice. perspectives to understand its multidimensional aspects. Students learn to conduct sophisticated mental status SWK-S 503 Human Behavior in the Social and lethality risk interviews, engage in strengths and Environment I (3 cr.) This course provides content on assets discovery, and apply the Diagnostic and Statistical the reciprocal relationships between human behavior and Manual of the American Psychiatric Association and social environments. It includes empirically based theories other classification schemes in formulating assessment and knowledge that focus on the interactions between and hypotheses. They gain an understanding of the application within diverse populations of individuals, groups, families, of several relevant assessment instruments and learn to organizations, communities, societal institutions, and evaluate their relevance for service to at-risk populations, global systems. Knowledge of biological, psychological, including persons affected by mental health and addictions sociological, cultural, and spiritual development across issues. Students learn to collaborate with a diverse range the lifespan is included. Students learn to analyze criti- of consumers and other professionals in developing cally micro and macro theories and explore ways in which meaningful assessments upon which to plan goals, theories can be used to structure professional activities. intervention strategies, and means for evaluation. Concepts such as person-in-environment are used to examine the ways in which social systems promote or SWK-S 710 Social Work Theories of Human and Social deter human well-being and social and economic justice. Behavior (3 cr.) 550 May 26, 2016

SWK-S 720 Philosophy of Science and Social Work research reports. Internship may be registered for up to (3 cr.) three times. SWK-S 721 Preparing to Publish: Seminar in SWK-S 726 Advanced Social Work Research: Advanced Scholarship Skills (3 cr.) Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation statistics course. This course provides an opportunity for SWK-S 724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of students to initiate a research project using qualitative Social Work Teaching (3 cr.) research methods. Topics covered will include developing SWK-S 726 Advanced Social Work Research: the research question, exploring the literature, writing an Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) interview guide, interviewing, analyzing data, computer analysis, writing reports, subjectivity and bias, ethics, role SWK-S 727 Advanced Social Work Research: of theory, trustworthiness, and audits. Quantitative Methods I (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation statistics course. Quantitative Methods I is designed to SWK-S 727 Advanced Social Work Research: develop knowledge and skills in research designs and Quantitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation methods and address problems encountered in behavioral statistics course. This advanced quantitative research and social research. Students will critically evaluate methods course prepares students with the knowledge quantitative research and ethics of scientific inquiry, and skills necessary to effectively engage in independent develop a theoretically-motivated research question, research, including: literature review, theory development, and design a data collection strategy appropriate for that hypothesis testing, research design, data analysis, and question. report writing. It includes related computer applications and use of online data sources. SWK-S 728 Advanced Statistics for Social Work (3 cr.) SWK-S 730 Proseminar on Social Work Policy SWK-S 730 Proseminar on Social Work Policy Analysis (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on the development Analysis (3 cr.) and application of analytical tools necessary to critically SWK-S 740 Social Work Practice: Theory and examine and evaluate social policy theory and research Research (3 cr.) germane to social work, including the values and ideologies that undergird social problem construction, SWK-S 790 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) social policy creation, and social program design. Specific attention is devoted to the application of these schemata Ph.D. Social Work for diverse populations. In addition to the required courses listed below, all students must complete a minimum of 12 credit hours SWK-S 740 Social Work Practice: Theory and outside the School of Social Work related to their area Research (3 cr.) This seminar provides an in-depth of specialization. An advanced course in measurement orientation to the place of research in social work. It and statistics is also required and is typically taken as part focuses on epistemological, methodological, practical, of the student’s area of specialization. All students must and ethical issues which affect the way in which research enroll for 6 elective credits, which may be taken within or relevant to the profession of social work is conducted and outside the School of Social Work with the approval of the used. student’s advisory committee. SWK-S 791 Integrative Seminar I (1.5 cr.) This course SWK-S 710 Social Work Theories of Human and Social acquaints incoming doctoral students with campus Behavior (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on the converging resources for graduate students and with the expectations forces that have shaped the development, dissemination, for doctoral education, including the policies, procedures, and utilization of the human-behavior knowledge base and academic standards of the Graduate School and of social work. It specifically examines the social and of the School of Social Work. Students register for this behavioral science theory and research that provide the seminar in their first semester. foundation for social work practice across a variety of SWK-S 792 Integrative Seminar II (1.5 cr.) This course system levels. is intended to support Ph.D. students as they finish up SWK-S 720 Philosophy of Science and Social doctoral coursework and prepare for their qualifying Work (3 cr.) This course examines the nature and paper, dissertation, and subsequent professional career. sources of social work knowledge and considers a range Students register for this seminar in their last semester of of epistemological issues involved in the selection, coursework. development, evaluation, and use of knowledge for social SWK-S 800 Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) work. SWK-S 712 International Social Development in a SWK-S 725 Social Work Research Internship (3 cr.) Global Context (3 cr.) This course is an advanced P: S720, S726, S727, or a foundation statistics course, seminar for graduate students interested in developing an and at least one of the following: S710, S730, or S740. in-depth understanding of complex social problems in a This supervised field internship provides practical global world. Students will have the opportunity to learn experience in conducting research relevant to social theories of development; critically analyze international work practice. Students participate in a new or ongoing, agreements; and to explore and appropriately use social faculty-supervised research project involving the design development models. and implementation of a study, including the collection and analysis of data, and the development of appropriate SWK-S 718 Intermediate Statistics for Social Workers (3 cr.) Students will learn selected parametric and nonparametric statistics to examine research problems. May 26, 2016 551

Included in the learning process are hand computations of Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/sociology/ statistics development of skills in using a comprehensive computer statistics package and selection of statistical Departmental Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IU- techniques based on levels of measurement and analyses Department-of-Sociology-at-IUPUI-492693780908945/ of the assumptions of statistics. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SWK-S 721 Preparing to Publish: Seminar in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Advanced Scholarship Skills (3 cr.) This course University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements prepares doctoral students for academic scholarship. contained only in The University Graduate School Topics include expectations and standards for scholarly Bulletin.) discourse, critical and analytical thinking skills, logical Curriculum argument, scholarly writing and publication, and Curriculum Courses Faculty developing a research agenda. Web-based peer and instructor review of successive drafts of writing Master of Arts Degree assignments culminate in a synthesized review of Admission Requirements literature. Five undergraduate sociology courses (or approved SWK-S 724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of equivalents, with no more than two of the latter) with a Social Work Teaching (3 cr.) This course prepares total grade point average of at least 3.0 (on a scale of doctoral students to effectively and competently 4.0); two samples of writing (a 500-750-word statement of teach social work courses. Content includes teaching purpose and a sole-authored report or term paper); official philosophies; curriculum and syllabus development; transcripts; and three letters of reference. International teaching methods; technology related to teaching; applicants are required to take the TOEFL. The GRE assessment, testing, evaluation of students; and research general test is not required, but is recommended for related to teaching. Students will learn accreditation admission. standards for bachelor’s and master’s social work education. Course goals will be accomplished using Students not meeting the above requirements may be readings, written assignments, guest speakers, admitted on probation, or they may be required to enroll in demonstrations of teaching, and class discussion. courses as a graduate non-degree student to complete the prerequisites. SWK-S 728 Advanced Statistics for Social Work (3 cr.) P: S600 Intermediate Statistics for Social Work. Students Course Requirements in this course learn how to evaluate statistical assumptions A total of 36 credit hours, distributed as follows: 12 credits and select, compute, and substantively interpret a variety of basic sociology courses (sociological theory [R556 of multivariate statistics, using SPSS to analyze actual or R557], quantitative methods [R551] or approved social work research data. Online resources, Web-based equivalent, qualitative methods [S659 or approved materials, and model applications of the statistics support equivalent], and sociological statistics [R559) or approved students’ learning. equivalent; 12 sociology credits with the option to focus SWK-S 790 Special Topics in Social Work Practice, these in medical sociology); 6-9 credits of electives Theory, and Research Independent Studies (1-3 cr.) (any graduate courses approved by the University P: Approval by appropriate instructor. This course Graduate School); 3-6 in thesis or internship credits. (An provides students with an opportunity to engage in undergraduate statistics course [R359 or the equivalent] is focused study of a substantive area of social work a prerequisite for R559.) practice directly related to the student’s identified area Thesis or Internship of theoretical and research interest. It is completed with the approval and under the guidance of a member of the A thesis or internship is required. Ph.D. faculty. Grades SWK-S 805 Select Topics in Social Work (1-5 cr.) Students must maintain a grade-point average of at least SWK-S 737 Advanced Social Work Research: 3.0 (B) in all coursework. Quantitative Methods II (3 cr.) P: S727. Quantitative Ph.D. Minor Methods II is the second course in the research sequence Students who are candidates for the Ph.D. degree in other designed to further develop students’ knowledge, skills, departments may obtain a minor in sociology at IUPUI. and application of research methods. Based on their The intent of the minor is to develop multidisciplinary skills, research proposal developed in the first sequence class, exposing students to theories and methods outside their students will conduct their own research project and learn major department. The Ph.D. minor in sociology has an data collection and management, statistical analysis, unstructured curriculum that can provide students with a interpretation of data, and writing a research report. Their foundation in basic areas in sociology and the opportunity learning will be facilitated through demonstrations and to study advanced sociological theory, qualitative and hands-on sessions in the computer lab as well as careful quantitative research methods, and statistics. examination of application of research procedures in their own project. Course Requirements Sociology • Four sociology courses at the 500 level or above, totaling 12 credits. School of Liberal Arts • An average grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or above Departmental E-mail: [email protected] in these courses. 552 May 26, 2016

• No more than one individual readings course. SOC-R 530 Families and Social Policy (3 cr.) P: R100, • At least half of these courses must be taken at the R220, graduate standing. IUPUI campus. This seminar will explore how the government and labor market affect family structure and the quality of family life. Faculty Students will study the implications of family research for Curriculum Courses Faculty social policy and learn to develop theoretical frameworks Chairperson for evaluating social policies affecting families. Professor Robert W. White, Ph.D. SOC-R 537 Gender and Society (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies Examines some of the approaches to gender, emphasizing social interationist and feminist theory/ Carrie E. Foote methods. In addition, we will relate these approaches to the study of contemporary gender approaches in selected Graduate Faculty social spheres, which may vary according to instructor’s (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University specialization. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) SOC-R 551 Quantitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) Professors Surveys the major quantitative techniques for investigating David C. Bell, Linda Bell*, Lynn Pike, Robert W. White*, current sociological problems. It emphasizes the Colin J. Williams*, Brian Steensland* relationship between theory and practice in understanding and conducting research. Associate Professors Robert Aponte, Wan-Ning Bao, , Najja Modibo, Peter SOC-R 556 Advanced Sociological Theory I (3 cr.) Seybold, Carrie E. Foote* In-depth study of classical sociological theorists, particularly Marx, Durkheim, and Weber. Examines their Assistant Professors roles in defining the discipline Kenzie Latham, Carly Schall, Devon Hensel SOC-R 557 Advanced Sociological Theory II (3 cr.) Adjunct Senior Scientist In-depth study of cotemporary sociological theories Betsy Fife (Nursing) (e.g., social conflict, structural functionalist, symbolic interactionist) as a continuation of the issues raised by the Adjunct Associate Professors classical sociological theorists as well as a response to the epistemological and social changes of the late twentieth Tamarah Leech* (Public Health) century. Adjunct Assistant Professors SOC-R 559 Intermediate Sociological Statistics (3 cr.) Dennis Watson (Public Health) P: R359 or equivalent. Courses Basic techniques for summarizing distributions, measuring Curriculum Courses Faculty interrelationships, controlling extraneous influences, and testing hypotheses are reviewed as students become SOC-R 515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) familiar with the computer system. Complex analytical Surveys important areas of medical sociology, focusing on techniques commonly applied in professional literature are social factors influencing the distribution of disease, help- examined in detail, including analysis of variance, path seeking, and health care. Topics covered include social diagrams, factor analysis, and log-linear models. epidemiology, the health-care professions, socialization of providers, and issues of cost and cost containment. SOC-R 585 Social Aspects of Mental Health and SOC-R 517 Sociology of Work (3 cr.) Mental Illness (3 cr.) Must be at graduate standing. Course explores how work This is a graduate-level course that focuses on the is being restructured in the “new economy.” Topics include sociology of mental illness and mental health. Provides a the changing meaning of work, the quest for dignity in the thorough grounding in the research issues and traditions workplace, the plight of the working poor, and prospects that have characterized scholarly inquiry into mental for the labor movement (among other items). illness in the past. Students will become familiar with public policy as it has had an impact on the treatment of SOC-R 525 Gender and Work (3 cr.) P: Graduate mental illness and on the mentally ill themselves. standing and 6 credit hours of sociology, or consent of the instructor. SOC-R 593 Applied Fieldwork for Sociologists (3 cr.) This course critically analyzes contemporary theory and This course will provide students with both a theoretical research on gender and work. It examines how women’s and methodological background in the different types and men’s roles in paid and unpaid work are socially of qualitative analysis used in sociological fieldwork. constructed, through socialization, social interaction, and Students will have the opportunity to study and to evaluate the actions of social institutions. The interaction of gender, representative examples of qualitative studies and to race, ethnicity, and social class will be explored. complete by themselves a project done with qualitative methods. May 26, 2016 553

SOC-R 594 Graduate Internship in Sociology (3-6 cr.) including ecological, social organizational, and political P: 18 hours of graduate credit in sociology. perspectives. Current developments and problems in This course involves master’s degree students working in urban planning. organizations where they apply or gain practical insight into sociological concepts, theories, knowledge, and SOC-S 612 Political Sociology (3 cr.) P: Graduate methodology. Students analyze their experiences through standing or consent of the instructor. work logs, a lengthy written report, and regular meetings An analysis of the nature and operation of power in a with a faculty committee. (Students on the thesis track political system. Topics may include classical theories of may also take this course as an elective.) power, political behavior and campaigns, the role of mass media in sustaining power, the state as a social institution, SOC-R 610 Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior and political movements. (3 cr.) This seminar explores sociological and social scientific SOC-S 613 Complex Organizations (3 cr.) research on health and illness behavior. Special emphasis Theory and research in formal organizations: industry, is placed on examining how social factors and conditions school, church, hospital, government, military, and shape people’s responses to disease, illness, and university. Problems of bureaucracy and decision-making disability. in large-scale organizations. For students in the social sciences and professional schools interested in the SOC-R 697 Individual Readings in Sociology (1-6 cr.) comparative approach to problems of organization and Investigation of a topic not covered in the regular their management. curriculum that is of special interest to the student and that the student wishes to pursue in greater detail. Available SOC-S 616 Sociology of Family Systems (3 cr.) only to sociology graduate students through arrangement P: Graduate standing or consent of the instructor. with a faculty member. Focus on the nature, structure, functions, and changes of family systems in modern and emerging societies, in SOC-S 500 Pro-Seminar in Sociology (1 cr.) comparative and historical perspective. Attention is given P: Graduate standing and/or consent of the instructor. to relationships with other societal subsystems, and to Introduction to current sociological research interests and interaction between role occupants within and between concerns through the work of departmental members. subsystems. Currently not being offered. SOC-S 632 Socialization (3 cr.) SOC-S 526 The Sociology of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) The processes of development of the individual as a social P: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. being and societal member, focusing on childhood or This is a one-semester graduate-level course in the socialization into adult roles. sociology of human sexuality. This course will provide (a) a detailed examination of the development of sex SOC-S 659 Qualitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) research, (b) a sociological perspective on and critique of Methods of obtaining, evaluating, and analyzing qualitative this corpus, and (c) an opportunity for students to develop data in social research. Methods covered include field research of their own. research procedures, participant observation, interviewing, and audiovideo recording of social behavior in natural SOC-S 530 Introduction to Social Psychology (3 cr.) settings. P: Graduate standing or consent of the instructor. Examines the broad range of work in social psychology. Emphasis is placed on the relation between the classic Spanish and contemporary literature in the field. School of Liberal Arts Departmental E-mail: [email protected] SOC-S 560 Graduate Topics (3 cr.) Exploration of a topic Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/wlac/graduate/ in sociology not covered by the regular curriculum but of mat_in_spanish interest to faculty and students in a particular semester. Topics to be announced.Emphasis is placed on the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate relation between the classic and contemporary literature in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the field. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) SOC-S 569 M.A. Thesis (3-6 cr.) P: Permission of the Curriculum graduate director. Curriculum Courses Faculty All students on the thesis track must register for 3 credit hours (up to 6 credit hours total) of the thesis credits as Degree Offered part of the requirements for the degree. Master of Arts in Teaching Spanish

SOC-S 610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) P: Graduate Program Information standing or consent of the instructor. This course of study has been designed specifically for Historical and contemporary causes, trends, and teachers of Spanish. It provides graduate-level course patterns of urbanization throughout the world. Various work in the Spanish language, Hispanic cultures, teaching approaches to studying the process of urbanization, methodology, applied linguistics, and Hispanic art and 554 May 26, 2016 literature. It provides for the professional development Basic Diploma in Spanish (DELE) issued by the of Spanish teachers through the improvement of their Spanish Ministry of Education. Only scores obtained language and teaching skills, and it will enable their within three years of the date of application will be career advancement. Graduates of the program will in turn accepted. Or (b) A tape—including applicant’s oral contribute to better teaching of Spanish and, improve the sample of 10-15 minutes of spontaneous speech. language skills and the cultural awareness of students. 3. A sample of academic writing in Spanish on some aspect of Hispanic culture, literature, linguistics, or Who might be interested in this kind of degree program? pedagogy. The essay may be in the form of a paper • Current K-12 Spanish teachers; written for a course. • Students graduating with a degree in Spanish (or a 4. Three letters of recommendation. At least two of related field) who are seeking to obtain a master’s these should be from professors. degree; 5. For international students, the university requires a • Current or future community college and adjunct minimum TOEFL score of 550 on the paper version university faculty in Spanish. and 213 on the computer-based test. Send scores to Institution Code 1325, Dept. Code 2608. Students Student Learning Outcomes: http://bulletins.iu.edu/ who do not achieve this score may be admitted to iupui/2014-2016/schools/liberal-arts/graduate/student the university conditionally and may be required learning_outcomes/Spanish.shtml to take English as a Second Language courses • Gain Knowledge and understanding of a variety through the Department of English. While taking of theories of second language acquisition and these courses they will be allowed to register for effective methods of teaching Spanish. a maximum of six credit hours in the M.A.T. in • Know the formal properties of the Spanish language Spanish. If admitted, international students will as well as the main cultural manifestations of the also be required to take IUPUI’s ESL placement language in Spain and Latin America and among test before registering for the first semester. For U.S. . further admissions instructions and requirements for international students, prospective students should • Understand structural and cultural differences refer to the Office of International Affairs Web page between Spanish and English and between the at www.iupui.edu/~oia/. communities that use these languages. • Understand the importance of critical thinking in Please note: We do not require the GRE for admission examining other cultures and comparing them with to the M.A.T. in Spanish program, but it is required for one's own and the connections between language consideration for a university fellowship. studies with other disciplines. Online application: Please access the online portion • Be able to interact within multilingual international of the application from this link: http://www.iupui.edu/ communities here and abroad in ethically and ~gradoff/admissions/. Please pay careful attention culturally sensitive ways. to the personal statement, in which you explain your • Be able to identify appropriate teaching objectives, reasons for pursuing the Spanish graduate program. The techniques, materials and outcomes and implement statement should be written in English. Please note: effective pedagogical practices. under “educational objectives” you must choose “master’s” • Be able to reflect on their teaching practice and seek as your type of admission, “Spanish (IU Graduate School)” professional development opportunities. as your academic program, and “Spanish M.A.T.” as your Special Departmental Requirements major. (See also general University Graduate School Supporting documentation, as outlined above, should be requirements.) directed to the Spanish M.A.T. Program, Cavanaugh Hall Room 545, IUPUI, 425 University Boulevard, Indianapolis, Admission Requirements IN 46202-5140. 1. A bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or Please note the deadlines below: university, with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) in the student’s undergraduate • For admission in either fall or spring semesters with major, documented by an official transcript. university fellowship consideration (GRE required), Applicants are expected to have a B.A. in Spanish, applications must be received by January 15. but admission is also considered for those who • For admission in the fall semester, all other otherwise demonstrate the competencies necessary applications, including requests for departmental aid for successful graduate work in Spanish. Students consideration (teaching or research assistantships), lacking advanced course work in Spanish are must be received by April 1. required to take a 400-level course in each of these • For admission in the spring semester with no three areas: Hispanic linguistics, literature, and financial aid consideration, applications must be culture. Students must complete these courses with received by October 15 of the preceding year. a grade of B or better before beginning the graduate Course Requirements curriculum, either at IUPUI or at the University of Salamanca. Formal petitions will be necessary for The M.A.T. in Spanish consists of 36 graduate credits that any exception to this requirement. may be completed through several options: 2. Proficiency in the Spanish language. There are two options: (a) Exam—Students may take the Master's Thesis Option: May 26, 2016 555

This option is intended for those students who already lecture, assignments in contemporary civilization (in the have a teaching license, or for those who plan to teach at foreign language), and discussion of classroom use of the college/university level. Students complete 30 credits applied linguistics. Taught only in summer. Intended of coursework and 6 thesis credits. primarily for teachers. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. Study Abroad Option: SPAN-S 511 Spanish Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) Students may complete 6-12 creidits of coursework in P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Introduction two sequential summer sessions at the Unviersity of to the analysis of syntactic data. Focus on developing Salamanca in Spain. The summer work abroad is optional, theoretical apparatus required to account for a range of but highly recommended. Coursework may be completed syntactic phenomena in Spanish. May be repeated for a in three or four academic semesters and two five-week maximum of 6 credit hours. courses abroad completed in seqential years or through coursework at IUPUI. SPAN-S 513 Introduction to Hispanic Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) P: S320, S426 or consent of instructor. This course Coursework Option: examines the relationship between language and society Students may complete 36 credits of coursework at IUPUI. in the Spanish-speaking world. It surveys a wide range of topics relevant to Spanish: language as communication, Teacher Certificate Option: the sociology of language, and linguistic variation. The This option combines the M.A.T. with teacher course is conducted entirely in Spanish. certification through the IU School of Education and SPAN-S 515 The Acquisition of Spanish as a Second their "T2T" ("Transition to Teaching") Program. Students Language (3 cr.) P: S426,S428, or consent of instructor. enrolled in this option develop a professional teaching This course is designed primarily to provide graduate portfolio and prepare for a career as a teacher in Indiana students of Spanish with an introduction to the study of public schools. It consists of 47 graduate credit hours the acquisition of Spanish as a second language. We will including additonal courses and field work. survey a selection of studies exploring topics that range Core Required Courses (9 cr.) from the development of second language (Spanish) grammars, to second language production, second • S515 Acquisition of Spanish as a Second Language language comprehension, input processing, and the (3 cr.) acquisition of pragmatic and sociolinguistic competence. • S517 Methods of Teaching College Spanish (3 cr.) Students are expected to work on a research project. The • S519 Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) course is conducted entirely in Spanish. Other Coursework (27 cr.) SPAN-S 517 Methods of Teaching College Spanish (3 cr.) P: S428 or consent of instructor. This course on • See list of courses at http://bulletins.iu.edu/iu/ communicative language teaching takes as its point of gradschool/2013-2014/programs/indianapolis/ departure the body of research on second language spanish/courses.shtml development. We extrapolate from this base principles Faculty and parameters to guide classroom instruction. We cover a full range of topics from grammar and input to spoken Chairperson and written language. Students are expected to work on a research project and derive pedagogical implications Professor Marta Anton* for teaching Spanish. The course is conducted entirely in Graduate Faculty Spanish. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University SPAN-S 518 Studies in Latino and Spanish American Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Culture (3 cr.) P: S412 or consent of instructor. This doctoral dissertations.) graduate-level course introduces essential themes and Professors topics in the study of the cultural phenomena produced in Latin America and among Hispanics in the United States. Marta Anton*, Enrica Ardemagni* The object of inquiry will include the knowledge, belief systems, artistic production, laws, customs, and other Associate Professors socially determined behaviors that pertain to the Spanish- Herbert Brant*, Rosa Tezanos-Pinto speaking peoples in the Western hemisphere. Topics such as the relationship between the colonizer and the Assistant Professors colonized, the structure of institutions that express or Ben Van Wyke, Ilker Zulaica-Hernandez, Marda Rose govern social relationships, manifestations of popular culture, the various forms by which communication is Director of Graduate Studies affected, high and low art, religious syncretism, and native indigenous cultures will be explored. Students will make Professor Enrica J. Ardemagni, Cavanaugh Hall 539 D, an oral presentation on a theoretical text and write a (317) 274-8957 research paper. Courses SPAN-S 519 Practicum Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) SPAN-S 507 Foreign Language Institute (3 cr.) P: S517 or instructor’s consent. Practical application of Intensive interdepartmental course involving language the teaching methodology explored in S517 Methods laboratory and audiovisual equipment and techniques, of Teaching College Spanish. Students will undertake teaching projects supervised by a graduate faculty 556 May 26, 2016 member in Spanish and meet with their mentors to assess Curriculum their teaching objectives, techniques, materials, and outcomes. Graduate Certificate in Survey Research Program The Graduate Certificate in Survey Research Program SPAN-S 521 & Linguistics I (4 cr.) provides an interdisciplinary approach to survey research This course presents themes and issues in Spanish in both theory and application. It encompasses a scholarly grammar and in Hispanic linguistics selected for their introduction to sophisticated techniques in survey research relevance to teaching Spanish to nonnative students. and the opportunity for a student to tailor the program to fit Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be within their other graduate work. discussed. Content is distinct from that of S524. Survey research has expanded with acceleration in SPAN-S 523 Literature, Art & Culture I (4 cr.) This the past three decades. It is now widely used across course presents authors, artists, themes, and issues in a number of disciplines. For example, it is used by Spanish literature, visual art, and cultural life selected medical researchers and public health specialists in to enrich the teaching of Spanish to nonnative students. epidemiological studies, evaluation of public information Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be campaigns, and to assess behavioral and attitudinal risks discussed. Content is distinct from that of S525. for disease and injury. It is used by public administrators, SPAN-S 524 Span Grammar & Linguistics II (4 cr.) This in fields such as urban planning and criminal justice to course presents themes and issues in Spanish grammar evaluate current programs, assess the impact of public and in Hispanic linguistics selected for their relevance safety campaigns, and assess citizen support for new to teaching Spanish to nonnative students. Pedagogical developments in public facilities. Educational leaders implications and teaching strategies will be discussed. use surveys or diverse activities including marketing Content is distinct from that of S521. strategies for higher education institutions and scheduling of class and transportation for elementary and secondary SPAN-S 525 Literature, Art & Culture II (4 cr.) This schools. Attorneys and legal professionals look at the course presents authors, artists, themes, and issues in impact of programs and activities on jury selection, Spanish literature, visual art, and cultural life selected perceptions of courtroom behavior, and trust/support to enrich the teaching of Spanish to nonnative students. for new and existing statutes. Business leaders are c Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be onstantly monitoring the public’s attitudes and behaviors discussed. Content is distinct from that of S523. in regards to product development, customer satisfaction, marketing strategies, and even location of facilities. Not- SPAN-S 528 Translation Practice and Evaluation (3 cr.) for-profit agencies estimate the potential for enlisting A graduate credit course in the problems and techniques volunteers, the potential for fundraising, and effectiveness of Spanish/English and English/Spanish translation. of fundraising campaigns. Of course, beyond such applied Includes the practical aspects of translation from various uses, academicians in many disciplines use survey data texts (literary, technical, scientific, commercial, social) and to study a broad range of phenomena including financial evaluation of professional translations. Translation theory risk-taking, voting behavior, family satisfaction, medical will also be studied. treatment preferences, and a host of other areas. SPAN-S 680 Topics in Contemporary Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) Topics include poetry, drama, Although many people use survey data, few are trained short story, novel, essay. in the twin goals of the certificate program—evaluation of the quality of survey data and the implementation SPAN-S 686 M.A.T. Thesis (2-6 cr.) P: Authorization of programs of survey research from data collection of Graduate Director. Students will identify a research through analysis. The main objective of this program is theme and develop it under the guidance of a director. to provide a graduate student with such training through The topic will be related to the teaching of the Spanish an interdisciplinary approach to all aspects of survey language or to the teaching of an aspect of Hispanic research. culture. Repeatable for credit up to 6 hours. Students considering application to the certificate SPAN-S 650 Topics in the Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) program are welcome in the classes (with prerequisites or Seminar in selected topics related to the teachings instructor’s permission). Up to 9 credit hours earned as a of Spanish, such as assessment, teaching materials graduate nondegree student or graduate degree student development, the teaching of specific linguistic skills. This and approved by the program’s director may be applied is a variable title course. toward the certificate upon admission to the program. Survey Research Course Requirements School of Liberal Arts The Survey Research Certificate Program consists of Departmental E-mail: [email protected] a total of 15 credit hours of course work at the 500-600 level. No more than 3 credit hours may be transferred Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/political_science/ from another institution and no undergraduate-level (Please note that when conferring University Graduate courses may be used toward the certificate. The certificate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The program consists of a graduate core curriculum of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements two courses and three courses that may come from a contained only in The University Graduate School student’s regular graduate program and approved by the Bulletin.) certificate’s three-person program committee, consisting of the director of the certificate program, a political science May 26, 2016 557 faculty member, and one other faculty member from the • Public Health P600 Epidemiological Research designated program faculty. Methods (3 cr.) • SOC R559 Intermediate Sociological Statistics( 3 cr.) Required Core Courses (6 credits) • Or any other graduate course that includes • POLS Y567 Survey Research: Approaches and inferential statistics through regression analysis and Issues (3 cr.) An introductory seminar that will is accepted by the program committee. discuss all the key approaches, issues, and • POLS Y580 Research Methods (3 cr.) This course concepts in survey research, allowing students to surveys the major techniques for investigating identify more specific issues that may be examined current political and policy problems. It emphasizes in their elective courses. One element of the course the relationship between theory and practice in will be hands-on introduction to the facilities and understanding and conducting research. It will methods of the IU Public Opinion Laboratory. examine issues in field research essential to a full • POLS Y590 Seminar in Survey Research (3 cr.) understanding of a research problem. A capstone seminar designed to be taken as last course in certificate program and to examine current Alternates issues in the application of survey research to public • Health Administration H518 Statistical Methods for policy. Students will share with students from a Health Services (3 cr.) variety of disciplines their particular applications to • Public Health P601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) increase interdisciplinary awareness of problems • SOC R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) and prospects of survey research. • SOC R663 Public Opinion: Research and Methods Electives (9 cr.) (3 cr.) • Or any other graduate course that includes Students will be required to complete 9 additional credit inferential statistics through regression analysis and hours of course work chosen from a group of primary is accepted by the program committee. courses or alternates. This list of alternates is subject to • Internship Option (3 cr.) approval by the program committee and substitutions may be approved by that committee. The list is designed to As an alternative to one of the electives, students maximize the flexibility of an interdisciplinary field such may—with the approval of the program committee— as survey research. Courses are offered with varying substitute an internship experience for one of the elective regularity, but the curriculum is designed to allow each courses. They will be required to work with an approved discipline to adapt its courses to fit students’ needs in its faculty member in completing a survey research project area. arising out of placement with an approved research organization(excluding the IUPUI Survey Research • POLS Y575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) Center) involving a commitment of at least eight hours per Introduces students to quantitative research week for one full semester. They would enroll for credit methods for studying politics, focusing on topics in Y585 Internship in Survey Research or a comparable that are statistical in content or that must be internship course subject to approval by the program addressed for statistics to make sense. Students committee. who complete the course will achieve a level of statistical competency that will enable them to enroll Faculty in courses concerned with multivariate statistical techniques, and will acquire the basic skills of data Director analysis. Professor Brian Vargus* (Political Science) Alternates Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University • Public Affairs V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Decision Making (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) • Public Health S528 Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) • SOC R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) Professors • Or any other graduate course that includes Linda Haas* (Sociology), Brian Vargus* (Political Science), inferential statistics through regression analysis and Eric Wright* (Public and Environmental Affairs) is accepted by the program committee. • POLS Y576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Builds Associate Professors upon Y575 by familiarizing students with more Margaret Ferguson (Political Science) advanced research methods, such as multiple regression analysis and techniques for dealing with Assistant Professor categorical and limited dependent variables. Models Aaron Dusso, (Political Science) to be covered include logit, probit, multinomial logit, ordered probit, duration models, and survival Academic Advisor analysis. Attention will be directed at the application of these methods to political phenomena, policy Professor Brian Vargus*, Cavanaugh Hall 504C, (317) applications, and the presentation of results. 274-7226 Alternates Courses 558 May 26, 2016 POLS-Y 567 Survey Research: Approaches and Issues Teaching Writing (3 cr.) An introductory seminar that will discuss all the key approaches, issues, and concepts in survey research, School of Liberal Arts allowing students to identify more specific issues that may Departmental Email: [email protected] be examined in their elective courses. One element of the Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/english/ course will be hands-on introduction to the facilities and index.php/academics/teachwtg/teachwtg_home methods of the IU Public Opinion Laboratory. Departmental Contact: Kim Brian Lovejoy POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) (317-274-2120) Introduces students to quantitative research methods for studying politics, focusing on topics that are statistical (Please note that when conferring University Graduate in content or that must be addressed for statistics to School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The make sense. Students who complete the course will University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements achieve a level of statistical competency that will enable contained only in The University Graduate School them to enroll in courses concerned with multivariate Bulletin.) statistical techniques, and will acquire the basic skills of data analysis. Program of Studies Alternates Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing Public Affairs V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective This is a 20-hour program of study for certified middle Decision Making (3 cr.) school or high school teachers, part-time university Public Health S528 Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) writing faculty and lecturers in other disciplines, and M.A. Sociology R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) students interested in earning a certificate in writing to enhance their professional teaching careers. Or any other graduate course that includes inferential statistics through regression analysis and is accepted by Major topics include theories and methods of teaching the program committee. writing; understanding linquistic diversity; uses of technology in writing; social aspects of writing POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Builds development; non-fiction writing; writing assessment; and upon Y575 by familiarizing students with more advanced teacher research. The certificate requires completion of research methods, such as multiple regression analysis five graduate courses consisting of one core course and and techniques for dealing with categorical and limited four elective courses. dependent variables. Models to be covered include logit, Graduate credits earned can be applied toward the M.A. in probit, multinomial logit, ordered probit, duration models, English, upon acceptance in the M.A. and survival analysis. Attention will be directed at the application of these methods to political phenomena, Admission policy applications, and the presentation of results. Admission to the Certificate program would require one Alternates Public Health P600 Epidemiological Research of the following: (1) State certification in middle school Methods (3 cr.) Sociology R559 Intermediate Sociological or high school teaching; (2) Current enrollment as a Statistics( 3 cr.) Or any other graduate course that Graduate student at IUPUI; (3) Successful completion includes inferential statistics through regression analysis of an M.A. degree or higher at an accredited university; and is accepted by the program committee. (4) Successful completion of a B.A. with a minimum GPA of 3.0 (out of 4.0) or the equivalent from an accredited POLS-Y 580 Research Methods (3 cr.) This course institution. surveys the major techniques for investigating current political and policy problems. It emphasizes the Required Course relationship between theory and practice in understanding W509 Introduction to Writing and Literacy Studies (4 cr.) and conducting research. It will examine issues in field research essential to a full understanding of a Elective Courses: (16 cr.) research problem. Alternates Health Administration H518 W500 Teaching Writing: Issues and Approaches (4 cr.) Statistical Methods for Health Services (3 cr.) Public W505 Graduate Creative Non-fiction Writing (4 cr.) Health P601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) Sociology W508 Graduate Creative Writing for Teachers (4 cr.) R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) Sociology W510 Computers in Composition (4 cr.) R663 Public Opinion: Research and Methods (3 cr.) W531 Designing and Editing Visual Technical Or any other graduate course that includes inferential Communication (4 cr.) statistics through regression analysis and is accepted by W553 Theory and Practice of Exposition (4 cr.) the program committee. W590 Teaching Composition: Theory and Practice (4 cr.) W600 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition: Language, POLS-Y 590 Seminar in Survey Research (3 cr.) A Dialects, and Writing (4 cr.) capstone seminar designed to be taken as last course in W605 The Writing Project Summer Institute (4 cr.) certificate program and to examine current issues in the W609 Individual Writing Projects (1-4 cr.) application of survey research to public policy. Students W697 Independent Study in Writing (1-3 cr.) (Writing will share with students from a variety of disciplines Project Advanced Institute) their particular applications to increase interdisciplinary awareness of problems and prospects of survey research. Translational Science School of Medicine Departmental Email: [email protected] May 26, 2016 559

Departmental URL: http://pediatrics.iu.edu/pediatric- G504/G505/G555, B551/B651/B652, G667, G668, N802, education/ms-translational-science/ : https:// and approved electives. Additionally, Track 1 requires the www.indianactsi.org/programs/tsep completion of G669 and G670; whereas, Track 2 requires the completion of G671. Program Contact: Carrie A. Hansel (317) 278-5842 Grades Program Director An overall average of at least a B (3.0) is required. Professor R. Mark Payne* Thesis (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, Track 1 requires both research experience (GRAD G669 the University Graduate School’s staff uses those Mentored Basic Science Translational Research) and a requirements contained only in The University Graduate thesis (GRAD G670). Track 2 requires a clinical rotation School Bulletin.) experience (see GRAD G671 Clinical Rotations for Translational Scientists and Engineers) is completed in Curriculum lieu of thesis. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Graduate Certificate in Translational Science doctoral dissertations) This is an 18-credit certificate with four required courses (G667: Tools & Techniques in Translational Research, Degree Offered G668: Quantitative Aspects in Translational Research, Master of Science Track 1 and Track 2, Graduate G504/G505/G555: Research Ethics, and B551/B651/ Certificate, Ph.D. Minor B652. Biostatistics I or II). These four courses will Special Departmental Requirements constitute 10-12 credits; the remaining 6–8 credits will consist of graduate-level elective courses that are (See also general University Graduate School relevant to the student’s research interests. Electives requirements.) (6–8 cr credits approved by program director) include graduate-level courses in more advanced biostatistics, Master of Science in Translational Science epidemiology, clinical pharmacology, genetics, molecular Indiana University’s Translational Science Program biology, computer sciences, or other courses relevant to focuses on biomedical research techniques – how to the individual student’s field of research. translate a basic science discovery into a treatment or Courses diagnosis protocol that physicians and clinicians can use to treat their patients. The objective of this program is G667 Tools and Techniques in Translational to jointly train scientists, engineers, and physicians or Research (3 cr.) This course is offered in the fall clinicians in the methodology of translational research semester and provides the advanced student with an (basic science and medicine working to advance care for understanding of the basic technologies and techniques patients). Using a unique model of dual mentorship from used in translational research today. Key to this training is a clinical discipline, such as medicine, and basic science, understanding how and when to use these technologies, this interdisciplinary program will prepare future leadership and how to interpret their results and pitfalls. The in translational research by integrating training in cutting trainees develop an understanding of the components edge basic science with human health and disease. This for protecting human subjects, and how to move a novel training program is focused on how to collaboratively concept from the lab to a patient. Finally, the student will apply scientific findings to health-related problems, understand how to identify and measure target endpoints and operates at the T0–T1 range of the Spectrum of in patients, and how to assemble a multi-disciplinary team Translational Research. The product of this training to conduct translational research. The course will uses a program is expected to meet the rapidly growing need case-based approach whereby specific technologies and for highly trained scientists, engineers, and clinicians problems are demonstrated in readings drawn from the who can work collaboratively to advance new findings textbook. The course is supported by the Indiana C.T.S.I. into patient care in both academic centers, as well as the Course Director: R. Mark Payne. (Fall Semester) biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. G668 Quantitative Aspects of Translational Research (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary seminar series offered in the Course Requirements spring semester. Targeted toward the advanced graduate The Master of Science program is divided between two student and clinical or research based postdoctoral main components: (1) completion of the formal curriculum, fellows, it will provide a forum for both Level 1 (bench and (2) active involvement in translational basic science to bedside) and Level 2 (clinical studies to practice) research under the dual mentorship of faculty scientists – translational researchers to work together in learning one in the basic science arena and the other in the clinical both the key concepts and principles required to develop science field. medically relevant solutions. Lecturers will represent the multiple disciplines with a stake in dealing the various Both elements are critical in preparation of the candidate aspects of disease; thus, providing students with a better for successful research following graduation. Besides global understanding. Course Director: Robert Bies. didactic classes, there is substantial research training in (Spring Semester) scientific writing and grant preparation. The curriculum Research Ethics (Responsible Conduct of Research- is designed to cover core competency areas through R.C.R. (G504/G505/P555) 1-3 cr. All M.S. students must a combination of course work and mentored research. enroll in coursework related to R.C.R. if they have not The two-year M.S. program consists of a 30 credit hour already done so. curriculum, which includes the following core courses— 560 May 26, 2016

1. G504 Introduction to Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) Biostatistics for Public Health I (B551 or approved More intensive course than G505. Taught by the equivalent) 3 cr. B551 is an introductory level biostatistics Department of Medical and Molecular Genetics course designed for healthcare professionals. The course and The IU Center for Bioethics. Course Director: covers topics such as data description and presentation Kimberly Quaid de Cordon. (Fall Semester) techniques, probability and probability distributions, 2. G505 Introduction to Research Ethics (1 cr.) sampling distributions, statistical inferences from small Offered in the fall semester, G505 includes lecture and large samples, analysis of categorical data, analysis and small group discussion formats and covers of variance, correlation and simple linear regression important issues in biomedical research, such as: analysis. Upon completion of the course, students will 1) Scientific misconduct, 2) Conflict of interest, 3) achieve a basic understanding of the concepts and Animal rights and welfare, 4) Ownership of data, techniques of data description and statistical inferences. intellectual property, and copyright management, Students will also acquire a working knowledge of SPSS, 5) Authorship and scientific manuscripts, and 6) a commonly used statistical computation program. Informed consent and human subjects. Course Students will be able to understand and interpret the Director: Michael J. Klemsz. (Fall Semester) statistical analyses in research articles published in 3. PHIL P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in medical journals. Offered in spring and fall. International Research (3 cr.) If students are N801 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing (or contemplating international research, they may approved equivalent) (3 cr.) This is an intensive opt for this course. This course examines ethical course / workshop designed to teach fellows and and policy issues in the design and conduct of graduate students how to write and review an N.I.H. transnational research involving human participants. application. Trainees will write an N.R.S.A., R03, or K- Topics discussed include: economic and political award application. Course Directors: Paul Lysaker. (Fall factors; study design; the role of ethics review Semester). committees; individual and group recruitment/ informed consent; end of study responsibilities; Electives (3-7 cr.) national and international guidelines. Course Director: Eric M. Meslin. (Fall Semester) Example electives include graduate level courses in more advanced biostatistics, epidemiology, clinical Biostatistics I (B651 or approved equivalent) 3 cr. B651 pharmacology, genetics, molecular biology, and computer is an introductory level biostatistics course designed for sciences. However, enrollees may select electives from healthcare professionals. It is the first in the B651 and the entire offering of graduate courses at both Indiana B652 series on biostatistics methodology. The course University and Purdue University at Indianapolis as well covers topics such as data description and presentation as IU at Bloomington. Must be approved by Program techniques, probability and probability distributions, Director. sampling distributions, statistical inferences from small and large samples, analysis of categorical data, analysis Requirements for M.S. in Translational Science for of variance, correlation and simple linear regression people with clinical background (i.e., M.D.) analysis. Upon completion of the course, students will G669 Mentored Basic Science/Translational Research achieve a basic understanding of the concepts and (1-9 cr.) This mandatory course requires the student techniques of data description and statistical inferences. to construct an organized translational research project Students will also acquire a working knowledge of SAS, under dual mentorship (M.D. and Ph.D.) by faculty. The a commonly used statistical computation program. capstone experience is the completion of a grant in the Students will be able to understand and interpret the N.I.H. format suitable for peer-review and presentation statistical analyses in research articles published in before one’s peers. This course will be conducted in the medical journals. Course Director: B. Katz. (Spring and fall, spring, and summer terms, graded by faculty, and Fall semesters) should be in a format supporting submission to a funding or organization. Course Director: R. Mark Payne Biostatistics II (B652 or approved equivalent) 3 cr. B652 G670 Thesis in Translational Research (3 cr.) This is an advanced applied biostatistics course designed mandatory course requires the student to complete a for students with an interest in the health sciences. research thesis based on their mentored basic science/ Students are expected to have completed at least one translational research project. Course Director: R. Mark semester course of basic biostatistics. Knowledge of Payne probability and probability distributions, concepts of Requirement for M.S. in Translational Science for estimation and hypothesis testing are assumed. Topics people with Basic Science background (i.e., Ph.D.) covered in this course include multiple linear regression, multi-factor analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, G671 Clinical Rotations for Translational Scientists analysis of repeated measures, logistic regression model, and Engineers (3-9 cr.) Students rotate in pairs through and survival analyses. Upon completion of the course, all rotations, and an effort is made to only have two students are expected to understand the appropriate students on each rotation at a time to maintain a high statistical models for various outcomes and be able to quality experience. These courses serve to both introduce interpret results using statistical techniques covered in this the students to clinical medicine, and acclimatize them course. Course Directors: S. Gao & P. Monahan. to the language and environment of hospital-based and out-patient medical care. Designed as practicums, these or courses are particularly aimed at non-clinician scientists intending to conduct translational research. May 26, 2016 561

Ph.D. Minor in Translational Science needs. For business careers, WOST teaches students to This is a 12-credit program which focuses on biomedical understand the barriers and the opportunities for women research techniques—how to translate a basic science seeking careers in the corporate world. discovery into a treatment or diagnosis protocol that physicians and clinicians can use to treat patients. Requirements for the Graduate Minor All students expressing interest will be encouraged to A total of 12 credit hours. speak with the program director or one of the Executive Committee members. The minor program will be approved Faculty by the student’s advisory committee, which will take into consideration the student’s total didactic experience. Director The advisory committee may approve additional and/ Catherine A. Dobris or substitution of appropriate courses to complete the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University degree requirements. The minor representative on this Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Committee will be selected from outside the student’s doctoral dissertations.) major department. Professors Courses (See course descriptions above.) Gabrielle Bersier* (German), Paul Carlin* (Economics), Ulla Connor* (English), Linda Haas* (Sociology), Karen Tools and Techniques in Translational Research Kovacik (English), Missy Kubitschek* (English), Obioma (G667) 3 cr. Nnaemeka* (Women’s Studies, French), Jane Schultz* Quantitative Aspects of Translational Research (English), Patricia Wittberg* (Sociology), Marianne (G668) 3 cr. Wokeck* (History) Research Ethics (Responsible Conduct of Research - R.C.R.) (G504/G505/P555) 1-3 cr. Associate Professors Biostatistics I (B651 or approved equivalent) 3 cr. Dennis Bingham* (English), Jeanette Dickerson-Putman* or (Anthropology), Catherine A. Dobris (Communication Studies), Karen Johnson (English), Nancy Robertson Biostatistics II (B652 or approved equivalent) 3 cr. (History), Susan Shepherd (English) or Graduate Advisor Biostatistics for Public Health I (B551 or approved Women’s Studies, Cavanaugh Hall, Room 540B, equivalent) 3 cr. Indianapolis, IN 46202-5140, (317) 274-7611 Electives: (up to 3 cr.) Must be approved by Program Courses Director. WOST-W 500 Feminist Theory (3 cr.) An examination Women's Studies of contemporary feminist analyses of gender relations, School of Liberal Arts how they are constituted and experienced, and how social Departmental E-mail: [email protected] structures maintaining sexist hierarchies intersect with hierarchies of race, class, and ethnicity. Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/wost/ WOST-W 601 Survey of Contemporary Research (Please note that when conferring University Graduate in Women’s Studies: The Social and Behavioral School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Sciences (3 cr.) An exploration of feminist perspectives in University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements the social sciences. Theoretical frameworks and research contained only in The University Graduate School styles are examined, as are feminist critiques of traditional Bulletin.) social scientific frameworks and research methods. Curriculum WOST-W 602 Contemporary Research in Women’s Studies: The Humanities (3 cr.) Review of literature Women’s Studies Program on sex roles, psychology of women, socialization, and Women’s Studies brings together faculty, students, and politicization of women. Training in methodology of member of the comunity interested in women’s issues research on women; critique of prevailing and feminist in teachings, research, and service. Interdisciplinary in theoretical frameworks for studying women. nature, WOST explores a wide range of issues as seen through the perspective of gender. Women’s Studies can WOST-W 695 Graduate Rdgs/Research-Reasearch help shape a vision of women’s position in society that in Women’s Std (3-6 cr.) An opportunity for graduate will enable students to make a more meaningful contribu- students in various programs at IUPUI to explore specific tion wherever their career paths and future engagements issues within the field of women’s studies, guided by may lead. A degree in Women’s Studies should enhance a faculty with particular expertise in these areas. student’s effectiveness in virtually any career. WOST-W 701 Graduate Topics in Women’s Studies

(3-4 cr.) Advanced investigation of selected research For careers in law or social service, WOST gives insight topics in women’s studies. Topics to be announced. into social practices that oppress women, such as rape, abuse, and job discrimination. For careers in biology, medicine, nursing, or other allied health professions, Kokomo WOST offers an understanding of women’s health 562 May 26, 2016 Liberal Studies or 220 (computer graded). The recommended TOEFL score is 600 (standard grading) or 250 (computer graded). School of Humanities and Social Sciences Exceptions to these requirements may be made at the Departmental E-mail: [email protected] discretion of the graduate liberal studies committee. Departmental URL: http://www.iuk.edu/academics/ Application Deadlines majors/humanities-and-social-sciences/humanities/ contact.shtml Students may be admitted to the M.A.L.S. Program to begin in either the fall or spring semester. All admission (Please note that when conferring University Graduate decisions are made by the graduate faculty members of School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Advisory Board. The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements committee meets to review applications twice a year. The contained only in The University Graduate School deadlines for submitting completed applications for review Bulletin.) by the committee are as follows: Fall application deadline Curriculum is July 15; the Spring application deadline is November 15. Students are advised to give reference letter writers at Degree Offered least two to four weeks’ notice so that their letters will Master of Arts in Liberal Studies arrive prior to the deadline. Applications that are not General Information completed by a given deadline may not be considered The Mastes of Arts in Liberal Studies (M.A.L.S.) offers until the next deadline and this may cause a delay in three different tracks: admission by one semester. • INTERDISCIPLINARY TRACK: Provides students Track Requirements with the opportunity to take an individualized Interdisciplinary Track: program of graduate courses and interdisciplinary 1. Completion of 30 hours of graduate coursework core seminars in a variety of disciplines in the 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 is required for graduation. If a arts and sciences. Students identify and explore student drops below a 3.0 G.P.A. in any given semester, significant patterns and connections that exist they could be dismissed from the program. Only courses among the diverse disciplines that define current with a minimum grade of “B-” will count towards the knowledge. degree. The introductory course (D510) requires a passing • ACADEMIC TEACHING TRACK: Provides students grade of "B" or better. with academic teaching training in the form of teaching assistantships, methods and subject Coursework: D510-Introduction to M.A.L.S. Graduate content in the field of their choice (English and Liberal Studies in first fall semester (3 hours) Communication Arts are the most popular) Area of Concentration (21 hours-minimum of 9 hours in • GLOBAL STUDIES TRACK: Provides students with one discipline) a deeper understanding of international issues such as multiculturalism, conflict resolution, human rights, Courses must come from the Humanities, Social and energy, and the environment. Behavioral Sciences, or Natural, Information and Mathematical Sciences. The completion of a thesis Students begin with an introduction to graduate liberal (6 hours): D603 Thesis Proposal (3 hours) and D604 studies and interdisciplinary methodology, then choose Thesis (3 hours) one of the three tracks. All students write a thesis. The M.A.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse expertise Academic Teaching Track (English, Communication to explore topics through a multidisciplinary approach. Arts and other disciplines ) Admission Requirements (Currently this program is 1. Completion of 36 hours of graduate coursework; not accepting applications.) 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 is required for graduation. If a student drops below a 3.0 G.P.A. in any Students are admitted to the Master of Arts in Liberal given semester, they could be dismissed from the Studies program by the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies program; Only courses with a minimum grade of Advisory Board. In order to be admitted to this program, “B-” will count towards the degree. The introductory a student is expected to have earned a baccalaureate course (D510) requires a passing grade of "B" or degree (B.A. or B.S.) from an accredited college or better. university with an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Students who do not meet the Coursework: GPA requirement may be admitted provisionally upon • D510 Introduction to M.A.L.S. Graduate Liberal the recommendation of the director of the M.A.L.S. Studies in first fall semester (3 hours) program and or the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Advisory Board. Completed applications include the Area of Concentration (21 hours) following: application form, application fee, cover letter, at • D591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (3 hours) least two letters of recommendation, a writing sample, scores from the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) or • D550 (Teaching Assistantship-3 hours) equivalent graduate exam scores, and transcripts of all The completion of a thesis (6 hours): D603 Thesis previous undergraduate and graduate study. Proposal (3 hours) and D604 Thesis (3 hours).. A student whose native language is not English must have a minimum TOEFL score of 560 (standard grading) May 26, 2016 563

Global Studies Track: Mary P. Bourke, Chris R. Darr, Minda Douglas, Christina 1. Completion of 30 hours of graduate coursework; A. Downey, Linda S. Ficht*, Melissa M. Grabner-Hagen, 2. A minimum GPA of 3.0 is required for graduation. Sarah E. Heath, Joe Keener, Joung Yeo Kim*, Andrew M. If a student drops below a 3.0 GPA in any given McFarland, Raul A. Mosley, Patrick M. Motl, Yusuf A. Nur, semester, they could be dismissed from the Masato Ogawa, Gregory Steel program. Only courses with a minimum grade of Courses “B-” will count towards the degree. The introductory course (D510) requires a passing grade of "B" or LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An better. interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated Coursework twice for credit. • D510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies in first LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An fall semester (3 hours) interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. Area of Concentration (21 hours-minimum of 9 hours in Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated one discipline) twice for credit. • D514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3 hours) LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from The completion of a thesis (6 hours): D603 Thesis semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. Proposal (3 hours) and D604 Thesis (3 hours). LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Academic Regulations (3 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal Students must have their programs of study approved studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social by the M.A.L.S. program director. An average grade of sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary B (3.0) is required for graduation, and no course with methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted toward the reading, research, and writing for other publics. degree. Students are required to retain good academic LBST-D 511 M.A.L.S. Humanities Elective (3 cr.) standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least 3.0. Failure P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the to maintain good standing may result in dismissal from the humanities. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. program. LBST-D 512 M.A.L.S. Social Science Elective (3 cr.) Other academic regulations and policies are established P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the by the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Advisory Board. social sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Students are to consult the M.A.L.S. program director for further information. LBST-D 513 M.A.L.S. Science Elective (1-6 cr.) P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the Interim Director sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Netty Provost, KO 223; (765) 455-9266; [email protected] LBST-D 514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3-6 cr.) Faculty P: D510. This course will enable M.A.L.S. students to participate in overseas studies. In some cases there may Graduate Director be a language prerequisite. Lecturer Netty Provost LBST-D 525 Topics in International Studies (1-6 cr.) P: D510. Graduate Faculty This course is a graduate seminar with varied topics (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University in international studies. The content will vary, but it Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct will always focus on international issues and topics in doctoral dissertations.) different fields of studies. At times, this course will have an Professors interdisciplinary and /or comparative focus.

Richard Aniskiewicz, Christian Chauret*, Steve R. Cox*, LBST-D 551 Research Assistantship (3-6 cr.) P: D510 Robert A. Dibie, Gary E. Dolph* (Emeritus), Kasem K. and prior consent of director and instructor. This course Kasem*, Ligaya McGovern*, Mohammad Z. Meybodi*, will enable students to assist resident faculty in their Kathy Parkison, David Rink, Dianne Roden*, John M. research. Ross*, Michael Tulley*, Earl Wysong* (Emeritus) LBST-D 591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (3 cr.) Associate Professors P: D510. Angela Becker, Karl L. Besel, Matthew T. Bradley, Kelly The course is designed to present basic information L. Brown, Sharon K. Calhoon, Ann M. Cameron, Dmitriy about course management and pedagogy for new Chulkov, Kevin M. Clark, Michael S. Finkler, Nancy graduate students. The content will include information Greenwood, Mary E. Hansen, Kathryn M. Holcomb, Scott about the following topics: Philosophy of teaching and L. Jones, Donna R. McLean, Julie R. Saam, Susan M. learning, course planning and design, criteria for selecting Sciame, Julia Tinsley (Emerita), Linda S. Wallace, Eva textbooks and readings, constructing a syllabus and Roa White, Carl Widland (Emeritus) course policies, science and art of effective lectures, using discussions, active learning, and group work, ethical Assistant Professors 564 May 26, 2016 issues in faculty and student conduct, assessment of who are curiosity about the world – about art, literature, student learning. science, politics, human nature and history. It is for people who want to explore new worlds and who enjoy meeting LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies Directed Readings others who want to join the expedition. It is designed for (1-3 cr.) P: D510 and prior consent of instructor. students who wish to combine several academic areas Independent study involving systematic schedule of into one tailored degree program. Students select a readings sponsored and supervised by a faculty member. sequence of graduate level courses to create their own May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 credit hours. path of study. It allows students to explore questions of enduring concern and contemporary urgency in the arts, LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research humanities, behavioral sciences, social sciences, life (1-3 cr.) P: D510 and prior consent of instructor. An sciences, and physical sciences. In doing so, the program independent research project formulated and conducted provides students satisfaction. Students will gain fresh in consultation with a faculty member and culminating in a perspectives and will hone the creative, critical thinking, final analytical paper. May be repeated up to a maximum decision making, analytical, and communication skills of 6 credit hours. that are so valued in today’s workplace. Uniquely among LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) graduate programs, the M.L.S helps students understand P: Completion of all M.A.L.S. course work. A capstone the broader context of their ideas, path of study, and seminar for the M.A.L.S. public intellectual option. fields of work, learn to analyze problems from a variety of Students will study the history of public intellectuals, perspectives, will stimulate students to find connections explore the variety of ways in which public intellectuals between their studies and their personal and professional carry out their work, and create a portfolio of their own lives, and encourages a lifelong commitment to learning, public intellectual work. free inquiry and the life of the mind. LBST-D 601 Thesis Proposal (3 cr.) P: Completion of Admission Requirements all M.A.L.S. course work. Independent research/creative Students are admitted to the Master of Liberal Studies activity in which students choose a topic for their thesis , program by the Graduate Admission Committee of the complete the initial research to determine its feasibility, College of Arts and Sciences. To be considered for write a formal proposal with an extensive bibliography admission, students must hold a bachelor’s degree from identifying sources and/or resources necessary to an accredited institution and should have obtained an complete the project, and defend it before a faculty undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.0. committee. Academic Curriculum LBST-D 602 Thesis Writing (3 cr.) P: D601. Complete the writing of the thesis in consultation with a thesis The M.L.S. requires the completion of 10 courses (30 committee, and defend it before the thesis committee. credits). Students begin with an introduction to graduate liberal studies and interdisciplinary methodology, and then LBST-D 603 Thesis Proposal (3 cr.) enroll in at least three core seminars in the humanities, Independent initial research/exploration of thesis topic the sciences, and the social sciences. Seminars including a formal proposal containing a statement of combine detailed study of a particular topic with a broad purpose, a background or rationale, an extensive literature interdisciplinary examination of ways of understanding. review, a methodology, and a working thesis title. This The M.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse course is a prerequisite for students registering for D604. expertise to explore topics through a multidisciplinary approach. The program is designed to allow students LBST-D 604 Thesis (3 cr.) flexibility to fashion a course of study that blends their Independent thesis work conducted in consultation with interests, talents and experience. Students, under Thesis Committee. guidance of their faculty advisor, may choose graduate courses and seminars in a variety of disciplines within the Liberal Studies College of Arts and Sciences. The program culminates with a thesis or alternative project that will grow out of the Departmental URL: http://www.iun.edu/liberal-studies/ information and methodologies acquired throughout the index.htm course work. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Core Seminars (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • LIBS D502 Social Sciences Seminar (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • LIBS D503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Each of the core courses is a graduate seminar Bulletin.) combining detailed study of particular topics with broad interdisciplinary perspectives. These courses give Degree Offered students the opportunity to explore the connections that Master of Liberal Studies exist among the diverse discipline and perspectives that General Information define contemporary knowledge. The Master of Liberal Studies (M.L.S) program is unique. Electives It does not provide a rigid schedule of courses or focus on one particular specialty. It is inherently interdisciplinary. • LIBS D511 M.L.S. Humanities Elective (1-4 cr.) It is designed for students who love to learn new ideas • LIBS D512 M.L.S. Social Science Elective (1-4 cr.) and discuss them with others. It is designed for students May 26, 2016 565

• LIBS D513 M.L.S. Science Elective (1-4 cr.) Kevin McElmurry, Lindenwood Hall, Room 212, 3400 Broadway, (219) 980-6829, [email protected] Electives offer students a wide variety of choices with which to create programs of study suited to their individual Northwest interest. These elective courses may be selected to build support and background for the graduate project, or to Liberal Studies enable students to more ably participate in the public intellectual, artistic, and cultural life of their communities. South Bend In addition to the above, students may also repeat core seminars (each may be taken up to two more times under English a different topic). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Independent Research/Creative Activity Option Departmental URL: https://www.iusb.edu/english/ academic-programs/master-of-arts-in-english/ The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option offers students the opportunity to work closely with a (Please note that when conferring University Graduate faculty committee and to complete a final project designed School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The around their unique interests. Students must take 12 University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements credits of electives and then successfully complete contained only in The University Graduate School their program with a graduate project. The graduate Bulletin.) project is an independent scholarly enterprise in which the student demonstrates mastery of a specific topic. Contact Information Examples include a thesis, a computer program, a Department of English translation of a work of literature, or an artistic composition Wiekamp Hall 3127 or performance. Indiana University South Bend 1700 Mishawaka Avenue Capstone Experience South Bend, IN 46634-7111 (574) 520-4304 • LIBS D601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) • LIBS D602 Graduate Project (6 cr.) Curriculum Public Intellectual Option Degrees Offered Upon completion of two additional core seminars and Master of Arts (M.A.) 12 credits of electives, the Public Intellectual Option Special Departmental Requirements offers students the opportunity to work within a learning community made up of other students and led by a faculty See also general University Graduate School facilitator to explore the variety of genres through which requirements. public intellectuals communicate, and to create their own Admission Requirements portfolio of public intellectual work to be submitted for Students are admitted to the English graduate program completion of the M.L.S. degree. by the Graduate Studies Committee. Applicants for the Capstone Experience program must have a bachelor’s degree in English or in a closely related field from an accredited institution and an • LIBS D600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0. A candidate who does Academic Regulations not meet the G.P.A. requirement may apply for special student status. Students must have their programs of study approved by the M.L.S. program director. Degree Requirements Courses taken for graduate credit at the 300 or 400 level Master of Arts in English include additional assignments beyond those required The M.A. offers a flexible program of study and provides for undergraduate credit. Enrollment in such courses broad expertise in English studies including literary requires the approval of the instructor and of the M.L.S. analysis, composition, and creative writing. Students may program director. Students may take up to 9 credit hours choose up to five elective courses, which will allow them of electives in a single academic program. more opportunities to shape their course of study. The An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, M.A. degree opens employment opportunities teaching and no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be English in schools or community colleges, working in counted toward the degree. Students are required to retain the service and information industries, the news media, good academic standing, i.e., to maintain a GPA of at advertising, public relations, and in other corporations least 2.7. Failure to maintain good standing may result in requiring writing specialists. It also offers a life-enriching dismissal from the program. Other academic regulations continuation of intellectual study. To complete this degree, and policies are established by the Graduate Liberal students must meet the course requirements listed below. Studies Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences. M.A. Course Requirements (36 credit hours) Students should consult the M.L.S. program director for further information. • G660 Stylistics (4 cr.) • L501 Professional Scholarship in Literature (4 cr.) Graduate Program Director • L502 Contexts for the Study of Writing (4 cr.) 566 May 26, 2016

• Five elective courses, with emphasis either James E. Blodgett (Emeritus), Rebecca Brittenham, in creative writing, literature, or rhetoric and Joseph R. Chaney, Karen Gindele, Charles Harrington composition studies (20 cr.) (Emeritus), Eleanor Lyons (Emerita), Robert Meyer-Lee, • L695 Independent Writing Project (4 cr.) Kelcey Parker, Elaine Roth, Ken Smith (Students must take at least one course in the literary Assistant Professors period, subject area or genre that they want to address in Benjamin Balthaser, Chu He, Lee Kahan, Anne Magnan- their project.) Park, Jake Mattox, Kyoko Takanashi Foreign Language Requirement Director of Graduate Studies Students must have completed two college semesters Assistant Professor Lee Kahan of a single foreign language by the time the M.A. degree is conferred. Candidates who have completed these Courses two courses as part of other graduate or undergraduate CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (4 cr.) programs need not take additional courses as part of Explores specific problems between two literatures or the M.A. program. Candidates who have gained foreign between literature and another area in the humanities. language skills outside of the classroom may take a May be repeated for credit. Foreign Language Placement Exam to demonstrate their achievement of language skills equivalent to those ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3-4 cr.) achieved from two semesters of formal study. Survey of the evolution of the English language from its earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external Transfer Credits history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and Applicants may be allowed to transfer up to two graduate vocabulary. courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate institution ENG-G 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English (or from previous graduate work at IUSB) if those (4 cr.) Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for courses demonstrably contribute to the work required English teachers at all levels. for the English M.A. Unless transfer courses are clearly equivalent to the required core courses for the M.A., ENG-G 660 Stylistics (4 cr.) Survey of traditional and those courses will be counted as electives. Candidates linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic should include in the application a request to transfer style. Attention will center on the description of the verbal courses, a brief description of each course identifying characteristics of texts, what those characteristics reflect how it contributes to the English M.A., and supporting about the author, and how they affect the reader. documentation such as syllabi, assignments, papers, or ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature other relevant material. (4 cr.) Instruction in the materials, tools, and methods Academic Regulations of research. The course is especially designed to familiarize beginning graduate students with the research Students must confer with their academic advisors on a expectations associated with graduate study in literature. regular basis to determine an effective course of study. An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and ENG-L 502 Contexts for Study of Writing (4 cr.) no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted Historical and cognitive effects of writing, reading, and toward the degree. Students are required to maintain good language use, and the implications of these effects for academic standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least the teaching and study of literature and writing. Special 3.0. A student whose G.P.A. drops below 3.0 must restore emphasis will be placed on the history and psychology of it to 3.0 within 9 credit hours. Failure to maintain good literacy. standing will result in dismissal from the program. ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) A supervised Master of Arts in Teaching internship in the uses of language in the workplace. Each This program currently is not offered. intern will be assigned a problem or task and will develop the methods for solving or completing it. Each intern Faculty will complete a portfolio of workplace writing and self- evaluation. Chairperson ENG-L 623 English Drama from the 1590s to 1800, Associate Professor Elaine Roth Exclusive of Shakespeare (4 cr.) P: Familiarity with half Graduate Faculty a dozen plays of Shakespeare. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University ENG-L 625 Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical analysis of Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct selected texts. doctoral dissertations.) ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) Professors Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. Gabrielle Robinson* (Emerita), Margaret Scanlan* ENG-L 639 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) (Emerita), Frances Sherwood (Emerita), Miriam Shil- lingsburg* (Emerita), Tom VanderVen (Emeritus) ENG-L 642 Studies in Romantic Literature (4 cr.) An advanced survey of the literature and writings of the major Associate Professors writers of the British Romantic movement, including Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. May 26, 2016 567

ENG-L 647 Studies in Victorian Literature (4 cr.) Study contained only in The University Graduate School of one writer, a group of writers, or a theme or form Bulletin.) significant to the period. Course may be repeated once for credit with a different topic. Curriculum ENG-L 650 Studies in American Literature to 1900 General Information (4 cr.) The Master of Liberal Studies (M.L.S.) program in Intensive study of a writer, a group of writers, or a theme the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences provides or form significant to the period. Course may be repeated opportunities to engage your curiosity in an intellectual once for credit with a different topic. exploration of the world of ideas. But the rewards of the pursuit of knowledge go beyond intellectual satisfaction. ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800-1900 (4 cr.) You will gain a refreshed approach to an enriched Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from personal and professional life through a program that Washington Irving through Frank Norris. reinvigorates curiosity and creativity. You’ll gain fresh perspectives and the critical thinking, analytical, and ENG-L 660 Studies in American Literature 1900– communication skills so valued in today’s workplace. Present (4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, a group of writers, or a theme or form significant to the period. Students begin with an introduction to graduate liberal studies and interdisciplinary methodology, and then ENG-L 674 Studies in International English Literature enroll in at least three core seminars in the humanities, (4 cr.) Literatures from Africa, the Caribbean Islands, the sciences, and the social sciences. Seminars Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, the Indian combine detailed study of a particular topic with a broad subcontinent, or Canada. interdisciplinary examination of ways of understanding. ENG-L 680 Special Topics: Literary Study and Theory The M.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse (4 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, psychological, expertise to explore topics through a multidisciplinary and other approaches to literature. approach. ENG-L 681 Genre Studies (4 cr.) (Variable title: e.g., The Admission Requirements Epic). Students are admitted to the Master of Liberal Studies ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English (1-4 cr.) program by the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. To be considered ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and for admission, students must hold a bachelor’s degree Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues from an accredited institution and must have obtained an in the teaching of writing and the major approaches to undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.0. composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style A student whose native language is not English must and organization, making assignments, and evaluating have a minimum TOEFL score of 560 (standard grading) student writing. or 220 (computer graded). The recommended TOEFL score is 600 (standard grading) or 250 (computer graded). ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) Either ENG W511 or Exceptions to these requirements may be made at the ENG W513 may be taken twice for the M.A. discretion of the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty. ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) Poetry writing Application Deadlines workshop on the study of prosody and form (including formal elements of free verse) in the context of writing Students may be admitted to the M.L.S. program to by class members. Course may be taken twice for M.A. begin in either the fall or spring semester. All admission credit. decisions are made by the members of the Liberal Arts and Sciences Graduate Liberal Studies faculty. The ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (4 cr.) committee meets to review applications three times each ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) year. The deadlines for submitting completed applications Writing workshop in such modes as personal essay, for review by the committee are as follows: autobiography, and documentary. • March 31 Early admission, fall semester Liberal Studies • August 1 Final admission, fall semester • October 31 Admission, spring semester College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Students wishing to enter in the fall are strongly encouraged to submit their materials by the March 31 Departmental URL: www.iusb.edu/sbmls/ early admission deadline to assure there will be an opening in the program. Students are also advised to Graduate Director give reference letter writers at least two to four weeks’ Associate Professor Joseph Chaney, 3169 Wiekamp Hall, notice so that their letters will arrive prior to the deadline. (574) 520-4870 Applications that are not completed by a given deadline will not be considered until the next deadline and may (Please note that when conferring University Graduate cause a delay in admission by one semester. Completed School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The applications include the following: University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • Application form 568 May 26, 2016

• Personal essay To complete the degree under one of these two • Three letters of reference options, students choose one of the following capstone • Transcripts of all previous undergraduate study experiences. • Application fee • D601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) All students wishing to enter the program should contact • D602 Graduate Project (6 cr.) the director before submitting an application. Public Intellectual Option (34 cr.) Master of Liberal Studies Degree Upon completion of two additional core seminars and Academic Curriculum (34 CR.) 12 credits of electives, the Public Intellectual Option (All courses are 3 credit hours, unless otherwise offers students the opportunity to work within a learning designated.) community made up of other students and led by a faculty facilitator to explore the variety of genre through which Three degree options are available to students: the public intellectuals communicate, and to create their own Independent Research/Creative Activity Option, the Public portfolio of public intellectual work to be submitted for Intellectual Option, and the Sustainability Leadership completion of the M.L.S. degree. Option. The Sustainability Leadership Option is more specialized than the other two options; it incorporates Additional Core Seminars (6 cr.) the curriculum of the Graduate Certificate in Strategic Electives (12 cr.) Sustainability Leadership in place of electives. The three options are also distinguished by different capstone Capstone Experience (3 cr.) experiences. • D600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) All three options require successful completion of the Academic Regulations introductory proseminars and the MLS core seminars. Each of the core seminars combines detailed study of Students must have their programs of study approved by particular topics with broad interdisciplinary perspectives. the M.L.S. program director. These courses give students the opportunity to explore the connections that exist among the diverse disciplines and An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and perspectives that define contemporary knowledge. no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted toward the degree. Students are required to retain good academic standing, i.e., to maintain a GPA of at least 2.7. Proseminars and Core Seminars (13 cr.) Failure to maintain good standing may result in dismissal COAS-Q 510 Topics in Information Literacy (1 cr.) from the program. LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Other academic regulations and policies are established LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar by the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty of the College of LBST-D 502 Social Sciences Seminar Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students should consult the LBST-D 503 Science Seminar M.L.S. program director for further information. The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option and *M.L.S. students may take no more than a total of 6 credit the Public Intellectual Option give students the choice of a hours of D594 and D596 combined. wide variety of elective courses suitable to their individual interests. These elective courses may be selected to build Sustainability Leadership Option support and background for the graduate project, or to enable students to more ably participate in the public An MLS degree with a strong emphasis in sustainability intellectual, artistic, and cultural life of their communities. leadership gives graduates the tools to contribute In addition to the courses below, students may also repeat creatively to a growing international movement among core seminars as electives (each may be taken up to two businesses and communities. The student is able to more times under a different topic); and/or take graduate add specific expertise in sustainability to the general courses from other IU South Bend departments, divisions, communications skills and academic interdisciplinary and schools. skills developed in the MLS core courses. A student is able to shape the degree to fit specific professional and personal goals, but at the core of the educational Electives (12 cr.) experience are the values of interdisciplinary scholarship LBST-D 511 Master of Liberal Studies Humanities Elective and practice, as well as the understanding of how to lead LBST-D 512 Master of Liberal Studies Social Science effective sustainability efforts in several contexts. The Elective Sustainability option incorporates the curriculum of the LBST-D 513 Master of Liberal Studies Science Elective Graduate Certificate in Strategic Sustainability Leadership LBST-D 514 Study Abroad into the core requirements of the IU South Bend Master of LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies Directed Readings* Liberal Studies degree. It includes two capstone courses, LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research* the Public Intellectual Practicum and the seminar on Sustainability Leadership and Planning. The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option and the Public Intellectual Option each require a distinct form Sustainability Required Courses (9 cr.) of capstone experience. SUST-S 501 Sustainability Strategies and Applications Capstone Experience (9 cr.) SUST-S 520 Sustainability and Innovation May 26, 2016 569

SUST-S 530 Sustainable Technologies and Alternative culminating in a final analytical paper. May be repeated up Energy

to a maximum of 6 credit hours. LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) Sustainability Electives (choose one) (3 cr.) P: Completion of all M.L.S. course work. A capstone SUST-S 630 Sustainable Food Systems seminar for the M.L.S. public intellectual option. Students SUST-S 660 Sustainability and the Built Environment will study the history of public intellectuals, explore the variety of ways in which public intellectuals carry out their MLS Elective Hours (3 cr.) work, and create a portfolio of their own public intellectual Select three credit hours of electives from among graduate work. course offerings, including independent study credit, with LBST-D 601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) approval of the academic advisor. P: Approval of director. A capstone seminar for the independent research/creative activity option in which Two Capstone Seminars (6 cr.) students choose a topic or creative activity for their SUST-S 690 Sustainability Leadership and Planning project, complete the initial research to determine its LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum feasibility, write a formal proposal with an extensive bibliography identifying sources and/or resources Courses necessary to complete the project, and defend it before a LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An faculty committee. interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. LBST-D 602 Graduate Project (3-6 cr.) P: D601. Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated Independent project work conducted in consultation with a twice for credit. faculty director. LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An COAS-Q 510 Topics in Information Literacy (1 cr.) interdisciplinary graduatAn interdisciplinary graduate Examines the research process that students must master seminar in the social sciences. Topics vary from semester to succeed in graduate school. Students will: gain both a to semester.e seminar in the humanities. Topics vary from practical and theoretical understanding of the organization semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. of academic literature and the nature of information LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary structure and organization; learn effective information graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from retrieval methods; and apply critical thinking principles semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. when utilizing information resources. LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Southeast (3 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social Faculty sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University reading, research, and writing for other publics. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) LBST-D 511 M.L.S. Humanities Elective (1-4 cr.) P: D510. An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the Program Director humanities. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Professor Deborah Finkel* (Psychology) LBST-D 512 M.L.S. Social Science Elective (1-4 cr.) P: D510. An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the social Liberal Studies sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Curriculum LBST-D 513 M.L.S. Science Elective (1-4 cr.) P: D510. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the sciences. Topics Departmental URL: www.ius.edu/mls vary. May be repeated for credit. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate LBST-D 514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3-6 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The P: D510. This course will enable M.L.S. students to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements participate in overseas studies. In some cases there may contained only in The University Graduate School be a language prerequisite. Bulletin.) LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies (1-3 cr.) P: LBST- D501, D502, and D503, and prior consent of the Degrees Offered instructor. Directed Readings. Independent study The Graduate Liberal Studies program is an involving systematic schedule of readings sponsored and interdisciplinary graduate program that offers study supervised by a faculty member. May be repeated up to a beyond the bachelor’s level for those persons who are maximum of 6 credit hours. interested in continuing their education in a diversified, challenging manner. The program offers two degree LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research options: (1) Graduate Certificate in Liberal Studies, (1-3 cr.) P: D501, D502, D503 and prior consent of requiring 16 credit hours of coursework and (2) Master’s instructor. An independent research project formulated Degree in Liberal Studies, requiring 34 credit hours and conducted in consultation with a faculty member and including a thesis project. The program is not meant to prepare students for doctoral study. 570 May 26, 2016

and supervised by faculty member. May be repeated up to Admission Requirements a maximum of six credit hours. For regular admission, students must have completed an LBST-D 599 Internship (0-6 cr.) An internship is an undergraduate degree from an accredited institution with educational experience related to a student’s degree a grade point average of B or above. G.R.E. scores and program and career plan which applies what the student three letters of recommendation are required. Applicants has learned to work situations. It involves a student, are accepted anytime, but to assure enrollment, students employer, and university sponsor. See Career Services for should apply by August 10 for the fall semester and more information and to register. January 2 for the spring. Applications may be obtained through the Master in Liberal Studies office at Crestview LBST-D 601 Graduate Project Proposal Seminar Hall 018B or by calling (812) 941-2604 or (812) 941-2668 (3 cr.) P: Approval of Director; authorization required. or on the Web site. Independent study sponsored and supervised by faculty member/committee chair for research/creativity track in Course Requirements which students choose a topic, create a bibliography, Students pursuing the master’s degree are required write a formal proposal, and defend it before a faculty to complete 34 credit hours of courses that have been committee. approved for graduate credit. These courses must LBST-D 602 Graduate Project (1-6 cr.) P: Approval of represent all three of the arts and sciences schools and Director; Authorization required. Independent project work must include 9 credits of graduate seminars D501, D502, conducted in consultation with a faculty director. D503, and 6 credits of graduate project (D601 & D602). Students pursuing the graduate certificate complete 16 LBST-D 550 Teaching Assistant (3 cr.) May be repeated credit hours representing at least two of the three arts and for credit. M.L.S. student receives academic credit for sciences schools. assisting with the development and instruction of an undergraduate course. Grades LBST-D 551 Research Assistant (3 cr.) May be repeated Only courses in which a grade of at least a B is earned will for credit. M.L.S. student receives academic credit for count toward the degree. serving as a research assistant. Courses LBST-D 591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (1-3 cr.) LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (1-4 cr.) An A graduate seminar on issues of pedagogy at the college interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. level. Students develop a teaching portfolio. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 502 Social Sciences Seminar (1-4 cr.) An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 503 Natural Sciences Seminar (1-4 cr.) An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies (3-4 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level reading, research, and writing for other publics. LBST-D 511 MLS Humanities Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior consent of instructor; authorization required. An MLS graduate elective course in Arts and Letters. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. LBST-D 512 MLS Social Sciences Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior consent of instructor; authorization required. An MLS graduate elective course in Social Sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. LBST-D 513 MLS Science(s) Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior consent of instructor; authorization required. An MLS graduate elective course in Natural Sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies directed Readings (1-3 cr.) P: LBST D501, D502, D503; prior consent of instructor; authorization required. Independent Study involving a systematic schedule of readings sponsored